Release version 3.18.2+7v3.18.2

Place libsqlite3 and sqlite3 packages into single repository.

77 files changed, 276959 insertions, 131 deletions

diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index c3de2e7..13d880b 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -1,21 +1 @@
 .bdep/
-
-# Compiler/linker output.
-#
-*.d
-*.t
-*.i
-*.ii
-*.o
-*.obj
-*.so
-*.dll
-*.a
-*.lib
-*.exp
-*.pdb
-*.ilk
-*.exe
-*.exe.dlls/
-*.exe.manifest
-*.pc
diff --git a/README-DEV b/README-DEV
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84fa2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README-DEV
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This document describes the approach applied to packaging SQLite for build2. In
+particular, this understanding will be useful when upgrading to a new upstream
+version.
+
+The upstream package contains the libsqlite3 library and the sqlite3 program
+that we package separately (see the respective README-DEV files for details).
+
+We extract the upstream package from the archive and symlink the required files
+into the build2 package subdirectories.
+
+For 3.18.2, that we packaged initially, the archive URL is
+https://www.sqlite.org/2017/sqlite-autoconf-3180200.tar.gz. For the future
+releases the URL can be deduced from the above.
diff --git a/buildfile b/buildfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 56e7df5..0000000
--- a/buildfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-# file      : buildfile
-# copyright : not copyrighted - public domain
-
-./: {*/ -build/} doc{INSTALL README} manifest
-
-# Don't install tests or the INSTALL file.
-#
-test/:           install = false
-doc{INSTALL}@./: install = false
diff --git a/libsqlite3/.gitignore b/libsqlite3/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cece09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libsqlite3/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Compiler/linker output.
+#
+*.d
+*.t
+*.i
+*.ii
+*.o
+*.obj
+*.so
+*.dll
+*.a
+*.lib
+*.exp
+*.pdb
+*.ilk
+*.exe
+*.exe.dlls/
+*.exe.manifest
+*.pc
diff --git a/INSTALL b/libsqlite3/INSTALL
index 7194b96..40a6f38 100644
--- a/INSTALL
+++ b/libsqlite3/INSTALL
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ next time try running:
 $ bpkg build libsqlite3
 
 But if you don't want to use the package manager, then you can also build this
-package manually using the standard build2 build system. See sqlite3/buildfile
-for some configuration options.
+package manually using the standard build2 build system. See
+libsqlite3/buildfile for some configuration options.
diff --git a/README b/libsqlite3/README
index 95c15e2..95c15e2 100644
--- a/README
+++ b/libsqlite3/README
diff --git a/libsqlite3/README-DEV b/libsqlite3/README-DEV
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143a2ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libsqlite3/README-DEV
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+This document describes how the libsqlite3 library was packaged for build2. In
+particular, this understanding will be useful when upgrading to a new upstream
+version. See ../README-DEV for general notes on SQLite packaging.
+
+Symlink the required upstream files into libsqlite3/:
+
+$ ln -s ../../upstream/{sqlite3.c,sqlite3ext.h,sqlite3.h} libsqlite3
+
+Patch ../upstream/sqlite3.c to fix warnings that pop up with -Wall (see
+../upstream/sqlite3.c.patch for details).
diff --git a/TODO b/libsqlite3/TODO
index 5f76c11..5f76c11 100644
--- a/TODO
+++ b/libsqlite3/TODO
diff --git a/build/.gitignore b/libsqlite3/build/.gitignore
index 4a730a3..4a730a3 100644
--- a/build/.gitignore
+++ b/libsqlite3/build/.gitignore
diff --git a/build/bootstrap.build b/libsqlite3/build/bootstrap.build
index 255b363..255b363 100644
--- a/build/bootstrap.build
+++ b/libsqlite3/build/bootstrap.build
diff --git a/build/export.build b/libsqlite3/build/export.build
index b0b5a9e..b0b5a9e 100644
--- a/build/export.build
+++ b/libsqlite3/build/export.build
diff --git a/build/root.build b/libsqlite3/build/root.build
index 5146e5c..5146e5c 100644
--- a/build/root.build
+++ b/libsqlite3/build/root.build
diff --git a/libsqlite3/buildfile b/libsqlite3/buildfile
index d8c2913..56e7df5 100644
--- a/libsqlite3/buildfile
+++ b/libsqlite3/buildfile
@@ -1,101 +1,9 @@
-# file      : libsqlite3/buildfile
+# file      : buildfile
 # copyright : not copyrighted - public domain
 
-lib{sqlite3}: {h c}{*}
+./: {*/ -build/} doc{INSTALL README} manifest
 
-tclass = $c.target.class
-
-bsd     = ($tclass == 'bsd')
-windows = ($tclass == 'windows')
-
-gcc = ($c.class == 'gcc')
-
-# Build options.
-#
-# The set of features we enable by default is inspired by Debian, Fedora, and
-# the official documentation.
-#
-# Note that we "prefix" them to what might have been specified by the user so
-# that it is possible to override the defaults by specifying them as =0 (it's
-# also the reason we use cc.* instead of c.*, the former comes first).
-#
-# PREUPDATE_HOOK is required by SESSION
-#
-# -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION=1 removed for now due to bug in 3.18.0.
-#
-# Note that if disabling any previously-released features, then will need to
-# increment abi_major.
-#
-cc.poptions =+ \
--DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1=1 \
--DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1 \
--DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS=1
-
-if! $windows
-{
-  cc.poptions =+ -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
-
-  # SQLITE_THREADSAFE requres -lpthread
-  # SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION requires -ldl
-  # SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 requires -lm (calls log(1))
-  #
-  # You may be wondering why we didn't import them instead. While it would be
-  # almost equivalent, there is a subtle difference: if we import them, then
-  # build2 will start selecting static/shared libraries and we probably don't
-  # want that here. These libraries are in a sense an extension of -lc and we
-  # want them to be linked in the same way as -lc (e.g., the user will have to
-  # specify -static to force static linking and so on).
-  #
-  # We also assume these are implementation dependencies (so there is no
-  # c.export.libs listing them).
-  #
-  c.libs += -lpthread -lm
-
-  if! $bsd
-    c.libs += -ldl
-}
-
-# Both Debian and Fedora add this so gotta be important.
-#
-if $gcc
-  c.coptions += -fno-strict-aliasing
-
-# Disable warnings that pop up with -Wextra. Upstream doesn't seem to care
-# about these and it is not easy to disable specific warnings in a way that
-# works across compilers/version (some -Wno-* options are only recognized in
-# newer versions). Some warnings may still appear for certain (newer)
-# platforms/compilers. We pass them through but disable treating them as
-# errors.
-#
-if $gcc
-  c.coptions += -Wno-extra -Wno-error
-
-# Export options.
-#
-# It would have been cleaner to handle this in a header but that will require
-# modifying sqlite3.h. Note that this is also sub-optimal if we are not using
-# an export stub (no dllimport).
-#
-lib{sqlite3}: cc.export.poptions = "-I$src_base"
-
-if $windows
-{
-  objs{*}: c.poptions += '-DSQLITE_API=__declspec(dllexport)'
-  libs{sqlite3}: cc.export.poptions += '-DSQLITE_API=__declspec(dllimport)'
-}
-
-# See bootstrap.build for details.
+# Don't install tests or the INSTALL file.
 #
-if $version.pre_release
-  lib{sqlite3}: bin.lib.version = @"-$version.project_id"
-else
-  lib{sqlite3}: bin.lib.version = @"-$abi_major"
+test/:           install = false
+doc{INSTALL}@./: install = false
diff --git a/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/buildfile b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/buildfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8c2913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/buildfile
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# file      : libsqlite3/buildfile
+# copyright : not copyrighted - public domain
+
+lib{sqlite3}: {h c}{*}
+
+tclass = $c.target.class
+
+bsd     = ($tclass == 'bsd')
+windows = ($tclass == 'windows')
+
+gcc = ($c.class == 'gcc')
+
+# Build options.
+#
+# The set of features we enable by default is inspired by Debian, Fedora, and
+# the official documentation.
+#
+# Note that we "prefix" them to what might have been specified by the user so
+# that it is possible to override the defaults by specifying them as =0 (it's
+# also the reason we use cc.* instead of c.*, the former comes first).
+#
+# PREUPDATE_HOOK is required by SESSION
+#
+# -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION=1 removed for now due to bug in 3.18.0.
+#
+# Note that if disabling any previously-released features, then will need to
+# increment abi_major.
+#
+cc.poptions =+ \
+-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1=1 \
+-DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1 \
+-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS=1
+
+if! $windows
+{
+  cc.poptions =+ -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
+
+  # SQLITE_THREADSAFE requres -lpthread
+  # SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION requires -ldl
+  # SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 requires -lm (calls log(1))
+  #
+  # You may be wondering why we didn't import them instead. While it would be
+  # almost equivalent, there is a subtle difference: if we import them, then
+  # build2 will start selecting static/shared libraries and we probably don't
+  # want that here. These libraries are in a sense an extension of -lc and we
+  # want them to be linked in the same way as -lc (e.g., the user will have to
+  # specify -static to force static linking and so on).
+  #
+  # We also assume these are implementation dependencies (so there is no
+  # c.export.libs listing them).
+  #
+  c.libs += -lpthread -lm
+
+  if! $bsd
+    c.libs += -ldl
+}
+
+# Both Debian and Fedora add this so gotta be important.
+#
+if $gcc
+  c.coptions += -fno-strict-aliasing
+
+# Disable warnings that pop up with -Wextra. Upstream doesn't seem to care
+# about these and it is not easy to disable specific warnings in a way that
+# works across compilers/version (some -Wno-* options are only recognized in
+# newer versions). Some warnings may still appear for certain (newer)
+# platforms/compilers. We pass them through but disable treating them as
+# errors.
+#
+if $gcc
+  c.coptions += -Wno-extra -Wno-error
+
+# Export options.
+#
+# It would have been cleaner to handle this in a header but that will require
+# modifying sqlite3.h. Note that this is also sub-optimal if we are not using
+# an export stub (no dllimport).
+#
+lib{sqlite3}: cc.export.poptions = "-I$src_base"
+
+if $windows
+{
+  objs{*}: c.poptions += '-DSQLITE_API=__declspec(dllexport)'
+  libs{sqlite3}: cc.export.poptions += '-DSQLITE_API=__declspec(dllimport)'
+}
+
+# See bootstrap.build for details.
+#
+if $version.pre_release
+  lib{sqlite3}: bin.lib.version = @"-$version.project_id"
+else
+  lib{sqlite3}: bin.lib.version = @"-$abi_major"
diff --git a/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3.c b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3.c
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..9878295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../upstream/sqlite3.c
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3.h b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3.h
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..5ba6981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../upstream/sqlite3.h
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3ext.h b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3ext.h
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..040b521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libsqlite3/libsqlite3/sqlite3ext.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../upstream/sqlite3ext.h
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/manifest b/libsqlite3/manifest
index e7b04be..0fe649f 100644
--- a/manifest
+++ b/libsqlite3/manifest
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 : 1
 name: libsqlite3
-version: 3.18.2+6
+version: 3.18.2+7
 project: sqlite
 summary: SQL database engine as an in-process C library
 license: public domain
@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ tags: sql, database, embeddable, serverless, self-contained, transactional
 description-file: README
 url: https://sqlite.org/
 doc-url: https://sqlite.org/c3ref/intro.html
-src-url: https://git.build2.org/cgit/packaging/sqlite/libsqlite3/tree/
+src-url: https://git.build2.org/cgit/packaging/sqlite/sqlite/tree/libsqlite3/
 package-url: https://git.build2.org/cgit/packaging/sqlite/
 email: sqlite-users@mailinglists.sqlite.org ; Mailing list.
 package-email: packaging@build2.org         ; Mailing list.
-build-email: builds@build2.org
+build-error-email: builds@build2.org
 builds: all
 depends: * build2 >= 0.9.0
 depends: * bpkg >= 0.9.0
diff --git a/test/.gitignore b/libsqlite3/test/.gitignore
index e54525b..e54525b 100644
--- a/test/.gitignore
+++ b/libsqlite3/test/.gitignore
diff --git a/test/build/.gitignore b/libsqlite3/test/build/.gitignore
index 4a730a3..4a730a3 100644
--- a/test/build/.gitignore
+++ b/libsqlite3/test/build/.gitignore
diff --git a/test/build/bootstrap.build b/libsqlite3/test/build/bootstrap.build
index 49e8cc2..49e8cc2 100644
--- a/test/build/bootstrap.build
+++ b/libsqlite3/test/build/bootstrap.build
diff --git a/test/build/root.build b/libsqlite3/test/build/root.build
index 2db66fd..2db66fd 100644
--- a/test/build/root.build
+++ b/libsqlite3/test/build/root.build
diff --git a/test/buildfile b/libsqlite3/test/buildfile
index b3f54ef..b3f54ef 100644
--- a/test/buildfile
+++ b/libsqlite3/test/buildfile
diff --git a/test/driver.c b/libsqlite3/test/driver.c
index 2eabb06..2eabb06 100644
--- a/test/driver.c
+++ b/libsqlite3/test/driver.c
diff --git a/packages.manifest b/packages.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9db98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+: 1
+location: libsqlite3/
+:
+location: sqlite3/
diff --git a/repositories.manifest b/repositories.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7867b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/repositories.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+: 1
+summary: SQLite build2 package repository
diff --git a/sqlite3/.gitignore b/sqlite3/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a3c058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Compiler/linker output.
+#
+*.d
+*.t
+*.i
+*.ii
+*.o
+*.obj
+*.so
+*.dll
+*.a
+*.lib
+*.exp
+*.pdb
+*.ilk
+*.exe
+*.exe.dlls/
+*.exe.manifest
+*.pc
+
+sqlite3
diff --git a/sqlite3/INSTALL b/sqlite3/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8a5e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+The aim of this package is to make reading the INSTALL file unnecessary. So
+next time try running:
+
+$ bpkg build sqlite3
+
+But if you don't want to use the package manager, then you can also build this
+package manually using the standard build2 build system. See buildfile for
+some configuration options.
diff --git a/sqlite3/README b/sqlite3/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d26d856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/README
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+SQLite is a C library that implements an in-process SQL database engine. A
+complete database is stored in a single file on disk. The code for SQLite is
+in the public domain. For more information see:
+
+https://sqlite.org/
+
+This package contains the original SQLite shell program source code overlaid
+with the build2-based build system and packaged for the build2 package manager
+(bpkg).
+
+See the INSTALL file for the prerequisites and installation instructions.
+
+Send questions, bug reports, or any other feedback about the program itself to
+the SQLite mailing lists. Send build system and packaging-related feedback to
+the packaging@build2.org mailing list (see https://lists.build2.org for
+posting guidelines, etc).
+
+The packaging of SQLite for build2 is tracked in a Git repository at:
+
+https://git.build2.org/cgit/packaging/sqlite/
diff --git a/sqlite3/README-DEV b/sqlite3/README-DEV
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7683c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/README-DEV
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+This document describes how the sqlite3 program was packaged for build2. In
+particular, this understanding will be useful when upgrading to a new upstream
+version. See ../README-DEV for general notes on SQLite packaging.
+
+Symlink the required upstream files:
+
+$ ln -s ../upstream/{shell.c,sqlite3.1} ./
diff --git a/sqlite3/build/.gitignore b/sqlite3/build/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a730a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/build/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+config.build
+root/
+bootstrap/
diff --git a/sqlite3/build/bootstrap.build b/sqlite3/build/bootstrap.build
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..793831e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/build/bootstrap.build
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# file      : build/bootstrap.build
+# copyright : not copyrighted - public domain
+
+project = sqlite3
+
+using version
+using config
+using dist
+using test
+using install
diff --git a/sqlite3/build/root.build b/sqlite3/build/root.build
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..678c40e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/build/root.build
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# file      : build/root.build
+# copyright : not copyrighted - public domain
+
+using c
+
+h{*}: extension = h
+c{*}: extension = c
+
+if ($c.class == 'msvc')
+{
+  c.poptions += -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -D_SCL_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+  c.coptions += /wd4251 /wd4275 /wd4800
+}
+
+# Specify the test target for cross-testing.
+#
+test.target = $c.target
diff --git a/sqlite3/buildfile b/sqlite3/buildfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7722955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/buildfile
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# file      : buildfile
+# copyright : not copyrighted - public domain
+
+./: exe{sqlite3} doc{INSTALL README} man1{sqlite3} manifest
+
+import libs = libsqlite3%lib{sqlite3}
+
+exe{sqlite3}: {h c}{*} $libs
+
+gcc = ($c.class == 'gcc')
+
+# Build options.
+#
+# By default we are going to build a spartan shell without readline support
+# since if you are on a system that has readline then you probably already
+# have sqlite3 and won't be building this package in the first place. But
+# if you want readline, then you can enable it like this:
+#
+# config.c.poptions=-DHAVE_READLINE config.c.libs="-lreadline -lncurses"
+#
+
+# This is the subset of features that we enable by default in libsqlite3 and
+# that affect the shell. They can be overridden in the same way.
+#
+#cc.poptions =+ -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION=1
+
+# Both Debian and Fedora add this so gotta be important.
+#
+if $gcc
+  c.coptions += -fno-strict-aliasing
+
+# Disable warnings that pop up with -Wextra. Upstream doesn't seem to care
+# about these and it is not easy to disable specific warnings in a way that
+# works across compilers/version (some -Wno-* options are only recognized in
+# newer versions). Some warnings may still appear for certain (newer)
+# platforms/compilers. We pass them through but disable treating them as
+# errors.
+#
+if $gcc
+  c.coptions += -Wno-extra -Wno-error
+
+# Smoke test.
+#
+exe{sqlite3}: file{test.out}: test.stdout = true
+exe{sqlite3}: test.arguments = ':memory:' \
+'CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);
+INSERT INTO test VALUES(123);
+SELECT * FROM test;'
+
+# Don't install INSTALL file.
+#
+doc{INSTALL}@./: install = false
diff --git a/sqlite3/manifest b/sqlite3/manifest
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d2d25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+: 1
+name: sqlite3
+version: 3.18.2+7
+project: sqlite
+summary: SQLite database engine shell program
+license: public domain
+tags: sql, database, shell
+description-file: README
+url: https://sqlite.org/
+doc-url: https://sqlite.org/cli.html
+src-url: https://git.build2.org/cgit/packaging/sqlite/sqlite/tree/sqlite3/
+package-url: https://git.build2.org/cgit/packaging/sqlite/
+email: sqlite-users@mailinglists.sqlite.org ; Mailing list.
+package-email: packaging@build2.org         ; Mailing list.
+build-error-email: builds@build2.org
+builds: all
+depends: * build2 >= 0.9.0
+depends: * bpkg >= 0.9.0
+depends: libsqlite3 == $
diff --git a/sqlite3/shell.c b/sqlite3/shell.c
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..f99bc09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../upstream/shell.c
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sqlite3/sqlite3.1 b/sqlite3/sqlite3.1
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..d3a163c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/sqlite3.1
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../upstream/sqlite3.1
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sqlite3/test.out b/sqlite3/test.out
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..190a180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/test.out
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+123
diff --git a/upstream/INSTALL b/upstream/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1e89e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.  This file is offered as-is,
+without warranty of any kind.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.  Some packages provide this
+`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+below.  The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
+necessarily a bug.  More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
+in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+   The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.  When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
+     recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
+     user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
+     privileges.
+
+  5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+     this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
+     This target does not install anything.  Running this target as a
+     regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
+     root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
+     correctly.
+
+  6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+  7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.  In practice, not all packages have tested that
+     uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
+     GNU Coding Standards.
+
+  8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
+     distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
+     targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
+     This target is generally not run by end users.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.  This
+is known as a "VPATH" build.
+
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+absolute file name.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.  In general, the
+default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
+specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+specifications that were not explicitly provided.
+
+   The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
+correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
+`make install' command line to change installation locations without
+having to reconfigure or recompile.
+
+   The first method involves providing an override variable for each
+affected directory.  For example, `make install
+prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
+directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
+`${prefix}'.  Any directories that were specified during `configure',
+but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
+time for the entire installation to be relocated.  The approach of
+makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
+the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
+However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
+shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
+method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+   The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable.  For
+example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+`/alternate/directory' before all installation names.  The approach of
+`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+does not work on platforms that have drive letters.  On the other hand,
+it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
+at `configure' time.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+   Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
+execution of `make' will be.  For these packages, running `./configure
+--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
+overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
+--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
+overridden with `make V=0'.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
+their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
+generated files such as `configure' are involved.  Use GNU `make'
+instead.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+   On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'.  This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in `/usr/bin'.  So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
+in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+
+   On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
+not `/usr/local'.  It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+     ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
+     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+     also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *note Installation Names::
+     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+     the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
diff --git a/upstream/Makefile.am b/upstream/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e821159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+
+AM_CFLAGS = @THREADSAFE_FLAGS@ @DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS@ @FTS5_FLAGS@ @JSON1_FLAGS@ @SESSION_FLAGS@ -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
+libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3
+sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.h
+EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
+sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
+sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+
+include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc README.txt Replace.cs
+pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
+
+man_MANS = sqlite3.1
diff --git a/upstream/Makefile.in b/upstream/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bd6bd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1032 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+
+
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = { \
+  if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
+    false; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
+    true; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
+    true; \
+  else \
+    false; \
+  fi; \
+}
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+  case $${target_option-} in \
+      ?) ;; \
+      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+         exit 1;; \
+  esac; \
+  has_opt=no; \
+  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+  else \
+    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+      *\\[\ \	]*) \
+        bs=\\; \
+        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs	]*//g"`;; \
+    esac; \
+  fi; \
+  skip_next=no; \
+  strip_trailopt () \
+  { \
+    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+  }; \
+  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *=*|--*) continue;; \
+        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+      -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+      -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+    esac; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+    esac; \
+  done; \
+  test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3$(EXEEXT)
+subdir = .
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure \
+	$(am__configure_deps) $(include_HEADERS) $(am__DIST_COMMON)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno config.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = sqlite3.pc
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+  test -z "$$files" \
+    || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+    || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+         $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+  }
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
+LTLIBRARIES = $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
+libsqlite3_la_LIBADD =
+am_libsqlite3_la_OBJECTS = sqlite3.lo
+libsqlite3_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libsqlite3_la_OBJECTS)
+AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
+am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 = 
+libsqlite3_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
+	$(libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+am_sqlite3_OBJECTS = sqlite3-shell.$(OBJEXT)
+sqlite3_OBJECTS = $(am_sqlite3_OBJECTS)
+sqlite3_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) \
+	$(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 = 
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 = 
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
+am__mv = mv -f
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
+	$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
+am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo "  CC      " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 = 
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
+	$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
+am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo "  CCLD    " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 = 
+SOURCES = $(libsqlite3_la_SOURCES) $(sqlite3_SOURCES) \
+	$(EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES)
+DIST_SOURCES = $(libsqlite3_la_SOURCES) $(sqlite3_SOURCES) \
+	$(EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+  case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+    n|no|NO) false;; \
+    *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+  esac
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+DATA = $(pkgconfig_DATA)
+HEADERS = $(include_HEADERS)
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates.  Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+  BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+  { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+  END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique.  This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+  list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+  unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+  done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+CSCOPE = cscope
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = cscope
+am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/sqlite3.pc.in \
+	INSTALL compile config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh \
+	ltmain.sh missing
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+am__remove_distdir = \
+  if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \
+    find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+      && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \
+      || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \
+  else :; fi
+am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir)
+DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+DIST_TARGETS = dist-gzip
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \
+  | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$'
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+AR = @AR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_CFLAGS = @BUILD_CFLAGS@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS = @DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+FTS5_FLAGS = @FTS5_FLAGS@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+JSON1_FLAGS = @JSON1_FLAGS@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+READLINE_LIBS = @READLINE_LIBS@
+SED = @SED@
+SESSION_FLAGS = @SESSION_FLAGS@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+THREADSAFE_FLAGS = @THREADSAFE_FLAGS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+runstatedir = @runstatedir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+AM_CFLAGS = @THREADSAFE_FLAGS@ @DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS@ @FTS5_FLAGS@ @JSON1_FLAGS@ @SESSION_FLAGS@ -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
+libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8
+sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.h
+EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
+sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
+sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
+EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc README.txt Replace.cs
+pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
+man_MANS = sqlite3.1
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj
+am--refresh: Makefile
+	@:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \
+	      $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
+	    $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+sqlite3.pc: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/sqlite3.pc.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+
+install-libLTLIBRARIES: $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \
+	list2=; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    list2="$$list2 $$p"; \
+	  else :; fi; \
+	done; \
+	test -z "$$list2" || { \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" || exit 1; \
+	  echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'"; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; \
+	}
+
+uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  $(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f'"; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+clean-libLTLIBRARIES:
+	-test -z "$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
+	@list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+	locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+	      sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+	      sort -u`; \
+	test -z "$$locs" || { \
+	  echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+	  rm -f $${locs}; \
+	}
+
+libsqlite3.la: $(libsqlite3_la_OBJECTS) $(libsqlite3_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libsqlite3_la_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	$(AM_V_CCLD)$(libsqlite3_la_LINK) -rpath $(libdir) $(libsqlite3_la_OBJECTS) $(libsqlite3_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
+install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+	sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \
+	while read p p1; do if test -f $$p \
+	 || test -f $$p1 \
+	  ; then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' \
+	    -e 's|.*|.|' \
+	    -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \
+	sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \
+	$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \
+	  { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \
+	    if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \
+	    else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \
+	  END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \
+	while read type dir files; do \
+	    if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \
+	    test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \
+	    } \
+	; done
+
+uninstall-binPROGRAMS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \
+	  sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \
+	      -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' \
+	`; \
+	test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files
+
+clean-binPROGRAMS:
+	@list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
+	echo " rm -f" $$list; \
+	rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \
+	test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \
+	list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \
+	echo " rm -f" $$list; \
+	rm -f $$list
+
+sqlite3$(EXEEXT): $(sqlite3_OBJECTS) $(sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f sqlite3$(EXEEXT)
+	$(AM_V_CCLD)$(sqlite3_LINK) $(sqlite3_OBJECTS) $(sqlite3_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sqlite3.Plo@am__quote@
+
+.c.o:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
+
+.c.obj:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+
+.c.lo:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
+
+sqlite3-shell.o: shell.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT sqlite3-shell.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Tpo -c -o sqlite3-shell.o `test -f 'shell.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`shell.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='shell.c' object='sqlite3-shell.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o sqlite3-shell.o `test -f 'shell.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`shell.c
+
+sqlite3-shell.obj: shell.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT sqlite3-shell.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Tpo -c -o sqlite3-shell.obj `if test -f 'shell.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'shell.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/shell.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-shell.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='shell.c' object='sqlite3-shell.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o sqlite3-shell.obj `if test -f 'shell.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'shell.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/shell.c'; fi`
+
+sqlite3-sqlite3.o: sqlite3.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT sqlite3-sqlite3.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Tpo -c -o sqlite3-sqlite3.o `test -f 'sqlite3.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`sqlite3.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='sqlite3.c' object='sqlite3-sqlite3.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o sqlite3-sqlite3.o `test -f 'sqlite3.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`sqlite3.c
+
+sqlite3-sqlite3.obj: sqlite3.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT sqlite3-sqlite3.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Tpo -c -o sqlite3-sqlite3.obj `if test -f 'sqlite3.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'sqlite3.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/sqlite3.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/sqlite3-sqlite3.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='sqlite3.c' object='sqlite3-sqlite3.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(sqlite3_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o sqlite3-sqlite3.obj `if test -f 'sqlite3.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'sqlite3.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/sqlite3.c'; fi`
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+	-rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+	-rm -rf .libs _libs
+
+distclean-libtool:
+	-rm -f libtool config.lt
+install-man1: $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list1=''; \
+	list2='$(man_MANS)'; \
+	test -n "$(man1dir)" \
+	  && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
+	  || exit 0; \
+	echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
+	$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \
+	{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done;  \
+	if test -n "$$list2"; then \
+	  for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
+	    | sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	fi; \
+	} | while read p; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+	sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+	list=; while read file base inst; do \
+	  if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+	done; }
+
+uninstall-man1:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
+	files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+	dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-pkgconfigDATA:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	dir='$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+install-includeHEADERS: $(include_HEADERS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(include_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(includedir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-includeHEADERS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(include_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(includedir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	dir='$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscope: cscope.files
+	test ! -s cscope.files \
+	  || $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS)
+clean-cscope:
+	-rm -f cscope.files
+cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+	list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+	case "$(srcdir)" in \
+	  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+	  *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$i"; then \
+	    echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+	  else \
+	    echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+	-rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
+	|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
+		-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+	|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
+dist-gzip: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist-lzip: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist-xz: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist-tarZ: distdir
+	@echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \
+		       "legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2
+	@echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist-shar: distdir
+	@echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \
+	               "deprecated." >&2
+	@echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
+	shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist-zip: distdir
+	-rm -f $(distdir).zip
+	zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:'
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
+	*.tar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.bz2*) \
+	  bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.lz*) \
+	  lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.xz*) \
+	  xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.Z*) \
+	  uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.shar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
+	*.zip*) \
+	  unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
+	esac
+	chmod -R a-w $(distdir)
+	chmod u+w $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_build/sub $(distdir)/_inst
+	chmod a-w $(distdir)
+	test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
+	dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
+	  && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+	  && am__cwd=`pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build/sub \
+	  && ../../configure \
+	    $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+	    $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+	    --srcdir=../.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+	        distuninstallcheck \
+	  && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+	  && ({ \
+	       (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+	            distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+	      } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+	  && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+	  && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
+	  && cd "$$am__cwd" \
+	  || exit 1
+	$(am__post_remove_distdir)
+	@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
+	  list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
+	  sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
+distuninstallcheck:
+	@test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \
+	  echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \
+	       '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	}; \
+	$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \
+	  echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	}; \
+	test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	   || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+	        if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+	          echo "  (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+	        fi ; \
+	        $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+	        exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+	@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+	  echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+	  exit 1 ; \
+	fi
+	@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	  || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+	       $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+	       exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) $(PROGRAMS) $(MANS) $(DATA) $(HEADERS)
+install-binPROGRAMS: install-libLTLIBRARIES
+
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	      install; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	    "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
+	fi
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES \
+	clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+	distclean-libtool distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-includeHEADERS install-man \
+	install-pkgconfigDATA
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-libLTLIBRARIES
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man: install-man1
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
+	mostlyclean-libtool
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-includeHEADERS \
+	uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES uninstall-man uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean \
+	clean-binPROGRAMS clean-cscope clean-generic \
+	clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool cscope cscopelist-am ctags \
+	ctags-am dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-lzip \
+	dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean \
+	distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
+	distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-binPROGRAMS install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+	install-html-am install-includeHEADERS install-info \
+	install-info-am install-libLTLIBRARIES install-man \
+	install-man1 install-pdf install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA \
+	install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+	tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-binPROGRAMS \
+	uninstall-includeHEADERS uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES \
+	uninstall-man uninstall-man1 uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
+
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/upstream/Makefile.msc b/upstream/Makefile.msc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c13778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/Makefile.msc
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+#### DO NOT EDIT ####
+# This makefile is automatically generated from the Makefile.msc at
+# the root of the canonical SQLite source tree (not the
+# amalgamation tarball) using the tool/mkmsvcmin.tcl
+# script.
+#
+
+#
+# nmake Makefile for SQLite
+#
+###############################################################################
+############################## START OF OPTIONS ###############################
+###############################################################################
+
+# The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+# that contains this "Makefile.msc".
+#
+TOP = .
+
+
+# Set this non-0 to enable full warnings (-W4, etc) when compiling.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_FULLWARN
+USE_FULLWARN = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to enable treating warnings as errors (-WX, etc) when
+# compiling.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_FATAL_WARN
+USE_FATAL_WARN = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to enable full runtime error checks (-RTC1, etc).  This
+# has no effect if (any) optimizations are enabled.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_RUNTIME_CHECKS
+USE_RUNTIME_CHECKS = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to create a SQLite amalgamation file that excludes the
+# various built-in extensions.
+#
+!IFNDEF MINIMAL_AMALGAMATION
+MINIMAL_AMALGAMATION = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to use "stdcall" calling convention for the core library
+# and shell executable.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_STDCALL
+USE_STDCALL = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to have the shell executable link against the core dynamic
+# link library.
+#
+!IFNDEF DYNAMIC_SHELL
+DYNAMIC_SHELL = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to enable extra code that attempts to detect misuse of the
+# SQLite API.
+#
+!IFNDEF API_ARMOR
+API_ARMOR = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# If necessary, create a list of harmless compiler warnings to disable when
+# compiling the various tools.  For the SQLite source code itself, warnings,
+# if any, will be disabled from within it.
+#
+!IFNDEF NO_WARN
+!IF $(USE_FULLWARN)!=0
+NO_WARN = -wd4054 -wd4055 -wd4100 -wd4127 -wd4130 -wd4152 -wd4189 -wd4206
+NO_WARN = $(NO_WARN) -wd4210 -wd4232 -wd4305 -wd4306 -wd4702 -wd4706
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to use the library paths and other options necessary for
+# Windows Phone 8.1.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_WP81_OPTS
+USE_WP81_OPTS = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to split the SQLite amalgamation file into chunks to
+# be used for debugging with Visual Studio.
+#
+!IFNDEF SPLIT_AMALGAMATION
+SPLIT_AMALGAMATION = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# Set this non-0 to dynamically link to the MSVC runtime library.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_CRT_DLL
+USE_CRT_DLL = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to link to the RPCRT4 library.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_RPCRT4_LIB
+USE_RPCRT4_LIB = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to generate assembly code listings for the source code
+# files.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_LISTINGS
+USE_LISTINGS = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to attempt setting the native compiler automatically
+# for cross-compiling the command line tools needed during the compilation
+# process.
+#
+!IFNDEF XCOMPILE
+XCOMPILE = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to use the native libraries paths for cross-compiling
+# the command line tools needed during the compilation process.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_NATIVE_LIBPATHS
+USE_NATIVE_LIBPATHS = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this 0 to skip the compiling and embedding of version resources.
+#
+!IFNDEF USE_RC
+USE_RC = 1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to compile binaries suitable for the WinRT environment.
+# This setting does not apply to any binaries that require Tcl to operate
+# properly (i.e. the text fixture, etc).
+#
+!IFNDEF FOR_WINRT
+FOR_WINRT = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to compile binaries suitable for the UWP environment.
+# This setting does not apply to any binaries that require Tcl to operate
+# properly (i.e. the text fixture, etc).
+#
+!IFNDEF FOR_UWP
+FOR_UWP = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this non-0 to compile binaries suitable for the Windows 10 platform.
+#
+!IFNDEF FOR_WIN10
+FOR_WIN10 = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# Set this to non-0 to create and use PDBs.
+#
+!IFNDEF SYMBOLS
+SYMBOLS = 1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this to non-0 to use the SQLite debugging heap subsystem.
+#
+!IFNDEF MEMDEBUG
+MEMDEBUG = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this to non-0 to use the Win32 native heap subsystem.
+#
+!IFNDEF WIN32HEAP
+WIN32HEAP = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this to non-0 to enable OSTRACE() macros, which can be useful when
+# debugging.
+#
+!IFNDEF OSTRACE
+OSTRACE = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this to one of the following values to enable various debugging
+# features.  Each level includes the debugging options from the previous
+# levels.  Currently, the recognized values for DEBUG are:
+#
+# 0 == NDEBUG: Disables assert() and other runtime diagnostics.
+# 1 == SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR: extra attempts to detect misuse of the API.
+# 2 == Disables NDEBUG and all optimizations and then enables PDBs.
+# 3 == SQLITE_DEBUG: Enables various diagnostics messages and code.
+# 4 == SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE: Validate the Win32 native heap per call.
+# 5 == SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE: Enables output from the OSTRACE() macros.
+# 6 == SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE: Enables output from the IOTRACE() macros.
+#
+!IFNDEF DEBUG
+DEBUG = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Enable use of available compiler optimizations?  Normally, this should be
+# non-zero.  Setting this to zero, thus disabling all compiler optimizations,
+# can be useful for testing.
+#
+!IFNDEF OPTIMIZATIONS
+OPTIMIZATIONS = 2
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set this to non-0 to enable support for the session extension.
+#
+!IFNDEF SESSION
+SESSION = 0
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set the source code file to be used by executables and libraries when
+# they need the amalgamation.
+#
+!IFNDEF SQLITE3C
+!IF $(SPLIT_AMALGAMATION)!=0
+SQLITE3C = sqlite3-all.c
+!ELSE
+SQLITE3C = sqlite3.c
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# Set the include code file to be used by executables and libraries when
+# they need SQLite.
+#
+!IFNDEF SQLITE3H
+SQLITE3H = sqlite3.h
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the name to use for the SQLite dynamic link library (DLL).
+#
+!IFNDEF SQLITE3DLL
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SQLITE3DLL = winsqlite3.dll
+!ELSE
+SQLITE3DLL = sqlite3.dll
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the name to use for the SQLite import library (LIB).
+#
+!IFNDEF SQLITE3LIB
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SQLITE3LIB = winsqlite3.lib
+!ELSE
+SQLITE3LIB = sqlite3.lib
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the name to use for the SQLite shell executable (EXE).
+#
+!IFNDEF SQLITE3EXE
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SQLITE3EXE = winsqlite3shell.exe
+!ELSE
+SQLITE3EXE = sqlite3.exe
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the argument used to set the program database (PDB) file for the
+# SQLite shell executable (EXE).
+#
+!IFNDEF SQLITE3EXEPDB
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SQLITE3EXEPDB =
+!ELSE
+SQLITE3EXEPDB = /pdb:sqlite3sh.pdb
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# These are the "standard" SQLite compilation options used when compiling for
+# the Windows platform.
+#
+!IFNDEF OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS
+!IF $(MINIMAL_AMALGAMATION)==0
+OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
+OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1
+!ENDIF
+OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Should the session extension be enabled?  If so, add compilation options
+# to enable it.
+#
+!IF $(SESSION)!=0
+OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION=1
+OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK=1
+!ENDIF
+
+# These are the "extended" SQLite compilation options used when compiling for
+# the Windows 10 platform.
+#
+!IFNDEF EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1
+EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC=1
+EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME=1
+!ELSE
+EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS =
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+###############################################################################
+############################### END OF OPTIONS ################################
+###############################################################################
+
+# When compiling for the Windows 10 platform, the PLATFORM macro must be set
+# to an appropriate value (e.g. x86, x64, arm, arm64, etc).
+#
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+!IFNDEF PLATFORM
+!ERROR Using the FOR_WIN10 option requires a value for PLATFORM.
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This assumes that MSVC is always installed in 32-bit Program Files directory
+# and sets the variable for use in locating other 32-bit installs accordingly.
+#
+PROGRAMFILES_X86 = $(VCINSTALLDIR)\..\..
+PROGRAMFILES_X86 = $(PROGRAMFILES_X86:\\=\)
+
+# Check for the predefined command macro CC.  This should point to the compiler
+# binary for the target platform.  If it is not defined, simply define it to
+# the legacy default value 'cl.exe'.
+#
+!IFNDEF CC
+CC = cl.exe
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check for the predefined command macro CSC.  This should point to a working
+# C Sharp compiler binary.  If it is not defined, simply define it to the
+# legacy default value 'csc.exe'.
+#
+!IFNDEF CSC
+CSC = csc.exe
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check for the command macro LD.  This should point to the linker binary for
+# the target platform.  If it is not defined, simply define it to the legacy
+# default value 'link.exe'.
+#
+!IFNDEF LD
+LD = link.exe
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check for the predefined command macro RC.  This should point to the resource
+# compiler binary for the target platform.  If it is not defined, simply define
+# it to the legacy default value 'rc.exe'.
+#
+!IFNDEF RC
+RC = rc.exe
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check for the MSVC runtime library path macro.  Otherwise, this value will
+# default to the 'lib' directory underneath the MSVC installation directory.
+#
+!IFNDEF CRTLIBPATH
+CRTLIBPATH = $(VCINSTALLDIR)\lib
+!ENDIF
+
+CRTLIBPATH = $(CRTLIBPATH:\\=\)
+
+# Check for the command macro NCC.  This should point to the compiler binary
+# for the platform the compilation process is taking place on.  If it is not
+# defined, simply define it to have the same value as the CC macro.  When
+# cross-compiling, it is suggested that this macro be modified via the command
+# line (since nmake itself does not provide a built-in method to guess it).
+# For example, to use the x86 compiler when cross-compiling for x64, a command
+# line similar to the following could be used (all on one line):
+#
+#     nmake /f Makefile.msc sqlite3.dll
+#           XCOMPILE=1 USE_NATIVE_LIBPATHS=1
+#
+# Alternatively, the full path and file name to the compiler binary for the
+# platform the compilation process is taking place may be specified (all on
+# one line):
+#
+#     nmake /f Makefile.msc sqlite3.dll
+#           "NCC=""%VCINSTALLDIR%\bin\cl.exe"""
+#           USE_NATIVE_LIBPATHS=1
+#
+!IFDEF NCC
+NCC = $(NCC:\\=\)
+!ELSEIF $(XCOMPILE)!=0
+NCC = "$(VCINSTALLDIR)\bin\$(CC)"
+NCC = $(NCC:\\=\)
+!ELSE
+NCC = $(CC)
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check for the MSVC native runtime library path macro.  Otherwise,
+# this value will default to the 'lib' directory underneath the MSVC
+# installation directory.
+#
+!IFNDEF NCRTLIBPATH
+NCRTLIBPATH = $(VCINSTALLDIR)\lib
+!ENDIF
+
+NCRTLIBPATH = $(NCRTLIBPATH:\\=\)
+
+# Check for the Platform SDK library path macro.  Otherwise, this
+# value will default to the 'lib' directory underneath the Windows
+# SDK installation directory (the environment variable used appears
+# to be available when using Visual C++ 2008 or later via the
+# command line).
+#
+!IFNDEF NSDKLIBPATH
+NSDKLIBPATH = $(WINDOWSSDKDIR)\lib
+!ENDIF
+
+NSDKLIBPATH = $(NSDKLIBPATH:\\=\)
+
+# Check for the UCRT library path macro.  Otherwise, this value will
+# default to the version-specific, platform-specific 'lib' directory
+# underneath the Windows SDK installation directory.
+#
+!IFNDEF UCRTLIBPATH
+UCRTLIBPATH = $(WINDOWSSDKDIR)\lib\$(WINDOWSSDKLIBVERSION)\ucrt\$(PLATFORM)
+!ENDIF
+
+UCRTLIBPATH = $(UCRTLIBPATH:\\=\)
+
+# C compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+!IF $(USE_FULLWARN)!=0
+BCC = $(NCC) -nologo -W4 $(CCOPTS) $(BCCOPTS)
+!ELSE
+BCC = $(NCC) -nologo -W3 $(CCOPTS) $(BCCOPTS)
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check if assembly code listings should be generated for the source
+# code files to be compiled.
+#
+!IF $(USE_LISTINGS)!=0
+BCC = $(BCC) -FAcs
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check if the native library paths should be used when compiling
+# the command line tools used during the compilation process.  If
+# so, set the necessary macro now.
+#
+!IF $(USE_NATIVE_LIBPATHS)!=0
+NLTLIBPATHS = "/LIBPATH:$(NCRTLIBPATH)" "/LIBPATH:$(NSDKLIBPATH)"
+
+!IFDEF NUCRTLIBPATH
+NUCRTLIBPATH = $(NUCRTLIBPATH:\\=\)
+NLTLIBPATHS = $(NLTLIBPATHS) "/LIBPATH:$(NUCRTLIBPATH)"
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# C compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the target platform.  (BCC and TCC are usually the
+# same unless your are cross-compiling.)
+#
+!IF $(USE_FULLWARN)!=0
+TCC = $(CC) -nologo -W4 -DINCLUDE_MSVC_H=1 $(CCOPTS) $(TCCOPTS)
+!ELSE
+TCC = $(CC) -nologo -W3 $(CCOPTS) $(TCCOPTS)
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check if warnings should be treated as errors when compiling.
+#
+!IF $(USE_FATAL_WARN)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -WX
+!ENDIF
+
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1 -I. -I$(TOP) -fp:precise
+RCC = $(RC) -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1 -I. -I$(TOP) $(RCOPTS) $(RCCOPTS)
+
+# Check if we want to use the "stdcall" calling convention when compiling.
+# This is not supported by the compilers for non-x86 platforms.  It should
+# also be noted here that building any target with these "stdcall" options
+# will most likely fail if the Tcl library is also required.  This is due
+# to how the Tcl library functions are declared and exported (i.e. without
+# an explicit calling convention, which results in "cdecl").
+#
+!IF $(USE_STDCALL)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+!IF "$(PLATFORM)"=="x86"
+CORE_CCONV_OPTS = -Gz -DSQLITE_CDECL=__cdecl -DSQLITE_APICALL=__stdcall -DSQLITE_CALLBACK=__stdcall -DSQLITE_SYSAPI=__stdcall
+SHELL_CCONV_OPTS = -Gz -DSQLITE_CDECL=__cdecl -DSQLITE_APICALL=__stdcall -DSQLITE_CALLBACK=__stdcall -DSQLITE_SYSAPI=__stdcall
+!ELSE
+!IFNDEF PLATFORM
+CORE_CCONV_OPTS = -Gz -DSQLITE_CDECL=__cdecl -DSQLITE_APICALL=__stdcall -DSQLITE_CALLBACK=__stdcall -DSQLITE_SYSAPI=__stdcall
+SHELL_CCONV_OPTS = -Gz -DSQLITE_CDECL=__cdecl -DSQLITE_APICALL=__stdcall -DSQLITE_CALLBACK=__stdcall -DSQLITE_SYSAPI=__stdcall
+!ELSE
+CORE_CCONV_OPTS =
+SHELL_CCONV_OPTS =
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+!ELSE
+CORE_CCONV_OPTS =
+SHELL_CCONV_OPTS =
+!ENDIF
+
+# These are additional compiler options used for the core library.
+#
+!IFNDEF CORE_COMPILE_OPTS
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+CORE_COMPILE_OPTS = $(CORE_CCONV_OPTS) -DSQLITE_API=__declspec(dllexport)
+!ELSE
+CORE_COMPILE_OPTS = $(CORE_CCONV_OPTS)
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# These are the additional targets that the core library should depend on
+# when linking.
+#
+!IFNDEF CORE_LINK_DEP
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0
+CORE_LINK_DEP =
+!ELSEIF $(FOR_WIN10)==0 || "$(PLATFORM)"=="x86"
+CORE_LINK_DEP = sqlite3.def
+!ELSE
+CORE_LINK_DEP =
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# These are additional linker options used for the core library.
+#
+!IFNDEF CORE_LINK_OPTS
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0
+CORE_LINK_OPTS =
+!ELSEIF $(FOR_WIN10)==0 || "$(PLATFORM)"=="x86"
+CORE_LINK_OPTS = /DEF:sqlite3.def
+!ELSE
+CORE_LINK_OPTS =
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# These are additional compiler options used for the shell executable.
+#
+!IFNDEF SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS = $(SHELL_CCONV_OPTS) -DSQLITE_API=__declspec(dllimport)
+!ELSE
+SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS = $(SHELL_CCONV_OPTS)
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the source code that the shell executable should be compiled
+# with.
+#
+!IFNDEF SHELL_CORE_SRC
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SHELL_CORE_SRC =
+!ELSE
+SHELL_CORE_SRC = $(SQLITE3C)
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the core library that the shell executable should depend on.
+#
+!IFNDEF SHELL_CORE_DEP
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SHELL_CORE_DEP = $(SQLITE3DLL)
+!ELSE
+SHELL_CORE_DEP =
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# This is the core library that the shell executable should link with.
+#
+!IFNDEF SHELL_CORE_LIB
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+SHELL_CORE_LIB = $(SQLITE3LIB)
+!ELSE
+SHELL_CORE_LIB =
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# These are additional linker options used for the shell executable.
+#
+!IFNDEF SHELL_LINK_OPTS
+SHELL_LINK_OPTS = $(SHELL_CORE_LIB)
+!ENDIF
+
+# Check if assembly code listings should be generated for the source
+# code files to be compiled.
+#
+!IF $(USE_LISTINGS)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -FAcs
+!ENDIF
+
+# When compiling the library for use in the WinRT environment,
+# the following compile-time options must be used as well to
+# disable use of Win32 APIs that are not available and to enable
+# use of Win32 APIs that are specific to Windows 8 and/or WinRT.
+#
+!IF $(FOR_WINRT)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_OS_WINRT=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_OS_WINRT=1
+TCC = $(TCC) -DWINAPI_FAMILY=WINAPI_FAMILY_APP
+RCC = $(RCC) -DWINAPI_FAMILY=WINAPI_FAMILY_APP
+!ENDIF
+
+# C compiler options for the Windows 10 platform (needs MSVC 2015).
+#
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) /d2guard4 -D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE
+BCC = $(BCC) /d2guard4 -D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE
+!ENDIF
+
+# Also, we need to dynamically link to the correct MSVC runtime
+# when compiling for WinRT (e.g. debug or release) OR if the
+# USE_CRT_DLL option is set to force dynamically linking to the
+# MSVC runtime library.
+#
+!IF $(FOR_WINRT)!=0 || $(USE_CRT_DLL)!=0
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1
+TCC = $(TCC) -MDd
+BCC = $(BCC) -MDd
+!ELSE
+TCC = $(TCC) -MD
+BCC = $(BCC) -MD
+!ENDIF
+!ELSE
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1
+TCC = $(TCC) -MTd
+BCC = $(BCC) -MTd
+!ELSE
+TCC = $(TCC) -MT
+BCC = $(BCC) -MT
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
+# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
+# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
+#
+!IF $(DEBUG)==0
+TCC = $(TCC) -DNDEBUG
+BCC = $(BCC) -DNDEBUG
+RCC = $(RCC) -DNDEBUG
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF $(DEBUG)>0 || $(API_ARMOR)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR=1
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF $(DEBUG)>2
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF $(DEBUG)>4 || $(OSTRACE)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE=1 -DSQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE=1 -DSQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE=1
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF $(DEBUG)>5
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE=1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Prevent warnings about "insecure" MSVC runtime library functions
+# being used.
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+BCC = $(BCC) -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+RCC = $(RCC) -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+
+# Prevent warnings about "deprecated" POSIX functions being used.
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_WARNINGS
+BCC = $(BCC) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_WARNINGS
+RCC = $(RCC) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_WARNINGS
+
+# Use the SQLite debugging heap subsystem?
+#
+!IF $(MEMDEBUG)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1
+
+# Use native Win32 heap subsystem instead of malloc/free?
+#
+!ELSEIF $(WIN32HEAP)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1
+
+# Validate the heap on every call into the native Win32 heap subsystem?
+#
+!IF $(DEBUG)>3
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE=1
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+!IFNDEF READLINE_FLAGS
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=0
+!ENDIF
+
+# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+!IFNDEF LIBREADLINE
+LIBREADLINE =
+!ENDIF
+
+# Should the database engine be compiled threadsafe
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1
+
+# Do threads override each others locks by default (1), or do we test (-1)
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=-1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=-1
+
+# Any target libraries which libsqlite must be linked against
+#
+!IFNDEF TLIBS
+TLIBS =
+!ENDIF
+
+# Flags controlling use of the in memory btree implementation
+#
+# SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is 0 to force temporary tables to be in a file, 1 to
+# default to file, 2 to default to memory, and 3 to force temporary
+# tables to always be in memory.
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=1
+RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=1
+
+# Enable/disable loadable extensions, and other optional features
+# based on configuration. (-DSQLITE_OMIT*, -DSQLITE_ENABLE*).
+# The same set of OMIT and ENABLE flags should be passed to the
+# LEMON parser generator and the mkkeywordhash tool as well.
+
+# These are the required SQLite compilation options used when compiling for
+# the Windows platform.
+#
+REQ_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(REQ_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH=100
+
+# If we are linking to the RPCRT4 library, enable features that need it.
+#
+!IF $(USE_RPCRT4_LIB)!=0
+REQ_FEATURE_FLAGS = $(REQ_FEATURE_FLAGS) -DSQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID=1
+!ENDIF
+
+# Add the required and optional SQLite compilation options into the command
+# lines used to invoke the MSVC code and resource compilers.
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) $(REQ_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS)
+RCC = $(RCC) $(REQ_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(EXT_FEATURE_FLAGS)
+
+# Add in any optional parameters specified on the commane line, e.g.
+# nmake /f Makefile.msc all "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FOO=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_FOO=1"
+#
+TCC = $(TCC) $(OPTS)
+RCC = $(RCC) $(OPTS)
+
+# If compiling for debugging, add some defines.
+#
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1
+TCC = $(TCC) -D_DEBUG
+BCC = $(BCC) -D_DEBUG
+RCC = $(RCC) -D_DEBUG
+!ENDIF
+
+# If optimizations are enabled or disabled (either implicitly or
+# explicitly), add the necessary flags.
+#
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1 || $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==0
+TCC = $(TCC) -Od
+BCC = $(BCC) -Od
+!IF $(USE_RUNTIME_CHECKS)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -RTC1
+BCC = $(BCC) -RTC1
+!ENDIF
+!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)>=3
+TCC = $(TCC) -Ox
+BCC = $(BCC) -Ox
+!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==2
+TCC = $(TCC) -O2
+BCC = $(BCC) -O2
+!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==1
+TCC = $(TCC) -O1
+BCC = $(BCC) -O1
+!ENDIF
+
+# If symbols are enabled (or compiling for debugging), enable PDBs.
+#
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1 || $(SYMBOLS)!=0
+TCC = $(TCC) -Zi
+BCC = $(BCC) -Zi
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# Command line prefixes for compiling code, compiling resources,
+# linking, etc.
+#
+LTCOMPILE = $(TCC) -Fo$@
+LTRCOMPILE = $(RCC) -r
+LTLIB = lib.exe
+LTLINK = $(TCC) -Fe$@
+
+# If requested, link to the RPCRT4 library.
+#
+!IF $(USE_RPCRT4_LIB)!=0
+LTLINK = $(LTLINK) rpcrt4.lib
+!ENDIF
+
+# If a platform was set, force the linker to target that.
+# Note that the vcvars*.bat family of batch files typically
+# set this for you.  Otherwise, the linker will attempt
+# to deduce the binary type based on the object files.
+!IFDEF PLATFORM
+LTLINKOPTS = /NOLOGO /MACHINE:$(PLATFORM)
+LTLIBOPTS = /NOLOGO /MACHINE:$(PLATFORM)
+!ELSE
+LTLINKOPTS = /NOLOGO
+LTLIBOPTS = /NOLOGO
+!ENDIF
+
+# When compiling for use in the WinRT environment, the following
+# linker option must be used to mark the executable as runnable
+# only in the context of an application container.
+#
+!IF $(FOR_WINRT)!=0
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /APPCONTAINER
+!IF "$(VISUALSTUDIOVERSION)"=="12.0" || "$(VISUALSTUDIOVERSION)"=="14.0"
+!IFNDEF STORELIBPATH
+!IF "$(PLATFORM)"=="x86"
+STORELIBPATH = $(CRTLIBPATH)\store
+!ELSEIF "$(PLATFORM)"=="x64"
+STORELIBPATH = $(CRTLIBPATH)\store\amd64
+!ELSEIF "$(PLATFORM)"=="ARM"
+STORELIBPATH = $(CRTLIBPATH)\store\arm
+!ELSE
+STORELIBPATH = $(CRTLIBPATH)\store
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+STORELIBPATH = $(STORELIBPATH:\\=\)
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) "/LIBPATH:$(STORELIBPATH)"
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# When compiling for Windows Phone 8.1, an extra library path is
+# required.
+#
+!IF $(USE_WP81_OPTS)!=0
+!IFNDEF WP81LIBPATH
+!IF "$(PLATFORM)"=="x86"
+WP81LIBPATH = $(PROGRAMFILES_X86)\Windows Phone Kits\8.1\lib\x86
+!ELSEIF "$(PLATFORM)"=="ARM"
+WP81LIBPATH = $(PROGRAMFILES_X86)\Windows Phone Kits\8.1\lib\ARM
+!ELSE
+WP81LIBPATH = $(PROGRAMFILES_X86)\Windows Phone Kits\8.1\lib\x86
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# When compiling for Windows Phone 8.1, some extra linker options
+# are also required.
+#
+!IF $(USE_WP81_OPTS)!=0
+!IFDEF WP81LIBPATH
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) "/LIBPATH:$(WP81LIBPATH)"
+!ENDIF
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /DYNAMICBASE
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) WindowsPhoneCore.lib RuntimeObject.lib PhoneAppModelHost.lib
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /NODEFAULTLIB:kernel32.lib /NODEFAULTLIB:ole32.lib
+!ENDIF
+
+# When compiling for UWP or the Windows 10 platform, some extra linker
+# options are also required.
+#
+!IF $(FOR_UWP)!=0 || $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /DYNAMICBASE /NODEFAULTLIB:kernel32.lib
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) mincore.lib
+!IFDEF PSDKLIBPATH
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) "/LIBPATH:$(PSDKLIBPATH)"
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+!IF $(FOR_WIN10)!=0
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /guard:cf "/LIBPATH:$(UCRTLIBPATH)"
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /NODEFAULTLIB:libucrtd.lib /DEFAULTLIB:ucrtd.lib
+!ELSE
+LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /NODEFAULTLIB:libucrt.lib /DEFAULTLIB:ucrt.lib
+!ENDIF
+!ENDIF
+
+# If either debugging or symbols are enabled, enable PDBs.
+#
+!IF $(DEBUG)>1 || $(SYMBOLS)!=0
+LDFLAGS = /DEBUG $(LDOPTS)
+!ELSE
+LDFLAGS = $(LDOPTS)
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+
+
+# Object files for the amalgamation.
+#
+LIBOBJS1 = sqlite3.lo
+
+# Determine the real value of LIBOBJ based on the 'configure' script
+#
+LIBOBJ = $(LIBOBJS1)
+
+# Determine if embedded resource compilation and usage are enabled.
+#
+!IF $(USE_RC)!=0
+LIBRESOBJS = sqlite3res.lo
+!ELSE
+LIBRESOBJS =
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# Additional compiler options for the shell.  These are only effective
+# when the shell is not being dynamically linked.
+#
+!IF $(DYNAMIC_SHELL)==0 && $(FOR_WIN10)==0
+SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS = $(SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS) -DSQLITE_SHELL_JSON1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+!ENDIF
+
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	dll shell
+
+# Dynamic link library section.
+#
+dll:	$(SQLITE3DLL)
+
+# Shell executable.
+#
+shell:	$(SQLITE3EXE)
+
+
+$(SQLITE3DLL):	$(LIBOBJ) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(CORE_LINK_DEP)
+	$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /DLL $(CORE_LINK_OPTS) /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)
+
+Replace.exe:
+	$(CSC) /target:exe $(TOP)\Replace.cs
+
+sqlite3.def:	Replace.exe $(LIBOBJ)
+	echo EXPORTS > sqlite3.def
+	dumpbin /all $(LIBOBJ) \
+		| .\Replace.exe "^\s+/EXPORT:_?(sqlite3(?:session|changeset)?_[^@,]*)(?:@\d+|,DATA)?$$" $$1 true \
+		| sort >> sqlite3.def
+
+$(SQLITE3EXE):	$(TOP)\shell.c $(SHELL_CORE_DEP) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(SHELL_CORE_SRC) $(SQLITE3H)
+	$(LTLINK) $(SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(TOP)\shell.c $(SHELL_CORE_SRC) \
+		/link $(SQLITE3EXEPDB) $(LDFLAGS) $(LTLINKOPTS) $(SHELL_LINK_OPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LIBREADLINE) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)
+
+
+# Rule to build the amalgamation
+#
+sqlite3.lo:	$(SQLITE3C)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(CORE_COMPILE_OPTS) -c $(SQLITE3C)
+
+
+# Rule to build the Win32 resources object file.
+#
+!IF $(USE_RC)!=0
+_HASHCHAR=^#
+!IF ![echo !IFNDEF VERSION > rcver.vc] && \
+    ![for /F "delims=" %V in ('type "$(SQLITE3H)" ^| find "$(_HASHCHAR)define SQLITE_VERSION "') do (echo VERSION = ^^%V >> rcver.vc)] && \
+    ![echo !ENDIF >> rcver.vc]
+!INCLUDE rcver.vc
+!ENDIF
+
+RESOURCE_VERSION = $(VERSION:^#=)
+RESOURCE_VERSION = $(RESOURCE_VERSION:define=)
+RESOURCE_VERSION = $(RESOURCE_VERSION:SQLITE_VERSION=)
+RESOURCE_VERSION = $(RESOURCE_VERSION:"=)
+RESOURCE_VERSION = $(RESOURCE_VERSION:.=,)
+
+$(LIBRESOBJS):	$(TOP)\sqlite3.rc rcver.vc $(SQLITE3H)
+	echo #ifndef SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION > sqlite3rc.h
+	echo #define SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION $(RESOURCE_VERSION) >> sqlite3rc.h
+	echo #endif >> sqlite3rc.h
+	$(LTRCOMPILE) -fo $(LIBRESOBJS) -DRC_VERONLY $(TOP)\sqlite3.rc
+!ENDIF
+
+
+clean:
+	del /Q *.exp *.lo *.ilk *.lib *.obj *.ncb *.pdb *.sdf *.suo 2>NUL
+	del /Q *.bsc *.def *.cod *.da *.bb *.bbg *.vc gmon.out 2>NUL
+	del /Q $(SQLITE3EXE) $(SQLITE3DLL) Replace.exe 2>NUL
diff --git a/upstream/README.txt b/upstream/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e62a4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+This package contains:
+
+ * the SQLite library amalgamation source code file: sqlite3.c
+ * the sqlite3.h and sqlite3ext.h header files that define the C-language
+   interface to the sqlite3.c library file
+ * the shell.c file used to build the sqlite3 command-line shell program
+ * autoconf/automake installation infrastucture for building on POSIX
+   compliant systems
+ * a Makefile.msc, sqlite3.rc, and Replace.cs for building with Microsoft
+   Visual C++ on Windows
+
+SUMMARY OF HOW TO BUILD
+=======================
+
+  Unix:      ./configure; make
+  Windows:   nmake /f Makefile.msc
+
+BUILDING ON POSIX
+=================
+
+The generic installation instructions for autoconf/automake are found
+in the INSTALL file.
+
+The following SQLite specific boolean options are supported:
+
+  --enable-readline           use readline in shell tool   [default=yes]
+  --enable-threadsafe         build a thread-safe library  [default=yes]
+  --enable-dynamic-extensions support loadable extensions  [default=yes]
+
+The default value for the CFLAGS variable (options passed to the C
+compiler) includes debugging symbols in the build, resulting in larger
+binaries than are necessary. Override it on the configure command
+line like this:
+
+  $ CFLAGS="-Os" ./configure
+
+to produce a smaller installation footprint.
+
+Other SQLite compilation parameters can also be set using CFLAGS. For
+example:
+
+  $ CFLAGS="-Os -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0" ./configure
+
+
+BUILDING WITH MICROSOFT VISUAL C++
+==================================
+
+To compile for Windows using Microsoft Visual C++:
+
+  $ nmake /f Makefile.msc
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 (or later) is recommended.  Several Windows
+platform variants may be built by adding additional macros to the NMAKE
+command line.
+
+Building for WinRT 8.0
+----------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2012 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.0\lib\win8\um\x86"
+
+Building for WinRT 8.1
+----------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.1\lib\winv6.3\um\x86"
+
+Building for UWP 10.0
+---------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1 FOR_UWP=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macros will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
+  "PSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
+  "NUCRTLIBPATH=%UniversalCRTSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\ucrt\x86"
+
+Building for the Windows 10 SDK
+-------------------------------
+
+  FOR_WIN10=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, no other macros should be needed on the NMAKE command line.
+
+Other preprocessor defines
+--------------------------
+
+Additionally, preprocessor defines may be specified by using the OPTS macro
+on the NMAKE command line.  However, not all possible preprocessor defines
+may be specified in this manner as some require the amalgamation to be built
+with them enabled (see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html). For example, the
+following will work:
+
+  "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1=1"
+
+However, the following will not compile unless the amalgamation was built
+with it enabled:
+
+  "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1"
diff --git a/upstream/Replace.cs b/upstream/Replace.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3475a47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/Replace.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+** 2016 February 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C# code to perform regular expression replacements
+** using the standard input and output channels.
+*/
+
+using System;
+using System.Diagnostics;
+using System.IO;
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#region Assembly Metadata
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Replace Tool")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Replace text using standard input/output.")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("SQLite Development Team")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("SQLite")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Public Domain")]
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+[assembly: Guid("95a0513f-8863-48cd-a76f-cb80868cb578")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+
+#if DEBUG
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("Debug")]
+#else
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("Release")]
+#endif
+#endregion
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+namespace Replace
+{
+    /// <summary>
+    /// This enumeration is used to represent all the possible exit codes from
+    /// this tool.
+    /// </summary>
+    internal enum ExitCode
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The file download was a success.
+        /// </summary>
+        Success = 0,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The command line arguments are missing (i.e. null).  Generally,
+        /// this should not happen.
+        /// </summary>
+        MissingArgs = 1,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The wrong number of command line arguments was supplied.
+        /// </summary>
+        WrongNumArgs = 2,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The "matchingOnly" flag could not be converted to a value of the
+        /// <see cref="Boolean"/> type.
+        /// </summary>
+        BadMatchingOnlyFlag = 3,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// An exception was caught in <see cref="Main" />.  Generally, this
+        /// should not happen.
+        /// </summary>
+        Exception = 4
+    }
+
+    ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    internal static class Replace
+    {
+        #region Private Support Methods
+        /// <summary>
+        /// This method displays an error message to the console and/or
+        /// displays the command line usage information for this tool.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="message">
+        /// The error message to display, if any.
+        /// </param>
+        /// <param name="usage">
+        /// Non-zero to display the command line usage information.
+        /// </param>
+        private static void Error(
+            string message,
+            bool usage
+            )
+        {
+            if (message != null)
+                Console.WriteLine(message);
+
+            string fileName = Path.GetFileName(
+                Process.GetCurrentProcess().MainModule.FileName);
+
+            Console.WriteLine(String.Format(
+                "usage: {0} <regExPattern> <regExSubSpec> <matchingOnly>",
+                fileName));
+        }
+        #endregion
+
+        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+        #region Program Entry Point
+        /// <summary>
+        /// This is the entry-point for this tool.  It handles processing the
+        /// command line arguments, reading from the standard input channel,
+        /// replacing any matching lines of text, and writing to the standard
+        /// output channel.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="args">
+        /// The command line arguments.
+        /// </param>
+        /// <returns>
+        /// Zero upon success; non-zero on failure.  This will be one of the
+        /// values from the <see cref="ExitCode" /> enumeration.
+        /// </returns>
+        private static int Main(
+            string[] args
+            )
+        {
+            //
+            // NOTE: Sanity check the command line arguments.
+            //
+            if (args == null)
+            {
+                Error(null, true);
+                return (int)ExitCode.MissingArgs;
+            }
+
+            if (args.Length != 3)
+            {
+                Error(null, true);
+                return (int)ExitCode.WrongNumArgs;
+            }
+
+            try
+            {
+                //
+                // NOTE: Create a regular expression from the first command
+                //       line argument.  Then, grab the replacement string,
+                //       which is the second argument.
+                //
+                Regex regEx = new Regex(args[0]);
+                string replacement = args[1];
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: Attempt to convert the third argument to a boolean.
+                //
+                bool matchingOnly;
+
+                if (!bool.TryParse(args[2], out matchingOnly))
+                {
+                    Error(null, true);
+                    return (int)ExitCode.BadMatchingOnlyFlag;
+                }
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: Grab the standard input and output channels from the
+                //       console.
+                //
+                TextReader inputTextReader = Console.In;
+                TextWriter outputTextWriter = Console.Out;
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: Loop until end-of-file is hit on the standard input
+                //       stream.
+                //
+                while (true)
+                {
+                    //
+                    // NOTE: Read a line from the standard input channel.  If
+                    //       null is returned here, there is no more input and
+                    //       we are done.
+                    //
+                    string inputLine = inputTextReader.ReadLine();
+
+                    if (inputLine == null)
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // NOTE: Perform regular expression replacements on this
+                    //       line, if any.  Then, write the modified line to
+                    //       the standard output channel.
+                    //
+                    string outputLine = regEx.Replace(inputLine, replacement);
+
+                    if (!matchingOnly || !String.Equals(
+                            inputLine, outputLine, StringComparison.Ordinal))
+                    {
+                        outputTextWriter.WriteLine(outputLine);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: At this point, everything has succeeded.
+                //
+                return (int)ExitCode.Success;
+            }
+            catch (Exception e)
+            {
+                //
+                // NOTE: An exception was caught.  Report it via the console
+                //       and return failure.
+                //
+                Error(e.ToString(), false);
+                return (int)ExitCode.Exception;
+            }
+        }
+        #endregion
+    }
+}
diff --git a/upstream/aclocal.m4 b/upstream/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ad092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,10200 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.15 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],,
+[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69.
+You have another version of autoconf.  It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
+If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])])
+
+# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 1996-2001, 2003-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl
+# Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program or library that is built
+# using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the  same
+# distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+])
+
+# serial 58 LT_INIT
+
+
+# LT_PREREQ(VERSION)
+# ------------------
+# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION.
+m4_defun([LT_PREREQ],
+[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1,
+       [m4_default([$3],
+		   [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required],
+		             63)])],
+       [$2])])
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR
+# ------------------
+# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR],
+[case `pwd` in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;;
+esac
+])
+
+
+# LT_INIT([OPTIONS])
+# ------------------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl We use AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl
+
+dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default:
+m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl
+m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl
+dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4
+dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro:
+AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl
+
+_LT_SHELL_INIT([SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}])
+
+dnl Parse OPTIONS
+_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1])
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS=$ltmain
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
+
+_LT_SETUP
+
+# Only expand once:
+m4_define([LT_INIT])
+])# LT_INIT
+
+# Old names:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
+AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
+
+
+# _LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME
+# -----------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME], [
+# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
+func_cc_basename ()
+{
+    for cc_temp in @S|@*""; do
+      case $cc_temp in
+        compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;;
+        distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;;
+        \-*) ;;
+        *) break;;
+      esac
+    done
+    func_cc_basename_result=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"`
+}
+])# _LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME
+
+
+# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC)
+# -------------------
+# It would be clearer to call AC_REQUIREs from _LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME,
+# but that macro is also expanded into generated libtool script, which
+# arranges for $SED and $ECHO to be set by different means.
+m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME],
+[m4_require([_LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl
+func_cc_basename $1
+cc_basename=$func_cc_basename_result
+])
+
+
+# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
+# ----------------------
+# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set
+# sensibly after 'm4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'.
+m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS],
+[: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
+
+
+# _LT_SETUP
+# ---------
+m4_defun([_LT_SETUP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl
+
+_LT_DECL([], [PATH_SEPARATOR], [1], [The PATH separator for the build system])dnl
+dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl
+dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl
+_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl
+dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_TRUNCATE])dnl
+
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([
+# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options that allow our
+# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
+if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+])
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
+
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
+  if test set != "${COLLECT_NAMES+set}"; then
+    COLLECT_NAMES=
+    export COLLECT_NAMES
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Global variables:
+ofile=libtool
+can_build_shared=yes
+
+# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+old_CC=$CC
+old_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+
+# Set sane defaults for various variables
+test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
+test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
+test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
+
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
+test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
+case $deplibs_check_method in
+file_magic*)
+  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
+    _LT_PATH_MAGIC
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
+LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC])
+_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
+_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
+_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+])# _LT_SETUP
+
+
+# _LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS
+# --------------------------
+# Define a few sed substitution that help us do robust quoting.
+m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS],
+[# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within
+# double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
+# double_quote_subst'ed string.
+delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
+delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
+no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
+])
+
+# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
+# ---------------
+# Note that this code is called both from 'configure', and 'config.status'
+# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool.  Notably,
+# 'config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake,
+# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],
+[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'])
+ltmain=$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh
+])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
+
+
+
+# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional
+# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the 'libtool'
+# label.
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS])
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
+m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT],
+[m4_ifval([$1],
+          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT],
+                     [$1
+])])])
+
+# Initialize.
+m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS])
+# ------------------------------
+# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
+m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL],
+[m4_ifval([$1],
+          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS],
+                     [$1
+])])])
+
+# Initialize.
+m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS])
+# -----------------------------------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS],
+[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1])
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT])
+# -----------------------------
+# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing
+# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already.
+m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT],
+[m4_ifval([$1], [
+m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])],
+              [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.])
+)])
+
+
+
+
+
+# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?])
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script.
+# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script.
+# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on
+# VARNAME.  Any other value will be used directly.
+m4_define([_LT_DECL],
+[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ],
+    [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name],
+	[m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])])
+    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3])
+    m4_ifval([$4],
+	[lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])])
+    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2],
+	[tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION])
+# --------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])])
+
+
+# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames],
+[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)])
+
+
+# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..])
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_lt_decl_filter],
+[m4_case([$#],
+  [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
+  [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
+  [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)],
+  [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)],
+  [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# --------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames],
+[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)])
+
+
+# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames],
+[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)])
+
+
+# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
+[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl
+_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
+    m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]),
+    m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))])
+m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])])
+
+
+# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames],
+[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
+     m4_if([$2], [],
+	   m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames),
+	m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl
+])
+m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames],
+[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1],
+			lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME])
+# ------------------------------------
+# Quote a variable value, and forward it to 'config.status' so that its
+# declaration there will have the same value as in 'configure'.  VARNAME
+# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work.
+m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE],
+[$1='`$ECHO "$][$1" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
+# ------------------------------
+# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when
+# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all
+# embedded single quotes properly.  In configure, this macro expands
+# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into:
+#
+#    <var>='`$ECHO "$<var>" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS],
+[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames),
+    [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
+# ----------------
+# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script
+m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS],
+[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl
+available_tags='_LT_TAGS'dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG])
+# -----------------------------------
+# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and
+# expand to a commented shell variable setting:
+#
+#    # Some comment about what VAR is for.
+#    visible_name=$lt_internal_name
+m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE],
+[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1],
+					   [description])))[]dnl
+m4_pushdef([_libtool_name],
+    m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl
+m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])),
+    [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1],
+    [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
+    [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
+    [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl
+m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
+# -----------------------
+# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables
+# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the 'libtool'
+# script.  Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG
+# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS.
+m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS],
+[m4_foreach([_lt_var],
+    m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)),
+    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG)
+# -------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS],
+[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames),
+    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])])
+
+
+# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME])
+# ------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+# -------------------
+# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS.  Thanks to the lists of
+# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls
+# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations
+# into 'config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in
+# for loops in 'config.status'.  Finally, any additional code accumulated
+# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded.
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS],
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT],
+	dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT,
+	dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status,
+	dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it
+	dnl needs to know what name is stored there:
+        [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
+            [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])],
+    dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status,
+    dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now:
+    [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
+        [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])])
+])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+
+
+# Initialize.
+m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT],
+[
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
+delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
+_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
+LTCC='$LTCC'
+LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
+compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+  eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+\$[]1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+
+# Quote evaled strings.
+for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
+]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in
+    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
+]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in
+    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT
+])
+
+# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(FILE, [COMMENT])
+# ------------------------------------
+# Generate a child script FILE with all initialization necessary to
+# reuse the environment learned by the parent script, and make the
+# file executable.  If COMMENT is supplied, it is inserted after the
+# '#!' sequence but before initialization text begins.  After this
+# macro, additional text can be appended to FILE to form the body of
+# the child script.  The macro ends with non-zero status if the
+# file could not be fully written (such as if the disk is full).
+m4_ifdef([AS_INIT_GENERATED],
+[m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],[AS_INIT_GENERATED($@)])],
+[m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],
+[m4_require([AS_PREPARE])]dnl
+[m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])]dnl
+[lt_write_fail=0
+cat >$1 <<_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+$2
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$1 <<\_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1
+AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
+_AS_PREPARE
+exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1
+_ASEOF
+test 0 = "$lt_write_fail" && chmod +x $1[]dnl
+m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])])])# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT
+
+# LT_OUTPUT
+# ---------
+# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before
+# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation
+# tests.
+AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT],
+[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt}
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT])
+_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(["$CONFIG_LT"],
+[# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.])
+
+cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
+lt_cl_silent=false
+exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  AS_BOX([Running $as_me.])
+} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+
+lt_cl_help="\
+'$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration,
+for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is
+generated.
+
+Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]]
+
+  -h, --help      print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version   print version number, then exit
+  -q, --quiet     do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug     don't remove temporary files
+
+Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>."
+
+lt_cl_version="\
+m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl
+m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION])
+configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING.
+
+Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+while test 0 != $[#]
+do
+  case $[1] in
+    --version | --v* | -V )
+      echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+      echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;;
+    --debug | --d* | -d )
+      debug=: ;;
+    --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q )
+      lt_cl_silent=: ;;
+
+    -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1]
+Try '$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
+
+    *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1]
+Try '$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if $lt_cl_silent; then
+  exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null
+fi
+_LTEOF
+
+cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
+_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT
+_LTEOF
+
+cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])
+_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS
+AS_EXIT(0)
+_LTEOF
+chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT"
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection,
+# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept
+# open by configure.  Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing
+# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt.
+lt_cl_success=:
+test yes = "$silent" &&
+  lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet"
+exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null
+$SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false
+exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
+$lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1)
+])# LT_OUTPUT
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG(TAG)
+# ---------------
+# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a
+# default configuration from the untagged config vars.  Otherwise add code
+# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the
+# matching tagged config vars.
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([
+  m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl
+  m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [
+    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options that allow our
+    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
+    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+    fi
+
+    cfgfile=${ofile}T
+    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
+    $RM "$cfgfile"
+
+    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE) $VERSION
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
+
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+
+_LT_COPYING
+_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
+
+# Configured defaults for sys_lib_dlsearch_path munging.
+: \${LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH="$configure_time_lt_sys_library_path"}
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
+_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
+_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS
+# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+_LT_EOF
+
+    cat <<'_LT_EOF' >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# ### BEGIN FUNCTIONS SHARED WITH CONFIGURE
+
+_LT_PREPARE_MUNGE_PATH_LIST
+_LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME
+
+# ### END FUNCTIONS SHARED WITH CONFIGURE
+
+_LT_EOF
+
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+# vanish in a puff of smoke.
+if test set != "${COLLECT_NAMES+set}"; then
+  COLLECT_NAMES=
+  export COLLECT_NAMES
+fi
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
+
+  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
+  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
+  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
+  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
+  sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
+     || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+   mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
+    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
+  chmod +x "$ofile"
+],
+[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile"
+
+dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded
+dnl in a comment (ie after a #).
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
+_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG)
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
+_LT_EOF
+])dnl /m4_if
+],
+[m4_if([$1], [], [
+    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
+    VERSION='$VERSION'
+    RM='$RM'
+    ofile='$ofile'], [])
+])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS
+])# _LT_CONFIG
+
+
+# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG)
+# ---------------------
+# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool
+# --tag option, using:
+#    autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1'
+AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], [])
+
+
+# C support is built-in for now
+m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], [])
+m4_define([_LT_TAGS], [])
+
+
+# LT_LANG(LANG)
+# -------------
+# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled.
+AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
+m4_case([$1],
+  [C],			[_LT_LANG(C)],
+  [C++],		[_LT_LANG(CXX)],
+  [Go],			[_LT_LANG(GO)],
+  [Java],		[_LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+  [Fortran 77],		[_LT_LANG(F77)],
+  [Fortran],		[_LT_LANG(FC)],
+  [Windows Resource],	[_LT_LANG(RC)],
+  [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG],
+    [_LT_LANG($1)],
+    [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl
+])# LT_LANG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME)
+# ------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG],
+[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [],
+  [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl
+  m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl
+  m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl
+  _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl
+])# _LT_LANG
+
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_GO], [
+# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into   #
+#  GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_GO.  When it is available in    #
+#  a released version of Autoconf we should remove this    #
+#  macro and use it instead.                               #
+m4_defun([AC_PROG_GO],
+[AC_LANG_PUSH(Go)dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([GOC],     [Go compiler command])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([GOFLAGS], [Go compiler flags])dnl
+_AC_ARG_VAR_LDFLAGS()dnl
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo)
+if test -z "$GOC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo], [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo])
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$GOC"; then
+  AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, gccgo, gccgo, false)
+fi
+])#m4_defun
+])#m4_ifndef
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
+# -----------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG],
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+  [LT_LANG(CXX)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77],
+  [LT_LANG(F77)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC],
+  [LT_LANG(FC)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])])
+
+dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal
+dnl pulling things in needlessly.
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
+  [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+  [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+    [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ],
+      [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+      [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
+	[m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
+       m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+	[m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
+       m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ],
+	[m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GO],
+  [LT_LANG(GO)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_GO], defn([AC_PROG_GO])[LT_LANG(GO)])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC],
+  [LT_LANG(RC)],
+  [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])])
+])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
+
+# Obsolete macros:
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [LT_LANG(Windows Resource)])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [])
+
+
+# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+
+_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl
+_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl
+_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl
+_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
+LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+# ------------------------
+# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with
+# the simple compiler test code.
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM conftest*
+])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+# ----------------------
+# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with
+# the simple link test code.
+m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM -r conftest*
+])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS
+# -------------------------
+m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[
+  case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin*)
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:])
+    _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1],
+      [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1],
+      [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1],
+      [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1],
+      [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1],
+      [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4])
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod],
+      [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+      if test -z "$LT_MULTI_MODULE"; then
+	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
+	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
+	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
+	# link flags.
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
+	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
+        _lt_result=$?
+	# If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module"
+	# appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning
+        if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then
+	  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	# Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from
+	# the compiler, it worked.
+	elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test 0 = "$_lt_result"; then
+	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+	else
+	  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	fi
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	rm -f conftest.*
+      fi])
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag],
+      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list],
+      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
+      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
+      AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
+	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes],
+	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no])
+	LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+    ])
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -force_load linker flag],[lt_cv_ld_force_load],
+      [lt_cv_ld_force_load=no
+      cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF
+int forced_loaded() { return 2;}
+_LT_EOF
+      echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF
+int main() { return 0;}
+_LT_EOF
+      echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err
+      _lt_result=$?
+      if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then
+	cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      elif test -f conftest && test 0 = "$_lt_result" && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes
+      else
+	cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      fi
+        rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c
+        rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+    ])
+    case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin1.*)
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-flat_namespace $wl-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
+      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
+      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
+      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
+      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
+	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+	10.[[012]][[,.]]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-flat_namespace $wl-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+	10.*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+      esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod"; then
+      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
+    fi
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list"; then
+      _lt_dar_export_syms=' $wl-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/$libname-symbols.expsym'
+    else
+      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/$libname-symbols.expsym $lib'
+    fi
+    if test : != "$DSYMUTIL" && test no = "$lt_cv_ld_force_load"; then
+      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
+    else
+      _lt_dsymutil=
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+
+
+# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES([TAG])
+# ---------------------------------
+# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin
+m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES],
+[
+  m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+  if test yes = "$lt_cv_ld_force_load"; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience $wl-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`'
+    m4_case([$1], [F77], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes],
+                  [FC],  [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes])
+  else
+    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=''
+  fi
+  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$_lt_dar_allow_undefined
+  case $cc_basename in
+     ifort*|nagfor*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
+     *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
+  esac
+  if test yes = "$_lt_dar_can_shared"; then
+    output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all
+    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod$_lt_dsymutil"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags$_lt_dsymutil"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's|^|_|' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\$libname-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod$_lt_dar_export_syms$_lt_dsymutil"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's|^|_|' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\$libname-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags$_lt_dar_export_syms$_lt_dsymutil"
+    m4_if([$1], [CXX],
+[   if test yes != "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod"; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \$lib-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$lib-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring$_lt_dsymutil"
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's|^|_|' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\$libname-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \$lib-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$lib-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring$_lt_dar_export_syms$_lt_dsymutil"
+    fi
+],[])
+  else
+  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+  fi
+])
+
+# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------------
+# Links a minimal program and checks the executable
+# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases,
+# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used
+# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too.
+# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according
+# to the aix ld manual.
+# Store the results from the different compilers for each TAGNAME.
+# Allow to override them for all tags through lt_cv_aix_libpath.
+m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+if test set = "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}"; then
+  aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath
+else
+  AC_CACHE_VAL([_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])],
+  [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],[
+  lt_aix_libpath_sed='[
+      /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
+	  /^0/ {
+	      s/^0  *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+	      p
+	  }
+      }]'
+  _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+  # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+  if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+  fi],[])
+  if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=/usr/lib:/lib
+  fi
+  ])
+  aix_libpath=$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])
+fi
+])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+
+
+# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG)
+# -------------------
+m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT],
+[m4_divert_text([M4SH-INIT], [$1
+])])# _LT_SHELL_INIT
+
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+# -----------------------
+# Find how we can fake an echo command that does not interpret backslash.
+# In particular, with Autoconf 2.60 or later we add some code to the start
+# of the generated configure script that will find a shell with a builtin
+# printf (that we can use as an echo command).
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],
+[ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
+ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to print strings])
+# Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present.
+if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \
+   test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then
+  ECHO='print -r --'
+elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then
+  ECHO='printf %s\n'
+else
+  # Use this function as a fallback that always works.
+  func_fallback_echo ()
+  {
+    eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+$[]1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+  }
+  ECHO='func_fallback_echo'
+fi
+
+# func_echo_all arg...
+# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
+func_echo_all ()
+{
+    $ECHO "$*"
+}
+
+case $ECHO in
+  printf*) AC_MSG_RESULT([printf]) ;;
+  print*) AC_MSG_RESULT([print -r]) ;;
+  *) AC_MSG_RESULT([cat]) ;;
+esac
+
+m4_ifdef([_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED],
+[_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED([
+  test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}${BASH_VERSION+set}" || (
+    ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+    ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
+    ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
+    PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH
+    test "X`printf %s $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" \
+      || test "X`print -r -- $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" )])])
+
+_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts])
+_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], [An echo program that protects backslashes])
+])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+
+
+# _LT_WITH_SYSROOT
+# ----------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sysroot])
+AC_ARG_WITH([sysroot],
+[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-sysroot@<:@=DIR@:>@],
+  [Search for dependent libraries within DIR (or the compiler's sysroot
+   if not specified).])],
+[], [with_sysroot=no])
+
+dnl lt_sysroot will always be passed unquoted.  We quote it here
+dnl in case the user passed a directory name.
+lt_sysroot=
+case $with_sysroot in #(
+ yes)
+   if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+     lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null`
+   fi
+   ;; #(
+ /*)
+   lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+   ;; #(
+ no|'')
+   ;; #(
+ *)
+   AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_sysroot])
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([The sysroot must be an absolute path.])
+   ;;
+esac
+
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([${lt_sysroot:-no}])
+_LT_DECL([], [lt_sysroot], [0], [The root where to search for ]dnl
+[dependent libraries, and where our libraries should be installed.])])
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
+# ---------------
+m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
+  [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
+    [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
+test no = "$enable_libtool_lock" || enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case $host in
+ia64-*-hpux*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set mode
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *ELF-32*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE=32
+	;;
+      *ELF-64*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE=64
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo '[#]line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"; then
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+mips64*-*linux*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo '[#]line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    emul=elf
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *32-bit*)
+	emul="${emul}32"
+	;;
+      *64-bit*)
+	emul="${emul}64"
+	;;
+    esac
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *MSB*)
+	emul="${emul}btsmip"
+	;;
+      *LSB*)
+	emul="${emul}ltsmip"
+	;;
+    esac
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *N32*)
+	emul="${emul}n32"
+	;;
+    esac
+    LD="${LD-ld} -m $emul"
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
+s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.  Note that the listed cases only cover the
+  # situations where additional linker options are needed (such as when
+  # doing 32-bit compilation for a host where ld defaults to 64-bit, or
+  # vice versa); the common cases where no linker options are needed do
+  # not appear in the list.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+      *32-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+	      *x86-64*)
+		LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_x86_64"
+		;;
+	      *)
+		LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  powerpc64le-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32lppclinux"
+	    ;;
+	  powerpc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
+	    ;;
+	  s390x-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *64-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+	    ;;
+	  powerpcle-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64lppc"
+	    ;;
+	  powerpc-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
+	    ;;
+	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc*-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
+    [AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+     AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
+     AC_LANG_POP])
+  if test yes != "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS=$SAVE_CFLAGS
+  fi
+  ;;
+*-*solaris*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+    *64-bit*)
+      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
+      yes*)
+        case $host in
+        i?86-*-solaris*|x86_64-*-solaris*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+          ;;
+        sparc*-*-solaris*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+          ;;
+        esac
+        # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations.  Use them if available.
+        if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+          LD=${LD-ld}_sol2
+        fi
+        ;;
+      *)
+	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+esac
+
+need_locks=$enable_libtool_lock
+])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_AR
+# -----------
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_AR],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOLS(AR, [ar], false)
+: ${AR=ar}
+: ${AR_FLAGS=cru}
+_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver])
+_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1], [Flags to create an archive])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for archiver @FILE support], [lt_cv_ar_at_file],
+  [lt_cv_ar_at_file=no
+   AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],
+     [echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst
+      lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD'
+      AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try])
+      if test 0 -eq "$ac_status"; then
+	# Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names.
+	rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a
+	AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try])
+	if test 0 -ne "$ac_status"; then
+          lt_cv_ar_at_file=@
+        fi
+      fi
+      rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a
+     ])
+  ])
+
+if test no = "$lt_cv_ar_at_file"; then
+  archiver_list_spec=
+else
+  archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [archiver_list_spec], [1],
+  [How to feed a file listing to the archiver])
+])# _LT_PROG_AR
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
+# -------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE],
+[_LT_PROG_AR
+
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
+test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
+_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program])
+
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
+test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
+_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1],
+    [Commands used to install an old-style archive])
+
+# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
+old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
+old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+old_postuninstall_cmds=
+
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  bitrig* | openbsd*)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib"
+fi
+
+case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;;
+  *)
+    lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;;
+esac
+_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2])
+_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands used to build an old-style archive])
+_LT_DECL([], [lock_old_archive_extraction], [0],
+    [Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction])
+])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
+#		[OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether the given compiler option works
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
+  [$2=no
+   m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4])
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$3"  ## exclude from sc_useless_quotes_in_assignment
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
+     $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       $2=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM conftest*
+])
+
+if test yes = "[$]$2"; then
+    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
+else
+    m4_if([$6], , :, [$6])
+fi
+])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [])
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
+#                  [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+# ----------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether the given linker option works
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
+  [$2=no
+   save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3"
+   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+       $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
+       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+         $2=yes
+       fi
+     else
+       $2=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM -r conftest*
+   LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+])
+
+if test yes = "[$]$2"; then
+    m4_if([$4], , :, [$4])
+else
+    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
+fi
+])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [])
+
+
+# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
+#---------------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+# find the maximum length of command line arguments
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments])
+AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl
+  i=0
+  teststring=ABCD
+
+  case $build_os in
+  msdosdjgpp*)
+    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
+    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
+    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
+    # check would be larger than it should be.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
+    ;;
+
+  gnu*)
+    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
+    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
+    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
+    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
+    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
+    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
+    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
+    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
+    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  mint*)
+    # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  amigaos*)
+    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
+    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  bitrig* | darwin* | dragonfly* | freebsd* | netbsd* | openbsd*)
+    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
+    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
+    fi
+    # And add a safety zone
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    ;;
+
+  interix*)
+    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
+    ;;
+
+  os2*)
+    # The test takes a long time on OS/2.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192
+    ;;
+
+  osf*)
+    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
+    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
+    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
+    # First set a reasonable default.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
+    #
+    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
+      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
+        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  sco3.2v5*)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
+    ;;
+  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
+    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[	 ]]//'`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
+    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" && \
+       test undefined != "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    else
+      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
+      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
+      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8; do
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
+      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
+      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
+      # we can't tell.
+      while { test X`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
+	         = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+	      test 17 != "$i" # 1/2 MB should be enough
+      do
+        i=`expr $i + 1`
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
+      teststring=
+      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
+      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
+      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(none)
+fi
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0],
+    [What is the maximum length of a command?])
+])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [])
+
+
+# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN],
+[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl
+])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
+
+
+# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE,
+#                      ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING)
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],
+[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
+if test yes = "$cross_compiling"; then :
+  [$4]
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+[#line $LINENO "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* When -fvisibility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated
+   correspondingly for the symbols needed.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3))
+int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default")));
+#endif
+
+int fnord () { return 42; }
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else
+        {
+	  if (dlsym( self,"_fnord"))  status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+          else puts (dlerror ());
+	}
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+  else
+    puts (dlerror ());
+
+  return status;
+}]
+_LT_EOF
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s "conftest$ac_exeext" 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;;
+      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    $3
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF
+
+
+# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
+# ------------------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF],
+[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
+if test yes != "$enable_dlopen"; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen=load_add_on
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen=LoadLibrary
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+    # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
+		[lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldl],[
+    lt_cv_dlopen=dyld
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ])
+    ;;
+
+  tpf*)
+    # Don't try to run any link tests for TPF.  We know it's impossible
+    # because TPF is a cross-compiler, and we know how we open DSOs.
+    lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
+	  [lt_cv_dlopen=shl_load],
+      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
+	    [lt_cv_dlopen=shl_load lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldld],
+	[AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen],
+	      [lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen],
+	  [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
+		[lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldl],
+	    [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
+		  [lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-lsvld],
+	      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
+		    [lt_cv_dlopen=dld_link lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldld])
+	      ])
+	    ])
+	  ])
+	])
+      ])
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test no = "$lt_cv_dlopen"; then
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS=$CPPFLAGS
+    test yes = "$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself],
+	  lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl
+	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes,
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross)
+    ])
+
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_dlopen_self"; then
+      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
+      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself],
+	  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl
+	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes,
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no,  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross)
+      ])
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS=$save_CPPFLAGS
+    LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+    LIBS=$save_LIBS
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0],
+	 [Whether dlopen is supported])
+_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0],
+	 [Whether dlopen of programs is supported])
+_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0],
+	 [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported])
+])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [])
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------
+# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler.
+# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O.
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no
+   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   $RM conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $RM out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   $RM -r conftest
+   $RM conftest*
+])
+_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1],
+	[Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------------
+# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS],
+[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1])
+
+hard_links=nottested
+if test no = "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" && test no != "$need_locks"; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links])
+  hard_links=yes
+  $RM conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links])
+  if test no = "$hard_links"; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN(['$CC' does not support '-c -o', so 'make -j' may be unsafe])
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir],
+[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .libs; then
+  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
+else
+  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
+  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
+fi
+rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null])
+objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
+_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0],
+         [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl
+m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_OBJDIR], "$lt_cv_objdir/",
+  [Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries.])
+])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME])
+# --------------------------------------
+# Check hardcoding attributes.
+m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs])
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=
+if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" ||
+   test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" ||
+   test yes = "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)"; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
+  if test no != "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test no != "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" &&
+     test no != "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)"; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)])
+
+if test relink = "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" ||
+   test yes = "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)"; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" ||
+     test no = "$enable_shared"; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0],
+    [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable])
+])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible])
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+      striplib="$STRIP -x"
+      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1])
+])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
+
+
+# _LT_PREPARE_MUNGE_PATH_LIST
+# ---------------------------
+# Make sure func_munge_path_list() is defined correctly.
+m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_MUNGE_PATH_LIST],
+[[# func_munge_path_list VARIABLE PATH
+# -----------------------------------
+# VARIABLE is name of variable containing _space_ separated list of
+# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string
+# having a format:
+# "DIR[:DIR]:"
+#       string "DIR[ DIR]" will be prepended to VARIABLE
+# ":DIR[:DIR]"
+#       string "DIR[ DIR]" will be appended to VARIABLE
+# "DIRP[:DIRP]::[DIRA:]DIRA"
+#       string "DIRP[ DIRP]" will be prepended to VARIABLE and string
+#       "DIRA[ DIRA]" will be appended to VARIABLE
+# "DIR[:DIR]"
+#       VARIABLE will be replaced by "DIR[ DIR]"
+func_munge_path_list ()
+{
+    case x@S|@2 in
+    x)
+        ;;
+    *:)
+        eval @S|@1=\"`$ECHO @S|@2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'` \@S|@@S|@1\"
+        ;;
+    x:*)
+        eval @S|@1=\"\@S|@@S|@1 `$ECHO @S|@2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        ;;
+    *::*)
+        eval @S|@1=\"\@S|@@S|@1\ `$ECHO @S|@2 | $SED -e 's/.*:://' -e 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        eval @S|@1=\"`$ECHO @S|@2 | $SED -e 's/::.*//' -e 's/:/ /g'`\ \@S|@@S|@1\"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        eval @S|@1=\"`$ECHO @S|@2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+]])# _LT_PREPARE_PATH_LIST
+
+
+# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG])
+# -----------------------------
+# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics
+m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PREPARE_MUNGE_PATH_LIST])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics])
+m4_if([$1],
+	[], [
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  case $host_os in
+    darwin*) lt_awk_arg='/^libraries:/,/LR/' ;;
+    *) lt_awk_arg='/^libraries:/' ;;
+  esac
+  case $host_os in
+    mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq='s|=\([[A-Za-z]]:\)|\1|g' ;;
+    *) lt_sed_strip_eq='s|=/|/|g' ;;
+  esac
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq`
+  case $lt_search_path_spec in
+  *\;*)
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
+  # and add multilib dir if necessary...
+  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
+  lt_multi_os_dir=/`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
+  # ...but if some path component already ends with the multilib dir we assume
+  # that all is fine and trust -print-search-dirs as is (GCC 4.2? or newer).
+  case "$lt_multi_os_dir; $lt_search_path_spec " in
+  "/; "* | "/.; "* | "/./; "* | *"$lt_multi_os_dir "* | *"$lt_multi_os_dir/ "*)
+    lt_multi_os_dir=
+    ;;
+  esac
+  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
+    if test -d "$lt_sys_path$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
+      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path$lt_multi_os_dir"
+    elif test -n "$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
+      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
+	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
+    fi
+  done
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk '
+BEGIN {RS = " "; FS = "/|\n";} {
+  lt_foo = "";
+  lt_count = 0;
+  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
+    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
+      if ($lt_i == "..") {
+        lt_count++;
+      } else {
+        if (lt_count == 0) {
+          lt_foo = "/" $lt_i lt_foo;
+        } else {
+          lt_count--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; }
+  if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
+}'`
+  # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths
+  # for these hosts.
+  case $host_os in
+    mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\
+      $SED 's|/\([[A-Za-z]]:\)|\1|g'` ;;
+  esac
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP`
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi])
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext_cmds=.so
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+AC_ARG_VAR([LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH],
+[User-defined run-time library search path.])
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix[[4-9]]*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line '#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on '.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | $CC -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # Using Import Files as archive members, it is possible to support
+    # filename-based versioning of shared library archives on AIX. While
+    # this would work for both with and without runtime linking, it will
+    # prevent static linking of such archives. So we do filename-based
+    # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used
+    # when both runtime linking and shared linking is enabled.
+    # Unfortunately, runtime linking may impact performance, so we do
+    # not want this to be the default eventually. Also, we use the
+    # versioned .so libs for executables only if there is the -brtl
+    # linker flag in LDFLAGS as well, or --with-aix-soname=svr4 only.
+    # To allow for filename-based versioning support, we need to create
+    # libNAME.so.V as an archive file, containing:
+    # *) an Import File, referring to the versioned filename of the
+    #    archive as well as the shared archive member, telling the
+    #    bitwidth (32 or 64) of that shared object, and providing the
+    #    list of exported symbols of that shared object, eventually
+    #    decorated with the 'weak' keyword
+    # *) the shared object with the F_LOADONLY flag set, to really avoid
+    #    it being seen by the linker.
+    # At run time we better use the real file rather than another symlink,
+    # but for link time we create the symlink libNAME.so -> libNAME.so.V
+
+    case $with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we cannot hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    aix,yes) # traditional libtool
+      dynamic_linker='AIX unversionable lib.so'
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      ;;
+    aix,no) # traditional AIX only
+      dynamic_linker='AIX lib.a[(]lib.so.V[)]'
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+      ;;
+    svr4,*) # full svr4 only
+      dynamic_linker="AIX lib.so.V[(]$shared_archive_member_spec.o[)]"
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      # We do not specify a path in Import Files, so LIBPATH fires.
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+      ;;
+    *,yes) # both, prefer svr4
+      dynamic_linker="AIX lib.so.V[(]$shared_archive_member_spec.o[)], lib.a[(]lib.so.V[)]"
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      # unpreferred sharedlib libNAME.a needs extra handling
+      postinstall_cmds='test -n "$linkname" || linkname="$realname"~func_stripname "" ".so" "$linkname"~$install_shared_prog "$dir/$func_stripname_result.$libext" "$destdir/$func_stripname_result.$libext"~test -z "$tstripme" || test -z "$striplib" || $striplib "$destdir/$func_stripname_result.$libext"'
+      postuninstall_cmds='for n in $library_names $old_library; do :; done~func_stripname "" ".so" "$n"~test "$func_stripname_result" = "$n" || func_append rmfiles " $odir/$func_stripname_result.$libext"'
+      # We do not specify a path in Import Files, so LIBPATH fires.
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+      ;;
+    *,no) # both, prefer aix
+      dynamic_linker="AIX lib.a[(]lib.so.V[)], lib.so.V[(]$shared_archive_member_spec.o[)]"
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+      # unpreferred sharedlib libNAME.so.V and symlink libNAME.so need extra handling
+      postinstall_cmds='test -z "$dlname" || $install_shared_prog $dir/$dlname $destdir/$dlname~test -z "$tstripme" || test -z "$striplib" || $striplib $destdir/$dlname~test -n "$linkname" || linkname=$realname~func_stripname "" ".a" "$linkname"~(cd "$destdir" && $LN_S -f $dlname $func_stripname_result.so)'
+      postuninstall_cmds='test -z "$dlname" || func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname"~for n in $old_library $library_names; do :; done~func_stripname "" ".a" "$n"~func_append rmfiles " $odir/$func_stripname_result.so"'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  case $host_cpu in
+  powerpc)
+    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
+    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    ;;
+  m68k)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname$shared_ext'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[[45]]*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext_cmds=.dll
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$cc_basename in
+  yes,*)
+    # gcc
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \$file`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\$base_file'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
+      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
+      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
+        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
+      fi'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $RM \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo $libname | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo $release | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+m4_if([$1], [],[
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api"])
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cegcc*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='$libname`echo $release | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo $libname | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo $release | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+    ;;
+
+  *,cl*)
+    # Native MSVC
+    libname_spec='$name'
+    soname_spec='$libname`echo $release | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.lib'
+
+    case $build_os in
+    mingw*)
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS
+      IFS=';'
+      for lt_path in $LIB
+      do
+        IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+        # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name.
+        lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"`
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path"
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      # Convert to MSYS style.
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([[a-zA-Z]]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'`
+      ;;
+    cygwin*)
+      # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form
+      # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks
+      # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr...
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"`
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null`
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      ;;
+    *)
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=$LIB
+      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are
+      # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1")
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \$file`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\$base_file'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $RM \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe'
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    # Assume MSVC wrapper
+    library_names_spec='$libname`echo $release | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext $libname.lib'
+    dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$major$shared_ext $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$major$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
+m4_if([$1], [],[
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"])
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
+  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
+  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
+    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+    freebsd[[23]].*) objformat=aout ;;
+    *) objformat=elf ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2.*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \
+  freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+haiku*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader"
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib'
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    if test 32 = "$HPUX_IA64_MODE"; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+      sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=/usr/lib/hpux32
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+      sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=/usr/lib/hpux64
+    fi
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+  *)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ...
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  # or fails outright, so override atomically:
+  install_override_mode=555
+  ;;
+
+interix[[3-9]]*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"; then
+		version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$release$shared_ext $libname$shared_ext'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib$libsuff /lib$libsuff /usr/local/lib$libsuff"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib$libsuff /lib$libsuff"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+linux*android*)
+  version_type=none # Android doesn't support versioned libraries.
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext'
+  finish_cmds=
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  dynamic_linker='Android linker'
+  # Don't embed -rpath directories since the linker doesn't support them.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+  ;;
+
+# This must be glibc/ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+
+  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
+  AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath],
+    [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+    save_libdir=$libdir
+    eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \
+	 LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\""
+    AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
+      [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null],
+	 [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])])
+    LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+    libdir=$save_libdir
+    ])
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are
+  # searched for libraries, however this is still not possible.  Aside from not
+  # being certain /sbin/ldconfig is available, command
+  # 'ldconfig -N -X -v | grep ^/' on 64bit Fedora does not report /usr/lib64,
+  # even though it is searched at run-time.  Try to do the best guess by
+  # appending ld.so.conf contents (and includes) to the search path.
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsdelf*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  version_type=qnx
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
+  ;;
+
+openbsd* | bitrig*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=/usr/lib
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`"; then
+    need_version=no
+  else
+    need_version=yes
+  fi
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext_cmds=.dll
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  # OS/2 can only load a DLL with a base name of 8 characters or less.
+  soname_spec='`test -n "$os2dllname" && libname="$os2dllname";
+    v=$($ECHO $release$versuffix | tr -d .-);
+    n=$($ECHO $libname | cut -b -$((8 - ${#v})) | tr . _);
+    $ECHO $n$v`$shared_ext'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}_dll.$libext'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=BEGINLIBPATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+  postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \$file`~
+    dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\$base_file'\''i; $ECHO \$dlname'\''`~
+    dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+    test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+    $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
+    chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
+    if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
+      eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
+    fi'
+  postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; $ECHO \$dlname'\''`~
+    dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+    $RM \$dlpath'
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec; then
+    version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shared_ext.$versuffix $libname$shared_ext.$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$shared_ext.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  version_type=sco
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
+    case $host_os in
+      sco3.2v5*)
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker])
+test no = "$dynamic_linker" && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+if test set = "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}"; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+fi
+
+if test set = "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}"; then
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+fi
+
+# remember unaugmented sys_lib_dlsearch_path content for libtool script decls...
+configure_time_dlsearch_path=$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# ... but it needs LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH munging for other configure-time code
+func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+# to be used as default LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH value in generated libtool
+configure_time_lt_sys_library_path=$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH
+
+_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1],
+    [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+    restored at link time])
+_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0],
+    [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?])
+_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?])
+_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type])
+_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0],  [Shared library runtime path variable])
+_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable])
+_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0],
+    [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?])
+_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix])
+_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1],
+    [[List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+    The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]])
+_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1],
+    [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]])
+_LT_DECL([], [install_override_mode], [1],
+    [Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2],
+    [Command to use after installation of a shared archive])
+_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2],
+    [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive])
+_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory])
+_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1],
+    [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
+    not shown]])
+_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0],
+    [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2],
+    [Compile-time system search path for libraries])
+_LT_DECL([sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [configure_time_dlsearch_path], [2],
+    [Detected run-time system search path for libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [configure_time_lt_sys_library_path], [2],
+    [Explicit LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH set during ./configure time])
+])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL)
+# --------------------------
+# find a file program that can recognize shared library
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
+[case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*])
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+  lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
+dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
+dnl not every word.  This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
+  ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$1"; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD=$ac_dir/"$1"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
+	  MAGIC_CMD=$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+  MAGIC_CMD=$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD
+  ;;
+esac])
+MAGIC_CMD=$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0],
+	 [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl
+])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [])
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
+# --------------
+# find a file program that can recognize a shared library
+m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC],
+[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
+if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
+  else
+    MAGIC_CMD=:
+  fi
+fi
+])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
+
+
+# LT_PATH_LD
+# ----------
+# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
+	[assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])],
+    [test no = "$withval" || with_gnu_ld=yes],
+    [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl
+
+ac_prog=ld
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
+      re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD=$ac_prog
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD=$ac_dir/$ac_prog
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+	test no != "$with_gnu_ld" && break
+	;;
+      *)
+	test yes != "$with_gnu_ld" && break
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+else
+  lt_cv_path_LD=$LD # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+_LT_PATH_LD_GNU
+AC_SUBST([LD])
+
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [LD], [1], [The linker used to build libraries])
+])# LT_PATH_LD
+
+# Old names:
+AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD])
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], [])
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU
+#- --------------
+m4_defun([_LT_PATH_LD_GNU],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+  ;;
+esac])
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_RELOAD
+# --------------
+# find reload flag for linker
+#   -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag.
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_RELOAD],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files],
+  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag,
+  [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'])
+reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
+case $reload_flag in
+"" | " "*) ;;
+*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
+esac
+reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    if test yes != "$GCC"; then
+      reload_cmds=false
+    fi
+    ;;
+  darwin*)
+    if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+      reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib $wl-r -o $output$reload_objs'
+    else
+      reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [reload_flag], [1], [How to create reloadable object files])dnl
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [reload_cmds], [2])dnl
+])# _LT_CMD_RELOAD
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_DD
+# -----------
+# find a working dd
+m4_defun([_LT_PATH_DD],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for a working dd], [ac_cv_path_lt_DD],
+[printf 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef >conftest.i
+cat conftest.i conftest.i >conftest2.i
+: ${lt_DD:=$DD}
+AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([lt_DD], [dd],
+[if "$ac_path_lt_DD" bs=32 count=1 <conftest2.i >conftest.out 2>/dev/null; then
+  cmp -s conftest.i conftest.out \
+  && ac_cv_path_lt_DD="$ac_path_lt_DD" ac_path_lt_DD_found=:
+fi])
+rm -f conftest.i conftest2.i conftest.out])
+])# _LT_PATH_DD
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_TRUNCATE
+# ----------------
+# find command to truncate a binary pipe
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_TRUNCATE],
+[m4_require([_LT_PATH_DD])
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to truncate binary pipes], [lt_cv_truncate_bin],
+[printf 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef >conftest.i
+cat conftest.i conftest.i >conftest2.i
+lt_cv_truncate_bin=
+if "$ac_cv_path_lt_DD" bs=32 count=1 <conftest2.i >conftest.out 2>/dev/null; then
+  cmp -s conftest.i conftest.out \
+  && lt_cv_truncate_bin="$ac_cv_path_lt_DD bs=4096 count=1"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.i conftest2.i conftest.out
+test -z "$lt_cv_truncate_bin" && lt_cv_truncate_bin="$SED -e 4q"])
+_LT_DECL([lt_truncate_bin], [lt_cv_truncate_bin], [1],
+  [Command to truncate a binary pipe])
+])# _LT_CMD_TRUNCATE
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
+# ----------------------
+# how to check for library dependencies
+#  -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognize dependent libraries],
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method,
+[lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
+lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
+# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
+# interlibrary dependencies.
+# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
+# 'unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
+# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
+# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
+# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
+# that responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
+# If you have 'file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
+# whether 'pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
+
+case $host_os in
+aix[[4-9]]*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[[45]]*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
+  ;;
+
+cygwin*)
+  # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  ;;
+
+mingw* | pw32*)
+  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
+  # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump',
+  # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling.
+  if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  else
+    # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid.
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+cegcc*)
+  # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    case $host_cpu in
+    i*86 )
+      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
+      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
+      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
+      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+haiku*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]']
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]]\.[[0-9]]) shared library'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+interix[[3-9]]*)
+  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $LD in
+  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
+  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
+  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
+  *) libmagic=never-match;;
+  esac
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+# This must be glibc/ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+newos6*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+openbsd* | bitrig*)
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`"; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  case $host_vendor in
+  motorola)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
+    ;;
+  ncr)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  sequent)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
+    ;;
+  sni)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib"
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
+    ;;
+  siemens)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  pc)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+os2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+
+file_magic_glob=
+want_nocaseglob=no
+if test "$build" = "$host"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  mingw* | pw32*)
+    if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      want_nocaseglob=yes
+    else
+      file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[[\1]]\/[[\1]]\/g;/g"`
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
+test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
+
+_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1],
+    [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects])
+_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1],
+    [Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"])
+_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_glob], [1],
+    [How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"])
+_LT_DECL([], [want_nocaseglob], [1],
+    [Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"])
+])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
+
+
+# LT_PATH_NM
+# ----------
+# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM,
+[if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  lt_cv_path_NM=$NM
+else
+  lt_nm_to_check=${ac_tool_prefix}nm
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
+    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
+  fi
+  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
+    lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+      tmp_nm=$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm
+      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext"; then
+	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+	# Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
+	# MSYS converts /dev/null to NUL, MinGW nm treats NUL as empty
+	case $build_os in
+	mingw*) lt_bad_file=conftest.nm/nofile ;;
+	*) lt_bad_file=/dev/null ;;
+	esac
+	case `"$tmp_nm" -B $lt_bad_file 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	*$lt_bad_file* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
+	  break 2
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	  */dev/null*)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
+	    break 2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+  done
+  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
+fi])
+if test no != "$lt_cv_path_NM"; then
+  NM=$lt_cv_path_NM
+else
+  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
+  if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then :
+    # Let the user override the test.
+  else
+    AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, [dumpbin "link -dump"], :)
+    case `$DUMPBIN -symbols -headers /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+    *COFF*)
+      DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols -headers"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      DUMPBIN=:
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN])
+  if test : != "$DUMPBIN"; then
+    NM=$DUMPBIN
+  fi
+fi
+test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
+AC_SUBST([NM])
+_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface],
+  [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
+  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
+  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+  cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest*])
+])# LT_PATH_NM
+
+# Old names:
+AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], [])
+
+# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB
+# --------------------------------
+# how to determine the name of the shared library
+# associated with a specific link library.
+#  -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL])
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to associate runtime and link libraries],
+lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd,
+[lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown'
+
+case $host_os in
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh;
+  # decide which one to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL
+  case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in
+  *--identify-strict*)
+    lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+*)
+  # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib
+  lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO
+
+_LT_DECL([], [sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd], [1],
+    [Command to associate shared and link libraries])
+])# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL
+# ----------------------
+# locate the manifest tool
+m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(MANIFEST_TOOL, mt, :)
+test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool],
+  [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out
+  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest*])
+if test yes != "$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool"; then
+  MANIFEST_TOOL=:
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [MANIFEST_TOOL], [1], [Manifest tool])dnl
+])# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL
+
+
+# _LT_DLL_DEF_P([FILE])
+# ---------------------
+# True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file.
+# Keep in sync with func_dll_def_p in the libtool script
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_DLL_DEF_P],
+[dnl
+  test DEF = "`$SED -n dnl
+    -e '\''s/^[[	 ]]*//'\'' dnl Strip leading whitespace
+    -e '\''/^\(;.*\)*$/d'\'' dnl      Delete empty lines and comments
+    -e '\''s/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([[	 ]].*\)*$/DEF/p'\'' dnl
+    -e q dnl                          Only consider the first "real" line
+    $1`" dnl
+])# _LT_DLL_DEF_P
+
+
+# LT_LIB_M
+# --------
+# check for math library
+AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+LIBM=
+case $host in
+*-*-beos* | *-*-cegcc* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-haiku* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*)
+  # These system don't have libm, or don't need it
+  ;;
+*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM=-lmw)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
+  ;;
+*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM=-lm)
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST([LIBM])
+])# LT_LIB_M
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [])
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME])
+# -------------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI],
+[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
+
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  case $cc_basename in
+  nvcc*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' ;;
+  esac
+
+  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions],
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions,
+    [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [],
+    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"])
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1],
+	[Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
+# ----------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+
+# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object])
+AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe],
+[
+# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
+# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
+
+# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
+symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
+
+# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
+sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)'
+
+# Define system-specific variables.
+case $host_os in
+aix*)
+  symcode='[[BCDT]]'
+  ;;
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]'
+  ;;
+hpux*)
+  if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+    symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]'
+  fi
+  ;;
+irix* | nonstopux*)
+  symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
+  ;;
+osf*)
+  symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]'
+  ;;
+solaris*)
+  symcode='[[BDRT]]'
+  ;;
+sco3.2v5*)
+  symcode='[[DT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv4.2uw2*)
+  symcode='[[DT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+  symcode='[[ABDT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv4)
+  symcode='[[DFNSTU]]'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
+case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;;
+esac
+
+if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+  # Gets list of data symbols to import.
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import="sed -n -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/\1/p'"
+  # Adjust the below global symbol transforms to fixup imported variables.
+  lt_cdecl_hook=" -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/extern __declspec(dllimport) char \1;/p'"
+  lt_c_name_hook=" -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"
+  lt_c_name_lib_hook="\
+  -e 's/^I .* \(lib.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'\
+  -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/  {\"lib\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"
+else
+  # Disable hooks by default.
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import=
+  lt_cdecl_hook=
+  lt_c_name_hook=
+  lt_c_name_lib_hook=
+fi
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
+# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
+# so use this general approach.
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n"\
+$lt_cdecl_hook\
+" -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n"\
+$lt_c_name_hook\
+" -e 's/^: \(.*\) .*$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) \&\1},/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name with lib prefix and
+# symbol address.
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n"\
+$lt_c_name_lib_hook\
+" -e 's/^: \(.*\) .*$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(lib.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) \&\1},/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/  {\"lib\1\", (void *) \&\1},/p'"
+
+# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
+opt_cr=
+case $build_os in
+mingw*)
+  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
+for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
+
+  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
+  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
+
+  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
+  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function,
+    # D for any global variable and I for any imported variable.
+    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
+    # which start with @ or ?.
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\
+"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
+"     /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\
+"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
+"     /^ *Symbol name *: /{split(\$ 0,sn,\":\"); si=substr(sn[2],2)};"\
+"     /^ *Type *: code/{print \"T\",si,substr(si,length(prfx))};"\
+"     /^ *Type *: data/{print \"I\",si,substr(si,length(prfx))};"\
+"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
+"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
+"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
+"     {f=\"D\"}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=\"T\"};"\
+"     {split(\$ 0,a,/\||\r/); split(a[2],s)};"\
+"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print f,s[1],s[1]; next};"\
+"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print f,t[1],substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
+"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]"
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[	 ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[	 ]][[	 ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
+  fi
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'"
+
+  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
+  pipe_works=no
+
+  rm -f conftest*
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+char nm_test_var;
+void nm_test_func(void);
+void nm_test_func(void){}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
+_LT_EOF
+
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    # Now try to grab the symbols.
+    nlist=conftest.nm
+    if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then
+      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
+	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+      else
+	rm -f "$nlist"T
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
+      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
+/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime
+   relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs.  */
+# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST
+#elif defined __osf__
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data.  */
+# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST
+#else
+# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST const
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now generate the symbol file.
+	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
+
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void       *address;
+}
+lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] =
+{
+  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
+_LT_EOF
+	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) \&\1},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
+	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now try linking the two files.
+	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+	  lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+	  LIBS=conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)"
+	  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+	    pipe_works=yes
+	  fi
+	  LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS
+	  CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS
+	else
+	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	fi
+      else
+	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      fi
+    else
+      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+    fi
+  else
+    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
+
+  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
+  if test yes = "$pipe_works"; then
+    break
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
+  fi
+done
+])
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
+fi
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(failed)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
+fi
+
+# Response file support.
+if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+  nm_file_list_spec='@'
+elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[[@]]FILE' >/dev/null; then
+  nm_file_list_spec='@'
+fi
+
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1],
+    [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_import], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm into a list of symbols to manually relocate])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address],
+    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix],
+    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed])
+_LT_DECL([nm_interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface], [1],
+    [The name lister interface])
+_LT_DECL([], [nm_file_list_spec], [1],
+    [Specify filename containing input files for $NM])
+]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC],
+[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
+
+m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
+  # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
+  if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+            # adding the '-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+            # like '-m68040'.
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
+      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
+      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+      case $host_os in
+      os2*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='$wl-static'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+    *djgpp*)
+      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+      ;;
+    haiku*)
+      # PIC is the default for Haiku.
+      # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
+      ;;
+    interix[[3-9]]*)
+      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
+      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
+      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
+      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *qnx* | *nto*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+	# All AIX code is PIC.
+	if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	  # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+	fi
+	;;
+      chorus*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	cxch68*)
+	  # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	  # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+	# This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+	# built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+	m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+	;;
+      dgux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  ec++*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  ghcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+	# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
+	;;
+      hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='$wl-a ${wl}archive'
+	    if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  aCC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='$wl-a ${wl}archive'
+	    case $host_cpu in
+	    hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	      # +Z the default
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      interix*)
+	# This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs)
+	# Anyone wants to do a port?
+	;;
+      irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC*)
+	    # KAI C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  ecpc* )
+	    # old Intel C++ for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	    ;;
+	  icpc* )
+	    # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC.
+	    # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	    ;;
+	  pgCC* | pgcpp*)
+	    # Portland Group C++ compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx*)
+	    # Compaq C++
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  xlc* | xlC* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*)
+	    # IBM XL 8.0, 9.0 on PPC and BlueGene
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	    *Sun\ C*)
+	      # Sun C++ 5.9
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      lynxos*)
+	;;
+      m88k*)
+	;;
+      mvs*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  cxx*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+	;;
+      *qnx* | *nto*)
+        # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+        # it will coredump.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+        ;;
+      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
+	    ;;
+	  RCC*)
+	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx*)
+	    # Digital/Compaq C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      psos*)
+	;;
+      solaris*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC* | sunCC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+	    ;;
+	  gcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      sunos4*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.x
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	  lcc*)
+	    # Lucid
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      tandem*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  NCC*)
+	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      vxworks*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+],
+[
+  if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+            # adding the '-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+            # like '-m68040'.
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
+      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
+      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+      case $host_os in
+      os2*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='$wl-static'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    haiku*)
+      # PIC is the default for Haiku.
+      # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
+      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
+      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    interix[[3-9]]*)
+      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
+      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $cc_basename in
+    nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Xlinker '
+      if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="-Xcompiler $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      case $cc_basename in
+      nagfor*)
+        # NAG Fortran compiler
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,-Wl,,'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+      case $host_os in
+      os2*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='$wl-static'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='$wl-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+      # old Intel for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC.
+      ecc*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+        ;;
+      # icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
+      # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
+      icc* | ifort*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+        ;;
+      # Lahey Fortran 8.1.
+      lf95*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static'
+	;;
+      nagfor*)
+	# NAG Fortran compiler
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,-Wl,,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	;;
+      tcc*)
+	# Fabrice Bellard et al's Tiny C Compiler
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	;;
+      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
+        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
+	# which looks to be a dead project)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
+	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
+	;;
+      *)
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [[1-7]].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[[0-3]]*)
+	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=''
+	  ;;
+	*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+	  ;;
+	*Sun\ C*)
+	  # Sun C 5.9
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	  ;;
+        *Intel*\ [[CF]]*Compiler*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	  ;;
+	*Portland\ Group*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    rdos*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      case $cc_basename in
+      f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    unicos*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+])
+case $host_os in
+  # For platforms that do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $compiler option to produce PIC],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)])
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works],
+    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)],
+    [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [],
+    [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;;
+     esac],
+    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+     _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no])
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1],
+	[Additional compiler flags for building library objects])
+
+_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1],
+	[How to pass a linker flag through the compiler])
+#
+# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
+#
+wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\"
+_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works],
+  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1),
+  $lt_tmp_static_flag,
+  [],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=])
+_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1],
+	[Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------
+# See if the linker supports building shared libraries.
+m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
+m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
+  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
+  case $host_os in
+  aix[[4-9]]*)
+    # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+    # -C means demangle to GNU nm, but means don't demangle to AIX nm.
+    # Without the "-l" option, or with the "-B" option, AIX nm treats
+    # weak defined symbols like other global defined symbols, whereas
+    # GNU nm marks them as "W".
+    # While the 'weak' keyword is ignored in the Export File, we need
+    # it in the Import File for the 'aix-soname' feature, so we have
+    # to replace the "-B" option with "-P" for AIX nm.
+    if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { if (\$ 2 == "W") { print \$ 3 " weak" } else { print \$ 3 } } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    else
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='`func_echo_all $NM | $SED -e '\''s/B\([[^B]]*\)$/P\1/'\''` -PCpgl $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W") || (\$ 2 == "V") || (\$ 2 == "Z")) && ([substr](\$ 1,1,1) != ".")) { if ((\$ 2 == "W") || (\$ 2 == "V") || (\$ 2 == "Z")) { print \$ 1 " weak" } else { print \$ 1 } } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  pw32*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)=$ltdll_cmds
+    ;;
+  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+    cl*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname']
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+    ;;
+  esac
+], [
+  runpath_var=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+  _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+  _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ' (' and ')$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: 'a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols 'a' and 'bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains 'd'.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
+dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test yes != "$GCC"; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  interix*)
+    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    ;;
+  openbsd* | bitrig*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+
+  # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker
+  # that we're better off using the native interface for both.
+  lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no
+  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+	# The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility
+	# with the native linker.  However, as the warning in the GNU ld
+	# block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working
+	# shared libraries, regardless of the interface used.
+	case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+	  *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;;
+	  *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[[2-9]]*) ;;
+	  *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [[3-9]]*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  if test yes = "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface"; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='$wl'
+
+    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-dynamic'
+    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=$wlarc'--whole-archive$convenience '$wlarc'--no-whole-archive'
+    else
+      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+    fi
+    supports_anon_versioning=no
+    case `$LD -v | $SED -e 's/([^)]\+)\s\+//' 2>&1` in
+      *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+      *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix[[3-9]]*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils
+*** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found.
+*** You will then need to restart the configuration process.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-all-symbols'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname']
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname $wl--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file, use it as
+	# is; otherwise, prepend EXPORTS...
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if _LT_DLL_DEF_P([$export_symbols]); then
+          cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+        else
+          echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+          cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+        fi~
+        $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname $wl--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    haiku*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      shrext_cmds=.dll
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emxexp $libobjs | $SED /"_DLL_InitTerm"/d >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	prefix_cmds="$SED"~
+	if test EXPORTS = "`$SED 1q $export_symbols`"; then
+	  prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e 1d";
+	fi~
+	prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e \"s/^\(.*\)$/_\1/g\""~
+	cat $export_symbols | $prefix_cmds >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/${libname}_dll.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    interix[[3-9]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
+      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
+      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
+      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
+      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
+      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-h,$soname $wl--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s|^|_|" $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-h,$soname $wl--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym $wl--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      ;;
+
+    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+      tmp_diet=no
+      if test linux-dietlibc = "$host_os"; then
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
+	esac
+      fi
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
+	 && test no = "$tmp_diet"
+      then
+	tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
+	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
+	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
+        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
+	  ;;
+	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
+					# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
+	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
+	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
+	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
+	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
+	lf95*)				# Lahey Fortran 8.1
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+	  tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
+        nagfor*)                        # NAGFOR 5.3
+          tmp_sharedflag='-Wl,-shared' ;;
+	xl[[cC]]* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
+	  tmp_addflag= ;;
+	nvcc*)	# Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	esac
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+        if test yes = "$supports_anon_versioning"; then
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+            cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+            echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+            $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-version-script $wl$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+        fi
+
+	case $cc_basename in
+	tcc*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-rdynamic'
+	  ;;
+	xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*)
+	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
+	  if test yes = "$supports_anon_versioning"; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+              cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+              echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+              $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+        *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 cannot
+*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+	;;
+	*)
+	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
+	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
+	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
+	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
+	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	  else
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	  fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test no = "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)"; then
+      runpath_var=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      if test yes = "$GCC" && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix[[4-9]]*)
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to GNU nm, but means don't demangle to AIX nm.
+	# Without the "-l" option, or with the "-B" option, AIX nm treats
+	# weak defined symbols like other global defined symbols, whereas
+	# GNU nm marks them as "W".
+	# While the 'weak' keyword is ignored in the Export File, we need
+	# it in the Import File for the 'aix-soname' feature, so we have
+	# to replace the "-B" option with "-P" for AIX nm.
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { if (\$ 2 == "W") { print \$ 3 " weak" } else { print \$ 3 } } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='`func_echo_all $NM | $SED -e '\''s/B\([[^B]]*\)$/P\1/'\''` -PCpgl $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W") || (\$ 2 == "V") || (\$ 2 == "Z")) && ([substr](\$ 1,1,1) != ".")) { if ((\$ 2 == "W") || (\$ 2 == "V") || (\$ 2 == "Z")) { print \$ 1 " weak" } else { print \$ 1 } } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# have runtime linking enabled, and use it for executables.
+	# For shared libraries, we enable/disable runtime linking
+	# depending on the kind of the shared library created -
+	# when "with_aix_soname,aix_use_runtimelinking" is:
+	# "aix,no"   lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no,  for executables
+	# "aix,yes"  lib.so          shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+	#            lib.a           static archive
+	# "both,no"  lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes
+	#            lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no,  for executables
+	# "both,yes" lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+	#            lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no
+	# "svr4,*"   lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+	#            lib.a           static archive
+	case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	  if (test x-brtl = "x$ld_flag" || test x-Wl,-brtl = "x$ld_flag"); then
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    break
+	  fi
+	  done
+	  if test svr4,no = "$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	    # With aix-soname=svr4, we create the lib.so.V shared archives only,
+	    # so we don't have lib.a shared libs to link our executables.
+	    # We have to force runtime linking in this case.
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-brtl"
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='$wl-f,'
+      case $with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+      aix,*) ;; # traditional, no import file
+      svr4,* | *,yes) # use import file
+	# The Import File defines what to hardcode.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`$CC -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
+	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+	  # We have reworked collect2
+	  :
+	  else
+	  # We have old collect2
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+	if test yes = "$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'$wl-G'
+	fi
+	# Need to ensure runtime linking is disabled for the traditional
+	# shared library, or the linker may eventually find shared libraries
+	# /with/ Import File - we do not want to mix them.
+	shared_flag_aix='-shared'
+	shared_flag_svr4='-shared $wl-G'
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+	  if test yes = "$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	    shared_flag='$wl-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='$wl-bM:SRE'
+	  fi
+	  shared_flag_aix='$wl-bM:SRE'
+	  shared_flag_svr4='$wl-G'
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-bexpall'
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+      if test aix,yes = "$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
+        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+        # empty executable.
+        _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $wl'$no_entry_flag' $compiler_flags `if test -n "$allow_undefined_flag"; then func_echo_all "$wl$allow_undefined_flag"; else :; fi` $wl'$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols' '$shared_flag
+      else
+	if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\$wl$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags $wl$allow_undefined_flag '"\$wl$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+	 # empty executable.
+	 _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
+	 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-bernotok'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-berok'
+	  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	    # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive$convenience $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  else
+	    # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
+	  fi
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$RM -r $output_objdir/$realname.d~$MKDIR $output_objdir/$realname.d'
+	  # -brtl affects multiple linker settings, -berok does not and is overridden later
+	  compiler_flags_filtered='`func_echo_all "$compiler_flags " | $SED -e "s%-brtl\\([[, ]]\\)%-berok\\1%g"`'
+	  if test svr4 != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+	    # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$CC '$shared_flag_aix' -o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $wl-bnoentry '$compiler_flags_filtered'$wl-bE:$export_symbols$allow_undefined_flag~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname'
+	  fi
+	  if test aix != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$CC '$shared_flag_svr4' -o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o $libobjs $deplibs $wl-bnoentry '$compiler_flags_filtered'$wl-bE:$export_symbols$allow_undefined_flag~$STRIP -e $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o~( func_echo_all "#! $soname($shared_archive_member_spec.o)"; if test shr_64 = "$shared_archive_member_spec"; then func_echo_all "# 64"; else func_echo_all "# 32"; fi; cat $export_symbols ) > $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.imp~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$soname $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.imp'
+	  else
+	    # used by -dlpreopen to get the symbols
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$MV  $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname $output_objdir'
+	  fi
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$RM -r $output_objdir/$realname.d'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi[[45]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      case $cc_basename in
+      cl*)
+	# Native MSVC
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@'
+	# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+	libext=lib
+	# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+	shrext_cmds=.dll
+	# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~linknames='
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if _LT_DLL_DEF_P([$export_symbols]); then
+            cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$soname.def";
+            echo "$tool_output_objdir$soname.def" > "$output_objdir/$soname.exp";
+          else
+            $SED -e '\''s/^/-link -EXPORT:/'\'' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
+          fi~
+          $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~
+          linknames='
+	# The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL.
+	# _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+	# Don't use ranlib
+	_LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~
+          lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~
+          case $lt_outputfile in
+            *.exe|*.EXE) ;;
+            *)
+              lt_outputfile=$lt_outputfile.exe
+              lt_tool_outputfile=$lt_tool_outputfile.exe
+              ;;
+          esac~
+          if test : != "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then
+            $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1;
+            $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest";
+          fi'
+	;;
+      *)
+	# Assume MSVC wrapper
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+	libext=lib
+	# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+	shrext_cmds=.dll
+	# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+	# The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
+	# FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2.*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test "x$output_objdir/$soname" = "x$lib" || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test "x$output_objdir/$soname" = "x$lib" || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10*)
+      if test yes,no = "$GCC,$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	# but as the default location of the library.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux11*)
+      if test yes,no = "$GCC,$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl+h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	m4_if($1, [], [
+	  # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet
+	  # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does)
+	  _LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $CC understands -b],
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler__b, $1), [-b],
+	    [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'],
+	    [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'])],
+	  [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'])
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
+	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
+	# implicitly export all symbols.
+	# This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable.
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol],
+	  [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol],
+	  [save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+	   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared $wl-exported_symbol ${wl}foo $wl-update_registry $wl/dev/null"
+	   AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+	     [AC_LANG_SOURCE(
+	        [AC_LANG_CASE([C], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]],
+			      [C++], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]],
+			      [Fortran 77], [[
+      subroutine foo
+      end]],
+			      [Fortran], [[
+      subroutine foo
+      end]])])],
+	      [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes],
+	      [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no])
+           LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS])
+	if test yes = "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol"; then
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations $wl-exports_file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	fi
+	_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    linux*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+      tcc*)
+	# Fabrice Bellard et al's Tiny C Compiler
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd* | bitrig*)
+      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`"; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	fi
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      shrext_cmds=.dll
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emxexp $libobjs | $SED /"_DLL_InitTerm"/d >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	prefix_cmds="$SED"~
+	if test EXPORTS = "`$SED 1q $export_symbols`"; then
+	  prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e 1d";
+	fi~
+	prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e \"s/^\(.*\)$/_\1/g\""~
+	cat $export_symbols | $prefix_cmds >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/${libname}_dll.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-expect_unresolved $wl\*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-expect_unresolved $wl\*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-msym $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+          $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $wl-input $wl$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs'
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	wlarc='$wl'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl-z ${wl}text $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+          $CC -shared $pic_flag $wl-z ${wl}text $wl-M $wl$lib.exp $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+      else
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
+	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
+	  wlarc=''
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G$allow_undefined_flag -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+            $LD -G$allow_undefined_flag -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  wlarc='$wl'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+            $CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+      *)
+	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
+	# but understands '-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without '$wl',
+	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
+	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-z ${wl}allextract$convenience $wl-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test sequent = "$host_vendor"; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='$wl-z,text'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+      # Note: We CANNOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
+      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
+      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
+      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
+      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
+      # as -z defs.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='$wl-z,text'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='$wl-z,nodefs'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-R,$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-Bexport'
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test sni = "$host_vendor"; then
+      case $host in
+      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-Blargedynsym'
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
+test no = "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" && can_build_shared=no
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld
+
+_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2],
+    [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive])
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+
+  if test yes,yes = "$GCC,$enable_shared"; then
+    case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in],
+	[lt_cv_]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1),
+	[$RM conftest*
+	echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+	if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then
+	  soname=conftest
+	  lib=conftest
+	  libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+	  deplibs=
+	  wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
+	  pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
+	  compiler_flags=-v
+	  linker_flags=-v
+	  verstring=
+	  output_objdir=.
+	  libname=conftest
+	  lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+	  if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1)
+	  then
+	    lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+	  else
+	    lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	  fi
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+	else
+	  cat conftest.err 1>&5
+	fi
+	$RM conftest*
+	])
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=$lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0],
+    [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries])
+_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes],
+    [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0],
+    [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1],
+    [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1],
+    [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1],
+    [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2],
+    [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2],
+    [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
+    a shared archive.])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1],
+    [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1],
+    [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1],
+    [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1],
+    [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking.
+    This must work even if $libdir does not exist])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1],
+    [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME$shared_ext during linking hardcodes
+    DIR into the resulting binary])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME$shared_ext during linking hardcodes
+    DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
+    "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting $shlibpath_var if the
+    library is relocated])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
+    into the resulting binary])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
+    into the resulting binary])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
+    into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
+    against it])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0],
+    [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
+    to runtime path list])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0],
+    [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2],
+    [The commands to list exported symbols])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1],
+    [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1],
+    [Symbols that must always be exported])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [postlink_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands necessary for finishing linking programs])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1],
+    [Specify filename containing input files])
+dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented
+dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1],
+dnl    [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects])
+])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG])
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably
+# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
+# the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+
+# Source file extension for C test sources.
+ac_ext=c
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
+
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
+# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
+compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+  _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+  LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
+  _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
+
+  # Report what library types will actually be built
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+  test no = "$can_build_shared" && enable_shared=no
+
+  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+  # are all built from PIC.
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    test yes = "$enable_shared" && enable_static=no
+    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  aix[[4-9]]*)
+    if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+      case $enable_shared,$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+      yes,aix,yes) ;;			# shared object as lib.so file only
+      yes,svr4,*) ;;			# shared object as lib.so archive member only
+      yes,*) enable_static=no ;;	# shared object in lib.a archive as well
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+  test yes = "$enable_shared" || enable_static=yes
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+AC_LANG_POP
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably
+# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
+# the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl
+if test -n "$CXX" && ( test no != "$CXX" &&
+    ( (test g++ = "$CXX" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) ||
+    (test g++ != "$CXX"))); then
+  AC_PROG_CXXCPP
+else
+  _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes
+fi
+
+AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
+ac_ext=cpp
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
+# the CXX compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
+# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
+# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
+if test yes != "$_lt_caught_CXX_error"; then
+  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
+  lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
+
+  # Code to be used in simple link tests
+  lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }'
+
+  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+  lt_save_CC=$CC
+  lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  lt_save_LD=$LD
+  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+  GCC=$GXX
+  lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
+  lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
+  if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
+    lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
+  else
+    $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+  fi
+  if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
+    lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
+  else
+    $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD
+  fi
+  test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
+  CC=${CXX-"c++"}
+  CFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS
+  compiler=$CC
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+  if test -n "$compiler"; then
+    # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the
+    # no_builtin_flag separately
+    if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
+    else
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
+    fi
+
+    if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+      # Set up default GNU C++ configuration
+
+      LT_PATH_LD
+
+      # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
+      # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
+      if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-dynamic'
+
+        # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+        # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
+        #     investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
+        wlarc='$wl'
+
+        # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+        if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" |
+	  $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=$wlarc'--whole-archive$convenience '$wlarc'--no-whole-archive'
+        else
+          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+        fi
+      else
+        with_gnu_ld=no
+        wlarc=
+
+        # A generic and very simple default shared library creation
+        # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
+        # linker, instead of GNU ld.  If possible, this setting should
+        # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
+        # the platform it is being used on.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
+      fi
+
+      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+      # linking a shared library.
+      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
+
+    else
+      GXX=no
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+      wlarc=
+    fi
+
+    # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
+    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+    case $host_os in
+      aix3*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+        if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+          # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+          # have to do anything special.
+          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+          exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+          no_entry_flag=
+        else
+          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+          # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+          # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+          # have runtime linking enabled, and use it for executables.
+          # For shared libraries, we enable/disable runtime linking
+          # depending on the kind of the shared library created -
+          # when "with_aix_soname,aix_use_runtimelinking" is:
+          # "aix,no"   lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no,  for executables
+          # "aix,yes"  lib.so          shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+          #            lib.a           static archive
+          # "both,no"  lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes
+          #            lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no,  for executables
+          # "both,yes" lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+          #            lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no
+          # "svr4,*"   lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+          #            lib.a           static archive
+          case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
+	    for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	      case $ld_flag in
+	      *-brtl*)
+	        aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	        break
+	        ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    if test svr4,no = "$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	      # With aix-soname=svr4, we create the lib.so.V shared archives only,
+	      # so we don't have lib.a shared libs to link our executables.
+	      # We have to force runtime linking in this case.
+	      aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-brtl"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+          esac
+
+          exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+          no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+        fi
+
+        # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+        # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+        # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+        # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+        # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='$wl-f,'
+        case $with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+        aix,*) ;;	# no import file
+        svr4,* | *,yes) # use import file
+          # The Import File defines what to hardcode.
+          _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+          _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+          ;;
+        esac
+
+        if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+          case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
+          # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+          # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`$CC -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
+	     strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+	    # We have reworked collect2
+	    :
+	  else
+	    # We have old collect2
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+	    # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	    # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	    # to unsupported forces relinking
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+	  fi
+          esac
+          shared_flag='-shared'
+	  if test yes = "$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	    shared_flag=$shared_flag' $wl-G'
+	  fi
+	  # Need to ensure runtime linking is disabled for the traditional
+	  # shared library, or the linker may eventually find shared libraries
+	  # /with/ Import File - we do not want to mix them.
+	  shared_flag_aix='-shared'
+	  shared_flag_svr4='-shared $wl-G'
+        else
+          # not using gcc
+          if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	  # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	  # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+          else
+	    if test yes = "$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	      shared_flag='$wl-G'
+	    else
+	      shared_flag='$wl-bM:SRE'
+	    fi
+	    shared_flag_aix='$wl-bM:SRE'
+	    shared_flag_svr4='$wl-G'
+          fi
+        fi
+
+        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-bexpall'
+        # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+        # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to
+	# export.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+	if test aix,yes = "$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+          # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+          # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+          # The "-G" linker flag allows undefined symbols.
+          _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='-bernotok'
+          # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty
+          # executable.
+          _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
+          _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $wl'$no_entry_flag' $compiler_flags `if test -n "$allow_undefined_flag"; then func_echo_all "$wl$allow_undefined_flag"; else :; fi` $wl'$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols' '$shared_flag
+        else
+          if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\$wl$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags $wl$allow_undefined_flag '"\$wl$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+          else
+	    # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+	    # empty executable.
+	    _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	    # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	    # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-bernotok'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-berok'
+	    if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	      # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive.
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive$convenience $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	    else
+	      # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
+	    fi
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$RM -r $output_objdir/$realname.d~$MKDIR $output_objdir/$realname.d'
+	    # -brtl affects multiple linker settings, -berok does not and is overridden later
+	    compiler_flags_filtered='`func_echo_all "$compiler_flags " | $SED -e "s%-brtl\\([[, ]]\\)%-berok\\1%g"`'
+	    if test svr4 != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+	      # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared
+	      # libraries. Need -bnortl late, we may have -brtl in LDFLAGS.
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$CC '$shared_flag_aix' -o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $wl-bnoentry '$compiler_flags_filtered'$wl-bE:$export_symbols$allow_undefined_flag~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname'
+	    fi
+	    if test aix != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$CC '$shared_flag_svr4' -o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o $libobjs $deplibs $wl-bnoentry '$compiler_flags_filtered'$wl-bE:$export_symbols$allow_undefined_flag~$STRIP -e $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o~( func_echo_all "#! $soname($shared_archive_member_spec.o)"; if test shr_64 = "$shared_archive_member_spec"; then func_echo_all "# 64"; else func_echo_all "# 32"; fi; cat $export_symbols ) > $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.imp~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$soname $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.imp'
+	    else
+	      # used by -dlpreopen to get the symbols
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$MV  $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname $output_objdir'
+	    fi
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)"'~$RM -r $output_objdir/$realname.d'
+          fi
+        fi
+        ;;
+
+      beos*)
+	if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	  # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	  # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      chorus*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          *)
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	  ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+	case $GXX,$cc_basename in
+	,cl* | no,cl*)
+	  # Native MSVC
+	  # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+	  # no search path for DLLs.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@'
+	  # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+	  libext=lib
+	  # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+	  shrext_cmds=.dll
+	  # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~linknames='
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if _LT_DLL_DEF_P([$export_symbols]); then
+              cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$soname.def";
+              echo "$tool_output_objdir$soname.def" > "$output_objdir/$soname.exp";
+            else
+              $SED -e '\''s/^/-link -EXPORT:/'\'' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
+            fi~
+            $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~
+            linknames='
+	  # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL.
+	  # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+	  # Don't use ranlib
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~
+            lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~
+            case $lt_outputfile in
+              *.exe|*.EXE) ;;
+              *)
+                lt_outputfile=$lt_outputfile.exe
+                lt_tool_outputfile=$lt_tool_outputfile.exe
+                ;;
+            esac~
+            func_to_tool_file "$lt_outputfile"~
+            if test : != "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then
+              $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1;
+              $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest";
+            fi'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  # g++
+	  # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
+	  # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-all-symbols'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+
+	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname $wl--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+	    # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file, use it as
+	    # is; otherwise, prepend EXPORTS...
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if _LT_DLL_DEF_P([$export_symbols]); then
+              cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+            else
+              echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+              cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+            fi~
+            $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname $wl--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+	  else
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      darwin* | rhapsody*)
+        _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
+	;;
+
+      os2*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	shrext_cmds=.dll
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  emxexp $libobjs | $SED /"_DLL_InitTerm"/d >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  prefix_cmds="$SED"~
+	  if test EXPORTS = "`$SED 1q $export_symbols`"; then
+	    prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e 1d";
+	  fi~
+	  prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e \"s/^\(.*\)$/_\1/g\""~
+	  cat $export_symbols | $prefix_cmds >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  $CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	  emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/${libname}_dll.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+	;;
+
+      dgux*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          ec++*)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          ghcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      freebsd2.*)
+        # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before
+	# switch to ELF
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      freebsd-elf*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+        # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
+        # conventions
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+
+      haiku*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+
+      hpux9*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+				             # but as the default
+				             # location of the library.
+
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+            # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+            ;;
+          aCC*)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test "x$output_objdir/$soname" = "x$lib" || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+            # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+            # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+            # linking a shared library.
+            #
+            # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+            # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+            # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+            # dependencies.
+            output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list= ; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
+            ;;
+          *)
+            if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+              _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test "x$output_objdir/$soname" = "x$lib" || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+            else
+              # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+              _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+            fi
+            ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      hpux10*|hpux11*)
+        if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+          case $host_cpu in
+            hppa*64*|ia64*)
+              ;;
+            *)
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+              ;;
+          esac
+        fi
+        case $host_cpu in
+          hppa*64*|ia64*)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+            ;;
+          *)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+					         # but as the default
+					         # location of the library.
+            ;;
+        esac
+
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          aCC*)
+	    case $host_cpu in
+	      hppa*64*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	        ;;
+	      ia64*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	        ;;
+	      *)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	        ;;
+	    esac
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list= ; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+	      if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	        case $host_cpu in
+	          hppa*64*)
+	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC $wl+h $wl$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	            ;;
+	          ia64*)
+	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	            ;;
+	          *)
+	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	            ;;
+	        esac
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      interix[[3-9]]*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+	# Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
+	# Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
+	# default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
+	# consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
+	# 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
+	# time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-h,$soname $wl--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s|^|_|" $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-h,$soname $wl--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym $wl--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+	;;
+      irix5* | irix6*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # SGI C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler.  This is
+	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	    # in the archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    if test yes = "$GXX"; then
+	      if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	      else
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` -o $lib'
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+        _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+
+      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          KCC*)
+	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\$tempext\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\$tempext\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib $wl-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list= ; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-dynamic'
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+	  icpc* | ecpc* )
+	    # Intel C++
+	    with_gnu_ld=yes
+	    # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols
+	    # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and
+	    # earlier do not add the objects themselves.
+	    case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
+	      *"Version 7."*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+		;;
+	      *)  # Version 8.0 or newer
+	        tmp_idyn=
+	        case $host_cpu in
+		  ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';;
+		esac
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-dynamic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive$convenience $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	    ;;
+          pgCC* | pgcpp*)
+            # Portland Group C++ compiler
+	    case `$CC -V` in
+	    *pgCC\ [[1-5]].* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]].*)
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+               rm -rf $tpldir~
+               $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~
+               compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`"'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+                rm -rf $tpldir~
+                $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~
+                $AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`~
+                $RANLIB $oldlib'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+                rm -rf $tpldir~
+                $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
+                $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+                rm -rf $tpldir~
+                $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
+                $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	      ;;
+	    *) # Version 6 and above use weak symbols
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--rpath $wl$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-dynamic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+            ;;
+	  cxx*)
+	    # Compaq C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname  -o $lib $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
+
+	    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list= ; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "X$list" | $Xsed'
+	    ;;
+	  xl* | mpixl* | bgxl*)
+	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--export-dynamic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    if test yes = "$supports_anon_versioning"; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+                cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+                echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+                $CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-version-script $wl$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	    *Sun\ C*)
+	      # Sun C++ 5.9
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
+
+	      # Not sure whether something based on
+	      # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1
+	      # would be better.
+	      output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all'
+
+	      # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	      # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
+	      # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	      # in the archive.
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      lynxos*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+
+      m88k*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+
+      mvs*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          cxx*)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      netbsd*)
+        if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable  -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
+	  wlarc=
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	fi
+	# Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
+	;;
+
+      *nto* | *qnx*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+	;;
+
+      openbsd* | bitrig*)
+	if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`"; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-E'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=$wlarc'--whole-archive$convenience '$wlarc'--no-whole-archive'
+	  fi
+	  output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          KCC*)
+	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\$tempext\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # the KAI C++ compiler.
+	    case $host in
+	      osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
+	      *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+          RCC*)
+	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          cxx*)
+	    case $host in
+	      osf3*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-expect_unresolved $wl\*'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+		;;
+	      *)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
+                  echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+                  $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname $wl-input $wl$lib.exp  `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib~
+                  $RM $lib.exp'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list= ; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test yes,no = "$GXX,$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-expect_unresolved $wl\*'
+	      case $host in
+	        osf3*)
+	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+		  ;;
+	        *)
+	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-msym $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+		  ;;
+	      esac
+
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	      # linking a shared library.
+	      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
+
+	    else
+	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      psos*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      sunos4*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.x
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          lcc*)
+	    # Lucid
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      solaris*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC* | sunCC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+              $CC -G$allow_undefined_flag $wl-M $wl$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	    case $host_os in
+	      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+	      *)
+		# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
+		# but understands '-z linker_flag'.
+	        # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+		_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
+	        ;;
+	    esac
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all'
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
+	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	    # in the archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+          gcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+	    # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
+	    if test yes,no = "$GXX,$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' $wl-z ${wl}defs'
+	      if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+                  $CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $wl-M $wl$lib.exp $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	        # linking a shared library.
+	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
+	      else
+	        # g++ 2.7 appears to require '-G' NOT '-shared' on this
+	        # platform.
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+                  $CC -G -nostdlib $wl-M $wl$lib.exp $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	        # linking a shared library.
+	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
+	      fi
+
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-R $wl$libdir'
+	      case $host_os in
+		solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+		*)
+		  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-z ${wl}allextract$convenience $wl-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+		  ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='$wl-z,text'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      case $cc_basename in
+        CC*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+      sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+	# Note: We CANNOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
+	# link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
+	# always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
+	# ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
+	# though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
+	# as -z defs.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='$wl-z,text'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='$wl-z,nodefs'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-R,$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='$wl-Bexport'
+	runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+	case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $oldobjs~
+              '"$_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)"
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $reload_objs~
+              '"$_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      ;;
+
+      tandem*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          NCC*)
+	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      vxworks*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      *)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
+    test no = "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" && can_build_shared=no
+
+    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)=$GXX
+    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)=$LD
+
+    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
+    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
+    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
+    ## what you are doing...
+    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+    _LT_CONFIG($1)
+  fi # test -n "$compiler"
+
+  CC=$lt_save_CC
+  CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
+  LDCXX=$LD
+  LD=$lt_save_LD
+  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+  with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+  lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
+  lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+fi # test yes != "$_lt_caught_CXX_error"
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF
+# ----------------------
+# func_stripname_cnf prefix suffix name
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+#
+# This function is identical to the (non-XSI) version of func_stripname,
+# except this one can be used by m4 code that may be executed by configure,
+# rather than the libtool script.
+m4_defun([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF],[dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_DECL_SED])
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])
+func_stripname_cnf ()
+{
+  case @S|@2 in
+  .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "@S|@3" | $SED "s%^@S|@1%%; s%\\\\@S|@2\$%%"`;;
+  *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "@S|@3" | $SED "s%^@S|@1%%; s%@S|@2\$%%"`;;
+  esac
+} # func_stripname_cnf
+])# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF
+
+
+# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------------
+# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose
+# compiler output when linking a shared library.
+# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+# objects, libraries and library flags.
+m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF])dnl
+# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
+_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=
+
+dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here,
+dnl because it contains code intended for an executable,
+dnl not a library.  It's possible we should let each
+dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable,
+dnl but it's only used here...
+m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+int a;
+void foo (void) { a = 0; }
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+class Foo
+{
+public:
+  Foo (void) { a = 0; }
+private:
+  int a;
+};
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+      subroutine foo
+      implicit none
+      integer*4 a
+      a=0
+      return
+      end
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+      subroutine foo
+      implicit none
+      integer a
+      a=0
+      return
+      end
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+public class foo {
+  private int a;
+  public void bar (void) {
+    a = 0;
+  }
+};
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [GO], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+package foo
+func foo() {
+}
+_LT_EOF
+])
+
+_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+case "$CC $CFLAGS " in #(
+*\ -flto*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto" ;;
+*\ -fwhopr*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-whopr" ;;
+*\ -fuse-linker-plugin*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-use-linker-plugin" ;;
+esac
+
+dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+dnl objects, libraries and library flags.
+if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+  # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+  # objects, libraries and library flags.
+
+  # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
+  # the conftest object file.
+  pre_test_object_deps_done=no
+
+  for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do
+    case $prev$p in
+
+    -L* | -R* | -l*)
+       # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
+       # Remove the space.
+       if test x-L = "$p" ||
+          test x-R = "$p"; then
+	 prev=$p
+	 continue
+       fi
+
+       # Expand the sysroot to ease extracting the directories later.
+       if test -z "$prev"; then
+         case $p in
+         -L*) func_stripname_cnf '-L' '' "$p"; prev=-L; p=$func_stripname_result ;;
+         -R*) func_stripname_cnf '-R' '' "$p"; prev=-R; p=$func_stripname_result ;;
+         -l*) func_stripname_cnf '-l' '' "$p"; prev=-l; p=$func_stripname_result ;;
+         esac
+       fi
+       case $p in
+       =*) func_stripname_cnf '=' '' "$p"; p=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;;
+       esac
+       if test no = "$pre_test_object_deps_done"; then
+	 case $prev in
+	 -L | -R)
+	   # Internal compiler library paths should come after those
+	   # provided the user.  The postdeps already come after the
+	   # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
+	   if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=$prev$p
+	   else
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} $prev$p"
+	   fi
+	   ;;
+	 # The "-l" case would never come before the object being
+	 # linked, so don't bother handling this case.
+	 esac
+       else
+	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=$prev$p
+	 else
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} $prev$p"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       prev=
+       ;;
+
+    *.lto.$objext) ;; # Ignore GCC LTO objects
+    *.$objext)
+       # This assumes that the test object file only shows up
+       # once in the compiler output.
+       if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
+	 pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
+	 continue
+       fi
+
+       if test no = "$pre_test_object_deps_done"; then
+	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=$p
+	 else
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p"
+	 fi
+       else
+	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=$p
+	 else
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *) ;; # Ignore the rest.
+
+    esac
+  done
+
+  # Clean up.
+  rm -f a.out a.exe
+else
+  echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program"
+fi
+
+$RM -f confest.$objext
+CFLAGS=$_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS
+
+# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken
+m4_if([$1], [CXX],
+[case $host_os in
+interix[[3-9]]*)
+  # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than
+  # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)=
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+
+case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in
+*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;;
+esac
+ _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=
+if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then
+ _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | $SED -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'`
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1],
+    [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1],
+    [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to
+    create a shared library])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1],
+    [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+    a shared library])
+])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are
+# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG],
+[AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77)
+if test -z "$F77" || test no = "$F77"; then
+  _lt_disable_F77=yes
+fi
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
+ac_ext=f
+
+# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
+# the F77 compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
+# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
+# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
+if test yes != "$_lt_disable_F77"; then
+  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
+  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
+      subroutine t
+      return
+      end
+"
+
+  # Code to be used in simple link tests
+  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
+      program t
+      end
+"
+
+  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+  lt_save_CC=$CC
+  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+  lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  CC=${F77-"f77"}
+  CFLAGS=$FFLAGS
+  compiler=$CC
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+  GCC=$G77
+  if test -n "$compiler"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+    test no = "$can_build_shared" && enable_shared=no
+
+    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+    # are all built from PIC.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix3*)
+        test yes = "$enable_shared" && enable_static=no
+        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+        fi
+        ;;
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+	if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+	  case $enable_shared,$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+	  yes,aix,yes) ;;		# shared object as lib.so file only
+	  yes,svr4,*) ;;		# shared object as lib.so archive member only
+	  yes,*) enable_static=no ;;	# shared object in lib.a archive as well
+	  esac
+	fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+    test yes = "$enable_shared" || enable_static=yes
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)=$G77
+    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)=$LD
+
+    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
+    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
+    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
+    ## what you are doing...
+    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+    _LT_CONFIG($1)
+  fi # test -n "$compiler"
+
+  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+  CC=$lt_save_CC
+  CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
+fi # test yes != "$_lt_disable_F77"
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG])
+# -------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are
+# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG],
+[AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran)
+
+if test -z "$FC" || test no = "$FC"; then
+  _lt_disable_FC=yes
+fi
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for fc test sources.
+ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f}
+
+# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
+# the FC compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
+# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
+# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
+if test yes != "$_lt_disable_FC"; then
+  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
+  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
+      subroutine t
+      return
+      end
+"
+
+  # Code to be used in simple link tests
+  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
+      program t
+      end
+"
+
+  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+  lt_save_CC=$CC
+  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+  lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  CC=${FC-"f95"}
+  CFLAGS=$FCFLAGS
+  compiler=$CC
+  GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
+
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+  if test -n "$compiler"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+    test no = "$can_build_shared" && enable_shared=no
+
+    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+    # are all built from PIC.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix3*)
+        test yes = "$enable_shared" && enable_static=no
+        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+        fi
+        ;;
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+	if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+	  case $enable_shared,$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+	  yes,aix,yes) ;;		# shared object as lib.so file only
+	  yes,svr4,*) ;;		# shared object as lib.so archive member only
+	  yes,*) enable_static=no ;;	# shared object in lib.a archive as well
+	  esac
+	fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+    test yes = "$enable_shared" || enable_static=yes
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
+    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)=$LD
+
+    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
+    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
+    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
+    ## what you are doing...
+    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+    _LT_CONFIG($1)
+  fi # test -n "$compiler"
+
+  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+  CC=$lt_save_CC
+  CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
+fi # test yes != "$_lt_disable_FC"
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler
+# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl
+AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for Java test sources.
+ac_ext=java
+
+# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=yes
+CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
+CFLAGS=$GCJFLAGS
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)=$LD
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
+])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Go compiler
+# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GO])dnl
+AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for Go test sources.
+ac_ext=go
+
+# Object file extension for compiled Go test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="package main; func main() { }"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='package main; func main() { }'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=yes
+CC=${GOC-"gccgo"}
+CFLAGS=$GOFLAGS
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)=$LD
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+# Go did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
+_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
+])# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG])
+# -------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler
+# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to 'libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl
+AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for RC test sources.
+ac_ext=rc
+
+# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }'
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code=$lt_simple_compile_test_code
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=
+CC=${RC-"windres"}
+CFLAGS=
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  :
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
+])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG
+
+
+# LT_PROG_GCJ
+# -----------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ],
+[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ],
+  [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+    [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,)
+      test set = "${GCJFLAGS+set}" || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
+      AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl
+])
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [])
+
+
+# LT_PROG_GO
+# ----------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GO],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo,)
+])
+
+
+# LT_PROG_RC
+# ----------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,)
+])
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [])
+
+
+# _LT_DECL_EGREP
+# --------------
+# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep
+# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl
+test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
+_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines])
+_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher])
+_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher])
+dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too
+AC_SUBST([GREP])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP
+# --------------
+# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump
+# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper])
+AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP])
+])
+
+# _LT_DECL_DLLTOOL
+# ----------------
+# Ensure DLLTOOL variable is set.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])
+AC_SUBST([DLLTOOL])
+])
+
+# _LT_DECL_SED
+# ------------
+# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates
+# as few characters as possible.  Prefer GNU sed if found.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED],
+[AC_PROG_SED
+test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
+Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
+_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output])
+_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"],
+    [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n])
+])# _LT_DECL_SED
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [
+# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into   #
+#  GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED.  When it is available in   #
+#  a released version of Autoconf we should remove this    #
+#  macro and use it instead.                               #
+
+m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED,
+[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
+# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+        lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+lt_ac_max=0
+lt_ac_count=0
+# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
+# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
+for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
+  test ! -f "$lt_ac_sed" && continue
+  cat /dev/null > conftest.in
+  lt_ac_count=0
+  echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
+  # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
+  if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    break
+  fi
+  while true; do
+    cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+    mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+    cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+    echo >>conftest.nl
+    $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
+    cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
+    # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
+    test 10 -lt "$lt_ac_count" && break
+    lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
+    if test "$lt_ac_count" -gt "$lt_ac_max"; then
+      lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
+      lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    fi
+  done
+done
+])
+SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
+AC_SUBST([SED])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED])
+])#AC_PROG_SED
+])#m4_ifndef
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [])
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
+# ------------------------
+# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible,
+# or has some other useful features.
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES],
+[if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  lt_unset=unset
+else
+  lt_unset=false
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl
+
+# test EBCDIC or ASCII
+case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
+ A) # ASCII based system
+    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
+  ;;
+ *) # EBCDIC based system
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
+  ;;
+esac
+_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl
+_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl
+])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS
+# -----------------------------
+# Determine what file name conversion functions should be used by
+# func_to_host_file (and, implicitly, by func_to_host_path).  These are needed
+# for certain cross-compile configurations and native mingw.
+m4_defun([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to $host format])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd,
+[case $host in
+  *-*-mingw* )
+    case $build in
+      *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+        ;;
+      *-*-cygwin* )
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
+        ;;
+      * ) # otherwise, assume *nix
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  *-*-cygwin* )
+    case $build in
+      *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
+        ;;
+      *-*-cygwin* )
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
+        ;;
+      * ) # otherwise, assume *nix
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds)
+    lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
+    ;;
+esac
+])
+to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd])
+_LT_DECL([to_host_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd],
+         [0], [convert $build file names to $host format])dnl
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to toolchain format])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd,
+[#assume ordinary cross tools, or native build.
+lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
+case $host in
+  *-*-mingw* )
+    case $build in
+      *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
+        lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+esac
+])
+to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd])
+_LT_DECL([to_tool_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd],
+         [0], [convert $build files to toolchain format])dnl
+])# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS
+
+# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2007-2009, 2011-2015 Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 8 ltoptions.m4
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
+
+
+# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# ------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+
+# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
+# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
+# saved as a flag.
+m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
+m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
+        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
+    [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option '$2'])])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# ------------------------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
+
+
+# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
+# are set.
+m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
+	    [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
+		      [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
+m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
+])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
+# ----------------------------------------
+# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
+# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
+# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
+# the unknown option and exit.
+m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
+[# Set options
+m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
+    [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
+
+m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
+  dnl
+  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
+  dnl specified:
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
+  ])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
+  ])
+  dnl
+  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
+  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
+  dnl 'shared' nor 'disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
+  dnl archives by default:
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
+		   [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [aix-soname=aix aix-soname=both aix-soname=svr4],
+		   [_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME([aix])])
+  ])
+])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
+
+
+
+# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# -----------------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
+[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+
+# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
+# -----------------------------------------------
+m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
+[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
+])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
+
+
+# dlopen
+# ------
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the 'dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
+
+
+# win32-dll
+# ---------
+# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
+[enable_win32_dll=yes
+
+case $host in
+*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+  ;;
+esac
+
+test -z "$AS" && AS=as
+_LT_DECL([], [AS],      [1], [Assembler program])dnl
+
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl
+
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl
+])# win32-dll
+
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the 'win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------
+# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the 'shared' and
+# 'disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either 'yes' or 'no'.  If omitted, it defaults to 'yes'.
+m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
+[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
+
+    _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
+	[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
+])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
+
+# Old names:
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
+AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
+
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------
+# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the 'static' and
+# 'disable-static' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either 'yes' or 'no'.  If omitted, it defaults to 'yes'.
+m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
+[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+    no) enable_static=no ;;
+    *)
+     enable_static=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_static=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
+
+    _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
+	[Whether or not to build static libraries])
+])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
+
+# Old names:
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
+AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
+
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------
+# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the 'fast-install'
+# and 'disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either 'yes' or 'no'.  If omitted, it defaults to 'yes'.
+m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_fast_install=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_fast_install=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
+
+_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
+	 [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
+])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
+
+# Old names:
+AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
+the 'fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
+the 'disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
+
+
+# _LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------
+# implement the --with-aix-soname flag, and support the `aix-soname=aix'
+# and `aix-soname=both' and `aix-soname=svr4' LT_INIT options. DEFAULT
+# is either `aix', `both' or `svr4'.  If omitted, it defaults to `aix'.
+m4_define([_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME],
+[m4_define([_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, svr4, svr4, m4_if($1, both, both, aix))])dnl
+shared_archive_member_spec=
+case $host,$enable_shared in
+power*-*-aix[[5-9]]*,yes)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([which variant of shared library versioning to provide])
+  AC_ARG_WITH([aix-soname],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-aix-soname=aix|svr4|both],
+      [shared library versioning (aka "SONAME") variant to provide on AIX, @<:@default=]_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME_DEFAULT[@:>@.])],
+    [case $withval in
+    aix|svr4|both)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([Unknown argument to --with-aix-soname])
+      ;;
+    esac
+    lt_cv_with_aix_soname=$with_aix_soname],
+    [AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_with_aix_soname],
+      [lt_cv_with_aix_soname=]_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME_DEFAULT)
+    with_aix_soname=$lt_cv_with_aix_soname])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_aix_soname])
+  if test aix != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+    # For the AIX way of multilib, we name the shared archive member
+    # based on the bitwidth used, traditionally 'shr.o' or 'shr_64.o',
+    # and 'shr.imp' or 'shr_64.imp', respectively, for the Import File.
+    # Even when GNU compilers ignore OBJECT_MODE but need '-maix64' flag,
+    # the AIX toolchain works better with OBJECT_MODE set (default 32).
+    if test 64 = "${OBJECT_MODE-32}"; then
+      shared_archive_member_spec=shr_64
+    else
+      shared_archive_member_spec=shr
+    fi
+  fi
+  ;;
+*)
+  with_aix_soname=aix
+  ;;
+esac
+
+_LT_DECL([], [shared_archive_member_spec], [0],
+    [Shared archive member basename, for filename based shared library versioning on AIX])dnl
+])# _LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [aix-soname=aix], [_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME([aix])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [aix-soname=both], [_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME([both])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [aix-soname=svr4], [_LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME([svr4])])
+
+
+# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
+# --------------------
+# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the 'pic-only' and 'no-pic'
+# LT_INIT options.
+# MODE is either 'yes' or 'no'.  If omitted, it defaults to 'both'.
+m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
+[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
+    [lt_p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $withval in
+    yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;;
+    *)
+      pic_mode=default
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for lt_pkg in $withval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then
+	  pic_mode=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])])
+
+_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
+])# _LT_WITH_PIC
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
+
+# Old name:
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the 'pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
+
+
+m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
+
+m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])
+
+# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2007-2008, 2011-2015 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
+
+
+# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
+# -----------------------------
+# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
+# associated separator.
+# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
+# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
+m4_define([lt_join],
+[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
+       [$#], [2], [[$2]],
+       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
+m4_define([_lt_join],
+[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
+       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
+
+
+# lt_car(LIST)
+# lt_cdr(LIST)
+# ------------
+# Manipulate m4 lists.
+# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
+# Autoconf-2.59, which quotes differently.
+m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
+m4_define([lt_cdr],
+[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
+       [$#], 1, [],
+       [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
+m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
+
+
+# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
+# ------------------------------------------
+# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus 'SEPARATOR''STRING'.
+# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
+# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
+# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
+# than defined and empty).
+#
+# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
+# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
+m4_define([lt_append],
+[m4_define([$1],
+	   m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
+
+
+
+# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
+# ----------------------------------------------------------
+# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
+# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
+# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
+# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
+m4_define([lt_combine],
+[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1],
+       [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl
+[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2],
+	     [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix],
+		]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[,
+	[_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])])
+
+
+# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
+# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
+m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
+[m4_ifdef([$1],
+	  [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
+		 [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
+		 [$5])],
+	  [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
+# -----------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_add],
+[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
+# --------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
+[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
+# ----------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
+[m4_ifval([$3],
+	m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
+    m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
+
+
+# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
+[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
+	[$5],
+    [$6])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
+[m4_if([$5], [], [],
+  [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
+           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
+		      [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
+])
+
+# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers			-*- Autoconf -*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2011-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# @configure_input@
+
+# serial 4179 ltversion.m4
+# This file is part of GNU Libtool
+
+m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.6])
+m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [2.4.6])
+
+AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
+[macro_version='2.4.6'
+macro_revision='2.4.6'
+_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
+_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
+])
+
+# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2007, 2009, 2011-2015 Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4
+
+# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
+#
+# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN),
+# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
+# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
+#
+# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
+# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
+# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
+# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
+# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
+#
+# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
+# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
+# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
+# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
+# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6.
+#
+# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
+# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
+# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
+# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
+m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
+m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
+m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],		[AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[am__api_version='1.15'
+dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
+dnl require some minimum version.  Point them to the right macro.
+m4_if([$1], [1.15], [],
+      [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
+])
+
+# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
+# -----------------------------
+# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
+# This is a private macro too.  Using m4_define simplifies
+# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
+m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.15])dnl
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND                                         -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'.  In other projects, it is set to
+# '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory.  The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run.  This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+#          a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir.  In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir.  That would be:
+#   am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+#   MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH.  The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl
+# Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path.
+am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd`
+])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL                                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.52])dnl
+ m4_if([$1], [TRUE],  [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+       [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
+m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
+if $2; then
+  $1_TRUE=
+  $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+  $1_TRUE='#'
+  $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
+fi])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery.  Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
+
+m4_if([$1], [CC],   [depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=],
+      [$1], [CXX],  [depcc="$CXX"  am_compiler_list=],
+      [$1], [OBJC], [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+      [$1], [OBJCXX], [depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+      [$1], [UPC],  [depcc="$UPC"  am_compiler_list=],
+      [$1], [GCJ],  [depcc="$GCJ"  am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+                    [depcc="$$1"   am_compiler_list=])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
+               [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
+[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
+  # in D".
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  m4_case([$1], [CC],
+    [case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac],
+    [CXX],
+    [case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac])
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
+      echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested.
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+])
+AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
+])
+
+
+# AM_SET_DEPDIR
+# -------------
+# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_DEP_TRACK
+# ------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-dependency-tracking],
+  [do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--disable-dependency-tracking],
+  [speeds up one-time build])])
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+  AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+  am__nodep='_no'
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
+AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl
+])
+
+# Generate code to set up dependency tracking.              -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+
+# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[{
+  # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+  # if we detect the quoting.
+  case $CONFIG_FILES in
+  *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+  for mf
+  do
+    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+    # We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but
+    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
+    else
+      continue
+    fi
+    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+    # from the Makefile without running 'make'.
+    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$am__include" && continue
+    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
+    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+    # expansion.
+    for file in `sed -n "
+      s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+	 sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do
+      # Make sure the directory exists.
+      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+      fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
+      AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
+      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+    done
+  done
+}
+])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+
+
+# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# -----------------------------
+# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
+#
+# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
+# is enabled.  FIXME.  This creates each '.P' file that we will
+# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
+     [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+     [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
+])
+
+# Do all the work for Automake.                             -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This macro actually does too much.  Some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things.  But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O.
+m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
+m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])
+[_AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+])
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out.  PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition.  After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl
+dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names.  We explicitly allow
+dnl the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+  AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
+  # test to see if srcdir already configured
+  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+  fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+  else
+    CYGPATH_W=echo
+  fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+             [$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.])
+m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
+m4_if(
+  m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]),
+  [ok:ok],,
+  [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo])
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# For better backward compatibility.  To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
+# dies out for good.  For more background, see:
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00001.html>
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00014.html>
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)'])
+# We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver).  The
+# system "awk" is bad on some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
+	      [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
+			     [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])],
+		  [m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
+			     m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])],
+		  [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+			     m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])],
+		  [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+			     m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])],
+		  [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
+			     m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl
+])
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl
+dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
+dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen.  This
+dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
+[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+  [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
+
+# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
+# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
+# recipes.  So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
+# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
+# See automake bug#10828.
+# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
+# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
+# user can still override this though.
+if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
+  cat >&2 <<'END'
+Oops!
+
+Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
+on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present.  This is contrary
+to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
+the upcoming POSIX standard: <http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=542>
+
+Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
+of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message.  This
+can help us improve future automake versions.
+
+END
+  if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
+    echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
+    echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
+    echo >&2
+  else
+    cat >&2 <<'END'
+Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
+
+You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
+that behaves properly: <http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/>.
+
+If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
+'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
+to "yes", and re-run configure.
+
+END
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.])
+  fi
+fi
+dnl The trailing newline in this macro's definition is deliberate, for
+dnl backward compatibility and to allow trailing 'dnl'-style comments
+dnl after the AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE invocation. See automake bug#16841.
+])
+
+dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion.  Do not
+dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
+dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
+m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated.  The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_arg=$1
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+  case $_am_header in
+    $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
+      break ;;
+    * )
+      _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+  esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+  *)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+  esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([install_sh])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot.  For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+  am__leading_dot=.
+else
+  am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# Check to see how 'make' treats includes.	            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
+# -----------------
+# Check to see how make treats includes.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
+[am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+	@echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+  am__include=include
+  am__quote=
+  _am_result=GNU
+  ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+     am__include=.include
+     am__quote="\""
+     _am_result=BSD
+     ;;
+   esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([am__include])
+AC_SUBST([am__quote])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
+rm -f confinc confmf
+])
+
+# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use.  -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough.
+# If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+  *)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
+  am_missing_run="$MISSING "
+else
+  am_missing_run=
+  AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling.                     -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# --------------------
+# Set option NAME.  Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# _AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+# ---------------
+# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake.  We rewrite AC_PROG_CC
+# to automatically call this.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
+AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(
+  [whether $CC understands -c and -o together],
+  [am_cv_prog_cc_c_o],
+  [AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])])
+  # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
+  # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
+  # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
+  # though they will create one.
+  am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
+  for am_i in 1 2; do
+    if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \
+         && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
+      : OK
+    else
+      am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  rm -f core conftest*
+  unset am_i])
+if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
+   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+   # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
+   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+AC_LANG_POP([C])])
+
+# For backward compatibility.
+AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND)
+# -------------------
+# Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it.
+# (This has been adapted from Autoconf's _AC_RUN_LOG macro.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_RUN_LOG],
+[{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $1" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   ($1) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   ac_status=$?
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   (exit $ac_status); }])
+
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.    -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+  *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+  *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \	]]*)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);;
+esac
+
+# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   am_has_slept=no
+   for am_try in 1 2; do
+     echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
+     set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+     if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+	# -L didn't work.
+	set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+     fi
+     if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+	&& test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+	# If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+	# if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+	# broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+	# happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+  alias in your environment])
+     fi
+     if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
+       break
+     fi
+     # Just in case.
+     sleep 1
+     am_has_slept=yes
+   done
+   test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
+# generated files are strictly newer.
+am_sleep_pid=
+if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ( sleep 1 ) &
+  am_sleep_pid=$!
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure])
+   if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
+     # Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
+     wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
+   fi
+   AC_MSG_RESULT([done])])
+rm -f conftest.file
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------
+# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
+# ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-silent-rules],
+  [less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")])
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--disable-silent-rules],
+  [verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl
+])
+case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ (((
+  yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+   no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+    *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
+esac
+dnl
+dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep)
+dnl do not support nested variable expansions.
+dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237.
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables],
+   [am_cv_make_support_nested_variables],
+   [if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V))
+BAR0=false
+BAR1=true
+V=1
+am__doit:
+	@$(TRUE)
+.PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes
+else
+  am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
+fi])
+if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
+  dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make.
+  AM_V='$(V)'
+  AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
+else
+  AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+  AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+fi
+AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl
+AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl
+AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
+AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
+AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+# ---------------------
+# One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries.  This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
+# run "make install-strip".  However 'strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
+# This macro is traced by Automake.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
+
+# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# --------------------------
+# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
+
+# Check how to create a tarball.                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
+# --------------------
+# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
+# FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'.
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
+# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
+# $tardir.
+#     tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
+# a tarball read from stdin.
+#     $(am__untar) < result.tar
+#
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
+[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.  Yes, it's still used
+# in the wild :-(  We should find a proper way to deprecate it ...
+AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}'])
+
+# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
+
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+  [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'],
+
+  [m4_case([$1],
+    [ustar],
+     [# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields.
+      # There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID.  In fact,
+      # the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343
+      # and bug#13588).
+      am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1
+      am_max_gid=$am_max_uid
+      # The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort
+      # to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility.  Errors in the 'id' calls
+      # below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them
+      # (that is, avoid stderr redirection).
+      am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown`
+      am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown`
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format])
+      if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then
+         AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+      else
+         AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+         _am_tools=none
+      fi
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format])
+      if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then
+         AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+      else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+        _am_tools=none
+      fi],
+
+  [pax],
+    [],
+
+  [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+
+  # Go ahead even if we have the value already cached.  We do so because we
+  # need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables.
+  _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+
+  for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do
+    case $_am_tool in
+    gnutar)
+      for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do
+        AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+      done
+      am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+      am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+      am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+      ;;
+    plaintar)
+      # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+      # ustar tarball either.
+      (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+      am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+      am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+      am__untar='tar xf -'
+      ;;
+    pax)
+      am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+      am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+      am__untar='pax -r'
+      ;;
+    cpio)
+      am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+      am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+      am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+      ;;
+    none)
+      am__tar=false
+      am__tar_=false
+      am__untar=false
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # If the value was cached, stop now.  We just wanted to have am__tar
+    # and am__untar set.
+    test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+    # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works.
+    rm -rf conftest.dir
+    mkdir conftest.dir
+    echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+    AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+    rm -rf conftest.dir
+    if test -s conftest.tar; then
+      AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
+      AM_RUN_LOG([cat conftest.dir/file])
+      grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+    fi
+  done
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+
+  AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+
+AC_SUBST([am__tar])
+AC_SUBST([am__untar])
+]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+
diff --git a/upstream/compile b/upstream/compile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a85b723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/compile
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+  file=$1
+  case $file in
+    / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
+	case `uname -s` in
+	  MINGW*)
+	    file_conv=mingw
+	    ;;
+	  CYGWIN*)
+	    file_conv=cygwin
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    file_conv=wine
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      case $file_conv/,$2, in
+	*,$file_conv,*)
+	  ;;
+	mingw/*)
+	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
+	  ;;
+	cygwin/*)
+	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+	wine/*)
+	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+  func_file_conv "$1"
+  if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+    lib_path=$file
+  else
+    lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+  fi
+  linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+  lib=$1
+  found=no
+  save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=';'
+  for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+  do
+    IFS=$save_IFS
+    if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$save_IFS
+
+  if test "$found" != yes; then
+    lib=$lib.lib
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+  # Assume a capable shell
+  lib_path=
+  shared=:
+  linker_opts=
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$eat"; then
+      eat=
+    else
+      case $1 in
+	-o)
+	  # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	  eat=1
+	  case $2 in
+	    *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	-I)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-I*)
+	  func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashl "$2"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-L)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashL "$2"
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  shared=false
+	  ;;
+	-Wl,*)
+	  arg=${1#-Wl,}
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	  for flag in $arg; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  ;;
+	-Xlinker)
+	  eat=1
+	  linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
+	  ;;
+	-*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
+	  func_file_conv "$1"
+	  set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
+	  func_file_conv "$1" mingw
+	  set x "$@" "$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    shift
+  done
+  if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
+    linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
+  fi
+  exec "$@" $linker_opts
+  exit 1
+}
+
+eat=
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "compile $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe )
+    func_cl_wrapper "$@"      # Doesn't return...
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+
+for arg
+do
+  if test -n "$eat"; then
+    eat=
+  else
+    case $1 in
+      -o)
+	# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+	eat=1
+	case $2 in
+	  *.o | *.obj)
+	    ofile=$2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
+	    shift
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *.c)
+	cfile=$1
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+      *)
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+  # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
+  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
+  # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
+  # ok.
+  exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    break
+  fi
+  sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+  test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+  test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/config.guess b/upstream/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1659250
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1441 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2015-08-20'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+#
+# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
+#
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+#
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+	  fi ;
+	done ;
+	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+	fi
+	;;
+ ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
+Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
+	# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
+	# We could probably try harder.
+	LIBC=gnu
+
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
+	#include <features.h>
+	#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
+	LIBC=uclibc
+	#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#else
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#endif
+	EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+	# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
+	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+	# object file format.  This provides both forward
+	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+	# object file format.
+	#
+	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
+	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+	    echo unknown)`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+	    earmv*)
+		arch=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
+		endian=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
+		machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown
+		;;
+	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+	esac
+	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    arm*|earm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+			| grep -q __ELF__
+		then
+		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
+		    os=netbsd
+		else
+		    os=netbsdelf
+		fi
+		;;
+	    *)
+		os=netbsd
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Determine ABI tags.
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    earm*)
+		expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
+		abi=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e "$expr"`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# The OS release
+	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+	    Debian*)
+		release='-gnu'
+		;;
+	    *)
+		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}${abi}"
+	exit ;;
+    *:Bitrig:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Sortix:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sortix
+	exit ;;
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+	*4.0)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+		;;
+	*5.*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
+	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
+	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+	    "EV4 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV5 (21164)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+	    "EV6 (21264)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+	    "EV7 (21364)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+	esac
+	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
+	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
+	exitcode=$?
+	trap '' 0
+	exit $exitcode ;;
+    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+	# of the specific Alpha model?
+	echo alpha-pc-interix
+	exit ;;
+    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+	exit ;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+	exit ;;
+    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+	exit ;;
+    *:OS/390:*:*)
+	echo i370-ibm-openedition
+	exit ;;
+    *:z/VM:*:*)
+	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
+	exit ;;
+    *:OS400:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+	exit ;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
+	echo arm-unknown-riscos
+	exit ;;
+    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+	exit ;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+	else
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+	echo sparc-icl-nx6
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	SUN_ARCH="i386"
+	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+	# This test works for both compilers.
+	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+	case "`/bin/arch`" in
+	    sun3)
+		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	    sun4)
+		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
+    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
+    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+    # be no problem.
+    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    m68k:machten:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    powerpc:machten:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+	exit ;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h>  /* for printf() prototype */
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	  exit (-1);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
+	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
+	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+	# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+	then
+	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+	    then
+		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    else
+		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    fi
+	else
+	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	exit ;;
+    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i*86:AIX:*:*)
+	echo i386-ibm-aix
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:AIX:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
+		then
+			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
+		else
+			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+		fi
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:*:[4567])
+	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/lslpp ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc |
+			   awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+	exit ;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	exit ;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
+	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+	exit ;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	exit ;;
+    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+		    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+		    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+		      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+		      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+		      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+			case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+			  32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+			  64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
+			esac ;;
+		    esac
+		fi
+		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+		    eval $set_cc_for_build
+		    sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+		#define _HPUX_SOURCE
+		#include <stdlib.h>
+		#include <unistd.h>
+
+		int main ()
+		{
+		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+		    long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+		#endif
+		    long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+		    switch (cpu)
+			{
+			case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+			case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+			case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+			    switch (bits)
+				{
+				case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+				case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+				default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+				} break;
+		#else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+			    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+		#endif
+			default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+			}
+		    exit (0);
+		}
+EOF
+		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+		fi ;;
+	esac
+	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+	then
+	    eval $set_cc_for_build
+
+	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+	    #
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+		grep -q __LP64__
+	    then
+		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+	    else
+		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include <unistd.h>
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	exit ;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+	exit ;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	exit ;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	exit ;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+	echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	exit ;;
+    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+	echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
+	    amd64)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    *)
+		echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    *:MINGW64*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
+	exit ;;
+    *:MINGW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+	exit ;;
+    *:MSYS*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
+	exit ;;
+    i*:windows32*:*)
+	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+	exit ;;
+    i*:PW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+	exit ;;
+    *:Interix*:*)
+	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    x86)
+		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    IA64)
+		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+	exit ;;
+    8664:Windows_NT:*)
+	echo x86_64-pc-mks
+	exit ;;
+    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+	echo i586-pc-interix
+	exit ;;
+    i*:UWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+	exit ;;
+    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	# the GNU system
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:GNU/*:*:*)
+	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Minix:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+	exit ;;
+    aarch64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    alpha:Linux:*:*)
+	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+	esac
+	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
+	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    arm*:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+	then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	else
+	    if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+		| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+	    then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
+	    else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
+	    fi
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    cris:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    e2k:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    frv:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    hexagon:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    m68*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
+	;;
+    openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo or1k-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    padre:Linux:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+	# Look for CPU level
+	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    ppc:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    ppcle:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    sh*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    tile*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    vax:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+	# sysname and nodename.
+	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+	# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+	# number series starting with 2...
+	# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
+	# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+	# is probably installed.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:atheos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:syllable:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    pc:*:*:*)
+	# Left here for compatibility:
+	# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+	# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
+	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
+	# this is a cross-build.
+	echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	exit ;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-mach3
+	exit ;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	echo i860-intel-osf1
+	exit ;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+	echo m68k-diab-dnix
+	exit ;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+	OS_REL=''
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+	OS_REL='.3'
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*)	# Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+			# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+	echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:*:*:FTX*)
+	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
+    *:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+	echo mips-sony-newsos6
+	exit ;;
+    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+		echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+		echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-be-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-apple-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-haiku
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
+	exit ;;
+    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Darwin:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then
+	    UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
+	fi
+	if test `echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\..*//'` -le 10 ; then
+	    if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+		if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		    grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+		then
+		    case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+			i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+			powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
+		    esac
+		fi
+	    fi
+	elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
+	    # Avoid executing cc on OS X 10.9, as it ships with a stub
+	    # that puts up a graphical alert prompting to install
+	    # developer tools.  Any system running Mac OS X 10.7 or
+	    # later (Darwin 11 and later) is required to have a 64-bit
+	    # processor. This is not true of the ARM version of Darwin
+	    # that Apple uses in portable devices.
+	    UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:QNX:*:4*)
+	echo i386-pc-qnx
+	exit ;;
+    NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+	exit ;;
+    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Plan9:*:*)
+	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+	# operating systems.
+	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+	else
+	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+	exit ;;
+    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+	exit ;;
+    *:TENEX:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+	exit ;;
+    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    *:ITS:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-its
+	exit ;;
+    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+	echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:DragonFly:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:*VMS:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+	echo i386-pc-xenix
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:skyos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:rdos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:AROS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
+	exit ;;
+esac
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+and
+  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/config.sub b/upstream/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1acc966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1813 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+#   Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2015-08-20'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+       exit 1 ;;
+
+    *local*)
+       # First pass through any local machine types.
+       echo $1
+       exit ;;
+
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
+  linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
+  knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-eabi* | \
+  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  android-linux)
+    os=-linux-android
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-bluegene*)
+		os=-cnk
+		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)
+		;;
+	-wrs)
+		os=-vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusos*)
+		os=-chorusos
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusrdb)
+		os=-chorusrdb
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=-sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco*)
+		os=-sco3.2v2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-udk*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-isc)
+		os=-isc2.2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-clix*)
+		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+		;;
+	-isc*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-lynx*178)
+		os=-lynxos178
+		;;
+	-lynx*5)
+		os=-lynxos5
+		;;
+	-lynx*)
+		os=-lynxos
+		;;
+	-ptx*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+		;;
+	-windowsnt*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+		;;
+	-psos*)
+		os=-psos
+		;;
+	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+	1750a | 580 \
+	| a29k \
+	| aarch64 | aarch64_be \
+	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+	| am33_2.0 \
+	| arc | arceb \
+	| arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
+	| avr | avr32 \
+	| ba \
+	| be32 | be64 \
+	| bfin \
+	| c4x | c8051 | clipper \
+	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+	| e2k | epiphany \
+	| fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 \
+	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+	| hexagon \
+	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+	| ip2k | iq2000 \
+	| k1om \
+	| le32 | le64 \
+	| lm32 \
+	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
+	| maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \
+	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+	| mips16 \
+	| mips64 | mips64el \
+	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
+	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+	| mipsisa32r6 | mipsisa32r6el \
+	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+	| mipsisa64r6 | mipsisa64r6el \
+	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+	| mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
+	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| moxie \
+	| mt \
+	| msp430 \
+	| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
+	| nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
+	| ns16k | ns32k \
+	| open8 | or1k | or1knd | or32 \
+	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
+	| pyramid \
+	| riscv32 | riscv64 \
+	| rl78 | rx \
+	| score \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[234]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh64 | sh64le \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
+	| spu \
+	| tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
+	| ubicom32 \
+	| v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
+	| visium \
+	| we32k \
+	| x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k | z80)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	c54x)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+		;;
+	c55x)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		;;
+	c6x)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		;;
+	leon|leon[3-9])
+		basic_machine=sparc-$basic_machine
+		;;
+	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | nvptx | picochip)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+		;;
+	ms1)
+		basic_machine=mt-unknown
+		;;
+
+	strongarm | thumb | xscale)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		;;
+	xgate)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	xscaleeb)
+		basic_machine=armeb-unknown
+		;;
+
+	xscaleel)
+		basic_machine=armel-unknown
+		;;
+
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i*86 | x86_64)
+	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+	  ;;
+	# Object if more than one company name word.
+	*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+	580-* \
+	| a29k-* \
+	| aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
+	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \
+	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+	| avr-* | avr32-* \
+	| ba-* \
+	| be32-* | be64-* \
+	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
+	| c8051-* | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+	| e2k-* | elxsi-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
+	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+	| hexagon-* \
+	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+	| k1om-* \
+	| le32-* | le64-* \
+	| lm32-* \
+	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+	| microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \
+	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+	| mips16-* \
+	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
+	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
+	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
+	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa32r6-* | mipsisa32r6el-* \
+	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64r6-* | mipsisa64r6el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+	| mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \
+	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| mmix-* \
+	| mt-* \
+	| msp430-* \
+	| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* | nios2eb-* | nios2el-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| open8-* \
+	| or1k*-* \
+	| orion-* \
+	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
+	| pyramid-* \
+	| riscv32-* | riscv64-* \
+	| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
+	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+	| sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx*-* \
+	| tahoe-* \
+	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+	| tile*-* \
+	| tron-* \
+	| ubicom32-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
+	| vax-* \
+	| visium-* \
+	| we32k-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
+	| ymp-* \
+	| z8k-* | z80-*)
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
+	xtensa*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	386bsd)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		basic_machine=m68000-att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	a29khif)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	abacus)
+		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+		;;
+	adobe68k)
+		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+		os=-scout
+		;;
+	alliant | fx80)
+		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+		;;
+	altos | altos3068)
+		basic_machine=m68k-altos
+		;;
+	am29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-none
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	amd64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		;;
+	amd64-*)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	amdahl)
+		basic_machine=580-amdahl
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	amiga | amiga-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		;;
+	amigaos | amigados)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	amigaunix | amix)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	apollo68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	apollo68bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	aros)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+        asmjs)
+		basic_machine=asmjs-unknown
+		;;
+	aux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		os=-aux
+		;;
+	balance)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	blackfin)
+		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	blackfin-*)
+		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	bluegene*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-cnk
+		;;
+	c54x-*)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	c55x-*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	c6x-*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	c90)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	cegcc)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-cegcc
+		;;
+	convex-c1)
+		basic_machine=c1-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c2)
+		basic_machine=c2-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c32)
+		basic_machine=c32-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c34)
+		basic_machine=c34-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c38)
+		basic_machine=c38-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	cray | j90)
+		basic_machine=j90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	craynv)
+		basic_machine=craynv-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
+		;;
+	cr16 | cr16-*)
+		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	crds | unos)
+		basic_machine=m68k-crds
+		;;
+	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+		;;
+	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+		basic_machine=cris-axis
+		;;
+	crx)
+		basic_machine=crx-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	da30 | da30-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-da30
+		;;
+	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+		basic_machine=mips-dec
+		;;
+	decsystem10* | dec10*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops10
+		;;
+	decsystem20* | dec20*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+		;;
+	delta88)
+		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	dicos)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	djgpp)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		os=-msdosdjgpp
+		;;
+	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+		os=-bosx
+		;;
+	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	ebmon29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-ebmon
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+		;;
+	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		basic_machine=i860-alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+		;;
+	gmicro)
+		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	go32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-go32
+		;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	h8300hms)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	h8300xray)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-xray
+		;;
+	h8500hms)
+		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	harris)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	hp300-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp300bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	hp300hpux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68000-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hppa-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	hppaosf)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	hppro)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		;;
+	i*86v32)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv32
+		;;
+	i*86v4*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	i*86v)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	i*86sol2)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	i386mach)
+		basic_machine=i386-mach
+		os=-mach
+		;;
+	i386-vsta | vsta)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-vsta
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		basic_machine=mips-sgi
+		case $os in
+		    -irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	isi68 | isi)
+		basic_machine=m68k-isi
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	leon-*|leon[3-9]-*)
+		basic_machine=sparc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/-.*//'`
+		;;
+	m68knommu)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m68knommu-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		basic_machine=m88k-omron
+		;;
+	magnum | m3230)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	merlin)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	microblaze*)
+		basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
+		;;
+	mingw64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		os=-mingw64
+		;;
+	mingw32)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	mingw32ce)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-mingw32ce
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+		;;
+	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+		;;
+	mips3*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+		;;
+	monitor)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	morphos)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		os=-morphos
+		;;
+	moxiebox)
+		basic_machine=moxie-unknown
+		os=-moxiebox
+		;;
+	msdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-msdos
+		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+		;;
+	msys)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-msys
+		;;
+	mvs)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	nacl)
+		basic_machine=le32-unknown
+		os=-nacl
+		;;
+	ncr3000)
+		basic_machine=i486-ncr
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	netbsd386)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-netbsd
+		;;
+	netwinder)
+		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news1000)
+		basic_machine=m68030-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		basic_machine=mips-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	necv70)
+		basic_machine=v70-nec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	next | m*-next )
+		basic_machine=m68k-next
+		case $os in
+		    -nextstep* )
+			;;
+		    -ns2*)
+		      os=-nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      os=-nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	nh3000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nh[45]000)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nindy960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-nindy
+		;;
+	mon960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-mon960
+		;;
+	nonstopux)
+		basic_machine=mips-compaq
+		os=-nonstopux
+		;;
+	np1)
+		basic_machine=np1-gould
+		;;
+	neo-tandem)
+		basic_machine=neo-tandem
+		;;
+	nse-tandem)
+		basic_machine=nse-tandem
+		;;
+	nsr-tandem)
+		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+		;;
+	op50n-* | op60c-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	openrisc | openrisc-*)
+		basic_machine=or32-unknown
+		;;
+	os400)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	OSE68000 | ose68000)
+		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	os68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-none
+		os=-os68k
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	paragon)
+		basic_machine=i860-intel
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	parisc)
+		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	parisc-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		basic_machine=sparc-tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tti
+		;;
+	pc532 | pc532-*)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+		;;
+	pc98)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentium4)
+		basic_machine=i786-pc
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium4-*)
+		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pn)
+		basic_machine=pn-gould
+		;;
+	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
+		;;
+	ppc | ppcbe)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+		;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		basic_machine=i386-ibm
+		;;
+	pw32)
+		basic_machine=i586-unknown
+		os=-pw32
+		;;
+	rdos | rdos64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
+	rdos32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
+	rom68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		basic_machine=mips-siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	s390 | s390-*)
+		basic_machine=s390-ibm
+		;;
+	s390x | s390x-*)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		;;
+	sa29200)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	sb1)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+		;;
+	sb1el)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+		;;
+	sde)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	sei)
+		basic_machine=mips-sei
+		os=-seiux
+		;;
+	sequent)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		;;
+	sh)
+		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	sh5el)
+		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
+		;;
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	sps7)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv2
+		;;
+	spur)
+		basic_machine=spur-unknown
+		;;
+	st2000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+		;;
+	stratus)
+		basic_machine=i860-stratus
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	strongarm-* | thumb-*)
+		basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	sun2)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		;;
+	sun2os3)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun2os4)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun3os3)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun3os4)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4os3)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun4os4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4sol2)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	sun3 | sun3-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		;;
+	sun4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+		basic_machine=i386-sun
+		;;
+	sv1)
+		basic_machine=sv1-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	symmetry)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	t3e)
+		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	t90)
+		basic_machine=t90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	tile*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-linux-gnu
+		;;
+	tx39)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+		;;
+	tx39el)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+		;;
+	toad1)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+		;;
+	tpf)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	udi29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	ultra3)
+		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+		os=-sym1
+		;;
+	v810 | necv810)
+		basic_machine=v810-nec
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	vaxv)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	vms)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-vms
+		;;
+	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+		;;
+	vxworks960)
+		basic_machine=i960-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	w65*)
+		basic_machine=w65-wdc
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	w89k-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	xbox)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	xps | xps100)
+		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+		;;
+	xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
+		;;
+	ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	z8k-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	z80-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z80-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	none)
+		basic_machine=none-none
+		os=-none
+		;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	op60c)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	romp)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	mmix)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		;;
+	rs6000)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	vax)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		;;
+	pdp10)
+		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+		;;
+	pdp11)
+		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+		;;
+	we32k)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+		basic_machine=sh-unknown
+		;;
+	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	cydra)
+		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+		;;
+	orion)
+		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+		;;
+	*-unknown)
+		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-digital*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+		;;
+	*-commodore*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+	# First match some system type aliases
+	# that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-auroraux)
+		os=-auroraux
+		;;
+	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	-solaris)
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	-svr4*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-unixware*)
+		os=-sysv4.2uw
+		;;
+	-gnu/linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	# First accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
+	      | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
+	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+	      | -aos* | -aros* | -cloudabi* | -sortix* \
+	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+	      | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
+	      | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
+	      | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* | -moxiebox* \
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es* | -tirtos*)
+	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+		;;
+	-qnx*)
+		case $basic_machine in
+		    x86-* | i*86-*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-nto$os
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	-nto-qnx*)
+		;;
+	-nto*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+		;;
+	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
+	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+		;;
+	-mac*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
+	-linux-dietlibc)
+		os=-linux-dietlibc
+		;;
+	-linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos5*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos6*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	-opened*)
+		os=-openedition
+		;;
+	-os400*)
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	-wince*)
+		os=-wince
+		;;
+	-osfrose*)
+		os=-osfrose
+		;;
+	-osf*)
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	-utek*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-dynix*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-acis*)
+		os=-aos
+		;;
+	-atheos*)
+		os=-atheos
+		;;
+	-syllable*)
+		os=-syllable
+		;;
+	-386bsd)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-ctix* | -uts*)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	-nova*)
+		os=-rtmk-nova
+		;;
+	-ns2 )
+		os=-nextstep2
+		;;
+	-nsk*)
+		os=-nsk
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	-sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	-sinix*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-tpf*)
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	-triton*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-oss*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-svr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-svr3)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-sysvr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	# This must come after -sysvr4.
+	-sysv*)
+		;;
+	-ose*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-es1800*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-xenix)
+		os=-xenix
+		;;
+	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	-aros*)
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	-zvmoe)
+		os=-zvmoe
+		;;
+	-dicos*)
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	-nacl*)
+		;;
+	-none)
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+	score-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	spu-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	*-acorn)
+		os=-riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-rebel)
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+	c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	c8051-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	hexagon-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	tic54x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic55x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
+	pdp10-*)
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	pdp11-*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=-ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=-domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	m68*-cisco)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+	mep-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	or32-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	*-be)
+		os=-beos
+		;;
+	*-haiku)
+		os=-haiku
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=-aix
+		;;
+	*-knuth)
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
+	*-wec)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=-hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=-dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=-luna
+		;;
+	*-next )
+		os=-nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=-ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=-unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=-genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	*-gould)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-highlevel)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-sgi)
+		os=-irix
+		;;
+	*-siemens)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+		os=-uxpv
+		;;
+	*-rom68k)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)
+		os=-macos
+		;;
+	*-atari*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-unknown)
+		case $os in
+			-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			-cnk*|-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-beos*)
+				vendor=be
+				;;
+			-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-mpeix*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			-mvs* | -opened*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-hms*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-mpw* | -macos*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+				vendor=atari
+				;;
+			-vos*)
+				vendor=stratus
+				;;
+		esac
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/configure b/upstream/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7c0a9f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,15822 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for sqlite 3.18.2.
+#
+# Report bugs to <http://www.sqlite.org>.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
+  # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
+  if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+    _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
+    # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+as_fn_exit 255
+  fi
+  # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
+          { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
+
+else
+  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
+test -x / || exit 1"
+  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
+
+  test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\${BASH_VERSION+set}\" || (
+    ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+    ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO
+    ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO
+    PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH
+    test \"X\`printf %s \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" \\
+      || test \"X\`print -r -- \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" ) || exit 1
+test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
+  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
+
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_found=false
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  as_found=:
+  case $as_dir in #(
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
+		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  break 2
+fi
+fi
+	   done;;
+       esac
+  as_found=false
+done
+$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
+	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
+fi; }
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+             # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+exit 255
+fi
+
+    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
+  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
+  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
+  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
+    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
+    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
+  else
+    $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and
+$0: http://www.sqlite.org about your system, including any
+$0: error possibly output before this message. Then install
+$0: a modern shell, or manually run the script under such a
+$0: shell if you do have one."
+  fi
+  exit 1
+fi
+fi
+fi
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+export SHELL
+# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
+CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
+unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
+  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
+  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+
+  # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
+  # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
+  # in an infinite loop.  This has already happened in practice.
+  _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+
+test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='3.18.2'
+PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.18.2'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://www.sqlite.org'
+PACKAGE_URL=''
+
+ac_unique_file="sqlite3.c"
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE
+am__EXEEXT_TRUE
+LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ
+SESSION_FLAGS
+JSON1_FLAGS
+FTS5_FLAGS
+DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS
+THREADSAFE_FLAGS
+READLINE_LIBS
+BUILD_CFLAGS
+CPP
+LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH
+OTOOL64
+OTOOL
+LIPO
+NMEDIT
+DSYMUTIL
+MANIFEST_TOOL
+RANLIB
+ac_ct_AR
+AR
+DLLTOOL
+OBJDUMP
+LN_S
+NM
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN
+DUMPBIN
+LD
+FGREP
+EGREP
+GREP
+SED
+host_os
+host_vendor
+host_cpu
+host
+build_os
+build_vendor
+build_cpu
+build
+LIBTOOL
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE
+CCDEPMODE
+am__nodep
+AMDEPBACKSLASH
+AMDEP_FALSE
+AMDEP_TRUE
+am__quote
+am__include
+DEPDIR
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+AM_BACKSLASH
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+AM_DEFAULT_V
+AM_V
+am__untar
+am__tar
+AMTAR
+am__leading_dot
+SET_MAKE
+AWK
+mkdir_p
+MKDIR_P
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM
+STRIP
+install_sh
+MAKEINFO
+AUTOHEADER
+AUTOMAKE
+AUTOCONF
+ACLOCAL
+VERSION
+PACKAGE
+CYGPATH_W
+am__isrc
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+runstatedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_URL
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+enable_silent_rules
+enable_largefile
+enable_dependency_tracking
+enable_shared
+enable_static
+with_pic
+enable_fast_install
+with_aix_soname
+with_gnu_ld
+with_sysroot
+enable_libtool_lock
+enable_editline
+enable_readline
+enable_threadsafe
+enable_dynamic_extensions
+enable_fts5
+enable_json1
+enable_session
+enable_static_shell
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH
+CPP'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+runstatedir='${localstatedir}/run'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+  *=)   ac_optarg= ;;
+  *)    ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -runstatedir | --runstatedir | --runstatedi | --runstated \
+  | --runstate | --runstat | --runsta | --runst | --runs \
+  | --run | --ru | --r)
+    ac_prev=runstatedir ;;
+  -runstatedir=* | --runstatedir=* | --runstatedi=* | --runstated=* \
+  | --runstate=* | --runstat=* | --runsta=* | --runst=* | --runs=* \
+  | --run=* | --ru=* | --r=*)
+    runstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    case $ac_envvar in #(
+      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
+    esac
+    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir runstatedir
+do
+  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures sqlite 3.18.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking ...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --runstatedir=DIR       modifiable per-process data [LOCALSTATEDIR/run]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/sqlite]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Program names:
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX            prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX            append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM   run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+
+System types:
+  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.18.2:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-silent-rules   less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")
+  --disable-silent-rules  verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")
+  --disable-largefile     omit support for large files
+  --enable-dependency-tracking
+                          do not reject slow dependency extractors
+  --disable-dependency-tracking
+                          speeds up one-time build
+  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=yes]
+  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=yes]
+  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]
+                          optimize for fast installation [default=yes]
+  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)
+  --enable-editline       use BSD libedit
+  --enable-readline       use readline
+  --enable-threadsafe     build a thread-safe library [default=yes]
+  --enable-dynamic-extensions
+                          support loadable extensions [default=yes]
+  --enable-fts5           include fts5 support [default=no]
+  --enable-json1          include json1 support [default=no]
+  --enable-session        enable the session extension [default=no]
+  --enable-static-shell   statically link libsqlite3 into shell tool
+                          [default=yes]
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-pic[=PKGS]       try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use
+                          both]
+  --with-aix-soname=aix|svr4|both
+                          shared library versioning (aka "SONAME") variant to
+                          provide on AIX, [default=aix].
+  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]
+  --with-sysroot[=DIR]    Search for dependent libraries within DIR (or the
+                          compiler's sysroot if not specified).
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
+  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH
+              User-defined run-time library search path.
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to <http://www.sqlite.org>.
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+sqlite configure 3.18.2
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Autoconf initialization. ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
+# --------------------------
+# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
+# -----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_link ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 test -x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
+  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
+  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
+  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_link
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
+# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+    ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
+# that executables *can* be run.
+ac_fn_c_try_run ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+       ac_retval=$ac_status
+fi
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_run
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR
+# ----------------------------------
+# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly
+ac_fn_c_check_func ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $2 innocuous_$2
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $2 (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $2
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $2 ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $2 ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_func
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES
+# ---------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`
+  as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef $as_decl_name
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  (void) $as_decl_use;
+#else
+  (void) $as_decl_name;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_decl
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
+# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+( $as_echo "## ------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to http://www.sqlite.org ##
+## ------------------------------------ ##"
+     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.18.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *\'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
+{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##"
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##"
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##"
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      $as_echo "## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##"
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
+  case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
+    -*)  ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    *)   ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+  esac
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
+  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
+  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+## -------------------- ##
+## Main body of script. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+# Use automake.
+am__api_version='1.15'
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in #((
+  ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; }
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+  *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*)
+    as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+  *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \	]*)
+    as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+
+# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   am_has_slept=no
+   for am_try in 1 2; do
+     echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
+     set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+     if test "$*" = "X"; then
+	# -L didn't work.
+	set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+     fi
+     if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+	&& test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+	# If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+	# if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+	# broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+	# happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+	as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+  alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5
+     fi
+     if test "$2" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
+       break
+     fi
+     # Just in case.
+     sleep 1
+     am_has_slept=yes
+   done
+   test "$2" = conftest.file
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
+# generated files are strictly newer.
+am_sleep_pid=
+if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ( sleep 1 ) &
+  am_sleep_pid=$!
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.file
+
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Double any \ or $.
+# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
+ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//'
+program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"`
+
+# Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path.
+am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd`
+
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+  *)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
+  am_missing_run="$MISSING "
+else
+  am_missing_run=
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+fi
+
+if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+  *)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
+# run "make install-strip".  However 'strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
+    STRIP=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+  fi
+else
+  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then
+  if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do
+	 for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	   as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" || continue
+	   case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #(
+	     'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \
+	     'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \
+	     'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*)
+	       ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext
+	       break 3;;
+	   esac
+	 done
+       done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+
+  test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then
+    MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d"
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5
+$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; }
+
+for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AWK"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5
+$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
+set x ${MAKE-make}
+ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+all:
+	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
+case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
+  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
+  *)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
+esac
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+  am__leading_dot=.
+else
+  am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+
+# Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given.
+if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_silent_rules;
+fi
+
+case $enable_silent_rules in # (((
+  yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+   no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+    *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+esac
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V))
+BAR0=false
+BAR1=true
+V=1
+am__doit:
+	@$(TRUE)
+.PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes
+else
+  am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; }
+if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
+    AM_V='$(V)'
+  AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
+else
+  AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+  AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+fi
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+  am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)'
+  # test to see if srcdir already configured
+  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+    as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+  else
+    CYGPATH_W=echo
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+ PACKAGE='sqlite'
+ VERSION='3.18.2'
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERSION "$VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
+
+
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
+
+
+MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+
+# For better backward compatibility.  To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
+# dies out for good.  For more background, see:
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00001.html>
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00014.html>
+mkdir_p='$(MKDIR_P)'
+
+# We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver).  The
+# system "awk" is bad on some platforms.
+# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.  Yes, it's still used
+# in the wild :-(  We should find a proper way to deprecate it ...
+AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}'
+
+
+# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar  pax cpio none'
+
+am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
+# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
+# recipes.  So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
+# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
+# See automake bug#10828.
+# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
+# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
+# user can still override this though.
+if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
+  cat >&2 <<'END'
+Oops!
+
+Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
+on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present.  This is contrary
+to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
+the upcoming POSIX standard: <http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=542>
+
+Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
+of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message.  This
+can help us improve future automake versions.
+
+END
+  if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
+    echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
+    echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
+    echo >&2
+  else
+    cat >&2 <<'END'
+Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
+
+You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
+that behaves properly: <http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/>.
+
+If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
+'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
+to "yes", and re-run configure.
+
+END
+    as_fn_error $? "Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry." "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
+
+ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
+
+
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+	@echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; }
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+  am__include=include
+  am__quote=
+  _am_result=GNU
+  ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+     am__include=.include
+     am__quote="\""
+     _am_result=BSD
+     ;;
+   esac
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5
+$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; }
+rm -f confinc confmf
+
+# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given.
+if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking;
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+  AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+  am__nodep='_no'
+fi
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  AMDEP_TRUE=
+  AMDEP_FALSE='#'
+else
+  AMDEP_TRUE='#'
+  AMDEP_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+ return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+struct stat;
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_prog_cc_c_o+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+  # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
+  # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
+  # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
+  # though they will create one.
+  am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
+  for am_i in 1 2; do
+    if { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext" >&5
+   ($CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext) >&5 2>&5
+   ac_status=$?
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   (exit $ac_status); } \
+         && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
+      : OK
+    else
+      am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  rm -f core conftest*
+  unset am_i
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&6; }
+if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
+   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+   # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
+   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
+  # in D".
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
+      echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested.
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-largefile was given.
+if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_largefile;
+fi
+
+if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=no
+     if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+       ac_save_CC=$CC
+       while :; do
+	 # IRIX 6.2 and later do not support large files by default,
+	 # so use the C compiler's -n32 option if that helps.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+ /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly.
+    We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807,
+    since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers
+    incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807.  */
+#define LARGE_OFF_T ((((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31) - 1 + (((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31))
+  int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721
+		       && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1)
+		      ? 1 : -1];
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+	 if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  break
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+	 CC="$CC -n32"
+	 if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=' -n32'; break
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+	 break
+       done
+       CC=$ac_save_CC
+       rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+    fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&6; }
+  if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" != no; then
+    CC=$CC$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC
+  fi
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  while :; do
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+ /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly.
+    We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807,
+    since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers
+    incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807.  */
+#define LARGE_OFF_T ((((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31) - 1 + (((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31))
+  int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721
+		       && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1)
+		      ? 1 : -1];
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=no; break
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+#include <sys/types.h>
+ /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly.
+    We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807,
+    since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers
+    incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807.  */
+#define LARGE_OFF_T ((((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31) - 1 + (((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31))
+  int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721
+		       && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1)
+		      ? 1 : -1];
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64; break
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=unknown
+  break
+done
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits in #(
+  no | unknown) ;;
+  *)
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits
+_ACEOF
+;;
+esac
+rm -rf conftest*
+  if test $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits = unknown; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_sys_large_files+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  while :; do
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+ /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly.
+    We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807,
+    since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers
+    incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807.  */
+#define LARGE_OFF_T ((((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31) - 1 + (((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31))
+  int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721
+		       && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1)
+		      ? 1 : -1];
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_sys_large_files=no; break
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGE_FILES 1
+#include <sys/types.h>
+ /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly.
+    We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807,
+    since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers
+    incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807.  */
+#define LARGE_OFF_T ((((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31) - 1 + (((off_t) 1 << 31) << 31))
+  int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721
+		       && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1)
+		      ? 1 : -1];
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_sys_large_files=1; break
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  ac_cv_sys_large_files=unknown
+  break
+done
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_sys_large_files in #(
+  no | unknown) ;;
+  *)
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _LARGE_FILES $ac_cv_sys_large_files
+_ACEOF
+;;
+esac
+rm -rf conftest*
+  fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check for required programs.
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+struct stat;
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_prog_cc_c_o+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+  # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
+  # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
+  # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
+  # though they will create one.
+  am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
+  for am_i in 1 2; do
+    if { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext" >&5
+   ($CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext) >&5 2>&5
+   ac_status=$?
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   (exit $ac_status); } \
+         && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
+      : OK
+    else
+      am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  rm -f core conftest*
+  unset am_i
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&6; }
+if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
+   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+   # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
+   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
+  # in D".
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
+      echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested.
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+case `pwd` in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+macro_version='2.4.6'
+macro_revision='2.4.6'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ltmain=$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_build_alias=$build_alias
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+  ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"`
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` ||
+  as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_build in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+build=$ac_cv_build
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_build
+shift
+build_cpu=$1
+build_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+build_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "x$host_alias" = x; then
+  ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build
+else
+  ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` ||
+    as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_host in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+host=$ac_cv_host
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_host
+shift
+host_cpu=$1
+host_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+host_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within
+# double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
+# double_quote_subst'ed string.
+delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
+delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
+no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
+
+ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
+ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to print strings" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to print strings... " >&6; }
+# Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present.
+if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \
+   test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then
+  ECHO='print -r --'
+elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then
+  ECHO='printf %s\n'
+else
+  # Use this function as a fallback that always works.
+  func_fallback_echo ()
+  {
+    eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+  }
+  ECHO='func_fallback_echo'
+fi
+
+# func_echo_all arg...
+# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
+func_echo_all ()
+{
+    $ECHO ""
+}
+
+case $ECHO in
+  printf*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: printf" >&5
+$as_echo "printf" >&6; } ;;
+  print*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: print -r" >&5
+$as_echo "print -r" >&6; } ;;
+  *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cat" >&5
+$as_echo "cat" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+            ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+     for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+       ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script"
+     done
+     echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+     { ac_script=; unset ac_script;}
+     if test -z "$SED"; then
+  ac_path_SED_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_SED" || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
+case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED"
+      ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_SED_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_SED=$SED
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; }
+ SED="$ac_cv_path_SED"
+  rm -f conftest.sed
+
+test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
+Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$GREP"; then
+  ac_path_GREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+   else
+     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in egrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for fgrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_FGREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F"
+   else
+     if test -z "$FGREP"; then
+  ac_path_FGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in fgrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_FGREP" || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP
+case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP"
+      ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; }
+ FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP"
+
+
+test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given.
+if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_gnu_ld; test no = "$withval" || with_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+  with_gnu_ld=no
+fi
+
+ac_prog=ld
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; }
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD=$ac_prog
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; }
+fi
+if ${lt_cv_path_LD+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD=$ac_dir/$ac_prog
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+	test no != "$with_gnu_ld" && break
+	;;
+      *)
+	test yes != "$with_gnu_ld" && break
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+else
+  lt_cv_path_LD=$LD # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi
+fi
+
+LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5
+$as_echo "$LD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error $? "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; }
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_path_NM+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  lt_cv_path_NM=$NM
+else
+  lt_nm_to_check=${ac_tool_prefix}nm
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
+    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
+  fi
+  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
+    lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+      tmp_nm=$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm
+      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext"; then
+	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+	# Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
+	# MSYS converts /dev/null to NUL, MinGW nm treats NUL as empty
+	case $build_os in
+	mingw*) lt_bad_file=conftest.nm/nofile ;;
+	*) lt_bad_file=/dev/null ;;
+	esac
+	case `"$tmp_nm" -B $lt_bad_file 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	*$lt_bad_file* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
+	  break 2
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	  */dev/null*)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
+	    break 2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+  done
+  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; }
+if test no != "$lt_cv_path_NM"; then
+  NM=$lt_cv_path_NM
+else
+  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
+  if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then :
+    # Let the user override the test.
+  else
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump"
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN
+if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5
+$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then
+  ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN
+  for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump"
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN
+if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then
+    DUMPBIN=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN
+  fi
+fi
+
+    case `$DUMPBIN -symbols -headers /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+    *COFF*)
+      DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols -headers"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      DUMPBIN=:
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  if test : != "$DUMPBIN"; then
+    NM=$DUMPBIN
+  fi
+fi
+test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_nm_interface+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
+  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&5)
+  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5)
+  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&5)
+  cat conftest.out >&5
+  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest*
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; }
+LN_S=$as_ln_s
+if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5
+$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; }
+fi
+
+# find the maximum length of command line arguments
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+    i=0
+  teststring=ABCD
+
+  case $build_os in
+  msdosdjgpp*)
+    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
+    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
+    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
+    # check would be larger than it should be.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
+    ;;
+
+  gnu*)
+    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
+    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
+    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
+    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
+    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
+    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
+    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
+    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
+    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  mint*)
+    # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  amigaos*)
+    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
+    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  bitrig* | darwin* | dragonfly* | freebsd* | netbsd* | openbsd*)
+    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
+    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
+    fi
+    # And add a safety zone
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    ;;
+
+  interix*)
+    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
+    ;;
+
+  os2*)
+    # The test takes a long time on OS/2.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192
+    ;;
+
+  osf*)
+    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
+    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
+    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
+    # First set a reasonable default.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
+    #
+    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
+      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
+        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  sco3.2v5*)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
+    ;;
+  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
+    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[	 ]//'`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
+    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" && \
+       test undefined != "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    else
+      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
+      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
+      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8; do
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
+      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
+      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
+      # we can't tell.
+      while { test X`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
+	         = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+	      test 17 != "$i" # 1/2 MB should be enough
+      do
+        i=`expr $i + 1`
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
+      teststring=
+      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
+      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
+      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+fi
+
+if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5
+$as_echo "none" >&6; }
+fi
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+
+
+
+
+
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  lt_unset=unset
+else
+  lt_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+# test EBCDIC or ASCII
+case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
+ A) # ASCII based system
+    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
+  ;;
+ *) # EBCDIC based system
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to $host format" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to $host format... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw* )
+    case $build in
+      *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+        ;;
+      *-*-cygwin* )
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
+        ;;
+      * ) # otherwise, assume *nix
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  *-*-cygwin* )
+    case $build in
+      *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
+        ;;
+      *-*-cygwin* )
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
+        ;;
+      * ) # otherwise, assume *nix
+        lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds)
+    lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
+    ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  #assume ordinary cross tools, or native build.
+lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
+case $host in
+  *-*-mingw* )
+    case $build in
+      *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
+        lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; }
+reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
+case $reload_flag in
+"" | " "*) ;;
+*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
+esac
+reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    if test yes != "$GCC"; then
+      reload_cmds=false
+    fi
+    ;;
+  darwin*)
+    if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+      reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib $wl-r -o $output$reload_objs'
+    else
+      reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP
+if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5
+$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
+  # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then
+    OBJDUMP="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP
+  fi
+else
+  OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"
+fi
+
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
+lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
+# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
+# interlibrary dependencies.
+# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
+# 'unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
+# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
+# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
+# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
+# that responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
+# If you have 'file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
+# whether 'pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
+
+case $host_os in
+aix[4-9]*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[45]*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
+  ;;
+
+cygwin*)
+  # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  ;;
+
+mingw* | pw32*)
+  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
+  # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump',
+  # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling.
+  if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  else
+    # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid.
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+cegcc*)
+  # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    case $host_cpu in
+    i*86 )
+      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
+      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
+      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
+      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+haiku*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9]\.[0-9]) shared library'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+interix[3-9]*)
+  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $LD in
+  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
+  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
+  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
+  *) libmagic=never-match;;
+  esac
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+# This must be glibc/ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+newos6*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+openbsd* | bitrig*)
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`"; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  case $host_vendor in
+  motorola)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
+    ;;
+  ncr)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  sequent)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
+    ;;
+  sni)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib"
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
+    ;;
+  siemens)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  pc)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+os2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; }
+
+file_magic_glob=
+want_nocaseglob=no
+if test "$build" = "$host"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  mingw* | pw32*)
+    if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      want_nocaseglob=yes
+    else
+      file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[\1]\/[\1]\/g;/g"`
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
+test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL
+if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then
+  ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL
+  # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then
+    DLLTOOL="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL
+  fi
+else
+  DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"
+fi
+
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to associate runtime and link libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to associate runtime and link libraries... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown'
+
+case $host_os in
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh;
+  # decide which one to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL
+  case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in
+  *--identify-strict*)
+    lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+*)
+  # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib
+  lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO
+  ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&6; }
+sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in ar
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AR="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5
+$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$AR" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$AR"; then
+  ac_ct_AR=$AR
+  for ac_prog in ar
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
+if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_AR" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
+    AR="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    AR=$ac_ct_AR
+  fi
+fi
+
+: ${AR=ar}
+: ${AR_FLAGS=cru}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for archiver @FILE support" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for archiver @FILE support... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_ar_at_file+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ar_at_file=no
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst
+      lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&5'
+      { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5
+  (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+      if test 0 -eq "$ac_status"; then
+	# Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names.
+	rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a
+	{ { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5
+  (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+	if test 0 -ne "$ac_status"; then
+          lt_cv_ar_at_file=@
+        fi
+      fi
+      rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a
+
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&6; }
+
+if test no = "$lt_cv_ar_at_file"; then
+  archiver_list_spec=
+else
+  archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
+    STRIP=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+  fi
+else
+  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
+    RANLIB=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+  fi
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
+old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
+old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+old_postuninstall_cmds=
+
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  bitrig* | openbsd*)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib"
+fi
+
+case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;;
+  *)
+    lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
+LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
+# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
+
+# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
+symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
+
+# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
+sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)'
+
+# Define system-specific variables.
+case $host_os in
+aix*)
+  symcode='[BCDT]'
+  ;;
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  symcode='[ABCDGISTW]'
+  ;;
+hpux*)
+  if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+    symcode='[ABCDEGRST]'
+  fi
+  ;;
+irix* | nonstopux*)
+  symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
+  ;;
+osf*)
+  symcode='[BCDEGQRST]'
+  ;;
+solaris*)
+  symcode='[BDRT]'
+  ;;
+sco3.2v5*)
+  symcode='[DT]'
+  ;;
+sysv4.2uw2*)
+  symcode='[DT]'
+  ;;
+sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+  symcode='[ABDT]'
+  ;;
+sysv4)
+  symcode='[DFNSTU]'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
+case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;;
+esac
+
+if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+  # Gets list of data symbols to import.
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import="sed -n -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/\1/p'"
+  # Adjust the below global symbol transforms to fixup imported variables.
+  lt_cdecl_hook=" -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/extern __declspec(dllimport) char \1;/p'"
+  lt_c_name_hook=" -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"
+  lt_c_name_lib_hook="\
+  -e 's/^I .* \(lib.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'\
+  -e 's/^I .* \(.*\)$/  {\"lib\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"
+else
+  # Disable hooks by default.
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import=
+  lt_cdecl_hook=
+  lt_c_name_hook=
+  lt_c_name_lib_hook=
+fi
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
+# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
+# so use this general approach.
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n"\
+$lt_cdecl_hook\
+" -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n"\
+$lt_c_name_hook\
+" -e 's/^: \(.*\) .*$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) \&\1},/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name with lib prefix and
+# symbol address.
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n"\
+$lt_c_name_lib_hook\
+" -e 's/^: \(.*\) .*$/  {\"\1\", (void *) 0},/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(lib.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) \&\1},/p'"\
+" -e 's/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/  {\"lib\1\", (void *) \&\1},/p'"
+
+# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
+opt_cr=
+case $build_os in
+mingw*)
+  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
+for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
+
+  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
+  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
+
+  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
+  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function,
+    # D for any global variable and I for any imported variable.
+    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
+    # which start with @ or ?.
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\
+"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
+"     /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\
+"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
+"     /^ *Symbol name *: /{split(\$ 0,sn,\":\"); si=substr(sn[2],2)};"\
+"     /^ *Type *: code/{print \"T\",si,substr(si,length(prfx))};"\
+"     /^ *Type *: data/{print \"I\",si,substr(si,length(prfx))};"\
+"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
+"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
+"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
+"     {f=\"D\"}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=\"T\"};"\
+"     {split(\$ 0,a,/\||\r/); split(a[2],s)};"\
+"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print f,s[1],s[1]; next};"\
+"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print f,t[1],substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
+"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx"
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[	 ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[	 ][	 ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
+  fi
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'"
+
+  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
+  pipe_works=no
+
+  rm -f conftest*
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+char nm_test_var;
+void nm_test_func(void);
+void nm_test_func(void){}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
+_LT_EOF
+
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
+    # Now try to grab the symbols.
+    nlist=conftest.nm
+    if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist\""; } >&5
+  (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then
+      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
+	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+      else
+	rm -f "$nlist"T
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
+      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
+/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime
+   relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs.  */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#elif defined __osf__
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data.  */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#else
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now generate the symbol file.
+	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
+
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+LT_DLSYM_CONST struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void       *address;
+}
+lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{
+  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
+_LT_EOF
+	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/  {\"\1\", (void *) \&\1},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
+	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now try linking the two files.
+	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+	  lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+	  LIBS=conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag"
+	  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+	    pipe_works=yes
+	  fi
+	  LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS
+	  CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS
+	else
+	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5
+	fi
+      else
+	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5
+      fi
+    else
+      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5
+    fi
+  else
+    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5
+    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
+
+  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
+  if test yes = "$pipe_works"; then
+    break
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
+  fi
+done
+
+fi
+
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
+fi
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5
+$as_echo "failed" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+fi
+
+# Response file support.
+if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+  nm_file_list_spec='@'
+elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[@]FILE' >/dev/null; then
+  nm_file_list_spec='@'
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sysroot" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for sysroot... " >&6; }
+
+# Check whether --with-sysroot was given.
+if test "${with_sysroot+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_sysroot;
+else
+  with_sysroot=no
+fi
+
+
+lt_sysroot=
+case $with_sysroot in #(
+ yes)
+   if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+     lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null`
+   fi
+   ;; #(
+ /*)
+   lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+   ;; #(
+ no|'')
+   ;; #(
+ *)
+   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $with_sysroot" >&5
+$as_echo "$with_sysroot" >&6; }
+   as_fn_error $? "The sysroot must be an absolute path." "$LINENO" 5
+   ;;
+esac
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&5
+$as_echo "${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a working dd" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a working dd... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_lt_DD+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  printf 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef >conftest.i
+cat conftest.i conftest.i >conftest2.i
+: ${lt_DD:=$DD}
+if test -z "$lt_DD"; then
+  ac_path_lt_DD_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in dd; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_lt_DD="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_lt_DD" || continue
+if "$ac_path_lt_DD" bs=32 count=1 <conftest2.i >conftest.out 2>/dev/null; then
+  cmp -s conftest.i conftest.out \
+  && ac_cv_path_lt_DD="$ac_path_lt_DD" ac_path_lt_DD_found=:
+fi
+      $ac_path_lt_DD_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_lt_DD"; then
+    :
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_lt_DD=$lt_DD
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.i conftest2.i conftest.out
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_lt_DD" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_lt_DD" >&6; }
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to truncate binary pipes" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to truncate binary pipes... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_truncate_bin+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  printf 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef >conftest.i
+cat conftest.i conftest.i >conftest2.i
+lt_cv_truncate_bin=
+if "$ac_cv_path_lt_DD" bs=32 count=1 <conftest2.i >conftest.out 2>/dev/null; then
+  cmp -s conftest.i conftest.out \
+  && lt_cv_truncate_bin="$ac_cv_path_lt_DD bs=4096 count=1"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.i conftest2.i conftest.out
+test -z "$lt_cv_truncate_bin" && lt_cv_truncate_bin="$SED -e 4q"
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_truncate_bin" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_truncate_bin" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
+func_cc_basename ()
+{
+    for cc_temp in $*""; do
+      case $cc_temp in
+        compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+        distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+        \-*) ;;
+        *) break;;
+      esac
+    done
+    func_cc_basename_result=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"`
+}
+
+# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given.
+if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_libtool_lock;
+fi
+
+test no = "$enable_libtool_lock" || enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case $host in
+ia64-*-hpux*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set mode
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *ELF-32*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE=32
+	;;
+      *ELF-64*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE=64
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo '#line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"; then
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+mips64*-*linux*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo '#line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
+    emul=elf
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *32-bit*)
+	emul="${emul}32"
+	;;
+      *64-bit*)
+	emul="${emul}64"
+	;;
+    esac
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *MSB*)
+	emul="${emul}btsmip"
+	;;
+      *LSB*)
+	emul="${emul}ltsmip"
+	;;
+    esac
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *N32*)
+	emul="${emul}n32"
+	;;
+    esac
+    LD="${LD-ld} -m $emul"
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
+s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.  Note that the listed cases only cover the
+  # situations where additional linker options are needed (such as when
+  # doing 32-bit compilation for a host where ld defaults to 64-bit, or
+  # vice versa); the common cases where no linker options are needed do
+  # not appear in the list.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+      *32-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+	      *x86-64*)
+		LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_x86_64"
+		;;
+	      *)
+		LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  powerpc64le-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32lppclinux"
+	    ;;
+	  powerpc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
+	    ;;
+	  s390x-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *64-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+	    ;;
+	  powerpcle-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64lppc"
+	    ;;
+	  powerpc-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
+	    ;;
+	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc*-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+     cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes
+else
+  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+     ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; }
+  if test yes != "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS=$SAVE_CFLAGS
+  fi
+  ;;
+*-*solaris*)
+  # Find out what ABI is being produced by ac_compile, and set linker
+  # options accordingly.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+    *64-bit*)
+      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
+      yes*)
+        case $host in
+        i?86-*-solaris*|x86_64-*-solaris*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+          ;;
+        sparc*-*-solaris*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+          ;;
+        esac
+        # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations.  Use them if available.
+        if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+          LD=${LD-ld}_sol2
+        fi
+        ;;
+      *)
+	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+esac
+
+need_locks=$enable_libtool_lock
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}mt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}mt; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="$MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}mt"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL
+if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then
+  ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$MANIFEST_TOOL
+  # Extract the first word of "mt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy mt; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="mt"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" = x; then
+    MANIFEST_TOOL=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL
+  fi
+else
+  MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL"
+fi
+
+test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&5
+  $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest*
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&6; }
+if test yes != "$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool"; then
+  MANIFEST_TOOL=:
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin*)
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL
+if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5
+$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then
+  ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL
+  # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then
+    DSYMUTIL=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
+  fi
+else
+  DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT
+if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5
+$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then
+  ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT
+  # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT
+if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then
+    NMEDIT=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT
+  fi
+else
+  NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$LIPO"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO
+if test -n "$LIPO"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIPO" >&5
+$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then
+  ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO
+  # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO
+if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then
+    LIPO=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO
+  fi
+else
+  LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL
+if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then
+  ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL
+  # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy otool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then
+    OTOOL=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL
+  fi
+else
+  OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64
+if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL64" >&5
+$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then
+  ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64
+  # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then
+    OTOOL64=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64
+  fi
+else
+  OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+      if test -z "$LT_MULTI_MODULE"; then
+	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
+	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
+	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
+	# link flags.
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
+	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5
+	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
+        _lt_result=$?
+	# If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module"
+	# appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning
+        if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then
+	  cat conftest.err >&5
+	# Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from
+	# the compiler, it worked.
+	elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test 0 = "$_lt_result"; then
+	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+	else
+	  cat conftest.err >&5
+	fi
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	rm -f conftest.*
+      fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; }
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
+      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; }
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -force_load linker flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for -force_load linker flag... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_ld_force_load+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_force_load=no
+      cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF
+int forced_loaded() { return 2;}
+_LT_EOF
+      echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&5
+      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&5
+      echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&5
+      $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&5
+      echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&5
+      $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&5
+      cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF
+int main() { return 0;}
+_LT_EOF
+      echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&5
+      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err
+      _lt_result=$?
+      if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then
+	cat conftest.err >&5
+      elif test -f conftest && test 0 = "$_lt_result" && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes
+      else
+	cat conftest.err >&5
+      fi
+        rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c
+        rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&6; }
+    case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin1.*)
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-flat_namespace $wl-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
+      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
+      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
+      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
+      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
+	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+	10.[012][,.]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-flat_namespace $wl-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+	10.*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='$wl-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+      esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod"; then
+      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
+    fi
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list"; then
+      _lt_dar_export_syms=' $wl-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/$libname-symbols.expsym'
+    else
+      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/$libname-symbols.expsym $lib'
+    fi
+    if test : != "$DSYMUTIL" && test no = "$lt_cv_ld_force_load"; then
+      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
+    else
+      _lt_dsymutil=
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+# func_munge_path_list VARIABLE PATH
+# -----------------------------------
+# VARIABLE is name of variable containing _space_ separated list of
+# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string
+# having a format:
+# "DIR[:DIR]:"
+#       string "DIR[ DIR]" will be prepended to VARIABLE
+# ":DIR[:DIR]"
+#       string "DIR[ DIR]" will be appended to VARIABLE
+# "DIRP[:DIRP]::[DIRA:]DIRA"
+#       string "DIRP[ DIRP]" will be prepended to VARIABLE and string
+#       "DIRA[ DIRA]" will be appended to VARIABLE
+# "DIR[:DIR]"
+#       VARIABLE will be replaced by "DIR[ DIR]"
+func_munge_path_list ()
+{
+    case x$2 in
+    x)
+        ;;
+    *:)
+        eval $1=\"`$ECHO $2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'` \$$1\"
+        ;;
+    x:*)
+        eval $1=\"\$$1 `$ECHO $2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        ;;
+    *::*)
+        eval $1=\"\$$1\ `$ECHO $2 | $SED -e 's/.*:://' -e 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        eval $1=\"`$ECHO $2 | $SED -e 's/::.*//' -e 's/:/ /g'`\ \$$1\"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        eval $1=\"`$ECHO $2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do :
+  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
+"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+for ac_header in dlfcn.h
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+
+# Set options
+
+
+
+        enable_dlopen=no
+
+
+  enable_win32_dll=no
+
+
+            # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_shared=yes
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  # Check whether --enable-static was given.
+if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+    no) enable_static=no ;;
+    *)
+     enable_static=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_static=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_static=yes
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-pic was given.
+if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_pic; lt_p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $withval in
+    yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;;
+    *)
+      pic_mode=default
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for lt_pkg in $withval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then
+	  pic_mode=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  pic_mode=default
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given.
+if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_fast_install=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_fast_install=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_fast_install=yes
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  shared_archive_member_spec=
+case $host,$enable_shared in
+power*-*-aix[5-9]*,yes)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide... " >&6; }
+
+# Check whether --with-aix-soname was given.
+if test "${with_aix_soname+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_aix_soname; case $withval in
+    aix|svr4|both)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      as_fn_error $? "Unknown argument to --with-aix-soname" "$LINENO" 5
+      ;;
+    esac
+    lt_cv_with_aix_soname=$with_aix_soname
+else
+  if ${lt_cv_with_aix_soname+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_with_aix_soname=aix
+fi
+
+    with_aix_soname=$lt_cv_with_aix_soname
+fi
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $with_aix_soname" >&5
+$as_echo "$with_aix_soname" >&6; }
+  if test aix != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+    # For the AIX way of multilib, we name the shared archive member
+    # based on the bitwidth used, traditionally 'shr.o' or 'shr_64.o',
+    # and 'shr.imp' or 'shr_64.imp', respectively, for the Import File.
+    # Even when GNU compilers ignore OBJECT_MODE but need '-maix64' flag,
+    # the AIX toolchain works better with OBJECT_MODE set (default 32).
+    if test 64 = "${OBJECT_MODE-32}"; then
+      shared_archive_member_spec=shr_64
+    else
+      shared_archive_member_spec=shr
+    fi
+  fi
+  ;;
+*)
+  with_aix_soname=aix
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS=$ltmain
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_objdir+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .libs; then
+  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
+else
+  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
+  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
+fi
+rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; }
+objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
+  if test set != "${COLLECT_NAMES+set}"; then
+    COLLECT_NAMES=
+    export COLLECT_NAMES
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Global variables:
+ofile=libtool
+can_build_shared=yes
+
+# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+old_CC=$CC
+old_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+
+# Set sane defaults for various variables
+test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
+test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
+test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
+
+func_cc_basename $compiler
+cc_basename=$func_cc_basename_result
+
+
+# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
+test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
+case $deplibs_check_method in
+file_magic*)
+  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+  lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file"; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD=$ac_dir/"${ac_tool_prefix}file"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
+	  MAGIC_CMD=$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+  MAGIC_CMD=$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+MAGIC_CMD=$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
+$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+  lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/file"; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD=$ac_dir/"file"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
+	  MAGIC_CMD=$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+  MAGIC_CMD=$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+MAGIC_CMD=$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
+$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  else
+    MAGIC_CMD=:
+  fi
+fi
+
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
+
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+# Source file extension for C test sources.
+ac_ext=c
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
+objext=o
+objext=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
+LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
+# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
+compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM conftest*
+
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM -r conftest*
+
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=
+
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  case $cc_basename in
+  nvcc*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' ;;
+  esac
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no
+   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"  ## exclude from sc_useless_quotes_in_assignment
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
+     $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; }
+
+if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions"; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+else
+    :
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  lt_prog_compiler_wl=
+lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+lt_prog_compiler_static=
+
+
+  if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+    lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+            # adding the '-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+            # like '-m68040'.
+            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
+      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      case $host_os in
+      os2*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='$wl-static'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    haiku*)
+      # PIC is the default for Haiku.
+      # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static=
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
+      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
+      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    interix[3-9]*)
+      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
+      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $cc_basename in
+    nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Xlinker '
+      if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then
+        lt_prog_compiler_pic="-Xcompiler $lt_prog_compiler_pic"
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common'
+      case $cc_basename in
+      nagfor*)
+        # NAG Fortran compiler
+        lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
+        lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
+        lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      case $host_os in
+      os2*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='$wl-static'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='$wl-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+      # old Intel for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC.
+      ecc*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+        ;;
+      # icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
+      # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
+      icc* | ifort*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+        ;;
+      # Lahey Fortran 8.1.
+      lf95*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='--static'
+	;;
+      nagfor*)
+	# NAG Fortran compiler
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	;;
+      tcc*)
+	# Fabrice Bellard et al's Tiny C Compiler
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+	;;
+      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
+        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
+	# which looks to be a dead project)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
+	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink'
+	;;
+      *)
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [1-7].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[0-3]*)
+	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl=''
+	  ;;
+	*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld '
+	  ;;
+	*Sun\ C*)
+	  # Sun C 5.9
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	  ;;
+        *Intel*\ [CF]*Compiler*)
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+	  ;;
+	*Portland\ Group*)
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    rdos*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      case $cc_basename in
+      f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld '
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    unicos*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+case $host_os in
+  # For platforms that do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_prog_compiler_pic
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; }
+lt_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no
+   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"  ## exclude from sc_useless_quotes_in_assignment
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
+     $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; }
+
+if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works"; then
+    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;;
+     esac
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
+#
+wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no
+   save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag"
+   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&5
+       $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
+       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+         lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
+       fi
+     else
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM -r conftest*
+   LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; }
+
+if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works"; then
+    :
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_static=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
+   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w . 2>&5
+   $RM conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $RM out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   $RM -r conftest
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
+   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w . 2>&5
+   $RM conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $RM out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   $RM -r conftest
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+hard_links=nottested
+if test no = "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" && test no != "$need_locks"; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; }
+  hard_links=yes
+  $RM conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5
+$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; }
+  if test no = "$hard_links"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: '$CC' does not support '-c -o', so 'make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: '$CC' does not support '-c -o', so 'make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
+
+  runpath_var=
+  allow_undefined_flag=
+  always_export_symbols=no
+  archive_cmds=
+  archive_expsym_cmds=
+  compiler_needs_object=no
+  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no
+  export_dynamic_flag_spec=
+  export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  hardcode_automatic=no
+  hardcode_direct=no
+  hardcode_direct_absolute=no
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+  hardcode_libdir_separator=
+  hardcode_minus_L=no
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+  inherit_rpath=no
+  link_all_deplibs=unknown
+  module_cmds=
+  module_expsym_cmds=
+  old_archive_from_new_cmds=
+  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=
+  thread_safe_flag_spec=
+  whole_archive_flag_spec=
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  include_expsyms=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ' (' and ')$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: 'a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols 'a' and 'bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains 'd'.
+  exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test yes != "$GCC"; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  interix*)
+    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    ;;
+  openbsd* | bitrig*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*)
+    link_all_deplibs=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ld_shlibs=yes
+
+  # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker
+  # that we're better off using the native interface for both.
+  lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no
+  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+	# The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility
+	# with the native linker.  However, as the warning in the GNU ld
+	# block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working
+	# shared libraries, regardless of the interface used.
+	case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+	  *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;;
+	  *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[2-9]*) ;;
+	  *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [3-9]*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  if test yes = "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface"; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='$wl'
+
+    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl--export-dynamic'
+    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+      whole_archive_flag_spec=$wlarc'--whole-archive$convenience '$wlarc'--no-whole-archive'
+    else
+      whole_archive_flag_spec=
+    fi
+    supports_anon_versioning=no
+    case `$LD -v | $SED -e 's/(^)\+)\s\+//' 2>&1` in
+      *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+      *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix[3-9]*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils
+*** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found.
+*** You will then need to restart the configuration process.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            archive_expsym_cmds=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl--export-all-symbols'
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols=no
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[ ]__nm__\([^ ]*\)[ ][^ ]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[ ]/d;/^[AITW][ ]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+      exclude_expsyms='[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname $wl--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file, use it as
+	# is; otherwise, prepend EXPORTS...
+	archive_expsym_cmds='if   test DEF = "`$SED -n     -e '\''s/^[	 ]*//'\''     -e '\''/^\(;.*\)*$/d'\''     -e '\''s/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([	 ].*\)*$/DEF/p'\''     -e q     $export_symbols`" ; then
+          cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+        else
+          echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+          cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+        fi~
+        $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname $wl--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    haiku*)
+      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      shrext_cmds=.dll
+      archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emxexp $libobjs | $SED /"_DLL_InitTerm"/d >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      archive_expsym_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	prefix_cmds="$SED"~
+	if test EXPORTS = "`$SED 1q $export_symbols`"; then
+	  prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e 1d";
+	fi~
+	prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e \"s/^\(.*\)$/_\1/g\""~
+	cat $export_symbols | $prefix_cmds >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/${libname}_dll.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      ;;
+
+    interix[3-9]*)
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-E'
+      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
+      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
+      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
+      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
+      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
+      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
+      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-h,$soname $wl--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s|^|_|" $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-h,$soname $wl--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym $wl--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      ;;
+
+    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+      tmp_diet=no
+      if test linux-dietlibc = "$host_os"; then
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
+	esac
+      fi
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
+	 && test no = "$tmp_diet"
+      then
+	tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
+	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
+	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
+        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
+	  ;;
+	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
+					# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
+	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
+	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
+	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
+	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
+	lf95*)				# Lahey Fortran 8.1
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec=
+	  tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
+        nagfor*)                        # NAGFOR 5.3
+          tmp_sharedflag='-Wl,-shared' ;;
+	xl[cC]* | bgxl[cC]* | mpixl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
+	  tmp_addflag= ;;
+	nvcc*)	# Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$wl--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  compiler_needs_object=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$wl--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  compiler_needs_object=yes
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	esac
+	archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+        if test yes = "$supports_anon_versioning"; then
+          archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+            cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+            echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+            $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-version-script $wl$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+        fi
+
+	case $cc_basename in
+	tcc*)
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='-rdynamic'
+	  ;;
+	xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*)
+	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
+	  if test yes = "$supports_anon_versioning"; then
+	    archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+              cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+              echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+              $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 cannot
+*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+	;;
+	*)
+	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
+	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
+	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
+	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
+	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+	    archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	  else
+	    ld_shlibs=no
+	  fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname $wl-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test no = "$ld_shlibs"; then
+      runpath_var=
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec=
+      whole_archive_flag_spec=
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols=yes
+      archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      if test yes = "$GCC" && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	hardcode_direct=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix[4-9]*)
+      if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to GNU nm, but means don't demangle to AIX nm.
+	# Without the "-l" option, or with the "-B" option, AIX nm treats
+	# weak defined symbols like other global defined symbols, whereas
+	# GNU nm marks them as "W".
+	# While the 'weak' keyword is ignored in the Export File, we need
+	# it in the Import File for the 'aix-soname' feature, so we have
+	# to replace the "-B" option with "-P" for AIX nm.
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { if (\$ 2 == "W") { print \$ 3 " weak" } else { print \$ 3 } } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  export_symbols_cmds='`func_echo_all $NM | $SED -e '\''s/B\([^B]*\)$/P\1/'\''` -PCpgl $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W") || (\$ 2 == "V") || (\$ 2 == "Z")) && (substr(\$ 1,1,1) != ".")) { if ((\$ 2 == "W") || (\$ 2 == "V") || (\$ 2 == "Z")) { print \$ 1 " weak" } else { print \$ 1 } } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# have runtime linking enabled, and use it for executables.
+	# For shared libraries, we enable/disable runtime linking
+	# depending on the kind of the shared library created -
+	# when "with_aix_soname,aix_use_runtimelinking" is:
+	# "aix,no"   lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no,  for executables
+	# "aix,yes"  lib.so          shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+	#            lib.a           static archive
+	# "both,no"  lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes
+	#            lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no,  for executables
+	# "both,yes" lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+	#            lib.a(lib.so.V) shared, rtl:no
+	# "svr4,*"   lib.so.V(shr.o) shared, rtl:yes, for executables
+	#            lib.a           static archive
+	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	  if (test x-brtl = "x$ld_flag" || test x-Wl,-brtl = "x$ld_flag"); then
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    break
+	  fi
+	  done
+	  if test svr4,no = "$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	    # With aix-soname=svr4, we create the lib.so.V shared archives only,
+	    # so we don't have lib.a shared libs to link our executables.
+	    # We have to force runtime linking in this case.
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-brtl"
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      archive_cmds=''
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      file_list_spec='$wl-f,'
+      case $with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+      aix,*) ;; # traditional, no import file
+      svr4,* | *,yes) # use import file
+	# The Import File defines what to hardcode.
+	hardcode_direct=no
+	hardcode_direct_absolute=no
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`$CC -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
+	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+	  # We have reworked collect2
+	  :
+	  else
+	  # We have old collect2
+	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
+	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+	if test yes = "$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'$wl-G'
+	fi
+	# Need to ensure runtime linking is disabled for the traditional
+	# shared library, or the linker may eventually find shared libraries
+	# /with/ Import File - we do not want to mix them.
+	shared_flag_aix='-shared'
+	shared_flag_svr4='-shared $wl-G'
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+	  if test yes = "$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	    shared_flag='$wl-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='$wl-bM:SRE'
+	  fi
+	  shared_flag_aix='$wl-bM:SRE'
+	  shared_flag_svr4='$wl-G'
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-bexpall'
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      always_export_symbols=yes
+      if test aix,yes = "$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking"; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	allow_undefined_flag='-berok'
+        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+        # empty executable.
+        if test set = "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}"; then
+  aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath
+else
+  if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+
+  lt_aix_libpath_sed='
+      /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
+	  /^0/ {
+	      s/^0  *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+	      p
+	  }
+      }'
+  lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+  # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+  if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then
+    lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+  if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then
+    lt_cv_aix_libpath_=/usr/lib:/lib
+  fi
+
+fi
+
+  aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_
+fi
+
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+        archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $wl'$no_entry_flag' $compiler_flags `if test -n "$allow_undefined_flag"; then func_echo_all "$wl$allow_undefined_flag"; else :; fi` $wl'$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols' '$shared_flag
+      else
+	if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
+	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\$wl$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags $wl$allow_undefined_flag '"\$wl$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+	 # empty executable.
+	 if test set = "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}"; then
+  aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath
+else
+  if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+
+  lt_aix_libpath_sed='
+      /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
+	  /^0/ {
+	      s/^0  *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+	      p
+	  }
+      }'
+  lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+  # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+  if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then
+    lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+  if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then
+    lt_cv_aix_libpath_=/usr/lib:/lib
+  fi
+
+fi
+
+  aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_
+fi
+
+	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  no_undefined_flag=' $wl-bernotok'
+	  allow_undefined_flag=' $wl-berok'
+	  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	    # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive.
+	    whole_archive_flag_spec='$wl--whole-archive$convenience $wl--no-whole-archive'
+	  else
+	    # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	    whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience'
+	  fi
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='$RM -r $output_objdir/$realname.d~$MKDIR $output_objdir/$realname.d'
+	  # -brtl affects multiple linker settings, -berok does not and is overridden later
+	  compiler_flags_filtered='`func_echo_all "$compiler_flags " | $SED -e "s%-brtl\\([, ]\\)%-berok\\1%g"`'
+	  if test svr4 != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+	    # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
+	    archive_expsym_cmds="$archive_expsym_cmds"'~$CC '$shared_flag_aix' -o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $wl-bnoentry '$compiler_flags_filtered'$wl-bE:$export_symbols$allow_undefined_flag~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname'
+	  fi
+	  if test aix != "$with_aix_soname"; then
+	    archive_expsym_cmds="$archive_expsym_cmds"'~$CC '$shared_flag_svr4' -o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o $libobjs $deplibs $wl-bnoentry '$compiler_flags_filtered'$wl-bE:$export_symbols$allow_undefined_flag~$STRIP -e $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o~( func_echo_all "#! $soname($shared_archive_member_spec.o)"; if test shr_64 = "$shared_archive_member_spec"; then func_echo_all "# 64"; else func_echo_all "# 32"; fi; cat $export_symbols ) > $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.imp~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$soname $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.o $output_objdir/$realname.d/$shared_archive_member_spec.imp'
+	  else
+	    # used by -dlpreopen to get the symbols
+	    archive_expsym_cmds="$archive_expsym_cmds"'~$MV  $output_objdir/$realname.d/$soname $output_objdir'
+	  fi
+	  archive_expsym_cmds="$archive_expsym_cmds"'~$RM -r $output_objdir/$realname.d'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            archive_expsym_cmds=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi[45]*)
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      case $cc_basename in
+      cl*)
+	# Native MSVC
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+	always_export_symbols=yes
+	file_list_spec='@'
+	# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+	libext=lib
+	# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+	shrext_cmds=.dll
+	# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+	archive_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~linknames='
+	archive_expsym_cmds='if   test DEF = "`$SED -n     -e '\''s/^[	 ]*//'\''     -e '\''/^\(;.*\)*$/d'\''     -e '\''s/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([	 ].*\)*$/DEF/p'\''     -e q     $export_symbols`" ; then
+            cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$soname.def";
+            echo "$tool_output_objdir$soname.def" > "$output_objdir/$soname.exp";
+          else
+            $SED -e '\''s/^/-link -EXPORT:/'\'' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
+          fi~
+          $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~
+          linknames='
+	# The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL.
+	# _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, )='true'
+	enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+	exclude_expsyms='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*'
+	export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+	# Don't use ranlib
+	old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+	postlink_cmds='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~
+          lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~
+          case $lt_outputfile in
+            *.exe|*.EXE) ;;
+            *)
+              lt_outputfile=$lt_outputfile.exe
+              lt_tool_outputfile=$lt_tool_outputfile.exe
+              ;;
+          esac~
+          if test : != "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then
+            $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1;
+            $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest";
+          fi'
+	;;
+      *)
+	# Assume MSVC wrapper
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+	# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+	libext=lib
+	# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+	shrext_cmds=.dll
+	# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+	archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+	# The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+	old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
+	# FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+	old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+	enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+
+
+  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+  hardcode_direct=no
+  hardcode_automatic=yes
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+  if test yes = "$lt_cv_ld_force_load"; then
+    whole_archive_flag_spec='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience $wl-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`'
+
+  else
+    whole_archive_flag_spec=''
+  fi
+  link_all_deplibs=yes
+  allow_undefined_flag=$_lt_dar_allow_undefined
+  case $cc_basename in
+     ifort*|nagfor*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
+     *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
+  esac
+  if test yes = "$_lt_dar_can_shared"; then
+    output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all
+    archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod$_lt_dsymutil"
+    module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags$_lt_dsymutil"
+    archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's|^|_|' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\$libname-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod$_lt_dar_export_syms$_lt_dsymutil"
+    module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's|^|_|' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\$libname-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags$_lt_dar_export_syms$_lt_dsymutil"
+
+  else
+  ld_shlibs=no
+  fi
+
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2.*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test "x$output_objdir/$soname" = "x$lib" || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test "x$output_objdir/$soname" = "x$lib" || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10*)
+      if test yes,no = "$GCC,$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+	hardcode_direct=yes
+	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-E'
+	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	# but as the default location of the library.
+	hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux11*)
+      if test yes,no = "$GCC,$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $wl+h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+
+	  # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet
+	  # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does)
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $CC understands -b" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $CC understands -b... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler__b+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=no
+   save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -b"
+   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&5
+       $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
+       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+         lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes
+       fi
+     else
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM -r conftest*
+   LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&6; }
+
+if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b"; then
+    archive_cmds='$CC -b $wl+h $wl$soname $wl+b $wl$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+else
+    archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+fi
+
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test no = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl+b $wl$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  hardcode_direct=yes
+	  hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
+	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
+	# implicitly export all symbols.
+	# This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable.
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+	   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared $wl-exported_symbol ${wl}foo $wl-update_registry $wl/dev/null"
+	   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+int foo (void) { return 0; }
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes
+else
+  lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+           LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&6; }
+	if test yes = "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol"; then
+          archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations $wl-exports_file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	fi
+	link_all_deplibs=no
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      inherit_rpath=yes
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    linux*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+      tcc*)
+	# Fabrice Bellard et al's Tiny C Compiler
+	ld_shlibs=yes
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd* | bitrig*)
+      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+	hardcode_direct=yes
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`"; then
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-E'
+	else
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath,$libdir'
+	fi
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      shrext_cmds=.dll
+      archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emxexp $libobjs | $SED /"_DLL_InitTerm"/d >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      archive_expsym_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY ${soname%$shared_ext} INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	prefix_cmds="$SED"~
+	if test EXPORTS = "`$SED 1q $export_symbols`"; then
+	  prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e 1d";
+	fi~
+	prefix_cmds="$prefix_cmds -e \"s/^\(.*\)$/_\1/g\""~
+	cat $export_symbols | $prefix_cmds >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def~
+	emximp -o $lib $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/${libname}_dll.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=' $wl-expect_unresolved $wl\*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=' $wl-expect_unresolved $wl\*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $wl-msym $wl-soname $wl$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "$wl-set_version $wl$verstring"` $wl-update_registry $wl$output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-rpath $wl$libdir'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+          $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $wl-input $wl$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry $output_objdir/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      no_undefined_flag=' -z defs'
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	wlarc='$wl'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $wl-z ${wl}text $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+          $CC -shared $pic_flag $wl-z ${wl}text $wl-M $wl$lib.exp $wl-h $wl$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+      else
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
+	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
+	  wlarc=''
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G$allow_undefined_flag -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+            $LD -G$allow_undefined_flag -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  wlarc='$wl'
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+            $CC -G$allow_undefined_flag -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
+      *)
+	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
+	# but understands '-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without '$wl',
+	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
+	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$wl-z ${wl}allextract$convenience $wl-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+	else
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test sequent = "$host_vendor"; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G $wl-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	ld_shlibs=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
+      no_undefined_flag='$wl-z,text'
+      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+      # Note: We CANNOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
+      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
+      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
+      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
+      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
+      # as -z defs.
+      no_undefined_flag='$wl-z,text'
+      allow_undefined_flag='$wl-z,nodefs'
+      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='$wl-R,$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-Bexport'
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G $wl-Bexport:$export_symbols $wl-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test sni = "$host_vendor"; then
+      case $host in
+      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec='$wl-Blargedynsym'
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5
+$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; }
+test no = "$ld_shlibs" && can_build_shared=no
+
+with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+
+  if test yes,yes = "$GCC,$enable_shared"; then
+    case $archive_cmds in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  $RM conftest*
+	echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+	if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then
+	  soname=conftest
+	  lib=conftest
+	  libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+	  deplibs=
+	  wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl
+	  pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic
+	  compiler_flags=-v
+	  linker_flags=-v
+	  verstring=
+	  output_objdir=.
+	  libname=conftest
+	  lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag
+	  allow_undefined_flag=
+	  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5
+  (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+	  then
+	    lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+	  else
+	    lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+	  fi
+	  allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+	else
+	  cat conftest.err 1>&5
+	fi
+	$RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; }
+      archive_cmds_need_lc=$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; }
+
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  case $host_os in
+    darwin*) lt_awk_arg='/^libraries:/,/LR/' ;;
+    *) lt_awk_arg='/^libraries:/' ;;
+  esac
+  case $host_os in
+    mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq='s|=\([A-Za-z]:\)|\1|g' ;;
+    *) lt_sed_strip_eq='s|=/|/|g' ;;
+  esac
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq`
+  case $lt_search_path_spec in
+  *\;*)
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
+  # and add multilib dir if necessary...
+  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
+  lt_multi_os_dir=/`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
+  # ...but if some path component already ends with the multilib dir we assume
+  # that all is fine and trust -print-search-dirs as is (GCC 4.2? or newer).
+  case "$lt_multi_os_dir; $lt_search_path_spec " in
+  "/; "* | "/.; "* | "/./; "* | *"$lt_multi_os_dir "* | *"$lt_multi_os_dir/ "*)
+    lt_multi_os_dir=
+    ;;
+  esac
+  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
+    if test -d "$lt_sys_path$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
+      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path$lt_multi_os_dir"
+    elif test -n "$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
+      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
+	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
+    fi
+  done
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk '
+BEGIN {RS = " "; FS = "/|\n";} {
+  lt_foo = "";
+  lt_count = 0;
+  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
+    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
+      if ($lt_i == "..") {
+        lt_count++;
+      } else {
+        if (lt_count == 0) {
+          lt_foo = "/" $lt_i lt_foo;
+        } else {
+          lt_count--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; }
+  if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
+}'`
+  # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths
+  # for these hosts.
+  case $host_os in
+    mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\
+      $SED 's|/\([A-Za-z]:\)|\1|g'` ;;
+  esac
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP`
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext_cmds=.so
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix[4-9]*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test ia64 = "$host_cpu"; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line '#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on '.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | $CC -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # Using Import Files as archive members, it is possible to support
+    # filename-based versioning of shared library archives on AIX. While
+    # this would work for both with and without runtime linking, it will
+    # prevent static linking of such archives. So we do filename-based
+    # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used
+    # when both runtime linking and shared linking is enabled.
+    # Unfortunately, runtime linking may impact performance, so we do
+    # not want this to be the default eventually. Also, we use the
+    # versioned .so libs for executables only if there is the -brtl
+    # linker flag in LDFLAGS as well, or --with-aix-soname=svr4 only.
+    # To allow for filename-based versioning support, we need to create
+    # libNAME.so.V as an archive file, containing:
+    # *) an Import File, referring to the versioned filename of the
+    #    archive as well as the shared archive member, telling the
+    #    bitwidth (32 or 64) of that shared object, and providing the
+    #    list of exported symbols of that shared object, eventually
+    #    decorated with the 'weak' keyword
+    # *) the shared object with the F_LOADONLY flag set, to really avoid
+    #    it being seen by the linker.
+    # At run time we better use the real file rather than another symlink,
+    # but for link time we create the symlink libNAME.so -> libNAME.so.V
+
+    case $with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we cannot hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    aix,yes) # traditional libtool
+      dynamic_linker='AIX unversionable lib.so'
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      ;;
+    aix,no) # traditional AIX only
+      dynamic_linker='AIX lib.a(lib.so.V)'
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+      ;;
+    svr4,*) # full svr4 only
+      dynamic_linker="AIX lib.so.V($shared_archive_member_spec.o)"
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      # We do not specify a path in Import Files, so LIBPATH fires.
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+      ;;
+    *,yes) # both, prefer svr4
+      dynamic_linker="AIX lib.so.V($shared_archive_member_spec.o), lib.a(lib.so.V)"
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      # unpreferred sharedlib libNAME.a needs extra handling
+      postinstall_cmds='test -n "$linkname" || linkname="$realname"~func_stripname "" ".so" "$linkname"~$install_shared_prog "$dir/$func_stripname_result.$libext" "$destdir/$func_stripname_result.$libext"~test -z "$tstripme" || test -z "$striplib" || $striplib "$destdir/$func_stripname_result.$libext"'
+      postuninstall_cmds='for n in $library_names $old_library; do :; done~func_stripname "" ".so" "$n"~test "$func_stripname_result" = "$n" || func_append rmfiles " $odir/$func_stripname_result.$libext"'
+      # We do not specify a path in Import Files, so LIBPATH fires.
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+      ;;
+    *,no) # both, prefer aix
+      dynamic_linker="AIX lib.a(lib.so.V), lib.so.V($shared_archive_member_spec.o)"
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+      # unpreferred sharedlib libNAME.so.V and symlink libNAME.so need extra handling
+      postinstall_cmds='test -z "$dlname" || $install_shared_prog $dir/$dlname $destdir/$dlname~test -z "$tstripme" || test -z "$striplib" || $striplib $destdir/$dlname~test -n "$linkname" || linkname=$realname~func_stripname "" ".a" "$linkname"~(cd "$destdir" && $LN_S -f $dlname $func_stripname_result.so)'
+      postuninstall_cmds='test -z "$dlname" || func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname"~for n in $old_library $library_names; do :; done~func_stripname "" ".a" "$n"~func_append rmfiles " $odir/$func_stripname_result.so"'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  case $host_cpu in
+  powerpc)
+    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
+    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    ;;
+  m68k)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname$shared_ext'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[45]*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext_cmds=.dll
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$cc_basename in
+  yes,*)
+    # gcc
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \$file`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\$base_file'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
+      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
+      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
+        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
+      fi'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $RM \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo $libname | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo $release | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api"
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cegcc*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='$libname`echo $release | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo $libname | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo $release | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+    ;;
+
+  *,cl*)
+    # Native MSVC
+    libname_spec='$name'
+    soname_spec='$libname`echo $release | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext'
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.lib'
+
+    case $build_os in
+    mingw*)
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS
+      IFS=';'
+      for lt_path in $LIB
+      do
+        IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+        # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name.
+        lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"`
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path"
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      # Convert to MSYS style.
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([a-zA-Z]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'`
+      ;;
+    cygwin*)
+      # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form
+      # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks
+      # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr...
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"`
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null`
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      ;;
+    *)
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=$LIB
+      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are
+      # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1")
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \$file`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\$base_file'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $RM \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe'
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    # Assume MSVC wrapper
+    library_names_spec='$libname`echo $release | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`$versuffix$shared_ext $libname.lib'
+    dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$major$shared_ext $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$major$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
+
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
+  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
+  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
+    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+    freebsd[23].*) objformat=aout ;;
+    *) objformat=elf ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+      soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2.*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \
+  freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+haiku*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader"
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib'
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    if test 32 = "$HPUX_IA64_MODE"; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+      sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=/usr/lib/hpux32
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+      sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=/usr/lib/hpux64
+    fi
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+  *)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ...
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  # or fails outright, so override atomically:
+  install_override_mode=555
+  ;;
+
+interix[3-9]*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test yes = "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"; then
+		version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$release$shared_ext $libname$shared_ext'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib$libsuff /lib$libsuff /usr/local/lib$libsuff"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib$libsuff /lib$libsuff"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+linux*android*)
+  version_type=none # Android doesn't support versioned libraries.
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext'
+  finish_cmds=
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  dynamic_linker='Android linker'
+  # Don't embed -rpath directories since the linker doesn't support them.
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+  ;;
+
+# This must be glibc/ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+
+  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
+  if ${lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+    save_libdir=$libdir
+    eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \
+	 LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  if  ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then :
+  lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+fi
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+    LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+    libdir=$save_libdir
+
+fi
+
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are
+  # searched for libraries, however this is still not possible.  Aside from not
+  # being certain /sbin/ldconfig is available, command
+  # 'ldconfig -N -X -v | grep ^/' on 64bit Fedora does not report /usr/lib64,
+  # even though it is searched at run-time.  Try to do the best guess by
+  # appending ld.so.conf contents (and includes) to the search path.
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsdelf*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  version_type=qnx
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
+  ;;
+
+openbsd* | bitrig*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=/usr/lib
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`"; then
+    need_version=no
+  else
+    need_version=yes
+  fi
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext_cmds=.dll
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  # OS/2 can only load a DLL with a base name of 8 characters or less.
+  soname_spec='`test -n "$os2dllname" && libname="$os2dllname";
+    v=$($ECHO $release$versuffix | tr -d .-);
+    n=$($ECHO $libname | cut -b -$((8 - ${#v})) | tr . _);
+    $ECHO $n$v`$shared_ext'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}_dll.$libext'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=BEGINLIBPATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+  postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \$file`~
+    dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\$base_file'\''i; $ECHO \$dlname'\''`~
+    dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+    test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+    $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
+    chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
+    if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
+      eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
+    fi'
+  postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; $ECHO \$dlname'\''`~
+    dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+    $RM \$dlpath'
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$shared_ext$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec; then
+    version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shared_ext.$versuffix $libname$shared_ext.$major $libname$shared_ext'
+    soname_spec='$libname$shared_ext.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  version_type=sco
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
+    case $host_os in
+      sco3.2v5*)
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+  library_names_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$versuffix $libname$release$shared_ext$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='$libname$release$shared_ext$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
+$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; }
+test no = "$dynamic_linker" && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test yes = "$GCC"; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+if test set = "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}"; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+fi
+
+if test set = "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}"; then
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+fi
+
+# remember unaugmented sys_lib_dlsearch_path content for libtool script decls...
+configure_time_dlsearch_path=$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# ... but it needs LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH munging for other configure-time code
+func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+# to be used as default LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH value in generated libtool
+configure_time_lt_sys_library_path=$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; }
+hardcode_action=
+if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" ||
+   test -n "$runpath_var" ||
+   test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
+  if test no != "$hardcode_direct" &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test no != "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" &&
+     test no != "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    hardcode_action=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    hardcode_action=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  hardcode_action=unsupported
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5
+$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; }
+
+if test relink = "$hardcode_action" ||
+   test yes = "$inherit_rpath"; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" ||
+     test no = "$enable_shared"; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  if test yes != "$enable_dlopen"; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen=load_add_on
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen=LoadLibrary
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+    # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldl
+else
+
+    lt_cv_dlopen=dyld
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+
+  tpf*)
+    # Don't try to run any link tests for TPF.  We know it's impossible
+    # because TPF is a cross-compiler, and we know how we open DSOs.
+    lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=shl_load
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=shl_load lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldld
+else
+  ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldl
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=dlopen lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-lsvld
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dld_link ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dld_link ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = xyes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen=dld_link lt_cv_dlopen_libs=-ldld
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test no = "$lt_cv_dlopen"; then
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS=$CPPFLAGS
+    test yes = "$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  	  if test yes = "$cross_compiling"; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#line $LINENO "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* When -fvisibility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated
+   correspondingly for the symbols needed.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3))
+int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default")));
+#endif
+
+int fnord () { return 42; }
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else
+        {
+	  if (dlsym( self,"_fnord"))  status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+          else puts (dlerror ());
+	}
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+  else
+    puts (dlerror ());
+
+  return status;
+}
+_LT_EOF
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "conftest$ac_exeext" 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; }
+
+    if test yes = "$lt_cv_dlopen_self"; then
+      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
+if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  	  if test yes = "$cross_compiling"; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#line $LINENO "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* When -fvisibility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated
+   correspondingly for the symbols needed.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3))
+int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default")));
+#endif
+
+int fnord () { return 42; }
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else
+        {
+	  if (dlsym( self,"_fnord"))  status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+          else puts (dlerror ());
+	}
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+  else
+    puts (dlerror ());
+
+  return status;
+}
+_LT_EOF
+  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "conftest$ac_exeext" 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; }
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS=$save_CPPFLAGS
+    LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+    LIBS=$save_LIBS
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; }
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+      striplib="$STRIP -x"
+      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+    else
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  # Report what library types will actually be built
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5
+$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; }
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; }
+  test no = "$can_build_shared" && enable_shared=no
+
+  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+  # are all built from PIC.
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    test yes = "$enable_shared" && enable_static=no
+    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  aix[4-9]*)
+    if test ia64 != "$host_cpu"; then
+      case $enable_shared,$with_aix_soname,$aix_use_runtimelinking in
+      yes,aix,yes) ;;			# shared object as lib.so file only
+      yes,svr4,*) ;;			# shared object as lib.so archive member only
+      yes,*) enable_static=no ;;	# shared object in lib.a archive as well
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5
+$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; }
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; }
+  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+  test yes = "$enable_shared" || enable_static=yes
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5
+$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+fi
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+        ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool"
+
+
+
+
+# Only expand once:
+
+
+
+
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+for ac_func in fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r
+do :
+  as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "strerror_r" "ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+for ac_func in strerror_r
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "strerror_r" "ac_cv_func_strerror_r"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_strerror_r" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRERROR_R 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether strerror_r returns char *" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether strerror_r returns char *... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+    ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=no
+    if test $ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r = yes; then
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	  char buf[100];
+	  char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
+	  char *p = strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
+	  return !p || x;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    else
+      # strerror_r is not declared.  Choose between
+      # systems that have relatively inaccessible declarations for the
+      # function.  BeOS and DEC UNIX 4.0 fall in this category, but the
+      # former has a strerror_r that returns char*, while the latter
+      # has a strerror_r that returns `int'.
+      # This test should segfault on the DEC system.
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+	extern char *strerror_r ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+char buf[100];
+	  char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
+	  return ! isalpha (x);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STRERROR_R_CHAR_P 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile sqlite3.pc"
+
+
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Two options to enable readline compatible libraries:
+#
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-readline
+#
+# Both are enabled by default. If, after command line processing both are
+# still enabled, the script searches for editline first and automatically
+# disables readline if it is found. So, to use readline explicitly, the
+# user must pass "--disable-editline". To disable command line editing
+# support altogether, "--disable-editline --disable-readline".
+#
+# When searching for either library, check for headers before libraries
+# as some distros supply packages that contain libraries but not header
+# files, which come as a separate development package.
+#
+# Check whether --enable-editline was given.
+if test "${enable_editline+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_editline;
+fi
+
+# Check whether --enable-readline was given.
+if test "${enable_readline+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_readline;
+fi
+
+
+if  test x"$enable_editline" != xno ; then :
+
+  for ac_header in editline/readline.h
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "editline/readline.h" "ac_cv_header_editline_readline_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_editline_readline_h" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_EDITLINE_READLINE_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing readline" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing readline... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char readline ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return readline ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' edit; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib -ltinfo $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_readline=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_readline=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_readline" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_readline" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_readline
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_EDITLINE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+      READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS -ltinfo"
+      enable_readline=no
+
+fi
+
+    { ac_cv_search_readline=; unset ac_cv_search_readline;}
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+fi
+
+if  test x"$enable_readline" != xno ; then :
+
+  for ac_header in readline/readline.h
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "readline/readline.h" "ac_cv_header_readline_readline_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_readline_readline_h" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing tgetent" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing tgetent... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_tgetent+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char tgetent ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return tgetent ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' termcap curses ncurses ncursesw; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_tgetent=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_tgetent+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_tgetent+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_tgetent=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_tgetent
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing readline" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing readline... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char readline ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return readline ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' readline edit; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_readline=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_readline=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_readline" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_readline" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_readline
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_READLINE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+      READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
+
+fi
+
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+fi
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#
+# Check whether --enable-threadsafe was given.
+if test "${enable_threadsafe+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_threadsafe;
+else
+  enable_threadsafe=yes
+fi
+
+THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then
+  THREADSAFE_FLAGS="-D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1"
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing pthread_create" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing pthread_create... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_create ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_create ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' pthread; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_pthread_create=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_pthread_create=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_pthread_create" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_pthread_create" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_pthread_create
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing pthread_mutexattr_init" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing pthread_mutexattr_init... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_mutexattr_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_mutexattr_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' pthread; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_pthread_mutexattr_init
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+# Check whether --enable-dynamic-extensions was given.
+if test "${enable_dynamic_extensions+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_dynamic_extensions;
+else
+  enable_dynamic_extensions=yes
+fi
+
+if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing dlopen... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_dlopen+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' dl; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_dlopen=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_dlopen+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_dlopen+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_dlopen" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_dlopen
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+else
+  DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for whether to support dynamic extensions" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for whether to support dynamic extensions... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_dynamic_extensions" >&5
+$as_echo "$enable_dynamic_extensions" >&6; }
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts5
+#
+# Check whether --enable-fts5 was given.
+if test "${enable_fts5+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_fts5;
+else
+  enable_fts5=no
+fi
+
+if test x"$enable_fts5" = "xyes"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing log" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing log... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_log+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char log ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return log ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' m; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_log=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_log+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_log+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_log=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_log" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_log" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_log
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  FTS5_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+fi
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-json1
+#
+# Check whether --enable-json1 was given.
+if test "${enable_json1+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_json1;
+else
+  enable_json1=no
+fi
+
+if test x"$enable_json1" = "xyes"; then
+  JSON1_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
+fi
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-session
+#
+# Check whether --enable-session was given.
+if test "${enable_session+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_session;
+else
+  enable_session=no
+fi
+
+if test x"$enable_session" = "xyes"; then
+  SESSION_FLAGS="-DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
+fi
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#
+# Check whether --enable-static-shell was given.
+if test "${enable_static_shell+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_static_shell;
+else
+  enable_static_shell=yes
+fi
+
+if test x"$enable_static_shell" = "xyes"; then
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=sqlite3-sqlite3.$OBJEXT
+else
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=libsqlite3.la
+fi
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+for ac_func in posix_fallocate
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "posix_fallocate" "ac_cv_func_posix_fallocate"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_posix_fallocate" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
+# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
+#
+#   --enable-tempstore
+#
+# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+#   [--enable-tempstore],
+#   [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])],
+#   [], [enable_tempstore=no])
+# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory])
+# case "$enable_tempstore" in
+#   never )  TEMP_STORE=0 ;;
+#   no )     TEMP_STORE=1 ;;
+#   always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   yes )    TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   * )
+#     TEMP_STORE=1
+#     enable_tempstore=yes
+#   ;;
+# esac
+# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore)
+# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+      if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
+	cat confcache >"$cache_file"
+      else
+        case $cache_file in #(
+        */* | ?:*)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
+	  mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
+        *)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+ac_script='
+:mline
+/\\$/{
+ N
+ s,\\\n,,
+ b mline
+}
+t clear
+:clear
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+b any
+:quote
+s/[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
+s/\[/\\&/g
+s/\]/\\&/g
+s/\$/$$/g
+H
+:any
+${
+	g
+	s/^\n//
+	s/\n/ /g
+	p
+}
+'
+DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+U=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking that generated files are newer than configure" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking that generated files are newer than configure... " >&6; }
+   if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
+     # Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
+     wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
+   fi
+   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: done" >&5
+$as_echo "done" >&6; }
+ if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then
+  am__EXEEXT_TRUE=
+  am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#'
+  am__EXEEXT_FALSE=
+fi
+
+if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+as_write_fail=0
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+_ASEOF
+test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.18.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
+from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
+and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+      --config     print configuration, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to <http://www.sqlite.org>."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
+ac_cs_version="\\
+sqlite config.status 3.18.2
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
+  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P'
+AWK='$AWK'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=?*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  --*=)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
+    esac
+    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h |  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS
+#
+AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"
+
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
+delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
+macro_version='`$ECHO "$macro_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+macro_revision='`$ECHO "$macro_revision" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_shared='`$ECHO "$enable_shared" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_static='`$ECHO "$enable_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+pic_mode='`$ECHO "$pic_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "$enable_fast_install" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shared_archive_member_spec='`$ECHO "$shared_archive_member_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+SHELL='`$ECHO "$SHELL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+ECHO='`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+PATH_SEPARATOR='`$ECHO "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+host_alias='`$ECHO "$host_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+host='`$ECHO "$host" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+host_os='`$ECHO "$host_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+build_alias='`$ECHO "$build_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+build='`$ECHO "$build" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+build_os='`$ECHO "$build_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+SED='`$ECHO "$SED" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+Xsed='`$ECHO "$Xsed" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+GREP='`$ECHO "$GREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+EGREP='`$ECHO "$EGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+FGREP='`$ECHO "$FGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+LD='`$ECHO "$LD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+NM='`$ECHO "$NM" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+LN_S='`$ECHO "$LN_S" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "$max_cmd_len" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+ac_objext='`$ECHO "$ac_objext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+exeext='`$ECHO "$exeext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_unset='`$ECHO "$lt_unset" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "$lt_SP2NL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "$lt_NL2SP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+reload_flag='`$ECHO "$reload_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+reload_cmds='`$ECHO "$reload_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "$OBJDUMP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "$deplibs_check_method" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "$file_magic_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+file_magic_glob='`$ECHO "$file_magic_glob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+want_nocaseglob='`$ECHO "$want_nocaseglob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+DLLTOOL='`$ECHO "$DLLTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='`$ECHO "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+AR='`$ECHO "$AR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "$AR_FLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archiver_list_spec='`$ECHO "$archiver_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+STRIP='`$ECHO "$STRIP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+RANLIB='`$ECHO "$RANLIB" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lock_old_archive_extraction='`$ECHO "$lock_old_archive_extraction" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+CC='`$ECHO "$CC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+CFLAGS='`$ECHO "$CFLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+compiler='`$ECHO "$compiler" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+GCC='`$ECHO "$GCC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_nm_interface='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_nm_interface" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+nm_file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$nm_file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_sysroot='`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_truncate_bin='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_truncate_bin" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+objdir='`$ECHO "$objdir" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "$MAGIC_CMD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+need_locks='`$ECHO "$need_locks" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+MANIFEST_TOOL='`$ECHO "$MANIFEST_TOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "$DSYMUTIL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+NMEDIT='`$ECHO "$NMEDIT" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+LIPO='`$ECHO "$LIPO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+OTOOL='`$ECHO "$OTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+OTOOL64='`$ECHO "$OTOOL64" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+libext='`$ECHO "$libext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "$shrext_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "$compiler_needs_object" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+module_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "$with_gnu_ld" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$allow_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$no_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "$hardcode_minus_L" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "$hardcode_automatic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "$inherit_rpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "$link_all_deplibs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "$always_export_symbols" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "$export_symbols_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "$exclude_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+include_expsyms='`$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "$prelink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+postlink_cmds='`$ECHO "$postlink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "$variables_saved_for_relink" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$need_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+need_version='`$ECHO "$need_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+version_type='`$ECHO "$version_type" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+runpath_var='`$ECHO "$runpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+libname_spec='`$ECHO "$libname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+library_names_spec='`$ECHO "$library_names_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+soname_spec='`$ECHO "$soname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+install_override_mode='`$ECHO "$install_override_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+finish_cmds='`$ECHO "$finish_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+finish_eval='`$ECHO "$finish_eval" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "$hardcode_into_libs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+configure_time_dlsearch_path='`$ECHO "$configure_time_dlsearch_path" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+configure_time_lt_sys_library_path='`$ECHO "$configure_time_lt_sys_library_path" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_action='`$ECHO "$hardcode_action" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_striplib='`$ECHO "$old_striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+striplib='`$ECHO "$striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+
+LTCC='$LTCC'
+LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
+compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+  eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+\$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+
+# Quote evaled strings.
+for var in SHELL \
+ECHO \
+PATH_SEPARATOR \
+SED \
+GREP \
+EGREP \
+FGREP \
+LD \
+NM \
+LN_S \
+lt_SP2NL \
+lt_NL2SP \
+reload_flag \
+OBJDUMP \
+deplibs_check_method \
+file_magic_cmd \
+file_magic_glob \
+want_nocaseglob \
+DLLTOOL \
+sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd \
+AR \
+AR_FLAGS \
+archiver_list_spec \
+STRIP \
+RANLIB \
+CC \
+CFLAGS \
+compiler \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \
+lt_cv_nm_interface \
+nm_file_list_spec \
+lt_cv_truncate_bin \
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \
+lt_prog_compiler_pic \
+lt_prog_compiler_wl \
+lt_prog_compiler_static \
+lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \
+need_locks \
+MANIFEST_TOOL \
+DSYMUTIL \
+NMEDIT \
+LIPO \
+OTOOL \
+OTOOL64 \
+shrext_cmds \
+export_dynamic_flag_spec \
+whole_archive_flag_spec \
+compiler_needs_object \
+with_gnu_ld \
+allow_undefined_flag \
+no_undefined_flag \
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \
+hardcode_libdir_separator \
+exclude_expsyms \
+include_expsyms \
+file_list_spec \
+variables_saved_for_relink \
+libname_spec \
+library_names_spec \
+soname_spec \
+install_override_mode \
+finish_eval \
+old_striplib \
+striplib; do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in
+    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+for var in reload_cmds \
+old_postinstall_cmds \
+old_postuninstall_cmds \
+old_archive_cmds \
+extract_expsyms_cmds \
+old_archive_from_new_cmds \
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \
+archive_cmds \
+archive_expsym_cmds \
+module_cmds \
+module_expsym_cmds \
+export_symbols_cmds \
+prelink_cmds \
+postlink_cmds \
+postinstall_cmds \
+postuninstall_cmds \
+finish_cmds \
+sys_lib_search_path_spec \
+configure_time_dlsearch_path \
+configure_time_lt_sys_library_path; do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in
+    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'
+
+# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options that allow our
+# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
+if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+
+    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
+    VERSION='$VERSION'
+    RM='$RM'
+    ofile='$ofile'
+
+
+
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;;
+    "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;;
+    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+    "sqlite3.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES sqlite3.pc" ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp= ac_tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
+  { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
+ac_tmp=$tmp
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
+# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
+# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
+# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
+if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
+  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
+fi
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
+/^[^""]/{
+  N
+  s/\n//
+}
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=[	 ]*/{
+h
+s///
+s/^/:/
+s/[	 ]*$/:/
+s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
+s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
+s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
+s/^:*//
+s/:*$//
+x
+s/\(=[	 ]*\).*/\1/
+G
+s/\n//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES      :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
+      || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+  ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P
+  case $MKDIR_P in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+  */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;;
+  esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' \
+      "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+ ;;
+
+
+  :C)  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
+ ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  case $ac_file$ac_mode in
+    "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || {
+  # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+  # if we detect the quoting.
+  case $CONFIG_FILES in
+  *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+  for mf
+  do
+    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+    # We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but
+    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" ||
+$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$mf" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    else
+      continue
+    fi
+    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+    # from the Makefile without running 'make'.
+    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$am__include" && continue
+    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
+    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+    # expansion.
+    for file in `sed -n "
+      s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+	 sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do
+      # Make sure the directory exists.
+      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+      fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" ||
+$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p
+      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+    done
+  done
+}
+ ;;
+    "libtool":C)
+
+    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options that allow our
+    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
+    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+    fi
+
+    cfgfile=${ofile}T
+    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
+    $RM "$cfgfile"
+
+    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE) $VERSION
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
+
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program or library that is built
+# using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the  same
+# distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script.
+available_tags=''
+
+# Configured defaults for sys_lib_dlsearch_path munging.
+: \${LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH="$configure_time_lt_sys_library_path"}
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+# Which release of libtool.m4 was used?
+macro_version=$macro_version
+macro_revision=$macro_revision
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# What type of objects to build.
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# Shared archive member basename,for filename based shared library versioning on AIX.
+shared_archive_member_spec=$shared_archive_member_spec
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# An echo program that protects backslashes.
+ECHO=$lt_ECHO
+
+# The PATH separator for the build system.
+PATH_SEPARATOR=$lt_PATH_SEPARATOR
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+host_os=$host_os
+
+# The build system.
+build_alias=$build_alias
+build=$build
+build_os=$build_os
+
+# A sed program that does not truncate output.
+SED=$lt_SED
+
+# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n.
+Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//"
+
+# A grep program that handles long lines.
+GREP=$lt_GREP
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# A literal string matcher.
+FGREP=$lt_FGREP
+
+# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# Whether we need soft or hard links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext=$ac_objext
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext=$exeext
+
+# whether the shell understands "unset".
+lt_unset=$lt_unset
+
+# turn spaces into newlines.
+SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL
+
+# turn newlines into spaces.
+NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP
+
+# convert \$build file names to \$host format.
+to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd
+
+# convert \$build files to toolchain format.
+to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd
+
+# An object symbol dumper.
+OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic".
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic".
+file_magic_glob=$lt_file_magic_glob
+
+# Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic".
+want_nocaseglob=$lt_want_nocaseglob
+
+# DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL=$lt_DLLTOOL
+
+# Command to associate shared and link libraries.
+sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+
+# Flags to create an archive.
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# How to feed a file listing to the archiver.
+archiver_list_spec=$lt_archiver_list_spec
+
+# A symbol stripping program.
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Commands used to install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction.
+lock_old_archive_extraction=$lock_old_archive_extraction
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_CC
+
+# LTCC compiler flags.
+LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration.
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm into a list of symbols to manually relocate.
+global_symbol_to_import=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_import
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair.
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed.
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix
+
+# The name lister interface.
+nm_interface=$lt_lt_cv_nm_interface
+
+# Specify filename containing input files for \$NM.
+nm_file_list_spec=$lt_nm_file_list_spec
+
+# The root where to search for dependent libraries,and where our libraries should be installed.
+lt_sysroot=$lt_sysroot
+
+# Command to truncate a binary pipe.
+lt_truncate_bin=$lt_lt_cv_truncate_bin
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file".
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Manifest tool.
+MANIFEST_TOOL=$lt_MANIFEST_TOOL
+
+# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X.
+DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL
+
+# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X.
+NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT
+
+# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X.
+LIPO=$lt_LIPO
+
+# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X.
+OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL
+
+# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4.
+OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext=$libext
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at link time.
+variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink
+
+# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# Shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries.
+install_override_mode=$lt_install_override_mode
+
+# Command to use after installation of a shared archive.
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+
+# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive.
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
+# not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries.
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Detected run-time system search path for libraries.
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_configure_time_dlsearch_path
+
+# Explicit LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH set during ./configure time.
+configure_time_lt_sys_library_path=$lt_configure_time_lt_sys_library_path
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build an old-style archive.
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds
+
+# A language specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static.
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec
+
+# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly.
+compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
+# a shared archive.
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds
+
+# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not.
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag
+
+# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
+
+# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator
+
+# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\$shared_ext during linking hardcodes
+# DIR into the resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct
+
+# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\$shared_ext during linking hardcodes
+# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
+# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \$shlibpath_var if the
+# library is relocated.
+hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute
+
+# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
+# into the resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L
+
+# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
+# into the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var
+
+# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
+# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
+# against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic
+
+# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
+# to runtime path list.
+inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs
+
+# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms
+
+# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates.
+prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds
+
+# Commands necessary for finishing linking programs.
+postlink_cmds=$lt_postlink_cmds
+
+# Specify filename containing input files.
+file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+_LT_EOF
+
+    cat <<'_LT_EOF' >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# ### BEGIN FUNCTIONS SHARED WITH CONFIGURE
+
+# func_munge_path_list VARIABLE PATH
+# -----------------------------------
+# VARIABLE is name of variable containing _space_ separated list of
+# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string
+# having a format:
+# "DIR[:DIR]:"
+#       string "DIR[ DIR]" will be prepended to VARIABLE
+# ":DIR[:DIR]"
+#       string "DIR[ DIR]" will be appended to VARIABLE
+# "DIRP[:DIRP]::[DIRA:]DIRA"
+#       string "DIRP[ DIRP]" will be prepended to VARIABLE and string
+#       "DIRA[ DIRA]" will be appended to VARIABLE
+# "DIR[:DIR]"
+#       VARIABLE will be replaced by "DIR[ DIR]"
+func_munge_path_list ()
+{
+    case x$2 in
+    x)
+        ;;
+    *:)
+        eval $1=\"`$ECHO $2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'` \$$1\"
+        ;;
+    x:*)
+        eval $1=\"\$$1 `$ECHO $2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        ;;
+    *::*)
+        eval $1=\"\$$1\ `$ECHO $2 | $SED -e 's/.*:://' -e 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        eval $1=\"`$ECHO $2 | $SED -e 's/::.*//' -e 's/:/ /g'`\ \$$1\"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        eval $1=\"`$ECHO $2 | $SED 's/:/ /g'`\"
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
+func_cc_basename ()
+{
+    for cc_temp in $*""; do
+      case $cc_temp in
+        compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+        distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+        \-*) ;;
+        *) break;;
+      esac
+    done
+    func_cc_basename_result=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"`
+}
+
+
+# ### END FUNCTIONS SHARED WITH CONFIGURE
+
+_LT_EOF
+
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+# vanish in a puff of smoke.
+if test set != "${COLLECT_NAMES+set}"; then
+  COLLECT_NAMES=
+  export COLLECT_NAMES
+fi
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+
+ltmain=$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh
+
+
+  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
+  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
+  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
+  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
+  sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
+     || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+   mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
+    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
+  chmod +x "$ofile"
+
+ ;;
+
+  esac
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+as_fn_exit 0
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
diff --git a/upstream/configure.ac b/upstream/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fe7bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Supports the following non-standard switches.
+#
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#   --enable-readline
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.18.2, http://www.sqlite.org)
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])
+
+# Use automake.
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign])
+
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+# Check for required programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
+AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile sqlite3.pc])
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Two options to enable readline compatible libraries: 
+#
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-readline
+#
+# Both are enabled by default. If, after command line processing both are
+# still enabled, the script searches for editline first and automatically
+# disables readline if it is found. So, to use readline explicitly, the
+# user must pass "--disable-editline". To disable command line editing
+# support altogether, "--disable-editline --disable-readline".
+#
+# When searching for either library, check for headers before libraries 
+# as some distros supply packages that contain libraries but not header
+# files, which come as a separate development package.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(editline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-editline],[use BSD libedit])])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(readline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-readline],[use readline])])
+
+AS_IF([ test x"$enable_editline" != xno ],[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([editline/readline.h],[
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS([readline],[edit],[
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_EDITLINE],1,Define to use BSD editline)
+      READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS -ltinfo"
+      enable_readline=no
+    ],[],[-ltinfo])
+    AS_UNSET(ac_cv_search_readline)
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+  ])
+])
+
+AS_IF([ test x"$enable_readline" != xno ],[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([readline/readline.h],[
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, termcap curses ncurses ncursesw, [], [])
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(readline,[readline edit], [
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_READLINE],1,Define to use readline or wrapper)
+      READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
+    ])
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+  ])
+])
+
+AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIBS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-threadsafe], [build a thread-safe library [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_threadsafe=yes])
+THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then
+  THREADSAFE_FLAGS="-D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1"
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread)
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(THREADSAFE_FLAGS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dynamic-extensions, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-dynamic-extensions], [support loadable extensions [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_dynamic_extensions=yes])
+if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl)
+else
+  DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
+fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether to support dynamic extensions])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_dynamic_extensions)
+AC_SUBST(DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts5
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts5, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts5], [include fts5 support [default=no]])], 
+  [], [enable_fts5=no])
+if test x"$enable_fts5" = "xyes"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(log, m)
+  FTS5_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+fi
+AC_SUBST(FTS5_FLAGS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-json1
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(json1, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-json1], [include json1 support [default=no]])], 
+  [], [enable_json1=no])
+if test x"$enable_json1" = "xyes"; then
+  JSON1_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
+fi
+AC_SUBST(JSON1_FLAGS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-session
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(session, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-session], [enable the session extension [default=no]])], 
+  [], [enable_session=no])
+if test x"$enable_session" = "xyes"; then
+  SESSION_FLAGS="-DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(SESSION_FLAGS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-shell, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-static-shell], 
+  [statically link libsqlite3 into shell tool [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_static_shell=yes])
+if test x"$enable_static_shell" = "xyes"; then
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=sqlite3-sqlite3.$OBJEXT
+else
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=libsqlite3.la
+fi
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate)
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
+# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
+#
+#   --enable-tempstore
+#
+# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+#   [--enable-tempstore], 
+#   [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])], 
+#   [], [enable_tempstore=no])
+# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory])
+# case "$enable_tempstore" in
+#   never )  TEMP_STORE=0 ;;
+#   no )     TEMP_STORE=1 ;;
+#   always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   yes )    TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   * )
+#     TEMP_STORE=1
+#     enable_tempstore=yes
+#   ;;
+# esac
+# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore)
+# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT
diff --git a/upstream/depcomp b/upstream/depcomp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fc98710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/depcomp
@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2013-05-30.07; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+    echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+    exit 1;
+    ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'.  Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character.  This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
+      *) dir=;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+  base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+  echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+  # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+  # post-process it.
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    #   $object: dependency.h
+    # and one to simply output
+    #   dependency.h:
+    # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+    { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+    } > "$depfile"
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab='	'
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+digits=0123456789
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+  # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+  dashmflag=-xM
+  depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+  # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
+  # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+  # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+  gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+    esac
+    shift # fnord
+    shift # $arg
+  done
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
+## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
+## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).  Also, it might not be
+##   supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
+  # letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
+## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
+      | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
+    echo >> "$depfile"
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+      >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+xlc)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+tcc)
+  # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
+  # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
+  #        Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
+  #        versions.
+  # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
+  # trailing '\', as in:
+  #
+  #   foo.o : \
+  #    foo.c \
+  #    foo.h \
+  #
+  # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
+  # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
+  # "Emit spaces for -MD").
+  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
+  # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
+  sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
+  # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+  sed -n -e 's|^  *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
+## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
+## listed in this file.  A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
+## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
+pgcc)
+  # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
+  # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
+  # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
+  # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
+  # pgcc 10.2 will output
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+  # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+  #     sub/foo.h ... \
+  #     ...
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
+  # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
+  set_base_from "$source"
+  tmpdepfile=$base.d
+
+  # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
+  # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
+  # problems in parallel builds.  Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
+  # the same $tmpdepfile.
+  lockdir=$base.d-lock
+  trap "
+    echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
+    rmdir '$lockdir'
+    exit 1
+  " 1 2 13 15
+  numtries=100
+  i=$numtries
+  while test $i -gt 0; do
+    # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
+    if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
+      # This process acquired the lock.
+      "$@" -MD
+      stat=$?
+      # Release the lock.
+      rmdir "$lockdir"
+      break
+    else
+      # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
+      # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
+      while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
+        sleep 1
+        i=`expr $i - 1`
+      done
+    fi
+    i=`expr $i - 1`
+  done
+  trap - 1 2 13 15
+  if test $i -le 0; then
+    echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
+    echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp2)
+  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
+  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+  # happens to be.
+  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" +Maked
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+     exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
+    sed -ne '2,${
+               s/^ *//
+               s/ \\*$//
+               s/$/:/
+               p
+             }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+  # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+  # effect.  'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
+  # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+  # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+  # Subdirectories are respected.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These
+    # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+    # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
+    # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
+    # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+    # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+    # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # Likewise.
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+    "$@" -Wc,-MD
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" -MD
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+msvc7)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
+  else
+    showIncludes=-showIncludes
+  fi
+  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
+  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
+  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
+  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
+  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
+/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
+  s//\1/
+  s/\\/\\\\/g
+  p
+}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
+s/ /\\ /g
+s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
+s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
+H
+$ {
+  s/.*/'"$tab"'/
+  G
+  p
+}' >> "$depfile"
+  echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvc7msys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
+  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+  # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
+  "$@" $dashmflag |
+    sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # Remove any Libtool call
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no eat=no
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    if test $eat = yes; then
+      eat=no
+      continue
+    fi
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
+    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+    -arch)
+      eat=yes ;;
+    -*|$object)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
+  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
+  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | tr ' ' "$nl" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E \
+    | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+             -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+    | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+        set fnord "$@"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    *)
+        set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvcmsys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/install-sh b/upstream/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..59990a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2014-09-12.12; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+tab='	'
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" $tab$nl"
+
+# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
+
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+is_target_a_directory=possibly
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+        case $mode in
+          *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+            echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+            exit 1;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -t)
+        is_target_a_directory=always
+        dst_arg=$2
+        # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+        case $dst_arg in
+          -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --) shift
+        break;;
+
+    -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+        exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
+# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
+
+if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+    # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+    case $dst_arg in
+      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+    esac
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
+    if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+  case $src in
+    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+    dst=$dst_arg
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
+        echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+        # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+        # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+        umask=`umask`
+        case $stripcmd.$umask in
+          # Optimize common cases.
+          *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+          .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+          *[0-7])
+            mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+              - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+              - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+            `;;
+          *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+        esac
+
+        # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+        # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+        if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+          mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+        else
+          mkdir_mode=
+        fi
+
+        posix_mkdir=false
+        case $umask in
+          *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+            # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+            # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+            ;;
+          *)
+            # $RANDOM is not portable (e.g. dash);  use it when possible to
+            # lower collision chance
+            tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+            trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+            # As "mkdir -p" follows symlinks and we work in /tmp possibly;  so
+            # create the $tmpdir first (and fail if unsuccessful) to make sure
+            # that nobody tries to guess the $tmpdir name.
+            if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+                $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
+                exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
+            then
+              if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+                   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+                   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+                   # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+                   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+                   test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
+                   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+                   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+                     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+                     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+                     *) false;;
+                   esac &&
+                   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
+                     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+                     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+                   }
+                 }
+              then posix_mkdir=:
+              fi
+              rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
+            else
+              # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+              rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+            fi
+            trap '' 0;;
+        esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+        umask $mkdir_umask &&
+        $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+        /*) prefix='/';;
+        [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+        *)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+        test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+        prefix=$prefix$d
+        if test -d "$prefix"; then
+          prefixes=
+        else
+          if $posix_mkdir; then
+            (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+             $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+            # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+            test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+          else
+            case $prefix in
+              *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+              *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+            esac
+            prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+          fi
+        fi
+        prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+        # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+        (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+         eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+          test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+        obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"     2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"  2>/dev/null` &&
+       set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set +f &&
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+        # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+        # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+        # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+        # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+        # file should still install successfully.
+        {
+          test ! -f "$dst" ||
+          $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+          { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+            { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+          } ||
+          { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+            (exit 1); exit 1
+          }
+        } &&
+
+        # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+        $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/ltmain.sh b/upstream/ltmain.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..147d758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/ltmain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,11156 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in
+##               by inline-source v2014-01-03.01
+
+# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+PROGRAM=libtool
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION="2.4.6 Debian-2.4.6-0.1"
+package_revision=2.4.6
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the
+# command line.
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the
+# shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared
+# with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over-
+# ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence.
+
+: ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"}
+: ${AUTOMAKE="automake"}
+
+
+## -------------------------- ##
+## Source external libraries. ##
+## -------------------------- ##
+
+# Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external
+# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir.
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2015-01-20.17; # UTC
+
+# General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you distribute
+# this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU Libtool,
+# you may include this file under the same distribution terms that you use
+# for the rest of that program.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org.
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to
+# the functions and variables defined here:
+#
+#   . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|[^/]*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh
+#
+# If you need to override any of the default environment variable
+# settings, do that before evaluating this file.
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Shell normalisation. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible.
+# Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided!
+
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac
+fi
+
+# NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later.
+_G_user_locale=
+_G_safe_locale=
+for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+do
+  eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then
+          save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var
+          $_G_var=C
+	  export $_G_var
+	  _G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\"
+	  _G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\"
+	fi"
+done
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+sp=' '
+nl='
+'
+IFS="$sp	$nl"
+
+# There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator!
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Locate command utilities. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+
+# func_executable_p FILE
+# ----------------------
+# Check that FILE is an executable regular file.
+func_executable_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC [PATH]
+# --------------------------------------------
+# Search for either a program that responds to --version with output
+# containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by
+# trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of
+# PROGS_LIST.
+#
+# CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and
+# set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than
+# $_G_path_prog_max characters.
+func_path_progs ()
+{
+    _G_progs_list=$1
+    _G_check_func=$2
+    _G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"}
+
+    _G_path_prog_max=0
+    _G_path_prog_found=false
+    _G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+    for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do
+      IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+      test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=.
+      for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do
+        for _exeext in '' .EXE; do
+          _G_path_prog=$_G_dir/$_G_prog_name$_exeext
+          func_executable_p "$_G_path_prog" || continue
+          case `"$_G_path_prog" --version 2>&1` in
+            *GNU*) func_path_progs_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_found=: ;;
+            *)     $_G_check_func $_G_path_prog
+		   func_path_progs_result=$func_check_prog_result
+		   ;;
+          esac
+          $_G_path_prog_found && break 3
+        done
+      done
+    done
+    IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+    test -z "$func_path_progs_result" && {
+      echo "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2
+      exit 1
+    }
+}
+
+
+# We want to be able to use the functions in this file before configure
+# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have
+# to search for them ourselves - except when the results are already set
+# where we skip the searches.
+
+# Unless the user overrides by setting SED, search the path for either GNU
+# sed, or the sed that truncates its output the least.
+test -z "$SED" && {
+  _G_sed_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+  for _G_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+    _G_sed_script=$_G_sed_script$nl$_G_sed_script
+  done
+  echo "$_G_sed_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+  _G_sed_script=
+
+  func_check_prog_sed ()
+  {
+    _G_path_prog=$1
+
+    _G_count=0
+    printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
+    while :
+    do
+      cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+      mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+      cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+      echo '' >> conftest.nl
+      "$_G_path_prog" -f conftest.sed <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
+      diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+      _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
+      if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
+        # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+        func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
+        _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
+      fi
+      # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+      test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
+    done
+    rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
+  }
+
+  func_path_progs "sed gsed" func_check_prog_sed $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin
+  rm -f conftest.sed
+  SED=$func_path_progs_result
+}
+
+
+# Unless the user overrides by setting GREP, search the path for either GNU
+# grep, or the grep that truncates its output the least.
+test -z "$GREP" && {
+  func_check_prog_grep ()
+  {
+    _G_path_prog=$1
+
+    _G_count=0
+    _G_path_prog_max=0
+    printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
+    while :
+    do
+      cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+      mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+      cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+      echo 'GREP' >> conftest.nl
+      "$_G_path_prog" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
+      diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+      _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
+      if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
+        # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+        func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
+        _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
+      fi
+      # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+      test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
+    done
+    rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
+  }
+
+  func_path_progs "grep ggrep" func_check_prog_grep $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin
+  GREP=$func_path_progs_result
+}
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# All uppercase variable names are used for environment variables.  These
+# variables can be overridden by the user before calling a script that
+# uses them if a suitable command of that name is not already available
+# in the command search PATH.
+
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${ECHO="printf %s\n"}
+: ${EGREP="$GREP -E"}
+: ${FGREP="$GREP -F"}
+: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
+: ${MAKE="make"}
+: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Useful sed snippets. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+sed_dirname='s|/[^/]*$||'
+sed_basename='s|^.*/||'
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s|\([`"$\\]\)|\\\1|g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+sed_double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the
+# string literally.
+sed_make_literal_regex='s|[].[^$\\*\/]|\\&|g'
+
+# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path
+# that contains forward slashes, into one that contains
+# (escaped) backslashes.  A very naive implementation.
+sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
+
+# Re-'\' parameter expansions in output of sed_double_quote_subst that
+# were '\'-ed in input to the same.  If an odd number of '\' preceded a
+# '$' in input to sed_double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from
+# expansion.  Since each input '\' is now two '\'s, look for any number
+# of runs of four '\'s followed by two '\'s and then a '$'.  '\' that '$'.
+_G_bs='\\'
+_G_bs2='\\\\'
+_G_bs4='\\\\\\\\'
+_G_dollar='\$'
+sed_double_backslash="\
+  s/$_G_bs4/&\\
+/g
+  s/^$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/$_G_bs&/
+  s/\\([^$_G_bs]\\)$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/\\1$_G_bs2$_G_bs$_G_dollar/g
+  s/\n//g"
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Global variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# Except for the global variables explicitly listed below, the following
+# functions in the '^func_' namespace, and the '^require_' namespace
+# variables initialised in the 'Resource management' section, sourcing
+# this file will not pollute your global namespace with anything
+# else. There's no portable way to scope variables in Bourne shell
+# though, so actually running these functions will sometimes place
+# results into a variable named after the function, and often use
+# temporary variables in the '^_G_' namespace. If you are careful to
+# avoid using those namespaces casually in your sourcing script, things
+# should continue to work as you expect. And, of course, you can freely
+# overwrite any of the functions or variables defined here before
+# calling anything to customize them.
+
+EXIT_SUCCESS=0
+EXIT_FAILURE=1
+EXIT_MISMATCH=63  # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
+EXIT_SKIP=77	  # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
+
+# Allow overriding, eg assuming that you follow the convention of
+# putting '$debug_cmd' at the start of all your functions, you can get
+# bash to show function call trace with:
+#
+#    debug_cmd='eval echo "${FUNCNAME[0]} $*" >&2' bash your-script-name
+debug_cmd=${debug_cmd-":"}
+exit_cmd=:
+
+# By convention, finish your script with:
+#
+#    exit $exit_status
+#
+# so that you can set exit_status to non-zero if you want to indicate
+# something went wrong during execution without actually bailing out at
+# the point of failure.
+exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
+# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
+# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
+# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
+# function.
+progpath=$0
+
+# The name of this program.
+progname=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_basename"`
+
+# Make sure we have an absolute progpath for reexecution:
+case $progpath in
+  [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
+  *[\\/]*)
+     progdir=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
+     progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
+     progpath=$progdir/$progname
+     ;;
+  *)
+     _G_IFS=$IFS
+     IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+     for progdir in $PATH; do
+       IFS=$_G_IFS
+       test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
+     done
+     IFS=$_G_IFS
+     test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
+     progpath=$progdir/$progname
+     ;;
+esac
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Standard options. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# The following options affect the operation of the functions defined
+# below, and should be set appropriately depending on run-time para-
+# meters passed on the command line.
+
+opt_dry_run=false
+opt_quiet=false
+opt_verbose=false
+
+# Categories 'all' and 'none' are always available.  Append any others
+# you will pass as the first argument to func_warning from your own
+# code.
+warning_categories=
+
+# By default, display warnings according to 'opt_warning_types'.  Set
+# 'warning_func'  to ':' to elide all warnings, or func_fatal_error to
+# treat the next displayed warning as a fatal error.
+warning_func=func_warn_and_continue
+
+# Set to 'all' to display all warnings, 'none' to suppress all
+# warnings, or a space delimited list of some subset of
+# 'warning_categories' to display only the listed warnings.
+opt_warning_types=all
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Resource management. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# This section contains definitions for functions that each ensure a
+# particular resource (a file, or a non-empty configuration variable for
+# example) is available, and if appropriate to extract default values
+# from pertinent package files. Call them using their associated
+# 'require_*' variable to ensure that they are executed, at most, once.
+#
+# It's entirely deliberate that calling these functions can set
+# variables that don't obey the namespace limitations obeyed by the rest
+# of this file, in order that that they be as useful as possible to
+# callers.
+
+
+# require_term_colors
+# -------------------
+# Allow display of bold text on terminals that support it.
+require_term_colors=func_require_term_colors
+func_require_term_colors ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    test -t 1 && {
+      # COLORTERM and USE_ANSI_COLORS environment variables take
+      # precedence, because most terminfo databases neglect to describe
+      # whether color sequences are supported.
+      test -n "${COLORTERM+set}" && : ${USE_ANSI_COLORS="1"}
+
+      if test 1 = "$USE_ANSI_COLORS"; then
+        # Standard ANSI escape sequences
+        tc_reset=''
+        tc_bold='';   tc_standout=''
+        tc_red='';   tc_green=''
+        tc_blue='';  tc_cyan=''
+      else
+        # Otherwise trust the terminfo database after all.
+        test -n "`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" && {
+          tc_reset=`tput sgr0`
+          test -n "`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" && tc_bold=`tput bold`
+          tc_standout=$tc_bold
+          test -n "`tput smso 2>/dev/null`" && tc_standout=`tput smso`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null`" && tc_red=`tput setaf 1`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null`" && tc_green=`tput setaf 2`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 4 2>/dev/null`" && tc_blue=`tput setaf 4`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 5 2>/dev/null`" && tc_cyan=`tput setaf 5`
+        }
+      fi
+    }
+
+    require_term_colors=:
+}
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Function library. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# This section contains a variety of useful functions to call in your
+# scripts. Take note of the portable wrappers for features provided by
+# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on
+# less featureful shells.
+
+
+# func_append VAR VALUE
+# ---------------------
+# Append VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR.
+
+  # We should try to minimise forks, especially on Windows where they are
+  # unreasonably slow, so skip the feature probes when bash or zsh are
+  # being used:
+  if test set = "${BASH_VERSION+set}${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+    : ${_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP="yes"}
+    : ${_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS="yes"}
+    # The += operator was introduced in bash 3.1
+    case $BASH_VERSION in
+      [12].* | 3.0 | 3.0*) ;;
+      *)
+        : ${_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP="yes"}
+        ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  # _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP
+  # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is
+  # useable or anything else if it does not work.
+  test -z "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" \
+    && (eval 'x=a; x+=" b"; test "a b" = "$x"') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"
+then
+  # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+  eval 'func_append ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval "$1+=\$2"
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+  func_append ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_append_quoted VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------------
+# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated
+# by a space.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"; then
+  eval 'func_append_quoted ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_quote_for_eval "$2"
+    eval "$1+=\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+  }'
+else
+  func_append_quoted ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_quote_for_eval "$2"
+    eval "$1=\$$1\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_append_uniq VAR VALUE
+# --------------------------
+# Append unique VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR, assuming
+# entries are delimited by the first character of VALUE.  For example:
+#
+#   func_append_uniq options " --another-option option-argument"
+#
+# will only append to $options if " --another-option option-argument "
+# is not already present somewhere in $options already (note spaces at
+# each end implied by leading space in second argument).
+func_append_uniq ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval _G_current_value='`$ECHO $'$1'`'
+    _G_delim=`expr "$2" : '\(.\)'`
+
+    case $_G_delim$_G_current_value$_G_delim in
+      *"$2$_G_delim"*) ;;
+      *) func_append "$@" ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_arith TERM...
+# ------------------
+# Set func_arith_result to the result of evaluating TERMs.
+  test -z "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP" \
+    && (eval 'test 2 = $(( 1 + 1 ))') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_ARITH_OP=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP"; then
+  eval 'func_arith ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  func_arith ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_basename FILE
+# ------------------
+# Set func_basename_result to FILE with everything up to and including
+# the last / stripped.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  # If this shell supports suffix pattern removal, then use it to avoid
+  # forking. Hide the definitions single quotes in case the shell chokes
+  # on unsupported syntax...
+  _b='func_basename_result=${1##*/}'
+  _d='case $1 in
+        */*) func_dirname_result=${1%/*}$2 ;;
+        *  ) func_dirname_result=$3        ;;
+      esac'
+
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
+  _b='func_basename_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_basename"`'
+  _d='func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "$1"  |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
+      if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X$1"; then
+        func_dirname_result=$3
+      else
+        func_append func_dirname_result "$2"
+      fi'
+fi
+
+eval 'func_basename ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    '"$_b"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_dirname FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+eval 'func_dirname ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    '"$_d"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
+# --------------------------------------------------------
+# Perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
+#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# For efficiency, we do not delegate to the functions above but instead
+# duplicate the functionality here.
+eval 'func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    '"$_b"'
+    '"$_d"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_echo ARG...
+# ----------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message.
+func_echo ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_message=$*
+
+    func_echo_IFS=$IFS
+    IFS=$nl
+    for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+      IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+      $ECHO "$progname: $_G_line"
+    done
+    IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_echo_all ARG...
+# --------------------
+# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
+func_echo_all ()
+{
+    $ECHO "$*"
+}
+
+
+# func_echo_infix_1 INFIX ARG...
+# ------------------------------
+# Echo program name, followed by INFIX on the first line, with any
+# additional lines not showing INFIX.
+func_echo_infix_1 ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_term_colors
+
+    _G_infix=$1; shift
+    _G_indent=$_G_infix
+    _G_prefix="$progname: $_G_infix: "
+    _G_message=$*
+
+    # Strip color escape sequences before counting printable length
+    for _G_tc in "$tc_reset" "$tc_bold" "$tc_standout" "$tc_red" "$tc_green" "$tc_blue" "$tc_cyan"
+    do
+      test -n "$_G_tc" && {
+        _G_esc_tc=`$ECHO "$_G_tc" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+        _G_indent=`$ECHO "$_G_indent" | $SED "s|$_G_esc_tc||g"`
+      }
+    done
+    _G_indent="$progname: "`echo "$_G_indent" | $SED 's|.| |g'`"  " ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+
+    func_echo_infix_1_IFS=$IFS
+    IFS=$nl
+    for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+      IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
+      $ECHO "$_G_prefix$tc_bold$_G_line$tc_reset" >&2
+      _G_prefix=$_G_indent
+    done
+    IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_error ARG...
+# -----------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
+func_error ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_term_colors
+
+    func_echo_infix_1 "  $tc_standout${tc_red}error$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
+}
+
+
+# func_fatal_error ARG...
+# -----------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
+func_fatal_error ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_error "$*"
+    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+# func_grep EXPRESSION FILENAME
+# -----------------------------
+# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
+func_grep ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+
+# func_len STRING
+# ---------------
+# Set func_len_result to the length of STRING. STRING may not
+# start with a hyphen.
+  test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
+    && (eval 'x=a/b/c;
+      test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  eval 'func_len ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_len_result=${#1}
+  }'
+else
+  func_len ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_mkdir_p DIRECTORY-PATH
+# ---------------------------
+# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
+func_mkdir_p ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_directory_path=$1
+    _G_dir_list=
+
+    if test -n "$_G_directory_path" && test : != "$opt_dry_run"; then
+
+      # Protect directory names starting with '-'
+      case $_G_directory_path in
+        -*) _G_directory_path=./$_G_directory_path ;;
+      esac
+
+      # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
+      while test ! -d "$_G_directory_path"; do
+        # ...make a list in topmost first order.  Use a colon delimited
+	# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
+        _G_dir_list=$_G_directory_path:$_G_dir_list
+
+        # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
+        case $_G_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
+
+        # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
+        _G_directory_path=`$ECHO "$_G_directory_path" | $SED -e "$sed_dirname"`
+      done
+      _G_dir_list=`$ECHO "$_G_dir_list" | $SED 's|:*$||'`
+
+      func_mkdir_p_IFS=$IFS; IFS=:
+      for _G_dir in $_G_dir_list; do
+	IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
+        # mkdir can fail with a 'File exist' error if two processes
+        # try to create one of the directories concurrently.  Don't
+        # stop in that case!
+        $MKDIR "$_G_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
+      done
+      IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
+
+      # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
+      test -d "$_G_directory_path" || \
+        func_fatal_error "Failed to create '$1'"
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_mktempdir [BASENAME]
+# -------------------------
+# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
+# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible.  If
+# given, BASENAME is the basename for that directory.
+func_mktempdir ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_template=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}
+
+    if test : = "$opt_dry_run"; then
+      # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
+      _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-$$
+    else
+
+      # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
+      _G_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "$_G_template-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
+
+      if test ! -d "$_G_tmpdir"; then
+        # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
+        _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-${RANDOM-0}$$
+
+        func_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
+        umask 0077
+        $MKDIR "$_G_tmpdir"
+        umask $func_mktempdir_umask
+      fi
+
+      # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
+      test -d "$_G_tmpdir" || \
+        func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory '$_G_tmpdir'"
+    fi
+
+    $ECHO "$_G_tmpdir"
+}
+
+
+# func_normal_abspath PATH
+# ------------------------
+# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components,
+# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making
+# it an absolute path.
+func_normal_abspath ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash.
+    _G_pathcar='s|^/\([^/]*\).*$|\1|'
+    _G_pathcdr='s|^/[^/]*||'
+    _G_removedotparts=':dotsl
+		s|/\./|/|g
+		t dotsl
+		s|/\.$|/|'
+    _G_collapseslashes='s|/\{1,\}|/|g'
+    _G_finalslash='s|/*$|/|'
+
+    # Start from root dir and reassemble the path.
+    func_normal_abspath_result=
+    func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1
+    func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=
+    case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in
+      "")
+        # Empty path, that just means $cwd.
+        func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`"
+        func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result
+        return
+        ;;
+      # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely
+      # two leading slashes without using negated character classes;
+      # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour.
+      ///*)
+        # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing.
+        ;;
+      //*)
+        # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//'
+        # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares
+        # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found.
+        func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/
+        ;;
+      /*)
+        # Absolute path, do nothing.
+        ;;
+      *)
+        # Relative path, prepend $cwd.
+        func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations.  We also want
+    # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure
+    # there is one (and only one) here.
+    func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+          -e "$_G_removedotparts" -e "$_G_collapseslashes" -e "$_G_finalslash"`
+    while :; do
+      # Processed it all yet?
+      if test / = "$func_normal_abspath_tpath"; then
+        # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now.
+        if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result"; then
+          func_normal_abspath_result=/
+        fi
+        break
+      fi
+      func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+          -e "$_G_pathcar"`
+      func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+          -e "$_G_pathcdr"`
+      # Figure out what to do with it
+      case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in
+        "")
+          # Trailing empty path component, ignore it.
+          ;;
+        ..)
+          # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result.
+          func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result"
+          func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result
+          ;;
+        *)
+          # Actual path component, append it.
+          func_append func_normal_abspath_result "/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent"
+          ;;
+      esac
+    done
+    # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry.
+    func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result
+}
+
+
+# func_notquiet ARG...
+# --------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message only when not in quiet mode.
+func_notquiet ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $opt_quiet || func_echo ${1+"$@"}
+
+    # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
+    # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
+    # work around that:
+    :
+}
+
+
+# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR
+# --------------------------------
+# Set func_relative_path_result to the relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR.
+func_relative_path ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_relative_path_result=
+    func_normal_abspath "$1"
+    func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+    func_normal_abspath "$2"
+    func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+
+    # Ascend the tree starting from libdir
+    while :; do
+      # check if we have found a prefix of bindir
+      case $func_relative_path_tbindir in
+        $func_relative_path_tlibdir)
+          # found an exact match
+          func_relative_path_tcancelled=
+          break
+          ;;
+        $func_relative_path_tlibdir*)
+          # found a matching prefix
+          func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir"
+          func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result
+          if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+            func_relative_path_result=.
+          fi
+          break
+          ;;
+        *)
+          func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir
+          func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_dirname_result
+          if test -z "$func_relative_path_tlibdir"; then
+            # Have to descend all the way to the root!
+            func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+            func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir
+            break
+          fi
+          func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+          ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes.
+    func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result"
+    func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+    func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled"
+    if test -n "$func_stripname_result"; then
+      func_append func_relative_path_result "/$func_stripname_result"
+    fi
+
+    # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return '.' else relative path.
+    if test -n "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+      func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result"
+      func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+    fi
+
+    test -n "$func_relative_path_result" || func_relative_path_result=.
+
+    :
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_for_eval ARG...
+# --------------------------
+# Aesthetically quote ARGs to be evaled later.
+# This function returns two values:
+#   i) func_quote_for_eval_result
+#      double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval
+#  ii) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
+#      has all characters that are still active within double
+#      quotes backslashified.
+func_quote_for_eval ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=
+    func_quote_for_eval_result=
+    while test 0 -lt $#; do
+      case $1 in
+        *[\\\`\"\$]*)
+	  _G_unquoted_arg=`printf '%s\n' "$1" |$SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
+        *)
+          _G_unquoted_arg=$1 ;;
+      esac
+      if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"; then
+	func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result " $_G_unquoted_arg"
+      else
+        func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result "$_G_unquoted_arg"
+      fi
+
+      case $_G_unquoted_arg in
+        # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+        # word splitting, command substitution and variable expansion
+        # for a subsequent eval.
+        # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+        # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+        *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+          _G_quoted_arg=\"$_G_unquoted_arg\"
+          ;;
+        *)
+          _G_quoted_arg=$_G_unquoted_arg
+	  ;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_result"; then
+	func_append func_quote_for_eval_result " $_G_quoted_arg"
+      else
+        func_append func_quote_for_eval_result "$_G_quoted_arg"
+      fi
+      shift
+    done
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_for_expand ARG
+# -------------------------
+# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
+# but do not quote variable references.
+func_quote_for_expand ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $1 in
+      *[\\\`\"]*)
+	_G_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \
+	    -e "$sed_double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
+      *)
+        _G_arg=$1 ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $_G_arg in
+      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+      # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
+      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+        _G_arg=\"$_G_arg\"
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    func_quote_for_expand_result=$_G_arg
+}
+
+
+# func_stripname PREFIX SUFFIX NAME
+# ---------------------------------
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX from NAME, and store in func_stripname_result.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  eval 'func_stripname ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
+    # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary variable first.
+    func_stripname_result=$3
+    func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"$1"}
+    func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"$2"}
+  }'
+else
+  func_stripname ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $2 in
+      .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%\\\\$2\$%%"`;;
+      *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%$2\$%%"`;;
+    esac
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_show_eval CMD [FAIL_EXP]
+# -----------------------------
+# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.
+func_show_eval ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_cmd=$1
+    _G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
+
+    func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd"
+    eval "func_notquiet $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      eval "$_G_cmd"
+      _G_status=$?
+      if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
+	eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
+      fi
+    }
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval_locale CMD [FAIL_EXP]
+# ------------------------------------
+# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.  Use the saved locale for evaluation.
+func_show_eval_locale ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_cmd=$1
+    _G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
+
+    $opt_quiet || {
+      func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd"
+      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+    }
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      eval "$_G_user_locale
+	    $_G_cmd"
+      _G_status=$?
+      eval "$_G_safe_locale"
+      if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
+	eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
+      fi
+    }
+}
+
+
+# func_tr_sh
+# ----------
+# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name.
+# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result.  All characters
+# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further,
+# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well.
+func_tr_sh ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $1 in
+    [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*)
+      func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED -e 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/' -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+      ;;
+    * )
+      func_tr_sh_result=$1
+      ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_verbose ARG...
+# -------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
+func_verbose ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $opt_verbose && func_echo "$*"
+
+    :
+}
+
+
+# func_warn_and_continue ARG...
+# -----------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
+func_warn_and_continue ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_term_colors
+
+    func_echo_infix_1 "${tc_red}warning$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
+}
+
+
+# func_warning CATEGORY ARG...
+# ----------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. Warning
+# messages can be filtered according to CATEGORY, where this function
+# elides messages where CATEGORY is not listed in the global variable
+# 'opt_warning_types'.
+func_warning ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # CATEGORY must be in the warning_categories list!
+    case " $warning_categories " in
+      *" $1 "*) ;;
+      *) func_internal_error "invalid warning category '$1'" ;;
+    esac
+
+    _G_category=$1
+    shift
+
+    case " $opt_warning_types " in
+      *" $_G_category "*) $warning_func ${1+"$@"} ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_sort_ver VER1 VER2
+# -----------------------
+# 'sort -V' is not generally available.
+# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake
+# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a
+# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old
+# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf.
+# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably
+# use m4_version_compare from autoconf.
+func_sort_ver ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    printf '%s\n%s\n' "$1" "$2" \
+      | sort -t. -k 1,1n -k 2,2n -k 3,3n -k 4,4n -k 5,5n -k 6,6n -k 7,7n -k 8,8n -k 9,9n
+}
+
+# func_lt_ver PREV CURR
+# ---------------------
+# Return true if PREV and CURR are in the correct order according to
+# func_sort_ver, otherwise false.  Use it like this:
+#
+#  func_lt_ver "$prev_ver" "$proposed_ver" || func_fatal_error "..."
+func_lt_ver ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    test "x$1" = x`func_sort_ver "$1" "$2" | $SED 1q`
+}
+
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# End:
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2014-01-07.03; # UTC
+
+# A portable, pluggable option parser for Bourne shell.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2010
+
+# Copyright (C) 2010-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org.
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# This file is a library for parsing options in your shell scripts along
+# with assorted other useful supporting features that you can make use
+# of too.
+#
+# For the simplest scripts you might need only:
+#
+#   #!/bin/sh
+#   . relative/path/to/funclib.sh
+#   . relative/path/to/options-parser
+#   scriptversion=1.0
+#   func_options ${1+"$@"}
+#   eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+#   ...rest of your script...
+#
+# In order for the '--version' option to work, you will need to have a
+# suitably formatted comment like the one at the top of this file
+# starting with '# Written by ' and ending with '# warranty; '.
+#
+# For '-h' and '--help' to work, you will also need a one line
+# description of your script's purpose in a comment directly above the
+# '# Written by ' line, like the one at the top of this file.
+#
+# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell
+# execution tracing (see the comment above debug_cmd below for another
+# use), and '--verbose' and the func_verbose function to allow your script
+# to display verbose messages only when your user has specified
+# '--verbose'.
+#
+# After sourcing this file, you can plug processing for additional
+# options by amending the variables from the 'Configuration' section
+# below, and following the instructions in the 'Option parsing'
+# section further down.
+
+## -------------- ##
+## Configuration. ##
+## -------------- ##
+
+# You should override these variables in your script after sourcing this
+# file so that they reflect the customisations you have added to the
+# option parser.
+
+# The usage line for option parsing errors and the start of '-h' and
+# '--help' output messages. You can embed shell variables for delayed
+# expansion at the time the message is displayed, but you will need to
+# quote other shell meta-characters carefully to prevent them being
+# expanded when the contents are evaled.
+usage='$progpath [OPTION]...'
+
+# Short help message in response to '-h' and '--help'.  Add to this or
+# override it after sourcing this library to reflect the full set of
+# options your script accepts.
+usage_message="\
+       --debug        enable verbose shell tracing
+   -W, --warnings=CATEGORY
+                      report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
+   -v, --verbose      verbosely report processing
+       --version      print version information and exit
+   -h, --help         print short or long help message and exit
+"
+
+# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
+long_help_message="
+Warning categories include:
+       'all'          show all warnings
+       'none'         turn off all the warnings
+       'error'        warnings are treated as fatal errors"
+
+# Help message printed before fatal option parsing errors.
+fatal_help="Try '\$progname --help' for more information."
+
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Hook function management. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# This section contains functions for adding, removing, and running hooks
+# to the main code.  A hook is just a named list of of function, that can
+# be run in order later on.
+
+# func_hookable FUNC_NAME
+# -----------------------
+# Declare that FUNC_NAME will run hooks added with
+# 'func_add_hook FUNC_NAME ...'.
+func_hookable ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_append hookable_fns " $1"
+}
+
+
+# func_add_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
+# ---------------------------------
+# Request that FUNC_NAME call HOOK_FUNC before it returns.  FUNC_NAME must
+# first have been declared "hookable" by a call to 'func_hookable'.
+func_add_hook ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case " $hookable_fns " in
+      *" $1 "*) ;;
+      *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not accept hook functions." ;;
+    esac
+
+    eval func_append ${1}_hooks '" $2"'
+}
+
+
+# func_remove_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
+# ------------------------------------
+# Remove HOOK_FUNC from the list of functions called by FUNC_NAME.
+func_remove_hook ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval ${1}_hooks='`$ECHO "\$'$1'_hooks" |$SED "s| '$2'||"`'
+}
+
+
+# func_run_hooks FUNC_NAME [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Run all hook functions registered to FUNC_NAME.
+# It is assumed that the list of hook functions contains nothing more
+# than a whitespace-delimited list of legal shell function names, and
+# no effort is wasted trying to catch shell meta-characters or preserve
+# whitespace.
+func_run_hooks ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case " $hookable_fns " in
+      *" $1 "*) ;;
+      *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not support hook funcions.n" ;;
+    esac
+
+    eval _G_hook_fns=\$$1_hooks; shift
+
+    for _G_hook in $_G_hook_fns; do
+      eval $_G_hook '"$@"'
+
+      # store returned options list back into positional
+      # parameters for next 'cmd' execution.
+      eval _G_hook_result=\$${_G_hook}_result
+      eval set dummy "$_G_hook_result"; shift
+    done
+
+    func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+    func_run_hooks_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+}
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Option parsing. ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# In order to add your own option parsing hooks, you must accept the
+# full positional parameter list in your hook function, remove any
+# options that you action, and then pass back the remaining unprocessed
+# options in '<hooked_function_name>_result', escaped suitably for
+# 'eval'.  Like this:
+#
+#    my_options_prep ()
+#    {
+#        $debug_cmd
+#
+#        # Extend the existing usage message.
+#        usage_message=$usage_message'
+#      -s, --silent       don'\''t print informational messages
+#    '
+#
+#        func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+#        my_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+#    }
+#    func_add_hook func_options_prep my_options_prep
+#
+#
+#    my_silent_option ()
+#    {
+#        $debug_cmd
+#
+#        # Note that for efficiency, we parse as many options as we can
+#        # recognise in a loop before passing the remainder back to the
+#        # caller on the first unrecognised argument we encounter.
+#        while test $# -gt 0; do
+#          opt=$1; shift
+#          case $opt in
+#            --silent|-s) opt_silent=: ;;
+#            # Separate non-argument short options:
+#            -s*)         func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+#                         set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+#                             "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+#                         shift
+#                         ;;
+#            *)            set dummy "$_G_opt" "$*"; shift; break ;;
+#          esac
+#        done
+#
+#        func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+#        my_silent_option_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+#    }
+#    func_add_hook func_parse_options my_silent_option
+#
+#
+#    my_option_validation ()
+#    {
+#        $debug_cmd
+#
+#        $opt_silent && $opt_verbose && func_fatal_help "\
+#    '--silent' and '--verbose' options are mutually exclusive."
+#
+#        func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+#        my_option_validation_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+#    }
+#    func_add_hook func_validate_options my_option_validation
+#
+# You'll alse need to manually amend $usage_message to reflect the extra
+# options you parse.  It's preferable to append if you can, so that
+# multiple option parsing hooks can be added safely.
+
+
+# func_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------
+# All the functions called inside func_options are hookable. See the
+# individual implementations for details.
+func_hookable func_options
+func_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}
+    eval func_parse_options \
+        ${func_options_prep_result+"$func_options_prep_result"}
+    eval func_validate_options \
+        ${func_parse_options_result+"$func_parse_options_result"}
+
+    eval func_run_hooks func_options \
+        ${func_validate_options_result+"$func_validate_options_result"}
+
+    # save modified positional parameters for caller
+    func_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result
+}
+
+
+# func_options_prep [ARG]...
+# --------------------------
+# All initialisations required before starting the option parse loop.
+# Note that when calling hook functions, we pass through the list of
+# positional parameters.  If a hook function modifies that list, and
+# needs to propogate that back to rest of this script, then the complete
+# modified list must be put in 'func_run_hooks_result' before
+# returning.
+func_hookable func_options_prep
+func_options_prep ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Option defaults:
+    opt_verbose=false
+    opt_warning_types=
+
+    func_run_hooks func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}
+
+    # save modified positional parameters for caller
+    func_options_prep_result=$func_run_hooks_result
+}
+
+
+# func_parse_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------
+# The main option parsing loop.
+func_hookable func_parse_options
+func_parse_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_parse_options_result=
+
+    # this just eases exit handling
+    while test $# -gt 0; do
+      # Defer to hook functions for initial option parsing, so they
+      # get priority in the event of reusing an option name.
+      func_run_hooks func_parse_options ${1+"$@"}
+
+      # Adjust func_parse_options positional parameters to match
+      eval set dummy "$func_run_hooks_result"; shift
+
+      # Break out of the loop if we already parsed every option.
+      test $# -gt 0 || break
+
+      _G_opt=$1
+      shift
+      case $_G_opt in
+        --debug|-x)   debug_cmd='set -x'
+                      func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
+                      $debug_cmd
+                      ;;
+
+        --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
+                      set dummy --warnings none ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+		      ;;
+
+        --warnings|--warning|-W)
+                      test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+                      case " $warning_categories $1" in
+                        *" $1 "*)
+                          # trailing space prevents matching last $1 above
+                          func_append_uniq opt_warning_types " $1"
+                          ;;
+                        *all)
+                          opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
+                          ;;
+                        *none)
+                          opt_warning_types=none
+                          warning_func=:
+                          ;;
+                        *error)
+                          opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
+                          warning_func=func_fatal_error
+                          ;;
+                        *)
+                          func_fatal_error \
+                             "unsupported warning category: '$1'"
+                          ;;
+                      esac
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+        --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: ;;
+        --version)    func_version ;;
+        -\?|-h)       func_usage ;;
+        --help)       func_help ;;
+
+	# Separate optargs to long options (plugins may need this):
+	--*=*)        func_split_equals "$_G_opt"
+	              set dummy "$func_split_equals_lhs" \
+                          "$func_split_equals_rhs" ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+       # Separate optargs to short options:
+        -W*)
+                      func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+                      set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+                          "$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+        # Separate non-argument short options:
+        -\?*|-h*|-v*|-x*)
+                      func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+                      set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+                          "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+        --)           break ;;
+        -*)           func_fatal_help "unrecognised option: '$_G_opt'" ;;
+        *)            set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # save modified positional parameters for caller
+    func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+    func_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+}
+
+
+# func_validate_options [ARG]...
+# ------------------------------
+# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
+# arguments.
+func_hookable func_validate_options
+func_validate_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Display all warnings if -W was not given.
+    test -n "$opt_warning_types" || opt_warning_types=" $warning_categories"
+
+    func_run_hooks func_validate_options ${1+"$@"}
+
+    # Bail if the options were screwed!
+    $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
+
+    # save modified positional parameters for caller
+    func_validate_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result
+}
+
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Helper functions. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# This section contains the helper functions used by the rest of the
+# hookable option parser framework in ascii-betical order.
+
+
+# func_fatal_help ARG...
+# ----------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a help hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_help ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
+    eval \$ECHO \""$fatal_help"\"
+    func_error ${1+"$@"}
+    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+# func_help
+# ---------
+# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
+func_help ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_usage_message
+    $ECHO "$long_help_message"
+    exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_missing_arg ARGNAME
+# ------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
+# exit_cmd.
+func_missing_arg ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_error "Missing argument for '$1'."
+    exit_cmd=exit
+}
+
+
+# func_split_equals STRING
+# ------------------------
+# Set func_split_equals_lhs and func_split_equals_rhs shell variables after
+# splitting STRING at the '=' sign.
+test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
+    && (eval 'x=a/b/c;
+      test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
+then
+  # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+  eval 'func_split_equals ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_equals_lhs=${1%%=*}
+      func_split_equals_rhs=${1#*=}
+      test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \
+        && func_split_equals_rhs=
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+  func_split_equals ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_equals_lhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)'`
+      func_split_equals_rhs=
+      test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \
+        || func_split_equals_rhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)$'`
+  }
+fi #func_split_equals
+
+
+# func_split_short_opt SHORTOPT
+# -----------------------------
+# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell
+# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
+then
+  # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+  eval 'func_split_short_opt ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}
+      func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+  func_split_short_opt ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_short_opt_name=`expr "x$1" : 'x-\(.\)'`
+      func_split_short_opt_arg=`expr "x$1" : 'x-.\(.*\)$'`
+  }
+fi #func_split_short_opt
+
+
+# func_usage
+# ----------
+# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
+func_usage ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_usage_message
+    $ECHO "Run '$progname --help |${PAGER-more}' for full usage"
+    exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_usage_message
+# ------------------
+# Echo short help message to standard output.
+func_usage_message ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
+    echo
+    $SED -n 's|^# ||
+        /^Written by/{
+          x;p;x
+        }
+	h
+	/^Written by/q' < "$progpath"
+    echo
+    eval \$ECHO \""$usage_message"\"
+}
+
+
+# func_version
+# ------------
+# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
+func_version ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    printf '%s\n' "$progname $scriptversion"
+    $SED -n '
+        /(C)/!b go
+        :more
+        /\./!{
+          N
+          s|\n# | |
+          b more
+        }
+        :go
+        /^# Written by /,/# warranty; / {
+          s|^# ||
+          s|^# *$||
+          s|\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*[ ,-]\([1-9][0-9]* \)|\1 \2|
+          p
+        }
+        /^# Written by / {
+          s|^# ||
+          p
+        }
+        /^warranty; /q' < "$progpath"
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# End:
+
+# Set a version string.
+scriptversion='(GNU libtool) 2.4.6'
+
+
+# func_echo ARG...
+# ----------------
+# Libtool also displays the current mode in messages, so override
+# funclib.sh func_echo with this custom definition.
+func_echo ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_message=$*
+
+    func_echo_IFS=$IFS
+    IFS=$nl
+    for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+      IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+      $ECHO "$progname${opt_mode+: $opt_mode}: $_G_line"
+    done
+    IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_warning ARG...
+# -------------------
+# Libtool warnings are not categorized, so override funclib.sh
+# func_warning with this simpler definition.
+func_warning ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $warning_func ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Options parsing. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+# Hook in the functions to make sure our own options are parsed during
+# the option parsing loop.
+
+usage='$progpath [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...'
+
+# Short help message in response to '-h'.
+usage_message="Options:
+       --config             show all configuration variables
+       --debug              enable verbose shell tracing
+   -n, --dry-run            display commands without modifying any files
+       --features           display basic configuration information and exit
+       --mode=MODE          use operation mode MODE
+       --no-warnings        equivalent to '-Wnone'
+       --preserve-dup-deps  don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
+       --quiet, --silent    don't print informational messages
+       --tag=TAG            use configuration variables from tag TAG
+   -v, --verbose            print more informational messages than default
+       --version            print version information
+   -W, --warnings=CATEGORY  report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
+   -h, --help, --help-all   print short, long, or detailed help message
+"
+
+# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
+func_help ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_usage_message
+    $ECHO "$long_help_message
+
+MODE must be one of the following:
+
+       clean           remove files from the build directory
+       compile         compile a source file into a libtool object
+       execute         automatically set library path, then run a program
+       finish          complete the installation of libtool libraries
+       install         install libraries or executables
+       link            create a library or an executable
+       uninstall       remove libraries from an installed directory
+
+MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.  When passed as first option,
+'--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as 'MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that.
+Try '$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
+
+When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
+include the following information:
+
+       host-triplet:   $host
+       shell:          $SHELL
+       compiler:       $LTCC
+       compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
+       linker:         $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
+       version:        $progname (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
+       automake:       `($AUTOMAKE --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
+       autoconf:       `($AUTOCONF --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
+
+Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>.
+GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/s/libtool/>.
+General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>."
+    exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_lo2o OBJECT-NAME
+# ---------------------
+# Transform OBJECT-NAME from a '.lo' suffix to the platform specific
+# object suffix.
+
+lo2o=s/\\.lo\$/.$objext/
+o2lo=s/\\.$objext\$/.lo/
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  eval 'func_lo2o ()
+  {
+    case $1 in
+      *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.$objext ;;
+      *   ) func_lo2o_result=$1               ;;
+    esac
+  }'
+
+  # func_xform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE
+  # ---------------------------
+  # Transform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE from a '.o' or '.c' (or otherwise)
+  # suffix to a '.lo' libtool-object suffix.
+  eval 'func_xform ()
+  {
+    func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
+  func_lo2o ()
+  {
+    func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$lo2o"`
+  }
+
+  func_xform ()
+  {
+    func_xform_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's|\.[^.]*$|.lo|'`
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_fatal_configuration ARG...
+# -------------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_configuration ()
+{
+    func__fatal_error ${1+"$@"} \
+      "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." \
+      "Fatal configuration error."
+}
+
+
+# func_config
+# -----------
+# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
+func_config ()
+{
+    re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
+    re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
+
+    # Default configuration.
+    $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
+
+    # Now print the configurations for the tags.
+    for tagname in $taglist; do
+      $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
+    done
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+
+# func_features
+# -------------
+# Display the features supported by this script.
+func_features ()
+{
+    echo "host: $host"
+    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+      echo "enable shared libraries"
+    else
+      echo "disable shared libraries"
+    fi
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      echo "enable static libraries"
+    else
+      echo "disable static libraries"
+    fi
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+
+# func_enable_tag TAGNAME
+# -----------------------
+# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
+# enable the TAGNAME tag.  We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
+# variable here.
+func_enable_tag ()
+{
+    # Global variable:
+    tagname=$1
+
+    re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+    re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+    sed_extractcf=/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p
+
+    # Validate tagname.
+    case $tagname in
+      *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
+        func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
+    # there but not specially marked.
+    case $tagname in
+        CC) ;;
+    *)
+        if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  taglist="$taglist $tagname"
+
+	  # Evaluate the configuration.  Be careful to quote the path
+	  # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
+	  # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
+	  # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
+	  extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
+	  eval "$extractedcf"
+        else
+	  func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
+        fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_check_version_match
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
+# release of libtool.
+func_check_version_match ()
+{
+    if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
+      if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
+        if test -z "$macro_version"; then
+          cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+        else
+          cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+        fi
+      else
+        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
+$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
+$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+
+      exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# libtool_options_prep [ARG]...
+# -----------------------------
+# Preparation for options parsed by libtool.
+libtool_options_prep ()
+{
+    $debug_mode
+
+    # Option defaults:
+    opt_config=false
+    opt_dlopen=
+    opt_dry_run=false
+    opt_help=false
+    opt_mode=
+    opt_preserve_dup_deps=false
+    opt_quiet=false
+
+    nonopt=
+    preserve_args=
+
+    # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
+    case $1 in
+    clean|clea|cle|cl)
+      shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
+      shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
+      shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
+      shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
+      shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    link|lin|li|l)
+      shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
+      shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Pass back the list of options.
+    func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+    libtool_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+}
+func_add_hook func_options_prep libtool_options_prep
+
+
+# libtool_parse_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Provide handling for libtool specific options.
+libtool_parse_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Perform our own loop to consume as many options as possible in
+    # each iteration.
+    while test $# -gt 0; do
+      _G_opt=$1
+      shift
+      case $_G_opt in
+        --dry-run|--dryrun|-n)
+                        opt_dry_run=:
+                        ;;
+
+        --config)       func_config ;;
+
+        --dlopen|-dlopen)
+                        opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen
+}$1"
+                        shift
+                        ;;
+
+        --preserve-dup-deps)
+                        opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;;
+
+        --features)     func_features ;;
+
+        --finish)       set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;;
+
+        --help)         opt_help=: ;;
+
+        --help-all)     opt_help=': help-all' ;;
+
+        --mode)         test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+                        opt_mode=$1
+                        case $1 in
+                          # Valid mode arguments:
+                          clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;;
+
+                          # Catch anything else as an error
+                          *) func_error "invalid argument for $_G_opt"
+                             exit_cmd=exit
+                             break
+                             ;;
+                        esac
+                        shift
+                        ;;
+
+        --no-silent|--no-quiet)
+                        opt_quiet=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
+                        opt_warning=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --no-verbose)
+                        opt_verbose=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --silent|--quiet)
+                        opt_quiet=:
+                        opt_verbose=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --tag)          test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+                        opt_tag=$1
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt $1"
+                        func_enable_tag "$1"
+                        shift
+                        ;;
+
+        --verbose|-v)   opt_quiet=false
+                        opt_verbose=:
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+	# An option not handled by this hook function:
+        *)		set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"};	shift; break  ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+
+    # save modified positional parameters for caller
+    func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+    libtool_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+}
+func_add_hook func_parse_options libtool_parse_options
+
+
+
+# libtool_validate_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
+# arguments.
+libtool_validate_options ()
+{
+    # save first non-option argument
+    if test 0 -lt $#; then
+      nonopt=$1
+      shift
+    fi
+
+    # preserve --debug
+    test : = "$debug_cmd" || func_append preserve_args " --debug"
+
+    case $host in
+      # Solaris2 added to fix http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=16452
+      # see also: http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=59788
+      *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc* | *solaris2* | *os2*)
+        # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
+        opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
+        ;;
+      *)
+        opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    $opt_help || {
+      # Sanity checks first:
+      func_check_version_match
+
+      test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
+        && test yes != "$build_old_libs" \
+        && func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
+
+      # Darwin sucks
+      eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+
+      # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
+      if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test execute != "$opt_mode"; then
+        func_error "unrecognized option '-dlopen'"
+        $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
+        exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
+      generic_help=$help
+      help="Try '$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information."
+    }
+
+    # Pass back the unparsed argument list
+    func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
+    libtool_validate_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+}
+func_add_hook func_validate_options libtool_validate_options
+
+
+# Process options as early as possible so that --help and --version
+# can return quickly.
+func_options ${1+"$@"}
+eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+##    Main.    ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+magic='%%%MAGIC variable%%%'
+magic_exe='%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%'
+
+# Global variables.
+extracted_archives=
+extracted_serial=0
+
+# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
+# will be execed at the end.  This prevents here-documents from being
+# left over by shells.
+exec_cmd=
+
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+  eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+
+# func_generated_by_libtool
+# True iff stdin has been generated by Libtool. This function is only
+# a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out determined imposters.
+func_generated_by_libtool_p ()
+{
+  $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_lalib_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_lalib_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" &&
+      $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
+}
+
+# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
+# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
+# resorting to external programs.  To this end, it redirects stdin and
+# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
+# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
+# fatal anyway.  Works if 'file' does not exist.
+func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
+{
+    lalib_p=no
+    if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
+	for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
+	do
+	    read lalib_p_line
+	    case $lalib_p_line in
+		\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
+	    esac
+	done
+	exec 0<&5 5<&-
+    fi
+    test yes = "$lalib_p"
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" &&
+      $lt_truncate_bin < "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
+    case $1 in
+    *.exe) ;;
+    *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
+    esac
+    $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
+# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
+# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
+# temporary ltwrapper_script.
+func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
+{
+    func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
+    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
+    func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_p ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
+# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
+# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
+# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
+func_execute_cmds ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+    for cmd in $1; do
+      IFS=$sp$nl
+      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+      IFS=$save_ifs
+      func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
+    done
+    IFS=$save_ifs
+}
+
+
+# func_source file
+# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
+# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
+# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
+# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)!  Also, sourcing
+# 'FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
+func_source ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $1 in
+    */* | *\\*)	. "$1" ;;
+    *)		. "./$1" ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_resolve_sysroot PATH
+# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot.  Store the result into
+# func_resolve_sysroot_result
+func_resolve_sysroot ()
+{
+  func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1
+  case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in
+  =*)
+    func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+    func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+    ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_replace_sysroot PATH
+# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and
+# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result.
+func_replace_sysroot ()
+{
+  case $lt_sysroot:$1 in
+  ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*)
+    func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1"
+    func_replace_sysroot_result='='$func_stripname_result
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # Including no sysroot.
+    func_replace_sysroot_result=$1
+    ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_infer_tag arg
+# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
+# command doesn't match the default compiler.
+# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
+func_infer_tag ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+      CC_quoted=
+      for arg in $CC; do
+	func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+      done
+      CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+      CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+      case $@ in
+      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+      " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;;
+      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+      # if we don't check for them as well.
+      *)
+	for z in $available_tags; do
+	  if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
+	    # Evaluate the configuration.
+	    eval "`$SED -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
+	    CC_quoted=
+	    for arg in $CC; do
+	      # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+	      func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+	    done
+	    CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+	    CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+	    case "$@ " in
+	    " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+	    " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*)
+	      # The compiler in the base compile command matches
+	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
+	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+	      tagname=$z
+	      break
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	done
+	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+	# line option must be used.
+	if test -z "$tagname"; then
+	  func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
+	  func_fatal_error "specify a tag with '--tag'"
+#	else
+#	  func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+}
+
+
+
+# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
+# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
+# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
+func_write_libtool_object ()
+{
+    write_libobj=$1
+    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+      write_lobj=\'$2\'
+    else
+      write_lobj=none
+    fi
+
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      write_oldobj=\'$3\'
+    else
+      write_oldobj=none
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF
+# $write_libobj - a libtool object file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# Name of the PIC object.
+pic_object=$write_lobj
+
+# Name of the non-PIC object
+non_pic_object=$write_oldobj
+
+EOF
+      $MV "${write_libobj}T" "$write_libobj"
+    }
+}
+
+
+##################################################
+# FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+
+# func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix,
+# and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a
+# correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program
+# in $build's $PATH.
+#
+# ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will
+# be empty on error (or when ARG is empty)
+func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we
+    # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the
+    # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
+    # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of
+    # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction:
+    func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
+    if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp"; then
+      func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" |
+        $SED -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
+    else
+      func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=
+    fi
+  fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and
+# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly
+# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's
+# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters.
+#
+# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result.
+# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names
+# are convertible, then the result may be empty.
+func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names
+  func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    oldIFS=$IFS
+    IFS=:
+    for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do
+      IFS=$oldIFS
+      func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f"
+      if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+        if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+          func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
+        else
+          func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+        fi
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS=$oldIFS
+  fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_cygpath ARGS...
+# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when
+# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2)
+# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or
+# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input
+# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted
+# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name
+# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in
+# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error.
+#
+# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to
+# be converted.
+#
+# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH
+# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH.
+func_cygpath ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then
+    func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null`
+    if test "$?" -ne 0; then
+      # on failure, ensure result is empty
+      func_cygpath_result=
+    fi
+  else
+    func_cygpath_result=
+    func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: '$LT_CYGPATH'"
+  fi
+}
+#end: func_cygpath
+
+
+# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format.  Return
+# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result.
+func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
+  func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null |
+    $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
+}
+#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2
+# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1).
+func_convert_file_check ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1"; then
+    func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to"
+    func_error "  '$1'"
+    func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+    # Fallback:
+    func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_file_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH
+# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below).
+func_convert_path_check ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then
+    func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to"
+    func_error "  '$3'"
+    func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+    # Fallback.  This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and
+    # should not be "improved".  See libtool.info.
+    if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then
+      lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g"
+      func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" |
+        $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"`
+    else
+      func_to_host_path_result=$3
+    fi
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG
+# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT
+# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT.
+func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  case $4 in
+  $1 ) func_to_host_path_result=$3$func_to_host_path_result
+    ;;
+  esac
+  case $4 in
+  $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3"
+    ;;
+  esac
+}
+# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep
+
+
+##################################################
+# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+# invoked via '$to_host_file_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result.
+
+
+# func_to_host_file ARG
+# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_to_host_file ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  $to_host_file_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_file
+
+
+# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY
+# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return
+# result in func_to_tool_file_result.  If the conversion in use is listed
+# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place.
+func_to_tool_file ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  case ,$2, in
+    *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*)
+      func_to_tool_file_result=$1
+      ;;
+    *)
+      $to_tool_file_cmd "$1"
+      func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+# end func_to_tool_file
+
+
+# func_convert_file_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_noop ()
+{
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+}
+# end func_convert_file_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use
+    # LT_CYGPATH in this case.
+    func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"`
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format.  Requires a wine environment
+# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format.  Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format.  Requires Cygwin installed
+# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set.  Returns result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin.
+    func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+#############################################
+# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+#############################################
+# invoked via '$to_host_path_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result.
+#
+# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format.  If
+# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but
+# converted to $host format) on output.
+#
+# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention:
+#   file name conversion function    : func_convert_file_X_to_Y ()
+#   path conversion function         : func_convert_path_X_to_Y ()
+# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the
+# same.  If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations,
+# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# will break.
+
+
+# func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the
+# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd.
+to_host_path_cmd=
+func_init_to_host_path_cmd ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then
+    func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd"
+    to_host_path_cmd=func_convert_path_$func_stripname_result
+  fi
+}
+
+
+# func_to_host_path ARG
+# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_path_result.
+func_to_host_path ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+  $to_host_path_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_path
+
+
+# func_convert_path_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_noop ()
+{
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+}
+# end func_convert_path_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG.  MSYS
+    # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.';
+    # and winepath ignores them completely.
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
+    func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"`
+    func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format.  Requires a wine environment and
+# a working winepath.  Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result
+    func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format.  Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
+    func_convert_path_check : : \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format.  Requires Cygwin installed in a
+# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
+    # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
+    # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
+    func_convert_path_check : : \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_dll_def_p FILE
+# True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file.
+# Keep in sync with _LT_DLL_DEF_P in libtool.m4
+func_dll_def_p ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_dll_def_p_tmp=`$SED -n \
+    -e 's/^[	 ]*//' \
+    -e '/^\(;.*\)*$/d' \
+    -e 's/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([	 ].*\)*$/DEF/p' \
+    -e q \
+    "$1"`
+  test DEF = "$func_dll_def_p_tmp"
+}
+
+
+# func_mode_compile arg...
+func_mode_compile ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Get the compilation command and the source file.
+    base_compile=
+    srcfile=$nonopt  #  always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
+    suppress_opt=yes
+    suppress_output=
+    arg_mode=normal
+    libobj=
+    later=
+    pie_flag=
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg_mode in
+      arg  )
+	# do not "continue".  Instead, add this to base_compile
+	lastarg=$arg
+	arg_mode=normal
+	;;
+
+      target )
+	libobj=$arg
+	arg_mode=normal
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      normal )
+	# Accept any command-line options.
+	case $arg in
+	-o)
+	  test -n "$libobj" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "you cannot specify '-o' more than once"
+	  arg_mode=target
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
+          func_append pie_flag " $arg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
+	  func_append later " $arg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-no-suppress)
+	  suppress_opt=no
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-Xcompiler)
+	  arg_mode=arg  #  the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
+	  continue      #  The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
+	  ;;            #  replaced later.  I would guess that would be a bug.
+
+	-Wc,*)
+	  func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+	  args=$func_stripname_result
+	  lastarg=
+	  save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+	  for arg in $args; do
+	    IFS=$save_ifs
+	    func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg"
+	  done
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+	  func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
+	  lastarg=$func_stripname_result
+
+	  # Add the arguments to base_compile.
+	  func_append base_compile " $lastarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  # Accept the current argument as the source file.
+	  # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
+	  #
+	  lastarg=$srcfile
+	  srcfile=$arg
+	  ;;
+	esac  #  case $arg
+	;;
+      esac    #  case $arg_mode
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
+      func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg"
+    done # for arg
+
+    case $arg_mode in
+    arg)
+      func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
+      ;;
+    target)
+      func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with '-o'"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # Get the name of the library object.
+      test -z "$libobj" && {
+	func_basename "$srcfile"
+	libobj=$func_basename_result
+      }
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Recognize several different file suffixes.
+    # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
+    case $libobj in
+    *.[cCFSifmso] | \
+    *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
+    *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
+    *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup)
+      func_xform "$libobj"
+      libobj=$func_xform_result
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $libobj in
+    *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
+    *)
+      func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from '$libobj'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+    for arg in $later; do
+      case $arg in
+      -shared)
+	test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" \
+	  || func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
+	build_old_libs=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -static)
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -prefer-pic)
+	pic_mode=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -prefer-non-pic)
+	pic_mode=no
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    func_quote_for_eval "$libobj"
+    test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \
+      && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"'	 &()|`$[]' \
+      && func_warning "libobj name '$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
+    func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
+    objname=$func_basename_result
+    xdir=$func_dirname_result
+    lobj=$xdir$objdir/$objname
+
+    test -z "$base_compile" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
+
+    # Delete any leftover library objects.
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    else
+      removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    fi
+
+    # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      pic_mode=default
+      ;;
+    esac
+    if test no = "$pic_mode" && test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+      # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
+      pic_mode=default
+    fi
+
+    # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
+    # not support -o with -c
+    if test no = "$compiler_c_o"; then
+      output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.$objext
+      lockfile=$output_obj.lock
+    else
+      output_obj=
+      need_locks=no
+      lockfile=
+    fi
+
+    # Lock this critical section if it is needed
+    # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
+    if test yes = "$need_locks"; then
+      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+	sleep 2
+      done
+    elif test warn = "$need_locks"; then
+      if test -f "$lockfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+      func_append removelist " $output_obj"
+      $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+    func_append removelist " $lockfile"
+    trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
+
+    func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+    srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result
+    func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
+    qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+
+    # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
+    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+      # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
+      fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
+
+      if test no != "$pic_mode"; then
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+      else
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
+      fi
+
+      func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
+
+      if test -z "$output_obj"; then
+	# Place PIC objects in $objdir
+	func_append command " -o $lobj"
+      fi
+
+      func_show_eval_locale "$command"	\
+          'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+      if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
+	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
+	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+      fi
+
+      # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
+      if test yes = "$suppress_opt"; then
+	suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      if test yes != "$pic_mode"; then
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
+      else
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+      fi
+      if test yes = "$compiler_c_o"; then
+	func_append command " -o $obj"
+      fi
+
+      # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
+      func_append command "$suppress_output"
+      func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+        '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+      if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
+	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
+	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
+
+      # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
+      if test no != "$need_locks"; then
+	removelist=$lockfile
+        $RM "$lockfile"
+      fi
+    }
+
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+$opt_help || {
+  test compile = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+func_mode_help ()
+{
+    # We need to display help for each of the modes.
+    case $opt_mode in
+      "")
+        # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
+        # at the start of this file.
+        func_help
+        ;;
+
+      clean)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove files from the build directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically '/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
+with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+        ;;
+
+      compile)
+      $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
+
+Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
+  -no-suppress      do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
+  -prefer-pic       try to build PIC objects only
+  -prefer-non-pic   try to build non-PIC objects only
+  -shared           do not build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
+  -static           only build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
+  -Wc,FLAG          pass FLAG directly to the compiler
+
+COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a 'standard' object file
+from the given SOURCEFILE.
+
+The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
+SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix '.c' with the
+library object suffix, '.lo'."
+        ;;
+
+      execute)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
+
+Automatically set library path, then run a program.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -dlopen FILE      add the directory containing FILE to the library path
+
+This mode sets the library path environment variable according to '-dlopen'
+flags.
+
+If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
+into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
+directories are added to the library path.
+
+Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
+        ;;
+
+      finish)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
+
+Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
+
+Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
+
+The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges.  Use
+the '--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
+        ;;
+
+      install)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
+
+Install executables or libraries.
+
+INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command.  The first component should be
+either the 'install' or 'cp' program.
+
+The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR  Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
+
+The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
+BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
+        ;;
+
+      link)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
+
+Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
+create an executable program.
+
+LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
+a program from several object files.
+
+The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -all-static       do not do any dynamic linking at all
+  -avoid-version    do not add a version suffix if possible
+  -bindir BINDIR    specify path to binaries directory (for systems where
+                    libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime)
+  -dlopen FILE      '-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
+  -dlpreopen FILE   link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
+  -export-dynamic   allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
+  -export-symbols SYMFILE
+                    try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
+  -export-symbols-regex REGEX
+                    try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
+  -LLIBDIR          search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
+  -lNAME            OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
+  -module           build a library that can dlopened
+  -no-fast-install  disable the fast-install mode
+  -no-install       link a not-installable executable
+  -no-undefined     declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
+  -objectlist FILE  use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
+  -os2dllname NAME  force a short DLL name on OS/2 (no effect on other OSes)
+  -precious-files-regex REGEX
+                    don't remove output files matching REGEX
+  -release RELEASE  specify package release information
+  -rpath LIBDIR     the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
+  -R[ ]LIBDIR       add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
+  -shared           only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -shrext SUFFIX    override the standard shared library file extension
+  -static           do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
+  -static-libtool-libs
+                    do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
+                    specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
+  -weak LIBNAME     declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
+  -Wc,FLAG
+  -Xcompiler FLAG   pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler
+  -Wl,FLAG
+  -Xlinker FLAG     pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker
+  -XCClinker FLAG   pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC)
+
+All other options (arguments beginning with '-') are ignored.
+
+Every other argument is treated as a filename.  Files ending in '.la' are
+treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
+object files.
+
+If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.la', then a libtool library is created,
+only library objects ('.lo' files) may be specified, and '-rpath' is
+required, except when creating a convenience library.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.a' or '.lib', then a standard library is created
+using 'ar' and 'ranlib', or on Windows using 'lib'.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.lo' or '.$objext', then a reloadable object file
+is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
+        ;;
+
+      uninstall)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove libraries from an installation directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically '/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
+Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+        ;;
+
+      *)
+        func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    echo
+    $ECHO "Try '$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
+}
+
+# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
+if $opt_help; then
+  if test : = "$opt_help"; then
+    func_mode_help
+  else
+    {
+      func_help noexit
+      for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+	func_mode_help
+      done
+    } | $SED -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/  or: /p'
+    {
+      func_help noexit
+      for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+	echo
+	func_mode_help
+      done
+    } |
+    $SED '1d
+      /^When reporting/,/^Report/{
+	H
+	d
+      }
+      $x
+      /information about other modes/d
+      /more detailed .*MODE/d
+      s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/'
+  fi
+  exit $?
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_execute arg...
+func_mode_execute ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # The first argument is the command name.
+    cmd=$nonopt
+    test -z "$cmd" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
+
+    # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
+    for file in $opt_dlopen; do
+      test -f "$file" \
+	|| func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a file"
+
+      dir=
+      case $file in
+      *.la)
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+	file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+	  || func_fatal_help "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	# Read the libtool library.
+	dlname=
+	library_names=
+	func_source "$file"
+
+	# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  # Warn if it was a shared library.
+	  test -n "$library_names" && \
+	    func_warning "'$file' was not linked with '-export-dynamic'"
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+	dir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
+	  func_append dir "/$objdir"
+	else
+	  if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot find '$dlname' in '$dir' or '$dir/$objdir'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
+	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+	dir=$func_dirname_result
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Get the absolute pathname.
+      absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+      test -n "$absdir" && dir=$absdir
+
+      # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
+      if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
+      else
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
+      fi
+    done
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
+    # rather than running their programs.
+    libtool_execute_magic=$magic
+
+    # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
+    args=
+    for file
+    do
+      case $file in
+      -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;;
+      *)
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
+	  func_source "$file"
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file=$progdir/$program
+	elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	  func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	  func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file=$progdir/$program
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
+      func_append_quoted args "$file"
+    done
+
+    if $opt_dry_run; then
+      # Display what would be done.
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
+	echo "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+      $ECHO "$cmd$args"
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+    else
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	# Export the shlibpath_var.
+	eval "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+
+      # Restore saved environment variables
+      for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+      do
+	eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+                $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
+	      else
+		$lt_unset $lt_var
+	      fi"
+      done
+
+      # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
+      exec_cmd=\$cmd$args
+    fi
+}
+
+test execute = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_finish arg...
+func_mode_finish ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    libs=
+    libdirs=
+    admincmds=
+
+    for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"}
+    do
+      if test -d "$opt"; then
+	func_append libdirs " $opt"
+
+      elif test -f "$opt"; then
+	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then
+	  func_append libs " $opt"
+	else
+	  func_warning "'$opt' is not a valid libtool archive"
+	fi
+
+      else
+	func_fatal_error "invalid argument '$opt'"
+      fi
+    done
+
+    if test -n "$libs"; then
+      if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then
+        sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+        sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;"
+      else
+        sysroot_cmd=
+      fi
+
+      # Remove sysroot references
+      if $opt_dry_run; then
+        for lib in $libs; do
+          echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and '=' prefixes from $lib"
+        done
+      else
+        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+        for lib in $libs; do
+	  $SED -e "$sysroot_cmd s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \
+	    > $tmpdir/tmp-la
+	  mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib
+	done
+        ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+      for libdir in $libdirs; do
+	if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
+	  # Do each command in the finish commands.
+	  func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
+'"$cmd"'"'
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
+	  # Do the single finish_eval.
+	  eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds "
+       $cmds"
+	fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
+    $opt_quiet && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+      echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+      echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
+      for libdir in $libdirs; do
+	$ECHO "   $libdir"
+      done
+      echo
+      echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
+      echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
+      echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the '-LLIBDIR'"
+      echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	echo "   - add LIBDIR to the '$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
+	echo "     during execution"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	echo "   - add LIBDIR to the '$runpath_var' environment variable"
+	echo "     during linking"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	libdir=LIBDIR
+	eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+
+	$ECHO "   - use the '$flag' linker flag"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$admincmds"; then
+	$ECHO "   - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
+      fi
+      if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+	echo "   - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to '/etc/ld.so.conf'"
+      fi
+      echo
+
+      echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
+      case $host in
+	solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
+	  echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
+	  echo "pages."
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+    fi
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+test finish = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_install arg...
+func_mode_install ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
+    # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
+    if test "$SHELL" = "$nonopt" || test /bin/sh = "$nonopt" ||
+       # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
+       case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac
+    then
+      # Aesthetically quote it.
+      func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
+      install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
+      arg=$1
+      shift
+    else
+      install_prog=
+      arg=$nonopt
+    fi
+
+    # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
+    # Aesthetically quote it.
+    func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+    func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+    install_shared_prog=$install_prog
+    case " $install_prog " in
+      *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;;
+      *) install_cp=false ;;
+    esac
+
+    # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
+    dest=
+    files=
+    opts=
+    prev=
+    install_type=
+    isdir=false
+    stripme=
+    no_mode=:
+    for arg
+    do
+      arg2=
+      if test -n "$dest"; then
+	func_append files " $dest"
+	dest=$arg
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      case $arg in
+      -d) isdir=: ;;
+      -f)
+	if $install_cp; then :; else
+	  prev=$arg
+	fi
+	;;
+      -g | -m | -o)
+	prev=$arg
+	;;
+      -s)
+	stripme=" -s"
+	continue
+	;;
+      -*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
+	if test -n "$prev"; then
+	  if test X-m = "X$prev" && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then
+	    arg2=$install_override_mode
+	    no_mode=false
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  dest=$arg
+	  continue
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the argument.
+      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+      func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+      if test -n "$arg2"; then
+	func_quote_for_eval "$arg2"
+      fi
+      func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+    done
+
+    test -z "$install_prog" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
+
+    test -n "$prev" && \
+      func_fatal_help "the '$prev' option requires an argument"
+
+    if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then
+      if $install_cp; then :; else
+	func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode"
+	func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$files"; then
+      if test -z "$dest"; then
+	func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
+      else
+	func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
+    func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
+    dest=$func_stripname_result
+
+    # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
+    test -d "$dest" && isdir=:
+    if $isdir; then
+      destdir=$dest
+      destname=
+    else
+      func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
+      destdir=$func_dirname_result
+      destname=$func_basename_result
+
+      # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
+      set dummy $files; shift
+      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+	func_fatal_help "'$dest' is not a directory"
+    fi
+    case $destdir in
+    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+    *)
+      for file in $files; do
+	case $file in
+	*.lo) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_help "'$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic=$magic
+
+    staticlibs=
+    future_libdirs=
+    current_libdirs=
+    for file in $files; do
+
+      # Do each installation.
+      case $file in
+      *.$libext)
+	# Do the static libraries later.
+	func_append staticlibs " $file"
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+	file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+	  || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	relink_command=
+	func_source "$file"
+
+	# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
+	if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
+	  case "$current_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	else
+	  # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
+	  case "$future_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
+	dir=$func_dirname_result
+	func_append dir "$objdir"
+
+	if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	  # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
+	  inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
+
+	  # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
+	  # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
+	  # are installed to the same prefix.
+	  # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
+	  # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
+	  # but it's something to keep an eye on.
+	  test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "error: cannot install '$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
+
+	  if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+	    # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
+	  else
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
+	  fi
+
+	  func_warning "relinking '$file'"
+	  func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
+	    'func_fatal_error "error: relink '\''$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
+	fi
+
+	# See the names of the shared library.
+	set dummy $library_names; shift
+	if test -n "$1"; then
+	  realname=$1
+	  shift
+
+	  srcname=$realname
+	  test -n "$relink_command" && srcname=${realname}T
+
+	  # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
+	  func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
+	      'exit $?'
+	  tstripme=$stripme
+	  case $host_os in
+	  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+	    case $realname in
+	    *.dll.a)
+	      tstripme=
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  os2*)
+	    case $realname in
+	    *_dll.a)
+	      tstripme=
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
+	    func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
+	    # Try 'ln -sf' first, because the 'ln' binary might depend on
+	    # the symlink we replace!  Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
+	    # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
+	    for linkname
+	    do
+	      test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
+		&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
+	    done
+	  fi
+
+	  # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+	  lib=$destdir/$realname
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
+	func_basename "$file"
+	name=$func_basename_result
+	instname=$dir/${name}i
+	func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
+
+	# Maybe install the static library, too.
+	test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
+
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destname
+	else
+	  func_basename "$file"
+	  destfile=$func_basename_result
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destfile
+	fi
+
+	# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
+	case $destfile in
+	*.lo)
+	  func_lo2o "$destfile"
+	  staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
+	  ;;
+	*.$objext)
+	  staticdest=$destfile
+	  destfile=
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to '$destfile'"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Install the libtool object if requested.
+	test -n "$destfile" && \
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
+
+	# Install the old object if enabled.
+	if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	  # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
+	  func_lo2o "$file"
+	  staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destname
+	else
+	  func_basename "$file"
+	  destfile=$func_basename_result
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destfile
+	fi
+
+	# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
+	# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
+	# install
+	stripped_ext=
+	case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    if test ! -f "$file"; then
+	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	      file=$func_stripname_result
+	      stripped_ext=.exe
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin* | *mingw*)
+	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	      wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	    else
+	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	      wrapper=$func_stripname_result
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    wrapper=$file
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
+	  notinst_deplibs=
+	  relink_command=
+
+	  func_source "$wrapper"
+
+	  # Check the variables that should have been set.
+	  test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script '$wrapper'"
+
+	  finalize=:
+	  for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
+	    # Check to see that each library is installed.
+	    libdir=
+	    if test -f "$lib"; then
+	      func_source "$lib"
+	    fi
+	    libfile=$libdir/`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'`
+	    if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
+	      func_warning "'$lib' has not been installed in '$libdir'"
+	      finalize=false
+	    fi
+	  done
+
+	  relink_command=
+	  func_source "$wrapper"
+
+	  outputname=
+	  if test no = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      if $finalize; then
+	        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+		func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
+		file=$func_basename_result
+	        outputname=$tmpdir/$file
+	        # Replace the output file specification.
+	        relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
+
+	        $opt_quiet || {
+	          func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
+		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+	        }
+	        if eval "$relink_command"; then :
+	          else
+		  func_error "error: relink '$file' with the above command before installing it"
+		  $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+		  continue
+	        fi
+	        file=$outputname
+	      else
+	        func_warning "cannot relink '$file'"
+	      fi
+	    }
+	  else
+	    # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
+	    file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
+	# one anyway
+	case $install_prog,$host in
+	*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
+	  case $file:$destfile in
+	  *.exe:*.exe)
+	    # this is ok
+	    ;;
+	  *.exe:*)
+	    destfile=$destfile.exe
+	    ;;
+	  *:*.exe)
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
+	    destfile=$func_stripname_result
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
+	$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
+	  ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    for file in $staticlibs; do
+      func_basename "$file"
+      name=$func_basename_result
+
+      # Set up the ranlib parameters.
+      oldlib=$destdir/$name
+      func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+      tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+
+      func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
+
+      if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
+	func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+      func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+    done
+
+    test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
+      func_warning "remember to run '$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
+
+    if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
+      # Maybe just do a dry run.
+      $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
+      exec_cmd='$SHELL "$progpath" $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
+    else
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+    fi
+}
+
+test install = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
+# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
+# a dlpreopen symbol table.
+func_generate_dlsyms ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    my_outputname=$1
+    my_originator=$2
+    my_pic_p=${3-false}
+    my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | $SED 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
+    my_dlsyms=
+
+    if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+      if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	my_dlsyms=${my_outputname}S.c
+      else
+	func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
+      case $my_dlsyms in
+      "") ;;
+      *.c)
+	# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
+	nlist=$output_objdir/$my_outputname.nm
+
+	func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+
+	# Parse the name list into a source file.
+	func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for '$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
+/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern \"C\" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4))
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\"
+#endif
+
+/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime
+   relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs.  */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#elif defined __osf__
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data.  */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#else
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
+#endif
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
+
+/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
+"
+
+	if test yes = "$dlself"; then
+	  func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$output'"
+
+	  $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
+
+	  # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
+	  progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	  for progfile in $progfiles; do
+	    func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	    func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$func_to_tool_file_result'"
+	    $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	  done
+
+	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    }
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    }
+	  fi
+
+	  # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	  if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	    export_symbols=$output_objdir/$outputname.exp
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      $RM $export_symbols
+	      eval "$SED -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+                eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+                eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	        ;;
+	      esac
+	    }
+	  else
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval "$SED -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
+	      eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	      case $host in
+	        *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	          eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	          eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	          ;;
+	      esac
+	    }
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
+	  func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$dlprefile'"
+	  func_basename "$dlprefile"
+	  name=$func_basename_result
+          case $host in
+	    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	      # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname
+	      if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then
+	        func_tr_sh "$dlprefile"
+	        eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result"
+	        dlprefile_dlbasename=
+	        if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then
+	          # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values
+	          dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"`
+	          if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname"; then
+	            func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname"
+	            dlprefile_dlbasename=$func_basename_result
+	          else
+	            # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>.
+	            $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile"
+	            dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+	          fi
+	        fi
+	        $opt_dry_run || {
+	          if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename"; then
+	            eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"'
+	          else
+	            func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name"
+	            eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	          fi
+	          func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	          eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe |
+	            $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'"
+	        }
+	      else # not an import lib
+	        $opt_dry_run || {
+	          eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	          func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	          eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	        }
+	      fi
+	    ;;
+	    *)
+	      $opt_dry_run || {
+	        eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	        func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	        eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	      }
+	    ;;
+          esac
+	done
+
+	$opt_dry_run || {
+	  # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
+	  test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
+
+	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	    $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
+	    $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+	  if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
+	      if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		sort -k 3
+	      else
+		sort +2
+	      fi |
+	      uniq > "$nlist"S; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -f "$nlist"S; then
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
+	  else
+	    echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	  fi
+
+	  func_show_eval '$RM "${nlist}I"'
+	  if test -n "$global_symbol_to_import"; then
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_import"' < "$nlist"S > "$nlist"I'
+	  fi
+
+	  echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+typedef struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void *address;
+} lt_dlsymlist;
+extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];\
+"
+
+	  if test -s "$nlist"I; then
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+static void lt_syminit(void)
+{
+  LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist *symbol = lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+  for (; symbol->name; ++symbol)
+    {"
+	    $SED 's/.*/      if (STREQ (symbol->name, \"&\")) symbol->address = (void *) \&&;/' < "$nlist"I >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+    }
+}"
+	  fi
+	  echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{ {\"$my_originator\", (void *) 0},"
+
+	  if test -s "$nlist"I; then
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+  {\"@INIT@\", (void *) &lt_syminit},"
+	  fi
+
+	  case $need_lib_prefix in
+	  no)
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif\
+"
+	} # !$opt_dry_run
+
+	pic_flag_for_symtable=
+	case "$compile_command " in
+	*" -static "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case $host in
+	  # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
+	  # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
+	  # linked before any other PIC object.  But we must not use
+	  # pic_flag when linking with -static.  The problem exists in
+	  # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
+	  *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
+	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
+	  *-*-hpux*)
+	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"  ;;
+	  *)
+	    $my_pic_p && pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	symtab_cflags=
+	for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
+	  case $arg in
+	  -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
+	  *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+
+	# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
+	func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
+
+	# Clean up the generated files.
+	func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" "${nlist}I"'
+
+	# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
+	symfileobj=$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	  if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
+	    compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+	  else
+	    compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *)
+	func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for '$my_dlsyms'"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
+      # lt_preloaded_symbols.  The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
+      # really was required.
+
+      # Nullify the symbol file.
+      compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+      finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+    fi
+}
+
+# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+  func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'`
+  test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_ms_implib_p ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+  func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'`
+  test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_win32_libid arg
+# return the library type of file 'arg'
+#
+# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
+# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
+# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
+# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries.
+func_win32_libid ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  win32_libid_type=unknown
+  win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
+  case $win32_fileres in
+  *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
+    win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
+    ;;
+  *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
+    # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD.
+    if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
+       $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then
+      case $nm_interface in
+      "MS dumpbin")
+	if func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ||
+	   func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"
+	then
+	  win32_nmres=import
+	else
+	  win32_nmres=
+	fi
+	;;
+      *)
+	func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" |
+	  $SED -n -e '
+	    1,100{
+		/ I /{
+		    s|.*|import|
+		    p
+		    q
+		}
+	    }'`
+	;;
+      esac
+      case $win32_nmres in
+      import*)  win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
+      *)        win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *DLL*)
+    win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+    ;;
+  *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
+    case $win32_fileres in
+    *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
+      win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG
+#
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"`
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs
+#
+# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a
+# platform-specific function to extract the name of the
+# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME.
+#
+# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending
+# on the platform and compiler that created the implib.
+#
+# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the
+# specified import library.
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+  $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null |
+    $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{
+      # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section
+      s/.*/====MARK====/
+      p
+      d
+    }
+    # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but
+    # are always uninteresting
+    /:[	 ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d
+    /^In archive [^:]*:/d
+    # Ensure marker is printed
+    /^====MARK====/p
+    # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters
+    /^.\{43\}/!d
+    # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters
+    s/^.\{43\}//' |
+    $SED -n '
+      # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line
+      /^====MARK====/ b para
+      H
+      $ b para
+      b
+      :para
+      x
+      s/\n//g
+      # Remove the marker
+      s/^====MARK====//
+      # Remove trailing dots and whitespace
+      s/[\. \t]*$//
+      # Print
+      /./p' |
+    # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified
+    # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the
+    # archive that possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate
+    # all those that have a first or second character that is
+    # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable
+    # character.) This should work for all archives with less than
+    # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually
+    # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by
+    # a '.'.
+    #
+    # Of those that remain, print the first one.
+    $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q'
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+#
+# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL
+# does not support the --identify-strict option.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"; then
+    # binutils import library
+    sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"`
+  elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1"; then
+    # ms-generated import library
+    sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"`
+  else
+    # unknown
+    sharedlib_from_linklib_result=
+  fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
+func_extract_an_archive ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    f_ex_an_ar_dir=$1; shift
+    f_ex_an_ar_oldlib=$1
+    if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
+      lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock
+      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+	sleep 2
+      done
+    fi
+    func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \
+		   'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat'
+    if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
+      $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile"
+    fi
+    if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+     :
+    else
+      func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
+func_extract_archives ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    my_gentop=$1; shift
+    my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
+    my_oldobjs=
+    my_xlib=
+    my_xabs=
+    my_xdir=
+
+    for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
+      # Extract the objects.
+      case $my_xlib in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs=$my_xlib ;;
+	*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
+      esac
+      func_basename "$my_xlib"
+      my_xlib=$func_basename_result
+      my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
+      while :; do
+        case " $extracted_archives " in
+	*" $my_xlib_u "*)
+	  func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
+	  extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
+	  my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
+	*) break ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
+      my_xdir=$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u
+
+      func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
+
+      case $host in
+      *-darwin*)
+	func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
+	# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
+	$opt_dry_run || {
+	  darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
+	  cd $my_xdir || exit $?
+	  darwin_archive=$my_xabs
+	  darwin_curdir=`pwd`
+	  func_basename "$darwin_archive"
+	  darwin_base_archive=$func_basename_result
+	  darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
+	  if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
+	    darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
+	    darwin_arch=
+	    func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
+	    for darwin_arch in  $darwin_arches; do
+	      func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
+	      $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" "$darwin_archive"
+	      cd "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
+	      func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "$darwin_base_archive"
+	      cd "$darwin_curdir"
+	      $RM "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive"
+	    done # $darwin_arches
+            ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
+	    darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$sed_basename" | sort -u`
+	    darwin_file=
+	    darwin_files=
+	    for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
+	      darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+	      $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
+	    done # $darwin_filelist
+	    $RM -rf unfat-$$
+	    cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
+	  else
+	    cd $darwin_orig_dir
+	    func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+	  fi # $darwin_arches
+	} # !$opt_dry_run
+	;;
+      *)
+        func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+	;;
+      esac
+      my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+    done
+
+    func_extract_archives_result=$my_oldobjs
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
+# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
+# wrapper executable.  Must ONLY be called from within
+# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
+# set therein.
+#
+# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
+# variable will take.  If 'yes', then the emitted script
+# will assume that the directory where it is stored is
+# the $objdir directory.  This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
+# behavior.
+func_emit_wrapper ()
+{
+	func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no}
+
+	$ECHO "\
+#! $SHELL
+
+# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+# libraries that it depends on are installed.
+#
+# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
+# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
+fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
+
+# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
+if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
+  # install mode needs the following variables:
+  generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
+  notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
+else
+  # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
+  if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+    file=\"\$0\""
+
+    qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+    $ECHO "\
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+  eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+\$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+    ECHO=\"$qECHO\"
+  fi
+
+# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to
+# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper
+# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ that is used only on
+# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-"
+# (application programs are unlikely to have options that match
+# this pattern).
+#
+# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and
+# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help.
+#
+# The first argument to this parsing function should be the
+# script's $0 value, followed by "$@".
+lt_option_debug=
+func_parse_lt_options ()
+{
+  lt_script_arg0=\$0
+  shift
+  for lt_opt
+  do
+    case \"\$lt_opt\" in
+    --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;;
+    --lt-dump-script)
+        lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+        test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=.
+        lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
+        cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\"
+        exit 0
+      ;;
+    --lt-*)
+        \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2
+        exit 1
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  # Print the debug banner immediately:
+  if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+    echo \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\" 1>&2
+  fi
+}
+
+# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout
+# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller)
+func_lt_dump_args ()
+{
+  lt_dump_args_N=1;
+  for lt_arg
+  do
+    \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\"
+    lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\`
+  done
+}
+
+# Core function for launching the target application
+func_exec_program_core ()
+{
+"
+  case $host in
+  # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
+  *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+    $ECHO "\
+      if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+        \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2
+        func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+      fi
+      exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    $ECHO "\
+      if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+        \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2
+        func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+      fi
+      exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  $ECHO "\
+      \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+}
+
+# A function to encapsulate launching the target application
+# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and
+# launches target application with the remaining arguments.
+func_exec_program ()
+{
+  case \" \$* \" in
+  *\\ --lt-*)
+    for lt_wr_arg
+    do
+      case \$lt_wr_arg in
+      --lt-*) ;;
+      *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;;
+      esac
+      shift
+    done ;;
+  esac
+  func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"}
+}
+
+  # Parse options
+  func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+
+  # Find the directory that this script lives in.
+  thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+  test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
+
+  # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
+  file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  while test -n \"\$file\"; do
+    destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
+
+    # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
+    if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
+      case \"\$destdir\" in
+      [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
+      *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+
+    file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\`
+    file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  done
+
+  # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
+  # the cwrapper.
+  WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
+  if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
+    # special case for '.'
+    if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
+      thisdir=\`pwd\`
+    fi
+    # remove .libs from thisdir
+    case \"\$thisdir\" in
+    *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
+    $objdir )   thisdir=. ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  # Try to get the absolute directory name.
+  absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
+  test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
+"
+
+	if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+  program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+
+  if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
+     { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | $SED 1q\`; \\
+       test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
+
+    file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
+
+    if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
+      $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
+    else
+      $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+    fi"
+
+	  $ECHO "\
+
+    # relink executable if necessary
+    if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
+      if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
+      else
+	\$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
+	$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+	exit 1
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
+    { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
+      $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
+    $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+  fi"
+	else
+	  $ECHO "\
+  program='$outputname'
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+"
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+
+  if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
+
+	# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
+	#
+	# Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to.  Do this before prepending
+	# to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled
+	# libraries must come first.
+	if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+    # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
+    PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
+"
+	fi
+
+	# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
+	if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+    # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
+    $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
+
+    # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
+    # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
+    $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\`
+
+    export $shlibpath_var
+"
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+    if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+      # Run the actual program with our arguments.
+      func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"}
+    fi
+  else
+    # The program doesn't exist.
+    \$ECHO \"\$0: error: '\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
+    \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
+    \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi\
+"
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
+# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
+# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
+func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
+{
+	cat <<EOF
+
+/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
+   Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+
+   The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+   libraries that it depends on are installed.
+
+   This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
+   If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+*/
+EOF
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <direct.h>
+# include <process.h>
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
+
+/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */
+#if defined __MINGW32__
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+int _putenv (const char *);
+# endif
+#elif defined __CYGWIN__
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+char *realpath (const char *, char *);
+int putenv (char *);
+int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
+# endif
+/* #elif defined other_platform || defined ... */
+#endif
+
+/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */
+#if defined _MSC_VER
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat    _stat
+# define chmod   _chmod
+# define getcwd  _getcwd
+# define putenv  _putenv
+# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
+#elif defined __MINGW32__
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat    _stat
+# define chmod   _chmod
+# define getcwd  _getcwd
+# define putenv  _putenv
+#elif defined __CYGWIN__
+# define HAVE_SETENV
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+/* #elif defined other platforms ... */
+#endif
+
+#if defined PATH_MAX
+# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* path handling portability macros */
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__ || \
+  defined __OS2__
+# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+#  define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
+# endif
+# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+#  define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
+	(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
+#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
+#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef FOPEN_WB
+# define FOPEN_WB "w"
+#endif
+#ifndef _O_BINARY
+# define _O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#define XMALLOC(type, num)      ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
+#define XFREE(stale) do { \
+  if (stale) { free (stale); stale = 0; } \
+} while (0)
+
+#if defined LT_DEBUGWRAPPER
+static int lt_debug = 1;
+#else
+static int lt_debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t num);
+char *xstrdup (const char *string);
+const char *base_name (const char *name);
+char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
+char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
+int make_executable (const char *path);
+int check_executable (const char *path);
+char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
+void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...);
+void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...);
+static const char *nonnull (const char *s);
+static const char *nonempty (const char *s);
+void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
+char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
+void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+char **prepare_spawn (char **argv);
+void lt_dump_script (FILE *f);
+EOF
+
+	    cat <<EOF
+#if __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+# define externally_visible volatile
+#else
+# define externally_visible __attribute__((externally_visible)) volatile
+#endif
+externally_visible const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe";
+const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var";
+EOF
+
+	    if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+              func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath"
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE   = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+	    else
+	      cat <<"EOF"
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE   = "";
+EOF
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+              func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:"
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE   = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+	    else
+	      cat <<"EOF"
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE   = "";
+EOF
+	    fi
+
+	    if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+	    else
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+	    fi
+
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+
+#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX         "--lt-"
+
+static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX;
+static const char *dumpscript_opt       = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script";
+static const char *debug_opt            = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug";
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  char **newargz;
+  int  newargc;
+  char *tmp_pathspec;
+  char *actual_cwrapper_path;
+  char *actual_cwrapper_name;
+  char *target_name;
+  char *lt_argv_zero;
+  int rval = 127;
+
+  int i;
+
+  program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0]));
+  newargz = XMALLOC (char *, (size_t) argc + 1);
+
+  /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt
+   * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except
+   * argz[0], which is handled differently
+   */
+  newargc=0;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      if (STREQ (argv[i], dumpscript_opt))
+	{
+EOF
+	    case $host in
+	      *mingw* | *cygwin* )
+		# make stdout use "unix" line endings
+		echo "          setmode(1,_O_BINARY);"
+		;;
+	      esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+	  lt_dump_script (stdout);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      if (STREQ (argv[i], debug_opt))
+	{
+          lt_debug = 1;
+          continue;
+	}
+      if (STREQ (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix))
+        {
+          /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+             namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and
+             have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then
+             report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe
+             they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+             namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll
+             need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option
+             or a configure.ac-settable value.
+           */
+          lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		    "unrecognized %s option: '%s'",
+                    ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]);
+        }
+      /* otherwise ... */
+      newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]);
+    }
+  newargz[++newargc] = NULL;
+
+EOF
+	    cat <<EOF
+  /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\n");
+EOF
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]);
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name);
+
+  tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]);
+  if (tmp_pathspec == NULL)
+    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]);
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+                  "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+		  tmp_pathspec);
+
+  actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec);
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+                  "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+		  actual_cwrapper_path);
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+  actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path));
+  strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+  /* wrapper name transforms */
+  strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe");
+  tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1);
+  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+  actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec;
+  tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+  /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */
+  target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME));
+  strendzap (target_name, ".exe");
+  tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1);
+  XFREE (target_name);
+  target_name = tmp_pathspec;
+  tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(main) libtool target name: %s\n",
+		  target_name);
+EOF
+
+	    cat <<EOF
+  newargz[0] =
+    XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) +
+		    strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1));
+  strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path);
+  strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir");
+  strcat (newargz[0], "/");
+EOF
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */
+  tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]);
+
+  /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */
+  strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+  /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */
+  lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1);
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+  tmp_pathspec = NULL;
+EOF
+
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  {
+    char* p;
+    while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL)
+      {
+	*p = '/';
+      }
+    while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL)
+      {
+	*p = '/';
+      }
+  }
+EOF
+	    ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  XFREE (target_name);
+  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path);
+  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+  lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */
+  lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1");  /* for MSK sh */
+  /* Update the DLL searchpath.  EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must
+     be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath)
+     because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled
+     libraries must come first. */
+  lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE);
+  lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE);
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n",
+		  nonnull (lt_argv_zero));
+  for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
+    {
+      lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n",
+		      i, nonnull (newargz[i]));
+    }
+
+EOF
+
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+  /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
+  newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz);
+  rval = (int) _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
+  if (rval == -1)
+    {
+      /* failed to start process */
+      lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		      "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n",
+		      lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+      return 127;
+    }
+  return rval;
+EOF
+		;;
+	      *)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+  execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
+  return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
+EOF
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+}
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t num)
+{
+  void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
+  if (!p)
+    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+char *
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+  return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
+			  string) : NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+base_name (const char *name)
+{
+  const char *base;
+
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+  /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
+  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
+    name += 2;
+#endif
+
+  for (base = name; *name; name++)
+    if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
+      base = name + 1;
+  return base;
+}
+
+int
+check_executable (const char *path)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n",
+                  nonempty (path));
+  if ((!path) || (!*path))
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+      && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+make_executable (const char *path)
+{
+  int rval = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n",
+                  nonempty (path));
+  if ((!path) || (!*path))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+    {
+      rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
+    }
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper.  Returns
+   newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
+   Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
+*/
+char *
+find_executable (const char *wrapper)
+{
+  int has_slash = 0;
+  const char *p;
+  const char *p_next;
+  /* static buffer for getcwd */
+  char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
+  size_t tmp_len;
+  char *concat_name;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n",
+                  nonempty (wrapper));
+
+  if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Absolute path? */
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
+    {
+      concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+      if (check_executable (concat_name))
+	return concat_name;
+      XFREE (concat_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#endif
+      if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
+	{
+	  concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+	  if (check_executable (concat_name))
+	    return concat_name;
+	  XFREE (concat_name);
+	}
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+    }
+#endif
+
+  for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
+    if (*p == '/')
+      {
+	has_slash = 1;
+	break;
+      }
+  if (!has_slash)
+    {
+      /* no slashes; search PATH */
+      const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
+      if (path != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
+	    {
+	      const char *q;
+	      size_t p_len;
+	      for (q = p; *q; q++)
+		if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
+		  break;
+	      p_len = (size_t) (q - p);
+	      p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
+	      if (p_len == 0)
+		{
+		  /* empty path: current directory */
+		  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+		    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+                              nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+		  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+		  concat_name =
+		    XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+		  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+		  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+		  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  concat_name =
+		    XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+		  memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
+		  concat_name[p_len] = '/';
+		  strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
+		}
+	      if (check_executable (concat_name))
+		return concat_name;
+	      XFREE (concat_name);
+	    }
+	}
+      /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
+    }
+  /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
+  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+              nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+  concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+
+  if (check_executable (concat_name))
+    return concat_name;
+  XFREE (concat_name);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
+{
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+  return xstrdup (pathspec);
+#else
+  char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
+  struct stat s;
+  char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
+  char *p;
+  int has_symlinks = 0;
+  while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
+    {
+      lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		      "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
+		      tmp_pathspec);
+      if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
+	    {
+	      has_symlinks = 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
+	  p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
+	  while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+	    p--;
+	  if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+	    {
+	      /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  *p = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		    "error accessing file \"%s\": %s",
+		    tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+	}
+    }
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+  if (!has_symlinks)
+    {
+      return xstrdup (pathspec);
+    }
+
+  tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
+  if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
+    {
+      lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		"could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
+    }
+  return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
+{
+  size_t len, patlen;
+
+  assert (str != NULL);
+  assert (pat != NULL);
+
+  len = strlen (str);
+  patlen = strlen (pat);
+
+  if (patlen <= len)
+    {
+      str += len - patlen;
+      if (STREQ (str, pat))
+	*str = '\0';
+    }
+  return str;
+}
+
+void
+lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  if (lt_debug)
+    {
+      (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line);
+      va_start (args, fmt);
+      (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
+      va_end (args);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file,
+	       int line, const char *mode,
+	       const char *message, va_list ap)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode);
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
+  fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
+
+  if (exit_status >= 0)
+    exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+void
+lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start (ap, message);
+  lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap);
+  va_end (ap);
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonnull (const char *s)
+{
+  return s ? s : "(null)";
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonempty (const char *s)
+{
+  return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s);
+}
+
+void
+lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
+                  nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+  {
+#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
+    /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
+    char *str = xstrdup (value);
+    setenv (name, str, 1);
+#else
+    size_t len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
+    char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
+    sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
+    if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
+      {
+        XFREE (str);
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
+{
+  char *new_value;
+  if (orig_value && *orig_value)
+    {
+      size_t orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
+      size_t add_len = strlen (add);
+      new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
+      if (to_end)
+        {
+          strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
+          strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          strcpy (new_value, add);
+          strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      new_value = xstrdup (add);
+    }
+  return new_value;
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+                  nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+  if (name && *name && value && *value)
+    {
+      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+      /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
+      size_t len = strlen (new_value);
+      while ((len > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
+        {
+          new_value[--len] = '\0';
+        }
+      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+      XFREE (new_value);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+                  nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+  if (name && *name && value && *value)
+    {
+      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+      XFREE (new_value);
+    }
+}
+
+EOF
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+
+/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
+   Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
+     (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
+      ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
+         GetVersionEx(&v);
+         v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
+      }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
+   Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
+   CreateProcess().  We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess()
+   interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
+   special way:
+   - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
+     delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
+   - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
+     that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
+     characters.
+   - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
+   - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
+     n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
+       \" -> "
+       \\\" -> \"
+       \\\\\" -> \\"
+ */
+#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+char **
+prepare_spawn (char **argv)
+{
+  size_t argc;
+  char **new_argv;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Count number of arguments.  */
+  for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Allocate new argument vector.  */
+  new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
+
+  /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      const char *string = argv[i];
+
+      if (string[0] == '\0')
+	new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
+      else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
+	{
+	  int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
+	  size_t length;
+	  unsigned int backslashes;
+	  const char *s;
+	  char *quoted_string;
+	  char *p;
+
+	  length = 0;
+	  backslashes = 0;
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    length++;
+	  for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+	    {
+	      char c = *s;
+	      if (c == '"')
+		length += backslashes + 1;
+	      length++;
+	      if (c == '\\')
+		backslashes++;
+	      else
+		backslashes = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    length += backslashes + 1;
+
+	  quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1);
+
+	  p = quoted_string;
+	  backslashes = 0;
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    *p++ = '"';
+	  for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+	    {
+	      char c = *s;
+	      if (c == '"')
+		{
+		  unsigned int j;
+		  for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
+		    *p++ = '\\';
+		}
+	      *p++ = c;
+	      if (c == '\\')
+		backslashes++;
+	      else
+		backslashes = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int j;
+	      for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
+		*p++ = '\\';
+	      *p++ = '"';
+	    }
+	  *p = '\0';
+
+	  new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
+	}
+      else
+	new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
+    }
+  new_argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+  return new_argv;
+}
+EOF
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+            cat <<"EOF"
+void lt_dump_script (FILE* f)
+{
+EOF
+	    func_emit_wrapper yes |
+	      $SED -n -e '
+s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\
+\2/
+h
+s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g
+s/$/\\n/
+s/\([^\n]*\).*/  fputs ("\1", f);/p
+g
+D'
+            cat <<"EOF"
+}
+EOF
+}
+# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+
+# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG
+# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd
+func_win32_import_lib_p ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in
+    *import*) : ;;
+    *) false ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+# func_suncc_cstd_abi
+# !!ONLY CALL THIS FOR SUN CC AFTER $compile_command IS FULLY EXPANDED!!
+# Several compiler flags select an ABI that is incompatible with the
+# Cstd library. Avoid specifying it if any are in CXXFLAGS.
+func_suncc_cstd_abi ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case " $compile_command " in
+    *" -compat=g "*|*\ -std=c++[0-9][0-9]\ *|*" -library=stdcxx4 "*|*" -library=stlport4 "*)
+      suncc_use_cstd_abi=no
+      ;;
+    *)
+      suncc_use_cstd_abi=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+# func_mode_link arg...
+func_mode_link ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $host in
+    *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+      # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
+      # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
+      # what system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
+      # flag for every libtool invocation.
+      # allow_undefined=no
+
+      # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
+      # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not
+      # even a static library is built.  For now, we need to specify
+      # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
+      # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+    libtool_args=$nonopt
+    base_compile="$nonopt $@"
+    compile_command=$nonopt
+    finalize_command=$nonopt
+
+    compile_rpath=
+    finalize_rpath=
+    compile_shlibpath=
+    finalize_shlibpath=
+    convenience=
+    old_convenience=
+    deplibs=
+    old_deplibs=
+    compiler_flags=
+    linker_flags=
+    dllsearchpath=
+    lib_search_path=`pwd`
+    inst_prefix_dir=
+    new_inherited_linker_flags=
+
+    avoid_version=no
+    bindir=
+    dlfiles=
+    dlprefiles=
+    dlself=no
+    export_dynamic=no
+    export_symbols=
+    export_symbols_regex=
+    generated=
+    libobjs=
+    ltlibs=
+    module=no
+    no_install=no
+    objs=
+    os2dllname=
+    non_pic_objects=
+    precious_files_regex=
+    prefer_static_libs=no
+    preload=false
+    prev=
+    prevarg=
+    release=
+    rpath=
+    xrpath=
+    perm_rpath=
+    temp_rpath=
+    thread_safe=no
+    vinfo=
+    vinfo_number=no
+    weak_libs=
+    single_module=$wl-single_module
+    func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+    # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -shared)
+	test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
+	  && func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
+	build_old_libs=no
+	break
+	;;
+      -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+	case $arg in
+	-all-static)
+	  if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=yes
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=built
+	  ;;
+	-static-libtool-libs)
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	break
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
+    test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
+
+    # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
+    while test "$#" -gt 0; do
+      arg=$1
+      shift
+      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+      qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
+      func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+
+      # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+      if test -n "$prev"; then
+	case $prev in
+	output)
+	  func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
+	  func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $prev in
+	bindir)
+	  bindir=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	dlfiles|dlprefiles)
+	  $preload || {
+	    # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
+	    func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
+	    func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
+	    preload=:
+	  }
+	  case $arg in
+	  *.la | *.lo) ;;  # We handle these cases below.
+	  force)
+	    if test no = "$dlself"; then
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  self)
+	    if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    elif test dlfiles = "$prev" && test yes != "$dlopen_self"; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    else
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+	      func_append dlfiles " $arg"
+	    else
+	      func_append dlprefiles " $arg"
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	expsyms)
+	  export_symbols=$arg
+	  test -f "$arg" \
+	    || func_fatal_error "symbol file '$arg' does not exist"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	expsyms_regex)
+	  export_symbols_regex=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	framework)
+	  case $host in
+	    *-*-darwin*)
+	      case "$deplibs " in
+		*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
+		*) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
+		   ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	inst_prefix)
+	  inst_prefix_dir=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	mllvm)
+	  # Clang does not use LLVM to link, so we can simply discard any
+	  # '-mllvm $arg' options when doing the link step.
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	objectlist)
+	  if test -f "$arg"; then
+	    save_arg=$arg
+	    moreargs=
+	    for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
+	    do
+#	      func_append moreargs " $fil"
+	      arg=$fil
+	      # A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	      # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	      if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+		pic_object=
+		non_pic_object=
+
+		# Read the .lo file
+		func_source "$arg"
+
+		if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+		   test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+		   test none = "$pic_object" &&
+		   test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
+		  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
+		fi
+
+		# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+		xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+		if test none != "$pic_object"; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
+
+		  if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+		    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
+		      func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+		      prev=
+		      continue
+		    else
+		      # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		      prev=dlprefiles
+		    fi
+		  fi
+
+		  # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+		  if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+		    # Preload the old-style object.
+		    func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+		    prev=
+		  fi
+
+		  # A PIC object.
+		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+		  arg=$pic_object
+		fi
+
+		# Non-PIC object.
+		if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
+
+		  # A standard non-PIC object
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+		  if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
+		    arg=$non_pic_object
+		  fi
+		else
+		  # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+		  # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+		  non_pic_object=$pic_object
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+		fi
+	      else
+		# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+		if $opt_dry_run; then
+		  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+		  xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+		  func_lo2o "$arg"
+		  pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+		  non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	        else
+		  func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "link input file '$arg' does not exist"
+	  fi
+	  arg=$save_arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	os2dllname)
+	  os2dllname=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	precious_regex)
+	  precious_files_regex=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	release)
+	  release=-$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	rpath | xrpath)
+	  # We need an absolute path.
+	  case $arg in
+	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test rpath = "$prev"; then
+	    case "$rpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  else
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	shrext)
+	  shrext_cmds=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	weak)
+	  func_append weak_libs " $arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcclinker)
+	  func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcompiler)
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xlinker)
+	  func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi # test -n "$prev"
+
+      prevarg=$arg
+
+      case $arg in
+      -all-static)
+	if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	  # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
+	  func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -allow-undefined)
+	# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
+	func_fatal_error "'-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
+	;;
+
+      -avoid-version)
+	avoid_version=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -bindir)
+	prev=bindir
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlopen)
+	prev=dlfiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlpreopen)
+	prev=dlprefiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-dynamic)
+	export_dynamic=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
+	fi
+	if test X-export-symbols = "X$arg"; then
+	  prev=expsyms
+	else
+	  prev=expsyms_regex
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -framework)
+	prev=framework
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -inst-prefix-dir)
+	prev=inst_prefix
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
+      # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
+      -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
+	case $with_gcc/$host in
+	no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
+	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -L*)
+	func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg"
+	if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    func_fatal_error "require no space between '-L' and '$1'"
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "need path for '-L' option"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	*)
+	  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+	  test -z "$absdir" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
+	  dir=$absdir
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$deplibs " in
+	*" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*)
+	  # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories
+	  case $dir in
+	    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;;
+	    *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  func_append lib_search_path " $dir"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$dir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";;
+	  esac
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -l*)
+	if test X-lc = "X$arg" || test X-lm = "X$arg"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-os2*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
+	    func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+	    # Causes problems with __ctype
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	elif test X-lc_r = "X$arg"; then
+	 case $host in
+	 *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig*)
+	   # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
+	   continue
+	   ;;
+	 esac
+	fi
+	func_append deplibs " $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -mllvm)
+	prev=mllvm
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -module)
+	module=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
+      # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
+      # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
+      -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot)
+	func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+      |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+	func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -multi_module)
+	single_module=$wl-multi_module
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-fast-install)
+	fast_install=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-install)
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
+	  # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
+	  # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
+	  func_warning "'-no-install' is ignored for $host"
+	  func_warning "assuming '-no-fast-install' instead"
+	  fast_install=no
+	  ;;
+	*) no_install=yes ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-undefined)
+	allow_undefined=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -objectlist)
+	prev=objectlist
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -os2dllname)
+	prev=os2dllname
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -o) prev=output ;;
+
+      -precious-files-regex)
+	prev=precious_regex
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -release)
+	prev=release
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -rpath)
+	prev=rpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R)
+	prev=xrpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R*)
+	func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
+	dir=$func_stripname_result
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	=*)
+	  func_stripname '=' '' "$dir"
+	  dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$xrpath " in
+	*" $dir "*) ;;
+	*) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -shared)
+	# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -shrext)
+	prev=shrext
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+	# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
+	# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
+	# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
+	# would be equivalent was wrong.  It would break on at least
+	# Digital Unix and AIX.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -thread-safe)
+	thread_safe=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-info)
+	prev=vinfo
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-number)
+	prev=vinfo
+	vinfo_number=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -weak)
+        prev=weak
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Wc,*)
+	func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+	args=$func_stripname_result
+	arg=
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
+	  func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	done
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+	arg=$func_stripname_result
+	;;
+
+      -Wl,*)
+	func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
+	args=$func_stripname_result
+	arg=
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
+	  func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	  func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	done
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+	arg=$func_stripname_result
+	;;
+
+      -Xcompiler)
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Xlinker)
+	prev=xlinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -XCClinker)
+	prev=xcclinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # -msg_* for osf cc
+      -msg_*)
+	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+	;;
+
+      # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale:
+      # -64, -mips[0-9]      enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler
+      # -r[0-9][0-9]*        specify processor for the SGI compiler
+      # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler
+      # +DA*, +DD*           enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler
+      # -q*                  compiler args for the IBM compiler
+      # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC
+      # -F/path              path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
+      # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-*  profiling flags for GCC
+      # -fstack-protector*   stack protector flags for GCC
+      # @file                GCC response files
+      # -tp=*                Portland pgcc target processor selection
+      # --sysroot=*          for sysroot support
+      # -O*, -g*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization
+      # -specs=*             GCC specs files
+      # -stdlib=*            select c++ std lib with clang
+      # -fsanitize=*         Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer
+      -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
+      -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \
+      -O*|-g*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin|-fstack-protector*|-stdlib=*| \
+      -specs=*|-fsanitize=*)
+        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+        func_append compile_command " $arg"
+        func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+        func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+        continue
+        ;;
+
+      -Z*)
+        if test os2 = "`expr $host : '.*\(os2\)'`"; then
+          # OS/2 uses -Zxxx to specify OS/2-specific options
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	  case $arg in
+	  -Zlinker | -Zstack)
+	    prev=xcompiler
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  continue
+        else
+	  # Otherwise treat like 'Some other compiler flag' below
+	  func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	  arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+        fi
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler flag.
+      -* | +*)
+        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+	;;
+
+      *.$objext)
+	# A standard object.
+	func_append objs " $arg"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+	  pic_object=
+	  non_pic_object=
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  func_source "$arg"
+
+	  if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+	     test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+	     test none = "$pic_object" &&
+	     test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+	  xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	  test none = "$pic_object" || {
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
+
+	    if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+	      if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
+		func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+		prev=
+		continue
+	      else
+		# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		prev=dlprefiles
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+	    if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+	      # Preload the old-style object.
+	      func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+	      prev=
+	    fi
+
+	    # A PIC object.
+	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+	    arg=$pic_object
+	  }
+
+	  # Non-PIC object.
+	  if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
+
+	    # A standard non-PIC object
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	    if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
+	      arg=$non_pic_object
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+	    # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+	    non_pic_object=$pic_object
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+	  if $opt_dry_run; then
+	    # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	    func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+	    xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	    func_lo2o "$arg"
+	    pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+	    non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.$libext)
+	# An archive.
+	func_append deplibs " $arg"
+	func_append old_deplibs " $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	# A libtool-controlled library.
+
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$arg"
+	if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+	  # This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	  func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	  prev=
+	elif test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+	  # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	  func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler argument.
+      *)
+	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+	;;
+      esac # arg
+
+      # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
+      if test -n "$arg"; then
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+      fi
+    done # argument parsing loop
+
+    test -n "$prev" && \
+      func_fatal_help "the '$prevarg' option requires an argument"
+
+    if test yes = "$export_dynamic" && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
+      eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+      func_append compile_command " $arg"
+      func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+    fi
+
+    oldlibs=
+    # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
+    func_basename "$output"
+    outputname=$func_basename_result
+    libobjs_save=$libobjs
+
+    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+      # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
+      eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\`
+    else
+      shlib_search_path=
+    fi
+    eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
+    eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
+
+    # Definition is injected by LT_CONFIG during libtool generation.
+    func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+    func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
+    output_objdir=$func_dirname_result$objdir
+    func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/"
+    tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result
+    # Create the object directory.
+    func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
+
+    # Determine the type of output
+    case $output in
+    "")
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
+      ;;
+    *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
+    *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
+    *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
+    *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
+    esac
+
+    specialdeplibs=
+
+    libs=
+    # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
+    # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
+    for deplib in $deplibs; do
+      if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	case "$libs " in
+	*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      func_append libs " $deplib"
+    done
+
+    if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+      libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
+
+      # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
+      # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
+      # not to be eliminated).
+      pre_post_deps=
+      if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
+	for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
+	  case "$pre_post_deps " in
+	  *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;;
+	  esac
+	  func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep"
+	done
+      fi
+      pre_post_deps=
+    fi
+
+    deplibs=
+    newdependency_libs=
+    newlib_search_path=
+    need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
+    notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
+    notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    lib)
+	passes="conv dlpreopen link"
+	for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
+	  case $file in
+	  *.la) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_help "libraries can '-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	;;
+    prog)
+	compile_deplibs=
+	finalize_deplibs=
+	alldeplibs=false
+	newdlfiles=
+	newdlprefiles=
+	passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
+	;;
+    *)  passes="conv"
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    for pass in $passes; do
+      # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
+      # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
+      if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
+	##        order, and fix it there properly
+        tmp_deplibs=
+	for deplib in $deplibs; do
+	  tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
+	done
+	deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
+      fi
+
+      if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+	 test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	libs=$deplibs
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+      if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	case $pass in
+	dlopen) libs=$dlfiles ;;
+	dlpreopen) libs=$dlprefiles ;;
+	link)
+	  libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS%"
+	  test "X$link_all_deplibs" != Xno && libs="$libs $dependency_libs"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test lib,dlpreopen = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
+	for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	  # Ignore non-libtool-libs
+	  dependency_libs=
+	  func_resolve_sysroot "$lib"
+	  case $lib in
+	  *.la)	func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
+	  # has declared as weak libs
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    func_basename "$deplib"
+            deplib_base=$func_basename_result
+	    case " $weak_libs " in
+	    *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	done
+	libs=$dlprefiles
+      fi
+      if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
+	# Collect dlpreopened libraries
+	save_deplibs=$deplibs
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+
+      for deplib in $libs; do
+	lib=
+	found=false
+	case $deplib in
+	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+        |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+	  if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    func_append compiler_flags " $deplib"
+	    if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+		    * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  if test lib != "$linkmode" && test prog != "$linkmode"; then
+	    func_warning "'-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
+	  name=$func_stripname_result
+	  if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+	  else
+	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+	  fi
+	  for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
+	    for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
+	      # Search the libtool library
+	      lib=$searchdir/lib$name$search_ext
+	      if test -f "$lib"; then
+		if test .la = "$search_ext"; then
+		  found=:
+		else
+		  found=false
+		fi
+		break 2
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  done
+	  if $found; then
+	    # deplib is a libtool library
+	    # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
+	    # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
+	    if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+	      case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+	      *" $deplib "*)
+		if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
+		  library_names=
+		  old_library=
+		  func_source "$lib"
+		  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+		    ll=$l
+		  done
+		  if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library"; then # only static version available
+		    found=false
+		    func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+		    ladir=$func_dirname_result
+		    lib=$ladir/$old_library
+		    if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+		      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+		      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+		    else
+		      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+		      test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+		    fi
+		    continue
+		  fi
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *) ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
+	    if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  ;; # -l
+	*.ltframework)
+	  if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+		    * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    test conv = "$pass" && continue
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	    func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	    func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      continue
+	    fi
+	    if test scan = "$pass"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	    func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	    func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_warning "'-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  continue
+	  ;; # -L
+	-R*)
+	  if test link = "$pass"; then
+	    func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
+	    func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	    dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	    # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*.la)
+	  func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+	  lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	  ;;
+	*.$libext)
+	  if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
+	    # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
+	    case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
+	    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      valid_a_lib=false
+	      case $deplibs_check_method in
+		match_pattern*)
+		  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+		  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+		  if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \
+		    | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		    valid_a_lib=:
+		  fi
+		;;
+		pass_all)
+		  valid_a_lib=:
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      if $valid_a_lib; then
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
+		$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
+		deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      else
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
+		echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
+		echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test link != "$pass"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  ;; # *.$libext
+	*.lo | *.$objext)
+	  if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	    if test dlpreopen = "$pass" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	      # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
+	      # we need to preload.
+	      func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib"
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      func_append newdlfiles " $deplib"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	%DEPLIBS%)
+	  alldeplibs=:
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac # case $deplib
+
+	$found || test -f "$lib" \
+	  || func_fatal_error "cannot find the library '$lib' or unhandled argument '$deplib'"
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
+	  || func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+	ladir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	dlname=
+	dlopen=
+	dlpreopen=
+	libdir=
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	inherited_linker_flags=
+	# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
+	# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
+	installed=yes
+	shouldnotlink=no
+	avoidtemprpath=
+
+
+	# Read the .la file
+	func_source "$lib"
+
+	# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
+	if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
+	  tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
+	  for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
+	    case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	      *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+	   test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+	   { test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; }; then
+	  test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen"
+	  test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen"
+	fi
+
+	if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	  # Only check for convenience libraries
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    if test -z "$old_library"; then
+	      func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
+	    fi
+	    # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
+	    func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	    func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	    tmp_libs=
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+		case "$tmp_libs " in
+		*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+	    done
+	  elif test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a convenience library"
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = conv
+
+
+	# Get the name of the library we link against.
+	linklib=
+	if test -n "$old_library" &&
+	   { test yes = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
+	     test built,no = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; }; then
+	  linklib=$old_library
+	else
+	  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+	    linklib=$l
+	  done
+	fi
+	if test -z "$linklib"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
+	fi
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
+	  test -z "$libdir" \
+	    && func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
+	  if test -z "$dlname" ||
+	     test yes != "$dlopen_support" ||
+	     test no = "$build_libtool_libs"
+	  then
+	    # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
+	    # statically, we need to preload.  We also need to preload any
+	    # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
+	    # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
+	    func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs"
+	  else
+	    func_append newdlfiles " $lib"
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = dlopen
+
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $ladir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir=$ladir ;;
+	*)
+	  abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
+	  if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
+	    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$ladir'"
+	    func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
+	    abs_ladir=$ladir
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	func_basename "$lib"
+	laname=$func_basename_result
+
+	# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
+	if test yes = "$installed"; then
+	  if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    func_warning "library '$lib' was moved."
+	    dir=$ladir
+	    absdir=$abs_ladir
+	    libdir=$abs_ladir
+	  else
+	    dir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
+	    absdir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
+	  fi
+	  test yes = "$hardcode_automatic" && avoidtemprpath=yes
+	else
+	  if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    dir=$ladir
+	    absdir=$abs_ladir
+	    # Remove this search path later
+	    func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+	  else
+	    dir=$ladir/$objdir
+	    absdir=$abs_ladir/$objdir
+	    # Remove this search path later
+	    func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+	  fi
+	fi # $installed = yes
+	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
+	name=$func_stripname_result
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
+	  if test -z "$libdir" && test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
+	  fi
+	  case $host in
+	    # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs.
+	    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	      # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both
+	      # static and shared are present.  Therefore, ensure we extract
+	      # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present
+	      # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect).  We do
+	      # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles.
+	      # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file
+	      # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the
+	      # dlname from the la file.
+	      if test -n "$dlname"; then
+	        func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib"
+	        eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname"
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+	      else
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+	        # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+	        # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+	        test -z "$libdir" && \
+	          func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+	      fi
+	    ;;
+	    * )
+	      # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
+	      # are required to link).
+	      if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+	        # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+	        # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+	        test -z "$libdir" && \
+	          func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+	      # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
+	      elif test -n "$dlname"; then
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname"
+	      else
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+	      fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi # $pass = dlpreopen
+
+	if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	  # Link the convenience library
+	  if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	  elif test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+
+	if test prog = "$linkmode" && test link != "$pass"; then
+	  func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir"
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+
+	  linkalldeplibs=false
+	  if test no != "$link_all_deplibs" || test -z "$library_names" ||
+	     test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	    linkalldeplibs=:
+	  fi
+
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	         func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	         func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+		 ;;
+	    esac
+	    # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
+	    if $linkalldeplibs; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      # Need to hardcode shared library paths
+	      # or/and link against static libraries
+	      newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+	  done # for deplib
+	  continue
+	fi # $linkmode = prog...
+
+	if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	  if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	     { { test no = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
+	         test built,yes = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; } ||
+	       test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	    # We need to hardcode the library path
+	    if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath"; then
+	      # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
+	      case $temp_rpath: in
+	      *"$absdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
+
+	  if $alldeplibs &&
+	     { test pass_all = "$deplibs_check_method" ||
+	       { test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" &&
+		 test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
+	    # We only need to search for static libraries
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
+	use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
+	if test built = "$use_static_libs" && test yes = "$installed"; then
+	  use_static_libs=no
+	fi
+	if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	   { test no = "$use_static_libs" || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*)
+	      # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
+	      func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+	      need_relink=no
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test no = "$installed"; then
+	      func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+	      need_relink=yes
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # This is a shared library
+
+	  # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
+	  # systems (darwin).  Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
+	  dlopenmodule=
+	  for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
+	    if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
+	      dlopenmodule=$dlpremoduletest
+	      break
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test yes = "$shouldnotlink" && test link = "$pass"; then
+	    echo
+	    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
+	    else
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
+	    fi
+	    $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
+	  fi
+	  if test lib = "$linkmode" &&
+	     test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
+	    # figure out the soname
+	    set dummy $library_names
+	    shift
+	    realname=$1
+	    shift
+	    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+	    # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
+	    if test -n "$dlname"; then
+	      soname=$dlname
+	    elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	      # bleh windows
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*)
+	        func_arith $current - $age
+		major=$func_arith_result
+		versuffix=-$major
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	    else
+	      soname=$realname
+	    fi
+
+	    # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
+	    soroot=$soname
+	    func_basename "$soroot"
+	    soname=$func_basename_result
+	    func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
+	    newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
+
+	    # If the library has no export list, then create one now
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
+	    else
+	      func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from '$soname'"
+	      func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	    fi
+
+	    # Create $newlib
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
+	      func_verbose "generating import library for '$soname'"
+	      func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	    fi
+	    # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
+	    dir=$output_objdir
+	    linklib=$newlib
+	  fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
+
+	  if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    lib_linked=yes
+	    case $hardcode_action in
+	    immediate | unsupported)
+	      if test no = "$hardcode_direct"; then
+		add=$dir/$linklib
+		case $host in
+		  *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+		  *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+		  *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
+		    *-*-unixware7*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+		  *-*-darwin* )
+		    # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we cannot
+		    # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
+		    if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
+			 $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null; then
+		      if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
+			$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
+			if test -z "$old_library"; then
+			  echo
+			  echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
+			  echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
+			else
+			  add=$dir/$old_library
+			fi
+		      elif test -n "$old_library"; then
+			add=$dir/$old_library
+		      fi
+		    fi
+		esac
+	      elif test no = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath=$dir ;;
+		esac
+		add_dir=-L$dir
+		add=-l$name
+	      elif test no = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+		add_shlibpath=$dir
+		add=-l$name
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    relink)
+	      if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
+	         test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
+		add=$dir/$linklib
+	      elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+		add_dir=-L$absdir
+		# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+		if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		  case $libdir in
+		    [\\/]*)
+		      func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		      ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+		add=-l$name
+	      elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+		add_shlibpath=$dir
+		add=-l$name
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *) lib_linked=no ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    if test yes != "$lib_linked"; then
+	      func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
+	      case :$compile_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
+	      *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	      if test yes != "$hardcode_direct" &&
+		 test yes != "$hardcode_minus_L" &&
+		 test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+		case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+		*":$libdir:"*) ;;
+		*) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
+	    if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
+	       test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
+	      add=$libdir/$linklib
+	    elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+	      add_dir=-L$libdir
+	      add=-l$name
+	    elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+	      case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	      add=-l$name
+	    elif test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
+		 test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"; then
+		add=$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib
+	      else
+		add=$libdir/$linklib
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
+	      add_dir=-L$libdir
+	      # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		case $libdir in
+		  [\\/]*)
+		    func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      add=-l$name
+	    fi
+
+	    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	  # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
+	  # is not unsupported.  This is valid on all known static and
+	  # shared platforms.
+	  if test unsupported != "$hardcode_direct"; then
+	    test -n "$old_library" && linklib=$old_library
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	  fi
+	elif test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	  # Not a shared library
+	  if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+	    # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
+	    # but the system doesn't support it.
+
+	    # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
+	    # that the program can be linked against the static library.
+	    echo
+	    $ECHO "*** Warning: This system cannot link to static lib archive $lib."
+	    echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+	    echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+	    echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+	    if test yes = "$module"; then
+	      echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
+	      echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
+	      echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
+	      if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+		echo
+		echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+		echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+		echo "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+		echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	      fi
+	      if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	    link_static=yes
+	  fi
+	fi # link shared/static library?
+
+	if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+	  if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
+	     { test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" ||
+	       test yes = "$build_old_libs" ||
+	       test yes = "$link_static"; }; then
+	    # Extract -R from dependency_libs
+	    temp_deplibs=
+	    for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $libdir in
+	      -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
+	           temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
+		   case " $xrpath " in
+		   *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
+		   *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";;
+		   esac;;
+	      *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs=$temp_deplibs
+	  fi
+
+	  func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir"
+	  # Link against this library
+	  test no = "$link_static" && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
+	  # ... and its dependency_libs
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    case $deplib in
+              -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+                   func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";;
+              *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;;
+            esac
+	    if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*)
+                func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	  done
+
+	  if test no != "$link_all_deplibs"; then
+	    # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      path=
+	      case $deplib in
+	      -L*) path=$deplib ;;
+	      *.la)
+	        func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+	        deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	        func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
+		dir=$func_dirname_result
+		# We need an absolute path.
+		case $dir in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir=$dir ;;
+		*)
+		  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+		  if test -z "$absdir"; then
+		    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
+		    absdir=$dir
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-darwin*)
+		  depdepl=
+		  eval deplibrary_names=`$SED -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  if test -n "$deplibrary_names"; then
+		    for tmp in $deplibrary_names; do
+		      depdepl=$tmp
+		    done
+		    if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"; then
+		      depdepl=$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl
+		      darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+                      if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
+                          darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL64 -L $depdepl  | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+                      fi
+		      func_append compiler_flags " $wl-dylib_file $wl$darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
+		      func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file $darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
+		      path=
+		    fi
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		*)
+		  path=-L$absdir/$objdir
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		else
+		  eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  test -z "$libdir" && \
+		    func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		  test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
+		    func_warning "'$deplib' seems to be moved"
+
+		  path=-L$absdir
+		fi
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      case " $deplibs " in
+	      *" $path "*) ;;
+	      *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi # link_all_deplibs != no
+	fi # linkmode = lib
+      done # for deplib in $libs
+      if test link = "$pass"; then
+	if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	  compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
+	  finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
+	else
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	fi
+      fi
+      dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
+      if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
+	# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
+	for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	done
+      fi
+      if test dlopen != "$pass"; then
+	test conv = "$pass" || {
+	  # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
+	  lib_search_path=
+	  for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
+	    case "$lib_search_path " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  newlib_search_path=
+	}
+
+	if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	  vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
+	else
+	  vars=deplibs
+	fi
+	for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
+	  # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
+	  eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
+	  new_libs=
+	  for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
+	    # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
+	    #        that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
+	    #        broken:
+	    #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
+	    # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
+	    # practice:
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	    -R*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
+	      # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
+	      # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
+	      # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
+	      # occurrences thereof are not removed.  Compare this
+	      # with having the same library being listed as a
+	      # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
+	      # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
+	      # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
+	      # last copy.  This is not always right, but it is rare
+	      # enough that we require users that really mean to play
+	      # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
+	      # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
+	      # for duplicate removal.
+	      case " $specialdeplibs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	      *)
+		case " $new_libs " in
+		*" $deplib "*) ;;
+		*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $new_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*)
+	      case " $tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
+	done # for var
+      fi
+
+      # Add Sun CC postdeps if required:
+      test CXX = "$tagname" && {
+        case $host_os in
+        linux*)
+          case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+          *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9
+            func_suncc_cstd_abi
+
+            if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
+              func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+            fi
+            ;;
+          esac
+          ;;
+
+        solaris*)
+          func_cc_basename "$CC"
+          case $func_cc_basename_result in
+          CC* | sunCC*)
+            func_suncc_cstd_abi
+
+            if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
+              func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+            fi
+            ;;
+          esac
+          ;;
+        esac
+      }
+
+      # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
+      # (they stay in deplibs)
+      tmp_libs=
+      for i in $dependency_libs; do
+	case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
+	*" $i "*)
+	  i=
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	if test -n "$i"; then
+	  func_append tmp_libs " $i"
+	fi
+      done
+      dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
+    done # for pass
+    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+      dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+    fi
+    if test prog = "$linkmode" || test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+      dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+    fi
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    oldlib)
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+	func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
+      fi
+
+      case " $deplibs" in
+      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+	func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
+      esac
+
+      test -n "$rpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$xrpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-R' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "'-release' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
+	func_warning "'-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      build_libtool_libs=no
+      oldlibs=$output
+      func_append objs "$old_deplibs"
+      ;;
+
+    lib)
+      # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form 'libNAME.la'.
+      case $outputname in
+      lib*)
+	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
+	name=$func_stripname_result
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	;;
+      *)
+	test no = "$module" \
+	  && func_fatal_help "libtool library '$output' must begin with 'lib'"
+
+	if test no != "$need_lib_prefix"; then
+	  # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
+	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+	  name=$func_stripname_result
+	  eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	  eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	else
+	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+	  libname=$func_stripname_result
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$objs"; then
+	if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library '$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
+	else
+	  echo
+	  $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
+	  $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
+	  func_append libobjs " $objs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      test no = "$dlself" \
+	|| func_warning "'-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
+
+      set dummy $rpath
+      shift
+      test 1 -lt "$#" \
+	&& func_warning "ignoring multiple '-rpath's for a libtool library"
+
+      install_libdir=$1
+
+      oldlibs=
+      if test -z "$rpath"; then
+	if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	  # Building a libtool convenience library.
+	  # Some compilers have problems with a '.al' extension so
+	  # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
+	  # archive normally would.
+	  oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
+	  build_libtool_libs=convenience
+	  build_old_libs=yes
+	fi
+
+	test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	  func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+
+	test -n "$release" && \
+	  func_warning "'-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+      else
+
+	# Parse the version information argument.
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=:
+	set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
+	shift
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+
+	test -n "$7" && \
+	  func_fatal_help "too many parameters to '-version-info'"
+
+	# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
+	# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
+	# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
+
+	case $vinfo_number in
+	yes)
+	  number_major=$1
+	  number_minor=$2
+	  number_revision=$3
+	  #
+	  # There are really only two kinds -- those that
+	  # use the current revision as the major version
+	  # and those that subtract age and use age as
+	  # a minor version.  But, then there is irix
+	  # that has an extra 1 added just for fun
+	  #
+	  case $version_type in
+	  # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+	  darwin|freebsd-elf|linux|osf|windows|none)
+	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+	    current=$func_arith_result
+	    age=$number_minor
+	    revision=$number_revision
+	    ;;
+	  freebsd-aout|qnx|sunos)
+	    current=$number_major
+	    revision=$number_minor
+	    age=0
+	    ;;
+	  irix|nonstopux)
+	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+	    current=$func_arith_result
+	    age=$number_minor
+	    revision=$number_minor
+	    lt_irix_increment=no
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_configuration "$modename: unknown library version type '$version_type'"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	no)
+	  current=$1
+	  revision=$2
+	  age=$3
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
+	case $current in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "CURRENT '$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $revision in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "REVISION '$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $age in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "AGE '$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
+	  func_error "AGE '$age' is greater than the current interface number '$current'"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	fi
+
+	# Calculate the version variables.
+	major=
+	versuffix=
+	verstring=
+	case $version_type in
+	none) ;;
+
+	darwin)
+	  # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
+	  # verstring for coding it into the library header
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+	  # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
+	  func_arith $current + 1
+	  minor_current=$func_arith_result
+	  xlcverstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
+	  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+          # On Darwin other compilers
+          case $CC in
+              nagfor*)
+                  verstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
+                  ;;
+              *)
+                  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+                  ;;
+          esac
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-aout)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-elf)
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	irix | nonstopux)
+	  if test no = "$lt_irix_increment"; then
+	    func_arith $current - $age
+	  else
+	    func_arith $current - $age + 1
+	  fi
+	  major=$func_arith_result
+
+	  case $version_type in
+	    nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
+	    *)         verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
+	  esac
+	  verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$revision
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$revision
+	  while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
+	    func_arith $revision - $loop
+	    iface=$func_arith_result
+	    func_arith $loop - 1
+	    loop=$func_arith_result
+	    verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring
+	  done
+
+	  # Before this point, $major must not contain '.'.
+	  major=.$major
+	  versuffix=$major.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	osf)
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=.$current.$age.$revision
+	  verstring=$current.$age.$revision
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$age
+	  while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
+	    func_arith $current - $loop
+	    iface=$func_arith_result
+	    func_arith $loop - 1
+	    loop=$func_arith_result
+	    verstring=$verstring:$iface.0
+	  done
+
+	  # Make executables depend on our current version.
+	  func_append verstring ":$current.0"
+	  ;;
+
+	qnx)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current
+	  ;;
+
+	sco)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current
+	  ;;
+
+	sunos)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	windows)
+	  # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
+	  # extension on DOS 8.3 file systems.
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=-$major
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type '$version_type'"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
+	if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
+	  major=
+	  case $version_type in
+	  darwin)
+	    # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
+	    # problems, so we reset it completely
+	    verstring=
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    verstring=0.0
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test no = "$need_version"; then
+	    versuffix=
+	  else
+	    versuffix=.0.0
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
+	if test yes,no = "$avoid_version,$need_version"; then
+	  major=
+	  versuffix=
+	  verstring=
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
+	if test yes = "$allow_undefined"; then
+	  if test unsupported = "$allow_undefined_flag"; then
+	    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	      func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries; building static only"
+	      build_libtool_libs=no
+	    else
+	      func_fatal_error "can't build $host shared library unless -no-undefined is specified"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Don't allow undefined symbols.
+	  allow_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag
+	fi
+
+      fi
+
+      func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" :
+      func_append libobjs " $symfileobj"
+      test " " = "$libobjs" && libobjs=
+
+      if test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
+	# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
+	# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
+	removelist=
+	tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
+	for p in $tempremovelist; do
+	  case $p in
+	    *.$objext | *.gcno)
+	       ;;
+	    $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/$libname$release.*)
+	       if test -n "$precious_files_regex"; then
+		 if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
+		 then
+		   continue
+		 fi
+	       fi
+	       func_append removelist " $p"
+	       ;;
+	    *) ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	test -n "$removelist" && \
+	  func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
+      fi
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      if test yes = "$build_old_libs" && test convenience != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+
+	# Transform .lo files to .o files.
+	oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      # Eliminate all temporary directories.
+      #for path in $notinst_path; do
+      #	lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"`
+      #	deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+      #	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+      #done
+
+      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	temp_xrpath=
+	for libdir in $xrpath; do
+	  func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+	  func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	if test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	  dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
+      old_dlfiles=$dlfiles
+      dlfiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
+	case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
+      old_dlprefiles=$dlprefiles
+      dlprefiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
+	case "$dlprefiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	if test -n "$rpath"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
+	    # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
+	    func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-netbsd*)
+	    # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+	    # Causes problems with __ctype
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
+	    if test yes = "$build_libtool_need_lc"; then
+	      func_append deplibs " -lc"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
+	name_save=$name
+	libname_save=$libname
+	release_save=$release
+	versuffix_save=$versuffix
+	major_save=$major
+	# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly.  I think
+	# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
+	# add it in twice.  Is that correct?
+	release=
+	versuffix=
+	major=
+	newdeplibs=
+	droppeddeps=no
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	pass_all)
+	  # Don't check for shared/static.  Everything works.
+	  # This might be a little naive.  We might want to check
+	  # whether the library exists or not.  But this is on
+	  # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
+	  # implementing what was already the behavior.
+	  newdeplibs=$deplibs
+	  ;;
+	test_compile)
+	  # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
+	  # limits. Maybe even breaks it.  We compile a program, linking it
+	  # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library.  Then we can check
+	  # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
+	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
+	  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+	  int main() { return 0; }
+EOF
+	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+	  if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then
+	    ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+	    for i in $deplibs; do
+	      case $i in
+	      -l*)
+		func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+		name=$func_stripname_result
+		if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		  case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		  *" $i "*)
+		    func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		    i=
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+		if test -n "$i"; then
+		  libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		  deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+		  set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+		  deplib_match=$1
+		  if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then
+		    func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		  else
+		    droppeddeps=yes
+		    echo
+		    $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+		    echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		    echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		    echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
+		    echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
+		    echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
+		  fi
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  else
+	    # Error occurred in the first compile.  Let's try to salvage
+	    # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
+	    for i in $deplibs; do
+	      case $i in
+	      -l*)
+		func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+		name=$func_stripname_result
+		$opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+		if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then
+		  ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+		  if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		    case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		    *" $i "*)
+		      func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		      i=
+		      ;;
+		    esac
+		  fi
+		  if test -n "$i"; then
+		    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		    deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+		    set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+		    deplib_match=$1
+		    if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then
+		      func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		    else
+		      droppeddeps=yes
+		      echo
+		      $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+		      echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		      echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		      echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		      echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
+		      echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
+		    fi
+		  fi
+		else
+		  droppeddeps=yes
+		  echo
+		  $ECHO "*** Warning!  Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
+		  echo "*** make it link in!  You will probably need to install it or some"
+		  echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
+		  echo "*** functional.  Installing it before continuing would be even better."
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	file_magic*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    case $a_deplib in
+	    -l*)
+	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+	      name=$func_stripname_result
+	      if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then
+		  libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob`
+		else
+		  libnameglob=$libname
+		fi
+		test yes = "$want_nocaseglob" && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  if test yes = "$want_nocaseglob"; then
+		    shopt -s nocaseglob
+		    potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		    $nocaseglob
+		  else
+		    potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  fi
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		      # Follow soft links.
+		      if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
+			 $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
+			continue
+		      fi
+		      # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
+		      # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
+		      # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
+		      # loop can be closed while we follow links,
+		      # but so what?
+		      potlib=$potent_lib
+		      while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
+			potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | $SED 's/.* -> //'`
+			case $potliblink in
+			[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib=$potliblink;;
+			*) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's|[^/]*$||'`"$potliblink";;
+			esac
+		      done
+		      if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
+			 $SED -e 10q |
+			 $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+			func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+			a_deplib=
+			break 2
+		      fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib"; then
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
+		else
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	match_pattern*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+	  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    case $a_deplib in
+	    -l*)
+	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+	      name=$func_stripname_result
+	      if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		    potlib=$potent_lib # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
+		    if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \
+		       $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		      func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+		      a_deplib=
+		      break 2
+		    fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib"; then
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
+		else
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	none | unknown | *)
+	  newdeplibs=
+	  tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
+	  if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+	    for i in $predeps $postdeps; do
+	      # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
+	      tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s|$i||"`
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  case $tmp_deplibs in
+	  *[!\	\ ]*)
+	    echo
+	    if test none = "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+	      echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
+	    else
+	      echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
+	    fi
+	    echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
+	    droppeddeps=yes
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	versuffix=$versuffix_save
+	major=$major_save
+	release=$release_save
+	libname=$libname_save
+	name=$name_save
+
+	case $host in
+	*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	  # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
+	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test yes = "$droppeddeps"; then
+	  if test yes = "$module"; then
+	    echo
+	    echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
+	    $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname.  Therefore, libtool will create"
+	    echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
+	    echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
+	    if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	      echo
+	      echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+	      echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+	      echo "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+	      echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	    fi
+	    if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	      oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
+	      build_libtool_libs=module
+	      build_old_libs=yes
+	    else
+	      build_libtool_libs=no
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
+	    echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
+	    echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
+
+	    if test no = "$allow_undefined"; then
+	      echo
+	      echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
+	      echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
+	      echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
+	      echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
+	      if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+		oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	# Done checking deplibs!
+	deplibs=$newdeplibs
+      fi
+      # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+      case $host in
+	*-*-darwin*)
+	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+
+      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+      new_libs=
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	case " $new_libs " in
+	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case " $deplibs " in
+	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+	    func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      for deplib in $deplibs; do
+	case $deplib in
+	-L*)
+	  case " $new_libs " in
+	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      deplibs=$new_libs
+
+      # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
+      library_names=
+      old_library=
+      dlname=
+
+      # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
+      if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	# Remove $wl instances when linking with ld.
+	# FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable.
+	case $archive_cmds in
+	  *\$LD\ *) wl= ;;
+        esac
+	if test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
+	  # Hardcode the library paths
+	  hardcode_libdirs=
+	  dep_rpath=
+	  rpath=$finalize_rpath
+	  test relink = "$opt_mode" || rpath=$compile_rpath$rpath
+	  for libdir in $rpath; do
+	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+		func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+		libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result
+		if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+		  hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+		else
+		  # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+		  case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+		  *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		    ;;
+		  *)
+		    func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+	      else
+		eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+		func_append dep_rpath " $flag"
+	      fi
+	    elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	      case "$perm_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	     test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	    libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+	    eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	    # We should set the runpath_var.
+	    rpath=
+	    for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	      func_append rpath "$dir:"
+	    done
+	    eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
+	  fi
+	  test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
+	fi
+
+	shlibpath=$finalize_shlibpath
+	test relink = "$opt_mode" || shlibpath=$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath
+	if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
+	  eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
+	fi
+
+	# Get the real and link names of the library.
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
+	set dummy $library_names
+	shift
+	realname=$1
+	shift
+
+	if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	  eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	else
+	  soname=$realname
+	fi
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  dlname=$soname
+	fi
+
+	lib=$output_objdir/$realname
+	linknames=
+	for link
+	do
+	  func_append linknames " $link"
+	done
+
+	# Use standard objects if they are pic
+	test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+	delfiles=
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.uexp
+	  func_append delfiles " $export_symbols"
+	fi
+
+	orig_export_symbols=
+	case $host_os in
+	cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    # exporting using user supplied symfile
+	    func_dll_def_p "$export_symbols" || {
+	      # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
+	      # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
+	      # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
+	      # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
+	      # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
+	      # include_expsyms logic still works.
+	      orig_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+	      export_symbols=
+	      always_export_symbols=yes
+	    }
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	  if test yes = "$always_export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
+	    export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
+	    $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+	    cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
+	    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd1 in $cmds; do
+	      IFS=$save_ifs
+	      # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch
+	      # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed.
+	      case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in
+		*~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*)
+		  try_normal_branch=yes
+		  eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+		  func_len " $cmd"
+		  len=$func_len_result
+		  ;;
+		*)
+		  try_normal_branch=no
+		  ;;
+	      esac
+	      if test yes = "$try_normal_branch" \
+		 && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \
+		      || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; }
+	      then
+		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+		skipped_export=false
+	      elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then
+		func_basename "$output"
+		output_la=$func_basename_result
+		save_libobjs=$libobjs
+		save_output=$output
+		output=$output_objdir/$output_la.nm
+		func_to_tool_file "$output"
+		libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result
+		func_append delfiles " $output"
+		func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output"
+		for obj in $save_libobjs; do
+		  func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+		  $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+		done > "$output"
+		eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+		output=$save_output
+		libobjs=$save_libobjs
+		skipped_export=false
+	      else
+		# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
+		func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
+		skipped_export=:
+		# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
+		# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
+		break
+	      fi
+	    done
+	    IFS=$save_ifs
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test : != "$skipped_export"; then
+	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+	  test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+	fi
+
+	if test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+	  # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+	  func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+	  # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+	  # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+	  # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+	  # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+	  # isn't a blessed tool.
+	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+	  func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+	fi
+
+	tmp_deplibs=
+	for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	  case " $convenience " in
+	  *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
+
+	if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
+	    test yes = "$compiler_needs_object" &&
+	    test -z "$libobjs"; then
+	    # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
+	    # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
+	    whole_archive_flag_spec=
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  else
+	    gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	    func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	    func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+	    func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test yes = "$thread_safe" && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
+	  func_append linker_flags " $flag"
+	fi
+
+	# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
+	if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
+	fi
+
+	# Do each of the archive commands.
+	if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_cmds
+	  fi
+	else
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$archive_cmds
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test : != "$skipped_export" &&
+	   func_len " $test_cmds" &&
+	   len=$func_len_result &&
+	   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  :
+	else
+	  # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
+	  # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
+	  # script.
+
+	  # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
+	  # use them later.  If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
+	  # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
+	  # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
+	  # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
+	  # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
+	  # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
+	  # the spec.
+	  if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	  fi
+	  save_output=$output
+	  func_basename "$output"
+	  output_la=$func_basename_result
+
+	  # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
+	  # initialize k to one.
+	  test_cmds=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  objlist=
+	  last_robj=
+	  k=1
+
+	  if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	    output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnkscript
+	    func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
+	    echo 'INPUT (' > $output
+	    for obj in $save_libobjs
+	    do
+	      func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+	    done
+	    echo ')' >> $output
+	    func_append delfiles " $output"
+	    func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	    output=$func_to_tool_file_result
+	  elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$file_list_spec"; then
+	    output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnk
+	    func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
+	    : > $output
+	    set x $save_libobjs
+	    shift
+	    firstobj=
+	    if test yes = "$compiler_needs_object"; then
+	      firstobj="$1 "
+	      shift
+	    fi
+	    for obj
+	    do
+	      func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+	    done
+	    func_append delfiles " $output"
+	    func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	    output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\"
+	  else
+	    if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
+	      func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
+	      output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+	      eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+	      func_len " $test_cmds"
+	      len0=$func_len_result
+	      len=$len0
+
+	      # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
+	      for obj in $save_libobjs
+	      do
+		func_len " $obj"
+		func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+		len=$func_arith_result
+		if test -z "$objlist" ||
+		   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+		  func_append objlist " $obj"
+		else
+		  # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
+		  # command to the queue.
+		  if test 1 -eq "$k"; then
+		    # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
+		    reload_objs=$objlist
+		    eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+		  else
+		    # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
+		    # the last one created.
+		    reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+		    eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+		  fi
+		  last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+		  func_arith $k + 1
+		  k=$func_arith_result
+		  output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+		  objlist=" $obj"
+		  func_len " $last_robj"
+		  func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
+		  len=$func_arith_result
+		fi
+	      done
+	      # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
+	      # reloadable object file.  All subsequent reloadable object
+	      # files will link in the last one created.
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$reload_cmds\"
+	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+	        eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	      func_append delfiles " $output"
+
+	    else
+	      output=
+	    fi
+
+	    ${skipped_export-false} && {
+	      func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
+	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
+	      $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+	      libobjs=$output
+	      # Append the command to create the export file.
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
+	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+		eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	    }
+
+	    test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
+	      func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+
+	    # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
+	    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
+	      IFS=$save_ifs
+	      $opt_quiet || {
+		  func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
+		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+	      }
+	      $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+		lt_exit=$?
+
+		# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+		if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+		  ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+		    $RM "${realname}T" && \
+		    $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+		fi
+
+		exit $lt_exit
+	      }
+	    done
+	    IFS=$save_ifs
+
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
+	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+          ${skipped_export-false} && {
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	      tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+	      test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
+	      $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+	      # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+	      func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+	      # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+	      # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+	      # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+	      # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+	      # isn't a blessed tool.
+	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+	      func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+	    fi
+	  }
+
+	  libobjs=$output
+	  # Restore the value of output.
+	  output=$save_output
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  fi
+	  # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
+	  # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
+
+	  # Do each of the archive commands.
+	  if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$module_cmds
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$archive_cmds
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$delfiles"; then
+	  # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
+	  eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
+	fi
+
+	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+	  func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+	  test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	fi
+
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+	for cmd in $cmds; do
+	  IFS=$sp$nl
+	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+	  $opt_quiet || {
+	    func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
+	    eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+	  }
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+	    lt_exit=$?
+
+	    # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	    if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	      ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+	        $RM "${realname}T" && \
+		$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+	    fi
+
+	    exit $lt_exit
+	  }
+	done
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+
+	# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	    if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	      func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+	fi
+
+	# Create links to the real library.
+	for linkname in $linknames; do
+	  if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
+	    func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
+	  fi
+	done
+
+	# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
+	if test yes = "$module" || test yes = "$export_dynamic"; then
+	  # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
+	  dlname=$soname
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    obj)
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+	func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
+      fi
+
+      case " $deplibs" in
+      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+	func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
+      esac
+
+      test -n "$rpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$xrpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-R' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "'-release' is ignored for objects"
+
+      case $output in
+      *.lo)
+	test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot build library object '$output' from non-libtool objects"
+
+	libobj=$output
+	func_lo2o "$libobj"
+	obj=$func_lo2o_result
+	;;
+      *)
+	libobj=
+	obj=$output
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Delete the old objects.
+      $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
+
+      # Objects from convenience libraries.  This assumes
+      # single-version convenience libraries.  Whenever we create
+      # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
+      # the extraction.
+      reload_conv_objs=
+      gentop=
+      # if reload_cmds runs $LD directly, get rid of -Wl from
+      # whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with turning comma
+      # into space.
+      case $reload_cmds in
+        *\$LD[\ \$]*) wl= ;;
+      esac
+      if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	  test -n "$wl" || tmp_whole_archive_flags=`$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'`
+	  reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ $tmp_whole_archive_flags
+	else
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${obj}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+	  reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs
+      test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || libobjs=$non_pic_objects
+
+      # Create the old-style object.
+      reload_objs=$objs$old_deplibs' '`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`' '$reload_conv_objs
+
+      output=$obj
+      func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+
+      # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
+      if test -z "$libobj"; then
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	fi
+
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || {
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	fi
+
+	# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
+	# accidentally link it into a program.
+	# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
+	# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      }
+
+      if test -n "$pic_flag" || test default != "$pic_mode"; then
+	# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
+	reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
+	output=$libobj
+	func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+      fi
+
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      ;;
+
+    prog)
+      case $host in
+	*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+	          output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
+      esac
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for programs"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "'-release' is ignored for programs"
+
+      $preload \
+	&& test unknown,unknown,unknown = "$dlopen_support,$dlopen_self,$dlopen_self_static" \
+	&& func_warning "'LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
+	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-darwin*)
+	# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
+	# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
+	if test CXX = "$tagname"; then
+	  case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
+	    10.[0123])
+	      func_append compile_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
+	      func_append finalize_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+
+      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+      new_libs=
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	case " $new_libs " in
+	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case " $compile_deplibs " in
+	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+	    func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
+	case $deplib in
+	-L*)
+	  case " $new_libs " in
+	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      compile_deplibs=$new_libs
+
+
+      func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs"
+      func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs"
+
+      if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
+	  # This is the magic to use -rpath.
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+      fi
+
+      # Now hardcode the library paths
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    func_append rpath " $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  testbindir=`$ECHO "$libdir" | $SED -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";;
+	  esac
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      compile_rpath=$rpath
+
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    func_append rpath " $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      finalize_rpath=$rpath
+
+      if test -n "$libobjs" && test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
+	compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" false
+
+      # template prelinking step
+      if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
+	func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      wrappers_required=:
+      case $host in
+      *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*)
+        # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway.
+        wrappers_required=false
+        ;;
+      *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+        test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || wrappers_required=false
+        ;;
+      *)
+        if test no = "$need_relink" || test yes != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+          wrappers_required=false
+        fi
+        ;;
+      esac
+      $wrappers_required || {
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	link_command=$compile_command$compile_rpath
+
+	# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
+	exit_status=0
+	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
+
+	if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+	  func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	  postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	# Delete the generated files.
+	if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"; then
+	  func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"'
+	fi
+
+	exit $exit_status
+      }
+
+      if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
+      fi
+
+      compile_var=
+      finalize_var=
+      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	    func_append rpath "$dir:"
+	  done
+	  compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
+	    func_append rpath "$dir:"
+	  done
+	  finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test yes = "$no_install"; then
+	# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
+	link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	# Delete the old output file.
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
+	# Link the executable and exit
+	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+	if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+	  func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	  postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      case $hardcode_action,$fast_install in
+        relink,*)
+	  # Fast installation is not supported
+	  link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+	  relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
+
+	  func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
+	  func_warning "'$output' will be relinked during installation"
+	  ;;
+        *,yes)
+	  link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
+	  relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
+          ;;
+	*,no)
+	  link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+	  relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
+          ;;
+	*,needless)
+	  link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
+	  relink_command=
+          ;;
+      esac
+
+      # Replace the output file specification.
+      link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
+
+      # Delete the old output files.
+      $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
+
+      func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+      if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+	func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname"
+	postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+	func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      # Now create the wrapper script.
+      func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+      # Quote the relink command for shipping.
+      if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+	for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	  if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	    relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	  elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	    relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  else
+	    func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
+	    relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  fi
+	done
+	relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
+	relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      fi
+
+      # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
+      $opt_dry_run || {
+	# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
+	# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
+	case $output in
+	  *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+	         output=$func_stripname_result ;;
+	esac
+	# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin*)
+	    exeext=.exe
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
+	    outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
+	  *) exeext= ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+	    func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
+	    output_name=$func_basename_result
+	    output_path=$func_dirname_result
+	    cwrappersource=$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c
+	    cwrapper=$output_path/$output_name.exe
+	    $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
+	    trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+	    func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
+
+	    # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
+	    # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
+	    # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
+	    # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
+	      $STRIP $cwrapper
+	    }
+
+	    # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
+	    func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
+	    $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	    trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
+	      if test "x$build" = "x$host"; then
+		$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      else
+		func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      fi
+	    }
+	  ;;
+	  * )
+	    $RM $output
+	    trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+	    func_emit_wrapper no > $output
+	    chmod +x $output
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      }
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
+    for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
+
+      case $build_libtool_libs in
+        convenience)
+	  oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
+	  addlibs=$convenience
+	  build_libtool_libs=no
+	  ;;
+	module)
+	  oldobjs=$libobjs_save
+	  addlibs=$old_convenience
+	  build_libtool_libs=no
+          ;;
+	*)
+	  oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+	  $preload && test -f "$symfileobj" \
+	    && func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj"
+	  addlibs=$old_convenience
+	  ;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$addlibs"; then
+	gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
+	func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the archive commands.
+      if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
+      else
+
+	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+	  func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+	fi
+
+	# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives.  We have
+	# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
+	# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
+	# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
+	# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
+	# not supported by libtool).
+	if (for obj in $oldobjs
+	    do
+	      func_basename "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
+	    done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+	  :
+	else
+	  echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+	  func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  oldobjs=
+	  counter=1
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_basename "$obj"
+	    objbase=$func_basename_result
+	    case " $oldobjs " in
+	    " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
+	    *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
+	      while :; do
+		# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
+		# overlaps.
+		newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
+		func_arith $counter + 1
+		counter=$func_arith_result
+		case " $oldobjs " in
+		*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
+		*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
+		esac
+	      done
+	      func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
+	      func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj"
+	      ;;
+	    *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+	eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+
+	func_len " $cmds"
+	len=$func_len_result
+	if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+	elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then
+	  func_verbose "using command file archive linking..."
+	  for obj in $oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+	    $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+	  done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd
+	  func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd"
+	  oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result"
+	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+	else
+	  # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
+	  func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
+	  save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+	  RANLIB=:
+	  objlist=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  oldobjs=
+	  # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    last_oldobj=$obj
+	  done
+	  eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  func_len " $test_cmds"
+	  len0=$func_len_result
+	  len=$len0
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_len " $obj"
+	    func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+	    len=$func_arith_result
+	    func_append objlist " $obj"
+	    if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+	      :
+	    else
+	      # the above command should be used before it gets too long
+	      oldobjs=$objlist
+	      if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj"; then
+		RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	      fi
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$old_archive_cmds\"
+	      objlist=
+	      len=$len0
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	  oldobjs=$objlist
+	  if test -z "$oldobjs"; then
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
+	  else
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+      func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
+    done
+
+    test -n "$generated" && \
+      func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
+
+    # Now create the libtool archive.
+    case $output in
+    *.la)
+      old_library=
+      test yes = "$build_old_libs" && old_library=$libname.$libext
+      func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+      # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+      for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	  relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	  relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	else
+	  func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
+	  relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+	fi
+      done
+      # Quote the link command for shipping.
+      relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL \"$progpath\" $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
+      relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      if test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+	relink_command=
+      fi
+
+      # Only create the output if not a dry run.
+      $opt_dry_run || {
+	for installed in no yes; do
+	  if test yes = "$installed"; then
+	    if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
+	      break
+	    fi
+	    output=$output_objdir/${outputname}i
+	    # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
+	    newdependency_libs=
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $deplib in
+	      *.la)
+		func_basename "$deplib"
+		name=$func_basename_result
+		func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+		eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      -L*)
+		func_stripname -L '' "$deplib"
+		func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+		func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+		;;
+	      -R*)
+		func_stripname -R '' "$deplib"
+		func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+		func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+		;;
+	      *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
+	    newdlfiles=
+
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+	      *.la)
+	        func_basename "$lib"
+		name=$func_basename_result
+		eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+	      *.la)
+		# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
+		# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
+		# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
+		# the library:
+		func_basename "$lib"
+		name=$func_basename_result
+		eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+	  else
+	    newdlfiles=
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      func_append newdlfiles " $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      func_append newdlprefiles " $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+	  fi
+	  $RM $output
+	  # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
+	  # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target
+	  # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables
+	  # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH,
+	  # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting
+	  # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it
+	  # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE
+	  # object format with DLL files.  See the long comment at the top of
+	  # tests/bindir.at for full details.
+	  tdlname=$dlname
+	  case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
+	    *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll)
+	      # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there.
+	      if test -n "$bindir"; then
+		func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir"
+		tdlname=$func_relative_path_result/$dlname
+	      else
+		# Otherwise fall back on heuristic.
+		tdlname=../bin/$dlname
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  $ECHO > $output "\
+# $outputname - a libtool library file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# The name that we can dlopen(3).
+dlname='$tdlname'
+
+# Names of this library.
+library_names='$library_names'
+
+# The name of the static archive.
+old_library='$old_library'
+
+# Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs.
+inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
+
+# Libraries that this one depends upon.
+dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
+
+# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
+weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
+
+# Version information for $libname.
+current=$current
+age=$age
+revision=$revision
+
+# Is this an already installed library?
+installed=$installed
+
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=$module
+
+# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
+dlopen='$dlfiles'
+dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
+
+# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
+libdir='$install_libdir'"
+	  if test no,yes = "$installed,$need_relink"; then
+	    $ECHO >> $output "\
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
+	  fi
+	done
+      }
+
+      # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
+      # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
+      func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+if test link = "$opt_mode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+  func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_uninstall arg...
+func_mode_uninstall ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    RM=$nonopt
+    files=
+    rmforce=false
+    exit_status=0
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic=$magic
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=: ;;
+      -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;;
+      *) func_append files " $arg" ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    test -z "$RM" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
+
+    rmdirs=
+
+    for file in $files; do
+      func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+      dir=$func_dirname_result
+      if test . = "$dir"; then
+	odir=$objdir
+      else
+	odir=$dir/$objdir
+      fi
+      func_basename "$file"
+      name=$func_basename_result
+      test uninstall = "$opt_mode" && odir=$dir
+
+      # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
+      if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+	case " $rmdirs " in
+	  *" $odir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+
+      # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
+      if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+	 { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+	 test -f "$file"; then
+	:
+      elif test -d "$file"; then
+	exit_status=1
+	continue
+      elif $rmforce; then
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      rmfiles=$file
+
+      case $name in
+      *.la)
+	# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
+	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+	  func_source $dir/$name
+
+	  # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
+	  for n in $library_names; do
+	    func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n"
+	  done
+	  test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library"
+
+	  case $opt_mode in
+	  clean)
+	    case " $library_names " in
+	    *" $dlname "*) ;;
+	    *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;;
+	    esac
+	    test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i"
+	    ;;
+	  uninstall)
+	    if test -n "$library_names"; then
+	      # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
+	      func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	      # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
+	      func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
+	    fi
+	    # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
+	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  func_source $dir/$name
+
+	  # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$pic_object" && test none != "$pic_object"; then
+	    func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+	    func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+	  noexename=$name
+	  case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	    file=$func_stripname_result
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
+	    noexename=$func_stripname_result
+	    # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
+	    # add $file without .exe
+	    func_append rmfiles " $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
+	  if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
+	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	      relink_command=
+	      func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+	    else
+	      relink_command=
+	      func_source $dir/$noexename
+	    fi
+
+	    # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
+	    # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
+	    func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.$objext"
+	    if test yes = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	      func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name"
+	    fi
+	    if test "X$noexename" != "X$name"; then
+	      func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$noexename.c"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
+    done
+
+    # Try to remove the $objdir's in the directories where we deleted files
+    for dir in $rmdirs; do
+      if test -d "$dir"; then
+	func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
+      fi
+    done
+
+    exit $exit_status
+}
+
+if test uninstall = "$opt_mode" || test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+  func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+test -z "$opt_mode" && {
+  help=$generic_help
+  func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
+}
+
+test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
+  func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
+
+if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
+  eval exec "$exec_cmd"
+  exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+fi
+
+exit $exit_status
+
+
+# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
+# where we disable both kinds of libraries.  Given conflicting
+# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
+# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
+# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
+# them.  This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
+# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
+# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
+# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
+# configuration.  But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+build_libtool_libs=no
+build_old_libs=yes
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:shell-script
+# sh-indentation:2
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/missing b/upstream/missing
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f62bbae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
+
+scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+
+  --is-lightweight)
+    # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
+    # script is modern enough.
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --run)
+    # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
+    shift
+    ;;
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
+to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal   autoconf  autoheader   autom4te  automake  makeinfo
+  bison     yacc      flex         lex       help2man
+
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
+'g' are ignored when checking the name.
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
+"$@"; st=$?
+
+# If it succeeded, we are done.
+test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
+
+# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
+# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
+# program is present and works.
+case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
+
+# Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens when the user
+# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
+# minimum version.
+if test $st -eq 63; then
+  msg="probably too old"
+elif test $st -eq 127; then
+  # Program was missing.
+  msg="missing on your system"
+else
+  # Program was found and executed, but failed.  Give up.
+  exit $st
+fi
+
+perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/
+flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/
+gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software
+
+program_details ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    aclocal|automake)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+    autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice ()
+{
+  # Normalize program name to check for.
+  normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+    s/^gnu-//; t
+    s/^gnu//; t
+    s/^g//; t'`
+
+  printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
+
+  configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
+  case $normalized_program in
+    autoconf*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
+      echo "or m4 files included by it."
+      program_details 'autoconf'
+      ;;
+    autoheader*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'autoheader'
+      ;;
+    automake*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'automake'
+      ;;
+    aclocal*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'aclocal'
+      ;;
+   autom4te*)
+      echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
+      echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
+      program_details 'autom4te'
+      ;;
+    bison*|yacc*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
+      ;;
+    lex*|flex*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
+      echo "<$flex_URL>"
+      ;;
+    help2man*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
+           "of a man page."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
+    ;;
+    makeinfo*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
+      echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
+      echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
+      echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
+      echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
+      echo "want to install GNU make:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
+      echo "tools for further handling them.  Check the 'README' file, it"
+      echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
+      echo "this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
+      echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
+                       -e '2,$s/^/         /' >&2
+
+# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
+# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
+exit $st
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/shell.c b/upstream/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1236b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7387 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line
+** utility for accessing SQLite databases.
+*/
+#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+/* This needs to come before any includes for MSVC compiler */
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If requested, include the SQLite compiler options file for MSVC.
+*/
+#if defined(INCLUDE_MSVC_H)
+#include "msvc.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** No support for loadable extensions in VxWorks.
+*/
+#if (defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)) && !SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Enable large-file support for fopen() and friends on unix.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+# include "sqlite3userauth.h"
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32)
+# include <signal.h>
+# if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+#  include <pwd.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_READLINE
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_EDITLINE
+# include <editline/readline.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_EDITLINE || HAVE_READLINE
+
+# define shell_add_history(X) add_history(X)
+# define shell_read_history(X) read_history(X)
+# define shell_write_history(X) write_history(X)
+# define shell_stifle_history(X) stifle_history(X)
+# define shell_readline(X) readline(X)
+
+#elif HAVE_LINENOISE
+
+# include "linenoise.h"
+# define shell_add_history(X) linenoiseHistoryAdd(X)
+# define shell_read_history(X) linenoiseHistoryLoad(X)
+# define shell_write_history(X) linenoiseHistorySave(X)
+# define shell_stifle_history(X) linenoiseHistorySetMaxLen(X)
+# define shell_readline(X) linenoise(X)
+
+#else
+
+# define shell_read_history(X)
+# define shell_write_history(X)
+# define shell_stifle_history(X)
+
+# define SHELL_USE_LOCAL_GETLINE 1
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+# include <io.h>
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# define isatty(h) _isatty(h)
+# ifndef access
+#  define access(f,m) _access((f),(m))
+# endif
+# undef popen
+# define popen _popen
+# undef pclose
+# define pclose _pclose
+#else
+ /* Make sure isatty() has a prototype. */
+ extern int isatty(int);
+
+# if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+  /* popen and pclose are not C89 functions and so are
+  ** sometimes omitted from the <stdio.h> header */
+   extern FILE *popen(const char*,const char*);
+   extern int pclose(FILE*);
+# else
+#  define SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+/* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide isatty()
+ * thus we always assume that we have a console. That can be
+ * overridden with the -batch command line option.
+ */
+#define isatty(x) 1
+#endif
+
+/* ctype macros that work with signed characters */
+#define IsSpace(X)  isspace((unsigned char)X)
+#define IsDigit(X)  isdigit((unsigned char)X)
+#define ToLower(X)  (char)tolower((unsigned char)X)
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* string conversion routines only needed on Win32 */
+extern char *sqlite3_win32_unicode_to_utf8(LPCWSTR);
+extern char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8_v2(const char *, int);
+extern char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs_v2(const char *, int);
+extern LPWSTR sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_unicode(const char *zText);
+#endif
+
+/* On Windows, we normally run with output mode of TEXT so that \n characters
+** are automatically translated into \r\n.  However, this behavior needs
+** to be disabled in some cases (ex: when generating CSV output and when
+** rendering quoted strings that contain \n characters).  The following
+** routines take care of that.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+static void setBinaryMode(FILE *file, int isOutput){
+  if( isOutput ) fflush(file);
+  _setmode(_fileno(file), _O_BINARY);
+}
+static void setTextMode(FILE *file, int isOutput){
+  if( isOutput ) fflush(file);
+  _setmode(_fileno(file), _O_TEXT);
+}
+#else
+# define setBinaryMode(X,Y)
+# define setTextMode(X,Y)
+#endif
+
+
+/* True if the timer is enabled */
+static int enableTimer = 0;
+
+/* Return the current wall-clock time */
+static sqlite3_int64 timeOfDay(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs *clockVfs = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 t;
+  if( clockVfs==0 ) clockVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+  if( clockVfs->iVersion>=2 && clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64!=0 ){
+    clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(clockVfs, &t);
+  }else{
+    double r;
+    clockVfs->xCurrentTime(clockVfs, &r);
+    t = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
+  }
+  return t;
+}
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__minux)
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+/* VxWorks does not support getrusage() as far as we can determine */
+#if defined(_WRS_KERNEL) || defined(__RTP__)
+struct rusage {
+  struct timeval ru_utime; /* user CPU time used */
+  struct timeval ru_stime; /* system CPU time used */
+};
+#define getrusage(A,B) memset(B,0,sizeof(*B))
+#endif
+
+/* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */
+static struct rusage sBegin;  /* CPU time at start */
+static sqlite3_int64 iBegin;  /* Wall-clock time at start */
+
+/*
+** Begin timing an operation
+*/
+static void beginTimer(void){
+  if( enableTimer ){
+    getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sBegin);
+    iBegin = timeOfDay();
+  }
+}
+
+/* Return the difference of two time_structs in seconds */
+static double timeDiff(struct timeval *pStart, struct timeval *pEnd){
+  return (pEnd->tv_usec - pStart->tv_usec)*0.000001 +
+         (double)(pEnd->tv_sec - pStart->tv_sec);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the timing results.
+*/
+static void endTimer(void){
+  if( enableTimer ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iEnd = timeOfDay();
+    struct rusage sEnd;
+    getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sEnd);
+    printf("Run Time: real %.3f user %f sys %f\n",
+       (iEnd - iBegin)*0.001,
+       timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_utime, &sEnd.ru_utime),
+       timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_stime, &sEnd.ru_stime));
+  }
+}
+
+#define BEGIN_TIMER beginTimer()
+#define END_TIMER endTimer()
+#define HAS_TIMER 1
+
+#elif (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32))
+
+/* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */
+static HANDLE hProcess;
+static FILETIME ftKernelBegin;
+static FILETIME ftUserBegin;
+static sqlite3_int64 ftWallBegin;
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GETPROCTIMES)(HANDLE, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME,
+                                    LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME);
+static GETPROCTIMES getProcessTimesAddr = NULL;
+
+/*
+** Check to see if we have timer support.  Return 1 if necessary
+** support found (or found previously).
+*/
+static int hasTimer(void){
+  if( getProcessTimesAddr ){
+    return 1;
+  } else {
+    /* GetProcessTimes() isn't supported in WIN95 and some other Windows
+    ** versions. See if the version we are running on has it, and if it
+    ** does, save off a pointer to it and the current process handle.
+    */
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+    if( hProcess ){
+      HINSTANCE hinstLib = LoadLibrary(TEXT("Kernel32.dll"));
+      if( NULL != hinstLib ){
+        getProcessTimesAddr =
+            (GETPROCTIMES) GetProcAddress(hinstLib, "GetProcessTimes");
+        if( NULL != getProcessTimesAddr ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        FreeLibrary(hinstLib);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin timing an operation
+*/
+static void beginTimer(void){
+  if( enableTimer && getProcessTimesAddr ){
+    FILETIME ftCreation, ftExit;
+    getProcessTimesAddr(hProcess,&ftCreation,&ftExit,
+                        &ftKernelBegin,&ftUserBegin);
+    ftWallBegin = timeOfDay();
+  }
+}
+
+/* Return the difference of two FILETIME structs in seconds */
+static double timeDiff(FILETIME *pStart, FILETIME *pEnd){
+  sqlite_int64 i64Start = *((sqlite_int64 *) pStart);
+  sqlite_int64 i64End = *((sqlite_int64 *) pEnd);
+  return (double) ((i64End - i64Start) / 10000000.0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the timing results.
+*/
+static void endTimer(void){
+  if( enableTimer && getProcessTimesAddr){
+    FILETIME ftCreation, ftExit, ftKernelEnd, ftUserEnd;
+    sqlite3_int64 ftWallEnd = timeOfDay();
+    getProcessTimesAddr(hProcess,&ftCreation,&ftExit,&ftKernelEnd,&ftUserEnd);
+    printf("Run Time: real %.3f user %f sys %f\n",
+       (ftWallEnd - ftWallBegin)*0.001,
+       timeDiff(&ftUserBegin, &ftUserEnd),
+       timeDiff(&ftKernelBegin, &ftKernelEnd));
+  }
+}
+
+#define BEGIN_TIMER beginTimer()
+#define END_TIMER endTimer()
+#define HAS_TIMER hasTimer()
+
+#else
+#define BEGIN_TIMER
+#define END_TIMER
+#define HAS_TIMER 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Used to prevent warnings about unused parameters
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+
+/*
+** If the following flag is set, then command execution stops
+** at an error if we are not interactive.
+*/
+static int bail_on_error = 0;
+
+/*
+** Threat stdin as an interactive input if the following variable
+** is true.  Otherwise, assume stdin is connected to a file or pipe.
+*/
+static int stdin_is_interactive = 1;
+
+/*
+** On Windows systems we have to know if standard output is a console
+** in order to translate UTF-8 into MBCS.  The following variable is
+** true if translation is required.
+*/
+static int stdout_is_console = 1;
+
+/*
+** The following is the open SQLite database.  We make a pointer
+** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed
+** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *globalDb = 0;
+
+/*
+** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received.
+*/
+static volatile int seenInterrupt = 0;
+
+/*
+** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used
+** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages.
+*/
+static char *Argv0;
+
+/*
+** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with
+**   .prompt main continue
+*/
+static char mainPrompt[20];     /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/
+static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: "   ...> " */
+
+/*
+** Render output like fprintf().  Except, if the output is going to the
+** console and if this is running on a Windows machine, translate the
+** output from UTF-8 into MBCS.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+void utf8_printf(FILE *out, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  if( stdout_is_console && (out==stdout || out==stderr) ){
+    char *z1 = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+    char *z2 = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs_v2(z1, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(z1);
+    fputs(z2, out);
+    sqlite3_free(z2);
+  }else{
+    vfprintf(out, zFormat, ap);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+#elif !defined(utf8_printf)
+# define utf8_printf fprintf
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Render output like fprintf().  This should not be used on anything that
+** includes string formatting (e.g. "%s").
+*/
+#if !defined(raw_printf)
+# define raw_printf fprintf
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write I/O traces to the following stream.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+static FILE *iotrace = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine works like printf in that its first argument is a
+** format string and subsequent arguments are values to be substituted
+** in place of % fields.  The result of formatting this string
+** is written to iotrace.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+static void SQLITE_CDECL iotracePrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  if( iotrace==0 ) return;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  utf8_printf(iotrace, "%s", z);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Determines if a string is a number of not.
+*/
+static int isNumber(const char *z, int *realnum){
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++;
+  if( !IsDigit(*z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z++;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z++;
+    if( !IsDigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++;
+    if( !IsDigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+*/
+static int strlen30(const char *z){
+  const char *z2 = z;
+  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
+** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
+** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
+** fails.
+**
+** If zLine is not NULL then it is a malloced buffer returned from
+** a previous call to this routine that may be reused.
+*/
+static char *local_getline(char *zLine, FILE *in){
+  int nLine = zLine==0 ? 0 : 100;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    if( n+100>nLine ){
+      nLine = nLine*2 + 100;
+      zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine);
+      if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+    if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){
+      if( n==0 ){
+        free(zLine);
+        return 0;
+      }
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    while( zLine[n] ) n++;
+    if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){
+      n--;
+      if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\r' ) n--;
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+  /* For interactive input on Windows systems, translate the
+  ** multi-byte characterset characters into UTF-8. */
+  if( stdin_is_interactive && in==stdin ){
+    char *zTrans = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8_v2(zLine, 0);
+    if( zTrans ){
+      int nTrans = strlen30(zTrans)+1;
+      if( nTrans>nLine ){
+        zLine = realloc(zLine, nTrans);
+        if( zLine==0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(zTrans);
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      memcpy(zLine, zTrans, nTrans);
+      sqlite3_free(zTrans);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) */
+  return zLine;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a single line of input text.
+**
+** If in==0 then read from standard input and prompt before each line.
+** If isContinuation is true, then a continuation prompt is appropriate.
+** If isContinuation is zero, then the main prompt should be used.
+**
+** If zPrior is not NULL then it is a buffer from a prior call to this
+** routine that can be reused.
+**
+** The result is stored in space obtained from malloc() and must either
+** be freed by the caller or else passed back into this routine via the
+** zPrior argument for reuse.
+*/
+static char *one_input_line(FILE *in, char *zPrior, int isContinuation){
+  char *zPrompt;
+  char *zResult;
+  if( in!=0 ){
+    zResult = local_getline(zPrior, in);
+  }else{
+    zPrompt = isContinuation ? continuePrompt : mainPrompt;
+#if SHELL_USE_LOCAL_GETLINE
+    printf("%s", zPrompt);
+    fflush(stdout);
+    zResult = local_getline(zPrior, stdin);
+#else
+    free(zPrior);
+    zResult = shell_readline(zPrompt);
+    if( zResult && *zResult ) shell_add_history(zResult);
+#endif
+  }
+  return zResult;
+}
+/*
+** A variable length string to which one can append text.
+*/
+typedef struct ShellText ShellText;
+struct ShellText {
+  char *z;
+  int n;
+  int nAlloc;
+};
+
+/*
+** Initialize and destroy a ShellText object
+*/
+static void initText(ShellText *p){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+}
+static void freeText(ShellText *p){
+  free(p->z);
+  initText(p);
+}
+
+/* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained
+** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is
+** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc().
+** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed.
+**
+** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a
+** quote character for zAppend.
+*/
+static void appendText(ShellText *p, char const *zAppend, char quote){
+  int len;
+  int i;
+  int nAppend = strlen30(zAppend);
+
+  len = nAppend+p->n+1;
+  if( quote ){
+    len += 2;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) len++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( p->n+len>=p->nAlloc ){
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + len + 20;
+    p->z = realloc(p->z, p->nAlloc);
+    if( p->z==0 ){
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( quote ){
+    char *zCsr = p->z+p->n;
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      *zCsr++ = zAppend[i];
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) *zCsr++ = quote;
+    }
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    p->n = (int)(zCsr - p->z);
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else{
+    memcpy(p->z+p->n, zAppend, nAppend);
+    p->n += nAppend;
+    p->z[p->n] = '\0';
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to determine if identifier zName needs to be quoted, either
+** because it contains non-alphanumeric characters, or because it is an
+** SQLite keyword.  Be conservative in this estimate:  When in doubt assume
+** that quoting is required.
+**
+** Return '"' if quoting is required.  Return 0 if no quoting is required.
+*/
+static char quoteChar(const char *zName){
+  /* All SQLite keywords, in alphabetical order */
+  static const char *azKeywords[] = {
+    "ABORT", "ACTION", "ADD", "AFTER", "ALL", "ALTER", "ANALYZE", "AND", "AS",
+    "ASC", "ATTACH", "AUTOINCREMENT", "BEFORE", "BEGIN", "BETWEEN", "BY",
+    "CASCADE", "CASE", "CAST", "CHECK", "COLLATE", "COLUMN", "COMMIT",
+    "CONFLICT", "CONSTRAINT", "CREATE", "CROSS", "CURRENT_DATE",
+    "CURRENT_TIME", "CURRENT_TIMESTAMP", "DATABASE", "DEFAULT", "DEFERRABLE",
+    "DEFERRED", "DELETE", "DESC", "DETACH", "DISTINCT", "DROP", "EACH",
+    "ELSE", "END", "ESCAPE", "EXCEPT", "EXCLUSIVE", "EXISTS", "EXPLAIN",
+    "FAIL", "FOR", "FOREIGN", "FROM", "FULL", "GLOB", "GROUP", "HAVING", "IF",
+    "IGNORE", "IMMEDIATE", "IN", "INDEX", "INDEXED", "INITIALLY", "INNER",
+    "INSERT", "INSTEAD", "INTERSECT", "INTO", "IS", "ISNULL", "JOIN", "KEY",
+    "LEFT", "LIKE", "LIMIT", "MATCH", "NATURAL", "NO", "NOT", "NOTNULL",
+    "NULL", "OF", "OFFSET", "ON", "OR", "ORDER", "OUTER", "PLAN", "PRAGMA",
+    "PRIMARY", "QUERY", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE", "REFERENCES", "REGEXP",
+    "REINDEX", "RELEASE", "RENAME", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "RIGHT",
+    "ROLLBACK", "ROW", "SAVEPOINT", "SELECT", "SET", "TABLE", "TEMP",
+    "TEMPORARY", "THEN", "TO", "TRANSACTION", "TRIGGER", "UNION", "UNIQUE",
+    "UPDATE", "USING", "VACUUM", "VALUES", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WHEN", "WHERE",
+    "WITH", "WITHOUT",
+  };
+  int i, lwr, upr, mid, c;
+  if( !isalpha((unsigned char)zName[0]) && zName[0]!='_' ) return '"';
+  for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){
+    if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ) return '"';
+  }
+  lwr = 0;
+  upr = sizeof(azKeywords)/sizeof(azKeywords[0]) - 1;
+  while( lwr<=upr ){
+    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
+    c = sqlite3_stricmp(azKeywords[mid], zName);
+    if( c==0 ) return '"';
+    if( c<0 ){
+      lwr = mid+1;
+    }else{
+      upr = mid-1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+** SHA3 hash implementation copied from ../ext/misc/shathree.c
+*/
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
+**
+** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
+** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
+** -DSHA3_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined
+** at run-time.
+*/
+#ifndef SHA3_BYTEORDER
+# if defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
+     defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
+     defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
+     defined(__arm__)
+#   define SHA3_BYTEORDER    1234
+# elif defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__)
+#   define SHA3_BYTEORDER    4321
+# else
+#   define SHA3_BYTEORDER 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** State structure for a SHA3 hash in progress
+*/
+typedef struct SHA3Context SHA3Context;
+struct SHA3Context {
+  union {
+    u64 s[25];                /* Keccak state. 5x5 lines of 64 bits each */
+    unsigned char x[1600];    /* ... or 1600 bytes */
+  } u;
+  unsigned nRate;        /* Bytes of input accepted per Keccak iteration */
+  unsigned nLoaded;      /* Input bytes loaded into u.x[] so far this cycle */
+  unsigned ixMask;       /* Insert next input into u.x[nLoaded^ixMask]. */
+};
+
+/*
+** A single step of the Keccak mixing function for a 1600-bit state
+*/
+static void KeccakF1600Step(SHA3Context *p){
+  int i;
+  u64 B0, B1, B2, B3, B4;
+  u64 C0, C1, C2, C3, C4;
+  u64 D0, D1, D2, D3, D4;
+  static const u64 RC[] = {
+    0x0000000000000001ULL,  0x0000000000008082ULL,
+    0x800000000000808aULL,  0x8000000080008000ULL,
+    0x000000000000808bULL,  0x0000000080000001ULL,
+    0x8000000080008081ULL,  0x8000000000008009ULL,
+    0x000000000000008aULL,  0x0000000000000088ULL,
+    0x0000000080008009ULL,  0x000000008000000aULL,
+    0x000000008000808bULL,  0x800000000000008bULL,
+    0x8000000000008089ULL,  0x8000000000008003ULL,
+    0x8000000000008002ULL,  0x8000000000000080ULL,
+    0x000000000000800aULL,  0x800000008000000aULL,
+    0x8000000080008081ULL,  0x8000000000008080ULL,
+    0x0000000080000001ULL,  0x8000000080008008ULL
+  };
+# define A00 (p->u.s[0])
+# define A01 (p->u.s[1])
+# define A02 (p->u.s[2])
+# define A03 (p->u.s[3])
+# define A04 (p->u.s[4])
+# define A10 (p->u.s[5])
+# define A11 (p->u.s[6])
+# define A12 (p->u.s[7])
+# define A13 (p->u.s[8])
+# define A14 (p->u.s[9])
+# define A20 (p->u.s[10])
+# define A21 (p->u.s[11])
+# define A22 (p->u.s[12])
+# define A23 (p->u.s[13])
+# define A24 (p->u.s[14])
+# define A30 (p->u.s[15])
+# define A31 (p->u.s[16])
+# define A32 (p->u.s[17])
+# define A33 (p->u.s[18])
+# define A34 (p->u.s[19])
+# define A40 (p->u.s[20])
+# define A41 (p->u.s[21])
+# define A42 (p->u.s[22])
+# define A43 (p->u.s[23])
+# define A44 (p->u.s[24])
+# define ROL64(a,x) ((a<<x)|(a>>(64-x)))
+
+  for(i=0; i<24; i+=4){
+    C0 = A00^A10^A20^A30^A40;
+    C1 = A01^A11^A21^A31^A41;
+    C2 = A02^A12^A22^A32^A42;
+    C3 = A03^A13^A23^A33^A43;
+    C4 = A04^A14^A24^A34^A44;
+    D0 = C4^ROL64(C1, 1);
+    D1 = C0^ROL64(C2, 1);
+    D2 = C1^ROL64(C3, 1);
+    D3 = C2^ROL64(C4, 1);
+    D4 = C3^ROL64(C0, 1);
+
+    B0 = (A00^D0);
+    B1 = ROL64((A11^D1), 44);
+    B2 = ROL64((A22^D2), 43);
+    B3 = ROL64((A33^D3), 21);
+    B4 = ROL64((A44^D4), 14);
+    A00 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A00 ^= RC[i];
+    A11 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A22 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A33 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A44 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B2 = ROL64((A20^D0), 3);
+    B3 = ROL64((A31^D1), 45);
+    B4 = ROL64((A42^D2), 61);
+    B0 = ROL64((A03^D3), 28);
+    B1 = ROL64((A14^D4), 20);
+    A20 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A31 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A42 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A03 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A14 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B4 = ROL64((A40^D0), 18);
+    B0 = ROL64((A01^D1), 1);
+    B1 = ROL64((A12^D2), 6);
+    B2 = ROL64((A23^D3), 25);
+    B3 = ROL64((A34^D4), 8);
+    A40 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A01 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A12 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A23 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A34 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B1 = ROL64((A10^D0), 36);
+    B2 = ROL64((A21^D1), 10);
+    B3 = ROL64((A32^D2), 15);
+    B4 = ROL64((A43^D3), 56);
+    B0 = ROL64((A04^D4), 27);
+    A10 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A21 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A32 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A43 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A04 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B3 = ROL64((A30^D0), 41);
+    B4 = ROL64((A41^D1), 2);
+    B0 = ROL64((A02^D2), 62);
+    B1 = ROL64((A13^D3), 55);
+    B2 = ROL64((A24^D4), 39);
+    A30 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A41 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A02 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A13 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A24 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    C0 = A00^A20^A40^A10^A30;
+    C1 = A11^A31^A01^A21^A41;
+    C2 = A22^A42^A12^A32^A02;
+    C3 = A33^A03^A23^A43^A13;
+    C4 = A44^A14^A34^A04^A24;
+    D0 = C4^ROL64(C1, 1);
+    D1 = C0^ROL64(C2, 1);
+    D2 = C1^ROL64(C3, 1);
+    D3 = C2^ROL64(C4, 1);
+    D4 = C3^ROL64(C0, 1);
+
+    B0 = (A00^D0);
+    B1 = ROL64((A31^D1), 44);
+    B2 = ROL64((A12^D2), 43);
+    B3 = ROL64((A43^D3), 21);
+    B4 = ROL64((A24^D4), 14);
+    A00 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A00 ^= RC[i+1];
+    A31 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A12 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A43 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A24 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B2 = ROL64((A40^D0), 3);
+    B3 = ROL64((A21^D1), 45);
+    B4 = ROL64((A02^D2), 61);
+    B0 = ROL64((A33^D3), 28);
+    B1 = ROL64((A14^D4), 20);
+    A40 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A21 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A02 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A33 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A14 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B4 = ROL64((A30^D0), 18);
+    B0 = ROL64((A11^D1), 1);
+    B1 = ROL64((A42^D2), 6);
+    B2 = ROL64((A23^D3), 25);
+    B3 = ROL64((A04^D4), 8);
+    A30 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A11 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A42 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A23 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A04 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B1 = ROL64((A20^D0), 36);
+    B2 = ROL64((A01^D1), 10);
+    B3 = ROL64((A32^D2), 15);
+    B4 = ROL64((A13^D3), 56);
+    B0 = ROL64((A44^D4), 27);
+    A20 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A01 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A32 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A13 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A44 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B3 = ROL64((A10^D0), 41);
+    B4 = ROL64((A41^D1), 2);
+    B0 = ROL64((A22^D2), 62);
+    B1 = ROL64((A03^D3), 55);
+    B2 = ROL64((A34^D4), 39);
+    A10 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A41 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A22 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A03 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A34 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    C0 = A00^A40^A30^A20^A10;
+    C1 = A31^A21^A11^A01^A41;
+    C2 = A12^A02^A42^A32^A22;
+    C3 = A43^A33^A23^A13^A03;
+    C4 = A24^A14^A04^A44^A34;
+    D0 = C4^ROL64(C1, 1);
+    D1 = C0^ROL64(C2, 1);
+    D2 = C1^ROL64(C3, 1);
+    D3 = C2^ROL64(C4, 1);
+    D4 = C3^ROL64(C0, 1);
+
+    B0 = (A00^D0);
+    B1 = ROL64((A21^D1), 44);
+    B2 = ROL64((A42^D2), 43);
+    B3 = ROL64((A13^D3), 21);
+    B4 = ROL64((A34^D4), 14);
+    A00 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A00 ^= RC[i+2];
+    A21 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A42 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A13 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A34 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B2 = ROL64((A30^D0), 3);
+    B3 = ROL64((A01^D1), 45);
+    B4 = ROL64((A22^D2), 61);
+    B0 = ROL64((A43^D3), 28);
+    B1 = ROL64((A14^D4), 20);
+    A30 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A01 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A22 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A43 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A14 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B4 = ROL64((A10^D0), 18);
+    B0 = ROL64((A31^D1), 1);
+    B1 = ROL64((A02^D2), 6);
+    B2 = ROL64((A23^D3), 25);
+    B3 = ROL64((A44^D4), 8);
+    A10 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A31 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A02 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A23 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A44 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B1 = ROL64((A40^D0), 36);
+    B2 = ROL64((A11^D1), 10);
+    B3 = ROL64((A32^D2), 15);
+    B4 = ROL64((A03^D3), 56);
+    B0 = ROL64((A24^D4), 27);
+    A40 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A11 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A32 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A03 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A24 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B3 = ROL64((A20^D0), 41);
+    B4 = ROL64((A41^D1), 2);
+    B0 = ROL64((A12^D2), 62);
+    B1 = ROL64((A33^D3), 55);
+    B2 = ROL64((A04^D4), 39);
+    A20 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A41 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A12 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A33 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A04 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    C0 = A00^A30^A10^A40^A20;
+    C1 = A21^A01^A31^A11^A41;
+    C2 = A42^A22^A02^A32^A12;
+    C3 = A13^A43^A23^A03^A33;
+    C4 = A34^A14^A44^A24^A04;
+    D0 = C4^ROL64(C1, 1);
+    D1 = C0^ROL64(C2, 1);
+    D2 = C1^ROL64(C3, 1);
+    D3 = C2^ROL64(C4, 1);
+    D4 = C3^ROL64(C0, 1);
+
+    B0 = (A00^D0);
+    B1 = ROL64((A01^D1), 44);
+    B2 = ROL64((A02^D2), 43);
+    B3 = ROL64((A03^D3), 21);
+    B4 = ROL64((A04^D4), 14);
+    A00 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A00 ^= RC[i+3];
+    A01 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A02 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A03 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A04 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B2 = ROL64((A10^D0), 3);
+    B3 = ROL64((A11^D1), 45);
+    B4 = ROL64((A12^D2), 61);
+    B0 = ROL64((A13^D3), 28);
+    B1 = ROL64((A14^D4), 20);
+    A10 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A11 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A12 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A13 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A14 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B4 = ROL64((A20^D0), 18);
+    B0 = ROL64((A21^D1), 1);
+    B1 = ROL64((A22^D2), 6);
+    B2 = ROL64((A23^D3), 25);
+    B3 = ROL64((A24^D4), 8);
+    A20 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A21 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A22 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A23 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A24 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B1 = ROL64((A30^D0), 36);
+    B2 = ROL64((A31^D1), 10);
+    B3 = ROL64((A32^D2), 15);
+    B4 = ROL64((A33^D3), 56);
+    B0 = ROL64((A34^D4), 27);
+    A30 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A31 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A32 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A33 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A34 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+
+    B3 = ROL64((A40^D0), 41);
+    B4 = ROL64((A41^D1), 2);
+    B0 = ROL64((A42^D2), 62);
+    B1 = ROL64((A43^D3), 55);
+    B2 = ROL64((A44^D4), 39);
+    A40 =   B0 ^((~B1)&  B2 );
+    A41 =   B1 ^((~B2)&  B3 );
+    A42 =   B2 ^((~B3)&  B4 );
+    A43 =   B3 ^((~B4)&  B0 );
+    A44 =   B4 ^((~B0)&  B1 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a new hash.  iSize determines the size of the hash
+** in bits and should be one of 224, 256, 384, or 512.  Or iSize
+** can be zero to use the default hash size of 256 bits.
+*/
+static void SHA3Init(SHA3Context *p, int iSize){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( iSize>=128 && iSize<=512 ){
+    p->nRate = (1600 - ((iSize + 31)&~31)*2)/8;
+  }else{
+    p->nRate = (1600 - 2*256)/8;
+  }
+#if SHA3_BYTEORDER==1234
+  /* Known to be little-endian at compile-time. No-op */
+#elif SHA3_BYTEORDER==4321
+  p->ixMask = 7;  /* Big-endian */
+#else
+  {
+    static unsigned int one = 1;
+    if( 1==*(unsigned char*)&one ){
+      /* Little endian.  No byte swapping. */
+      p->ixMask = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Big endian.  Byte swap. */
+      p->ixMask = 7;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make consecutive calls to the SHA3Update function to add new content
+** to the hash
+*/
+static void SHA3Update(
+  SHA3Context *p,
+  const unsigned char *aData,
+  unsigned int nData
+){
+  unsigned int i = 0;
+#if SHA3_BYTEORDER==1234
+  if( (p->nLoaded % 8)==0 && ((aData - (const unsigned char*)0)&7)==0 ){
+    for(; i+7<nData; i+=8){
+      p->u.s[p->nLoaded/8] ^= *(u64*)&aData[i];
+      p->nLoaded += 8;
+      if( p->nLoaded>=p->nRate ){
+        KeccakF1600Step(p);
+        p->nLoaded = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  for(; i<nData; i++){
+#if SHA3_BYTEORDER==1234
+    p->u.x[p->nLoaded] ^= aData[i];
+#elif SHA3_BYTEORDER==4321
+    p->u.x[p->nLoaded^0x07] ^= aData[i];
+#else
+    p->u.x[p->nLoaded^p->ixMask] ^= aData[i];
+#endif
+    p->nLoaded++;
+    if( p->nLoaded==p->nRate ){
+      KeccakF1600Step(p);
+      p->nLoaded = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** After all content has been added, invoke SHA3Final() to compute
+** the final hash.  The function returns a pointer to the binary
+** hash value.
+*/
+static unsigned char *SHA3Final(SHA3Context *p){
+  unsigned int i;
+  if( p->nLoaded==p->nRate-1 ){
+    const unsigned char c1 = 0x86;
+    SHA3Update(p, &c1, 1);
+  }else{
+    const unsigned char c2 = 0x06;
+    const unsigned char c3 = 0x80;
+    SHA3Update(p, &c2, 1);
+    p->nLoaded = p->nRate - 1;
+    SHA3Update(p, &c3, 1);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nRate; i++){
+    p->u.x[i+p->nRate] = p->u.x[i^p->ixMask];
+  }
+  return &p->u.x[p->nRate];
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sha3(X,SIZE) function.
+**
+** Return a BLOB which is the SIZE-bit SHA3 hash of X.  The default
+** size is 256.  If X is a BLOB, it is hashed as is.  
+** For all other non-NULL types of input, X is converted into a UTF-8 string
+** and the string is hashed without the trailing 0x00 terminator.  The hash
+** of a NULL value is NULL.
+*/
+static void sha3Func(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  SHA3Context cx;
+  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  int iSize;
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    iSize = 256;
+  }else{
+    iSize = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( iSize!=224 && iSize!=256 && iSize!=384 && iSize!=512 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "SHA3 size should be one of: 224 256 "
+                                    "384 512", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( eType==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  SHA3Init(&cx, iSize);
+  if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    SHA3Update(&cx, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), nByte);
+  }else{
+    SHA3Update(&cx, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), nByte);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, SHA3Final(&cx), iSize/8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/* Compute a string using sqlite3_vsnprintf() with a maximum length
+** of 50 bytes and add it to the hash.
+*/
+static void hash_step_vformat(
+  SHA3Context *p,                 /* Add content to this context */
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  int n;
+  char zBuf[50];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  sqlite3_vsnprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,zFormat,ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  n = (int)strlen(zBuf);
+  SHA3Update(p, (unsigned char*)zBuf, n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sha3_query(SQL,SIZE) function.
+**
+** This function compiles and runs the SQL statement(s) given in the
+** argument. The results are hashed using a SIZE-bit SHA3.  The default
+** size is 256.
+**
+** The format of the byte stream that is hashed is summarized as follows:
+**
+**       S<n>:<sql>
+**       R
+**       N
+**       I<int>
+**       F<ieee-float>
+**       B<size>:<bytes>
+**       T<size>:<text>
+**
+** <sql> is the original SQL text for each statement run and <n> is
+** the size of that text.  The SQL text is UTF-8.  A single R character
+** occurs before the start of each row.  N means a NULL value.
+** I mean an 8-byte little-endian integer <int>.  F is a floating point
+** number with an 8-byte little-endian IEEE floating point value <ieee-float>.
+** B means blobs of <size> bytes.  T means text rendered as <size>
+** bytes of UTF-8.  The <n> and <size> values are expressed as an ASCII
+** text integers.
+**
+** For each SQL statement in the X input, there is one S segment.  Each
+** S segment is followed by zero or more R segments, one for each row in the
+** result set.  After each R, there are one or more N, I, F, B, or T segments,
+** one for each column in the result set.  Segments are concatentated directly
+** with no delimiters of any kind.
+*/
+static void sha3QueryFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
+  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;
+  int n;
+  const char *z;
+  SHA3Context cx;
+  int iSize;
+
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    iSize = 256;
+  }else{
+    iSize = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( iSize!=224 && iSize!=256 && iSize!=384 && iSize!=512 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "SHA3 size should be one of: 224 256 "
+                                    "384 512", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zSql==0 ) return;
+  SHA3Init(&cx, iSize);
+  while( zSql[0] ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error SQL statement [%s]: %s",
+                                   zSql, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zMsg, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zMsg);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( !sqlite3_stmt_readonly(pStmt) ){
+      char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("non-query: [%s]", sqlite3_sql(pStmt));
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zMsg, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zMsg);
+      return;
+    }
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    z = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      continue;
+    }
+    n = (int)strlen(z);
+    hash_step_vformat(&cx,"S%d:",n);
+    SHA3Update(&cx,(unsigned char*)z,n);
+
+    /* Compute a hash over the result of the query */
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      SHA3Update(&cx,(const unsigned char*)"R",1);
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        switch( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt,i) ){
+          case SQLITE_NULL: {
+            SHA3Update(&cx, (const unsigned char*)"N",1);
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+            sqlite3_uint64 u;
+            int j;
+            unsigned char x[9];
+            sqlite3_int64 v = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt,i);
+            memcpy(&u, &v, 8);
+            for(j=8; j>=1; j--){
+              x[j] = u & 0xff;
+              u >>= 8;
+            }
+            x[0] = 'I';
+            SHA3Update(&cx, x, 9);
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+            sqlite3_uint64 u;
+            int j;
+            unsigned char x[9];
+            double r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt,i);
+            memcpy(&u, &r, 8);
+            for(j=8; j>=1; j--){
+              x[j] = u & 0xff;
+              u >>= 8;
+            }
+            x[0] = 'F';
+            SHA3Update(&cx,x,9);
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+            int n2 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i);
+            const unsigned char *z2 = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+            hash_step_vformat(&cx,"T%d:",n2);
+            SHA3Update(&cx, z2, n2);
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+            int n2 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i);
+            const unsigned char *z2 = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i);
+            hash_step_vformat(&cx,"B%d:",n2);
+            SHA3Update(&cx, z2, n2);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, SHA3Final(&cx), iSize/8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+/* End of SHA3 hashing logic copy/pasted from ../ext/misc/shathree.c
+********************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+/*
+** State information for a single open session
+*/
+typedef struct OpenSession OpenSession;
+struct OpenSession {
+  char *zName;             /* Symbolic name for this session */
+  int nFilter;             /* Number of xFilter rejection GLOB patterns */
+  char **azFilter;         /* Array of xFilter rejection GLOB patterns */
+  sqlite3_session *p;      /* The open session */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Shell output mode information from before ".explain on",
+** saved so that it can be restored by ".explain off"
+*/
+typedef struct SavedModeInfo SavedModeInfo;
+struct SavedModeInfo {
+  int valid;          /* Is there legit data in here? */
+  int mode;           /* Mode prior to ".explain on" */
+  int showHeader;     /* The ".header" setting prior to ".explain on" */
+  int colWidth[100];  /* Column widths prior to ".explain on" */
+};
+
+/*
+** State information about the database connection is contained in an
+** instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct ShellState ShellState;
+struct ShellState {
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database */
+  int autoExplain;       /* Automatically turn on .explain mode */
+  int autoEQP;           /* Run EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prior to seach SQL stmt */
+  int statsOn;           /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */
+  int scanstatsOn;       /* True to display scan stats before each finalize */
+  int outCount;          /* Revert to stdout when reaching zero */
+  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
+  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
+  FILE *traceOut;        /* Output for sqlite3_trace() */
+  int nErr;              /* Number of errors seen */
+  int mode;              /* An output mode setting */
+  int cMode;             /* temporary output mode for the current query */
+  int normalMode;        /* Output mode before ".explain on" */
+  int writableSchema;    /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */
+  int showHeader;        /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */
+  int nCheck;            /* Number of ".check" commands run */
+  unsigned shellFlgs;    /* Various flags */
+  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
+  char zTestcase[30];    /* Name of current test case */
+  char colSeparator[20]; /* Column separator character for several modes */
+  char rowSeparator[20]; /* Row separator character for MODE_Ascii */
+  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
+  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
+  char nullValue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
+                         ** the database */
+  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
+  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
+  char *zFreeOnClose;         /* Filename to free when closing */
+  const char *zVfs;           /* Name of VFS to use */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;   /* Current statement if any. */
+  FILE *pLog;            /* Write log output here */
+  int *aiIndent;         /* Array of indents used in MODE_Explain */
+  int nIndent;           /* Size of array aiIndent[] */
+  int iIndent;           /* Index of current op in aiIndent[] */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+  int nSession;             /* Number of active sessions */
+  OpenSession aSession[4];  /* Array of sessions.  [0] is in focus. */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed shellFlgs values
+*/
+#define SHFLG_Scratch        0x00000001 /* The --scratch option is used */
+#define SHFLG_Pagecache      0x00000002 /* The --pagecache option is used */
+#define SHFLG_Lookaside      0x00000004 /* Lookaside memory is used */
+#define SHFLG_Backslash      0x00000008 /* The --backslash option is used */
+#define SHFLG_PreserveRowid  0x00000010 /* .dump preserves rowid values */
+#define SHFLG_CountChanges   0x00000020 /* .changes setting */
+#define SHFLG_Echo           0x00000040 /* .echo or --echo setting */
+
+/*
+** Macros for testing and setting shellFlgs
+*/
+#define ShellHasFlag(P,X)    (((P)->shellFlgs & (X))!=0)
+#define ShellSetFlag(P,X)    ((P)->shellFlgs|=(X))
+#define ShellClearFlag(P,X)  ((P)->shellFlgs&=(~(X)))
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed modes.
+*/
+#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
+#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
+#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
+#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
+#define MODE_Html     4  /* Generate an XHTML table */
+#define MODE_Insert   5  /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */
+#define MODE_Quote    6  /* Quote values as for SQL */
+#define MODE_Tcl      7  /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */
+#define MODE_Csv      8  /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */
+#define MODE_Explain  9  /* Like MODE_Column, but do not truncate data */
+#define MODE_Ascii   10  /* Use ASCII unit and record separators (0x1F/0x1E) */
+#define MODE_Pretty  11  /* Pretty-print schemas */
+
+static const char *modeDescr[] = {
+  "line",
+  "column",
+  "list",
+  "semi",
+  "html",
+  "insert",
+  "quote",
+  "tcl",
+  "csv",
+  "explain",
+  "ascii",
+  "prettyprint",
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the column/row/line separators used by the various
+** import/export modes.
+*/
+#define SEP_Column    "|"
+#define SEP_Row       "\n"
+#define SEP_Tab       "\t"
+#define SEP_Space     " "
+#define SEP_Comma     ","
+#define SEP_CrLf      "\r\n"
+#define SEP_Unit      "\x1F"
+#define SEP_Record    "\x1E"
+
+/*
+** Number of elements in an array
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)  (int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** A callback for the sqlite3_log() interface.
+*/
+static void shellLog(void *pArg, int iErrCode, const char *zMsg){
+  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;
+  if( p->pLog==0 ) return;
+  utf8_printf(p->pLog, "(%d) %s\n", iErrCode, zMsg);
+  fflush(p->pLog);
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a hex-encoded blob (eg. X'1234' )
+*/
+static void output_hex_blob(FILE *out, const void *pBlob, int nBlob){
+  int i;
+  char *zBlob = (char *)pBlob;
+  raw_printf(out,"X'");
+  for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){ raw_printf(out,"%02x",zBlob[i]&0xff); }
+  raw_printf(out,"'");
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions.
+**
+** The "\n" and "\r" characters are converted to char(10) and char(13)
+** to prevent them from being transformed by end-of-line translators.
+*/
+static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  char c;
+  setBinaryMode(out, 1);
+  for(i=0; (c = z[i])!=0 && c!='\'' && c!='\n' && c!='\r'; i++){}
+  if( c==0 ){
+    utf8_printf(out,"'%s'",z);
+  }else{
+    int inQuote = 0;
+    int bStarted = 0;
+    while( *z ){
+      for(i=0; (c = z[i])!=0 && c!='\n' && c!='\r' && c!='\''; i++){}
+      if( c=='\'' ) i++;
+      if( i ){
+        if( !inQuote ){
+          if( bStarted ) raw_printf(out, "||");
+          raw_printf(out, "'");
+          inQuote = 1;
+        }
+        utf8_printf(out, "%.*s", i, z);
+        z += i;
+        bStarted = 1;
+      }
+      if( c=='\'' ){
+        raw_printf(out, "'");
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( inQuote ){
+        raw_printf(out, "'");
+        inQuote = 0;
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=0; (c = z[i])=='\r' || c=='\n'; i++){
+        if( bStarted ) raw_printf(out, "||");
+        raw_printf(out, "char(%d)", c);
+        bStarted = 1;
+      }
+      z += i;
+    }
+    if( inQuote ) raw_printf(out, "'");
+  }
+  setTextMode(out, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules.
+*/
+static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  unsigned int c;
+  fputc('"', out);
+  while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      fputc(c, out);
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }else if( c=='"' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('"', out);
+    }else if( c=='\t' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('t', out);
+    }else if( c=='\n' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('n', out);
+    }else if( c=='\r' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('r', out);
+    }else if( !isprint(c&0xff) ){
+      raw_printf(out, "\\%03o", c&0xff);
+    }else{
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }
+  }
+  fputc('"', out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string with characters that are special to
+** HTML escaped.
+*/
+static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  if( z==0 ) z = "";
+  while( *z ){
+    for(i=0;   z[i]
+            && z[i]!='<'
+            && z[i]!='&'
+            && z[i]!='>'
+            && z[i]!='\"'
+            && z[i]!='\'';
+        i++){}
+    if( i>0 ){
+      utf8_printf(out,"%.*s",i,z);
+    }
+    if( z[i]=='<' ){
+      raw_printf(out,"&lt;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='&' ){
+      raw_printf(out,"&amp;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='>' ){
+      raw_printf(out,"&gt;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='\"' ){
+      raw_printf(out,"&quot;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){
+      raw_printf(out,"&#39;");
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    z += i + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If a field contains any character identified by a 1 in the following
+** array, then the string must be quoted for CSV.
+*/
+static const char needCsvQuote[] = {
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+};
+
+/*
+** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->colSeparator is used for
+** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullValue is
+** the null value.  Strings are quoted if necessary.  The separator
+** is only issued if bSep is true.
+*/
+static void output_csv(ShellState *p, const char *z, int bSep){
+  FILE *out = p->out;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    utf8_printf(out,"%s",p->nullValue);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    int nSep = strlen30(p->colSeparator);
+    for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+      if( needCsvQuote[((unsigned char*)z)[i]]
+         || (z[i]==p->colSeparator[0] &&
+             (nSep==1 || memcmp(z, p->colSeparator, nSep)==0)) ){
+        i = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i==0 ){
+      putc('"', out);
+      for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+        if( z[i]=='"' ) putc('"', out);
+        putc(z[i], out);
+      }
+      putc('"', out);
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(out, "%s", z);
+    }
+  }
+  if( bSep ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef SIGINT
+/*
+** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C
+*/
+static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  seenInterrupt++;
+  if( seenInterrupt>2 ) exit(1);
+  if( globalDb ) sqlite3_interrupt(globalDb);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+/*
+** When the ".auth ON" is set, the following authorizer callback is
+** invoked.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int shellAuth(
+  void *pClientData,
+  int op,
+  const char *zA1,
+  const char *zA2,
+  const char *zA3,
+  const char *zA4
+){
+  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pClientData;
+  static const char *azAction[] = { 0,
+     "CREATE_INDEX",         "CREATE_TABLE",         "CREATE_TEMP_INDEX",
+     "CREATE_TEMP_TABLE",    "CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER",  "CREATE_TEMP_VIEW",
+     "CREATE_TRIGGER",       "CREATE_VIEW",          "DELETE",
+     "DROP_INDEX",           "DROP_TABLE",           "DROP_TEMP_INDEX",
+     "DROP_TEMP_TABLE",      "DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER",    "DROP_TEMP_VIEW",
+     "DROP_TRIGGER",         "DROP_VIEW",            "INSERT",
+     "PRAGMA",               "READ",                 "SELECT",
+     "TRANSACTION",          "UPDATE",               "ATTACH",
+     "DETACH",               "ALTER_TABLE",          "REINDEX",
+     "ANALYZE",              "CREATE_VTABLE",        "DROP_VTABLE",
+     "FUNCTION",             "SAVEPOINT",            "RECURSIVE"
+  };
+  int i;
+  const char *az[4];
+  az[0] = zA1;
+  az[1] = zA2;
+  az[2] = zA3;
+  az[3] = zA4;
+  utf8_printf(p->out, "authorizer: %s", azAction[op]);
+  for(i=0; i<4; i++){
+    raw_printf(p->out, " ");
+    if( az[i] ){
+      output_c_string(p->out, az[i]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(p->out, "NULL");
+    }
+  }
+  raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Print a schema statement.  Part of MODE_Semi and MODE_Pretty output.
+**
+** This routine converts some CREATE TABLE statements for shadow tables
+** in FTS3/4/5 into CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS statements.
+*/
+static void printSchemaLine(FILE *out, const char *z, const char *zTail){
+  if( sqlite3_strglob("CREATE TABLE ['\"]*", z)==0 ){
+    utf8_printf(out, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s%s", z+13, zTail);
+  }else{
+    utf8_printf(out, "%s%s", z, zTail);
+  }
+}
+static void printSchemaLineN(FILE *out, char *z, int n, const char *zTail){
+  char c = z[n];
+  z[n] = 0;
+  printSchemaLine(out, z, zTail);
+  z[n] = c;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine that the shell
+** invokes for each row of a query result.
+*/
+static int shell_callback(
+  void *pArg,
+  int nArg,        /* Number of result columns */
+  char **azArg,    /* Text of each result column */
+  char **azCol,    /* Column names */
+  int *aiType      /* Column types */
+){
+  int i;
+  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;
+
+  switch( p->cMode ){
+    case MODE_Line: {
+      int w = 5;
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+        if( len>w ) w = len;
+      }
+      if( p->cnt++>0 ) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        utf8_printf(p->out,"%*s = %s%s", w, azCol[i],
+                azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue, p->rowSeparator);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Explain:
+    case MODE_Column: {
+      static const int aExplainWidths[] = {4, 13, 4, 4, 4, 13, 2, 13};
+      const int *colWidth;
+      int showHdr;
+      char *rowSep;
+      if( p->cMode==MODE_Column ){
+        colWidth = p->colWidth;
+        showHdr = p->showHeader;
+        rowSep = p->rowSeparator;
+      }else{
+        colWidth = aExplainWidths;
+        showHdr = 1;
+        rowSep = SEP_Row;
+      }
+      if( p->cnt++==0 ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          int w, n;
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->colWidth) ){
+            w = colWidth[i];
+          }else{
+            w = 0;
+          }
+          if( w==0 ){
+            w = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+            if( w<10 ) w = 10;
+            n = strlen30(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue);
+            if( w<n ) w = n;
+          }
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+            p->actualWidth[i] = w;
+          }
+          if( showHdr ){
+            if( w<0 ){
+              utf8_printf(p->out,"%*.*s%s",-w,-w,azCol[i],
+                      i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
+            }else{
+              utf8_printf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i],
+                      i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( showHdr ){
+          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+            int w;
+            if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+               w = p->actualWidth[i];
+               if( w<0 ) w = -w;
+            }else{
+               w = 10;
+            }
+            utf8_printf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,
+                   "----------------------------------------------------------"
+                   "----------------------------------------------------------",
+                    i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int w;
+        if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+           w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        }else{
+           w = 10;
+        }
+        if( p->cMode==MODE_Explain && azArg[i] && strlen30(azArg[i])>w ){
+          w = strlen30(azArg[i]);
+        }
+        if( i==1 && p->aiIndent && p->pStmt ){
+          if( p->iIndent<p->nIndent ){
+            utf8_printf(p->out, "%*.s", p->aiIndent[p->iIndent], "");
+          }
+          p->iIndent++;
+        }
+        if( w<0 ){
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%*.*s%s",-w,-w,
+              azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue,
+              i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
+        }else{
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,
+              azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue,
+              i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Semi: {   /* .schema and .fullschema output */
+      printSchemaLine(p->out, azArg[0], ";\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Pretty: {  /* .schema and .fullschema with --indent */
+      char *z;
+      int j;
+      int nParen = 0;
+      char cEnd = 0;
+      char c;
+      int nLine = 0;
+      assert( nArg==1 );
+      if( azArg[0]==0 ) break;
+      if( sqlite3_strlike("CREATE VIEW%", azArg[0], 0)==0
+       || sqlite3_strlike("CREATE TRIG%", azArg[0], 0)==0
+      ){
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s;\n", azArg[0]);
+        break;
+      }
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[0]);
+      j = 0;
+      for(i=0; IsSpace(z[i]); i++){}
+      for(; (c = z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( IsSpace(c) ){
+          if( IsSpace(z[j-1]) || z[j-1]=='(' ) continue;
+        }else if( (c=='(' || c==')') && j>0 && IsSpace(z[j-1]) ){
+          j--;
+        }
+        z[j++] = c;
+      }
+      while( j>0 && IsSpace(z[j-1]) ){ j--; }
+      z[j] = 0;
+      if( strlen30(z)>=79 ){
+        for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( c==cEnd ){
+            cEnd = 0;
+          }else if( c=='"' || c=='\'' || c=='`' ){
+            cEnd = c;
+          }else if( c=='[' ){
+            cEnd = ']';
+          }else if( c=='(' ){
+            nParen++;
+          }else if( c==')' ){
+            nParen--;
+            if( nLine>0 && nParen==0 && j>0 ){
+              printSchemaLineN(p->out, z, j, "\n");
+              j = 0;
+            }
+          }
+          z[j++] = c;
+          if( nParen==1 && (c=='(' || c==',' || c=='\n') ){
+            if( c=='\n' ) j--;
+            printSchemaLineN(p->out, z, j, "\n  ");
+            j = 0;
+            nLine++;
+            while( IsSpace(z[i+1]) ){ i++; }
+          }
+        }
+        z[j] = 0;
+      }
+      printSchemaLine(p->out, z, ";\n");
+      sqlite3_free(z);
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_List: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s%s",azCol[i],
+                  i==nArg-1 ? p->rowSeparator : p->colSeparator);
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *z = azArg[i];
+        if( z==0 ) z = p->nullValue;
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", z);
+        if( i<nArg-1 ){
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
+        }else{
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Html: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        raw_printf(p->out,"<TR>");
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          raw_printf(p->out,"<TH>");
+          output_html_string(p->out, azCol[i]);
+          raw_printf(p->out,"</TH>\n");
+        }
+        raw_printf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      raw_printf(p->out,"<TR>");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        raw_printf(p->out,"<TD>");
+        output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue);
+        raw_printf(p->out,"</TD>\n");
+      }
+      raw_printf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Tcl: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+          if(i<nArg-1) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
+        }
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue);
+        if(i<nArg-1) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
+      }
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Csv: {
+      setBinaryMode(p->out, 1);
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_csv(p, azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "", i<nArg-1);
+        }
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      }
+      if( nArg>0 ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1);
+        }
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      }
+      setTextMode(p->out, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Quote:
+    case MODE_Insert: {
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      if( p->cMode==MODE_Insert ){
+        utf8_printf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s",p->zDestTable);
+        if( p->showHeader ){
+          raw_printf(p->out,"(");
+          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+            char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
+            utf8_printf(p->out, "%s%s", zSep, azCol[i]);
+          }
+          raw_printf(p->out,")");
+        }
+        raw_printf(p->out," VALUES(");
+      }else if( p->cnt==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          if( i>0 ) raw_printf(p->out, ",");
+          output_quoted_string(p->out, azCol[i]);
+        }
+        raw_printf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      p->cnt++;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
+        if( (azArg[i]==0) || (aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_NULL) ){
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep);
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
+          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+          char z[50];
+          double r = sqlite3_column_double(p->pStmt, i);
+          sqlite3_snprintf(50,z,"%!.20g", r);
+          raw_printf(p->out, "%s%s", zSep, z);
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_BLOB && p->pStmt ){
+          const void *pBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(p->pStmt, i);
+          int nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i);
+          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
+          output_hex_blob(p->out, pBlob, nBlob);
+        }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
+        }else{
+          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
+          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
+        }
+      }
+      raw_printf(p->out,p->cMode==MODE_Quote?"\n":");\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Ascii: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          if( i>0 ) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+        }
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        if( i>0 ) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
+        utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue);
+      }
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library
+** invokes for each row of a query result.
+*/
+static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  /* since we don't have type info, call the shell_callback with a NULL value */
+  return shell_callback(pArg, nArg, azArg, azCol, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine from sqlite3_exec() that appends all
+** output onto the end of a ShellText object.
+*/
+static int captureOutputCallback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **az){
+  ShellText *p = (ShellText*)pArg;
+  int i;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(az);
+  if( p->n ) appendText(p, "|", 0);
+  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+    if( i ) appendText(p, ",", 0);
+    if( azArg[i] ) appendText(p, azArg[i], 0);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an appropriate SELFTEST table in the main database.
+*/
+static void createSelftestTable(ShellState *p){
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+    "SAVEPOINT selftest_init;\n"
+    "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS selftest(\n"
+    "  tno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,\n"   /* Test number */
+    "  op TEXT,\n"                   /* Operator:  memo run */
+    "  cmd TEXT,\n"                  /* Command text */
+    "  ans TEXT\n"                   /* Desired answer */
+    ");"
+    "CREATE TEMP TABLE [_shell$self](op,cmd,ans);\n"
+    "INSERT INTO [_shell$self](rowid,op,cmd)\n"
+    "  VALUES(coalesce((SELECT (max(tno)+100)/10 FROM selftest),10),\n"
+    "         'memo','Tests generated by --init');\n"
+    "INSERT INTO [_shell$self]\n"
+    "  SELECT 'run',\n"
+    "    'SELECT hex(sha3_query(''SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql "
+                                 "FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY 2'',224))',\n"
+    "    hex(sha3_query('SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql "
+                          "FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY 2',224));\n"
+    "INSERT INTO [_shell$self]\n"
+    "  SELECT 'run',"
+    "    'SELECT hex(sha3_query(''SELECT * FROM \"' ||"
+    "        printf('%w',name) || '\" NOT INDEXED'',224))',\n"
+    "    hex(sha3_query(printf('SELECT * FROM \"%w\" NOT INDEXED',name),224))\n"
+    "  FROM (\n"
+    "    SELECT name FROM sqlite_master\n"
+    "     WHERE type='table'\n"
+    "       AND name<>'selftest'\n"
+    "       AND coalesce(rootpage,0)>0\n"
+    "  )\n"
+    " ORDER BY name;\n"
+    "INSERT INTO [_shell$self]\n"
+    "  VALUES('run','PRAGMA integrity_check','ok');\n"
+    "INSERT INTO selftest(tno,op,cmd,ans)"
+    "  SELECT rowid*10,op,cmd,ans FROM [_shell$self];\n"
+    "DROP TABLE [_shell$self];"
+    ,0,0,&zErrMsg);
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "SELFTEST initialization failure: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+  }
+  sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE selftest_init",0,0,0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set the destination table field of the ShellState structure to
+** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
+** table name.
+*/
+static void set_table_name(ShellState *p, const char *zName){
+  int i, n;
+  int cQuote;
+  char *z;
+
+  if( p->zDestTable ){
+    free(p->zDestTable);
+    p->zDestTable = 0;
+  }
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  cQuote = quoteChar(zName);
+  n = strlen30(zName);
+  if( cQuote ) n += 2;
+  z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    raw_printf(stderr,"Error: out of memory\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  n = 0;
+  if( cQuote ) z[n++] = cQuote;
+  for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){
+    z[n++] = zName[i];
+    if( zName[i]==cQuote ) z[n++] = cQuote;
+  }
+  if( cQuote ) z[n++] = cQuote;
+  z[n] = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute a query statement that will generate SQL output.  Print
+** the result columns, comma-separated, on a line and then add a
+** semicolon terminator to the end of that line.
+**
+** If the number of columns is 1 and that column contains text "--"
+** then write the semicolon on a separate line.  That way, if a
+** "--" comment occurs at the end of the statement, the comment
+** won't consume the semicolon terminator.
+*/
+static int run_table_dump_query(
+  ShellState *p,           /* Query context */
+  const char *zSelect,     /* SELECT statement to extract content */
+  const char *zFirstRow    /* Print before first row, if not NULL */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+  int rc;
+  int nResult;
+  int i;
+  const char *z;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pSelect ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "/**** ERROR: (%d) %s *****/\n", rc,
+                sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    if( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) p->nErr++;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  nResult = sqlite3_column_count(pSelect);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    if( zFirstRow ){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zFirstRow);
+      zFirstRow = 0;
+    }
+    z = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", z);
+    for(i=1; i<nResult; i++){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, ",%s", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i));
+    }
+    if( z==0 ) z = "";
+    while( z[0] && (z[0]!='-' || z[1]!='-') ) z++;
+    if( z[0] ){
+      raw_printf(p->out, "\n;\n");
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(p->out, ";\n");
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pSelect);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "/**** ERROR: (%d) %s *****/\n", rc,
+                sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    if( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) p->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space and save off current error string.
+*/
+static char *save_err_msg(
+  sqlite3 *db            /* Database to query */
+){
+  int nErrMsg = 1+strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  char *zErrMsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nErrMsg);
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    memcpy(zErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+  }
+  return zErrMsg;
+}
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+/*
+** Attempt to display I/O stats on Linux using /proc/PID/io
+*/
+static void displayLinuxIoStats(FILE *out){
+  FILE *in;
+  char z[200];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "/proc/%d/io", getpid());
+  in = fopen(z, "rb");
+  if( in==0 ) return;
+  while( fgets(z, sizeof(z), in)!=0 ){
+    static const struct {
+      const char *zPattern;
+      const char *zDesc;
+    } aTrans[] = {
+      { "rchar: ",                  "Bytes received by read():" },
+      { "wchar: ",                  "Bytes sent to write():"    },
+      { "syscr: ",                  "Read() system calls:"      },
+      { "syscw: ",                  "Write() system calls:"     },
+      { "read_bytes: ",             "Bytes read from storage:"  },
+      { "write_bytes: ",            "Bytes written to storage:" },
+      { "cancelled_write_bytes: ",  "Cancelled write bytes:"    },
+    };
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTrans); i++){
+      int n = (int)strlen(aTrans[i].zPattern);
+      if( strncmp(aTrans[i].zPattern, z, n)==0 ){
+        utf8_printf(out, "%-36s %s", aTrans[i].zDesc, &z[n]);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  fclose(in);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Display a single line of status using 64-bit values.
+*/
+static void displayStatLine(
+  ShellState *p,            /* The shell context */
+  char *zLabel,             /* Label for this one line */
+  char *zFormat,            /* Format for the result */
+  int iStatusCtrl,          /* Which status to display */
+  int bReset                /* True to reset the stats */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iCur = -1;
+  sqlite3_int64 iHiwtr = -1;
+  int i, nPercent;
+  char zLine[200];
+  sqlite3_status64(iStatusCtrl, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+  for(i=0, nPercent=0; zFormat[i]; i++){
+    if( zFormat[i]=='%' ) nPercent++;
+  }
+  if( nPercent>1 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLine), zLine, zFormat, iCur, iHiwtr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLine), zLine, zFormat, iHiwtr);
+  }
+  raw_printf(p->out, "%-36s %s\n", zLabel, zLine);
+}
+
+/*
+** Display memory stats.
+*/
+static int display_stats(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database to query */
+  ShellState *pArg,           /* Pointer to ShellState */
+  int bReset                  /* True to reset the stats */
+){
+  int iCur;
+  int iHiwtr;
+
+  if( pArg && pArg->out ){
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Memory Used:",
+       "%lld (max %lld) bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, bReset);
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Outstanding Allocations:",
+       "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, bReset);
+    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Pagecache ){
+      displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Pcache Pages Used:",
+         "%lld (max %lld) pages", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, bReset);
+    }
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Pcache Overflow Bytes:",
+       "%lld (max %lld) bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, bReset);
+    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Scratch ){
+      displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Scratch Allocations Used:",
+         "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, bReset);
+    }
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Scratch Overflow Bytes:",
+       "%lld (max %lld) bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, bReset);
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Allocation:",
+       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, bReset);
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Pcache Allocation:",
+       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, bReset);
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Scratch Allocation:",
+       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, bReset);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+    displayStatLine(pArg, "Deepest Parser Stack:",
+       "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, bReset);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pArg && pArg->out && db ){
+    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Lookaside ){
+      iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED,
+                        &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+      raw_printf(pArg->out,
+              "Lookaside Slots Used:                %d (max %d)\n",
+              iCur, iHiwtr);
+      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT,
+                        &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+      raw_printf(pArg->out, "Successful lookaside attempts:       %d\n",
+              iHiwtr);
+      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE,
+                        &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+      raw_printf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to size:      %d\n",
+              iHiwtr);
+      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL,
+                        &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+      raw_printf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to OOM:       %d\n",
+              iHiwtr);
+    }
+    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Pager Heap Usage:                    %d bytes\n",
+            iCur);
+    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Page cache hits:                     %d\n", iCur);
+    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Page cache misses:                   %d\n", iCur);
+    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Page cache writes:                   %d\n", iCur);
+    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Schema Heap Usage:                   %d bytes\n",
+            iCur);
+    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Statement Heap/Lookaside Usage:      %d bytes\n",
+            iCur);
+  }
+
+  if( pArg && pArg->out && db && pArg->pStmt ){
+    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP,
+                               bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Fullscan Steps:                      %d\n", iCur);
+    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT, bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Sort Operations:                     %d\n", iCur);
+    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Autoindex Inserts:                   %d\n", iCur);
+    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP, bReset);
+    raw_printf(pArg->out, "Virtual Machine Steps:               %d\n", iCur);
+  }
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+  displayLinuxIoStats(pArg->out);
+#endif
+
+  /* Do not remove this machine readable comment: extra-stats-output-here */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Display scan stats.
+*/
+static void display_scanstats(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database to query */
+  ShellState *pArg                /* Pointer to ShellState */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pArg);
+#else
+  int i, k, n, mx;
+  raw_printf(pArg->out, "-------- scanstats --------\n");
+  mx = 0;
+  for(k=0; k<=mx; k++){
+    double rEstLoop = 1.0;
+    for(i=n=0; 1; i++){
+      sqlite3_stmt *p = pArg->pStmt;
+      sqlite3_int64 nLoop, nVisit;
+      double rEst;
+      int iSid;
+      const char *zExplain;
+      if( sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(p, i, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP, (void*)&nLoop) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(p, i, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID, (void*)&iSid);
+      if( iSid>mx ) mx = iSid;
+      if( iSid!=k ) continue;
+      if( n==0 ){
+        rEstLoop = (double)nLoop;
+        if( k>0 ) raw_printf(pArg->out, "-------- subquery %d -------\n", k);
+      }
+      n++;
+      sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(p, i, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT, (void*)&nVisit);
+      sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(p, i, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST, (void*)&rEst);
+      sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(p, i, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN, (void*)&zExplain);
+      utf8_printf(pArg->out, "Loop %2d: %s\n", n, zExplain);
+      rEstLoop *= rEst;
+      raw_printf(pArg->out,
+          "         nLoop=%-8lld nRow=%-8lld estRow=%-8lld estRow/Loop=%-8g\n",
+          nLoop, nVisit, (sqlite3_int64)(rEstLoop+0.5), rEst
+      );
+    }
+  }
+  raw_printf(pArg->out, "---------------------------\n");
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter azArray points to a zero-terminated array of strings. zStr
+** points to a single nul-terminated string. Return non-zero if zStr
+** is equal, according to strcmp(), to any of the strings in the array.
+** Otherwise, return zero.
+*/
+static int str_in_array(const char *zStr, const char **azArray){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; azArray[i]; i++){
+    if( 0==strcmp(zStr, azArray[i]) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If compiled statement pSql appears to be an EXPLAIN statement, allocate
+** and populate the ShellState.aiIndent[] array with the number of
+** spaces each opcode should be indented before it is output.
+**
+** The indenting rules are:
+**
+**     * For each "Next", "Prev", "VNext" or "VPrev" instruction, indent
+**       all opcodes that occur between the p2 jump destination and the opcode
+**       itself by 2 spaces.
+**
+**     * For each "Goto", if the jump destination is earlier in the program
+**       and ends on one of:
+**          Yield  SeekGt  SeekLt  RowSetRead  Rewind
+**       or if the P1 parameter is one instead of zero,
+**       then indent all opcodes between the earlier instruction
+**       and "Goto" by 2 spaces.
+*/
+static void explain_data_prepare(ShellState *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSql){
+  const char *zSql;               /* The text of the SQL statement */
+  const char *z;                  /* Used to check if this is an EXPLAIN */
+  int *abYield = 0;               /* True if op is an OP_Yield */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of p->aiIndent[], abYield */
+  int iOp;                        /* Index of operation in p->aiIndent[] */
+
+  const char *azNext[] = { "Next", "Prev", "VPrev", "VNext", "SorterNext",
+                           "NextIfOpen", "PrevIfOpen", 0 };
+  const char *azYield[] = { "Yield", "SeekLT", "SeekGT", "RowSetRead",
+                            "Rewind", 0 };
+  const char *azGoto[] = { "Goto", 0 };
+
+  /* Try to figure out if this is really an EXPLAIN statement. If this
+  ** cannot be verified, return early.  */
+  if( sqlite3_column_count(pSql)!=8 ){
+    p->cMode = p->mode;
+    return;
+  }
+  zSql = sqlite3_sql(pSql);
+  if( zSql==0 ) return;
+  for(z=zSql; *z==' ' || *z=='\t' || *z=='\n' || *z=='\f' || *z=='\r'; z++);
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "explain", 7) ){
+    p->cMode = p->mode;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  for(iOp=0; SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSql); iOp++){
+    int i;
+    int iAddr = sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 0);
+    const char *zOp = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 1);
+
+    /* Set p2 to the P2 field of the current opcode. Then, assuming that
+    ** p2 is an instruction address, set variable p2op to the index of that
+    ** instruction in the aiIndent[] array. p2 and p2op may be different if
+    ** the current instruction is part of a sub-program generated by an
+    ** SQL trigger or foreign key.  */
+    int p2 = sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 3);
+    int p2op = (p2 + (iOp-iAddr));
+
+    /* Grow the p->aiIndent array as required */
+    if( iOp>=nAlloc ){
+      if( iOp==0 ){
+        /* Do further verfication that this is explain output.  Abort if
+        ** it is not */
+        static const char *explainCols[] = {
+           "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment" };
+        int jj;
+        for(jj=0; jj<ArraySize(explainCols); jj++){
+          if( strcmp(sqlite3_column_name(pSql,jj),explainCols[jj])!=0 ){
+            p->cMode = p->mode;
+            sqlite3_reset(pSql);
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      nAlloc += 100;
+      p->aiIndent = (int*)sqlite3_realloc64(p->aiIndent, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+      abYield = (int*)sqlite3_realloc64(abYield, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+    }
+    abYield[iOp] = str_in_array(zOp, azYield);
+    p->aiIndent[iOp] = 0;
+    p->nIndent = iOp+1;
+
+    if( str_in_array(zOp, azNext) ){
+      for(i=p2op; i<iOp; i++) p->aiIndent[i] += 2;
+    }
+    if( str_in_array(zOp, azGoto) && p2op<p->nIndent
+     && (abYield[p2op] || sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 2))
+    ){
+      for(i=p2op; i<iOp; i++) p->aiIndent[i] += 2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  p->iIndent = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(abYield);
+  sqlite3_reset(pSql);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the array allocated by explain_data_prepare().
+*/
+static void explain_data_delete(ShellState *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->aiIndent);
+  p->aiIndent = 0;
+  p->nIndent = 0;
+  p->iIndent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Disable and restore .wheretrace and .selecttrace settings.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+extern int sqlite3SelectTrace;
+static int savedSelectTrace;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
+extern int sqlite3WhereTrace;
+static int savedWhereTrace;
+#endif
+static void disable_debug_trace_modes(void){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+  savedSelectTrace = sqlite3SelectTrace;
+  sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
+  savedWhereTrace = sqlite3WhereTrace;
+  sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
+#endif
+}
+static void restore_debug_trace_modes(void){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+  sqlite3SelectTrace = savedSelectTrace;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
+  sqlite3WhereTrace = savedWhereTrace;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Run a prepared statement
+*/
+static void exec_prepared_stmt(
+  ShellState *pArg,                                /* Pointer to ShellState */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,                             /* Statment to run */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*)   /* Callback function */
+){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* perform the first step.  this will tell us if we
+  ** have a result set or not and how wide it is.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  /* if we have a result set... */
+  if( SQLITE_ROW == rc ){
+    /* if we have a callback... */
+    if( xCallback ){
+      /* allocate space for col name ptr, value ptr, and type */
+      int nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+      void *pData = sqlite3_malloc64(3*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
+      if( !pData ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        char **azCols = (char **)pData;      /* Names of result columns */
+        char **azVals = &azCols[nCol];       /* Results */
+        int *aiTypes = (int *)&azVals[nCol]; /* Result types */
+        int i, x;
+        assert(sizeof(int) <= sizeof(char *));
+        /* save off ptrs to column names */
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+        }
+        do{
+          /* extract the data and data types */
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            aiTypes[i] = x = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i);
+            if( x==SQLITE_BLOB && pArg && pArg->cMode==MODE_Insert ){
+              azVals[i] = "";
+            }else{
+              azVals[i] = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+            }
+            if( !azVals[i] && (aiTypes[i]!=SQLITE_NULL) ){
+              rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+              break; /* from for */
+            }
+          } /* end for */
+
+          /* if data and types extracted successfully... */
+          if( SQLITE_ROW == rc ){
+            /* call the supplied callback with the result row data */
+            if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols, aiTypes) ){
+              rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+            }else{
+              rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+            }
+          }
+        } while( SQLITE_ROW == rc );
+        sqlite3_free(pData);
+      }
+    }else{
+      do{
+        rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      } while( rc == SQLITE_ROW );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a statement or set of statements.  Print
+** any result rows/columns depending on the current mode
+** set via the supplied callback.
+**
+** This is very similar to SQLite's built-in sqlite3_exec()
+** function except it takes a slightly different callback
+** and callback data argument.
+*/
+static int shell_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                              /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,                         /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*),   /* Callback function */
+                                            /* (not the same as sqlite3_exec) */
+  ShellState *pArg,                         /* Pointer to ShellState */
+  char **pzErrMsg                           /* Error msg written here */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL;     /* Statement to execute. */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int rc2;
+  const char *zLeftover;          /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
+
+  if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = NULL;
+  }
+
+  while( zSql[0] && (SQLITE_OK == rc) ){
+    static const char *zStmtSql;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    if( SQLITE_OK != rc ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        *pzErrMsg = save_err_msg(db);
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( !pStmt ){
+        /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+        zSql = zLeftover;
+        while( IsSpace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        continue;
+      }
+      zStmtSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
+      if( zStmtSql==0 ) zStmtSql = "";
+      while( IsSpace(zStmtSql[0]) ) zStmtSql++;
+
+      /* save off the prepared statment handle and reset row count */
+      if( pArg ){
+        pArg->pStmt = pStmt;
+        pArg->cnt = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* echo the sql statement if echo on */
+      if( pArg && ShellHasFlag(pArg, SHFLG_Echo) ){
+        utf8_printf(pArg->out, "%s\n", zStmtSql ? zStmtSql : zSql);
+      }
+
+      /* Show the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN if .eqp is on */
+      if( pArg && pArg->autoEQP && sqlite3_strlike("EXPLAIN%",zStmtSql,0)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3_stmt *pExplain;
+        char *zEQP;
+        disable_debug_trace_modes();
+        zEQP = sqlite3_mprintf("EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN %s", zStmtSql);
+        rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zEQP, -1, &pExplain, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          while( sqlite3_step(pExplain)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+            raw_printf(pArg->out,"--EQP-- %d,",sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 0));
+            raw_printf(pArg->out,"%d,", sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 1));
+            raw_printf(pArg->out,"%d,", sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 2));
+            utf8_printf(pArg->out,"%s\n", sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3));
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_finalize(pExplain);
+        sqlite3_free(zEQP);
+        if( pArg->autoEQP>=2 ){
+          /* Also do an EXPLAIN for ".eqp full" mode */
+          zEQP = sqlite3_mprintf("EXPLAIN %s", zStmtSql);
+          rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zEQP, -1, &pExplain, 0);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            pArg->cMode = MODE_Explain;
+            explain_data_prepare(pArg, pExplain);
+            exec_prepared_stmt(pArg, pExplain, xCallback);
+            explain_data_delete(pArg);
+          }
+          sqlite3_finalize(pExplain);
+          sqlite3_free(zEQP);
+        }
+        restore_debug_trace_modes();
+      }
+
+      if( pArg ){
+        pArg->cMode = pArg->mode;
+        if( pArg->autoExplain
+         && sqlite3_column_count(pStmt)==8
+         && sqlite3_strlike("EXPLAIN%", zStmtSql,0)==0
+        ){
+          pArg->cMode = MODE_Explain;
+        }
+
+        /* If the shell is currently in ".explain" mode, gather the extra
+        ** data required to add indents to the output.*/
+        if( pArg->cMode==MODE_Explain ){
+          explain_data_prepare(pArg, pStmt);
+        }
+      }
+
+      exec_prepared_stmt(pArg, pStmt, xCallback);
+      explain_data_delete(pArg);
+
+      /* print usage stats if stats on */
+      if( pArg && pArg->statsOn ){
+        display_stats(db, pArg, 0);
+      }
+
+      /* print loop-counters if required */
+      if( pArg && pArg->scanstatsOn ){
+        display_scanstats(db, pArg);
+      }
+
+      /* Finalize the statement just executed. If this fails, save a
+      ** copy of the error message. Otherwise, set zSql to point to the
+      ** next statement to execute. */
+      rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ) rc = rc2;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        zSql = zLeftover;
+        while( IsSpace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+      }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+        *pzErrMsg = save_err_msg(db);
+      }
+
+      /* clear saved stmt handle */
+      if( pArg ){
+        pArg->pStmt = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  } /* end while */
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release memory previously allocated by tableColumnList().
+*/
+static void freeColumnList(char **azCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=1; azCol[i]; i++){
+    sqlite3_free(azCol[i]);
+  }
+  /* azCol[0] is a static string */
+  sqlite3_free(azCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of pointers to strings which are the names of all
+** columns in table zTab.   The memory to hold the names is dynamically
+** allocated and must be released by the caller using a subsequent call
+** to freeColumnList().
+**
+** The azCol[0] entry is usually NULL.  However, if zTab contains a rowid
+** value that needs to be preserved, then azCol[0] is filled in with the
+** name of the rowid column.
+**
+** The first regular column in the table is azCol[1].  The list is terminated
+** by an entry with azCol[i]==0.
+*/
+static char **tableColumnList(ShellState *p, const char *zTab){
+  char **azCol = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  char *zSql;
+  int nCol = 0;
+  int nAlloc = 0;
+  int nPK = 0;       /* Number of PRIMARY KEY columns seen */
+  int isIPK = 0;     /* True if one PRIMARY KEY column of type INTEGER */
+  int preserveRowid = ShellHasFlag(p, SHFLG_PreserveRowid);
+  int rc;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q", zTab);
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    if( nCol>=nAlloc-2 ){
+      nAlloc = nAlloc*2 + nCol + 10;
+      azCol = sqlite3_realloc(azCol, nAlloc*sizeof(azCol[0]));
+      if( azCol==0 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+    azCol[++nCol] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1));
+    if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5) ){
+      nPK++;
+      if( nPK==1
+       && sqlite3_stricmp((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),
+                          "INTEGER")==0 
+      ){
+        isIPK = 1;
+      }else{
+        isIPK = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  azCol[0] = 0;
+  azCol[nCol+1] = 0;
+
+  /* The decision of whether or not a rowid really needs to be preserved
+  ** is tricky.  We never need to preserve a rowid for a WITHOUT ROWID table
+  ** or a table with an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  We are unable to preserve
+  ** rowids on tables where the rowid is inaccessible because there are other
+  ** columns in the table named "rowid", "_rowid_", and "oid".
+  */
+  if( preserveRowid && isIPK ){
+    /* If a single PRIMARY KEY column with type INTEGER was seen, then it
+    ** might be an alise for the ROWID.  But it might also be a WITHOUT ROWID
+    ** table or a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY DESC column, neither of which are
+    ** ROWID aliases.  To distinguish these cases, check to see if
+    ** there is a "pk" entry in "PRAGMA index_list".  There will be
+    ** no "pk" index if the PRIMARY KEY really is an alias for the ROWID.
+    */
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT 1 FROM pragma_index_list(%Q)"
+                           " WHERE origin='pk'", zTab);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      freeColumnList(azCol);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    preserveRowid = rc==SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  if( preserveRowid ){
+    /* Only preserve the rowid if we can find a name to use for the
+    ** rowid */
+    static char *azRowid[] = { "rowid", "_rowid_", "oid" };
+    int i, j;
+    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+      for(i=1; i<=nCol; i++){
+        if( sqlite3_stricmp(azRowid[j],azCol[i])==0 ) break;
+      }
+      if( i>nCol ){
+        /* At this point, we know that azRowid[j] is not the name of any
+        ** ordinary column in the table.  Verify that azRowid[j] is a valid
+        ** name for the rowid before adding it to azCol[0].  WITHOUT ROWID
+        ** tables will fail this last check */
+        rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(p->db,0,zTab,azRowid[j],0,0,0,0,0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) azCol[0] = azRowid[j];
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return azCol;
+}
+
+/*
+** Toggle the reverse_unordered_selects setting.
+*/
+static void toggleSelectOrder(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int iSetting = 0;
+  char zStmt[100];
+  sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, "PRAGMA reverse_unordered_selects", -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    iSetting = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zStmt), zStmt,
+       "PRAGMA reverse_unordered_selects(%d)", !iSetting);
+  sqlite3_exec(db, zStmt, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a different callback routine used for dumping the database.
+** Each row received by this callback consists of a table name,
+** the table type ("index" or "table") and SQL to create the table.
+** This routine should print text sufficient to recreate the table.
+*/
+static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azNotUsed){
+  int rc;
+  const char *zTable;
+  const char *zType;
+  const char *zSql;
+  ShellState *p = (ShellState *)pArg;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azNotUsed);
+  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
+  zTable = azArg[0];
+  zType = azArg[1];
+  zSql = azArg[2];
+
+  if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+    raw_printf(p->out, "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n");
+  }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sqlite_stat?", zTable)==0 ){
+    raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n");
+  }else if( strncmp(zTable, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( strncmp(zSql, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE", 20)==0 ){
+    char *zIns;
+    if( !p->writableSchema ){
+      raw_printf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON;\n");
+      p->writableSchema = 1;
+    }
+    zIns = sqlite3_mprintf(
+       "INSERT INTO sqlite_master(type,name,tbl_name,rootpage,sql)"
+       "VALUES('table','%q','%q',0,'%q');",
+       zTable, zTable, zSql);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", zIns);
+    sqlite3_free(zIns);
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    printSchemaLine(p->out, zSql, ";\n");
+  }
+
+  if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){
+    ShellText sSelect;
+    ShellText sTable;
+    char **azCol;
+    int i;
+    char *savedDestTable;
+    int savedMode;
+
+    azCol = tableColumnList(p, zTable);
+    if( azCol==0 ){
+      p->nErr++;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Always quote the table name, even if it appears to be pure ascii,
+    ** in case it is a keyword. Ex:  INSERT INTO "table" ... */
+    initText(&sTable);
+    appendText(&sTable, zTable, quoteChar(zTable));
+    /* If preserving the rowid, add a column list after the table name.
+    ** In other words:  "INSERT INTO tab(rowid,a,b,c,...) VALUES(...)"
+    ** instead of the usual "INSERT INTO tab VALUES(...)".
+    */
+    if( azCol[0] ){
+      appendText(&sTable, "(", 0);
+      appendText(&sTable, azCol[0], 0);
+      for(i=1; azCol[i]; i++){
+        appendText(&sTable, ",", 0);
+        appendText(&sTable, azCol[i], quoteChar(azCol[i]));
+      }
+      appendText(&sTable, ")", 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Build an appropriate SELECT statement */
+    initText(&sSelect);
+    appendText(&sSelect, "SELECT ", 0);
+    if( azCol[0] ){
+      appendText(&sSelect, azCol[0], 0);
+      appendText(&sSelect, ",", 0);
+    }
+    for(i=1; azCol[i]; i++){
+      appendText(&sSelect, azCol[i], quoteChar(azCol[i]));
+      if( azCol[i+1] ){
+        appendText(&sSelect, ",", 0);
+      }
+    }
+    freeColumnList(azCol);
+    appendText(&sSelect, " FROM ", 0);
+    appendText(&sSelect, zTable, quoteChar(zTable));
+
+    savedDestTable = p->zDestTable;
+    savedMode = p->mode;
+    p->zDestTable = sTable.z;
+    p->mode = p->cMode = MODE_Insert;
+    rc = shell_exec(p->db, sSelect.z, shell_callback, p, 0);
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+      raw_printf(p->out, "/****** CORRUPTION ERROR *******/\n");
+      toggleSelectOrder(p->db);
+      shell_exec(p->db, sSelect.z, shell_callback, p, 0);
+      toggleSelectOrder(p->db);
+    }
+    p->zDestTable = savedDestTable;
+    p->mode = savedMode;
+    freeText(&sTable);
+    freeText(&sSelect);
+    if( rc ) p->nErr++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run zQuery.  Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that
+** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements.
+**
+** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
+** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
+*/
+static int run_schema_dump_query(
+  ShellState *p,
+  const char *zQuery
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+    char *zQ2;
+    int len = strlen30(zQuery);
+    raw_printf(p->out, "/****** CORRUPTION ERROR *******/\n");
+    if( zErr ){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "/****** %s ******/\n", zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      zErr = 0;
+    }
+    zQ2 = malloc( len+100 );
+    if( zQ2==0 ) return rc;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(len+100, zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, &zErr);
+    if( rc ){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "/****** ERROR: %s ******/\n", zErr);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    free(zQ2);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Text of a help message
+*/
+static char zHelp[] =
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  ".auth ON|OFF           Show authorizer callbacks\n"
+#endif
+  ".backup ?DB? FILE      Backup DB (default \"main\") to FILE\n"
+  ".bail on|off           Stop after hitting an error.  Default OFF\n"
+  ".binary on|off         Turn binary output on or off.  Default OFF\n"
+  ".changes on|off        Show number of rows changed by SQL\n"
+  ".check GLOB            Fail if output since .testcase does not match\n"
+  ".clone NEWDB           Clone data into NEWDB from the existing database\n"
+  ".databases             List names and files of attached databases\n"
+  ".dbinfo ?DB?           Show status information about the database\n"
+  ".dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format\n"
+  "                         If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching\n"
+  "                         LIKE pattern TABLE.\n"
+  ".echo on|off           Turn command echo on or off\n"
+  ".eqp on|off|full       Enable or disable automatic EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN\n"
+  ".exit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".explain ?on|off|auto? Turn EXPLAIN output mode on or off or to automatic\n"
+  ".fullschema ?--indent? Show schema and the content of sqlite_stat tables\n"
+  ".headers on|off        Turn display of headers on or off\n"
+  ".help                  Show this message\n"
+  ".import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE\n"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEST_CONTROL
+  ".imposter INDEX TABLE  Create imposter table TABLE on index INDEX\n"
+#endif
+  ".indexes ?TABLE?       Show names of all indexes\n"
+  "                         If TABLE specified, only show indexes for tables\n"
+  "                         matching LIKE pattern TABLE.\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+  ".iotrace FILE          Enable I/O diagnostic logging to FILE\n"
+#endif
+  ".limit ?LIMIT? ?VAL?   Display or change the value of an SQLITE_LIMIT\n"
+  ".lint OPTIONS          Report potential schema issues. Options:\n"
+  "                         fkey-indexes     Find missing foreign key indexes\n"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  ".load FILE ?ENTRY?     Load an extension library\n"
+#endif
+  ".log FILE|off          Turn logging on or off.  FILE can be stderr/stdout\n"
+  ".mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:\n"
+  "                         ascii    Columns/rows delimited by 0x1F and 0x1E\n"
+  "                         csv      Comma-separated values\n"
+  "                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)\n"
+  "                         html     HTML <table> code\n"
+  "                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE\n"
+  "                         line     One value per line\n"
+  "                         list     Values delimited by \"|\"\n"
+  "                         quote    Escape answers as for SQL\n"
+  "                         tabs     Tab-separated values\n"
+  "                         tcl      TCL list elements\n"
+  ".nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values\n"
+  ".once FILENAME         Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME\n"
+  ".open ?--new? ?FILE?   Close existing database and reopen FILE\n"
+  "                         The --new starts with an empty file\n"
+  ".output ?FILENAME?     Send output to FILENAME or stdout\n"
+  ".print STRING...       Print literal STRING\n"
+  ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts\n"
+  ".quit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME\n"
+  ".restore ?DB? FILE     Restore content of DB (default \"main\") from FILE\n"
+  ".save FILE             Write in-memory database into FILE\n"
+  ".scanstats on|off      Turn sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() metrics on or off\n"
+  ".schema ?PATTERN?      Show the CREATE statements matching PATTERN\n"
+  "                          Add --indent for pretty-printing\n"
+  ".selftest ?--init?     Run tests defined in the SELFTEST table\n"
+  ".separator COL ?ROW?   Change the column separator and optionally the row\n"
+  "                         separator for both the output mode and .import\n"
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+  ".session CMD ...       Create or control sessions\n"
+#endif
+  ".sha3sum ?OPTIONS...?  Compute a SHA3 hash of database content\n"
+  ".shell CMD ARGS...     Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell\n"
+  ".show                  Show the current values for various settings\n"
+  ".stats ?on|off?        Show stats or turn stats on or off\n"
+  ".system CMD ARGS...    Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell\n"
+  ".tables ?TABLE?        List names of tables\n"
+  "                         If TABLE specified, only list tables matching\n"
+  "                         LIKE pattern TABLE.\n"
+  ".testcase NAME         Begin redirecting output to 'testcase-out.txt'\n"
+  ".timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n"
+  ".timer on|off          Turn SQL timer on or off\n"
+  ".trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run\n"
+  ".vfsinfo ?AUX?         Information about the top-level VFS\n"
+  ".vfslist               List all available VFSes\n"
+  ".vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack\n"
+  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
+  "                         Negative values right-justify\n"
+;
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+/*
+** Print help information for the ".sessions" command
+*/
+void session_help(ShellState *p){
+  raw_printf(p->out,
+    ".session ?NAME? SUBCOMMAND ?ARGS...?\n"
+    "If ?NAME? is omitted, the first defined session is used.\n"
+    "Subcommands:\n"
+    "   attach TABLE             Attach TABLE\n"
+    "   changeset FILE           Write a changeset into FILE\n"
+    "   close                    Close one session\n"
+    "   enable ?BOOLEAN?         Set or query the enable bit\n"
+    "   filter GLOB...           Reject tables matching GLOBs\n"
+    "   indirect ?BOOLEAN?       Mark or query the indirect status\n"
+    "   isempty                  Query whether the session is empty\n"
+    "   list                     List currently open session names\n"
+    "   open DB NAME             Open a new session on DB\n"
+    "   patchset FILE            Write a patchset into FILE\n"
+  );
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int process_input(ShellState *p, FILE *in);
+
+/*
+** Read the content of file zName into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc64()
+** and return a pointer to the buffer. The caller is responsible for freeing 
+** the memory. 
+**
+** If parameter pnByte is not NULL, (*pnByte) is set to the number of bytes
+** read.
+**
+** For convenience, a nul-terminator byte is always appended to the data read
+** from the file before the buffer is returned. This byte is not included in
+** the final value of (*pnByte), if applicable.
+**
+** NULL is returned if any error is encountered. The final value of *pnByte
+** is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static char *readFile(const char *zName, int *pnByte){
+  FILE *in = fopen(zName, "rb");
+  long nIn;
+  size_t nRead;
+  char *pBuf;
+  if( in==0 ) return 0;
+  fseek(in, 0, SEEK_END);
+  nIn = ftell(in);
+  rewind(in);
+  pBuf = sqlite3_malloc64( nIn+1 );
+  if( pBuf==0 ) return 0;
+  nRead = fread(pBuf, nIn, 1, in);
+  fclose(in);
+  if( nRead!=1 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pBuf);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pBuf[nIn] = 0;
+  if( pnByte ) *pnByte = nIn;
+  return pBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the "readfile(X)" SQL function.  The entire content
+** of the file named X is read and returned as a BLOB.  NULL is returned
+** if the file does not exist or is unreadable.
+*/
+static void readfileFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zName;
+  void *pBuf;
+  int nBuf;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  zName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  pBuf = readFile(zName, &nBuf);
+  if( pBuf ) sqlite3_result_blob(context, pBuf, nBuf, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the "writefile(X,Y)" SQL function.  The argument Y
+** is written into file X.  The number of bytes written is returned.  Or
+** NULL is returned if something goes wrong, such as being unable to open
+** file X for writing.
+*/
+static void writefileFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  FILE *out;
+  const char *z;
+  sqlite3_int64 rc;
+  const char *zFile;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zFile==0 ) return;
+  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
+  if( out==0 ) return;
+  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    rc = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = fwrite(z, 1, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]), out);
+  }
+  fclose(out);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+/*
+** Close a single OpenSession object and release all of its associated
+** resources.
+*/
+static void session_close(OpenSession *pSession){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3session_delete(pSession->p);
+  sqlite3_free(pSession->zName);
+  for(i=0; i<pSession->nFilter; i++){
+    sqlite3_free(pSession->azFilter[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pSession->azFilter);
+  memset(pSession, 0, sizeof(OpenSession));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Close all OpenSession objects and release all associated resources.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+static void session_close_all(ShellState *p){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSession; i++){
+    session_close(&p->aSession[i]);
+  }
+  p->nSession = 0;
+}
+#else
+# define session_close_all(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the xFilter function for an open session.  Omit
+** any tables named by ".session filter" but let all other table through.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+static int session_filter(void *pCtx, const char *zTab){
+  OpenSession *pSession = (OpenSession*)pCtx;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pSession->nFilter; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_strglob(pSession->azFilter[i], zTab)==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
+** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
+*/
+static void open_db(ShellState *p, int keepAlive){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_initialize();
+    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
+    globalDb = p->db;
+    if( p->db==0 || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n",
+          p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      if( keepAlive ) return;
+      exit(1);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    sqlite3_enable_load_extension(p->db, 1);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_create_function(p->db, "readfile", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                            readfileFunc, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_create_function(p->db, "writefile", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                            writefileFunc, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_create_function(p->db, "sha3", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                            sha3Func, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_create_function(p->db, "sha3", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                            sha3Func, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_create_function(p->db, "sha3_query", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                            sha3QueryFunc, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_create_function(p->db, "sha3_query", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                            sha3QueryFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do C-language style dequoting.
+**
+**    \a    -> alarm
+**    \b    -> backspace
+**    \t    -> tab
+**    \n    -> newline
+**    \v    -> vertical tab
+**    \f    -> form feed
+**    \r    -> carriage return
+**    \s    -> space
+**    \"    -> "
+**    \'    -> '
+**    \\    -> backslash
+**    \NNN  -> ascii character NNN in octal
+*/
+static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){
+  int i, j;
+  char c;
+  while( *z && *z!='\\' ) z++;
+  for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){
+    if( c=='\\' && z[i+1]!=0 ){
+      c = z[++i];
+      if( c=='a' ){
+        c = '\a';
+      }else if( c=='b' ){
+        c = '\b';
+      }else if( c=='t' ){
+        c = '\t';
+      }else if( c=='n' ){
+        c = '\n';
+      }else if( c=='v' ){
+        c = '\v';
+      }else if( c=='f' ){
+        c = '\f';
+      }else if( c=='r' ){
+        c = '\r';
+      }else if( c=='"' ){
+        c = '"';
+      }else if( c=='\'' ){
+        c = '\'';
+      }else if( c=='\\' ){
+        c = '\\';
+      }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){
+        c -= '0';
+        if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+          i++;
+          c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+            i++;
+            c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = c;
+  }
+  if( j<i ) z[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a hexadecimal digit.  Return -1 if the input
+** is not a hex digit.
+*/
+static int hexDigitValue(char c){
+  if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) return c - '0';
+  if( c>='a' && c<='f' ) return c - 'a' + 10;
+  if( c>='A' && c<='F' ) return c - 'A' + 10;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret zArg as an integer value, possibly with suffixes.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 integerValue(const char *zArg){
+  sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
+  static const struct { char *zSuffix; int iMult; } aMult[] = {
+    { "KiB", 1024 },
+    { "MiB", 1024*1024 },
+    { "GiB", 1024*1024*1024 },
+    { "KB",  1000 },
+    { "MB",  1000000 },
+    { "GB",  1000000000 },
+    { "K",   1000 },
+    { "M",   1000000 },
+    { "G",   1000000000 },
+  };
+  int i;
+  int isNeg = 0;
+  if( zArg[0]=='-' ){
+    isNeg = 1;
+    zArg++;
+  }else if( zArg[0]=='+' ){
+    zArg++;
+  }
+  if( zArg[0]=='0' && zArg[1]=='x' ){
+    int x;
+    zArg += 2;
+    while( (x = hexDigitValue(zArg[0]))>=0 ){
+      v = (v<<4) + x;
+      zArg++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( IsDigit(zArg[0]) ){
+      v = v*10 + zArg[0] - '0';
+      zArg++;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aMult); i++){
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(aMult[i].zSuffix, zArg)==0 ){
+      v *= aMult[i].iMult;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return isNeg? -v : v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret zArg as either an integer or a boolean value.  Return 1 or 0
+** for TRUE and FALSE.  Return the integer value if appropriate.
+*/
+static int booleanValue(const char *zArg){
+  int i;
+  if( zArg[0]=='0' && zArg[1]=='x' ){
+    for(i=2; hexDigitValue(zArg[i])>=0; i++){}
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; zArg[i]>='0' && zArg[i]<='9'; i++){}
+  }
+  if( i>0 && zArg[i]==0 ) return (int)(integerValue(zArg) & 0xffffffff);
+  if( sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "on")==0 || sqlite3_stricmp(zArg,"yes")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "off")==0 || sqlite3_stricmp(zArg,"no")==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  utf8_printf(stderr, "ERROR: Not a boolean value: \"%s\". Assuming \"no\".\n",
+          zArg);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set or clear a shell flag according to a boolean value.
+*/
+static void setOrClearFlag(ShellState *p, unsigned mFlag, const char *zArg){
+  if( booleanValue(zArg) ){
+    ShellSetFlag(p, mFlag);
+  }else{
+    ShellClearFlag(p, mFlag);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an output file, assuming it is not stderr or stdout
+*/
+static void output_file_close(FILE *f){
+  if( f && f!=stdout && f!=stderr ) fclose(f);
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to open an output file.   The names "stdout" and "stderr" are
+** recognized and do the right thing.  NULL is returned if the output
+** filename is "off".
+*/
+static FILE *output_file_open(const char *zFile){
+  FILE *f;
+  if( strcmp(zFile,"stdout")==0 ){
+    f = stdout;
+  }else if( strcmp(zFile, "stderr")==0 ){
+    f = stderr;
+  }else if( strcmp(zFile, "off")==0 ){
+    f = 0;
+  }else{
+    f = fopen(zFile, "wb");
+    if( f==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile);
+    }
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_UNTESTABLE)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+/*
+** A routine for handling output from sqlite3_trace().
+*/
+static int sql_trace_callback(
+  unsigned mType,
+  void *pArg,
+  void *pP,
+  void *pX
+){
+  FILE *f = (FILE*)pArg;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(mType);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pP);
+  if( f ){
+    const char *z = (const char*)pX;
+    int i = (int)strlen(z);
+    while( i>0 && z[i-1]==';' ){ i--; }
+    utf8_printf(f, "%.*s;\n", i, z);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A no-op routine that runs with the ".breakpoint" doc-command.  This is
+** a useful spot to set a debugger breakpoint.
+*/
+static void test_breakpoint(void){
+  static int nCall = 0;
+  nCall++;
+}
+
+/*
+** An object used to read a CSV and other files for import.
+*/
+typedef struct ImportCtx ImportCtx;
+struct ImportCtx {
+  const char *zFile;  /* Name of the input file */
+  FILE *in;           /* Read the CSV text from this input stream */
+  char *z;            /* Accumulated text for a field */
+  int n;              /* Number of bytes in z */
+  int nAlloc;         /* Space allocated for z[] */
+  int nLine;          /* Current line number */
+  int cTerm;          /* Character that terminated the most recent field */
+  int cColSep;        /* The column separator character.  (Usually ",") */
+  int cRowSep;        /* The row separator character.  (Usually "\n") */
+};
+
+/* Append a single byte to z[] */
+static void import_append_char(ImportCtx *p, int c){
+  if( p->n+1>=p->nAlloc ){
+    p->nAlloc += p->nAlloc + 100;
+    p->z = sqlite3_realloc64(p->z, p->nAlloc);
+    if( p->z==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  }
+  p->z[p->n++] = (char)c;
+}
+
+/* Read a single field of CSV text.  Compatible with rfc4180 and extended
+** with the option of having a separator other than ",".
+**
+**   +  Input comes from p->in.
+**   +  Store results in p->z of length p->n.  Space to hold p->z comes
+**      from sqlite3_malloc64().
+**   +  Use p->cSep as the column separator.  The default is ",".
+**   +  Use p->rSep as the row separator.  The default is "\n".
+**   +  Keep track of the line number in p->nLine.
+**   +  Store the character that terminates the field in p->cTerm.  Store
+**      EOF on end-of-file.
+**   +  Report syntax errors on stderr
+*/
+static char *SQLITE_CDECL csv_read_one_field(ImportCtx *p){
+  int c;
+  int cSep = p->cColSep;
+  int rSep = p->cRowSep;
+  p->n = 0;
+  c = fgetc(p->in);
+  if( c==EOF || seenInterrupt ){
+    p->cTerm = EOF;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( c=='"' ){
+    int pc, ppc;
+    int startLine = p->nLine;
+    int cQuote = c;
+    pc = ppc = 0;
+    while( 1 ){
+      c = fgetc(p->in);
+      if( c==rSep ) p->nLine++;
+      if( c==cQuote ){
+        if( pc==cQuote ){
+          pc = 0;
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      if( (c==cSep && pc==cQuote)
+       || (c==rSep && pc==cQuote)
+       || (c==rSep && pc=='\r' && ppc==cQuote)
+       || (c==EOF && pc==cQuote)
+      ){
+        do{ p->n--; }while( p->z[p->n]!=cQuote );
+        p->cTerm = c;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( pc==cQuote && c!='\r' ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "%s:%d: unescaped %c character\n",
+                p->zFile, p->nLine, cQuote);
+      }
+      if( c==EOF ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "%s:%d: unterminated %c-quoted field\n",
+                p->zFile, startLine, cQuote);
+        p->cTerm = c;
+        break;
+      }
+      import_append_char(p, c);
+      ppc = pc;
+      pc = c;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( c!=EOF && c!=cSep && c!=rSep ){
+      import_append_char(p, c);
+      c = fgetc(p->in);
+    }
+    if( c==rSep ){
+      p->nLine++;
+      if( p->n>0 && p->z[p->n-1]=='\r' ) p->n--;
+    }
+    p->cTerm = c;
+  }
+  if( p->z ) p->z[p->n] = 0;
+  return p->z;
+}
+
+/* Read a single field of ASCII delimited text.
+**
+**   +  Input comes from p->in.
+**   +  Store results in p->z of length p->n.  Space to hold p->z comes
+**      from sqlite3_malloc64().
+**   +  Use p->cSep as the column separator.  The default is "\x1F".
+**   +  Use p->rSep as the row separator.  The default is "\x1E".
+**   +  Keep track of the row number in p->nLine.
+**   +  Store the character that terminates the field in p->cTerm.  Store
+**      EOF on end-of-file.
+**   +  Report syntax errors on stderr
+*/
+static char *SQLITE_CDECL ascii_read_one_field(ImportCtx *p){
+  int c;
+  int cSep = p->cColSep;
+  int rSep = p->cRowSep;
+  p->n = 0;
+  c = fgetc(p->in);
+  if( c==EOF || seenInterrupt ){
+    p->cTerm = EOF;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  while( c!=EOF && c!=cSep && c!=rSep ){
+    import_append_char(p, c);
+    c = fgetc(p->in);
+  }
+  if( c==rSep ){
+    p->nLine++;
+  }
+  p->cTerm = c;
+  if( p->z ) p->z[p->n] = 0;
+  return p->z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to transfer data for table zTable.  If an error is seen while
+** moving forward, try to go backwards.  The backwards movement won't
+** work for WITHOUT ROWID tables.
+*/
+static void tryToCloneData(
+  ShellState *p,
+  sqlite3 *newDb,
+  const char *zTable
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
+  char *zQuery = 0;
+  char *zInsert = 0;
+  int rc;
+  int i, j, n;
+  int nTable = (int)strlen(zTable);
+  int k = 0;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  const int spinRate = 10000;
+
+  zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM \"%w\"", zTable);
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "Error %d: %s on [%s]\n",
+            sqlite3_extended_errcode(p->db), sqlite3_errmsg(p->db),
+            zQuery);
+    goto end_data_xfer;
+  }
+  n = sqlite3_column_count(pQuery);
+  zInsert = sqlite3_malloc64(200 + nTable + n*3);
+  if( zInsert==0 ){
+    raw_printf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
+    goto end_data_xfer;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(200+nTable,zInsert,
+                   "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO \"%s\" VALUES(?", zTable);
+  i = (int)strlen(zInsert);
+  for(j=1; j<n; j++){
+    memcpy(zInsert+i, ",?", 2);
+    i += 2;
+  }
+  memcpy(zInsert+i, ");", 3);
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(newDb, zInsert, -1, &pInsert, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "Error %d: %s on [%s]\n",
+            sqlite3_extended_errcode(newDb), sqlite3_errmsg(newDb),
+            zQuery);
+    goto end_data_xfer;
+  }
+  for(k=0; k<2; k++){
+    while( (rc = sqlite3_step(pQuery))==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        switch( sqlite3_column_type(pQuery, i) ){
+          case SQLITE_NULL: {
+            sqlite3_bind_null(pInsert, i+1);
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+            sqlite3_bind_int64(pInsert, i+1, sqlite3_column_int64(pQuery,i));
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+            sqlite3_bind_double(pInsert, i+1, sqlite3_column_double(pQuery,i));
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+            sqlite3_bind_text(pInsert, i+1,
+                             (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pQuery,i),
+                             -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+            break;
+          }
+          case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+            sqlite3_bind_blob(pInsert, i+1, sqlite3_column_blob(pQuery,i),
+                                            sqlite3_column_bytes(pQuery,i),
+                                            SQLITE_STATIC);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      } /* End for */
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pInsert);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Error %d: %s\n", sqlite3_extended_errcode(newDb),
+                        sqlite3_errmsg(newDb));
+      }
+      sqlite3_reset(pInsert);
+      cnt++;
+      if( (cnt%spinRate)==0 ){
+        printf("%c\b", "|/-\\"[(cnt/spinRate)%4]);
+        fflush(stdout);
+      }
+    } /* End while */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) break;
+    sqlite3_finalize(pQuery);
+    sqlite3_free(zQuery);
+    zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM \"%w\" ORDER BY rowid DESC;",
+                             zTable);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Warning: cannot step \"%s\" backwards", zTable);
+      break;
+    }
+  } /* End for(k=0...) */
+
+end_data_xfer:
+  sqlite3_finalize(pQuery);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pInsert);
+  sqlite3_free(zQuery);
+  sqlite3_free(zInsert);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere.  For
+** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row.
+** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the
+** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards.
+*/
+static void tryToCloneSchema(
+  ShellState *p,
+  sqlite3 *newDb,
+  const char *zWhere,
+  void (*xForEach)(ShellState*,sqlite3*,const char*)
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;
+  char *zQuery = 0;
+  int rc;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  const unsigned char *zSql;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_master"
+                           " WHERE %s", zWhere);
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: (%d) %s on [%s]\n",
+                    sqlite3_extended_errcode(p->db), sqlite3_errmsg(p->db),
+                    zQuery);
+    goto end_schema_xfer;
+  }
+  while( (rc = sqlite3_step(pQuery))==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    zName = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0);
+    zSql = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 1);
+    printf("%s... ", zName); fflush(stdout);
+    sqlite3_exec(newDb, (const char*)zSql, 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\nSQL: [%s]\n", zErrMsg, zSql);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+      zErrMsg = 0;
+    }
+    if( xForEach ){
+      xForEach(p, newDb, (const char*)zName);
+    }
+    printf("done\n");
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pQuery);
+    sqlite3_free(zQuery);
+    zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_master"
+                             " WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zWhere);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: (%d) %s on [%s]\n",
+                      sqlite3_extended_errcode(p->db), sqlite3_errmsg(p->db),
+                      zQuery);
+      goto end_schema_xfer;
+    }
+    while( (rc = sqlite3_step(pQuery))==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      zName = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0);
+      zSql = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 1);
+      printf("%s... ", zName); fflush(stdout);
+      sqlite3_exec(newDb, (const char*)zSql, 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
+      if( zErrMsg ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\nSQL: [%s]\n", zErrMsg, zSql);
+        sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+        zErrMsg = 0;
+      }
+      if( xForEach ){
+        xForEach(p, newDb, (const char*)zName);
+      }
+      printf("done\n");
+    }
+  }
+end_schema_xfer:
+  sqlite3_finalize(pQuery);
+  sqlite3_free(zQuery);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database file named "zNewDb".  Try to recover as much information
+** as possible out of the main database (which might be corrupt) and write it
+** into zNewDb.
+*/
+static void tryToClone(ShellState *p, const char *zNewDb){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *newDb = 0;
+  if( access(zNewDb,0)==0 ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "File \"%s\" already exists.\n", zNewDb);
+    return;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_open(zNewDb, &newDb);
+  if( rc ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "Cannot create output database: %s\n",
+            sqlite3_errmsg(newDb));
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON;", 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_exec(newDb, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;", 0, 0, 0);
+    tryToCloneSchema(p, newDb, "type='table'", tryToCloneData);
+    tryToCloneSchema(p, newDb, "type!='table'", 0);
+    sqlite3_exec(newDb, "COMMIT;", 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;", 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_close(newDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the output file back to stdout
+*/
+static void output_reset(ShellState *p){
+  if( p->outfile[0]=='|' ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN
+    pclose(p->out);
+#endif
+  }else{
+    output_file_close(p->out);
+  }
+  p->outfile[0] = 0;
+  p->out = stdout;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run an SQL command and return the single integer result.
+*/
+static int db_int(ShellState *p, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int res = 0;
+  sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( pStmt && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    res = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a 2-byte or 4-byte big-endian integer into a native integer
+*/
+static unsigned int get2byteInt(unsigned char *a){
+  return (a[0]<<8) + a[1];
+}
+static unsigned int get4byteInt(unsigned char *a){
+  return (a[0]<<24) + (a[1]<<16) + (a[2]<<8) + a[3];
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the ".info" command.
+**
+** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
+*/
+static int shell_dbinfo_command(ShellState *p, int nArg, char **azArg){
+  static const struct { const char *zName; int ofst; } aField[] = {
+     { "file change counter:",  24  },
+     { "database page count:",  28  },
+     { "freelist page count:",  36  },
+     { "schema cookie:",        40  },
+     { "schema format:",        44  },
+     { "default cache size:",   48  },
+     { "autovacuum top root:",  52  },
+     { "incremental vacuum:",   64  },
+     { "text encoding:",        56  },
+     { "user version:",         60  },
+     { "application id:",       68  },
+     { "software version:",     96  },
+  };
+  static const struct { const char *zName; const char *zSql; } aQuery[] = {
+     { "number of tables:",
+       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='table'" },
+     { "number of indexes:",
+       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='index'" },
+     { "number of triggers:",
+       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='trigger'" },
+     { "number of views:",
+       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='view'" },
+     { "schema size:",
+       "SELECT total(length(sql)) FROM %s" },
+  };
+  sqlite3_file *pFile = 0;
+  int i;
+  char *zSchemaTab;
+  char *zDb = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
+  unsigned char aHdr[100];
+  open_db(p, 0);
+  if( p->db==0 ) return 1;
+  sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, &pFile);
+  if( pFile==0 || pFile->pMethods==0 || pFile->pMethods->xRead==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  i = pFile->pMethods->xRead(pFile, aHdr, 100, 0);
+  if( i!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    raw_printf(stderr, "unable to read database header\n");
+    return 1;
+  }
+  i = get2byteInt(aHdr+16);
+  if( i==1 ) i = 65536;
+  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "database page size:", i);
+  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "write format:", aHdr[18]);
+  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "read format:", aHdr[19]);
+  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "reserved bytes:", aHdr[20]);
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aField); i++){
+    int ofst = aField[i].ofst;
+    unsigned int val = get4byteInt(aHdr + ofst);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %u", aField[i].zName, val);
+    switch( ofst ){
+      case 56: {
+        if( val==1 ) raw_printf(p->out, " (utf8)");
+        if( val==2 ) raw_printf(p->out, " (utf16le)");
+        if( val==3 ) raw_printf(p->out, " (utf16be)");
+      }
+    }
+    raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+  }
+  if( zDb==0 ){
+    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("main.sqlite_master");
+  }else if( strcmp(zDb,"temp")==0 ){
+    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", "sqlite_temp_master");
+  }else{
+    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("\"%w\".sqlite_master", zDb);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aQuery); i++){
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(aQuery[i].zSql, zSchemaTab);
+    int val = db_int(p, zSql);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", aQuery[i].zName, val);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSchemaTab);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the current sqlite3_errmsg() value to stderr and return 1.
+*/
+static int shellDatabaseError(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *zErr = sqlite3_errmsg(db);
+  utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErr);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print an out-of-memory message to stderr and return 1.
+*/
+static int shellNomemError(void){
+  raw_printf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the pattern in zGlob[] against the text in z[].  Return TRUE
+** if they match and FALSE (0) if they do not match.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+**      '#'       Matches any sequence of one or more digits with an
+**                optional + or - sign in front
+**
+**      ' '       Any span of whitespace matches any other span of
+**                whitespace.
+**
+** Extra whitespace at the end of z[] is ignored.
+*/
+static int testcase_glob(const char *zGlob, const char *z){
+  int c, c2;
+  int invert;
+  int seen;
+
+  while( (c = (*(zGlob++)))!=0 ){
+    if( IsSpace(c) ){
+      if( !IsSpace(*z) ) return 0;
+      while( IsSpace(*zGlob) ) zGlob++;
+      while( IsSpace(*z) ) z++;
+    }else if( c=='*' ){
+      while( (c=(*(zGlob++))) == '*' || c=='?' ){
+        if( c=='?' && (*(z++))==0 ) return 0;
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( c=='[' ){
+        while( *z && testcase_glob(zGlob-1,z)==0 ){
+          z++;
+        }
+        return (*z)!=0;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = (*(z++)))!=0 ){
+        while( c2!=c ){
+          c2 = *(z++);
+          if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+        }
+        if( testcase_glob(zGlob,z) ) return 1;
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }else if( c=='?' ){
+      if( (*(z++))==0 ) return 0;
+    }else if( c=='[' ){
+      int prior_c = 0;
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = *(z++);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = *(zGlob++);
+      if( c2=='^' ){
+        invert = 1;
+        c2 = *(zGlob++);
+      }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = *(zGlob++);
+      }
+      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zGlob[0]!=']' && zGlob[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          c2 = *(zGlob++);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( c==c2 ){
+            seen = 1;
+          }
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        c2 = *(zGlob++);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
+    }else if( c=='#' ){
+      if( (z[0]=='-' || z[0]=='+') && IsDigit(z[1]) ) z++;
+      if( !IsDigit(z[0]) ) return 0;
+      z++;
+      while( IsDigit(z[0]) ){ z++; }
+    }else{
+      if( c!=(*(z++)) ) return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  while( IsSpace(*z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compare the string as a command-line option with either one or two
+** initial "-" characters.
+*/
+static int optionMatch(const char *zStr, const char *zOpt){
+  if( zStr[0]!='-' ) return 0;
+  zStr++;
+  if( zStr[0]=='-' ) zStr++;
+  return strcmp(zStr, zOpt)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a file.
+*/
+int shellDeleteFile(const char *zFilename){
+  int rc;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+  wchar_t *z = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_unicode(zFilename);
+  rc = _wunlink(z);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+#else
+  rc = unlink(zFilename);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The implementation of SQL scalar function fkey_collate_clause(), used
+** by the ".lint fkey-indexes" command. This scalar function is always
+** called with four arguments - the parent table name, the parent column name,
+** the child table name and the child column name.
+**
+**   fkey_collate_clause('parent-tab', 'parent-col', 'child-tab', 'child-col')
+**
+** If either of the named tables or columns do not exist, this function
+** returns an empty string. An empty string is also returned if both tables 
+** and columns exist but have the same default collation sequence. Or,
+** if both exist but the default collation sequences are different, this
+** function returns the string " COLLATE <parent-collation>", where
+** <parent-collation> is the default collation sequence of the parent column.
+*/
+static void shellFkeyCollateClause(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nVal, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(pCtx);
+  const char *zParent;
+  const char *zParentCol;
+  const char *zParentSeq;
+  const char *zChild;
+  const char *zChildCol;
+  const char *zChildSeq = 0;  /* Initialize to avoid false-positive warning */
+  int rc;
+  
+  assert( nVal==4 );
+  zParent = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+  zParentCol = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+  zChild = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+  zChildCol = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+      db, "main", zParent, zParentCol, 0, &zParentSeq, 0, 0, 0
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+        db, "main", zChild, zChildCol, 0, &zChildSeq, 0, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_stricmp(zParentSeq, zChildSeq) ){
+    char *z = sqlite3_mprintf(" COLLATE %s", zParentSeq);
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3_free(z);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The implementation of dot-command ".lint fkey-indexes".
+*/
+static int lintFkeyIndexes(
+  ShellState *pState,             /* Current shell tool state */
+  char **azArg,                   /* Array of arguments passed to dot command */
+  int nArg                        /* Number of entries in azArg[] */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pState->db;       /* Database handle to query "main" db of */
+  FILE *out = pState->out;        /* Stream to write non-error output to */
+  int bVerbose = 0;               /* If -verbose is present */
+  int bGroupByParent = 0;         /* If -groupbyparent is present */
+  int i;                          /* To iterate through azArg[] */
+  const char *zIndent = "";       /* How much to indent CREATE INDEX by */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSql = 0;         /* Compiled version of SQL statement below */
+
+  /*
+  ** This SELECT statement returns one row for each foreign key constraint
+  ** in the schema of the main database. The column values are:
+  **
+  ** 0. The text of an SQL statement similar to:
+  **
+  **      "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT rowid FROM child_table WHERE child_key=?"
+  **
+  **    This is the same SELECT that the foreign keys implementation needs
+  **    to run internally on child tables. If there is an index that can
+  **    be used to optimize this query, then it can also be used by the FK
+  **    implementation to optimize DELETE or UPDATE statements on the parent
+  **    table.
+  **
+  ** 1. A GLOB pattern suitable for sqlite3_strglob(). If the plan output by
+  **    the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN command matches this pattern, then the schema
+  **    contains an index that can be used to optimize the query.
+  **
+  ** 2. Human readable text that describes the child table and columns. e.g.
+  **
+  **       "child_table(child_key1, child_key2)"
+  **
+  ** 3. Human readable text that describes the parent table and columns. e.g.
+  **
+  **       "parent_table(parent_key1, parent_key2)"
+  **
+  ** 4. A full CREATE INDEX statement for an index that could be used to
+  **    optimize DELETE or UPDATE statements on the parent table. e.g.
+  **
+  **       "CREATE INDEX child_table_child_key ON child_table(child_key)"
+  **
+  ** 5. The name of the parent table.
+  **
+  ** These six values are used by the C logic below to generate the report.
+  */
+  const char *zSql =
+  "SELECT "
+    "     'EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT rowid FROM ' || quote(s.name) || ' WHERE '"
+    "  || group_concat(quote(s.name) || '.' || quote(f.[from]) || '=?' "
+    "  || fkey_collate_clause(f.[table], f.[to], s.name, f.[from]),' AND ')"
+    ", "
+    "     'SEARCH TABLE ' || s.name || ' USING COVERING INDEX*('"
+    "  || group_concat('*=?', ' AND ') || ')'"
+    ", "
+    "     s.name  || '(' || group_concat(f.[from],  ', ') || ')'"
+    ", "
+    "     f.[table] || '(' || group_concat(COALESCE(f.[to], "
+    "       (SELECT name FROM pragma_table_info(f.[table]) WHERE pk=seq+1)"
+    "     )) || ')'"
+    ", "
+    "     'CREATE INDEX ' || quote(s.name ||'_'|| group_concat(f.[from], '_'))"
+    "  || ' ON ' || quote(s.name) || '('"
+    "  || group_concat(quote(f.[from]) ||"
+    "        fkey_collate_clause(f.[table], f.[to], s.name, f.[from]), ', ')"
+    "  || ');'"
+    ", "
+    "     f.[table] "
+
+    "FROM sqlite_master AS s, pragma_foreign_key_list(s.name) AS f "
+    "GROUP BY s.name, f.id "
+    "ORDER BY (CASE WHEN ? THEN f.[table] ELSE s.name END)"
+  ;
+
+  for(i=2; i<nArg; i++){
+    int n = (int)strlen(azArg[i]);
+    if( n>1 && sqlite3_strnicmp("-verbose", azArg[i], n)==0 ){
+      bVerbose = 1;
+    }
+    else if( n>1 && sqlite3_strnicmp("-groupbyparent", azArg[i], n)==0 ){
+      bGroupByParent = 1;
+      zIndent = "    ";
+    }
+    else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: %s %s ?-verbose? ?-groupbyparent?\n",
+          azArg[0], azArg[1]
+      );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Register the fkey_collate_clause() SQL function */
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fkey_collate_clause", 4, SQLITE_UTF8,
+      0, shellFkeyCollateClause, 0, 0
+  );
+
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pSql, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSql, 1, bGroupByParent);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    char *zPrev = 0;
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSql) ){
+      int res = -1;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pExplain = 0;
+      const char *zEQP = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 0);
+      const char *zGlob = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 1);
+      const char *zFrom = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 2);
+      const char *zTarget = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 3);
+      const char *zCI = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 4);
+      const char *zParent = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 5);
+
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zEQP, -1, &pExplain, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pExplain) ){
+        const char *zPlan = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3);
+        res = (0==sqlite3_strglob(zGlob, zPlan));
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pExplain);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+      if( res<0 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Error: internal error");
+        break;
+      }else{
+        if( bGroupByParent 
+        && (bVerbose || res==0)
+        && (zPrev==0 || sqlite3_stricmp(zParent, zPrev)) 
+        ){
+          raw_printf(out, "-- Parent table %s\n", zParent);
+          sqlite3_free(zPrev);
+          zPrev = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zParent);
+        }
+
+        if( res==0 ){
+          raw_printf(out, "%s%s --> %s\n", zIndent, zCI, zTarget);
+        }else if( bVerbose ){
+          raw_printf(out, "%s/* no extra indexes required for %s -> %s */\n", 
+              zIndent, zFrom, zTarget
+          );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zPrev);
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "%s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+
+    rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pSql);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+      raw_printf(stderr, "%s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else{
+    raw_printf(stderr, "%s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of ".lint" dot command.
+*/
+static int lintDotCommand(
+  ShellState *pState,             /* Current shell tool state */
+  char **azArg,                   /* Array of arguments passed to dot command */
+  int nArg                        /* Number of entries in azArg[] */
+){
+  int n;
+  n = (nArg>=2 ? (int)strlen(azArg[1]) : 0);
+  if( n<1 || sqlite3_strnicmp(azArg[1], "fkey-indexes", n) ) goto usage;
+  return lintFkeyIndexes(pState, azArg, nArg);
+
+ usage:
+  raw_printf(stderr, "Usage %s sub-command ?switches...?\n", azArg[0]);
+  raw_printf(stderr, "Where sub-commands are:\n");
+  raw_printf(stderr, "    fkey-indexes\n");
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
+** process that line.
+**
+** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
+*/
+static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
+  int h = 1;
+  int nArg = 0;
+  int n, c;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *azArg[50];
+
+  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
+  */
+  while( zLine[h] && nArg<ArraySize(azArg) ){
+    while( IsSpace(zLine[h]) ){ h++; }
+    if( zLine[h]==0 ) break;
+    if( zLine[h]=='\'' || zLine[h]=='"' ){
+      int delim = zLine[h++];
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[h];
+      while( zLine[h] && zLine[h]!=delim ){
+        if( zLine[h]=='\\' && delim=='"' && zLine[h+1]!=0 ) h++;
+        h++;
+      }
+      if( zLine[h]==delim ){
+        zLine[h++] = 0;
+      }
+      if( delim=='"' ) resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }else{
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[h];
+      while( zLine[h] && !IsSpace(zLine[h]) ){ h++; }
+      if( zLine[h] ) zLine[h++] = 0;
+      resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process the input line.
+  */
+  if( nArg==0 ) return 0; /* no tokens, no error */
+  n = strlen30(azArg[0]);
+  c = azArg[0][0];
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( c=='a' && strncmp(azArg[0], "auth", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg!=2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .auth ON|OFF\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    if( booleanValue(azArg[1]) ){
+      sqlite3_set_authorizer(p->db, shellAuth, p);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_set_authorizer(p->db, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( (c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "backup", n)==0)
+   || (c=='s' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "save", n)==0)
+  ){
+    const char *zDestFile = 0;
+    const char *zDb = 0;
+    sqlite3 *pDest;
+    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
+    int j;
+    for(j=1; j<nArg; j++){
+      const char *z = azArg[j];
+      if( z[0]=='-' ){
+        while( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
+        /* No options to process at this time */
+        {
+          utf8_printf(stderr, "unknown option: %s\n", azArg[j]);
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }else if( zDestFile==0 ){
+        zDestFile = azArg[j];
+      }else if( zDb==0 ){
+        zDb = zDestFile;
+        zDestFile = azArg[j];
+      }else{
+        raw_printf(stderr, "too many arguments to .backup\n");
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zDestFile==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "missing FILENAME argument on .backup\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( zDb==0 ) zDb = "main";
+    rc = sqlite3_open(zDestFile, &pDest);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zDestFile);
+      sqlite3_close(pDest);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDest, "main", p->db, zDb);
+    if( pBackup==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest));
+      sqlite3_close(pDest);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    while(  (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK ){}
+    sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest));
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3_close(pDest);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "bail", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      bail_on_error = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .bail on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "binary", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      if( booleanValue(azArg[1]) ){
+        setBinaryMode(p->out, 1);
+      }else{
+        setTextMode(p->out, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .binary on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /* The undocumented ".breakpoint" command causes a call to the no-op
+  ** routine named test_breakpoint().
+  */
+  if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "breakpoint", n)==0 ){
+    test_breakpoint();
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='c' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "changes", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      setOrClearFlag(p, SHFLG_CountChanges, azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .changes on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /* Cancel output redirection, if it is currently set (by .testcase)
+  ** Then read the content of the testcase-out.txt file and compare against
+  ** azArg[1].  If there are differences, report an error and exit.
+  */
+  if( c=='c' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "check", n)==0 ){
+    char *zRes = 0;
+    output_reset(p);
+    if( nArg!=2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .check GLOB-PATTERN\n");
+      rc = 2;
+    }else if( (zRes = readFile("testcase-out.txt", 0))==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot read 'testcase-out.txt'\n");
+      rc = 2;
+    }else if( testcase_glob(azArg[1],zRes)==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,
+                 "testcase-%s FAILED\n Expected: [%s]\n      Got: [%s]\n",
+                 p->zTestcase, azArg[1], zRes);
+      rc = 2;
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(stdout, "testcase-%s ok\n", p->zTestcase);
+      p->nCheck++;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zRes);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='c' && strncmp(azArg[0], "clone", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      tryToClone(p, azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .clone FILENAME\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
+    ShellState data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_List;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.colSeparator),data.colSeparator,": ");
+    data.cnt = 0;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT name, file FROM pragma_database_list",
+                 callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dbinfo", n)==0 ){
+    rc = shell_dbinfo_command(p, nArg, azArg);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){
+    const char *zLike = 0;
+    int i;
+    ShellClearFlag(p, SHFLG_PreserveRowid);
+    for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+      if( azArg[i][0]=='-' ){
+        const char *z = azArg[i]+1;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
+        if( strcmp(z,"preserve-rowids")==0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+          raw_printf(stderr, "The --preserve-rowids option is not compatible"
+                             " with SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE\n");
+          rc = 1;
+          goto meta_command_exit;
+#else
+          ShellSetFlag(p, SHFLG_PreserveRowid);
+#endif
+        }else
+        {
+          raw_printf(stderr, "Unknown option \"%s\" on \".dump\"\n", azArg[i]);
+          rc = 1;
+          goto meta_command_exit;
+        }
+      }else if( zLike ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .dump ?--preserve-rowids? ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }else{
+        zLike = azArg[i];
+      }
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    /* When playing back a "dump", the content might appear in an order
+    ** which causes immediate foreign key constraints to be violated.
+    ** So disable foreign-key constraint enforcement to prevent problems. */
+    raw_printf(p->out, "PRAGMA foreign_keys=OFF;\n");
+    raw_printf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n");
+    p->writableSchema = 0;
+    /* Set writable_schema=ON since doing so forces SQLite to initialize
+    ** as much of the schema as it can even if the sqlite_master table is
+    ** corrupt. */
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT dump; PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0);
+    p->nErr = 0;
+    if( zLike==0 ){
+      run_schema_dump_query(p,
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
+      );
+      run_schema_dump_query(p,
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence'"
+      );
+      run_table_dump_query(p,
+        "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')", 0
+      );
+    }else{
+      char *zSql;
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE tbl_name LIKE %Q AND type=='table'"
+        "  AND sql NOT NULL", zLike);
+      run_schema_dump_query(p,zSql);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL"
+        "  AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')"
+        "  AND tbl_name LIKE %Q", zLike);
+      run_table_dump_query(p, zSql, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+    if( p->writableSchema ){
+      raw_printf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;\n");
+      p->writableSchema = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;", 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE dump;", 0, 0, 0);
+    raw_printf(p->out, p->nErr ? "ROLLBACK; -- due to errors\n" : "COMMIT;\n");
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      setOrClearFlag(p, SHFLG_Echo, azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .echo on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "eqp", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      if( strcmp(azArg[1],"full")==0 ){
+        p->autoEQP = 2;
+      }else{
+        p->autoEQP = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+      }
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .eqp on|off|full\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg>1 && (rc = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]))!=0 ) exit(rc);
+    rc = 2;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
+    int val = 1;
+    if( nArg>=2 ){
+      if( strcmp(azArg[1],"auto")==0 ){
+        val = 99;
+      }else{
+        val =  booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+      }
+    }
+    if( val==1 && p->mode!=MODE_Explain ){
+      p->normalMode = p->mode;
+      p->mode = MODE_Explain;
+      p->autoExplain = 0;
+    }else if( val==0 ){
+      if( p->mode==MODE_Explain ) p->mode = p->normalMode;
+      p->autoExplain = 0;
+    }else if( val==99 ){
+      if( p->mode==MODE_Explain ) p->mode = p->normalMode;
+      p->autoExplain = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='f' && strncmp(azArg[0], "fullschema", n)==0 ){
+    ShellState data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    int doStats = 0;
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_Semi;
+    if( nArg==2 && optionMatch(azArg[1], "indent") ){
+      data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_Pretty;
+      nArg = 1;
+    }
+    if( nArg!=1 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .fullschema ?--indent?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+       "SELECT sql FROM"
+       "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
+       "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+       "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
+       "ORDER BY rowid",
+       callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,
+               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master"
+               " WHERE name GLOB 'sqlite_stat[134]'",
+               -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      doStats = sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW;
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    }
+    if( doStats==0 ){
+      raw_printf(p->out, "/* No STAT tables available */\n");
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n");
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT 'ANALYZE sqlite_master'",
+                   callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+      data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_Insert;
+      data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat1";
+      shell_exec(p->db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat1",
+                 shell_callback, &data,&zErrMsg);
+      data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat3";
+      shell_exec(p->db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat3",
+                 shell_callback, &data,&zErrMsg);
+      data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat4";
+      shell_exec(p->db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat4",
+                 shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+      raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .headers on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zHelp);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 ){
+    char *zTable;               /* Insert data into this table */
+    char *zFile;                /* Name of file to extra content from */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL; /* A statement */
+    int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the table */
+    int nByte;                  /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */
+    int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+    int needCommit;             /* True to COMMIT or ROLLBACK at end */
+    int nSep;                   /* Number of bytes in p->colSeparator[] */
+    char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
+    ImportCtx sCtx;             /* Reader context */
+    char *(SQLITE_CDECL *xRead)(ImportCtx*); /* Func to read one value */
+    int (SQLITE_CDECL *xCloser)(FILE*);      /* Func to close file */
+
+    if( nArg!=3 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .import FILE TABLE\n");
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    zFile = azArg[1];
+    zTable = azArg[2];
+    seenInterrupt = 0;
+    memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    nSep = strlen30(p->colSeparator);
+    if( nSep==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr,
+                 "Error: non-null column separator required for import\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( nSep>1 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: multi-character column separators not allowed"
+                      " for import\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+    nSep = strlen30(p->rowSeparator);
+    if( nSep==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: non-null row separator required for import\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( nSep==2 && p->mode==MODE_Csv && strcmp(p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf)==0 ){
+      /* When importing CSV (only), if the row separator is set to the
+      ** default output row separator, change it to the default input
+      ** row separator.  This avoids having to maintain different input
+      ** and output row separators. */
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
+      nSep = strlen30(p->rowSeparator);
+    }
+    if( nSep>1 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: multi-character row separators not allowed"
+                      " for import\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+    sCtx.zFile = zFile;
+    sCtx.nLine = 1;
+    if( sCtx.zFile[0]=='|' ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: pipes are not supported in this OS\n");
+      return 1;
+#else
+      sCtx.in = popen(sCtx.zFile+1, "r");
+      sCtx.zFile = "<pipe>";
+      xCloser = pclose;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      sCtx.in = fopen(sCtx.zFile, "rb");
+      xCloser = fclose;
+    }
+    if( p->mode==MODE_Ascii ){
+      xRead = ascii_read_one_field;
+    }else{
+      xRead = csv_read_one_field;
+    }
+    if( sCtx.in==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    sCtx.cColSep = p->colSeparator[0];
+    sCtx.cRowSep = p->rowSeparator[0];
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %s", zTable);
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
+      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    nByte = strlen30(zSql);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    import_append_char(&sCtx, 0);    /* To ensure sCtx.z is allocated */
+    if( rc && sqlite3_strglob("no such table: *", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db))==0 ){
+      char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE %s", zTable);
+      char cSep = '(';
+      while( xRead(&sCtx) ){
+        zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%c\n  \"%w\" TEXT", zCreate, cSep, sCtx.z);
+        cSep = ',';
+        if( sCtx.cTerm!=sCtx.cColSep ) break;
+      }
+      if( cSep=='(' ){
+        sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+        sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
+        xCloser(sCtx.in);
+        utf8_printf(stderr,"%s: empty file\n", sCtx.zFile);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("%z\n)", zCreate);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+      if( rc ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "CREATE TABLE %s(...) failed: %s\n", zTable,
+                sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+        sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
+        xCloser(sCtx.in);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    pStmt = 0;
+    if( nCol==0 ) return 0; /* no columns, no error */
+    zSql = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte*2 + 20 + nCol*2 );
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
+      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO \"%w\" VALUES(?", zTable);
+    j = strlen30(zSql);
+    for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){
+      zSql[j++] = ',';
+      zSql[j++] = '?';
+    }
+    zSql[j++] = ')';
+    zSql[j] = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    needCommit = sqlite3_get_autocommit(p->db);
+    if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+    do{
+      int startLine = sCtx.nLine;
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        char *z = xRead(&sCtx);
+        /*
+        ** Did we reach end-of-file before finding any columns?
+        ** If so, stop instead of NULL filling the remaining columns.
+        */
+        if( z==0 && i==0 ) break;
+        /*
+        ** Did we reach end-of-file OR end-of-line before finding any
+        ** columns in ASCII mode?  If so, stop instead of NULL filling
+        ** the remaining columns.
+        */
+        if( p->mode==MODE_Ascii && (z==0 || z[0]==0) && i==0 ) break;
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        if( i<nCol-1 && sCtx.cTerm!=sCtx.cColSep ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr, "%s:%d: expected %d columns but found %d - "
+                          "filling the rest with NULL\n",
+                          sCtx.zFile, startLine, nCol, i+1);
+          i += 2;
+          while( i<=nCol ){ sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); i++; }
+        }
+      }
+      if( sCtx.cTerm==sCtx.cColSep ){
+        do{
+          xRead(&sCtx);
+          i++;
+        }while( sCtx.cTerm==sCtx.cColSep );
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "%s:%d: expected %d columns but found %d - "
+                        "extras ignored\n",
+                        sCtx.zFile, startLine, nCol, i);
+      }
+      if( i>=nCol ){
+        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr, "%s:%d: INSERT failed: %s\n", sCtx.zFile,
+                      startLine, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+        }
+      }
+    }while( sCtx.cTerm!=EOF );
+
+    xCloser(sCtx.in);
+    sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(p->db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "imposter", n)==0 ){
+    char *zSql;
+    char *zCollist = 0;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    int tnum = 0;
+    int i;
+    if( nArg!=3 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Usage: .imposter INDEX IMPOSTER\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master"
+                           " WHERE name='%q' AND type='index'", azArg[1]);
+    sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      tnum = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( tnum==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "no such index: \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_xinfo='%q'", azArg[1]);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    i = 0;
+    while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      char zLabel[20];
+      const char *zCol = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2);
+      i++;
+      if( zCol==0 ){
+        if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,1)==-1 ){
+          zCol = "_ROWID_";
+        }else{
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLabel),zLabel,"expr%d",i);
+          zCol = zLabel;
+        }
+      }
+      if( zCollist==0 ){
+        zCollist = sqlite3_mprintf("\"%w\"", zCol);
+      }else{
+        zCollist = sqlite3_mprintf("%z,\"%w\"", zCollist, zCol);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "CREATE TABLE \"%w\"(%s,PRIMARY KEY(%s))WITHOUT ROWID",
+          azArg[2], zCollist, zCollist);
+    sqlite3_free(zCollist);
+    rc = sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->db, "main", 1, tnum);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->db, "main", 0, 0);
+      if( rc ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Error in [%s]: %s\n", zSql, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      }else{
+        utf8_printf(stdout, "%s;\n", zSql);
+        raw_printf(stdout,
+           "WARNING: writing to an imposter table will corrupt the index!\n"
+        );
+      }
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER returns %d\n", rc);
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }else
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TEST_CONTROL) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "iotrace", n)==0 ){
+    SQLITE_API extern void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...);
+    if( iotrace && iotrace!=stdout ) fclose(iotrace);
+    iotrace = 0;
+    if( nArg<2 ){
+      sqlite3IoTrace = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1], "-")==0 ){
+      sqlite3IoTrace = iotracePrintf;
+      iotrace = stdout;
+    }else{
+      iotrace = fopen(azArg[1], "w");
+      if( iotrace==0 ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+        sqlite3IoTrace = 0;
+        rc = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3IoTrace = iotracePrintf;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='l' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "limits", n)==0 ){
+    static const struct {
+       const char *zLimitName;   /* Name of a limit */
+       int limitCode;            /* Integer code for that limit */
+    } aLimit[] = {
+      { "length",                SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    },
+      { "sql_length",            SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                },
+      { "column",                SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    },
+      { "expr_depth",            SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                },
+      { "compound_select",       SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           },
+      { "vdbe_op",               SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   },
+      { "function_arg",          SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              },
+      { "attached",              SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  },
+      { "like_pattern_length",   SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       },
+      { "variable_number",       SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           },
+      { "trigger_depth",         SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH             },
+      { "worker_threads",        SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS            },
+    };
+    int i, n2;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aLimit); i++){
+        printf("%20s %d\n", aLimit[i].zLimitName,
+               sqlite3_limit(p->db, aLimit[i].limitCode, -1));
+      }
+    }else if( nArg>3 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .limit NAME ?NEW-VALUE?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }else{
+      int iLimit = -1;
+      n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]);
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aLimit); i++){
+        if( sqlite3_strnicmp(aLimit[i].zLimitName, azArg[1], n2)==0 ){
+          if( iLimit<0 ){
+            iLimit = i;
+          }else{
+            utf8_printf(stderr, "ambiguous limit: \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+            rc = 1;
+            goto meta_command_exit;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( iLimit<0 ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "unknown limit: \"%s\"\n"
+                        "enter \".limits\" with no arguments for a list.\n",
+                         azArg[1]);
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      if( nArg==3 ){
+        sqlite3_limit(p->db, aLimit[iLimit].limitCode,
+                      (int)integerValue(azArg[2]));
+      }
+      printf("%20s %d\n", aLimit[iLimit].zLimitName,
+             sqlite3_limit(p->db, aLimit[iLimit].limitCode, -1));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='l' && n>2 && strncmp(azArg[0], "lint", n)==0 ){
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    lintDotCommand(p, azArg, nArg);
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "load", n)==0 ){
+    const char *zFile, *zProc;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( nArg<2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .load FILE ?ENTRYPOINT?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    zFile = azArg[1];
+    zProc = nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : 0;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_load_extension(p->db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "log", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg!=2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .log FILENAME\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }else{
+      const char *zFile = azArg[1];
+      output_file_close(p->pLog);
+      p->pLog = output_file_open(zFile);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 ){
+    const char *zMode = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "";
+    int n2 = (int)strlen(zMode);
+    int c2 = zMode[0];
+    if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Line;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
+    }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
+    }else if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Column);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
+    }else if( c2=='h' && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Space);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
+    }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Comma);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf);
+    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Tab);
+    }else if( c2=='i' && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Insert;
+      set_table_name(p, nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : "table");
+    }else if( c2=='q' && strncmp(azArg[1],"quote",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Quote;
+    }else if( c2=='a' && strncmp(azArg[1],"ascii",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Ascii;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Unit);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Record);
+    }else {
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: mode should be one of: "
+         "ascii column csv html insert line list quote tabs tcl\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+    p->cMode = p->mode;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->nullValue), p->nullValue,
+                       "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullValue)-1, azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .nullvalue STRING\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "open", n)==0 && n>=2 ){
+    char *zNewFilename;  /* Name of the database file to open */
+    int iName = 1;       /* Index in azArg[] of the filename */
+    int newFlag = 0;     /* True to delete file before opening */
+    /* Close the existing database */
+    session_close_all(p);
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+    p->zDbFilename = 0;
+    sqlite3_free(p->zFreeOnClose);
+    p->zFreeOnClose = 0;
+    /* Check for command-line arguments */
+    for(iName=1; iName<nArg && azArg[iName][0]=='-'; iName++){
+      const char *z = azArg[iName];
+      if( optionMatch(z,"new") ){
+        newFlag = 1;
+      }else if( z[0]=='-' ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "unknown option: %s\n", z);
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+    }
+    /* If a filename is specified, try to open it first */
+    zNewFilename = nArg>iName ? sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[iName]) : 0;
+    if( zNewFilename ){
+      if( newFlag ) shellDeleteFile(zNewFilename);
+      p->zDbFilename = zNewFilename;
+      open_db(p, 1);
+      if( p->db==0 ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open '%s'\n", zNewFilename);
+        sqlite3_free(zNewFilename);
+      }else{
+        p->zFreeOnClose = zNewFilename;
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->db==0 ){
+      /* As a fall-back open a TEMP database */
+      p->zDbFilename = 0;
+      open_db(p, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='o'
+   && (strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0], "once", n)==0)
+  ){
+    const char *zFile = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "stdout";
+    if( nArg>2 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Usage: .%s FILE\n", azArg[0]);
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    if( n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "once", n)==0 ){
+      if( nArg<2 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .once FILE\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      p->outCount = 2;
+    }else{
+      p->outCount = 0;
+    }
+    output_reset(p);
+    if( zFile[0]=='|' ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: pipes are not supported in this OS\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      p->out = stdout;
+#else
+      p->out = popen(zFile + 1, "w");
+      if( p->out==0 ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: cannot open pipe \"%s\"\n", zFile + 1);
+        p->out = stdout;
+        rc = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", zFile);
+      }
+#endif
+    }else{
+      p->out = output_file_open(zFile);
+      if( p->out==0 ){
+        if( strcmp(zFile,"off")!=0 ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: cannot write to \"%s\"\n", zFile);
+        }
+        p->out = stdout;
+        rc = 1;
+      } else {
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", zFile);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='p' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "print", n)==0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+      if( i>1 ) raw_printf(p->out, " ");
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", azArg[i]);
+    }
+    raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg >= 2) {
+      strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1);
+    }
+    if( nArg >= 3) {
+      strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 2;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 ){
+    FILE *alt;
+    if( nArg!=2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .read FILE\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb");
+    if( alt==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+      rc = 1;
+    }else{
+      rc = process_input(p, alt);
+      fclose(alt);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "restore", n)==0 ){
+    const char *zSrcFile;
+    const char *zDb;
+    sqlite3 *pSrc;
+    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
+    int nTimeout = 0;
+
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      zSrcFile = azArg[1];
+      zDb = "main";
+    }else if( nArg==3 ){
+      zSrcFile = azArg[2];
+      zDb = azArg[1];
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .restore ?DB? FILE\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_open(zSrcFile, &pSrc);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zSrcFile);
+      sqlite3_close(pSrc);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(p->db, zDb, pSrc, "main");
+    if( pBackup==0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      sqlite3_close(pSrc);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK
+          || rc==SQLITE_BUSY  ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        if( nTimeout++ >= 3 ) break;
+        sqlite3_sleep(100);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: source database is busy\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
+  }else
+
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "scanstats", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      p->scanstatsOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Warning: .scanstats not available in this build.\n");
+#endif
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .scanstats on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
+    ShellState data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_Semi;
+    if( nArg>=2 && optionMatch(azArg[1], "indent") ){
+      data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_Pretty;
+      nArg--;
+      if( nArg==2 ) azArg[1] = azArg[2];
+    }
+    if( nArg==2 && azArg[1][0]!='-' ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = ToLower(azArg[1][i]);
+      if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        char *zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "SELECT sql FROM "
+          "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
+          "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+          "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+          "WHERE lower(tbl_name) LIKE %Q"
+          "  AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+          "ORDER BY rowid", azArg[1]);
+        rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+        sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      }
+    }else if( nArg==1 ){
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+         "SELECT sql FROM "
+         "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
+         "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+         "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
+         "ORDER BY rowid",
+         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .schema ?--indent? ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+      rc = 1;
+    }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){
+      raw_printf(stderr,"Error: querying schema information\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }else{
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+  if( c=='s' && n==11 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selecttrace", n)==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectTrace = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0],"session",n)==0 && n>=3 ){
+    OpenSession *pSession = &p->aSession[0];
+    char **azCmd = &azArg[1];
+    int iSes = 0;
+    int nCmd = nArg - 1;
+    int i;
+    if( nArg<=1 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    if( nArg>=3 ){
+      for(iSes=0; iSes<p->nSession; iSes++){
+        if( strcmp(p->aSession[iSes].zName, azArg[1])==0 ) break;
+      }
+      if( iSes<p->nSession ){
+        pSession = &p->aSession[iSes];
+        azCmd++;
+        nCmd--;
+      }else{
+        pSession = &p->aSession[0];
+        iSes = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* .session attach TABLE
+    ** Invoke the sqlite3session_attach() interface to attach a particular
+    ** table so that it is never filtered.
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0],"attach")==0 ){
+      if( nCmd!=2 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      if( pSession->p==0 ){
+        session_not_open:
+        raw_printf(stderr, "ERROR: No sessions are open\n");
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession->p, azCmd[1]);
+        if( rc ){
+          raw_printf(stderr, "ERROR: sqlite3session_attach() returns %d\n", rc);
+          rc = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session changeset FILE
+    ** .session patchset FILE
+    ** Write a changeset or patchset into a file.  The file is overwritten.
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0],"changeset")==0 || strcmp(azCmd[0],"patchset")==0 ){
+      FILE *out = 0;
+      if( nCmd!=2 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      if( pSession->p==0 ) goto session_not_open;
+      out = fopen(azCmd[1], "wb");
+      if( out==0 ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "ERROR: cannot open \"%s\" for writing\n", azCmd[1]);
+      }else{
+        int szChng;
+        void *pChng;
+        if( azCmd[0][0]=='c' ){
+          rc = sqlite3session_changeset(pSession->p, &szChng, &pChng);
+        }else{
+          rc = sqlite3session_patchset(pSession->p, &szChng, &pChng);
+        }
+        if( rc ){
+          printf("Error: error code %d\n", rc);
+          rc = 0;
+        }
+        if( pChng
+          && fwrite(pChng, szChng, 1, out)!=1 ){
+          raw_printf(stderr, "ERROR: Failed to write entire %d-byte output\n",
+                  szChng);
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(pChng);
+        fclose(out);
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session close
+    ** Close the identified session
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0], "close")==0 ){
+      if( nCmd!=1 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      if( p->nSession ){
+        session_close(pSession);
+        p->aSession[iSes] = p->aSession[--p->nSession];
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session enable ?BOOLEAN?
+    ** Query or set the enable flag
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0], "enable")==0 ){
+      int ii;
+      if( nCmd>2 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      ii = nCmd==1 ? -1 : booleanValue(azCmd[1]);
+      if( p->nSession ){
+        ii = sqlite3session_enable(pSession->p, ii);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "session %s enable flag = %d\n",
+                    pSession->zName, ii);
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session filter GLOB ....
+    ** Set a list of GLOB patterns of table names to be excluded.
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0], "filter")==0 ){
+      int ii, nByte;
+      if( nCmd<2 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      if( p->nSession ){
+        for(ii=0; ii<pSession->nFilter; ii++){
+          sqlite3_free(pSession->azFilter[ii]);
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(pSession->azFilter);
+        nByte = sizeof(pSession->azFilter[0])*(nCmd-1);
+        pSession->azFilter = sqlite3_malloc( nByte );
+        if( pSession->azFilter==0 ){
+          raw_printf(stderr, "Error: out or memory\n");
+          exit(1);
+        }
+        for(ii=1; ii<nCmd; ii++){
+          pSession->azFilter[ii-1] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azCmd[ii]);
+        }
+        pSession->nFilter = ii-1;
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session indirect ?BOOLEAN?
+    ** Query or set the indirect flag
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0], "indirect")==0 ){
+      int ii;
+      if( nCmd>2 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      ii = nCmd==1 ? -1 : booleanValue(azCmd[1]);
+      if( p->nSession ){
+        ii = sqlite3session_indirect(pSession->p, ii);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "session %s indirect flag = %d\n",
+                    pSession->zName, ii);
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session isempty
+    ** Determine if the session is empty
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0], "isempty")==0 ){
+      int ii;
+      if( nCmd!=1 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      if( p->nSession ){
+        ii = sqlite3session_isempty(pSession->p);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "session %s isempty flag = %d\n",
+                    pSession->zName, ii);
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session list
+    ** List all currently open sessions
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0],"list")==0 ){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nSession; i++){
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%d %s\n", i, p->aSession[i].zName);
+      }
+    }else
+
+    /* .session open DB NAME
+    ** Open a new session called NAME on the attached database DB.
+    ** DB is normally "main".
+    */
+    if( strcmp(azCmd[0],"open")==0 ){
+      char *zName;
+      if( nCmd!=3 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      zName = azCmd[2];
+      if( zName[0]==0 ) goto session_syntax_error;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nSession; i++){
+        if( strcmp(p->aSession[i].zName,zName)==0 ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr, "Session \"%s\" already exists\n", zName);
+          goto meta_command_exit;
+        }
+      }
+      if( p->nSession>=ArraySize(p->aSession) ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Maximum of %d sessions\n", ArraySize(p->aSession));
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      pSession = &p->aSession[p->nSession];
+      rc = sqlite3session_create(p->db, azCmd[1], &pSession->p);
+      if( rc ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Cannot open session: error code=%d\n", rc);
+        rc = 0;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      pSession->nFilter = 0;
+      sqlite3session_table_filter(pSession->p, session_filter, pSession);
+      p->nSession++;
+      pSession->zName = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName);
+    }else
+    /* If no command name matches, show a syntax error */
+    session_syntax_error:
+    session_help(p);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Undocumented commands for internal testing.  Subject to change
+  ** without notice. */
+  if( c=='s' && n>=10 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selftest-", 9)==0 ){
+    if( strncmp(azArg[0]+9, "boolean", n-9)==0 ){
+      int i, v;
+      for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+        v = booleanValue(azArg[i]);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s: %d 0x%x\n", azArg[i], v, v);
+      }
+    }
+    if( strncmp(azArg[0]+9, "integer", n-9)==0 ){
+      int i; sqlite3_int64 v;
+      for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+        char zBuf[200];
+        v = integerValue(azArg[i]);
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%s: %lld 0x%llx\n", azArg[i],v,v);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zBuf);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='s' && n>=4 && strncmp(azArg[0],"selftest",n)==0 ){
+    int bIsInit = 0;         /* True to initialize the SELFTEST table */
+    int bVerbose = 0;        /* Verbose output */
+    int bSelftestExists;     /* True if SELFTEST already exists */
+    char **azTest = 0;       /* Content of the SELFTEST table */
+    int nRow = 0;            /* Number of rows in the SELFTEST table */
+    int nCol = 4;            /* Number of columns in the SELFTEST table */
+    int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+    int nTest = 0;           /* Number of tests runs */
+    int nErr = 0;            /* Number of errors seen */
+    ShellText str;           /* Answer for a query */
+    static char *azDefaultTest[] = {
+       0, 0, 0, 0,
+       "0", "memo", "Missing SELFTEST table - default checks only", "",
+       "1", "run", "PRAGMA integrity_check", "ok"
+    };
+    static const int nDefaultRow = 2;
+
+    open_db(p,0);
+    for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+      const char *z = azArg[i];
+      if( z[0]=='-' && z[1]=='-' ) z++;
+      if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
+        bIsInit = 1;
+      }else
+      if( strcmp(z,"-v")==0 ){
+        bVerbose++;
+      }else
+      {
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Unknown option \"%s\" on \"%s\"\n",
+                    azArg[i], azArg[0]);
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Should be one of: --init -v\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_table_column_metadata(p->db,"main","selftest",0,0,0,0,0,0)
+           != SQLITE_OK ){
+      bSelftestExists = 0;
+    }else{
+      bSelftestExists = 1;
+    }
+    if( bIsInit ){
+      createSelftestTable(p);
+      bSelftestExists = 1;
+    }
+    if( bSelftestExists ){
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, 
+          "SELECT tno,op,cmd,ans FROM selftest ORDER BY tno",
+          &azTest, &nRow, &nCol, 0);
+      if( rc ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Error querying the selftest table\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        sqlite3_free_table(azTest);
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }else if( nRow==0 ){
+        sqlite3_free_table(azTest);
+        azTest = azDefaultTest;
+        nRow = nDefaultRow;
+      }
+    }else{
+      azTest = azDefaultTest;
+      nRow = nDefaultRow;
+    }
+    initText(&str);
+    appendText(&str, "x", 0);
+    for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){
+      int tno = atoi(azTest[i*nCol]);
+      const char *zOp = azTest[i*nCol+1];
+      const char *zSql = azTest[i*nCol+2];
+      const char *zAns = azTest[i*nCol+3];
+  
+      if( bVerbose>0 ){
+        char *zQuote = sqlite3_mprintf("%q", zSql);
+        printf("%d: %s %s\n", tno, zOp, zSql);
+        sqlite3_free(zQuote);
+      }
+      if( strcmp(zOp,"memo")==0 ){
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", zSql);
+      }else
+      if( strcmp(zOp,"run")==0 ){
+        char *zErrMsg = 0;
+        str.n = 0;
+        str.z[0] = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, captureOutputCallback, &str, &zErrMsg);
+        nTest++;
+        if( bVerbose ){
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "Result: %s\n", str.z);
+        }
+        if( rc || zErrMsg ){
+          nErr++;
+          rc = 1;
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "%d: error-code-%d: %s\n", tno, rc, zErrMsg);
+          sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+        }else if( strcmp(zAns,str.z)!=0 ){
+          nErr++;
+          rc = 1;
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "%d: Expected: [%s]\n", tno, zAns);
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "%d:      Got: [%s]\n", tno, str.z);
+        }
+      }else
+      {
+        utf8_printf(stderr,
+          "Unknown operation \"%s\" on selftest line %d\n", zOp, tno);
+        rc = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    freeText(&str);
+    if( azTest!=azDefaultTest ) sqlite3_free_table(azTest);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%d errors out of %d tests\n", nErr, nTest);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg<2 || nArg>3 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .separator COL ?ROW?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+    if( nArg>=2 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator,
+                       "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->colSeparator)-1, azArg[1]);
+    }
+    if( nArg>=3 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator,
+                       "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->rowSeparator)-1, azArg[2]);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && n>=4 && strncmp(azArg[0],"sha3sum",n)==0 ){
+    const char *zLike = 0;   /* Which table to checksum. 0 means everything */
+    int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+    int bSchema = 0;         /* Also hash the schema */
+    int bSeparate = 0;       /* Hash each table separately */
+    int iSize = 224;         /* Hash algorithm to use */
+    int bDebug = 0;          /* Only show the query that would have run */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* For querying tables names */
+    char *zSql;              /* SQL to be run */
+    char *zSep;              /* Separator */
+    ShellText sSql;          /* Complete SQL for the query to run the hash */
+    ShellText sQuery;        /* Set of queries used to read all content */
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+      const char *z = azArg[i];
+      if( z[0]=='-' ){
+        z++;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
+        if( strcmp(z,"schema")==0 ){
+          bSchema = 1;
+        }else
+        if( strcmp(z,"sha3-224")==0 || strcmp(z,"sha3-256")==0 
+         || strcmp(z,"sha3-384")==0 || strcmp(z,"sha3-512")==0 
+        ){
+          iSize = atoi(&z[5]);
+        }else
+        if( strcmp(z,"debug")==0 ){
+          bDebug = 1;
+        }else
+        {
+          utf8_printf(stderr, "Unknown option \"%s\" on \"%s\"\n",
+                      azArg[i], azArg[0]);
+          raw_printf(stderr, "Should be one of: --schema"
+                             " --sha3-224 --sha3-255 --sha3-384 --sha3-512\n");
+          rc = 1;
+          goto meta_command_exit;
+        }
+      }else if( zLike ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .sha3sum ?OPTIONS? ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }else{
+        zLike = z;
+        bSeparate = 1;
+        if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite_%", zLike, 0)==0 ) bSchema = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( bSchema ){
+      zSql = "SELECT lower(name) FROM sqlite_master"
+             " WHERE type='table' AND coalesce(rootpage,0)>1"
+             " UNION ALL SELECT 'sqlite_master'"
+             " ORDER BY 1 collate nocase";
+    }else{
+      zSql = "SELECT lower(name) FROM sqlite_master"
+             " WHERE type='table' AND coalesce(rootpage,0)>1"
+             " AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
+             " ORDER BY 1 collate nocase";
+    }
+    sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    initText(&sQuery);
+    initText(&sSql);
+    appendText(&sSql, "WITH [sha3sum$query](a,b) AS(",0);
+    zSep = "VALUES(";
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      const char *zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0);
+      if( zLike && sqlite3_strlike(zLike, zTab, 0)!=0 ) continue;
+      if( strncmp(zTab, "sqlite_",7)!=0 ){
+        appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT * FROM ", 0);
+        appendText(&sQuery,zTab,'"');
+        appendText(&sQuery," NOT INDEXED;", 0);
+      }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_master")==0 ){
+        appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql FROM sqlite_master"
+                           " ORDER BY name;", 0);
+      }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+        appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT name,seq FROM sqlite_sequence"
+                           " ORDER BY name;", 0);
+      }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_stat1")==0 ){
+        appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM sqlite_stat1"
+                           " ORDER BY tbl,idx;", 0);
+      }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_stat3")==0
+             || strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_stat4")==0 ){
+        appendText(&sQuery, "SELECT * FROM ", 0);
+        appendText(&sQuery, zTab, 0);
+        appendText(&sQuery, " ORDER BY tbl, idx, rowid;\n", 0);
+      }
+      appendText(&sSql, zSep, 0);
+      appendText(&sSql, sQuery.z, '\'');
+      sQuery.n = 0;
+      appendText(&sSql, ",", 0);
+      appendText(&sSql, zTab, '\'');
+      zSep = "),(";
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( bSeparate ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "%s))"
+          " SELECT lower(hex(sha3_query(a,%d))) AS hash, b AS label"
+          "   FROM [sha3sum$query]",
+          sSql.z, iSize);
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "%s))"
+          " SELECT lower(hex(sha3_query(group_concat(a,''),%d))) AS hash"
+          "   FROM [sha3sum$query]",
+          sSql.z, iSize);
+    }
+    freeText(&sQuery);
+    freeText(&sSql);
+    if( bDebug ){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", zSql);
+    }else{
+      shell_exec(p->db, zSql, shell_callback, p, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s'
+   && (strncmp(azArg[0], "shell", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0],"system",n)==0)
+  ){
+    char *zCmd;
+    int i, x;
+    if( nArg<2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .system COMMAND\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[1],' ')==0?"%s":"\"%s\"", azArg[1]);
+    for(i=2; i<nArg; i++){
+      zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[i],' ')==0?"%z %s":"%z \"%s\"",
+                             zCmd, azArg[i]);
+    }
+    x = system(zCmd);
+    sqlite3_free(zCmd);
+    if( x ) raw_printf(stderr, "System command returns %d\n", x);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0 ){
+    static const char *azBool[] = { "off", "on", "full", "unk" };
+    int i;
+    if( nArg!=1 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .show\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n","echo",
+                                  azBool[ShellHasFlag(p, SHFLG_Echo)]);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n","eqp", azBool[p->autoEQP&3]);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n","explain",
+         p->mode==MODE_Explain ? "on" : p->autoExplain ? "auto" : "off");
+    utf8_printf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","headers", azBool[p->showHeader!=0]);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: ", "nullvalue");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullValue);
+      raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+    utf8_printf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","output",
+            strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
+    utf8_printf(p->out,"%12.12s: ", "colseparator");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->colSeparator);
+      raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+    utf8_printf(p->out,"%12.12s: ", "rowseparator");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->rowSeparator);
+      raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n","stats", azBool[p->statsOn!=0]);
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: ", "width");
+    for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) {
+      raw_printf(p->out, "%d ", p->colWidth[i]);
+    }
+    raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n", "filename",
+                p->zDbFilename ? p->zDbFilename : "");
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "stats", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      p->statsOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+    }else if( nArg==1 ){
+      display_stats(p->db, p, 0);
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .stats ?on|off?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( (c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0)
+   || (c=='i' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0
+                 || strncmp(azArg[0], "indexes", n)==0) )
+  ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    char **azResult;
+    int nRow, nAlloc;
+    char *zSql = 0;
+    int ii;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc ) return shellDatabaseError(p->db);
+
+    /* Create an SQL statement to query for the list of tables in the
+    ** main and all attached databases where the table name matches the
+    ** LIKE pattern bound to variable "?1". */
+    if( c=='t' ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master"
+          " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
+          "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
+          "   AND name LIKE ?1");
+    }else if( nArg>2 ){
+      /* It is an historical accident that the .indexes command shows an error
+      ** when called with the wrong number of arguments whereas the .tables
+      ** command does not. */
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .indexes ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master"
+          " WHERE type='index'"
+          "   AND tbl_name LIKE ?1");
+    }
+    for(ii=0; zSql && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW; ii++){
+      const char *zDbName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
+      if( zDbName==0 || ii==0 ) continue;
+      if( c=='t' ){
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+                 "%z UNION ALL "
+                 "SELECT '%q.' || name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+                 " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
+                 "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
+                 "   AND name LIKE ?1", zSql, zDbName, zDbName);
+      }else{
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+                 "%z UNION ALL "
+                 "SELECT '%q.' || name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+                 " WHERE type='index'"
+                 "   AND tbl_name LIKE ?1", zSql, zDbName, zDbName);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( zSql && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%z ORDER BY 1", zSql);
+      if( zSql ) rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( !zSql ) return shellNomemError();
+    if( rc ) return shellDatabaseError(p->db);
+
+    /* Run the SQL statement prepared by the above block. Store the results
+    ** as an array of nul-terminated strings in azResult[].  */
+    nRow = nAlloc = 0;
+    azResult = 0;
+    if( nArg>1 ){
+      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, azArg[1], -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, "%", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+    while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      if( nRow>=nAlloc ){
+        char **azNew;
+        int n2 = nAlloc*2 + 10;
+        azNew = sqlite3_realloc64(azResult, sizeof(azResult[0])*n2);
+        if( azNew==0 ){
+          rc = shellNomemError();
+          break;
+        }
+        nAlloc = n2;
+        azResult = azNew;
+      }
+      azResult[nRow] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+      if( 0==azResult[nRow] ){
+        rc = shellNomemError();
+        break;
+      }
+      nRow++;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_finalize(pStmt)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = shellDatabaseError(p->db);
+    }
+
+    /* Pretty-print the contents of array azResult[] to the output */
+    if( rc==0 && nRow>0 ){
+      int len, maxlen = 0;
+      int i, j;
+      int nPrintCol, nPrintRow;
+      for(i=0; i<nRow; i++){
+        len = strlen30(azResult[i]);
+        if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
+      }
+      nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2);
+      if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1;
+      nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol;
+      for(i=0; i<nPrintRow; i++){
+        for(j=i; j<nRow; j+=nPrintRow){
+          char *zSp = j<nPrintRow ? "" : "  ";
+          utf8_printf(p->out, "%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen,
+                      azResult[j] ? azResult[j]:"");
+        }
+        raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(ii=0; ii<nRow; ii++) sqlite3_free(azResult[ii]);
+    sqlite3_free(azResult);
+  }else
+
+  /* Begin redirecting output to the file "testcase-out.txt" */
+  if( c=='t' && strcmp(azArg[0],"testcase")==0 ){
+    output_reset(p);
+    p->out = output_file_open("testcase-out.txt");
+    if( p->out==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open 'testcase-out.txt'\n");
+    }
+    if( nArg>=2 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zTestcase), p->zTestcase, "%s", azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zTestcase), p->zTestcase, "?");
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  if( c=='t' && n>=8 && strncmp(azArg[0], "testctrl", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    static const struct {
+       const char *zCtrlName;   /* Name of a test-control option */
+       int ctrlCode;            /* Integer code for that option */
+    } aCtrl[] = {
+      { "prng_save",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE              },
+      { "prng_restore",          SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE           },
+      { "prng_reset",            SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET             },
+      { "bitvec_test",           SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST            },
+      { "fault_install",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL          },
+      { "benign_malloc_hooks",   SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS    },
+      { "pending_byte",          SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE           },
+      { "assert",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                 },
+      { "always",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                 },
+      { "reserve",               SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                },
+      { "optimizations",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS          },
+      { "iskeyword",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD              },
+      { "scratchmalloc",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC          },
+      { "byteorder",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER              },
+      { "never_corrupt",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT          },
+      { "imposter",              SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER               },
+    };
+    int testctrl = -1;
+    int rc2 = 0;
+    int i, n2;
+    open_db(p, 0);
+
+    /* convert testctrl text option to value. allow any unique prefix
+    ** of the option name, or a numerical value. */
+    n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCtrl); i++){
+      if( strncmp(azArg[1], aCtrl[i].zCtrlName, n2)==0 ){
+        if( testctrl<0 ){
+          testctrl = aCtrl[i].ctrlCode;
+        }else{
+          utf8_printf(stderr, "ambiguous option name: \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+          testctrl = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( testctrl<0 ) testctrl = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]);
+    if( (testctrl<SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST) || (testctrl>SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST) ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: invalid testctrl option: %s\n", azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      switch(testctrl){
+
+        /* sqlite3_test_control(int, db, int) */
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE:
+          if( nArg==3 ){
+            int opt = (int)strtol(azArg[2], 0, 0);
+            rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, p->db, opt);
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc2, rc2);
+          } else {
+            utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single int option\n",
+                    azArg[1]);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* sqlite3_test_control(int) */
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER:
+          if( nArg==2 ){
+            rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl);
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc2, rc2);
+          } else {
+            utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes no options\n",
+                        azArg[1]);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* sqlite3_test_control(int, uint) */
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE:
+          if( nArg==3 ){
+            unsigned int opt = (unsigned int)integerValue(azArg[2]);
+            rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt);
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc2, rc2);
+          } else {
+            utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single unsigned"
+                           " int option\n", azArg[1]);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* sqlite3_test_control(int, int) */
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT:
+          if( nArg==3 ){
+            int opt = booleanValue(azArg[2]);
+            rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt);
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc2, rc2);
+          } else {
+            utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single int option\n",
+                            azArg[1]);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* sqlite3_test_control(int, char *) */
+#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD:
+          if( nArg==3 ){
+            const char *opt = azArg[2];
+            rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt);
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc2, rc2);
+          } else {
+            utf8_printf(stderr,
+                        "Error: testctrl %s takes a single char * option\n",
+                        azArg[1]);
+          }
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER:
+          if( nArg==5 ){
+            rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, p->db,
+                          azArg[2],
+                          integerValue(azArg[3]),
+                          integerValue(azArg[4]));
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc2, rc2);
+          }else{
+            raw_printf(stderr,"Usage: .testctrl imposter dbName onoff tnum\n");
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS:
+        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC:
+        default:
+          utf8_printf(stderr,
+                      "Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n",
+                      azArg[1]);
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_UNTESTABLE) */
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>4 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 ){
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, nArg>=2 ? (int)integerValue(azArg[1]) : 0);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timer", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg==2 ){
+      enableTimer = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+      if( enableTimer && !HAS_TIMER ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Error: timer not available on this system.\n");
+        enableTimer = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .timer on|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && strncmp(azArg[0], "trace", n)==0 ){
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    if( nArg!=2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .trace FILE|off\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    output_file_close(p->traceOut);
+    p->traceOut = output_file_open(azArg[1]);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+    if( p->traceOut==0 ){
+      sqlite3_trace_v2(p->db, 0, 0, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_trace_v2(p->db, SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, sql_trace_callback,p->traceOut);
+    }
+#endif
+  }else
+
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  if( c=='u' && strncmp(azArg[0], "user", n)==0 ){
+    if( nArg<2 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .user SUBCOMMAND ...\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+    open_db(p, 0);
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],"login")==0 ){
+      if( nArg!=4 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .user login USER PASSWORD\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_user_authenticate(p->db, azArg[2], azArg[3],
+                                    (int)strlen(azArg[3]));
+      if( rc ){
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "Authentication failed for user %s\n", azArg[2]);
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"add")==0 ){
+      if( nArg!=5 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .user add USER PASSWORD ISADMIN\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_user_add(p->db, azArg[2],
+                            azArg[3], (int)strlen(azArg[3]),
+                            booleanValue(azArg[4]));
+      if( rc ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "User-Add failed: %d\n", rc);
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"edit")==0 ){
+      if( nArg!=5 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .user edit USER PASSWORD ISADMIN\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_user_change(p->db, azArg[2],
+                              azArg[3], (int)strlen(azArg[3]),
+                              booleanValue(azArg[4]));
+      if( rc ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "User-Edit failed: %d\n", rc);
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"delete")==0 ){
+      if( nArg!=3 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .user delete USER\n");
+        rc = 1;
+        goto meta_command_exit;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_user_delete(p->db, azArg[2]);
+      if( rc ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "User-Delete failed: %d\n", rc);
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .user login|add|edit|delete ...\n");
+      rc = 1;
+      goto meta_command_exit;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
+
+  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "version", n)==0 ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "SQLite %s %s\n" /*extra-version-info*/,
+        sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsinfo", n)==0 ){
+    const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
+    if( p->db ){
+      sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER, &pVfs);
+      if( pVfs ){
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "vfs.zName      = \"%s\"\n", pVfs->zName);
+        raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.iVersion   = %d\n", pVfs->iVersion);
+        raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.szOsFile   = %d\n", pVfs->szOsFile);
+        raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.mxPathname = %d\n", pVfs->mxPathname);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfslist", n)==0 ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+    sqlite3_vfs *pCurrent = 0;
+    if( p->db ){
+      sqlite3_file_control(p->db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER, &pCurrent);
+    }
+    for(pVfs=sqlite3_vfs_find(0); pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "vfs.zName      = \"%s\"%s\n", pVfs->zName,
+           pVfs==pCurrent ? "  <--- CURRENT" : "");
+      raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.iVersion   = %d\n", pVfs->iVersion);
+      raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.szOsFile   = %d\n", pVfs->szOsFile);
+      raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.mxPathname = %d\n", pVfs->mxPathname);
+      if( pVfs->pNext ){
+        raw_printf(p->out, "-----------------------------------\n");
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsname", n)==0 ){
+    const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
+    char *zVfsName = 0;
+    if( p->db ){
+      sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME, &zVfsName);
+      if( zVfsName ){
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", zVfsName);
+        sqlite3_free(zVfsName);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
+  if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "wheretrace", n)==0 ){
+    sqlite3WhereTrace = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 0xff;
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    assert( nArg<=ArraySize(azArg) );
+    for(j=1; j<nArg && j<ArraySize(p->colWidth); j++){
+      p->colWidth[j-1] = (int)integerValue(azArg[j]);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  {
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: unknown command or invalid arguments: "
+      " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]);
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+
+meta_command_exit:
+  if( p->outCount ){
+    p->outCount--;
+    if( p->outCount==0 ) output_reset(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if a semicolon occurs anywhere in the first N characters
+** of string z[].
+*/
+static int line_contains_semicolon(const char *z, int N){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<N; i++){  if( z[i]==';' ) return 1; }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Test to see if a line consists entirely of whitespace.
+*/
+static int _all_whitespace(const char *z){
+  for(; *z; z++){
+    if( IsSpace(z[0]) ) continue;
+    if( *z=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && (*z!='*' || z[1]!='/') ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+      z++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( *z=='-' && z[1]=='-' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && *z!='\n' ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the line typed in is an SQL command terminator other
+** than a semi-colon.  The SQL Server style "go" command is understood
+** as is the Oracle "/".
+*/
+static int line_is_command_terminator(const char *zLine){
+  while( IsSpace(zLine[0]) ){ zLine++; };
+  if( zLine[0]=='/' && _all_whitespace(&zLine[1]) ){
+    return 1;  /* Oracle */
+  }
+  if( ToLower(zLine[0])=='g' && ToLower(zLine[1])=='o'
+         && _all_whitespace(&zLine[2]) ){
+    return 1;  /* SQL Server */
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if zSql is a complete SQL statement.  Return false if it
+** ends in the middle of a string literal or C-style comment.
+*/
+static int line_is_complete(char *zSql, int nSql){
+  int rc;
+  if( zSql==0 ) return 1;
+  zSql[nSql] = ';';
+  zSql[nSql+1] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql);
+  zSql[nSql] = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run a single line of SQL
+*/
+static int runOneSqlLine(ShellState *p, char *zSql, FILE *in, int startline){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  open_db(p, 0);
+  if( ShellHasFlag(p,SHFLG_Backslash) ) resolve_backslashes(zSql);
+  BEGIN_TIMER;
+  rc = shell_exec(p->db, zSql, shell_callback, p, &zErrMsg);
+  END_TIMER;
+  if( rc || zErrMsg ){
+    char zPrefix[100];
+    if( in!=0 || !stdin_is_interactive ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix,
+                       "Error: near line %d:", startline);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "Error:");
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg!=0 ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "%s %s\n", zPrefix, zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+      zErrMsg = 0;
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(stderr, "%s %s\n", zPrefix, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else if( ShellHasFlag(p, SHFLG_CountChanges) ){
+    raw_printf(p->out, "changes: %3d   total_changes: %d\n",
+            sqlite3_changes(p->db), sqlite3_total_changes(p->db));
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read input from *in and process it.  If *in==0 then input
+** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
+** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
+** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
+** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int process_input(ShellState *p, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine = 0;          /* A single input line */
+  char *zSql = 0;           /* Accumulated SQL text */
+  int nLine;                /* Length of current line */
+  int nSql = 0;             /* Bytes of zSql[] used */
+  int nAlloc = 0;           /* Allocated zSql[] space */
+  int nSqlPrior = 0;        /* Bytes of zSql[] used by prior line */
+  int rc;                   /* Error code */
+  int errCnt = 0;           /* Number of errors seen */
+  int lineno = 0;           /* Current line number */
+  int startline = 0;        /* Line number for start of current input */
+
+  while( errCnt==0 || !bail_on_error || (in==0 && stdin_is_interactive) ){
+    fflush(p->out);
+    zLine = one_input_line(in, zLine, nSql>0);
+    if( zLine==0 ){
+      /* End of input */
+      if( in==0 && stdin_is_interactive ) printf("\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    if( seenInterrupt ){
+      if( in!=0 ) break;
+      seenInterrupt = 0;
+    }
+    lineno++;
+    if( nSql==0 && _all_whitespace(zLine) ){
+      if( ShellHasFlag(p, SHFLG_Echo) ) printf("%s\n", zLine);
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){
+      if( ShellHasFlag(p, SHFLG_Echo) ) printf("%s\n", zLine);
+      rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p);
+      if( rc==2 ){ /* exit requested */
+        break;
+      }else if( rc ){
+        errCnt++;
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( line_is_command_terminator(zLine) && line_is_complete(zSql, nSql) ){
+      memcpy(zLine,";",2);
+    }
+    nLine = strlen30(zLine);
+    if( nSql+nLine+2>=nAlloc ){
+      nAlloc = nSql+nLine+100;
+      zSql = realloc(zSql, nAlloc);
+      if( zSql==0 ){
+        raw_printf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+    nSqlPrior = nSql;
+    if( nSql==0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; zLine[i] && IsSpace(zLine[i]); i++){}
+      assert( nAlloc>0 && zSql!=0 );
+      memcpy(zSql, zLine+i, nLine+1-i);
+      startline = lineno;
+      nSql = nLine-i;
+    }else{
+      zSql[nSql++] = '\n';
+      memcpy(zSql+nSql, zLine, nLine+1);
+      nSql += nLine;
+    }
+    if( nSql && line_contains_semicolon(&zSql[nSqlPrior], nSql-nSqlPrior)
+                && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){
+      errCnt += runOneSqlLine(p, zSql, in, startline);
+      nSql = 0;
+      if( p->outCount ){
+        output_reset(p);
+        p->outCount = 0;
+      }
+    }else if( nSql && _all_whitespace(zSql) ){
+      if( ShellHasFlag(p, SHFLG_Echo) ) printf("%s\n", zSql);
+      nSql = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nSql && !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){
+    runOneSqlLine(p, zSql, in, startline);
+  }
+  free(zSql);
+  free(zLine);
+  return errCnt>0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
+** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.
+*/
+static char *find_home_dir(int clearFlag){
+  static char *home_dir = NULL;
+  if( clearFlag ){
+    free(home_dir);
+    home_dir = 0;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( home_dir ) return home_dir;
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) \
+     && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+  {
+    struct passwd *pwent;
+    uid_t uid = getuid();
+    if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) {
+      home_dir = pwent->pw_dir;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+  /* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide getenv()
+   */
+  home_dir = "/";
+#else
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = getenv("HOME");
+  }
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    char *zDrive, *zPath;
+    int n;
+    zDrive = getenv("HOMEDRIVE");
+    zPath = getenv("HOMEPATH");
+    if( zDrive && zPath ){
+      n = strlen30(zDrive) + strlen30(zPath) + 1;
+      home_dir = malloc( n );
+      if( home_dir==0 ) return 0;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(n, home_dir, "%s%s", zDrive, zPath);
+      return home_dir;
+    }
+    home_dir = "c:\\";
+  }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_WIN32_WCE */
+
+  if( home_dir ){
+    int n = strlen30(home_dir) + 1;
+    char *z = malloc( n );
+    if( z ) memcpy(z, home_dir, n);
+    home_dir = z;
+  }
+
+  return home_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
+** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
+**
+** Returns the number of errors.
+*/
+static void process_sqliterc(
+  ShellState *p,                  /* Configuration data */
+  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
+){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
+  char *zBuf = 0;
+  FILE *in = NULL;
+
+  if (sqliterc == NULL) {
+    home_dir = find_home_dir(0);
+    if( home_dir==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "-- warning: cannot find home directory;"
+                      " cannot read ~/.sqliterc\n");
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3_initialize();
+    zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%s/.sqliterc",home_dir);
+    sqliterc = zBuf;
+  }
+  in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb");
+  if( in ){
+    if( stdin_is_interactive ){
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"-- Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc);
+    }
+    process_input(p,in);
+    fclose(in);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+}
+
+/*
+** Show available command line options
+*/
+static const char zOptions[] =
+  "   -ascii               set output mode to 'ascii'\n"
+  "   -bail                stop after hitting an error\n"
+  "   -batch               force batch I/O\n"
+  "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
+  "   -cmd COMMAND         run \"COMMAND\" before reading stdin\n"
+  "   -csv                 set output mode to 'csv'\n"
+  "   -echo                print commands before execution\n"
+  "   -init FILENAME       read/process named file\n"
+  "   -[no]header          turn headers on or off\n"
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+  "   -heap SIZE           Size of heap for memsys3 or memsys5\n"
+#endif
+  "   -help                show this message\n"
+  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
+  "   -interactive         force interactive I/O\n"
+  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
+  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
+  "   -lookaside SIZE N    use N entries of SZ bytes for lookaside memory\n"
+  "   -mmap N              default mmap size set to N\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
+  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
+#endif
+  "   -newline SEP         set output row separator. Default: '\\n'\n"
+  "   -nullvalue TEXT      set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n"
+  "   -pagecache SIZE N    use N slots of SZ bytes each for page cache memory\n"
+  "   -scratch SIZE N      use N slots of SZ bytes each for scratch memory\n"
+  "   -separator SEP       set output column separator. Default: '|'\n"
+  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
+  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
+  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
+  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
+#endif
+;
+static void usage(int showDetail){
+  utf8_printf(stderr,
+      "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n"
+      "FILENAME is the name of an SQLite database. A new database is created\n"
+      "if the file does not previously exist.\n", Argv0);
+  if( showDetail ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "OPTIONS include:\n%s", zOptions);
+  }else{
+    raw_printf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n");
+  }
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the state information in data
+*/
+static void main_init(ShellState *data) {
+  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
+  data->normalMode = data->cMode = data->mode = MODE_List;
+  data->autoExplain = 1;
+  memcpy(data->colSeparator,SEP_Column, 2);
+  memcpy(data->rowSeparator,SEP_Row, 2);
+  data->showHeader = 0;
+  data->shellFlgs = SHFLG_Lookaside;
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
+}
+
+/*
+** Output text to the console in a font that attracts extra attention.
+*/
+#ifdef _WIN32
+static void printBold(const char *zText){
+  HANDLE out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+  CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO defaultScreenInfo;
+  GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(out, &defaultScreenInfo);
+  SetConsoleTextAttribute(out,
+         FOREGROUND_RED|FOREGROUND_INTENSITY
+  );
+  printf("%s", zText);
+  SetConsoleTextAttribute(out, defaultScreenInfo.wAttributes);
+}
+#else
+static void printBold(const char *zText){
+  printf("\033[1m%s\033[0m", zText);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Get the argument to an --option.  Throw an error and die if no argument
+** is available.
+*/
+static char *cmdline_option_value(int argc, char **argv, int i){
+  if( i==argc ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "%s: Error: missing argument to %s\n",
+            argv[0], argv[argc-1]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  return argv[i];
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
+#  if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) && defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8          (0)
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8          (1)
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
+int SQLITE_CDECL main(int argc, char **argv){
+#else
+int SQLITE_CDECL wmain(int argc, wchar_t **wargv){
+  char **argv;
+#endif
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  ShellState data;
+  const char *zInitFile = 0;
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  int warnInmemoryDb = 0;
+  int readStdin = 1;
+  int nCmd = 0;
+  char **azCmd = 0;
+
+  setBinaryMode(stdin, 0);
+  setvbuf(stderr, 0, _IONBF, 0); /* Make sure stderr is unbuffered */
+  stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0);
+  stdout_is_console = isatty(1);
+
+#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1
+  if( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)!=0 ){
+    utf8_printf(stderr, "SQLite header and source version mismatch\n%s\n%s\n",
+            sqlite3_sourceid(), SQLITE_SOURCE_ID);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+#endif
+  main_init(&data);
+#if !SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
+  sqlite3_initialize();
+  argv = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(argv[0])*argc);
+  if( argv==0 ){
+    raw_printf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    argv[i] = sqlite3_win32_unicode_to_utf8(wargv[i]);
+    if( argv[i]==0 ){
+      raw_printf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  assert( argc>=1 && argv && argv[0] );
+  Argv0 = argv[0];
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything
+  ** else is done.
+  */
+#ifdef SIGINT
+  signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC
+  {
+    /* If the SQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC macro is defined, then it is the name
+    ** of a C-function that will provide the name of the database file.  Use
+    ** this compile-time option to embed this shell program in larger
+    ** applications. */
+    extern void SQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC(const char**);
+    SQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC(&data.zDbFilename);
+    warnInmemoryDb = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate
+  ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file,
+  ** the size of the alternative malloc heap,
+  ** and the first command to execute.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    char *z;
+    z = argv[i];
+    if( z[0]!='-' ){
+      if( data.zDbFilename==0 ){
+        data.zDbFilename = z;
+      }else{
+        /* Excesss arguments are interpreted as SQL (or dot-commands) and
+        ** mean that nothing is read from stdin */
+        readStdin = 0;
+        nCmd++;
+        azCmd = realloc(azCmd, sizeof(azCmd[0])*nCmd);
+        if( azCmd==0 ){
+          raw_printf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
+          exit(1);
+        }
+        azCmd[nCmd-1] = z;
+      }
+    }
+    if( z[1]=='-' ) z++;
+    if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0
+     || strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0
+     || strcmp(z,"-newline")==0
+     || strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0
+    ){
+      (void)cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
+      zInitFile = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
+      /* Need to check for batch mode here to so we can avoid printing
+      ** informational messages (like from process_sqliterc) before
+      ** we do the actual processing of arguments later in a second pass.
+      */
+      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+      const char *zSize;
+      sqlite3_int64 szHeap;
+
+      zSize = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
+      szHeap = integerValue(zSize);
+      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
+      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64);
+#else
+      (void)cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
+#endif
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scratch")==0 ){
+      int n, sz;
+      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      if( sz>400000 ) sz = 400000;
+      if( sz<2500 ) sz = 2500;
+      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      if( n>10 ) n = 10;
+      if( n<1 ) n = 1;
+      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);
+      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Scratch;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
+      int n, sz;
+      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      if( sz>70000 ) sz = 70000;
+      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
+      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE,
+                    (n>0 && sz>0) ? malloc(n*sz) : 0, sz, n);
+      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Pagecache;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
+      int n, sz;
+      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
+      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE, sz, n);
+      if( sz*n==0 ) data.shellFlgs &= ~SHFLG_Lookaside;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
+      extern int vfstrace_register(
+         const char *zTraceName,
+         const char *zOldVfsName,
+         int (*xOut)(const char*,void*),
+         void *pOutArg,
+         int makeDefault
+      );
+      vfstrace_register("trace",0,(int(*)(const char*,void*))fputs,stderr,1);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
+      extern int sqlite3_multiple_initialize(const char*,int);
+      sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 1);
+#endif
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){
+      sqlite3_int64 sz = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE, sz, sz);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
+      sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+      if( pVfs ){
+        sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1);
+      }else{
+        utf8_printf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( data.zDbFilename==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+    data.zDbFilename = ":memory:";
+    warnInmemoryDb = argc==1;
+#else
+    utf8_printf(stderr,"%s: Error: no database filename specified\n", Argv0);
+    return 1;
+#endif
+  }
+  data.out = stdout;
+
+  /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists.  If the
+  ** file does not exist, delay opening it.  This prevents empty database
+  ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument
+  ** to the sqlite command-line tool.
+  */
+  if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    open_db(&data, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Process the initialization file if there is one.  If no -init option
+  ** is given on the command line, look for a file named ~/.sqliterc and
+  ** try to process it.
+  */
+  process_sqliterc(&data,zInitFile);
+
+  /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set
+  ** options.  This second pass is delayed until after the initialization
+  ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override
+  ** settings in the initialization file.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    char *z = argv[i];
+    if( z[0]!='-' ) continue;
+    if( z[1]=='-' ){ z++; }
+    if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-line")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-csv")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Csv;
+      memcpy(data.colSeparator,",",2);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-ascii")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Ascii;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.colSeparator), data.colSeparator,
+                       SEP_Unit);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.rowSeparator), data.rowSeparator,
+                       SEP_Record);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.colSeparator), data.colSeparator,
+                       "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-newline")==0 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.rowSeparator), data.rowSeparator,
+                       "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.nullValue), data.nullValue,
+                       "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){
+      ShellSetFlag(&data, SHFLG_Echo);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-eqp")==0 ){
+      data.autoEQP = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-eqpfull")==0 ){
+      data.autoEQP = 2;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-stats")==0 ){
+      data.statsOn = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scanstats")==0 ){
+      data.scanstatsOn = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-backslash")==0 ){
+      /* Undocumented command-line option: -backslash
+      ** Causes C-style backslash escapes to be evaluated in SQL statements
+      ** prior to sending the SQL into SQLite.  Useful for injecting
+      ** crazy bytes in the middle of SQL statements for testing and debugging.
+      */
+      ShellSetFlag(&data, SHFLG_Backslash);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-bail")==0 ){
+      bail_on_error = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-version")==0 ){
+      printf("%s %s\n", sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
+      return 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){
+      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
+      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scratch")==0 ){
+      i+=2;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
+      i+=2;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
+      i+=2;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
+      i++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
+      i++;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
+      i++;
+#endif
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){
+      usage(1);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0 ){
+      /* Run commands that follow -cmd first and separately from commands
+      ** that simply appear on the command-line.  This seems goofy.  It would
+      ** be better if all commands ran in the order that they appear.  But
+      ** we retain the goofy behavior for historical compatibility. */
+      if( i==argc-1 ) break;
+      z = cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i);
+      if( z[0]=='.' ){
+        rc = do_meta_command(z, &data);
+        if( rc && bail_on_error ) return rc==2 ? 0 : rc;
+      }else{
+        open_db(&data, 0);
+        rc = shell_exec(data.db, z, shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+          if( bail_on_error ) return rc!=0 ? rc : 1;
+        }else if( rc!=0 ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: unable to process SQL \"%s\"\n", z);
+          if( bail_on_error ) return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(stderr,"%s: Error: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z);
+      raw_printf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+    data.cMode = data.mode;
+  }
+
+  if( !readStdin ){
+    /* Run all arguments that do not begin with '-' as if they were separate
+    ** command-line inputs, except for the argToSkip argument which contains
+    ** the database filename.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nCmd; i++){
+      if( azCmd[i][0]=='.' ){
+        rc = do_meta_command(azCmd[i], &data);
+        if( rc ) return rc==2 ? 0 : rc;
+      }else{
+        open_db(&data, 0);
+        rc = shell_exec(data.db, azCmd[i], shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+          return rc!=0 ? rc : 1;
+        }else if( rc!=0 ){
+          utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: unable to process SQL: %s\n", azCmd[i]);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    free(azCmd);
+  }else{
+    /* Run commands received from standard input
+    */
+    if( stdin_is_interactive ){
+      char *zHome;
+      char *zHistory = 0;
+      int nHistory;
+      printf(
+        "SQLite version %s %.19s\n" /*extra-version-info*/
+        "Enter \".help\" for usage hints.\n",
+        sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid()
+      );
+      if( warnInmemoryDb ){
+        printf("Connected to a ");
+        printBold("transient in-memory database");
+        printf(".\nUse \".open FILENAME\" to reopen on a "
+               "persistent database.\n");
+      }
+      zHome = find_home_dir(0);
+      if( zHome ){
+        nHistory = strlen30(zHome) + 20;
+        if( (zHistory = malloc(nHistory))!=0 ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nHistory, zHistory,"%s/.sqlite_history", zHome);
+        }
+      }
+      if( zHistory ){ shell_read_history(zHistory); }
+      rc = process_input(&data, 0);
+      if( zHistory ){
+        shell_stifle_history(100);
+        shell_write_history(zHistory);
+        free(zHistory);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = process_input(&data, stdin);
+    }
+  }
+  set_table_name(&data, 0);
+  if( data.db ){
+    session_close_all(&data);
+    sqlite3_close(data.db);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(data.zFreeOnClose);
+  find_home_dir(1);
+#if !SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++) sqlite3_free(argv[i]);
+  sqlite3_free(argv);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/upstream/sqlite3.1 b/upstream/sqlite3.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80353b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.1
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+.\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
+.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
+.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
+.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
+.TH SQLITE3 1 "Fri Oct 31 10:41:31 EDT 2014"
+.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
+.\"
+.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
+.\" .nh        disable hyphenation
+.\" .hy        enable hyphenation
+.\" .ad l      left justify
+.\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
+.\" .nf        disable filling
+.\" .fi        enable filling
+.\" .br        insert line break
+.\" .sp <n>    insert n+1 empty lines
+.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
+.SH NAME
+.B sqlite3 
+\- A command line interface for SQLite version 3
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B sqlite3
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ databasefile ]
+.RI [ SQL ]
+
+.SH SUMMARY
+.PP
+.B sqlite3
+is a terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library that can evaluate
+queries interactively and display the results in multiple formats.
+.B sqlite3
+can also be used within shell scripts and other applications to provide
+batch processing features.
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To start a
+.B sqlite3
+interactive session, invoke the
+.B sqlite3
+command and optionally provide the name of a database file.  If the
+database file does not exist, it will be created.  If the database file
+does exist, it will be opened.
+
+For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create
+a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table:
+.sp
+$ 
+.B sqlite3 mydata.db
+.br
+SQLite version 3.8.8
+.br
+Enter ".help" for instructions
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B create table memos(text, priority INTEGER);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B insert into memos values('deliver project description', 10);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B insert into memos values('lunch with Christine', 100);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B select * from memos;
+.br
+deliver project description|10
+.br
+lunch with Christine|100
+.br
+sqlite>
+.sp
+
+If no database name is supplied, the ATTACH sql command can be used
+to attach to existing or create new database files.  ATTACH can also
+be used to attach to multiple databases within the same interactive
+session.  This is useful for migrating data between databases,
+possibly changing the schema along the way.
+
+Optionally, a SQL statement or set of SQL statements can be supplied as
+a single argument.  Multiple statements should be separated by
+semi-colons.
+
+For example:
+.sp
+$ 
+.B sqlite3 -line mydata.db 'select * from memos where priority > 20;'
+.br
+    text = lunch with Christine
+.br
+priority = 100
+.br
+.sp
+
+.SS SQLITE META-COMMANDS
+.PP
+The interactive interpreter offers a set of meta-commands that can be
+used to control the output format, examine the currently attached
+database files, or perform administrative operations upon the
+attached databases (such as rebuilding indices).   Meta-commands are
+always prefixed with a dot (.).
+
+A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing
+the '.help' command.  For example:
+.sp
+sqlite>
+.B .help
+.nf
+.tr %.
+%backup ?DB? FILE      Backup DB (default "main") to FILE
+%bail on|off           Stop after hitting an error.  Default OFF
+%clone NEWDB           Clone data into NEWDB from the existing database
+%databases             List names and files of attached databases
+%dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format
+                         If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching
+                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%echo on|off           Turn command echo on or off
+%eqp on|off            Enable or disable automatic EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+%exit                  Exit this program
+%explain ?on|off?      Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
+                         With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on.
+%fullschema            Show schema and the content of sqlite_stat tables
+%headers on|off        Turn display of headers on or off
+%help                  Show this message
+%import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE
+%indices ?TABLE?       Show names of all indices
+                         If TABLE specified, only show indices for tables
+                         matching LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%load FILE ?ENTRY?     Load an extension library
+%log FILE|off          Turn logging on or off.  FILE can be stderr/stdout
+%mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:
+                         csv      Comma-separated values
+                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)
+                         html     HTML <table> code
+                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE
+                         line     One value per line
+                         list     Values delimited by .separator string
+                         tabs     Tab-separated values
+                         tcl      TCL list elements
+%nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values
+%once FILENAME         Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME
+%open ?FILENAME?       Close existing database and reopen FILENAME
+%output ?FILENAME?     Send output to FILENAME or stdout
+%print STRING...       Print literal STRING
+%prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
+%quit                  Exit this program
+%read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
+%restore ?DB? FILE     Restore content of DB (default "main") from FILE
+%save FILE             Write in-memory database into FILE
+%schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
+                         If TABLE specified, only show tables matching
+                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%separator STRING ?NL? Change separator used by output mode and .import
+                         NL is the end-of-line mark for CSV
+%shell CMD ARGS...     Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell
+%show                  Show the current values for various settings
+%stats on|off          Turn stats on or off
+%system CMD ARGS...    Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell
+%tables ?TABLE?        List names of tables
+                         If TABLE specified, only list tables matching
+                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds
+%timer on|off          Turn SQL timer on or off
+%trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run
+%vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack
+%width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for "column" mode
+                         Negative values right-justify
+sqlite>
+.sp
+.fi
+.SH OPTIONS
+.B sqlite3
+has the following options:
+.TP
+.B \-bail
+Stop after hitting an error.
+.TP
+.B \-batch
+Force batch I/O.
+.TP
+.B \-column
+Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using
+whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the
+output.
+.TP
+.BI \-cmd\  command
+run
+.I command
+before reading stdin
+.TP
+.B \-csv
+Set output mode to CSV (comma separated values).
+.TP
+.B \-echo
+Print commands before execution.
+.TP
+.BI \-init\  file
+Read and execute commands from
+.I file
+, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands.
+.TP
+.B \-[no]header
+Turn headers on or off.
+.TP
+.B \-help
+Show help on options and exit.
+.TP
+.B \-html
+Query results will be output as simple HTML tables.
+.TP
+.B \-interactive
+Force interactive I/O.
+.TP
+.B \-line
+Query results will be displayed with one value per line, rows
+separated by a blank line.  Designed to be easily parsed by
+scripts or other programs
+.TP
+.B \-list
+Query results will be displayed with the separator (|, by default)
+character between each field value.  The default.
+.TP
+.BI \-mmap\  N
+Set default mmap size to
+.I N
+\.
+.TP
+.BI \-nullvalue\  string
+Set string used to represent NULL values.  Default is ''
+(empty string).
+.TP
+.BI \-separator\  separator
+Set output field separator.  Default is '|'.
+.TP
+.B \-stats
+Print memory stats before each finalize.
+.TP
+.B \-version
+Show SQLite version.
+.TP
+.BI \-vfs\  name
+Use
+.I name
+as the default VFS.
+
+
+.SH INIT FILE
+.B sqlite3
+reads an initialization file to set the configuration of the
+interactive environment.  Throughout initialization, any previously
+specified setting can be overridden.  The sequence of initialization is
+as follows:
+
+o The default configuration is established as follows:
+
+.sp
+.nf
+.cc |
+mode            = LIST
+separator       = "|"
+main prompt     = "sqlite> "
+continue prompt = "   ...> "
+|cc .
+.sp
+.fi
+
+o If the file 
+.B ~/.sqliterc
+exists, it is processed first.
+can be found in the user's home directory, it is
+read and processed.  It should generally only contain meta-commands.
+
+o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed.
+
+o All other command line options are processed.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+http://www.sqlite.org/cli.html
+.br
+The sqlite3-doc package.
+.SH AUTHOR
+This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
+<rotty@debian.org>, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
+by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner <bbum@mac.com> and
+further updated by Laszlo Boszormenyi <gcs@debian.hu> .
diff --git a/libsqlite3/sqlite3.c b/upstream/sqlite3.c
index e14c3ba..e14c3ba 100644
--- a/libsqlite3/sqlite3.c
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.c
diff --git a/upstream/sqlite3.c.orig b/upstream/sqlite3.c.orig
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f61a1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.c.orig
@@ -0,0 +1,202116 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
+** version 3.18.2.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
+** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
+** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
+** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
+** translation unit.
+**
+** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
+** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
+** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have
+** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
+** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
+** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
+** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
+** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
+** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
+# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
+#endif
+/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITEINT_H
+#define SQLITEINT_H
+
+/* Special Comments:
+**
+** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test
+** coverage:
+**
+**    NO_TEST                     - The branches on this line are not
+**                                  measured by branch coverage.  This is
+**                                  used on lines of code that actually
+**                                  implement parts of coverage testing.
+**
+**    OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE        - This branch is allowed to alway be false
+**                                  and the correct answer is still obtained,
+**                                  though perhaps more slowly.
+**
+**    OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE       - This branch is allowed to alway be true
+**                                  and the correct answer is still obtained,
+**                                  though perhaps more slowly.
+**
+**    PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD  - This branch prevents a buffer overread
+**                                  that would be harmless and undetectable
+**                                  if it did occur.  
+**
+** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual
+** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the 
+** asterisks and the comment text.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined.  This macro is
+** only used by test code and Tcl integration code.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
+#  define SQLITE_TCLAPI
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure that rand_s() is available on Windows systems with MSVC 2005
+** or higher.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400
+#  define _CRT_RAND_S
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC.
+** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious
+** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files
+** that are included by this file.
+*/
+/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2015 January 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MSVC_H
+#define SQLITE_MSVC_H
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4054)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4055)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4100)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4127)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4130)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4152)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4189)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4206)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4210)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4232)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4244)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4305)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4306)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4702)
+#pragma warning(disable : 4706)
+#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MSVC_H */
+
+/************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/*
+** Special setup for VxWorks
+*/
+/************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2015-03-02
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks
+*/
+#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+/* This is VxWorks.  Set up things specially for that OS
+*/
+#include <vxWorks.h>
+#include <pthread.h>  /* amalgamator: dontcache */
+#define OS_VXWORKS 1
+#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1
+#define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1
+#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#define HAVE_UTIME 1
+#else
+/* This is not VxWorks. */
+#define OS_VXWORKS 0
+#define HAVE_FCHOWN 1
+#define HAVE_READLINK 1
+#define HAVE_LSTAT 1
+#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */
+
+/************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
+** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
+** code in all source files.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
+** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
+** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
+** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
+**
+** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to
+** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers.  A
+** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used.  The
+** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific
+** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0
+**
+** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro.  However, we learn that the
+** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent
+** and unreliable.  Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the
+** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers,
+** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even
+** when compiling with clang.
+*/
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
+# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
+#else
+# define GCC_VERSION 0
+#endif
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
+# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER
+#else
+# define MSVC_VERSION 0
+#endif
+
+/* Needed for various definitions... */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
+# define _BSD_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
+** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
+** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
+** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
+** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
+** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
+** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting
+** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define
+** some MinGW-specific macros).  When compiling for MinGW, either the
+** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be
+** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be
+** disabled.
+*/
+#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H)
+# include "mingw.h"
+#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H)
+# include "_mingw.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime
+** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP).
+*/
+#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \
+    defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \
+    defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \
+    defined(__MSVCRT__)
+# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+#endif
+
+/* The public SQLite interface.  The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear
+** first in QNX.  Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for
+** MinGW.
+*/
+/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE3_H
+#define SQLITE3_H
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL
+# define SQLITE_CDECL
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_APICALL
+# define SQLITE_APICALL
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL
+# define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK
+# define SQLITE_CALLBACK
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI
+# define SQLITE_SYSAPI
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
+**
+** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), 
+** SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1
+** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.18.2"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3018002
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2017-06-17 09:59:36 036ebf729e4b21035d7f4f8e35a6f705e6bf99887889e2dc14ebf2242e7930dd"
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
+**
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus ensure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED].  ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
+**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
+    typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+# else  
+    typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+# endif
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
+** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+**      is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
+**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [extended result code definitions]
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
+** [result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8]
+** and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.  Or, the extended code for
+** the most recent error can be obtained using
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH              (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER               (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY     (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
+**
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
+  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST
+** compile-time option is used.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection.  See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either
+** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database
+** connection.  See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
+** because the user has configured SQLite with 
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level
+** [VFSes] currently in use.  ^(The argument X in
+** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be
+** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **".  This opcodes will set *X
+** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^
+** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the
+** upper-most shim only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy
+** of the result string if the string is non-NULL.
+** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
+** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
+** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
+** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
+** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
+** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
+** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
+** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
+** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
+** current operation.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
+** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
+** to have SQLite generate a
+** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
+** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
+** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
+** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
+** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
+** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
+** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
+** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
+** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
+** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
+** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the
+** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle.  This file
+** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and
+** writes the resulting value there.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might
+** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately
+** available.  The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare
+** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
+** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
+** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
+** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
+** this opcode.  
+** </ul>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30
+
+/* deprecated names */
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk
+**
+** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as
+** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions].  This
+** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings
+** on some platforms.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
+** a 24-hour day).  
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+  */
+  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+  */
+  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** New fields may be appended in future versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given on the corresponding lock.  
+**
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
+**
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application
+** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b>
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
+**
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is 
+** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
+** The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
+** The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int,
+** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of
+** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are
+** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status64()]
+**   </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer
+** that SQLite can use for scratch memory.  ^(There are three arguments
+** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread.
+** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size.
+** ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.<p>
+** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
+** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
+** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
+** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
+** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
+** cache implementation.  
+** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
+** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
+** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz),
+** and the number of cache lines (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
+** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
+** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ].
+** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The pMem
+** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte
+** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise
+** subsequent behavior is undefined.
+** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided
+** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if
+** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer
+** is exhausted.
+** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection
+** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or
+** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial
+** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each
+** additional cache line. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
+** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
+** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
+** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise.
+** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP:
+** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a
+** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.
+** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used
+** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of
+** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine
+** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection].
+** The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is 
+** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies
+** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
+** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of
+** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
+** global [error log].
+** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int.
+** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero,
+** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally
+** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer
+** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable
+** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer.
+** ^The default setting is determined
+** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
+** if that compile-time option is omitted.
+** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
+** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
+** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
+** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
+** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
+** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
+** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
+** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
+** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
+** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
+** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
+** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
+** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
+** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
+** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
+** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
+** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
+** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
+** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
+** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
+** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is
+** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro
+** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which
+** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra
+** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler,
+** target platform, and SQLite version.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which
+** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded
+** sorter to that integer.  The default minimum PMA Size is set by the
+** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option.  New threads are launched
+** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting
+** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content
+** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the
+** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which
+** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.  
+** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes)
+** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk.
+** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held
+** exclusively in memory.
+** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill
+** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of
+** I/O required to support statement rollback.
+** The default value for this setting is controlled by the
+** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ        24  /* int *psz */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ               25  /* unsigned int szPma */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL      26  /* int nByte */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the two-argument
+** version of the [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the
+** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension.
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or
+** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting
+** unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the new setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()]
+** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function.
+** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the
+** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is
+** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled.  If the first argument to
+** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled.
+** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the
+** C-API or the SQL function.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface
+** is disabled or enabled following this call.  The second parameter may
+** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back.
+** </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database
+** schema.  ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string
+** which will become the new schema name in place of "main".  ^SQLite
+** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application
+** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged
+** until after the database connection closes.
+** </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
+** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
+** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
+** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
+** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
+** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
+** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
+** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
+** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
+** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
+** </dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE             1001 /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY           1002 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER        1003 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE      1006 /* int int* */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of
+** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not
+** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred 
+** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns 
+** zero.
+**
+** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database
+** tables, the value returned by this function may be set explicitly by
+** [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()]
+**
+** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as
+** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory
+** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid
+** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to 
+** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid
+** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original 
+** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning 
+** control to the user.
+**
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will 
+** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is 
+** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned 
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^
+**
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.)^
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set the Last Insert Rowid value.
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to
+** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R 
+** without inserting a row into the database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
+** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
+** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
+** returned by this function.
+**
+** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], 
+** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
+** 
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by 
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value 
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or 
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real 
+** tables are counted.
+**
+** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
+** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
+** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
+** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
+** 
+** <ul>
+**   <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
+**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program 
+**        has finished, the original value is restored.)^
+** 
+**   <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE 
+**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() 
+**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include 
+**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() 
+**        value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
+** </ul>
+** 
+** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it 
+** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger 
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the 
+** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
+** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
+** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
+** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
+** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
+** 
+** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
+** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers 
+** are not counted.
+** 
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
+**
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
+**
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+**
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
+** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
+** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
+** [database connection] D when another thread
+** or process has the table locked.
+** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
+**
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked previously for the same locking event.  ^If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
+** to the application.
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** to the application instead of invoking the 
+** busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
+** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
+**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
+** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] at any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+**
+** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
+**
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
+** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
+** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
+** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
+**
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
+** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
+** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
+** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
+** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
+**
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
+** of a signed 32-bit integer.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
+** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N).
+** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(X).
+** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
+** prior allocation is not freed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
+** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
+** of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
+** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
+** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
+** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
+** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
+**
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is
+** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of
+** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a
+** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
+** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface
+** instead of the routines described here.
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
+**
+** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
+** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE
+**
+** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored
+** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic.  The third argument
+** to [sqlite3_trace_v2()] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of
+** the following constants.  ^The first argument to the trace callback
+** is one of the following constants.
+**
+** New tracing constants may be added in future releases.
+**
+** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X).
+** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above.
+** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the
+** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()].
+** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_STMT</dt>
+** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement
+** first begins running and possibly at other times during the
+** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
+** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
+** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment 
+** that indicates the invocation of a trigger.  ^The callback can compute
+** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
+** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
+** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE</dt>
+** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same
+** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
+** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is the estimated of
+** the number of nanosecond that the prepared statement took to run.
+** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt>
+** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
+** statement generates a single row of result.  
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
+** X argument is unused.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE</dt>
+** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database
+** connection closes.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object
+** and the X argument is unused.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT       0x01
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE    0x02
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW        0x04
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE      0x08
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback
+** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M
+** and context pointer P.  ^If the X callback is
+** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled.  The
+** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
+** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
+**
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides 
+** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
+**
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by 
+** mask M occur.  ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
+** ignored, though this may change in future releases.  Callback
+** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
+**
+** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X).
+** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE]
+** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked.
+** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer.
+** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T.
+**
+** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which
+** are deprecated.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2(
+  sqlite3*,
+  unsigned uMask,
+  int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),
+  void *pCtx
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D.  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
+** handler is disabled.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
+**
+** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  ^The default encoding for databases
+** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
+** following query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+**     an error)^. 
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
+**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
+**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
+**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+**     storage media on which the database file resides.
+**
+**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
+**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
+**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+**     processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
+**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**       
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
+**          in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+**          default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+** 
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
+** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
+** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
+** API call.
+** If the most recent API call was successful,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
+** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
+** and must not be freed by the application)^.
+**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
+** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
+**
+** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
+** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
+** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
+** prepared statement before it can be run.
+**
+** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].
+** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.)^
+**
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  If [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
+** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes
+** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
+** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the
+** number of bytes read from zSql.  ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared
+** statement is generated.
+** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then
+** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that
+** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator.
+**
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
+**
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave differently in three ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
+** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8
+** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was
+** created by either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8
+** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with
+** [bound parameters] expanded.
+**
+** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL
+** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345
+** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return
+** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql()
+** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory
+** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the
+** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH].
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of
+** bound parameter expansions.  ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time
+** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL.
+**
+** ^The string returned by sqlite3_sql(P) is managed by SQLite and is
+** automatically freed when the prepared statement is finalized.
+** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand,
+** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be free by the application
+** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since
+** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and
+** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
+** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.  The
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new 
+** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
+** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
+**
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
+** that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
+** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
+** ^If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
+** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
+** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter.  If
+** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
+** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
+** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
+** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
+** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
+                        void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
+                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the 
+** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not
+** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned.  ^A SELECT statement
+** will always have a positive sqlite3_column_count() but depending on the
+** WHERE clause constraints and the table content, it might return no rows.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
+**
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
+**
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
+**
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
+**
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step().  But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1],
+** sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
+**
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  In a multithreaded environment,
+** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with
+** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <em>not</em> pass the pointers returned
+** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
+**
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
+** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
+** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
+** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
+** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
+** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
+** each encoding.
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
+** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
+** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
+** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
+** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
+** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
+** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
+**
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
+**
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
+**
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+**
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1    /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2    /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3    /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
+**
+** These constants may be ORed together with the 
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To encourage programmers to avoid
+** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
+                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values
+** METHOD: sqlite3_value
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.  
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values
+** METHOD: sqlite3_value
+**
+** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for
+** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V.  The subtype
+** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from
+** one SQL function to another.  Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()]
+** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function.
+**
+** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself.  It merely passes the subtype
+** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the
+** input of another.
+*/
+SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
+** METHOD: sqlite3_value
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** object D and returns a pointer to that copy.  ^The [sqlite3_value] returned
+** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not.
+** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object
+** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()].  ^If V is a NULL pointer
+** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
+**
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
+** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
+** allocate error occurs.
+**
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
+** pointless memory allocations occur.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
+** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
+** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
+** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
+** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
+** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
+** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
+** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
+** once, when the metadata is discarded.
+** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
+** <li> ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or
+** <li> ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
+**      SQL statement)^, or
+** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same
+**       parameter)^, or
+** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
+**      allocation error occurs.)^ </ul>
+**
+** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
+** function implementation should not make any use of P after
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
+**
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
+** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N)
+** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be
+** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
+** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
+** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
+** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,
+                           sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
+** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with 
+** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits 
+** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
+** higher order bits are discarded.
+** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
+** in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
+**
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
+** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
+**
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.)^
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
+** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
+** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
+** neither read nor write this variable.  This global variable is a relic
+** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
+** be avoided in new projects.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
+** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to.  If
+** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
+** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
+** objects have been destroyed.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
+** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
+**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
+** a [rowid table].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+**
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
+**
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()],
+** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
+**
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
+**
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). 
+** In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
+**
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
+**
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
+** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
+** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
+**
+** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
+** 32-bit integer is atomic.
+**
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
+** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** is advisory only.
+**
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
+**
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
+**
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+**      from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.7.3] ([dateof:3.7.3]), 
+** the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only.  All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns
+** information about column C of table T in database D
+** on [database connection] X.)^  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata()
+** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in
+** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified
+** column exists.  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns
+** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist.
+** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a
+** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the
+** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it
+** does not.
+**
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively.
+**
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** ^(<blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table 
+** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs
+** for the [rowid] are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and
+** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if
+** any errors are encountered while loading the schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
+** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
+** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
+** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
+** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
+** be tried also.
+**
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
+** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
+** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
+** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
+** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or
+** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL)
+** prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
+**
+** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the 
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this
+** interface.  The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface
+** should be avoided.  This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()]
+** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers
+** access to extension loading capabilities.
+**
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
+** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** ^Extension loading is off by default.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
+**
+** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()].
+** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..)
+** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^
+**
+** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that extension loading
+** be disabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method
+** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function
+** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers
+** access to extension loading capabilities.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
+**
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
+**
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
+** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
+** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
+** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** &nbsp;  );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
+** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
+** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
+** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
+**
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be
+** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from
+** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement
+** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62),
+** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be
+** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
+** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
+** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to 
+** non-zero.
+**
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+**
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
+** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
+** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
+**
+** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
+** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
+** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
+** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
+** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
+** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
+** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
+** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). 
+** If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). 
+** It may therefore only be used if
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
+** 3009000.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column constrained.  -1 for ROWID */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
+  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_uint64 colUsed;    /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ      2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT      4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE      8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT     16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE     32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH  64
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE   65
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB   66
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of open cursors */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
+**
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but 
+** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
+** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
+** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
+** tables, the database name is "temp".)^
+**
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for
+** read-only access.
+**
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
+** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
+** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
+** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] 
+** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
+**
+** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
+** <ul>
+**   <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
+**   <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
+**   <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
+**         a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
+**   <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE 
+**         constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
+**   <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, 
+**         column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
+**         being opened for read/write access)^.
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
+**
+** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
+** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
+** [sqlite3_blob_write()].  The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a
+** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()]
+** interface.  However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle]
+** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened.
+**
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
+** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()],
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()],
+** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
+**
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
+**
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
+** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
+** handle is still closed.)^
+**
+** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
+** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write
+** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is
+** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error
+** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
+**
+** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
+** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine 
+** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to 
+** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
+** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
+** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the 
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
+**
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the 
+** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined 
+** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less 
+** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+**
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
+**
+** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested
+** mutex.  The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these
+** integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Nine static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^For the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex.  Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** In such cases, the
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.)^  If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other
+** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable 
+** behavior.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.   The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  The SQLite core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_randomness() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1     11  /* For use by built-in VFS */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2     12  /* For use by extension VFS */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3     13  /* For use by application VFS */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD    19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER                25
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    25
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return
+** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to
+** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by
+** sqlite3_status() are undefined.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
+  int op,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater,
+  int resetFlag
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. 
+** The *pCurrent value is undefined.  The *pHighwater value is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a
+** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap
+** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached
+** connections.)^  In other words, if none of the pager caches associated
+** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same
+** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are
+** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned
+** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with
+** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
+** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
+** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED   11
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 11   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
+** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
+** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
+** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
+** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
+** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
+  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+**
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
+** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
+** 
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+  int iVersion;
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+**
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
+** 
+** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**   <ol>
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   </ol>)^
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if 
+** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the 
+** destination database.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still
+** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages
+** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent
+** sqlite3_backup_step().
+** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that
+** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining,
+** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next
+** sqlite3_backup_step().)^
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
+**
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if
+** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P.
+** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
+** SQL dialect understood by SQLite.  ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function
+** is case sensitive.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if
+** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E.
+** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E"
+** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite.  ^For "X LIKE P" without
+** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0.
+** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case
+** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match
+** one another.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though
+** only ASCII characters are case folded.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
+**
+** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
+** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages.  The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
+**
+** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
+** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
+** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
+** be reset.  See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
+** information.
+**
+** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to
+** occur.  But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** interface was added.  This interface is retained for backwards
+** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually
+** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding
+** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint
+** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M.  Status
+** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^
+** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+**   ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
+**   readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames 
+**   in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
+**   is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.  
+**   ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
+**   if there are concurrent readers or writers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+**   ^This mode blocks (it invokes the
+**   [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
+**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+**   snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+**   database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending,
+**   but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
+**   that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the 
+**   [busy-handler callback])
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures 
+**   that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
+**   ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
+**   database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd>
+**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the
+**   addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior
+**   to a successful return.
+** </dl>
+**
+** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because
+** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not
+** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the
+** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function
+** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or
+** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful
+** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been
+** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
+**
+** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a 
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the 
+** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
+** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
+** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
+** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to 
+** [database connection] db.  In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If 
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other 
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
+** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error 
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+**
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE,
+** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface
+** sets the error information that is queried by
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+**
+** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values
+** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode}
+**
+** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed
+** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface.
+** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the
+** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE  0  /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL     1  /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART  2  /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3  /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options}
+**
+** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the
+** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface.  Each constant designates a
+** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return.
+**
+** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is
+** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when
+** S is finalized.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt>
+** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be
+** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt>
+** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
+** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt>
+** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
+** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each
+** iteration of the X-th loop.  If the query planner's estimates was accurate,
+** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the
+** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will
+** be the NLOOP value for the current loop.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt>
+** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
+** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table
+** used for the X-th loop.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt>
+** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
+** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN]
+** description for the X-th loop.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
+** "select-id" for the X-th loop.  The select-id identifies which query or
+** subquery the loop is part of.  The main query has a select-id of zero.
+** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column
+** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP    0
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT   1
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST      2
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME     3
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN  4
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured
+** performance for pStmt.  Advanced applications can use this
+** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and
+** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found.
+**
+** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only
+** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS]
+** compile-time option.
+**
+** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return.
+** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior
+** of this interface is undefined.
+** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by
+** the "pOut" parameter.
+** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for.
+** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than
+** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement
+** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut
+** points to is unchanged.
+**
+** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases
+** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves
+** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable
+** that pOut points to unchanged.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,      /* Prepared statement for which info desired */
+  int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
+  int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
+  void *pOut                /* Result written here */
+);     
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters.
+**
+** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor
+** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction
+**
+** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
+** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
+** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out 
+** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
+** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
+** file (page 1 is always "in use").  ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
+** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
+** any [attached] databases.
+**
+** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages 
+** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained 
+** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
+** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
+** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
+** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped
+** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this
+** function returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for
+** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is
+** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately.
+**
+** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message
+** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook.
+**
+** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation
+** on a database table.
+** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single
+** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides
+** the previous setting.
+** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()]
+** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter.
+** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as
+** the first parameter to callbacks.
+**
+** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the
+** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to
+** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1.
+**
+** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to
+** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook.
+** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants
+** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the
+** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
+** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
+** database within the database connection that is being modified.  This
+** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or 
+** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
+** databases.)^
+** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
+** table that is being modified.
+**
+** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
+** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the 
+** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
+** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth 
+** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
+** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
+** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
+** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for
+** INSERT operations on rowid tables.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()],
+** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces
+** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines
+** may only be called from within a preupdate callback.  Invoking any of
+** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a
+** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied
+** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable
+** behavior.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns
+** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to
+** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of
+** the table row before it is updated.  The N parameter must be between 0
+** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be
+** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE
+** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the
+** behavior is undefined.  The [sqlite3_value] that P points to
+** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to
+** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of
+** the table row after it is updated.  The N parameter must be between 0
+** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be
+** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE
+** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the
+** behavior is undefined.  The [sqlite3_value] that P points to
+** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate
+** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete
+** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level 
+** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level
+** triggers; and so forth.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_update_hook()]
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK)
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void(*xPreUpdate)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */
+    sqlite3 *db,                  /* Database handle */
+    int op,                       /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */
+    char const *zDb,              /* Database name */
+    char const *zName,            /* Table name */
+    sqlite3_int64 iKey1,          /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */
+    sqlite3_int64 iKey2           /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */
+  ),
+  void*
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code
+**
+** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error
+** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file.
+** The return value is OS-dependent.  For example, on unix systems, after
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be
+** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such
+** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.  
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot
+** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode]
+** database for some specific point in history.
+**
+** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the
+** same database file can each be reading a different historical version
+** of the database file.  When a [database connection] begins a read
+** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database
+** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started.
+** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen
+** by the reader until a new read transaction is started.
+**
+** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical
+** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read
+** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than
+** the most recent version.
+**
+** The constructor for this object is [sqlite3_snapshot_get()].  The
+** [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] method causes a fresh read transaction to refer
+** to an historical snapshot (if possible).  The destructor for 
+** sqlite3_snapshot objects is [sqlite3_snapshot_free()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot {
+  unsigned char hidden[48];
+} sqlite3_snapshot;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a
+** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of
+** schema S in database connection D.  ^On success, the
+** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly
+** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK.
+** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when
+** this function is called, one is opened automatically. 
+**
+** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of
+** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is
+** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined
+** in this case. 
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> The database handle must be in [autocommit mode].
+**
+**   <li> Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database.
+**
+**   <li> There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database
+**        connection D.
+**
+**   <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal
+**        file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means
+**        that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal 
+**        file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction
+**        must be written to it first.
+** </ul>
+**
+** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM.  If it is called with the
+** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, 
+** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to
+** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()]
+** to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zSchema,
+  sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface starts a
+** read transaction for schema S of
+** [database connection] D such that the read transaction
+** refers to historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most
+** recent change to the database.
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK on success
+** or an appropriate [error code] if it fails.
+**
+** ^In order to succeed, a call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] must be
+** the first operation following the [BEGIN] that takes the schema S
+** out of [autocommit mode].
+** ^In other words, schema S must not currently be in
+** a transaction for [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] to work, but the
+** database connection D must be out of [autocommit mode].
+** ^A [snapshot] will fail to open if it has been overwritten by a
+** [checkpoint].
+** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the
+** database connection D does not know that the database file for
+** schema S is in [WAL mode].  A database connection might not know
+** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior
+** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] 
+** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^
+** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened
+** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.)
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zSchema,
+  sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P.
+** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object
+** using this routine to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles.
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages
+** of two valid snapshot handles. 
+**
+** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database 
+** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. 
+**
+** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the
+** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the
+** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the
+** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database
+** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the 
+** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function 
+** is undefined.
+**
+** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older
+** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database
+** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(
+  sqlite3_snapshot *p1,
+  sqlite3_snapshot *p2
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** If all connections disconnect from a database file but do not perform
+** a checkpoint, the existing wal file is opened along with the database
+** file the next time the database is opened. At this point it is only
+** possible to successfully call sqlite3_snapshot_open() to open the most
+** recent snapshot of the database (the one at the head of the wal file),
+** even though the wal file may contain other valid snapshots for which
+** clients have sqlite3_snapshot handles.
+**
+** This function attempts to scan the wal file associated with database zDb
+** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to
+** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read
+** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a wal mode
+** database.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE3_H */
+
+/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
+
+/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
+** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#else
+  typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
+  void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;      /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
+** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zQueryFunc,
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
+  void *pContext,
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*)
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
+** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.  This structure is a subclass of
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
+  void *pContext;                   /* pContext from when function registered */
+  int nParam;                       /* Number of function parameters */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;        /* value of function parameters */
+  void *pUser;                      /* callback can use this, if desired */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void*);          /* function to free pUser */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord;        /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
+  unsigned int *anQueue;            /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
+  int nCoord;                       /* Number of coordinates */
+  int iLevel;                       /* Level of current node or entry */
+  int mxLevel;                      /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;             /* Rowid for current entry */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore;   /* Score of parent node */
+  int eParentWithin;                /* Visibility of parent node */
+  int eWithin;                      /* OUT: Visiblity */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore;         /* OUT: Write the score here */
+  /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */
+  sqlite3_value **apSqlParam;       /* Original SQL values of parameters */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
+*/
+#define NOT_WITHIN       0   /* Object completely outside of query region */
+#define PARTLY_WITHIN    1   /* Object partially overlaps query region */
+#define FULLY_WITHIN     2   /* Object fully contained within query region */
+
+
+#if 0
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
+/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/
+/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/
+
+#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION)
+#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object
+**
+** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
+** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite
+** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
+**
+** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single
+** database handle.
+**
+** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the
+** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they
+** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before
+** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session
+** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object
+** are undefined.
+**
+** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it
+** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a
+** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is
+** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for
+** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting 
+** either of these things are undefined.
+**
+** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
+** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an
+** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached
+** to the database when the session object is created.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
+  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
+**
+** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
+** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
+** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
+** function are undefined.
+**
+** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
+** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for 
+** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object
+**
+** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
+** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
+** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
+** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
+** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
+** the eventual changesets.
+**
+** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
+** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a 
+** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
+**
+** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
+** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag
+**
+** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
+** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
+**        made, or
+**   <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action 
+**        instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement.
+** </ul>
+**
+** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session,
+** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria
+** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise.
+**
+** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect
+** flag.  If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the
+** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag
+** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
+** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the 
+** indirect flag for the specified session object.
+**
+** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
+** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object
+**
+** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
+** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
+** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 
+** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
+**
+** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
+** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by 
+** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for 
+** the new tables are also recorded.
+**
+** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly
+** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the 
+** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY
+** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key.
+** 
+** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor
+** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However,
+** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios.
+**
+** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
+** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error 
+** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
+**
+** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
+** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
+** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
+** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
+** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  int(*xFilter)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */
+    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
+  ),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
+**
+** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the 
+** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, 
+** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset 
+** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
+** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
+** zero and return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes,
+** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT
+** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE
+** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An
+** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated
+** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key
+** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that
+** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it
+** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT.
+**
+** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or 
+** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted,
+** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this
+** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in
+** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL,
+** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row
+** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its
+** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a
+** DELETE change only.
+**
+** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created
+** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to
+** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()]
+** API.
+**
+** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a
+** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through
+** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related
+** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables
+** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached)
+** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to
+** a single table are stored is undefined.
+**
+** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of
+** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** <h3>Changeset Generation</h3>
+**
+** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object
+** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table.
+** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any
+** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only
+** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted,
+** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session.
+**
+** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted,
+** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a
+** NULL value, no record of the change is made.
+**
+** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those
+** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts
+** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the
+** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes
+** or updates a record).
+**
+** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using
+** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database
+** file. Specifically:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried
+**        for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT
+**        change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change 
+**        is added to the changeset.
+**
+**   <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is 
+**        queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is
+**        found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been
+**        modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to 
+**        the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE 
+**        change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching
+**        primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original
+**        values, no change is added to the changeset.
+** </ul>
+**
+** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later
+** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete
+** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a 
+** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is
+** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of
+** a DELETE and an INSERT.
+**
+** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API),
+** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted.
+** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row
+** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row
+** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while 
+** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
+** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
+** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and 
+** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
+** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
+  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session 
+**
+** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first
+** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the
+** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it
+** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return
+** an error).
+**
+** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.)
+** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains 
+** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function.
+** A table is considered compatible if it:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> Has the same name,
+**   <li> Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and
+**   <li> Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition.
+** </ul>
+**
+** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables
+** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error
+** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session
+** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored.
+**
+** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be
+** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") 
+** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session 
+** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
+**     the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
+**
+**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
+**     the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
+**
+**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features 
+**     different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
+**     session.  
+** </ul>
+**
+** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
+** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to 
+** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be 
+** identical.
+**
+** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
+** required compatible table.
+**
+** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
+** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
+** sqlite3_free().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  const char *zFromDb,
+  const char *zTbl,
+  char **pzErrMsg
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object
+**
+** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The 
+**        original values of other fields are omitted.
+**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from 
+**        UPDATE records.
+** </ul>
+**
+** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all 
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), 
+** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly,
+** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. 
+**
+** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no 
+** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset
+** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work
+** in the same way as for changesets.
+**
+** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets
+** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for
+** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which
+** they were attached to the session object).
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  int *pnPatchset,                /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
+  void **ppPatchset               /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
+**
+** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by 
+** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or 
+** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
+**
+** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
+** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
+** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in 
+** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values 
+** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
+** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
+** changeset containing zero changes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 
+**
+** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
+** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
+** SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset 
+** iterator created by this function:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3changeset_next()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3changeset_op()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3changeset_new()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3changeset_old()]
+** </ul>
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator
+** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the
+** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is
+** destroyed.
+**
+** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the
+** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or
+** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset 
+** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when 
+** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by 
+** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited 
+** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change 
+** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit 
+** another change for table X.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,    /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */
+  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
+  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator
+**
+** This function may only be used with iterators created by function
+** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to
+** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE
+** is returned and the call has no effect.
+**
+** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it
+** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset
+** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to
+** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances
+** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If
+** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call
+** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. 
+** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error 
+** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator
+**
+** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
+** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
+** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this
+** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+**
+** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a
+** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table
+** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either
+** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the 
+** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is 
+** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If
+** pbIncorrect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change
+** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for
+** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect
+** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of 
+** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the 
+** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
+** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not
+** be trusted in this case.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
+  const char **pzTab,             /* OUT: Pointer to table name */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
+  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
+  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table
+**
+** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> The number of columns in the table, and
+**   <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY.
+** </ul>
+**
+** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of
+** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to.
+** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where
+** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to
+** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or
+** 0x00 if it is not.
+**
+** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns
+** in the table.
+**
+** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid
+** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described
+** above.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
+  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
+  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator
+**
+** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
+** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
+** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
+** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
+** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
+** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
+**
+** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number
+** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise,
+** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
+**
+** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of 
+** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
+** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this 
+** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
+**
+** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
+** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
+  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator
+**
+** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
+** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
+** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
+** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
+** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
+** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
+**
+** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number
+** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise,
+** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
+**
+** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of 
+** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and
+** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include
+** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and 
+** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that 
+** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete 
+** triggers.
+**
+** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
+** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
+  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator
+**
+** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a
+** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either
+** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function
+** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue
+** is set to NULL.
+**
+** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number
+** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise,
+** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
+**
+** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the 
+** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
+** and returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
+** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
+  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations
+**
+** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
+** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
+** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
+** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator
+**
+** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with
+** [sqlite3changeset_start()].
+**
+** This function should only be called on iterators created using the
+** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this
+** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by
+** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the
+** call has no effect.
+**
+** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
+** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an 
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
+** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
+**
+**   sqlite3changeset_start();
+**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
+**     // Do something with change.
+**   }
+**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
+**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+**     // An error has occurred 
+**   }
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
+**
+** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
+** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted
+** changeset. Specifically:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and
+**   <li> Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and
+**   <li> For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged.
+** </ul>
+**
+** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within
+** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change.
+**
+** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset
+** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are
+** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
+** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful 
+** call to this function.
+**
+** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
+** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert(
+  int nIn, const void *pIn,       /* Input changeset */
+  int *pnOut, void **ppOut        /* OUT: Inverse of input */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
+**
+** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a 
+** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
+** changeset A followed by changeset B. 
+**
+** This function combines the two input changesets using an 
+** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
+** following code fragment:
+**
+**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
+**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
+**   }else{
+**     *ppOut = 0;
+**     *pnOut = 0;
+**   }
+**
+** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
+  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
+  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
+  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
+  void *pB,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */
+  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
+  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object
+**
+** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets
+** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup
+** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is
+** always in the same format as the input.
+**
+** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
+** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller
+** should eventually free the returned object using a call to 
+** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code
+** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new().
+**
+**   <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object
+**        by calling sqlite3changegroup_add().
+**
+**   <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained 
+**        by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output().
+**
+**   <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete().
+** </ul>
+**
+** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to
+** new() and delete(), and in any order.
+**
+** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and 
+** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
+** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
+*/
+int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup
+**
+** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
+** nData bytes) to the changegroup. 
+**
+** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
+** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
+** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this
+** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added
+** to the changegroup.
+**
+** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in
+** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to
+** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if
+** the two rows have the same primary key.
+**
+** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are
+** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup
+** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the
+** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows:
+**
+** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
+**   <tr><th style="white-space:pre">Existing Change  </th>
+**       <th style="white-space:pre">New Change       </th>
+**       <th>Output Change
+**   <tr><td>INSERT <td>INSERT <td>
+**       The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
+**       changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
+**       added to the changegroup.
+**   <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td>
+**       The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the 
+**       INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the
+**       existing change and then updated according to the new change.
+**   <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td>
+**       The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is
+**       not added.
+**   <tr><td>UPDATE <td>INSERT <td>
+**       The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
+**       changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
+**       added to the changegroup.
+**   <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td>
+**       The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended 
+**       so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once 
+**       by the existing change and then again by the new change.
+**   <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td>
+**       The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the
+**       changegroup.
+**   <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td>
+**       If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the
+**       new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing 
+**       change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the
+**       changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same 
+**       as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded.
+**   <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td>
+**       The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
+**       changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
+**       added to the changegroup.
+**   <tr><td>DELETE <td>DELETE <td>
+**       The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
+**       changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
+**       added to the changegroup.
+** </table>
+**
+** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present
+** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the
+** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the
+** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset
+** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is
+** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this
+** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the
+** final contents of the changegroup is undefined.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup
+**
+** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the
+** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup
+** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the
+** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset.
+**
+** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and
+** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single
+** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear
+** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup.
+** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain
+** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are
+** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in
+** which they are first encountered.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output
+** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK
+** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a 
+** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a
+** call to sqlite3_free().
+*/
+int sqlite3changegroup_output(
+  sqlite3_changegroup*,
+  int *pnData,                    /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  void **ppData                   /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object
+*/
+void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database
+**
+** Apply a changeset to a database. This function attempts to update the
+** "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in the
+** changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
+**
+** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to this function is the "filter
+** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
+** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with
+** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer
+** passed as the sixth argument to this function as the first. If the "filter
+** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to 
+** the table. Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter
+** argument to this function is NULL, all changes related to the table are
+** attempted.
+**
+** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
+** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
+** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
+**        changeset, and
+**   <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the 
+**        changeset, and
+**   <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as 
+**        recorded in the changeset.
+** </ul>
+**
+** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the
+** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued
+** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most
+** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset.
+**
+** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made 
+** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE 
+** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler 
+** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be 
+** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for 
+** each type of change is below.
+**
+** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results
+** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict
+** argument are undefined.
+**
+** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one
+** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or 
+** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned
+** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either
+** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler
+** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and
+** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different 
+** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
+** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
+** the documentation for the three 
+** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
+**   For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database 
+**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
+**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
+**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
+**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
+**
+**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
+**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
+**   row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is
+**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the
+**   database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset,
+**   only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against
+**   the current database contents - any trailing database table columns
+**   are ignored.
+**
+**   If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database,
+**   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
+**   passed as the second argument.
+**
+**   If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+**   (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the
+**   conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]
+**   passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE
+**   operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler
+**   function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
+**
+** <dt>INSERT Changes<dd>
+**   For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into
+**   the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the
+**   database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
+**   values.
+**
+**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already 
+**   contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
+**   function is invoked with the second argument set to 
+**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
+**
+**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
+**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
+**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
+**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
+**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
+**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
+**
+** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
+**   For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database 
+**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
+**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
+**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
+**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
+**
+**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
+**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
+**   original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function
+**   is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since
+**   UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are
+**   to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to
+**   avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback.
+**
+**   If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database,
+**   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
+**   passed as the second argument.
+**
+**   If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns 
+**   SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with 
+**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument.
+**   This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after 
+**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
+**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].  
+** </dl>
+**
+** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
+** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback.
+** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict
+** resolution strategy.
+**
+** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
+** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
+** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
+** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
+** SQLite error code returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
+  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
+  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
+  int(*xFilter)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
+  ),
+  int(*xConflict)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
+    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
+  ),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+);
+
+/* 
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
+**
+** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd>
+**   The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument
+**   when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required
+**   PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other 
+**   (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the 
+**   expected "before" values.
+** 
+**   The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching
+**   primary key.
+** 
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd>
+**   The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second
+**   argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the
+**   required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database.
+** 
+**   There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
+**   sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
+** 
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd>
+**   CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict
+**   handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result 
+**   in duplicate primary key values.
+** 
+**   The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching
+**   primary key.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd>
+**   If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the
+**   database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict 
+**   handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument
+**   exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler
+**   returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the
+**   foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns
+**   CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back.
+**
+**   No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function
+**   it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle
+**   is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts().
+** 
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd>
+**   If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. 
+**   a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is 
+**   invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument.
+** 
+**   There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
+**   sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA        1
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND    2
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT    3
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT  4
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5
+
+/* 
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler
+**
+** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd>
+**   If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The
+**   change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module 
+**   continues to the next change in the changeset.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd>
+**   This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict
+**   handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this
+**   is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the 
+**   call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
+**
+**   If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict
+**   handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending
+**   on the type of change.
+**
+**   If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict
+**   handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a
+**   second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails,
+**   the original row is restored to the database before continuing.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd>
+**   If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back 
+**   and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT       0
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE    1
+#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT      2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
+**
+** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
+** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
+**
+** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
+**   <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th>
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] 
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] 
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] 
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] 
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_str<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] 
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_str<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] 
+** </table>
+**
+** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input
+** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. 
+** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning 
+** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). 
+** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a 
+** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the
+** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous.
+**
+** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input
+** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that
+** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is
+** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as
+**
+**  <pre>
+**  &nbsp;     int nChangeset,
+**  &nbsp;     void *pChangeset,
+**  </pre>
+**
+** Is replaced by:
+**
+**  <pre>
+**  &nbsp;     int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+**  &nbsp;     void *pIn,
+**  </pre>
+**
+** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first
+** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second 
+** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no 
+** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data 
+** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied 
+** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) 
+** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite 
+** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns
+** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function
+** returns a copy of the error code to the caller.
+**
+** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be
+** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the
+** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters
+** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions 
+** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput.
+**
+** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets)
+** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a
+** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such
+** as:
+**
+**  <pre>
+**  &nbsp;     int *pnChangeset,
+**  &nbsp;     void **ppChangeset,
+**  </pre>
+**
+** Is replaced by:
+**
+**  <pre>
+**  &nbsp;     int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+**  &nbsp;     void *pOut
+**  </pre>
+**
+** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to
+** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the
+** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData,
+** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output
+** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the
+** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise,
+** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing
+** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
+** of the xOutput error code to the application.
+**
+** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third 
+** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
+** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
+  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
+  int(*xFilter)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
+  ),
+  int(*xConflict)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
+    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
+  ),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
+  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pInA,
+  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pInB,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm(
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pIn,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pIn
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+);
+int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
+    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+    void *pIn
+);
+int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
+    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
+    void *pOut
+);
+
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#if 0
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */
+
+/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/
+/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, 
+** FTS5 may be extended with:
+**
+**     * custom tokenizers, and
+**     * custom auxiliary functions.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _FTS5_H
+#define _FTS5_H
+
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
+**
+** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing
+** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method.
+*/
+
+typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi;
+typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context;
+typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter;
+
+typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
+);
+
+struct Fts5PhraseIter {
+  const unsigned char *a;
+  const unsigned char *b;
+};
+
+/*
+** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
+**
+** xUserData(pFts):
+**   Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was 
+**   registered with.
+**
+** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
+**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
+**   to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
+**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
+**   the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in 
+**   the FTS5 table.
+**
+**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
+**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   returned.
+**
+** xColumnCount(pFts):
+**   Return the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
+**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
+**   to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is
+**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set
+**   *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row.
+**
+**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
+**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   returned.
+**
+**   This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
+**   created with the "columnsize=0" option.
+**
+** xColumnText:
+**   This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the
+**   current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer
+**   containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes
+**   (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+**   if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values
+**   of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined.
+**
+** xPhraseCount:
+**   Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression.
+**
+** xPhraseSize:
+**   Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases
+**   are numbered starting from zero.
+**
+** xInstCount:
+**   Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within
+**   the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or
+**   an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created 
+**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option 
+**   (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
+**
+** xInst:
+**   Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row.
+**   Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument
+**   should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value
+**   output by xInstCount().
+**
+**   Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol
+**   to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the
+**   first token of the phrase. The exception is if the table was created
+**   with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always
+**   set to -1.
+**
+**   Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) 
+**   if an error occurs.
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. 
+**
+** xRowid:
+**   Returns the rowid of the current row.
+**
+** xTokenize:
+**   Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table.
+**
+** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback):
+**   This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase
+**   of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to:
+**
+**       ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid
+**
+**   with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
+**   current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
+**   phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each 
+**   row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument 
+**   is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback 
+**   function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
+**   Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as 
+**   the third argument to pUserData.
+**
+**   If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
+**   query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately.
+**   If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK.
+**   Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards.
+**
+**   If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**   Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by
+**   the callback, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+**
+** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
+**
+**   Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions 
+**   "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
+**   future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
+**   of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
+**
+**   Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
+**   each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked 
+**   more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a 
+**   single auxiliary data context.
+**
+**   If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
+**   invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback
+**   was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this
+**   point.
+**
+**   The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the
+**   auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished.
+**
+**   If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an
+**   the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the
+**   xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data
+**   pointer before returning.
+**
+**
+** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
+**
+**   Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension 
+**   function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
+**
+**   If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
+**   (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete,
+**   if any, is not invoked.
+**
+**
+** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow)
+**
+**   This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table.
+**   In other words, the same value that would be returned by:
+**
+**        SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable;
+**
+** xPhraseFirst()
+**   This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext
+**   method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
+**   the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
+**   xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
+**   to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate 
+**   through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
+**
+**       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
+**       int iCol, iOff;
+**       for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff);
+**           iCol>=0;
+**           pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff)
+**       ){
+**         // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol
+**       }
+**
+**   The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not
+**   modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above
+**   with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by
+**   xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created 
+**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option 
+**   (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
+**   through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
+**
+** xPhraseNext()
+**   See xPhraseFirst above.
+**
+** xPhraseFirstColumn()
+**   This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst()
+**   and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead
+**   of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these
+**   APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row
+**   that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example:
+**
+**       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
+**       int iCol;
+**       for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol);
+**           iCol>=0;
+**           pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol)
+**       ){
+**         // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase
+**       }
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either 
+**   "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), 
+**   then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to 
+**   xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
+**
+**   The information accessed using this API and its companion
+**   xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
+**   (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
+**   significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
+**   "detail=column" tables.  
+**
+** xPhraseNextColumn()
+**   See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
+*/
+struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
+  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 3 */
+
+  void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*);
+
+  int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
+  int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
+
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, 
+    const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Context passed to xToken() */
+    int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)       /* Callback */
+  );
+
+  int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase);
+
+  int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst);
+  int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff);
+
+  sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn);
+  int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken);
+
+  int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData,
+    int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*)
+  );
+  int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*));
+  void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear);
+
+  int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*);
+  void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff);
+
+  int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*);
+  void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
+};
+
+/* 
+** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
+**
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer 
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the 
+** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
+** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
+** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
+**
+** xCreate:
+**   This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance.
+**   A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text.
+**
+**   The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
+**   pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
+**   was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). 
+**   The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
+**   containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
+**   tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
+**   to create the FTS5 table.
+**
+**   The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) 
+**   should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
+**   returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
+**   be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut 
+**   is undefined.
+**
+** xDelete:
+**   This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously
+**   allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will
+**   be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+**
+** xTokenize:
+**   This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated 
+**   by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
+**   argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
+**   returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
+**
+**   The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting
+**   tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following
+**   four values:
+**
+**   <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into
+**            or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to
+**            determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
+**            FTS index.
+**
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed 
+**            against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize 
+**            a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
+**
+**       <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
+**            FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is
+**            followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
+**            returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
+**
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to 
+**            satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
+**            function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
+**            on a columnsize=0 database.  
+**   </ul>
+**
+**   For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
+**   be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer
+**   passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth
+**   arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the
+**   size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets
+**   of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from
+**   which the token is derived within the input.
+**
+**   The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
+**   normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports 
+**   synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
+**
+**   FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the 
+**   order that they occur within the input text.
+**
+**   If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
+**   the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should
+**   immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the
+**   input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally,
+**   if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it
+**   may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than
+**   SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** SYNONYM SUPPORT
+**
+**   Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
+**   user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the 
+**   built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
+**   of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
+**   such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
+**   all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form
+**   the user specified in the MATCH query text.
+**
+**   There are several ways to approach this in FTS5:
+**
+**   <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the 
+**            In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the
+**            same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in
+**            fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won
+**            1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won",
+**            "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place',
+**            the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works
+**            as expected.
+**
+**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
+**            In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may 
+**            provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document.
+**            FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For
+**            example, faced with the query:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
+**
+**            the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
+**            first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query 
+**            similar to:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
+**
+**            except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
+**            still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" 
+**            being treated as a single phrase.
+**
+**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
+**            Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
+**            provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a 
+**            document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
+**            added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
+**            "place".
+**
+**            This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
+**            when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be
+**            inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for 
+**            'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the
+**            FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
+**   </ol>
+**
+**   Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that
+**   specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit
+**   is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example,
+**   when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports
+**   synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "i",                      1,  0,  1);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "won",                    3,  2,  5);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "first",                  5,  6, 11);
+**       xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3,  6, 11);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "place",                  5, 12, 17);
+**</codeblock>
+**
+**   It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
+**   xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
+**   by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. 
+**   There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
+**   single token.
+**
+**   In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add 
+**   extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
+**   so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
+**   does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
+**   token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock>
+**
+**   will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
+**   will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
+**
+**   For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, 
+**   because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
+**   queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
+**   extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
+**   within the database.
+**
+**   Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
+**   a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal 
+**   token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
+**   provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
+**   will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
+**   extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. 
+**   On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
+**   as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
+**
+**   When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only
+**   provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query
+**   text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is
+**   inefficient.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer;
+typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer;
+struct fts5_tokenizer {
+  int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
+  void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, 
+      void *pCtx,
+      int flags,            /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
+      const char *pText, int nText, 
+      int (*xToken)(
+        void *pCtx,         /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
+        int tflags,         /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+        const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */
+        int nToken,         /* Size of token in bytes */
+        int iStart,         /* Byte offset of token within input text */
+        int iEnd            /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */
+      )
+  );
+};
+
+/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY     0x0001
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX    0x0002
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT  0x0004
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX       0x0008
+
+/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5
+** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */
+#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED    0x0001      /* Same position as prev. token */
+
+/*
+** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API
+*/
+typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api;
+struct fts5_api {
+  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 2 */
+
+  /* Create a new tokenizer */
+  int (*xCreateTokenizer)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void *pContext,
+    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
+  );
+
+  /* Find an existing tokenizer */
+  int (*xFindTokenizer)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void **ppContext,
+    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer
+  );
+
+  /* Create a new auxiliary function */
+  int (*xCreateFunction)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void *pContext,
+    fts5_extension_function xFunction,
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
+  );
+};
+
+/*
+** END OF REGISTRATION API
+*************************************************************************/
+
+#if 0
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FTS5_H */
+
+/******** End of fts5.h *********/
+
+/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/*
+** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
+** autoconf-based build
+*/
+#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
+/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** 
+** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
+** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
+**
+** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
+** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum number of
+**
+**    * Columns in a table
+**    * Columns in an index
+**    * Columns in a view
+**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
+**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
+**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
+**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
+**
+** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
+** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
+** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
+** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
+** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
+**
+** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
+** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
+** to turn this limit off.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
+** expression.
+**
+** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
+** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
+** at all times.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
+** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
+** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
+** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
+** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
+** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
+** Not currently enforced.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 250000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
+# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for
+** the main database table and for temporary tables.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30185-15359 The default suggested cache size is -2000,
+** which means the cache size is limited to 2048000 bytes of memory.
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be
+** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  -2000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
+** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT  1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
+** and 125.  The upper bound of 125 is because the attached databases are
+** counted using a signed 8-bit integer which has a maximum value of 127
+** and we have to allow 2 extra counts for the "main" and "temp" databases.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
+# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536.  This a limit
+** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
+**
+** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
+** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
+** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
+
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4096
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
+** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
+** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
+** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
+** SQLite will choose on its own.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
+**
+** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
+** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
+** max_page_count macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
+**
+** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
+** may be executed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
+#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
+#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
+#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
+#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include standard header files as necessary
+*/
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
+** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
+** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
+** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
+**
+** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type.
+** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
+** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
+** that vary from one machine to the next.
+**
+** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
+** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
+** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
+** compiler.
+*/
+#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
+#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
+** inlined.
+*/
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310
+#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when
+** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by
+** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
+#  if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400
+#    if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+#      include <intrin.h>
+#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort)
+#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
+#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64)
+#      pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
+#    else
+#      include <cmnintrin.h>
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
+** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
+** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
+** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
+** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
+** database connection at the same time.
+**
+** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
+** We support that for legacy.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+# if defined(THREADSAFE)
+#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
+** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
+# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by
+** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in
+** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
+** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
+**
+**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
+**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
+**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
+**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
+**
+** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
+** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
+** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
+** assertion will be triggered.
+**
+** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
+** the default.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
+# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
+ are defined but at most one is allowed:\
+ SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
+ SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
+# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
+** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
+** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
+** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
+** it.
+*/
+#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
+#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
+#endif
+
+/*
+** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
+** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
+** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
+**
+** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
+** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
+** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
+** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
+** feature.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# undef NDEBUG
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When
+** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
+** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
+** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
+** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
+** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
+** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
+** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
+** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
+** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
+** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
+# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
+#else
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
+** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
+** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
+** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
+** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
+** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which
+** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
+** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
+** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
+** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
+** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
+** hint of unplanned behavior.
+**
+** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
+**
+** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
+** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
+** not be counted as untested code.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST)
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
+# define NEVER(X)       (0)
+#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
+# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
+# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
+# define NEVER(X)       (X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is
+** defined.  We need to defend against those failures when testing with
+** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches
+** during a normal build.  The following macro can be used to disable tests
+** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS)
+# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  (X)
+#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
+# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
+#else
+# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  (0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN)
+  extern int sqlite3OSTrace;
+# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+# undef  SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build?  Currently,
+** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when
+** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are
+** compiled using SQLITE_TEST).
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN)
+# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME
+#else
+# undef  SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large
+** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
+** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
+*/
+#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
+
+/*
+** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
+** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
+** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could,
+** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
+** currently they are just comments for human readers.
+*/
+#define likely(X)    (X)
+#define unlikely(X)  (X)
+
+/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_HASH_H
+#define SQLITE_HASH_H
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+**
+** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
+** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
+**
+** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
+** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
+** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
+**
+** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
+** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
+** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
+** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
+** the hash table.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
+  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
+    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
+  const char *pKey;            /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
+/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_HASH_H */
+
+/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
+#define TK_SEMI                             1
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                          2
+#define TK_QUERY                            3
+#define TK_PLAN                             4
+#define TK_BEGIN                            5
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                      6
+#define TK_DEFERRED                         7
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                        8
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                        9
+#define TK_COMMIT                          10
+#define TK_END                             11
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                        12
+#define TK_SAVEPOINT                       13
+#define TK_RELEASE                         14
+#define TK_TO                              15
+#define TK_TABLE                           16
+#define TK_CREATE                          17
+#define TK_IF                              18
+#define TK_NOT                             19
+#define TK_EXISTS                          20
+#define TK_TEMP                            21
+#define TK_LP                              22
+#define TK_RP                              23
+#define TK_AS                              24
+#define TK_WITHOUT                         25
+#define TK_COMMA                           26
+#define TK_OR                              27
+#define TK_AND                             28
+#define TK_IS                              29
+#define TK_MATCH                           30
+#define TK_LIKE_KW                         31
+#define TK_BETWEEN                         32
+#define TK_IN                              33
+#define TK_ISNULL                          34
+#define TK_NOTNULL                         35
+#define TK_NE                              36
+#define TK_EQ                              37
+#define TK_GT                              38
+#define TK_LE                              39
+#define TK_LT                              40
+#define TK_GE                              41
+#define TK_ESCAPE                          42
+#define TK_BITAND                          43
+#define TK_BITOR                           44
+#define TK_LSHIFT                          45
+#define TK_RSHIFT                          46
+#define TK_PLUS                            47
+#define TK_MINUS                           48
+#define TK_STAR                            49
+#define TK_SLASH                           50
+#define TK_REM                             51
+#define TK_CONCAT                          52
+#define TK_COLLATE                         53
+#define TK_BITNOT                          54
+#define TK_ID                              55
+#define TK_INDEXED                         56
+#define TK_ABORT                           57
+#define TK_ACTION                          58
+#define TK_AFTER                           59
+#define TK_ANALYZE                         60
+#define TK_ASC                             61
+#define TK_ATTACH                          62
+#define TK_BEFORE                          63
+#define TK_BY                              64
+#define TK_CASCADE                         65
+#define TK_CAST                            66
+#define TK_COLUMNKW                        67
+#define TK_CONFLICT                        68
+#define TK_DATABASE                        69
+#define TK_DESC                            70
+#define TK_DETACH                          71
+#define TK_EACH                            72
+#define TK_FAIL                            73
+#define TK_FOR                             74
+#define TK_IGNORE                          75
+#define TK_INITIALLY                       76
+#define TK_INSTEAD                         77
+#define TK_NO                              78
+#define TK_KEY                             79
+#define TK_OF                              80
+#define TK_OFFSET                          81
+#define TK_PRAGMA                          82
+#define TK_RAISE                           83
+#define TK_RECURSIVE                       84
+#define TK_REPLACE                         85
+#define TK_RESTRICT                        86
+#define TK_ROW                             87
+#define TK_TRIGGER                         88
+#define TK_VACUUM                          89
+#define TK_VIEW                            90
+#define TK_VIRTUAL                         91
+#define TK_WITH                            92
+#define TK_REINDEX                         93
+#define TK_RENAME                          94
+#define TK_CTIME_KW                        95
+#define TK_ANY                             96
+#define TK_STRING                          97
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                         98
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                      99
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        100
+#define TK_NULL                           101
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        102
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         103
+#define TK_CHECK                          104
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     105
+#define TK_AUTOINCR                       106
+#define TK_ON                             107
+#define TK_INSERT                         108
+#define TK_DELETE                         109
+#define TK_UPDATE                         110
+#define TK_SET                            111
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     112
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        113
+#define TK_DROP                           114
+#define TK_UNION                          115
+#define TK_ALL                            116
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         117
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      118
+#define TK_SELECT                         119
+#define TK_VALUES                         120
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       121
+#define TK_DOT                            122
+#define TK_FROM                           123
+#define TK_JOIN                           124
+#define TK_USING                          125
+#define TK_ORDER                          126
+#define TK_GROUP                          127
+#define TK_HAVING                         128
+#define TK_LIMIT                          129
+#define TK_WHERE                          130
+#define TK_INTO                           131
+#define TK_FLOAT                          132
+#define TK_BLOB                           133
+#define TK_INTEGER                        134
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       135
+#define TK_CASE                           136
+#define TK_WHEN                           137
+#define TK_THEN                           138
+#define TK_ELSE                           139
+#define TK_INDEX                          140
+#define TK_ALTER                          141
+#define TK_ADD                            142
+#define TK_TO_TEXT                        143
+#define TK_TO_BLOB                        144
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     145
+#define TK_TO_INT                         146
+#define TK_TO_REAL                        147
+#define TK_ISNOT                          148
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    149
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                150
+#define TK_FUNCTION                       151
+#define TK_COLUMN                         152
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   153
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     154
+#define TK_UMINUS                         155
+#define TK_UPLUS                          156
+#define TK_REGISTER                       157
+#define TK_VECTOR                         158
+#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN                  159
+#define TK_ASTERISK                       160
+#define TK_SPAN                           161
+#define TK_SPACE                          162
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                        163
+
+/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */
+#define TKFLG_MASK           0xff  
+
+/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not
+** being stored in a u8: */
+#define TKFLG_DONTFOLD       0x100  /* Omit constant folding optimizations */
+
+/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*
+** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY.
+** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running
+** cachegrind.  But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it
+** should not be used in production.  This is a performance measurement
+** hack only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY
+# define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\
+                        int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite_int64
+# define float sqlite_int64
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
+# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
+** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler
+** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
+#else
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
+** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
+** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
+** that the library can read.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
+** changed at run-time using a pragma.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
+** on the command-line
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if
+** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it
+** to zero.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate
+** pagecaches for each database connection.  A positive number is the
+** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer
+** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold.
+**
+** The default value of "20" was choosen to minimize the run-time of the
+** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20
+#endif
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
+** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
+*/
+#if 'A' == '\301'
+# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
+#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
+# else
+#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
+#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
+# else
+#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
+#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
+# else
+#  define INT16_TYPE short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
+#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
+# else
+#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
+#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
+# else
+#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
+** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
+** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
+** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
+
+/*
+** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
+** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
+** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
+** can be used at compile-time if desired.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
+ typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
+#else
+ typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
+** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This
+** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
+** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable.
+** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
+** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates,
+** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
+**
+** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate".
+**
+** Examples:
+**      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132
+**      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146
+**      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199
+**      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200
+**     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320
+**
+** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values.
+** Examples:
+**
+**    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40
+*/
+typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
+
+/*
+** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE
+# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__)
+#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__
+# elif defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
+       defined(_M_ARM)   || defined(__arm__)    || defined(__x86)
+#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
+  typedef uintptr_t uptr;
+#elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4
+  typedef u32 uptr;
+#else
+  typedef u64 uptr;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to
+** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive).
+**
+** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after
+** the end of buffer S.  This macro returns true if P points to something
+** contained within the buffer S.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E)))
+
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
+**
+** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
+** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
+** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined
+** at run-time.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER
+# if defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
+     defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
+     defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
+     defined(__arm__)
+#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
+# elif defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__)
+#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+  const int sqlite3one = 1;
+# else
+  extern const int sqlite3one;
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
+*/
+#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+
+/*
+** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
+** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
+*/
+#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
+*/
+#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
+** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
+** all alignment restrictions correct.
+**
+** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
+** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned
+** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
+#else
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
+*/
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
+*/
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+# include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# if defined(__linux__) \
+  || defined(_WIN32) \
+  || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
+  || defined(__sun) \
+  || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
+  || defined(__DragonFly__)
+#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger
+** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
+** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined.
+** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4.  If either are defined, also
+** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
+#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
+#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not
+** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
+#else
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle.
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
+};
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+/*
+** Determine if the argument is a power of two
+*/
+#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)
+
+/*
+** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
+** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the
+** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce
+** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any
+** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
+** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
+
+/*
+** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
+** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
+** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
+** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
+** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
+** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
+** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
+** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
+** for the run-time allocated buffer.
+**
+** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
+** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  #define SQLITE_WSD const
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
+#else
+  #define SQLITE_WSD
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
+** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately
+** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
+** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the
+** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
+** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
+** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+**
+** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
+** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
+** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
+** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
+** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
+** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
+typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct Schema Schema;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
+typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
+typedef struct Module Module;
+typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate;
+typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
+typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread;
+typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct TreeView TreeView;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct VTable VTable;
+typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct With With;
+
+/* A VList object records a mapping between parameters/variables/wildcards
+** in the SQL statement (such as $abc, @pqr, or :xyz) and the integer
+** variable number associated with that parameter.  See the format description
+** on the sqlite3VListAdd() routine for more information.  A VList is really
+** just an array of integers.
+*/
+typedef int VList;
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and
+** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
+** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
+*/
+/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_BTREE_H
+#define SQLITE_BTREE_H
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16
+
+/*
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
+typedef struct BtreePayload BtreePayload;
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
+  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags,               /* Flags */
+  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+**
+** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
+** pager.h.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
+#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
+#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree*,int);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the flags shown below.
+**
+** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
+** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
+** is stored in the leaves.  (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.)  With
+** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
+** anywhere - the key is the content.  (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
+** indices.)
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
+** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
+** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
+**
+**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
+**
+** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
+** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
+** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
+**
+** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header.
+** It is a read-only number computed by the pager.  But we merge it with
+** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same.
+** Call it a "virtual meta value".
+*/
+#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
+#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
+#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
+#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
+#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
+#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
+#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
+#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
+#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8
+#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION        15  /* A virtual meta-value */
+
+/*
+** Kinds of hints that can be passed into the sqlite3BtreeCursorHint()
+** interface.
+**
+** BTREE_HINT_RANGE  (arguments: Expr*, Mem*)
+**
+**     The first argument is an Expr* (which is guaranteed to be constant for
+**     the lifetime of the cursor) that defines constraints on which rows
+**     might be fetched with this cursor.  The Expr* tree may contain
+**     TK_REGISTER nodes that refer to values stored in the array of registers
+**     passed as the second parameter.  In other words, if Expr.op==TK_REGISTER
+**     then the value of the node is the value in Mem[pExpr.iTable].  Any
+**     TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree refers to the Expr.iColumn-th
+**     column of the b-tree of the cursor.  The Expr tree will not contain
+**     any function calls nor subqueries nor references to b-trees other than
+**     the cursor being hinted.
+**
+**     The design of the _RANGE hint is aid b-tree implementations that try
+**     to prefetch content from remote machines - to provide those
+**     implementations with limits on what needs to be prefetched and thereby
+**     reduce network bandwidth.
+**
+** Note that BTREE_HINT_FLAGS with BTREE_BULKLOAD is the only hint used by
+** standard SQLite.  The other hints are provided for extentions that use
+** the SQLite parser and code generator but substitute their own storage
+** engine.
+*/
+#define BTREE_HINT_RANGE 0       /* Range constraints on queries */
+
+/*
+** Values that may be OR'd together to form the argument to the
+** BTREE_HINT_FLAGS hint for sqlite3BtreeCursorHint():
+**
+** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going
+** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order.
+**
+** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or
+** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries
+** selected will all have the same key.  In other words, the cursor will
+** be used only for equality key searches.
+**
+*/
+#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001  /* Used to full index in sorted order */
+#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ  0x00000002  /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */
+
+/* 
+** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor().
+**
+** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write
+** cursors it may be set to either (BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) or just
+** (BTREE_WRCSR). If the BTREE_FORDELETE bit is set, then the cursor will
+** only be used by SQLite for the following:
+**
+**   * to seek to and then delete specific entries, and/or
+**
+**   * to read values that will be used to create keys that other
+**     BTREE_FORDELETE cursors will seek to and delete.
+**
+** The BTREE_FORDELETE flag is an optimization hint.  It is not used by
+** by this, the native b-tree engine of SQLite, but it is available to
+** alternative storage engines that might be substituted in place of this
+** b-tree system.  For alternative storage engines in which a delete of
+** the main table row automatically deletes corresponding index rows,
+** the FORDELETE flag hint allows those alternative storage engines to
+** skip a lot of work.  Namely:  FORDELETE cursors may treat all SEEK
+** and DELETE operations as no-ops, and any READ operation against a
+** FORDELETE cursor may return a null row: 0x01 0x00.
+*/
+#define BTREE_WRCSR     0x00000004     /* read-write cursor */
+#define BTREE_FORDELETE 0x00000008     /* Cursor is for seek/delete only */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor*,
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+  i64 intKey,
+  int bias,
+  int *pRes
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags);
+
+/* Allowed flags for sqlite3BtreeDelete() and sqlite3BtreeInsert() */
+#define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02  /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */
+#define BTREE_AUXDELETE    0x04  /* not the primary delete operation */
+#define BTREE_APPEND       0x08  /* Insert is likely an append */
+
+/* An instance of the BtreePayload object describes the content of a single
+** entry in either an index or table btree.
+**
+** Index btrees (used for indexes and also WITHOUT ROWID tables) contain
+** an arbitrary key and no data.  These btrees have pKey,nKey set to their
+** key and pData,nData,nZero set to zero.
+**
+** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as
+** the key and passed in the nKey field.  The pKey field is zero.  
+** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry.  nZero extra zero bytes
+** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry.
+**
+** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert().  The
+** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters.  But placing
+** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more 
+** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to
+** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing.
+*/
+struct BtreePayload {
+  const void *pKey;       /* Key content for indexes.  NULL for tables */
+  sqlite3_int64 nKey;     /* Size of pKey for indexes.  PRIMARY KEY for tabs */
+  const void *pData;      /* Data for tables.  NULL for indexes */
+  struct Mem *aMem;       /* First of nMem value in the unpacked pKey */
+  u16 nMem;               /* Number of aMem[] value.  Might be zero */
+  int nData;              /* Size of pData.  0 if none. */
+  int nZero;              /* Extra zero data appended after pData,nData */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const BtreePayload *pPayload,
+                       int flags, int seekResult);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor*);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor*);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
+** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
+** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(X) 1
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
+#endif
+#else
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
+# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_BTREE_H */
+
+/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_VDBE_H
+#define SQLITE_VDBE_H
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
+** for the VdbeOp definition.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
+  u16 p5;             /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned 16-bit integer */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
+  union p4union {     /* fourth parameter */
+    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
+    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
+    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
+    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
+    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
+    sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCCTX */
+    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
+    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
+    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
+    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
+    Table *pTab;           /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+    Expr *pExpr;           /* Used when p4type is P4_EXPR */
+#endif
+    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
+  } p4;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  u32 cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+  int iSrcLine;            /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+
+/*
+** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
+*/
+struct SubProgram {
+  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
+  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
+  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
+  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
+  u8 *aOnce;                    /* Array of OP_Once flags */
+  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
+  SubProgram *pNext;            /* Next sub-program already visited */
+};
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
+*/
+#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
+#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-3)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P4_KEYINFO  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P4_EXPR     (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to an Expr tree */
+#define P4_MEM      (-7)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
+#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
+#define P4_VTAB     (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
+#define P4_REAL     (-9) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
+#define P4_INT64    (-10) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INT32    (-11) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INTARRAY (-12) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
+#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-13) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
+#define P4_ADVANCE  (-14) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
+#define P4_TABLE    (-15) /* P4 is a pointer to a Table structure */
+#define P4_FUNCCTX  (-16) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */
+
+/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
+#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
+#define P5_ConstraintUnique  2
+#define P5_ConstraintCheck   3
+#define P5_ConstraintFK      4
+
+/*
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
+** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
+*/
+#define COLNAME_NAME     0
+#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
+#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
+#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
+#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
+# else
+#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the tool/mkopcodeh.tcl script for details */
+#define OP_Savepoint       0
+#define OP_AutoCommit      1
+#define OP_Transaction     2
+#define OP_SorterNext      3
+#define OP_PrevIfOpen      4
+#define OP_NextIfOpen      5
+#define OP_Prev            6
+#define OP_Next            7
+#define OP_Checkpoint      8
+#define OP_JournalMode     9
+#define OP_Vacuum         10
+#define OP_VFilter        11 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'           */
+#define OP_VUpdate        12 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]                    */
+#define OP_Goto           13
+#define OP_Gosub          14
+#define OP_InitCoroutine  15
+#define OP_Yield          16
+#define OP_MustBeInt      17
+#define OP_Jump           18
+#define OP_Not            19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]    */
+#define OP_Once           20
+#define OP_If             21
+#define OP_IfNot          22
+#define OP_SeekLT         23 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_SeekLE         24 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_SeekGE         25 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_SeekGT         26 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_Or             27 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
+#define OP_And            28 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
+#define OP_NoConflict     29 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_NotFound       30 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_Found          31 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_SeekRowid      32 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
+#define OP_NotExists      33 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
+#define OP_IsNull         34 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
+#define OP_NotNull        35 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
+#define OP_Ne             36 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1]   */
+#define OP_Eq             37 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1]   */
+#define OP_Gt             38 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: IF r[P3]>r[P1]    */
+#define OP_Le             39 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: IF r[P3]<=r[P1]   */
+#define OP_Lt             40 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: IF r[P3]<r[P1]    */
+#define OP_Ge             41 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: IF r[P3]>=r[P1]   */
+#define OP_ElseNotEq      42 /* same as TK_ESCAPE                          */
+#define OP_BitAnd         43 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
+#define OP_BitOr          44 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
+#define OP_ShiftLeft      45 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
+#define OP_ShiftRight     46 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
+#define OP_Add            47 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
+#define OP_Subtract       48 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
+#define OP_Multiply       49 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
+#define OP_Divide         50 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
+#define OP_Remainder      51 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
+#define OP_Concat         52 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
+#define OP_Last           53
+#define OP_BitNot         54 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
+#define OP_IfSmaller      55
+#define OP_SorterSort     56
+#define OP_Sort           57
+#define OP_Rewind         58
+#define OP_IdxLE          59 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_IdxGT          60 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_IdxLT          61 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_IdxGE          62 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_RowSetRead     63 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */
+#define OP_RowSetTest     64 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
+#define OP_Program        65
+#define OP_FkIfZero       66 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */
+#define OP_IfPos          67 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */
+#define OP_IfNotZero      68 /* synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2 */
+#define OP_DecrJumpZero   69 /* synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2          */
+#define OP_IncrVacuum     70
+#define OP_VNext          71
+#define OP_Init           72 /* synopsis: Start at P2                      */
+#define OP_Return         73
+#define OP_EndCoroutine   74
+#define OP_HaltIfNull     75 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt               */
+#define OP_Halt           76
+#define OP_Integer        77 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1                         */
+#define OP_Int64          78 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4                         */
+#define OP_String         79 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)              */
+#define OP_Null           80 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL                   */
+#define OP_SoftNull       81 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL                       */
+#define OP_Blob           82 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)                */
+#define OP_Variable       83 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)           */
+#define OP_Move           84 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]                */
+#define OP_Copy           85 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]            */
+#define OP_SCopy          86 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
+#define OP_IntCopy        87 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
+#define OP_ResultRow      88 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]                  */
+#define OP_CollSeq        89
+#define OP_Function0      90 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
+#define OP_Function       91 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
+#define OP_AddImm         92 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2                   */
+#define OP_RealAffinity   93
+#define OP_Cast           94 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1])                  */
+#define OP_Permutation    95
+#define OP_Compare        96 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]            */
+#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
+#define OP_Column         98 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
+#define OP_Affinity       99 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
+#define OP_MakeRecord    100 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
+#define OP_Count         101 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
+#define OP_ReadCookie    102
+#define OP_SetCookie     103
+#define OP_ReopenIdx     104 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
+#define OP_OpenRead      105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
+#define OP_OpenWrite     106 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
+#define OP_OpenAutoindex 107 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral 108 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
+#define OP_SorterOpen    109
+#define OP_SequenceTest  110 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2   */
+#define OP_OpenPseudo    111 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
+#define OP_Close         112
+#define OP_ColumnsUsed   113
+#define OP_Sequence      114 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
+#define OP_NewRowid      115 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
+#define OP_Insert        116 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
+#define OP_InsertInt     117 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
+#define OP_Delete        118
+#define OP_ResetCount    119
+#define OP_SorterCompare 120 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
+#define OP_SorterData    121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
+#define OP_RowData       122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
+#define OP_Rowid         123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
+#define OP_NullRow       124
+#define OP_SorterInsert  125 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
+#define OP_IdxInsert     126 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
+#define OP_IdxDelete     127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
+#define OP_Seek          128 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid              */
+#define OP_IdxRowid      129 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
+#define OP_Destroy       130
+#define OP_Clear         131
+#define OP_Real          132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
+#define OP_ResetSorter   133
+#define OP_CreateIndex   134 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
+#define OP_CreateTable   135 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
+#define OP_SqlExec       136
+#define OP_ParseSchema   137
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis  138
+#define OP_DropTable     139
+#define OP_DropIndex     140
+#define OP_DropTrigger   141
+#define OP_IntegrityCk   142
+#define OP_RowSetAdd     143 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
+#define OP_Param         144
+#define OP_FkCounter     145 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
+#define OP_MemMax        146 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
+#define OP_OffsetLimit   147 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */
+#define OP_AggStep0      148 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
+#define OP_AggStep       149 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
+#define OP_AggFinal      150 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
+#define OP_Expire        151
+#define OP_TableLock     152 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
+#define OP_VBegin        153
+#define OP_VCreate       154
+#define OP_VDestroy      155
+#define OP_VOpen         156
+#define OP_VColumn       157 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
+#define OP_VRename       158
+#define OP_Pagecount     159
+#define OP_MaxPgcnt      160
+#define OP_CursorHint    161
+#define OP_Noop          162
+#define OP_Explain       163
+
+/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
+** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
+** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
+*/
+#define OPFLG_JUMP        0x01  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
+#define OPFLG_IN1         0x02  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN2         0x04  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN3         0x08  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2        0x10  /* out2:  P2 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_OUT3        0x20  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
+/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/*  16 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x09,\
+/*  24 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x26, 0x26, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09,\
+/*  32 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\
+/*  40 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\
+/*  48 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01,\
+/*  56 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x23,\
+/*  64 */ 0x0b, 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/*  72 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x02, 0x08, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,\
+/*  80 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10,\
+/*  88 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
+/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00,\
+/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10,\
+/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06,\
+/* 144 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\
+/* 160 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,}
+
+/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows
+** the value of the largest JUMP opcode.  The smaller the maximum
+** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that
+** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes
+** together near the beginning of the list.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE  72  /* Maximum JUMP opcode */
+
+/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe*,int,const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const u8*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe*,int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(Vdbe *p);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(A,B)
+# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(A)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, u32 addr, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u16 P5);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe*, void *pP4, int p4type);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo*);
+
+typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
+#endif
+
+/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
+** each VDBE opcode.
+**
+** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
+** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
+** generator.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS
+#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+# else
+#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)
+# endif
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
+# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point
+** for VDBE branch instructions.  The coverage testing points are line
+** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file.  VDBE branch coverage testing
+** only works with an amalagmation build.  That's ok since a VDBE branch
+** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only.  No application
+** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on.
+**
+**    VdbeCoverage(v)                  // Mark the previously coded instruction
+**                                     // as a branch
+**
+**    VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional)   // Mark previous if conditional true
+**
+**    VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)       // Previous branch is always taken
+**
+**    VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)        // Previous branch is never taken
+**
+** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above.
+** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and
+** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch()
+** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int);
+# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
+# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
+# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2);
+# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1);
+# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x)
+#else
+# define VdbeCoverage(v)
+# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x)
+# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)
+# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)
+# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(Vdbe*, int, int, int, LogEst, const char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(a,b,c,d,e)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_H */
+
+/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H
+#define SQLITE_PAGER_H
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef u32 Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Handle type for pages.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+**
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
+
+/*
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
+**
+** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY)
+** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and
+** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break.
+*/
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
+
+/*
+** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet().
+*/
+#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
+#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */
+
+/*
+** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+**    PAGER_FULLFSYNC      == SQLITE_FullFSync
+**    PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
+**    PAGER_CACHE_SPILL    == SQLITE_CacheSpill
+*/
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA     0x04  /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x07  /* Mask for four values above */
+#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x08  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x10  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x20  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
+#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x38  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
+
+/*
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
+** a detailed description of each routine.
+*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs*,
+  Pager **ppPager,
+  const char*,
+  int,
+  int,
+  int,
+  void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
+# ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno);
+# endif
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager);
+# endif
+#else
+# define sqlite3PagerUseWal(x,y) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
+
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */
+
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. 
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
+
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
+
+/*
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+struct PgHdr {
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;    /* Pcache object page handle */
+  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
+  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty sorted by pgno */
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
+  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+  */
+  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
+  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
+
+  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
+  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
+};
+
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_CLEAN           0x001  /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY           0x002  /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */
+#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE       0x004  /* Journaled and ready to modify */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC       0x008  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
+                                     ** writing this page to the database */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE      0x010  /* Do not write content to disk */
+#define PGHDR_MMAP            0x020  /* This is an mmap page object */
+
+#define PGHDR_WAL_APPEND      0x040  /* Appended to wal file */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
+
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+
+/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache*);
+
+/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
+** library is built.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Check invariants on a PgHdr object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr*);
+#endif
+
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+#endif
+
+/* Set or get the suggested spill-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** The spill-size is the minimum number of pages in cache before the cache
+** will attempt to spill dirty pages by calling xStress.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
+
+/* Return the header size */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void);
+
+/* Number of dirty pages as a percentage of the configured cache size */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache*);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+**
+** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
+** being included by every source file.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the
+** necessary pre-processor macros for it.
+*/
+/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/
+/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2013 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system
+** detection and/or setup.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H
+#define SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating
+** system.
+**
+** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX,
+** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of
+** the three will be 1.  The other two will be 0.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+#  if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
+#    undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#    undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#  else
+#    undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+#  define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
+        defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
+#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#    else
+#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#  endif
+#else
+#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H */
+
+/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/
+
+/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
+** a no-op
+*/
+#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
+# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default size of a disk sector
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+**
+** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
+** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
+** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
+** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
+** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
+** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
+** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
+** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
+** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
+** of the file.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** The same locking strategy and
+** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possibility of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define PENDING_BYTE     (0x40000000)
+#else
+# define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
+#endif
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
+
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
+
+/*
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
+** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
+** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
+** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
+** better organized.
+**
+** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
+** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
+** include this one indirectly.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
+**                             mutexes implementation cannot be overridden
+**                             at start-time.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
+**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
+**                             implementation can be overridden at
+**                             start-time.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
+*/
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
+#else
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)            X
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default
+** synchronous setting to EXTRA.  It is no longer supported.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
+# warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default synchronous levels.
+**
+** Note that (for historcal reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ
+** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1.
+**
+**           PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS       DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
+**   OFF           1                         0
+**   NORMAL        2                         1
+**   FULL          3                         2
+**   EXTRA         4                         3
+**
+** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers.
+** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces
+** and the one-based values are used internally.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 2
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zDbSName;      /* Name of this database. (schema name, not filename) */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
+  u8 bSyncSet;         /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
+**
+** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
+** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
+** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
+** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
+**
+** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
+** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
+** sqlite3_close().
+*
+** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
+** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
+** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
+** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
+*/
+struct Schema {
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
+  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
+  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
+  u16 schemaFlags;     /* Flags associated with this schema */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
+** Db.pSchema->flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
+
+/*
+** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
+** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1)
+
+/*
+** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
+** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
+** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
+** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
+** SQL statements.
+**
+** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
+** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
+** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
+** objects.
+**
+** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
+** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
+** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
+** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
+** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
+** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
+*/
+struct Lookaside {
+  u32 bDisable;           /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */
+  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
+  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
+  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
+  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
+  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
+  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
+  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
+};
+struct LookasideSlot {
+  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
+};
+
+/*
+** A hash table for built-in function definitions.  (Application-defined
+** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.)
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23
+struct FuncDefHash {
+  FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ];       /* Hash table for functions */
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+/*
+** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used
+** to manage user authentication.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth;
+struct sqlite3_userauth {
+  u8 authLevel;                 /* Current authentication level */
+  int nAuthPW;                  /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */
+  char *zAuthPW;                /* Password used to authenticate */
+  char *zAuthUser;              /* User name used to authenticate */
+};
+
+/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */
+#define UAUTH_Unknown     0     /* Authentication not yet checked */
+#define UAUTH_Fail        1     /* User authentication failed */
+#define UAUTH_User        2     /* Authenticated as a normal user */
+#define UAUTH_Admin       3     /* Authenticated as an administrator */
+
+/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
+
+/*
+** typedef for the authorization callback function.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                               const char*, const char*);
+#else
+  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                               const char*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/* This is an extra SQLITE_TRACE macro that indicates "legacy" tracing
+** in the style of sqlite3_trace()
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY  0x80
+#else
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY  0
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+
+
+/*
+** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */
+  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
+  int iSysErrno;                /* Errno value from last system error */
+  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
+  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
+  u8 bBenignMalloc;             /* Do not require OOMs if true */
+  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
+  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
+  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
+  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
+  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
+  u8 mTrace;                    /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */
+  u8 skipBtreeMutex;            /* True if no shared-cache backends */
+  u8 nSqlExec;                  /* Number of pending OP_SqlExec opcodes */
+  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
+  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
+  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
+    u8 imposterTable;           /* Building an imposter table */
+  } init;
+  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
+  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
+  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
+  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
+  int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
+  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
+  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
+  int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*);     /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
+  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
+  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */
+  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pUpdateArg;
+  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+  void *pPreUpdateArg;          /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */
+  void (*xPreUpdateCallback)(   /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */
+    void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64
+  );
+  PreUpdate *pPreUpdate;        /* Context for active pre-update callback */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
+  void *pWalArg;
+#endif
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+  union {
+    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
+  } u1;
+  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;          /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
+  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
+  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
+  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
+  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
+#endif
+  Hash aFunc;                   /* Hash table of connection functions */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
+  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
+  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
+  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
+  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
+  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
+  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c.
+  **
+  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
+  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
+  **
+  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
+  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
+  ** held by Y.
+  */
+  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
+  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
+  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
+  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  sqlite3_userauth auth;        /* User authentication information */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
+#define ENC(db)        ((db)->enc)
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+**      SQLITE_FullFSync     == PAGER_FULLFSYNC
+**      SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
+**      SQLITE_CacheSpill    == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000002  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000004  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000008  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
+#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000010  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000020  /* OK to spill pager cache */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000  /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
+#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
+#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000  /* For shared-cache mode */
+#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
+#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00010000  /* Ignore schema errors */
+#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00020000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
+#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00040000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
+#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00080000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
+#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
+#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc    0x00800000  /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */
+#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x01000000  /* True to enable triggers */
+#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x02000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
+#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x04000000  /* Disable database changes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x08000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+#define SQLITE_Vacuum         0x10000000  /* Currently in a VACUUM */
+#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x20000000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
+#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  0x40000000  /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */
+#define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  0x80000000  /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */
+
+
+/*
+** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
+** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
+** selectively disable various optimizations.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
+#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
+#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
+#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
+/*                not used    0x0010   // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */
+#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
+#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
+#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
+#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
+#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
+#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
+#define SQLITE_Stat34         0x0800   /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */
+#define SQLITE_CursorHints    0x2000   /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */
+#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */
+
+/*
+** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
+*/
+#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
+#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
+
+/*
+** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
+** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
+*/
+#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor)
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count())
+** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object.
+** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this
+** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table.
+**
+** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins.  The u.pDestructor
+** field is used by per-connection app-def functions.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  i8 nArg;             /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u16 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                  /* Agg finalizer */
+  const char *zName;   /* SQL name of the function. */
+  union {
+    FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+    FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
+** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
+** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
+** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to
+** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
+** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
+** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
+** FuncDestructor.
+**
+** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
+** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
+** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
+*/
+struct FuncDestructor {
+  int nRef;
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
+  void *pUserData;
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
+** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  And
+** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC.  There
+** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+**     SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX    ==  NC_MinMaxAgg      == SF_MinMaxAgg
+**     SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH    ==  OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
+**     SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF    ==  OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG
+**     SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT  ==  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API
+**     SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK   depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x0010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX   0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG  0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a
+                                    ** single query - might change over time */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY 0x4000 /* Built-in affinity() function */
+
+/*
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
+**
+**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
+**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If
+**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
+**
+**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
+**
+**   DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and
+**     adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag.  Used for date & time functions
+**     and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during
+**     a single query.
+**
+**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+**     FUNCTION().
+**
+**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
+**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C
+**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+**     parameter.
+*/
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
+#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
+#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
+#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
+  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
+#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, }
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
+   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName, {0}}
+#define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName, {0}}
+
+/*
+** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
+** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
+** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
+** OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+struct Savepoint {
+  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
+  i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
+  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
+** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
+#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
+#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
+** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
+** hash table.
+*/
+struct Module {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
+  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
+  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
+  Table *pEpoTab;                      /* Eponymous table for this module */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column, \000, then the type */
+  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+  u8 szEst;        /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */
+  u8 colFlags;     /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */
+};
+
+/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
+*/
+#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
+#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
+#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE  0x0004    /* Type name follows column name */
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+**
+** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
+** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.
+**
+** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'.  That way,
+** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
+** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
+**
+** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
+** for a numeric type is a single comparison.  And the BLOB type is first.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB     'A'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'B'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'C'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'D'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'E'
+
+#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
+** affinity value.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x47
+
+/*
+** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
+** changing the affinity.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
+** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
+** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
+** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_KEEPNULL     0x08  /* Used by vector == or <> */
+#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x10  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
+#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x20  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
+#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x90  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */
+
+/*
+** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
+** the database schema.
+**
+** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
+** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
+** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
+** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table
+** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between
+** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database
+** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
+** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
+** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
+** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables
+** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers
+** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database
+** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
+**
+** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
+** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
+** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
+** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
+** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
+** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
+** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
+**
+** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
+** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not
+** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed
+** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
+** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
+** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected
+** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
+** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
+** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
+** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
+** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
+**
+** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as
+** the first argument.
+*/
+struct VTable {
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
+  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
+  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
+  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
+  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
+};
+
+/*
+** The schema for each SQL table and view is represented in memory
+** by an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
+  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
+  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
+                       /*   ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */
+  int tnum;            /* Root BTree page for this table */
+  u32 nTabRef;         /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+  u32 tabFlags;        /* Mask of TF_* values */
+  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */
+  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
+  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
+  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+  LogEst costMult;     /* Cost multiplier for using this table */
+#endif
+  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
+  char **azModuleArg;  /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */
+  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
+#endif
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
+  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
+**
+** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are
+** followed by non-hidden columns.  Example:  "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING
+** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);".  Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden,
+** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case.  Such tables require
+** special handling during INSERT processing.
+*/
+#define TF_Readonly        0x0001    /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral       0x0002    /* An ephemeral table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x0004    /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement   0x0008    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_HasStat1        0x0010    /* nRowLogEst set from sqlite_stat1 */
+#define TF_WithoutRowid    0x0020    /* No rowid.  PRIMARY KEY is the key */
+#define TF_NoVisibleRowid  0x0040    /* No user-visible "rowid" column */
+#define TF_OOOHidden       0x0080    /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */
+#define TF_StatsUsed       0x0100    /* Query planner decisions affected by
+                                     ** Index.aiRowLogEst[] values */
+#define TF_HasNotNull      0x0200    /* Contains NOT NULL constraints */
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
+** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
+** table support is omitted from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      ((X)->nModuleArg)
+#else
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine if a column is hidden.  IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn()
+** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is
+** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined.  The
+** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS)
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
+#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
+#elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
+#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0
+#else
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         0
+#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* Does the table have a rowid */
+#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
+#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0)
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+** Equivalent names:
+**
+**     from-table == child-table
+**       to-table == parent-table
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
+**
+** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
+**
+** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
+** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
+  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
+  Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
+  struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+**
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  10  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+**
+** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
+** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
+** for the rowid at the end.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of key columns in the index */
+  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual
+** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison.
+**
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on
+** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that
+** is closed to the key described by this object.  This object might hold
+** just a prefix of the key.  The number of fields is given by
+** pKeyInfo->nField.
+**
+** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than
+** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively.  These are normally
+** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree
+** is in DESC order.
+**
+** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find
+** an equals comparison.  default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1.  If there are
+** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking
+** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to
+** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to
+** find the first match.
+**
+** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever
+** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record.
+** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately
+** before the first match or immediately after the last match.  The
+** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the
+** b-tree.
+*/
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
+  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
+  u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
+  i8 r1;              /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
+  i8 r2;              /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
+  u8 eqSeen;          /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+**
+** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to
+** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master
+** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances
+** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is
+** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page
+** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE
+** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;             /* Name of this index */
+  i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  LogEst *aiRowLogEst;     /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
+  Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
+  const char **azColl;     /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
+  Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
+  ExprList *aColExpr;      /* Column expressions */
+  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
+  LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
+  u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
+  u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
+  u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  unsigned idxType:2;      /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */
+  unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
+  unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
+  unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
+  unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */
+  unsigned noSkipScan:1;   /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */
+  unsigned hasStat1:1;     /* aiRowLogEst values come from sqlite_stat1 */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
+  int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
+  tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
+  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
+  tRowcnt *aiRowEst;       /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */
+  tRowcnt nRowEst0;        /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Index.idxType
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */
+
+/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
+#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
+
+/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */
+#define IsUniqueIndex(X)      ((X)->onError!=OE_None)
+
+/* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer.  But
+** there are some negative values that have special meaning:
+*/
+#define XN_ROWID     (-1)     /* Indexed column is the rowid */
+#define XN_EXPR      (-2)     /* Indexed column is an expression */
+
+/*
+** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory
+** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
+** analyze.c source file for additional information.
+*/
+struct IndexSample {
+  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
+  int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */
+  tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
+  tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
+  tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
+** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
+**
+** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
+** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
+** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
+** code for that node.
+**
+** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
+** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
+** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+struct AggInfo {
+  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
+                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
+  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
+                          ** than the source table */
+  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
+  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
+  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
+  int mnReg, mxReg;       /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
+  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
+    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
+    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
+    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
+    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
+  } *aCol;
+  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
+  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
+                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
+                          ** aggregate functions */
+  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+  } *aFunc;
+  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
+};
+
+/*
+** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
+** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
+** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
+** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
+** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
+** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
+** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
+** the option is available (at compile-time).
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
+typedef i16 ynVar;
+#else
+typedef int ynVar;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB,
+** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
+** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the
+** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
+** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
+** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
+**
+** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
+** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
+** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
+** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
+** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is
+** valid.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark
+** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index
+** number for that variable.
+**
+** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
+** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
+** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
+** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
+** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
+**
+** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
+** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
+** corresponding table definition.
+**
+** ALLOCATION NOTES:
+**
+** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
+** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
+** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
+** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
+** together with Expr.zToken strings.
+**
+** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
+** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
+** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
+** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
+** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
+** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
+  union {
+    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
+    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
+  } u;
+
+  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
+  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
+  union {
+    ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
+    Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
+  } x;
+
+  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
+#endif
+  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
+                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
+                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
+                         ** EP_Unlikely:  134217728 times likelihood
+                         ** TK_SELECT: 1st register of result vector */
+  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
+                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1).
+                         ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: column of the result vector */
+  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
+  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
+  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
+                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
+                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
+  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin  0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */
+#define EP_Agg       0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
+#define EP_Resolved  0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
+#define EP_Error     0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
+#define EP_Distinct  0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
+#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
+#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
+#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
+#define EP_Collate   0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */
+#define EP_Generic   0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */
+#define EP_IntValue  0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
+#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
+#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
+#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
+#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
+#define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */
+#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */
+#define EP_Subquery  0x200000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */
+#define EP_Alias     0x400000 /* Is an alias for a result set column */
+#define EP_Leaf      0x800000 /* Expr.pLeft, .pRight, .u.pSelect all NULL */
+
+/*
+** Combinations of two or more EP_* flags
+*/
+#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery) /* Propagate these bits up tree */
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
+** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
+** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)  (E)->flags|=(P)
+#else
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr
+** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags
+** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
+*/
+#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
+#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
+#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
+
+/*
+** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment
+** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
+*/
+#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+**
+** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of
+** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and
+** column labels.  In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a
+** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement.  However, if
+** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
+** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN.  This later
+** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
+    Expr *pExpr;            /* The parse tree for this expression */
+    char *zName;            /* Token associated with this expression */
+    char *zSpan;            /* Original text of the expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;           /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+    unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
+    unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */
+    union {
+      struct {
+        u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+        u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
+      } x;
+      int iConstExprReg;      /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
+    } u;
+  } *a;                  /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
+** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
+** expression.
+*/
+struct ExprSpan {
+  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
+  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
+  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
+**
+** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
+** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
+** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE Bitmask;
+#else
+  typedef u64 Bitmask;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+*/
+#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
+
+/*
+** A bit in a Bitmask
+*/
+#define MASKBIT(n)   (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))
+#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n))
+#define ALLBITS      ((Bitmask)-1)
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+**
+** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
+** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
+** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
+** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
+**
+** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
+** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  int nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  u32 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
+    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
+    int regResult;    /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
+    struct {
+      u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this table and the previous */
+      unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
+      unsigned isIndexedBy :1;   /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */
+      unsigned isTabFunc :1;     /* True if table-valued-function syntax */
+      unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
+      unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
+      unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
+    } fg;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
+#endif
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
+    union {
+      char *zIndexedBy;    /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
+      ExprList *pFuncArg;  /* Arguments to table-valued-function */
+    } u1;
+    Index *pIBIndex;  /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+
+/*
+** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
+** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+**     WHERE_USE_LIMIT  == SF_FixedLimit
+*/
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW 0x0008 /* ONEPASS is ok with multiple rows */
+#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0010 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
+#define WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE     0x0020 /* Processing a sub-WHERE as part of
+                                      ** the OR optimization  */
+#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0040 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0080 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
+#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0100 /* All output needs to be distinct */
+#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0200 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
+#define WHERE_SEEK_TABLE       0x0400 /* Do not defer seeks on main table */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT    0x0800 /* ORDERBY+LIMIT on the inner loop */
+#define WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE  0x1000 /* Do not defer seeks if unique */
+                        /*     0x2000    not currently used */
+#define WHERE_USE_LIMIT        0x4000 /* Use the LIMIT in cost estimates */
+                        /*     0x8000    not currently used */
+
+/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
+*/
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */
+
+/*
+** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
+** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
+** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
+** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
+** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
+** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
+** other statements.
+**
+** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most
+** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
+** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
+** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
+** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
+** the context containing the match is incremented.
+**
+** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
+** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
+** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
+** subqueries looking for a match.
+*/
+struct NameContext {
+  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
+  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
+  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
+  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
+  u16 ncFlags;         /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
+**
+** Value constraints (all checked via assert()):
+**    NC_HasAgg    == SF_HasAgg
+**    NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX
+**
+*/
+#define NC_AllowAgg  0x0001  /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
+#define NC_PartIdx   0x0002  /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
+#define NC_IsCheck   0x0004  /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
+#define NC_InAggFunc 0x0008  /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
+#define NC_HasAgg    0x0010  /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
+#define NC_IdxExpr   0x0020  /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */
+#define NC_VarSelect 0x0040  /* A correlated subquery has been seen */
+#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000  /* min/max aggregates seen.  See note above */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+**
+** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
+** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
+** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
+** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
+** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
+** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
+** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
+** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
+** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  LogEst nSelectRow;     /* Estimated number of result rows */
+  u32 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  char zSelName[12];     /* Symbolic name of this SELECT use for debugging */
+#endif
+  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
+  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
+  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
+  With *pWith;           /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+**
+** Value constraints (all checked via assert())
+**     SF_HasAgg     == NC_HasAgg
+**     SF_MinMaxAgg  == NC_MinMaxAgg     == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX
+**     SF_FixedLimit == WHERE_USE_LIMIT
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct       0x00001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_All            0x00002  /* Includes the ALL keyword */
+#define SF_Resolved       0x00004  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate      0x00008  /* Contains agg functions or a GROUP BY */
+#define SF_HasAgg         0x00010  /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral  0x00020  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded       0x00040  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo    0x00080  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+#define SF_Compound       0x00100  /* Part of a compound query */
+#define SF_Values         0x00200  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
+#define SF_MultiValue     0x00400  /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */
+#define SF_NestedFrom     0x00800  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
+#define SF_MinMaxAgg      0x01000  /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */
+#define SF_Recursive      0x02000  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
+#define SF_FixedLimit     0x04000  /* nSelectRow set by a constant LIMIT */
+#define SF_MaybeConvert   0x08000  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+#define SF_Converted      0x10000  /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+#define SF_IncludeHidden  0x20000  /* Include hidden columns in output */
+
+
+/*
+** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
+** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
+** Type".
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary index
+**                     identified by pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
+**                     set is not empty.
+**
+**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
+**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
+**                     the side-effects of functions.
+**
+** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that
+** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
+**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
+**                     Store the first column of the first result row
+**                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
+**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
+**
+**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
+**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm.
+**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
+**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
+**
+**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
+**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
+**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
+**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
+**                     the table first.
+**
+**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
+**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
+**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
+**                     and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
+**                     starting with pDest->iSdst.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+**     SRT_Fifo        This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
+**                     is assumed to already be open.  SRT_Fifo has
+**                     the additional property of being able to ignore
+**                     the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+**     SRT_DistFifo    Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+**                     But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as
+**                     a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate
+**                     rows.  Name means:  "Distinct Fifo".
+**
+**     SRT_Queue       Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really
+**                     an index).  Append a sequence number so that all entries
+**                     are distinct.
+**
+**     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
+**                     the same record has never been stored before.  The
+**                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
+*/
+#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
+#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
+#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+#define SRT_Fifo         5  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_DistFifo     6  /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */
+#define SRT_Queue        7  /* Store result in an queue */
+#define SRT_DistQueue    8  /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */
+
+/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
+#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue)
+
+#define SRT_Output       9  /* Output each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem         10  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set         11  /* Store results as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
+#define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */
+#define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
+** a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct SelectDest {
+  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
+  char *zAffSdst;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
+  int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */
+  int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */
+};
+
+/*
+** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT
+** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
+** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
+** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
+** information in case inserts are done within triggers.  Triggers do not
+** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
+** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
+*/
+struct AutoincInfo {
+  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
+  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
+  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
+  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of the column cache
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
+# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
+#endif
+
+/*
+** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each
+** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
+** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
+** completed.
+**
+** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
+** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
+** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
+** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
+** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
+**
+** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
+** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT
+** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
+** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
+*/
+struct TriggerPrg {
+  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
+  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
+  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
+  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
+};
+
+/*
+** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+  typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8];
+# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0)
+# define DbMaskZero(M)      memset((M),0,sizeof(M))
+# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7))
+# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)
+# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0)
+#else
+  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
+# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0)
+# define DbMaskZero(M)      (M)=0
+# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I))
+# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   (M)==0
+# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (M)!=0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+**
+** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
+** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
+** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
+** each recursion.
+**
+** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache
+** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
+** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
+** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
+** list.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
+  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
+  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
+  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
+  u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+  u8 okConstFactor;    /* OK to factor out constants */
+  u8 disableLookaside; /* Number of times lookaside has been disabled */
+  u8 nColCache;        /* Number of entries in aColCache[] */
+  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
+  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nOpAlloc;        /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
+  int szOpAlloc;       /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
+  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
+  int iSelfTab;        /* Table of an index whose exprs are being coded */
+  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
+  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
+  int nLabel;          /* Number of labels used */
+  int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */
+  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
+  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
+  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
+  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
+  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT statements seen */
+  int nSelectIndent;   /* How far to indent SELECTTRACE() output */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
+  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
+#endif
+  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
+  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
+  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
+  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
+  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
+  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
+  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
+  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
+  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+  ** Fields above must be initialized to zero.  The fields that follow,
+  ** down to the beginning of the recursive section, do not need to be
+  ** initialized as they will be set before being used.  The boundary is
+  ** determined by offsetof(Parse,aColCache).
+  **************************************************************************/
+
+  struct yColCache {
+    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
+    i16 iColumn;          /* Table column number */
+    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
+    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
+    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
+    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
+  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
+  int aTempReg[8];        /* Holding area for temporary registers */
+  Token sNameToken;       /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+
+  /************************************************************************
+  ** Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
+  ** each recursion.  The boundary between these two regions is determined
+  ** using offsetof(Parse,sLastToken) so the sLastToken field must be the
+  ** first field in the recursive region.
+  ************************************************************************/
+
+  Token sLastToken;       /* The last token parsed */
+  ynVar nVar;               /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
+  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
+#endif
+  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSelectId;            /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
+  int iNextSelectId;        /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
+#endif
+  VList *pVList;            /* Mapping between variable names and numbers */
+  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
+  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
+  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
+#endif
+  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
+  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
+  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
+  With *pWithToFree;        /* Free this WITH object at the end of the parse */
+};
+
+/*
+** Sizes and pointers of various parts of the Parse object.
+*/
+#define PARSE_HDR_SZ offsetof(Parse,aColCache) /* Recursive part w/o aColCache*/
+#define PARSE_RECURSE_SZ offsetof(Parse,sLastToken)    /* Recursive part */
+#define PARSE_TAIL_SZ (sizeof(Parse)-PARSE_RECURSE_SZ) /* Non-recursive part */
+#define PARSE_TAIL(X) (((char*)(X))+PARSE_RECURSE_SZ)  /* Pointer to tail */
+
+/*
+** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
+#else
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+**    OPFLAG_LENGTHARG    == SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH
+**    OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG    == SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF
+**    OPFLAG_BULKCSR      == BTREE_BULKLOAD
+**    OPFLAG_SEEKEQ       == BTREE_SEEK_EQ
+**    OPFLAG_FORDELETE    == BTREE_FORDELETE
+**    OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION == BTREE_SAVEPOSITION
+**    OPFLAG_AUXDELETE    == BTREE_AUXDELETE
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* OP_Insert: Set to update db->nChange */
+                                     /* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */
+#define OPFLAG_EPHEM         0x01    /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x20    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
+#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
+#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
+#define OPFLAG_ISNOOP        0x40    /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */
+#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
+#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
+#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
+#define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ        0x02    /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */
+#define OPFLAG_FORDELETE     0x08    /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */
+#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x10    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
+#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
+#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION  0x02    /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */
+#define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE     0x04    /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger.
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
+  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
+** determine which.
+**
+** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
+** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
+*/
+#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
+#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program.
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ *
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ...
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to update.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ *
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */
+  char *zTarget;       /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
+  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
+  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */
+  int bVarOnly;       /* Check for variable references only */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
+** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
+*/
+struct StrAccum {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
+  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
+  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
+  u32  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
+  u32  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  u32  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed allocation.  0 for no malloc usage */
+  u8   accError;       /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
+  u8   printfFlags;    /* SQLITE_PRINTF flags below */
+};
+#define STRACCUM_NOMEM   1
+#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG  2
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01  /* Internal-use-only converters allowed */
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02  /* SQL function arguments to VXPrintf */
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED 0x04  /* True if xText is allocated space */
+
+#define isMalloced(X)  (((X)->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)!=0)
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
+  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+/*
+** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
+**
+** This structure also contains some state information.
+*/
+struct Sqlite3Config {
+  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
+  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
+  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
+  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
+  int bUseCis;                      /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
+  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
+  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
+  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
+  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
+  int nStmtSpill;                   /* Stmt-journal spill-to-disk threshold */
+  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
+  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
+  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
+  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
+  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
+  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
+  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
+  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
+  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
+  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
+  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
+  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
+  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
+  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
+  u32 szPma;                        /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */
+  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
+  ** initially be zero, however. */
+  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
+  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
+  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
+  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
+  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
+  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+  void *pSqllogArg;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+  /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch
+  ** operation.  Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE.
+  */
+  void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx);  /* Callback */
+  void *pVdbeBranchArg;                                     /* 1st argument */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  int (*xTestCallback)(int);        /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */
+#endif
+  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
+  int iOnceResetThreshold;          /* When to reset OP_Once counters */
+};
+
+/*
+** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
+** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of:
+**
+**     assert( X );
+**
+** One writes:
+**
+**     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
+**
+** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
+** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
+** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
+** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove
+** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
+*/
+#define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)
+
+/*
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+*/
+struct Walker {
+  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
+  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
+  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
+  void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
+  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
+  u8 eCode;                                 /* A small processing code */
+  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
+    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
+    int n;                                     /* A counter */
+    int iCur;                                  /* A cursor number */
+    SrcList *pSrcList;                         /* FROM clause */
+    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;                /* Counting column references */
+    struct CCurHint *pCCurHint;                /* Used by codeCursorHint() */
+    int *aiCol;                                /* array of column indexes */
+    struct IdxCover *pIdxCover;                /* Check for index coverage */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*);
+
+/*
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
+*/
+#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
+#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
+#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs
+** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause.
+*/
+struct With {
+  int nCte;                       /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */
+  With *pOuter;                   /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */
+  struct Cte {                    /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */
+    char *zName;                    /* Name of this CTE */
+    ExprList *pCols;                /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */
+    Select *pSelect;                /* The definition of this CTE */
+    const char *zCteErr;            /* Error message for circular references */
+  } a[1];
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of
+** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view.
+*/
+struct TreeView {
+  int iLevel;             /* Which level of the tree we are on */
+  u8  bLine[100];         /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
+** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
+  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
+** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
+** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
+** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
+** to set a debugger breakpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3NomemError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int);
+# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__)
+# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__)
+#else
+# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM
+# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM
+#endif
+
+/*
+** FTS3 and FTS4 both require virtual table support
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also call
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
+** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
+** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
+** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
+# define sqlite3Isquote(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x80)
+#else
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isquote(x)   ((x)=='"'||(x)=='\''||(x)=='['||(x)=='`')
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column*,char*);
+#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
+
+/*
+** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
+** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
+** obtain space from malloc().
+**
+** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
+** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)
+#else
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
+#endif
+
+/* Do not allow both MEMSYS5 and MEMSYS3 to be defined together.  If they
+** are, disable MEMSYS3
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
+#undef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MemoryBarrier()
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int, int);
+
+/* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+#else
+# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL
+** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function.
+*/
+struct PrintfArguments {
+  int nArg;                /* Total number of arguments */
+  int nUsed;               /* Number of arguments used so far */
+  sqlite3_value **apArg;   /* The argument values */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView*, const With*, u8);
+#endif
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenInit(Token*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse*,int,int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse*, Expr*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(Parse*,ExprList*,IdList*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3*,const char *zName);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(T,C) /* no-op */
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
+                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultSim(int);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,int,int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
+                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                          Expr*, int, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                         Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderedInnerLoop(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
+#define ONEPASS_OFF      0        /* Use of ONEPASS not allowed */
+#define ONEPASS_SINGLE   1        /* ONEPASS valid for a single row update */
+#define ONEPASS_MULTI    2        /* ONEPASS is valid for multiple rows */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8);
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_REF      0x04  /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF  0x08  /* Omit if ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+#define LOCATE_VIEW    0x01
+#define LOCATE_NOERR   0x02
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,u32 flags,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,u32 flags,struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+    Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
+                                     u8,u8,int,int*,int*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe*,Table*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(A,B)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, u8, int, u8*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select*,const char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3SelectSetName(A,B)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(FuncDef*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                           Expr*,int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
+                            int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
+  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
+                                        Select*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
+# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0)
+#else
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
+# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
+# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1
+# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \
+    defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) || \
+    defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VList *sqlite3VListAdd(sqlite3*,VList*,const char*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VListNumToName(VList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VListNameToNum(VList*,const char*,int);
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+
+/*
+** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte.  They following
+** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call
+** the procedure for larger varints.
+*/
+#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
+  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
+  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
+  sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8,
+                        void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
+#endif
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse*, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, sqlite3*, char*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum*,int,char);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse*, Expr*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ExprCheckIN(x,y) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
+    Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,int,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3*, Index*, int);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
+#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule(
+     sqlite3*,
+     const char*,
+     const sqlite3_module*,
+     void*,
+     void(*)(void*)
+   );
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8);
+#else
+#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z)
+#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
+** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
+** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
+** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
+** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is
+** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
+  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
+  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
+  #define sqlite3FkReferences(a)        0
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
+  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
+
+/*
+** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
+** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+** is not defined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
+  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex()
+*/
+#define IN_INDEX_ROWID        1   /* Search the rowid of the table */
+#define IN_INDEX_EPH          2   /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC    3   /* Existing index ASCENDING */
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC   4   /* Existing index DESCENDING */
+#define IN_INDEX_NOOP         5   /* No table available. Use comparisons */
+/*
+** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex().
+*/
+#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK     0x0001  /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */
+#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP  0x0002  /* IN operator used for membership test */
+#define IN_INDEX_LOOP        0x0004  /* IN operator used as a loop */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*, int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
+** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
+** print I/O tracing messages.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
+#else
+# define IOTRACE(A)
+# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
+** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
+** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
+** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
+** a single bit set.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+**
+** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
+** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
+** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
+** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
+** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
+** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
+** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
+** this constraint.
+**
+** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
+** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
+# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
+# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
+#endif
+#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Heap that might have been lookaside */
+#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */
+
+/*
+** Threading interface
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField(Parse*,Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse*, Expr*);
+
+#endif /* SQLITEINT_H */
+
+/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+**
+** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
+** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
+** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
+     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
+     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
+     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
+     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
+     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
+     96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
+    112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
+    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, /* 9x */
+    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
+    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
+    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
+    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
+    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,234,235,236,237,238,239, /* Ex */
+    240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* Fx */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
+** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
+**
+**   isspace()                        0x01
+**   isalpha()                        0x02
+**   isdigit()                        0x04
+**   isalnum()                        0x06
+**   isxdigit()                       0x08
+**   toupper()                        0x20
+**   SQLite identifier character      0x40
+**   Quote character                  0x80
+**
+** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
+** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
+** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
+** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+**
+**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+**
+** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
+** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+**
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
+** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
+** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
+** part of an identifier is 0x46.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */
+
+  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
+  0x80, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */
+
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 80..87    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 90..97    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a8..af    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b8..bf    ........ */
+
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d8..df    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40   /* f8..ff    ........ */
+};
+#endif
+
+/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02982-34736 In order to maintain full backwards
+** compatibility for legacy applications, the URI filename capability is
+** disabled by default.
+**
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-38799-08373 URI filenames can be enabled or disabled
+** using the SQLITE_USE_URI=1 or SQLITE_USE_URI=0 compile-time options.
+**
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
+# define  SQLITE_USE_URI 0
+#endif
+
+/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the
+** SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN compile-time option, or is "on" if
+** that compile-time option is omitted.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
+#endif
+
+/* The minimum PMA size is set to this value multiplied by the database
+** page size in bytes.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ
+# define SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ 250
+#endif
+
+/* Statement journals spill to disk when their size exceeds the following
+** threshold (in bytes). 0 means that statement journals are created and
+** written to disk immediately (the default behavior for SQLite versions
+** before 3.12.0).  -1 means always keep the entire statement journal in
+** memory.  (The statement journal is also always held entirely in memory
+** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this
+** setting.)
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL 
+# define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default lookaside-configuration, the format "SZ,N".  SZ is the
+** number of bytes in each lookaside slot (should be a multiple of 8)
+** and N is the number of slots.  The lookaside-configuration can be
+** changed as start-time using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE)
+** or at run-time for an individual database connection using
+** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE);
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE 1200,100
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
+   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
+   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
+   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
+   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */
+   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
+   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE,  /* szLookaside, nLookaside */
+   SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL,     /* nStmtSpill */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
+   0,                         /* nHeap */
+   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE,  /* szMmap */
+   SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE,      /* mxMmap */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
+   0,                         /* szScratch */
+   0,                         /* nScratch */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
+   0,                         /* szPage */
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ, /* nPage */
+   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
+   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
+   SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ,       /* szPma */
+   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
+   0,                         /* isInit */
+   0,                         /* inProgress */
+   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
+   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
+   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
+   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* xLog */
+   0,                         /* pLogArg */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+   0,                         /* xSqllog */
+   0,                         /* pSqllogArg */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+   0,                         /* xVdbeBranch */
+   0,                         /* pVbeBranchArg */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+   0,                         /* xTestCallback */
+#endif
+   0,                         /* bLocaltimeFault */
+   0x7ffffffe                 /* iOnceResetThreshold */
+};
+
+/*
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
+
+/*
+** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
+   { "0", 1 },
+   { "1", 1 }
+};
+
+
+/*
+** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
+** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
+** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
+** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set aside
+** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
+**
+** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
+** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
+** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
+** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
+** move the pending byte.
+**
+** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
+** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
+** Changing the pending byte during operation will result in undefined
+** and incorrect behavior.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+/* #include "opcodes.h" */
+/*
+** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** the vdbe.c file.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
+
+/*
+** Name of the default collating sequence
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[] = "BINARY";
+
+/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
+** SQLite was built with.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
+** be sorted A-Z.
+**
+** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
+** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
+** rather short and uses little memory space.
+*/
+static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
+
+/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
+** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
+
+#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+  "32BIT_ROWID",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+  "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+  "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  "CHECK_PAGES",
+#endif
+#if defined(__clang__) && defined(__clang_major__)
+  "COMPILER=clang-" CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_major__) "."
+                    CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_minor__) "."
+                    CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_patchlevel__),
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+  "COMPILER=msvc-" CTIMEOPT_VAL(_MSC_VER),
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__VERSION__)
+  "COMPILER=gcc-" __VERSION__,
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+  "COVERAGE_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  "DEBUG",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
+  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
+  "DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS
+  "DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+  "DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+  "DISABLE_LFS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+  "ENABLE_8_3_NAMES=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  "ENABLE_API_ARMOR",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+  "ENABLE_CEROD",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
+  "ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  "ENABLE_FTS1",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  "ENABLE_FTS2",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+  "ENABLE_FTS3",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+  "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+  "ENABLE_FTS4",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+  "ENABLE_FTS5",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  "ENABLE_ICU",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+  "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
+  "ENABLE_JSON1",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+  "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+  "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
+  "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  "ENABLE_RTREE",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+  "ENABLE_STAT4",
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+  "ENABLE_STAT3",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR)
+  "ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  "HAS_CODEC",
+#endif
+#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+  "HAVE_ISNAN",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+  "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  "INT64_TYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+  "LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+  "LOCK_TRACE",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
+  "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+  "MEMDEBUG",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  "NO_SYNC",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  "OMIT_ANALYZE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+  "OMIT_ATTACH",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+  "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+  "OMIT_AUTORESET",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+  "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  "OMIT_CAST",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  "OMIT_CHECK",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+  "OMIT_COMPLETE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+  "OMIT_CTE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+  "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  "OMIT_DISKIO",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+  "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+  "OMIT_PRAGMA",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+  "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+  "OMIT_REINDEX",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+  "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  "OMIT_TEMPDB",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  "OMIT_TRACE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  "OMIT_TRIGGER",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  "OMIT_UTF16",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+  "OMIT_VACUUM",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  "OMIT_VIEW",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  "OMIT_WAL",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  "OMIT_WSD",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+  "PROXY_DEBUG",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  "RTREE_INT_ONLY",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+  "SECURE_DELETE",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
+  "SMALL_STACK",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+  "SOUNDEX",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+  "SYSTEM_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TCL
+  "TCL",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc)
+  "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEST
+  "TEST",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  "UNTESTABLE"
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+  "USE_ALLOCA",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  "USER_AUTHENTICATION",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+  "WIN32_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+  "ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
+** was used and false if not.
+**
+** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
+** is not required for a match.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
+  int i, n;
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( zOptName==0 ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
+
+  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
+  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
+     && sqlite3IsIdChar((unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n])==0
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-th compile-time option string.  If N is out of range,
+** return a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
+  if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
+    return azCompileOpt[N];
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_VDBEINT_H
+#define SQLITE_VDBEINT_H
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
+** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50
+#endif
+
+/*
+** VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 is true or false depending on whether or not the
+** "explain" P4 display logic is enabled.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 1
+#else
+# define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned Bool;
+
+/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
+typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
+
+/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
+typedef struct AuxData AuxData;
+
+/* Types of VDBE cursors */
+#define CURTYPE_BTREE       0
+#define CURTYPE_SORTER      1
+#define CURTYPE_VTAB        2
+#define CURTYPE_PSEUDO      3
+
+/*
+** A VdbeCursor is an superclass (a wrapper) for various cursor objects:
+**
+**      * A b-tree cursor
+**          -  In the main database or in an ephemeral database
+**          -  On either an index or a table
+**      * A sorter
+**      * A virtual table
+**      * A one-row "pseudotable" stored in a single register
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
+struct VdbeCursor {
+  u8 eCurType;            /* One of the CURTYPE_* values above */
+  i8 iDb;                 /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
+  u8 nullRow;             /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  u8 deferredMoveto;      /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  u8 isTable;             /* True for rowid tables.  False for indexes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 seekOp;              /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */
+  u8 wrFlag;              /* The wrFlag argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor() */
+#endif
+  Bool isEphemeral:1;     /* True for an ephemeral table */
+  Bool useRandomRowid:1;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool isOrdered:1;       /* True if the table is not BTREE_UNORDERED */
+  Btree *pBtx;            /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  i64 seqCount;           /* Sequence counter */
+  int *aAltMap;           /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */
+
+  /* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches
+  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
+  ** CACHE_STALE (0) and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
+  ** the cache is out of date. */
+  u32 cacheStatus;        /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+  int seekResult;         /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() or 0
+                          ** if there have been no prior seeks on the cursor. */
+  /* NB: seekResult does not distinguish between "no seeks have ever occurred
+  ** on this cursor" and "the most recent seek was an exact match". */
+
+  /* When a new VdbeCursor is allocated, only the fields above are zeroed.
+  ** The fields that follow are uninitialized, and must be individually
+  ** initialized prior to first use. */
+  VdbeCursor *pAltCursor; /* Associated index cursor from which to read */
+  union {
+    BtCursor *pCursor;          /* CURTYPE_BTREE.  Btree cursor */
+    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; /* CURTYPE_VTAB.   Vtab cursor */
+    int pseudoTableReg;         /* CURTYPE_PSEUDO. Reg holding content. */
+    VdbeSorter *pSorter;        /* CURTYPE_SORTER. Sorter object */
+  } uc;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;      /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  u32 iHdrOffset;         /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;          /* Root page of the open btree cursor */
+  i16 nField;             /* Number of fields in the header */
+  u16 nHdrParsed;         /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
+  i64 movetoTarget;       /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  u32 *aOffset;           /* Pointer to aType[nField] */
+  const u8 *aRow;         /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+  u32 payloadSize;        /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 szRow;              /* Byte available in aRow */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
+  u64 maskUsed;           /* Mask of columns used by this cursor */
+#endif
+
+  /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
+  ** static element declared in the structure.  nField total array slots for
+  ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
+  u32 aType[1];           /* Type values record decode.  MUST BE LAST */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheStatus that means the cache is always invalid.
+*/
+#define CACHE_STALE 0
+
+/*
+** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
+** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
+** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
+** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
+** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
+** began executing.
+**
+** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
+** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
+** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
+** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
+** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
+** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
+** child frame are released.
+**
+** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
+** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
+struct VdbeFrame {
+  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
+  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions for parent frame */
+  i64 *anExec;            /* Event counters from parent frame */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
+  u8 *aOnce;              /* Bitmask used by OP_Once */
+  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
+  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  AuxData *pAuxData;      /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
+  int nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
+  int pc;                 /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
+  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
+  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
+  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
+  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChange)     */
+  int nDbChange;          /* Value of db->nChange */
+};
+
+#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  union MemValue {
+    double r;           /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */
+    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
+    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
+    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
+  } u;
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
+  u8  eSubtype;       /* Subtype for this value */
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */
+  char *zMalloc;      /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */
+  int szMalloc;       /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */
+  u32 uTemp;          /* Transient storage for serial_type in OP_MakeRecord */
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
+  void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
+  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member or anything that
+** follows.
+*/
+#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc)
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+#define MEM_AffMask   0x001f   /* Mask of affinity bits */
+#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
+#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
+#define MEM_Cleared   0x0100   /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
+#define MEM_TypeMask  0x81ff   /* Mask of type bits */
+
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#define MEM_Subtype   0x8000   /* Mem.eSubtype is valid */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  #undef MEM_Zero
+  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#endif
+
+/* Return TRUE if Mem X contains dynamically allocated content - anything
+** that needs to be deallocated to avoid a leak.
+*/
+#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
+  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
+
+/*
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
+*/
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
+
+/*
+** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid.  This macro
+** is for use inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
+** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
+** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
+** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
+** when the VM is halted (if not before).
+*/
+struct AuxData {
+  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
+  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
+  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
+  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
+};
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for an installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  Mem *pOut;              /* The return value is stored here */
+  FuncDef *pFunc;         /* Pointer to function information */
+  Mem *pMem;              /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;            /* The VM that owns this context */
+  int iOp;                /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
+  int isError;            /* Error code returned by the function. */
+  u8 skipFlag;            /* Skip accumulator loading if true */
+  u8 fErrorOrAux;         /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
+  u8 argc;                /* Number of arguments */
+  sqlite3_value *argv[1]; /* Argument set */
+};
+
+/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
+** N is the number of bits.
+*/
+typedef unsigned bft;  /* Bit Field Type */
+
+typedef struct ScanStatus ScanStatus;
+struct ScanStatus {
+  int addrExplain;                /* OP_Explain for loop */
+  int addrLoop;                   /* Address of "loops" counter */
+  int addrVisit;                  /* Address of "rows visited" counter */
+  int iSelectID;                  /* The "Select-ID" for this loop */
+  LogEst nEst;                    /* Estimated output rows per loop */
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of table or index */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */
+  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  int nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
+  i64 iCurrentTime;       /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */
+  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
+  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
+  i64 nStmtDefImmCons;    /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */
+
+  /* When allocating a new Vdbe object, all of the fields below should be
+  ** initialized to zero or NULL */
+
+  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
+  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  VList *pVList;          /* Name of variables */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
+#endif
+  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int rcApp;              /* errcode set by sqlite3_result_error_code() */
+#endif
+  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
+  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
+  bft doingRerun:1;       /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
+  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
+  bft runOnlyOnce:1;      /* Automatically expire on reset */
+  bft usesStmtJournal:1;  /* True if uses a statement journal */
+  bft readOnly:1;         /* True for statements that do not write */
+  bft bIsReader:1;        /* True for statements that read */
+  bft isPrepareV2:1;      /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
+  yDbMask btreeMask;      /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+  yDbMask lockMask;       /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
+  u32 aCounter[5];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
+  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
+  VdbeFrame *pDelFrame;   /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
+  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
+  u32 expmask;            /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
+  AuxData *pAuxData;      /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  i64 *anExec;            /* Number of times each op has been executed */
+  int nScan;              /* Entries in aScan[] */
+  ScanStatus *aScan;      /* Scan definitions for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x16bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0x2df20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x319c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RESET    0x48fa9f76    /* Reset and ready to run again */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0x5606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Structure used to store the context required by the 
+** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions.
+*/
+struct PreUpdate {
+  Vdbe *v;
+  VdbeCursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor to read old values from */
+  int op;                         /* One of SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE */
+  u8 *aRecord;                    /* old.* database record */
+  KeyInfo keyinfo;
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Unpacked version of aRecord[] */
+  UnpackedRecord *pNewUnpacked;   /* Unpacked version of new.* record */
+  int iNewReg;                    /* Register for new.* values */
+  i64 iKey1;                      /* First key value passed to hook */
+  i64 iKey2;                      /* Second key value passed to hook */
+  Mem *aNew;                      /* Array of new.* values */
+  Table *pTab;                    /* Schema object being upated */          
+  Index *pPk;                     /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */
+};
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int, u32*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(sqlite3*, AuxData**, int, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(Vdbe*,VdbeCursor*,int,const char*,Table*,i64,int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
+  #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+#else
+  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_VDBEINT_H) */
+
+/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Variables in which to record status information.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_PTRSIZE>4
+typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatValueType;
+#else
+typedef u32 sqlite3StatValueType;
+#endif
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
+  sqlite3StatValueType nowValue[10];  /* Current value */
+  sqlite3StatValueType mxValue[10];   /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
+
+/*
+** Elements of sqlite3Stat[] are protected by either the memory allocator
+** mutex, or by the pcache1 mutex.  The following array determines which.
+*/
+static const char statMutex[] = {
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED */
+  1,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED */
+  1,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW */
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED */
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW */
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE */
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK */
+  1,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE */
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE */
+  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT */
+};
+
+
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.  The caller must
+** be holding the appropriate mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
+                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
+  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+}
+
+/*
+** Add N to the value of a status record.  The caller must hold the
+** appropriate mutex.  (Locking is checked by assert()).
+**
+** The StatusUp() routine can accept positive or negative values for N.
+** The value of N is added to the current status value and the high-water
+** mark is adjusted if necessary.
+**
+** The StatusDown() routine lowers the current value by N.  The highwater
+** mark is unchanged.  N must be non-negative for StatusDown().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusUp(int op, int N){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
+                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
+  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
+  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int op, int N){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( N>=0 );
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
+                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  wsdStat.nowValue[op] -= N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the highwater mark if necessary.
+** The caller must hold the appropriate mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int op, int X){
+  sqlite3StatValueType newValue;
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( X>=0 );
+  newValue = (sqlite3StatValueType)X;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
+                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
+  assert( op==SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
+          || op==SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
+          || op==SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
+          || op==SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK );
+  if( newValue>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = newValue;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
+  int op,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater,
+  int resetFlag
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;
+  wsdStatInit;
+  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  pMutex = statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() : sqlite3MallocMutex();
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMutex);
+  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
+  if( resetFlag ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMutex);
+  (void)pMutex;  /* Prevent warning when SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 */
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+  sqlite3_int64 iCur = 0, iHwtr = 0;
+  int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  rc = sqlite3_status64(op, &iCur, &iHwtr, resetFlag);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    *pCurrent = (int)iCur;
+    *pHighwater = (int)iHwtr;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+  int op,               /* Status verb */
+  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
+  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
+  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Return code */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pCurrent==0|| pHighwater==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
+      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
+      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
+      *pCurrent = 0;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* 
+    ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
+    ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
+    ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
+      int totalUsed = 0;
+      int i;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+        if( pBt ){
+          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+          int nByte = sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
+          if( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED ){
+            nByte = nByte / sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(pBt);
+          }
+          totalUsed += nByte;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      *pCurrent = totalUsed;
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+    ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
+    ** databases.  *pHighwater is set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
+      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through schemas */
+      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+        if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
+          HashElem *p;
+
+          nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
+              pSchema->tblHash.count 
+            + pSchema->trigHash.count
+            + pSchema->idxHash.count
+            + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
+          );
+          nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
+
+          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+            sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
+          }
+          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+            sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nByte;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+    ** to store all prepared statements.
+    ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
+      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
+      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
+      }
+      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+
+      *pHighwater = 0;  /* IMP: R-64479-57858 */
+      *pCurrent = nByte;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
+    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
+    ** to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
+      int i;
+      int nRet = 0;
+      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
+      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
+
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
+        }
+      }
+      *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-42420-56072 */
+                       /* IMP: R-54100-20147 */
+                       /* IMP: R-29431-39229 */
+      *pCurrent = nRet;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
+    ** key constraints.  Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
+    ** have been satisfied.  The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: {
+      *pHighwater = 0;  /* IMP: R-11967-56545 */
+      *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system. 
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+/*
+** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function.
+** So declare a substitute.  The substitute function itself is
+** defined in "os_win.c".
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME) && defined(_WIN32_WCE) && \
+    (!defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API)
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  sqlite3_int64 iJD;  /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+  int Y, M, D;        /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;           /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;             /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;           /* Seconds */
+  char validJD;       /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+  char rawS;          /* Raw numeric value stored in s */
+  char validYMD;      /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;      /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validTZ;       /* True (1) if tz is valid */
+  char tzSet;         /* Timezone was set explicitly */
+  char isError;       /* An overflow has occurred */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers according to the conversion
+** specifier zFormat.
+**
+** zFormat[] contains 4 characters for each integer converted, except for
+** the last integer which is specified by three characters.  The meaning
+** of a four-character format specifiers ABCD is:
+**
+**    A:   number of digits to convert.  Always "2" or "4".
+**    B:   minimum value.  Always "0" or "1".
+**    C:   maximum value, decoded as:
+**           a:  12
+**           b:  14
+**           c:  24
+**           d:  31
+**           e:  59
+**           f:  9999
+**    D:   the separator character, or \000 to indicate this is the
+**         last number to convert.
+**
+** Example:  To translate an ISO-8601 date YYYY-MM-DD, the format would
+** be "40f-21a-20c".  The "40f-" indicates the 4-digit year followed by "-".
+** The "21a-" indicates the 2-digit month followed by "-".  The "20c" indicates
+** the 2-digit day which is the last integer in the set.
+**
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  /* The aMx[] array translates the 3rd character of each format
+  ** spec into a max size:    a   b   c   d   e     f */
+  static const u16 aMx[] = { 12, 14, 24, 31, 59, 9999 };
+  va_list ap;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  char nextC;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  do{
+    char N = zFormat[0] - '0';
+    char min = zFormat[1] - '0';
+    int val = 0;
+    u16 max;
+
+    assert( zFormat[2]>='a' && zFormat[2]<='f' );
+    max = aMx[zFormat[2] - 'a'];
+    nextC = zFormat[3];
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+        goto end_getDigits;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<(int)min || val>(int)max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      goto end_getDigits;
+    }
+    *va_arg(ap,int*) = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+    zFormat += 4;
+  }while( nextC );
+end_getDigits:
+  va_end(ap);
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** Or the "zulu" notation:
+**
+**        Z
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return non-zero.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  int c;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  c = *zDate;
+  if( c=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( c=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
+    zDate++;
+    goto zulu_time;
+  }else{
+    return c!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, "20b:20e", &nHr, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+zulu_time:
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tzSet = 1;
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, "20c:20e", &h, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, "20e", &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->rawS = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Put the DateTime object into its error state.
+*/
+static void datetimeError(DateTime *p){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  p->isError = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( Y<-4713 || Y>9999 || p->rawS ){
+    datetimeError(p);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
+      p->validYMD = 0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate, "40f-21a-21d", &Y, &M, &D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+  p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
+  if( p->iJD>0 ){
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Input "r" is a numeric quantity which might be a julian day number,
+** or the number of seconds since 1970.  If the value if r is within
+** range of a julian day number, install it as such and set validJD.
+** If the value is a valid unix timestamp, put it in p->s and set p->rawS.
+*/
+static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){
+  p->s = r;
+  p->rawS = 1;
+  if( r>=0.0 && r<5373484.5 ){
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a julian day number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  const char *zDate, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  double r;
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    setRawDateNumber(p, r);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* The julian day number for 9999-12-31 23:59:59.999 is 5373484.4999999.
+** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value
+** for DateTime.iJD.
+**
+** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with 
+** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it.
+*/
+#define INT_464269060799999  ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff)
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given julian day number is within range.
+**
+** The input is the JulianDay times 86400000.
+*/
+static int validJulianDay(sqlite3_int64 iJD){
+  return iJD>=0 && iJD<=INT_464269060799999;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( validJulianDay(p->iJD) );
+    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+    D = (36525*(C&32767))/100;
+    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  computeJD(p);
+  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
+  p->s = s/1000.0;
+  s = (int)p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->rawS = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
+**
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+**
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
+** localtime_s().
+*/
+#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \
+    && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#undef  HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
+** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
+** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
+** non-zero on any kind of error.
+**
+** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
+** routine will always fail.
+**
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
+** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
+** local time.
+*/
+static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
+  int rc;
+#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
+  struct tm *pX;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  pX = localtime(t);
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
+#endif
+  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  rc = pX==0;
+#else
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+  rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
+#else
+  rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
+** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
+**
+** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
+** is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
+  DateTime *p,                    /* Date at which to calculate offset */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Write error here if one occurs */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
+){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  struct tm sLocal;
+
+  /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
+  memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
+
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only
+    ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range,
+    ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this
+    ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back.
+    */
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+  if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
+    *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+  y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+  y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+  y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+  y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+  y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.rawS = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  y.isError = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
+  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+/*
+** The following table defines various date transformations of the form
+**
+**            'NNN days'
+**
+** Where NNN is an arbitrary floating-point number and "days" can be one
+** of several units of time.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  u8 eType;           /* Transformation type code */
+  u8 nName;           /* Length of th name */
+  char *zName;        /* Name of the transformation */
+  double rLimit;      /* Maximum NNN value for this transform */
+  double rXform;      /* Constant used for this transform */
+} aXformType[] = {
+  { 0, 6, "second", 464269060800.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0) },
+  { 0, 6, "minute", 7737817680.0,   86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)      },
+  { 0, 4, "hour",   128963628.0,    86400000.0/24.0             },
+  { 0, 3, "day",    5373485.0,      86400000.0                  },
+  { 1, 5, "month",  176546.0,       30.0*86400000.0             },
+  { 2, 4, "year",   14713.0,        365.0*86400000.0            },
+};
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
+** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
+** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
+** written to pCtx.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,      /* Function context */
+  const char *z,              /* The text of the modifier */
+  int n,                      /* Length of zMod in bytes */
+  DateTime *p                 /* The date/time value to be modified */
+){
+  int rc = 1;
+  double r;
+  switch(sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)z[0]] ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->s as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->rawS ){
+        r = p->s*1000.0 + 210866760000000.0;
+        if( r>=0.0 && r<464269060800000.0 ){
+          clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+          p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)r;
+          p->validJD = 1;
+          p->rawS = 0;
+          rc = 0;
+        }
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+      else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        if( p->tzSet==0 ){
+          sqlite3_int64 c1;
+          computeJD(p);
+          c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            p->iJD -= c1;
+            clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+            p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+          }
+          p->tzSet = 1;
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
+               && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
+               && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      if( !p->validJD && !p->validYMD && !p->validHMS ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->rawS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( sqlite3_stricmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      double rRounder;
+      int i;
+      for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
+      if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+        rc = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        sqlite3_int64 day;
+        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* If control reaches this point, it means the transformation is
+      ** one of the forms like "+NNN days".  */
+      z += n;
+      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)z[n-1]]=='s' ) n--;
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 1;
+      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aXformType); i++){
+        if( aXformType[i].nName==n
+         && sqlite3_strnicmp(aXformType[i].zName, z, n)==0
+         && r>-aXformType[i].rLimit && r<aXformType[i].rLimit
+        ){
+          switch( aXformType[i].eType ){
+            case 1: { /* Special processing to add months */
+              int x;
+              computeYMD_HMS(p);
+              p->M += (int)r;
+              x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+              p->Y += x;
+              p->M -= x*12;
+              p->validJD = 0;
+              r -= (int)r;
+              break;
+            }
+            case 2: { /* Special processing to add years */
+              int y = (int)r;
+              computeYMD_HMS(p);
+              p->Y += y;
+              p->validJD = 0;
+              r -= (int)r;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          computeJD(p);
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*aXformType[i].rXform + rRounder);
+          rc = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+**
+** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
+** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+*/
+static int isDate(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  int i, n;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  int eType;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }
+  if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    setRawDateNumber(p, sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]));
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[i]);
+    if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, n, p) ) return 1;
+  }
+  computeJD(p);
+  if( p->isError || !validJulianDay(p->iJD) ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
+                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  u64 n;
+  size_t i,j;
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zFmt;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc==0 ) return;
+  zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
+  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    return;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, (int)n);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          double s = x.s;
+          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
+          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
+            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
+          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
+                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w': {
+          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'Y': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
+                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_time()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as time('now').
+*/
+static void ctimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_date()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as date('now').
+*/
+static void cdateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_timestamp()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
+*/
+static void ctimestampFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+/*
+** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
+** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
+** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
+** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
+** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
+**
+** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
+** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
+** as the user-data for the function.
+*/
+static void currentTimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  time_t t;
+  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_int64 iT;
+  struct tm *pTm;
+  struct tm sNow;
+  char zBuf[20];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
+  if( iT<=0 ) return;
+  t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
+#if HAVE_GMTIME_R
+  pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  pTm = gmtime(&t);
+  if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+#endif
+  if( pTm ){
+    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+  static FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+    DFUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
+    DFUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
+    DFUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
+    DFUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
+    DFUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
+    DFUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
+    DFUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
+    DFUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
+#else
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aDateTimeFuncs, ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs));
+}
+
+/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 November 29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
+** architectures.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+/*
+** When testing, also keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+/*
+** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
+** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
+** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
+** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
+** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
+**
+** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure
+** testing:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsRead()
+**     sqlite3OsWrite()
+**     sqlite3OsSync()
+**     sqlite3OsFileSize()
+**     sqlite3OsLock()
+**     sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
+**     sqlite3OsFileControl()
+**     sqlite3OsShmMap()
+**     sqlite3OsOpen()
+**     sqlite3OsDelete()
+**     sqlite3OsAccess()
+**     sqlite3OsFullPathname()
+**
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)                                       \
+  if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(x))) { \
+    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);                             \
+    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;                  \
+    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                                         \
+  }
+#else
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
+** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
+** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
+** C++ instead of plain old C.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
+  if( pId->pMethods ){
+    pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
+    pId->pMethods = 0;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
+  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
+** and we need to know about the failures.  Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
+** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
+** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){
+    /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
+    ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding
+    ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point
+    ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
+    ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
+    **
+    ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
+    ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
+    ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
+    ** to the user.  */
+    DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  }
+#endif
+  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
+  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
+  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
+  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
+  return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* Database file handle */
+  int iPage,
+  int pgsz,
+  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
+  return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p);
+}
+#else
+/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
+  *pp = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
+** VFS methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zPath,
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,
+  int flags,
+  int *pFlagsOut
+){
+  int rc;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
+  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
+  ** reaching the VFS. */
+  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
+  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zPath,
+  int flags,
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zPath,
+  int nPathOut,
+  char *zPathOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  zPathOut[0] = 0;
+  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
+  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  return pVfs->xGetLastError ? pVfs->xGetLastError(pVfs, 0, 0) : 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
+  int rc;
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
+  ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
+  ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
+  ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
+  ** unavailable.
+  */
+  if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
+    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
+  }else{
+    double r;
+    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
+    *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zFile,
+  sqlite3_file **ppFile,
+  int flags,
+  int *pOutFlags
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;
+  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( pFile ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(pFile);
+    }else{
+      *ppFile = pFile;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  assert( pFile );
+  sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
+** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
+** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
+** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return sqlite3_os_init();
+}
+
+/*
+** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+*/
+static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
+#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
+
+/*
+** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
+** first VFS on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
+    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
+    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
+*/
+static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+  if( pVfs==0 ){
+    /* No-op */
+  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
+    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
+  }else if( vfsList ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
+    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
+      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
+** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
+** true.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
+  MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
+    vfsList = pVfs;
+  }else{
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
+    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
+  }
+  assert(vfsList);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Jan 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
+** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
+** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
+** and returns 0). 
+**
+** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
+** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
+** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
+** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
+** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
+*/
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+
+/*
+** Global variables.
+*/
+typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
+} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
+** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdHooksInit \
+  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
+# define wsdHooks x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdHooksInit
+# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
+** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
+){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
+  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
+** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
+  }
+}
+
+#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */
+
+/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
+** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
+** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
+** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.  The content of
+** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined.  The
+** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined.  The
+** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
+** file.
+**
+** C-preprocessor macro summary:
+**
+**    HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE     The configure script sets this symbol if
+**                                the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
+**                                on the target platform.  Or, this symbol
+**                                can be set manually, if desired.
+**                                If an equivalent interface exists by
+**                                a different name, using a separate -D
+**                                option to rename it.
+**
+**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC   Some older macs lack support for the zone
+**                                memory allocator.  Set this symbol to enable
+**                                building on older macs.
+**
+**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE        Set this symbol to disable the use of
+**                                _msize() on windows systems.  This might
+**                                be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
+**                                for example.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+
+/*
+** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
+** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
+*/
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <malloc/malloc.h>
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIGHT_BE_SINGLE_CORE
+#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
+#endif /* SQLITE_MIGHT_BE_SINGLE_CORE */
+static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
+#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
+        (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))
+
+#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
+** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)             malloc(x)
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x)               free(x)
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y)          realloc((x),(y))
+
+/*
+** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function
+** on some systems (e.g. Linux).
+*/
+#if HAVE_MALLOC_H && HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H 1
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE 1
+/*
+** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize().  The
+** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with
+** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE.  Using the _msize() function also requires
+** the malloc.h header file.
+*/
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary.  Also set define macro
+** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize()
+** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux).
+** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining
+** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H)
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
+#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
+#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x)   malloc_usable_size(x)
+#    endif
+#  elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE)
+#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
+#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE      _msize
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */
+
+#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
+** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
+** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
+** routines.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  void *p;
+  testcase( ROUND8(nByte)==nByte );
+  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+  }
+  return p;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  testcase( ROUND8(nByte)!=nByte );
+  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }else{
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+  }
+  return (void *)p;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
+** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
+** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
+** by higher-level routines.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  p--;
+  SQLITE_FREE(p);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
+** or xRealloc().
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  return (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior);
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  return (int)p[0];
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+**
+** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
+** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
+** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because
+** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
+** routines and redirected to xFree.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+      SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
+  }
+  return p;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
+  assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  p--;
+  p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }else{
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+      sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
+  }
+  return (void*)p;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+  int cpuCount;
+  size_t len;
+  if( _sqliteZone_ ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  len = sizeof(cpuCount);
+  /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
+  sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
+  if( cpuCount>1 ){
+    /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
+    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
+  }else{
+    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
+    ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
+    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
+    malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap");
+  }
+#endif /*  defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
+** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
+** leaks and memory usage errors.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+
+/*
+** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
+*/
+#ifdef __GLIBC__
+  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
+  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
+#else
+# define backtrace(A,B) 1
+# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
+#endif
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** Each memory allocation looks like this:
+**
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
+** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
+** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
+** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
+** MemBlockHdr.
+*/
+struct MemBlockHdr {
+  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
+  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
+  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
+  u8 nTitle;                          /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
+  u8 eType;                           /* Allocation type code */
+  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
+};
+
+/*
+** Guard words
+*/
+#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
+#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
+
+/*
+** Number of malloc size increments to track.
+*/
+#define NCSIZE  1000
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static struct {
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
+  */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
+  */
+  int nBacktrace;
+  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
+
+  /*
+  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
+  */
+  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
+  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
+
+  /* 
+  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
+  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
+  */
+  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
+
+  /*
+  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
+  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
+  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
+  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
+  */
+  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
+  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
+  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
+
+} mem;
+
+
+/*
+** Adjust memory usage statistics
+*/
+static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
+  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
+  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
+    i = NCSIZE - 1;
+  }
+  if( increment>0 ){
+    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
+    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
+    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
+      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
+    }
+  }else{
+    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
+    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
+**
+** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
+** if they are incorrect it asserts.
+*/
+static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
+  int *pInt;
+  u8 *pU8;
+  int nReserve;
+
+  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
+  p--;
+  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
+  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
+  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
+  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
+  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
+  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
+  ** they haven't been overwritten.
+  */
+  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  if( !p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+  return (int)pHdr->iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
+    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
+    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem.mutex = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes.  This is used to preset
+** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
+** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
+*/
+static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
+  unsigned int x, y, r;
+  x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
+  y = nByte | 1;
+  while( nByte >= 4 ){
+    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+    r = x ^ y;
+    *(int*)pBuf = r;
+    pBuf += 4;
+    nByte -= 4;
+  }
+  while( nByte-- > 0 ){
+    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+    r = x ^ y;
+    *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  int *pInt;
+  void *p = 0;
+  int totalSize;
+  int nReserve;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
+  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
+               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
+  p = malloc(totalSize);
+  if( p ){
+    z = p;
+    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
+    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
+    pHdr->pNext = 0;
+    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
+    if( mem.pLast ){
+      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
+    }else{
+      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
+    }
+    mem.pLast = pHdr;
+    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
+    pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
+    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
+    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
+    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
+      void *aAddr[40];
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
+      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
+      assert(pBt[0]);
+      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
+        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
+      }
+    }else{
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
+    }
+    if( mem.nTitle ){
+      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
+    }
+    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
+    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
+    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
+    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
+    randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
+    memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
+    p = (void*)pInt;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  return p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
+       || mem.mutex!=0 );
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
+    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
+    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pHdr->pNext ){
+    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
+    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pBt;
+  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
+  adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1);
+  randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
+                (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
+  free(z);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
+** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
+** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
+** the error.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
+  void *pNew;
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  assert( (nByte & 7)==0 );     /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
+  if( pNew ){
+    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize));
+    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
+      randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the "type" of an allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
+    pHdr->eType = eType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
+** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
+**
+**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  int rc = 1;
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
+    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
+** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
+**
+**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  int rc = 1;
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
+    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
+** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
+** up to a multiple of 2.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
+  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
+  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
+  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
+  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
+  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
+  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
+  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
+  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
+  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+    mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  int i;
+  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+  if( out==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                    zFilename);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
+    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
+    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
+            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
+    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
+      fflush(out);
+      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
+    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
+      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
+            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
+    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
+             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
+  }
+  fclose(out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
+  int i;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
+    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
+
+/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
+** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
+** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
+** sqlite3_config().
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+
+/*
+** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
+*/
+#define MX_SMALL 10
+
+
+/*
+** Number of freelist hash slots
+*/
+#define N_HASH  61
+
+/*
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
+** a header that is not returned to the user.
+**
+** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
+** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
+** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
+** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
+** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
+** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
+** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
+** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
+** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
+** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
+** not be read or written.
+**
+** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
+** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
+** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
+** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
+** of a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
+** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
+** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
+**
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
+** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
+** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
+struct Mem3Block {
+  union {
+    struct {
+      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+    } hdr;
+    struct {
+      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
+      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
+    } list;
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
+  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
+  */
+  u32 nPool;
+  Mem3Block *aPool;
+
+  /*
+  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
+  */
+  int alarmBusy;
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
+  */
+  u32 mnMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
+  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
+  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
+  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
+  */
+  u32 iMaster;
+  u32 szMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
+  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
+  ** chunks.
+  */
+  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
+  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
+} mem3 = { 97535575 };
+
+#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  if( prev==0 ){
+    *pRoot = next;
+  }else{
+    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
+  }
+  if( next ){
+    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
+  }
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
+** whatever list is currently a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
+** at *pRoot.
+*/
+static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+  if( *pRoot ){
+    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
+  }
+  *pRoot = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
+** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
+*/
+static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys3Enter(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
+    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys3Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
+*/
+static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
+  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
+** user portion of the chunk.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
+  u32 x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
+  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+  return &mem3.aPool[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
+** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
+** is not large enough, return 0.
+*/
+static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
+  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
+    /* Use the entire master */
+    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
+    mem3.iMaster = 0;
+    mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
+    return p;
+  }else{
+    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
+    u32 newi, x;
+    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
+    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
+    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
+      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
+** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
+**
+** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
+**
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
+** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
+** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
+** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
+** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
+** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
+*/
+static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
+    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    assert( (size&1)==0 );
+    if( (size&2)==0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
+      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      if( prev==iNext ){
+        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
+      }
+      memsys3Unlink(prev);
+      size = i + size/4 - prev;
+      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+      memsys3Link(prev);
+      i = prev;
+    }else{
+      size /= 4;
+    }
+    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
+      mem3.iMaster = i;
+      mem3.szMaster = size;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  u32 i;
+  u32 nBlock;
+  u32 toFree;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  if( nByte<=12 ){
+    nBlock = 2;
+  }else{
+    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
+  }
+  assert( nBlock>=2 );
+
+  /* STEP 1:
+  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
+  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
+  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
+  */
+  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
+    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
+    if( i>0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
+      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
+    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
+      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
+        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* STEP 2:
+  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
+  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
+  */
+  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+  }
+
+
+  /* STEP 3:  
+  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
+  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
+  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
+  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
+  ** rarely (we hope!)
+  */
+  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
+    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
+    if( mem3.iMaster ){
+      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
+      mem3.iMaster = 0;
+      mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
+    }
+    if( mem3.szMaster ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
+  int i;
+  u32 size, x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
+  i = p - mem3.aPool;
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
+  memsys3Link(i);
+
+  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
+  if( mem3.iMaster ){
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      mem3.iMaster -= size;
+      mem3.szMaster += size;
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
+      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys3Size(void *p){
+  Mem3Block *pBlock;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
+  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
+  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
+  if( n<=12 ){
+    return 12;
+  }else{
+    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior );
+  memsys3Enter();
+  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys3Leave();
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    if( nOld<nBytes ){
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
+    }
+    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
+
+  /* Initialize the master block. */
+  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+  mem3.iMaster = 1;
+  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem3.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  FILE *out;
+  u32 i, j;
+  u32 size;
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
+  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    if( size/4<=1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( size&1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
+                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
+  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
+  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
+     memsys3Malloc,
+     memsys3Free,
+     memsys3Realloc,
+     memsys3Size,
+     memsys3Roundup,
+     memsys3Init,
+     memsys3Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &mempoolMethods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
+
+/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+**
+** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
+**
+**   1.  All memory allocation sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
+**
+**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
+**       then the two blocks are coalesced into the single larger block.
+**
+**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
+**
+** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
+** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
+** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
+** 
+** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
+** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
+** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
+** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
+** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
+**
+**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
+**
+** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
+** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+
+/*
+** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
+** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
+** size of the array is a power of 2.
+**
+** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
+** verified in memsys5Init().
+*/
+typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
+struct Mem5Link {
+  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
+  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
+** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
+** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
+*/
+#define LOGMAX 30
+
+/*
+** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
+*/
+#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
+#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation
+  */
+  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
+  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
+  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Performance statistics
+  */
+  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
+  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
+  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
+  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
+  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
+  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
+#endif
+  
+  /*
+  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
+  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
+  ** aiFreelist[2] holds free blocks of size szAtom*4.  And so forth.
+  */
+  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
+
+  /*
+  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
+  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
+  */
+  u8 *aCtrl;
+
+} mem5;
+
+/*
+** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD.
+*/
+#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
+
+/*
+** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
+** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link.
+*/
+#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
+*/
+static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int next, prev;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
+  if( prev<0 ){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
+  }else{
+    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
+  }
+  if( next>=0 ){
+    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
+** free list.
+*/
+static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
+  if( x>=0 ){
+    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
+    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
+  }
+  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain or release the mutex needed to access global data structures.
+*/
+static void memsys5Enter(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys5Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
+** This only works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys5Size(void *p){
+  int iSize, i;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
+  return iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
+**
+** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive.
+**
+** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
+** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
+** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
+*/
+static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
+  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
+  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
+  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
+
+  /* nByte must be a positive */
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+
+  /* No more than 1GiB per allocation */
+  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
+  ** requests are counted */
+  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
+    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom,iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz*=2,iLogsize++){}
+
+  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
+  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
+  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
+  */
+  for(iBin=iLogsize; iBin<=LOGMAX && mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0; iBin++){}
+  if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin];
+  memsys5Unlink(i, iBin);
+  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
+    int newSize;
+
+    iBin--;
+    newSize = 1 << iBin;
+    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
+    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
+  }
+  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
+  mem5.nAlloc++;
+  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
+  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
+  mem5.currentCount++;
+  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
+  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
+  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Make sure the allocated memory does not assume that it is set to zero
+  ** or retains a value from a previous allocation */
+  memset(&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom], 0xAA, iFullSz);
+#endif
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
+  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+*/
+static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  u32 size, iLogsize;
+  int iBlock;
+
+  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
+  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
+  */
+  iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
+
+  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
+  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
+
+  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
+  size = 1<<iLogsize;
+  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
+  mem5.currentCount--;
+  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
+#endif
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
+    int iBuddy;
+    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
+      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
+      assert( iBuddy>=0 );
+    }else{
+      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
+      if( iBuddy>=mem5.nBlock ) break;
+    }
+    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
+    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
+    iLogsize++;
+    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
+      iBlock = iBuddy;
+    }else{
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
+    }
+    size *= 2;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Overwrite freed memory with the 0x55 bit pattern to verify that it is
+  ** not used after being freed */
+  memset(&mem5.zPool[iBlock*mem5.szAtom], 0x55, size);
+#endif
+
+  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
+  if( nBytes>0 ){
+    memsys5Enter();
+    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+    memsys5Leave();
+  }
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.
+*/
+static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  memsys5Enter();
+  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys5Leave();  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.  
+**
+** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
+** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
+** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
+** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
+** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
+*/
+static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );  /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( nBytes==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  p = memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    memsys5Free(pPrior);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
+** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
+** return 0.
+**
+** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
+** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
+** or 1073741824 bytes.
+*/
+static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
+  int iFullSz;
+  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
+  return iFullSz;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
+**
+** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
+**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
+**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
+**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
+*/
+static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
+  int iLog;
+  for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
+  return iLog;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocator.
+**
+** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
+** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
+*/
+static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
+  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
+  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
+  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
+  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
+  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+
+  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
+  ** this is case.
+  */
+  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );
+
+  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */
+
+  /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
+  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
+  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
+    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
+  }
+
+  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
+  mem5.zPool = zByte;
+  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
+  }
+
+  iOffset = 0;
+  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
+    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
+    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
+      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
+      iOffset += nAlloc;
+    }
+    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
+    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  int i, j, n;
+  int nMinLog;
+
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
+  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
+    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
+    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
+  memsys5Leave();
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
+** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
+     memsys5Malloc,
+     memsys5Free,
+     memsys5Realloc,
+     memsys5Size,
+     memsys5Roundup,
+     memsys5Init,
+     memsys5Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &memsys5Methods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
+
+/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
+/*
+** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
+** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
+** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** Initialize the mutex system.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+    /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
+    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
+    ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
+    ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
+    sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+      pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+    }else{
+      pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
+    }
+    pTo->xMutexInit = pFrom->xMutexInit;
+    pTo->xMutexEnd = pFrom->xMutexEnd;
+    pTo->xMutexFree = pFrom->xMutexFree;
+    pTo->xMutexEnter = pFrom->xMutexEnter;
+    pTo->xMutexTry = pFrom->xMutexTry;
+    pTo->xMutexLeave = pFrom->xMutexLeave;
+    pTo->xMutexHeld = pFrom->xMutexHeld;
+    pTo->xMutexNotheld = pFrom->xMutexNotheld;
+    sqlite3MemoryBarrier();
+    pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit );
+  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
+** sqlite3MutexInit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
+    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+  if( id>SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3MutexInit() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a dynamic mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree );
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
+** until it can be obtained.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter );
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
+** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry );
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
+** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
+** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
+** this function is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave );
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld );
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld );
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
+** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
+** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
+** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
+** mutex routines at start-time using the
+**
+**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
+**
+** interface.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
+** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
+** called correctly.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
+**
+** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
+*/
+static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
+}
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    noopMutexInit,
+    noopMutexEnd,
+    noopMutexAlloc,
+    noopMutexFree,
+    noopMutexEnter,
+    noopMutexTry,
+    noopMutexLeave,
+
+    0,
+    0,
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
+** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
+** mutual exclusion.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The mutex object
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
+  int id;     /* The mutex type */
+  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
+} sqlite3_debug_mutex;
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
+}
+static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
+  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1];
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
+  switch( id ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->id = id;
+        pNew->cnt = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+      if( id-2<0 || id-2>=ArraySize(aStatic) ){
+        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+        return 0;
+      }
+#endif
+      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
+      pNew->id = id;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
+*/
+static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->cnt==0 );
+  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ){
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+  p->cnt++;
+}
+static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+  p->cnt++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
+  p->cnt--;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    debugMutexInit,
+    debugMutexEnd,
+    debugMutexAlloc,
+    debugMutexFree,
+    debugMutexEnter,
+    debugMutexTry,
+    debugMutexLeave,
+
+    debugMutexHeld,
+    debugMutexNotheld
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
+** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  return sqlite3NoopMutex();
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
+** under unix with pthreads.
+**
+** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
+** supports recursive mutexes.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
+** are necessary under two condidtions:  (1) Debug builds and (2) using
+** home-grown mutexes.  Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
+  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
+  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER {PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,0,0,(pthread_t)0,0}
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
+** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
+** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
+** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
+** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
+** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
+** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
+** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
+**
+** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
+** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
+** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
+** routines are never called.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
+}
+static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization
+** and also for the implementation of xShmBarrier in the VFS in cases
+** where SQLite is compiled without mutexes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){
+#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER)
+  SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER;
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4001000
+  __sync_synchronize();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+  };
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
+        ** build our own.  See below. */
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+#else
+        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
+        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
+        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
+        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+        return 0;
+      }
+#endif
+      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
+  if( p ) p->id = iType;
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->nRef==0 );
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE )
+#endif
+  {
+    pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  else{
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+    }else{
+      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+  p->owner = pthread_self();
+  p->nRef++;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+    p->owner = pthread_self();
+    p->nRef++;
+#endif
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+#endif
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+  }
+#else
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    pthreadMutexInit,
+    pthreadMutexEnd,
+    pthreadMutexAlloc,
+    pthreadMutexFree,
+    pthreadMutexEnter,
+    pthreadMutexTry,
+    pthreadMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pthreadMutexHeld,
+    pthreadMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */
+
+/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c *************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+#define SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
+
+/*
+** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
+*/
+/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2013 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN_H
+#define SQLITE_OS_WIN_H
+
+/*
+** Include the primary Windows SDK header file.
+*/
+#include "windows.h"
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
+**
+** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or
+** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
+**
+** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+** #else
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
+** #endif
+**
+** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as
+** it ought to, so the above test does not work.  We'll just assume that
+** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise
+** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced
+** API.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
+** the full Win32 API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as
+** volatile.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
+#else
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For some Windows sub-platforms, the _beginthreadex() / _endthreadex()
+** functions are not available (e.g. those not using MSVC, Cygwin, etc).
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
+    SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_H */
+
+/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
+** on a Win32 system.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
+  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
+  volatile int trace;        /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
+** on Win32.  It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
+** on the Win32 platform.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \
+                                    0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+
+static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
+  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
+}
+
+static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization
+** and also for the xShmBarrier method of the VFS in cases when SQLite is
+** compiled without mutexes (SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){
+#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER)
+  SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER;
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+  __sync_synchronize();
+#elif MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  _ReadWriteBarrier();
+#elif defined(MemoryBarrier)
+  MemoryBarrier();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+};
+
+static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
+static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */
+
+/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
+** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
+** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.
+*/
+static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0;
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */
+
+static int winMutexInit(void){
+  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
+      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+#endif
+    }
+    winMutex_isInit = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Another thread is (in the process of) initializing the static
+    ** mutexes */
+    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
+      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int winMutexEnd(void){
+  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown
+  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
+    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+      }
+      winMutex_isInit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+        p->id = iType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
+        p->trace = 1;
+#endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
+        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){
+        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+        return 0;
+      }
+#endif
+      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
+      p->id = iType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
+      p->trace = 1;
+#endif
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
+  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){
+    DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( p );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+#else
+  assert( p );
+#endif
+  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
+  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+  p->owner = tid;
+  p->nRef++;
+  if( p->trace ){
+    OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex(%d)=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
+             tid, p->id, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
+  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  assert( p );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+  /*
+  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
+  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
+  ** fail.
+  **
+  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
+  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
+  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
+  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
+  ** ticket #2685.
+  */
+#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
+  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
+  assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 );
+  if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){
+    winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt();
+  }
+  assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 );
+  if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    p->owner = tid;
+    p->nRef++;
+#endif
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex(%d)=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n",
+             tid, p->id, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
+  assert( p );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( p->owner==tid );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+#endif
+  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex(%d)=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
+             tid, p->id, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    winMutexInit,
+    winMutexEnd,
+    winMutexAlloc,
+    winMutexFree,
+    winMutexEnter,
+    winMutexTry,
+    winMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    winMutexHeld,
+    winMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
+
+/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+/*
+** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
+** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
+** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
+#else
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
+  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
+  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object records the location of
+** each unused scratch buffer.
+*/
+typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
+  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
+} ScratchFreeslot;
+
+/*
+** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
+  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; /* The soft heap limit */
+
+  /*
+  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
+  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
+  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
+  ** unused scratch allocations.
+  */
+  void *pScratchEnd;
+  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
+  u32 nScratchFree;
+
+  /*
+  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
+  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
+  */
+  int nearlyFull;
+} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
+
+/*
+** Return the memory allocator mutex. sqlite3_status() needs it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void){
+  return mem0.mutex;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  It used to set an alarm callback
+** that was invoked when memory usage grew too large.  Now it is a
+** no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
+  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+  void *pArg,
+  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+  (void)xCallback;
+  (void)pArg;
+  (void)iThreshold;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
+** negative value indicates no limit.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
+  sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
+  sqlite3_int64 excess;
+  sqlite3_int64 nUsed;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return -1;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
+  if( n<0 ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    return priorLimit;
+  }
+  mem0.alarmThreshold = n;
+  nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+  mem0.nearlyFull = (n>0 && n<=nUsed);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+  if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
+  return priorLimit;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
+  int rc;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+  mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
+      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
+    int i, n, sz;
+    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
+    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
+    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
+    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
+    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
+      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
+      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
+    }
+    pSlot->pNext = 0;
+    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
+  }else{
+    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
+      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<=0 ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
+** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
+  return mem0.nearlyFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
+  sqlite3_int64 res, mx;
+  sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, 0);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
+** checked out since either the beginning of this process
+** or since the most recent reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
+  sqlite3_int64 res, mx;
+  sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, resetFlag);
+  return mx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Trigger the alarm 
+*/
+static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
+  if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
+** lock is already held.
+*/
+static void mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
+  void *p;
+  int nFull;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
+  assert( n>0 );
+
+  /* In Firefox (circa 2017-02-08), xRoundup() is remapped to an internal
+  ** implementation of malloc_good_size(), which must be called in debug
+  ** mode and specifically when the DMD "Dark Matter Detector" is enabled
+  ** or else a crash results.  Hence, do not attempt to optimize out the
+  ** following xRoundup() call. */
+  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY
+  if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nFull>SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY ){
+    *pp = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
+  if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
+      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    }else{
+      mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
+    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( p ){
+    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
+    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
+** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){
+  void *p;
+  if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){
+    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
+    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
+    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
+    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
+    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
+    p = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n);
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
+** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
+** allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
+** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
+** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
+** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
+** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
+** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
+** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
+** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
+** embedded processor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( n>0 );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
+    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
+    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
+    mem0.nScratchFree--;
+    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );
+
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12970-05880 SQLite will not use more than one scratch
+  ** buffers per thread.
+  **
+  ** This can only be checked in single-threaded mode.
+  */
+  assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
+  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
+#endif
+
+  return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
+    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+    ** would be much more complicated.) */
+    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
+    scratchAllocOut--;
+#endif
+
+    if( SQLITE_WITHIN(p, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch, mem0.pScratchEnd) ){
+      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
+      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
+      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+      mem0.nScratchFree++;
+      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
+      sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }else{
+      /* Release memory back to the heap */
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  return SQLITE_WITHIN(p, db->lookaside.pStart, db->lookaside.pEnd);
+}
+#else
+#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( db==0 || !isLookaside(db,p) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( db==0 ){
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    }else{
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+    }
+#endif
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+  }else{
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+    return db->lookaside.sz;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void *p){
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  return p ? sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p) : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in
+** *db->pnBytesFreed.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( db ){
+    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+      measureAllocationSize(db, p);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
+      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
+#endif
+      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
+      db->lookaside.nOut--;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){
+  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
+  void *pNew;
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( pOld==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */
+  }
+  if( nBytes==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
+    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
+  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
+  ** xRoundup. */
+  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes);
+  if( nOld==nNew ){
+    pNew = pOld;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
+    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
+    if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
+          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
+    }
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes);
+      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    }
+    if( pNew ){
+      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
+      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
+** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;  /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
+  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
+  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
+  void *p;
+  testcase( db==0 );
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+  if( p ) memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/* Finish the work of sqlite3DbMallocRawNN for the unusual and
+** slower case when the allocation cannot be fulfilled using lookaside.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbMallocRawFinish(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, 
+         (db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.  
+** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in
+** the connection pointer.
+**
+** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
+** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
+** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
+** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
+** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
+** code that do things like this:
+**
+**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
+**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
+**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
+**
+** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
+** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
+**
+** The sqlite3MallocRawNN() variant guarantees that the "db" parameter is
+** not a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
+  void *p;
+  if( db ) return sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n);
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+  return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  LookasideSlot *pBuf;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
+  if( db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+    if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
+      db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
+    }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
+      db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
+    }else{
+      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
+      db->lookaside.nOut++;
+      db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
+      if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      return (void*)pBuf;
+    }
+  }else if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#else
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return dbMallocRawFinish(db, n);
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n);
+
+/*
+** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
+** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( isLookaside(db,p) && n<=db->lookaside.sz ) return p;
+  return dbReallocFinish(db, p, n);
+}
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
+  void *pNew = 0;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n);
+      if( pNew ){
+        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+      pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      }
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew,
+            (db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
+** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
+  void *pNew;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
+** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
+** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
+** ThreadData structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  size_t n;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n = strlen(z) + 1;
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
+  char *zNew;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any prior content in *pz and replace it with a copy of zNew.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zNew){
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
+  *pz = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zNew);
+}
+
+/*
+** Call this routine to record the fact that an OOM (out-of-memory) error
+** has happened.  This routine will set db->mallocFailed, and also
+** temporarily disable the lookaside memory allocator and interrupt
+** any running VDBEs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->mallocFailed==0 && db->bBenignMalloc==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    if( db->nVdbeExec>0 ){
+      db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+    }
+    db->lookaside.bDisable++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine reactivates the memory allocator and clears the
+** db->mallocFailed flag as necessary.
+**
+** The memory allocator is not restarted if there are running
+** VDBEs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->mallocFailed && db->nVdbeExec==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+    assert( db->lookaside.bDisable>0 );
+    db->lookaside.bDisable--;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3OomClear(db);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
+** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
+** sqlite3_realloc.
+**
+** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
+** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
+**
+** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value
+** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
+  /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here.
+  ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
+  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
+  */
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    return apiOomError(db);
+  }
+  return rc & db->errMask;
+}
+
+/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain. 
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
+** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
+** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
+** SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       0 /* non-decimal integer types.  %x %o */
+#define etFLOAT       1 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         2 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     3 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        4 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      5 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   6 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     7 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       8 /* Characters. %c */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etSQLESCAPE   9 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      11 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    12 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    13 /* The %p conversion */
+#define etSQLESCAPE3 14 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
+#define etORDINAL    15 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
+#define etDECIMAL    16 /* %d or %u, but not %x, %o */
+
+#define etINVALID    17 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED    1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_STRING    4     /* Allow infinite precision */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etDECIMAL,    0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etDECIMAL,    0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+#endif
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etDECIMAL,    0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+
+  /* All the rest are undocumented and are for internal use only */
+  {  'T',  0, 0, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 0, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+  {  'r', 10, 1, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
+};
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
+  (*cnt)--;
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return (char)digit;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode.
+*/
+static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){
+  assert( eError==STRACCUM_NOMEM || eError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG );
+  p->accError = eError;
+  p->nAlloc = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
+  return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0;
+  return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
+  return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
+#endif
+#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
+  StrAccum *pAccum,          /* Accumulate results here */
+  const char *fmt,           /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                 /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_prefix;        /* '+' or ' ' or 0 for prefix */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* 1 for the "l" flag, 2 for "ll", 0 by default */
+  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
+  etByte cThousand;          /* Thousands separator for %d and %u */
+  etByte xtype = etINVALID;  /* Conversion paradigm */
+  u8 bArgList;               /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
+  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
+  char *zExtra = 0;          /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+#endif
+  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+
+  bufpt = 0;
+  if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC)!=0 ){
+    pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
+    bArgList = 1;
+  }else{
+    bArgList = 0;
+  }
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+      fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%');
+#else
+      do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' );
+#endif
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
+      if( *fmt==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_prefix = cThousand =
+     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    done = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
+        case '+':   flag_prefix = '+';        break;
+        case ' ':   flag_prefix = ' ';        break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
+        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
+        case ',':   cThousand = ',';          break;
+        default:    done = 1;                 break;
+      }
+    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      if( bArgList ){
+        width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
+      }else{
+        width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      }
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = width >= -2147483647 ? -width : 0;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      unsigned wx = 0;
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        wx = wx*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+      testcase( wx>0x7fffffff );
+      width = wx & 0x7fffffff;
+    }
+    assert( width>=0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT
+    if( width>SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT ){
+      width = SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        if( bArgList ){
+          precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        }
+        c = *++fmt;
+        if( precision<0 ){
+          precision = precision >= -2147483647 ? -precision : -1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        unsigned px = 0;
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          px = px*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+        testcase( px>0x7fffffff );
+        precision = px & 0x7fffffff;
+      }
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    assert( precision>=(-1) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT
+    if( precision>SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT ){
+      precision = SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT;
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_long = 2;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
+    xtype = etINVALID;
+    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        xtype = infop->type;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
+    **   flag_prefix                 '+' or ' ' or zero
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   1 for "l", 2 for "ll"
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64) ? 2 :
+                     sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0;
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etORDINAL:
+      case etRADIX:      
+        cThousand = 0;
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etDECIMAL:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( bArgList ){
+            v = getIntArg(pArgList);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            if( flag_long==2 ){
+              v = va_arg(ap,i64) ;
+            }else{
+              v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+            }
+          }else{
+            v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          }
+          if( v<0 ){
+            if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+              longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
+            }else{
+              longvalue = -v;
+            }
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            prefix = flag_prefix;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( bArgList ){
+            longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            if( flag_long==2 ){
+              longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+            }else{
+              longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+            }
+          }else{
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          }
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10-etBUFSIZE/3 ){
+          nOut = etBUFSIZE;
+          zOut = buf;
+        }else{
+          u64 n = (u64)precision + 10 + precision/3;
+          zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+          if( zOut==0 ){
+            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+            return;
+          }
+          nOut = (int)n;
+        }
+        bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
+        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
+          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
+          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
+          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
+            x = 0;
+          }
+          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
+          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
+        }
+        {
+          const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          u8 base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
+        while( precision>length ){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+          length++;
+        }
+        if( cThousand ){
+          int nn = (length - 1)/3;  /* Number of "," to insert */
+          int ix = (length - 1)%3 + 1;
+          bufpt -= nn;
+          for(idx=0; nn>0; idx++){
+            bufpt[idx] = bufpt[idx+nn];
+            ix--;
+            if( ix==0 ){
+              bufpt[++idx] = cThousand;
+              nn--;
+              ix = 3;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+        }
+        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        if( bArgList ){
+          realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+        }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+        length = 0;
+#else
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          prefix = flag_prefix;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+        testcase( precision>0xfff );
+        for(idx=precision&0xfff, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
+          bufpt = "NaN";
+          length = 3;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+          while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
+          while( realvalue>=1e10*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e10; exp+=10; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
+          realvalue /= scale;
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 ){
+            bufpt = buf;
+            buf[0] = prefix;
+            memcpy(buf+(prefix!=0),"Inf",4);
+            length = 3+(prefix!=0);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          e2 = 0;
+        }else{
+          e2 = exp;
+        }
+        if( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
+          bufpt = zExtra 
+              = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width+15 );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+        zOut = bufpt;
+        nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
+        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+        /* The sign in front of the number */
+        if( prefix ){
+          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
+        }
+        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
+        if( e2<0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }else{
+          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
+            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          }
+        }
+        /* The decimal point */
+        if( flag_dp ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '.';
+        }
+        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
+        ** significant digit of the number */
+        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
+          assert( precision>0 );
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }
+        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
+        while( (precision--)>0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+        }
+        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
+        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
+          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
+          assert( bufpt>zOut );
+          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
+            if( flag_altform2 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = '0';
+            }else{
+              *(--bufpt) = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+          if( exp<0 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
+          }else{
+            *(bufpt++) = '+';
+          }
+          if( exp>=100 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
+            exp %= 100;
+          }
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
+        }
+        *bufpt = 0;
+
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
+        bufpt = zOut;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        if( !bArgList ){
+          *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARX:
+        if( bArgList ){
+          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
+          c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0;
+        }else{
+          c = va_arg(ap,int);
+        }
+        if( precision>1 ){
+          width -= precision-1;
+          if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){
+            sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' ');
+            width = 0;
+          }
+          sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, precision-1, c);
+        }
+        length = 1;
+        buf[0] = c;
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        if( bArgList ){
+          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
+          xtype = etSTRING;
+        }else{
+          bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        }
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
+        }else{
+          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
+        }
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:           /* Escape ' characters */
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:          /* Escape ' and enclose in '...' */
+      case etSQLESCAPE3: {        /* Escape " characters */
+        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
+        int needQuote;
+        char ch;
+        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
+        char *escarg;
+
+        if( bArgList ){
+          escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        }
+        isnull = escarg==0;
+        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+        k = precision;
+        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
+          if( ch==q )  n++;
+        }
+        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
+        n += i + 3;
+        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+            return;
+          }
+        }else{
+          bufpt = buf;
+        }
+        j = 0;
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        k = i;
+        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
+          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
+        }
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        bufpt[j] = 0;
+        length = j;
+        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
+        ** consume, not the length of the output...
+        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
+        break;
+      }
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken;
+        if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return;
+        pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        assert( bArgList==0 );
+        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        int k;
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+        if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return;
+        pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( bArgList==0 );
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase);
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName);
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
+        return;
+      }
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    width -= length;
+    if( width>0 ){
+      if( !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
+      if( flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
+    }else{
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
+    }
+
+    if( zExtra ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(pAccum->db, zExtra);
+      zExtra = 0;
+    }
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+} /* End of function */
+
+/*
+** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is
+** able to accept at least N more bytes of text.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept
+** after the attempted enlargement.  The value returned might be zero.
+*/
+static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){
+  char *zNew;
+  assert( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */
+  if( p->accError ){
+    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( p->mxAlloc==0 ){
+    N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
+    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+    return N;
+  }else{
+    char *zOld = isMalloced(p) ? p->zText : 0;
+    i64 szNew = p->nChar;
+    assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
+    szNew += N + 1;
+    if( szNew+p->nChar<=p->mxAlloc ){
+      /* Force exponential buffer size growth as long as it does not overflow,
+      ** to avoid having to call this routine too often */
+      szNew += p->nChar;
+    }
+    if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
+    }
+    if( p->db ){
+      zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
+    }else{
+      zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc);
+    }
+    if( zNew ){
+      assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
+      if( !isMalloced(p) && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
+      p->zText = zNew;
+      p->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, zNew);
+      p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum *p, int N, char c){
+  testcase( p->nChar + (i64)N > 0x7fffffff );
+  if( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( (p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
+  while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c;
+}
+
+/*
+** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
+** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
+**
+** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
+** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
+** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
+  if( N>0 ){
+    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
+    p->nChar += N;
+  }
+  assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
+** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
+  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
+  assert( N>=0 );
+  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
+  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
+    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
+  }else if( N ){
+    assert( p->zText );
+    p->nChar += N;
+    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
+** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
+** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE char *strAccumFinishRealloc(StrAccum *p){
+  assert( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) );
+  p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
+  if( p->zText ){
+    memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
+    p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED;
+  }else{
+    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+  }
+  return p->zText;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText ){
+    assert( (p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
+    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
+    if( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) ){
+      return strAccumFinishRealloc(p);
+    }
+  }
+  return p->zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
+  assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
+  if( isMalloced(p) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
+    p->printfFlags &= ~SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED;
+  }
+  p->zText = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a string accumulator.
+**
+** p:     The accumulator to be initialized.
+** db:    Pointer to a database connection.  May be NULL.  Lookaside
+**        memory is used if not NULL. db->mallocFailed is set appropriately
+**        when not NULL.
+** zBase: An initial buffer.  May be NULL in which case the initial buffer
+**        is malloced.
+** n:     Size of zBase in bytes.  If total space requirements never exceed
+**        n then no memory allocations ever occur.
+** mx:    Maximum number of bytes to accumulate.  If mx==0 then no memory
+**        allocations will ever occur.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, sqlite3 *db, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
+  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
+  p->db = db;
+  p->nChar = 0;
+  p->nAlloc = n;
+  p->mxAlloc = mx;
+  p->accError = 0;
+  p->printfFlags = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, db, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  acc.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR  
+  if( zFormat==0 ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+**
+** Oops:  The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
+** from the snprintf() standard.  Unfortunately, it is too late to change
+** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
+** mistake.
+**
+** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  StrAccum acc;
+  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) {
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    if( zBuf ) zBuf[0] = 0;
+    return zBuf;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, n, 0);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
+  zBuf[acc.nChar] = 0;
+  return zBuf;
+}
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
+** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
+** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
+**
+** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer.  It cannot dynamically
+** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
+** mutex is held.
+**
+** sqlite3VXPrintf() might ask for *temporary* memory allocations for
+** certain format characters (%q) or for very large precisions or widths.
+** Care must be taken that any sqlite3_log() calls that occur while the
+** memory mutex is held do not use these mechanisms.
+*/
+static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  StrAccum acc;                          /* String accumulator */
+  char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3];    /* Complete log message */
+
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
+                           sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
+}
+
+/*
+** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;                             /* Vararg list */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().  The bFlags argument
+** can contain the bit SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL enable internal formats.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(p, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file treeview.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2015-06-08
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines.
+** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and
+** analysis. 
+**
+** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling
+** with SQLITE_DEBUG.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+
+/*
+** Add a new subitem to the tree.  The moreToFollow flag indicates that this
+** is not the last item in the tree.
+*/
+static TreeView *sqlite3TreeViewPush(TreeView *p, u8 moreToFollow){
+  if( p==0 ){
+    p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) );
+    if( p==0 ) return 0;
+    memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  }else{
+    p->iLevel++;
+  }
+  assert( moreToFollow==0 || moreToFollow==1 );
+  if( p->iLevel<sizeof(p->bLine) ) p->bLine[p->iLevel] = moreToFollow;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finished with one layer of the tree
+*/
+static void sqlite3TreeViewPop(TreeView *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  p->iLevel--;
+  if( p->iLevel<0 ) sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a single line of output for the tree, with a prefix that contains
+** all the appropriate tree lines
+*/
+static void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int i;
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+  if( p ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->iLevel && i<sizeof(p->bLine)-1; i++){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|   " : "    ", 4);
+    }
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|-- " : "'-- ", 4);
+  }
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  assert( acc.nChar>0 );
+  if( zBuf[acc.nChar-1]!='\n' ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, "\n", 1);
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label
+*/
+static void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel,u8 moreFollows){
+  p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreFollows);
+  sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable description of a WITH clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView *pView, const With *pWith, u8 moreToFollow){
+  int i;
+  if( pWith==0 ) return;
+  if( pWith->nCte==0 ) return;
+  if( pWith->pOuter ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p, pOuter=0x%p)",pWith,pWith->pOuter);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p)", pWith);
+  }
+  if( pWith->nCte>0 ){
+    pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1);
+    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+      StrAccum x;
+      char zLine[1000];
+      const struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
+      sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0);
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s", pCte->zName);
+      if( pCte->pCols && pCte->pCols->nExpr>0 ){
+        char cSep = '(';
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<pCte->pCols->nExpr; j++){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%c%s", cSep, pCte->pCols->a[j].zName);
+          cSep = ',';
+        }
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, ")");
+      }
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " AS");
+      sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
+      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pWith->nCte-1);
+      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pCte->pSelect, 0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+    sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable description of a Select object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
+  int n = 0;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT");
+    return;
+  } 
+  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
+  if( p->pWith ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
+    cnt = 1;
+    sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1);
+  }
+  do{
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x nSelectRow=%d",
+      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
+      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags,
+      (int)p->nSelectRow
+    );
+    if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    if( p->pPrior ){
+      n = 1000;
+    }else{
+      n = 0;
+      if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
+      if( p->pWhere ) n++;
+      if( p->pGroupBy ) n++;
+      if( p->pHaving ) n++;
+      if( p->pOrderBy ) n++;
+      if( p->pLimit ) n++;
+      if( p->pOffset ) n++;
+    }
+    sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pEList, (n--)>0, "result-set");
+    if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
+      int i;
+      pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, (n--)>0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FROM");
+      for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+        StrAccum x;
+        char zLine[100];
+        sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0);
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "{%d,*}", pItem->iCursor);
+        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " %s.%s", pItem->zDatabase, pItem->zName);
+        }else if( pItem->zName ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " %s", pItem->zName);
+        }
+        if( pItem->pTab ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " tabname=%Q", pItem->pTab->zName);
+        }
+        if( pItem->zAlias ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
+        }
+        if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " LEFT-JOIN");
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
+        sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1); 
+        if( pItem->pSelect ){
+          sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0);
+        }
+        if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
+          sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, 0, "func-args:");
+        }
+        sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+      }
+      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+    if( p->pWhere ){
+      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "WHERE", (n--)>0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pWhere, 0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+    if( p->pGroupBy ){
+      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pGroupBy, (n--)>0, "GROUPBY");
+    }
+    if( p->pHaving ){
+      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "HAVING", (n--)>0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pHaving, 0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pOrderBy, (n--)>0, "ORDERBY");
+    }
+    if( p->pLimit ){
+      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "LIMIT", (n--)>0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit, 0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+    if( p->pOffset ){
+      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pOffset, 0);
+      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+    if( p->pPrior ){
+      const char *zOp = "UNION";
+      switch( p->op ){
+        case TK_ALL:         zOp = "UNION ALL";  break;
+        case TK_INTERSECT:   zOp = "INTERSECT";  break;
+        case TK_EXCEPT:      zOp = "EXCEPT";     break;
+      }
+      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zOp, 1);
+    }
+    p = p->pPrior;
+  }while( p!=0 );
+  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){
+  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
+  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */
+  char zFlgs[30];
+  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil");
+    sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pExpr->flags ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zFlgs),zFlgs,"  flags=0x%x",pExpr->flags);
+  }else{
+    zFlgs[0] = 0;
+  }
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG{%d:%d}%s",
+            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLUMN(%d)%s", pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "{%d:%d}%s",
+                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL");
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
+                          pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ID: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"ID \"%w\"", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"CAST %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
+    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
+    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
+    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
+    case TK_NE:      zBinOp = "NE";     break;
+    case TK_EQ:      zBinOp = "EQ";     break;
+    case TK_IS:      zBinOp = "IS";     break;
+    case TK_ISNOT:   zBinOp = "ISNOT";  break;
+    case TK_AND:     zBinOp = "AND";    break;
+    case TK_OR:      zBinOp = "OR";     break;
+    case TK_PLUS:    zBinOp = "ADD";    break;
+    case TK_STAR:    zBinOp = "MUL";    break;
+    case TK_MINUS:   zBinOp = "SUB";    break;
+    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
+    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
+    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
+    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
+    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
+    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
+    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
+    case TK_DOT:     zBinOp = "DOT";    break;
+
+    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
+    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
+    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
+    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
+    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
+    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
+
+    case TK_SPAN: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SPAN %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_COLLATE: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLLATE %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q",
+                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FUNCTION %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }
+      if( pFarg ){
+        sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pFarg, 0, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "EXISTS-expr");
+      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr");
+      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IN");
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "BETWEEN");
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pX, 1);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pY, 1);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pZ, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      */
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", 
+          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CASE: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "CASE");
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      const char *zType = "unk";
+      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
+        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
+        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
+        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
+        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
+      }
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "RAISE %s(%Q)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_MATCH: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "MATCH {%d:%d}%s",
+                          pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_VECTOR: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, "VECTOR");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT_COLUMN: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-COLUMN %d", pExpr->iColumn);
+      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->pLeft->x.pSelect, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "op=%d", pExpr->op);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zBinOp ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zBinOp, zFlgs);
+    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
+    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0);
+  }else if( zUniOp ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zUniOp, zFlgs);
+    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(
+  TreeView *pView,
+  const ExprList *pList,
+  const char *zLabel
+){
+  if( zLabel==0 || zLabel[0]==0 ) zLabel = "LIST";
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s (empty)", zLabel);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel);
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      int j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol;
+      if( j ){
+        sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 0);
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "iOrderByCol=%d", j);
+      }
+      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, i<pList->nExpr-1);
+      if( j ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+    }
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(
+  TreeView *pView,
+  const ExprList *pList,
+  u8 moreToFollow,
+  const char *zLabel
+){
+  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
+  sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(pView, pList, zLabel);
+  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/************** End of treeview.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+
+/* All threads share a single random number generator.
+** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
+  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+} sqlite3Prng;
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char t;
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+
+  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
+  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
+  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
+# define wsdPrng p[0]
+#else
+# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return;
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  if( N<=0 || pBuf==0 ){
+    wsdPrng.isInit = 0;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    wsdPrng.j = 0;
+    wsdPrng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( N>0 );
+  do{
+    wsdPrng.i++;
+    t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+    wsdPrng.j += t;
+    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
+    t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+    *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t];
+  }while( --N );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+/*
+** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
+** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
+** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
+** those tasks.
+**
+** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
+** control the PRNG.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */
+
+/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file threads.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2012 July 21
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file presents a simple cross-platform threading interface for
+** use internally by SQLite.
+**
+** A "thread" can be created using sqlite3ThreadCreate().  This thread
+** runs independently of its creator until it is joined using
+** sqlite3ThreadJoin(), at which point it terminates.
+**
+** Threads do not have to be real.  It could be that the work of the
+** "thread" is done by the main thread at either the sqlite3ThreadCreate()
+** or sqlite3ThreadJoin() call.  This is, in fact, what happens in
+** single threaded systems.  Nothing in SQLite requires multiple threads.
+** This interface exists so that applications that want to take advantage
+** of multiple cores can do so, while also allowing applications to stay
+** single-threaded if desired.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+/* #  include "os_win.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+
+/********************************* Unix Pthreads ****************************/
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+
+#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1  /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
+/* #include <pthread.h> */
+
+/* A running thread */
+struct SQLiteThread {
+  pthread_t tid;                 /* Thread ID */
+  int done;                      /* Set to true when thread finishes */
+  void *pOut;                    /* Result returned by the thread */
+  void *(*xTask)(void*);         /* The thread routine */
+  void *pIn;                     /* Argument to the thread */
+};
+
+/* Create a new thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
+  SQLiteThread **ppThread,  /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
+  void *(*xTask)(void*),    /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+  void *pIn                 /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+  SQLiteThread *p;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( ppThread!=0 );
+  assert( xTask!=0 );
+  /* This routine is never used in single-threaded mode */
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex!=0 );
+
+  *ppThread = 0;
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  p->xTask = xTask;
+  p->pIn = pIn;
+  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a 
+  ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
+  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically 
+  ** for testing purposes. */
+  if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{    
+    rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    p->done = 1;
+    p->pOut = xTask(pIn);
+  }
+  *ppThread = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Get the results of the thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( ppOut!=0 );
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  if( p->done ){
+    *ppOut = p->pOut;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = pthread_join(p->tid, ppOut) ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */
+/******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/
+
+
+/********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS
+
+#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1  /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
+#include <process.h>
+
+/* A running thread */
+struct SQLiteThread {
+  void *tid;               /* The thread handle */
+  unsigned id;             /* The thread identifier */
+  void *(*xTask)(void*);   /* The routine to run as a thread */
+  void *pIn;               /* Argument to xTask */
+  void *pResult;           /* Result of xTask */
+};
+
+/* Thread procedure Win32 compatibility shim */
+static unsigned __stdcall sqlite3ThreadProc(
+  void *pArg  /* IN: Pointer to the SQLiteThread structure */
+){
+  SQLiteThread *p = (SQLiteThread *)pArg;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+#if 0
+  /*
+  ** This assert appears to trigger spuriously on certain
+  ** versions of Windows, possibly due to _beginthreadex()
+  ** and/or CreateThread() not fully setting their thread
+  ** ID parameter before starting the thread.
+  */
+  assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() );
+#endif
+  assert( p->xTask!=0 );
+  p->pResult = p->xTask(p->pIn);
+
+  _endthreadex(0);
+  return 0; /* NOT REACHED */
+}
+
+/* Create a new thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
+  SQLiteThread **ppThread,  /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
+  void *(*xTask)(void*),    /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+  void *pIn                 /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+  SQLiteThread *p;
+
+  assert( ppThread!=0 );
+  assert( xTask!=0 );
+  *ppThread = 0;
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a 
+  ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
+  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically 
+  ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing
+  ** purposes. */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
+    memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  }else{
+    p->xTask = xTask;
+    p->pIn = pIn;
+    p->tid = (void*)_beginthreadex(0, 0, sqlite3ThreadProc, p, 0, &p->id);
+    if( p->tid==0 ){
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->xTask==0 ){
+    p->id = GetCurrentThreadId();
+    p->pResult = xTask(pIn);
+  }
+  *ppThread = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject); /* os_win.c */
+
+/* Get the results of the thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
+  DWORD rc;
+  BOOL bRc;
+
+  assert( ppOut!=0 );
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  if( p->xTask==0 ){
+    /* assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() ); */
+    rc = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+    assert( p->tid==0 );
+  }else{
+    assert( p->id!=0 && p->id!=GetCurrentThreadId() );
+    rc = sqlite3Win32Wait((HANDLE)p->tid);
+    assert( rc!=WAIT_IO_COMPLETION );
+    bRc = CloseHandle((HANDLE)p->tid);
+    assert( bRc );
+  }
+  if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS */
+/******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/
+
+
+/********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED
+/*
+** This implementation does not actually create a new thread.  It does the
+** work of the thread in the main thread, when either the thread is created
+** or when it is joined
+*/
+
+/* A running thread */
+struct SQLiteThread {
+  void *(*xTask)(void*);   /* The routine to run as a thread */
+  void *pIn;               /* Argument to xTask */
+  void *pResult;           /* Result of xTask */
+};
+
+/* Create a new thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
+  SQLiteThread **ppThread,  /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
+  void *(*xTask)(void*),    /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+  void *pIn                 /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+  SQLiteThread *p;
+
+  assert( ppThread!=0 );
+  assert( xTask!=0 );
+  *ppThread = 0;
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  if( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p)/17)&1 ){
+    p->xTask = xTask;
+    p->pIn = pIn;
+  }else{
+    p->xTask = 0;
+    p->pResult = xTask(pIn);
+  }
+  *ppThread = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Get the results of the thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
+
+  assert( ppOut!=0 );
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  if( p->xTask ){
+    *ppOut = p->xTask(p->pIn);
+  }else{
+    *ppOut = p->pResult;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);
+    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED) */
+/****************************** End Single-Threaded *************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
+
+/************** End of threads.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==0
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==0 */
+
+/*
+** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
+** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
+*/
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                                 \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                                 \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
+**
+** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
+** is a 0x00.
+**
+** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
+**
+** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
+**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
+**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
+**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
+**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
+**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
+**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
+**     invalid characters.
+**
+**  *  This routine accepts over-length UTF8 encodings
+**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It does not change over-length
+**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
+*/
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
+  const unsigned char **pz    /* Pointer to string from which to read char */
+){
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
+  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
+  */
+  c = *((*pz)++);
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
+    while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++));
+    }
+    if( c<0x80
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
+    ** A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    pMem->n &= ~1;
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
+  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
+  */
+  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
+  if( !zOut ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  c = pMem->flags;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype));
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
+  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
+  pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
+
+translate_out:
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+  if( pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pMem->n -= 2;
+      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
+      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
+      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      pMem->enc = bom;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
+  const u8 *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
+** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
+**
+** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
+** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
+**
+** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
+** overruns the input.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
+  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
+  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
+  u32 c;
+
+  while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn);
+    if( c!=0xfffd ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
+    }
+  }
+  *zOut = 0;
+  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
+** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
+** be freed by the calling function.
+**
+** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  m.db = db;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+    m.z = 0;
+  }
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
+  return m.z;
+}
+
+/*
+** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
+** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  int c;
+  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    while( n<nChar ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( n<nChar ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
+  unsigned int i, t;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z);
+    t = i;
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    assert( c==t );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+# include <math.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
+  static unsigned dummy = 0;
+  dummy += (unsigned)x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults
+** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means
+** of inputs.
+**
+** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know
+** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit.
+**
+** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return
+** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){
+  int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback;
+  return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
+**
+** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
+** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
+  int rc;   /* The value return */
+#if !SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN && !HAVE_ISNAN
+  /*
+  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
+  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
+  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
+  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
+  **
+  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
+  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
+  ** warning:
+  **
+  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
+  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
+  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
+  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
+  **
+  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
+  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
+  ** documentation:
+  **
+  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
+  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
+  **      ...
+  */
+#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
+# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
+#endif
+  volatile double y = x;
+  volatile double z = y;
+  rc = (y!=z);
+#else  /* if HAVE_ISNAN */
+  rc = isnan(x);
+#endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */
+  testcase( rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
+** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
+** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  return 0x3fffffff & (int)strlen(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the declared type of a column.  Or return zDflt if the column 
+** has no declared type.
+**
+** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on
+** the column name if and only if the COLFLAG_HASTYPE flag is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column *pCol, char *zDflt){
+  if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_HASTYPE)==0 ) return zDflt;
+  return pCol->zName + strlen(pCol->zName) + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for sqlite3Error() - called rarely.  Broken out into
+** a separate routine to avoid unnecessary register saves on entry to
+** sqlite3Error().
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void  sqlite3ErrorFinish(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){
+  if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
+  sqlite3SystemError(db, err_code);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message.
+** Also set iSysErrno (by calling sqlite3System) if the err_code indicates
+** that would be appropriate.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  db->errCode = err_code;
+  if( err_code || db->pErr ) sqlite3ErrorFinish(db, err_code);
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the sqlite3.iSysErrno field if that is an appropriate thing
+** to do based on the SQLite error code in rc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3 *db, int rc){
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) return;
+  rc &= 0xff;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN || rc==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    db->iSysErrno = sqlite3OsGetLastError(db->pVfs);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  db->errCode = err_code;
+  sqlite3SystemError(db, err_code);
+  if( zFormat==0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, err_code);
+  }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){
+    char *z;
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used
+** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *zMsg;
+  va_list ap;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( db->suppressErr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
+  }else{
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
+    pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
+** is added to the dequoted string.
+**
+** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
+** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
+** occur.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifiers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  quote = z[0];
+  if( !sqlite3Isquote(quote) ) return;
+  if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
+  for(i=1, j=0;; i++){
+    assert( z[i] );
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a Token object from a string
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenInit(Token *p, char *z){
+  p->z = z;
+  p->n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+}
+
+/* Convenient short-hand */
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
+** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
+** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
+** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  if( zLeft==0 ){
+    return zRight ? -1 : 0;
+  }else if( zRight==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, zRight);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  unsigned char *a, *b;
+  int c;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  for(;;){
+    c = (int)UpperToLower[*a] - (int)UpperToLower[*b];
+    if( c || *a==0 ) break;
+    a++;
+    b++;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  if( zLeft==0 ){
+    return zRight ? -1 : 0;
+  }else if( zRight==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
+**
+** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
+** uses the encoding enc.  The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
+**
+** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
+** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.  Valid numbers
+** are in one of these formats:
+**
+**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
+**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
+**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
+**
+** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
+** validity.
+**
+** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
+** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
+** into *pResult.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int incr;
+  const char *zEnd = z + length;
+  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
+  int sign = 1;    /* sign of significand */
+  i64 s = 0;       /* significand */
+  int d = 0;       /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
+  int esign = 1;   /* sign of exponent */
+  int e = 0;       /* exponent */
+  int eValid = 1;  /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
+  double result;
+  int nDigits = 0;
+  int nonNum = 0;  /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  *pResult = 0.0;   /* Default return value, in case of an error */
+
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    incr = 1;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    incr = 2;
+    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+    for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){}
+    nonNum = i<length;
+    zEnd = &z[i^1];
+    z += (enc&1);
+  }
+
+  /* skip leading spaces */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+  if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;
+
+  /* get sign of significand */
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z+=incr;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z+=incr;
+  }
+
+  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+    z+=incr, nDigits++;
+  }
+
+  /* skip non-significant significand digits
+  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
+  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+
+  /* if decimal point is present */
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z+=incr;
+    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
+    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+      if( s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+        s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+        d--;
+      }
+      z+=incr, nDigits++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+
+  /* if exponent is present */
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z+=incr;
+    eValid = 0;
+
+    /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread.  The 
+    ** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer
+    ** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */
+    if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;              /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/
+
+    /* get sign of exponent */
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z+=incr;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z+=incr;
+    }
+    /* copy digits to exponent */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+      e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
+      z+=incr;
+      eValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* skip trailing spaces */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+
+do_atof_calc:
+  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
+  e = (e*esign) + d;
+  if( e<0 ) {
+    esign = -1;
+    e *= -1;
+  } else {
+    esign = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( s==0 ) {
+    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed. */
+    result = sign<0 ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
+  } else {
+    /* Attempt to reduce exponent.
+    **
+    ** Branches that are not required for the correct answer but which only
+    ** help to obtain the correct answer faster are marked with special
+    ** comments, as a hint to the mutation tester.
+    */
+    while( e>0 ){                                       /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+      if( esign>0 ){
+        if( s>=(LARGEST_INT64/10) ) break;             /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+        s *= 10;
+      }else{
+        if( s%10!=0 ) break;                           /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+        s /= 10;
+      }
+      e--;
+    }
+
+    /* adjust the sign of significand */
+    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;
+
+    if( e==0 ){                                         /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+      result = (double)s;
+    }else{
+      LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
+      if( e>307 ){                                      /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+        if( e<342 ){                                    /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+          while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+          if( esign<0 ){
+            result = s / scale;
+            result /= 1.0e+308;
+          }else{
+            result = s * scale;
+            result *= 1.0e+308;
+          }
+        }else{ assert( e>=342 );
+          if( esign<0 ){
+            result = 0.0*s;
+          }else{
+            result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
+        ** represented exactly. */
+        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* store the result */
+  *pResult = result;
+
+  /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
+  return z==zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0;
+#else
+  return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
+** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
+** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
+** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
+**
+** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
+** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
+** last digit.  So, for example,
+**
+**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
+**
+** will return -8.
+*/
+static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
+  int c = 0;
+  int i;
+                    /* 012345678901234567 */
+  const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
+  for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
+    c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
+  }
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
+    testcase( c==(-1) );
+    testcase( c==0 );
+    testcase( c==(+1) );
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.  zNum must be decimal. This
+** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
+**
+** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
+** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
+**
+** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
+** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
+** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
+**
+** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
+** 9223372036854775808  or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
+** then return 1.
+**
+** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
+** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
+** given by enc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
+  int incr;
+  u64 u = 0;
+  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
+  int i;
+  int c = 0;
+  int nonNum = 0;  /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */
+  const char *zStart;
+  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    incr = 1;
+  }else{
+    incr = 2;
+    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+    for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){}
+    nonNum = i<length;
+    zEnd = &zNum[i^1];
+    zNum += (enc&1);
+  }
+  while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
+  if( zNum<zEnd ){
+    if( *zNum=='-' ){
+      neg = 1;
+      zNum+=incr;
+    }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+      zNum+=incr;
+    }
+  }
+  zStart = zNum;
+  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
+  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
+    u = u*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
+    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
+  }else if( neg ){
+    *pNum = -(i64)u;
+  }else{
+    *pNum = (i64)u;
+  }
+  testcase( i==18 );
+  testcase( i==19 );
+  testcase( i==20 );
+  if( &zNum[i]<zEnd              /* Extra bytes at the end */
+   || (i==0 && zStart==zNum)     /* No digits */
+   || i>19*incr                  /* Too many digits */
+   || nonNum                     /* UTF16 with high-order bytes non-zero */
+  ){
+    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
+    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
+    return 1;
+  }else if( i<19*incr ){
+    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
+    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
+    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
+    if( c<0 ){
+      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
+      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+      return 0;
+    }else if( c>0 ){
+      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
+      return 1;
+    }else{
+      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
+      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
+      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
+      return neg ? 0 : 2;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
+** into a 64-bit signed integer.  This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
+** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not.
+**
+** Returns:
+**
+**     0    Successful transformation.  Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.
+**     1    Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
+**     2    Special case of 9223372036854775808
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+  if( z[0]=='0'
+   && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X')
+  ){
+    u64 u = 0;
+    int i, k;
+    for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){}
+    for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){
+      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]);
+    }
+    memcpy(pOut, &u, 8);
+    return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 1;
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */
+  {
+    return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+**
+** This routine accepts both decimal and hexadecimal notation for integers.
+**
+** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
+** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
+** input number to be zero-terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
+  int i, c;
+  int neg = 0;
+  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
+    zNum++;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+  else if( zNum[0]=='0'
+        && (zNum[1]=='x' || zNum[1]=='X')
+        && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[2])
+  ){
+    u32 u = 0;
+    zNum += 2;
+    while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+    for(i=0; sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i]) && i<8; i++){
+      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(zNum[i]);
+    }
+    if( (u&0x80000000)==0 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i])==0 ){
+      memcpy(pValue, &u, 4);
+      return 1;
+    }else{
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c;
+  }
+
+  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
+  **
+  **             1234567890
+  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
+  */
+  testcase( i==10 );
+  if( i>10 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
+  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( neg ){
+    v = -v;
+  }
+  *pValue = (int)v;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string.  If the
+** string is not an integer, just return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
+  int x = 0;
+  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
+  return x;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
+    p[8] = (u8)v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  if( v<=0x7f ){
+    p[0] = v&0x7f;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( v<=0x3fff ){
+    p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80;
+    p[1] = v&0x7f;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  return putVarint64(p,v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
+** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
+** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
+**
+** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
+**
+** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
+*/
+#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
+#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f
+
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 a,b,s;
+
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
+  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE1 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE1 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  /* moved CSE1 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  s = a;
+  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above
+    ** while calculating s */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  s = s<<7;
+  s |= b;
+  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 6;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>11;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 7;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE2 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE2 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>4;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 8;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<15;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
+
+  /* moved CSE2 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  b = b<<8;
+  a |= b;
+
+  s = s<<4;
+  b = p[-4];
+  b &= 0x7f;
+  b = b>>3;
+  s |= b;
+
+  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+
+  return 9;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+**
+** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
+** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
+**
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
+** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
+** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 a,b;
+
+  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
+  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+#ifndef getVarint32
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* The 2-byte case */
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* The 3-byte case */
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
+  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
+  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
+  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
+  **
+  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
+  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
+  ** routine.
+  */
+#if 1
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 2;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
+    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
+      *v = 0xffffffff;
+    }else{
+      *v = (u32)v64;
+    }
+    return n;
+  }
+
+#else
+  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
+  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
+  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
+  */
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
+    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
+  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
+  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
+  ** value. */
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 4;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
+    *v = (u32)v64;
+    return n;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i;
+  for(i=1; (v >>= 7)!=0; i++){ assert( i<10 ); }
+  return i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+  u32 x;
+  memcpy(&x,p,4);
+  return x;
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+  u32 x;
+  memcpy(&x,p,4);
+  return __builtin_bswap32(x);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  u32 x;
+  memcpy(&x,p,4);
+  return _byteswap_ulong(x);
+#else
+  testcase( p[0]&0x80 );
+  return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+#endif
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+  memcpy(p,&v,4);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+  u32 x = __builtin_bswap32(v);
+  memcpy(p,&x,4);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  u32 x = _byteswap_ulong(v);
+  memcpy(p,&x,4);
+#else
+  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
+  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
+  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
+  p[3] = (u8)v;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
+** character:  0..9a..fA..F
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
+  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
+#endif
+  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n/2 + 1);
+  n--;
+  if( zBlob ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+      zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
+    }
+    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+/*
+** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
+** not have been used.  The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
+** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
+*/
+static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+     "API call with %s database connection pointer",
+     zType
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+**
+** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
+** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
+** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
+** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 magic;
+  if( db==0 ){
+    logBadConnection("NULL");
+    return 0;
+  }
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+      testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+      logBadConnection("unopened");
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 magic;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    logBadConnection("invalid");
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
+** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
+** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
+** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
+  return __builtin_add_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
+#else
+  i64 iA = *pA;
+  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
+  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
+  if( iB>=0 ){
+    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
+    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
+    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
+  }else{
+    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
+    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
+    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
+  }
+  *pA += iB;
+  return 0; 
+#endif
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
+  return __builtin_sub_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
+#else
+  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
+  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
+    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
+    *pA -= iB;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
+  return __builtin_mul_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
+#else
+  i64 iA = *pA;
+  if( iB>0 ){
+    if( iA>LARGEST_INT64/iB ) return 1;
+    if( iA<SMALLEST_INT64/iB ) return 1;
+  }else if( iB<0 ){
+    if( iA>0 ){
+      if( iB<SMALLEST_INT64/iA ) return 1;
+    }else if( iA<0 ){
+      if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) return 1;
+      if( iA==SMALLEST_INT64 ) return 1;
+      if( -iA>LARGEST_INT64/-iB ) return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  *pA = iA*iB;
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
+** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
+  if( x>=0 ) return x;
+  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
+  return -x;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+/*
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
+** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
+** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
+** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
+** characters of the original suffix.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
+** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
+**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
+**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
+**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
+#endif
+  {
+    int i, sz;
+    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
+    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
+** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
+** value.
+** 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
+  static const unsigned char x[] = {
+     10, 10,                         /* 0,1 */
+      9, 9,                          /* 2,3 */
+      8, 8,                          /* 4,5 */
+      7, 7, 7,                       /* 6,7,8 */
+      6, 6, 6,                       /* 9,10,11 */
+      5, 5, 5,                       /* 12-14 */
+      4, 4, 4, 4,                    /* 15-18 */
+      3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,              /* 19-24 */
+      2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,           /* 25-31 */
+  };
+  if( a>=b ){
+    if( a>b+49 ) return a;
+    if( a>b+31 ) return a+1;
+    return a+x[a-b];
+  }else{
+    if( b>a+49 ) return b;
+    if( b>a+31 ) return b+1;
+    return b+x[b-a];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an integer into a LogEst.  In other words, compute an
+** approximation for 10*log2(x).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
+  static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
+  LogEst y = 40;
+  if( x<8 ){
+    if( x<2 ) return 0;
+    while( x<8 ){  y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
+  }else{
+    while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+    while( x>15 ){  y += 10; x >>= 1; }
+  }
+  return a[x&7] + y - 10;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Convert a double into a LogEst
+** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){
+  u64 a;
+  LogEst e;
+  assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 );
+  if( x<=1 ) return 0;
+  if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x);
+  memcpy(&a, &x, 8);
+  e = (a>>52) - 1022;
+  return e*10;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \
+    defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) || \
+    defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS)
+/*
+** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
+**
+** Note that this routine is only used when one or more of various
+** non-standard compile-time options is enabled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
+  u64 n;
+  n = x%10;
+  x /= 10;
+  if( n>=5 ) n -= 2;
+  else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \
+    defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS)
+  if( x>60 ) return (u64)LARGEST_INT64;
+#else
+  /* If only SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 is on, then the largest input
+  ** possible to this routine is 310, resulting in a maximum x of 31 */
+  assert( x<=60 );
+#endif
+  return x>=3 ? (n+8)<<(x-3) : (n+8)>>(3-x);
+}
+#endif /* defined SCANSTAT or STAT4 or ESTIMATED_ROWS */
+
+/*
+** Add a new name/number pair to a VList.  This might require that the
+** VList object be reallocated, so return the new VList.  If an OOM
+** error occurs, the original VList returned and the
+** db->mallocFailed flag is set.
+**
+** A VList is really just an array of integers.  To destroy a VList,
+** simply pass it to sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** The first integer is the number of integers allocated for the whole
+** VList.  The second integer is the number of integers actually used.
+** Each name/number pair is encoded by subsequent groups of 3 or more
+** integers.
+**
+** Each name/number pair starts with two integers which are the numeric
+** value for the pair and the size of the name/number pair, respectively.
+** The text name overlays one or more following integers.  The text name
+** is always zero-terminated.
+**
+** Conceptually:
+**
+**    struct VList {
+**      int nAlloc;   // Number of allocated slots 
+**      int nUsed;    // Number of used slots 
+**      struct VListEntry {
+**        int iValue;    // Value for this entry
+**        int nSlot;     // Slots used by this entry
+**        // ... variable name goes here
+**      } a[0];
+**    }
+**
+** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the
+** VList are taken.  When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an 
+** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the
+** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VList *sqlite3VListAdd(
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection used for malloc() */
+  VList *pIn,            /* The input VList.  Might be NULL */
+  const char *zName,     /* Name of symbol to add */
+  int nName,             /* Bytes of text in zName */
+  int iVal               /* Value to associate with zName */
+){
+  int nInt;              /* number of sizeof(int) objects needed for zName */
+  char *z;               /* Pointer to where zName will be stored */
+  int i;                 /* Index in pIn[] where zName is stored */
+
+  nInt = nName/4 + 3;
+  assert( pIn==0 || pIn[0]>=3 );  /* Verify ok to add new elements */
+  if( pIn==0 || pIn[1]+nInt > pIn[0] ){
+    /* Enlarge the allocation */
+    int nAlloc = (pIn ? pIn[0]*2 : 10) + nInt;
+    VList *pOut = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pIn, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+    if( pOut==0 ) return pIn;
+    if( pIn==0 ) pOut[1] = 2;
+    pIn = pOut;
+    pIn[0] = nAlloc;
+  }
+  i = pIn[1];
+  pIn[i] = iVal;
+  pIn[i+1] = nInt;
+  z = (char*)&pIn[i+2];
+  pIn[1] = i+nInt;
+  assert( pIn[1]<=pIn[0] );
+  memcpy(z, zName, nName);
+  z[nName] = 0;
+  return pIn;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the name of a variable in the given VList that
+** has the value iVal.  Or return a NULL if there is no such variable in
+** the list
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VListNumToName(VList *pIn, int iVal){
+  int i, mx;
+  if( pIn==0 ) return 0;
+  mx = pIn[1];
+  i = 2;
+  do{
+    if( pIn[i]==iVal ) return (char*)&pIn[i+2];
+    i += pIn[i+1];
+  }while( i<mx );
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of the variable named zName, if it is in VList.
+** or return 0 if there is no such variable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VListNameToNum(VList *pIn, const char *zName, int nName){
+  int i, mx;
+  if( pIn==0 ) return 0;
+  mx = pIn[1];
+  i = 2;
+  do{
+    const char *z = (const char*)&pIn[i+2];
+    if( strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ) return pIn[i];
+    i += pIn[i+1];
+  }while( i<mx );
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    sqlite3_free(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The hashing function.
+*/
+static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){
+  unsigned int h = 0;
+  unsigned char c;
+  while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){     /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+    /* Knuth multiplicative hashing.  (Sorting & Searching, p. 510).
+    ** 0x9e3779b1 is 2654435761 which is the closest prime number to
+    ** (2**32)*golden_ratio, where golden_ratio = (sqrt(5) - 1)/2. */
+    h += sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+    h *= 0x9e3779b1;
+  }
+  return h;
+}
+
+
+/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
+** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  if( pEntry ){
+    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
+    pEntry->count++;
+    pEntry->chain = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pHead = 0;
+  }
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+**
+** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
+** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
+** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
+*/
+static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+
+#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
+  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
+    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  }
+  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
+  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
+  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
+  ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
+  ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
+  ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
+  ** may be larger than the requested amount).
+  */
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size;
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key is
+** also computed and returned in the *pH parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementWithHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  unsigned int h;                /* The computed hash */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){   /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+    struct _ht *pEntry;
+    h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
+    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+    elem = pH->first;
+    count = pH->count;
+  }
+  *pHash = h;
+  while( count-- ){
+    assert( elem!=0 );
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ 
+      return elem;
+    }
+    elem = elem->next;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+    }
+    pEntry->count--;
+    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count==0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  elem = findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, &h);
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created and NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){
+  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+      elem->pKey = pKey;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
+    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
+      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+      h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
+    }
+  }
+  insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the tool/mkopcodec.tcl script for details. */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) \
+ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) \
+ || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X
+#else
+# define OpHelp(X)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
+ static const char *const azName[] = {
+    /*   0 */ "Savepoint"        OpHelp(""),
+    /*   1 */ "AutoCommit"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*   2 */ "Transaction"      OpHelp(""),
+    /*   3 */ "SorterNext"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*   4 */ "PrevIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*   5 */ "NextIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*   6 */ "Prev"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*   7 */ "Next"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*   8 */ "Checkpoint"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*   9 */ "JournalMode"      OpHelp(""),
+    /*  10 */ "Vacuum"           OpHelp(""),
+    /*  11 */ "VFilter"          OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"),
+    /*  12 */ "VUpdate"          OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"),
+    /*  13 */ "Goto"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*  14 */ "Gosub"            OpHelp(""),
+    /*  15 */ "InitCoroutine"    OpHelp(""),
+    /*  16 */ "Yield"            OpHelp(""),
+    /*  17 */ "MustBeInt"        OpHelp(""),
+    /*  18 */ "Jump"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*  19 */ "Not"              OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"),
+    /*  20 */ "Once"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*  21 */ "If"               OpHelp(""),
+    /*  22 */ "IfNot"            OpHelp(""),
+    /*  23 */ "SeekLT"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  24 */ "SeekLE"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  25 */ "SeekGE"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  26 */ "SeekGT"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  27 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
+    /*  28 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
+    /*  29 */ "NoConflict"       OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  30 */ "NotFound"         OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  31 */ "Found"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  32 */ "SeekRowid"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
+    /*  33 */ "NotExists"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
+    /*  34 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
+    /*  35 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
+    /*  36 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]!=r[P1]"),
+    /*  37 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]==r[P1]"),
+    /*  38 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]>r[P1]"),
+    /*  39 */ "Le"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]<=r[P1]"),
+    /*  40 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]<r[P1]"),
+    /*  41 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]>=r[P1]"),
+    /*  42 */ "ElseNotEq"        OpHelp(""),
+    /*  43 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
+    /*  44 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
+    /*  45 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
+    /*  46 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
+    /*  47 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
+    /*  48 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
+    /*  49 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
+    /*  50 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
+    /*  51 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
+    /*  52 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
+    /*  53 */ "Last"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*  54 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
+    /*  55 */ "IfSmaller"        OpHelp(""),
+    /*  56 */ "SorterSort"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*  57 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*  58 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
+    /*  59 */ "IdxLE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  60 */ "IdxGT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  61 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  62 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+    /*  63 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
+    /*  64 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
+    /*  65 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
+    /*  66 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
+    /*  67 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2"),
+    /*  68 */ "IfNotZero"        OpHelp("if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2"),
+    /*  69 */ "DecrJumpZero"     OpHelp("if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2"),
+    /*  70 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
+    /*  71 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
+    /*  72 */ "Init"             OpHelp("Start at P2"),
+    /*  73 */ "Return"           OpHelp(""),
+    /*  74 */ "EndCoroutine"     OpHelp(""),
+    /*  75 */ "HaltIfNull"       OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"),
+    /*  76 */ "Halt"             OpHelp(""),
+    /*  77 */ "Integer"          OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"),
+    /*  78 */ "Int64"            OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
+    /*  79 */ "String"           OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"),
+    /*  80 */ "Null"             OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"),
+    /*  81 */ "SoftNull"         OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"),
+    /*  82 */ "Blob"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"),
+    /*  83 */ "Variable"         OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"),
+    /*  84 */ "Move"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
+    /*  85 */ "Copy"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"),
+    /*  86 */ "SCopy"            OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
+    /*  87 */ "IntCopy"          OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
+    /*  88 */ "ResultRow"        OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"),
+    /*  89 */ "CollSeq"          OpHelp(""),
+    /*  90 */ "Function0"        OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+    /*  91 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+    /*  92 */ "AddImm"           OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"),
+    /*  93 */ "RealAffinity"     OpHelp(""),
+    /*  94 */ "Cast"             OpHelp("affinity(r[P1])"),
+    /*  95 */ "Permutation"      OpHelp(""),
+    /*  96 */ "Compare"          OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
+    /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
+    /*  98 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
+    /*  99 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
+    /* 100 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
+    /* 101 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
+    /* 102 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
+    /* 103 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
+    /* 104 */ "ReopenIdx"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+    /* 105 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+    /* 106 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+    /* 107 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+    /* 108 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+    /* 109 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
+    /* 110 */ "SequenceTest"     OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
+    /* 111 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
+    /* 112 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
+    /* 113 */ "ColumnsUsed"      OpHelp(""),
+    /* 114 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
+    /* 115 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+    /* 116 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
+    /* 117 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
+    /* 118 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
+    /* 119 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
+    /* 120 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
+    /* 121 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+    /* 122 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+    /* 123 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+    /* 124 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
+    /* 125 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+    /* 126 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+    /* 127 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
+    /* 128 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid"),
+    /* 129 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+    /* 130 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
+    /* 131 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
+    /* 132 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
+    /* 133 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
+    /* 134 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
+    /* 135 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
+    /* 136 */ "SqlExec"          OpHelp(""),
+    /* 137 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
+    /* 138 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
+    /* 139 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
+    /* 140 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
+    /* 141 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
+    /* 142 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
+    /* 143 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
+    /* 144 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
+    /* 145 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
+    /* 146 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
+    /* 147 */ "OffsetLimit"      OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"),
+    /* 148 */ "AggStep0"         OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
+    /* 149 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
+    /* 150 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
+    /* 151 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
+    /* 152 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
+    /* 153 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
+    /* 154 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
+    /* 155 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
+    /* 156 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
+    /* 157 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
+    /* 158 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
+    /* 159 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
+    /* 160 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
+    /* 161 */ "CursorHint"       OpHelp(""),
+    /* 162 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
+    /* 163 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
+  };
+  return azName[i];
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
+** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
+**
+** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
+** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
+** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
+** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
+** skip locking all together.
+**
+** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
+** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
+** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
+** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
+**
+** The layout of divisions is as follows:
+**
+**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
+**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
+**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
+**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
+**      + for no-op locks
+**      + for dot-file locks
+**      + for flock() locking
+**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
+**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
+**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
+**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
+**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
+**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
+**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+/*
+** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
+** control:
+**
+**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
+**   2. No locking,
+**   3. Dot-file locking,
+**   4. flock() locking,
+**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
+**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
+**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
+**
+** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
+** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
+** where the database is located.  
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use pread() and pwrite() if they are available */
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+# define HAVE_PREAD 1
+# define HAVE_PWRITE 1
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_PREAD64) && defined(HAVE_PWRITE64)
+# undef USE_PREAD
+# define USE_PREAD64 1
+#elif defined(HAVE_PREAD) && defined(HAVE_PWRITE)
+# undef USE_PREAD64
+# define USE_PREAD 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/* #include <time.h> */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# include <sys/file.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \
+                           (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000))
+#  if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \
+       && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0))
+#    define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1
+#  else
+#    warning "gethostuuid() is disabled."
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/* # include <sys/ioctl.h> */
+# include <semaphore.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1
+
+/*
+** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
+** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+/* # include <pthread.h> */
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating a new file
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum supported path-length.
+*/
+#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
+
+/*
+** Maximum supported symbolic links
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS 100
+
+/* Always cast the getpid() return type for compatibility with
+** kernel modules in VxWorks. */
+#define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid()
+
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct unixShm unixShm;               /* Connection shared memory */
+typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode;       /* Shared memory instance */
+typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo;   /* An i-node */
+typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;     /* An unused file descriptor */
+
+/*
+** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
+** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
+** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
+** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
+*/
+struct UnixUnusedFd {
+  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
+  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
+};
+
+/*
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
+** VFS implementations.
+*/
+typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
+struct unixFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
+  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
+  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
+  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
+  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
+  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  int nFetchOut;                      /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;             /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual;       /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;          /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
+  void *pMapRegion;                   /* Memory mapped region */
+#endif
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
+  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
+  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
+  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
+  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
+  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
+  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
+  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
+  */
+  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
+  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
+  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
+  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
+  */
+  char aPadding[32];
+#endif
+};
+
+/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness()
+** method was called.  If xOpen() is called from a different process id,
+** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset.
+*/
+static pid_t randomnessPid = 0;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
+*/
+#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
+#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
+#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
+#else
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
+#endif
+#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
+#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
+#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+#define SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
+
+/*
+** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
+*/
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#define threadid pthread_self()
+#else
+#define threadid 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else.
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP)
+# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
+# else
+#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek()
+** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+# define lseek lseek64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
+** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
+** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
+**
+** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
+** which always has the same well-defined interface.
+*/
+static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
+  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
+static int unixGetpagesize(void);
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct unix_syscall {
+  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+  { "open",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen,  0  },
+#define osOpen      ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+
+  { "close",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close,      0  },
+#define osClose     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+  { "access",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access,     0  },
+#define osAccess    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+  { "getcwd",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd,     0  },
+#define osGetcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+  { "stat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat,       0  },
+#define osStat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
+#define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
+#else     
+  { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
+#define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+  { "ftruncate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate,  0  },
+#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
+#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
+#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
+#else
+  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64,    0  },
+#else
+  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off64_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
+#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
+#else
+  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64,   0  },
+#else
+  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off64_t))\
+                    aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod,          0  },
+#define osFchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
+#else
+  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
+#endif
+#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
+#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
+#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+  { "mkdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir,           0 },
+#define osMkdir     ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+  { "rmdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir,           0 },
+#define osRmdir     ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
+  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchown,          0 },
+#else
+  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+  { "geteuid",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)geteuid,         0 },
+#define osGeteuid   ((uid_t(*)(void))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  { "mmap",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,            0 },
+#else
+  { "mmap",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  { "munmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap,          0 },
+#else
+  { "munmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+
+#if HAVE_MREMAP && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
+  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap,          0 },
+#else
+  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
+#else
+  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_READLINK)
+  { "readlink",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)readlink,        0 },
+#else
+  { "readlink",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osReadlink ((ssize_t(*)(const char*,char*,size_t))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_LSTAT)
+  { "lstat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)lstat,          0 },
+#else
+  { "lstat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,              0 },
+#endif
+#define osLstat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+
+/*
+** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
+** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
+** we are not running as root.
+*/
+static int robustFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
+#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
+  return osGeteuid() ? 0 : osFchown(fd,uid,gid);
+#else
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int unixSetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+    ** settings and return NULL
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+    ** specified.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+        }
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
+** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for 
+** standard input, output, and error.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
+# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke open().  Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
+** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
+**
+** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
+** SQLite.  The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
+** 0644) as modified by the system umask.  If m is not 0, then
+** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
+**
+** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
+** and -shm files.  We want those files to have *exactly* the same
+** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
+** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
+** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
+** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
+** recover the hot journals.
+*/
+static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
+  int fd;
+  mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
+  while(1){
+#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
+    fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
+#else
+    fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
+#endif
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      if( errno==EINTR ) continue;
+      break;
+    }
+    if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
+    osClose(fd);
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, 
+                "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
+    fd = -1;
+    if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( fd>=0 ){
+    if( m!=0 ){
+      struct stat statbuf;
+      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 
+       && statbuf.st_size==0
+       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m 
+      ){
+        osFchmod(fd, m);
+      }
+    }
+#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
+    osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+  }
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
+** shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+**   unixEnterMutex()
+**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+**   unixEnterLeave()
+*/
+static void unixEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
+}
+static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
+  switch( eFileLock ){
+    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+/*
+** Print out information about all locking operations.
+**
+** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
+** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
+** turned off.
+*/
+static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
+  char *zOpName, *zType;
+  int s;
+  int savedErrno;
+  if( op==F_GETLK ){
+    zOpName = "GETLK";
+  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
+    zOpName = "SETLK";
+  }else{
+    s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
+    return s;
+  }
+  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+    zType = "RDLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+    zType = "WRLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+    zType = "UNLCK";
+  }else{
+    assert( 0 );
+  }
+  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
+  s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+  savedErrno = errno;
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
+     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
+     (int)p->l_pid, s);
+  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
+    struct flock l2;
+    l2 = *p;
+    osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+      zType = "RDLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+      zType = "WRLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+      zType = "UNLCK";
+    }else{
+      assert( 0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
+       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
+  }
+  errno = savedErrno;
+  return s;
+}
+#undef osFcntl
+#define osFcntl lockTrace
+#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
+**
+** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through
+** this wrapper.  On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below
+** could lead to a corrupt database.
+*/
+static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
+  int rc;
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if 
+  ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
+  ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
+  ** such attempts.  */
+  if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else
+#endif
+  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+** 
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
+*/
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+  assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
+          (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
+          (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+          (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) );
+  switch (posixError) {
+  case EACCES: 
+  case EAGAIN:
+  case ETIMEDOUT:
+  case EBUSY:
+  case EINTR:
+  case ENOLCK:  
+    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    
+  case EPERM: 
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+    
+  default: 
+    return sqliteIOErr;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
+**
+** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
+** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
+** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
+**
+** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
+** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
+** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
+** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
+** zero.
+**
+** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
+** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
+** structures on a linked list.
+*/
+struct vxworksFileId {
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
+  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
+  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
+  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
+};
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/* 
+** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
+** variable:
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
+** by making the following changes:
+**
+**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
+**  * convert /./ into just /
+**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+**
+** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
+**
+** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
+** characters in the simplified name.
+*/
+static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
+  int i, j;
+  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='/' ){
+      if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
+      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
+        i += 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
+        while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
+        i += 2;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    z[j++] = z[i];
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
+** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
+** file ID.
+**
+** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
+** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
+** and added to the global list if necessary.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
+  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
+  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
+
+  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
+  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
+  pNew = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
+  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
+
+  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
+  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
+  ** the existing file ID.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
+    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
+     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
+    ){
+       sqlite3_free(pNew);
+       pCandidate->nRef++;
+       unixLeaveMutex();
+       return pCandidate;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nName = n;
+  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
+  vxworksFileList = pNew;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
+** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
+*/
+static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
+  pId->nRef--;
+  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
+    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
+    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
+    assert( *pp==pId );
+    *pp = pId->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pId);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
+**
+** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
+** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
+** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
+** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
+**
+** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
+** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
+** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+**
+** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
+** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
+** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
+** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
+** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
+** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
+** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
+** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
+** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
+** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** current process.
+**
+** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
+** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
+** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
+** do not move across threads.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
+*/
+struct unixFileId {
+  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
+#else
+  /* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that
+  ** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See
+  ** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c)
+  ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.  
+  ** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes,
+  ** but that should not be a big deal. */
+  /* WAS:  ino_t ino;   */
+  u64 ino;                   /* Inode number */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
+** each inode opened by each thread.
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
+*/
+struct unixInodeInfo {
+  struct unixFileId fileId;       /* The lookup key */
+  int nShared;                    /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  unsigned char eFileLock;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  unsigned char bProcessLock;     /* An exclusive process lock is held */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
+  int nLock;                      /* Number of outstanding file locks */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;          /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+  unixInodeInfo *pNext;           /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
+  unixInodeInfo *pPrev;           /*    .... doubly linked */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  unsigned long long sharedByte;  /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  sem_t *pSem;                    /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
+*/
+static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - unixLogErrorAtLine(), is only ever called via the macro
+** unixLogError().
+**
+** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
+** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
+** strerror_r().
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
+** if any.
+*/
+#define unixLogError(a,b,c)     unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
+static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
+  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
+  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
+  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+  char *zErr;                     /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
+  int iErrno = errno;             /* Saved syscall error number */
+
+  /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
+  ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
+  ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
+  */ 
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
+  char aErr[80];
+  memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
+  zErr = aErr;
+
+  /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
+  ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
+  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
+  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
+  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
+  ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
+  **
+  ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
+  ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
+  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
+  ** could lead to a segfault though.
+  */
+#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
+  zErr = 
+# endif
+  strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
+
+#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
+  zErr = "";
+#else
+  /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
+  zErr = strerror(iErrno);
+#endif
+
+  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+  sqlite3_log(errcode,
+      "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
+  );
+
+  return errcode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file descriptor.
+**
+** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
+** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
+** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
+** error.
+**
+** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
+** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
+** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR.  Just log the error
+** and move on.
+*/
+static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
+  if( osClose(h) ){
+    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
+                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the pFile->lastErrno.  Do this in a subroutine as that provides
+** a convenient place to set a breakpoint.
+*/
+static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){
+  pFile->lastErrno = error;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
+*/ 
+static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
+  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  pInode->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+*/
+static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
+    pInode->nRef--;
+    if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
+      assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
+      closePendingFds(pFile);
+      if( pInode->pPrev ){
+        assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
+        pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( inodeList==pInode );
+        inodeList = pInode->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pInode->pNext ){
+        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
+        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pInode);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
+** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+**
+** Return an appropriate error code.
+*/
+static int findInodeInfo(
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
+  unixInodeInfo **ppInode        /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
+){
+  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
+  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
+  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
+  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0;     /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
+
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+
+  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
+  ** create a unique name for the file.
+  */
+  fd = pFile->h;
+  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+#if defined(EOVERFLOW) && defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS)
+    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
+  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
+  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
+  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
+  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
+  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
+  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
+  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
+  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
+  */
+  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
+    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+    if( rc!=1 ){
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
+  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
+#else
+  fileId.ino = (u64)statbuf.st_ino;
+#endif
+  pInode = inodeList;
+  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
+    pInode = pInode->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pInode==0 ){
+    pInode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInode) );
+    if( pInode==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
+    memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
+    pInode->nRef = 1;
+    pInode->pNext = inodeList;
+    pInode->pPrev = 0;
+    if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
+    inodeList = pInode;
+  }else{
+    pInode->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppInode = pInode;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
+*/
+static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId;
+#else
+  struct stat buf;
+  return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
+      (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 
+         || (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
+**
+** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
+** (2) The file is not a symbolic link
+** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked
+**
+** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right.
+*/
+static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){
+  struct stat buf;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* These verifications occurs for the main database only */
+  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ) return;
+
+  rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( buf.st_nlink==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+  if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
+** described by pLock.
+**
+** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
+** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
+** the first time any lock is attempted.  All subsequent system locking
+** operations become no-ops.  Locking operations still happen internally,
+** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
+** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
+** operating system does not participate.
+**
+** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
+** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
+** and is read-only.
+**
+** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
+** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
+*/
+static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
+  int rc;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  assert( pInode!=0 );
+  if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & (UNIXFILE_EXCL|UNIXFILE_RDONLY))==UNIXFILE_EXCL ){
+    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      struct flock lock;
+      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
+      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+    }else{
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with Windows95 systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, 'shared byte range' is read-locked
+  ** and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.  (Legacy note:  When
+  ** SQLite was first developed, Windows95 systems were still very common,
+  ** and Widnows95 lacks a shared-lock capability.  So on Windows95, a
+  ** single randomly selected by from the 'shared byte range' is locked.
+  ** Windows95 is now pretty much extinct, but this work-around for the
+  ** lack of shared-locks on Windows95 lives on, for backwards
+  ** compatibility.)
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int tErrno = 0;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+      azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+      azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared,
+      osGetpid(0)));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+            azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+          (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pInode->nShared++;
+    pInode->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    }
+
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* This could happen with a network mount */
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+    }
+
+    if( rc ){
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }else{
+      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+      pInode->nShared = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+
+    assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+      lock.l_len = 1L;
+    }else{
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
+  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
+  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
+  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
+   && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
+  ){
+    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
+** pUnused list.
+*/
+static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
+  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
+  pInode->pUnused = p;
+  pFile->h = -1;
+  pFile->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** 
+** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
+** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
+** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
+*/
+static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+      pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+      osGetpid(0)));
+
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
+    ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
+    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
+    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
+    **  1:   [WWWWW]
+    **  2:   [....W]
+    **  3:   [RRRRW]
+    **  4:   [RRRR.]
+    */
+    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
+      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
+        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
+        off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
+        
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+          storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+          storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+      }else
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+      {
+        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
+          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
+          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
+          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
+          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
+          ** an assert to fail). */ 
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+          storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+      goto end_unlock;
+    }
+  }
+  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pInode->nShared--;
+    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    pInode->nLock--;
+    assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+      closePendingFds(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+end_unlock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 );
+#endif
+  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte);
+static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
+** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
+** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
+** structure to 0.
+**
+** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
+** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
+** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
+*/
+static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  unixUnmapfile(pFile);
+#endif
+  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+    pFile->h = -1;
+  }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( pFile->pId ){
+    if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
+      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
+    }
+    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+    pFile->pId = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE
+  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
+    osUnlink(pFile->zPath);
+    sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath);
+    pFile->zPath = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  verifyDbFile(pFile);
+  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+
+  /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
+  ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
+    ** when the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    setPendingFd(pFile);
+  }
+  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
+
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  *pResOut = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
+**
+** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
+** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
+** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
+**
+**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
+**         connections from reading or writing the database.
+**
+**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
+**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
+**
+** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
+** other locking strategy is available.
+**
+** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
+** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
+** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
+** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
+** lock directory.
+*/
+#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+**
+** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
+** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
+** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
+*/
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0;
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+**
+** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
+** But we track the other locking levels internally.
+*/
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+
+  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
+  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+    utime(zLockFile, NULL);
+#else
+    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
+  if( rc<0 ){
+    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    } else {
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+      }
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } 
+  
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
+*/
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
+  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
+  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
+  rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
+  if( rc<0 ){
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( tErrno==ENOENT ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
+*/
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
+**
+** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
+**
+** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
+** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
+** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
+** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
+** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
+** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
+**
+** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off
+*/
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+
+/*
+** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
+*/
+#ifdef EINTR
+static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
+  int rc;
+  do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
+#endif
+     
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* attempt to get the lock */
+    int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+    if( !lrc ){
+      /* got the lock, unlock it */
+      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+      if ( lrc ) {
+        int tErrno = errno;
+        /* unlock failed with an error */
+        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+        rc = lrc;
+      }
+    } else {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      reserved = 1;
+      /* someone else might have it reserved */
+      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+        rc = lrc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    reserved=1;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  
+  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    /* didn't get, must be busy */
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really, unlock. */
+  if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
+
+/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
+**
+** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
+**
+** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
+** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
+** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
+** makes the lock implementation much easier.
+*/
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+
+    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+      } else {
+        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
+        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* we could have it if we want it */
+      sem_post(pSem);
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
+  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+
+ sem_end_lock:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  assert( pSem );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really unlock. */
+  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
+    int rc, tErrno = errno;
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ ** Close a file.
+ */
+static int semXClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    semXUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    assert( pFile );
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+    closeUnixFile(id);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*
+** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+**
+*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
+**
+** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
+** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
+**
+** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
+** only works on OSX.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
+*/
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+  int reserved;
+  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
+};
+
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
+  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+};
+
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+
+/*
+** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
+** AFP filesystem.
+** 
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+*/
+static int afpSetLock(
+  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
+  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
+  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
+  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
+){
+  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
+  int err;
+  
+  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+  pb.offset = offset;
+  pb.length = length; 
+  pb.fd = pFile->h;
+  
+  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
+    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
+    offset, length));
+  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+  if ( err==-1 ) {
+    int rc;
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#else
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
+                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } else {
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *context;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  if( context->reserved ){
+    *pResOut = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+   */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+      ** the original state */
+      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } else {
+      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+      rc=lrc;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+  
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+           azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+           azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , osGetpid(0)));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+           azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+       (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+     ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto afp_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+     (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pInode->nShared++;
+    pInode->nLock++;
+    goto afp_end_lock;
+  }
+    
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int failed;
+    failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+    if (failed) {
+      rc = failed;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
+    long lk, mask;
+    
+    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+        
+    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
+    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+    lk = random(); 
+    pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+          SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
+    }
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno);
+      rc = lrc1;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+      rc = lrc2;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+      rc = lrc1;
+    } else {
+      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+      pInode->nShared = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+     ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    int failed = 0;
+    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+    if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+      if( !failed ){
+        context->reserved = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+        
+      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
+      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
+      */
+      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+                         pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
+        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
+          ** a critical I/O error
+          */
+          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
+               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+          goto afp_end_lock;
+        } 
+      }else{
+        rc = failed; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( failed ){
+      rc = failed;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+  
+afp_end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  int skipShared = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int h = pFile->h;
+#endif
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+           osGetpid(0)));
+
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+    
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
+           || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+           || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+    
+    if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
+        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
+        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+      } else {
+        skipShared = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } 
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+      if( !rc ){ 
+        context->reserved = 0; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
+      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+    pInode->nShared--;
+    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( !skipShared ){
+        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+      }
+      if( !rc ){
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pInode->nLock--;
+      assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+      if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+        closePendingFds(pFile);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+*/
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pInode->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+    ** the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    setPendingFd(pFile);
+  }
+  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
+** VFS is not available.
+**
+********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+ ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+ ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+ ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+ */
+static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  
+**
+********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
+**
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
+** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
+** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
+** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
+** are gather together into this division.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
+**
+** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
+** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
+*/
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+  int prior = 0;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
+  i64 newOffset;
+#endif
+  TIMER_START;
+  assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) );
+  assert( id->h>2 );
+  do{
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+    got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+    SimulateIOError( newOffset = -1 );
+    if( newOffset<0 ){
+      storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+    if( got==cnt ) break;
+    if( got<0 ){
+      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
+      prior = 0;
+      storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id,  errno);
+      break;
+    }else if( got>0 ){
+      cnt -= got;
+      offset += got;
+      prior += got;
+      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
+    }
+  }while( got>0 );
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE(("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
+            id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+  return got+prior;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int unixRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int got;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( got<0 ){
+    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }else{
+    storeLastErrno(pFile, 0);   /* not a system error */
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
+** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
+** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, 
+** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
+** nBuf).
+*/
+static int seekAndWriteFd(
+  int fd,                         /* File descriptor to write to */
+  i64 iOff,                       /* File offset to begin writing at */
+  const void *pBuf,               /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */
+  int *piErrno                    /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */
+){
+  int rc = 0;                     /* Value returned by system call */
+
+  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
+  assert( fd>2 );
+  assert( piErrno!=0 );
+  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
+  TIMER_START;
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+  do{ rc = (int)osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  do{ rc = (int)osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
+#else
+  do{
+    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
+    SimulateIOError( iSeek = -1 );
+    if( iSeek<0 ){
+      rc = -1;
+      break;
+    }
+    rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf);
+  }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#endif
+
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+
+  if( rc<0 ) *piErrno = errno;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
+*/
+static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int unixWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  const void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset 
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
+  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
+  ** fact too.
+  */
+  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
+    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
+      int rc;
+      char oldCntr[4];
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
+        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+ 
+  while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    offset += wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+
+  if( amt>wrote ){
+    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
+      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+    }else{
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */
+      return SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
+** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
+** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
+** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync or -DHAVE_FDATASYNC
+*/
+#if !defined(fdatasync) && !HAVE_FDATASYNC
+# define fdatasync fsync
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
+*/
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+**
+** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
+** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
+** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
+** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
+** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
+** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
+** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
+** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
+** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
+** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
+** the value of the dataOnly flag.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
+  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
+  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#endif
+
+  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
+  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op.  But go ahead and call fstat() to validate the file
+  ** descriptor as we need a method to provoke a failure during
+  ** coverate testing.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  {
+    struct stat buf;
+    rc = osFstat(fd, &buf);
+  }
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  if( fullSync ){
+    rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
+  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
+  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
+  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
+  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+  */
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+  /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
+  ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
+  */
+  rc = fsync(fd);
+#else 
+  rc = fdatasync(fd);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
+    rc = fsync(fd);
+  }
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
+
+  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
+    rc = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
+**
+** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
+** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
+** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
+** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
+**
+** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
+** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
+** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
+** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
+** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
+** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
+** *pFd set to a negative number.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
+*/
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+  int ii;
+  int fd = -1;
+  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+  if( ii>0 ){
+    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+  }else{
+    if( zDirname[0]!='/' ) zDirname[0] = '.';
+    zDirname[1] = 0;
+  }
+  fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+  if( fd>=0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
+  }
+  *pFd = fd;
+  if( fd>=0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "openDirectory", zDirname);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc ){
+    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+
+  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
+  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
+  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
+  */
+  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
+    int dirfd;
+    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
+            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
+    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
+      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
+    }else{
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN );
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int rc;
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+
+  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+  ** size).
+  */
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+  }
+
+  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte);
+  if( rc ){
+    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
+    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
+    ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
+    ** source.
+    */
+    if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
+      pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
+    ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
+    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.  
+    */
+    if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
+      pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id );
+  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+
+  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
+  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
+  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
+  */
+  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
+
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+/*
+** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
+** proxying locking division.
+*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
+** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
+** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
+** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
+    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
+   
+    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+
+    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
+      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
+      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
+      int err;
+      do{
+        err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
+      }while( err==EINTR );
+      if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+#else
+      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a 
+      ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely
+      ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte
+      ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly.
+      ** This is a similar technique to that used by glibc on systems
+      ** that do not have a real fallocate() call.
+      */
+      int nBlk = buf.st_blksize;  /* File-system block size */
+      int nWrite = 0;             /* Number of bytes written by seekAndWrite */
+      i64 iWrite;                 /* Next offset to write to */
+
+      iWrite = (buf.st_size/nBlk)*nBlk + nBlk - 1;
+      assert( iWrite>=buf.st_size );
+      assert( ((iWrite+1)%nBlk)==0 );
+      for(/*no-op*/; iWrite<nSize+nBlk-1; iWrite+=nBlk ){
+        if( iWrite>=nSize ) iWrite = nSize - 1;
+        nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
+        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
+    int rc;
+    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
+      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
+*/
+static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+  if( *pArg<0 ){
+    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+  }else{
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);
+
+/*
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
+*/
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+      int rc;
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
+      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc64( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
+      if( zTFile ){
+        unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
+        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
+      *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
+      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
+        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
+      }
+      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
+      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
+        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
+        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
+          unixUnmapfile(pFile);
+          rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
+        }
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
+    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
+    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
+    ** unchanged.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
+      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
+*/
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
+    struct statvfs fsInfo;
+       
+    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
+    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
+    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
+      return pFile->sectorSize;
+    }
+
+    if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K |       /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
+        (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |         /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
+        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
+        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else{
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 |      /* blocks are atomic */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        0;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
+  ** then it isn't valid.*/
+  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
+    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
+    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  }
+  return pFile->sectorSize;
+}
+#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */
+
+/*
+** Return the device characteristics for the file.
+**
+** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
+** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying
+** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
+** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
+** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
+** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
+** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
+**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
+** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
+*/
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = 0;
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
+  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
+#endif
+  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
+    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+
+/*
+** Return the system page size.
+**
+** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. 
+** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
+*/
+static int unixGetpagesize(void){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  return 1024;
+#elif defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
+  return getpagesize();
+#else
+  return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
+**
+** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
+** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
+** of this unixShmNode object.  In other words, each wal-index is opened
+** only once per process.
+**
+** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
+** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
+** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
+** open files) would have to carry around this extra information.  So
+** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
+** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
+**
+** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+**      nRef
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+** 
+**      fid
+**      zFilename
+**
+** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+*/
+struct unixShmNode {
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;     /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
+  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the mmapped file */
+  int h;                     /* Open file descriptor */
+  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+  u16 nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
+  u8 isReadonly;             /* True if read-only */
+  char **apRegion;           /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
+  unixShm *pFirst;           /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 exclMask;               /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+  u8 sharedMask;             /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available unixShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+**    unixShm.pFile
+**    unixShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct unixShm {
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
+  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
+  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
+  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
+  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
+#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
+**
+** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int unixShmSystemLock(
+  unixFile *pFile,       /* Open connection to the WAL file */
+  int lockType,          /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
+  int ofst,              /* First byte of the locking range */
+  int n                  /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+  struct flock f;        /* The posix advisory locking structure */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Result code form fcntl() */
+
+  /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+  pShmNode = pFile->pInode->pShmNode;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
+
+  /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
+  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
+
+  /* Locks are within range */
+  assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+
+  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
+    f.l_type = lockType;
+    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    f.l_start = ofst;
+    f.l_len = n;
+
+    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
+    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  { u16 mask;
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
+  mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }else{
+      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
+    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
+    }else{
+      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
+           pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;        
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at
+** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the
+** current system page-size.
+**
+** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured
+** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two
+** shm regions.
+*/
+static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){
+  int shmsz = 32*1024;            /* SHM region size */
+  int pgsz = osGetpagesize();   /* System page size */
+  assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 );   /* Page size must be a power of 2 */
+  if( pgsz<shmsz ) return 1;
+  return pgsz/shmsz;
+}
+
+/*
+** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
+  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nRef==0) ){
+    int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
+    int i;
+    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){
+      if( p->h>=0 ){
+        osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
+    if( p->h>=0 ){
+      robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
+      p->h = -1;
+    }
+    p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
+** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
+**
+** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
+** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
+** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
+** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
+**
+** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
+** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
+** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
+** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
+** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
+** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
+** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
+** or the equivalent.  The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
+** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite;  builds of SQLite
+** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
+** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
+** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
+** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+**
+** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
+** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
+** that no other processes are able to read or write the database.  In
+** that case, we do not really need shared memory.  No shared memory
+** file is created.  The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
+*/
+static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
+  struct unixShm *p = 0;          /* The connection to be opened */
+  struct unixShmNode *pShmNode;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
+  int rc;                         /* Result code */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;          /* The inode of fd */
+  char *zShmFilename;             /* Name of the file used for SHM */
+  int nShmFilename;               /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
+  p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
+
+  /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
+  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
+  if( pShmNode==0 ){
+    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */
+#ifndef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    const char *zBasePath = pDbFd->zPath;
+#endif
+
+    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
+    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
+    ** with the same permissions.
+    */
+    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
+#else
+    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(zBasePath);
+#endif
+    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
+    if( pShmNode==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
+    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
+                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
+                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
+#else
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", zBasePath);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+#endif
+    pShmNode->h = -1;
+    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+      pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+      if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        goto shm_open_err;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+      if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
+        openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+        pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
+      }
+      pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
+      if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
+        goto shm_open_err;
+      }
+
+      /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
+      ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database.  Otherwise,
+      ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
+      */
+      robustFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
+  
+      /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+      ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
+      }
+      if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
+  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+  pShmNode->nRef++;
+  pDbFd->pShm = p;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+
+  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+  ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+  ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
+  ** mutex.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+  unixShmPurge(pDbFd);       /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int unixShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
+  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
+  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
+  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+  unixShm *p;
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
+  int nReqRegion;
+
+  /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
+  if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
+    rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+  /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */
+  nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap;
+
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
+    char **apNew;                      /* New apRegion[] array */
+    int nByte = nReqRegion*szRegion;   /* Minimum required file size */
+    struct stat sStat;                 /* Used by fstat() */
+
+    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+    if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+      /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+      ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+      ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+      */
+      if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+  
+      if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
+        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
+        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+        */
+        if( !bExtend ){
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+
+        /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by
+        ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being
+        ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the
+        ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new
+        ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces
+        ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on.
+        */
+        else{
+          static const int pgsz = 4096;
+          int iPg;
+
+          /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */
+          assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 );
+          for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){
+            int x = 0;
+            if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, &x)!=1 ){
+              const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename;
+              rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile);
+              goto shmpage_out;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
+        pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *)
+    );
+    if( !apNew ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+    pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
+    while( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
+      int nMap = szRegion*nShmPerMap;
+      int i;
+      void *pMem;
+      if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+        pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
+            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
+            MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
+        );
+        if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pMem = sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion);
+        if( pMem==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+        memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
+      }
+
+      for(i=0; i<nShmPerMap; i++){
+        pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i];
+      }
+      pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap;
+    }
+  }
+
+shmpage_out:
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+    *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+  }else{
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+**
+** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
+** different here than in posix.  In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
+** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back.  But one may
+** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+*/
+static int unixShmLock(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
+  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;      /* Connection holding shared memory */
+  unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;             /* The shared memory being locked */
+  unixShm *pX;                          /* For looping over all siblings */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;  /* The underlying file iNode */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
+  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+  assert( n>=1 );
+  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( pX==p ) continue;
+      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Undo the local locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    } 
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the local shared locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
+    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+        p->exclMask |= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
+           p->id, osGetpid(0), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void unixShmBarrier(
+  sqlite3_file *fd                /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  sqlite3MemoryBarrier();         /* compiler-defined memory barrier */
+  unixEnterMutex();               /* Also mutex, for redundancy */
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+**
+** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
+** routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+static int unixShmUnmap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* The underlying database file */
+  int deleteFlag                  /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+){
+  unixShm *p;                     /* The connection to be closed */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+  unixShm **pp;                   /* For looping over sibling connections */
+  unixFile *pDbFd;                /* The underlying database file */
+
+  pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+
+  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+  ** with pShmNode */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+  *pp = p->pNext;
+
+  /* Free the connection p */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+  ** shared-memory file, too */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+  pShmNode->nRef--;
+  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+      osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
+    }
+    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#else
+# define unixShmMap     0
+# define unixShmLock    0
+# define unixShmBarrier 0
+# define unixShmUnmap   0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd.
+*/
+static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  if( pFd->pMapRegion ){
+    osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual);
+    pFd->pMapRegion = 0;
+    pFd->mmapSize = 0;
+    pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file 
+** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
+**
+** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
+**
+**       unixFile.pMapRegion
+**       unixFile.mmapSize
+**       unixFile.mmapSizeActual
+**
+** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and
+** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should
+** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite()
+** methods.
+*/
+static void unixRemapfile(
+  unixFile *pFd,                  /* File descriptor object */
+  i64 nNew                        /* Required mapping size */
+){
+  const char *zErr = "mmap";
+  int h = pFd->h;                      /* File descriptor open on db file */
+  u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion;   /* Pointer to current file mapping */
+  i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual;     /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */
+  u8 *pNew = 0;                        /* Location of new mapping */
+  int flags = PROT_READ;               /* Flags to pass to mmap() */
+
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
+  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
+  assert( nNew>0 );
+  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
+  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE
+  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;
+#endif
+
+  if( pOrig ){
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+    i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
+#else
+    const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
+    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
+#endif
+    u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse];
+
+    /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */
+    if( nReuse!=nOrig ){
+      osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse);
+    }
+
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+    pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE);
+    zErr = "mremap";
+#else
+    pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse);
+    if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){
+      if( pNew!=pReq ){
+        osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse);
+        pNew = 0;
+      }else{
+        pNew = pOrig;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */
+    if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){
+      osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){
+    pNew = 0;
+    nNew = 0;
+    unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath);
+
+    /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls
+    ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively
+    ** in this case.  */
+    pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0;
+  }
+  pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew;
+  pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
+** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
+** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
+** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
+** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+*/
+static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nMap){
+  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  assert( nMap>0 || (pFd->mmapSize==0 && pFd->pMapRegion==0) );
+  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( nMap<0 ){
+    struct stat statbuf;          /* Low-level file information */
+    if( osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf) ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+    nMap = statbuf.st_size;
+  }
+  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
+    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
+  }
+
+  assert( nMap>0 || (pFd->mmapSize==0 && pFd->pMapRegion==0) );
+  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
+    unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
+** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
+**
+** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
+** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
+**
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
+** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
+*/
+static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+#endif
+  *pp = 0;
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
+    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
+      int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
+      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
+      pFd->nFetchOut++;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
+** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
+** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
+** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. 
+**
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
+** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
+*/
+static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
+
+  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
+  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
+  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
+  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
+
+  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
+  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
+
+  if( p ){
+    pFd->nFetchOut--;
+  }else{
+    unixUnmapfile(pFd);
+  }
+
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
+** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
+** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
+** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
+** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
+** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
+**
+** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
+** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
+** strategy from that.
+**
+** For finder-function F, two objects are created:
+**
+**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
+**
+**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
+**
+**
+** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
+** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
+** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
+** from be cast into a function pointer.
+**
+**
+** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
+**
+**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
+**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
+**
+**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
+**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
+*/
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER,METHOD,VERSION,CLOSE,LOCK,UNLOCK,CKLOCK,SHMMAP)     \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
+   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
+   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
+   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
+   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
+   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
+   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
+   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
+   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
+   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
+   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
+   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
+   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
+   unixDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
+   SHMMAP,                     /* xShmMap */                                 \
+   unixShmLock,                /* xShmLock */                                \
+   unixShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */                             \
+   unixShmUnmap,               /* xShmUnmap */                               \
+   unixFetch,                  /* xFetch */                                  \
+   unixUnfetch,                /* xUnfetch */                                \
+};                                                                           \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
+  return &METHOD;                                                            \
+}                                                                            \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
+    = FINDER##Impl;
+
+/*
+** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
+** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
+** are also created.
+*/
+IOMETHODS(
+  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  3,                        /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */
+  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
+  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock,    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  unixShmMap                /* xShmMap method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
+  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  3,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
+  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
+  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
+  nolockCheckReservedLock,  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                         /* xShmMap method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
+  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
+  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
+  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
+  dotlockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                         /* xShmMap method */
+)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
+  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
+  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  flockCheckReservedLock,   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                         /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  semXClose,                /* xClose method */
+  semXLock,                 /* xLock method */
+  semXUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
+  semXCheckReservedLock,    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                         /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  afpCheckReservedLock,     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                         /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
+** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
+** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
+** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
+** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
+** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
+** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
+IOMETHODS(
+  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
+  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
+  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  proxyCheckReservedLock,   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                         /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  nfsIoFinder,               /* Finder function name */
+  nfsIoMethods,              /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                         /* shared memory is disabled */
+  unixClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  nfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock,     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+  0                          /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for MacOSX only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
+){
+  static const struct Mapping {
+    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
+    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
+  } aMap[] = {
+    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  int i;
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+      return &nolockIoMethods;
+    }
+    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+        return aMap[i].pMethods;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
+  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
+  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
+      return &nfsIoMethods;
+    } else {
+      return &posixIoMethods;
+    }
+  }else{
+    return &dotlockIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/*
+** This "finder" function for VxWorks checks to see if posix advisory
+** locking works.  If it does, then that is what is used.  If it does not
+** work, then fallback to named semaphore locking.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
+){
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+
+  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
+  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    return &posixIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    return &semIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+
+/*
+** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function:
+*/
+typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+*/
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
+  int ctrlFlags           /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
+){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
+  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
+
+  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
+  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
+  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
+  */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
+    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
+#else
+  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
+#endif
+
+  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
+  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
+  pNew->h = h;
+  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
+  pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
+                           "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
+  }
+  if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
+  }
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
+  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
+    ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
+    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
+    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
+    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
+    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
+#endif
+  ){
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
+      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
+      ** in two scenarios:
+      **
+      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
+      **   (b) A malloc failed.
+      **
+      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
+      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
+      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
+      ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
+      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
+      ** by doing so.
+      **
+      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
+      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
+      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
+      */
+      robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+      h = -1;
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the afpLockingContext.
+    */
+    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+    if( pCtx==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
+      ** copy of the filename. */
+      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+      pCtx->reserved = 0;
+      srandomdev();
+      unixEnterMutex();
+      rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
+        robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+        h = -1;
+      }
+      unixLeaveMutex();        
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
+    */
+    char *zLockFile;
+    int nFilename;
+    assert( zFilename!=0 );
+    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(nFilename);
+    if( zLockFile==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
+    }
+    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
+  }
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
+    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
+    ** included in the semLockingContext
+    */
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
+      char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
+      int n;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
+                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
+      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
+        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
+      pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+      if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  storeLastErrno(pNew, 0);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+    h = -1;
+    osUnlink(zFilename);
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+  }else{
+    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+    OpenCounter(+1);
+    verifyDbFile(pNew);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
+** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
+*/
+static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     "."
+  };
+  unsigned int i = 0;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+  if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
+  if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+  while(1){
+    if( zDir!=0
+     && osStat(zDir, &buf)==0
+     && S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)
+     && osAccess(zDir, 03)==0
+    ){
+      return zDir;
+    }
+    if( i>=sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]) ) break;
+    zDir = azDirs[i++];
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+*/
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  const char *zDir;
+  int iLimit = 0;
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  zBuf[0] = 0;
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  zDir = unixTempFileDir();
+  if( zDir==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH;
+  do{
+    u64 r;
+    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+    assert( nBuf>2 );
+    zBuf[nBuf-2] = 0;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX"%llx%c",
+                     zDir, r, 0);
+    if( zBuf[nBuf-2]!=0 || (iLimit++)>10 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+/*
+** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
+** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
+** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
+*/
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
+** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
+** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
+** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
+** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
+** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
+**
+** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
+** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
+*/
+static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
+
+  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
+  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
+  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
+  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
+  ** feature.  */
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
+
+  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
+  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
+  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
+  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
+  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
+  **
+  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
+  ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
+  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
+    unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    pInode = inodeList;
+    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
+                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=(u64)sStat.st_ino) ){
+       pInode = pInode->pNext;
+    }
+    if( pInode ){
+      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
+      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      pUnused = *pp;
+      if( pUnused ){
+        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
+  return pUnused;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. 
+*/
+static int getFileMode(
+  const char *zFile,              /* File name */
+  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions of zFile */
+  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid of zFile. */
+  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid of zFile. */
+){
+  struct stat sStat;              /* Output of stat() on database file */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( 0==osStat(zFile, &sStat) ){
+    *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
+    *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
+    *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
+** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
+**
+** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
+** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
+** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
+** as the associated database file.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
+** original filename is unavailable.  But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
+** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
+** the default permissions.
+*/
+static int findCreateFileMode(
+  const char *zPath,              /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
+  int flags,                      /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
+  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
+  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
+  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  *pMode = 0;
+  *pUid = 0;
+  *pGid = 0;
+  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+    char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1];     /* Database file path */
+    int nDb;                      /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
+
+    /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
+    ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
+    ** the following naming conventions:
+    **
+    **   "<path to db>-journal"
+    **   "<path to db>-wal"
+    **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
+    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
+    **
+    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
+    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
+    */
+    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
+    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+      /* In the normal case (8+3 filenames disabled) the journal filename
+      ** is guaranteed to contain a '-' character. */
+      assert( nDb>0 );
+      assert( sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) );
+#else
+      /* If 8+3 names are possible, then the journal file might not contain
+      ** a '-' character.  So check for that case and return early. */
+      if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+      nDb--;
+    }
+    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
+    zDb[nDb] = '\0';
+
+    rc = getFileMode(zDb, pMode, pUid, pGid);
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+    *pMode = 0600;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ){
+    /* If this is a main database file and the file was opened using a URI
+    ** filename, check for the "modeof" parameter. If present, interpret
+    ** its value as a filename and try to copy the mode, uid and gid from
+    ** that file.  */
+    const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zPath, "modeof");
+    if( z ){
+      rc = getFileMode(z, pMode, pUid, pGid);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file zPath.
+** 
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
+**
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
+**
+**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
+**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
+**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+**
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
+** OpenExclusive().
+*/
+static int unixOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
+  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
+  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
+  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
+){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
+  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
+  int ctrlFlags = 0;             /* UNIXFILE_* flags */
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+#endif
+
+  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+  */
+  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  ));
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
+  const char *zName = zPath;
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
+  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  );
+
+  /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG.  There is a race condition
+  ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at
+  ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG.  But multiple resets
+  ** are harmless.
+  */
+  if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){
+    randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
+    sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
+  }
+
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
+    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
+    if( pUnused ){
+      fd = pUnused->fd;
+    }else{
+      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused));
+      if( !pUnused ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+    p->pUnused = pUnused;
+
+    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
+    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+
+  }else if( !zName ){
+    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
+    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
+    rc = unixGetTempname(pVfs->mxPathname, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+
+    /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
+    ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+    assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
+  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
+  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
+  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
+  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
+  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
+  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
+    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
+    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
+    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( !p->pUnused );
+      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+      return rc;
+    }
+    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
+    assert( !isExclusive || (openFlags & O_CREAT)!=0 );
+    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite ){
+      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
+      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+      isReadonly = 1;
+      fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    }
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+
+    /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
+    ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
+    ** the same as the original database.
+    */
+    if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+      robustFchown(fd, uid, gid);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( fd>=0 );
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    *pOutFlags = flags;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pUnused ){
+    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
+    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
+  }
+
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    zPath = zName;
+#elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE)
+    zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName);
+    if( zPath==0 ){
+      robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+#else
+    osUnlink(zName);
+#endif
+  }
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  else{
+    p->openFlags = openFlags;
+  }
+#endif
+  
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+    storeLastErrno(p, errno);
+    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+  }
+  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
+    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
+  }
+  if (0 == strncmp("exfat", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
+    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
+  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
+  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+  isAutoProxy = 1;
+#endif
+  if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
+    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
+    int useProxy = 0;
+
+    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
+    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
+    if( envforce!=NULL ){
+      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
+    }else{
+      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
+    }
+    if( useProxy ){
+      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
+          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
+          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
+          */
+          unixClose(pFile);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+
+open_finished:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
+*/
+static int unixDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
+  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
+  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
+    if( errno==ENOENT
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+        || osAccess(zPath,0)!=0
+#endif
+    ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
+    }else{
+      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
+    int fd;
+    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( full_fsync(fd,0,0) ){
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
+      }
+      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+    }else{
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN );
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
+**
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
+*/
+static int unixAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
+  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
+  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
+  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  assert( pResOut!=0 );
+
+  /* The spec says there are three possible values for flags.  But only
+  ** two of them are actually used */
+  assert( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE );
+
+  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ){
+    struct stat buf;
+    *pResOut = (0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size>0);
+  }else{
+    *pResOut = osAccess(zPath, W_OK|R_OK)==0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static int mkFullPathname(
+  const char *zPath,              /* Input path */
+  char *zOut,                     /* Output buffer */
+  int nOut                        /* Allocated size of buffer zOut */
+){
+  int nPath = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath);
+  int iOff = 0;
+  if( zPath[0]!='/' ){
+    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-2)==0 ){
+      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
+    }
+    iOff = sqlite3Strlen30(zOut);
+    zOut[iOff++] = '/';
+  }
+  if( (iOff+nPath+1)>nOut ){
+    /* SQLite assumes that xFullPathname() nul-terminates the output buffer
+    ** even if it returns an error.  */
+    zOut[iOff] = '\0';
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-iOff, &zOut[iOff], "%s", zPath);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath. 
+**
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
+*/
+static int unixFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
+){
+#if !defined(HAVE_READLINK) || !defined(HAVE_LSTAT)
+  return mkFullPathname(zPath, zOut, nOut);
+#else
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nByte;
+  int nLink = 1;                /* Number of symbolic links followed so far */
+  const char *zIn = zPath;      /* Input path for each iteration of loop */
+  char *zDel = 0;
+
+  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+
+  do {
+
+    /* Call stat() on path zIn. Set bLink to true if the path is a symbolic
+    ** link, or false otherwise.  */
+    int bLink = 0;
+    struct stat buf;
+    if( osLstat(zIn, &buf)!=0 ){
+      if( errno!=ENOENT ){
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "lstat", zIn);
+      }
+    }else{
+      bLink = S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode);
+    }
+
+    if( bLink ){
+      if( zDel==0 ){
+        zDel = sqlite3_malloc(nOut);
+        if( zDel==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }else if( ++nLink>SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        nByte = osReadlink(zIn, zDel, nOut-1);
+        if( nByte<0 ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "readlink", zIn);
+        }else{
+          if( zDel[0]!='/' ){
+            int n;
+            for(n = sqlite3Strlen30(zIn); n>0 && zIn[n-1]!='/'; n--);
+            if( nByte+n+1>nOut ){
+              rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+            }else{
+              memmove(&zDel[n], zDel, nByte+1);
+              memcpy(zDel, zIn, n);
+              nByte += n;
+            }
+          }
+          zDel[nByte] = '\0';
+        }
+      }
+
+      zIn = zDel;
+    }
+
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zIn!=zOut || zIn[0]=='/' );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zIn!=zOut ){
+      rc = mkFullPathname(zIn, zOut, nOut);
+    }
+    if( bLink==0 ) break;
+    zIn = zOut;
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  sqlite3_free(zDel);
+  return rc;
+#endif   /* HAVE_READLINK && HAVE_LSTAT */
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+}
+
+/*
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
+*/
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  const char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  zErr = dlerror();
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
+  /* 
+  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
+  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
+  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
+  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
+  **
+  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
+  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
+  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
+  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
+  ** x points to.  
+  **
+  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
+  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
+  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
+  ** not really lost anything.
+  */
+  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
+  return (*x)(p, zSym);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  dlclose(pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define unixDlOpen  0
+  #define unixDlError 0
+  #define unixDlSym   0
+  #define unixDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
+*/
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+  randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);  
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
+  {
+    int fd, got;
+    fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      time_t t;
+      time(&t);
+      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid));
+      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
+      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid);
+    }else{
+      do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
+      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return nBuf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
+*/
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sp;
+
+  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
+  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
+  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(microseconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#else
+  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+  sleep(seconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return seconds*1000000;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sNow;
+  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
+  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
+#else
+  struct timeval sNow;
+  (void)gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);  /* Cannot fail given valid arguments */
+  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
+  int rc;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
+  *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+  return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define unixCurrentTime 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The xGetLastError() method is designed to return a better
+** low-level error message when operating-system problems come up
+** during SQLite operation.  Only the integer return code is currently
+** used.
+*/
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
+  return errno;
+}
+
+
+/*
+************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
+**
+** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
+** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
+** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
+** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
+** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
+** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
+** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
+**
+****
+**
+** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
+** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
+** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
+** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
+** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
+** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
+** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
+** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
+** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
+** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+**
+**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000
+**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
+**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+**
+** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
+** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
+** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
+** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
+** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
+** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
+** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
+** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
+** readers and writers
+** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+**
+** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
+** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
+** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
+**
+**
+** Using proxy locks
+** -----------------
+**
+** C APIs
+**
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+**                       &<proxy_path>);
+**
+**
+** SQL pragmas
+**
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+**
+** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
+** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
+** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
+** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
+** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
+** database file.  For example:
+**
+**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
+**       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
+**
+** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
+** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
+** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
+** connection or process). 
+**
+**
+** How proxy locking works
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
+**
+**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
+**      at a time
+**
+**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
+**      taken on the database
+**
+** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
+** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
+** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
+** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
+** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
+** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
+** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the
+** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
+** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
+** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
+** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
+** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+**
+** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
+** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
+** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
+** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
+**
+** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
+** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
+** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
+** the connection to the database is closed. 
+**
+** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
+** to be created the first time they are used.
+**
+** Configuration options
+** ---------------------
+**
+**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+**
+**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
+**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
+**       named automatically using the same logic as
+**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
+**    
+**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+**
+**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
+**       retrieval and creation
+**
+**  LOCKPROXYDIR
+**
+**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
+**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
+**
+**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+**
+**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
+**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
+**    
+**    
+** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
+** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
+** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
+** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
+** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
+** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
+*/
+
+/*
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+
+/*
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
+** and local proxy files in it
+*/
+typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
+struct proxyLockingContext {
+  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
+  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
+  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
+  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
+  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
+  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
+  int nFails;                  /* Number of conch taking failures */
+  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
+};
+
+/* 
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
+** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
+** file path. 
+*/
+static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
+  int len;
+  int dbLen;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
+#else
+# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
+  {
+    if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
+      OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
+               lPath, errno, osGetpid(0)));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+    }
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
+  }
+# else
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
+  }
+  
+  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
+  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
+  for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
+    char c = dbPath[i];
+    lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
+  }
+  lPath[i+len]='\0';
+  strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
+  OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, osGetpid(0)));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+ ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
+ */
+static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
+  int i, len;
+  char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+  int start = 0;
+  
+  assert(lockPath!=NULL);
+  /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
+  len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
+  buf[0] = lockPath[0];
+  for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
+    if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
+      /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
+      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
+         || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
+        buf[i]='\0';
+        if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+          int err=errno;
+          if( err!=EEXIST ) {
+            OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  FAILED creating %s, "
+                     "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
+                     buf, strerror(err), lockPath, osGetpid(0)));
+            return err;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      start=i+1;
+    }
+    buf[i] = lockPath[i];
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",lockPath,osGetpid(0)));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
+**
+** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
+** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
+    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
+    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
+    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
+) {
+  int fd = -1;
+  unixFile *pNew;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
+  int terrno = 0;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
+
+  /* 1. first try to open/create the file
+  ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
+  ** the parent directories and then try again.
+  ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
+  ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
+  */
+  pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
+  if( pUnused ){
+    fd = pUnused->fd;
+  }else{
+    pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused));
+    if( !pUnused ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+    terrno = errno;
+    if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
+      if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
+        fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+    terrno = errno;
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    if( islockfile ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    switch (terrno) {
+      case EACCES:
+        return SQLITE_PERM;
+      case EIO: 
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
+      default:
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew));
+  if( pNew==NULL ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    goto end_create_proxy;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
+  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
+  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
+  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
+  pUnused->fd = fd;
+  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
+  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppFile = pNew;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+end_create_proxy:    
+  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
+  sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  sqlite3_free(pUnused);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID
+/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
+extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
+#endif
+
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
+** bytes of writable memory.
+*/
+static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
+  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
+  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID
+  {
+    struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
+    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
+      int err = errno;
+      if( pError ){
+        *pError = err;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
+    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
+ */
+#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2   /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
+#define PROXY_HEADERLEN    1   /* conch file header length */
+#define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
+#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
+
+/* 
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
+** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
+** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
+*/
+static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+  char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+  char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
+  size_t readLen = 0;
+  size_t pathLen = 0;
+  char errmsg[64] = "";
+  int fd = -1;
+  int rc = -1;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
+
+  /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
+  pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
+     (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  /* read the conch content */
+  readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+  if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  /* write it out to the temporary break file */
+  fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  rc = 0;
+  fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
+  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
+  conchFile->h = fd;
+  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+
+end_breaklock:
+  if( rc ){
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+      osUnlink(tPath);
+      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
+    }
+    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
+** host id matches.
+*/
+static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nTries = 0;
+  struct timespec conchModTime;
+  
+  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
+  do {
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+    nTries ++;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* If the lock failed (busy):
+       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
+       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
+       *           10 sec and try again
+       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
+       */
+      struct stat buf;
+      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
+        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+      }
+      
+      if( nTries==1 ){
+        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
+        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
+        continue;  
+      }
+
+      assert( nTries>1 );
+      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
+         conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
+        return SQLITE_BUSY;
+      }
+      
+      if( nTries==2 ){  
+        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+        if( len<0 ){
+          storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+        }
+        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
+          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
+          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
+            return SQLITE_BUSY;
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }
+        usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
+        continue; 
+      }
+      
+      assert( nTries==3 );
+      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+        }
+        if( !rc ){
+          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
+** and written to the conch file.
+*/
+static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    uuid_t myHostID;
+    int pError = 0;
+    char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *tempLockPath = NULL;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int createConch = 0;
+    int hostIdMatch = 0;
+    int readLen = 0;
+    int tryOldLockPath = 0;
+    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
+    
+    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
+             osGetpid(0)));
+
+    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, pError);
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    /* read the existing conch file */
+    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
+    if( readLen<0 ){
+      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+      storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno);
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
+             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
+      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
+      ** conch file. 
+      */
+      createConch = 1;
+    }
+    /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
+    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
+    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
+    */
+    do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
+
+      if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
+        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
+                                  PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+        /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+        if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+           ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
+           */
+          if( hostIdMatch ){
+            size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
+            
+            if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
+              pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
+            }
+            memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
+            lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
+            tempLockPath = lockPath;
+            tryOldLockPath = 1;
+            /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
+            goto end_takeconch;
+          }
+        }else if( hostIdMatch
+               && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
+                           readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
+        ){
+          /* conch host and lock path match */
+          goto end_takeconch; 
+        }
+      }
+      
+      /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
+      if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        goto end_takeconch;
+      }
+      
+      /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
+      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+        proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        tempLockPath = lockPath;
+        /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
+      }
+      
+      /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+      ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
+      ** stick.
+      */
+      futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
+      if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
+        if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
+          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        } else {          
+          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        }
+      }else{
+        rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+        int writeSize = 0;
+        
+        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
+        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
+          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath,
+                  MAXPATHLEN);
+        }else{
+          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        }
+        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
+        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
+        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
+        full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0);
+        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
+         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
+         */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
+          struct stat buf;
+          int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+          if( err==0 ){
+            mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
+                                        S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+            /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
+#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+            osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+#else
+            do{
+              rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+            }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
+            if( rc!=0 ){
+              int code = errno;
+              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+                      cmode, code, strerror(code));
+            } else {
+              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
+            }
+          }else{
+            int code = errno;
+            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
+                    err, code, strerror(code));
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+      
+    end_takeconch:
+      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+        int fd;
+        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+        }
+        pFile->h = -1;
+        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
+        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
+        if( fd>=0 ){
+          pFile->h = fd;
+        }else{
+          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+           during locking */
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+        char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
+          /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
+           ** so try again via auto-naming 
+           */
+          forceNewLockPath = 1;
+          tryOldLockPath = 0;
+          continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
+         ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
+         */
+        if( tempLockPath ){
+          pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
+          if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
+        
+        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+          afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
+          afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
+          afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }
+      } else {
+        conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+               rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
+      return rc;
+    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
+                 ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
+*/
+static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subroutine return code */
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
+  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */
+
+  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
+           osGetpid(0)));
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+  }
+  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
+** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc64().
+** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
+**
+** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
+** space is eventually freed.
+**
+** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
+  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
+  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
+  ** the name of the original database file. */  
+  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8);
+  if( conchPath==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
+  
+  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
+  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
+    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
+      i++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  conchPath[i]='.';
+  while ( i<len ){
+    conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
+  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
+  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
+** the local lock file path 
+*/
+static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }  
+
+  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
+    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
+    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
+      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
+** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
+**
+** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
+** int dbPath.
+*/
+static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
+    ** of the struct */
+    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath,
+            MAXPATHLEN);
+  } else
+#endif
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
+    ** file path */
+    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
+    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
+  }else{
+    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
+    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
+** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
+** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
+**  ->lockingContext
+**  ->pMethod
+*/
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
+  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
+  char *lockPath=NULL;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
+    lockPath=NULL;
+  }else{
+    lockPath=(char *)path;
+  }
+  
+  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0)));
+
+  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+  if( pCtx==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
+
+  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
+      /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
+      ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
+      ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
+      ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
+      */
+      struct statfs fsInfo;
+      struct stat conchInfo;
+      int goLockless = 0;
+
+      if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
+        int err = errno;
+        if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
+          goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
+        }
+      }
+      if( goLockless ){
+        pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+    if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
+    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
+    */
+    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
+    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
+    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
+      pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
+      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
+** to proxy locking.
+*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
+        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }else{
+          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
+        }
+      } else {
+        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
+      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported.  If support is added for
+          ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if
+          ** the journal mode is WAL mode. 
+          */
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
+        }else{
+          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }else{
+        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
+            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
+           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
+               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
+          ){
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }else{
+            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* turn on proxy file locking */
+          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
+        }
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
+** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
+** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
+    }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+      pResOut=0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+    }else{
+      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+    }else{
+      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
+*/
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( ALWAYS(id) ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    
+    if( lockProxy ){
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
+    }
+    if( conchFile ){
+      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
+        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+      }
+      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
+    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
+    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
+** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
+** restricted to MacOSX.
+** 
+**
+******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
+**
+** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
+** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
+** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
+** files.
+**
+** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
+** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
+** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
+** should not be used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
+  /* 
+  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
+  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
+  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
+  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
+  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
+  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
+  **
+  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
+  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
+  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
+  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
+  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
+  **
+  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
+  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
+  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
+  ** that filesystem time.
+  */
+  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
+    3,                    /* iVersion */                    \
+    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
+    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
+    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
+    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
+    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
+    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
+    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
+    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
+    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
+    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
+    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
+    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
+    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
+    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
+    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
+    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
+    unixGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */               \
+    unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */           \
+    unixSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */              \
+    unixGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */              \
+    unixNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */             \
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
+  **
+  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
+  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
+  ** array cannot be const.
+  */
+  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          vxworksIoFinder ),
+#else
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
+#endif
+    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-excl",     posixIoFinder ),
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-nfs",      nfsIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
+#endif
+  };
+  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
+
+  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==28 );
+
+  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
+  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the operating system interface.
+**
+** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
+** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
+** This routine is a no-op for unix.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+ 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for Windows only */
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+#define SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
+*/
+/* #include "os_win.h" */
+
+/*
+** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only
+** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel.
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+#  error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\
+ with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL."
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+#  error "Memory mapped files require support from the Windows NT kernel,\
+ compile with SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
+** based on the sub-platform)?
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI)
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
+** based on the sub-platform)?
+*/
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \
+    !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE)
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+#  error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\
+ must be defined."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not
+** already available.
+*/
+#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8
+#  define NTDDI_WIN8                        0x06020000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
+#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD
+#  define NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD                0x06040000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the
+** target system.  GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0   /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1   /* GetVersionEx() is current */
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the CreateFileMappingA function is supported on the
+** target system.  It is unavailable when using "mincore.lib" on Win10.
+** When compiling for Windows 10, always assume "mincore.lib" is in use.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA
+#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA   0
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA   1
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
+*/
+#ifndef MAX_PATH
+#  define MAX_PATH                      (260)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32.  This should normally be
+** MAX_PATH.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (MAX_PATH)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file).
+*/
+#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS
+#  define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS      (32767)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT.  This should normally be
+** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS
+#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32.  The MAX_PATH macro is in
+** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of
+** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES   (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT.  This should normally be
+** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR).
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES
+#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES   \
+                            (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory
+** separator.
+*/
+#ifndef winIsDirSep
+#  define winIsDirSep(a)                (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\'))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
+** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
+#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x)      (void)(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
+*/
+#ifndef winGetDirSep
+#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL
+** mode or memory mapped files (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows
+** CE SDK; however, they are not present in the header file)?
+*/
+#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && \
+        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
+/*
+** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT.  Figure out which
+** set we need.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR);
+
+WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T);
+#else
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */
+
+WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+
+/*
+** These file mapping APIs are common to both Win32 and WinRT.
+*/
+
+WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI FlushViewOfFile(LPCVOID, SIZE_T);
+WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API */
+
+/*
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
+# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
+# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
+# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK     (0x0003FFF7)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */
+typedef struct winShm winShm;           /* A connection to shared-memory */
+typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode;   /* A region of shared-memory */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+typedef struct winceLock {
+  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS used to open this file */
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  u8 locktype;            /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+  u8 ctrlFlags;           /* Flags.  See WINFILE_* below */
+  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
+#endif
+  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
+  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
+  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
+  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
+  void *pMapRegion;             /* Area memory mapped */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;       /* Usable size of mapped region */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;    /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The winVfsAppData structure is used for the pAppData member for all of the
+** Win32 VFS variants.
+*/
+typedef struct winVfsAppData winVfsAppData;
+struct winVfsAppData {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* The file I/O methods to use. */
+  void *pAppData;                    /* The extra pAppData, if any. */
+  BOOL bNoLock;                      /* Non-zero if locking is disabled. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
+*/
+#define WINFILE_RDONLY          0x02   /* Connection is read only */
+#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL     0x04   /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#define WINFILE_PSOW            0x10   /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+
+/*
+ * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE   ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the data directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the temporary directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
+ * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+
+/*
+ * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
+ * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used.  This
+ * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT.  By default, this is enabled
+ * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
+ *          winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
+ *          function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
+ *          be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
+ *          data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE        (TRUE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is the maximum possible initial size of the Win32-specific heap, in
+ * bytes.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_INIT_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_INIT_SIZE (4294967295U)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is the extra space for the initial size of the Win32-specific heap,
+ * in bytes.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA  (4194304)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the maximum legal cache size, in pages, based on the maximum
+ * possible initial heap size and the default page size, setting aside the
+ * needed extra space.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_CACHE_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_CACHE_SIZE   (((SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_INIT_SIZE) - \
+                                          (SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA)) / \
+                                         (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is cache size used in the calculation of the initial size of the
+ * Win32-specific heap.  It cannot be negative.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE
+#  if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE>=0
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE     (SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE)
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE     (-(SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE))
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Make sure that the calculated cache size, in pages, cannot cause the
+ * initial size of the Win32-specific heap to exceed the maximum amount
+ * of memory that can be specified in the call to HeapCreate.
+ */
+#if SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE>SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_CACHE_SIZE
+#  undef SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE       (2000)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE   ((SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE) * \
+                                         (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + \
+                                         (SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE    (0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
+ * zero for the default behavior.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS       (0)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
+** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
+*/
+typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
+struct winMemData {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  u32 magic1;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
+#endif
+  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
+  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  u32 magic2;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC1     0x42b2830b
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC2     0xbd4d7cf4
+#endif
+
+static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  WINMEM_MAGIC1,
+#endif
+  NULL, FALSE
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  ,WINMEM_MAGIC2
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 )
+#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 )
+#define winMemAssertMagic()  winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2();
+#else
+#define winMemAssertMagic()
+#endif
+
+#define winMemGetDataPtr()  &win_mem_data
+#define winMemGetHeap()     win_mem_data.hHeap
+#define winMemGetOwned()    win_mem_data.bOwned
+
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
+static int winMemSize(void *p);
+static int winMemRoundup(int n);
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win9x
+** or WinNT.
+**
+** 0:   Operating system unknown.
+** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
+** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
+**
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#else
+static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SYSCALL
+#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
+ */
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+#  define osAreFileApisANSI()       1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct win_syscall {
+  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI,         0 },
+#else
+  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
+#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)CharLowerW,              0 },
+#else
+  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)CharUpperW,              0 },
+#else
+  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+  { "CloseHandle",             (SYSCALL)CloseHandle,             0 },
+
+#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileA,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileW,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \
+        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) && \
+        SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA
+  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0))
+  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
+        LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA,             0 },
+#else
+  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW,             0 },
+#else
+  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime,    0 },
+#else
+  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+        LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+  { "FlushFileBuffers",        (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers,        0 },
+
+#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA,          0 },
+#else
+  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW,          0 },
+#else
+  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary,             0 },
+#else
+  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetCurrentProcessId",     (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId,     0 },
+
+#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA,       0 },
+#else
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW,       0 },
+#else
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW,    0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
+        LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)GetFileSize,             0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA,        0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+        LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW,        0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+        LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetLastError",            (SYSCALL)GetLastError,            0 },
+
+#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA,         0 },
+#else
+  /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+  ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress,          0 },
+#endif
+#else
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
+        LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetSystemTime",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime,           0 },
+
+#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)GetTickCount,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapAlloc",               (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc,               0 },
+
+#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)HeapCreate,              0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy,             0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapFree",                (SYSCALL)HeapFree,                0 },
+
+#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapReAlloc",             (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc,             0 },
+
+#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapSize",                (SYSCALL)HeapSize,                0 },
+
+#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)HeapValidate,            0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)HeapCompact,             0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA,            0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)LocalFree,               0 },
+#else
+  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)LockFile,                0 },
+#else
+  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osLockFile
+#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)LockFileEx,              0 },
+#else
+  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osLockFileEx
+#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
+        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0))
+  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile,           0 },
+#else
+  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)
+
+  { "MultiByteToWideChar",     (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar,     0 },
+
+#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
+        int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)
+
+  { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },
+
+#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)
+
+  { "ReadFile",                (SYSCALL)ReadFile,                0 },
+
+#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)
+
+  { "SetEndOfFile",            (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile,            0 },
+
+#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer,          0 },
+#else
+  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)Sleep,                   0 },
+#else
+  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)
+
+  { "SystemTimeToFileTime",    (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime,    0 },
+
+#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)UnlockFile,              0 },
+#else
+  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osUnlockFile
+#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx,            0 },
+#else
+  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile,         0 },
+#else
+  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)
+
+  { "WideCharToMultiByte",     (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte,     0 },
+
+#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
+        LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)
+
+  { "WriteFile",               (SYSCALL)WriteFile,               0 },
+
+#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW,          0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
+        DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject,     0 },
+#else
+  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx,   0 },
+#else
+  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx,        0 },
+#else
+  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
+        PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0,                  0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
+  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp,    0 },
+#else
+  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)CreateFile2,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary,     0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64,          0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo,     0 },
+#else
+  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetProcessHeap",          (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap,          0 },
+
+#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
+  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)
+
+/*
+** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function"
+**       is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64).
+**       So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface.
+*/
+#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange)
+  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0,                    0 },
+
+#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
+#else
+  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },
+
+#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
+        SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
+#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
+  { "UuidCreate",               (SYSCALL)UuidCreate,             0 },
+#else
+  { "UuidCreate",               (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUuidCreate ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[77].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
+  { "UuidCreateSequential",     (SYSCALL)UuidCreateSequential,   0 },
+#else
+  { "UuidCreateSequential",     (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUuidCreateSequential \
+        ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[78].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  { "FlushViewOfFile",          (SYSCALL)FlushViewOfFile,        0 },
+#else
+  { "FlushViewOfFile",          (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFlushViewOfFile \
+        ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID,SIZE_T))aSyscall[79].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int winSetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+    ** settings and return NULL
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+    ** specified.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+        }
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+/*
+** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
+** compact it.  Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned.  Upon failure, one
+** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned.  The
+** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the
+** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UINT nLargest = 0;
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){
+    DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p",
+                  (void*)hHeap);
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p",
+                  osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p",
+              (void*)hHeap);
+  rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+#endif
+  if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
+** destroy and recreate it.  If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or
+** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will
+** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
+  int rc;
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; )    /* The memsys static mutex */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
+    /*
+    ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
+    ** the heap.  Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
+    ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
+    ** be able to even access the heap.  Attempt to destroy and recreate our
+    ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
+    */
+    assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
+    assert( winMemGetOwned() );
+    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+    winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr());
+    assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL );
+    assert( !winMemGetOwned() );
+    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+    rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr());
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+  }else{
+    /*
+    ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
+** (if available).
+*/
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+  char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
+  int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
+  if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
+  assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zBuf ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  if( nMin>0 ){
+    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+    osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
+  }else{
+    osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
+  }
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+  if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
+          osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
+          nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
+#else
+  if( nMin>0 ){
+    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
+** milliseconds.  This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
+    sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
+                                SYNCHRONIZE);
+  }
+  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
+  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
+#else
+  osSleep(milliseconds);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
+        SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){
+  DWORD rc;
+  while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE,
+                                       TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){}
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+
+#if !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+# define osIsNT()  (1)
+#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+# define osIsNT()  (1)
+#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+# define osIsNT()  (0)
+#else
+# define osIsNT()  ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt())
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows
+** based on the NT kernel.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: The WinRT sub-platform is always assumed to be based on the NT
+  **       kernel.
+  */
+  return 1;
+#elif SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+  if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+    OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
+    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+    osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
+    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
+        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+    OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
+    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+    osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
+    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
+        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
+#endif
+  }
+  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
+#elif SQLITE_TEST
+  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: All sub-platforms where the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are
+  **       deprecated are always assumed to be based on the NT kernel.
+  */
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  void *p;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
+                nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
+#endif
+  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
+  if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
+                pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  void *p;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
+#endif
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( !pPrior ){
+    p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  }else{
+    p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
+                pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
+                (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
+*/
+static int winMemSize(void *p){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  SIZE_T n;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) );
+#endif
+  if( !p ) return 0;
+  n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
+  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
+                p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return (int)n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int winMemRoundup(int n){
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
+  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE;
+    DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+    if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){
+      dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE;
+    }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){
+      dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
+                                      dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize);
+    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+          "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu",
+          osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize,
+          dwMaximumSize);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
+    assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
+  }
+#else
+  pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
+  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+        "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError());
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+  assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
+#endif
+  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
+  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
+
+  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+    assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
+      if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
+        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p",
+                    osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
+      }
+      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
+    winMemMalloc,
+    winMemFree,
+    winMemRealloc,
+    winMemSize,
+    winMemRoundup,
+    winMemInit,
+    winMemShutdown,
+    &win_mem_data
+  };
+  return &winMemMethods;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zText){
+  int nChar;
+  LPWSTR zWideText;
+
+  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zText, -1, NULL, 0);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zWideText = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(WCHAR) );
+  if( zWideText==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zText, -1, zWideText,
+                                nChar);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zWideText);
+    zWideText = 0;
+  }
+  return zWideText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a Microsoft Unicode string to UTF-8.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideText){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zText;
+
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideText, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
+  if( zText==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideText, -1, zText, nByte,
+                                0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zText);
+    zText = 0;
+  }
+  return zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, using the ANSI or OEM
+** code page.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zText, int useAnsi){
+  int nByte;
+  LPWSTR zMbcsText;
+  int codepage = useAnsi ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zText, -1, NULL,
+                                0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zMbcsText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(WCHAR) );
+  if( zMbcsText==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zText, -1, zMbcsText,
+                                nByte);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zMbcsText);
+    zMbcsText = 0;
+  }
+  return zMbcsText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a Microsoft Unicode string to a multi-byte character string,
+** using the ANSI or OEM code page.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideText, int useAnsi){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zText;
+  int codepage = useAnsi ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideText, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
+  if( zText==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideText, -1, zText,
+                                nByte, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zText);
+    zText = 0;
+  }
+  return zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a multi-byte character string to UTF-8.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winMbcsToUtf8(const char *zText, int useAnsi){
+  char *zTextUtf8;
+  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zText, useAnsi);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zTextUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+  return zTextUtf8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to a multi-byte character string.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winUtf8ToMbcs(const char *zText, int useAnsi){
+  char *zTextMbcs;
+  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zText);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zTextMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide, useAnsi);
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+  return zTextMbcs;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToUnicode() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API LPWSTR sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_unicode(const char *zText){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zText ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return winUtf8ToUnicode(zText);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a public wrapper for the winUnicodeToUtf8() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_unicode_to_utf8(LPCWSTR zWideText){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zWideText ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return winUnicodeToUtf8(zWideText);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a public wrapper for the winMbcsToUtf8() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zText){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zText ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return winMbcsToUtf8(zText, osAreFileApisANSI());
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a public wrapper for the winMbcsToUtf8() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8_v2(const char *zText, int useAnsi){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zText ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return winMbcsToUtf8(zText, useAnsi);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToMbcs() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zText){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zText ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return winUtf8ToMbcs(zText, osAreFileApisANSI());
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToMbcs() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs_v2(const char *zText, int useAnsi){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !zText ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return winUtf8ToMbcs(zText, useAnsi);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
+** the provided arguments.  The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
+** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory.  The zValue
+** argument is the name of the directory to use.  The return value will be
+** SQLITE_OK if successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
+  char **ppDirectory = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
+  }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  }
+  assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+          || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+  );
+  assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( ppDirectory ){
+    char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
+    if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
+      zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue);
+      if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
+    *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+*/
+static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
+  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+  */
+  DWORD dwLen = 0;
+  char *zOut = 0;
+
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1];
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             zTempWide,
+                             SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS,
+                             0);
+#else
+    LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
+                             0,
+                             0);
+#endif
+    if( dwLen > 0 ){
+      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+      osLocalFree(zTempWide);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zTemp = NULL;
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             (LPSTR) &zTemp,
+                             0,
+                             0);
+    if( dwLen > 0 ){
+      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      zOut = winMbcsToUtf8(zTemp, osAreFileApisANSI());
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+      osLocalFree(zTemp);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( 0 == dwLen ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
+  }else{
+    /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
+    /* free the UTF8 buffer */
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
+** winLogError().
+**
+** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
+** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from
+** FormatMessage.
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
+*/
+#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
+static int winLogErrorAtLine(
+  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
+  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
+  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
+  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+  char zMsg[500];                 /* Human readable error text */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  zMsg[0] = 0;
+  winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
+  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+  for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
+  zMsg[i] = 0;
+  sqlite3_log(errcode,
+      "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s",
+      iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
+  );
+
+  return errcode;
+}
+
+/*
+** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
+** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by
+** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
+** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
+#endif
+static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
+static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;
+
+/*
+** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O
+** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried.  It
+** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return
+** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation
+** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being
+** retried.  The argument to this macro should be a variable.
+**
+** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined.  If it
+** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1"
+** returns zero.  The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and
+** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should
+** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller.  If
+** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics
+** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro.
+*/
+#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1)
+#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)        || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)    || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION)       || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST)        || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED)      || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT)          || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
+** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
+** to give up with an error.
+*/
+static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
+  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
+  if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){
+    if( pError ){
+      *pError = e;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){
+    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+    ++*pnRetry;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2)
+  else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){
+    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+    ++*pnRetry;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pError ){
+    *pError = e;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Log a I/O error retry episode.
+*/
+static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry, int lineno){
+  if( nRetry ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE,
+      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict at line %d",
+      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2, lineno
+    );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This #if does not rely on the SQLITE_OS_WINCE define because the
+** corresponding section in "date.c" cannot use it.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME) && defined(_WIN32_WCE) && \
+    (!defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API)
+/*
+** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function.
+** So define a substitute.
+*/
+/* #  include <time.h> */
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+  static struct tm y;
+  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+  sqlite3_int64 t64;
+  t64 = *t;
+  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
+  osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+  osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+  return &y;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
+
+/*
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
+*/
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+   DWORD dwErr;
+   do {
+     dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
+/*
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+*/
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+
+/*
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
+*/
+static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+  LPWSTR zTok;
+  LPWSTR zName;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  BOOL bLogged = FALSE;
+  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+
+  zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* out of memory */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+  memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));
+
+  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+  ** to derive a mutex name. */
+  zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
+  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
+  }
+
+  /* Create/open the named mutex */
+  pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+  if (!pFile->hMutex){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    sqlite3_free(zName);
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
+  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+  */
+  osCharUpperW(zName);
+  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+                                        zName);
+
+  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
+  ** must be zero-initialized */
+  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+    bInit = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zName);
+
+  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+  if( pFile->hShared ){
+    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
+             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+    if( !pFile->shared ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
+      bLogged = TRUE;
+      osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+      pFile->hShared = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+  if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){
+    if( !bLogged ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+                  "winceCreateLock3", zFilename);
+      bLogged = TRUE;
+    }
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+  if( bInit ){
+    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
+*/
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+  if (pFile->hMutex){
+    /* Acquire the mutex */
+    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+    /* Done with the mutex */
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
+*/
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
+       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
+    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+       bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a read-only lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
+           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a pending lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a reserved lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+
+/*
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
+*/
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
+    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
+      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE
+             || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
+      pFile->local.nReaders --;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+      {
+        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Releasing a pending lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+/*
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+/*
+** Lock a file region.
+*/
+static BOOL winLockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD flags,
+  DWORD offsetLow,
+  DWORD offsetHigh,
+  DWORD numBytesLow,
+  DWORD numBytesHigh
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+  **       API LockFile.
+  */
+  return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+                       numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+    return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+                      numBytesHigh);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock a file region.
+ */
+static BOOL winUnlockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD offsetLow,
+  DWORD offsetHigh,
+  DWORD numBytesLow,
+  DWORD numBytesHigh
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+  **       API UnlockFile.
+  */
+  return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+                         numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+    return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+                        numBytesHigh);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first
+** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0.
+** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
+  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
+
+  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));
+
+  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
+
+  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword
+  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
+  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN,
+  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine
+  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call
+  ** GetLastError().
+  */
+  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+
+  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
+    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return 0;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
+  */
+
+  LARGE_INTEGER x;                /* The new offset */
+  BOOL bRet;                      /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */
+
+  x.QuadPart = iOffset;
+  bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);
+
+  if(!bRet){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
+    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */
+static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64);
+static int winUnmapfile(winFile*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+**
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
+*/
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc, cnt = 0;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
+#endif
+  assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  winUnmapfile(pFile);
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
+    /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
+  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+  {
+    winVfsAppData *pAppData = (winVfsAppData*)pFile->pVfs->pAppData;
+    if( pAppData==NULL || !pAppData->bNoLock ){
+      winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    while(
+           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
+        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+    ){
+       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->h = NULL;
+  }
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc ? SQLITE_OK
+            : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
+                          "winClose", pFile->zPath);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int winRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
+  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
+  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+  OVERLAPPED overlapped;          /* The offset for ReadFile. */
+#endif
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
+  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
+  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+  OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, "
+           "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
+           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
+      OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+  if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){
+    OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n",
+             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
+#else
+  memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+  overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+  overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
+         osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
+#endif
+    DWORD lastErrno;
+    if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n",
+             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winRead", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+  winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__);
+  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
+    OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n",
+             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int winWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
+  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
+  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+  int rc = 0;                     /* True if error has occurred, else false */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
+  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */
+
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
+
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, "
+           "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
+           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
+      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+  rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+#else
+  {
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+    OVERLAPPED overlapped;        /* The offset for WriteFile. */
+#endif
+    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
+    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
+    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
+    DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;   /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+    memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+    overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+
+    while( nRem>0 ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
+#else
+      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
+#endif
+        if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+        break;
+      }
+      assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
+      if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        break;
+      }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
+      offset += nWrite;
+      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+      aRem += nWrite;
+      nRem -= nWrite;
+    }
+    if( nRem>0 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc ){
+    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
+       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
+      OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winWrite1", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+    OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n",
+             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winWrite2", pFile->zPath);
+  }else{
+    winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle object */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code for this function */
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype));
+
+  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+  ** size).
+  */
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+  }
+
+  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
+  if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+                     "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
+  }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) &&
+            ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+                     "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently
+  ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
+  ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
+  */
+  if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  /*
+  ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
+   */
+  BOOL rc;
+#endif
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
+    defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
+  /*
+  ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
+  ** OSTRACE() macros.
+   */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+#endif
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, flags,
+           pFile->locktype));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
+#else
+  if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
+    if( osFlushViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion, 0) ){
+      OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+               "rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(),
+               pFile, pFile->pMapRegion));
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(),
+               pFile, pFile->pMapRegion));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winSync1", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
+  if( rc ){
+    OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n",
+             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winSync2", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  assert( pSize!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize));
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  {
+    FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
+    if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
+                                     &info, sizeof(info)) ){
+      *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  {
+    DWORD upperBits;
+    DWORD lowerBits;
+    DWORD lastErrno;
+
+    lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+    *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+    if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
+       && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
+** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
+** immediately if the lock could not be obtained.  Also, it always expected to
+** obtain an exclusive lock.  These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
+** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS   (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
+                                  LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
+** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win9x or WinNT.
+*/
+static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+    **       API LockFileEx.
+    */
+    res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+#else
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+                      SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( res == 0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    /* No need to log a failure to lock */
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
+                "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a Windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not allow any kind of write-lock on a read-only database
+  */
+  if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)!=0 && locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
+   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<=RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+                                         PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  This is needed to work
+      ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
+      ** Windows systems.
+      ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
+      ** copy this retry logic.  It is a hack intended for Windows only.
+      */
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n",
+               pFile->h, cnt, res));
+      if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+        OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+        return rc;
+      }
+      if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+    if( !res ){
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = winGetReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      winGetReadLock(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n",
+             pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype));
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int res;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut));
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    res = 1;
+    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res));
+  }else{
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE,0,1,0);
+    if( res ){
+      winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    res = !res;
+    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res));
+  }
+  *pResOut = res;
+  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
+                       "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
+
+static int winNolockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(locktype);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int winNolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pResOut);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int winNolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(locktype);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
+*/
+static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+  if( *pArg<0 ){
+    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+  }else{
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
+static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
+static int winIsDir(const void *);
+static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);
+
+/*
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
+*/
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg));
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
+        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
+          if( newSz>oldSz ){
+            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
+            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+          }
+        }
+        OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+        return rc;
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
+      int *a = (int*)pArg;
+      if( a[0]>0 ){
+        winIoerrRetry = a[0];
+      }else{
+        a[0] = winIoerrRetry;
+      }
+      if( a[1]>0 ){
+        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
+      }else{
+        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE: {
+      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
+      *phFile = pFile->h;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
+      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
+      HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
+      pFile->h = *phFile;
+      *phFile = hOldFile;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+               hOldFile, pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#endif
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
+      char *zTFile = 0;
+      int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
+      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
+        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
+      }
+      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
+      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
+        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
+        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
+          winUnmapfile(pFile);
+          rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
+        }
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  (void)id;
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+*/
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
+  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
+         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
+** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
+** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
+** to get the granularity size.
+*/
+static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by
+** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+**   winShmEnterMutex()
+**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+**   winShmLeaveMutex()
+*/
+static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
+}
+static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
+}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
+** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
+** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
+** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
+** log-summary is opened only once per process.
+**
+** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+**      nRef
+**      pNext
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+**
+**      fid
+**      zFilename
+**
+** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+**
+*/
+struct winShmNode {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
+  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the file */
+  winFile hFile;             /* File handle from winOpen */
+
+  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+  int nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
+  struct ShmRegion {
+    HANDLE hMap;             /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
+    void *pMap;
+  } *aRegion;
+  DWORD lastErrno;           /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
+  winShm *pFirst;            /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
+  winShmNode *pNext;         /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
+  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available winShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
+**
+** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+*/
+static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+**    winShm.pShmNode
+**    winShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write.  The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct winShm {
+  winShmNode *pShmNode;      /* The underlying winShmNode object */
+  winShm *pNext;             /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
+  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
+  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
+  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define WIN_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)        /* first lock byte */
+#define WIN_SHM_DMS    (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
+*/
+#define WINSHM_UNLCK  1
+#define WINSHM_RDLCK  2
+#define WINSHM_WRLCK  3
+static int winShmSystemLock(
+  winShmNode *pFile,    /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+  int lockType,         /* WINSHM_UNLCK, WINSHM_RDLCK, or WINSHM_WRLCK */
+  int ofst,             /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
+  int nByte             /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
+){
+  int rc = 0;           /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
+
+  /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
+           pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));
+
+  /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
+  if( lockType==WINSHM_UNLCK ){
+    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+  }else{
+    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
+    if( lockType == WINSHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!= 0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == WINSHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" :
+           "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward references to VFS methods */
+static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
+static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
+
+/*
+** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
+  winShmNode **pp;
+  winShmNode *p;
+  assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag));
+  pp = &winShmNodeList;
+  while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      int i;
+      if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); }
+      for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+        BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
+        bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
+      }
+      if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+        winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      }
+      if( deleteFlag ){
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      }
+      *pp = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+*/
+static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
+  struct winShm *p;                  /* The connection to be opened */
+  struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
+  int rc;                            /* Result code */
+  struct winShmNode *pNew;           /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
+  int nName;                         /* Size of zName in bytes */
+
+  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );    /* Not previously opened */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object.  Also speculatively
+  ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
+  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename);
+
+  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
+  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
+  */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
+    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
+    ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( pShmNode ){
+    sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  }else{
+    pShmNode = pNew;
+    pNew = 0;
+    ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
+    winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
+
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+      pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+      if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        goto shm_open_err;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
+                 pShmNode->zFilename,             /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+                 (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,  /* File handle here */
+                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
+                 0);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
+    */
+    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+    }
+    if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+  }
+
+  /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
+  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
+  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+  pShmNode->nRef++;
+  pDbFd->pShm = p;
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
+  ** mutex.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+  winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+  winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0);      /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+*/
+static int winShmUnmap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
+  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
+  winShm *p;            /* The connection to be closed */
+  winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+  winShm **pp;          /* For looping over sibling connections */
+
+  pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+  ** with pShmNode */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+  *pp = p->pNext;
+
+  /* Free the connection p */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+  ** shared-memory file, too */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+  pShmNode->nRef--;
+  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+    winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
+  }
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+*/
+static int winShmLock(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
+  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;        /* Connection holding shared memory */
+  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;              /* The shared memory being locked */
+  winShm *pX;                           /* For looping over all siblings */
+  winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
+  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+  assert( n>=1 );
+  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+
+  mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
+  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( pX==p ) continue;
+      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Undo the local locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+        rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the local shared locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
+    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+        p->exclMask |= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
+           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void winShmBarrier(
+  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  sqlite3MemoryBarrier();   /* compiler-defined memory barrier */
+  winShmEnterMutex();       /* Also mutex, for redundancy */
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int winShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
+  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
+  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
+  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+  winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
+  winShmNode *pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !pShm ){
+    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
+  }
+  pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
+    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;                  /* Current size of wal-index file */
+
+    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+    /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+    ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+    ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+    */
+    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+                       "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+
+    if( sz<nByte ){
+      /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
+      ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+      **
+      ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
+      ** the requested memory region.
+      */
+      if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
+      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+    apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc64(
+        pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
+    );
+    if( !apNew ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
+
+    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
+      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#endif
+      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
+               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      if( hMap ){
+        int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
+        int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+        pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+            iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+        );
+#else
+        pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+            0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+        );
+#endif
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
+                 szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      }
+      if( !pMap ){
+        pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
+                         "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
+        if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+
+      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
+      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
+      pShmNode->nRegion++;
+    }
+  }
+
+shmpage_out:
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+    int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
+    int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+    char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
+    *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
+  }else{
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else
+# define winShmMap     0
+# define winShmLock    0
+# define winShmBarrier 0
+# define winShmUnmap   0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+           "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion,
+           pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax));
+  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
+    if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
+               pFile->pMapRegion));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+    pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
+    pFile->mmapSize = 0;
+    pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+  }
+  if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){
+    if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+    pFile->hMap = NULL;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
+** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
+** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
+** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
+** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+*/
+static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte));
+
+  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( nMap<0 ){
+    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap);
+    if( rc ){
+      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
+    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
+  }
+  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
+
+  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
+    winUnmapfile(pFd);
+  }
+  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
+    void *pNew = 0;
+    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
+    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
+
+    winUnmapfile(pFd);
+#ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE
+    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
+      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
+      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
+    }
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
+                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
+                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA
+    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
+                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
+                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
+#endif
+    if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){
+      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
+                       "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath);
+      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
+      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 );
+    assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
+#else
+    pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
+#endif
+    if( pNew==NULL ){
+      osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap);
+      pFd->hMap = NULL;
+      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
+                       "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath);
+      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
+      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pFd->pMapRegion = pNew;
+    pFd->mmapSize = nMap;
+    pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
+** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
+**
+** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
+** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
+**
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
+** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
+*/
+static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+#endif
+  *pp = 0;
+
+  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
+    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
+      int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
+      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
+      pFd->nFetchOut++;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
+** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
+** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
+** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation.
+**
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
+** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
+*/
+static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+
+  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
+  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
+  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
+  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
+
+  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
+  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
+
+  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));
+
+  if( p ){
+    pFd->nFetchOut--;
+  }else{
+    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
+    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
+    ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving
+    ** performance.  */
+    winUnmapfile(pFd);
+  }
+
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+  3,                              /* iVersion */
+  winClose,                       /* xClose */
+  winRead,                        /* xRead */
+  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
+  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
+  winSync,                        /* xSync */
+  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
+  winLock,                        /* xLock */
+  winUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
+  winCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
+  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
+  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
+  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
+  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
+  winShmUnmap,                    /* xShmUnmap */
+  winFetch,                       /* xFetch */
+  winUnfetch                      /* xUnfetch */
+};
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32 without performing any locking.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoNolockMethod = {
+  3,                              /* iVersion */
+  winClose,                       /* xClose */
+  winRead,                        /* xRead */
+  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
+  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
+  winSync,                        /* xSync */
+  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
+  winNolockLock,                  /* xLock */
+  winNolockUnlock,                /* xUnlock */
+  winNolockCheckReservedLock,     /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
+  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
+  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
+  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
+  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
+  winShmUnmap,                    /* xShmUnmap */
+  winFetch,                       /* xFetch */
+  winUnfetch                      /* xUnfetch */
+};
+
+static winVfsAppData winAppData = {
+  &winIoMethod,       /* pMethod */
+  0,                  /* pAppData */
+  0                   /* bNoLock */
+};
+
+static winVfsAppData winNolockAppData = {
+  &winIoNolockMethod, /* pMethod */
+  0,                  /* pAppData */
+  1                   /* bNoLock */
+};
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+/*
+** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system
+** supports for filenames into UTF-8.  Space to hold the result is
+** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){
+  char *zConverted = 0;
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    zConverted = winMbcsToUtf8(zFilename, osAreFileApisANSI());
+  }
+#endif
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+*/
+static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    zConverted = winUtf8ToMbcs(zFilename, osAreFileApisANSI());
+  }
+#endif
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer
+** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully
+** added to it.
+*/
+static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  if( zBuf ){
+    int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+    if( nLen>0 ){
+      if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){
+        zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep();
+        zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0';
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf.
+** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  size_t i, j;
+  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
+  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
+  char *zBuf;
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
+  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
+  */
+  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
+  zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf );
+  if( !zBuf ){
+    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the effective temporary directory.  First, check if one
+  ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one
+  ** configured by the operating system.
+  */
+  nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15);
+  assert( nDir>0 );
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+    if( nDirLen>0 ){
+      if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){
+        nDirLen++;
+      }
+      if( nDirLen>nDir ){
+        sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+        OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+        return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+    }
+  }
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  else{
+    static const char *azDirs[] = {
+       0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */
+       0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */
+       0, /* getenv("TMP") */
+       0, /* getenv("TEMP") */
+       0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */
+       "/var/tmp",
+       "/usr/tmp",
+       "/tmp",
+       ".",
+       0        /* List terminator */
+    };
+    unsigned int i;
+    const char *zDir = 0;
+
+    if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
+    if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+    if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP");
+    if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP");
+    if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+      void *zConverted;
+      if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+      /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon
+      ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise,
+      ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API
+      ** prior to using it.
+      */
+      if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){
+        zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir);
+        if( !zConverted ){
+          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        }
+        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir);
+          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      }else{
+        zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 );
+        if( !zConverted ){
+          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        }
+        if( cygwin_conv_path(
+                osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir,
+                zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n"));
+          return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+                             "winGetTempname2", zDir);
+        }
+        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+          /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should
+          ** be used.  However, we may need to convert the string containing
+          ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now).
+          */
+          char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted);
+          if( !zUtf8 ){
+            sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+            sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+            OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+            return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+          }
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
+          sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  else if( osIsNT() ){
+    char *zMulti;
+    LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) );
+    if( !zWidePath ){
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winGetTempname2", 0);
+    }
+    zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+    if( zMulti ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti);
+      sqlite3_free(zMulti);
+      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zUtf8;
+    char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax );
+    if( !zMbcsPath ){
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winGetTempname3", 0);
+    }
+    zUtf8 = winMbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath, osAreFileApisANSI());
+    if( zUtf8 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+
+  /*
+  ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate
+  ** separator.  If it does not and there is not enough space left to add
+  ** one, fail.
+  */
+  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
+  ** name in the following format:
+  **
+  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
+  **
+  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
+  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
+  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
+  ** has already added if it was not already present.
+  */
+  nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+  if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
+
+  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+  sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+  for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+  *pzBuf = zBuf;
+
+  OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory.  Return false if
+** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
+** allocation failure.
+*/
+static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+    if( !rc ){
+      return 0; /* Invalid name? */
+    }
+    attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+#endif
+  }
+  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file.
+*/
+static int winOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Used to get maximum path length and AppData */
+  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
+  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+  DWORD dwShareMode;
+  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int isTemp = 0;
+#endif
+  winVfsAppData *pAppData;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
+  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+  int cnt = 0;
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+#endif
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  ));
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
+           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true:
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  );
+
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
+  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
+        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
+  ** temporary file name to use
+  */
+  if( !zUtf8Name ){
+    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
+    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
+  }
+
+  /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+  ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
+  ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
+  */
+  assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
+       zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );
+
+  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name));
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
+  }
+
+  if( isReadWrite ){
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+  }else{
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+  }
+
+  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
+  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
+  ** as it is usually understood.
+  */
+  if( isExclusive ){
+    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
+    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
+  }else if( isCreate ){
+    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+  }else{
+    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
+  }
+
+  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+    isTemp = 1;
+#else
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
+  }
+  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+#endif
+
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
+    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
+    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
+            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
+    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
+    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
+    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
+    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
+    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+#else
+    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode, NULL,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode, NULL,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
+           dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
+         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
+                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
+         pOutFlags);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    if( isReadWrite ){
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+    }else{
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, "
+           "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ?
+           *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
+  pAppData = (winVfsAppData*)pVfs->pAppData;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  {
+    if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
+         && ((pAppData==NULL) || !pAppData->bNoLock)
+         && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK
+    ){
+      osCloseHandle(h);
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+      OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  if( isTemp ){
+    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+  pFile->pMethod = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod;
+  pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pFile->h = h;
+  if( isReadonly ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
+  }
+  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+  pFile->zPath = zName;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  pFile->hMap = NULL;
+  pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
+  pFile->mmapSize = 0;
+  pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+  pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+#endif
+
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file.
+**
+** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
+*/
+static int winDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
+  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  DWORD attr;
+  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+  void *zConverted;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir));
+
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    do {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                                  &sAttrData) ){
+        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+      }else{
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+#else
+      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
+#endif
+      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+        break;
+      }
+    } while(1);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    do {
+      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
+      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+        break;
+      }
+    } while(1);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename);
+  }else{
+    winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the existence and status of a file.
+*/
+static int winAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
+  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
+){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+  void *zConverted;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n",
+           zFilename, flags, pResOut));
+
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+    if( rc ){
+      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
+      ** as if it does not exist.
+      */
+      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
+          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0
+          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
+        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      }else{
+        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+      }
+    }else{
+      winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);
+      if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+        return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess",
+                           zFilename);
+      }else{
+        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
+             (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
+** followed by a colon character.
+*/
+static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(
+  const char *zPathname
+){
+  return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' );
+}
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim.  If
+** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
+** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
+** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
+*/
+static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
+  const char *zPathname
+){
+  /*
+  ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
+  ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
+  ** "Unix" format on Windows.  There is no easy way to differentiate between
+  ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
+  ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
+  */
+  if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
+  ** relative path or an absolute path.  Callers of this function must not
+  ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
+  ** it verbatim).
+  */
+  if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
+  ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
+  */
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int winFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
+){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  DWORD nByte;
+  void *zConverted;
+  char *zOut;
+#endif
+
+  /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
+  ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
+  */
+  if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
+    zRelative++;
+  }
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
+    */
+    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
+    if( !zOut ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( cygwin_conv_path(
+            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) |
+            CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
+    }else{
+      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
+      if( !zUtf8 ){
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+                       sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
+    if( !zOut ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( cygwin_conv_path(
+            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A),
+            zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
+    }else{
+      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
+      if( !zUtf8 ){
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+  /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    LPWSTR zTemp;
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
+    }
+    nByte += 3;
+    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zTemp;
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname3", zRelative);
+    }
+    nByte += 3;
+    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname4", zRelative);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    zOut = winMbcsToUtf8(zTemp, osAreFileApisANSI());
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( zOut ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  HANDLE h;
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+  char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull );
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( zFull==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFull);
+    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull);
+  sqlite3_free(zFull);
+#else
+  void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#endif
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
+#else
+    h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h));
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  return (void*)h;
+}
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
+}
+static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){
+  FARPROC proc;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym);
+  OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n",
+           (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc));
+  return (void(*)(void))proc;
+}
+static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
+  OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle));
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define winDlOpen  0
+  #define winDlError 0
+  #define winDlSym   0
+  #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+/* State information for the randomness gatherer. */
+typedef struct EntropyGatherer EntropyGatherer;
+struct EntropyGatherer {
+  unsigned char *a;   /* Gather entropy into this buffer */
+  int na;             /* Size of a[] in bytes */
+  int i;              /* XOR next input into a[i] */
+  int nXor;           /* Number of XOR operations done */
+};
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
+/* Mix sz bytes of entropy into p. */
+static void xorMemory(EntropyGatherer *p, unsigned char *x, int sz){
+  int j, k;
+  for(j=0, k=p->i; j<sz; j++){
+    p->a[k++] ^= x[j];
+    if( k>=p->na ) k = 0;
+  }
+  p->i = k;
+  p->nXor += sz;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) */
+
+/*
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+*/
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+  return nBuf;
+#else
+  EntropyGatherer e;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  rand_s((unsigned int*)zBuf); /* rand_s() is not available with MinGW */
+#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 */
+  e.a = (unsigned char*)zBuf;
+  e.na = nBuf;
+  e.nXor = 0;
+  e.i = 0;
+  {
+    SYSTEMTIME x;
+    osGetSystemTime(&x);
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&x, sizeof(SYSTEMTIME));
+  }
+  {
+    DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&pid, sizeof(DWORD));
+  }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  {
+    ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&cnt, sizeof(ULONGLONG));
+  }
+#else
+  {
+    DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&cnt, sizeof(DWORD));
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+  {
+    LARGE_INTEGER i;
+    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&i, sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER));
+  }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
+  {
+    UUID id;
+    memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID));
+    osUuidCreate(&id);
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&id, sizeof(UUID));
+    memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID));
+    osUuidCreateSequential(&id);
+    xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&id, sizeof(UUID));
+  }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID */
+  return e.nXor>nBuf ? nBuf : e.nXor;
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+  sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
+  */
+  FILETIME ft;
+  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#endif
+  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
+  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue =
+      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
+      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  SYSTEMTIME time;
+  osGetSystemTime(&time);
+  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+  if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+#else
+  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+#endif
+
+  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
+            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) +
+               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_int64 i;
+  rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
+  if( !rc ){
+    *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
+** thread.
+**
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+**     return 0;
+**   }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+*/
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  if( nBuf>0 ) winGetLastErrorMsg(e, nBuf, zBuf);
+  return e;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+    3,                     /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),       /* szOsFile */
+    SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+    0,                     /* pNext */
+    "win32",               /* zName */
+    &winAppData,           /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,               /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,             /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,             /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,       /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,             /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,            /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,              /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,            /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,         /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,              /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,        /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,       /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64,   /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,      /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,      /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,     /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = {
+    3,                     /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),       /* szOsFile */
+    SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+    0,                     /* pNext */
+    "win32-longpath",      /* zName */
+    &winAppData,           /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,               /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,             /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,             /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,       /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,             /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,            /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,              /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,            /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,         /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,              /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,        /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,       /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64,   /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,      /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,      /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,     /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+#endif
+  static sqlite3_vfs winNolockVfs = {
+    3,                     /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),       /* szOsFile */
+    SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+    0,                     /* pNext */
+    "win32-none",          /* zName */
+    &winNolockAppData,     /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,               /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,             /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,             /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,       /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,             /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,            /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,              /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,            /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,         /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,              /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,        /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,       /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64,   /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,      /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,      /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,     /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathNolockVfs = {
+    3,                     /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),       /* szOsFile */
+    SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+    0,                     /* pNext */
+    "win32-longpath-none", /* zName */
+    &winNolockAppData,     /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,               /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,             /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,             /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,       /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,             /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,            /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,              /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,            /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,         /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,              /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,        /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,       /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64,   /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,      /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,      /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,     /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+#endif
+
+  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==80 );
+
+  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
+  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#else
+  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#endif
+  assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 );
+  assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 );
+
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winNolockVfs, 0);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathNolockVfs, 0);
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
+    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
+    sleepObj = NULL;
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 February 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
+**
+** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
+** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
+** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
+** to handle both cases well.
+**
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+**
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+**
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
+#define BITVEC_SZ        512
+
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE \
+    (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
+
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
+** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
+** performance. */
+#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
+/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
+#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
+/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
+/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
+
+/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
+#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
+** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
+** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
+
+#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
+
+
+/*
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+**
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+*/
+struct Bitvec {
+  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
+  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
+                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
+                  ** this would be 125. */
+  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
+                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
+                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
+                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
+  union {
+    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
+    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
+    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
+** malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+  Bitvec *p;
+  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p ){
+    p->iSize = iSize;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  i--;
+  if( i>=p->iSize ) return 0;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
+  } else{
+    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  return p!=0 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p,i);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
+**
+** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
+** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
+** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
+**
+** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
+** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
+** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  u32 h;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  assert( i<=p->iSize );
+  i--;
+  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
+  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
+  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
+    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
+      goto bitvec_set_end;
+    } else {
+      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
+    }
+  }
+  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
+  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
+  do {
+    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    h++;
+    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
+  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
+  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
+  /* make our hash too "full".  */
+bitvec_set_rehash:
+  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+    unsigned int j;
+    int rc;
+    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    if( aiValues==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
+      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+      for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+        if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+      }
+      sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+bitvec_set_end:
+  p->nSet++;
+  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the i-th bit.
+**
+** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
+** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
+  }else{
+    unsigned int j;
+    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
+    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    p->nSet = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
+        u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
+        p->nSet++;
+        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+          h++;
+          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+        }
+        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->iDivisor ){
+    unsigned int i;
+    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
+** was created.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
+  return p->iSize;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+/*
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
+** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
+** individual bits within V.
+*/
+#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+
+/*
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
+**
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
+**
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
+**
+**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
+**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
+**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
+**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
+**
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
+**
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+  unsigned char *pV = 0;
+  int rc = -1;
+  int i, nx, pc, op;
+  void *pTmpSpace;
+
+  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+  ** bits to act as the reference */
+  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+  pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc64(BITVEC_SZ);
+  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;
+
+  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
+  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
+  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
+
+  /* Run the program */
+  pc = 0;
+  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+    switch( op ){
+      case 1:
+      case 2:
+      case 5: {
+        nx = 4;
+        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+        break;
+      }
+      case 3:
+      case 4: 
+      default: {
+        nx = 2;
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+    pc += nx;
+    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      if( op!=5 ){
+        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+      }
+    }else{
+      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
+  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+  ** is found.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
+          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
+  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+      rc = i;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
+  sqlite3_free(pV);
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */
+
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements that page cache.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.  Every
+** entry in the cache holds a single page of the database file.  The
+** btree layer only operates on the cached copy of the database pages.
+**
+** A page cache entry is "clean" if it exactly matches what is currently
+** on disk.  A page is "dirty" if it has been modified and needs to be
+** persisted to disk.
+**
+** pDirty, pDirtyTail, pSynced:
+**   All dirty pages are linked into the doubly linked list using
+**   PgHdr.pDirtyNext and pDirtyPrev. The list is maintained in LRU order
+**   such that p was added to the list more recently than p->pDirtyNext.
+**   PCache.pDirty points to the first (newest) element in the list and
+**   pDirtyTail to the last (oldest).
+**
+**   The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty
+**   page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject
+**   a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. 
+**   Therefore, pSynced is maintained to that it *almost* always points
+**   to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a
+**   clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one
+**   (so that the right page to eject can be found by following pDirtyPrev
+**   pointers).
+*/
+struct PCache {
+  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+  int nRefSum;                        /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */
+  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
+  int szSpill;                        /* Size before spilling occurs */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
+  u8 bPurgeable;                      /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  u8 eCreate;                         /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
+  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
+  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
+};
+
+/********************************** Test and Debug Logic **********************/
+/*
+** Debug tracing macros.  Enable by by changing the "0" to "1" and
+** recompiling.
+**
+** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 1, single line trace messages are issued.
+** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 2, a dump of the pcache showing all cache entries
+** is displayed for many operations, resulting in a lot of output.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && 0
+  int sqlite3PcacheTrace = 2;       /* 0: off  1: simple  2: cache dumps */
+  int sqlite3PcacheMxDump = 9999;   /* Max cache entries for pcacheDump() */
+# define pcacheTrace(X) if(sqlite3PcacheTrace){sqlite3DebugPrintf X;}
+  void pcacheDump(PCache *pCache){
+    int N;
+    int i, j;
+    sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower;
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+    unsigned char *a;
+  
+    if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return;
+    if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return;
+    N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache);
+    if( N>sqlite3PcacheMxDump ) N = sqlite3PcacheMxDump;
+    for(i=1; i<=N; i++){
+       pLower = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, i, 0);
+       if( pLower==0 ) continue;
+       pPg = (PgHdr*)pLower->pExtra;
+       printf("%3d: nRef %2d flgs %02x data ", i, pPg->nRef, pPg->flags);
+       a = (unsigned char *)pLower->pBuf;
+       for(j=0; j<12; j++) printf("%02x", a[j]);
+       printf("\n");
+       if( pPg->pPage==0 ){
+         sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, pLower, 0);
+       }
+    }
+  }
+  #else
+# define pcacheTrace(X)
+# define pcacheDump(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check invariants on a PgHdr entry.  Return true if everything is OK.
+** Return false if any invariant is violated.
+**
+** This routine is for use inside of assert() statements only.  For
+** example:
+**
+**          assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPg) );
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr *pPg){
+  PCache *pCache;
+  assert( pPg!=0 );
+  assert( pPg->pgno>0 || pPg->pPager==0 );    /* Page number is 1 or more */
+  pCache = pPg->pCache;
+  assert( pCache!=0 );      /* Every page has an associated PCache */
+  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){
+    assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );/* Cannot be both CLEAN and DIRTY */
+    assert( pCache->pDirty!=pPg );          /* CLEAN pages not on dirty list */
+    assert( pCache->pDirtyTail!=pPg );
+  }
+  /* WRITEABLE pages must also be DIRTY */
+  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE ){
+    assert( pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY );     /* WRITEABLE implies DIRTY */
+  }
+  /* NEED_SYNC can be set independently of WRITEABLE.  This can happen,
+  ** for example, when using the sqlite3PagerDontWrite() optimization:
+  **    (1)  Page X is journalled, and gets WRITEABLE and NEED_SEEK.
+  **    (2)  Page X moved to freelist, WRITEABLE is cleared
+  **    (3)  Page X reused, WRITEABLE is set again
+  ** If NEED_SYNC had been cleared in step 2, then it would not be reset
+  ** in step 3, and page might be written into the database without first
+  ** syncing the rollback journal, which might cause corruption on a power
+  ** loss.
+  **
+  ** Another example is when the database page size is smaller than the
+  ** disk sector size.  When any page of a sector is journalled, all pages
+  ** in that sector are marked NEED_SYNC even if they are still CLEAN, just
+  ** in case they are later modified, since all pages in the same sector
+  ** must be journalled and synced before any of those pages can be safely
+  ** written.
+  */
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+
+/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
+#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE   1    /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
+#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD      2    /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
+#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT    3    /* Move pPage to the front of the list */
+
+/*
+** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
+** argument determines what operation to do.  The 0x01 bit means first
+** remove pPage from the dirty list.  The 0x02 means add pPage back to
+** the dirty list.  Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list.
+*/
+static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.DIRTYLIST.%s %d\n", p,
+                addRemove==1 ? "REMOVE" : addRemove==2 ? "ADD" : "FRONT",
+                pPage->pgno));
+  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
+    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+    assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+  
+    /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
+    if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
+      p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+    }
+  
+    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+    }else{
+      assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+      p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+    }
+    if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
+      pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+    }else{
+      /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. 
+      ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip
+      ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might
+      ** otherwise have to.  */
+      assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
+      p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+      assert( p->bPurgeable || p->eCreate==2 );
+      if( p->pDirty==0 ){         /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+        assert( p->bPurgeable==0 || p->eCreate==1 );
+        p->eCreate = 2;
+      }
+    }
+    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
+    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+  }
+  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
+    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+  
+    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
+    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
+      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
+    }else{
+      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+      if( p->bPurgeable ){
+        assert( p->eCreate==2 );
+        p->eCreate = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    p->pDirty = pPage;
+
+    /* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set
+    ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an 
+    ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC
+    ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer 
+    ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway.  */
+    if( !p->pSynced 
+     && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)   /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    ){
+      p->pSynced = pPage;
+    }
+  }
+  pcacheDump(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
+** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
+  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    pcacheTrace(("%p.UNPIN %d\n", p->pCache, p->pgno));
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
+    pcacheDump(p->pCache);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.   p->szCache is the
+** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement.
+*/
+static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
+  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the
+    ** suggested cache size is set to N. */
+    return p->szCache;
+  }else{
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-61436-13639 If the argument N is negative, then
+    ** the number of cache pages is adjusted to use approximately abs(N*1024)
+    ** bytes of memory. */
+    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
+  }
+}
+
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
+**
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
+** functions are threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+    ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+    ** page cache. */
+    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+  }
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
+
+/*
+** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
+** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
+**
+** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page.  The first
+** 8 bytes of the extra space will be zeroed as the page is allocated,
+** but remaining content will be uninitialized.  Though it is opaque
+** to this module, the extra space really ends up being the MemPage
+** structure in the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+  p->szPage = 1;
+  p->szExtra = szExtra;
+  assert( szExtra>=8 );  /* First 8 bytes will be zeroed */
+  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+  p->eCreate = 2;
+  p->xStress = xStress;
+  p->pStress = pStress;
+  p->szCache = 100;
+  p->szSpill = 1;
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.OPEN szPage %d bPurgeable %d\n",p,szPage,bPurgeable));
+  return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
+** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+  assert( pCache->nRefSum==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
+  if( pCache->szPage ){
+    sqlite3_pcache *pNew;
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
+                szPage, pCache->szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)),
+                pCache->bPurgeable
+    );
+    if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+    if( pCache->pCache ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+    }
+    pCache->pCache = pNew;
+    pCache->szPage = szPage;
+    pcacheTrace(("%p.PAGESIZE %d\n",pCache,szPage));
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
+**
+** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if
+** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created.
+** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache
+** and could not be created.
+**
+** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should
+** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page.
+**
+** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page
+** is not already in the cache.  If createFlag is 1, then a new page
+** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages
+** and without exceeding the cache size limit.
+**
+** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly
+** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a
+** PgHdr object.  The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
+** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated
+** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to
+** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a
+** lot of pushing and popping.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
+  int createFlag        /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+){
+  int eCreate;
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pRes;
+
+  assert( pCache!=0 );
+  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+  assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 );
+  assert( pCache->eCreate==((pCache->bPurgeable && pCache->pDirty) ? 1 : 2) );
+
+  /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
+  **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
+  **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
+  **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
+  **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
+  **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
+  */
+  eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate;
+  assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 );
+  assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate );
+  assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) );
+  pRes = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.FETCH %d%s (result: %p)\n",pCache,pgno,
+               createFlag?" create":"",pRes));
+  return pRes;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
+** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
+** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to 
+** try harder to allocate a page.  This routine might invoke the stress
+** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal.  It will then try to
+** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
+** an OOM error.
+**
+** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(
+  PCache *pCache,                 /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number to obtain */
+  sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage    /* Write result here */
+){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;
+
+  if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){
+    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
+    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
+    ** unreferenced dirty page.
+    **
+    ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced
+    ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC
+    ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization.  */
+    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
+        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
+        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
+    );
+    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
+    if( !pPg ){
+      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
+    }
+    if( pPg ){
+      int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
+                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
+                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
+                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
+                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+#endif
+      pcacheTrace(("%p.SPILL %d\n",pCache,pPg->pgno));
+      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+      pcacheDump(pCache);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
+  return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
+**
+** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been
+** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization.
+** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it
+** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common
+** case.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(
+  PCache *pCache,             /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,                  /* Page number obtained */
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage  /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
+){
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra;
+  assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 );
+  memset(&pPgHdr->pDirty, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) - offsetof(PgHdr,pDirty));
+  pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
+  pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
+  pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
+  memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, 8);
+  pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
+  pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
+  pPgHdr->flags = PGHDR_CLEAN;
+  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by
+** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object.  This routine
+** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable
+** result.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(
+  PCache *pCache,             /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,                  /* Page number obtained */
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage  /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
+){
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;
+
+  if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
+    return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage);
+  }
+  pCache->nRefSum++;
+  pPgHdr->nRef++;
+  assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPgHdr) );
+  return pPgHdr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
+** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  p->pCache->nRefSum--;
+  if( (--p->nRef)==0 ){
+    if( p->flags&PGHDR_CLEAN ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. If p->pDirtyPrev==0,
+      ** then page p is already at the head of the dirty list and the
+      ** following call would be a no-op. Hence the OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE
+      ** tag above.  */
+      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+  assert(p->nRef>0);
+  assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+  p->nRef++;
+  p->pCache->nRefSum++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
+    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
+  }
+  p->pCache->nRefSum--;
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+  if( p->flags & (PGHDR_CLEAN|PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){    /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+    if( p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){
+      p->flags ^= (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN);
+      pcacheTrace(("%p.DIRTY %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno));
+      assert( (p->flags & (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN))==PGHDR_DIRTY );
+      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD);
+    }
+    assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+  if( ALWAYS((p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0) ){
+    assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 );
+    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
+    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE);
+    p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN;
+    pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno));
+    assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN-ALL\n",pCache));
+  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC and PGHDR_WRITEABLE flag from all dirty pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAR-WRITEABLE\n",pCache));
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE);
+  }
+  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  }
+  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( newPgno>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) );
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.MOVE %d -> %d\n",pCache,p->pgno,newPgno));
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
+  p->pgno = newPgno;
+  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
+** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
+** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
+**
+** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
+** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
+** the page object is not dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    PgHdr *pNext;
+    pcacheTrace(("%p.TRUNCATE %d\n",pCache,pgno));
+    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
+      /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
+      ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll().  So if there are dirty pages,
+      ** it must be that pgno==0.
+      */
+      assert( p->pgno>0 );
+      if( p->pgno>pgno ){
+        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pgno==0 && pCache->nRefSum ){
+      sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage1;
+      pPage1 = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache,1,0);
+      if( ALWAYS(pPage1) ){  /* Page 1 is always available in cache, because
+                             ** pCache->nRefSum>0 */
+        memset(pPage1->pBuf, 0, pCache->szPage);
+        pgno = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
+  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+  pcacheTrace(("%p.CLOSE\n",pCache));
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Discard the contents of the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
+** Do not bother fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
+  PgHdr result, *pTail;
+  pTail = &result;
+  assert( pA!=0 && pB!=0 );
+  for(;;){
+    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
+      pTail->pDirty = pA;
+      pTail = pA;
+      pA = pA->pDirty;
+      if( pA==0 ){
+        pTail->pDirty = pB;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pTail->pDirty = pB;
+      pTail = pB;
+      pB = pB->pDirty;
+      if( pB==0 ){
+        pTail->pDirty = pA;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return result.pDirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
+** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
+** corrupted by this sort.
+**
+** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
+** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
+** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
+** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
+*/
+#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
+static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
+  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
+  int i;
+  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+  while( pIn ){
+    p = pIn;
+    pIn = p->pDirty;
+    p->pDirty = 0;
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
+      if( a[i]==0 ){
+        a[i] = p;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+        a[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
+      /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
+      ** the input list.  But that is impossible.
+      */
+      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+    }
+  }
+  p = a[0];
+  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
+    if( a[i]==0 ) continue;
+    p = p ? pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]) : a[i];
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
+  }
+  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache.
+**
+** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the
+** reference count for all pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
+  return pCache->nRefSum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
+  return p->nRef;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
+  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Get the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
+  return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
+  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
+                                         numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the suggested cache-spill value.  Make no changes if if the
+** argument is zero.  Return the effective cache-spill size, which will
+** be the larger of the szSpill and szCache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){
+  int res;
+  assert( p->pCache!=0 );
+  if( mxPage ){
+    if( mxPage<0 ){
+      mxPage = (int)((-1024*(i64)mxPage)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
+    }
+    p->szSpill = mxPage;
+  }
+  res = numberOfCachePages(p);
+  if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; 
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
+  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the header added by this middleware layer
+** in the page-cache hierarchy.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)); }
+
+/*
+** Return the number of dirty pages currently in the cache, as a percentage
+** of the configured cache size.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *pDirty;
+  int nDirty = 0;
+  int nCache = numberOfCachePages(pCache);
+  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext) nDirty++;
+  return nCache ? (int)(((i64)nDirty * 100) / nCache) : 0;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
+** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
+** defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
+  PgHdr *pDirty;
+  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
+    xIter(pDirty);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 November 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
+** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
+** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
+** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of
+** these two features are available.
+**
+** A Page cache line looks like this:
+**
+**  -------------------------------------------------------------
+**  |  database page content   |  PgHdr1  |  MemPage  |  PgHdr  |
+**  -------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** The database page content is up front (so that buffer overreads tend to
+** flow harmlessly into the PgHdr1, MemPage, and PgHdr extensions).   MemPage
+** is the extension added by the btree.c module containing information such
+** as the database page number and how that database page is used.  PgHdr
+** is added by the pcache.c layer and contains information used to keep track
+** of which pages are "dirty".  PgHdr1 is an extension added by this
+** module (pcache1.c).  The PgHdr1 header is a subclass of sqlite3_pcache_page.
+** PgHdr1 contains information needed to look up a page by its page number.
+** The superclass sqlite3_pcache_page.pBuf points to the start of the
+** database page content and sqlite3_pcache_page.pExtra points to PgHdr.
+**
+** The size of the extension (MemPage+PgHdr+PgHdr1) can be determined at
+** runtime using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ, &size).  The
+** sizes of the extensions sum to 272 bytes on x64 for 3.8.10, but this
+** size can vary according to architecture, compile-time options, and
+** SQLite library version number.
+**
+** If SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, then the extension is obtained
+** using a separate memory allocation from the database page content.  This
+** seeks to overcome the "clownshoe" problem (also called "internal
+** fragmentation" in academic literature) of allocating a few bytes more
+** than a power of two with the memory allocator rounding up to the next
+** power of two, and leaving the rounded-up space unused.
+**
+** This module tracks pointers to PgHdr1 objects.  Only pcache.c communicates
+** with this module.  Information is passed back and forth as PgHdr1 pointers.
+**
+** The pcache.c and pager.c modules deal pointers to PgHdr objects.
+** The btree.c module deals with pointers to MemPage objects.
+**
+** SOURCE OF PAGE CACHE MEMORY:
+**
+** Memory for a page might come from any of three sources:
+**
+**    (1)  The general-purpose memory allocator - sqlite3Malloc()
+**    (2)  Global page-cache memory provided using sqlite3_config() with
+**         SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+**    (3)  PCache-local bulk allocation.
+**
+** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth)
+** that is allocated when the page cache is created.  The size of the local
+** bulk allocation can be adjusted using 
+**
+**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N).
+**
+** If N is positive, then N pages worth of memory are allocated using a single
+** sqlite3Malloc() call and that memory is used for the first N pages allocated.
+** Or if N is negative, then -1024*N bytes of memory are allocated and used
+** for as many pages as can be accomodated.
+**
+** Only one of (2) or (3) can be used.  Once the memory available to (2) or
+** (3) is exhausted, subsequent allocations fail over to the general-purpose
+** memory allocator (1).
+**
+** Earlier versions of SQLite used only methods (1) and (2).  But experiments
+** show that method (3) with N==100 provides about a 5% performance boost for
+** common workloads.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
+typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
+
+/*
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
+** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
+** in memory.
+*/
+struct PgHdr1 {
+  sqlite3_pcache_page page;      /* Base class. Must be first. pBuf & pExtra */
+  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
+  u8 isPinned;                   /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */
+  u8 isBulkLocal;                /* This page from bulk local storage */
+  u8 isAnchor;                   /* This is the PGroup.lru element */
+  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
+  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
+** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
+** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
+** the following object.
+**
+** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
+**
+**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
+**        one PGroup per PCache.
+**
+**   (2)  There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
+**        of.
+**
+** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
+** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
+** and is therefore often faster.  Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
+** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
+**
+** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL.  For mode (2) there is only a single
+** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
+*/
+struct PGroup {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
+  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
+  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
+  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
+  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+  PgHdr1 lru;                    /* The beginning and end of the LRU list */
+};
+
+/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
+** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
+** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
+** is an instance of this object.
+**
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
+*/
+struct PCache1 {
+  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
+  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
+  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
+  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
+  */
+  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of database content section */
+  int szExtra;                        /* sizeof(MemPage)+sizeof(PgHdr) */
+  int szAlloc;                        /* Total size of one pcache line */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
+  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
+  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
+  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
+  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
+
+  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
+  ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
+  */
+  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
+  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
+  PgHdr1 *pFree;                      /* List of unused pcache-local pages */
+  void *pBulk;                        /* Bulk memory used by pcache-local */
+};
+
+/*
+** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the global page cache
+** buffer provided using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
+*/
+struct PgFreeslot {
+  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
+};
+
+/*
+** Global data used by this cache.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
+  PGroup grp;                    /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
+
+  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings.  The
+  ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
+  ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
+  ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
+  */
+  int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
+  int separateCache;             /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */
+  int nInitPage;                 /* Initial bulk allocation size */   
+  int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
+  int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
+  int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
+  void *pStart, *pEnd;           /* Bounds of global page cache memory */
+  /* Above requires no mutex.  Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
+  PgFreeslot *pFree;             /* Free page blocks */
+  int nFreeSlot;                 /* Number of unused pcache slots */
+  /* The following value requires a mutex to change.  We skip the mutex on
+  ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
+  ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
+  ** is really just an optimization. */
+  int bUnderPressure;            /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
+} pcache1_g;
+
+/*
+** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
+** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
+** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
+*/
+#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
+
+/*
+** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+# define pcache1EnterMutex(X)  assert((X)->mutex==0)
+# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X)  assert((X)->mutex==0)
+# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 0
+#else
+# define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
+# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
+# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 1
+#endif
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
+** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
+** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+**
+** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
+** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+  if( pcache1.isInit ){
+    PgFreeslot *p;
+    if( pBuf==0 ) sz = n = 0;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
+    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
+    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
+    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
+    pcache1.pFree = 0;
+    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
+    while( n-- ){
+      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+      pcache1.pFree = p;
+      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
+    }
+    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to initialize the pCache->pFree and pCache->pBulk fields.  Return
+** true if pCache->pFree ends up containing one or more free pages.
+*/
+static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){
+  i64 szBulk;
+  char *zBulk;
+  if( pcache1.nInitPage==0 ) return 0;
+  /* Do not bother with a bulk allocation if the cache size very small */
+  if( pCache->nMax<3 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){
+    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
+  }else{
+    szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
+  }
+  if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){
+    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax;
+  }
+  zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk );
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  if( zBulk ){
+    int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nBulk; i++){
+      PgHdr1 *pX = (PgHdr1*)&zBulk[pCache->szPage];
+      pX->page.pBuf = zBulk;
+      pX->page.pExtra = &pX[1];
+      pX->isBulkLocal = 1;
+      pX->isAnchor = 0;
+      pX->pNext = pCache->pFree;
+      pCache->pFree = pX;
+      zBulk += pCache->szAlloc;
+    }
+  }
+  return pCache->pFree!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
+** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+**
+** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
+** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
+*/
+static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
+  void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
+    if( p ){
+      pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+      pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
+      pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+      assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
+      sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+  }
+  if( p==0 ){
+    /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
+    ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
+    */
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+    if( p ){
+      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+      sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+    }
+#endif
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
+*/
+static void pcache1Free(void *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_WITHIN(p, pcache1.pStart, pcache1.pEnd) ){
+    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
+    pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+    pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
+    pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+    assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+  }else{
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+    {
+      int nFreed = 0;
+      nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+      sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, nFreed);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+    }
+#endif
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** Return the size of a pcache allocation
+*/
+static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
+  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+    return pcache1.szSlot;
+  }else{
+    int iSize;
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+    return iSize;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache, int benignMalloc){
+  PgHdr1 *p = 0;
+  void *pPg;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  if( pCache->pFree || (pCache->nPage==0 && pcache1InitBulk(pCache)) ){
+    p = pCache->pFree;
+    pCache->pFree = p->pNext;
+    p->pNext = 0;
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
+    ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
+    ** this mutex is not held. */
+    assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 );
+    assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp );
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+#endif
+    if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+    pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
+    if( !pPg || !p ){
+      pcache1Free(pPg);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      pPg = 0;
+    }
+#else
+    pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szAlloc);
+    p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
+#endif
+    if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+#endif
+    if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
+    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
+    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
+    p->isBulkLocal = 0;
+    p->isAnchor = 0;
+  }
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
+*/
+static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  pCache = p->pCache;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  if( p->isBulkLocal ){
+    p->pNext = pCache->pFree;
+    pCache->pFree = p;
+  }else{
+    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+#endif
+  }
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
+** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
+** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
+  return pcache1Alloc(sz);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+  pcache1Free(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
+** entry.
+**
+** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
+** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
+** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
+** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
+** allocation onto the heap.
+**
+** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
+** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
+** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
+** the heap even further.
+*/
+static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
+  if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+    return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
+  }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
+
+/*
+** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
+** as the first argument.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
+  PgHdr1 **apNew;
+  unsigned int nNew;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
+
+  nNew = p->nHash*2;
+  if( nNew<256 ){
+    nNew = 256;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+  pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
+  if( apNew ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
+      PgHdr1 *pPage;
+      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
+      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
+        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
+        pNext = pPage->pNext;
+        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
+        apNew[h] = pPage;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
+    p->apHash = apNew;
+    p->nHash = nNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
+** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
+** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  PCache1 *pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
+  pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  assert( pPage->pLruNext );
+  assert( pPage->pLruPrev );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
+  pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
+  pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+  pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+  pPage->isPinned = 1;
+  assert( pPage->isAnchor==0 );
+  assert( pCache->pGroup->lru.isAnchor==1 );
+  pCache->nRecyclable--;
+  return pPage;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
+** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
+** Also free the page if freePage is true.
+**
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage, int freeFlag){
+  unsigned int h;
+  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
+  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+
+  pCache->nPage--;
+  if( freeFlag ) pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
+*/
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  PgHdr1 *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage
+      && (p=pGroup->lru.pLruPrev)->isAnchor==0
+  ){
+    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
+    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+    pcache1PinPage(p);
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1);
+  }
+  if( pCache->nPage==0 && pCache->pBulk ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk);
+    pCache->pBulk = pCache->pFree = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
+** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
+  PCache1 *pCache,             /* The cache to truncate */
+  unsigned int iLimit          /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
+){
+  TESTONLY( int nPage = 0; )  /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
+  unsigned int h, iStop;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  assert( pCache->iMaxKey >= iLimit );
+  assert( pCache->nHash > 0 );
+  if( pCache->iMaxKey - iLimit < pCache->nHash ){
+    /* If we are just shaving the last few pages off the end of the
+    ** cache, then there is no point in scanning the entire hash table.
+    ** Only scan those hash slots that might contain pages that need to
+    ** be removed. */
+    h = iLimit % pCache->nHash;
+    iStop = pCache->iMaxKey % pCache->nHash;
+    TESTONLY( nPage = -10; )  /* Disable the pCache->nPage validity check */
+  }else{
+    /* This is the general case where many pages are being removed.
+    ** It is necessary to scan the entire hash table */
+    h = pCache->nHash/2;
+    iStop = h - 1;
+  }
+  for(;;){
+    PgHdr1 **pp;
+    PgHdr1 *pPage;
+    assert( h<pCache->nHash );
+    pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
+    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
+      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
+        pCache->nPage--;
+        *pp = pPage->pNext;
+        if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      }else{
+        pp = &pPage->pNext;
+        TESTONLY( if( nPage>=0 ) nPage++; )
+      }
+    }
+    if( h==iStop ) break;
+    h = (h+1) % pCache->nHash;
+  }
+  assert( nPage<0 || pCache->nPage==(unsigned)nPage );
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
+*/
+static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+
+
+  /*
+  ** The pcache1.separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own
+  ** private PGroup (mode-1).  pcache1.separateCache is false if the single
+  ** PGroup in pcache1.grp is used for all page caches (mode-2).
+  **
+  **   *  Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  **
+  **   *  Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have
+  **      configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using
+  **      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL 
+  **      pBuf argument.
+  **
+  **   *  Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1)
+  */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
+  pcache1.separateCache = 0;
+#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0
+                          || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
+#else
+  pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0;
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pcache1.separateCache
+   && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage!=0
+   && sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0
+  ){
+    pcache1.nInitPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
+  }else{
+    pcache1.nInitPage = 0;
+  }
+  pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
+  pcache1.isInit = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
+** not need to be freed.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+}
+
+/* forward declaration */
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
+**
+** Allocate a new cache.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
+  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
+  PGroup *pGroup;       /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
+  int sz;               /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
+
+  assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
+  assert( szExtra < 300 );
+
+  sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*pcache1.separateCache;
+  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
+  if( pCache ){
+    if( pcache1.separateCache ){
+      pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
+      pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
+    }else{
+      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
+    }
+    if( pGroup->lru.isAnchor==0 ){
+      pGroup->lru.isAnchor = 1;
+      pGroup->lru.pLruPrev = pGroup->lru.pLruNext = &pGroup->lru;
+    }
+    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
+    pCache->szPage = szPage;
+    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
+    pCache->szAlloc = szPage + szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1));
+    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
+    if( bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->nMin = 10;
+      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+    }
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+    if( pCache->nHash==0 ){
+      pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache);
+      pCache = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
+**
+** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
+*/
+static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+    pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+    pCache->nMax = nMax;
+    pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache);
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
+**
+** Free up as much memory as possible.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+    int savedMaxPage;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
+    pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache);
+    pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
+*/
+static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  int n;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  n = pCache->nPage;
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described
+** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure.
+**
+** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are
+** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required
+** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
+  PCache1 *pCache, 
+  unsigned int iKey, 
+  int createFlag
+){
+  unsigned int nPinned;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
+
+  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
+  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
+  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
+  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
+  if( createFlag==1 && (
+        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
+     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
+     || (pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) && pCache->nRecyclable<nPinned)
+  )){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
+  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );
+
+  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable
+   && !pGroup->lru.pLruPrev->isAnchor
+   && ((pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache))
+  ){
+    PCache1 *pOther;
+    pPage = pGroup->lru.pLruPrev;
+    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 0);
+    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    pOther = pPage->pCache;
+    if( pOther->szAlloc != pCache->szAlloc ){
+      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      pPage = 0;
+    }else{
+      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
+  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
+  */
+  if( !pPage ){
+    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1);
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    pCache->nPage++;
+    pPage->iKey = iKey;
+    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+    pPage->pCache = pCache;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+    pPage->isPinned = 1;
+    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
+    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+    if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+      pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+    }
+  }
+  return pPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
+**
+** Fetch a page by key value.
+**
+** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
+** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
+** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
+** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
+**
+** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
+** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
+** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
+** a non-purgeable cache.
+**
+** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
+** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
+**
+**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
+**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
+**
+**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
+**      returned.
+**
+**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
+**      return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
+**      conditions are true:
+**
+**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
+**           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
+**
+**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
+**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
+**
+**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
+**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
+**           purgeable caches,
+**
+**       (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
+**           unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
+**
+**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
+**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
+**      proceed to step 5. 
+**
+**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
+**
+** There are two versions of this routine.  pcache1FetchWithMutex() is
+** the general case.  pcache1FetchNoMutex() is a faster implementation for
+** the common case where pGroup->mutex is NULL.  The pcache1Fetch() wrapper
+** invokes the appropriate routine.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  unsigned int iKey, 
+  int createFlag
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
+
+  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+  pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash];
+  while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; }
+
+  /* Step 2: If the page was found in the hash table, then return it.
+  ** If the page was not in the hash table and createFlag is 0, abort.
+  ** Otherwise (page not in hash and createFlag!=0) continue with
+  ** subsequent steps to try to create the page. */
+  if( pPage ){
+    if( !pPage->isPinned ){
+      return pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    }else{
+      return pPage;
+    }
+  }else if( createFlag ){
+    /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */
+    return pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag);
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  unsigned int iKey, 
+  int createFlag
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage;
+
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  pPage = pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag);
+  assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey );
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  return pPage;
+}
+#endif
+static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  unsigned int iKey, 
+  int createFlag
+){
+#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+#endif
+
+  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
+  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
+  assert( pCache->nHash>0 );
+#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
+  if( pCache->pGroup->mutex ){
+    return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchWithMutex(p, iKey, createFlag);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
+**
+** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
+*/
+static void pcache1Unpin(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
+  int reuseUnlikely
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ 
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+
+  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
+  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
+  assert( pPage->isPinned==1 );
+
+  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 1);
+  }else{
+    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
+    PgHdr1 **ppFirst = &pGroup->lru.pLruNext;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = &pGroup->lru;
+    (pPage->pLruNext = *ppFirst)->pLruPrev = pPage;
+    *ppFirst = pPage;
+    pCache->nRecyclable++;
+    pPage->isPinned = 0;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
+*/
+static void pcache1Rekey(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+  unsigned int iOld,
+  unsigned int iNew
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+  unsigned int h; 
+  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+
+  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
+  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
+    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+  }
+  *pp = pPage->pNext;
+
+  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
+  pPage->iKey = iNew;
+  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
+**
+** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
+** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
+** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
+*/
+static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
+  }
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
+**
+** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
+*/
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+  if( pCache->nPage ) pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
+  assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
+  pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+  assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
+  pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+  pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+  pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache);
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
+** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
+** already provided an alternative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
+    1,                       /* iVersion */
+    0,                       /* pArg */
+    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
+    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
+    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
+    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
+    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
+    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
+    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
+    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
+    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
+    pcache1Destroy,          /* xDestroy */
+    pcache1Shrink            /* xShrink */
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the header on each page of this PCACHE implementation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); }
+
+/*
+** Return the global mutex used by this PCACHE implementation.  The
+** sqlite3_status() routine needs access to this mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){
+  return pcache1.mutex;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
+** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
+** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+**
+** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
+** of bytes of memory released.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
+  int nFree = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage==0 ){
+    PgHdr1 *p;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq)
+       &&  (p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruPrev)!=0
+       &&  p->isAnchor==0
+    ){
+      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
+#endif
+      assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+      pcache1PinPage(p);
+      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1);
+    }
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+  }
+  return nFree;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
+** of the global cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
+  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
+  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
+  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
+  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
+){
+  PgHdr1 *p;
+  int nRecyclable = 0;
+  for(p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruNext; p && !p->isAnchor; p=p->pLruNext){
+    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+    nRecyclable++;
+  }
+  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
+  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
+  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
+  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 December 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
+**
+** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
+** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
+** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
+** previously inserted into the RowSet.
+**
+** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
+** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
+** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
+**
+** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
+**
+**    CREATE
+**    INSERT
+**    TEST
+**    SMALLEST
+**    DESTROY
+**
+** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
+** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
+** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
+** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
+**
+** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
+** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
+** until DESTROY.
+**
+** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
+** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
+** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
+** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
+** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
+** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
+** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
+**
+** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
+** that is attempted.
+**
+** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometimes new memory
+** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
+** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
+** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
+** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
+** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
+**
+** TEST and SMALLEST may not be used by the same RowSet.  This used to
+** be possible, but the feature was not used, so it was removed in order
+** to simplify the code.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+
+/*
+** Target size for allocation chunks.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
+
+/*
+** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
+                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
+
+/*
+** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
+**
+** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
+** objects.  In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
+** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
+** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
+*/
+struct RowSetEntry {            
+  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
+};
+
+/*
+** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
+** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
+** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
+** when the RowSet is destroyed.
+*/
+struct RowSetChunk {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
+  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
+};
+
+/*
+** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+struct RowSet {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pForest;   /* List of binary trees of entries */
+  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
+  u16 rsFlags;                   /* Various flags */
+  int iBatch;                    /* Current insert batch */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
+*/
+#define ROWSET_SORTED  0x01   /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
+#define ROWSET_NEXT    0x02   /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */
+
+/*
+** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
+** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
+** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
+** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+**
+** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
+** an assertion fault occurs.
+** 
+** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
+** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
+  RowSet *p;
+  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
+  p = pSpace;
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pForest = 0;
+  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
+  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
+  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+  p->iBatch = 0;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
+** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
+** the destructor for the RowSet.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
+  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
+    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
+  }
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->nFresh = 0;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pForest = 0;
+  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
+** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
+** objected.
+**
+** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
+** routine returns NULL.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->nFresh==0 ){  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    /* We could allocate a fresh RowSetEntry each time one is needed, but it
+    ** is more efficient to pull a preallocated entry from the pool */
+    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
+    p->pChunk = pNew;
+    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
+    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
+  }
+  p->nFresh--;
+  return p->pFresh++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
+**
+** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
+
+  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
+  if( pEntry==0 ) return;
+  pEntry->v = rowid;
+  pEntry->pRight = 0;
+  pLast = p->pLast;
+  if( pLast ){
+    if( rowid<=pLast->v ){  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      /* Avoid unnecessary sorts by preserving the ROWSET_SORTED flags
+      ** where possible */
+      p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
+    }
+    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
+  }else{
+    p->pEntry = pEntry;
+  }
+  p->pLast = pEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
+**
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
+** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry head;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
+
+  pTail = &head;
+  assert( pA!=0 && pB!=0 );
+  for(;;){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    if( pA->v<=pB->v ){
+      if( pA->v<pB->v ) pTail = pTail->pRight = pA;
+      pA = pA->pRight;
+      if( pA==0 ){
+        pTail->pRight = pB;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pTail = pTail->pRight = pB;
+      pB = pB->pRight;
+      if( pB==0 ){
+        pTail->pRight = pA;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return head.pRight;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
+** increasing v.
+*/ 
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
+
+  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
+  while( pIn ){
+    pNext = pIn->pRight;
+    pIn->pRight = 0;
+    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
+      pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
+      aBucket[i] = 0;
+    }
+    aBucket[i] = pIn;
+    pIn = pNext;
+  }
+  pIn = aBucket[0];
+  for(i=1; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
+    if( aBucket[i]==0 ) continue;
+    pIn = pIn ? rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]) : aBucket[i];
+  }
+  return pIn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
+** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
+** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
+*/
+static void rowSetTreeToList(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
+){
+  assert( pIn!=0 );
+  if( pIn->pLeft ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *p;
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
+    p->pRight = pIn;
+  }else{
+    *ppFirst = pIn;
+  }
+  if( pIn->pRight ){
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
+  }else{
+    *ppLast = pIn;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
+** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
+** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
+** three nodes.  And so forth.
+**
+** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
+** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
+** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
+** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
+**
+** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
+  int iDepth
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
+  if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+    /* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */
+    return 0; 
+  }
+  if( iDepth>1 ){   /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+    /* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated.  A valid tree
+    ** is still generated without this branch, but the tree is wildly
+    ** unbalanced and inefficient. */
+    pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+    p = *ppList;
+    if( p==0 ){     /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      /* It is safe to always return here, but the resulting tree
+      ** would be unbalanced */
+      return pLeft;
+    }
+    p->pLeft = pLeft;
+    *ppList = p->pRight;
+    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  }else{
+    p = *ppList;
+    *ppList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
+** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
+  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */
+
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  p = pList;
+  pList = p->pRight;
+  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
+    pLeft = p;
+    p = pList;
+    pList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = pLeft;
+    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
+** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
+** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
+**
+** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
+** routine may not be called again.
+**
+** This routine may not be called after sqlite3RowSetTest() has
+** been used.  Older versions of RowSet allowed that, but as the
+** capability was not used by the code generator, it was removed
+** for code economy.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->pForest==0 );  /* Cannot be used with sqlite3RowSetText() */
+
+  /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
+  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ){  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
+    }
+    p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED|ROWSET_NEXT;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the next entry on the list */
+  if( p->pEntry ){
+    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
+    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
+    if( p->pEntry==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+      /* Free memory immediately, rather than waiting on sqlite3_finalize() */
+      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
+** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
+**
+** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries
+** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at
+** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;
+
+  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch.
+  ** To save unnecessary work, only do this when the batch number changes.
+  */
+  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    p = pRowSet->pEntry;
+    if( p ){
+      struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
+      if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+        /* Only sort the current set of entiries if they need it */
+        p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
+      }
+      for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+        ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
+        if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
+          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+          break;
+        }else{
+          struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
+          rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
+          pTree->pLeft = 0;
+          p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pTree==0 ){
+        *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
+        if( pTree ){
+          pTree->v = 0;
+          pTree->pRight = 0;
+          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+        }
+      }
+      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
+      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
+      pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
+    }
+    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
+  }
+
+  /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
+  ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+  */
+  for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+    p = pTree->pLeft;
+    while( p ){
+      if( p->v<iRowid ){
+        p = p->pRight;
+      }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
+        p = p->pLeft;
+      }else{
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
+** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_WAL_H
+#define SQLITE_WAL_H
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
+** sqlite3WalFrames():
+*/
+#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
+# define sqlite3WalClose(v,w,x,y,z)              0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
+# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
+# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
+# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
+# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
+# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
+# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
+# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(q,r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
+# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
+# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
+# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
+# define sqlite3WalFile(x)                       0
+#else
+
+#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
+
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
+** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
+*/
+typedef struct Wal Wal;
+
+/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, sqlite3*, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
+
+/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
+
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
+** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
+** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
+** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
+** write to or checkpoint the WAL.  sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
+** transaction and releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *);
+
+/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
+
+/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
+** position in the WAL */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame.  Called in
+** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
+
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
+  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
+  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+);
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
+** by the pager layer on the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
+
+/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(Wal *pWal);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
+** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
+#endif
+
+/* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal);
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#endif /* SQLITE_WAL_H */
+
+/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
+
+
+/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
+**
+** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
+** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
+** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
+**
+** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
+** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
+** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
+** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
+**
+** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
+** one or more of the following are true about the page:
+** 
+**     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
+**          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
+**          synced.
+** 
+**     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
+** 
+**     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
+**          the database file at the start of the transaction.
+** 
+** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
+**     following are true:
+** 
+**     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
+** 
+**     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
+**         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
+**         number consists of a single page change.
+** 
+** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
+**     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
+**     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
+**     transaction.
+** 
+** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
+**     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
+** 
+** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
+**     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
+**     first 100 bytes of the database file.
+** 
+** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
+**     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
+** 
+** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
+** 
+** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
+** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
+** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
+** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
+** of the database.
+** 
+** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
+**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
+**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
+**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
+** 
+** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
+**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
+**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
+**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
+**     invoke it.)
+** 
+** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
+**     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
+**     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
+**     database to flush their caches.
+**
+** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
+**      than one billion transactions.
+**
+** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
+**      of every transaction.
+**
+** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
+**      the database file.
+**
+** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
+**      content out of the database file.
+**
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
+#else
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
+** to print out file-descriptors. 
+**
+** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
+** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
+** struct as its argument.
+*/
+#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
+#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
+** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
+** state diagram.
+**
+**                            OPEN <------+------+
+**                              |         |      |
+**                              V         |      |
+**               +---------> READER-------+      |
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
+**               |              |                ^  
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
+**
+**
+** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
+** 
+**   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
+**   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
+**
+**   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
+**   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
+**   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
+**   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
+**   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
+**
+**   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
+**   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
+** 
+**
+**  OPEN:
+**
+**    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
+**    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
+**    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
+**
+**    * No read or write transaction is active.
+**    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
+**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
+**
+**  READER:
+**
+**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
+**    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
+**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
+**    open. The database size is known in this state.
+**
+**    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
+**    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
+**    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
+**    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
+**    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
+**    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
+**    is via the ERROR state (see below).
+** 
+**    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
+**    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
+**      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
+**      may not be trusted at this point.
+**    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
+**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
+**      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
+**
+**  WRITER_LOCKED:
+**
+**    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
+**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
+**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
+**    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
+**
+**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
+**    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
+**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
+**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
+**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
+**    file.
+**
+**    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
+**    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
+**    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
+**      lock is held on the database file.
+**    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
+**      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
+**      called).
+**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
+**    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
+**    * The journal file may or may not be open.
+**    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
+**
+**  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+**
+**    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
+**    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
+**    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
+**    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
+**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
+**
+**  WRITER_DBMOD:
+**
+**    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
+**    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
+**    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
+**    just the log file).
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**      and synced to disk.
+**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
+**      written to disk).
+**
+**  WRITER_FINISHED:
+**
+**    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
+**
+**    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
+**    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
+**    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
+**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
+**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
+**    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
+**      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
+**      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
+**      to rollback the transaction. 
+**
+**  ERROR:
+**
+**    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
+**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
+**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
+**    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
+**
+**    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
+**    cannot.
+**
+**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
+**    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
+**    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
+**    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
+**    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
+**    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
+**    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
+**    instead of READER following such an error.
+**
+**    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
+**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
+**    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
+**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
+**    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
+**    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
+**    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
+**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
+**    from the error.
+**
+**    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
+**
+**      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
+**         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
+**
+**      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
+**         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
+**
+**      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
+**         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
+**         memory.
+**
+**    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
+**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
+**    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
+**
+**    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
+**    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
+**    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
+**    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
+**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
+**    state.
+**
+**    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
+**    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
+**      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
+**    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
+**    
+**
+** Notes:
+**
+**   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
+**     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
+**     of the first four states.
+**
+**   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
+**     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
+**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
+**     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
+**
+**   * See also: assert_pager_state().
+*/
+#define PAGER_OPEN                  0
+#define PAGER_READER                1
+#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
+#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
+#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
+#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
+#define PAGER_ERROR                 6
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
+** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
+** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
+** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
+**
+** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
+** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
+** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
+** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
+** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
+** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
+** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
+** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
+**
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
+** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
+** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
+**
+** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
+** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
+** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
+** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
+** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
+** of hot-journal detection.
+**
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
+** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
+** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
+** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
+** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
+** without rolling it back.
+**
+** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
+** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
+** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
+** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
+** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
+** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
+**
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
+** PAGER_OPEN state.
+*/
+#define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
+    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
+    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
+    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
+#else
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
+** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
+** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
+** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
+*/
+#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
+** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
+** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
+** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
+**
+** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
+** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
+** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
+** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
+** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
+*/
+typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
+struct PagerSavepoint {
+  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
+  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
+  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
+  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
+*/
+#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
+#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
+#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
+
+/*
+** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
+** some of the more important member variables follows:
+**
+** eState
+**
+**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
+**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
+**
+** eLock
+**
+**   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
+**   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+**
+**   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
+**   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
+**   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
+**   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
+**   need (and no reason to release them).
+**
+**   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
+**   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
+**   details.
+**
+** changeCountDone
+**
+**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
+**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
+**   not updated more often than necessary. 
+**
+**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
+**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
+**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
+**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
+**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
+**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
+**
+**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
+**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
+**   committed.
+**
+** setMaster
+**
+**   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
+**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
+**   journal file before it is synced to disk.
+**
+**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
+**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
+**   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
+**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+**   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
+**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
+**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
+**   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
+**
+**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+**   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
+**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+**   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
+**
+**   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
+**   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
+**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+**   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
+**
+** doNotSpill
+**
+**   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
+**   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
+**   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
+**
+**   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
+**   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
+**   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
+**   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
+**   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
+**   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
+**   case is a user preference.
+** 
+**   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
+**   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
+**   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
+**   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
+**   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
+**
+** subjInMemory
+**
+**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
+**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
+**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
+**
+**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
+**   write-transaction is opened.
+**
+** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
+**
+**   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
+**   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
+**   OPEN and ERROR). 
+**
+**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
+**   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
+**   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
+**   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
+**   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
+**   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
+**   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
+**   to dbSize==1).
+**
+**   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
+**   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
+**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
+**   dbSize is updated.
+**
+**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
+**   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
+**   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
+**   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
+**   being modified.
+**
+**   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
+**   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
+**   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
+**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
+**
+**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
+**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
+**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
+**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
+**   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
+**   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
+**   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
+**   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
+**   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
+**   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
+**
+** dbHintSize
+**
+**   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
+**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
+**
+**   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
+**   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
+**   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
+**   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
+**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
+**   details.
+**
+** errCode
+**
+**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
+**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
+**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
+**   sub-codes.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
+  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
+  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
+  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
+  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
+  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
+  ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
+  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
+  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
+  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
+  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
+  ** "configuration" of the pager.
+  */
+  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
+  u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
+  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
+  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
+  u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
+  u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
+  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
+  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
+  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
+  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
+  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
+  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
+  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
+  u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
+  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
+
+  int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
+  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
+  PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
+  /*
+  ** End of the routinely-changing class members
+  ***************************************************************************/
+
+  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
+  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
+#endif
+  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+  int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
+  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
+#endif
+  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
+  char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
+** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
+*/
+#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
+#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
+#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** The following global variables hold counters used for
+** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
+** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
+#else
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
+** the following macro.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
+** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+/*
+** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
+** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
+** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
+** out code that would never execute.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+# define MEMDB 0
+#else
+# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
+** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
+#else
+# define USEFETCH(x) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+*/
+#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+*/
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
+
+/*
+** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
+** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  u32 iRead = 0;
+  int rc;
+  if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
+  rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
+  return rc || iRead;
+}
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+# define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
+#else
+# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
+# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
+# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
+# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
+# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
+/*
+** Usage:
+**
+**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+**
+** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
+** the internal state of the Pager object.
+*/
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
+  Pager *pPager = p;
+
+  /* State must be valid. */
+  assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+       || p->eState==PAGER_READER
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+       || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+  );
+
+  /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
+  ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
+  ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
+  */
+  assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+
+  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
+  ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
+  */
+  assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
+  assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
+
+  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
+  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
+  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
+  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
+  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
+  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
+  ** state.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
+    assert( p->noSync );
+    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+    );
+    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
+    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
+  ** on the file.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+
+  switch( p->eState ){
+    case PAGER_OPEN:
+      assert( !MEMDB );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_READER:
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+      }
+      assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
+        ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
+        ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
+        ** to journal_mode=wal.
+        */
+        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+        );
+      }
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
+      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
+      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_ERROR:
+      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
+      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
+      ** back to OPEN state.
+      */
+      assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
+** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
+** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
+** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
+**
+** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
+*/
+static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
+  static char zRet[1024];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
+      "Filename:      %s\n"
+      "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
+      "Lock:          %s\n"
+      "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
+      "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
+      "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
+      "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
+      "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
+      , p->zFilename
+      , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
+      , (int)p->errCode
+      , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
+        p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
+        p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
+        p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
+        p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
+      , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
+      , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
+      , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
+      , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
+      , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
+  );
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Forward references to the various page getters */
+static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
+static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
+** content from the pager.
+*/
+static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->errCode ){
+    pPager->xGet = getPageError;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+   && pPager->xCodec==0
+#endif
+  ){
+    pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+  }else{
+    pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
+** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
+** or more open savepoints for which:
+**
+**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
+**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
+**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
+*/
+static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  PagerSavepoint *p;
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
+    p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
+    if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
+*/
+static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
+  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
+*/
+#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
+
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
+  char ac[4];
+  put32bits(ac, val);
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
+** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
+** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
+*/
+static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
+  assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
+    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+    if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+    }
+    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
+** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
+** of this.
+*/
+static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
+      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
+** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
+**
+**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
+**      a database page may be written atomically, and
+**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
+**      to the page size.
+**
+** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
+** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
+** database.
+**
+** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
+** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
+** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( !MEMDB );
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
+    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
+    int szPage;                       /* Page size */
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
+    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+}
+#else
+# define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
+** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
+** and debugging only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+*/
+static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
+  u32 hash = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
+    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
+  }
+  return hash;
+}
+static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
+}
+static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
+** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
+*/
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
+static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+}
+
+#else
+#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
+#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
+#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
+#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
+** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
+** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+**
+** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
+** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** were present in the journal.
+**
+** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
+** journal file name.
+**
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
+** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+  int rc;                    /* Return code */
+  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
+  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
+  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  zMaster[0] = '\0';
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
+   || szJ<16
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
+   || len>=nMaster 
+   || len==0 
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
+   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
+    cksum -= zMaster[u];
+  }
+  if( cksum ){
+    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+    ** master-journal filename.
+    */
+    len = 0;
+  }
+  zMaster[len] = '\0';
+   
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
+** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
+**   ---------------------------------------
+**   0                         0
+**   512                       512
+**   100                       512
+**   2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+  return offset;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
+**
+** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
+** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
+**
+** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
+** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
+** after writing or truncating it.
+**
+** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
+** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
+** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
+** not need to be synced following this operation.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
+  if( pPager->journalOff ){
+    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
+
+    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
+    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+    }else{
+      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
+    }
+
+    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
+    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
+    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
+    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
+    ** to sync the file following this operation.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
+      i64 sz;
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
+  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
+  u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
+  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
+  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
+      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
+  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
+  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
+  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
+  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
+  **
+  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
+  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
+  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
+  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
+  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
+  ** where this risk can be ignored:
+  **
+  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
+  **     power failure in this case anyway.
+  **
+  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
+  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
+  if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
+  ){
+    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+  }else{
+    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
+  }
+
+  /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
+  /* The initial database size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
+  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
+
+  /* The page size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+
+  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
+  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
+  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
+  ** take the performance hit.
+  */
+  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
+         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
+
+  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
+  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
+  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
+  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
+  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
+  **
+  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
+  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
+  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
+  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
+  ** is done. 
+  **
+  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
+  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
+  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
+  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
+  */ 
+  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
+    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
+** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
+** a description of the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
+  int isHot,
+  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
+  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
+  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+){
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
+  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
+  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
+  */
+  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
+  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
+  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
+  ** proceed.
+  */
+  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
+  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
+  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
+    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
+
+    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
+    ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
+    ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
+    ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize==0 ){
+      iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+    }
+
+    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
+    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
+    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
+    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
+     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
+     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
+    ){
+      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
+      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
+      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
+      ** the journal file here.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
+    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
+    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+    */
+    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
+**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+**
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
+** this call is a no-op.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;                          /* Return code */
+  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
+  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
+  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+
+  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  if( !zMaster 
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+   || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+  assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+
+  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
+  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
+    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
+  */
+  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
+                                 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+
+  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
+  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
+  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
+  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
+  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
+  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
+  **
+  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
+  ** file to the required size.
+  */ 
+  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
+   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  pPager->iDataVersion++;
+  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
+  return pPager->iDataVersion;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
+** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
+** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
+*/
+static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
+  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+  }
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
+  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
+** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
+*/
+static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
+    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
+      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
+      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
+** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
+** state.
+**
+** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
+** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
+** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
+** closed (if it is open).
+**
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
+** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
+** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
+** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
+** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
+*/
+static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
+  );
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+  }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
+    int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
+
+    /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
+    ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
+    ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
+    ** out from under us.
+    */
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
+    if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
+     || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }
+
+    /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
+    ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
+    ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
+    ** is necessary.
+    */
+    rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
+      pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
+    }
+
+    /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
+    ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
+    ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
+    */
+    assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+  }
+
+  /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+  ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
+  ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
+  ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
+  if( pPager->errCode ){
+    if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+      pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+    }else{
+      pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
+    }
+    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+    setGetterMethod(pPager);
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
+** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
+**
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
+** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
+** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
+** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
+**
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
+** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
+** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
+** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
+** it were a hot-journal).
+*/
+static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
+  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
+  assert(
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
+       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
+  );
+  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    pPager->errCode = rc;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+    setGetterMethod(pPager);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
+
+/*
+** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
+** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
+**
+** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
+**
+** Rules:
+**
+**   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
+**      for transactions to be durable.
+**
+**   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
+**      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
+**      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
+**      cache size.
+*/
+static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
+  if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
+  if( !bCommit ) return 0;
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
+  return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
+** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
+** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
+** database transaction.
+** 
+** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
+** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
+** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
+**
+** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
+**
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
+** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
+** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
+** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
+** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
+**
+**   journalMode==MEMORY
+**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
+**     in-memory journal.
+**
+**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
+**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
+**
+**   journalMode==PERSIST
+**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
+**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
+**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
+**
+**   journalMode==DELETE
+**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
+**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
+**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
+**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+**
+** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
+** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
+** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
+** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
+** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
+** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
+** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
+
+  /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
+  ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
+  ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
+  ** held under two circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
+  **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+  **
+  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
+  **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
+  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
+  **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
+  */
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+    /* Finalize the journal file. */
+    if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
+      /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
+      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
+          /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
+          ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
+          ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
+          ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
+          */
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
+        }
+      }
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+      || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+    ){
+      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
+      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
+      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
+      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
+      */
+      int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
+      assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( bDelete ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+    PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
+    if( p ){
+      p->pageHash = 0;
+      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  pPager->nRec = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
+      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
+    }
+    sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
+    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
+    ** lock held on the database file.
+    */
+    rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
+    /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
+    ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
+    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
+    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
+    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
+    ** required size.  */
+    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
+  ){
+    rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
+** database file. 
+**
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
+** will roll it back.
+**
+** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
+** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+      pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
+** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
+** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
+** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
+**
+** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
+** incompatible journal file format.
+**
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
+** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
+** to the codec.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
+    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
+                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
+** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
+** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
+  if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
+    pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
+    pagerReportSize(pDest);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
+** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
+** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
+** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
+**
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
+** not.
+**
+** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
+** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
+** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
+** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
+** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
+** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
+** prior to returning.
+**
+** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
+** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
+** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
+** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
+** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
+** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
+** two circumstances:
+** 
+**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
+**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
+**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
+**
+** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
+**
+** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
+** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(
+  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
+  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
+  Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+  int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
+){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
+  int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
+
+  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
+  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+
+  aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
+
+  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
+  ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
+  ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
+  ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
+  ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+  );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
+
+  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
+  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
+  */
+  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isSavepnt );
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
+  ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
+  */
+  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
+  */
+  if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
+    pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
+  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
+  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
+  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
+  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
+  ** assert()able.
+  **
+  ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
+  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
+  ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
+  ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
+  ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
+  **
+  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
+  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
+  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
+  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
+  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
+  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
+  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
+  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
+  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
+  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
+  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
+  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
+  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
+  **
+  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
+  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
+  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+  */
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    pPg = 0;
+  }else{
+    pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
+  }
+  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
+           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
+           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+  ));
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
+  }else{
+    isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+  }
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+   && isSynced
+  ){
+    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+    }
+    if( pPager->pBackup ){
+      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
+      CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
+    }
+  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
+    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
+    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
+    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
+    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
+    ** current. 
+    **
+    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
+    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
+    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
+    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
+    **
+    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
+    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
+    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
+    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
+    */
+    assert( isSavepnt );
+    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
+    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
+    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
+    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
+    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
+    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    pData = pPg->pData;
+    memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+    /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
+    ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
+    ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
+    ** has been removed. */
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+
+    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
+    ** Do this before any decoding. */
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+
+    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
+    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
+** available for use within this function.
+**
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
+**
+**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
+**
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
+** journals have been rolled back.
+**
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
+** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
+** each child journal, it checks if:
+**
+**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
+**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
+**     file zMaster
+**
+** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
+** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
+** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
+** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
+** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
+** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
+** size.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc;                   /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+  char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
+  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
+  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+
+  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
+  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+  */
+  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pMaster ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
+  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
+  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
+  if( !zMasterJournal ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    goto delmaster_out;
+  }
+  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
+
+  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+    int exists;
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    if( exists ){
+      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+      */
+      int c;
+      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+
+      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+      sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+
+      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+      if( c ){
+        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+    }
+    zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
+  }
+ 
+  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+
+delmaster_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
+  if( pMaster ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
+** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
+** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
+**
+** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
+** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
+**
+** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
+** the end of the new file instead.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
+** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
+  
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
+  ){
+    i64 currentSize, newSize;
+    int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
+    newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
+      if( currentSize>newSize ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
+      }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
+        char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+        memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
+        testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
+        testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
+** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
+  if( iRet<32 ){
+    iRet = 512;
+  }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
+    assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
+    iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  }
+  return iRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
+** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
+** master journal pointers within created journal files.
+**
+** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+**
+** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
+** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+**
+** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
+** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
+** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
+** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
+** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
+** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
+** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
+** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
+*/
+static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  if( pPager->tempFile
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
+              SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
+  ){
+    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
+    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
+    ** call will segfault. */
+    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+  }else{
+    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
+**
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
+**       is this many bytes in size.
+**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
+**  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
+**  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+**
+** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
+** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
+** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
+** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
+** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
+** needed.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
+  int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  **
+  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
+  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
+  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
+  ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
+  ** for pageSize.
+  */
+  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+  }
+  zMaster = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  needPagerReset = isHot;
+
+  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
+  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
+  ** occurs. 
+  */
+  while( 1 ){
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
+    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
+    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
+    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
+    ** size of the file.
+    **
+    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
+    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
+    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
+    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
+    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
+    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
+    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
+        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to its original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
+    ** database file and/or page cache.
+    */
+    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
+      if( needPagerReset ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+        needPagerReset = 0;
+      }
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        nPlayback++;
+      }else{
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
+          ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
+          ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
+          ** case, the database should have never been written in the
+          ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          goto end_playback;
+        }else{
+          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
+          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
+          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
+          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
+          */
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  assert( 0 );
+
+end_playback:
+  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
+  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
+  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
+  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
+  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
+  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
+  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
+  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
+  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
+  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
+  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
+  */
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+    */
+    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( isHot && nPlayback ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
+                nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
+  }
+
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
+  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  if( iFrame ){
+    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
+    rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pgno==1 ){
+    if( rc ){
+      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
+      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
+      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
+      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
+      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
+      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
+      **
+      ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
+      ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
+      ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
+      ** we should still be ok.
+      */
+      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }else{
+      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+  }
+  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+
+  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
+** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
+** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
+** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
+*/
+static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
+  u32 change_counter;
+
+  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+  change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+  /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
+  ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
+  ** is valid. */
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
+** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
+** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
+**
+** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
+** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
+** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
+** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
+  if( pPg ){
+    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
+      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+    }else{
+      u32 iFrame = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
+  ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
+  ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
+  ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
+  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
+  ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
+  ** the backups must be restarted.
+  */
+  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
+*/
+static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
+
+  /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
+  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
+  ** following:
+  **
+  **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
+  **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+  rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
+  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+  while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
+    rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
+    pList = pNext;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
+** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
+** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
+** changed. 
+**
+** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
+** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
+*/ 
+static int pagerWalFrames(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
+  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
+  int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
+
+  assert( pPager->pWal );
+  assert( pList );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
+  for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
+    assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
+  if( isCommit ){
+    /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
+    ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
+    ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
+    ** list here. */
+    PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
+    nList = 0;
+    for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
+      if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
+        ppNext = &p->pDirty;
+        nList++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pList );
+  }else{
+    nList = 1;
+  }
+  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
+
+  if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
+      pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
+    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+    pager_set_pagehash(p);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
+** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
+** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
+** other writers or checkpointers.
+*/
+static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
+
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+
+  /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
+  ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
+  ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
+  ** the duplicate call is harmless.
+  */
+  sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+
+  rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
+    pager_reset(pPager);
+    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
+** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
+** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
+** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
+** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
+*/
+static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
+  Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
+
+  /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
+  ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
+  ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
+  ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
+  ** contains no valid committed transactions.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
+  nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
+
+  /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
+  ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
+  ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
+  ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
+  */
+  if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
+    i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
+    int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
+  }
+
+  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
+  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+  ** that the file can be read.
+  */
+  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
+  }
+
+  *pnPage = nPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
+** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
+** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
+**
+** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
+** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
+** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
+**
+** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
+** other connection.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
+    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
+
+    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( nPage==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      isWal = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( isWal ){
+        testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
+      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
+** savepoint.
+**
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
+** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
+** performed in the order specified:
+**
+**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
+**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
+**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
+**
+**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
+**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
+**
+**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
+**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
+**     the journal file.
+**
+** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
+** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
+** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
+** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+**
+** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
+** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+**
+** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
+** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
+** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
+*/
+static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+
+  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
+    if( !pDone ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
+  ** being reverted was opened.
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+  if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
+  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
+  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
+  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
+  */
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
+
+  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
+  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
+  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
+  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
+  ** are played back.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
+    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
+  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
+  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
+  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
+  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
+    u32 dummy;
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+    /*
+    ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
+    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
+    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
+    */
+    if( nJRec==0 
+     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
+    ){
+      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
+
+  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
+  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
+  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
+    }
+    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
+      assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
+** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
+** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
+*/
+static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
+  if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;
+    sz = pPager->szMmap;
+    pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
+    setGetterMethod(pPager);
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
+  pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
+  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
+**
+** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
+** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
+** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
+** There are four levels:
+**
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
+**
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+**    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
+**              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
+**              journal is unlinked.
+**
+** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
+** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
+** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
+** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
+** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
+** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
+** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
+** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
+** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
+**
+** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
+** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
+** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
+** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
+** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
+** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
+  unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
+){
+  unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
+  if( pPager->tempFile ){
+    pPager->noSync = 1;
+    pPager->fullSync = 0;
+    pPager->extraSync = 0;
+  }else{
+    pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
+    pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
+    pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
+  }
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = 0;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
+  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+  }else{
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  }
+  pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+  }
+  if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
+    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
+  }else{
+    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
+** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
+** testing and analysis only.  
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.
+**
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
+** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
+**
+** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
+** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
+**
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
+*/
+static int pagerOpentemp(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
+  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+){
+  int rc;               /* Return code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+#endif
+
+  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+**
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
+** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
+** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
+** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
+** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
+**
+**   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
+**   --------------------------------------------------------
+**   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
+**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
+**
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
+** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
+** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
+  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
+){
+  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
+  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
+    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
+    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
+** is passed in *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
+**
+** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
+**     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+**
+**   * there are no outstanding page references, and
+**
+**   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
+**     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+**
+** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
+** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
+** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
+** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
+  ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
+  ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
+  **
+  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
+  ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
+  ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
+  ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
+  */
+
+  u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+  assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+  if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
+   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
+  ){
+    char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
+    i64 nByte = 0;
+
+    if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+      rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
+      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
+    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
+    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
+    pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
+** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
+** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
+** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
+** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
+** no rollbacks are happening.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
+** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
+** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
+**
+** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>0 ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
+  assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
+  return pPager->mxPgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
+** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
+** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
+**
+** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
+** and generate no code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+static int saved_cnt;
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
+}
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+}
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to. 
+**
+** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
+** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
+** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
+** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+**
+** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
+** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
+** output buffer undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
+  ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
+  ** to WAL mode yet.
+  */
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
+** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
+**
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
+** this is considered a 1 page file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
+  *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
+** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
+** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
+**
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
+** obtain the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
+** variable to locktype before returning.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+
+  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
+  ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
+  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
+  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+  */
+  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
+       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
+       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+  );
+
+  do {
+    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
+** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
+**
+**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
+**      current database image, in pages, OR
+**
+**   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
+**      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
+**      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
+**
+** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
+** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
+** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
+** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
+** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
+** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
+** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
+** this circumstance cannot arise.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
+}
+static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
+}
+#else
+# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
+** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
+**
+** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
+** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
+** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
+** then continue writing to the database.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+  pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+
+  /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
+  ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
+  ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 
+  ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
+  ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
+  ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 
+  ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 
+  ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
+  ** is no longer correct. */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
+** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
+** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
+** that the entire journal file has been synced.
+**
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
+** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
+** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
+** content as this process.
+**
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 
+** an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 
+** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
+** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
+** *ppPage to zero.
+**
+** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
+** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
+*/
+static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
+  void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
+  PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
+){
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
+  
+  if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
+    *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
+    pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
+    p->pDirty = 0;
+    assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
+    memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
+  }else{
+    *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
+    if( p==0 ){
+      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
+    p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
+    p->nRef = 1;
+    p->pPager = pPager;
+  }
+
+  assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
+  assert( p->pPage==0 );
+  assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
+  assert( p->pPager==pPager );
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+
+  p->pgno = pgno;
+  p->pData = pData;
+  pPager->nMmapOut++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 
+** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
+*/
+static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  pPager->nMmapOut--;
+  pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
+  pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
+
+  assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
+  sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
+*/
+static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  PgHdr *pNext;
+  for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pDirty;
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+**
+** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
+** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
+** to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
+  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+
+  assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  disable_simulated_io_errors();
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
+  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
+  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
+      (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
+  );
+  pPager->pWal = 0;
+#endif
+  pager_reset(pPager);
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+  }else{
+    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
+    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
+    ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 
+    ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
+    **
+    ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
+    ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
+    ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
+    ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
+    ** rollback before accessing the database file.
+    */
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
+    }
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  enable_simulated_io_errors();
+  PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+  sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
+  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+#endif
+
+  assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
+  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
+
+  sqlite3_free(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the page number for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pgno;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
+  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
+**
+** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 
+** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
+**
+**   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
+**     be taken.
+**
+**   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
+**     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
+**     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
+**     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
+**     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
+**
+**   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
+**     journal file is synced.
+**
+** Or, in pseudo-code:
+**
+**   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
+**     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
+**       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
+**       <update nRec field>
+**     } 
+**     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
+**   }
+**
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
+** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
+** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+      const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
+        ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
+        ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
+        ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
+        ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
+        ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
+        ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
+        ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
+        ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
+        ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
+        ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
+        ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
+        **
+        ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
+        ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
+        ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
+        **
+        ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
+        ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
+        ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
+        ** the potential journal header.
+        */
+        i64 iNextHdrOffset;
+        u8 aMagic[8];
+        u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+
+        memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+        put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+
+        iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
+          static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
+        **
+        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
+        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
+        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
+        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
+        ** and never needs to be updated.
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        }
+        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
+            pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+        PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 
+          (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+
+      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+      if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        pPager->nRec = 0;
+        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 
+  ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 
+  ** all pages.
+  */
+  sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+  pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
+** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
+** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
+** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
+** a no-op.
+**
+** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
+** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
+** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
+** 
+** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
+** written out.
+**
+** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
+** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
+** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+**
+**   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
+**   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+**
+** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
+** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
+** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
+** the database file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
+** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+  assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
+
+  /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
+  ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
+  ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
+  */
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
+  ** file size will be.
+  */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
+   && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
+  ){
+    sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
+    pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+    Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
+
+    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
+    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
+    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
+    ** any such pages to the file.
+    **
+    ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
+    ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
+    */
+    if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
+      i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
+      char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
+
+      assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+      if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+
+      /* Encode the database */
+      CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
+
+      /* Write out the page data. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
+
+      /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
+      ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
+      ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
+      */
+      if( pgno==1 ){
+        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+      }
+      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+      }
+      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+
+      /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
+
+      PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+                   PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
+      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
+    }else{
+      PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pList);
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 
+** fails.
+*/
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 
+      | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 
+      | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+    int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
+    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
+      nStmtSpill = -1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
+**
+** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
+** for all open savepoints before returning.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
+** bitvec.
+*/
+static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+
+    /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
+    assert( pPager->useJournal );
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
+    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 
+         || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 
+         || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 
+    );
+    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+
+    /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
+    ** write the journal record into the file.  */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      void *pData = pPg->pData;
+      i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+      char *pData2;
+  
+      CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
+      PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+      rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->nSubRec++;
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
+    rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+    return subjournalPage(pPg);
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
+** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
+** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
+** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
+** argument.
+**
+** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
+** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
+** journal file. 
+**
+** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
+** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
+** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
+** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
+*/
+static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+
+  /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
+  ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
+  ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
+  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
+  **
+  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
+  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
+  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
+  **
+  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
+  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it 
+  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
+  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
+  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
+  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
+  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
+  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
+  if( pPager->doNotSpill
+   && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
+      || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pPg->pDirty = 0;
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
+    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }else{
+  
+    /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
+     || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+    ){
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
+    }
+  
+    /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Mark the page as clean. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+  }
+
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc); 
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = pPager->errCode;
+  if( !MEMDB ){
+    PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+      PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
+      if( pList->nRef==0 ){
+        rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
+      }
+      pList = pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
+** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
+** to sqlite3PagerClose().
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
+** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
+**
+** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
+** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
+** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
+** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
+** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
+**
+** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
+** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
+** of the PAGER_* flags.
+**
+** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
+**
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
+** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
+** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
+** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
+** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
+  int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
+){
+  u8 *pPtr;
+  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
+  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
+  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
+  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
+  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
+  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
+  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
+  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
+  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
+  const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
+  int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
+
+  /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
+  ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
+  journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+
+  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
+  *ppPager = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
+    memDb = 1;
+    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+      zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
+      if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+      zFilename = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
+  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
+  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    const char *z;
+    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+    zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
+    if( zPathname==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+    nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+    z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
+    while( *z ){
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+    }
+    nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
+    assert( nUri>=0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
+      /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
+      ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
+      ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
+      ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
+      ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
+  ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
+  ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
+  **
+  **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
+  **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
+  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
+  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
+  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+  */
+  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
+    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
+    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
+    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
+    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
+    nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
+    nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
+#endif
+  );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
+  if( !pPtr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
+  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
+  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
+  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
+  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+
+  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
+  if( zPathname ){
+    assert( nPathname>0 );
+    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
+    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+    if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
+    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
+    memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
+#endif
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+  }
+  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
+
+  /* Open the pager file.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+    assert( !memDb );
+    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+
+    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
+    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
+    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+    **
+    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
+    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
+    **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+      if( !readOnly ){
+        setSectorSize(pPager);
+        assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
+        if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
+          if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
+            szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+          }else{
+            szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
+          }
+        }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+        {
+          int ii;
+          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+          assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
+          for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
+            if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
+              szPageDflt = ii;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+      pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
+      if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
+       || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
+          vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+          goto act_like_temp_file;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
+    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
+    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
+    **
+    ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
+    ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
+    ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
+    **
+    ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
+    */ 
+act_like_temp_file:
+    tempFile = 1;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
+    pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
+    pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
+    readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  }
+
+  /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
+  ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
+    assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
+    rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
+                       !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
+  }
+
+  /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+    sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+    sqlite3_free(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
+  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
+
+  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
+  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
+  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
+  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
+  pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
+  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
+          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
+  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
+    assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
+    assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
+    assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
+    assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
+  }else{
+    pPager->fullSync = 1;
+    pPager->extraSync = 0;
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  }
+  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
+  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
+  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  if( !useJournal ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
+  }else if( memDb ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
+  }
+  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+  setGetterMethod(pPager);
+  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+  /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
+
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
+** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
+** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
+** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
+*/
+static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
+  int bHasMoved = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+    /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
+    ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
+    ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
+** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
+** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
+** file exists if the following criteria are met:
+**
+**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
+**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
+**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
+**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
+**
+** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
+** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
+** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
+** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+**
+** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
+** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
+** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
+** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
+** will not roll it back. 
+**
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
+** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
+** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
+** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
+*/
+static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
+  int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
+  int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
+
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+
+  assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
+    SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+  ));
+
+  *pExists = 0;
+  if( !jrnlOpen ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
+    int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+
+    /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
+    ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
+    ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
+    ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
+    ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
+    ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
+    ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
+      Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
+
+      assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
+      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
+        ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
+        ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
+        ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
+        ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
+        ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
+        ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
+        */
+        if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
+          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+          if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+            if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+          }
+          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        }else{
+          /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
+          ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
+          ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
+          ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
+          ** it can be ignored.
+          */
+          if( !jrnlOpen ){
+            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            u8 first = 0;
+            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+              rc = SQLITE_OK;
+            }
+            if( !jrnlOpen ){
+              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+            }
+            *pExists = (first!=0);
+          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
+            ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
+            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
+            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
+            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
+            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
+            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
+            ** worry so much with race conditions.
+            */
+            *pExists = 1;
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
+** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
+** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
+** this function is called, it is a no-op.
+**
+** The following operations are also performed by this function.
+**
+**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
+**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
+**      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
+**      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
+**      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
+**      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
+**      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
+**      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+**
+**   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
+**      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
+**      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
+**      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
+**      file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 
+** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
+  ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
+  ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 
+  ** exclusive access mode.  */
+  assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+  assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
+    int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
+
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      goto failed;
+    }
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
+      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto failed;
+    }
+    if( bHotJournal ){
+      if( pPager->readOnly ){
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+      ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+      ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+      ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+      ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
+      ** hot-journal back.
+      ** 
+      ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
+      ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
+      ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
+      ** on the database file.
+      **
+      ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
+      ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
+      */
+      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto failed;
+      }
+ 
+      /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 
+      ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 
+      ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 
+      ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 
+      ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 
+      ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
+      **
+      ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
+      ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
+      ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
+      ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
+      ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
+      */
+      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+        int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+            pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
+          int fout = 0;
+          int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+          assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+            rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+            sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+ 
+      /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+      ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
+      ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
+      ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
+      ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
+      ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
+      ** the journal before playing it back.
+      */
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
+          pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+        }
+      }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+        pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
+        ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+        ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
+        ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
+        ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 
+        ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 
+        **
+        ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
+        ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
+        ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
+        ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
+        ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
+        ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
+        ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 
+        ** references.
+        */
+        pager_error(pPager, rc);
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+      assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
+           || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
+      /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
+      ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
+      ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
+      ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
+      ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
+      **
+      ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
+      ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
+      ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
+      ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
+      ** a codec is in use.
+      ** 
+      ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
+      ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
+      ** it can be neglected.
+      */
+      Pgno nPage = 0;
+      char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
+
+      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( rc ) goto failed;
+
+      if( nPage>0 ){
+        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          goto failed;
+        }
+      }else{
+        memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
+      }
+
+      if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+
+        /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
+        ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
+        ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
+        ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
+        ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
+        ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
+        if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
+          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
+    ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
+    */
+    rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+
+ failed:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  }else{
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+    pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
+** transaction and unlock the pager.
+**
+** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
+** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
+** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
+*/ 
+static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
+** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 
+** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
+** on the current state of the pager.
+**
+**     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
+**     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
+**     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
+** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
+** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
+** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
+** object with no outstanding references.
+**
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
+** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
+** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+**
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 
+** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
+** page is initialized to all zeros. 
+**
+** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
+** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
+**
+**   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+**
+**   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
+**      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
+**      from the savepoint journal.
+**
+** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
+** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
+** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
+** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
+** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
+** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
+** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+static int getPageNormal(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
+
+  assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
+
+  if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
+  if( pBase==0 ){
+    pPg = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+    if( pBase==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
+  }
+  pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
+  assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
+  assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
+  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
+
+  noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
+  if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
+    /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
+    ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
+    assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+    pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  }else{
+    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
+    ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
+    **
+    ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
+    ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
+    */
+    if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
+
+    pPg->pPager = pPager;
+
+    assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
+    if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
+      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+      if( noContent ){
+        /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
+        ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
+        ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
+        ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
+        ** a bit in a bit vector.
+        */
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+          TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
+          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        }
+        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      }
+      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+    }else{
+      u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
+      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
+      rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+pager_acquire_err:
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pPg ){
+    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+  }
+  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
+static int getPageMMap(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
+
+  /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
+  ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
+  ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 
+  ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
+  const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
+   && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
+  );
+
+  assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
+#endif
+
+  /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
+  ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
+  ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
+  ** common case where pgno is large. */
+  if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
+  assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
+    void *pData = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
+        (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
+      if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
+        pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
+      }
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
+     }else{
+        sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
+      }
+      if( pPg ){
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        *ppPage = pPg;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
+static int getPageError(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
+  assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  return pPager->errCode;
+}
+
+
+/* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
+){
+  return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
+  pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
+  assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
+  if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
+  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page reference.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  assert( pPg!=0 );
+  pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
+    pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+  }
+  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
+  if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
+** file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
+** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
+** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+**
+** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
+** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
+** already open file. 
+**
+** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
+** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  
+  /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
+  ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
+  ** an error state. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+    if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  
+    /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+        sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+      }else{
+        int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
+        int nSpill;
+
+        if( pPager->tempFile ){
+          flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
+          nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
+        }else{
+          flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+          nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
+        }
+          
+        /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
+        ** it was originally opened. */
+        rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
+              pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
+          );
+        }
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+    }
+  
+  
+    /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
+    ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+      pPager->nRec = 0;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+      pPager->setMaster = 0;
+      pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
+** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
+** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
+** functions need be called.
+**
+** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
+** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
+** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
+** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
+** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
+** or using a temporary file otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
+  pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
+
+  if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
+    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
+      ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
+      */
+      if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
+        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
+      }
+
+      /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
+      ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
+      ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
+      ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    }else{
+      /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+      ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+      ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+      ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+      */
+      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
+      **
+      ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
+      ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
+      ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 
+      ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 
+      ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 
+      ** WAL mode.
+      */
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
+      pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc;
+  u32 cksum;
+  char *pData2;
+  i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
+  ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
+  ** that we do not. */
+  assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+
+  assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
+  CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
+  cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
+
+  /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
+  ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
+  ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
+  ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
+  ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
+  ** then corruption may follow.
+  */
+  pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+
+  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
+           pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+  PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
+       ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+  pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
+  pPager->nRec++;
+  assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
+  rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
+** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
+** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
+*/
+static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 
+  ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
+  ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
+  assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
+  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+
+  /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
+  ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
+  ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
+  **
+  ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 
+  ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
+  ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
+  ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
+  */
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+
+  /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
+  ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
+  ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
+  */
+  assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
+   && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
+  ){
+    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+    if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+      rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
+        pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+      }
+      PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+             ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
+  ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
+  ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
+  ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
+  */
+  pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
+  
+  /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+  ** then write the page into the statement journal.
+  */
+  if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
+    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the database size and return. */
+  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
+** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
+** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
+** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
+** a write.
+**
+** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
+** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
+** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
+  Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
+  Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
+  int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+  int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
+  int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
+  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
+
+  /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
+  ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
+  ** this function.
+  */
+  assert( !MEMDB );
+  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
+  pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
+
+  /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
+  ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
+  ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
+  */
+  pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+
+  nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
+  if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
+    nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
+  }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
+    nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
+  }else{
+    nPage = nPagePerSector;
+  }
+  assert(nPage>0);
+  assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
+  assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+    Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
+    PgHdr *pPage;
+    if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
+      if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_write(pPage);
+          if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+            needSync = 1;
+          }
+          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
+      if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+        needSync = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
+  ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
+  ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
+  ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
+  ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
+      PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
+      if( pPage ){
+        pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
+  pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
+** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
+** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
+** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
+** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
+** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
+    if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( pPager->errCode ){
+    return pPager->errCode;
+  }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
+    return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
+  }else{
+    return pager_write(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
+** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
+** content no longer matters.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
+** DELETE operations.
+**
+** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
+** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
+** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 
+** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 
+** current transaction is rolled back.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
+    IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
+    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
+    testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
+** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
+** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 
+** unconditional update of the change counters.
+**
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
+** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
+** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
+** transaction is committed.
+**
+** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
+** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
+** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
+** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
+  ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
+  ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
+  ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
+  **
+  ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
+  ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
+  ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
+  ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+# define DIRECT_MODE 0
+  assert( isDirectMode==0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
+#else
+# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
+#endif
+
+  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
+
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
+    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
+    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
+    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
+    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
+    */
+    if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
+      pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
+
+      /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
+      if( DIRECT_MODE ){
+        const void *zBuf;
+        assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
+        CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+          pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
+          ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
+          ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
+          const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
+          memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Release the page reference. */
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
+** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
+**
+** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 
+** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
+**
+** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
+** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 
+** returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = pPager->errCode;
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 
+         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 
+         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
+    );
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+    if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that:
+**
+**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
+**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
+**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
+**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
+**   * the database file synced. 
+**
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
+** delete the master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**
+** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
+** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
+** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
+** journal file in this case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+  int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
+  if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
+      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+
+  /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
+  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+  if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
+    /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+    ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
+    ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
+    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  }else{
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
+      if( pList==0 ){
+        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
+        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
+        pList = pPageOne;
+        pList->pDirty = 0;
+      }
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+      ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+      ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
+      ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
+      **
+      **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+      **      blocks of size page-size, and 
+      **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+      **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+      **
+      ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+      ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+      ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+      ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+      ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+      ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+      ** mode. 
+      **
+      ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+      ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+      ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+      ** created for this transaction.
+      */
+  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+      PgHdr *pPg;
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+       && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
+       && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
+       && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+      ){
+        /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
+        ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
+        ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
+        ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
+        ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+        */
+        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+        }
+      }
+  #else
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+  #endif
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
+      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
+      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+      */
+      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
+      ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 
+      ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
+      **
+      ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
+      ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
+      ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
+      ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
+      ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
+      ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
+      */
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+      }
+      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+
+      /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 
+      ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
+      ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
+      ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
+      ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
+      ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
+      if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+      }
+  
+      /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+      if( !noSync ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
+      }
+      IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+    }
+  }
+
+commit_phase_one_exit:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
+** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
+** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
+** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
+**
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
+** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
+** irrevocably committed.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
+** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
+  ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
+  ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+       || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
+  ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
+  ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
+  **
+  ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 
+  ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
+  ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
+  ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 
+  ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
+  ** to drop any locks either.
+  */
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
+   && pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+  ){
+    assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  pPager->iDataVersion++;
+  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 
+** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
+** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
+** state if an error occurs.
+**
+** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
+** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
+**
+**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
+**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
+**      was opened, and
+**
+**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
+**      rollback at any point in the future.
+**
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 
+** rollback is successful.
+**
+** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
+** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
+** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
+** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+
+  /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
+  ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 
+  ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
+  */
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
+  if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    int rc2;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
+    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+    int eState = pPager->eState;
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
+    if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+      /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 
+      ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
+      ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
+      */
+      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+      setGetterMethod(pPager);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
+          || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 
+          || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
+  );
+
+  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
+  */
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
+** used by the pager and its associated cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
+  int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
+                                     + 5*sizeof(void*);
+  return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
+           + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
+           + pPager->pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
+  return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[11];
+  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
+  a[4] = pPager->eState;
+  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
+  a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
+  a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
+  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
+  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
+  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
+  return a;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
+** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
+** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
+** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
+** returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
+
+  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+  );
+
+  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
+  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
+  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
+
+  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
+  if( reset ){
+    pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->tempFile;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
+** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
+** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
+** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
+** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
+  int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
+  int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
+  PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
+
+  /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
+  ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
+  ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
+  */
+  aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
+      pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
+  );
+  if( !aNew ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
+  pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
+
+  /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
+  for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
+    aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
+      aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+    }else{
+      aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+    }
+    aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
+    aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+    if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
+    }
+    pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
+  assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
+    return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
+** created savepoint.
+**
+** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
+** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
+** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
+** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
+**
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
+** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
+** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
+** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
+** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
+** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
+** contents of the database to its original state. 
+**
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
+** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
+** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
+** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = pPager->errCode;
+  
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+  if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
+    int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
+
+    /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
+    ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
+    ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
+    */
+    nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
+    for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+    }
+    pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
+
+    /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
+    ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+    if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+      if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+        /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
+        if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        }
+        pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+    ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
+    ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
+    ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
+    */
+    else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
+      rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
+      assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
+    }
+    
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+    /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 
+    ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
+    ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
+    ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
+    else if( 
+        pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+     && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+    ){
+      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+      setGetterMethod(pPager);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+**
+** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
+** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
+** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
+** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
+** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
+** participate in shared-cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
+  return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the file handle for the database file associated
+** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
+** not yet been opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
+** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
+#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  return pPager->jfd;
+#else
+  return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
+  void *pCodec
+){
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+  pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
+  pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
+  pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
+  pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
+  setGetterMethod(pPager);
+  pagerReportSize(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pCodec;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
+** into the log file.
+**
+** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
+** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
+  void *aData = 0;
+  CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
+  return aData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current pager state
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->eState;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
+**
+** There must be no references to the page previously located at
+** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
+** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
+** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+**
+** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
+** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
+** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**
+** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
+** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
+** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
+** transaction is active).
+**
+** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
+** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
+** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
+  PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
+  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
+
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
+  ** the page we are moving from.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
+  if( pPager->tempFile ){
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
+  ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
+  ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
+  **
+  **   BEGIN;
+  **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
+  **     SAVEPOINT one;
+  **       <Move page X to location Y>
+  **     ROLLBACK TO one;
+  **
+  ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
+  ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
+  ** statement were is processed.
+  **
+  ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
+  ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
+  ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
+   && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
+      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
+  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
+
+  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
+  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
+  **
+  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
+  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
+  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
+  */
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
+    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
+    assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
+            pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  }
+
+  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
+  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
+  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
+  ** for the page moved there.
+  */
+  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
+  if( pPgOld ){
+    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    if( pPager->tempFile ){
+      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
+      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
+      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+    }
+  }
+
+  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
+  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+
+  /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
+  ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
+  ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
+  */
+  if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
+    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
+    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
+  }
+
+  if( needSyncPgno ){
+    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
+    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
+    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
+    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
+    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** flag.
+    **
+    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
+    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
+    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
+    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
+    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
+    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+    */
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
+        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
+    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 
+** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 
+** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 
+** the value passed as the third parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
+  assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
+  pPg->flags = flags;
+  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
+  return pPg->pData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
+** allocated along with the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pExtra;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
+** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+**
+** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
+** locking-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
+  assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
+  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
+    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
+  }
+  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
+**
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+**
+** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
+** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
+**
+**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
+**      or _MEMORY.
+**
+**   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
+**
+** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
+  ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
+  print_pager_state(pPager);
+#endif
+
+
+  /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
+  assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+
+  /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
+  ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
+  ** to WAL mode.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+  /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
+  ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+    if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+      eMode = eOld;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( eMode!=eOld ){
+
+    /* Change the journal mode. */
+    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
+
+    /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
+    ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
+    ** delete the journal file.
+    */
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
+    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
+
+      /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
+      ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
+      ** here is an optimization only.
+      **
+      ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
+      ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
+      ** while it is in use by some other client.
+      */
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+        sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+      }else{
+        int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        int state = pPager->eState;
+        assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
+        if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
+        }
+        if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+          rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
+          pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+        }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+          pager_unlock(pPager);
+        }
+        assert( state==pPager->eState );
+      }
+    }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the new journal mode */
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current journal mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
+** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
+** is unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
+**
+** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
+** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
+  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
+    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
+    sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
+  }
+  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
+** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
+** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
+** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
+  return &pPager->pBackup;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+  if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
+** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
+** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
+  int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
+        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
+        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
+        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
+        pnLog, pnCkpt
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
+** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
+  if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
+  return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
+** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
+*/
+static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 
+    ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
+    pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 
+** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
+** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
+  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+  /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 
+  ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 
+  ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
+  ** file, to make sure this is safe.
+  */
+  if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 
+  ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
+        pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
+        pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
+    );
+  }
+  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
+** this function.
+**
+** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
+** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
+** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 
+** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
+** not modified in either case.
+**
+** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
+** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
+** without doing anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
+  assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
+  assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
+    if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+
+    /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+
+    rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *pbOpen = 1;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
+** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
+**
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
+** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
+** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
+** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
+  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
+  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
+  */
+  if( !pPager->pWal ){
+    int logexists = 0;
+    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
+      rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+    
+  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
+  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
+                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      pPager->pWal = 0;
+      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+      if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+/*
+** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
+** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
+** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 
+** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->pWal ){
+    sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 
+** is not a WAL database, return an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  if( pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
+** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
+** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
+** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
+** is empty, return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in 
+** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
+**
+** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
+**
+** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
+** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
+** database file.  All changes to the database are recorded by writing
+** frames into the WAL.  Transactions commit when a frame is written that
+** contains a commit marker.  A single WAL can and usually does record 
+** multiple transactions.  Periodically, the content of the WAL is
+** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
+** "checkpoint".
+**
+** A single WAL file can be used multiple times.  In other words, the
+** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
+** frames can overwrite the old ones.  A WAL always grows from beginning
+** toward the end.  Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
+** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
+** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
+**
+** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
+** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
+**
+**     0: Magic number.  0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
+**     4: File format version.  Currently 3007000
+**     8: Database page size.  Example: 1024
+**    12: Checkpoint sequence number
+**    16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
+**    20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
+**    24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**    28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**
+** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
+** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned 
+** integer values, as follows:
+**
+**     0: Page number.
+**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
+**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
+**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
+**    16: Checksum-1.
+**    20: Checksum-2.
+**
+** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
+** true:
+**
+**    (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
+**        salt values in the wal-header
+**
+**    (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
+**        exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
+**        WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
+**        up to and including the current frame.
+**
+** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
+** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
+** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
+** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
+** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
+** the checksum.  The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
+** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N].  The
+** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
+** 
+**   for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
+**     s0 += x[i] + s1;
+**     s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
+**   endfor
+**
+** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
+** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
+** of the sequence being summed.)  The s1 value spans all 32-bit 
+** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
+**
+** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
+** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
+** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
+** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
+** xSync begins.
+**
+** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
+** value is randomized.  This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
+** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
+** following a crash.
+**
+** READER ALGORITHM
+**
+** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
+** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P.  If so, then the
+** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
+** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read.  If the WAL
+** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
+** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
+** the database file.
+**
+** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
+** valid frame in the WAL.  The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
+** for all subsequent read operations.  New transactions can be appended
+** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
+** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
+** of the database from a single point in time.  This technique allows
+** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
+** content simultaneously.
+**
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but 
+** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
+** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames.  If the
+** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
+** and read performance suffers.  To overcome this problem, a separate
+** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
+** search for frames of a particular page.
+** 
+** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
+**
+** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
+** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file.  Because
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL 
+** on a network filesystem.  All users of the database must be able to
+** share memory.
+**
+** The wal-index is transient.  After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
+** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file.  In fact, the VFS is required
+** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
+** connection to it closes.  Because the wal-index is transient, it can
+** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
+** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
+** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
+** byte order of the host computer.
+**
+** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly:  Given
+** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the 
+** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
+** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
+**
+** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
+** more index blocks.  
+**
+** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
+** in the mxFrame field.
+**
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on 
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and 
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
+** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table 
+** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
+** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the 
+** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
+** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
+** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
+** the log, and so on.
+**
+** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
+** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
+** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
+** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
+** contains unused entries.
+**
+** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
+** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
+** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
+** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
+** beginning.  The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
+** holding the content for that page.
+**
+** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
+** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash 
+** table is never more than half full.  The expected number of collisions 
+** prior to finding a match is 1.  Each entry of the hash table is an
+** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
+** index block.   Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
+** the mapping section.  (For index blocks other than the last, K will
+** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
+** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).)  Unused slots of the hash table
+** contain a value of 0.
+**
+** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
+** P as follows:
+**
+**      iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
+**
+** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
+** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
+** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
+** be at index iUnused.  (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
+** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry.  Let 
+** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
+** where aHash[iMax]==P.  If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
+** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
+** current index block.  Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references 
+** page P.
+**
+** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
+** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P.  On
+** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
+** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
+** establish that no such entry exists in the block.  Each index block
+** holds over 4000 entries.  So two or three index blocks are sufficient
+** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages.  8 or 10
+** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
+** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL.  This
+** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
+**
+** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K.  Hence, one
+** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
+** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
+** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
+** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
+** the correct result.  There may be entries in the hash table with
+** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
+** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
+** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
+** in the first place - which is what reader one wants.  Meanwhile, the
+** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.  
+**
+** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
+** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
+** from the hash table at this point.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/* #include "wal.h" */
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
+# define WALTRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WALTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
+** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
+**
+** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
+** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
+** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+**
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the 
+** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
+** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
+** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAX_VERSION      3007000
+#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+
+/*
+** Indices of various locking bytes.   WAL_NREADER is the number
+** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.  The default
+** is SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK==8 and  WAL_NREADER==5.
+*/
+#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK         0
+#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE      1
+#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK          1
+#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK       2
+#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I)       (3+(I))
+#define WAL_NREADER            (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
+
+
+/* Object declarations */
+typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
+typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
+typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
+**
+** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
+** object followed by one instance of the WalCkptInfo object.
+** For all versions of SQLite through 3.10.0 and probably beyond,
+** the locking bytes (WalCkptInfo.aLock) start at offset 120 and
+** the total header size is 136 bytes.
+**
+** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
+** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page.  The latter case was
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.  
+*/
+struct WalIndexHdr {
+  u32 iVersion;                   /* Wal-index version */
+  u32 unused;                     /* Unused (padding) field */
+  u32 iChange;                    /* Counter incremented each transaction */
+  u8 isInit;                      /* 1 when initialized */
+  u8 bigEndCksum;                 /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
+  u16 szPage;                     /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
+  u32 mxFrame;                    /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
+  u32 nPage;                      /* Size of database in pages */
+  u32 aFrameCksum[2];             /* Checksum of last frame in log */
+  u32 aSalt[2];                   /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
+  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum over all prior fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
+** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr.  This object stores
+** information used by checkpoint.
+**
+** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
+** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
+** database "backfilling".)  The nBackfill number is never greater than
+** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame.  nBackfill can only be increased by threads
+** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
+** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
+** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
+**
+** nBackfillAttempted is the largest value of nBackfill that a checkpoint
+** has attempted to achieve.  Normally nBackfill==nBackfillAtempted, however
+** the nBackfillAttempted is set before any backfilling is done and the
+** nBackfill is only set after all backfilling completes.  So if a checkpoint
+** crashes, nBackfillAttempted might be larger than nBackfill.  The
+** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame must never be less than nBackfillAttempted.
+**
+** The aLock[] field is a set of bytes used for locking.  These bytes should
+** never be read or written.
+**
+** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock.  If a reader
+** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
+** the mxFrame for that reader.  The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused.  aReadMark[0] is 
+** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
+** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one.  Readers holding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
+** directly from the database.
+**
+** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
+** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).  Thus, the value of
+** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
+** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
+**
+** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
+** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
+** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)).  New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
+** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
+** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame.  The exception to the
+** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
+** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
+** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore 
+** the WAL.
+**
+** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL.  However,
+** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
+** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
+** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
+** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
+** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
+**
+** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
+** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
+*/
+struct WalCkptInfo {
+  u32 nBackfill;                  /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
+  u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER];     /* Reader marks */
+  u8 aLock[SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK];     /* Reserved space for locks */
+  u32 nBackfillAttempted;         /* WAL frames perhaps written, or maybe not */
+  u32 notUsed0;                   /* Available for future enhancements */
+};
+#define READMARK_NOT_USED  0xffffffff
+
+
+/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
+** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
+** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
+** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
+*/
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2+offsetof(WalCkptInfo,aLock))
+#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE    (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2+sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
+
+/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
+#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
+
+/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
+/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
+#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
+
+/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
+** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
+** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
+**
+** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit 
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting 
+** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, 
+** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
+** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
+*/
+#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) (                               \
+  WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)         \
+)
+
+/*
+** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
+** following object.
+*/
+struct Wal {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;         /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
+  sqlite3_file *pDbFd;       /* File handle for the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *pWalFd;      /* File handle for WAL file */
+  u32 iCallback;             /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
+  i64 mxWalSize;             /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
+  int nWiData;               /* Size of array apWiData */
+  int szFirstBlock;          /* Size of first block written to WAL file */
+  volatile u32 **apWiData;   /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
+  u32 szPage;                /* Database page size */
+  i16 readLock;              /* Which read lock is being held.  -1 for none */
+  u8 syncFlags;              /* Flags to use to sync header writes */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;          /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
+  u8 writeLock;              /* True if in a write transaction */
+  u8 ckptLock;               /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
+  u8 readOnly;               /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
+  u8 truncateOnCommit;       /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
+  u8 syncHeader;             /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
+  u8 padToSectorBoundary;    /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
+  WalIndexHdr hdr;           /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
+  u32 minFrame;              /* Ignore wal frames before this one */
+  u32 iReCksum;              /* On commit, recalculate checksums from here */
+  const char *zWalName;      /* Name of WAL file */
+  u32 nCkpt;                 /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 lockError;              /* True if a locking error has occurred */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+  WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot;    /* Start transaction here if not NULL */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
+*/
+#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE     0
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE  1     
+#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
+
+/*
+** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
+*/
+#define WAL_RDWR        0    /* Normal read/write connection */
+#define WAL_RDONLY      1    /* The WAL file is readonly */
+#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY  2    /* The SHM file is readonly */
+
+/*
+** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
+** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
+*/
+typedef u16 ht_slot;
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
+** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the 
+** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
+** the largest index).
+**
+** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
+**
+**   walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
+**   walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
+**   walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
+**
+** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
+*/
+struct WalIterator {
+  int iPrior;                     /* Last result returned from the iterator */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
+  struct WalSegment {
+    int iNext;                    /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
+    ht_slot *aIndex;              /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
+    u32 *aPgno;                   /* Array of page numbers. */
+    int nEntry;                   /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
+    int iZero;                    /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
+  } aSegment[1];                  /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
+** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
+** create incompatibilities.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE      4096                 /* Must be power of 2 */
+#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1     383                  /* Should be prime */
+#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT      (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2)  /* Must be a power of 2 */
+
+/* 
+** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
+** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
+** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE  (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
+
+/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
+#define WALINDEX_PGSZ   (                                         \
+    sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
+** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
+** numbered from zero.
+**
+** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
+** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
+*/
+static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
+  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
+    volatile u32 **apNew;
+    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
+    if( !apNew ){
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
+           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
+    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
+    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
+  }
+
+  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
+  if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
+    if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+      pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
+      if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
+          pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+        pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
+  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+  return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
+** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
+** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
+** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes
+** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
+*/
+#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
+    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
+  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in 
+** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
+** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
+**
+** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
+**
+** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
+*/
+static void walChecksumBytes(
+  int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
+  u8 *a,           /* Content to be checksummed */
+  int nByte,       /* Bytes of content in a[].  Must be a multiple of 8. */
+  const u32 *aIn,  /* Initial checksum value input */
+  u32 *aOut        /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
+){
+  u32 s1, s2;
+  u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
+  u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
+
+  if( aIn ){
+    s1 = aIn[0];
+    s2 = aIn[1];
+  }else{
+    s1 = s2 = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( nByte>=8 );
+  assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
+
+  if( nativeCksum ){
+    do {
+      s1 += *aData++ + s2;
+      s2 += *aData++ + s1;
+    }while( aData<aEnd );
+  }else{
+    do {
+      s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
+      s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
+      aData += 2;
+    }while( aData<aEnd );
+  }
+
+  aOut[0] = s1;
+  aOut[1] = s2;
+}
+
+static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+    sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
+**
+** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
+*/
+static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
+  volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
+  pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
+  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
+  memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+}
+
+/*
+** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of 
+** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
+**
+**     0: Page number.
+**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
+**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
+**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
+**    16: Checksum-1.
+**    20: Checksum-2.
+*/
+static void walEncodeFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
+  u32 iPage,                      /* Database page number for frame */
+  u32 nTruncate,                  /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data */
+  u8 *aFrame                      /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
+){
+  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
+  if( pWal->iReCksum==0 ){
+    memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+
+    nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+    walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+    walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
+  }else{
+    memset(&aFrame[8], 0, 16);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
+** in aData[] is valid.  If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
+** *pnTruncate and return true.  Return if the frame is not valid.
+*/
+static int walDecodeFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
+  u32 *piPage,                    /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
+  u32 *pnTruncate,                /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
+  u8 *aFrame                      /* Frame data */
+){
+  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+  u32 pgno;                       /* Page number of the frame */
+  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
+  ** match the salt values in the wal-header. 
+  */
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
+  */
+  pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
+  ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, 
+  ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 
+  ** bytes of this frame-header.
+  */
+  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+  if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) 
+   || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) 
+  ){
+    /* Checksum failed. */
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid.  Return the page number
+  ** and the new database size.
+  */
+  *piPage = pgno;
+  *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Names of locks.  This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
+** a part of an ordinary build.
+*/
+static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
+  if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
+    return "WRITE-LOCK";
+  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
+    return "CKPT-LOCK";
+  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
+    return "RECOVER-LOCK";
+  }else{
+    static char zName[15];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
+                     lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    return zName;
+  }
+}
+#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+    
+
+/*
+** Set or release locks on the WAL.  Locks are either shared or exclusive.
+** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
+** through the unlocked state first.
+**
+** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
+*/
+static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+  int rc;
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
+            walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+  return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
+}
+static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+  int rc;
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
+            walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+  return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
+             walLockName(lockIdx), n));
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a hash on a page number.  The resulting hash value must land
+** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1).  The walHashNext() function advances
+** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
+*/
+static int walHash(u32 iPage){
+  assert( iPage>0 );
+  assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
+  return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
+  return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
+** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
+** numbered starting from 0.
+**
+** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
+** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame 
+** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number 
+** (*piZero+N) in the log.
+**
+** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
+** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
+*/
+static int walHashGet(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  int iHash,                      /* Find the iHash'th table */
+  volatile ht_slot **paHash,      /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
+  volatile u32 **paPgno,          /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
+  u32 *piZero                     /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 iZero;
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+
+    aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+    if( iHash==0 ){
+      aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
+      iZero = 0;
+    }else{
+      iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+    }
+  
+    *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
+    *paHash = aHash;
+    *piZero = iZero;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
+** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages 
+** are numbered starting from 0.
+*/
+static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
+  int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+  assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+       && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+       && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+       && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
+       && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+  );
+  return iHash;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
+*/
+static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
+  int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
+  if( iHash==0 ){
+    return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
+  }
+  return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
+** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+**
+** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
+** to a rollback or savepoint.
+**
+** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
+** updated.  Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
+** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
+** actually needed.
+*/
+static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
+  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array for hash table */
+  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
+  int iLimit = 0;                 /* Zero values greater than this */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
+
+  if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing 
+  ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
+  ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
+  assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
+  walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+  /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
+  ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+  */
+  iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
+  assert( iLimit>0 );
+  for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
+    if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
+      aHash[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
+  ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. 
+  */
+  nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
+  memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
+  ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
+  */
+  if( iLimit ){
+    int j;           /* Loop counter */
+    int iKey;        /* Hash key */
+    for(j=1; j<=iLimit; j++){
+      for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[j]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+        if( aHash[iKey]==j ) break;
+      }
+      assert( aHash[iKey]==j );
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
+** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
+*/
+static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array */
+  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Hash table */
+
+  rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+  /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
+  ** page number array and hash table entry.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iKey;                     /* Hash table key */
+    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
+    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */
+
+    idx = iFrame - iZero;
+    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
+    
+    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
+    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. 
+    */
+    if( idx==1 ){
+      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
+      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
+    }
+
+    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
+    ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
+    ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). 
+    ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from 
+    ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
+    */
+    if( aPgno[idx] ){
+      walCleanupHash(pWal);
+      assert( !aPgno[idx] );
+    }
+
+    /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
+    nCollide = idx;
+    for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+      if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    aPgno[idx] = iPage;
+    aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+    /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
+    ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
+    */
+    {
+      int i;           /* Loop counter */
+      int nEntry = 0;  /* Number of entries in the hash table */
+      for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
+      assert( nEntry==idx );
+    }
+
+    /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
+    ** via the hash table.  This turns out to be a really, really expensive
+    ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
+    ** iteration.
+    */
+    if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
+      int i;           /* Loop counter */
+      for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
+        for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+          if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+        }
+        assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+  }
+
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. 
+**
+** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
+** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
+** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running.  The
+** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
+** that this thread is running recovery.  If unable to establish
+** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  i64 nSize;                      /* Size of log file */
+  u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
+  int iLock;                      /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
+  int nLock;                      /* Number of locks to hold */
+
+  /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
+  ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
+  ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
+  ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
+  ** this function returns.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+  assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
+  assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
+  nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
+
+  memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto recovery_error;
+  }
+
+  if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
+    u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE];         /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+    u8 *aFrame = 0;               /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
+    int szFrame;                  /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
+    u8 *aData;                    /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
+    int iFrame;                   /* Index of last frame read */
+    i64 iOffset;                  /* Next offset to read from log file */
+    int szPage;                   /* Page size according to the log */
+    u32 magic;                    /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+    u32 version;                  /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+    int isValid;                  /* True if this frame is valid */
+
+    /* Read in the WAL header. */
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto recovery_error;
+    }
+
+    /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
+    ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid 
+    ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
+    ** WAL file.
+    */
+    magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
+    szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
+    if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC 
+     || szPage&(szPage-1) 
+     || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
+     || szPage<512 
+    ){
+      goto finished;
+    }
+    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
+    pWal->szPage = szPage;
+    pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
+
+    /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
+    walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, 
+        aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
+    );
+    if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
+     || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
+    ){
+      goto finished;
+    }
+
+    /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
+    ** are able to understand */
+    version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
+    if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+      goto finished;
+    }
+
+    /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
+    szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+    aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame);
+    if( !aFrame ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto recovery_error;
+    }
+    aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
+
+    /* Read all frames from the log file. */
+    iFrame = 0;
+    for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
+      u32 pgno;                   /* Database page number for frame */
+      u32 nTruncate;              /* dbsize field from frame header */
+
+      /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+      iFrame++;
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
+      if( !isValid ) break;
+      rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+      /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
+      if( nTruncate ){
+        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+        pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+        pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+        testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+        testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+        aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+        aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+  }
+
+finished:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
+    int i;
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
+    walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+
+    /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is 
+    ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
+    ** checkpointers.
+    */
+    pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+    pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+    pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
+    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+
+    /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
+    ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
+    ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
+    ** checkpointing the log file.
+    */
+    if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL,
+          "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
+          pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+recovery_error:
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open wal-index.
+*/
+static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
+      sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
+      pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must 
+** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
+** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
+**
+** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
+** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
+** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
+** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
+** system would be badly broken.
+**
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and 
+** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
+  sqlite3_file *pDbFd,            /* The open database file */
+  const char *zWalName,           /* Name of the WAL file */
+  int bNoShm,                     /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
+  i64 mxWalSize,                  /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
+  Wal **ppWal                     /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  Wal *pRet;                      /* Object to allocate and return */
+  int flags;                      /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
+
+  assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
+  assert( pDbFd );
+
+  /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
+  ** this source file.  Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
+  ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
+  ** For that matter, if the lock offset ever changes from its initial design
+  ** value of 120, we need to know that so there is an assert() to check it.
+  */
+  assert( 120==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+  assert( 136==WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE );
+#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
+  assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
+  assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
+  *ppWal = 0;
+  pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
+  pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
+  pRet->readLock = -1;
+  pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
+  pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
+  pRet->syncHeader = 1;
+  pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1;
+  pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
+
+  /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
+  flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+    pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
+    sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
+    sqlite3_free(pRet);
+  }else{
+    int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd);
+    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; }
+    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){
+      pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0;
+    }
+    *ppWal = pRet;
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
+  if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
+** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
+** same WalIterator object.   Write into *piFrame the frame index where
+** that page was last written into the WAL.  Write into *piPage the page
+** number.
+**
+** Return 0 on success.  If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
+** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
+*/
+static int walIteratorNext(
+  WalIterator *p,               /* Iterator */
+  u32 *piPage,                  /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
+  u32 *piFrame                  /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
+){
+  u32 iMin;                     /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
+  u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF;        /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
+  int i;                        /* For looping through segments */
+
+  iMin = p->iPrior;
+  assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
+  for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
+    struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
+    while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
+      u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
+      if( iPg>iMin ){
+        if( iPg<iRet ){
+          iRet = iPg;
+          *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      pSegment->iNext++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
+  return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
+**
+** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices.  The sort key is
+** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]].  Upon entry, the following
+** is guaranteed for all J<K:
+**
+**        aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
+**        aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
+**
+** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
+** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
+** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
+** above is still met.
+**
+** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X.  And the
+** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too.  But there might be
+** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
+**
+**      aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y]  &&  aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
+**
+** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
+*/
+static void walMerge(
+  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
+  ht_slot *aLeft,                 /* IN: Left hand input list */
+  int nLeft,                      /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
+  ht_slot **paRight,              /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
+  int *pnRight,                   /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
+  ht_slot *aTmp                   /* Temporary buffer */
+){
+  int iLeft = 0;                  /* Current index in aLeft */
+  int iRight = 0;                 /* Current index in aRight */
+  int iOut = 0;                   /* Current index in output buffer */
+  int nRight = *pnRight;
+  ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
+
+  assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
+  while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
+    ht_slot logpage;
+    Pgno dbpage;
+
+    if( (iLeft<nLeft) 
+     && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
+    ){
+      logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
+    }else{
+      logpage = aRight[iRight++];
+    }
+    dbpage = aContent[logpage];
+
+    aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
+    if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
+
+    assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
+    assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
+  }
+
+  *paRight = aLeft;
+  *pnRight = iOut;
+  memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
+** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
+** larger aList[] values.
+**
+** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[].  The values in
+** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
+**
+**      aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
+**
+** For any X and Y such that
+**
+**      aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
+**
+** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
+** the smaller.
+*/
+static void walMergesort(
+  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal */
+  ht_slot *aBuffer,               /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
+  ht_slot *aList,                 /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
+  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
+){
+  struct Sublist {
+    int nList;                    /* Number of elements in aList */
+    ht_slot *aList;               /* Pointer to sub-list content */
+  };
+
+  const int nList = *pnList;      /* Size of input list */
+  int nMerge = 0;                 /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
+  ht_slot *aMerge = 0;            /* List to be merged */
+  int iList;                      /* Index into input list */
+  u32 iSub = 0;                   /* Index into aSub array */
+  struct Sublist aSub[13];        /* Array of sub-lists */
+
+  memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
+  assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
+  assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
+
+  for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
+    nMerge = 1;
+    aMerge = &aList[iList];
+    for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
+      struct Sublist *p;
+      assert( iSub<ArraySize(aSub) );
+      p = &aSub[iSub];
+      assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+      assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+    }
+    aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
+    aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
+  }
+
+  for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
+    if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
+      struct Sublist *p;
+      assert( iSub<ArraySize(aSub) );
+      p = &aSub[iSub];
+      assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+      assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( aMerge==aList );
+  *pnList = nMerge;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
+      assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
+*/
+static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
+** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
+** lock.
+**
+** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
+** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
+** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
+**
+** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
+** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
+*/
+static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
+  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
+  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+
+  /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
+  ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
+  */
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
+  iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
+  nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
+  nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) 
+        + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+        + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
+  p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->nSegment = nSegment;
+
+  /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
+  ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
+  */
+  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64(
+      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
+  );
+  if( !aTmp ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+    u32 iZero;
+    volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
+      int nEntry;                 /* Number of entries in this segment */
+      ht_slot *aIndex;            /* Sorted index for this segment */
+
+      aPgno++;
+      if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
+        nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
+      }else{
+        nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
+      }
+      aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
+      iZero++;
+  
+      for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
+        aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
+      }
+      walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
+      p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
+      p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
+      p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
+      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(aTmp);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    walIteratorFree(p);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
+** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
+** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
+** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
+*/
+static int walBusyLock(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL connection */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int lockIdx,                    /* Offset of first byte to lock */
+  int n                           /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+  int rc;
+  do {
+    rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
+  }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
+** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
+*/
+static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
+  return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is guaranteed when this function is called:
+**
+**   a) the WRITER lock is held,
+**   b) the entire log file has been checkpointed, and
+**   c) any existing readers are reading exclusively from the database
+**      file - there are no readers that may attempt to read a frame from
+**      the log file.
+**
+** This function updates the shared-memory structures so that the next
+** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by
+** writing frames into the start of the log file.
+**
+** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the 
+** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. 
+** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()).
+*/
+static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt;   /* Big-endian salt values */
+  pWal->nCkpt++;
+  pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
+  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
+  memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4);
+  walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+  pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+  pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = 0;
+  pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
+  for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+  assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
+** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
+**
+** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
+** by active readers.  This routine will never overwrite a database page
+** that a concurrent reader might be using.
+**
+** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL.  That means that if 
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background 
+** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
+**
+** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
+** into the database.  This ensures that if the new content is persistent
+** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
+**
+** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
+** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
+** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
+** database file.
+**
+** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
+** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.  
+** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
+** its value.)
+**
+** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
+** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
+** time.
+*/
+static int walCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check for interrupts on this handle */
+  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
+  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int szPage;                     /* Database page-size */
+  WalIterator *pIter = 0;         /* Wal iterator context */
+  u32 iDbpage = 0;                /* Next database page to write */
+  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
+  u32 mxSafeFrame;                /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
+  u32 mxPage;                     /* Max database page to write */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* The checkpoint status information */
+
+  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
+  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+
+    /* Allocate the iterator */
+    rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    assert( pIter );
+
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
+    ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
+    assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 );
+
+    /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
+    ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
+    ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
+    ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
+    */
+    mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+    mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
+    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+      /* Thread-sanitizer reports that the following is an unsafe read,
+      ** as some other thread may be in the process of updating the value
+      ** of the aReadMark[] slot. The assumption here is that if that is
+      ** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value,
+      ** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or
+      ** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value
+      ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still 
+      ** safe.  */
+      u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+      if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
+        assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+        rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
+          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          mxSafeFrame = y;
+          xBusy = 0;
+        }else{
+          goto walcheckpoint_out;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
+     && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK
+    ){
+      i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
+      u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
+
+      pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame;
+
+      /* Sync the WAL to disk */
+      if( sync_flags ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
+      }
+
+      /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
+      ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
+      */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
+        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
+          sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+        }
+      }
+
+
+      /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
+        i64 iOffset;
+        assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
+        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+          rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){
+          continue;
+        }
+        iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+        /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
+        testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      }
+
+      /* If work was actually accomplished... */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
+          i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
+          testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
+          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
+            rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
+          }
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
+      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
+      ** just because there are active readers.  */
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the
+  ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block 
+  ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that 
+  ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+    assert( pWal->writeLock );
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else if( eMode>=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+      u32 salt1;
+      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
+      assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){
+          /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-44699-57140 This mode works the same way as
+          ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the addition that it also
+          ** truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior to a
+          ** successful return.
+          **
+          ** In theory, it might be safe to do this without updating the
+          ** wal-index header in shared memory, as all subsequent reader or
+          ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been
+          ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though,
+          ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of
+          ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the 
+          ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to
+          ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames.  */
+          walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1);
+          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, 0);
+        }
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ walcheckpoint_out:
+  walIteratorFree(pIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate
+** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it.
+*/
+static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){
+  i64 sz;
+  int rx;
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
+  if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){
+    rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  if( rx ){
+    sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to a log file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* For interrupt flag */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,
+  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pWal ){
+    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
+
+    /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
+    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
+    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
+    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
+    ** the wal and wal-index files.
+    **
+    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+    */
+    if( zBuf!=0
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE))
+    ){
+      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
+        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, 
+          SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bPersist = -1;
+        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
+            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
+        );
+        if( bPersist!=1 ){
+          /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
+          ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
+          ** mode (!bPersist) */
+          isDelete = 1;
+        }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+          /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
+          ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
+          ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
+          ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0).  Note that we truncate
+          ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
+          ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
+          walLimitSize(pWal, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
+    sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
+    if( isDelete ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
+    sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
+    sqlite3_free(pWal);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to read the wal-index header.  Return 0 on success and 1 if
+** there is a problem.
+**
+** The wal-index is in shared memory.  Another thread or process might
+** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
+** read it, which might result in inconsistency.  A dirty read is detected
+** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
+** a checksum on the header.
+**
+** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
+** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
+** and *pChanged is set to 1.
+**
+** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
+** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
+*/
+static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum on the header content */
+  WalIndexHdr h1, h2;             /* Two copies of the header content */
+  WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr;     /* Header in shared memory */
+
+  /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+
+  /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
+  ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
+  ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
+  ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
+  **
+  ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
+  ** When reading, read [0] first then [1].  Writes are in the reverse order.
+  ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
+  ** reordering the reads and writes.
+  */
+  aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
+
+  if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
+    return 1;   /* Dirty read */
+  }  
+  if( h1.isInit==0 ){
+    return 1;   /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
+  }
+  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
+  if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
+    return 1;   /* Checksum does not match */
+  }
+
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+    *pChanged = 1;
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+    pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+    testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
+    testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
+  }
+
+  /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
+** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
+** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
+**
+** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
+** changed by this operation.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
+** to 0.
+**
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
+** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int badHdr;                     /* True if a header read failed */
+  volatile u32 *page0;            /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
+
+  /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the 
+  ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
+  */
+  assert( pChanged );
+  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  };
+  assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
+  ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
+  ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently 
+  ** being modified by another thread or process.
+  */
+  badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
+
+  /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
+  ** with a writer.  So get a WRITE lock and try again.
+  */
+  assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+  if( badHdr ){
+    if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
+      }
+    }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
+      pWal->writeLock = 1;
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
+        badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+        if( badHdr ){
+          /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
+          ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
+          ** needs to be reconstructed.  So run recovery to do exactly that.
+          */
+          rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
+          *pChanged = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      pWal->writeLock = 0;
+      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
+  ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
+  ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
+  */
+  if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
+** be retried.
+*/
+#define WAL_RETRY  (-1)
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a read transaction.  This might fail due to a race or
+** other transient condition.  When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
+** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
+**
+** On success return SQLITE_OK.  On a permanent failure (such an
+** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
+** recovery) return a positive error code.
+**
+** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
+** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
+** checkpointed.  If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() 
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr.  If the 
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication 
+** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be 
+** flushed.)  When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
+** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
+**
+** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
+** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
+** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
+** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
+** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL.  The
+** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
+** and is not honoring the locking protocol.  There is a vanishingly small
+** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
+** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
+** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
+**
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on 
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock).  The pWal->readLock integer is
+** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER.  If pWal->readLock==(-1)
+** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock.  The reader must not
+** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
+** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock].  The reader will
+** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
+** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
+** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
+** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
+** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
+** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
+** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
+**
+** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
+** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
+** checkpoint process do as much work as possible.  This routine might
+** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
+** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
+*/
+static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
+  u32 mxReadMark;                 /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
+  int mxI;                        /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code  */
+  u32 mxFrame;                    /* Wal frame to lock to */
+
+  assert( pWal->readLock<0 );     /* Not currently locked */
+
+  /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
+  **
+  ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
+  ** instances of time.  No I/O or other system calls are done while the
+  ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But 
+  ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
+  ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, 
+  ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock.  In that case,
+  ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
+  **
+  ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep().  The first few
+  ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond.  Really this
+  ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay.  But on the 10th
+  ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, 
+  ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds.
+  ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds.
+  */
+  if( cnt>5 ){
+    int nDelay = 1;                      /* Pause time in microseconds */
+    if( cnt>100 ){
+      VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
+      return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+    }
+    if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*(cnt-9)*39;
+    sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
+  }
+
+  if( !useWal ){
+    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
+      ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY.  If recovery is known to
+      ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY.  There is a race here
+      ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
+      ** would be technically correct.  But the race is benign since with
+      ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
+      ** right on the second iteration.
+      */
+      if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
+        /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+        ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
+        ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS 
+        ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the 
+        ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region 
+        ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
+        */
+        rc = WAL_RETRY;
+      }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
+        rc = WAL_RETRY;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame 
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+   && (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0
+     || 0==memcmp(&pWal->hdr, pWal->pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)))
+#endif
+  ){
+    /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
+    ** and can be safely ignored.
+    */
+    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    walShmBarrier(pWal);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
+        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
+        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
+        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
+        ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
+        ** happening, this is usually correct.
+        **
+        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
+        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
+        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
+        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
+        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
+        */
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+        return WAL_RETRY;
+      }
+      pWal->readLock = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
+  ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits.  The job now is
+  ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
+  ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
+  */
+  mxReadMark = 0;
+  mxI = 0;
+  mxFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+  if( pWal->pSnapshot && pWal->pSnapshot->mxFrame<mxFrame ){
+    mxFrame = pWal->pSnapshot->mxFrame;
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+    u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+    if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=mxFrame ){
+      assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
+      mxReadMark = thisMark;
+      mxI = i;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
+   && (mxReadMark<mxFrame || mxI==0)
+  ){
+    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+      rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = mxFrame;
+        mxI = i;
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+        break;
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( mxI==0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
+    return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+  }
+
+  rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
+  }
+  /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
+  ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
+  ** header have changed.
+  **
+  ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
+  ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
+  ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
+  ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
+  ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
+  ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
+  ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
+  ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
+  ** instead.
+  **
+  ** Before checking that the live wal-index header has not changed
+  ** since it was read, set Wal.minFrame to the first frame in the wal
+  ** file that has not yet been checkpointed. This client will not need
+  ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they
+  ** can be safely read directly from the database file.
+  **
+  ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of 
+  ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still
+  ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the 
+  ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index
+  ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could
+  ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint
+  ** a version of page X that lies before pWal->minFrame (call that version
+  ** A) on the basis that there is a newer version (version B) of the same
+  ** page later in the wal file. But if version B happens to like past
+  ** frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame - then the client would incorrectly assume
+  ** that it can read version A from the database file. However, since
+  ** we can guarantee that the checkpointer that set nBackfill could not
+  ** see any pages past pWal->hdr.mxFrame, this problem does not come up.
+  */
+  pWal->minFrame = pInfo->nBackfill+1;
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
+   || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
+  ){
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+    return WAL_RETRY;
+  }else{
+    assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+    pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+/*
+** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted 
+** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop
+** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1), 
+** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database
+** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the
+** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file.
+**
+** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page 
+** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which 
+** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted
+** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame
+** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same
+** page.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code if an
+** error occurs. It is not an error if nBackfillAttempted cannot be
+** decreased at all.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    int szPage = (int)pWal->szPage;
+    i64 szDb;                   /* Size of db file in bytes */
+
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &szDb);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      void *pBuf1 = sqlite3_malloc(szPage);
+      void *pBuf2 = sqlite3_malloc(szPage);
+      if( pBuf1==0 || pBuf2==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        u32 i = pInfo->nBackfillAttempted;
+        for(i=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; i>pInfo->nBackfill; i--){
+          volatile ht_slot *dummy;
+          volatile u32 *aPgno;      /* Array of page numbers */
+          u32 iZero;                /* Frame corresponding to aPgno[0] */
+          u32 pgno;                 /* Page number in db file */
+          i64 iDbOff;               /* Offset of db file entry */
+          i64 iWalOff;              /* Offset of wal file entry */
+
+          rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(i), &dummy, &aPgno, &iZero);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+          pgno = aPgno[i-iZero];
+          iDbOff = (i64)(pgno-1) * szPage;
+
+          if( iDbOff+szPage<=szDb ){
+            iWalOff = walFrameOffset(i, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pBuf1, szPage, iWalOff);
+
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pDbFd, pBuf2, szPage, iDbOff);
+            }
+
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || 0==memcmp(pBuf1, pBuf2, szPage) ){
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = i-1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(pBuf1);
+      sqlite3_free(pBuf2);
+    }
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the database.
+**
+** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
+** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
+** instant in time.  The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
+** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
+** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
+**
+** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
+** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning.  The
+** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
+** needs to be flushed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int cnt = 0;                    /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+  int bChanged = 0;
+  WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot = pWal->pSnapshot;
+  if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+    bChanged = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
+  }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+      /* At this point the client has a lock on an aReadMark[] slot holding
+      ** a value equal to or smaller than pSnapshot->mxFrame, but pWal->hdr
+      ** is populated with the wal-index header corresponding to the head
+      ** of the wal file. Verify that pSnapshot is still valid before
+      ** continuing.  Reasons why pSnapshot might no longer be valid:
+      **
+      **    (1)  The WAL file has been reset since the snapshot was taken.
+      **         In this case, the salt will have changed.
+      **
+      **    (2)  A checkpoint as been attempted that wrote frames past
+      **         pSnapshot->mxFrame into the database file.  Note that the
+      **         checkpoint need not have completed for this to cause problems.
+      */
+      volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+
+      assert( pWal->readLock>0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 );
+      assert( pInfo->aReadMark[pWal->readLock]<=pSnapshot->mxFrame );
+
+      /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running 
+      ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the
+      ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint 
+      ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but 
+      ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate 
+      ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that
+      ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock 
+      ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted.  
+      **
+      ** TODO: Does the aReadMark[] lock prevent a checkpointer from doing
+      **       this already?
+      */
+      rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has
+        ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any
+        ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are
+        ** true, return SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr
+        ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the
+        ** snapshot.  */
+        if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt))
+         && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted
+        ){
+          assert( pWal->readLock>0 );
+          memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+          *pChanged = bChanged;
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT;
+        }
+
+        /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK);
+      }
+
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finish with a read transaction.  All this does is release the
+** read-lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+  if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+    pWal->readLock = -1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that
+** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead
+** to zero.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an
+** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Database page number to read data for */
+  u32 *piRead                     /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */
+){
+  u32 iRead = 0;                  /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
+  u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;  /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
+  int iHash;                      /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
+  int iMinHash;
+
+  /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+
+  /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
+  ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
+  ** in this case as an optimization.  Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, 
+  ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the 
+  ** WAL were empty.
+  */
+  if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
+    *piRead = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
+  ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
+  ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
+  **
+  ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
+  ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash 
+  ** table). This means the value just read from the hash 
+  ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the 
+  ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
+  ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
+  ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
+  ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
+  ** opened remain unmodified.
+  **
+  ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
+  ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required 
+  ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
+  **
+  **   (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): 
+  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
+  **
+  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
+  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
+  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
+  */
+  iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame);
+  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash && iRead==0; iHash--){
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
+    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
+    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
+    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
+    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
+    int rc;                       /* Error code */
+
+    rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
+    for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+      u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
+      if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
+        assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB );
+        iRead = iFrame;
+      }
+      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
+  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
+  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
+  {
+    u32 iRead2 = 0;
+    u32 iTest;
+    assert( pWal->minFrame>0 );
+    for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame; iTest--){
+      if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
+        iRead2 = iTest;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iRead==iRead2 );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  *piRead = iRead;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut
+** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
+** error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  u32 iRead,                      /* Frame to read */
+  int nOut,                       /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
+  u8 *pOut                        /* Buffer to write page data to */
+){
+  int sz;
+  i64 iOffset;
+  sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
+  sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16);
+  testcase( sz<=32768 );
+  testcase( sz>=65536 );
+  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+  /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+  return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
+    return pWal->hdr.nPage;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
+** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
+**
+** If another thread or process has written into the database since
+** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
+** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork.  So this routine
+** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
+**
+** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
+  ** transaction. */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 && pWal->iReCksum==0 );
+
+  if( pWal->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Only one writer allowed at a time.  Get the write lock.  Return
+  ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
+  */
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pWal->writeLock = 1;
+
+  /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
+  ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
+  ** the write is disallowed.
+  */
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    pWal->writeLock = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** End a write transaction.  The commit has already been done.  This
+** routine merely releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal->writeLock ){
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    pWal->writeLock = 0;
+    pWal->iReCksum = 0;
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
+** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
+**
+** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
+** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
+** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
+** returned to the caller.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
+    Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+    Pgno iFrame;
+  
+    /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
+    ** was in before the client began writing to the database. 
+    */
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+    for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; 
+        ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; 
+        iFrame++
+    ){
+      /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
+      ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and 
+      ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
+      ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
+      ** is false).
+      **
+      ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
+      ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
+      ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
+      ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
+      */
+      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
+      rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
+    }
+    if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to 
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current 
+** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+  aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+  aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
+** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
+** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
+** by a call to WalSavepoint().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+
+  if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
+    /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
+    ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
+    ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
+    */
+    aWalData[0] = 0;
+    aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+  }
+
+  if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
+    walCleanupHash(pWal);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
+** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
+** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
+** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
+** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
+** unchanged.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
+** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
+** if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int cnt;
+
+  if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
+      u32 salt1;
+      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
+      rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
+        ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
+        ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
+        ** wal-index header to reflect this.
+        **
+        ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
+        ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
+        ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
+        ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.  */
+        walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1);
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    pWal->readLock = -1;
+    cnt = 0;
+    do{
+      int notUsed;
+      rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, &notUsed, 1, ++cnt);
+    }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+    assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
+    testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where
+** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into
+** walWriteToLog().
+*/
+typedef struct WalWriter {
+  Wal *pWal;                   /* The complete WAL information */
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;           /* The WAL file to which we write */
+  sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint;    /* Fsync at this offset */
+  int syncFlags;               /* Flags for the fsync */
+  int szPage;                  /* Size of one page */
+} WalWriter;
+
+/*
+** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset.
+** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary.
+**
+** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt,
+** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the
+** rest.
+*/
+static int walWriteToLog(
+  WalWriter *p,              /* WAL to write to */
+  void *pContent,            /* Content to be written */
+  int iAmt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset      /* Start writing at this offset */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
+    int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    iOffset += iFirstAmt;
+    iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
+    pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
+    assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+    if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write out a single frame of the WAL
+*/
+static int walWriteOneFrame(
+  WalWriter *p,               /* Where to write the frame */
+  PgHdr *pPage,               /* The page of the frame to be written */
+  int nTruncate,              /* The commit flag.  Usually 0.  >0 for commit */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset       /* Byte offset at which to write */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Result code from subfunctions */
+  void *pData;                    /* Data actually written */
+  u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];   /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+#else
+  pData = pPage->pData;
+#endif
+  walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
+  rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  /* Write the page data */
+  rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of committing a transaction within which
+** one or more frames have been overwritten. It updates the checksums for
+** all frames written to the wal file by the current transaction starting
+** with the earliest to have been overwritten.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int walRewriteChecksums(Wal *pWal, u32 iLast){
+  const int szPage = pWal->szPage;/* Database page size */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  u8 *aBuf;                       /* Buffer to load data from wal file into */
+  u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];   /* Buffer to assemble frame-headers in */
+  u32 iRead;                      /* Next frame to read from wal file */
+  i64 iCksumOff;
+
+  aBuf = sqlite3_malloc(szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE);
+  if( aBuf==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+
+  /* Find the checksum values to use as input for the recalculating the
+  ** first checksum. If the first frame is frame 1 (implying that the current
+  ** transaction restarted the wal file), these values must be read from the
+  ** wal-file header. Otherwise, read them from the frame header of the
+  ** previous frame.  */
+  assert( pWal->iReCksum>0 );
+  if( pWal->iReCksum==1 ){
+    iCksumOff = 24;
+  }else{
+    iCksumOff = walFrameOffset(pWal->iReCksum-1, szPage) + 16;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, sizeof(u32)*2, iCksumOff);
+  pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(aBuf);
+  pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[sizeof(u32)]);
+
+  iRead = pWal->iReCksum;
+  pWal->iReCksum = 0;
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead<=iLast; iRead++){
+    i64 iOff = walFrameOffset(iRead, szPage);
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, szPage+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE, iOff);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u32 iPgno, nDbSize;
+      iPgno = sqlite3Get4byte(aBuf);
+      nDbSize = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
+
+      walEncodeFrame(pWal, iPgno, nDbSize, &aBuf[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE], aFrame);
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOff);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aBuf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
+** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal handle to write to */
+  int szPage,                     /* Database page-size in bytes */
+  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of dirty pages to write */
+  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
+  int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
+  int sync_flags                  /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Used to catch return codes */
+  u32 iFrame;                     /* Next frame address */
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
+  PgHdr *pLast = 0;               /* Last frame in list */
+  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Number of extra copies of last page */
+  int szFrame;                    /* The size of a single frame */
+  i64 iOffset;                    /* Next byte to write in WAL file */
+  WalWriter w;                    /* The writer */
+  u32 iFirst = 0;                 /* First frame that may be overwritten */
+  WalIndexHdr *pLive;             /* Pointer to shared header */
+
+  assert( pList );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+
+  /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0.  If
+  ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */
+  assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) );
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
+              pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  pLive = (WalIndexHdr*)walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)pLive, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+    iFirst = pLive->mxFrame+1;
+  }
+
+  /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
+  ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
+  ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
+  ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
+  */
+  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  if( iFrame==0 ){
+    u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE];      /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
+    u32 aCksum[2];                /* Checksum for wal-header */
+
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
+    if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
+    memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+    walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
+    
+    pWal->szPage = szPage;
+    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1;
+
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
+    ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF).  Otherwise
+    ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
+    ** database corruption.  See the ticket:
+    **
+    **     http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
+    */
+    if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
+
+  /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
+  w.pWal = pWal;
+  w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd;
+  w.iSyncPoint = 0;
+  w.syncFlags = sync_flags;
+  w.szPage = szPage;
+  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
+  szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+
+  /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+    int nDbSize;   /* 0 normally.  Positive == commit flag */
+
+    /* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by
+    ** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and
+    ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that 
+    ** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed.  */
+    if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){
+      u32 iWrite = 0;
+      VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3WalFindFrame(pWal, p->pgno, &iWrite);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iWrite==0 );
+      if( iWrite>=iFirst ){
+        i64 iOff = walFrameOffset(iWrite, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+        void *pData;
+        if( pWal->iReCksum==0 || iWrite<pWal->iReCksum ){
+          pWal->iReCksum = iWrite;
+        }
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+        if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#else
+        pData = p->pData;
+#endif
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOff);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        p->flags &= ~PGHDR_WAL_APPEND;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    iFrame++;
+    assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) );
+    nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
+    rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pLast = p;
+    iOffset += szFrame;
+    p->flags |= PGHDR_WAL_APPEND;
+  }
+
+  /* Recalculate checksums within the wal file if required. */
+  if( isCommit && pWal->iReCksum ){
+    rc = walRewriteChecksums(pWal, iFrame);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
+  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
+  **
+  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
+  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
+  ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
+  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
+  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
+  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
+  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
+  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
+  */
+  if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
+    int bSync = 1;
+    if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
+      int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
+      w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
+      bSync = (w.iSyncPoint==iOffset);
+      testcase( bSync );
+      while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
+        rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        iOffset += szFrame;
+        nExtra++;
+      }
+    }
+    if( bSync ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
+  ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
+  ** journal size limit, if possible.
+  */
+  if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+    i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize;
+    if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){
+      sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage);
+    }
+    walLimitSize(pWal, sz);
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the 
+  ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
+  ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
+  ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
+  */
+  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
+    if( (p->flags & PGHDR_WAL_APPEND)==0 ) continue;
+    iFrame++;
+    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
+  }
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){
+    iFrame++;
+    nExtra--;
+    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Update the private copy of the header. */
+    pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+    testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+    testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+    if( isCommit ){
+      pWal->hdr.iChange++;
+      pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+    }
+    /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
+    if( isCommit ){
+      walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+      pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
+    }
+  }
+
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
+** related interfaces.
+**
+** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
+** we can from WAL into the database.
+**
+** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
+** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
+  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
+  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int isChanged = 0;              /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
+  int eMode2 = eMode;             /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
+  int (*xBusy2)(void*) = xBusy;   /* Busy handler for eMode2 */
+
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
+  ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
+  assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 );
+
+  if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
+
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive 
+  ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a
+    ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured,
+    ** it will not be invoked in this case.
+    */
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+    testcase( xBusy!=0 );
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and
+  ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database
+  ** file.
+  **
+  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+  ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the
+  ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the
+  ** lock is successfully obtained.
+  */
+  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+    rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pWal->writeLock = 1;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+      xBusy2 = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the wal-index header. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+    if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, db, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
+    }
+
+    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( isChanged ){
+    /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was 
+    ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
+    ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
+    ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
+    ** the cache needs to be reset.
+    */
+    memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  }
+
+  /* Release the locks. */
+  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
+}
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
+  u32 ret = 0;
+  if( pWal ){
+    ret = pWal->iCallback;
+    pWal->iCallback = 0;
+  }
+  return (int)ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
+** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
+**
+** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
+** into locking_mode=NORMAL.  This means that we must acquire a lock
+** on the pWal->readLock byte.  If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
+** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0.  If the
+** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1.  This
+** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
+** lock on the main database file.
+**
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into 
+** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  This means that the pWal->readLock must
+** be released.  Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
+** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
+** routine is a no-op.  The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
+** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
+**
+** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
+** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
+** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
+** the op==1 case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
+  int rc;
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+  assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
+
+  /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a 
+  ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot 
+  ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
+  ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
+  ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
+
+  if( op==0 ){
+    if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
+      pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
+      if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+      }
+      rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+    }else{
+      /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( op>0 ){
+    assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
+    assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+    pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
+  return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+/* Create a snapshot object.  The content of a snapshot is opaque to
+** every other subsystem, so the WAL module can put whatever it needs
+** in the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  WalIndexHdr *pRet;
+  static const u32 aZero[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 && pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0],aZero,16)==0 ){
+    *ppSnapshot = 0;
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pRet = (WalIndexHdr*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    memcpy(pRet, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+    *ppSnapshot = (sqlite3_snapshot*)pRet;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Try to open on pSnapshot when the next read-transaction starts
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
+  pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if
+** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(sqlite3_snapshot *p1, sqlite3_snapshot *p2){
+  WalIndexHdr *pHdr1 = (WalIndexHdr*)p1;
+  WalIndexHdr *pHdr2 = (WalIndexHdr*)p2;
+
+  /* aSalt[0] is a copy of the value stored in the wal file header. It
+  ** is incremented each time the wal file is restarted.  */
+  if( pHdr1->aSalt[0]<pHdr2->aSalt[0] ) return -1;
+  if( pHdr1->aSalt[0]>pHdr2->aSalt[0] ) return +1;
+  if( pHdr1->mxFrame<pHdr2->mxFrame ) return -1;
+  if( pHdr1->mxFrame>pHdr2->mxFrame ) return +1;
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a
+** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known,
+** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 );
+  return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){
+  return pWal->pWalFd;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
+*/
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
+** page, or a pointer-map page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  (1 means 65536)
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64)
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32)
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32)
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+**     40       4     Schema cookie
+**     44       4     File format of schema layer
+**     48       4     Size of page cache
+**     52       4     Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
+**     56       4     1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
+**     60       4     User version
+**     64       4     Incremental vacuum mode
+**     68       4     Application-ID
+**     72      20     unused
+**     92       4     The version-valid-for number
+**     96       4     SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is an integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object stores information about each a single database
+** page that has been loaded into memory.  The information in this object
+** is derived from the raw on-disk page content.
+**
+** As each database page is loaded into memory, the pager allocats an
+** instance of this object and zeros the first 8 bytes.  (This is the
+** "extra" information associated with each page of the pager.)
+**
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 bBusy;            /* Prevent endless loops on corrupt database files */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if table b-trees.  False for index b-trees */
+  u8 intKeyLeaf;       /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+  /* Only the first 8 bytes (above) are zeroed by pager.c when a new page
+  ** is allocated. All fields that follow must be initialized before use */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if a leaf page */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
+  u16 aiOvfl[4];       /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th
+                       ** non-overflow cell */
+  u8 *apOvfl[4];       /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */
+  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+  u8 *aDataEnd;        /* One byte past the end of usable data */
+  u8 *aCellIdx;        /* The cell index area */
+  u8 *aDataOfst;       /* Same as aData for leaves.  aData+4 for interior */
+  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
+  u16 (*xCellSize)(MemPage*,u8*);             /* cellSizePtr method */
+  void (*xParseCell)(MemPage*,u8*,CellInfo*); /* btreeParseCell method */
+};
+
+/*
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
+*/
+struct BtLock {
+  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
+  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
+
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK     1
+#define WRITE_LOCK    2
+
+/* A Btree handle
+**
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
+** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each connection
+** has it own instance of this object.  But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
+  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+  u8 hasIncrblobCur; /* True if there are one or more Incrblob cursors */
+  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+  u32 iDataVersion;  /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */
+  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+**
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+** 
+** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
+** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
+**
+** isPending:
+**
+**   If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
+**   table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
+**   the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
+**   set to true.
+**
+**   The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
+**   the following occur:
+**
+**     1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
+**     2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+**
+**   while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
+**   transaction.
+**
+**   This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
+*/
+struct BtShared {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 openFlags;         /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+  u8 bDoTruncate;       /* True to truncate db on commit */
+#endif
+  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
+  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  u8 optimalReserve;    /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */
+#endif
+  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
+  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+  u32 nPage;            /* Number of pages in the database */
+  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
+  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
+  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
+#endif
+  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
+*/
+#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
+#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
+#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE    0x0004   /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */
+#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY  0x0008   /* Database was empty at trans start */
+#define BTS_NO_WAL           0x0010   /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */
+#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE        0x0020   /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */
+#define BTS_PENDING          0x0040   /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+struct CellInfo {
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */
+  u8 *pPayload;  /* Pointer to the start of payload */
+  u32 nPayload;  /* Bytes of payload */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+**
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
+**
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+**
+** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
+**
+** skipNext meaning:
+**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0:  Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
+**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0:  Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op.
+**    eState==FAULT:                   Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+  BtCursor *pNext;          /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
+  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
+                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
+  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
+  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */
+  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
+  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
+  ** initialized. */
+  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
+  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+  void *padding1;           /* Make object size a multiple of 16 */
+  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
+*/
+#define BTCF_WriteFlag    0x01   /* True if a write cursor */
+#define BTCF_ValidNKey    0x02   /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+#define BTCF_ValidOvfl    0x04   /* True if aOverflow is valid */
+#define BTCF_AtLast       0x08   /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */
+#define BTCF_Incrblob     0x10   /* True if an incremental I/O handle */
+#define BTCF_Multiple     0x20   /* Maybe another cursor on the same btree */
+
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
+**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+**   called.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT:
+**   Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero
+**   indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious()
+**   operation should be a no-op.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
+**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
+**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+**   An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
+**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
+#define CURSOR_VALID             1
+#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
+#define CURSOR_FAULT             4
+
+/* 
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
+
+/*
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
+**
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
+**
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+
+/*
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+**
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+**
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+**                  used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
+**                  is not used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
+**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+**                   page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
+
+
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+**
+** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
+** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
+** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to 
+** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which 
+** indicate corruption).
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
+  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+  const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */
+  int v1, v2;       /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */
+  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+  u32 *heap;        /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+
+/*
+** get2byteAligned(), unlike get2byte(), requires that its argument point to a
+** two-byte aligned address.  get2bytea() is only used for accessing the
+** cell addresses in a btree header.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+# define get2byteAligned(x)  (*(u16*)(x))
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4008000
+# define get2byteAligned(x)  __builtin_bswap16(*(u16*)(x))
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+# define get2byteAligned(x)  _byteswap_ushort(*(u16*)(x))
+#else
+# define get2byteAligned(x)  ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#endif
+
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+
+/*
+** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
+** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
+** p->locked boolean to true.
+*/
+static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+  p->locked = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
+** clear the p->locked boolean.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( p->locked==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  assert( p->db==pBt->db );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
+  p->locked = 0;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p);
+
+/*
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+**
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
+  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
+
+  /* Check for locking consistency */
+  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+
+  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
+  ** should already be set correctly. */
+  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+
+  if( !p->sharable ) return;
+  p->wantToLock++;
+  if( p->locked ) return;
+  btreeLockCarefully(p);
+}
+
+/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving
+** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and
+** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes
+** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
+** in the common case.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
+  Btree *pLater;
+
+  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+  ** want without having to go through the ascending lock
+  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    p->locked = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
+  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+  ** order.
+  */
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    assert( pLater->sharable );
+    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+    if( pLater->locked ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+  lockBtreeMutex(p);
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+    p->wantToLock--;
+    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
+** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
+**
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
+**
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int skipOk = 1;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && p->sharable ){
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+      skipOk = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  db->skipBtreeMutex = skipOk;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->skipBtreeMutex==0 ) btreeEnterAll(db);
+}
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->skipBtreeMutex==0 ) btreeLeaveAll(db);
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+**
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p;
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && p->sharable &&
+         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
+** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure.  The mutexes required for schema
+** access are:
+**
+**   (1) The mutex on db
+**   (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
+**
+** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
+** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
+  if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
+  p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above.  SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
+/*
+** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
+** in single threaded applications that use shared cache.  Except for
+** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
+** are null #defines in btree.h.
+**
+** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
+** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
+*/
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. 
+**
+** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required 
+** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not 
+** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+# if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+# endif
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+*/
+/* #include "btreeInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
+*/
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+
+/*
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
+** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
+**
+** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
+** from the header of a btree page.  If the page size is 65536 and the page
+** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
+** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
+*/
+#define get2byteNotZero(X)  (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
+
+/*
+** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage()
+*/
+#define BTALLOC_ANY   0           /* Allocate any page */
+#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1           /* Allocate exact page if possible */
+#define BTALLOC_LE    2           /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
+
+/*
+** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not 
+** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
+**
+**   bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr)
+#else
+#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
+** test builds.
+**
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
+**
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /*
+  ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
+  ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
+  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
+  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+  */
+  #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
+  #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
+**
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the 
+** table with root page iRoot.   Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+**
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via 
+** Btree connection pBtree:
+**
+**    assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+**
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the 
+** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
+** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
+** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
+** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
+** function has to search through the database schema.
+**
+** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
+** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
+** acceptable.
+*/
+static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
+  Btree *pBtree,         /* Handle that must hold lock */
+  Pgno iRoot,            /* Root page of b-tree */
+  int isIndex,           /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
+  int eLockType          /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
+){
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
+  Pgno iTab = 0;
+  BtLock *pLock;
+
+  /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
+  ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 
+  ** Return true immediately.
+  */
+  if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
+   || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
+  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
+  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
+  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
+  */
+  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
+  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
+  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
+  ** table.  */
+  if( isIndex ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
+        if( iTab ){
+          /* Two or more indexes share the same root page.  There must
+          ** be imposter tables.  So just return true.  The assert is not
+          ** useful in that case. */
+          return 1;
+        }
+        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    iTab = iRoot;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 
+  ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
+  ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found.  */
+  for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+    if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 
+     && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
+     && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Failed to find the required lock. */
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
+**
+** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
+** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
+** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
+**
+** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
+** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
+** the iRoot table.  Except, if the other Btree object has the
+** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
+** have a read cursor.
+**
+** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
+** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
+**
+**    assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
+*/
+static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 
+     && p->pBtree!=pBtree
+     && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif    /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
+** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+*/
+static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+  
+  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
+  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
+  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
+  */
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  
+  /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+  if( !p->sharable ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+  */
+  if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
+    ** statement is a simplification of:
+    **
+    **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
+    **
+    ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
+    ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
+    ** only be a single writer).
+    */
+    assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
+    if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
+      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
+      if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
+        assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
+        pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
+** WRITE_LOCK.
+**
+** This function assumes the following:
+**
+**   (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
+**       database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
+**
+**   (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
+**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
+**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 
+** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
+*/
+static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pLock = 0;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+  /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
+  ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
+  ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 
+  ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
+  assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+
+  /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 
+  ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
+  assert( p->sharable );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+
+  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+      pLock = pIter;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+  */
+  if( !pLock ){
+    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+    if( !pLock ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    pLock->iTable = iTable;
+    pLock->pBtree = p;
+    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+    pBt->pLock = pLock;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
+  */
+  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+    pLock->eLock = eLock;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
+** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
+**
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write 
+** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
+** may be incorrectly cleared.
+*/
+static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+  assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+
+  while( *ppIter ){
+    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+    assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
+    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
+    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+      assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
+      if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
+        sqlite3_free(pLock);
+      }
+    }else{
+      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter );
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+  }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
+    /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its 
+    ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
+    ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
+    ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
+    ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0.
+    **
+    ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must
+    ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
+    */
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
+*/
+static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    BtLock *pLock;
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+    for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+      assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
+      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
+
+/*
+***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
+**
+** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
+}
+
+/* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current
+** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database 
+** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like
+** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a
+** a connection that has already closed.  This routine is used inside assert()
+** statements only and for the purpose of double-checking that the btree code
+** does keep the database connection pointers up-to-date.
+*/
+static int cursorOwnsBtShared(BtCursor *p){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(p) );
+  return (p->pBtree->db==p->pBt->db);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument.
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl)
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
+** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
+** row or one of the rows being modified.
+**
+** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
+** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
+** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
+**
+** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
+** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
+** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
+*/
+static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
+  Btree *pBtree,          /* The database file to check */
+  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
+  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
+){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  if( pBtree->hasIncrblobCur==0 ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
+  pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 0;
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 ){
+      pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1;
+      if( isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow ){
+        p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#else
+  /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
+  #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/*
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 
+** page.
+**
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
+**
+**   1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+**      a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+**      (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+**      such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+**      why bother journalling it?).
+**
+**   2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+**      from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+**      be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+**
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+**
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
+*/
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+    assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
+    pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
+    if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
+*/
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+  return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+  pBt->pHasContent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
+*/
+static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+    releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
+  }
+  pCur->iPage = -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry
+** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This
+** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and
+** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error 
+** code otherwise.
+**
+** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key
+** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to
+** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is 
+** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing 
+** the key.
+*/
+static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+  if( pCur->curIntKey ){
+    /* Only the rowid is required for a table btree */
+    pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pCur);
+  }else{
+    /* For an index btree, save the complete key content */
+    void *pKey;
+    pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
+    pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey );
+    if( pKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCur->pKey = pKey;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(pKey);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( !pCur->curIntKey || !pCur->pKey );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+**
+** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
+** prior to calling this routine.  
+*/
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_SKIPNEXT==pCur->eState );
+  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+  }else{
+    pCur->skipNext = 0;
+  }
+
+  rc = saveCursorKey(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+  }
+
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_AtLast);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
+
+/*
+** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
+** the table with root-page iRoot.  "Saving the cursor position" means that
+** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
+** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified.  This
+** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
+** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
+**
+** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such 
+** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set.  The btreeCursor()
+** routine enforces that rule.  This routine only needs to be called in
+** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set.
+**
+** If pExpect!=NULL and if no other cursors are found on the same root-page,
+** then the BTCF_Multiple flag on pExpect is cleared, to avoid another
+** pointless call to this routine.
+**
+** Implementation note:  This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
+** need to be saved.  It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
+** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
+*/
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
+  }
+  if( p ) return saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept);
+  if( pExcept ) pExcept->curFlags &= ~BTCF_Multiple;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
+** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
+** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
+** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
+  BtCursor *p,         /* The first cursor that needs saving */
+  Pgno iRoot,          /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */
+  BtCursor *pExcept    /* Do not save this cursor */
+){
+  do{
+    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
+      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
+        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
+        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
+      }
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }while( p );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the current cursor position.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+  pCur->pKey = 0;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+}
+
+/*
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
+*/
+static int btreeMoveto(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
+  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
+  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;                    /* Status code */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
+
+  if( pKey ){
+    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCur->pKeyInfo);
+    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
+    if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto moveto_done;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pIdxKey = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
+moveto_done:
+  if( pIdxKey ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pIdxKey);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
+** saveCursorPosition().
+*/
+static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc;
+  int skipNext;
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &skipNext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+    pCur->pKey = 0;
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+    pCur->skipNext |= skipNext;
+    if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+         SQLITE_OK)
+
+/*
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
+** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
+** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out
+** from under them, for example.  Cursor might also move if a btree
+** is rebalanced.
+**
+** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
+**
+** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
+** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
+** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
+** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).  
+**
+** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
+** pointing at exactly the same row.  *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
+** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
+** nearby row.
+**
+** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
+** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pDifferentRow = 1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    *pDifferentRow = 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( pCur->skipNext==0 );
+    *pDifferentRow = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+/*
+** Provide hints to the cursor.  The particular hint given (and the type
+** and number of the varargs parameters) is determined by the eHintType
+** parameter.  See the definitions of the BTREE_HINT_* macros for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor *pCur, int eHintType, ...){
+  /* Used only by system that substitute their own storage engine */
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Provide flag hints to the cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor *pCur, unsigned x){
+  assert( x==BTREE_SEEK_EQ || x==BTREE_BULKLOAD || x==0 );
+  pCur->hints = x;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
+**
+** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
+** no pointer map associated with page 1.  The integrity_check logic
+** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
+*/
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int nPagesPerMapPage;
+  Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
+  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
+  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    ret++;
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
+**
+** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
+** a no-op.  If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
+** into *pRC.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
+  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
+  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
+  int rc;           /* Return code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+  if( key==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto ptrmap_exit;
+  }
+  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+    *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+    }
+  }
+
+ptrmap_exit:
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
+  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
+  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+  assert( pEType!=0 );
+  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
+  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** findCellPastPtr() does the same except it skips past the initial
+** 4-byte child pointer found on interior pages, if there is one.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
+#define findCellPastPtr(P,I) \
+  ((P)->aDataOfst + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
+
+
+/*
+** This is common tail processing for btreeParseCellPtr() and
+** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() for the case when the cell does not fit entirely
+** on a single B-tree page.  Make necessary adjustments to the CellInfo
+** structure.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+  ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+  ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+  ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+  ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+  **
+  ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+  ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+  */
+  int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+  int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+  int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+  minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+  maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+  surplus = minLocal + (pInfo->nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize-4);
+  testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
+  testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
+  if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
+  }
+  pInfo->nSize = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell) + 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xParseCell()
+** method.
+**
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.
+**
+** btreeParseCellPtr()        =>   table btree leaf nodes
+** btreeParseCellNoPayload()  =>   table btree internal nodes
+** btreeParseCellPtrIndex()   =>   index btree nodes
+**
+** There is also a wrapper function btreeParseCell() that works for
+** all MemPage types and that references the cell by index rather than
+** by pointer.
+*/
+static void btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 );
+  assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage);
+#endif
+  pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+  pInfo->nPayload = 0;
+  pInfo->nLocal = 0;
+  pInfo->pPayload = 0;
+  return;
+}
+static void btreeParseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  u8 *pIter;              /* For scanning through pCell */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+  u64 iKey;               /* Extracted Key value */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf );
+  assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 );
+  pIter = pCell;
+
+  /* The next block of code is equivalent to:
+  **
+  **     pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload);
+  **
+  ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call.
+  */
+  nPayload = *pIter;
+  if( nPayload>=0x80 ){
+    u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8];
+    nPayload &= 0x7f;
+    do{
+      nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
+    }while( (*pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  }
+  pIter++;
+
+  /* The next block of code is equivalent to:
+  **
+  **     pIter += getVarint(pIter, (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+  **
+  ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call.
+  */
+  iKey = *pIter;
+  if( iKey>=0x80 ){
+    u8 *pEnd = &pIter[7];
+    iKey &= 0x7f;
+    while(1){
+      iKey = (iKey<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
+      if( (*pIter)<0x80 ) break;
+      if( pIter>=pEnd ){
+        iKey = (iKey<<8) | *++pIter;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pIter++;
+
+  pInfo->nKey = *(i64*)&iKey;
+  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+  pInfo->pPayload = pIter;
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+    if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+  }else{
+    btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo);
+  }
+}
+static void btreeParseCellPtrIndex(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  u8 *pIter;              /* For scanning through pCell */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf==0 );
+  pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize;
+  nPayload = *pIter;
+  if( nPayload>=0x80 ){
+    u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8];
+    nPayload &= 0x7f;
+    do{
+      nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
+    }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  }
+  pIter++;
+  pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+  pInfo->pPayload = pIter;
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+    if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+  }else{
+    btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo);
+  }
+}
+static void btreeParseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xCellSize
+** method.
+**
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+**
+** cellSizePtrNoPayload()    =>   table internal nodes
+** cellSizePtr()             =>   all index nodes & table leaf nodes
+*/
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */
+  u8 *pEnd;                                /* End mark for a varint */
+  u32 nSize;                               /* Size value to return */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+  CellInfo debuginfo;
+  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
+#endif
+
+  nSize = *pIter;
+  if( nSize>=0x80 ){
+    pEnd = &pIter[8];
+    nSize &= 0x7f;
+    do{
+      nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
+    }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  }
+  pIter++;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
+    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
+    ** past the end of the key value. */
+    pEnd = &pIter[9];
+    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  }
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
+    if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4;
+  }else{
+    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+      nSize = minLocal;
+    }
+    nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+  }
+  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB );
+  return (u16)nSize;
+}
+static u16 cellSizePtrNoPayload(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  u8 *pIter = pCell + 4; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */
+  u8 *pEnd;              /* End mark for a varint */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+  CellInfo debuginfo;
+  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage);
+#endif
+
+  assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
+  pEnd = pIter + 9;
+  while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  assert( debuginfo.nSize==(u16)(pIter - pCell) || CORRUPT_DB );
+  return (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
+** only. */
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  return pPage->xCellSize(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
+  CellInfo info;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  assert( pCell!=0 );
+  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
+    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.nSize-4]);
+    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given. This routine reorganizes cells within the
+** page so that there are no free-blocks on the free-block list.
+**
+** Parameter nMaxFrag is the maximum amount of fragmented space that may be
+** present in the page after this routine returns.
+**
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-44582-60138 SQLite may from time to time reorganize a
+** b-tree page so that there are no freeblocks or fragment bytes, all
+** unused bytes are contained in the unallocated space region, and all
+** cells are packed tightly at the end of the page.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage, int nMaxFrag){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of the i-th cell */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+  unsigned char *src;        /* Source of content */
+  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
+  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  temp = 0;
+  src = data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+
+  /* This block handles pages with two or fewer free blocks and nMaxFrag
+  ** or fewer fragmented bytes. In this case it is faster to move the
+  ** two (or one) blocks of cells using memmove() and add the required
+  ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to 
+  ** reconstruct the entire page.  */
+  if( (int)data[hdr+7]<=nMaxFrag ){
+    int iFree = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    if( iFree ){
+      int iFree2 = get2byte(&data[iFree]);
+
+      /* pageFindSlot() has already verified that free blocks are sorted
+      ** in order of offset within the page, and that no block extends
+      ** past the end of the page. Provided the two free slots do not 
+      ** overlap, this guarantees that the memmove() calls below will not
+      ** overwrite the usableSize byte buffer, even if the database page
+      ** is corrupt.  */
+      assert( iFree2==0 || iFree2>iFree );
+      assert( iFree+get2byte(&data[iFree+2]) <= usableSize );
+      assert( iFree2==0 || iFree2+get2byte(&data[iFree2+2]) <= usableSize );
+
+      if( 0==iFree2 || (data[iFree2]==0 && data[iFree2+1]==0) ){
+        u8 *pEnd = &data[cellOffset + nCell*2];
+        u8 *pAddr;
+        int sz2 = 0;
+        int sz = get2byte(&data[iFree+2]);
+        int top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+        if( iFree2 ){
+          if( iFree+sz>iFree2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          sz2 = get2byte(&data[iFree2+2]);
+          assert( iFree+sz+sz2+iFree2-(iFree+sz) <= usableSize );
+          memmove(&data[iFree+sz+sz2], &data[iFree+sz], iFree2-(iFree+sz));
+          sz += sz2;
+        }
+        cbrk = top+sz;
+        assert( cbrk+(iFree-top) <= usableSize );
+        memmove(&data[cbrk], &data[top], iFree-top);
+        for(pAddr=&data[cellOffset]; pAddr<pEnd; pAddr+=2){
+          pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+          if( pc<iFree ){ put2byte(pAddr, pc+sz); }
+          else if( pc<iFree2 ){ put2byte(pAddr, pc+sz2); }
+        }
+        goto defragment_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  cbrk = usableSize;
+  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
+    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+    testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+    testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+    /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
+    ** if PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON.
+    */
+    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
+    size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &src[pc]);
+    cbrk -= size;
+    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
+    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
+    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+    if( temp==0 ){
+      int x;
+      if( cbrk==pc ) continue;
+      temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+      x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+      memcpy(&temp[x], &data[x], (cbrk+size) - x);
+      src = temp;
+    }
+    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &src[pc], size);
+  }
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+
+ defragment_out:
+  if( data[hdr+7]+cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the free-list on page pPg for space to store a cell nByte bytes in
+** size. If one can be found, return a pointer to the space and remove it
+** from the free-list.
+**
+** If no suitable space can be found on the free-list, return NULL.
+**
+** This function may detect corruption within pPg.  If corruption is
+** detected then *pRc is set to SQLITE_CORRUPT and NULL is returned.
+**
+** Slots on the free list that are between 1 and 3 bytes larger than nByte
+** will be ignored if adding the extra space to the fragmentation count
+** causes the fragmentation count to exceed 60.
+*/
+static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc){
+  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
+  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
+  int iAddr = hdr + 1;
+  int pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]);
+  int x;
+  int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;
+
+  assert( pc>0 );
+  do{
+    int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
+    ** increasing offset. */
+    if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<iAddr+4 ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22710-53328 The third and fourth bytes of each
+    ** freeblock form a big-endian integer which is the size of the freeblock
+    ** in bytes, including the 4-byte header. */
+    size = get2byte(&aData[pc+2]);
+    if( (x = size - nByte)>=0 ){
+      testcase( x==4 );
+      testcase( x==3 );
+      if( pc < pPg->cellOffset+2*pPg->nCell || size+pc > usableSize ){
+        *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        return 0;
+      }else if( x<4 ){
+        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total
+        ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */
+        if( aData[hdr+7]>57 ) return 0;
+
+        /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
+        ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
+        memcpy(&aData[iAddr], &aData[pc], 2);
+        aData[hdr+7] += (u8)x;
+      }else{
+        /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
+         ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
+        put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x);
+      }
+      return &aData[pc + x];
+    }
+    iAddr = pc;
+    pc = get2byte(&aData[pc]);
+  }while( pc );
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
+** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
+** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
+** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
+**
+** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
+** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
+** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
+** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
+** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
+** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
+  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Integer return code */
+  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
+  
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( nByte < (int)(pPage->pBt->usableSize-8) );
+
+  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
+  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+  assert( gap<=65536 );
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size
+  ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space)
+  ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536.
+  ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned
+  ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  assert( top<=(int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); /* Prevent by getAndInitPage() */
+  if( gap>top ){
+    if( top==0 && pPage->pBt->usableSize==65536 ){
+      top = 65536;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer
+  ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
+  ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request.
+  */
+  testcase( gap+2==top );
+  testcase( gap+1==top );
+  testcase( gap==top );
+  if( (data[hdr+2] || data[hdr+1]) && gap+2<=top ){
+    u8 *pSpace = pageFindSlot(pPage, nByte, &rc);
+    if( pSpace ){
+      assert( pSpace>=data && (pSpace - data)<65536 );
+      *pIdx = (int)(pSpace - data);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot.  Check
+  ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
+  */
+  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
+  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
+    assert( pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB );
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage, MIN(4, pPage->nFree - (2+nByte)));
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( gap+2+nByte<=top );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.  The btreeInitPage() call has already
+  ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
+  ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
+  ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
+  */
+  top -= nByte;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  *pIdx = top;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart]
+** and the size of the block is iSize bytes.
+**
+** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced.
+**
+** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
+** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks.  Nor
+** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes
+** at the end of the page.  So do additional corruption checks inside this
+** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found.
+*/
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){
+  u16 iPtr;                             /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */
+  u16 iFreeBlk;                         /* Address of the next freeblock */
+  u8 hdr;                               /* Page header size.  0 or 100 */
+  u8 nFrag = 0;                         /* Reduction in fragmentation */
+  u16 iOrigSize = iSize;                /* Original value of iSize */
+  u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
+  u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize;            /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;   /* Page content */
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iSize>=4 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+  assert( iStart<=iLast );
+
+  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
+  ** option is enabled */
+  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
+  }
+
+  /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order.  Find the 
+  ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
+  */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  iPtr = hdr + 1;
+  if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
+    iFreeBlk = 0;  /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */
+  }else{
+    while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))<iStart ){
+      if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ){
+        if( iFreeBlk==0 ) break;
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      iPtr = iFreeBlk;
+    }
+    if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
+  
+    /* At this point:
+    **    iFreeBlk:   First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
+    **    iPtr:       The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk
+    **
+    ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
+    */
+    if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
+      nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
+      if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
+      if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      iSize = iEnd - iStart;
+      iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
+    }
+  
+    /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist
+    ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be
+    ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr.
+    */
+    if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
+      int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
+      if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
+        if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
+        iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
+        iStart = iPtr;
+      }
+    }
+    if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
+  }
+  if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){
+    /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
+    ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
+    ** freelist entry */
+    if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
+  }else{
+    /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
+    put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);
+    put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
+    put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
+  }
+  pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+**
+** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
+**
+**         PTF_ZERODATA
+**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+*/
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+  pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtr;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-07291-35328 A value of 5 (0x05) means the page is an
+    ** interior table b-tree page. */
+    assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY)==5 );
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-26900-09176 A value of 13 (0x0d) means the page is a
+    ** leaf table b-tree page. */
+    assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF)==13 );
+    pPage->intKey = 1;
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      pPage->intKeyLeaf = 1;
+      pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtr;
+    }else{
+      pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0;
+      pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtrNoPayload;
+      pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload;
+    }
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43316-37308 A value of 2 (0x02) means the page is an
+    ** interior index b-tree page. */
+    assert( (PTF_ZERODATA)==2 );
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59615-42828 A value of 10 (0x0a) means the page is a
+    ** leaf index b-tree page. */
+    assert( (PTF_ZERODATA|PTF_LEAF)==10 );
+    pPage->intKey = 0;
+    pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0;
+    pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrIndex;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }else{
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is
+    ** an error. */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  if( !pPage->isInit ){
+    int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+    u8 hdr;            /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+    u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+    BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+    int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+    u16 cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+    int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+    int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
+    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
+
+    pBt = pPage->pBt;
+
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating
+    ** the b-tree page type. */
+    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 8 + pPage->childPtrSize;
+    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
+    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
+    pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize];
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates
+    ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is
+    ** interpreted as 65536. */
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
+    ** number of cells on the page. */
+    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only
+    ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the
+    ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the
+    ** bytes of reserved space. */
+    assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB );
+
+    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
+    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
+    **
+    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
+    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
+    ** returned if it does.
+    */
+    iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+    if( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ){
+      int i;            /* Index into the cell pointer array */
+      int sz;           /* Size of a cell */
+
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
+      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+        pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
+        testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+        testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+        if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }
+        sz = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
+        testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
+        if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
+    }  
+
+    /* Compute the total free space on the page
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the
+    ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no
+    ** freeblocks. */
+    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;  /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */
+    if( pc>0 ){
+      u32 next, size;
+      if( pc<iCellFirst ){
+        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will
+        ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock.
+        */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+      }
+      while( 1 ){
+        if( pc>iCellLast ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Freeblock off the end of the page */
+        }
+        next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+        size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+        nFree = nFree + size;
+        if( next<=pc+size+3 ) break;
+        pc = next;
+      }
+      if( next>0 ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Freeblock not in ascending order */
+      }
+      if( pc+size>(unsigned int)usableSize ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Last freeblock extends past page end */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
+    ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
+    ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
+    ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
+    ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
+    ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+    */
+    if( nFree>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+    }
+    pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
+    pPage->isInit = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  u16 first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+  }
+  data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+  first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize];
+  pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first];
+  pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize];
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+  pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+  if( pgno!=pPage->pgno ){
+    pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+    pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+    pPage->pBt = pBt;
+    pPage->pgno = pgno;
+    pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  }
+  assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
+  return pPage; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.  See also: btreeGetUnusedPage().
+**
+** If the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT flag is set, it means that we do not care
+** about the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
+*/
+static int btreeGetPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
+  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
+){
+  int rc;
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+
+  assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( pDbPage ){
+    return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
+*/
+static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+  return pBt->nPage;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
+  return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.
+**
+** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild()
+** call.  Do additional sanity checking on the page in this case.
+** And if the fetch fails, this routine must decrement pCur->iPage.
+**
+** The page is fetched as read-write unless pCur is not NULL and is
+** a read-only cursor.
+**
+** If an error occurs, then *ppPage is undefined. It
+** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,                  /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage,               /* Write the page pointer here */
+  BtCursor *pCur,                 /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */
+  int bReadOnly                   /* True for a read-only page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pCur==0 || ppPage==&pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags );
+  assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 );
+
+  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto getAndInitPage_error;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly);
+  if( rc ){
+    goto getAndInitPage_error;
+  }
+  *ppPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+  if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
+    btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+    rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+      goto getAndInitPage_error;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
+  assert( (*ppPage)->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
+
+  /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is
+  ** compatible with the root page. */
+  if( pCur && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    releasePage(*ppPage);
+    goto getAndInitPage_error;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+getAndInitPage_error:
+  if( pCur ) pCur->iPage--;
+  testcase( pgno==0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to btreeGetPage.
+*/
+static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage){
+  assert( pPage->aData );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage);
+}
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ) releasePageNotNull(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get an unused page.
+**
+** This works just like btreeGetPage() with the addition:
+**
+**   *  If the page is already in use for some other purpose, immediately
+**      release it and return an SQLITE_CURRUPT error.
+**   *  Make sure the isInit flag is clear
+*/
+static int btreeGetUnusedPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
+  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
+){
+  int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
+  }else{
+    *ppPage = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
+      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
+      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
+      ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
+      ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
+      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
+      btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+*/
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+  assert( pBt->db );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
+** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted 
+** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+**
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+**
+** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like
+** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY.
+**
+** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
+** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
+** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
+** to problems with locking.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags,              /* Options */
+  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = 0;             /* Shared part of btree structure */
+  Btree *p;                      /* Handle to return */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0;  /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Result code from this function */
+  u8 nReserve;                   /* Byte of unused space on each page */
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];  /* Database header content */
+
+  /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
+  const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
+
+  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
+  ** false for a file-based database.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  const int isMemdb = 0;
+#else
+  const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
+                       || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db))
+                       || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
+#endif
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( pVfs!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( (flags&0xff)==flags );   /* flags fit in 8 bits */
+
+  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
+  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
+
+  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
+  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
+
+  if( isMemdb ){
+    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
+  }
+  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
+    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  p->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  p->lock.pBtree = p;
+  p->lock.iTable = 1;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /*
+  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+  */
+  if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){
+    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
+      int nFilename = sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1;
+      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(MAX(nFullPathname,nFilename));
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+
+      p->sharable = 1;
+      if( !zFullPathname ){
+        sqlite3_free(p);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+      if( isMemdb ){
+        memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, nFilename);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename,
+                                   nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+        if( rc ){
+          sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+          sqlite3_free(p);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+      mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
+      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+#endif
+      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0))
+                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+          int iDb;
+          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
+            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+              sqlite3_free(p);
+              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+            }
+          }
+          p->pBt = pBt;
+          pBt->nRef++;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    else{
+      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
+      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+      ** statements to find locking problems.
+      */
+      p->sharable = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    /*
+    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+    */
+    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 );
+    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 );
+    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  
+    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+    if( pBt==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+                          sizeof(MemPage), flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
+    pBt->db = db;
+    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+    p->pBt = pBt;
+  
+    pBt->pCursor = 0;
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+#endif
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is
+    ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from
+    ** the beginning of the database file. */
+    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
+    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+      pBt->pageSize = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
+      */
+      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      nReserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
+      ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
+      ** into the database file header. */
+      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+   
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
+    */
+    pBt->nRef = 1;
+    if( p->sharable ){
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
+      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+          goto btree_open_out;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+  */
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    int i;
+    Btree *pSib;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+        if( (uptr)p->pBt<(uptr)pSib->pBt ){
+          p->pNext = pSib;
+          p->pPrev = 0;
+          pSib->pPrev = p;
+        }else{
+          while( pSib->pNext && (uptr)pSib->pNext->pBt<(uptr)p->pBt ){
+            pSib = pSib->pNext;
+          }
+          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+          p->pPrev = pSib;
+          if( p->pNext ){
+            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+          }
+          pSib->pNext = p;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  *ppBtree = p;
+
+btree_open_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_file *pFile;
+
+    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
+    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
+    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
+      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+    }
+
+    pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager);
+    if( pFile->pMethods ){
+      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB, (void*)&pBt->db);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mutexOpen ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(*ppBtree)>0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
+*/
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
+  BtShared *pList;
+  int removed = 0;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  pBt->nRef--;
+  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+        pList=pList->pNext;
+      }
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+    }
+    removed = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  return removed;
+#else
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child
+** pointer.
+*/
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+
+    /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
+    ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
+    ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
+    ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
+    ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
+    ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
+    ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
+    ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized 
+    ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
+    ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.
+    **
+    ** Also:  Provide four bytes of initialized space before the
+    ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the
+    ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell.
+    */
+    if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+      memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8);
+      pBt->pTmpSpace += 4;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+*/
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+    pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4;
+    sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace);
+    pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+
+  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+  while( pCur ){
+    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+    pCur = pCur->pNext;
+    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+  ** this handle.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
+  ** up the shared-btree.
+  */
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+    **
+    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+    */
+    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager, p->db);
+    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the "soft" limit on the number of pages in the cache.
+** Unused and unmodified pages will be recycled when the number of
+** pages in the cache exceeds this soft limit.  But the size of the
+** cache is allowed to grow larger than this limit if it contains
+** dirty pages or pages still in active use.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the "spill" limit on the number of pages in the cache.
+** If the number of pages exceeds this limit during a write transaction,
+** the pager might attempt to "spill" pages to the journal early in
+** order to free up memory.
+**
+** The value returned is the current spill size.  If zero is passed
+** as an argument, no changes are made to the spill size setting, so
+** using mxPage of 0 is a way to query the current spill size.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int res;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  res = sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return res;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
+** memory mapped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(
+  Btree *p,              /* The btree to set the safety level on */
+  unsigned pgFlags       /* Various PAGER_* flags */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
+** without changing anything.
+**
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
+**
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
+**
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+**
+** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
+** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve;
+#endif
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+    pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+  if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
+** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
+** held.
+**
+** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
+** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the 
+** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
+** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
+** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){
+  int n;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
+** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
+** sometimes used by extensions.
+**
+** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the
+** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested
+** reserve space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( n<p->pBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve;
+#endif
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1.  If newFlag is -1,
+** then make no changes.  Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE
+** setting after the change.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
+  int b;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( newFlag>=0 ){
+    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+  } 
+  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return b;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#else
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }else{
+    pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
+    pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = (
+    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+  );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** If the user has not set the safety-level for this database connection
+** using "PRAGMA synchronous", and if the safety-level is not already
+** set to the value passed to this function as the second parameter,
+** set it so.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS!=SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS
+static void setDefaultSyncFlag(BtShared *pBt, u8 safety_level){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){
+    while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; }
+    if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 
+     && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level 
+     && pDb!=&db->aDb[1] 
+    ){
+      pDb->safety_level = safety_level;
+      sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager,
+          pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define setDefaultSyncFlag(pBt,safety_level)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory. 
+*/
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc;              /* Result code from subfunctions */
+  MemPage *pPage1;     /* Page 1 of the database file */
+  int nPage;           /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int nPageFile = 0;   /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  int nPageHeader;     /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
+  */
+  nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
+  if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
+    nPage = nPageFile;
+  }
+  if( nPage>0 ){
+    u32 pageSize;
+    u32 usableSize;
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43737-39999 Every valid SQLite database file begins
+    ** with the following 16 bytes (in hex): 53 51 4c 69 74 65 20 66 6f 72 6d
+    ** 61 74 20 33 00. */
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    if( page1[18]>1 ){
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+#else
+    if( page1[18]>2 ){
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>2 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+    /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
+    ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then 
+    ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
+    ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
+    ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
+    ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
+    ** file.
+    */
+    if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){
+      int isOpen = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto page1_init_failed;
+      }else{
+        setDefaultSyncFlag(pBt, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS+1);
+        if( isOpen==0 ){
+          releasePage(pPage1);
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    }else{
+      setDefaultSyncFlag(pBt, SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-15465-20813 The maximum and minimum embedded payload
+    ** fractions and the leaf payload fraction values must be 64, 32, and 32.
+    **
+    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+    */
+    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is
+    ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from
+    ** the beginning of the database file. */
+    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two
+    ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */
+    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
+     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
+     || pageSize<=256 
+    ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte
+    ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of
+    ** each page to reserve for extensions. 
+    **
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
+    ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
+    ** into the database file header. */
+    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+      ** again with the correct page-size.
+      */
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+      freeTempSpace(pBt);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
+                                   pageSize-usableSize);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28312-64704 However, the usable size is not allowed to
+    ** be less than 480. In other words, if the page size is 512, then the
+    ** reserved space size cannot exceed 32. */
+    if( usableSize<480 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
+  */
+  pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
+  pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+  pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
+  pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+  if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){
+    pBt->max1bytePayload = 127;
+  }else{
+    pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  pBt->nPage = nPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
+** false then all cursors are counted.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of reading or writing to the database.  Cursors that
+** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
+*/
+static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
+     && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+    assert( pPage1->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    releasePageNotNull(pPage1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
+** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
+** the database.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
+  data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+  data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+  data[21] = 64;
+  data[22] = 32;
+  data[23] = 32;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
+#endif
+  pBt->nPage = 1;
+  data[31] = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database
+** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  p->pBt->nPage = 0;
+  rc = newDatabase(p->pBt);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+**
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 );
+
+  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  {
+    sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
+    /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
+    ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+    ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+    */
+    if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE)
+     || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0
+    ){
+      pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
+    }else if( wrflag>1 ){
+      BtLock *pIter;
+      for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+        if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+          pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( pBlock ){
+      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+      goto trans_begun;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 
+  ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 
+  ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
+
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+  if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+  do {
+    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
+    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
+    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
+    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
+    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
+    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
+    */
+    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+      if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    }
+  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+      pBt->nTransaction++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      if( p->sharable ){
+        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
+        p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
+        p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
+        pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+    }
+    if( wrflag ){
+      MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      assert( !pBt->pWriter );
+      pBt->pWriter = p;
+      pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+      if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+#endif
+
+      /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
+      ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
+      ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely 
+      ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
+      ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
+      */
+      if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+trans_begun:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+    ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+    ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+  }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
+/*
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+*/
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
+  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+  int rc;                            /* Return code */
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+
+    ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
+
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom.  Modify this pointer so
+** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
+** be modified, as  follows:
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
+**                   page of pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+**                   overflow page in the list.
+*/
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
+    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    int nCell;
+    int rc;
+
+    rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
+        CellInfo info;
+        pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
+        if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
+          if( pCell+info.nSize > pPage->aData+pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+            return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          }
+          if( iFrom==get4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4) ){
+            put4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4, iTo);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( i==nCell ){
+      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
+          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+**
+** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 
+** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
+** page.
+*/
+static int relocatePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
+  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
+  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+  int isCommit             /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
+){
+  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
+      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+
+  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
+      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
+
+  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+  ** pages need to be changed.
+  **
+  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+  */
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
+    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+  ** iPtrPage.
+  */
+  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPtrPage);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+    releasePage(pPtrPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
+/*
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
+** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
+** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
+** occurs, return some other error code.
+**
+** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
+** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
+**
+** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
+** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
+** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
+** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit 
+** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
+*/
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
+  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iLastPg>nFin );
+
+  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    u8 eType;
+    Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    if( nFreeList==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+      if( bCommit==0 ){
+        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+        ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
+        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+        */
+        Pgno iFreePg;
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }
+    } else {
+      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+      MemPage *pLastPg;
+      u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY;   /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
+      Pgno iNear = 0;           /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
+
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+      **
+      ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep
+      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+      ** of the file is found.
+      */
+      if( bCommit==0 ){
+        eMode = BTALLOC_LE;
+        iNear = nFin;
+      }
+      do {
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          releasePage(pLastPg);
+          return rc;
+        }
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
+      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
+      
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
+      releasePage(pLastPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bCommit==0 ){
+    do {
+      iLastPg--;
+    }while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) );
+    pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
+    pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
+** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected 
+** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
+*/
+static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
+  int nEntry;                     /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
+  Pgno nPtrmap;                   /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
+  Pgno nFin;                      /* Return value */
+
+  nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
+  nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
+  nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+  if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    nFin--;
+  }
+  while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    nFin--;
+  }
+
+  return nFin;
+}
+
+/*
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
+**
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+    Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
+
+    if( nOrig<nFin ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else if( nFree>0 ){
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+        rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
+*/
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); )
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+    Pgno nFin;         /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
+    Pgno nFree;        /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
+    Pgno iFree;        /* The next page to be freed */
+    Pgno nOrig;        /* Database size before freeing */
+
+    nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
+      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
+      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
+    if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    if( nFin<nOrig ){
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+    }
+    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1);
+    }
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
+      pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
+      pBt->nPage = nFin;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){
+      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage);
+    }
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
+** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  pBt->bDoTruncate = 0;
+#endif
+  if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
+    /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
+    ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
+    ** may still be reading from the database.  */
+    downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
+  }else{
+    /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 
+    ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 
+    ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
+    ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
+    if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+      pBt->nTransaction--;
+      if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+        pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 
+    ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
+** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
+** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
+** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
+** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
+** drop locks.
+**
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to 
+** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
+** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file 
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed 
+** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this 
+** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
+** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
+** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
+** transitioned to the error state.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
+
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
+  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc;
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    p->iDataVersion--;  /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do both phases of a commit.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree
+** references.  Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only
+** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged.
+**
+** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors
+** that belong to other database connections that happen to be
+** sharing the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
+** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
+** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue 
+** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are 
+** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
+** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
+** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
+** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
+**
+** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while 
+** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, 
+** including all read-cursors are tripped.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
+** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 );
+  if( pBtree ){
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+      int i;
+      if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
+        if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
+          rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+        p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+        p->skipNext = errCode;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+        releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+        p->apPage[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.
+**
+** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped).
+** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are
+** tripped if writeOnly is false.  Any attempt to use
+** a tripped cursor will result in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+
+  assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 );
+  assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+    if( rc ) writeOnly = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( tripCode ){
+    int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) );
+    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc2;
+
+    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+    if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+      testcase( nPage==0 );
+      if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+      testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
+      pBt->nPage = nPage;
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+    }
+    assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 );
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
+** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+**
+** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
+** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
+** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
+** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
+** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
+** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( iStatement>0 );
+  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+  ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+  ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+  ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 
+** of op.
+**
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
+        pBt->nPage = 0;
+      }
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+      pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
+
+      /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
+      ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
+      ** 28 is nonzero. */
+      assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
+** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
+** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
+** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
+**
+** If the BTREE_WRCSR bit of wrFlag is clear, then the cursor can only
+** be used for reading.  If the BTREE_WRCSR bit is set, then the cursor
+** can be used for reading or for writing if other conditions for writing
+** are also met.  These are the conditions that must be met in order
+** for writing to be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag containing BTREE_WRCSR
+**
+** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
+**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** The BTREE_FORDELETE bit of wrFlag may optionally be set if BTREE_WRCSR
+** is set.  If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that
+** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index
+** as part of a larger DELETE statement.  The FORDELETE hint is not used by
+** this implementation.  But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine 
+** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table
+** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE
+** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can 
+** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00).
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
+** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+static int btreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
+  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;                /* Shared b-tree handle */
+  BtCursor *pX;                          /* Looping over other all cursors */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 
+       || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR 
+       || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) 
+  );
+
+  /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 
+  ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 
+  ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 
+  ** this lock.  */
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
+
+  /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+
+  if( wrFlag ){
+    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+    if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
+    assert( wrFlag==0 );
+    iTable = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  pCur->iPage = -1;
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  pCur->pBtree = p;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  pCur->curFlags = wrFlag ? BTCF_WriteFlag : 0;
+  pCur->curPagerFlags = wrFlag ? 0 : PAGER_GET_READONLY;
+  /* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
+  ** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */
+  for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+    if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
+      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
+    }
+  }
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( iTable<1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
+**
+** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
+** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
+** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
+** this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
+  return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
+**
+** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
+** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
+** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
+** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
+  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+  if( pBtree ){
+    int i;
+    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+    assert( pBt->pCursor!=0 );
+    if( pBt->pCursor==pCur ){
+      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+    }else{
+      BtCursor *pPrev = pBt->pCursor;
+      do{
+        if( pPrev->pNext==pCur ){
+          pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+          break;
+        }
+        pPrev = pPrev->pNext;
+      }while( ALWAYS(pPrev) );
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    }
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
+    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
+** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    CellInfo info;
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+    assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+  }
+#else
+  #define assertCellInfo(x)
+#endif
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+  }else{
+    assertCellInfo(pCur);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG  /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+/*
+** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid.  A valid cursor is one
+** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
+** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( pCur!=0 );
+  return pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the integer key or "rowid" for a table btree.
+** This routine is only valid for a cursor that is pointing into a
+** ordinary table btree.  If the cursor points to an index btree or
+** is invalid, the result of this routine is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->curIntKey );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  return pCur->info.nKey;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes of payload for the entry that pCur is
+** currently pointing to.  For table btrees, this will be the amount
+** of data.  For index btrees, this will be the size of the key.
+**
+** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
+** valid entry.  In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
+** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  return pCur->info.nPayload;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
+**
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+**
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
+*/
+static int getOverflowPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,               /* The database file */
+  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Current overflow page number */
+  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
+){
+  Pgno next = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert(pPgnoNext);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
+  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
+  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
+  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+  */
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+    u8 eType;
+
+    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      iGuess++;
+    }
+
+    if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+        next = iGuess;
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPgnoNext = next;
+  if( ppPage ){
+    *ppPage = pPage;
+  }else{
+    releasePage(pPage);
+  }
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+**
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+*/
+static int copyPayload(
+  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
+  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
+  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
+  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+  if( eOp ){
+    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+  }else{
+    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
+** argument is interpreted as follows:
+**
+**   0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
+**   1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
+**
+** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
+** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+**
+** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
+** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+**
+** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages
+** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate
+** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
+** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
+** more efficient.
+**
+** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be
+** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
+** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
+** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+**
+**   * An incremental vacuum,
+**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
+**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+*/
+static int accessPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+  unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf;     /* Start of original out buffer */
+#endif
+
+  assert( pPage );
+  assert( eOp==0 || eOp==1 );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload;
+  assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload );
+
+  assert( aPayload > pPage->aData );
+  if( (uptr)(aPayload - pPage->aData) > (pBt->usableSize - pCur->info.nLocal) ){
+    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error.  The
+    ** conditional above is really:
+    **    &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
+    ** but is recast into its current form to avoid integer overflow problems
+    */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
+  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+  }
+
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+    Pgno nextPage;
+
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+
+    /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now.
+    **
+    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
+    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
+    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
+    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
+    */
+    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
+      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
+      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
+        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc(
+            pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
+        );
+        if( aNew==0 ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        }else{
+          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
+          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
+        }
+      }
+      memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
+      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
+    }else{
+      /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
+      ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
+      ** directly to it.
+      */
+      if( pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
+        iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
+        nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
+        offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 );
+    while( nextPage ){
+      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+      assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0
+              || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage
+              || CORRUPT_DB );
+      pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
+
+      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
+        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
+        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
+        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
+        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
+        ** function.
+        */
+        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
+        assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db );
+        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
+          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
+        }else{
+          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
+        }
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }else{
+        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
+        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
+        */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+        sqlite3_file *fd;      /* File from which to do direct overflow read */
+#endif
+        int a = amt;
+        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+          a = ovflSize - offset;
+        }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+        /* If all the following are true:
+        **
+        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
+        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
+        **   3) there is no open write-transaction, and
+        **   4) the database is file-backed, and
+        **   5) the page is not in the WAL file
+        **   6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer 
+        **
+        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
+        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
+        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
+        */
+        if( eOp==0                                             /* (1) */
+         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
+         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (3) */
+         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (4) */
+         && 0==sqlite3PagerUseWal(pBt->pPager, nextPage)       /* (5) */
+         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (6) */
+        ){
+          u8 aSave[4];
+          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
+          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* due to (6) */
+          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
+          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
+          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
+          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
+        }else
+#endif
+
+        {
+          DbPage *pDbPage;
+          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
+              (eOp==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
+          );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+            offset = 0;
+          }
+        }
+        amt -= a;
+        if( amt==0 ) return rc;
+        pBuf += a;
+      }
+      if( rc ) break;
+      iIdx++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Overflow chain ends prematurely */
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the payload for the row at which that cursor pCur is currently
+** pointing.  "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** pCur can be pointing to either a table or an index b-tree.
+** If pointing to a table btree, then the content section is read.  If
+** pCur is pointing to an index b-tree then the key section is read.
+**
+** For sqlite3BtreePayload(), the caller must ensure that pCur is pointing
+** to a valid row in the table.  For sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(), the
+** cursor might be invalid or might need to be restored before being read.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This variant of sqlite3BtreePayload() works even if the cursor has not
+** in the CURSOR_VALID state.  It is only used by the sqlite3_blob_read()
+** interface.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int accessPayloadChecked(
+  BtCursor *pCur,
+  u32 offset,
+  u32 amt,
+  void *pBuf
+){
+  int rc;
+  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  return rc ? rc : accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+    assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+    return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
+  }else{
+    return accessPayloadChecked(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
+** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
+** key/data is written into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value
+** returned will not be a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
+*/
+static const void *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  u32 *pAmt            /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+){
+  u32 amt;
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
+  assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aData || CORRUPT_DB );
+  assert( pCur->info.pPayload<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB);
+  amt = (int)(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload);
+  if( pCur->info.nLocal<amt ) amt = pCur->info.nLocal;
+  *pAmt = amt;
+  return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
+** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
+** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
+** this routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
+  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
+** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
+** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
+** vice-versa).
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
+  if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  pCur->iPage++;
+  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = 0;
+  return getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage],
+                        pCur, pCur->curPagerFlags);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
+*/
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return;  /* The conditions tested below might not be true
+                            ** in a corrupt database */
+  assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+  if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+    assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+  }else{
+    assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
+  }
+}
+#else
+#  define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assertParentIndex(
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+  );
+  testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+**
+** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
+** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 
+** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+**
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 
+** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
+** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
+** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 
+** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
+** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 
+** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
+** b-tree).
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+      return pCur->skipNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+  }
+
+  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+    if( pCur->iPage ){
+      do{
+        assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]!=0 );
+        releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+      }while( pCur->iPage);
+      goto skip_init;
+    }
+  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) );
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
+                        0, pCur->curPagerFlags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+       return rc;
+    }
+    pCur->iPage = 0;
+    pCur->curIntKey = pCur->apPage[0]->intKey;
+  }
+  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
+
+  /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
+  ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
+  ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
+  ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. 
+  **
+  ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
+  ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
+  ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted 
+  ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table 
+  ** (or the freelist).  */
+  assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
+  if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+skip_init:  
+  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+
+  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+  if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+  }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }else{
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+**
+** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
+** in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+**
+** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
+** key in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
+  assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
+  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+ 
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
+  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
+    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
+    }
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
+    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast;
+      }else{
+        pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast;
+      }
+   
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
+** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 
+** pointing.  The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there
+** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
+  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  RecordCompare xRecordCompare;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pRes );
+  assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+  assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->curIntKey!=0) );
+
+  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
+  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
+  if( pIdxKey==0
+   && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
+  ){
+    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
+      if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
+        *pRes = -1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      /* If the requested key is one more than the previous key, then
+      ** try to get there using sqlite3BtreeNext() rather than a full
+      ** binary search.  This is an optimization only.  The correct answer
+      ** is still obtained without this ase, only a little more slowely */
+      if( pCur->info.nKey+1==intKey && !pCur->skipNext ){
+        *pRes = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        if( *pRes==0 ){
+          getCellInfo(pCur);
+          if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+            return SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pIdxKey ){
+    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
+    pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
+    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 
+         || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 
+         || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
+    );
+  }else{
+    xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
+  }
+
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==pCur->curIntKey );
+  assert( pCur->curIntKey || pIdxKey );
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr, idx, c;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+
+    /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
+    ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
+    ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
+    ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
+    ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
+    ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption.  */
+    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
+    idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+    if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
+      for(;;){
+        i64 nCellKey;
+        pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx);
+        if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
+          while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
+            if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          }
+        }
+        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
+        if( nCellKey<intKey ){
+          lwr = idx+1;
+          if( lwr>upr ){ c = -1; break; }
+        }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){
+          upr = idx-1;
+          if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; }
+        }else{
+          assert( nCellKey==intKey );
+          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+          if( !pPage->leaf ){
+            lwr = idx;
+            goto moveto_next_layer;
+          }else{
+            pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
+            pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
+            pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+            *pRes = 0;
+            return SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
+        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
+        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */
+      }
+    }else{
+      for(;;){
+        int nCell;  /* Size of the pCell cell in bytes */
+        pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx);
+
+        /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
+        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
+        ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
+        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
+        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
+        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
+        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
+        */
+        nCell = pCell[0];
+        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
+          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
+          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
+          ** b-tree page.  */
+          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
+          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
+        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
+          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
+        ){
+          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
+          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
+          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
+          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
+        }else{
+          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
+          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
+          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
+          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. 
+          **
+          ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read
+          ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 
+          ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in
+          ** case this happens.  */
+          void *pCellKey;
+          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
+          pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
+          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+          testcase( nCell<0 );   /* True if key size is 2^32 or more */
+          testcase( nCell==0 );  /* Invalid key size:  0x80 0x80 0x00 */
+          testcase( nCell==1 );  /* Invalid key size:  0x80 0x80 0x01 */
+          testcase( nCell==2 );  /* Minimum legal index key size */
+          if( nCell<2 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
+          pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl;
+          if( rc ){
+            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
+          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+        }
+        assert( 
+            (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
+         && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
+        );
+        if( c<0 ){
+          lwr = idx+1;
+        }else if( c>0 ){
+          upr = idx-1;
+        }else{
+          assert( c==0 );
+          *pRes = 0;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+          if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+          goto moveto_finish;
+        }
+        if( lwr>upr ) break;
+        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
+        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
+      }
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+      *pRes = c;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      goto moveto_finish;
+    }
+moveto_next_layer:
+    if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ) break;
+  }
+moveto_finish:
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+**
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
+  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
+  ** as well as the boolean result value.
+  */
+  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is
+** pointing to.  Return a negative number if no estimate is currently 
+** available.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){
+  i64 n;
+  u8 i;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Currently this interface is only called by the OP_IfSmaller
+  ** opcode, and it that case the cursor will always be valid and
+  ** will always point to a leaf node. */
+  if( NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) ) return -1;
+  if( NEVER(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0) ) return -1;
+
+  for(n=1, i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+    n *= pCur->apPage[i]->nCell;
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+**
+** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext().  That routine is optimized
+** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
+** to the next cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreeNext() helper
+** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or
+** to restore the cursor.
+**
+** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
+** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
+** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
+** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
+** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
+** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
+** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
+** implementation does use this hint, however.)
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( *pRes==0 );
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
+    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      *pRes = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( pCur->skipNext ){
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+      if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
+        pCur->skipNext = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
+  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
+  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
+  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
+  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
+  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
+
+  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+    }
+    do{
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
+    if( pPage->intKey ){
+      return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
+  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  if( (++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])>=pPage->nCell ){
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+    return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+  }
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+**
+** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious().  That routine is optimized
+** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
+** to the previous cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreePrevious()
+** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page
+** or to restore the cursor.
+**
+** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
+** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
+** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
+** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
+** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
+** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
+** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
+** implementation does use this hint, however.)
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  assert( *pRes==0 );
+  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 );
+  assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      *pRes = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( pCur->skipNext ){
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+      if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
+        pCur->skipNext = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+    }
+    assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
+    assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 );
+
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
+  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey);
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID
+   || pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0
+   || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0
+  ){
+    return btreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+  }
+  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
+**
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+**
+** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists
+** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned.  If
+** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal
+** to nearby if any such page exists.  If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there
+** are no restrictions on which page is returned.
+*/
+static int allocateBtreePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,         /* The btree */
+  MemPage **ppPage,      /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */
+  Pgno *pPgno,           /* Store the page number here */
+  Pgno nearby,           /* Search for a page near this one */
+  u8 eMode               /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  u32 n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  u32 k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
+  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
+  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-05119-02637 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 36
+  ** stores stores the total number of pages on the freelist. */
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
+  if( n>=mxPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    Pgno iTrunk;
+    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
+    u32 nSearch = 0;   /* Count of the number of search attempts */
+    
+    /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
+    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
+    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){
+      if( nearby<=mxPage ){
+        u8 eType;
+        assert( nearby>0 );
+        assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+        rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+          searchList = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
+      searchList = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
+    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+
+    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
+    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
+    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
+    ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
+    */
+    do {
+      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
+      if( pPrevTrunk ){
+        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01506-11053 The first integer on a freelist trunk page
+        ** is the page number of the next freelist trunk page in the list or
+        ** zero if this is the last freelist trunk page. */
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
+      }else{
+        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59841-13798 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 32
+        ** stores the page number of the first page of the freelist, or zero if
+        ** the freelist is empty. */
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      }
+      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
+      if( iTrunk>mxPage || nSearch++ > n ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc ){
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+      }
+      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
+      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-13523-04394 The second integer on a freelist trunk page
+      ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */
+      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
+        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
+        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
+        ** allocated page */
+        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        *pPgno = iTrunk;
+        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+      }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
+        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      }else if( searchList 
+            && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
+      ){
+        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
+        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
+        */
+        *pPgno = iTrunk;
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        searchList = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        if( k==0 ){
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
+          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
+          ** page in this case.
+          */
+          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
+          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
+          if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 
+            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
+          rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
+          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
+            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
+          }
+        }
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+#endif
+      }else if( k>0 ){
+        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+        u32 closest;
+        Pgno iPage;
+        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+        if( nearby>0 ){
+          u32 i;
+          closest = 0;
+          if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
+            for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+              iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]);
+              if( iPage<=nearby ){
+                closest = i;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }else{
+            int dist;
+            dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
+            for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+              int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
+              if( d2<dist ){
+                closest = i;
+                dist = d2;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }else{
+          closest = 0;
+        }
+
+        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( iPage>mxPage ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( !searchList 
+         || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
+        ){
+          int noContent;
+          *pPgno = iPage;
+          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
+                 ": %d more free pages\n",
+                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
+          if( closest<k-1 ){
+            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+          }
+          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno)? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
+          rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              releasePage(*ppPage);
+              *ppPage = 0;
+            }
+          }
+          searchList = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+      pPrevTrunk = 0;
+    }while( searchList );
+  }else{
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the
+    ** database image.
+    **
+    ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the
+    ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager
+    ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the
+    ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum
+    ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content
+    ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do
+    ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
+    ** the current page content before overwriting it.
+    **
+    ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal 
+    ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
+    ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
+    ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
+    ** database image and the end of the database file.
+    */
+    int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0;
+
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pBt->nPage++;
+    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
+      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
+      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
+      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
+      */
+      MemPage *pPg = 0;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
+      assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+      rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+        releasePage(pPg);
+      }
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      pBt->nPage++;
+      if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
+    }
+#endif
+    put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
+    *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
+
+    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+    rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+      *ppPage = 0;
+    }
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+  }
+
+  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+end_allocate_page:
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)<=1 );
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*ppPage)->isInit==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+**
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+**
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
+*/
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;                /* Free-list trunk page */
+  Pgno iTrunk = 0;                    /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;      /* Local reference to page 1 */
+  MemPage *pPage;                     /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+  int rc;                             /* Return Code */
+  int nFree;                          /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iPage>1 );
+  assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+
+  if( iPage<2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  if( pMemPage ){
+    pPage = pMemPage;
+    sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+  }else{
+    pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
+
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
+    ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
+    */
+    if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
+     ||            ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
+    ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
+  }
+
+  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
+  ** to indicate that the page is free.
+  */
+  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+  ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+  ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+  ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+  ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+  ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+  */
+  if( nFree!=0 ){
+    u32 nLeaf;                /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
+
+    iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+
+    nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
+    if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+      ** being freed as a new leaf.
+      **
+      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
+      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
+      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
+      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
+      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
+      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
+      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
+      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
+      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
+      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
+      **
+      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-19920-11576 However, newer versions of SQLite still
+      ** avoid using the last six entries in the freelist trunk page array in
+      ** order that database files created by newer versions of SQLite can be
+      ** read by older versions of SQLite.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
+        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
+          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+        }
+        rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+      }
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+  ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+  ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 
+  ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+  ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+  */
+  if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+  TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+
+freepage_out:
+  if( pPage ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  return rc;
+}
+static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.  Write the
+** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting
+** overflow) into *pnSize.
+*/
+static int clearCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,          /* The page that contains the Cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,    /* First byte of the Cell */
+  CellInfo *pInfo          /* Size information about the cell */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+  int nOvfl;
+  u32 ovflPageSize;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, pInfo);
+  if( pInfo->nLocal==pInfo->nPayload ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  if( pCell+pInfo->nSize-1 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(pCell + pInfo->nSize - 4);
+  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
+  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  nOvfl = (pInfo->nPayload - pInfo->nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
+  assert( nOvfl>0 || 
+    (CORRUPT_DB && (pInfo->nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize)
+  );
+  while( nOvfl-- ){
+    Pgno iNext = 0;
+    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
+      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
+      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( nOvfl ){
+      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
+     && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
+    ){
+      /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference 
+      ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
+      ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it 
+      ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. 
+      ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as 
+      ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
+      ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
+      ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
+      ** can be problematic.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
+    }
+
+    if( pOvfl ){
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+    }
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = iNext;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
+*/
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const BtreePayload *pX,        /* Payload with which to construct the cell */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nPayload = pX->nData + pX->nZero;
+    pSrc = pX->pData;
+    nSrc = pX->nData;
+    assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf ); /* fillInCell() only called for leaves */
+    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
+    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&pX->nKey);
+  }else{
+    assert( pX->nKey<=0x7fffffff && pX->pKey!=0 );
+    nSrc = nPayload = (int)pX->nKey;
+    pSrc = pX->pKey;
+    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
+  }
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    n = nHeader + nPayload;
+    testcase( n==3 );
+    testcase( n==4 );
+    if( n<4 ) n = 4;
+    *pnSize = n;
+    spaceLeft = nPayload;
+    pPrior = pCell;
+  }else{
+    int mn = pPage->minLocal;
+    n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal );
+    testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+    if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn;
+    spaceLeft = n;
+    *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4;
+    pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n];
+  }
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+
+  /* At this point variables should be set as follows:
+  **
+  **   nPayload           Total payload size in bytes
+  **   pPayload           Begin writing payload here
+  **   spaceLeft          Space available at pPayload.  If nPayload>spaceLeft,
+  **                      that means content must spill into overflow pages.
+  **   *pnSize            Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages)
+  **   pPrior             Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page
+  **
+  ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above
+  ** were computed correctly.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  {
+    CellInfo info;
+    pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    assert( nHeader==(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) );
+    assert( info.nKey==pX->nKey );
+    assert( *pnSize == info.nSize );
+    assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        do{
+          pgnoOvfl++;
+        } while( 
+          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
+        );
+      }
+#endif
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
+      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
+      ** for that page now. 
+      **
+      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
+      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
+      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
+      ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
+      ** wrong pages from the database.
+      */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
+        if( rc ){
+          releasePage(pOvfl);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+      ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+      assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+      /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+      ** is still writeable */
+      assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+
+    /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+    ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+    assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+    /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+    ** is still writeable */
+    assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+    if( nSrc>0 ){
+      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+      assert( pSrc );
+      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+    }else{
+      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+    }
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+  }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
+  u32 pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+  int rc;         /* The return code */
+  int hdr;        /* Beginning of the header.  0 most pages.  100 page 1 */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+  testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  if( pPage->nCell==0 ){
+    memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+    data[hdr+7] = 0;
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pPage->pBt->usableSize);
+    pPage->nFree = pPage->pBt->usableSize - pPage->hdrOffset
+                       - pPage->childPtrSize - 8;
+  }else{
+    memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+    pPage->nFree += 2;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+**
+** *pRC must be SQLITE_OK when this routine is called.
+*/
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+  Pgno iChild,      /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
+  int *pRC          /* Read and write return code from here */
+){
+  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  u8 *pIns;         /* The point in pPage->aCellIdx[] where no cell inserted */
+
+  assert( *pRC==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
+  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
+  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
+  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
+  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
+  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
+  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
+  assert( sz==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+    }
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
+    }
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    /* Comparison against ArraySize-1 since we hold back one extra slot
+    ** as a contingency.  In other words, never need more than 3 overflow
+    ** slots but 4 are allocated, just to be safe. */
+    assert( j < ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)-1 );
+    pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell;
+    pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i;
+
+    /* When multiple overflows occur, they are always sequential and in
+    ** sorted order.  This invariants arise because multiple overflows can
+    ** only occur when inserting divider cells into the parent page during
+    ** balancing, and the dividers are adjacent and sorted.
+    */
+    assert( j==0 || pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]<(u16)i ); /* Overflows in sorted order */
+    assert( j==0 || i==pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]+1 );   /* Overflows are sequential */
+  }else{
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    assert( &data[pPage->cellOffset]==pPage->aCellIdx );
+    rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
+    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
+    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following properties
+    ** if it returns successfully */
+    assert( idx >= 0 );
+    assert( idx >= pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell+2 || CORRUPT_DB );
+    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
+    memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
+    }
+    pIns = pPage->aCellIdx + i*2;
+    memmove(pIns+2, pIns, 2*(pPage->nCell - i));
+    put2byte(pIns, idx);
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    /* increment the cell count */
+    if( (++data[pPage->hdrOffset+4])==0 ) data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]++;
+    assert( get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3])==pPage->nCell );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
+      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
+      */
+      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** A CellArray object contains a cache of pointers and sizes for a
+** consecutive sequence of cells that might be held on multiple pages.
+*/
+typedef struct CellArray CellArray;
+struct CellArray {
+  int nCell;              /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
+  MemPage *pRef;          /* Reference page */
+  u8 **apCell;            /* All cells begin balanced */
+  u16 *szCell;            /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+};
+
+/*
+** Make sure the cell sizes at idx, idx+1, ..., idx+N-1 have been
+** computed.
+*/
+static void populateCellCache(CellArray *p, int idx, int N){
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx+N<=p->nCell );
+  while( N>0 ){
+    assert( p->apCell[idx]!=0 );
+    if( p->szCell[idx]==0 ){
+      p->szCell[idx] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]);
+    }else{
+      assert( CORRUPT_DB ||
+              p->szCell[idx]==p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]) );
+    }
+    idx++;
+    N--;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the Nth element of the cell array
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE u16 computeCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){
+  assert( N>=0 && N<p->nCell );
+  assert( p->szCell[N]==0 );
+  p->szCell[N] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[N]);
+  return p->szCell[N];
+}
+static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){
+  assert( N>=0 && N<p->nCell );
+  if( p->szCell[N] ) return p->szCell[N];
+  return computeCellSize(p, N);
+}
+
+/*
+** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The 
+** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function
+** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell
+** array.
+**
+** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This
+** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any 
+** such cells before overwriting the page data.
+**
+** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
+*/
+static int rebuildPage(
+  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Edit this page */
+  int nCell,                      /* Final number of cells on page */
+  u8 **apCell,                    /* Array of cells */
+  u16 *szCell                     /* Array of cell sizes */
+){
+  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;          /* Offset of header on pPg */
+  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;           /* Pointer to data for pPg */
+  const int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;
+  u8 * const pEnd = &aData[usableSize];
+  int i;
+  u8 *pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx;
+  u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager);
+  u8 *pData;
+
+  i = get2byte(&aData[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&pTmp[i], &aData[i], usableSize - i);
+
+  pData = pEnd;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell = apCell[i];
+    if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell,aData,pEnd) ){
+      pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData];
+    }
+    pData -= szCell[i];
+    put2byte(pCellptr, (pData - aData));
+    pCellptr += 2;
+    if( pData < pCellptr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    memcpy(pData, pCell, szCell[i]);
+    assert( szCell[i]==pPg->xCellSize(pPg, pCell) || CORRUPT_DB );
+    testcase( szCell[i]!=pPg->xCellSize(pPg,pCell) );
+  }
+
+  /* The pPg->nFree field is now set incorrectly. The caller will fix it. */
+  pPg->nCell = nCell;
+  pPg->nOverflow = 0;
+
+  put2byte(&aData[hdr+1], 0);
+  put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell);
+  put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData);
+  aData[hdr+7] = 0x00;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell
+** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to 
+** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because 
+** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero
+** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is
+** returned.
+**
+** Argument pCellptr points to the first entry in the cell-pointer array
+** (part of page pPg) to populate. After cell apCell[0] is written to the
+** page body, a 16-bit offset is written to pCellptr. And so on, for each
+** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure
+** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array.
+**
+** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the 
+** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended,
+** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area
+** before returning.
+**
+** Finally, argument pBegin points to the byte immediately following the
+** end of the space required by this page for the cell-pointer area (for
+** all cells - not just those inserted by the current call). If the content
+** area must be extended to before this point in order to accomodate all
+** cells in apCell[], then the cells do not fit and non-zero is returned.
+*/
+static int pageInsertArray(
+  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Page to add cells to */
+  u8 *pBegin,                     /* End of cell-pointer array */
+  u8 **ppData,                    /* IN/OUT: Page content -area pointer */
+  u8 *pCellptr,                   /* Pointer to cell-pointer area */
+  int iFirst,                     /* Index of first cell to add */
+  int nCell,                      /* Number of cells to add to pPg */
+  CellArray *pCArray              /* Array of cells */
+){
+  int i;
+  u8 *aData = pPg->aData;
+  u8 *pData = *ppData;
+  int iEnd = iFirst + nCell;
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || pPg->hdrOffset==0 );    /* Never called on page 1 */
+  for(i=iFirst; i<iEnd; i++){
+    int sz, rc;
+    u8 *pSlot;
+    sz = cachedCellSize(pCArray, i);
+    if( (aData[1]==0 && aData[2]==0) || (pSlot = pageFindSlot(pPg,sz,&rc))==0 ){
+      if( (pData - pBegin)<sz ) return 1;
+      pData -= sz;
+      pSlot = pData;
+    }
+    /* pSlot and pCArray->apCell[i] will never overlap on a well-formed
+    ** database.  But they might for a corrupt database.  Hence use memmove()
+    ** since memcpy() sends SIGABORT with overlapping buffers on OpenBSD */
+    assert( (pSlot+sz)<=pCArray->apCell[i]
+         || pSlot>=(pCArray->apCell[i]+sz)
+         || CORRUPT_DB );
+    memmove(pSlot, pCArray->apCell[i], sz);
+    put2byte(pCellptr, (pSlot - aData));
+    pCellptr += 2;
+  }
+  *ppData = pData;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell 
+** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the
+** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored 
+** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other
+** fields of the page are not updated.
+**
+** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list.
+*/
+static int pageFreeArray(
+  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Page to edit */
+  int iFirst,                     /* First cell to delete */
+  int nCell,                      /* Cells to delete */
+  CellArray *pCArray              /* Array of cells */
+){
+  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
+  u8 * const pEnd = &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize];
+  u8 * const pStart = &aData[pPg->hdrOffset + 8 + pPg->childPtrSize];
+  int nRet = 0;
+  int i;
+  int iEnd = iFirst + nCell;
+  u8 *pFree = 0;
+  int szFree = 0;
+
+  for(i=iFirst; i<iEnd; i++){
+    u8 *pCell = pCArray->apCell[i];
+    if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell, pStart, pEnd) ){
+      int sz;
+      /* No need to use cachedCellSize() here.  The sizes of all cells that
+      ** are to be freed have already been computing while deciding which
+      ** cells need freeing */
+      sz = pCArray->szCell[i];  assert( sz>0 );
+      if( pFree!=(pCell + sz) ){
+        if( pFree ){
+          assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 );
+          freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree);
+        }
+        pFree = pCell;
+        szFree = sz;
+        if( pFree+sz>pEnd ) return 0;
+      }else{
+        pFree = pCell;
+        szFree += sz;
+      }
+      nRet++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pFree ){
+    assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 );
+    freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree);
+  }
+  return nRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** apCell[] and szCell[] contains pointers to and sizes of all cells in the
+** pages being balanced.  The current page, pPg, has pPg->nCell cells starting
+** with apCell[iOld].  After balancing, this page should hold nNew cells
+** starting at apCell[iNew].
+**
+** This routine makes the necessary adjustments to pPg so that it contains
+** the correct cells after being balanced.
+**
+** The pPg->nFree field is invalid when this function returns. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
+*/
+static int editPage(
+  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Edit this page */
+  int iOld,                       /* Index of first cell currently on page */
+  int iNew,                       /* Index of new first cell on page */
+  int nNew,                       /* Final number of cells on page */
+  CellArray *pCArray              /* Array of cells and sizes */
+){
+  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
+  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
+  u8 *pBegin = &pPg->aCellIdx[nNew * 2];
+  int nCell = pPg->nCell;       /* Cells stored on pPg */
+  u8 *pData;
+  u8 *pCellptr;
+  int i;
+  int iOldEnd = iOld + pPg->nCell + pPg->nOverflow;
+  int iNewEnd = iNew + nNew;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager);
+  memcpy(pTmp, aData, pPg->pBt->usableSize);
+#endif
+
+  /* Remove cells from the start and end of the page */
+  if( iOld<iNew ){
+    int nShift = pageFreeArray(pPg, iOld, iNew-iOld, pCArray);
+    memmove(pPg->aCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2);
+    nCell -= nShift;
+  }
+  if( iNewEnd < iOldEnd ){
+    nCell -= pageFreeArray(pPg, iNewEnd, iOldEnd - iNewEnd, pCArray);
+  }
+
+  pData = &aData[get2byteNotZero(&aData[hdr+5])];
+  if( pData<pBegin ) goto editpage_fail;
+
+  /* Add cells to the start of the page */
+  if( iNew<iOld ){
+    int nAdd = MIN(nNew,iOld-iNew);
+    assert( (iOld-iNew)<nNew || nCell==0 || CORRUPT_DB );
+    pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx;
+    memmove(&pCellptr[nAdd*2], pCellptr, nCell*2);
+    if( pageInsertArray(
+          pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
+          iNew, nAdd, pCArray
+    ) ) goto editpage_fail;
+    nCell += nAdd;
+  }
+
+  /* Add any overflow cells */
+  for(i=0; i<pPg->nOverflow; i++){
+    int iCell = (iOld + pPg->aiOvfl[i]) - iNew;
+    if( iCell>=0 && iCell<nNew ){
+      pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[iCell * 2];
+      memmove(&pCellptr[2], pCellptr, (nCell - iCell) * 2);
+      nCell++;
+      if( pageInsertArray(
+            pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
+            iCell+iNew, 1, pCArray
+      ) ) goto editpage_fail;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Append cells to the end of the page */
+  pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
+  if( pageInsertArray(
+        pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
+        iNew+nCell, nNew-nCell, pCArray
+  ) ) goto editpage_fail;
+
+  pPg->nCell = nNew;
+  pPg->nOverflow = 0;
+
+  put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell);
+  put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(i=0; i<nNew && !CORRUPT_DB; i++){
+    u8 *pCell = pCArray->apCell[i+iNew];
+    int iOff = get2byteAligned(&pPg->aCellIdx[i*2]);
+    if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell, aData, &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize]) ){
+      pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData];
+    }
+    assert( 0==memcmp(pCell, &aData[iOff],
+            pCArray->pRef->xCellSize(pCArray->pRef, pCArray->apCell[i+iNew])) );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+ editpage_fail:
+  /* Unable to edit this page. Rebuild it from scratch instead. */
+  populateCellCache(pCArray, iNew, nNew);
+  return rebuildPage(pPg, nNew, &pCArray->apCell[iNew], &pCArray->szCell[iNew]);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+/*
+** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
+** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
+** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
+** entry in the tree.
+**
+** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
+** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
+** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
+** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
+** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
+** fill up.  On average.
+**
+** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
+** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
+** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+**
+** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
+** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
+** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
+** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
+** least 13 bytes in size.
+*/
+static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
+  BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt;    /* B-Tree Database */
+  MemPage *pNew;                       /* Newly allocated page */
+  int rc;                              /* Return Code */
+  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
+
+  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
+  if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
+  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
+  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
+  */
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
+    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
+    u16 szCell = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell);
+    u8 *pStop;
+
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
+    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
+    rc = rebuildPage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+    if( NEVER(rc) ) return rc;
+    pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell;
+
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
+    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
+    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
+    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
+    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
+    ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
+    ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+      if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
+        ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
+    ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
+    ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
+    ** largest key on pPage).
+    **
+    ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 
+    ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 
+    ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
+    ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
+    ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
+    ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
+    ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+    */
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+
+    /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
+                   0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+    }
+
+    /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+  
+    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+    releasePage(pNew);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 
+** for setting pointer-map entries.
+*/
+static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
+    Pgno n;
+    u8 e;
+    MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
+    BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+    for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
+      CellInfo info;
+      u8 *z;
+     
+      z = findCell(pPage, j);
+      pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info);
+      if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
+        Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.nSize-4]);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ){
+        Pgno child = get4byte(z);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+      }
+    }
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+      ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+      assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 
+** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
+** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
+** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
+** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
+** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
+**
+** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
+** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 
+**
+** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+**
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 
+** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
+** which are called often under normal circumstances.
+*/
+static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
+    u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
+    u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
+    int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
+    int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
+    int rc;
+    int iData;
+  
+  
+    assert( pFrom->isInit );
+    assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
+    assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
+  
+    /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
+    iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
+  
+    /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
+    ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
+    ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized 
+    ** page pFrom.
+    */
+    pTo->isInit = 0;
+    rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+  
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
+    ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
+** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
+** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
+** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 
+** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
+** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
+** participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
+** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
+** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
+** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
+**
+** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
+** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
+** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
+** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
+** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
+** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
+** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
+** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
+** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
+** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
+** enough for all overflow cells.
+**
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int balance_nonroot(
+  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
+  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
+  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
+  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
+  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
+  int nNew = 0;                /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* The return code */
+  u16 leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
+  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
+  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in b.paCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int cntOld[NB+2];            /* Old index in b.apCell[] */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells placed on i-th page */
+  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
+  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
+  u8 abDone[NB+2];             /* True after i'th new page is populated */
+  Pgno aPgno[NB+2];            /* Page numbers of new pages before shuffling */
+  Pgno aPgOrder[NB+2];         /* Copy of aPgno[] used for sorting pages */
+  u16 aPgFlags[NB+2];          /* flags field of new pages before shuffling */
+  CellArray b;                  /* Parsed information on cells being balanced */
+
+  memset(abDone, 0, sizeof(abDone));
+  b.nCell = 0;
+  b.apCell = 0;
+  pBt = pParent->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+#if 0
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#endif
+
+  /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
+  ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 
+  ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
+  ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
+  */
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx );
+
+  if( !aOvflSpace ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 
+  ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 
+  ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 
+  ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.  
+  **
+  ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
+  ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
+  ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
+  ** have already been removed.
+  */
+  i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
+  if( i<2 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
+    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
+      nxDiv = 0;
+    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
+      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
+    }else{
+      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
+    }
+    i = 2-bBulk;
+  }
+  nOld = i+1;
+  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
+    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
+  }else{
+    pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+  }
+  pgno = get4byte(pRight);
+  while( 1 ){
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+    if( (i--)==0 ) break;
+
+    if( pParent->nOverflow && i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] ){
+      apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0];
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      pParent->nOverflow = 0;
+    }else{
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+
+      /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
+      ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
+      ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
+      ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
+      ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
+      ** later on.  
+      **
+      ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
+      ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
+      ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
+      ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
+      ** is allocated.  */
+      if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+        int iOff;
+
+        iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
+        if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }else{
+          memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
+          apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
+        }
+      }
+      dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
+  ** alignment */
+  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  szScratch =
+       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* b.apCell */
+     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* b.szCell */
+     + pBt->pageSize;                              /* aSpace1 */
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28375-38319 SQLite will never request a scratch buffer
+  ** that is more than 6 times the database page size. */
+  assert( szScratch<=6*(int)pBt->pageSize );
+  b.apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
+  if( b.apCell==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
+  }
+  b.szCell = (u16*)&b.apCell[nMaxCells];
+  aSpace1 = (u8*)&b.szCell[nMaxCells];
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
+
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local b.apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[]. The divider cells have already
+  ** been removed from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in b.apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** b.apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in b.apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  b.pRef = apOld[0];
+  leafCorrection = b.pRef->leaf*4;
+  leafData = b.pRef->intKeyLeaf;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *pOld = apOld[i];
+    int limit = pOld->nCell;
+    u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
+    u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
+    u8 *piCell = aData + pOld->cellOffset;
+    u8 *piEnd;
+
+    /* Verify that all sibling pages are of the same "type" (table-leaf,
+    ** table-interior, index-leaf, or index-interior).
+    */
+    if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+
+    /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld.  If pOld
+    ** constains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array
+    ** in the correct spot.
+    **
+    ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the
+    ** case that they are sequential and adjacent.  This invariant arises
+    ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider
+    ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always
+    ** adjacent and are inserted in order.  There is an assert() tagged
+    ** with "NOTE 1" in the overflow cell insertion loop to prove this
+    ** invariant.
+    **
+    ** This must be done in advance.  Once the balance starts, the cell
+    ** offset section of the btree page will be overwritten and we will no
+    ** long be able to find the cells if a pointer to each cell is not saved
+    ** first.
+    */
+    memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*(limit+pOld->nOverflow));
+    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
+      limit = pOld->aiOvfl[0];
+      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+        b.apCell[b.nCell] = aData + (maskPage & get2byteAligned(piCell));
+        piCell += 2;
+        b.nCell++;
+      }
+      for(k=0; k<pOld->nOverflow; k++){
+        assert( k==0 || pOld->aiOvfl[k-1]+1==pOld->aiOvfl[k] );/* NOTE 1 */
+        b.apCell[b.nCell] = pOld->apOvfl[k];
+        b.nCell++;
+      }
+    }
+    piEnd = aData + pOld->cellOffset + 2*pOld->nCell;
+    while( piCell<piEnd ){
+      assert( b.nCell<nMaxCells );
+      b.apCell[b.nCell] = aData + (maskPage & get2byteAligned(piCell));
+      piCell += 2;
+      b.nCell++;
+    }
+
+    cntOld[i] = b.nCell;
+    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
+      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      assert( b.nCell<nMaxCells );
+      b.szCell[b.nCell] = sz;
+      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
+      iSpace1 += sz;
+      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+      assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+      memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+      b.apCell[b.nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+      assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+      b.szCell[b.nCell] = b.szCell[b.nCell] - leafCorrection;
+      if( !pOld->leaf ){
+        assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
+        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+        ** pointer of the divider cell */
+        memcpy(b.apCell[b.nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+      }else{
+        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        while( b.szCell[b.nCell]<4 ){
+          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. If a smaller cell
+          ** does exist, pad it with 0x00 bytes. */
+          assert( b.szCell[b.nCell]==3 || CORRUPT_DB );
+          assert( b.apCell[b.nCell]==&aSpace1[iSpace1-3] || CORRUPT_DB );
+          aSpace1[iSpace1++] = 0x00;
+          b.szCell[b.nCell]++;
+        }
+      }
+      b.nCell++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *p = apOld[i];
+    szNew[i] = usableSpace - p->nFree;
+    for(j=0; j<p->nOverflow; j++){
+      szNew[i] += 2 + p->xCellSize(p, p->apOvfl[j]);
+    }
+    cntNew[i] = cntOld[i];
+  }
+  k = nOld;
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    int sz;
+    while( szNew[i]>usableSpace ){
+      if( i+1>=k ){
+        k = i+2;
+        if( k>NB+2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
+        szNew[k-1] = 0;
+        cntNew[k-1] = b.nCell;
+      }
+      sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]-1);
+      szNew[i] -= sz;
+      if( !leafData ){
+        if( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){
+          sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]);
+        }else{
+          sz = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      szNew[i+1] += sz;
+      cntNew[i]--;
+    }
+    while( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){
+      sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]);
+      if( szNew[i]+sz>usableSpace ) break;
+      szNew[i] += sz;
+      cntNew[i]++;
+      if( !leafData ){
+        if( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){
+          sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]);
+        }else{
+          sz = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      szNew[i+1] -= sz;
+    }
+    if( cntNew[i]>=b.nCell ){
+      k = i+1;
+    }else if( cntNew[i] <= (i>0 ? cntNew[i-1] : 0) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side (siblings with smaller keys). The left siblings are
+  ** always nearly full, while the right-most sibling might be nearly empty.
+  ** The next block of code attempts to adjust the packing of siblings to
+  ** get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    (void)cachedCellSize(&b, d);
+    do{
+      assert( d<nMaxCells );
+      assert( r<nMaxCells );
+      (void)cachedCellSize(&b, r);
+      if( szRight!=0
+       && (bBulk || szRight+b.szCell[d]+2 > szLeft-(b.szCell[r]+(i==k-1?0:2)))){
+        break;
+      }
+      szRight += b.szCell[d] + 2;
+      szLeft -= b.szCell[r] + 2;
+      cntNew[i-1] = r;
+      r--;
+      d--;
+    }while( r>=0 );
+    szNew[i] = szRight;
+    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+    if( cntNew[i-1] <= (i>1 ? cntNew[i-2] : 0) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Sanity check:  For a non-corrupt database file one of the follwing
+  ** must be true:
+  **    (1) We found one or more cells (cntNew[0])>0), or
+  **    (2) pPage is a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when
+  **        the real root page is page 1 and we are the only child of
+  **        that page.
+  */
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) || CORRUPT_DB);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d)\n",
+    apOld[0]->pgno, apOld[0]->nCell,
+    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->nCell : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->nCell : 0
+  ));
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew;
+    if( i<nOld ){
+      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
+      nNew++;
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    }else{
+      assert( i>0 );
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+      nNew++;
+      cntOld[i] = b.nCell;
+
+      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
+      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. 
+  ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+  ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn 
+  ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly.
+  **
+  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more 
+  ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem.
+  **
+  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster 
+  ** for large insertions and deletions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    aPgOrder[i] = aPgno[i] = apNew[i]->pgno;
+    aPgFlags[i] = apNew[i]->pDbPage->flags;
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+      if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){
+        /* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains
+        ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. 
+        ** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but
+        ** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager
+        ** cache with two separate objects associated with the same
+        ** page number.  */
+        assert( CORRUPT_DB );
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto balance_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    int iBest = 0;                /* aPgno[] index of page number to use */
+    for(j=1; j<nNew; j++){
+      if( aPgOrder[j]<aPgOrder[iBest] ) iBest = j;
+    }
+    pgno = aPgOrder[iBest];
+    aPgOrder[iBest] = 0xffffffff;
+    if( iBest!=i ){
+      if( iBest>i ){
+        sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[iBest]->pDbPage, pBt->nPage+iBest+1, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[i]->pDbPage, pgno, aPgFlags[iBest]);
+      apNew[i]->pgno = pgno;
+    }
+  }
+
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: new: %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) "
+         "%d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d)\n",
+    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], cntNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=2 ? cntNew[1] - cntNew[0] - !leafData : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? cntNew[2] - cntNew[1] - !leafData : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? cntNew[3] - cntNew[2] - !leafData : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? cntNew[4] - cntNew[3] - !leafData : 0
+  ));
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
+
+  /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer
+  ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was 
+  ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){
+    MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1];
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+  }
+
+  /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with 
+  ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer
+  ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell()
+  ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are:
+  **
+  **   a) if the cell contains a reference to an overflow chain, the
+  **      entry associated with the first page in the overflow chain, and
+  **
+  **   b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated
+  **      with the cell.
+  **
+  ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry 
+  ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be 
+  ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been 
+  ** populated, not here.
+  */
+  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
+    u8 *aOld = pNew->aData;
+    int cntOldNext = pNew->nCell + pNew->nOverflow;
+    int usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+    int iNew = 0;
+    int iOld = 0;
+
+    for(i=0; i<b.nCell; i++){
+      u8 *pCell = b.apCell[i];
+      if( i==cntOldNext ){
+        MemPage *pOld = (++iOld)<nNew ? apNew[iOld] : apOld[iOld];
+        cntOldNext += pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow + !leafData;
+        aOld = pOld->aData;
+      }
+      if( i==cntNew[iNew] ){
+        pNew = apNew[++iNew];
+        if( !leafData ) continue;
+      }
+
+      /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it
+      ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), 
+      ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So,
+      ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if
+      ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or
+      ** overflow cell), we can skip updating the pointer map entries.  */
+      if( iOld>=nNew
+       || pNew->pgno!=aPgno[iOld]
+       || !SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell,aOld,&aOld[usableSize])
+      ){
+        if( !leafCorrection ){
+          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+        }
+        if( cachedCellSize(&b,i)>pNew->minLocal ){
+          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+        }
+        if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Insert new divider cells into pParent. */
+  for(i=0; i<nNew-1; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    u8 *pTemp;
+    int sz;
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+    j = cntNew[i];
+
+    assert( j<nMaxCells );
+    assert( b.apCell[j]!=0 );
+    pCell = b.apCell[j];
+    sz = b.szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+    pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
+    if( !pNew->leaf ){
+      memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+    }else if( leafData ){
+      /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
+      ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
+      ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
+      ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
+      */
+      CellInfo info;
+      j--;
+      pNew->xParseCell(pNew, b.apCell[j], &info);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+      sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
+      pTemp = 0;
+    }else{
+      pCell -= 4;
+      /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
+      ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
+      ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
+      ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
+      ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
+      ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
+      **
+      ** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)"
+      ** and WITHOUT ROWID tables with exactly one column which is the
+      ** primary key.
+      */
+      if( b.szCell[j]==4 ){
+        assert(leafCorrection==4);
+        sz = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, pCell);
+      }
+    }
+    iOvflSpace += sz;
+    assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+    assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+    insertCell(pParent, nxDiv+i, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  }
+
+  /* Now update the actual sibling pages. The order in which they are updated
+  ** is important, as this code needs to avoid disrupting any page from which
+  ** cells may still to be read. In practice, this means:
+  **
+  **  (1) If cells are moving left (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg-1])
+  **      then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after
+  **      the left-hand sibling apNew[iPg-1] has been updated.
+  **
+  **  (2) If cells are moving right (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg+1])
+  **      then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after
+  **      the right-hand sibling apNew[iPg+1] has been updated.
+  **
+  ** If neither of the above apply, the page is safe to update.
+  **
+  ** The iPg value in the following loop starts at nNew-1 goes down
+  ** to 0, then back up to nNew-1 again, thus making two passes over
+  ** the pages.  On the initial downward pass, only condition (1) above
+  ** needs to be tested because (2) will always be true from the previous
+  ** step.  On the upward pass, both conditions are always true, so the
+  ** upwards pass simply processes pages that were missed on the downward
+  ** pass.
+  */
+  for(i=1-nNew; i<nNew; i++){
+    int iPg = i<0 ? -i : i;
+    assert( iPg>=0 && iPg<nNew );
+    if( abDone[iPg] ) continue;         /* Skip pages already processed */
+    if( i>=0                            /* On the upwards pass, or... */
+     || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1]    /* Condition (1) is true */
+    ){
+      int iNew;
+      int iOld;
+      int nNewCell;
+
+      /* Verify condition (1):  If cells are moving left, update iPg
+      ** only after iPg-1 has already been updated. */
+      assert( iPg==0 || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] || abDone[iPg-1] );
+
+      /* Verify condition (2):  If cells are moving right, update iPg
+      ** only after iPg+1 has already been updated. */
+      assert( cntNew[iPg]>=cntOld[iPg] || abDone[iPg+1] );
+
+      if( iPg==0 ){
+        iNew = iOld = 0;
+        nNewCell = cntNew[0];
+      }else{
+        iOld = iPg<nOld ? (cntOld[iPg-1] + !leafData) : b.nCell;
+        iNew = cntNew[iPg-1] + !leafData;
+        nNewCell = cntNew[iPg] - iNew;
+      }
+
+      rc = editPage(apNew[iPg], iOld, iNew, nNewCell, &b);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      abDone[iPg]++;
+      apNew[iPg]->nFree = usableSpace-szNew[iPg];
+      assert( apNew[iPg]->nOverflow==0 );
+      assert( apNew[iPg]->nCell==nNewCell );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* All pages have been processed exactly once */
+  assert( memcmp(abDone, "\01\01\01\01\01", nNew)==0 );
+
+  assert( nOld>0 );
+  assert( nNew>0 );
+
+  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
+    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
+    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
+    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
+    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
+    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
+    **
+    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
+    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
+    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
+    **
+    ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being
+    ** copied into the parent, because if the parent is page 1 then it will
+    ** by smaller than the child due to the database header, and so all the
+    ** free space needs to be up front.
+    */
+    assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+    rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0], -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
+        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
+      || rc!=SQLITE_OK
+    );
+    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
+    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
+  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafCorrection ){
+    /* Fix the pointer map entries associated with the right-child of each
+    ** sibling page. All other pointer map entries have already been taken
+    ** care of.  */
+    for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+      u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          nOld, nNew, b.nCell));
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  for(i=nNew; i<nOld; i++){
+    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
+  }
+
+#if 0
+  if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){
+    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
+    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
+    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
+    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
+    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
+    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(b.apCell);
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    releasePage(apNew[i]);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
+** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
+**
+** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
+** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child 
+** pointer pointing to the new page.
+**
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages 
+** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
+** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
+** page is also updated.
+**
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child 
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
+** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
+** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
+*/
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
+  int rc;                        /* Return value from subprocedures */
+  MemPage *pChild = 0;           /* Pointer to a new child page */
+  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;            /* Page number of the new child page */
+  BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt;    /* The BTree */
+
+  assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 
+  ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
+  ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
+    copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    *ppChild = 0;
+    releasePage(pChild);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
+
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+
+  /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
+  memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl,
+         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0]));
+  memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl,
+         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
+
+  /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
+  zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+
+  *ppChild = pChild;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 
+** routine. Balancing routines are:
+**
+**   balance_quick()
+**   balance_deeper()
+**   balance_nonroot()
+*/
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
+  u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
+  u8 *pFree = 0;
+
+  VVA_ONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
+  VVA_ONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
+
+  do {
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
+
+    if( iPage==0 ){
+      if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+        /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
+        ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
+        ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
+        ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
+        */ 
+        assert( balance_deeper_called==0 );
+        VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ );
+        rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pCur->iPage = 1;
+          pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+          pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
+          assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
+        }
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
+      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
+
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+        if( pPage->intKeyLeaf
+         && pPage->nOverflow==1
+         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
+         && pParent->pgno!=1
+         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
+        ){
+          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
+          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
+          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
+          ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent 
+          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
+          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
+          ** buffer. 
+          **
+          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
+          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
+          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
+          ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
+          */
+          assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); 
+          VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ );
+          rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
+          ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
+          ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
+          ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
+          ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
+          ** 
+          ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
+          ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 
+          ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
+          ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
+          ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
+          ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 
+          ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
+          ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 
+          ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
+          ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
+          */
+          u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
+          rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1,
+                               pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD);
+          if( pFree ){
+            /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 
+            ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
+            ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 
+            ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
+            sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+          }
+
+          /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
+          ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
+          ** comes first. */
+          pFree = pSpace;
+        }
+      }
+
+      pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+      /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->iPage--;
+      assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
+    }
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pFree ){
+    sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The content of the new record
+** is described by the pX object.  The pCur cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into, and is left
+** pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For a table btree (used for rowid tables), only the pX.nKey value of
+** the key is used. The pX.pKey value must be NULL.  The pX.nKey is the
+** rowid or INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of the row.  The pX.nData,pData,nZero fields
+** hold the content of the row.
+**
+** For an index btree (used for indexes and WITHOUT ROWID tables), the
+** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey.  The 
+** pX.pData,nData,nZero fields must be zero.
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
+** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey,nKey) has already
+** been performed.  In other words, if seekResult!=0 then the cursor
+** is currently pointing to a cell that will be adjacent to the cell
+** to be inserted.  If seekResult<0 then pCur points to a cell that is
+** smaller then (pKey,nKey).  If seekResult>0 then pCur points to a cell
+** that is larger than (pKey,nKey).
+**
+** If seekResult==0, that means pCur is pointing at some unknown location.
+** In that case, this routine must seek the cursor to the correct insertion
+** point for (pKey,nKey) before doing the insertion.  For index btrees,
+** if pX->nMem is non-zero, then pX->aMem contains pointers to the unpacked
+** key values and pX->aMem can be used instead of pX->pKey to avoid having
+** to decode the key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const BtreePayload *pX,        /* Content of the row to be inserted */
+  int flags,                     /* True if this is likely an append */
+  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
+  int szNew = 0;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
+
+  assert( (flags & (BTREE_SAVEPOSITION|BTREE_APPEND))==flags );
+
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0
+              && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
+              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+
+  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
+  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
+  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
+  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
+  ** blob of associated data.  */
+  assert( (pX->pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
+  **
+  ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
+  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
+  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
+  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
+  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
+  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
+  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
+  ** not to clear the cursor here.
+  */
+  if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){
+    rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    assert( pX->pKey==0 );
+    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
+    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pX->nKey, 0);
+
+    /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing 
+    ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted.  */
+    assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || 
+            ((pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey) );
+
+    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
+    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary
+    ** btreeMoveto() call */
+    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey ){
+      loc = 0;
+    }else if( loc==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+  }else if( loc==0 && (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 ){
+    if( pX->nMem ){
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+      r.pKeyInfo = pCur->pKeyInfo;
+      r.aMem = pX->aMem;
+      r.nField = pX->nMem;
+      r.default_rc = 0;
+      r.errCode = 0;
+      r.r1 = 0;
+      r.r2 = 0;
+      r.eqSeen = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, &r, 0, flags!=0, &loc);
+    }else{
+      rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pX->pKey, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc);
+    }
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->intKey || pX->nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
+
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, pX->nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+  assert( newCell!=0 );
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pX, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  if( loc==0 ){
+    CellInfo info;
+    assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ){
+      goto end_insert;
+    }
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &info);
+    if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload 
+     && (!ISAUTOVACUUM || szNew<pPage->minLocal)
+    ){
+      /* Overwrite the old cell with the new if they are the same size.
+      ** We could also try to do this if the old cell is smaller, then add
+      ** the leftover space to the free list.  But experiments show that
+      ** doing that is no faster then skipping this optimization and just
+      ** calling dropCell() and insertCell(). 
+      **
+      ** This optimization cannot be used on an autovacuum database if the
+      ** new entry uses overflow pages, as the insertCell() call below is
+      ** necessary to add the PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 pointer-map entry.  */
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* clearCell never fails when nLocal==nPayload */
+      if( oldCell+szNew > pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      memcpy(oldCell, newCell, szNew);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    dropCell(pPage, idx, info.nSize, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+  }
+  insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+
+  /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 
+  ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
+  ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
+  ** variables.
+  **
+  ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
+  ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
+  ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
+  ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
+  ** slightly faster.
+  **
+  ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
+  ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
+  ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
+  ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
+  ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
+  ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
+  ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
+  ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
+  */
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey);
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+
+    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
+    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
+    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    if( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+      if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){
+        assert( pCur->pKey==0 );
+        pCur->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pX->nKey );
+        if( pCur->pKey==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }else{
+          memcpy(pCur->pKey, pX->pKey, pX->nKey);
+        }
+      }
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+      pCur->nKey = pX->nKey;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
+
+end_insert:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. 
+**
+** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then
+** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete.
+** But if that bit is set, then the cursor is left in a state such that
+** the next call to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() moves it to the same row
+** as it would have been on if the call to BtreeDelete() had been omitted.
+**
+** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit of flags indicates that is one of several deletes
+** associated with a single table entry and its indexes.  Only one of those
+** deletes is considered the "primary" delete.  The primary delete occurs
+** on a cursor that is not a BTREE_FORDELETE cursor.  All but one delete
+** operation on non-FORDELETE cursors is tagged with the AUXDELETE flag.
+** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit is a hint that is not used by this implementation,
+** but which might be used by alternative storage engines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
+  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
+  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
+  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
+  CellInfo info;                       /* Size of the cell being deleted */
+  int bSkipnext = 0;                   /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */
+  u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION;  /* Keep cursor valid */
+
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( (flags & ~(BTREE_SAVEPOSITION | BTREE_AUXDELETE))==0 );
+
+  iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
+  iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
+
+  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must
+  ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete
+  ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor
+  ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before 
+  ** returning. 
+  **
+  ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor
+  ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately
+  ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true.  */
+  if( bPreserve ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf 
+     || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3)
+    ){
+      /* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry.
+      ** Save the cursor key.  */
+      rc = saveCursorKey(pCur);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }else{
+      bSkipnext = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
+  ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
+  ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
+  ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
+  ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
+  ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
+  ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int notUsed = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &notUsed);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
+  ** making any modifications.  */
+  if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){
+    rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
+  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Make the page containing the entry to be deleted writable. Then free any
+  ** overflow pages associated with the entry and finally remove the cell
+  ** itself from within the page.  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, info.nSize, &rc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
+  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
+  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
+  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
+  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    int nCell;
+    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
+    unsigned char *pTmp;
+
+    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
+    if( pCell<&pLeaf->aData[4] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    nCell = pLeaf->xCellSize(pLeaf, pCell);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
+    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+    assert( pTmp!=0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
+    }
+    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
+  ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
+  ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
+  ** never true.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
+  ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
+  ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
+  ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
+  ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
+  ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
+  ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
+  ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
+  ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 
+  ** well.  */
+  rc = balance(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+    while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+    }
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( bSkipnext ){
+      assert( bPreserve && (pCur->iPage==iCellDepth || CORRUPT_DB) );
+      assert( pPage==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] || CORRUPT_DB );
+      assert( (pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB) && iCellIdx<=pPage->nCell );
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
+      if( iCellIdx>=pPage->nCell ){
+        pCur->skipNext = -1;
+        pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth] = pPage->nCell-1;
+      }else{
+        pCur->skipNext = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+      if( bPreserve ){
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+*/
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
+  int ptfFlags;          /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#else
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
+    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
+
+    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
+    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
+    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
+    ** held by open cursors.
+    */
+    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+
+    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
+    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
+    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+    */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+    pgnoRoot++;
+
+    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
+    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+    */
+    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
+        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      pgnoRoot++;
+    }
+    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB );
+    testcase( pgnoRoot<3 );
+
+    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
+    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
+    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+    */
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
+      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
+      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
+      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
+      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
+      ** is already journaled.
+      */
+      u8 eType = 0;
+      Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
+
+      /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
+      ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
+      ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot.  */
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+      releasePage(pPageMove);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+
+      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pRoot = pPageMove;
+    } 
+
+    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
+    ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
+    ** freelist count.  Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
+    */
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
+    if( NEVER(rc) ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
+  }else{
+    ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
+  }
+  zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
+*/
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,               /* Page number to clear */
+  int freePageFlag,        /* Deallocate page if true */
+  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+  int hdr;
+  CellInfo info;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pPage->bBusy ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }
+  pPage->bBusy = 1;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
+      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }else if( pnChange ){
+    assert( pPage->intKey || CORRUPT_DB );
+    testcase( !pPage->intKey );
+    *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF);
+  }
+
+cleardatabasepage_out:
+  pPage->bBusy = 0;
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+**
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
+    ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
+    ** a no-op).  */
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on.
+**
+** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
+** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
+** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
+** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
+** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
+** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
+** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
+** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
+** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+*/
+static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( iTable>=2 );
+
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *piMoved = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  freePage(pPage, &rc);
+  releasePage(pPage);
+#else
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno maxRootPgno;
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+
+    if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
+      /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
+      ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
+      */
+      freePage(pPage, &rc);
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
+      ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
+      ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
+      */
+      MemPage *pMove;
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
+      releasePage(pMove);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pMove = 0;
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+      freePage(pMove, &rc);
+      releasePage(pMove);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
+    ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
+    ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
+    ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+    */
+    maxRootPgno--;
+    while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+           || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
+      maxRootPgno--;
+    }
+    assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
+  }else{
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;  
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
+** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
+**
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+**
+** This routine treats Meta[BTREE_DATA_VERSION] as a special case.  Instead
+** of reading the value out of the header, it instead loads the "DataVersion"
+** from the pager.  The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not actually stored in the
+** database file.  It is a number computed by the pager.  But its access
+** pattern is the same as header meta values, and so it is convenient to
+** read it from this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+
+  if( idx==BTREE_DATA_VERSION ){
+    *pMeta = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pBt->pPager) + p->iDataVersion;
+  }else{
+    *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+  }
+
+  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
+  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
+    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
+      assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+      assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+/*
+** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
+** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
+** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
+** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
+  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+
+  if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+    *pnEntry = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+
+  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
+  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
+  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
+    MemPage *pPage;                    /* Current page of the b-tree */
+
+    /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 
+    ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
+    ** accordingly.
+    */
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
+      nEntry += pPage->nCell;
+    }
+
+    /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 
+    ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
+    ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
+    ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
+    ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
+    ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
+    **
+    ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
+    ** caller.
+    */
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      do {
+        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
+          *pnEntry = nEntry;
+          return moveToRoot(pCur);
+        }
+        moveToParent(pCur);
+      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }
+
+    /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 
+    ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
+    */
+    iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+    }else{
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
+  pCheck->mxErr--;
+  pCheck->nErr++;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
+  }
+  if( pCheck->zPfx ){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2);
+  }
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
+** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
+*/
+static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+  return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg.
+*/
+static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+*/
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
+** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
+** to pCheck.
+*/
+static void checkPtrmap(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
+  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
+  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
+  Pgno iParent           /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
+){
+  int rc;
+  u8 ePtrmapType;
+  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
+
+  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
+      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+*/
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N                 /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
+    DbPage *pOvflPage;
+    unsigned char *pOvflData;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage, 0) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
+          }
+#endif
+          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage);
+        }
+        N -= n;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    else{
+      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
+      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
+      ** the following page matches iPage.
+      */
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
+        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
+
+    if( isFreeList && N<(iPage!=0) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "free-page count in header is too small");
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/*
+** An implementation of a min-heap.
+**
+** aHeap[0] is the number of elements on the heap.  aHeap[1] is the
+** root element.  The daughter nodes of aHeap[N] are aHeap[N*2]
+** and aHeap[N*2+1].
+**
+** The heap property is this:  Every node is less than or equal to both
+** of its daughter nodes.  A consequence of the heap property is that the
+** root node aHeap[1] is always the minimum value currently in the heap.
+**
+** The btreeHeapInsert() routine inserts an unsigned 32-bit number onto
+** the heap, preserving the heap property.  The btreeHeapPull() routine
+** removes the root element from the heap (the minimum value in the heap)
+** and then moves other nodes around as necessary to preserve the heap
+** property.
+**
+** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing.  Each u32
+** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page.  
+** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the
+** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range.
+*/
+static void btreeHeapInsert(u32 *aHeap, u32 x){
+  u32 j, i = ++aHeap[0];
+  aHeap[i] = x;
+  while( (j = i/2)>0 && aHeap[j]>aHeap[i] ){
+    x = aHeap[j];
+    aHeap[j] = aHeap[i];
+    aHeap[i] = x;
+    i = j;
+  }
+}
+static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){
+  u32 j, i, x;
+  if( (x = aHeap[0])==0 ) return 0;
+  *pOut = aHeap[1];
+  aHeap[1] = aHeap[x];
+  aHeap[x] = 0xffffffff;
+  aHeap[0]--;
+  i = 1;
+  while( (j = i*2)<=aHeap[0] ){
+    if( aHeap[j]>aHeap[j+1] ) j++;
+    if( aHeap[i]<aHeap[j] ) break;
+    x = aHeap[i];
+    aHeap[i] = aHeap[j];
+    aHeap[j] = x;
+    i = j;
+  }
+  return 1;  
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
+**
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**      2.  Make sure integer cell keys are in order.
+**      3.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      4.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      5.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+*/
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  i64 *piMinKey,        /* Write minimum integer primary key here */
+  i64 maxKey            /* Error if integer primary key greater than this */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;      /* The page being analyzed */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subroutine call */
+  int depth = -1, d2;      /* Depth of a subtree */
+  int pgno;                /* Page number */
+  int nFrag;               /* Number of fragmented bytes on the page */
+  int hdr;                 /* Offset to the page header */
+  int cellStart;           /* Offset to the start of the cell pointer array */
+  int nCell;               /* Number of cells */
+  int doCoverageCheck = 1; /* True if cell coverage checking should be done */
+  int keyCanBeEqual = 1;   /* True if IPK can be equal to maxKey
+                           ** False if IPK must be strictly less than maxKey */
+  u8 *data;                /* Page content */
+  u8 *pCell;               /* Cell content */
+  u8 *pCellIdx;            /* Next element of the cell pointer array */
+  BtShared *pBt;           /* The BtShared object that owns pPage */
+  u32 pc;                  /* Address of a cell */
+  u32 usableSize;          /* Usable size of the page */
+  u32 contentOffset;       /* Offset to the start of the cell content area */
+  u32 *heap = 0;           /* Min-heap used for checking cell coverage */
+  u32 x, prev = 0;         /* Next and previous entry on the min-heap */
+  const char *saved_zPfx = pCheck->zPfx;
+  int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1;
+  int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2;
+  u8 savedIsInit = 0;
+
+  /* Check that the page exists
+  */
+  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0;
+  pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
+  pCheck->v1 = iPage;
+  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    goto end_of_check;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
+  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
+  savedIsInit = pPage->isInit;
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    goto end_of_check;
+  }
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+
+  /* Set up for cell analysis */
+  pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: ";
+  contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+  assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
+  ** number of cells on the page. */
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  assert( pPage->nCell==nCell );
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-23882-45353 The cell pointer array of a b-tree page
+  ** immediately follows the b-tree page header. */
+  cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+  assert( pPage->aCellIdx==&data[cellStart] );
+  pCellIdx = &data[cellStart + 2*(nCell-1)];
+
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    /* Analyze the right-child page of internal pages */
+    pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: ";
+      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
+    }
+#endif
+    depth = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey);
+    keyCanBeEqual = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* For leaf pages, the coverage check will occur in the same loop
+    ** as the other cell checks, so initialize the heap.  */
+    heap = pCheck->heap;
+    heap[0] = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02776-14802 The cell pointer array consists of K 2-byte
+  ** integer offsets to the cell contents. */
+  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0 && pCheck->mxErr; i--){
+    CellInfo info;
+
+    /* Check cell size */
+    pCheck->v2 = i;
+    assert( pCellIdx==&data[cellStart + i*2] );
+    pc = get2byteAligned(pCellIdx);
+    pCellIdx -= 2;
+    if( pc<contentOffset || pc>usableSize-4 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Offset %d out of range %d..%d",
+                             pc, contentOffset, usableSize-4);
+      doCoverageCheck = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    pCell = &data[pc];
+    pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    if( pc+info.nSize>usableSize ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Extends off end of page");
+      doCoverageCheck = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for integer primary key out of range */
+    if( pPage->intKey ){
+      if( keyCanBeEqual ? (info.nKey > maxKey) : (info.nKey >= maxKey) ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rowid %lld out of order", info.nKey);
+      }
+      maxKey = info.nKey;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the content overflow list */
+    if( info.nPayload>info.nLocal ){
+      int nPage;       /* Number of pages on the overflow chain */
+      Pgno pgnoOvfl;   /* First page of the overflow chain */
+      assert( pc + info.nSize - 4 <= usableSize );
+      nPage = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.nSize - 4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage);
+      }
+#endif
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage);
+    }
+
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      /* Check sanity of left child page for internal pages */
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
+      }
+#endif
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey);
+      keyCanBeEqual = 0;
+      if( d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs");
+        depth = d2;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Populate the coverage-checking heap for leaf pages */
+      btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+info.nSize-1));
+    }
+  }
+  *piMinKey = maxKey;
+
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  pCheck->zPfx = 0;
+  if( doCoverageCheck && pCheck->mxErr>0 ){
+    /* For leaf pages, the min-heap has already been initialized and the
+    ** cells have already been inserted.  But for internal pages, that has
+    ** not yet been done, so do it now */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      heap = pCheck->heap;
+      heap[0] = 0;
+      for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
+        u32 size;
+        pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+        size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
+        btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+size-1));
+      }
+    }
+    /* Add the freeblocks to the min-heap
+    **
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header
+    ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no
+    ** freeblocks on the page. 
+    */
+    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    while( i>0 ){
+      int size, j;
+      assert( (u32)i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      assert( (u32)(i+size)<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      btreeHeapInsert(heap, (((u32)i)<<16)|(i+size-1));
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58208-19414 The first 2 bytes of a freeblock are a
+      ** big-endian integer which is the offset in the b-tree page of the next
+      ** freeblock in the chain, or zero if the freeblock is the last on the
+      ** chain. */
+      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
+      ** increasing offset. */
+      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      i = j;
+    }
+    /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or 
+    ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag.
+    ** 
+    ** Each min-heap entry is of the form:    (start_address<<16)|end_address.
+    ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell
+    ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start
+    ** of cell content.  
+    **
+    ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares
+    ** the start_address against the previous end_address.  If there is an
+    ** overlap, that means bytes are used multiple times.  If there is a gap,
+    ** that gap is added to the fragmentation count.
+    */
+    nFrag = 0;
+    prev = contentOffset - 1;   /* Implied first min-heap entry */
+    while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){
+      if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage);
+        break;
+      }else{
+        nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1;
+        prev = x;
+      }
+    }
+    nFrag += usableSize - (prev&0xffff) - 1;
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43263-13491 The total number of bytes in all fragments
+    ** is stored in the fifth field of the b-tree page header.
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-07161-27322 The one-byte integer at offset 7 gives the
+    ** number of fragmented free bytes within the cell content area.
+    */
+    if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+          nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+    }
+  }
+
+end_of_check:
+  if( !doCoverageCheck ) pPage->isInit = savedIsInit;
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx;
+  pCheck->v1 = saved_v1;
+  pCheck->v2 = saved_v2;
+  return depth+1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
+** this function.
+**
+** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
+** allocation errors,  an error message held in memory obtained from
+** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
+** returned.  If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
+  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
+  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
+  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
+  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
+){
+  Pgno i;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int savedDbFlags = pBt->db->flags;
+  char zErr[100];
+  VVA_ONLY( int nRef );
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  VVA_ONLY( nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) );
+  assert( nRef>=0 );
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
+  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
+  sCheck.nErr = 0;
+  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+  sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+  sCheck.v1 = 0;
+  sCheck.v2 = 0;
+  sCheck.aPgRef = 0;
+  sCheck.heap = 0;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, 0, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  sCheck.errMsg.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
+  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
+    sCheck.mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
+  }
+  sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+  if( sCheck.heap==0 ){
+    sCheck.mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: ";
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]));
+  sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  testcase( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk );
+  pBt->db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CellSizeCk;
+  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+    i64 notUsed;
+    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], &notUsed, LARGEST_INT64);
+  }
+  pBt->db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+#else
+    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+    ** references to pointer-map pages.
+    */
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+integrity_ck_cleanup:
+  sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap);
+  sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
+  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+    sCheck.nErr++;
+  }
+  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
+  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. */
+  assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.  Return
+** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database.
+**
+** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+**
+** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open 
+** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, p->db, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->nBackup!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
+** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
+** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
+**
+** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
+** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
+** of memory returned. 
+**
+** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
+** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
+** allocated, it is returned as normal.
+**
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
+** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
+** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
+    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
+    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return pBt->pSchema;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 
+** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
+** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
+** if it is false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
+    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
+** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
+**
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 
+** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
+** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
+** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+  int rc;
+  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCsr) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob );
+
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
+  ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
+  ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
+  **
+  ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
+  ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
+  ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  /* Check some assumptions: 
+  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
+  **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
+  **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
+  **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
+  **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
+  */
+  if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
+              && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
+  assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
+
+  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob;
+  pCur->pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and 
+** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
+** header to iVersion.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
+  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+ 
+  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
+
+  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
+  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
+  */
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+  if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL;
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+    if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
+          aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified.  This routine is
+** only used from within assert() statements
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
+  return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
+  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+/*
+** Return true if the Btree passed as the only argument is sharable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
+  return p->sharable;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of connections to the BtShared object accessed by
+** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches 
+** this is always 1. For shared caches it may be 1 or greater.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){
+  testcase( p->sharable );
+  return p->pBt->nRef;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 January 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() 
+** API functions and the related features.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "btreeInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+  sqlite3* pDestDb;        /* Destination database handle */
+  Btree *pDest;            /* Destination b-tree file */
+  u32 iDestSchema;         /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+  int bDestLocked;         /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
+
+  Pgno iNext;              /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb;         /* Source database handle */
+  Btree *pSrc;             /* Source b-tree file */
+
+  int rc;                  /* Backup process error code */
+
+  /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+  ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+  */
+  Pgno nRemaining;         /* Number of pages left to copy */
+  Pgno nPagecount;         /* Total number of pages to copy */
+
+  int isAttached;          /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
+  sqlite3_backup *pNext;   /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
+
+/*
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+**   Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+**   structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
+**
+**     * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and 
+**       backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+**       handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared 
+**       structure, in that order.
+**
+**     * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+**       invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+**       the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+**       associated with the source database BtShared structure will always 
+**       be held when either of these functions are invoked.
+**
+**   The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+**   backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+**   while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+**   the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+**   BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+**   or backup_pagecount().
+**
+**   Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+**   the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+**   Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+**   associated mutexes.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
+**
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this 
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an 
+** error message to pErrorDb.
+*/
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+
+  if( i==1 ){
+    Parse sParse;
+    int rc = 0;
+    memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+    sParse.db = pDb;
+    if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(&sParse) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, sParse.rc, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, sParse.zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse);
+    if( rc ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
+** of the source.
+*/
+static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the
+** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there
+** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error 
+** message in database handle db.
+*/
+static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "destination database is in use");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
+**
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
+  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
+  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pSrcDb)||!sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDestDb) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
+  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+
+  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(
+        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+    );
+    p = 0;
+  }else {
+    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+    p->iNext = 1;
+    p->isAttached = 0;
+
+    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest 
+     || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK 
+     ){
+      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
+      ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination
+      ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb 
+      ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup 
+      ** structure.  */
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is 
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+  return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for 
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the 
+** destination database.
+*/
+static int backupOnePage(
+  sqlite3_backup *p,              /* Backup handle */
+  Pgno iSrcPg,                    /* Source database page to backup */
+  const u8 *zSrcData,             /* Source database page data */
+  int bUpdate                     /* True for an update, false otherwise */
+){
+  Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+  const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
+  ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
+  ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner.  */
+  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest);
+#endif
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iOff;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
+  assert( p->bDestLocked );
+  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+  assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+  assert( zSrcData );
+
+  /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+  ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. 
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
+  ** and a codec is in use.
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
+  ** between source and destination.  If there is a difference, try to
+  ** fix the destination to agree with the source.  If that is not possible,
+  ** then the backup cannot proceed.
+  */
+  if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
+    u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source 
+  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+  ** of the destination page.
+  */
+  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
+    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
+    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
+    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
+    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg, 0))
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
+    ){
+      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+      ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+      ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+      ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+      ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked 
+      ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+      */
+      memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+      ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
+      if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){
+        sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc));
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error 
+** code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+  i64 iCurrent;
+  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
+** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
+*/
+static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
+  pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+  p->pNext = *pp;
+  *pp = p;
+  p->isAttached = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+  int rc;
+  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
+  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
+  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+
+  rc = p->rc;
+  if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+    Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc);     /* Source pager */
+    Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);   /* Dest pager */
+    int ii;                            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nSrcPage = -1;                 /* Size of source db in pages */
+    int bCloseTrans = 0;               /* True if src db requires unlocking */
+
+    /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
+    */
+    if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+    ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+    ** before this function exits.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+      bCloseTrans = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* If the destination database has not yet been locked (i.e. if this
+    ** is the first call to backup_step() for the current backup operation),
+    ** try to set its page size to the same as the source database. This
+    ** is especially important on ZipVFS systems, as in that case it is
+    ** not possible to create a database file that uses one page size by
+    ** writing to it with another.  */
+    if( p->bDestLocked==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK && setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) 
+    ){
+      p->bDestLocked = 1;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
+    }
+
+    /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
+    ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
+    pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+    pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+    destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
+      rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    }
+  
+    /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+    ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+    */
+    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
+    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
+    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
+      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,PAGER_GET_READONLY);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+        }
+      }
+      p->iNext++;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+      p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+      if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else if( !p->isAttached ){
+        attachBackupObject(p);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+    ** same schema version.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      if( nSrcPage==0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest);
+        nSrcPage = 1;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( p->pDestDb ){
+          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb);
+        }
+        if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int nDestTruncate;
+        /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+        ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+        ** size may be different to the source page size. 
+        **
+        ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
+        ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+        ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+        ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
+        ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+        ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+        ** by the file truncation.
+        */
+        assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
+        assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
+        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+          int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
+          nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
+          if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+            nDestTruncate--;
+          }
+        }else{
+          nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
+        }
+        assert( nDestTruncate>0 );
+
+        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+          /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
+          ** two extra things may need to happen:
+          **
+          **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
+          **
+          **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
+          **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
+          **     copied into the destination database.
+          */
+          const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
+          sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+          Pgno iPg;
+          int nDstPage;
+          i64 iOff;
+          i64 iEnd;
+
+          assert( pFile );
+          assert( nDestTruncate==0 
+              || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
+                nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+             && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
+          ));
+
+          /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original
+          ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
+          ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
+          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
+          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
+          ** journal file.  */
+          sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
+          for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
+            if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+              DbPage *pPg;
+              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg, 0);
+              if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+                rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+                sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
+          }
+
+          /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
+          iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
+          for(
+            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
+            iOff+=pgszSrc
+          ){
+            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
+            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
+            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg, 0);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
+              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
+            }
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
+          }
+
+          /* Sync the database file to disk. */
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager, 0);
+          }
+        }else{
+          sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
+        }
+    
+        /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+        if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
+        ){
+          rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
+    */
+    if( bCloseTrans ){
+      TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+      TESTONLY( rc2  = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+      TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
+      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+    }
+  
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;                 /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+  sqlite3 *pSrcDb;                     /* Source database connection */
+  int rc;                              /* Value to return */
+
+  /* Enter the mutexes */
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+
+  /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+  }
+  if( p->isAttached ){
+    pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+    while( *pp!=p ){
+      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    *pp = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+
+  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc);
+
+    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( p==0 ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return p->nRemaining;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( p==0 ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return p->nPagecount;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void backupUpdate(
+  sqlite3_backup *p,
+  Pgno iPage,
+  const u8 *aData
+){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  do{
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
+      /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+      ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+      ** the new data into the backup.
+      */
+      int rc;
+      assert( p->pDestDb );
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+      rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }while( (p = p->pNext)!=0 );
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+  if( pBackup ) backupUpdate(pBackup, iPage, aData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still 
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    p->iNext = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything 
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the 
+** transaction is committed before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File descriptor for database pTo */
+  sqlite3_backup b;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) );
+  pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo));
+  if( pFd->pMethods ){
+    i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom);
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( rc ) goto copy_finished;
+  }
+
+  /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+  ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+  ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+  ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+  */
+  memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+  b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+  b.pSrc = pFrom;
+  b.pDest = pTo;
+  b.iNext = 1;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo), sqlite3BtreePager(pFrom));
+#endif
+
+  /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+  ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes 
+  ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+  ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE 
+  ** or an error code.  */
+  sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+  assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+
+  rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest));
+  }
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 );
+copy_finished:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
+
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Check invariants on a Mem object.
+**
+** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
+** this:    assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
+  /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.  
+  ** Mem.xDel is might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear.
+  */
+  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
+
+  /* MEM_Dyn may only be set if Mem.szMalloc==0.  In this way we
+  ** ensure that if Mem.szMalloc>0 then it is safe to do
+  ** Mem.z = Mem.zMalloc without having to check Mem.flags&MEM_Dyn.
+  ** That saves a few cycles in inner loops. */
+  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->szMalloc==0 );
+
+  /* Cannot be both MEM_Int and MEM_Real at the same time */
+  assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+
+  /* The szMalloc field holds the correct memory allocation size */
+  assert( p->szMalloc==0
+       || p->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db,p->zMalloc) );
+
+  /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
+  ** one of the following:
+  **
+  **   (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
+  **   (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
+  **   (3) An ephemeral string or blob
+  **   (4) A static string or blob
+  */
+  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){
+    assert( 
+      ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
+      ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
+      ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
+      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
+    );
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  int rc;
+#endif
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+           || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#else
+
+  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
+  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
+** min(n,32) bytes.
+**
+** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
+** pMem->z into the new allocation.  pMem must be either a string or
+** blob if bPreserve is true.  If bPreserve is false, any prior content
+** in pMem->z is discarded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  testcase( pMem->db==0 );
+
+  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
+  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
+  assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+  testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );
+
+  assert( pMem->szMalloc==0
+       || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc) );
+  if( pMem->szMalloc<n ){
+    if( n<32 ) n = 32;
+    if( bPreserve && pMem->szMalloc>0 && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
+      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
+      bPreserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
+    }
+    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+      pMem->z = 0;
+      pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bPreserve && pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+  }
+  if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
+    assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
+  }
+
+  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes.
+** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded.
+** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists.  Though MEM_Str
+** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null
+** values are preserved.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM)
+** if unable to complete the resizing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){
+  assert( szNew>0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->szMalloc==0 );
+  if( pMem->szMalloc<szNew ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, szNew, 0);
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+  pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in
+** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 ){
+    if( ExpandBlob(pMem) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    if( pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+      pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+    }
+  }
+  pMem->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
+** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
+  int nByte;
+  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero );
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
+  nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
+  if( nByte<=0 ){
+    nByte = 1;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+  pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string.
+** Add the zero terminator.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) );
+  testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }else{
+    return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
+** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the latter is an internal programming error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  const int nByte = 32;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
+    pMem->enc = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r);
+  }
+  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+  if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
+** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
+** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    Mem t;
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+    memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
+    t.flags = MEM_Null;
+    t.db = pMem->db;
+    ctx.pOut = &t;
+    ctx.pMem = pMem;
+    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+    if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+    memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
+    rc = ctx.isError;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by
+** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine
+** will free that value.  It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null.
+**
+** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and
+** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease().  Use those other routines as the
+** entry point for releasing Mem resources.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) );
+  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
+    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+    testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+  }
+  if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
+    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
+    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->u.pFrame;
+    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
+    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
+  }
+  p->flags = MEM_Null;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
+** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
+**
+** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
+** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs
+** to be freed.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
+    vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p);
+  }
+  if( p->szMalloc ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
+    p->szMalloc = 0;
+  }
+  p->z = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory resources held by the Mem.  Both the memory that is
+** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed.
+**
+** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to
+** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization.
+**
+** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space
+** prior to inserting new content into the Mem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){
+    vdbeMemClear(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
+** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
+** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
+*/
+static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
+  return r;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
+  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
+  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
+  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
+  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+  */
+  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
+  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+
+  if( r<=(double)minInt ){
+    return minInt;
+  }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){
+    return maxInt;
+  }else{
+    return (i64)r;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into an integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
+** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value = 0;
+    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
+    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->u.r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    double val = (double)0;
+    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+    return val;
+  }else{
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    return (double)0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
+** MEM_Int if we can.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
+  i64 ix;
+  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  ix = doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
+
+  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
+  **
+  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
+  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
+  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
+  **
+  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
+  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
+  ** values to wrap around.
+  */
+  if( pMem->u.r==ix && ix>SMALLEST_INT64 && ix<LARGEST_INT64 ){
+    pMem->u.i = ix;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+**
+** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
+** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
+** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
+    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+    }else{
+      pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity
+** "aff".  Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast
+** is forced.  In other words, the value is converted into the desired
+** affinity even if that results in loss of data.  This routine is
+** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return;
+  switch( aff ){
+    case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: {   /* Really a cast to BLOB */
+      if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
+        if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ) MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
+      }else{
+        pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: {
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: {
+      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+      assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
+      pMem->flags |= (pMem->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+      assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
+      pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object.
+**
+** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){
+  assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 );
+  pMem->flags = flags;
+  pMem->db = db;
+  pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+**
+** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that
+** require the destructor.  But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation.
+** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this
+** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc.
+**
+** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value.
+**
+** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
+    vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem);
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); 
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
+** n containing all zeros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
+  pMem->n = 0;
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  pMem->u.nZero = n;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->z = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior
+** to a value change.  So invoke the destructor, then set the value to
+** a 64-bit integer.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+  pMem->u.i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
+    vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(pMem, val);
+  }else{
+    pMem->u.i = val;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+  if( !sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
+    pMem->u.r = val;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, 64);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+    pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc);
+    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, pMem->szMalloc);
+    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
+** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int n = p->n;
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      n += p->u.nZero;
+    }
+    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This routine prepares a memory cell for modification by breaking
+** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
+** copies of this cell as invalid.
+**
+** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
+** copies are not misused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
+  int i;
+  Mem *pX;
+  for(i=0, pX=pVdbe->aMem; i<pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
+    if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
+      pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined;
+      pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeClrCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int eType){
+  vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
+  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, eType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ){ vdbeClrCopy(pTo,pFrom,srcType); return; }
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
+      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->szMalloc = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+**
+** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
+** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
+** pointer copied.
+**
+** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs.  If the string can be
+** stored without allocating memory, then it is.  If a memory allocation
+** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged.  In
+** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
+  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
+  u16 flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
+  if( !z ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->db ){
+    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }else{
+    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+  }
+  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    assert( enc!=0 );
+    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      nByte = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+      if( nByte>iLimit ) nByte = iLimit+1;
+    }else{
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+    }
+    flags |= MEM_Term;
+  }
+
+  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
+  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
+  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+  */
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    int nAlloc = nByte;
+    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
+      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+    }
+    if( nByte>iLimit ){
+      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+    }
+    testcase( nAlloc==0 );
+    testcase( nAlloc==31 );
+    testcase( nAlloc==32 );
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, MAX(nAlloc,32)) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+
+  pMem->n = nByte;
+  pMem->flags = flags;
+  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( nByte>iLimit ){
+    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data is payload from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** The result is written into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem object must have been initialized.  This routine will use
+** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible.  New
+** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary.  The calling routine
+** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually
+** destroyed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  u32 amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  int rc;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+2)) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pMem->z[amt] = 0;
+      pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = (int)amt;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  u32 amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
+  u32 available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) );
+
+  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
+  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available);
+  assert( zData!=0 );
+
+  if( offset+amt<=available ){
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+    pMem->n = (int)amt;
+  }else{
+    rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, pMem);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL.
+** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer
+** to a zero-terminated version of that string.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  assert( pVal!=0 );
+  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 );
+  if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    if( ExpandBlob(pVal) ) return 0;
+    pVal->flags |= MEM_Str;
+    if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+    }
+    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
+      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
+    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
+  }
+  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
+              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+    return pVal->z;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+**
+** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
+** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
+** boundary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){
+    return pVal->z;
+  }
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return valueToText(pVal, enc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
+  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->db = db;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to 
+** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
+*/
+struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
+  Parse *pParse;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  UnpackedRecord **ppRec;
+  int iVal;
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If
+** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
+** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
+**
+** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is 
+** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
+** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that 
+** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
+*/
+static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( p ){
+    UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0];
+
+    if( pRec==0 ){
+      Index *pIdx = p->pIdx;      /* Index being probed */
+      int nByte;                  /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+      int i;                      /* Counter variable */
+      int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;   /* Number of index columns including rowid */
+  
+      nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
+      pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+      if( pRec ){
+        pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx);
+        if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){
+          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol );
+          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+          pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)));
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            pRec->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+            pRec->aMem[i].db = db;
+          }
+        }else{
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
+          pRec = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
+      p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
+    }
+  
+    pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
+    return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
+  return sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression object indicated by the second argument is guaranteed
+** to be a scalar SQL function. If
+**
+**   * all function arguments are SQL literals,
+**   * one of the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function flags is set, and
+**   * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set,
+**
+** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no
+** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value 
+** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning.
+** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding 
+** enc.
+**
+** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK
+** and sets (*ppVal) to NULL. Or, if an error occurs, (*ppVal) is set to
+** NULL and an SQLite error code returned.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static int valueFromFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The database connection */
+  Expr *p,                        /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                         /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 aff,                         /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal,          /* Write the new value here */
+  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx   /* Second argument for valueNew() */
+){
+  sqlite3_context ctx;            /* Context object for function invocation */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal = 0;      /* Function arguments */
+  int nVal = 0;                   /* Size of apVal[] array */
+  FuncDef *pFunc = 0;             /* Function definition */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* New value */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  ExprList *pList = 0;            /* Function arguments */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  assert( pCtx!=0 );
+  assert( (p->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 );
+  pList = p->x.pList;
+  if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr;
+  pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0);
+  assert( pFunc );
+  if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 
+   || (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( pList ){
+    apVal = (sqlite3_value**)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(apVal[0]) * nVal);
+    if( apVal==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto value_from_function_out;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, enc, aff, &apVal[i]);
+      if( apVal[i]==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto value_from_function_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+  if( pVal==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    goto value_from_function_out;
+  }
+
+  assert( pCtx->pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+  ctx.pOut = pVal;
+  ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+  pFunc->xSFunc(&ctx, nVal, apVal);
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    rc = ctx.isError;
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pCtx->pParse, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pVal));
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVal) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+      pCtx->pParse->nErr++;
+    }
+  }
+  pCtx->pParse->rc = rc;
+
+ value_from_function_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pVal = 0;
+  }
+  if( apVal ){
+    for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){
+      sqlite3ValueFree(apVal[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, apVal);
+  }
+
+  *ppVal = pVal;
+  return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define valueFromFunction(a,b,c,d,e,f) SQLITE_OK
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
+
+/*
+** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described
+** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object
+** using valueNew().
+**
+** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object
+** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not
+** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object
+** in all cases.
+*/
+static int valueFromExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The database connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                         /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal,          /* Write the new value here */
+  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx   /* Second argument for valueNew() */
+){
+  int op;
+  char *zVal = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  int negInt = 1;
+  const char *zNeg = "";
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pExpr!=0 );
+  while( (op = pExpr->op)==TK_UPLUS || op==TK_SPAN ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
+
+  /* Compressed expressions only appear when parsing the DEFAULT clause
+  ** on a table column definition, and hence only when pCtx==0.  This
+  ** check ensures that an EP_TokenOnly expression is never passed down
+  ** into valueFromFunction(). */
+  assert( (pExpr->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 || pCtx==0 );
+
+  if( op==TK_CAST ){
+    u8 aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, enc, aff, ppVal, pCtx);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    if( *ppVal ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCast(*ppVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(*ppVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
+  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_UMINUS
+   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+    op = pExpr->op;
+    negInt = -1;
+    zNeg = "-";
+  }
+
+  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
+    }else{
+      zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }
+    if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
+    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) 
+     && pVal!=0
+    ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
+      if( pVal->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        pVal->u.r = -pVal->u.r;
+      }else if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+        pVal->u.r = -(double)SMALLEST_INT64;
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pVal, MEM_Real);
+      }else{
+        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
+      }
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
+    int nVal;
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+    if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
+    zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+    nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
+    assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
+                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  else if( op==TK_FUNCTION && pCtx!=0 ){
+    rc = valueFromFunction(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, &pVal, pCtx);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  *ppVal = pVal;
+  return rc;
+
+no_mem:
+  sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
+  assert( *ppVal==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+#else
+  assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
+**
+** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
+** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
+** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
+** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
+** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
+** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
+){
+  return pExpr ? valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0) : 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts
+** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database 
+** record (a blob) containing the argument value.
+**
+** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the
+** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally.
+*/
+static void recordFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const int file_format = 1;
+  u32 iSerial;                    /* Serial type */
+  int nSerial;                    /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */
+  u32 nVal;                       /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */
+  int nRet;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  u8 *aRet;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+  iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format, &nVal);
+  nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial);
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
+  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nRet);
+  if( aRet==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
+    putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial);
+    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){
+  static FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = {
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_record,   1, 0, 0, recordFunc),
+  };
+  sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAnalyzeTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs));
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to extract a value from pExpr and use it to construct *ppVal.
+**
+** If pAlloc is not NULL, then an UnpackedRecord object is created for
+** pAlloc if one does not exist and the new value is added to the
+** UnpackedRecord object.
+**
+** A value is extracted in the following cases:
+**
+**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
+**
+**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
+**
+**  * The expression is a literal value.
+**
+** On success, *ppVal is made to point to the extracted value.  The caller
+** is responsible for ensuring that the value is eventually freed.
+*/
+static int stat4ValueFromExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
+  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
+  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pAlloc,/* How to allocate space.  Or NULL */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal           /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc);
+    if( pVal ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal);
+    }
+  }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
+        || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
+  ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar);
+    if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){
+      pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc);
+      if( pVal ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db));
+        }
+        pVal->db = pParse->db;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, pAlloc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db );
+  *ppVal = pVal;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord 
+** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored 
+** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
+**
+** A single call to this function populates zero or more fields of the
+** record starting with field iVal (fields are numbered from left to
+** right starting with 0). A single field is populated if:
+**
+**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
+**
+**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
+**
+**  * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value 
+**    from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
+**
+** Or, if pExpr is a TK_VECTOR, one field is populated for each of the
+** vector components that match either of the two latter criteria listed
+** above.
+**
+** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the 
+** corresponding column within index pIdx is applied to it. Before
+** this function returns, output parameter *pnExtract is set to the
+** number of values appended to the record.
+**
+** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object
+** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it
+** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord
+** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning.
+**
+** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an
+** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does
+** occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index being probed */
+  UnpackedRecord **ppRec,         /* IN/OUT: Probe record */
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
+  int nElem,                      /* Maximum number of values to append */
+  int iVal,                       /* Array element to populate */
+  int *pnExtract                  /* OUT: Values appended to the record */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nExtract = 0;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 || pExpr->op!=TK_SELECT ){
+    int i;
+    struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc;
+
+    alloc.pParse = pParse;
+    alloc.pIdx = pIdx;
+    alloc.ppRec = ppRec;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nElem; i++){
+      sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+      Expr *pElem = (pExpr ? sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pExpr, i) : 0);
+      u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(pParse->db, pIdx, iVal+i);
+      alloc.iVal = iVal+i;
+      rc = stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pElem, aff, &alloc, &pVal);
+      if( !pVal ) break;
+      nExtract++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pnExtract = nExtract;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods
+** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. 
+**
+** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return 
+** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs
+** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error
+** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal
+** is undefined in this case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
+  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal           /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */
+){
+  return stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, 0, ppVal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the iCol-th column from the nRec-byte record in pRec.  Write
+** the column value into *ppVal.  If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new
+** sqlite3_value object is allocated.
+**
+** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for 
+** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const void *pRec,               /* Pointer to buffer containing record */
+  int nRec,                       /* Size of buffer pRec in bytes */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to extract */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal           /* OUT: Extracted value */
+){
+  u32 t;                          /* a column type code */
+  int nHdr;                       /* Size of the header in the record */
+  int iHdr;                       /* Next unread header byte */
+  int iField;                     /* Next unread data byte */
+  int szField;                    /* Size of the current data field */
+  int i;                          /* Column index */
+  u8 *a = (u8*)pRec;              /* Typecast byte array */
+  Mem *pMem = *ppVal;             /* Write result into this Mem object */
+
+  assert( iCol>0 );
+  iHdr = getVarint32(a, nHdr);
+  if( nHdr>nRec || iHdr>=nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  iField = nHdr;
+  for(i=0; i<=iCol; i++){
+    iHdr += getVarint32(&a[iHdr], t);
+    testcase( iHdr==nHdr );
+    testcase( iHdr==nHdr+1 );
+    if( iHdr>nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
+    iField += szField;
+  }
+  testcase( iField==nRec );
+  testcase( iField==nRec+1 );
+  if( iField>nRec ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  if( pMem==0 ){
+    pMem = *ppVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    if( pMem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&a[iField-szField], t, pMem);
+  pMem->enc = ENC(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned
+** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes
+** the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
+  if( pRec ){
+    int i;
+    int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
+    Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
+    sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&aMem[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
+  int n,                /* Length of string z */
+  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
+  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
+  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3ValueBytes() routine returns the number of bytes in the
+** sqlite3_value object assuming that it uses the encoding "enc".
+** The valueBytes() routine is a helper function.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int valueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  return valueToText(pVal, enc)!=0 ? pVal->n : 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Null)==0 || (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Str)!=0 && pVal->enc==enc ){
+    return p->n;
+  }
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 ){
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      return p->n + p->u.nZero;
+    }else{
+      return p->n;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ) return 0;
+  return valueBytes(pVal, enc);
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) 
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  memset(&p->aOp, 0, sizeof(Vdbe)-offsetof(Vdbe,aOp));
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  p->pParse = pParse;
+  assert( pParse->aLabel==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nLabel==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pParse->szOpAlloc==0 );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the error string stored in Vdbe.zErrMsg
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zErrMsg);
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  p->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
+  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( !isPrepareV2 ) p->expmask = 0;
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG)
+  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
+#endif
+  assert( p->zSql==0 );
+  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
+  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
+  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
+  char *zTmp;
+  assert( pA->db==pB->db );
+  tmp = *pA;
+  *pA = *pB;
+  *pB = tmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pNext;
+  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
+  pB->pNext = pTmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
+  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
+  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
+  zTmp = pA->zSql;
+  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
+  pB->zSql = zTmp;
+  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
+  pB->expmask = pA->expmask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger 
+** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
+** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
+**
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain 
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
+*/
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){
+  VdbeOp *pNew;
+  Parse *p = v->pParse;
+
+  /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
+  ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for 
+  ** simulated OOM faults.  SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
+  ** during testing only.  With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
+  ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512.  Normal
+  ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current
+  ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS
+  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc>=512 ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : p->nOpAlloc+nOp);
+#else
+  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nOp);
+#endif
+
+  /* Ensure that the size of a VDBE does not grow too large */
+  if( nNew > p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP] ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(p->db);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  assert( nOp<=(1024/sizeof(Op)) );
+  assert( nNew>=(p->nOpAlloc+nOp) );
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->szOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew);
+    p->nOpAlloc = p->szOpAlloc/sizeof(Op);
+    v->aOp = pNew;
+  }
+  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will
+** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using
+** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on".
+*/
+static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){
+  static int n = 0;
+  n++;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
+** operand.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int growOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+  assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=p->nOp );
+  if( growOpArray(p, 1) ) return 1;
+  assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc>p->nOp );
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+  i = p->nOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( op>=0 && op<0xff );
+  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
+    return growOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  }
+  p->nOp++;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
+  pOp->p5 = 0;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = p3;
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+  pOp->zComment = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    int jj, kk;
+    Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
+    for(jj=kk=0; jj<pParse->nColCache; jj++){
+      struct yColCache *x = pParse->aColCache + jj;
+      printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn);
+      kk++;
+    }
+    if( kk ) printf("\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+    test_addop_breakpoint();
+  }
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  pOp->cycles = 0;
+  pOp->cnt = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+  pOp->iSrcLine = 0;
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
+}
+
+/* Generate code for an unconditional jump to instruction iDest
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe *p, int iDest){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_Goto, 0, iDest, 0);
+}
+
+/* Generate code to cause the string zStr to be loaded into
+** register iDest
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zStr){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_String8, 0, iDest, 0, zStr, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that initializes multiple registers to string or integer
+** constants.  The registers begin with iDest and increase consecutively.
+** One register is initialized for each characgter in zTypes[].  For each
+** "s" character in zTypes[], the register is a string if the argument is
+** not NULL, or OP_Null if the value is a null pointer.  For each "i" character
+** in zTypes[], the register is initialized to an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zTypes, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int i;
+  char c;
+  va_start(ap, zTypes);
+  for(i=0; (c = zTypes[i])!=0; i++){
+    if( c=='s' ){
+      const char *z = va_arg(ap, const char*);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, z==0 ? OP_Null : OP_String8, 0, iDest++, 0, z, 0);
+    }else{
+      assert( c=='i' );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, OP_Integer, va_arg(ap, int), iDest++);
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
+  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
+){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value with a P4_INT64 or
+** P4_REAL type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  const u8 *zP4,      /* The P4 operand */
+  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
+){
+  char *p4copy = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3VdbeDb(p), 8);
+  if( p4copy ) memcpy(p4copy, zP4, 8);
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, op, p1, p2, p3, p4copy, p4type);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode.  This routine is broken out from
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees
+** as having been used.
+**
+** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
+  int j;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  int p4              /* The P4 operand as an integer */
+){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+    pOp->p4.i = p4;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/* Insert the end of a co-routine
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe *v, int regYield){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield);
+
+  /* Clear the temporary register cache, thereby ensuring that each
+  ** co-routine has its own independent set of registers, because co-routines
+  ** might expect their registers to be preserved across an OP_Yield, and
+  ** that could cause problems if two or more co-routines are using the same
+  ** temporary register.
+  */
+  v->pParse->nTempReg = 0;
+  v->pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){
+  Parse *p = v->pParse;
+  int i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
+    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, 
+                                       (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  }
+  return ADDR(i);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){
+  Parse *p = v->pParse;
+  int j = ADDR(x);
+  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j<p->nLabel );
+  assert( j>=0 );
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
+  p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run multiple times.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe *p){
+  p->runOnlyOnce = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
+
+/*
+** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
+** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
+**
+**   Op *pOp;
+**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
+**
+**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
+**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
+**     // Do something with pOp
+**   }
+**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+** 
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
+struct VdbeOpIter {
+  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
+  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
+  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
+  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
+  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
+};
+static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
+  Vdbe *v = p->v;
+  Op *pRet = 0;
+  Op *aOp;
+  int nOp;
+
+  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+
+    if( p->iSub==0 ){
+      aOp = v->aOp;
+      nOp = v->nOp;
+    }else{
+      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
+      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
+    }
+    assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+
+    pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
+    p->iAddr++;
+    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
+      p->iSub++;
+      p->iAddr = 0;
+    }
+  
+    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
+        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==p->nSub ){
+        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
+        if( !p->apSub ){
+          pRet = 0;
+        }else{
+          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
+** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
+** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
+** sub-programs contains any of the following:
+**
+**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_Destroy
+**   *  OP_VUpdate
+**   *  OP_VRename
+**   *  OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
+**   *  OP_CreateTable and OP_InitCoroutine (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...)
+**
+** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
+** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
+** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
+** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
+**
+**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
+  int hasAbort = 0;
+  int hasFkCounter = 0;
+  int hasCreateTable = 0;
+  int hasInitCoroutine = 0;
+  Op *pOp;
+  VdbeOpIter sIter;
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+  sIter.v = v;
+
+  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
+    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
+    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
+     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
+      && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+    ){
+      hasAbort = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    if( opcode==OP_CreateTable ) hasCreateTable = 1;
+    if( opcode==OP_InitCoroutine ) hasInitCoroutine = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+    if( opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1 ){
+      hasFkCounter = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+
+  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred.
+  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
+  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
+  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
+  ** from failing.  */
+  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort || hasFkCounter
+              || (hasCreateTable && hasInitCoroutine) );
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all opcodes have been inserted.  It loops
+** through all the opcodes and fixes up some details.
+**
+** (1) For each jump instruction with a negative P2 value (a label)
+**     resolve the P2 value to an actual address.
+**
+** (2) Compute the maximum number of arguments used by any SQL function
+**     and store that value in *pMaxFuncArgs.
+**
+** (3) Update the Vdbe.readOnly and Vdbe.bIsReader flags to accurately
+**     indicate what the prepared statement actually does.
+**
+** (4) Initialize the p4.xAdvance pointer on opcodes that use it.
+**
+** (5) Reclaim the memory allocated for storing labels.
+**
+** This routine will only function correctly if the mkopcodeh.tcl generator
+** script numbers the opcodes correctly.  Changes to this routine must be
+** coordinated with changes to mkopcodeh.tcl.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
+  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
+  Op *pOp;
+  Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
+  int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel;
+  p->readOnly = 1;
+  p->bIsReader = 0;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1];
+  while(1){
+
+    /* Only JUMP opcodes and the short list of special opcodes in the switch
+    ** below need to be considered.  The mkopcodeh.tcl generator script groups
+    ** all these opcodes together near the front of the opcode list.  Skip
+    ** any opcode that does not need processing by virtual of the fact that
+    ** it is larger than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE, as a performance optimization.
+    */
+    if( pOp->opcode<=SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE ){
+      /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.tcl when adding or removing
+      ** cases from this switch! */
+      switch( pOp->opcode ){
+        case OP_Transaction: {
+          if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0;
+          /* fall thru */
+        }
+        case OP_AutoCommit:
+        case OP_Savepoint: {
+          p->bIsReader = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+        case OP_Checkpoint:
+#endif
+        case OP_Vacuum:
+        case OP_JournalMode: {
+          p->readOnly = 0;
+          p->bIsReader = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+        case OP_VUpdate: {
+          if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
+          break;
+        }
+        case OP_VFilter: {
+          int n;
+          assert( (pOp - p->aOp) >= 3 );
+          assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+          n = pOp[-1].p1;
+          if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+          break;
+        }
+#endif
+        case OP_Next:
+        case OP_NextIfOpen:
+        case OP_SorterNext: {
+          pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
+          pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+          break;
+        }
+        case OP_Prev:
+        case OP_PrevIfOpen: {
+          pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
+          pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
+        assert( ADDR(pOp->p2)<pParse->nLabel );
+        pOp->p2 = aLabel[ADDR(pOp->p2)];
+      }
+    }
+    if( pOp==p->aOp ) break;
+    pOp--;
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
+  pParse->aLabel = 0;
+  pParse->nLabel = 0;
+  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+  assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Verify that at least N opcode slots are available in p without
+** having to malloc for more space (except when compiled using
+** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS).  This interface is used during testing
+** to verify that certain calls to sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() can never
+** fail due to a OOM fault and hence that the return value from
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() will always be non-NULL.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N){
+  assert( p->nOp + N <= p->pParse->nOpAlloc );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Verify that the VM passed as the only argument does not contain
+** an OP_ResultRow opcode. Fail an assert() if it does. This is used
+** by code in pragma.c to ensure that the implementation of certain
+** pragmas comports with the flags specified in the mkpragmatab.tcl
+** script.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    assert( p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_ResultRow );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
+** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
+** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
+**
+** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
+** returned program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
+  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
+  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
+  assert( DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
+  *pnOp = p->nOp;
+  p->aOp = 0;
+  return aOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return a
+** pointer to the first operation inserted.
+**
+** Non-zero P2 arguments to jump instructions are automatically adjusted
+** so that the jump target is relative to the first operation inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(
+  Vdbe *p,                     /* Add opcodes to the prepared statement */
+  int nOp,                     /* Number of opcodes to add */
+  VdbeOpList const *aOp,       /* The opcodes to be added */
+  int iLineno                  /* Source-file line number of first opcode */
+){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOut, *pFirst;
+  assert( nOp>0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p, nOp) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pFirst = pOut = &p->aOp[p->nOp];
+  for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, aOp++, pOut++){
+    pOut->opcode = aOp->opcode;
+    pOut->p1 = aOp->p1;
+    pOut->p2 = aOp->p2;
+    assert( aOp->p2>=0 );
+    if( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[aOp->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && aOp->p2>0 ){
+      pOut->p2 += p->nOp;
+    }
+    pOut->p3 = aOp->p3;
+    pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+    pOut->p4.p = 0;
+    pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+    pOut->zComment = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+    pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i;
+#else
+    (void)iLineno;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+p->nOp, &p->aOp[i+p->nOp]);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  p->nOp += nOp;
+  return pFirst;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS)
+/*
+** Add an entry to the array of counters managed by sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(
+  Vdbe *p,                        /* VM to add scanstatus() to */
+  int addrExplain,                /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
+  int addrLoop,                   /* Address of loop counter */ 
+  int addrVisit,                  /* Address of rows visited counter */
+  LogEst nEst,                    /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  const char *zName               /* Name of table or index being scanned */
+){
+  int nByte = (p->nScan+1) * sizeof(ScanStatus);
+  ScanStatus *aNew;
+  aNew = (ScanStatus*)sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aScan, nByte);
+  if( aNew ){
+    ScanStatus *pNew = &aNew[p->nScan++];
+    pNew->addrExplain = addrExplain;
+    pNew->addrLoop = addrLoop;
+    pNew->addrVisit = addrVisit;
+    pNew->nEst = nEst;
+    pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(p->db, zName);
+    p->aScan = aNew;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the opcode, or P1, P2, P3, or P5 operands
+** for a specific instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, u8 iNewOpcode){
+  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->opcode = iNewOpcode;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p1 = val;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p2 = val;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p3 = val;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u16 p5){
+  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->nOp>0 ) p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = p5;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+*/
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+  if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+  }
+}
+
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
+
+/*
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void freeP4Mem(sqlite3 *db, Mem *p){
+  if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void freeP4FuncCtx(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_context *p){
+  freeEphemeralFunction(db, p->pFunc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+  assert( db );
+  switch( p4type ){
+    case P4_FUNCCTX: {
+      freeP4FuncCtx(db, (sqlite3_context*)p4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_REAL:
+    case P4_INT64:
+    case P4_DYNAMIC:
+    case P4_INTARRAY: {
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_KEYINFO: {
+      if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+    case P4_EXPR: {
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, (Expr*)p4);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+      freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_MEM: {
+      if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+        sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+      }else{
+        freeP4Mem(db, (Mem*)p4);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_VTAB : {
+      if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
+** nOp entries. 
+*/
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
+  if( aOp ){
+    Op *pOp;
+    for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
+      if( pOp->p4type ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif     
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
+** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
+** objects when the VM is no longer required.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
+  p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
+  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+  assert( addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp );
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  freeP4(p->db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+  pOp->p4.z = 0;
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the last opcode is "op" and it is not a jump destination,
+** then remove it.  Return true if and only if an opcode was removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){
+  if( p->nOp>0 && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1);
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+** 
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE vdbeChangeP4Full(
+  Vdbe *p,
+  Op *pOp,
+  const char *zP4,
+  int n
+){
+  if( pOp->p4type ){
+    freeP4(p->db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+    pOp->p4type = 0;
+    pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  }
+  if( n<0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, (int)(pOp - p->aOp), zP4, n);
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( p->aOp!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    if( n!=P4_VTAB ) freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( addr<p->nOp );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( n>=0 || pOp->p4type ){
+    vdbeChangeP4Full(p, pOp, zP4, n);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+  }else if( zP4!=0 ){
+    assert( n<0 );
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
+    if( n==P4_VTAB ) sqlite3VtabLock((VTable*)zP4);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction 
+** to the value defined by the arguments.  This is a high-speed
+** version of sqlite3VdbeChangeP4().
+**
+** The P4 operand must not have been previously defined.  And the new
+** P4 must not be P4_INT32.  Use sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() in either of
+** those cases.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe *p, void *pP4, int n){
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  assert( n!=P4_INT32 && n!=P4_VTAB );
+  assert( n<=0 );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    freeP4(p->db, n, pP4);
+  }else{
+    assert( pP4!=0 );
+    assert( p->nOp>0 );
+    pOp = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1];
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED );
+    pOp->p4type = n;
+    pOp->p4.p = pP4;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the
+** index given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pIdx!=0 );
+  pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx);
+  if( pKeyInfo ) sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/*
+** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction.  Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
+** in a production build.
+*/
+static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->nOp ){
+    assert( p->aOp );
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment);
+    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( p ){
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+/*
+** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){
+  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
+** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
+** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
+** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
+** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
+** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
+** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
+** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
+** by running with Valgrind.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
+  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
+  static VdbeOp dummy;  /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
+  }else{
+    return &p->aOp[addr];
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS)
+/*
+** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp
+** determined by character c.
+*/
+static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){
+  if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1;
+  if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2;
+  if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3;
+  if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i;
+  return pOp->p5;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing.
+**
+** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted
+** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName().  In the
+** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode.
+** Some translation occurs:
+**
+**       "PX"      ->  "r[X]"
+**       "PX@PY"   ->  "r[X..X+Y-1]"  or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1
+**       "PX@PY+1" ->  "r[X..X+Y]"    or "r[x]" if y is 0
+**       "PY..PY"  ->  "r[X..Y]"      or "r[x]" if y<=x
+*/
+static int displayComment(
+  const Op *pOp,     /* The opcode to be commented */
+  const char *zP4,   /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
+  char *zTemp,       /* Write result here */
+  int nTemp          /* Space available in zTemp[] */
+){
+  const char *zOpName;
+  const char *zSynopsis;
+  int nOpName;
+  int ii, jj;
+  char zAlt[50];
+  zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);
+  nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName);
+  if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){
+    int seenCom = 0;
+    char c;
+    zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1;
+    if( strncmp(zSynopsis,"IF ",3)==0 ){
+      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zAlt), zAlt, "r[P2] = (%s)", zSynopsis+3);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zAlt), zAlt, "if %s goto P2", zSynopsis+3);
+      }
+      zSynopsis = zAlt;
+    }
+    for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
+      if( c=='P' ){
+        c = zSynopsis[++ii];
+        if( c=='4' ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4);
+        }else if( c=='X' ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+          seenCom = 1;
+        }else{
+          int v1 = translateP(c, pOp);
+          int v2;
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1);
+          if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){
+            ii += 3;
+            jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+            v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp);
+            if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){
+              ii += 2;
+              v2++;
+            }
+            if( v2>1 ){
+              sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1);
+            }
+          }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
+            ii += 4;
+          }
+        }
+        jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+      }else{
+        zTemp[jj++] = c;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
+      jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+    }
+    if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0;
+  }else if( pOp->zComment ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+    jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+  }else{
+    zTemp[0] = 0;
+    jj = 0;
+  }
+  return jj;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS)
+/*
+** Translate the P4.pExpr value for an OP_CursorHint opcode into text
+** that can be displayed in the P4 column of EXPLAIN output.
+*/
+static void displayP4Expr(StrAccum *p, Expr *pExpr){
+  const char *zOp = 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_STRING:
+      sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+      sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
+      break;
+    case TK_NULL:
+      sqlite3XPrintf(p, "NULL");
+      break;
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      sqlite3XPrintf(p, "r[%d]", pExpr->iTable);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(p, "rowid");
+      }else{
+        sqlite3XPrintf(p, "c%d", (int)pExpr->iColumn);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:      zOp = "LT";      break;
+    case TK_LE:      zOp = "LE";      break;
+    case TK_GT:      zOp = "GT";      break;
+    case TK_GE:      zOp = "GE";      break;
+    case TK_NE:      zOp = "NE";      break;
+    case TK_EQ:      zOp = "EQ";      break;
+    case TK_IS:      zOp = "IS";      break;
+    case TK_ISNOT:   zOp = "ISNOT";   break;
+    case TK_AND:     zOp = "AND";     break;
+    case TK_OR:      zOp = "OR";      break;
+    case TK_PLUS:    zOp = "ADD";     break;
+    case TK_STAR:    zOp = "MUL";     break;
+    case TK_MINUS:   zOp = "SUB";     break;
+    case TK_REM:     zOp = "REM";     break;
+    case TK_BITAND:  zOp = "BITAND";  break;
+    case TK_BITOR:   zOp = "BITOR";   break;
+    case TK_SLASH:   zOp = "DIV";     break;
+    case TK_LSHIFT:  zOp = "LSHIFT";  break;
+    case TK_RSHIFT:  zOp = "RSHIFT";  break;
+    case TK_CONCAT:  zOp = "CONCAT";  break;
+    case TK_UMINUS:  zOp = "MINUS";   break;
+    case TK_UPLUS:   zOp = "PLUS";    break;
+    case TK_BITNOT:  zOp = "BITNOT";  break;
+    case TK_NOT:     zOp = "NOT";     break;
+    case TK_ISNULL:  zOp = "ISNULL";  break;
+    case TK_NOTNULL: zOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
+
+    default:
+      sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%s", "expr");
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if( zOp ){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%s(", zOp);
+    displayP4Expr(p, pExpr->pLeft);
+    if( pExpr->pRight ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, ",", 1);
+      displayP4Expr(p, pExpr->pRight);
+    }
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, ")", 1);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) */
+
+
+#if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP4 = zTemp;
+  StrAccum x;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zTemp, nTemp, 0);
+  switch( pOp->p4type ){
+    case P4_KEYINFO: {
+      int j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "";
+        if( strcmp(zColl, "BINARY")==0 ) zColl = "B";
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, ",%s%s", pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ? "-" : "", zColl);
+      }
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&x, ")", 1);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+    case P4_EXPR: {
+      displayP4Expr(&x, pOp->p4.pExpr);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+      break;
+    }
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+    case P4_FUNCCTX: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pCtx->pFunc;
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_INT64: {
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_INT32: {
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_REAL: {
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_MEM: {
+      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+        zP4 = pMem->z;
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%.16g", pMem->u.r);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
+        zP4 = "NULL";
+      }else{
+        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        zP4 = "(blob)";
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    case P4_VTAB: {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "vtab:%p", pVtab);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_INTARRAY: {
+      int i;
+      int *ai = pOp->p4.ai;
+      int n = ai[0];   /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the
+                       ** count of the number of elements to follow */
+      for(i=1; i<n; i++){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, ",%d", ai[i]);
+      }
+      zTemp[0] = '[';
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&x, "]", 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "program");
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_ADVANCE: {
+      zTemp[0] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_TABLE: {
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s", pOp->p4.pTab->zName);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+      if( zP4==0 ){
+        zP4 = zTemp;
+        zTemp[0] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
+  assert( zP4!=0 );
+  return zP4;
+}
+#endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 */
+
+/*
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+**
+** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
+** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
+** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
+** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
+  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
+  DbMaskSet(p->btreeMask, i);
+  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+    DbMaskSet(p->lockMask, i);
+  }
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+/*
+** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
+** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
+** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
+** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
+** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
+** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
+** associated with the VM.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared 
+** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
+** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
+** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
+** be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *aDb;
+  int nDb;
+  if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return;  /* The common case */
+  db = p->db;
+  aDb = db->aDb;
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
+    if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *aDb;
+  int nDb;
+  db = p->db;
+  aDb = db->aDb;
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
+    if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
+  if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return;  /* The common case */
+  vdbeLeave(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP4;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  char zCom[100];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+  displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom));
+#else
+  zCom[0] = 0;
+#endif
+  /* NB:  The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
+  ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
+  ** information from the vdbe.c source text */
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
+      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
+      zCom
+  );
+  fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize an array of N Mem element.
+*/
+static void initMemArray(Mem *p, int N, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){
+  while( (N--)>0 ){
+    p->db = db;
+    p->flags = flags;
+    p->szMalloc = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    p->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+    p++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p && N ){
+    Mem *pEnd = &p[N];
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+      do{
+        if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+      }while( (++p)<pEnd );
+      return;
+    }
+    do{
+      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
+
+      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
+      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
+      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
+      **
+      ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to 
+      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
+      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
+      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
+      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
+      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
+      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
+      */
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
+      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+      }else if( p->szMalloc ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+        p->szMalloc = 0;
+      }
+
+      p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+    }while( (++p)<pEnd );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
+** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
+  int i;
+  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
+  for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p->v->db, &p->pAuxData, -1, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+**
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+**
+** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
+** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int nRow;                            /* Stop when row count reaches this */
+  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+  Mem *pSub = 0;                       /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;                 /* The database connection */
+  int i;                               /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1];             /* First Mem of result set */
+
+  assert( p->explain );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
+  ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
+  ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
+  ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
+  ** so far.  The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
+  ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
+  */
+  nRow = p->nOp;
+  if( p->explain==1 ){
+    /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set.  So we will
+    ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
+    ** to trigger subprograms.  The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
+    ** cells.  */
+    assert( p->nMem>9 );
+    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
+    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+      /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL.  It is
+      ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
+      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
+      nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
+    }
+  }
+
+  do{
+    i = p->pc++;
+  }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+  if( i>=nRow ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+  }else{
+    char *zP4;
+    Op *pOp;
+    if( i<p->nOp ){
+      /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
+      ** main program. */
+      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    }else{
+      /* We are currently listing subprograms.  Figure out which one and
+      ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
+      int j;
+      i -= p->nOp;
+      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
+      }
+      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
+    }
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+      pMem++;
+  
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+
+      /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+      ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+      ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+      ** has not already been seen.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+          if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
+        }
+        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
+          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */
+      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc);
+    if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
+      pMem->n = 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+    }else{
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    }
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
+        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = 2;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+  
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
+        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#else
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
+#endif
+    }
+
+    p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
+    p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  if( p->zSql ){
+    z = p->zSql;
+  }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){
+    const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+      z = pOp->p4.z;
+      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+    int i, j;
+    char z[1000];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+      if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+          z[j++] = ' ';
+        }
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = z[i];
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
+
+/* An instance of this object describes bulk memory available for use
+** by subcomponents of a prepared statement.  Space is allocated out
+** of a ReusableSpace object by the allocSpace() routine below.
+*/
+struct ReusableSpace {
+  u8 *pSpace;          /* Available memory */
+  int nFree;           /* Bytes of available memory */
+  int nNeeded;         /* Total bytes that could not be allocated */
+};
+
+/* Try to allocate nByte bytes of 8-byte aligned bulk memory for pBuf
+** from the ReusableSpace object.  Return a pointer to the allocated
+** memory on success.  If insufficient memory is available in the
+** ReusableSpace object, increase the ReusableSpace.nNeeded
+** value by the amount needed and return NULL.
+**
+** If pBuf is not initially NULL, that means that the memory has already
+** been allocated by a prior call to this routine, so just return a copy
+** of pBuf and leave ReusableSpace unchanged.
+**
+** This allocator is employed to repurpose unused slots at the end of the
+** opcode array of prepared state for other memory needs of the prepared
+** statement.
+*/
+static void *allocSpace(
+  struct ReusableSpace *p,  /* Bulk memory available for allocation */
+  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to a prior allocation */
+  int nByte                 /* Bytes of memory needed */
+){
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p->pSpace) );
+  if( pBuf==0 ){
+    nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+    if( nByte <= p->nFree ){
+      p->nFree -= nByte;
+      pBuf = &p->pSpace[p->nFree];
+    }else{
+      p->nNeeded += nByte;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pBuf) );
+  return pBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
+** running it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+  int i;
+#endif
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RESET );
+
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){
+    assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
+  }
+#endif
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->cacheCtr = 1;
+  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+  p->iStatement = 0;
+  p->nFkConstraint = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+    p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
+** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
+** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+**
+** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine.
+** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
+** to run.  After this routine is called, further calls to 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
+** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
+** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
+** destroyed.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
+** to its initial state after it has been run.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  Parse *pParse                  /* Parsing context */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  int nVar;                      /* Number of parameters */
+  int nMem;                      /* Number of VM memory registers */
+  int nCursor;                   /* Number of cursors required */
+  int nArg;                      /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
+  int n;                         /* Loop counter */
+  struct ReusableSpace x;        /* Reusable bulk memory */
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( pParse==p->pParse );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+  nVar = pParse->nVar;
+  nMem = pParse->nMem;
+  nCursor = pParse->nTab;
+  nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
+  
+  /* Each cursor uses a memory cell.  The first cursor (cursor 0) can
+  ** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program.  Allocate
+  ** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater.
+  ** See also: allocateCursor().
+  */
+  nMem += nCursor;
+  if( nCursor==0 && nMem>0 ) nMem++;  /* Space for aMem[0] even if not used */
+
+  /* Figure out how much reusable memory is available at the end of the
+  ** opcode array.  This extra memory will be reallocated for other elements
+  ** of the prepared statement.
+  */
+  n = ROUND8(sizeof(Op)*p->nOp);              /* Bytes of opcode memory used */
+  x.pSpace = &((u8*)p->aOp)[n];               /* Unused opcode memory */
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(x.pSpace) );
+  x.nFree = ROUNDDOWN8(pParse->szOpAlloc - n);  /* Bytes of unused memory */
+  assert( x.nFree>=0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(&x.pSpace[x.nFree]) );
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
+    nMem = 10;
+  }
+  p->expired = 0;
+
+  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two
+  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the 
+  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
+  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
+  ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation.  
+  **
+  ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
+  ** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array.  This can significantly
+  ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
+  */
+  do {
+    x.nNeeded = 0;
+    p->aMem = allocSpace(&x, p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem));
+    p->aVar = allocSpace(&x, p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem));
+    p->apArg = allocSpace(&x, p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*));
+    p->apCsr = allocSpace(&x, p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+    p->anExec = allocSpace(&x, p->anExec, p->nOp*sizeof(i64));
+#endif
+    if( x.nNeeded==0 ) break;
+    x.pSpace = p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, x.nNeeded);
+    x.nFree = x.nNeeded;
+  }while( !db->mallocFailed );
+
+  p->pVList = pParse->pVList;
+  pParse->pVList =  0;
+  p->explain = pParse->explain;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->nVar = 0;
+    p->nCursor = 0;
+    p->nMem = 0;
+  }else{
+    p->nCursor = nCursor;
+    p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
+    initMemArray(p->aVar, nVar, db, MEM_Null);
+    p->nMem = nMem;
+    initMemArray(p->aMem, nMem, db, MEM_Undefined);
+    memset(p->apCsr, 0, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+    memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp*sizeof(i64));
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
+** happens to hold.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pCx->pBtx==0 || pCx->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  switch( pCx->eCurType ){
+    case CURTYPE_SORTER: {
+      sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
+      break;
+    }
+    case CURTYPE_BTREE: {
+      if( pCx->pBtx ){
+        sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBtx);
+        /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+        ** the call above. */
+      }else{
+        assert( pCx->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->uc.pCursor);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    case CURTYPE_VTAB: {
+      sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur = pCx->uc.pVCur;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVCur->pVtab->pModule;
+      assert( pVCur->pVtab->nRef>0 );
+      pVCur->pVtab->nRef--;
+      pModule->xClose(pVCur);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors in the current frame.
+*/
+static void closeCursorsInFrame(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->apCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+      if( pC ){
+        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
+** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
+** control to the main program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
+  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
+  closeCursorsInFrame(v);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  v->anExec = pFrame->anExec;
+#endif
+  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
+  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
+  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
+  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
+  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
+  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
+  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
+  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
+  v->db->nChange = pFrame->nDbChange;
+  sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(v->db, &v->pAuxData, -1, 0);
+  v->pAuxData = pFrame->pAuxData;
+  pFrame->pAuxData = 0;
+  return pFrame->pc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors.
+**
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
+** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
+** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
+** open cursors.
+*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+    p->pFrame = 0;
+    p->nFrame = 0;
+  }
+  assert( p->nFrame==0 );
+  closeCursorsInFrame(p);
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem);
+  }
+  while( p->pDelFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
+    p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
+  if( p->pAuxData ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p->db, &p->pAuxData, -1, 0);
+  assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after a single run.
+*/
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
+  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
+  int i;
+  if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+  p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  initMemArray(p->aColName, n, p->db, MEM_Null);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+  Vdbe *p,                         /* Vdbe being configured */
+  int idx,                         /* Index of column zName applies to */
+  int var,                         /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+  const char *zName,               /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)              /* Memory management strategy for zName */
+){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
+  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+  assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction
+                   ** that are candidates for a two-phase commit using a
+                   ** master-journal */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply 
+  ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. 
+  */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
+
+  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
+  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+  ** to the transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
+
+  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
+  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
+  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+  */ 
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      /* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon
+      ** its journal mode (among other things).  This matrix determines which
+      ** journal modes use a master journal and which do not */
+      static const u8 aMJNeeded[] = {
+        /* DELETE   */  1,
+        /* PERSIST   */ 1,
+        /* OFF       */ 0,
+        /* TRUNCATE  */ 1,
+        /* MEMORY    */ 0,
+        /* WAL       */ 0
+      };
+      Pager *pPager;   /* Pager associated with pBt */
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+      if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF
+       && aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)]
+      ){ 
+        assert( i!=1 );
+        nTrans++;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
+  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
+  ** simple case then too.
+  */
+  if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+   || nTrans<=1
+  ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
+    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomically.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  else{
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+    i64 offset = 0;
+    int res;
+    int retryCount = 0;
+    int nMainFile;
+
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
+    zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile);
+    if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    do {
+      u32 iRandom;
+      if( retryCount ){
+        if( retryCount>100 ){
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          break;
+        }else if( retryCount==1 ){
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
+        }
+      }
+      retryCount++;
+      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
+                               (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
+      /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
+      ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
+      assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
+      sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Open the master journal. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile==0 ){
+          continue;  /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
+        }
+        assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+        offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+    ** flag is set this is not required.
+    */
+    if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+    ** file before the failure occurred.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    disable_simulated_io_errors();
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int nWrite = 0;
+  int nRead = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( sqlite3_stmt_busy((sqlite3_stmt*)p) ){
+      cnt++;
+      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+      if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );
+  assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite );
+  assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
+** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
+** statement transaction is committed.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
+** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
+
+  assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+  assert( db->nStatement>0 );
+  assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+      }
+      if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  db->nStatement--;
+  p->iStatement = 0;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
+  ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
+  ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
+  if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+    db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+    db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+  if( p->db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
+    return vdbeCloseStatement(p, eOp);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
+** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
+** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns 
+** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
+** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) 
+   || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) 
+  ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
+** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+**
+** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Used to store transient return codes */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
+  **
+  ** If any of the following errors occur:
+  **
+  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
+  **     SQLITE_IOERR
+  **     SQLITE_FULL
+  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+  **
+  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
+  */
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+
+  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the
+  ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file.  */
+  if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){
+    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+    int eStatementOp = 0;
+    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
+
+    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+
+    /* Check for one of the special errors */
+    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+    if( isSpecialError ){
+      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
+      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
+      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
+      ** consistent state.
+      **
+      ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
+      ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error 
+      ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
+      ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
+      ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore 
+      ** the pager to a consistent state.
+      */
+      if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+        if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+          eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+        }else{
+          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+          */
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+          sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+          db->autoCommit = 1;
+          p->nChange = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
+    }
+  
+    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer 
+    ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
+    **
+    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
+    ** above has occurred. 
+    */
+    if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 
+     && db->autoCommit 
+     && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) 
+    ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+            return SQLITE_ERROR;
+          }
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
+        }else{ 
+          /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful 
+          ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
+          ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit 
+          ** is required. */
+          rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
+          sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+          p->nChange = 0;
+        }else{
+          db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+          db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+          db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
+          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+        p->nChange = 0;
+      }
+      db->nStatement = 0;
+    }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
+      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+        p->nChange = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
+    ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
+    ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
+    ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
+    ** current statement error code.
+    */
+    if( eStatementOp ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
+      if( rc ){
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+          p->zErrMsg = 0;
+        }
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+        p->nChange = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
+    ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. 
+    */
+    if( p->changeCntOn ){
+      if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+      }
+      p->nChange = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Release the locks */
+    sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+  }
+
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->nVdbeActive--;
+    if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--;
+    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--;
+    assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead );
+    assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite );
+    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 );
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
+  ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() 
+  ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
+  */
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  }
+
+  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
+  return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
+** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be 
+** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
+**
+** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
+** copies them to the database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  if( p->zErrMsg ){
+    db->bBenignMalloc++;
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    db->bBenignMalloc--;
+    db->errCode = rc;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+/*
+** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
+** invoke it.
+*/
+static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){
+    char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql);
+    assert( v->db->init.busy==0 );
+    if( zExpanded ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(
+          sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1
+      );
+      sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+**
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  db = p->db;
+
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
+  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+  */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
+    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
+  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+    */
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+  */
+  Cleanup(p);
+
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      if( p->zSql ){
+        char c, pc = 0;
+        fprintf(out, "-- ");
+        for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- ");
+          putc(c, out);
+          pc = c;
+        }
+        if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n");
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        char zHdr[100];
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RESET;
+  return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for
+** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as
+** the first argument.
+**
+** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
+** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user 
+** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of 
+** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
+**
+**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
+**      from left to right), or
+**
+**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
+**      function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(sqlite3 *db, AuxData **pp, int iOp, int mask){
+  while( *pp ){
+    AuxData *pAux = *pp;
+    if( (iOp<0)
+     || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
+    ){
+      testcase( pAux->iArg==31 );
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      *pp = pAux->pNext;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pAux);
+    }else{
+      pp= &pAux->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
+** except for object itself, which is preserved.
+**
+** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
+** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
+** the database connection and frees the object itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
+  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
+    pNext = pSub->pNext;
+    vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
+  }
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pVList);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
+  }
+  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nScan; i++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan[i].zName);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  p->db = 0;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been
+** carried out.  Seek the cursor now.  If an error occurs, return
+** the appropriate error code.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+  int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+  assert( p->deferredMoveto );
+  assert( p->isTable );
+  assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->uc.pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+  p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place.  Maybe the row it was
+** pointed to was deleted out from under it.  Or maybe the btree was
+** rebalanced.  Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
+** is supposed to be pointing.  If the row was deleted out from under the
+** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
+  int isDifferentRow, rc;
+  assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( p->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->uc.pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
+  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to ensure that the cursor is valid.  Restore the cursor
+** if need be.  Return any I/O error from the restore operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){
+  assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){
+    return handleMovedCursor(p);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
+** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
+** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
+**
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
+** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
+** a NULL row.
+**
+** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
+** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){
+  VdbeCursor *p = *pp;
+  if( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){
+    if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+      int iMap;
+      if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 ){
+        *pp = p->pAltCursor;
+        *piCol = iMap - 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      return handleDeferredMoveto(p);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){
+      return handleMovedCursor(p);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob separately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
+**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
+**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format, u32 *pLen){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  u32 n;
+
+  assert( pLen!=0 );
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    *pLen = 0;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+    u64 u;
+    if( i<0 ){
+      u = ~i;
+    }else{
+      u = i;
+    }
+    if( u<=127 ){
+      if( (i&1)==i && file_format>=4 ){
+        *pLen = 0;
+        return 8+(u32)u;
+      }else{
+        *pLen = 1;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( u<=32767 ){ *pLen = 2; return 2; }
+    if( u<=8388607 ){ *pLen = 3; return 3; }
+    if( u<=2147483647 ){ *pLen = 4; return 4; }
+    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ){ *pLen = 6; return 5; }
+    *pLen = 8;
+    return 6;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    *pLen = 8;
+    return 7;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+  n = (u32)pMem->n;
+  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    n += pMem->u.nZero;
+  }
+  *pLen = n;
+  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** The sizes for serial types less than 128
+*/
+static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = {
+        /*  0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9 */   
+/*   0 */   0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  6,  8,  8,  0,  0,
+/*  10 */   0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  1,  2,  2,  3,  3,
+/*  20 */   4,  4,  5,  5,  6,  6,  7,  7,  8,  8,
+/*  30 */   9,  9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13,
+/*  40 */  14, 14, 15, 15, 16, 16, 17, 17, 18, 18,
+/*  50 */  19, 19, 20, 20, 21, 21, 22, 22, 23, 23,
+/*  60 */  24, 24, 25, 25, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28,
+/*  70 */  29, 29, 30, 30, 31, 31, 32, 32, 33, 33,
+/*  80 */  34, 34, 35, 35, 36, 36, 37, 37, 38, 38,
+/*  90 */  39, 39, 40, 40, 41, 41, 42, 42, 43, 43,
+/* 100 */  44, 44, 45, 45, 46, 46, 47, 47, 48, 48,
+/* 110 */  49, 49, 50, 50, 51, 51, 52, 52, 53, 53,
+/* 120 */  54, 54, 55, 55, 56, 56, 57, 57
+};
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=128 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
+  }else{
+    assert( serial_type<12 
+            || sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 );
+    return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){
+  assert( serial_type<128 );
+  return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];  
+}
+
+/*
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
+** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
+**
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+**
+** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
+** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
+**
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
+**
+** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+  union {
+    u64 r;
+    u32 i[2];
+  } u;
+  u32 t;
+
+  u.r = in;
+  t = u.i[0];
+  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+  u.i[1] = t;
+  return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+**
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  The caller is responsible
+** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive
+** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
+  u32 len;
+
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+    u64 v;
+    u32 i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) );
+      memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v));
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+    }else{
+      v = pMem->u.i;
+    }
+    len = i = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
+    assert( i>0 );
+    do{
+      buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }while( i );
+    return len;
+  }
+
+  /* String or blob */
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+    len = pMem->n;
+    if( len>0 ) memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+    return len;
+  }
+
+  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
+** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
+*/
+#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
+#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
+#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
+#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
+#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+**
+** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance.
+** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
+** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
+** is avoided.
+*/ 
+static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
+  u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
+  x = (x<<32) + y;
+  if( serial_type==6 ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29851-52272 Value is a big-endian 64-bit
+    ** twos-complement integer. */
+    pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+  }else{
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-57343-49114 Value is a big-endian IEEE 754-2008 64-bit
+    ** floating point number. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+    /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+    ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+    ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+    ** endian.
+    */
+    static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+    static const double r1 = 1.0;
+    u64 t2 = t1;
+    swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+    assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
+    assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 );
+    swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+    memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x));
+    pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
+  }
+  return 8;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 0: {  /* Null */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }
+    case 1: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-44885-25196 Value is an 8-bit twos-complement
+      ** integer. */
+      pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49794-35026 Value is a big-endian 16-bit
+      ** twos-complement integer. */
+      pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 2;
+    }
+    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37839-54301 Value is a big-endian 24-bit
+      ** twos-complement integer. */
+      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 3;
+    }
+    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
+      ** twos-complement integer. */
+      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);
+#ifdef __HP_cc 
+      /* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */
+      if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL;
+#endif
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 4;
+    }
+    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit
+      ** twos-complement integer. */
+      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 6;
+    }
+    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
+    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+      /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine
+      ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */
+      return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem);
+    }
+    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
+    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12976-22893 Value is the integer 0. */
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18143-12121 Value is the integer 1. */
+      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14606-31564 Value is a BLOB that is (N-12)/2 bytes in
+      ** length.
+      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-28401-00140 Value is a string in the text encoding and
+      ** (N-13)/2 bytes in length. */
+      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
+      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+      pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;
+      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
+      return pMem->n;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+/*
+** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
+** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
+** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
+**
+** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
+** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
+** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
+** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the 
+** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
+** before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo               /* Description of the record */
+){
+  UnpackedRecord *p;              /* Unpacked record to return */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes required for *p */
+  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
+  p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+  if( !p ) return 0;
+  p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
+  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the 
+** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
+** contents of the decoded record.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
+  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
+  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
+  UnpackedRecord *p      /* Populate this structure before returning. */
+){
+  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+  int d; 
+  u32 idx;                        /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
+  u16 u;                          /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  u32 szHdr;
+  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;
+
+  p->default_rc = 0;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+  d = szHdr;
+  u = 0;
+  while( idx<szHdr && d<=nKey ){
+    u32 serial_type;
+
+    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
+    pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+    pMem->z = 0;
+    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+    pMem++;
+    if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break;
+  }
+  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+  p->nField = u;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way
+** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(),
+** this function deserializes and compares values using the
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used
+** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in
+** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives.
+**
+** Return true if the result of comparison is equivalent to desiredResult.
+** Return false if there is a disagreement.
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */
+  int desiredResult             /* Correct answer */
+){
+  u32 d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  Mem mem1;
+
+  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+  if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
+  VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+
+  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
+  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
+  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
+  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
+  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
+  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
+  */
+  /*  mem1.u.i = 0;  // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
+  
+  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+  if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB );
+  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+  assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
+  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+  do{
+    u32 serial_type1;
+
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
+
+    /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid
+    ** a buffer overread.  The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will
+    ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space.
+    ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to
+    ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
+    */
+    if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1
+     && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 
+    ){
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Extract the values to be compared.
+    */
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+
+    /* Do the comparison
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
+      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+        rc = -rc;  /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
+      }
+      goto debugCompareEnd;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );
+
+  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
+  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
+  */
+  assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );
+
+  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
+  ** value.  */
+  rc = pPKey2->default_rc;
+
+debugCompareEnd:
+  if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1;
+  if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1;
+  if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1;
+  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return 1;
+  if( pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Count the number of fields (a.k.a. columns) in the record given by
+** pKey,nKey.  The verify that this count is less than or equal to the
+** limit given by pKeyInfo->nField + pKeyInfo->nXField.
+**
+** If this constraint is not satisfied, it means that the high-speed
+** vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString() routines will
+** not work correctly.  If this assert() ever fires, it probably means
+** that the KeyInfo.nField or KeyInfo.nXField values were computed
+** incorrectly.
+*/
+static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(
+  int nKey, const void *pKey,   /* The record to verify */ 
+  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo       /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */
+){
+  int nField = 0;
+  u32 szHdr;
+  u32 idx;
+  u32 notUsed;
+  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey;
+
+  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return;
+  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  assert( szHdr<=(u32)nKey );
+  while( idx<szHdr ){
+    idx += getVarint32(aKey+idx, notUsed);
+    nField++;
+  }
+  assert( nField <= pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField );
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(A,B,C)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
+** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
+** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than 
+** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
+*/
+static int vdbeCompareMemString(
+  const Mem *pMem1,
+  const Mem *pMem2,
+  const CollSeq *pColl,
+  u8 *prcErr                      /* If an OOM occurs, set to SQLITE_NOMEM */
+){
+  if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+    /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
+     ** comparison function directly */
+    return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+  }else{
+    int rc;
+    const void *v1, *v2;
+    int n1, n2;
+    Mem c1;
+    Mem c2;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+    v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+    n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+    v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+    n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
+    rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
+    if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
+    return rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The input pBlob is guaranteed to be a Blob that is not marked
+** with MEM_Zero.  Return true if it could be a zero-blob.
+*/
+static int isAllZero(const char *z, int n){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    if( z[i] ) return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two blobs.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
+** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, respectively.
+** If one blob is a prefix of the other, then the shorter is the lessor.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){
+  int c;
+  int n1 = pB1->n;
+  int n2 = pB2->n;
+
+  /* It is possible to have a Blob value that has some non-zero content
+  ** followed by zero content.  But that only comes up for Blobs formed
+  ** by the OP_MakeRecord opcode, and such Blobs never get passed into
+  ** sqlite3MemCompare(). */
+  assert( (pB1->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || n1==0 );
+  assert( (pB2->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || n2==0 );
+
+  if( (pB1->flags|pB2->flags) & MEM_Zero ){
+    if( pB1->flags & pB2->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      return pB1->u.nZero - pB2->u.nZero;
+    }else if( pB1->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      if( !isAllZero(pB2->z, pB2->n) ) return -1;
+      return pB1->u.nZero - n2;
+    }else{
+      if( !isAllZero(pB1->z, pB1->n) ) return +1;
+      return n1 - pB2->u.nZero;
+    }
+  }
+  c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, n1>n2 ? n2 : n1);
+  if( c ) return c;
+  return n1 - n2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a comparison between a 64-bit signed integer and a 64-bit floating-point
+** number.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first (i64) is less than,
+** equal to, or greater than the second (double).
+*/
+static int sqlite3IntFloatCompare(i64 i, double r){
+  if( sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)>8 ){
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = (LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)i;
+    if( x<r ) return -1;
+    if( x>r ) return +1;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    i64 y;
+    double s;
+    if( r<-9223372036854775808.0 ) return +1;
+    if( r>9223372036854775807.0 ) return -1;
+    y = (i64)r;
+    if( i<y ) return -1;
+    if( i>y ){
+      if( y==SMALLEST_INT64 && r>0.0 ) return -1;
+      return +1;
+    }
+    s = (double)i;
+    if( s<r ) return -1;
+    if( s>r ) return +1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+**
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
+
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+  }
+
+  /* At least one of the two values is a number
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return +1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+      if( pMem1->u.r < pMem2->u.r ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->u.r > pMem2->u.r ) return +1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+      if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+        return sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem1->u.i, pMem2->u.r);
+      }else{
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+      if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+        return -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem2->u.i, pMem1->u.r);
+      }else{
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+    return +1;
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
+    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
+    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+    if( pColl ){
+      return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0);
+    }
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
+** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive 
+** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
+** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
+** and returns the value.
+*/
+static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){
+  u32 y;
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) );
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 0:
+    case 1:
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    case 2:
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    case 3:
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    case 4: {
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      return (i64)*(int*)&y;
+    }
+    case 5: {
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    }
+    case 6: {
+      u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
+      return (i64)*(i64*)&x;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (serial_type - 8);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+**
+** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
+** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
+**
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all 
+** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is 
+** returned.
+**
+** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, 
+** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
+** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
+  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
+){
+  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
+  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
+  u32 idx1;                       /* Offset of first type in header */
+  int rc = 0;                     /* Return value */
+  Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem;       /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  Mem mem1;
+
+  /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first
+  ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so
+  ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */
+  if( bSkip ){
+    u32 s1;
+    idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1);
+    szHdr1 = aKey1[0];
+    d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1);
+    i = 1;
+    pRhs++;
+  }else{
+    idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+    d1 = szHdr1;
+    if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ 
+      pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      return 0;  /* Corruption */
+    }
+    i = 0;
+  }
+
+  VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField 
+       || CORRUPT_DB );
+  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
+  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+  do{
+    u32 serial_type;
+
+    /* RHS is an integer */
+    if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){
+      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+      testcase( serial_type==12 );
+      if( serial_type>=10 ){
+        rc = +1;
+      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
+        rc = -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pRhs->u.i, mem1.u.r);
+      }else{
+        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
+        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
+        if( lhs<rhs ){
+          rc = -1;
+        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
+          rc = +1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is real */
+    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
+      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+      if( serial_type>=10 ){
+        /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than
+        ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future 
+        ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
+        ** them to numberic values are.  */
+        rc = +1;
+      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
+        if( serial_type==7 ){
+          if( mem1.u.r<pRhs->u.r ){
+            rc = -1;
+          }else if( mem1.u.r>pRhs->u.r ){
+            rc = +1;
+          }
+        }else{
+          rc = sqlite3IntFloatCompare(mem1.u.i, pRhs->u.r);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is a string */
+    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
+      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+      testcase( serial_type==12 );
+      if( serial_type<12 ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
+        rc = +1;
+      }else{
+        mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
+        testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
+          pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          return 0;                /* Corruption */
+        }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+          mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+          mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+          mem1.flags = MEM_Str;
+          mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1];
+          rc = vdbeCompareMemString(
+              &mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i], &pPKey2->errCode
+          );
+        }else{
+          int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
+          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
+          if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; 
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is a blob */
+    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){
+      assert( (pRhs->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || pRhs->n==0 );
+      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+      testcase( serial_type==12 );
+      if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else{
+        int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
+        testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
+          pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          return 0;                /* Corruption */
+        }else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+          if( !isAllZero((const char*)&aKey1[d1],nStr) ){
+            rc = 1;
+          }else{
+            rc = nStr - pRhs->u.nZero;
+          }
+        }else{
+          int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n);
+          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
+          if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is null */
+    else{
+      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+      rc = (serial_type!=0);
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+        rc = -rc;
+      }
+      assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) );
+      assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    i++;
+    pRhs++;
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );
+
+  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
+  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
+  assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );
+
+  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
+  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
+  ** value.  */
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
+       || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) 
+       || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
+  );
+  pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
+  return pPKey2->default_rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
+){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
+** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
+** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
+**
+** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
+** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
+){
+  const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
+  int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
+  int res;
+  u32 y;
+  u64 x;
+  i64 v;
+  i64 lhs;
+
+  vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
+  assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y;
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */
+      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
+      lhs = *(i64*)&x;
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 8: 
+      lhs = 0;
+      break;
+    case 9:
+      lhs = 1;
+      break;
+
+    /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
+    ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch 
+    ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
+    ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
+    ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other 
+    ** compilers might be similar.  */ 
+    case 0: case 7:
+      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
+
+    default:
+      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
+  }
+
+  v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
+  if( v>lhs ){
+    res = pPKey2->r1;
+  }else if( v<lhs ){
+    res = pPKey2->r2;
+  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
+    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
+    ** fields.  */
+    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
+  }else{
+    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
+    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
+    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
+    pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
+** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint 
+** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
+){
+  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
+  int serial_type;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pPKey2->aMem[0].flags & MEM_Str );
+  vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
+  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
+  if( serial_type<12 ){
+    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
+  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
+    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
+  }else{
+    int nCmp;
+    int nStr;
+    int szHdr = aKey1[0];
+
+    nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2;
+    if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){
+      pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      return 0;    /* Corruption */
+    }
+    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
+    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);
+
+    if( res==0 ){
+      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
+      if( res==0 ){
+        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
+          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
+        }else{
+          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
+          pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
+        }
+      }else if( res>0 ){
+        res = pPKey2->r2;
+      }else{
+        res = pPKey2->r1;
+      }
+    }else if( res>0 ){
+      res = pPKey2->r2;
+    }else{
+      res = pPKey2->r1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res)
+       || CORRUPT_DB
+       || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
+  );
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function
+** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed
+** as the only argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){
+  /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
+  ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
+  ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
+  ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the 
+  ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
+  ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
+  ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
+  ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field
+  ** is an integer.
+  **
+  ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with
+  ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal
+  ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes.  */
+  if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){
+    int flags = p->aMem[0].flags;
+    if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
+      p->r1 = 1;
+      p->r2 = -1;
+    }else{
+      p->r1 = -1;
+      p->r2 = 1;
+    }
+    if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){
+      return vdbeRecordCompareInt;
+    }
+    testcase( flags & MEM_Real );
+    testcase( flags & MEM_Null );
+    testcase( flags & MEM_Blob );
+    if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){
+      assert( flags & MEM_Str );
+      return vdbeRecordCompareString;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare;
+}
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+**
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
+
+  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
+  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
+  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
+  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
+  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
+
+  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+  testcase( szHdr==3 );
+  testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+  if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+
+  /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+  ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+  testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+  if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+  lenRowid = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[typeRowid];
+  testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
+  if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+
+  /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.u.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+  testcase( m.szMalloc!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
+** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  sqlite3 *db,                     /* Database connection */
+  VdbeCursor *pC,                  /* The cursor to compare against */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,       /* Unpacked version of key */
+  int *res                         /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  Mem m;
+
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  pCur = pC->uc.pCursor;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
+  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
+  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
+  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+  v->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
+**
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+  return v->db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return 
+** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
+** constants) to the value before returning it.
+**
+** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
+  assert( iVar>0 );
+  if( v ){
+    Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
+    if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
+      sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
+      if( pRet ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
+        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      }
+      return pRet;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
+** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
+** in a better query plan.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
+  assert( iVar>0 );
+  if( iVar>=32 ){
+    v->expmask |= 0x80000000;
+  }else{
+    v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  if( pVtab->zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+
+/*
+** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated 
+** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord
+** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** This function is used to free UnpackedRecord structures allocated by
+** the vdbeUnpackRecord() function found in vdbeapi.c.
+*/
+static void vdbeFreeUnpacked(sqlite3 *db, int nField, UnpackedRecord *p){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nField; i++){
+      Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[i];
+      if( pMem->zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** Invoke the pre-update hook. If this is an UPDATE or DELETE pre-update call,
+** then cursor passed as the second argument should point to the row about
+** to be update or deleted. If the application calls sqlite3_preupdate_old(),
+** the required value will be read from the row the cursor points to.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(
+  Vdbe *v,                        /* Vdbe pre-update hook is invoked by */
+  VdbeCursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor to grab old.* values from */
+  int op,                         /* SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Database name */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Modified table */
+  i64 iKey1,                      /* Initial key value */
+  int iReg                        /* Register for new.* record */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+  i64 iKey2;
+  PreUpdate preupdate;
+  const char *zTbl = pTab->zName;
+  static const u8 fakeSortOrder = 0;
+
+  assert( db->pPreUpdate==0 );
+  memset(&preupdate, 0, sizeof(PreUpdate));
+  if( HasRowid(pTab)==0 ){
+    iKey1 = iKey2 = 0;
+    preupdate.pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  }else{
+    if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
+      iKey2 = v->aMem[iReg].u.i;
+    }else{
+      iKey2 = iKey1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol 
+       || (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1)
+  );
+
+  preupdate.v = v;
+  preupdate.pCsr = pCsr;
+  preupdate.op = op;
+  preupdate.iNewReg = iReg;
+  preupdate.keyinfo.db = db;
+  preupdate.keyinfo.enc = ENC(db);
+  preupdate.keyinfo.nField = pTab->nCol;
+  preupdate.keyinfo.aSortOrder = (u8*)&fakeSortOrder;
+  preupdate.iKey1 = iKey1;
+  preupdate.iKey2 = iKey2;
+  preupdate.pTab = pTab;
+
+  db->pPreUpdate = &preupdate;
+  db->xPreUpdateCallback(db->pPreUpdateArg, db, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey1, iKey2);
+  db->pPreUpdate = 0;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aRecord);
+  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.keyinfo.nField+1, preupdate.pUnpacked);
+  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.keyinfo.nField+1, preupdate.pNewUnpacked);
+  if( preupdate.aNew ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nField; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&preupdate.aNew[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aNew);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p==0 || p->expired;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized.  Log
+** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
+** invalid).  Return false if it is ok.
+*/
+static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return vdbeSafety(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** Invoke the profile callback.  This routine is only called if we already
+** know that the profile callback is defined and needs to be invoked.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void invokeProfileCallback(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3_int64 iNow;
+  sqlite3_int64 iElapse;
+  assert( p->startTime>0 );
+  assert( db->xProfile!=0 || (db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE)!=0 );
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+  assert( p->zSql!=0 );
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
+  iElapse = (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000;
+  if( db->xProfile ){
+    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, iElapse);
+  }
+  if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE ){
+    db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE, db->pTraceArg, p, (void*)&iElapse);
+  }
+  p->startTime = 0;
+}
+/*
+** The checkProfileCallback(DB,P) macro checks to see if a profile callback
+** is needed, and it invokes the callback if it is needed.
+*/
+# define checkProfileCallback(DB,P) \
+   if( ((P)->startTime)>0 ){ invokeProfileCallback(DB,P); }
+#else
+# define checkProfileCallback(DB,P)  /*no-op*/
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
+    ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+    if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    checkProfileCallback(db, v);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    checkProfileCallback(db, v);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
+    assert( (rc & (db->errMask))==rc );
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  assert( p->isPrepareV2 || p->expmask==0 );
+  if( p->expmask ){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    if( ExpandBlob(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( p->flags==MEM_Null && p->z==0 );
+      return 0;
+    }
+    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+    return p->n ? p->z : 0;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+  return ((pMem->flags & MEM_Subtype) ? pMem->eSubtype : 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12793-43283 Every value in SQLite has one of five
+** fundamental datatypes: 64-bit signed integer 64-bit IEEE floating
+** point number string BLOB NULL
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  static const u8 aType[] = {
+     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x00 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x01 */
+     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x02 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x03 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x04 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x05 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x06 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x07 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x08 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x09 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x0a */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0b */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0c */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0d */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0e */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0f */
+     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x10 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x11 */
+     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x12 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x13 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x14 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x15 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x16 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x17 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x18 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x19 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x1a */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1b */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1c */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1d */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1e */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1f */
+  };
+  return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
+}
+
+/* Make a copy of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){
+  sqlite3_value *pNew;
+  if( pOrig==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+  memcpy(pNew, pOrig, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pNew->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+  pNew->db = 0;
+  if( pNew->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    pNew->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn);
+    pNew->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pNew)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ValueFree(pNew);
+      pNew = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/* Destroy an sqlite3_value object previously obtained from
+** sqlite3_value_dup().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pOld);
+}
+  
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+**
+** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
+** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
+** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+**
+** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X()
+** on value P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed.
+*/
+static void setResultStrOrError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
+  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
+  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
+){
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+  }
+}
+static int invokeValueDestructor(
+  const void *p,             /* Value to destroy */
+  void (*xDel)(void*),       /* The destructor */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx      /* Set a SQLITE_TOOBIG error if no NULL */
+){
+  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+  if( xDel==0 ){
+    /* noop */
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    /* noop */
+  }else{
+    xDel((void*)p);
+  }
+  if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+  return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  sqlite3_uint64 n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+  if( n>0x7fffffff ){
+    (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
+  }else{
+    setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, 0, xDel);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context *pCtx, unsigned int eSubtype){
+  Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) );
+  pOut->eSubtype = eSubtype & 0xff;
+  pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  sqlite3_uint64 n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *),
+  unsigned char enc
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  if( n>0x7fffffff ){
+    (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
+  }else{
+    setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, enc, xDel);
+  }
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pCtx->pOut, pValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, u64 n){
+  Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) );
+  if( n>(u64)pOut->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, (int)n);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+  pCtx->isError = errCode;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
+#endif
+  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
+                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, 
+                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3OomFault(pCtx->pOut->db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
+** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
+*/
+static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      int nEntry;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
+      nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
+      if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zDbSName, nEntry);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+**
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
+** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
+    ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
+    ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
+    ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+    ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, 
+    ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
+    ** definition.
+    **
+    ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
+    ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE 
+    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
+    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
+    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
+    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
+    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+    if( (rc = p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    }
+#else
+    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
+  db = p->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_step;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+    */
+    if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+    }
+
+    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 
+        || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
+    );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( (db->xProfile || (db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE)!=0)
+        && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
+      sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
+    }else{
+      assert( p->startTime==0 );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    db->nVdbeActive++;
+    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
+    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
+    p->pc = 0;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  p->rcApp = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+  {
+    db->nVdbeExec++;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+    db->nVdbeExec--;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  /* If the statement completed successfully, invoke the profile callback */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) checkProfileCallback(db, p);
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
+    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  db->errCode = rc;
+  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+end_of_step:
+  /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be 
+  ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy 
+  ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
+  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
+  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
+  ** were called on statement p.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
+       || (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
+  );
+  assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp );
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
+    ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+    */ 
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+  }
+  return (rc&db->errMask);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;  /* the prepared statement */
+  int cnt = 0;             /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
+
+  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  db = v->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  v->doingRerun = 0;
+  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){
+    int savedPc = v->pc;
+    rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK) break;
+    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1;
+    assert( v->expired==0 );
+  }
+  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
+    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
+    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
+    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
+    ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+    ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+    */
+    const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+      v->rc = rc2;
+    } else {
+      v->zErrMsg = 0;
+      v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
+** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
+** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
+** application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pOut );
+  return p->pOut->db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current time for a statement.  If the current time
+** is requested more than once within the same run of a single prepared
+** statement, the exact same time is returned for each invocation regardless
+** of the amount of time that elapses between invocations.  In other words,
+** the time returned is always the time of the first call.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
+  int rc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  sqlite3_int64 *piTime = &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime;
+  assert( p->pVdbe!=0 );
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 iTime = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 *piTime = p->pVdbe!=0 ? &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime : &iTime;
+#endif
+  if( *piTime==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->pOut->db->pVfs, piTime);
+    if( rc ) *piTime = 0;
+  }
+  return *piTime;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
+  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
+){
+  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+  char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
+** its pMem->z element.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+  if( nByte<=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+    pMem->z = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte);
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+    pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+    if( pMem->z ){
+      memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+    }
+  }
+  return (void*)pMem->z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xFinalize );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  testcase( nByte<0 );
+  if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+    return createAggContext(p, nByte);
+  }else{
+    return (void*)p->pMem->z;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxiliary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  AuxData *pAuxData;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( pCtx->pVdbe==0 ) return 0;
+#else
+  assert( pCtx->pVdbe!=0 );
+#endif
+  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
+    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
+  }
+
+  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxiliary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  AuxData *pAuxData;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( pVdbe==0 ) goto failed;
+#else
+  assert( pVdbe!=0 );
+#endif
+
+  for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
+    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
+  }
+  if( pAuxData==0 ){
+    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
+    if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
+    pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp;
+    pAuxData->iArg = iArg;
+    pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData;
+    pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;
+    if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){
+      pCtx->isError = 0;
+      pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  }
+
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+  return;
+
+failed:
+  if( xDelete ){
+    xDelete(pAux);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been 
+** called.
+**
+** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xFinalize );
+  return p->pMem->n;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value.
+*/
+static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){
+  /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element
+  ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler
+  ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
+  ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
+  ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
+  ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
+  ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
+  ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
+  ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
+  static const Mem nullMem 
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
+    __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
+#endif
+    = {
+        /* .u          = */ {0},
+        /* .flags      = */ (u16)MEM_Null,
+        /* .enc        = */ (u8)0,
+        /* .eSubtype   = */ (u8)0,
+        /* .n          = */ (int)0,
+        /* .z          = */ (char*)0,
+        /* .zMalloc    = */ (char*)0,
+        /* .szMalloc   = */ (int)0,
+        /* .uTemp      = */ (u32)0,
+        /* .db         = */ (sqlite3*)0,
+        /* .xDel       = */ (void(*)(void*))0,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+        /* .pScopyFrom = */ (Mem*)0,
+        /* .pFiller    = */ (void*)0,
+#endif
+      };
+  return &nullMem;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm;
+  Mem *pOut;
+
+  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 ) return (Mem*)columnNullValue();
+  assert( pVm->db );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+  if( pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
+    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
+    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
+  }
+  return pOut;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+**
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
+**
+**     sqlite3_column_int()
+**     sqlite3_column_int64()
+**     sqlite3_column_text()
+**     sqlite3_column_text16()
+**     sqlite3_column_real()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+**     sqiite3_column_blob()
+*/
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+  */
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->db!=0 );
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val;
+  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
+  ** expression. 
+  */
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+  if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+  }
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return iType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
+**
+** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
+** name is returned.  Here are the names:
+**
+**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
+**    1      The datatype name for the column
+**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
+**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
+**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  const void *ret;
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  ret = 0;
+  p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+  if( N<n && N>=0 ){
+    N += useType*n;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+    */
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3OomClear(db);
+      ret = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+/*
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
+
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK);
+
+  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
+  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
+  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
+  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
+  ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
+  ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
+  */
+  assert( p->isPrepareV2 || p->expmask==0 );
+  if( p->expmask!=0 && (p->expmask & (i>=31 ? 0x80000000 : (u32)1<<i))!=0 ){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
+  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
+  u8 encoding            /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zData!=0 ){
+      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+      }
+      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc);
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    xDel((void*)zData);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( nData<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  sqlite3_uint64 nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+  if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
+    return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
+  }else{
+    return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, 0);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  sqlite3_uint64 nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*),
+  unsigned char enc
+){
+  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+  if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
+    return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
+  }else{
+    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, enc);
+  }
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  int rc;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->u.r);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+                              pValue->enc);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite3_uint64 n){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+  if( n>(u64)p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  }else{
+    assert( (n & 0x7FFFFFFF)==n );
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, n);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  return sqlite3VListNumToName(p->pVList, i);
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
+  if( p==0 || zName==0 ) return 0;
+  return sqlite3VListNameToNum(p->pVList, zName, nName);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  int i;
+  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+  for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
+**
+** It is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
+** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
+** will not bother to check for that condition.
+**
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( pTo->isPrepareV2 || pTo->expmask==0 );
+  if( pTo->expmask ){
+    pTo->expired = 1;
+  }
+  assert( pFrom->isPrepareV2 || pFrom->expmask==0 );
+  if( pFrom->expmask ){
+    pFrom->expired = 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
+** database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return v!=0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && v->pc>=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDb) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
+  }else{
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+  return pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  u32 v;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !pStmt ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  v = pVdbe->aCounter[op];
+  if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0;
+  return (int)v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->zSql : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement with
+** bound parameters expanded.  Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  The caller is responsible for
+** freeing the returned string by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** The SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT puts an upper bound on the size of
+** expanded bound parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  return 0;
+#else
+  char *z = 0;
+  const char *zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
+  if( zSql ){
+    Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+    z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zSql);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return z;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** Allocate and populate an UnpackedRecord structure based on the serialized
+** record in nKey/pKey. Return a pointer to the new UnpackedRecord structure
+** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered.
+*/
+static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, 
+  int nKey, 
+  const void *pKey
+){
+  UnpackedRecord *pRet;           /* Return value */
+
+  pRet = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo);
+  if( pRet ){
+    memset(pRet->aMem, 0, sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1));
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, pRet);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve
+** a field of the row currently being updated or deleted.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){
+  PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Test that this call is being made from within an SQLITE_DELETE or
+  ** SQLITE_UPDATE pre-update callback, and that iIdx is within range. */
+  if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    goto preupdate_old_out;
+  }
+  if( p->pPk ){
+    iIdx = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(p->pPk, iIdx);
+  }
+  if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
+    goto preupdate_old_out;
+  }
+
+  /* If the old.* record has not yet been loaded into memory, do so now. */
+  if( p->pUnpacked==0 ){
+    u32 nRec;
+    u8 *aRec;
+
+    nRec = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(p->pCsr->uc.pCursor);
+    aRec = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRec);
+    if( !aRec ) goto preupdate_old_out;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(p->pCsr->uc.pCursor, 0, nRec, aRec);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->pUnpacked = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, nRec, aRec);
+      if( !p->pUnpacked ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, aRec);
+      goto preupdate_old_out;
+    }
+    p->aRecord = aRec;
+  }
+
+  pMem = *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
+  if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey1);
+  }else if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){
+    *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
+  }else if( p->pTab->aCol[iIdx].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+
+ preupdate_old_out:
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve
+** the number of columns in the row being updated, deleted or inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *db){
+  PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate;
+  return (p ? p->keyinfo.nField : 0);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** This function is designed to be called from within a pre-update callback
+** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made
+** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a
+** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently
+** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a 
+** top-level trigger etc.).
+**
+** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL
+** or SET DEFAULT action is considered a trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *db){
+  PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate;
+  return (p ? p->v->nFrame : 0);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve
+** a field of the row currently being updated or inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){
+  PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Mem *pMem;
+
+  if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_DELETE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    goto preupdate_new_out;
+  }
+  if( p->pPk && p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE ){
+    iIdx = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(p->pPk, iIdx);
+  }
+  if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
+    goto preupdate_new_out;
+  }
+
+  if( p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
+    /* For an INSERT, memory cell p->iNewReg contains the serialized record
+    ** that is being inserted. Deserialize it. */
+    UnpackedRecord *pUnpack = p->pNewUnpacked;
+    if( !pUnpack ){
+      Mem *pData = &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg];
+      rc = ExpandBlob(pData);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out;
+      pUnpack = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, pData->n, pData->z);
+      if( !pUnpack ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto preupdate_new_out;
+      }
+      p->pNewUnpacked = pUnpack;
+    }
+    pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx];
+    if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
+    }else if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){
+      pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iIdx) contains the required
+    ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it.
+    ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the
+    ** caller may modify the value text encoding.
+    */
+    assert( p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE );
+    if( !p->aNew ){
+      p->aNew = (Mem *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem) * p->pCsr->nField);
+      if( !p->aNew ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto preupdate_new_out;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iIdx>=0 && iIdx<p->pCsr->nField );
+    pMem = &p->aNew[iIdx];
+    if( pMem->flags==0 ){
+      if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pMem, &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg+1+iIdx]);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *ppValue = pMem;
+
+ preupdate_new_out:
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+/*
+** Return status data for a single loop within query pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,            /* Prepared statement being queried */
+  int idx,                        /* Index of loop to report on */
+  int iScanStatusOp,              /* Which metric to return */
+  void *pOut                      /* OUT: Write the answer here */
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  ScanStatus *pScan;
+  if( idx<0 || idx>=p->nScan ) return 1;
+  pScan = &p->aScan[idx];
+  switch( iScanStatusOp ){
+    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP: {
+      *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrLoop];
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT: {
+      *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrVisit];
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST: {
+      double r = 1.0;
+      LogEst x = pScan->nEst;
+      while( x<100 ){
+        x += 10;
+        r *= 0.5;
+      }
+      *(double*)pOut = r*sqlite3LogEstToInt(x);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME: {
+      *(const char**)pOut = pScan->zName;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN: {
+      if( pScan->addrExplain ){
+        *(const char**)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p4.z;
+      }else{
+        *(const char**)pOut = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID: {
+      if( pScan->addrExplain ){
+        *(int*)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p1;
+      }else{
+        *(int*)pOut = -1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Zero all counters associated with the sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() data.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp * sizeof(i64));
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS */
+
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
+** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+
+/*
+** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text.  Return the number of
+** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
+** a host parameter.  If the text contains no host parameters, return
+** the total number of bytes in the text.
+*/
+static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
+  int tokenType;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  int n;
+
+  *pnToken = 0;
+  while( zSql[0] ){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
+    assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
+    if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
+      *pnToken = n;
+      break;
+    }
+    nTotal += n;
+    zSql += n;
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to 
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, 
+** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
+** to each line of text.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then
+** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes.  This
+** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing
+** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs.
+**
+** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
+** is eventually freed.
+**
+** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
+** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
+** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
+** the host parameter index is found by scanning the prepared
+** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
+** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
+** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
+  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
+  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
+  int idx = 0;             /* Index of a host parameter */
+  int nextIndex = 1;       /* Index of next ? host parameter */
+  int n;                   /* Length of a token prefix */
+  int nToken;              /* Length of the parameter token */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  Mem *pVar;               /* Value of a host parameter */
+  StrAccum out;            /* Accumulate the output here */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  Mem utf8;                /* Used to convert UTF16 parameters into UTF8 for display */
+#endif
+  char zBase[100];         /* Initial working space */
+
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), 
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
+    while( *zRawSql ){
+      const char *zStart = zRawSql;
+      while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
+      assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
+    }
+  }else if( p->nVar==0 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, sqlite3Strlen30(zRawSql));
+  }else{
+    while( zRawSql[0] ){
+      n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
+      assert( n>0 );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
+      zRawSql += n;
+      assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
+      if( nToken==0 ) break;
+      if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
+        if( nToken>1 ){
+          assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
+          sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
+        }else{
+          idx = nextIndex;
+        }
+      }else{
+        assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' ||
+                zRawSql[0]=='@' || zRawSql[0]=='#' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='#' );
+        idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
+        assert( idx>0 );
+      }
+      zRawSql += nToken;
+      nextIndex = idx + 1;
+      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
+      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
+      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->u.r);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
+        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+        u8 enc = ENC(db);
+        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
+          utf8.db = db;
+          sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+          if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+            out.accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM;
+            out.nAlloc = 0;
+          }
+          pVar = &utf8;
+        }
+#endif
+        nOut = pVar->n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){
+          nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
+          while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
+        }
+#endif    
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
+        }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
+#endif
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */
+        assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
+        nOut = pVar->n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
+#endif
+        for(i=0; i<nOut; i++){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( out.accError ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&out);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements the function that runs the
+** bytecode of a prepared statement.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
+** value of the cell.  This macro verifies that shallow copies are
+** not misused.  A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a
+** pointer to the string or blob, not the content.  If the original
+** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might
+** be changed out from under the copy.  This macro verifies that nothing
+** like that ever happens.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
+#else
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This macro evaluates to true if either the update hook or the preupdate
+** hook are enabled for database connect DB.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+# define HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(DB) ((DB)->xPreUpdateCallback||(DB)->xUpdateCallback)
+#else
+# define HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(DB) ((DB)->xUpdateCallback)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode
+** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
+** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_UNTESTABLE)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined.  This
+** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
+** production builds.
+**
+** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
+** branch can go.  It is usually 2.  "I" is the direction the branch
+** goes.  0 means falls through.  1 means branch is taken.  2 means the
+** second alternative branch is taken.
+**
+** iSrcLine is the source code line (from the __LINE__ macro) that
+** generated the VDBE instruction.  This instrumentation assumes that all
+** source code is in a single file (the amalgamation).  Special values 1
+** and 2 for the iSrcLine parameter mean that this particular branch is
+** always taken or never taken, respectively.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
+# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
+#else
+# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
+  static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
+    if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
+      M = iSrcLine;
+      /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and 
+      ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */
+      assert( (M & I)==I );
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return;  /*NO_TEST*/
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg,
+                                      iSrcLine,I,M);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
+#define isSorter(x) ((x)->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER)
+
+/*
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
+  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
+  int iDb,              /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+  u8 eCurType           /* Type of the new cursor */
+){
+  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
+  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+  **
+  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+  **     allocations.
+  **
+  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+  **
+  ** The memory cell for cursor 0 is aMem[0]. The rest are allocated from
+  ** the top of the register space.  Cursor 1 is at Mem[p->nMem-1].
+  ** Cursor 2 is at Mem[p->nMem-2]. And so forth.
+  */
+  Mem *pMem = iCur>0 ? &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur] : p->aMem;
+
+  int nByte;
+  VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+  nByte = 
+      ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + 
+      (eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
+
+  assert( iCur>=0 && iCur<p->nCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+    memset(pCx, 0, offsetof(VdbeCursor,pAltCursor));
+    pCx->eCurType = eCurType;
+    pCx->iDb = iDb;
+    pCx->nField = nField;
+    pCx->aOffset = &pCx->aType[nField];
+    if( eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){
+      pCx->uc.pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
+      sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->uc.pCursor);
+    }
+  }
+  return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
+**
+** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give
+** an integer representation.  Strings that look like floating point
+** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00')
+** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true.
+**
+** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal
+** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
+** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
+*/
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){
+  double rValue;
+  i64 iValue;
+  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
+  assert( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==MEM_Str );
+  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
+  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
+    pRec->u.i = iValue;
+    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    pRec->u.r = rValue;
+    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
+    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
+**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
+**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
+**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB:
+**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(
+  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
+  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
+  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+  if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        if( pRec->flags & MEM_Str ) applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.  It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if 
+    ** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those
+    ** CPU cycles. */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      if( (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+    applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0);
+    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+  }
+  return eType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
+** not the internal Mem* type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
+  u8 affinity, 
+  u8 enc
+){
+  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+}
+
+/*
+** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
+** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
+** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields
+** accordingly.
+*/
+static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    return MEM_Int;
+  }
+  return MEM_Real;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
+** none.  
+**
+** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
+** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
+*/
+static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    return computeNumericType(pMem);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
+
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
+    }
+    *(zCsr++) = c;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+    *(zCsr++) = ']';
+    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+*/
+static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){
+    printf(" undefined");
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    printf(" NULL");
+  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+    printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    printf(" r:%g", p->u.r);
+#endif
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    printf(" (rowset)");
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[200];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+    printf(" %s", zBuf);
+  }
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Subtype ) printf(" subtype=0x%02x", p->eSubtype);
+}
+static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){
+  printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+  memTracePrint(p);
+  printf("\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M)
+#else
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+#define SQLITE_HWTIME_H
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the 
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+** 
+** Usage:
+**
+**     assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+*/
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+  int n = 0;
+  Savepoint *p;
+  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the register of pOp->p2 after first preparing it to be
+** overwritten with an integer value.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE Mem *out2PrereleaseWithClear(Mem *pOut){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  return pOut;
+}
+static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){
+  Mem *pOut;
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    return out2PrereleaseWithClear(pOut);
+  }else{
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    return pOut;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
+** This is the core of sqlite3_step().  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
+  Op *pOp = aOp;             /* Current operation */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+  Op *pOrigOp;               /* Value of pOp at the top of the loop */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int nExtraDelete = 0;      /* Verifies FORDELETE and AUXDELETE flags */
+#endif
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
+  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
+  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last comparison */
+  unsigned nVmStep = 0;      /* Number of virtual machine steps */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
+#endif
+  Mem *aMem = p->aMem;       /* Copy of p->aMem */
+  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
+  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
+  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
+  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+#endif
+  /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/
+
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+  sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
+  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  if( db->xProgress ){
+    u32 iPrior = p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP];
+    assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps );
+    nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps - (iPrior % db->nProgressOps);
+  }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  if( p->pc==0
+   && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0
+  ){
+    int i;
+    int once = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){
+      printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){
+          if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n");
+          printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z);
+          once = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace )  printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#endif
+  for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; 1; pOp++){
+    /* Errors are detected by individual opcodes, with an immediate
+    ** jumps to abort_due_to_error. */
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]);
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
+#endif
+    nVmStep++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+    if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++;
+#endif
+
+    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    {
+      u8 opProperty = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
+      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+        assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
+      }
+      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+        assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+      }
+      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+        assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      }
+      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+        memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+      }
+      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+        memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+    pOrigOp = pOp;
+#endif
+  
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
+** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
+** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2, out3.  See
+** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+**
+** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode.  However, it
+** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
+** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
+** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
+jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt:
+  pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
+
+  /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
+  ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
+  ** completion.  Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
+  ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. 
+  **
+  ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
+  ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
+  ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress
+  ** checks on every opcode.  This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5%
+  ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */
+check_for_interrupt:
+  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+  ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+  ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+  ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+  ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+  */
+  if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){
+    assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 );
+    nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps);
+    if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current address onto register P1
+** and then jump to address P2.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp-aOp);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+
+  /* Most jump operations do a goto to this spot in order to update
+  ** the pOp pointer. */
+jump_to_p2:
+  pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
+**
+** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.  After
+** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
+*/
+case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pOp = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
+** located at address P3.
+**
+** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows
+** this opcode.  So jump over the coroutine implementation to
+** address P2.
+**
+** See also: EndCoroutine
+*/
+case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
+  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
+**
+** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield.
+** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
+** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
+**
+** See also: InitCoroutine
+*/
+case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
+  VdbeOp *pCaller;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
+  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
+  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
+  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
+  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
+  pOp = &aOp[pCaller->p2 - 1];
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.  This
+** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine.
+**
+** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with
+** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction.  But if
+** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with
+** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the
+** next instruction.
+**
+** See also: InitCoroutine
+*/
+case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
+  int pcDest;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pOp = &aOp[pcDest];
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt
+**
+** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
+** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
+** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
+** The P5 parameter should be 1.
+*/
+case OP_HaltIfNull: {      /* in3 */
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+**
+** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string.
+**
+**    0:  (no change)
+**    1:  NOT NULL contraint failed: P4
+**    2:  UNIQUE constraint failed: P4
+**    3:  CHECK constraint failed: P4
+**    4:  FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4
+**
+** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is
+** omitted.
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
+*/
+case OP_Halt: {
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  int pcx;
+
+  pcx = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
+    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
+    pFrame = p->pFrame;
+    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
+    p->nFrame--;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
+      /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
+      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
+      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
+      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
+      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
+      pcx = p->aOp[pcx].p2-1;
+    }
+    aOp = p->aOp;
+    aMem = p->aMem;
+    pOp = &aOp[pcx];
+    break;
+  }
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
+  p->pc = pcx;
+  assert( pOp->p5<=4 );
+  if( p->rc ){
+    if( pOp->p5 ){
+      static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
+                                             "FOREIGN KEY" };
+      testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==3 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==4 );
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s constraint failed", azType[pOp->p5-1]);
+      if( pOp->p4.z ){
+        p->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z: %s", p->zErrMsg, pOp->p4.z);
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    }
+    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pcx, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
+    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
+**
+** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Integer: {         /* out2 */
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Int64: {           /* out2 */
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
+  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
+  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
+  pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
+**
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
+** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time.  During
+** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
+** as the P1 parameter.
+*/
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
+    assert( pOut->szMalloc>0 && pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
+    assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
+    pOut->szMalloc = 0;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
+    }
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
+    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
+  }
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG );
+#endif
+  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+}
+  
+/* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
+**
+** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
+**
+** If P3 is not zero and the content of register P3 is equal to P5, then
+** the datatype of the register P2 is converted to BLOB.  The content is
+** the same sequence of bytes, it is merely interpreted as a BLOB instead
+** of a string, as if it had been CAST.  In other words:
+**
+** if( P3!=0 and reg[P3]==P5 ) reg[P2] := CAST(reg[P2] as BLOB)
+*/
+case OP_String: {          /* out2 */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
+  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+  if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+    assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+    if( pIn3->u.i==pOp->p5 ) pOut->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  }
+#endif
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL
+**
+** Write a NULL into registers P2.  If P3 greater than P2, then also write
+** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3.  If P3
+** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
+** set to NULL.
+**
+** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
+** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
+** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
+*/
+case OP_Null: {           /* out2 */
+  int cnt;
+  u16 nullFlag;
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
+  pOut->n = 0;
+  while( cnt>0 ){
+    pOut++;
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
+    pOut->n = 0;
+    cnt--;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=NULL
+**
+** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord
+** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with
+** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was
+** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid.
+*/
+case OP_SoftNull: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
+**
+** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
+** blob in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Blob: {                /* out2 */
+  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
+**
+** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
+**
+** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
+** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
+*/
+case OP_Variable: {            /* out2 */
+  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==sqlite3VListNumToName(p->pVList,pOp->p1) );
+  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
+**
+** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
+** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
+** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
+** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.  It is an error
+** for P3 to be less than 1.
+*/
+case OP_Move: {
+  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
+  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
+  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+
+  n = pOp->p3;
+  p1 = pOp->p1;
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+  assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 );
+  assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[p2];
+  do{
+    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] );
+    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] );
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<pOut ){
+      pOut->pScopyFrom += pOp->p2 - p1;
+    }
+#endif
+    Deephemeralize(pOut);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
+    pIn1++;
+    pOut++;
+  }while( --n );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]
+**
+** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3.
+**
+** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
+** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
+*/
+case OP_Copy: {
+  int n;
+
+  n = pOp->p3;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  while( 1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+    Deephemeralize(pOut);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pOut->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
+    if( (n--)==0 ) break;
+    pOut++;
+    pIn1++;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]
+**
+** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
+** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
+** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
+** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
+** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
+** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
+** copy.
+*/
+case OP_SCopy: {            /* out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
+#endif
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IntCopy P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]
+**
+** Transfer the integer value held in register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This is an optimized version of SCopy that works only for integer
+** values.
+*/
+case OP_IntCopy: {            /* out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, pIn1->u.i);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]
+**
+** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
+** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
+** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as
+** the result row.
+*/
+case OP_ResultRow: {
+  Mem *pMem;
+  int i;
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  /* Run the progress counter just before returning.
+  */
+  if( db->xProgress!=0
+   && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
+   && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
+  ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
+  ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
+    assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+    assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then 
+  ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows 
+  ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
+  ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
+  **
+  ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
+  ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
+  ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
+  ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
+  ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
+  ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
+  **
+  ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
+  ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
+  */
+  assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
+  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
+
+  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
+  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
+  ** a side effect.
+  */
+  pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
+    assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) );
+    Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]);
+    assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
+            || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+
+  if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_ROW ){
+    db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_ROW, db->pTraceArg, p, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
+  */
+  p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp) + 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
+**
+** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
+** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
+** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
+**
+**   P3 = P2 || P1
+**
+** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
+** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
+** to avoid a memcpy().
+*/
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
+  i64 nByte;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
+  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
+  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
+  nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
+  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
+    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+  }
+  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
+  pOut->z[nByte]=0;
+  pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
+  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]
+**
+** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]
+**
+**
+** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]
+**
+** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
+**
+** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
+** NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
+**
+** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by 
+** register P1 and store the result in register P3. 
+** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
+  char bIntint;   /* Started out as two integer operands */
+  u16 flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+  u16 type1;      /* Numeric type of left operand */
+  u16 type2;      /* Numeric type of right operand */
+  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
+  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
+  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
+  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  type1 = numericType(pIn1);
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  type2 = numericType(pIn2);
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
+  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+  if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+    iA = pIn1->u.i;
+    iB = pIn2->u.i;
+    bIntint = 1;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
+        iB /= iA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
+        iB %= iA;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    pOut->u.i = iB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+    bIntint = 0;
+fp_math:
+    rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
+    rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         rB += rA;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    rB -= rA;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    rB *= rA;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+        if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        rB /= rA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        iA = (i64)rA;
+        iB = (i64)rB;
+        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
+        rB = (double)(iB % iA);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    pOut->u.i = rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+#else
+    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
+      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+    }
+    pOut->u.r = rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
+    if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+
+arithmetic_result_is_null:
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** functions.
+**
+** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or
+** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or
+** maximum.  The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly.  Only built-in functions have access to this feature.
+*/
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Function0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef object that
+** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
+** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
+** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+**
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: Function, AggStep, AggFinal
+*/
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that
+** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with P5 arguments taken
+** from register P2 and successors.  The result of the function is stored
+** in register P3.  Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+**
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** SQL functions are initially coded as OP_Function0 with P4 pointing
+** to a FuncDef object.  But on first evaluation, the P4 operand is
+** automatically converted into an sqlite3_context object and the operation
+** changed to this OP_Function opcode.  In this way, the initialization of
+** the sqlite3_context object occurs only once, rather than once for each
+** evaluation of the function.
+**
+** See also: Function0, AggStep, AggFinal
+*/
+case OP_Function0: {
+  int n;
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
+  n = pOp->p5;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) );
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
+  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));
+  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCtx->pOut = 0;
+  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+  pCtx->pVdbe = p;
+  pCtx->argc = n;
+  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
+  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Function;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Function */
+}
+case OP_Function: {
+  int i;
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX );
+  pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
+
+  /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[]
+  ** might change from one evaluation to the next.  The next block of code
+  ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it
+  ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( pCtx->pOut != pOut ){
+    pCtx->pOut = pOut;
+    for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i];
+  }
+
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
+    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
+  }
+#endif
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
+  (*pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv);/* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
+    if( pCtx->isError ){
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pOut));
+      rc = pCtx->isError;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(db, &p->pAuxData, pCtx->iOp, pOp->p1);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
+  if( pOut->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ) goto too_big;
+  }
+
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
+**
+** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]
+**
+** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+  i64 iA;
+  u64 uA;
+  i64 iB;
+  u8 op;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+  iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+  op = pOp->opcode;
+  if( op==OP_BitAnd ){
+    iA &= iB;
+  }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){
+    iA |= iB;
+  }else if( iB!=0 ){
+    assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft );
+
+    /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
+    if( iB<0 ){
+      assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
+      op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op;
+      iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64;
+    }
+
+    if( iB>=64 ){
+      iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA));
+      if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
+        uA <<= iB;
+      }else{
+        uA >>= iB;
+        /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
+        if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB);
+      }
+      memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA));
+    }
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = iA;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
+** 
+** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
+** The result is always an integer.
+**
+** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
+** 
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
+** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+    VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }else{
+        goto jump_to_p2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
+**
+** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
+**
+** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
+** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
+** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
+** to have only a real value.
+*/
+case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: Cast P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1])
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2.
+** 
+** <ul>
+** <li value="97"> TEXT
+** <li value="98"> BLOB
+** <li value="99"> NUMERIC
+** <li value="100"> INTEGER
+** <li value="101"> REAL
+** </ul>
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Cast: {                  /* in1 */
+  assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
+  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCast(pIn1, pOp->p2, encoding);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1]
+**
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)==reg(P1) then
+** jump to address P2.  Or if the SQLITE_STOREP2 flag is set in P5, then
+** store the result of comparison in register P2.
+**
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
+** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
+** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
+** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
+** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
+** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
+** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
+** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
+** P4 is used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
+** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
+** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
+** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
+** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is true.  If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+**
+** If both SQLITE_STOREP2 and SQLITE_KEEPNULL flags are set then the
+** content of r[P2] is only changed if the new value is NULL or 0 (false).
+** In other words, a prior r[P2] value will not be overwritten by 1 (true).
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1]
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Eq opcode for
+** additional information.
+**
+** If both SQLITE_STOREP2 and SQLITE_KEEPNULL flags are set then the
+** content of r[P2] is only changed if the new value is NULL or 1 (true).
+** In other words, a prior r[P2] value will not be overwritten by 0 (false).
+*/
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: IF r[P3]<r[P1]
+**
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
+** jump to address P2.  Or if the SQLITE_STOREP2 flag is set in P5 store
+** the result of comparison (0 or 1 or NULL) into register P2.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
+** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 
+** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
+**
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
+** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
+** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
+** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
+** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
+** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
+** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
+** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
+** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
+** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
+** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
+** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
+** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: IF r[P3]<=r[P1]
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: IF r[P3]>r[P1]
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: IF r[P3]>=r[P1]
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
+  int res, res2;      /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+  char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+  u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+  u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  flags1 = pIn1->flags;
+  flags3 = pIn3->flags;
+  if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){
+    /* One or both operands are NULL */
+    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
+      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
+      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
+      ** or not both operands are null.
+      */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+      assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
+      assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );
+      if( (flags1&flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
+       && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
+      ){
+        res = 0;  /* Operands are equal */
+      }else{
+        res = 1;  /* Operands are not equal */
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
+      ** then the result is always NULL.
+      ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+        iCompare = 1;    /* Operands are not equal */
+        memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+      }else{
+        VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
+        if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
+          goto jump_to_p2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
+    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
+    if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Str ){
+        if( (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
+          applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0);
+          testcase( flags3!=pIn3->flags ); /* Possible if pIn1==pIn3 */
+          flags3 = pIn3->flags;
+        }
+        if( (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
+          applyNumericAffinity(pIn3,0);
+        }
+      }
+      /* Handle the common case of integer comparison here, as an
+      ** optimization, to avoid a call to sqlite3MemCompare() */
+      if( (pIn1->flags & pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+        if( pIn3->u.i > pIn1->u.i ){ res = +1; goto compare_op; }
+        if( pIn3->u.i < pIn1->u.i ){ res = -1; goto compare_op; }
+        res = 0;
+        goto compare_op;
+      }
+    }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+      if( (flags1 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
+        testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
+        testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
+        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1);
+        testcase( (flags1&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn1->flags&MEM_Dyn) );
+        flags1 = (pIn1->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask);
+        assert( pIn1!=pIn3 );
+      }
+      if( (flags3 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
+        testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+        testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Real );
+        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn3, encoding, 1);
+        testcase( (flags3&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn3->flags&MEM_Dyn) );
+        flags3 = (pIn3->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3 & MEM_TypeMask);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
+    res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
+  }
+compare_op:
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    res2 = res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    res2 = res;        break;
+    case OP_Lt:    res2 = res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    res2 = res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    res2 = res>0;      break;
+    default:       res2 = res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
+  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags1 & MEM_Dyn) );
+  pIn1->flags = flags1;
+  assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags3 & MEM_Dyn) );
+  pIn3->flags = flags3;
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+    iCompare = res;
+    res2 = res2!=0;  /* For this path res2 must be exactly 0 or 1 */
+    if( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_KEEPNULL)!=0 ){
+      /* The KEEPNULL flag prevents OP_Eq from overwriting a NULL with 1
+      ** and prevents OP_Ne from overwriting NULL with 0.  This flag
+      ** is only used in contexts where either:
+      **   (1) op==OP_Eq && (r[P2]==NULL || r[P2]==0)
+      **   (2) op==OP_Ne && (r[P2]==NULL || r[P2]==1)
+      ** Therefore it is not necessary to check the content of r[P2] for
+      ** NULL. */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Ne || pOp->opcode==OP_Eq );
+      assert( res2==0 || res2==1 );
+      testcase( res2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_Eq );
+      testcase( res2==1 && pOp->opcode==OP_Eq );
+      testcase( res2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+      testcase( res2==1 && pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+      if( (pOp->opcode==OP_Eq)==res2 ) break;
+    }
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+    pOut->u.i = res2;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
+    if( res2 ){
+      goto jump_to_p2;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ElseNotEq * P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode must immediately follow an OP_Lt or OP_Gt comparison operator.
+** If result of an OP_Eq comparison on the same two operands
+** would have be NULL or false (0), then then jump to P2. 
+** If the result of an OP_Eq comparison on the two previous operands
+** would have been true (1), then fall through.
+*/
+case OP_ElseNotEq: {       /* same as TK_ESCAPE, jump */
+  assert( pOp>aOp );
+  assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Lt || pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pOp[-1].p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(iCompare!=0, 2);
+  if( iCompare!=0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
+**
+** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator in the next
+** instruction.  The permutation is stored in the P4 operand.
+**
+** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
+** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should 
+** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
+**
+** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array
+** and does not become part of the permutation.
+*/
+case OP_Permutation: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
+  assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_Compare );
+  assert( pOp[1].p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]
+**
+** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
+** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
+** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is
+** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator.  If the
+** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential
+** order.
+**
+** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
+** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
+** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+**
+** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
+** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
+** and strings are less than blobs.
+*/
+case OP_Compare: {
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  int p1;
+  int p2;
+  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int idx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+  int *aPermute;     /* The permutation */
+
+  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ){
+    aPermute = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp>aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Permutation );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+    aPermute = pOp[-1].p4.ai + 1;
+    assert( aPermute!=0 );
+  }
+  n = pOp->p3;
+  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( n>0 );
+  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
+  p1 = pOp->p1;
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( aPermute ){
+    int k, mx = 0;
+    for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
+    assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+    assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+  }else{
+    assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+    assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
+    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) );
+    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &aMem[p2+idx]);
+    assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
+    pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
+    bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
+    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
+    if( iCompare ){
+      if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
+** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
+** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
+  if( iCompare<0 ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p1 - 1];
+  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p3 - 1];
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
+**
+** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
+** write the result into register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
+** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
+** a NULL output.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])
+**
+** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the answer in register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
+** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
+** give a NULL output.
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
+  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+  }
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( v1==2 ){
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+  }else{
+    pOut->u.i = v1;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
+**
+** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
+** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
+** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
+*/
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pOut->u.i = !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
+**
+** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
+** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
+** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pOut->u.i = ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Fall through to the next instruction the first time this opcode is
+** encountered on each invocation of the byte-code program.  Jump to P2
+** on the second and all subsequent encounters during the same invocation.
+**
+** Top-level programs determine first invocation by comparing the P1
+** operand against the P1 operand on the OP_Init opcode at the beginning
+** of the program.  If the P1 values differ, then fall through and make
+** the P1 of this opcode equal to the P1 of OP_Init.  If P1 values are
+** the same then take the jump.
+**
+** For subprograms, there is a bitmask in the VdbeFrame that determines
+** whether or not the jump should be taken.  The bitmask is necessary
+** because the self-altering code trick does not work for recursive
+** triggers.
+*/
+case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
+  u32 iAddr;                /* Address of this instruction */
+  assert( p->aOp[0].opcode==OP_Init );
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    iAddr = (int)(pOp - p->aOp);
+    if( (p->pFrame->aOnce[iAddr/8] & (1<<(iAddr & 7)))!=0 ){
+      VdbeBranchTaken(1, 2);
+      goto jump_to_p2;
+    }
+    p->pFrame->aOnce[iAddr/8] |= 1<<(iAddr & 7);
+  }else{
+    if( p->aOp[0].p1==pOp->p1 ){
+      VdbeBranchTaken(1, 2);
+      goto jump_to_p2;
+    }
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(0, 2);
+  pOp->p1 = p->aOp[0].p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
+** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
+** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
+*/
+case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
+case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
+  int c;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    c = pOp->p3;
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+#else
+    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
+#endif
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
+  if( c ){
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX
+**
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
+** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
+** values in the record, extract a NULL.
+**
+** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+**
+** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
+** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
+** the result.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
+** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
+** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
+** register has changed should have this bit set.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when
+** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
+** or typeof() function, respectively.  The loading of large blobs can be
+** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
+*/
+case OP_Column: {
+  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+  const u8 *zData;   /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  const u8 *zHdr;    /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
+  const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
+  u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset */
+  u32 avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
+  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
+  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
+
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+
+  /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( p2<pC->nField );
+  aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+  assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB );
+  assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow );
+  assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_SORTER );
+
+  if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr ){                /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ){
+        assert( pC->uc.pseudoTableReg>0 );
+        pReg = &aMem[pC->uc.pseudoTableReg];
+        assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
+        pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n;
+        pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+        goto op_column_out;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+      assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+      assert( pCrsr );
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+      pC->payloadSize = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr);
+      pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      assert( avail<=65536 );  /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
+      if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
+        pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;
+      }else if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+        goto too_big;
+      }else{
+        pC->szRow = avail;
+      }
+    }
+    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
+    pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
+    pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
+    aOffset[0] = offset;
+
+
+    if( avail<offset ){      /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
+      /* pC->aRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least
+      ** need to cover the header of the record.  If pC->aRow does not contain
+      ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be
+      ** dynamically allocated. */
+      pC->aRow = 0;
+      pC->szRow = 0;
+
+      /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
+      ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
+      **
+      ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
+      ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
+      ** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
+      ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
+      ** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
+      */
+      if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }else if( offset>0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+      /* The following goto is an optimization.  It can be omitted and
+      ** everything will still work.  But OP_Column is measurably faster
+      ** by skipping the subsequent conditional, which is always true.
+      */
+      zData = pC->aRow;
+      assert( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 );         /* Conditional skipped */
+      goto op_column_read_header;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
+  ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and pC->aType[].
+  */
+  if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
+    /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
+    ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field 
+    */
+    if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
+      /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
+      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
+        memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, aOffset[0], &sMem);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+        zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
+      }else{
+        zData = pC->aRow;
+      }
+  
+      /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
+    op_column_read_header:
+      i = pC->nHdrParsed;
+      offset64 = aOffset[i];
+      zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
+      zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
+      do{
+        if( (t = zHdr[0])<0x80 ){
+          zHdr++;
+          offset64 += sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(t);
+        }else{
+          zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
+          offset64 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
+        }
+        pC->aType[i++] = t;
+        aOffset[i] = (u32)(offset64 & 0xffffffff);
+      }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
+
+      /* The record is corrupt if any of the following are true:
+      ** (1) the bytes of the header extend past the declared header size
+      ** (2) the entire header was used but not all data was used
+      ** (3) the end of the data extends beyond the end of the record.
+      */
+      if( (zHdr>=zEndHdr && (zHdr>zEndHdr || offset64!=pC->payloadSize))
+       || (offset64 > pC->payloadSize)
+      ){
+        if( pC->aRow==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+
+      pC->nHdrParsed = i;
+      pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData);
+      if( pC->aRow==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
+    }else{
+      t = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* If after trying to extract new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is
+    ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2
+    ** columns.  So the result will be either the default value or a NULL.
+    */
+    if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
+      if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+      }
+      goto op_column_out;
+    }
+  }else{
+    t = pC->aType[p2];
+  }
+
+  /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column.  Control can only
+  ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and pC->aType[p2] are
+  ** all valid.
+  */
+  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+  }
+  assert( t==pC->aType[p2] );
+  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
+    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
+    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
+    zData = pC->aRow + aOffset[p2];
+    if( t<12 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest);
+    }else{
+      /* If the column value is a string, we need a persistent value, not
+      ** a MEM_Ephem value.  This branch is a fast short-cut that is equivalent
+      ** to calling sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3VdbeDeephemeralize().
+      */
+      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob, MEM_Str|MEM_Term };
+      pDest->n = len = (t-12)/2;
+      pDest->enc = encoding;
+      if( pDest->szMalloc < len+2 ){
+        pDest->flags = MEM_Null;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pDest, len+2, 0) ) goto no_mem;
+      }else{
+        pDest->z = pDest->zMalloc;
+      }
+      memcpy(pDest->z, zData, len);
+      pDest->z[len] = 0;
+      pDest->z[len+1] = 0;
+      pDest->flags = aFlag[t&1];
+    }
+  }else{
+    pDest->enc = encoding;
+    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
+    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
+          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
+     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
+    ){
+      /* Content is irrelevant for
+      **    1. the typeof() function,
+      **    2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and
+      **    3. if the content length is zero.
+      ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading
+      ** content from disk. 
+      **
+      ** Although sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() may read at most 8 bytes from the
+      ** buffer passed to it, debugging function VdbeMemPrettyPrint() may
+      ** read up to 16. So 16 bytes of bogus content is supplied.
+      */
+      static u8 aZero[16];  /* This is the bogus content */
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(aZero, t, pDest);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->uc.pCursor, aOffset[p2], len, pDest);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((const u8*)pDest->z, t, pDest);
+      pDest->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
+    }
+  }
+
+op_column_out:
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])
+**
+** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
+**
+** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** memory cell in the range.
+*/
+case OP_Affinity: {
+  const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
+  char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
+
+  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( zAffinity!=0 );
+  assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){
+    assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] );
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding);
+    pIn1++;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])
+**
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
+** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
+**
+** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key.
+**
+** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
+** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity BLOB.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
+  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
+  i64 nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
+  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
+  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */
+  int j;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */
+  u32 len;               /* Length of a field */
+
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
+  **
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  **
+  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
+  ** and so forth.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
+  */
+  nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  nField = pOp->p1;
+  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+  pData0 = &aMem[nField];
+  nField = pOp->p2;
+  pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
+  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+
+  /* Identify the output register */
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs
+  */
+  assert( pData0<=pLast );
+  if( zAffinity ){
+    pRec = pData0;
+    do{
+      applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding);
+      assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast );
+    }while( zAffinity[0] );
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
+  /* NULLs can be safely trimmed from the end of the record, as long as
+  ** as the schema format is 2 or more and none of the omitted columns
+  ** have a non-NULL default value.  Also, the record must be left with
+  ** at least one field.  If P5>0 then it will be one more than the
+  ** index of the right-most column with a non-NULL default value */
+  if( pOp->p5 ){
+    while( (pLast->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 && nField>pOp->p5 ){
+      pLast--;
+      nField--;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  pRec = pLast;
+  do{
+    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
+    pRec->uTemp = serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format, &len);
+    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      if( nData ){
+        if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec) ) goto no_mem;
+      }else{
+        nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
+        len -= pRec->u.nZero;
+      }
+    }
+    nData += len;
+    testcase( serial_type==127 );
+    testcase( serial_type==128 );
+    nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+    if( pRec==pData0 ) break;
+    pRec--;
+  }while(1);
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22564-11647 The header begins with a single varint
+  ** which determines the total number of bytes in the header. The varint
+  ** value is the size of the header in bytes including the size varint
+  ** itself. */
+  testcase( nHdr==126 );
+  testcase( nHdr==127 );
+  if( nHdr<=126 ){
+    /* The common case */
+    nHdr += 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Rare case of a really large header */
+    nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+    nHdr += nVarint;
+    if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
+  }
+  nByte = nHdr+nData;
+  if( nByte+nZero>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
+  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
+  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, (int)nByte) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+
+  /* Write the record */
+  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
+  j = nHdr;
+  assert( pData0<=pLast );
+  pRec = pData0;
+  do{
+    serial_type = pRec->uTemp;
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06529-47362 Following the size varint are one or more
+    ** additional varints, one per column. */
+    i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);            /* serial type */
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64536-51728 The values for each column in the record
+    ** immediately follow the header. */
+    j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */
+  }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
+  assert( i==nHdr );
+  assert( j==nByte );
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;
+  if( nZero ){
+    pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
+**
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
+** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+case OP_Count: {         /* out2 */
+  i64 nEntry;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->uc.pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr );
+  nEntry = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
+** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
+** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
+*/
+case OP_Savepoint: {
+  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
+  int nName;
+  Savepoint *pNew;
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+  Savepoint *pTmp;
+  int iSavepoint;
+  int ii;
+
+  p1 = pOp->p1;
+  zName = pOp->p4.z;
+
+  /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
+  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. 
+  */
+  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
+  assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
+  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+
+  if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
+    if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
+      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write 
+      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress");
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
+      ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
+      ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
+      ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty.  */
+      assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
+                                db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
+
+      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1);
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+        memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
+    
+        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
+        ** "transaction savepoint". */
+        if( db->autoCommit ){
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
+        }else{
+          db->nSavepoint++;
+        }
+
+        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
+        pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = pNew;
+        pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+        pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    iSavepoint = 0;
+
+    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
+    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
+    for(
+      pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; 
+      pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
+      pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
+    ){
+      iSavepoint++;
+    }
+    if( !pSavepoint ){
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are 
+      ** active write statements.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - "
+                          "SQL statements in progress");
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+
+      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
+      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction 
+      ** is committed. 
+      */
+      int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
+      if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+        rc = p->rc;
+      }else{
+        int isSchemaChange;
+        iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
+        if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+          isSchemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0;
+          for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+            rc = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt,
+                                       SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK,
+                                       isSchemaChange==0);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+          }
+        }else{
+          isSchemaChange = 0;
+        }
+        for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto abort_due_to_error;
+          }
+        }
+        if( isSchemaChange ){
+          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+          db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
+        }
+      }
+  
+      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all 
+      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
+      while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
+        pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+        db->nSavepoint--;
+      }
+
+      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on 
+      ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred 
+      ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
+      ** when the savepoint was created.  */
+      if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
+        db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint);
+        if( !isTransaction ){
+          db->nSavepoint--;
+        }
+      }else{
+        db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
+        db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons;
+      }
+
+      if( !isTransaction || p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
+** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+  int desiredAutoCommit;
+  int iRollback;
+
+  desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
+  iRollback = pOp->p2;
+  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 );
+  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 );
+  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+
+  if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
+    if( iRollback ){
+      assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+    }else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
+      /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
+      ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. 
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - "
+                          "SQL statements in progress");
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto vdbe_return;
+    }else{
+      db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+      db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
+      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto vdbe_return;
+    }
+    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
+    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    goto vdbe_return;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeError(p,
+        (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+         
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
+** active.
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a 
+** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
+** attached databases.
+**
+** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
+** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
+** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
+** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
+** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
+** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this
+** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
+** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3
+** and the schema generation counter against P4.
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.  If the schema
+** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or
+** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current
+** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution
+** halts.  The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the
+** statement and rerun it from the beginning.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iMeta;
+  int iGen;
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+  if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+        p->rc = rc;
+        goto vdbe_return;
+      }
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+
+    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal 
+     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) 
+    ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
+        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
+        db->nStatement++; 
+        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
+      }
+
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement);
+      }
+
+      /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
+      ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
+      ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
+      p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+      p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
+    }
+
+    /* Gather the schema version number for checking:
+    ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-03189-51135 As each SQL statement runs, the schema
+    ** version is checked to ensure that the schema has not changed since the
+    ** SQL statement was prepared.
+    */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+    iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
+  }else{
+    iGen = iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
+    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
+    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
+    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
+    **
+    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
+    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
+    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
+    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
+    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
+    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
+    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within 
+    ** a v-table method.
+    */
+    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1);
+    }
+    p->expired = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
+** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
+** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2 */
+  int iMeta;
+  int iDb;
+  int iCookie;
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  iDb = pOp->p1;
+  iCookie = pOp->p3;
+  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
+
+  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1.
+** P2==1 is the schema version.  P2==2 is the database format.
+** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
+** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
+** database file used to store temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_SetCookie: {
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, pOp->p3);
+  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    /* Record changes in the file format */
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = pOp->p3;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
+    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
+    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    p->expired = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
+** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
+** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
+** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
+** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
+** the value of P2 itself.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx
+*/
+/* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** The ReopenIdx opcode works exactly like ReadOpen except that it first
+** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open with a root page
+** number of P2 and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op.  In other words,
+** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it.
+**
+** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 and with P4 being
+** a P4_KEYINFO object.  Furthermore, the P3 value must be the same as
+** every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor number.
+**
+** See the OpenRead opcode documentation for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
+** root page.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
+** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_ReopenIdx: {
+  int nField;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int p2;
+  int iDb;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){
+    assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 );      /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
+    goto open_cursor_set_hints;
+  }
+  /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
+  ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite:
+
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx
+          || p->readOnly==0 );
+
+  if( p->expired ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  nField = 0;
+  pKeyInfo = 0;
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+  iDb = pOp->p3;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  pX = pDb->pBt;
+  assert( pX!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
+    assert( OPFLAG_FORDELETE==BTREE_FORDELETE );
+    wrFlag = BTREE_WRCSR | (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_FORDELETE);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
+      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
+    }
+  }else{
+    wrFlag = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
+    assert( p2>0 );
+    assert( p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+    pIn2 = &aMem[p2];
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
+    assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+    p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
+    /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
+    ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
+    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
+    ** before reaching this instruction. */
+    assert( p2>=2 );
+  }
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+    assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+    assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
+    nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField;
+  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
+    nField = pOp->p4.i;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( nField>=0 );
+  testcase( nField==0 );  /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
+  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, CURTYPE_BTREE);
+  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  pCur->isOrdered = 1;
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = p2;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
+#endif
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->uc.pCursor);
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
+  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
+  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
+  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */  
+  pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
+
+open_cursor_set_hints:
+  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
+  assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ );
+  testcase( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+  testcase( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
+#endif
+  sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(pCur->uc.pCursor,
+                               (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ)));
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
+** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
+**
+** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
+** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
+** in btree.h.  These flags control aspects of the operation of
+** the btree.  The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
+** added automatically.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
+**
+** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
+** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
+** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
+** indices in joins.
+*/
+case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
+case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+
+  static const int vfsFlags = 
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx, 
+                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBtx, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( (pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
+        assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, pgno, BTREE_WRCSR,
+                                pKeyInfo, pCx->uc.pCursor);
+      }
+      pCx->isTable = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR,
+                              0, pCx->uc.pCursor);
+      pCx->isTable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
+** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
+** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
+**
+** If argument P3 is non-zero, then it indicates that the sorter may
+** assume that a stable sort considering the first P3 fields of each
+** key is sufficient to produce the required results.
+*/
+case OP_SorterOpen: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_SORTER);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db );
+  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pOp->p3, pCx);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SequenceTest P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2
+**
+** P1 is a sorter cursor. If the sequence counter is currently zero, jump
+** to P2. Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, increment the
+** the sequence value.
+*/
+case OP_SequenceTest: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  The content of that one row is the content of memory
+** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
+** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
+** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
+** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
+** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
+** the pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, CURTYPE_PSEUDO);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->uc.pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
+  pCx->isTable = 1;
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
+/* Opcode: ColumnsUsed P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** This opcode (which only exists if SQLite was compiled with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK) identifies which columns of the
+** table or index for cursor P1 are used.  P4 is a 64-bit integer
+** (P4_INT64) in which the first 63 bits are one for each of the
+** first 63 columns of the table or index that are actually used
+** by the cursor.  The high-order bit is set if any column after
+** the 64th is used.
+*/
+case OP_ColumnsUsed: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  pC->maskUsed = *(u64*)pOp->p4.pI64;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
+** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
+** else jump immediately to P2.  When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
+** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments.
+** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
+** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
+** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Next, not Prev.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
+** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Next, not Prev.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
+** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Prev, not Next.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
+** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Prev, not Next.
+**
+** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
+** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
+** else jump immediately to P2.  When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
+** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments.
+** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
+** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+*/
+case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
+  int res;           /* Comparison result */
+  int oc;            /* Opcode */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The cursor to seek */
+  UnpackedRecord r;  /* The key to seek for */
+  int nField;        /* Number of columns or fields in the key */
+  i64 iKey;          /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+  int eqOnly;        /* Only interested in == results */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
+  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
+  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
+  assert( pC->isOrdered );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  oc = pOp->opcode;
+  eqOnly = 0;
+  pC->nullRow = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
+#endif
+
+  if( pC->isTable ){
+    /* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */
+    assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0
+              || CORRUPT_DB );
+
+    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
+    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
+    ** the seek, so convert it. */
+    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
+      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
+    }
+    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
+
+    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
+    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
+    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
+        ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
+        VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); goto jump_to_p2;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
+      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
+      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
+      **
+      **        (x >  4.9)    ->     (x >= 5)
+      **        (x <= 4.9)    ->     (x <  5)
+      */
+      if( pIn3->u.r<(double)iKey ){
+        assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
+        assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
+        assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
+        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
+      }
+
+      /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
+      ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=.  */
+      else if( pIn3->u.r>(double)iKey ){
+        assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
+        assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
+        assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
+        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
+      }
+    } 
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
+    pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and
+    ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed
+    ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){
+      eqOnly = 1;
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE );
+      assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+      assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 );
+      assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 );
+      assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 );
+      assert( pOp[1].p4.i==pOp[0].p4.i );
+    }
+
+    nField = pOp->p4.i;
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+    assert( nField>0 );
+    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+    r.nField = (u16)nField;
+
+    /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
+    **   if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){
+    **     r.default_rc = -1;
+    **   }else{
+    **     r.default_rc = +1;
+    **   }
+    */
+    r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1);
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 );
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 );
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 );
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );
+
+    r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+    r.eqSeen = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( eqOnly && r.eqSeen==0 ){
+      assert( res!=0 );
+      goto seek_not_found;
+    }
+  }
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+  if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){  assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT );
+    if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){
+      res = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->uc.pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      res = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE );
+    if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){
+      res = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->uc.pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+      ** see if this is the case.
+      */
+      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->uc.pCursor);
+    }
+  }
+seek_not_found:
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ){
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }else if( eqOnly ){
+    assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+    pOp++; /* Skip the OP_IdxLt or OP_IdxGT that follows */
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+**
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
+** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
+**
+** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be
+** advanced in the forward direction.  The Next instruction will work,
+** but not the Prev instruction.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+** 
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
+** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
+** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
+** matching entry.
+**
+** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
+** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
+** opcodes do not work after this operation.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
+*/
+/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+** 
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2.  If all terms of the
+** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
+** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
+** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
+** cursor pointing to the matching row.
+**
+** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
+** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
+**
+** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
+** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
+** opcodes do not work after this operation.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
+*/
+case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
+  int alreadyExists;
+  int takeJump;
+  int ii;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord *pFree;
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
+#endif
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
+#endif
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
+    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+    r.aMem = pIn3;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
+      assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
+      assert( (r.aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || r.aMem[ii].n==0 );
+      if( ii ) REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]);
+    }
+#endif
+    pIdxKey = &r;
+    pFree = 0;
+  }else{
+    pFree = pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pC->pKeyInfo);
+    if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    (void)ExpandBlob(pIn3);
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
+  }
+  pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;
+  takeJump = 0;
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
+    /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
+    ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
+    ** conflict */
+    for(ii=0; ii<pIdxKey->nField; ii++){
+      if( pIdxKey->aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
+        takeJump = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
+  if( pFree ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  pC->seekResult = res;
+  alreadyExists = (res==0);
+  pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
+    if( alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2);
+    if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SeekRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
+**
+** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
+** keys).  If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not
+** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  
+** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain
+** a record with rowid P3 then 
+** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
+** instruction.
+**
+** The OP_NotExists opcode performs the same operation, but with OP_NotExists
+** the P3 register must be guaranteed to contain an integer value.  With this
+** opcode, register P3 might not contain an integer.
+**
+** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
+** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
+** in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
+** not work following this opcode.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict, SeekRowid
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
+**
+** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
+** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
+** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  Or, if P2 is 0, raise an
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then 
+** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
+** instruction.
+**
+** The OP_SeekRowid opcode performs the same operation but also allows the
+** P3 register to contain a non-integer value, in which case the jump is
+** always taken.  This opcode requires that P3 always contain an integer.
+**
+** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
+** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
+** in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
+** not work following this opcode.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict, SeekRowid
+*/
+case OP_SeekRowid: {        /* jump, in3 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  u64 iKey;
+
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    applyAffinity(pIn3, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  /* Fall through into OP_NotExists */
+case OP_NotExists:          /* jump, in3 */
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pC->seekOp = 0;
+#endif
+  assert( pC->isTable );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  res = 0;
+  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || res==0 );
+  pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
+  pC->nullRow = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  pC->seekResult = res;
+  if( res!=0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      goto jump_to_p2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
+**
+** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
+** Write the sequence number into register P2.
+** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
+** instruction.  
+*/
+case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2 */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB );
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
+**
+** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
+** written to register P2.
+**
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
+** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
+** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
+** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
+** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+*/
+case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2 */
+  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
+
+  v = 0;
+  res = 0;
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  {
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+    **
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
+    **
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
+    */
+    assert( pC->isTable );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
+#else
+    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
+    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
+    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
+    */
+#   define MAX_ROWID  (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
+#endif
+
+    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->uc.pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      if( res ){
+        v = 1;   /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
+      }else{
+        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->uc.pCursor) );
+        v = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
+        if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){
+          pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+        }else{
+          v++;   /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    if( pOp->p3 ){
+      /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      if( p->pFrame ){
+        for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+        assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem );
+        pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
+      }else{
+        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+        assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+        pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+        memAboutToChange(p, pMem);
+      }
+      assert( memIsValid(pMem) );
+
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
+      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
+      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
+      if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-17817-00630 */
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
+        v = pMem->u.i + 1;
+      }
+      pMem->u.i = v;
+    }
+#endif
+    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
+      ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
+      ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
+      ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
+      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
+                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
+      cnt = 0;
+      do{
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+        v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); v++;  /* Ensure that v is greater than zero */
+      }while(  ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)v,
+                                                 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK)
+            && (res==0)
+            && (++cnt<100));
+      if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      if( res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      assert( v>0 );  /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
+    }
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = v;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
+** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
+** be a MEM_Int.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set, the implementation might
+** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1.  However,
+** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior
+** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equal to P3.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
+** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
+** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
+** the update hook.
+**
+** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is 
+** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked 
+** following a successful insert.
+**
+** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
+** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
+** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
+** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
+** cause any problems.)
+**
+** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
+** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
+*/
+/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]
+**
+** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
+** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
+*/
+case OP_Insert: 
+case OP_InsertInt: {
+  Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+  Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+  int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+  const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
+  Table *pTab;      /* Table structure - used by update and pre-update hooks */
+  int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+  BtreePayload x;   /* Payload to be inserted */
+
+  op = 0;
+  pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( memIsValid(pData) );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || pC->isTable );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE || pOp->p4type>=P4_STATIC );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
+
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
+    pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+    assert( memIsValid(pKey) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
+    x.nKey = pKey->u.i;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
+    x.nKey = pOp->p3;
+  }
+
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){
+    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+    zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName;
+    pTab = pOp->p4.pTab;
+    assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || HasRowid(pTab) );
+    op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
+  }else{
+    pTab = 0; /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
+    zDb = 0;  /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+  /* Invoke the pre-update hook, if any */
+  if( db->xPreUpdateCallback 
+   && pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE
+   && !(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
+  ){
+    sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab, x.nKey, pOp->p2);
+  }
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;
+#endif
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = x.nKey;
+  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    x.pData = 0;
+    x.nData = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+    x.pData = pData->z;
+    x.nData = pData->n;
+  }
+  seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
+  if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    x.nZero = pData->u.nZero;
+  }else{
+    x.nZero = 0;
+  }
+  x.pKey = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
+      (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), seekResult
+  );
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( db->xUpdateCallback && op ){
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, pTab->zName, x.nKey);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of the P5 parameter is set, then
+** the cursor will be left pointing at  either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case
+** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If 
+** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be
+** left in an undefined state.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_AUXDELETE bit is set on P5, that indicates that this
+** delete one of several associated with deleting a table row and all its
+** associated index entries.  Exactly one of those deletes is the "primary"
+** delete.  The others are all on OPFLAG_FORDELETE cursors or else are
+** marked with the AUXDELETE flag.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 (NB: P2 not P5) is set, then the row
+** change count is incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
+** multiple rows.
+**
+** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either 
+** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must
+** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in 
+** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is 
+** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, 
+** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address
+** of the memory cell that contains the value that the rowid of the row will
+** be set to by the update.
+*/
+case OP_Delete: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  const char *zDb;
+  Table *pTab;
+  int opflags;
+
+  opflags = pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HasRowid(pOp->p4.pTab) && pOp->p5==0 ){
+    /* If p5 is zero, the seek operation that positioned the cursor prior to
+    ** OP_Delete will have also set the pC->movetoTarget field to the rowid of
+    ** the row that is being deleted */
+    i64 iKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
+    assert( pC->movetoTarget==iKey );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to
+  ** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy
+  ** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was
+  ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set 
+  ** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid.  */
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){
+    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+    assert( pOp->p4.pTab!=0 );
+    zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName;
+    pTab = pOp->p4.pTab;
+    if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)!=0 && pC->isTable ){
+      pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
+    }
+  }else{
+    zDb = 0;   /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
+    pTab = 0;  /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+  /* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */
+  if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){
+    assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) 
+         || HasRowid(pTab)==0 
+         || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) 
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC,
+        (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, 
+        zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget,
+        pOp->p3
+    );
+  }
+  if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;
+#endif
+ 
+  /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ 
+  assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 );
+  assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION );
+  assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->pFrame==0 ){
+    if( pC->isEphemeral==0
+        && (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_AUXDELETE)==0
+        && (pC->wrFlag & OPFLAG_FORDELETE)==0
+      ){
+      nExtraDelete++;
+    }
+    if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ){
+      nExtraDelete--;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->uc.pCursor, pOp->p5);
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  pC->seekResult = 0;
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( opflags & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ){
+    p->nChange++;
+    if( db->xUpdateCallback && HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, pTab->zName,
+          pC->movetoTarget);
+      assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+    }
+  }
+
+  break;
+}
+/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
+**
+** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
+** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
+** This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
+** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
+**
+** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
+** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
+** the sorter cursor currently points to.  Only the first P4 fields
+** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
+**
+** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
+** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
+** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
+**
+** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
+** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
+*/
+case OP_SorterCompare: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  int nKeyCol;
+
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
+  res = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+};
+
+/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
+**
+** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
+** Then clear the column header cache on cursor P3.
+**
+** This opcode is normally use to move a record out of the sorter and into
+** a register that is the source for a pseudo-table cursor created using
+** OpenPseudo.  That pseudo-table cursor is the one that is identified by
+** parameter P3.  Clearing the P3 column cache as part of this opcode saves
+** us from having to issue a separate NullRow instruction to clear that cache.
+*/
+case OP_SorterData: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at 
+** which cursor P1 is currently pointing.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row.
+** If cursor P2 is a table, then the content extracted is the data.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+**
+** If P3!=0 then this opcode is allowed to make an ephermeral pointer
+** into the database page.  That means that the content of the output
+** register will be invalidated as soon as the cursor moves - including
+** moves caused by other cursors that "save" the the current cursors
+** position in order that they can write to the same table.  If P3==0
+** then a copy of the data is made into memory.  P3!=0 is faster, but
+** P3==0 is safer.
+**
+** If P3!=0 then the content of the P2 register is unsuitable for use
+** in OP_Result and any OP_Result will invalidate the P2 register content.
+** The P2 register content is invalidated by opcodes like OP_Function or
+** by any use of another cursor pointing to the same table.
+*/
+case OP_RowData: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  u32 n;
+
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
+  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+
+  /* The OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
+  ** OP_SeekRowid or OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions
+  ** that might invalidate the cursor.
+  ** If this where not the case, on of the following assert()s
+  ** would fail.  Should this ever change (because of changes in the code
+  ** generator) then the fix would be to insert a call to
+  ** sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto().
+  */
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+#if 0  /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
+
+  n = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr);
+  if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  testcase( n==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( !pOp->p3 ) Deephemeralize(pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
+**
+** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
+** P1 is currently point to.
+**
+** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
+** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
+** one opcode now works for both table types.
+*/
+case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow );
+  if( pC->nullRow ){
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
+    v = pC->movetoTarget;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  }else if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ){
+    assert( pC->uc.pVCur!=0 );
+    pVtab = pC->uc.pVCur->pVtab;
+    pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+    assert( pModule->xRowid );
+    rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->uc.pVCur, &v);
+    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+    assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }
+    v = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = v;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
+** write a NULL.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->nullRow = 1;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){
+    assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->uc.pCursor);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
+** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Prev, not Next.
+**
+** If P3 is -1, then the cursor is positioned at the end of the btree
+** for the purpose of appending a new entry onto the btree.  In that
+** case P2 must be 0.  It is assumed that the cursor is used only for
+** appending and so if the cursor is valid, then the cursor must already
+** be pointing at the end of the btree and so no changes are made to
+** the cursor.
+*/
+case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+  res = 0;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  pC->seekResult = pOp->p3;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
+#endif
+  if( pOp->p3==0 || !sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(pCrsr) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( pOp->p2>0 ){
+      VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+      if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->p2==0 );
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfSmaller P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Estimate the number of rows in the table P1.  Jump to P2 if that
+** estimate is less than approximately 2**(0.1*P3).
+*/
+case OP_IfSmaller: {        /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  i64 sz;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res==0 ){
+    sz = sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(pCrsr);
+    if( ALWAYS(sz>=0) && sqlite3LogEst((u64)sz)<pOp->p3 ) res = 1;
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: SorterSort P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** After all records have been inserted into the Sorter object
+** identified by P1, invoke this opcode to actually do the sorting.
+** Jump to P2 if there are no records to be sorted.
+**
+** This opcode is an alias for OP_Sort and OP_Rewind that is used
+** for Sorter objects.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
+** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
+**
+** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
+** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
+** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
+** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
+** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
+** correctly optimizing out sorts.
+*/
+case OP_SorterSort:    /* jump */
+case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_sort_count++;
+  sqlite3_search_count--;
+#endif
+  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+}
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2.
+** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following 
+** instruction.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
+** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Next, not Prev.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
+  res = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind;
+#endif
+  if( isSorter(pC) ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(pC, &res);
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+    pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+    assert( pCrsr );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or
+** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor.  Next is not allowed
+** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
+** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
+**
+** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
+** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
+** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
+** always either 0 or 1.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreeNext().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+**
+** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
+*/
+/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not
+** open it behaves a no-op.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+**
+** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or
+** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor.  Prev is not allowed
+** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
+** not open then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
+** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
+** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
+** always either 0 or 1.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+*/
+/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
+** open it behaves a no-op.
+*/
+/* Opcode: SorterNext P1 P2 * * P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that P1 must be a
+** sorter object for which the OP_SorterSort opcode has been
+** invoked.  This opcode advances the cursor to the next sorted
+** record, or jumps to P2 if there are no more sorted records.
+*/
+case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  res = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res);
+  goto next_tail;
+case OP_PrevIfOpen:    /* jump */
+case OP_NextIfOpen:    /* jump */
+  if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break;
+  /* Fall through */
+case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
+case OP_Next:          /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p5<ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  res = pOp->p3;
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
+  testcase( res==1 );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);
+
+  /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind.
+  ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen
+       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE
+       || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found);
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen
+       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE
+       || pC->seekOp==OP_Last );
+
+  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->uc.pCursor, &res);
+next_tail:
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res==0 ){
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 1;
+  }
+  goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
+**
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
+** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** If P4 is not zero, then it is the number of values in the unpacked
+** key of reg(P2).  In that case, P3 is the index of the first register
+** for the unpacked key.  The availability of the unpacked key can sometimes
+** be an optimization.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_APPEND bit set, that is a hint to the b-tree layer
+** that this insert is likely to be an append.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is
+** incremented by this instruction.  If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear,
+** then the change counter is unchanged.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set, the implementation might
+** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1.  However,
+** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior
+** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent
+** to P2. 
+**
+** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
+** for tables is OP_Insert.
+*/
+/* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
+**
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
+** into the sorter P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+*/
+case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
+case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtreePayload x;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2);
+  }else{
+    x.nKey = pIn2->n;
+    x.pKey = pIn2->z;
+    x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3;
+    x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
+         (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), 
+        ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
+        );
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
+**
+** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
+** index opened by cursor P1.
+*/
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
+  r.default_rc = 0;
+  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr, BTREE_AUXDELETE);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  pC->seekResult = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Seek P1 * P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid
+**
+** P1 is an open index cursor and P3 is a cursor on the corresponding
+** table.  This opcode does a deferred seek of the P3 table cursor
+** to the row that corresponds to the current row of P1.
+**
+** This is a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
+** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
+** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
+**
+** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing
+** one entry for each column in the P3 table.  If array entry a(i)
+** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is 
+** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i 
+** from P1.  This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect
+** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to
+** seek and read cursor P3.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
+**
+** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
+** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
+** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
+*/
+case OP_Seek:
+case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;                /* The P1 index cursor */
+  VdbeCursor *pTabCur;           /* The P2 table cursor (OP_Seek only) */
+  i64 rowid;                     /* Rowid that P1 current points to */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( !pC->nullRow || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid );
+
+  /* The IdxRowid and Seek opcodes are combined because of the commonality
+  ** of sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore() and sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(). */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
+
+  /* sqlite3VbeCursorRestore() can only fail if the record has been deleted
+  ** out from under the cursor.  That will never happens for an IdxRowid
+  ** or Seek opcode */
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  if( !pC->nullRow ){
+    rowid = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pC->uc.pCursor, &rowid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Seek ){
+      assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nCursor );
+      pTabCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p3];
+      assert( pTabCur!=0 );
+      assert( pTabCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+      assert( pTabCur->uc.pCursor!=0 );
+      assert( pTabCur->isTable );
+      pTabCur->nullRow = 0;
+      pTabCur->movetoTarget = rowid;
+      pTabCur->deferredMoveto = 1;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY || pOp->p4.ai==0 );
+      pTabCur->aAltMap = pOp->p4.ai;
+      pTabCur->pAltCursor = pC;
+    }else{
+      pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+      pOut->u.i = rowid;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&aMem[pOp->p2]);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
+** fields at the end.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
+** fields at the end.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
+** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
+** ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
+** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
+** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
+** ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump
+** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLE:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGT:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGE:  {       /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isOrdered );
+  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0);
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+  if( pOp->opcode<OP_IdxLT ){
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+    r.default_rc = -1;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+    r.default_rc = 0;
+  }
+  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+  res = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res);
+  assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
+  if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+    res = -res;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+    res++;
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res>0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
+** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
+** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
+** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
+** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
+** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
+** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
+** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+**
+** See also: Clear
+*/
+case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2 */
+  int iMoved;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>1 );
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( db->nVdbeRead > db->nVDestroy+1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }else{
+    iDb = pOp->p3;
+    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
+    iMoved = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only to silence a warning. */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( iMoved!=0 ){
+      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);
+      /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
+      assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 );
+      resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change 
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
+** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
+** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+  int nChange;
+ 
+  nChange = 0;
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
+      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
+  );
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    p->nChange += nChange;
+    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * *
+**
+** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter
+** that is open on cursor P1.
+**
+** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and
+** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen.
+*/
+case OP_ResetSorter: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+ 
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( isSorter(pC) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->uc.pSorter);
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+    assert( pC->isEphemeral );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->uc.pCursor);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
+*/
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2 */
+case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2 */
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pgno = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
+  }else{
+    flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  pOut->u.i = pgno;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SqlExec * * * P4 *
+**
+** Run the SQL statement or statements specified in the P4 string.
+*/
+case OP_SqlExec: {
+  db->nSqlExec++;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, pOp->p4.z, 0, 0, 0);
+  db->nSqlExec--;
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P4. 
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+  int iDb;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  char *zSql;
+  InitData initData;
+
+  /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
+  ** on every btree.  This is a prerequisite for invoking 
+  ** sqlite3InitCallback().
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  iDb = pOp->p1;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
+  /* Used to be a conditional */ {
+    zMaster = MASTER_NAME;
+    initData.db = db;
+    initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
+    initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+      db->init.busy = 1;
+      initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+      db->init.busy = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  break;  
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
+/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
+**
+** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
+** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
+** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+*/
+case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
+** the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode)
+** in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
+** the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
+** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
+**
+** The register P3 contains one less than the maximum number of allowed errors.
+** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
+** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers
+** stored in P4_INTARRAY argument.
+**
+** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
+*/
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
+  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
+  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
+  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  nRoot = pOp->p2;
+  aRoot = pOp->p4.ai;
+  assert( nRoot>0 );
+  assert( aRoot[nRoot]==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) );
+  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
+                                 (int)pnErr->u.i+1, &nErr);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+  if( nErr==0 ){
+    assert( z==0 );
+  }else if( z==0 ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }else{
+    pnErr->u.i -= nErr-1;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]
+**
+** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
+** held in register P1.
+**
+** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in1, in2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)
+**
+** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
+** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
+** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, in1, out3 */
+  i64 val;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 
+   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
+  ){
+    /* The boolean index is empty */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+    VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
+  }else{
+    /* A value was pulled from the index */
+    VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
+  }
+  goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
+** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
+**
+** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
+** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
+** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
+** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
+** next opcode.
+**
+** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
+** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
+** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
+** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
+** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
+** bits are significant.
+**
+** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
+** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
+** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
+** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
+** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
+** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
+** inserted as part of some other set).
+*/
+case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
+  int iSet;
+  int exists;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  iSet = pOp->p4.i;
+  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
+
+  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
+  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
+  */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
+  if( iSet ){
+    exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
+    VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
+    if( exists ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  if( iSet>=0 ){
+    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
+**
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
+** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled.
+*/
+case OP_Program: {        /* jump */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+  int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+  Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+  Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+  Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
+  void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
+
+  pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+  pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
+  
+  /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is 
+  ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
+  ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
+  ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
+  ** 
+  ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is 
+  ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one 
+  ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different 
+  ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
+  ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token 
+  ** variable.  */
+  if( pOp->p5 ){
+    t = pProgram->token;
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    if( pFrame ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
+  ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
+  ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt 
+  ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
+  if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
+    /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the 
+    ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
+    ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
+    ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
+    */
+    nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr;
+    assert( nMem>0 );
+    if( pProgram->nCsr==0 ) nMem++;
+    nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+              + nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+              + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor*)
+              + (pProgram->nOp + 7)/8;
+    pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    if( !pFrame ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
+    pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
+    pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;
+
+    pFrame->v = p;
+    pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
+    pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
+    pFrame->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+    pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
+    pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
+    pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
+    pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
+    pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
+    pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
+    pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+    pFrame->anExec = p->anExec;
+#endif
+
+    pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem];
+    for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+      pMem->db = db;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
+    assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem 
+        || (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) );
+    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
+    assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc );
+  }
+
+  p->nFrame++;
+  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
+  pFrame->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
+  pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange;
+  assert( pFrame->pAuxData==0 );
+  pFrame->pAuxData = p->pAuxData;
+  p->pAuxData = 0;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->pFrame = pFrame;
+  p->aMem = aMem = VdbeFrameMem(pFrame);
+  p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem;
+  p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr;
+  p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem];
+  pFrame->aOnce = (u8*)&p->apCsr[pProgram->nCsr];
+  memset(pFrame->aOnce, 0, (pProgram->nOp + 7)/8);
+  p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
+  p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  p->anExec = 0;
+#endif
+  pOp = &aOp[-1];
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
+** and old.* values.
+**
+** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
+** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
+** calling OP_Program instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Param: {           /* out2 */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  Mem *pIn;
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pFrame = p->pFrame;
+  pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];   
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
+**
+** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
+** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented 
+** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the 
+** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
+*/
+case OP_FkCounter: {
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){
+    db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2;
+  }else if( pOp->p1 ){
+    db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
+  }else{
+    p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
+**
+** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
+** instruction.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
+** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
+** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
+** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
+*/
+case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
+    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
+    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])
+**
+** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
+** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
+** its current value and the value in register P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
+*/
+case OP_MemMax: {        /* in2 */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }else{
+    pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }
+  assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
+    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2
+**
+** Register P1 must contain an integer.
+** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, subtract P3 from the
+** value in P1 and jump to P2.
+**
+** If the initial value of register P1 is less than 1, then the
+** value is unchanged and control passes through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
+    pIn1->u.i -= pOp->p3;
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OffsetLimit P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)
+**
+** This opcode performs a commonly used computation associated with
+** LIMIT and OFFSET process.  r[P1] holds the limit counter.  r[P3]
+** holds the offset counter.  The opcode computes the combined value
+** of the LIMIT and OFFSET and stores that value in r[P2].  The r[P2]
+** value computed is the total number of rows that will need to be
+** visited in order to complete the query.
+**
+** If r[P3] is zero or negative, that means there is no OFFSET
+** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1].
+**
+** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT
+** and r[P2] is set to -1. 
+**
+** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3].
+*/
+case OP_OffsetLimit: {    /* in1, out2, in3 */
+  i64 x;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
+  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+  x = pIn1->u.i;
+  if( x<=0 || sqlite3AddInt64(&x, pIn3->u.i>0?pIn3->u.i:0) ){
+    /* If the LIMIT is less than or equal to zero, loop forever.  This
+    ** is documented.  But also, if the LIMIT+OFFSET exceeds 2^63 then
+    ** also loop forever.  This is undocumented.  In fact, one could argue
+    ** that the loop should terminate.  But assuming 1 billion iterations
+    ** per second (far exceeding the capabilities of any current hardware)
+    ** it would take nearly 300 years to actually reach the limit.  So
+    ** looping forever is a reasonable approximation. */
+    pOut->u.i = -1;
+  }else{
+    pOut->u.i = x;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfNotZero P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2
+**
+** Register P1 must contain an integer.  If the content of register P1 is
+** initially greater than zero, then decrement the value in register P1.
+** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2.  
+** If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged and fall through.
+*/
+case OP_IfNotZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i ){
+     if( pIn1->u.i>0 ) pIn1->u.i--;
+     goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DecrJumpZero P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2
+**
+** Register P1 must hold an integer.  Decrement the value in P1
+** and jump to P2 if the new value is exactly zero.
+*/
+case OP_DecrJumpZero: {      /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  if( pIn1->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 ) pIn1->u.i--;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: AggStep0 * P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.  Register P3 is the
+** accumulator.
+**
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
+*/
+/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context
+** object that is used to run the function.  Register P3 is
+** as the accumulator.
+**
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
+**
+** This opcode is initially coded as OP_AggStep0.  On first evaluation,
+** the FuncDef stored in P4 is converted into an sqlite3_context and
+** the opcode is changed.  In this way, the initialization of the
+** sqlite3_context only happens once, instead of on each call to the
+** step function.
+*/
+case OP_AggStep0: {
+  int n;
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
+  n = pOp->p5;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) );
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
+  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));
+  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCtx->pMem = 0;
+  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
+  pCtx->pVdbe = p;
+  pCtx->argc = n;
+  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
+  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
+  pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep;
+  /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */
+}
+case OP_AggStep: {
+  int i;
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  Mem t;
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX );
+  pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
+  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+
+  /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[]
+  ** might change from one evaluation to the next.  The next block of code
+  ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it
+  ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */
+  if( pCtx->pMem != pMem ){
+    pCtx->pMem = pMem;
+    for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i];
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
+    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  pMem->n++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);
+  pCtx->pOut = &t;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
+  pCtx->skipFlag = 0;
+  (pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
+    if( pCtx->isError ){
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
+      rc = pCtx->isError;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&t);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }else{
+    assert( t.flags==MEM_Null );
+  }
+  if( pCtx->skipFlag ){
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    i = pOp[-1].p1;
+    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
+**
+** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
+** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+**
+** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
+** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
+** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
+** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
+** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
+** the step function was not previously called.
+*/
+case OP_AggFinal: {
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
+** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL,
+** RESTART, or TRUNCATE.  Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively.  Write the number of pages in the
+** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
+** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
+** completes into mem[P3+2].  However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
+** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
+*/
+case OP_Checkpoint: {
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  int aRes[3];                    /* Results */
+  Mem *pMem;                      /* Write results here */
+
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  aRes[0] = 0;
+  aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1;
+  assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE
+  );
+  rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    aRes[0] = 1;
+  }
+  for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
+  }    
+  break;
+};  
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
+** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
+** operation. No IO is required.
+**
+** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
+**
+** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
+*/
+case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2 */
+  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
+  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
+  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
+#endif
+
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  eNew = pOp->p3;
+  assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+  );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+  eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager);
+  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld;
+  if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
+
+  /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
+  ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory 
+  */
+  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+   && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0           /* Temp file */
+       || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager))   /* No shared-memory support */
+  ){
+    eNew = eOld;
+  }
+
+  if( (eNew!=eOld)
+   && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+  ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3VdbeError(p,
+          "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
+          (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
+      );
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+ 
+      if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
+        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
+        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
+        ** after a successful return. 
+        */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
+        }
+      }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
+        ** as an intermediate */
+        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
+      }
+  
+      /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
+      ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
+      */
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+  if( rc ) eNew = eOld;
+  eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
+
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew);
+  pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/* Opcode: Vacuum P1 * * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database P1.  P1 is 0 for "main", and 2 or more
+** for an attached database.  The "temp" database may not be vacuumed.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db, pOp->p1);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
+** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
+** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
+  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto jump_to_p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
+**
+** Cause precompiled statements to expire.  When an expired statement
+** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically
+** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2())
+** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+** 
+** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
+** then only the currently executing statement is expired.
+*/
+case OP_Expire: {
+  if( !pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  }else{
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
+**
+** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
+** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
+** a write lock if P3==1.
+**
+** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
+**
+** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
+** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+case OP_TableLock: {
+  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
+  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
+    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
+    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
+    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
+    if( rc ){
+      if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+        const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+        sqlite3VdbeError(p, "database table is locked: %s", z);
+      }
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
+** xBegin method for that table.
+**
+** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
+** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
+** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+case OP_VBegin: {
+  VTable *pVTab;
+  pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab);
+  if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database 
+** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table.
+*/
+case OP_VCreate: {
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+  const char *zTab;  /* Name of the virtual table */
+
+  memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
+  sMem.db = db;
+  /* Because P2 is always a static string, it is impossible for the
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemCopy() to fail */
+  assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Str)!=0 );
+  assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Static)!=0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&sMem, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(&sMem);
+  assert( zTab || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( zTab ){
+    rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, zTab, &p->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
+** of that table.
+*/
+case OP_VDestroy: {
+  db->nVDestroy++;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  db->nVDestroy--;
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
+** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+*/
+case OP_VOpen: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  pCur = 0;
+  pVCur = 0;
+  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVCur);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
+  pVCur->pVtab = pVtab;
+
+  /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */
+  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, CURTYPE_VTAB);
+  if( pCur ){
+    pCur->uc.pVCur = pVCur;
+    pVtab->nRef++;
+  }else{
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    pModule->xClose(pVCur);
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
+** the filtered result set is empty.
+**
+** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
+** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
+** to the module implementation.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
+** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
+** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
+** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
+** additional parameters which are passed to
+** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
+**
+** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
+*/
+case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
+  int nArg;
+  int iQuery;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pQuery;
+  Mem *pArgc;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  int res;
+  int i;
+  Mem **apArg;
+
+  pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  pArgc = &pQuery[1];
+  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( memIsValid(pQuery) );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
+  assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB );
+  pVCur = pCur->uc.pVCur;
+  pVtab = pVCur->pVtab;
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+
+  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
+  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+  nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
+  iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;
+
+  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
+  res = 0;
+  apArg = p->apArg;
+  for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
+    apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
+  }
+  rc = pModule->xFilter(pVCur, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  res = pModule->xEof(pVCur);
+  pCur->nullRow = 0;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
+**
+** Store the value of the P2-th column of
+** the row of the virtual-table that the 
+** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+*/
+case OP_VColumn: {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pDest;
+  sqlite3_context sContext;
+
+  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
+  if( pCur->nullRow ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+    break;
+  }
+  pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab;
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( pModule->xColumn );
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  sContext.pOut = pDest;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->uc.pVCur, &sContext, pOp->p2);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( sContext.isError ){
+    rc = sContext.isError;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
+** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
+** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int res;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+
+  res = 0;
+  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB );
+  if( pCur->nullRow ){
+    break;
+  }
+  pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab;
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( pModule->xNext );
+
+  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
+  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
+  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
+  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
+  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
+  */
+  rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->uc.pVCur);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  res = pModule->xEof(pCur->uc.pVCur);
+  VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
+  if( !res ){
+    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
+    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
+  }
+  goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
+** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+*/
+case OP_VRename: {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  Mem *pName;
+
+  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+  assert( memIsValid(pName) );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
+  assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str );
+  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  p->expired = 0;
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
+** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
+**
+** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
+** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
+** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
+** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
+** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
+** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
+** the values of columns in the new row.
+**
+** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
+** a row to delete.
+**
+** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
+** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+**
+** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
+** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update.
+*/
+case OP_VUpdate: {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int nArg;
+  int i;
+  sqlite_int64 rowid;
+  Mem **apArg;
+  Mem *pX;
+
+  assert( pOp->p2==1        || pOp->p5==OE_Fail   || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback 
+       || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
+  );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+  nArg = pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+  if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){
+    u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
+    apArg = p->apArg;
+    pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+      assert( memIsValid(pX) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, pX);
+      apArg[i] = pX;
+      pX++;
+    }
+    db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
+    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
+    db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
+    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
+      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+      db->lastRowid = rowid;
+    }
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
+      if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->nChange++;
+    }
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
+*/
+case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2 */
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
+** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
+** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
+**
+** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2 */
+  unsigned int newMax;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  newMax = 0;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
+    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Opcode: Init P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: Start at P2
+**
+** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first
+** opcode.
+**
+** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
+** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql().
+**
+** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
+**
+** Increment the value of P1 so that OP_Once opcodes will jump the
+** first time they are evaluated for this run.
+*/
+case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
+  char *zTrace;
+  int i;
+
+  /* If the P4 argument is not NULL, then it must be an SQL comment string.
+  ** The "--" string is broken up to prevent false-positives with srcck1.c.
+  **
+  ** This assert() provides evidence for:
+  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-50676-09860 The callback can compute the same text that
+  ** would have been returned by the legacy sqlite3_trace() interface by
+  ** using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
+  ** sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) otherwise.
+  */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || strncmp(pOp->p4.z, "-" "- ", 3)==0 );
+  assert( pOp==p->aOp );  /* Always instruction 0 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  if( (db->mTrace & (SQLITE_TRACE_STMT|SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY))!=0
+   && !p->doingRerun
+   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+  ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+    if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY ){
+      void (*x)(void*,const char*) = (void(*)(void*,const char*))db->xTrace;
+      char *z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
+      x(db->pTraceArg, z);
+      sqlite3_free(z);
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
+      char *z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", zTrace);
+      (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, z);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    }else{
+      (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, zTrace);
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
+  zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
+  if( zTrace ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+      if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, j)==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[j].zDbSName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
+   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+  ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+  if( pOp->p1>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.iOnceResetThreshold ){
+    for(i=1; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      if( p->aOp[i].opcode==OP_Once ) p->aOp[i].p1 = 0;
+    }
+    pOp->p1 = 0;
+  }
+  pOp->p1++;
+  goto jump_to_p2;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+/* Opcode: CursorHint P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Provide a hint to cursor P1 that it only needs to return rows that
+** satisfy the Expr in P4.  TK_REGISTER terms in the P4 expression refer
+** to values currently held in registers.  TK_COLUMN terms in the P4
+** expression refer to columns in the b-tree to which cursor P1 is pointing.
+*/
+case OP_CursorHint: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_EXPR );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  if( pC ){
+    assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
+    sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_HINT_RANGE,
+                           pOp->p4.pExpr, aMem);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
+/*
+** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
+** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
+** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
+** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
+*/
+default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
+  break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime();
+      if( endTime>start ) pOrigOp->cycles += endTime - start;
+      pOrigOp->cnt++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    assert( pOp>=&aOp[-1] && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp-1] );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
+      u8 opProperty = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOrigOp->opcode];
+      if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
+      if( opProperty & (OPFLG_OUT2) ){
+        registerTrace(pOrigOp->p2, &aMem[pOrigOp->p2]);
+      }
+      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+        registerTrace(pOrigOp->p3, &aMem[pOrigOp->p3]);
+      }
+    }
+#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
+  ** an error of some kind.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  assert( rc );
+  if( p->zErrMsg==0 && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  }
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SystemError(db, rc);
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
+                   (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
+    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
+  }
+
+  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
+  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
+  ** top. */
+vdbe_return:
+  testcase( nVmStep>0 );
+  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
+  sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 
+       || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 
+  );
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+  ** is encountered.
+  */
+too_big:
+  sqlite3VdbeError(p, "string or blob too big");
+  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  sqlite3VdbeError(p, "out of memory");
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
+  rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  goto abort_due_to_error;
+}
+
+
+/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+*/
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+
+/*
+** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
+*/
+typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
+struct Incrblob {
+  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
+  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+  u16 iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
+  char *zDb;              /* Database name */
+  Table *pTab;            /* Table object */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
+** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
+** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
+** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
+** sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will 
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
+  int rc;                         /* Error code */
+  char *zErr = 0;                 /* Error message */
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
+
+  /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. 
+  ** This is done directly as a performance optimization
+  */
+  v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int;
+  v->aMem[1].u.i = iRow;
+
+  /* If the statement has been run before (and is paused at the OP_ResultRow)
+  ** then back it up to the point where it does the OP_SeekRowid.  This could
+  ** have been down with an extra OP_Goto, but simply setting the program
+  ** counter is faster. */
+  if( v->pc>3 ){
+    v->pc = 3;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(v);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0];
+    u32 type = pC->nHdrParsed>p->iCol ? pC->aType[p->iCol] : 0;
+    testcase( pC->nHdrParsed==p->iCol );
+    testcase( pC->nHdrParsed==p->iCol+1 );
+    if( type<12 ){
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
+          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField];
+      p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+      p->pCsr =  pC->uc.pCursor;
+      sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( p->pStmt ){
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+  *pzErr = zErr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
+  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
+  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
+  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
+  int wrFlag,             /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
+){
+  int nAttempt = 0;
+  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Parse *pParse = 0;
+  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( ppBlob==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  *ppBlob = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTable==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  wrFlag = !!wrFlag;                /* wrFlag = (wrFlag ? 1 : 0); */
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
+
+  do {
+    memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
+    pParse->db = db;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    zErr = 0;
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
+    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
+    }
+    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( !pTab ){
+      if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
+        pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+    pBlob->pTab = pTab;
+    pBlob->zDb = db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema)].zDbSName;
+
+    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
+    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
+    */
+    if( wrFlag ){
+      const char *zFault = 0;
+      Index *pIdx;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
+        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
+        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 
+        ** case.  */
+        FKey *pFKey;
+        for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
+            if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
+              zFault = "foreign key";
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+          /* FIXME: Be smarter about indexes that use expressions */
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol || pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ){
+            zFault = "indexed";
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( zFault ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+        goto blob_open_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
+    assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
+    if( pBlob->pStmt ){
+      
+      /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
+      ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
+      ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
+      ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
+      ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+      **
+      ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
+      ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
+      ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
+      ** blob_bytes() functions.
+      **
+      ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
+      ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
+      ** transaction.
+      */
+      static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+      static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
+        {OP_TableLock,      0, 0, 0},  /* 0: Acquire a read or write lock */
+        {OP_OpenRead,       0, 0, 0},  /* 1: Open a cursor */
+        /* blobSeekToRow() will initialize r[1] to the desired rowid */
+        {OP_NotExists,      0, 5, 1},  /* 2: Seek the cursor to rowid=r[1] */
+        {OP_Column,         0, 0, 1},  /* 3  */
+        {OP_ResultRow,      1, 0, 0},  /* 4  */
+        {OP_Halt,           0, 0, 0},  /* 5  */
+      };
+      Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+      VdbeOp *aOp;
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, 
+                           pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
+                           pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);     
+      aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
+
+      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
+
+      if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+        assert( aOp!=0 );
+        /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+        aOp[0].opcode = OP_Noop;
+#else
+        aOp[0].p1 = iDb;
+        aOp[0].p2 = pTab->tnum;
+        aOp[0].p3 = wrFlag;
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+      if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+#endif
+
+        /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
+        ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
+        if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite;
+        aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum;
+        aOp[1].p3 = iDb;   
+
+        /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
+        ** think that the table has one more column than it really
+        ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
+        ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
+        ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
+        ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
+        */
+        aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32;
+        aOp[1].p4.i = pTab->nCol+1;
+        aOp[3].p2 = pTab->nCol;
+
+        pParse->nVar = 0;
+        pParse->nMem = 1;
+        pParse->nTab = 1;
+        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+      }
+    }
+   
+    pBlob->iCol = iCol;
+    pBlob->db = db;
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+    rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
+  } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+
+blob_open_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+  }else{
+    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
+  }
+  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
+** sqlite3_blob_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p ){
+    db = p->db;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+*/
+static int blobReadWrite(
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
+  void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  int iOffset, 
+  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
+
+  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || ((sqlite3_int64)iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
+    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( v==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
+    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+    */
+    assert( db == v->db );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+    if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){
+      /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, 
+      ** invoke it here. 
+      ** 
+      ** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this
+      ** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably
+      ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values 
+      ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an 
+      ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the 
+      ** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually
+      ** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column
+      ** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module
+      ** anyhow.
+      */
+      sqlite3_int64 iKey;
+      iKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(p->pCsr);
+      sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(
+          v, v->apCsr[0], SQLITE_DELETE, p->zDb, p->pTab, iKey, -1
+      );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      v->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+**
+** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
+** so no mutex is required for access.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
+** database table.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all 
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) 
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr;
+    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011-07-09
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
+** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys for CREATE INDEX statements
+** or by SELECT statements with ORDER BY clauses that cannot be satisfied
+** using indexes and without LIMIT clauses.
+**
+** The VdbeSorter object implements a multi-threaded external merge sort
+** algorithm that is efficient even if the number of elements being sorted
+** exceeds the available memory.
+**
+** Here is the (internal, non-API) interface between this module and the
+** rest of the SQLite system:
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterInit()       Create a new VdbeSorter object.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite()      Add a single new row to the VdbeSorter
+**                                  object.  The row is a binary blob in the
+**                                  OP_MakeRecord format that contains both
+**                                  the ORDER BY key columns and result columns
+**                                  in the case of a SELECT w/ ORDER BY, or
+**                                  the complete record for an index entry
+**                                  in the case of a CREATE INDEX.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind()     Sort all content previously added.
+**                                  Position the read cursor on the
+**                                  first sorted element.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterNext()       Advance the read cursor to the next sorted
+**                                  element.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey()     Return the complete binary blob for the
+**                                  row currently under the read cursor.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare()    Compare the binary blob for the row
+**                                  currently under the read cursor against
+**                                  another binary blob X and report if
+**                                  X is strictly less than the read cursor.
+**                                  Used to enforce uniqueness in a
+**                                  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterClose()      Close the VdbeSorter object and reclaim
+**                                  all resources.
+**
+**    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset()      Refurbish the VdbeSorter for reuse.  This
+**                                  is like Close() followed by Init() only
+**                                  much faster.
+**
+** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order.  Write() can 
+** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind().  Next(), Rowkey(), and
+** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e.
+**
+**   Init()
+**   for each record: Write()
+**   Rewind()
+**     Rowkey()/Compare()
+**   Next() 
+**   Close()
+**
+** Algorithm:
+**
+** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held 
+** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds
+** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using
+** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required
+** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records 
+** directly from main memory.
+**
+** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the
+** threshold, then the set of records currently in memory are sorted and
+** written to a temporary file in "Packed Memory Array" (PMA) format.
+** A PMA created at this point is known as a "level-0 PMA". Higher levels
+** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example
+** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA.
+**
+** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing 
+** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the
+** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to 
+** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by 
+** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes.
+**
+** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated
+** are appended to a single temporary file. Or, if the sorter is running in
+** multi-threaded mode then up to (N+1) temporary files may be opened, where
+** N is the configured number of worker threads. In this case, instead of
+** sorting the records and writing the PMA to a temporary file itself, the
+** calling thread usually launches a worker thread to do so. Except, if
+** there are already N worker threads running, the main thread does the work
+** itself.
+**
+** The sorter is running in multi-threaded mode if (a) the library was built
+** with pre-processor symbol SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS set to a value greater
+** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling
+** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0.
+**
+** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a 
+** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted
+** PMAs within temporary files on disk.
+**
+** If there are fewer than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total and the
+** sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then these PMAs are merged
+** incrementally as keys are retreived from the sorter by the VDBE.  The
+** MergeEngine object, described in further detail below, performs this
+** merge.
+**
+** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is
+** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has
+** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread 
+** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds
+** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on.
+**
+** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used 
+** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA.
+**
+** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when 
+** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. 
+** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on 
+** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and
+** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
+** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality.
+**
+** If running in multi-threaded mode and there are more than
+** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on disk when Rewind() is called, then more
+** than one background thread may be created. Specifically, there may be
+** one background thread for each temporary file on disk, and one background
+** thread to merge the output of each of the others to a single PMA for
+** the main thread to read from.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+/* 
+** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various
+** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance
+** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode.
+*/
+#if 0
+# define SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hard-coded maximum amount of data to accumulate in memory before flushing
+** to a level 0 PMA. The purpose of this limit is to prevent various integer
+** overflows. 512MiB.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ    (1<<29)
+
+/*
+** Private objects used by the sorter
+*/
+typedef struct MergeEngine MergeEngine;     /* Merge PMAs together */
+typedef struct PmaReader PmaReader;         /* Incrementally read one PMA */
+typedef struct PmaWriter PmaWriter;         /* Incrementally write one PMA */
+typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord;   /* A record being sorted */
+typedef struct SortSubtask SortSubtask;     /* A sub-task in the sort process */
+typedef struct SorterFile SorterFile;       /* Temporary file object wrapper */
+typedef struct SorterList SorterList;       /* In-memory list of records */
+typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger;       /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */
+
+/*
+** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data 
+** stored in the file.
+*/
+struct SorterFile {
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File handle */
+  i64 iEof;                       /* Bytes of data stored in pFd */
+};
+
+/*
+** An in-memory list of objects to be sorted.
+**
+** If aMemory==0 then each object is allocated separately and the objects
+** are connected using SorterRecord.u.pNext.  If aMemory!=0 then all objects
+** are stored in the aMemory[] bulk memory, one right after the other, and
+** are connected using SorterRecord.u.iNext.
+*/
+struct SorterList {
+  SorterRecord *pList;            /* Linked list of records */
+  u8 *aMemory;                    /* If non-NULL, bulk memory to hold pList */
+  int szPMA;                      /* Size of pList as PMA in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** The MergeEngine object is used to combine two or more smaller PMAs into
+** one big PMA using a merge operation.  Separate PMAs all need to be
+** combined into one big PMA in order to be able to step through the sorted
+** records in order.
+**
+** The aReadr[] array contains a PmaReader object for each of the PMAs being
+** merged.  An aReadr[] object either points to a valid key or else is at EOF.
+** ("EOF" means "End Of File".  When aReadr[] is at EOF there is no more data.)
+** For the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is
+** actually N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater
+** to or equal to the number of PMAs being merged. The extra aReadr[] elements
+** are treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
+**
+** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
+** the MergeEngine.nTree variable.
+**
+** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
+** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of 
+** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
+** aTree element is set to the index of it. 
+**
+** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
+** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
+** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
+**
+** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described 
+** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders
+** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that 
+** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
+**
+** Example:
+**
+**     aReadr[0] -> Banana
+**     aReadr[1] -> Feijoa
+**     aReadr[2] -> Elderberry
+**     aReadr[3] -> Currant
+**     aReadr[4] -> Grapefruit
+**     aReadr[5] -> Apple
+**     aReadr[6] -> Durian
+**     aReadr[7] -> EOF
+**
+**     aTree[] = { X, 5   0, 5    0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by 
+** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will
+** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
+** "Eggplant":
+**
+**     aReadr[5] -> Eggplant
+**
+** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new PmaReader
+** 5 key to the current key of PmaReader 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The PmaReader
+** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
+** The value of PmaReader 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of PmaReader
+** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
+** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
+**
+**     aTree[] = { X, 0   0, 6    0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
+** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
+** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
+*/
+struct MergeEngine {
+  int nTree;                 /* Used size of aTree/aReadr (power of 2) */
+  SortSubtask *pTask;        /* Used by this thread only */
+  int *aTree;                /* Current state of incremental merge */
+  PmaReader *aReadr;         /* Array of PmaReaders to merge data from */
+};
+
+/*
+** This object represents a single thread of control in a sort operation.
+** Exactly VdbeSorter.nTask instances of this object are allocated
+** as part of each VdbeSorter object. Instances are never allocated any
+** other way. VdbeSorter.nTask is set to the number of worker threads allowed
+** (see SQLITE_CONFIG_WORKER_THREADS) plus one (the main thread).  Thus for
+** single-threaded operation, there is exactly one instance of this object
+** and for multi-threaded operation there are two or more instances.
+**
+** Essentially, this structure contains all those fields of the VdbeSorter
+** structure for which each thread requires a separate instance. For example,
+** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in
+** as part of comparison operations.
+**
+** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, 
+** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for 
+** two purposes:
+**
+**   1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to
+**      attempt to select a SortSubtask for which there is not already an
+**      active background thread (since doing so causes the main thread
+**      to block until it finishes).
+**
+**   2. If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, to determine if a call
+**      to sqlite3ThreadJoin() is likely to block. Cases that are likely to
+**      block provoke debugging output.
+**
+** In both cases, the effects of the main thread seeing (bDone==0) even
+** after the thread has finished are not dire. So we don't worry about
+** memory barriers and such here.
+*/
+typedef int (*SorterCompare)(SortSubtask*,int*,const void*,int,const void*,int);
+struct SortSubtask {
+  SQLiteThread *pThread;          /* Background thread, if any */
+  int bDone;                      /* Set if thread is finished but not joined */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* Sorter that owns this sub-task */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Space to unpack a record */
+  SorterList list;                /* List for thread to write to a PMA */
+  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs currently in file */
+  SorterCompare xCompare;         /* Compare function to use */
+  SorterFile file;                /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */
+  SorterFile file2;               /* Space for other PMAs */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each 
+** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
+**
+** mxKeysize:
+**   As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(),
+**   this variable is updated so as to be set to the size on disk of the
+**   largest record in the sorter.
+*/
+struct VdbeSorter {
+  int mnPmaSize;                  /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
+  int mxPmaSize;                  /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes.  0==no limit */
+  int mxKeysize;                  /* Largest serialized key seen so far */
+  int pgsz;                       /* Main database page size */
+  PmaReader *pReader;             /* Readr data from here after Rewind() */
+  MergeEngine *pMerger;           /* Or here, if bUseThreads==0 */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;              /* How to compare records */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Used by VdbeSorterCompare() */
+  SorterList list;                /* List of in-memory records */
+  int iMemory;                    /* Offset of free space in list.aMemory */
+  int nMemory;                    /* Size of list.aMemory allocation in bytes */
+  u8 bUsePMA;                     /* True if one or more PMAs created */
+  u8 bUseThreads;                 /* True to use background threads */
+  u8 iPrev;                       /* Previous thread used to flush PMA */
+  u8 nTask;                       /* Size of aTask[] array */
+  u8 typeMask;
+  SortSubtask aTask[1];           /* One or more subtasks */
+};
+
+#define SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER 0x01
+#define SORTER_TYPE_TEXT    0x02
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object is used to read records out of a
+** PMA, in sorted order.  The next key to be read is cached in nKey/aKey.
+** aKey might point into aMap or into aBuffer.  If neither of those locations
+** contain a contiguous representation of the key, then aAlloc is allocated
+** and the key is copied into aAlloc and aKey is made to poitn to aAlloc.
+**
+** pFd==0 at EOF.
+*/
+struct PmaReader {
+  i64 iReadOff;               /* Current read offset */
+  i64 iEof;                   /* 1 byte past EOF for this PmaReader */
+  int nAlloc;                 /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
+  int nKey;                   /* Number of bytes in key */
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;          /* File handle we are reading from */
+  u8 *aAlloc;                 /* Space for aKey if aBuffer and pMap wont work */
+  u8 *aKey;                   /* Pointer to current key */
+  u8 *aBuffer;                /* Current read buffer */
+  int nBuffer;                /* Size of read buffer in bytes */
+  u8 *aMap;                   /* Pointer to mapping of entire file */
+  IncrMerger *pIncr;          /* Incremental merger */
+};
+
+/*
+** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored 
+** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to
+** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through
+** multiple PMAs simultaneously.
+**
+** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and 
+** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). 
+**
+** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] 
+** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in 
+** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from 
+** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the 
+** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off 
+** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of 
+** sorted record data from pMerger. 
+**
+** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the
+** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges
+** the contents of the aFile[0] and aFile[1] variables within this structure,
+** sets the PmaReader fields to read from the new aFile[0] and kicks off
+** another background thread to populate the new aFile[1]. And so on, until
+** the contents of pMerger are exhausted.
+**
+** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its
+** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning
+** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a 
+** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single
+** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with
+** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out
+** of data.
+*/
+struct IncrMerger {
+  SortSubtask *pTask;             /* Task that owns this merger */
+  MergeEngine *pMerger;           /* Merge engine thread reads data from */
+  i64 iStartOff;                  /* Offset to start writing file at */
+  int mxSz;                       /* Maximum bytes of data to store */
+  int bEof;                       /* Set to true when merge is finished */
+  int bUseThread;                 /* True to use a bg thread for this object */
+  SorterFile aFile[2];            /* aFile[0] for reading, [1] for writing */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object is used for writing a PMA.
+**
+** The PMA is written one record at a time.  Each record is of an arbitrary
+** size.  But I/O is more efficient if it occurs in page-sized blocks where
+** each block is aligned on a page boundary.  This object caches writes to
+** the PMA so that aligned, page-size blocks are written.
+*/
+struct PmaWriter {
+  int eFWErr;                     /* Non-zero if in an error state */
+  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Pointer to write buffer */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of write buffer in bytes */
+  int iBufStart;                  /* First byte of buffer to write */
+  int iBufEnd;                    /* Last byte of buffer to write */
+  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Offset of start of buffer in file */
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File handle to write to */
+};
+
+/*
+** This object is the header on a single record while that record is being
+** held in memory and prior to being written out as part of a PMA.
+**
+** How the linked list is connected depends on how memory is being managed
+** by this module. If using a separate allocation for each in-memory record
+** (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory==0), then the list is always connected using the
+** SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers.
+**
+** Or, if using the single large allocation method (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory!=0),
+** then while records are being accumulated the list is linked using the
+** SorterRecord.u.iNext offset. This is because the aMemory[] array may
+** be sqlite3Realloc()ed while records are being accumulated. Once the VM
+** has finished passing records to the sorter, or when the in-memory buffer
+** is full, the list is sorted. As part of the sorting process, it is
+** converted to use the SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. See function
+** vdbeSorterSort() for details.
+*/
+struct SorterRecord {
+  int nVal;                       /* Size of the record in bytes */
+  union {
+    SorterRecord *pNext;          /* Pointer to next record in list */
+    int iNext;                    /* Offset within aMemory of next record */
+  } u;
+  /* The data for the record immediately follows this header */
+};
+
+/* Return a pointer to the buffer containing the record data for SorterRecord
+** object p. Should be used as if:
+**
+**   void *SRVAL(SorterRecord *p) { return (void*)&p[1]; }
+*/
+#define SRVAL(p) ((void*)((SorterRecord*)(p) + 1))
+
+
+/* Maximum number of PMAs that a single MergeEngine can merge */
+#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger*);
+static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *);
+
+/*
+** Free all memory belonging to the PmaReader object passed as the
+** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
+*/
+static void vdbePmaReaderClear(PmaReader *pReadr){
+  sqlite3_free(pReadr->aAlloc);
+  sqlite3_free(pReadr->aBuffer);
+  if( pReadr->aMap ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
+  vdbeIncrFree(pReadr->pIncr);
+  memset(pReadr, 0, sizeof(PmaReader));
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the next nByte bytes of data from the PMA p.
+** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite
+** error code.
+**
+** The buffer returned in *ppOut is only valid until the
+** next call to this function.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReadBlob(
+  PmaReader *p,                   /* PmaReader from which to take the blob */
+  int nByte,                      /* Bytes of data to read */
+  u8 **ppOut                      /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */
+){
+  int iBuf;                       /* Offset within buffer to read from */
+  int nAvail;                     /* Bytes of data available in buffer */
+
+  if( p->aMap ){
+    *ppOut = &p->aMap[p->iReadOff];
+    p->iReadOff += nByte;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  assert( p->aBuffer );
+
+  /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next 
+  ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
+  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
+  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+  if( iBuf==0 ){
+    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
+    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */
+
+    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
+    if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){
+      nRead = p->nBuffer;
+    }else{
+      nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
+    }
+    assert( nRead>0 );
+
+    /* Readr data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFd, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; 
+
+  if( nByte<=nAvail ){
+    /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
+    ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a 
+    ** pointer into the buffer to the caller.  */
+    *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
+    p->iReadOff += nByte;
+  }else{
+    /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer.
+    ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested
+    ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller.  */
+    int nRem;                     /* Bytes remaining to copy */
+
+    /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */
+    if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){
+      u8 *aNew;
+      int nNew = MAX(128, p->nAlloc*2);
+      while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
+      aNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aAlloc, nNew);
+      if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      p->nAlloc = nNew;
+      p->aAlloc = aNew;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of
+    ** p->aAlloc[].  */
+    memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail);
+    p->iReadOff += nAvail;
+    nRem = nByte - nAvail;
+
+    /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into
+    ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer.  */
+    while( nRem>0 ){
+      int rc;                     /* vdbePmaReadBlob() return code */
+      int nCopy;                  /* Number of bytes to copy */
+      u8 *aNext;                  /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */
+
+      nCopy = nRem;
+      if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer;
+      rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, nCopy, &aNext);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc );
+      memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy);
+      nRem -= nCopy;
+    }
+
+    *ppOut = p->aAlloc;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
+** the value read.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){
+  int iBuf;
+
+  if( p->aMap ){
+    p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aMap[p->iReadOff], pnOut);
+  }else{
+    iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+    if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){
+      p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut);
+    }else{
+      u8 aVarint[16], *a;
+      int i = 0, rc;
+      do{
+        rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, 1, &a);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0];
+      }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 );
+      sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the
+** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted 
+** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use
+** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL.
+**
+** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
+** *pp is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){
+    sqlite3_file *pFd = pFile->pFd;
+    if( pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
+** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file.  Return SQLITE_OK 
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderSeek(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Task context */
+  PmaReader *pReadr,              /* Reader whose cursor is to be moved */
+  SorterFile *pFile,              /* Sorter file to read from */
+  i64 iOff                        /* Offset in pFile */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pReadr->pIncr==0 || pReadr->pIncr->bEof==0 );
+
+  if( sqlite3FaultSim(201) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  if( pReadr->aMap ){
+    sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
+    pReadr->aMap = 0;
+  }
+  pReadr->iReadOff = iOff;
+  pReadr->iEof = pFile->iEof;
+  pReadr->pFd = pFile->pFd;
+
+  rc = vdbeSorterMapFile(pTask, pFile, &pReadr->aMap);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pReadr->aMap==0 ){
+    int pgsz = pTask->pSorter->pgsz;
+    int iBuf = pReadr->iReadOff % pgsz;
+    if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ){
+      pReadr->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
+      if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      pReadr->nBuffer = pgsz;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBuf ){
+      int nRead = pgsz - iBuf;
+      if( (pReadr->iReadOff + nRead) > pReadr->iEof ){
+        nRead = (int)(pReadr->iEof - pReadr->iReadOff);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(
+          pReadr->pFd, &pReadr->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, pReadr->iReadOff
+      );
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance PmaReader pReadr to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  u64 nRec = 0;                   /* Size of record in bytes */
+
+
+  if( pReadr->iReadOff>=pReadr->iEof ){
+    IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;
+    int bEof = 1;
+    if( pIncr ){
+      rc = vdbeIncrSwap(pIncr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bEof==0 ){
+        rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(
+            pIncr->pTask, pReadr, &pIncr->aFile[0], pIncr->iStartOff
+        );
+        bEof = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bEof ){
+      /* This is an EOF condition */
+      vdbePmaReaderClear(pReadr);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nRec);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pReadr->nKey = (int)nRec;
+    rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(pReadr, (int)nRec, &pReadr->aKey);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
+** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function 
+** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the 
+** PMA is empty).
+**
+** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file 
+** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderInit(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Task context */
+  SorterFile *pFile,              /* Sorter file to read from */
+  i64 iStart,                     /* Start offset in pFile */
+  PmaReader *pReadr,              /* PmaReader to populate */
+  i64 *pnByte                     /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
+){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pFile->iEof>iStart );
+  assert( pReadr->aAlloc==0 && pReadr->nAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pReadr->aBuffer==0 );
+  assert( pReadr->aMap==0 );
+
+  rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(pTask, pReadr, pFile, iStart);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u64 nByte = 0;                 /* Size of PMA in bytes */
+    rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nByte);
+    pReadr->iEof = pReadr->iReadOff + nByte;
+    *pnByte += nByte;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been
+** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of 
+** key2.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCompareTail(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
+  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
+  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
+  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
+){
+  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
+  if( *pbKey2Cached==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
+    *pbKey2Cached = 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
+** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
+** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
+**
+** If IN/OUT parameter *pbKey2Cached is true when this function is called,
+** it is assumed that (pTask->pUnpacked) contains the unpacked version
+** of key2. If it is false, (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the unpacked
+** version of key2 and *pbKey2Cached set to true before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set
+** to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCompare(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
+  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
+  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
+  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
+){
+  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
+  if( !*pbKey2Cached ){
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
+    *pbKey2Cached = 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
+}
+
+/*
+** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
+** the first field of each key is a TEXT value and that the collation
+** sequence to compare them with is BINARY.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCompareText(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
+  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
+  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
+  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
+){
+  const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1;
+  const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2;
+  const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 1 */
+  const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 2 */
+
+  int n1;
+  int n2;
+  int res;
+
+  getVarint32(&p1[1], n1); n1 = (n1 - 13) / 2;
+  getVarint32(&p2[1], n2); n2 = (n2 - 13) / 2;
+  res = memcmp(v1, v2, MIN(n1, n2));
+  if( res==0 ){
+    res = n1 - n2;
+  }
+
+  if( res==0 ){
+    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){
+      res = vdbeSorterCompareTail(
+          pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
+      res = res * -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
+** the first field of each key is an INTEGER value.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCompareInt(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
+  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
+  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
+  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
+){
+  const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1;
+  const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2;
+  const int s1 = p1[1];                 /* Left hand serial type */
+  const int s2 = p2[1];                 /* Right hand serial type */
+  const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 1 */
+  const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 2 */
+  int res;                              /* Return value */
+
+  assert( (s1>0 && s1<7) || s1==8 || s1==9 );
+  assert( (s2>0 && s2<7) || s2==8 || s2==9 );
+
+  if( s1>7 && s2>7 ){
+    res = s1 - s2;
+  }else{
+    if( s1==s2 ){
+      if( (*v1 ^ *v2) & 0x80 ){
+        /* The two values have different signs */
+        res = (*v1 & 0x80) ? -1 : +1;
+      }else{
+        /* The two values have the same sign. Compare using memcmp(). */
+        static const u8 aLen[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 };
+        int i;
+        res = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<aLen[s1]; i++){
+          if( (res = v1[i] - v2[i]) ) break;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( s2>7 ){
+        res = +1;
+      }else if( s1>7 ){
+        res = -1;
+      }else{
+        res = s1 - s2;
+      }
+      assert( res!=0 );
+
+      if( res>0 ){
+        if( *v1 & 0x80 ) res = -1;
+      }else{
+        if( *v2 & 0x80 ) res = +1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( res==0 ){
+    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){
+      res = vdbeSorterCompareTail(
+          pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2
+      );
+    }
+  }else if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
+    res = res * -1;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
+**
+** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
+** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
+** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField
+** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField
+** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX
+** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in
+** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part 
+** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never
+** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small
+** performance boost.
+**
+** The sorter can guarantee a stable sort when running in single-threaded
+** mode, but not in multi-threaded mode.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection (for malloc()) */
+  int nField,                     /* Number of key fields in each record */
+  VdbeCursor *pCsr                /* Cursor that holds the new sorter */
+){
+  int pgsz;                       /* Page size of main database */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aTask[] */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* The new sorter */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;              /* Copy of pCsr->pKeyInfo with db==0 */
+  int szKeyInfo;                  /* Size of pCsr->pKeyInfo in bytes */
+  int sz;                         /* Size of pSorter in bytes */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0
+# define nWorker 0
+#else
+  int nWorker;
+#endif
+
+  /* Initialize the upper limit on the number of worker threads */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+  if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+    nWorker = 0;
+  }else{
+    nWorker = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS];
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Do not allow the total number of threads (main thread + all workers)
+  ** to exceed the maximum merge count */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
+  if( nWorker>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+    nWorker = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT-1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBtx==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  szKeyInfo = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*);
+  sz = sizeof(VdbeSorter) + nWorker * sizeof(SortSubtask);
+
+  pSorter = (VdbeSorter*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sz + szKeyInfo);
+  pCsr->uc.pSorter = pSorter;
+  if( pSorter==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz);
+    memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo);
+    pKeyInfo->db = 0;
+    if( nField && nWorker==0 ){
+      pKeyInfo->nXField += (pKeyInfo->nField - nField);
+      pKeyInfo->nField = nField;
+    }
+    pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1;
+    pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(nWorker - 1);
+    pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1);
+    pSorter->db = db;
+    for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
+      SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
+      pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
+    }
+
+    if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+      i64 mxCache;                /* Cache size in bytes*/
+      u32 szPma = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma;
+      pSorter->mnPmaSize = szPma * pgsz;
+
+      mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size;
+      if( mxCache<0 ){
+        /* A negative cache-size value C indicates that the cache is abs(C)
+        ** KiB in size.  */
+        mxCache = mxCache * -1024;
+      }else{
+        mxCache = mxCache * pgsz;
+      }
+      mxCache = MIN(mxCache, SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ);
+      pSorter->mxPmaSize = MAX(pSorter->mnPmaSize, (int)mxCache);
+
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-26747-61719 When the application provides any amount of
+      ** scratch memory using SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary
+      ** large heap allocations.
+      */
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 ){
+        assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 );
+        pSorter->nMemory = pgsz;
+        pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
+        if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( (pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField)<13 
+     && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl)
+    ){
+      pSorter->typeMask = SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER | SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#undef nWorker   /* Defined at the top of this function */
+
+/*
+** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){
+  SorterRecord *p;
+  SorterRecord *pNext;
+  for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->u.pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All 
+** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
+*/
+static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+  /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory
+  ** from the main thread.  That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
+  if( pTask->list.aMemory ){
+    sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 );
+    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList);
+  }
+  if( pTask->file.pFd ){
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd);
+  }
+  if( pTask->file2.pFd ){
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd);
+  }
+  memset(pTask, 0, sizeof(SortSubtask));
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
+static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){
+  i64 t;
+  int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
+  fprintf(stderr, "%lld:%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent);
+}
+static void vdbeSorterRewindDebug(const char *zEvent){
+  i64 t;
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), &t);
+  fprintf(stderr, "%lld:X %s\n", t, zEvent);
+}
+static void vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,
+  const char *zEvent
+){
+  i64 t;
+  int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
+  fprintf(stderr, "%lld:bg%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent);
+}
+static void vdbeSorterBlockDebug(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,
+  int bBlocked,
+  const char *zEvent
+){
+  if( bBlocked ){
+    i64 t;
+    sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
+    fprintf(stderr, "%lld:main %s\n", t, zEvent);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeSorterWorkDebug(x,y)
+# define vdbeSorterRewindDebug(y)
+# define vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(x,y)
+# define vdbeSorterBlockDebug(x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** Join thread pTask->thread.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterJoinThread(SortSubtask *pTask){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pTask->pThread ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
+    int bDone = pTask->bDone;
+#endif
+    void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(SQLITE_ERROR);
+    vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "enter");
+    (void)sqlite3ThreadJoin(pTask->pThread, &pRet);
+    vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "exit");
+    rc = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pRet);
+    assert( pTask->bDone==1 );
+    pTask->bDone = 0;
+    pTask->pThread = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Launch a background thread to run xTask(pIn).
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCreateThread(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Thread will use this task object */
+  void *(*xTask)(void*),          /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+  void *pIn                       /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+  assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 );
+  return sqlite3ThreadCreate(&pTask->pThread, xTask, pIn);
+}
+
+/*
+** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create 
+** level-0 PMAs.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){
+  int rc = rcin;
+  int i;
+
+  /* This function is always called by the main user thread.
+  **
+  ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, 
+  ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread
+  ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race
+  ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join 
+  ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */
+  for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){
+    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
+    int rc2 = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeSorterJoinAll(x,rcin) (rcin)
+# define vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new MergeEngine object capable of handling up to
+** nReader PmaReader inputs.
+**
+** nReader is automatically rounded up to the next power of two.
+** nReader may not exceed SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT even after rounding up.
+*/
+static MergeEngine *vdbeMergeEngineNew(int nReader){
+  int N = 2;                      /* Smallest power of two >= nReader */
+  int nByte;                      /* Total bytes of space to allocate */
+  MergeEngine *pNew;              /* Pointer to allocated object to return */
+
+  assert( nReader<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT );
+
+  while( N<nReader ) N += N;
+  nByte = sizeof(MergeEngine) + N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(PmaReader));
+
+  pNew = sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : (MergeEngine*)sqlite3MallocZero(nByte);
+  if( pNew ){
+    pNew->nTree = N;
+    pNew->pTask = 0;
+    pNew->aReadr = (PmaReader*)&pNew[1];
+    pNew->aTree = (int*)&pNew->aReadr[N];
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the MergeEngine object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void vdbeMergeEngineFree(MergeEngine *pMerger){
+  int i;
+  if( pMerger ){
+    for(i=0; i<pMerger->nTree; i++){
+      vdbePmaReaderClear(&pMerger->aReadr[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pMerger);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources associated with the IncrMerger object indicated by
+** the first argument.
+*/
+static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+  if( pIncr ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+    if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+      vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask);
+      if( pIncr->aFile[0].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
+      if( pIncr->aFile[1].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
+    }
+#endif
+    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pIncr->pMerger);
+    sqlite3_free(pIncr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+  int i;
+  (void)vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, SQLITE_OK);
+  assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->pReader==0 );
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+  if( pSorter->pReader ){
+    vdbePmaReaderClear(pSorter->pReader);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pReader);
+    pSorter->pReader = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger);
+  pSorter->pMerger = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
+    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
+    vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask);
+    pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
+  }
+  if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){
+    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList);
+  }
+  pSorter->list.pList = 0;
+  pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
+  pSorter->bUsePMA = 0;
+  pSorter->iMemory = 0;
+  pSorter->mxKeysize = 0;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
+  pSorter->pUnpacked = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
+  if( pSorter ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter);
+    sqlite3_free(pSorter->list.aMemory);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
+    pCsr->uc.pSorter = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** The first argument is a file-handle open on a temporary file. The file
+** is guaranteed to be nByte bytes or smaller in size. This function
+** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that
+** the VFS has memory mapped it.
+**
+** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on
+** the specific VFS implementation.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){
+  if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) && pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+    void *p = 0;
+    int chunksize = 4*1024;
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE, &chunksize);
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nByte);
+    sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p);
+    sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeSorterExtendFile(x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
+** set *ppFd to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, set *ppFd to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle doing sort */
+  i64 nExtend,                    /* Attempt to extend file to this size */
+  sqlite3_file **ppFd
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( sqlite3FaultSim(202) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFd,
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE    | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE    | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &rc
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    i64 max = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(*ppFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, (void*)&max);
+    if( nExtend>0 ){
+      vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, *ppFd, nExtend);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord 
+** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or 
+** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise.
+*/
+static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){
+  if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ){
+    pTask->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo);
+    if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    pTask->pUnpacked->nField = pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField;
+    pTask->pUnpacked->errCode = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list.
+*/
+static SorterRecord *vdbeSorterMerge(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Calling thread context */
+  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
+  SorterRecord *p2                /* Second list to merge */
+){
+  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
+  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
+  int bCached = 0;
+
+  assert( p1!=0 && p2!=0 );
+  for(;;){
+    int res;
+    res = pTask->xCompare(
+        pTask, &bCached, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, SRVAL(p2), p2->nVal
+    );
+
+    if( res<=0 ){
+      *pp = p1;
+      pp = &p1->u.pNext;
+      p1 = p1->u.pNext;
+      if( p1==0 ){
+        *pp = p2;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      *pp = p2;
+      pp = &p2->u.pNext;
+      p2 = p2->u.pNext;
+      bCached = 0;
+      if( p2==0 ){
+        *pp = p1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pFinal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the SorterCompare function to compare values collected by the
+** sorter object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){
+  if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){
+    return vdbeSorterCompareInt;
+  }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){
+    return vdbeSorterCompareText; 
+  }
+  return vdbeSorterCompare;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return 
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if 
+** an error occurs.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
+  int i;
+  SorterRecord **aSlot;
+  SorterRecord *p;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  p = pList->pList;
+  pTask->xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pTask->pSorter);
+
+  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
+  if( !aSlot ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  while( p ){
+    SorterRecord *pNext;
+    if( pList->aMemory ){
+      if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){
+        pNext = 0;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->u.iNext<sqlite3MallocSize(pList->aMemory) );
+        pNext = (SorterRecord*)&pList->aMemory[p->u.iNext];
+      }
+    }else{
+      pNext = p->u.pNext;
+    }
+
+    p->u.pNext = 0;
+    for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){
+      p = vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i]);
+      aSlot[i] = 0;
+    }
+    aSlot[i] = p;
+    p = pNext;
+  }
+
+  p = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<64; i++){
+    if( aSlot[i]==0 ) continue;
+    p = p ? vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i]) : aSlot[i];
+  }
+  pList->pList = p;
+
+  sqlite3_free(aSlot);
+  assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK 
+       || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM 
+  );
+  return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a PMA-writer object.
+*/
+static void vdbePmaWriterInit(
+  sqlite3_file *pFd,              /* File handle to write to */
+  PmaWriter *p,                   /* Object to populate */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Buffer size */
+  i64 iStart                      /* Offset of pFd to begin writing at */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
+  p->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(nBuf);
+  if( !p->aBuffer ){
+    p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf);
+    p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart;
+    p->nBuffer = nBuf;
+    p->pFd = pFd;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write nData bytes of data to the PMA. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){
+  int nRem = nData;
+  while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){
+    int nCopy = nRem;
+    if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){
+      nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd;
+    }
+
+    memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
+    p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
+    if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
+      p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, 
+          &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
+          p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+      );
+      p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
+      p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer;
+    }
+    assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer );
+
+    nRem -= nCopy;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object.
+** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not 
+** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
+** last byte written to the file.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
+  int rc;
+  if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
+    p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, 
+        &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
+        p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+    );
+  }
+  *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd);
+  sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer);
+  rc = p->eFWErr;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return 
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){
+  int nByte; 
+  u8 aByte[10];
+  nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
+  vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0
+** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if 
+** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** The format of a PMA is:
+**
+**     * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
+**       in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
+**
+**     * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. 
+**       Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the 
+**       key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
+  sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  PmaWriter writer;               /* Object used to write to the file */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. 
+  ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function.  */
+  i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof;
+#endif
+
+  vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "enter");
+  memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
+  assert( pList->szPMA>0 );
+
+  /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
+  if( pTask->file.pFd==0 ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, 0, &pTask->file.pFd);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.pFd );
+    assert( pTask->file.iEof==0 );
+    assert( pTask->nPMA==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* Try to get the file to memory map */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, pTask->file.pFd, pTask->file.iEof+pList->szPMA+9);
+  }
+
+  /* Sort the list */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterSort(pTask, pList);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    SorterRecord *p;
+    SorterRecord *pNext = 0;
+
+    vdbePmaWriterInit(pTask->file.pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz,
+                      pTask->file.iEof);
+    pTask->nPMA++;
+    vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, pList->szPMA);
+    for(p=pList->pList; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->u.pNext;
+      vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal);
+      vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, SRVAL(p), p->nVal);
+      if( pList->aMemory==0 ) sqlite3_free(p);
+    }
+    pList->pList = p;
+    rc = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pTask->file.iEof);
+  }
+
+  vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "exit");
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pList->pList==0 );
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.iEof==iSz );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the MergeEngine to its next entry.
+** Set *pbEof to true there is no next entry because
+** the MergeEngine has reached the end of all its inputs.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int vdbeMergeEngineStep(
+  MergeEngine *pMerger,      /* The merge engine to advance to the next row */
+  int *pbEof                 /* Set TRUE at EOF.  Set false for more content */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int iPrev = pMerger->aTree[1];/* Index of PmaReader to advance */
+  SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask;
+
+  /* Advance the current PmaReader */
+  rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]);
+
+  /* Update contents of aTree[] */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;                      /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
+    PmaReader *pReadr1;         /* First PmaReader to compare */
+    PmaReader *pReadr2;         /* Second PmaReader to compare */
+    int bCached = 0;
+
+    /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just
+    ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
+    pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
+    pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)];
+
+    for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
+      /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
+      int iRes;
+      if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){
+        iRes = +1;
+      }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){
+        iRes = -1;
+      }else{
+        iRes = pTask->xCompare(pTask, &bCached,
+            pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pReadr2->aKey, pReadr2->nKey
+        );
+      }
+
+      /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
+      ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this
+      ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set
+      ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2.
+      **
+      ** Alternatively, if pReadr2 contains the smaller of the two values,
+      ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pReadr1. If vdbeSorterCompare()
+      ** was actually called above, then pTask->pUnpacked now contains
+      ** a value equivalent to pReadr2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent
+      ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pReadr2 again.
+      **
+      ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest
+      ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array
+      ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values
+      ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2).  */
+      if( iRes<0 || (iRes==0 && pReadr1<pReadr2) ){
+        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr);
+        pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
+        bCached = 0;
+      }else{
+        if( pReadr1->pFd ) bCached = 0;
+        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr);
+        pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
+      }
+    }
+    *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0);
+  }
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? pTask->pUnpacked->errCode : rc);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** The main routine for background threads that write level-0 PMAs.
+*/
+static void *vdbeSorterFlushThread(void *pCtx){
+  SortSubtask *pTask = (SortSubtask*)pCtx;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  assert( pTask->bDone==0 );
+  rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(pTask, &pTask->list);
+  pTask->bDone = 1;
+  return SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
+
+/*
+** Flush the current contents of VdbeSorter.list to a new PMA, possibly
+** using a background thread.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0
+  pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
+  return vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list);
+#else
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  SortSubtask *pTask = 0;    /* Thread context used to create new PMA */
+  int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1);
+
+  /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. 
+  ** Or will be, anyhow.  */
+  pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
+
+  /* Select a sub-task to sort and flush the current list of in-memory
+  ** records to disk. If the sorter is running in multi-threaded mode,
+  ** round-robin between the first (pSorter->nTask-1) tasks. Except, if
+  ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running,
+  ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy,
+  ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1)
+  ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final 
+  ** sub-task uses the main thread. */
+  for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){
+    int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker;
+    pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTest];
+    if( pTask->bDone ){
+      rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->pThread==0 ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( i==nWorker ){
+      /* Use the foreground thread for this operation */
+      rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[nWorker], &pSorter->list);
+    }else{
+      /* Launch a background thread for this operation */
+      u8 *aMem = pTask->list.aMemory;
+      void *pCtx = (void*)pTask;
+
+      assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 );
+      assert( pTask->list.pList==0 );
+      assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 || pSorter->list.aMemory!=0 );
+
+      pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(pTask - pSorter->aTask);
+      pTask->list = pSorter->list;
+      pSorter->list.pList = 0;
+      pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
+      if( aMem ){
+        pSorter->list.aMemory = aMem;
+        pSorter->nMemory = sqlite3MallocSize(aMem);
+      }else if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
+        pSorter->list.aMemory = sqlite3Malloc(pSorter->nMemory);
+        if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+
+      rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pTask, vdbeSorterFlushThread, pCtx);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS!=0 */
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a record to the sorter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
+  Mem *pVal                       /* Memory cell containing record */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */
+  int bFlush;                     /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */
+  int nReq;                       /* Bytes of memory required */
+  int nPMA;                       /* Bytes of PMA space required */
+  int t;                          /* serial type of first record field */
+
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
+  getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t);
+  if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){
+    pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER;
+  }else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){
+    pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
+  }else{
+    pSorter->typeMask = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( pSorter );
+
+  /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be
+  ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so.
+  **
+  ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
+  ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is
+  ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory.
+  ** 
+  ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents
+  ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true:
+  **
+  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
+  **     than (page-size * cache-size), or
+  **
+  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
+  **     than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
+  */
+  nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord);
+  nPMA = pVal->n + sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n);
+  if( pSorter->mxPmaSize ){
+    if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
+      bFlush = pSorter->iMemory && (pSorter->iMemory+nReq) > pSorter->mxPmaSize;
+    }else{
+      bFlush = (
+          (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mxPmaSize)
+       || (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull())
+      );
+    }
+    if( bFlush ){
+      rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter);
+      pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
+      pSorter->iMemory = 0;
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->list.pList==0 );
+    }
+  }
+
+  pSorter->list.szPMA += nPMA;
+  if( nPMA>pSorter->mxKeysize ){
+    pSorter->mxKeysize = nPMA;
+  }
+
+  if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
+    int nMin = pSorter->iMemory + nReq;
+
+    if( nMin>pSorter->nMemory ){
+      u8 *aNew;
+      int iListOff = (u8*)pSorter->list.pList - pSorter->list.aMemory;
+      int nNew = pSorter->nMemory * 2;
+      while( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nNew*2;
+      if( nNew > pSorter->mxPmaSize ) nNew = pSorter->mxPmaSize;
+      if( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nMin;
+
+      aNew = sqlite3Realloc(pSorter->list.aMemory, nNew);
+      if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      pSorter->list.pList = (SorterRecord*)&aNew[iListOff];
+      pSorter->list.aMemory = aNew;
+      pSorter->nMemory = nNew;
+    }
+
+    pNew = (SorterRecord*)&pSorter->list.aMemory[pSorter->iMemory];
+    pSorter->iMemory += ROUND8(nReq);
+    if( pSorter->list.pList ){
+      pNew->u.iNext = (int)((u8*)(pSorter->list.pList) - pSorter->list.aMemory);
+    }
+  }else{
+    pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3Malloc(nReq);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    pNew->u.pNext = pSorter->list.pList;
+  }
+
+  memcpy(SRVAL(pNew), pVal->z, pVal->n);
+  pNew->nVal = pVal->n;
+  pSorter->list.pList = pNew;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read keys from pIncr->pMerger and populate pIncr->aFile[1]. The format
+** of the data stored in aFile[1] is the same as that used by regular PMAs,
+** except that the number-of-bytes varint is omitted from the start.
+*/
+static int vdbeIncrPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int rc2;
+  i64 iStart = pIncr->iStartOff;
+  SorterFile *pOut = &pIncr->aFile[1];
+  SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask;
+  MergeEngine *pMerger = pIncr->pMerger;
+  PmaWriter writer;
+  assert( pIncr->bEof==0 );
+
+  vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "enter");
+
+  vdbePmaWriterInit(pOut->pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, iStart);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int dummy;
+    PmaReader *pReader = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[1] ];
+    int nKey = pReader->nKey;
+    i64 iEof = writer.iWriteOff + writer.iBufEnd;
+
+    /* Check if the output file is full or if the input has been exhausted.
+    ** In either case exit the loop. */
+    if( pReader->pFd==0 ) break;
+    if( (iEof + nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(nKey))>(iStart + pIncr->mxSz) ) break;
+
+    /* Write the next key to the output. */
+    vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, nKey);
+    vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, pReader->aKey, nKey);
+    assert( pIncr->pMerger->pTask==pTask );
+    rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pIncr->pMerger, &dummy);
+  }
+
+  rc2 = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pOut->iEof);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "exit");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** The main routine for background threads that populate aFile[1] of
+** multi-threaded IncrMerger objects.
+*/
+static void *vdbeIncrPopulateThread(void *pCtx){
+  IncrMerger *pIncr = (IncrMerger*)pCtx;
+  void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr) );
+  pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Launch a background thread to populate aFile[1] of pIncr.
+*/
+static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+  void *p = (void*)pIncr;
+  assert( pIncr->bUseThread );
+  return vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbeIncrPopulateThread, p);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the PmaReader corresponding to pIncr has
+** finished reading the contents of aFile[0]. Its purpose is to "refill"
+** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the
+** beginning.
+**
+** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading 
+** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. 
+**
+** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the 
+** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap 
+** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not
+** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread
+** to populate the new aFile[1].
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+  if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      SorterFile f0 = pIncr->aFile[0];
+      pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1];
+      pIncr->aFile[1] = f0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){
+        pIncr->bEof = 1;
+      }else{
+        rc = vdbeIncrBgPopulate(pIncr);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr);
+    pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1];
+    if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){
+      pIncr->bEof = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a new IncrMerger object to read data from pMerger.
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, return NULL. In this case free the
+** pMerger argument before returning.
+*/
+static int vdbeIncrMergerNew(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,     /* The thread that will be using the new IncrMerger */
+  MergeEngine *pMerger,   /* The MergeEngine that the IncrMerger will control */
+  IncrMerger **ppOut      /* Write the new IncrMerger here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  IncrMerger *pIncr = *ppOut = (IncrMerger*)
+       (sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(*pIncr)));
+  if( pIncr ){
+    pIncr->pMerger = pMerger;
+    pIncr->pTask = pTask;
+    pIncr->mxSz = MAX(pTask->pSorter->mxKeysize+9,pTask->pSorter->mxPmaSize/2);
+    pTask->file2.iEof += pIncr->mxSz;
+  }else{
+    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMerger);
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** Set the "use-threads" flag on object pIncr.
+*/
+static void vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+  pIncr->bUseThread = 1;
+  pIncr->pTask->file2.iEof -= pIncr->mxSz;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
+
+
+
+/*
+** Recompute pMerger->aTree[iOut] by comparing the next keys on the
+** two PmaReaders that feed that entry.  Neither of the PmaReaders
+** are advanced.  This routine merely does the comparison.
+*/
+static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare(
+  MergeEngine *pMerger,  /* Merge engine containing PmaReaders to compare */
+  int iOut               /* Store the result in pMerger->aTree[iOut] */
+){
+  int i1;
+  int i2;
+  int iRes;
+  PmaReader *p1;
+  PmaReader *p2;
+
+  assert( iOut<pMerger->nTree && iOut>0 );
+
+  if( iOut>=(pMerger->nTree/2) ){
+    i1 = (iOut - pMerger->nTree/2) * 2;
+    i2 = i1 + 1;
+  }else{
+    i1 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2];
+    i2 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2+1];
+  }
+
+  p1 = &pMerger->aReadr[i1];
+  p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2];
+
+  if( p1->pFd==0 ){
+    iRes = i2;
+  }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){
+    iRes = i1;
+  }else{
+    SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask;
+    int bCached = 0;
+    int res;
+    assert( pTask->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */
+    res = pTask->xCompare(
+        pTask, &bCached, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey
+    );
+    if( res<=0 ){
+      iRes = i1;
+    }else{
+      iRes = i2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pMerger->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the eMode parameter to vdbeMergeEngineInit()
+** and vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
+**
+** Only INCRINIT_NORMAL is valid in single-threaded builds (when
+** SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0).  The other values are only used
+** when there exists one or more separate worker threads.
+*/
+#define INCRINIT_NORMAL 0
+#define INCRINIT_TASK   1
+#define INCRINIT_ROOT   2
+
+/* 
+** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and
+** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when
+** building a merge tree.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode);
+
+/*
+** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this
+** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the 
+** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion.
+**
+** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge
+** objects attached to the PmaReader objects that the merger reads from have
+** already been populated, but that they have not yet populated aFile[0] and
+** set the PmaReader objects up to read from it. In this case all that is
+** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at
+** its first key.
+**
+** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use 
+** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data 
+** to pMerger.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int vdbeMergeEngineInit(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Thread that will run pMerger */
+  MergeEngine *pMerger,           /* MergeEngine to initialize */
+  int eMode                       /* One of the INCRINIT_XXX constants */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* For looping over PmaReader objects */
+  int nTree = pMerger->nTree;
+
+  /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
+  assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL );
+
+  /* Verify that the MergeEngine is assigned to a single thread */
+  assert( pMerger->pTask==0 );
+  pMerger->pTask = pTask;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nTree; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT ){
+      /* PmaReaders should be normally initialized in order, as if they are
+      ** reading from the same temp file this makes for more linear file IO.
+      ** However, in the INCRINIT_ROOT case, if PmaReader aReadr[nTask-1] is
+      ** in use it will block the vdbePmaReaderNext() call while it uses
+      ** the main thread to fill its buffer. So calling PmaReaderNext()
+      ** on this PmaReader before any of the multi-threaded PmaReaders takes
+      ** better advantage of multi-processor hardware. */
+      rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[nTree-i-1]);
+    }else{
+      rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(&pMerger->aReadr[i], INCRINIT_NORMAL);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  for(i=pMerger->nTree-1; i>0; i--){
+    vdbeMergeEngineCompare(pMerger, i);
+  }
+  return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** The PmaReader passed as the first argument is guaranteed to be an
+** incremental-reader (pReadr->pIncr!=0). This function serves to open
+** and/or initialize the temp file related fields of the IncrMerge
+** object at (pReadr->pIncr).
+**
+** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders
+** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then 
+** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to 
+** the first key in its range.
+**
+** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed
+** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a
+** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are 
+** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to
+** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point
+** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do
+** that. 
+**
+** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately 
+** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has
+** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since
+** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will
+** lead to the current background thread attempting to join itself.
+**
+** Finally, if argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_ROOT, it may be assumed
+** that pReadr->pIncr is a multi-threaded IncrMerge objects, and that all
+** child-trees have already been initialized using IncrInit(INCRINIT_TASK).
+** In this case vdbePmaReaderNext() is called on all child PmaReaders and
+** the current PmaReader set to point to the first key in its range.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;
+  SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask;
+  sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db;
+
+  /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
+  assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL );
+
+  rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask, pIncr->pMerger, eMode);
+
+  /* Set up the required files for pIncr. A multi-theaded IncrMerge object
+  ** requires two temp files to itself, whereas a single-threaded object
+  ** only requires a region of pTask->file2. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int mxSz = pIncr->mxSz;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+    if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+      rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
+      }
+    }else
+#endif
+    /*if( !pIncr->bUseThread )*/{
+      if( pTask->file2.pFd==0 ){
+        assert( pTask->file2.iEof>0 );
+        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, pTask->file2.iEof, &pTask->file2.pFd);
+        pTask->file2.iEof = 0;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pIncr->aFile[1].pFd = pTask->file2.pFd;
+        pIncr->iStartOff = pTask->file2.iEof;
+        pTask->file2.iEof += mxSz;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){
+    /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this
+    ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object,
+    ** then this function is already running in background thread 
+    ** pIncr->pTask->thread. 
+    **
+    ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the 
+    ** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return
+    ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the 
+    ** first results are ready from this merger object anyway.
+    */
+    assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
+    rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || eMode!=INCRINIT_TASK) ){
+    rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in 
+** background threads.
+*/
+static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){
+  PmaReader *pReader = (PmaReader*)pCtx;
+  void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(
+                  vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReader,INCRINIT_TASK)
+               );
+  pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
+  return pRet;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the PmaReader passed as the first argument is not an incremental-reader
+** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes
+** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to
+** this routine to initialize the incremental merge.
+** 
+** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), 
+** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
+** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called
+** using the current thread.
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){
+  IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;   /* Incremental merger */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  if( pIncr ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+    assert( pIncr->bUseThread==0 || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
+    if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+      void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr;
+      rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit, pCtx);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, eMode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new MergeEngine object to merge the contents of nPMA level-0
+** PMAs from pTask->file. If no error occurs, set *ppOut to point to
+** the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Or, if an error does occur, set *ppOut
+** to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the
+** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is 
+** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last
+** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of
+** *piOffset is undefined.
+*/
+static int vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Sorter task to read from */
+  int nPMA,                       /* Number of PMAs to read */
+  i64 *piOffset,                  /* IN/OUT: Readr offset in pTask->file */
+  MergeEngine **ppOut             /* OUT: New merge-engine */
+){
+  MergeEngine *pNew;              /* Merge engine to return */
+  i64 iOff = *piOffset;
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  *ppOut = pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(nPMA);
+  if( pNew==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    i64 nDummy = 0;
+    PmaReader *pReadr = &pNew->aReadr[i];
+    rc = vdbePmaReaderInit(pTask, &pTask->file, iOff, pReadr, &nDummy);
+    iOff = pReadr->iEof;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pNew);
+    *ppOut = 0;
+  }
+  *piOffset = iOff;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the depth of a tree comprising nPMA PMAs, assuming a fanout of
+** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT. The returned value does not include leaf nodes.
+**
+** i.e.
+**
+**   nPMA<=16    -> TreeDepth() == 0
+**   nPMA<=256   -> TreeDepth() == 1
+**   nPMA<=65536 -> TreeDepth() == 2
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterTreeDepth(int nPMA){
+  int nDepth = 0;
+  i64 nDiv = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+  while( nDiv < (i64)nPMA ){
+    nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+    nDepth++;
+  }
+  return nDepth;
+}
+
+/*
+** pRoot is the root of an incremental merge-tree with depth nDepth (according
+** to vdbeSorterTreeDepth()). pLeaf is the iSeq'th leaf to be added to the
+** tree, counting from zero. This function adds pLeaf to the tree.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, an SQLite error
+** code is returned and pLeaf is freed.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterAddToTree(
+  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Task context */
+  int nDepth,                     /* Depth of tree according to TreeDepth() */
+  int iSeq,                       /* Sequence number of leaf within tree */
+  MergeEngine *pRoot,             /* Root of tree */
+  MergeEngine *pLeaf              /* Leaf to add to tree */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nDiv = 1;
+  int i;
+  MergeEngine *p = pRoot;
+  IncrMerger *pIncr;
+
+  rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pLeaf, &pIncr);
+
+  for(i=1; i<nDepth; i++){
+    nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+  }
+
+  for(i=1; i<nDepth && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    int iIter = (iSeq / nDiv) % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+    PmaReader *pReadr = &p->aReadr[iIter];
+
+    if( pReadr->pIncr==0 ){
+      MergeEngine *pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
+      if( pNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pNew, &pReadr->pIncr);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p = pReadr->pIncr->pMerger;
+      nDiv = nDiv / SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->aReadr[iSeq % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT].pIncr = pIncr;
+  }else{
+    vdbeIncrFree(pIncr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter
+** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
+** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that 
+** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
+** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value 
+** of *ppOut is undefined.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter,       /* The VDBE cursor that implements the sort */
+  MergeEngine **ppOut        /* Write the MergeEngine here */
+){
+  MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iTask;
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+  /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level 
+  ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly 
+  ** one PmaReader per sub-task.  */
+  assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 );
+  if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){
+    pMain = vdbeMergeEngineNew(pSorter->nTask);
+    if( pMain==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
+    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTask];
+    assert( pTask->nPMA>0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 );
+    if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || pTask->nPMA ){
+      MergeEngine *pRoot = 0;     /* Root node of tree for this task */
+      int nDepth = vdbeSorterTreeDepth(pTask->nPMA);
+      i64 iReadOff = 0;
+
+      if( pTask->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+        rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, pTask->nPMA, &iReadOff, &pRoot);
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        int iSeq = 0;
+        pRoot = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
+        if( pRoot==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        for(i=0; i<pTask->nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i += SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT){
+          MergeEngine *pMerger = 0; /* New level-0 PMA merger */
+          int nReader;              /* Number of level-0 PMAs to merge */
+
+          nReader = MIN(pTask->nPMA - i, SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
+          rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, nReader, &iReadOff, &pMerger);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = vdbeSorterAddToTree(pTask, nDepth, iSeq++, pRoot, pMerger);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+        if( pMain!=0 ){
+          rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pRoot, &pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          assert( pMain==0 );
+          pMain = pRoot;
+        }
+      }else{
+        vdbeMergeEngineFree(pRoot);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain);
+    pMain = 0;
+  }
+  *ppOut = pMain;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of an sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() operation
+** on a sorter that has written two or more PMAs to temporary files. It sets
+** up either VdbeSorter.pMerger (for single threaded sorters) or pReader
+** (for multi-threaded sorters) so that it can be used to iterate through
+** all records stored in the sorter.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0];
+  MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+  sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db;
+  int i;
+  SorterCompare xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pSorter);
+  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
+    pSorter->aTask[i].xCompare = xCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 );
+    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
+      int iTask;
+      PmaReader *pReadr = 0;
+      SortSubtask *pLast = &pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1];
+      rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pLast);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pReadr = (PmaReader*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(PmaReader));
+        pSorter->pReader = pReadr;
+        if( pReadr==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pLast, pMain, &pReadr->pIncr);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pReadr->pIncr);
+          for(iTask=0; iTask<(pSorter->nTask-1); iTask++){
+            IncrMerger *pIncr;
+            if( (pIncr = pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr) ){
+              vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pIncr);
+              assert( pIncr->pTask!=pLast );
+            }
+          }
+          for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
+            /* Check that:
+            **   
+            **   a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the
+            **      right task, and
+            **   b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run
+            **      in single-threaded mode. This is important, as the
+            **      root merge (INCRINIT_ROOT) will be using the same task
+            **      object.
+            */
+            PmaReader *p = &pMain->aReadr[iTask];
+            assert( p->pIncr==0 || (
+                (p->pIncr->pTask==&pSorter->aTask[iTask])             /* a */
+             && (iTask!=pSorter->nTask-1 || p->pIncr->bUseThread==0)  /* b */
+            ));
+            rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(p, INCRINIT_TASK);
+          }
+        }
+        pMain = 0;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, INCRINIT_ROOT);
+      }
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask0, pMain, INCRINIT_NORMAL);
+      pSorter->pMerger = pMain;
+      pMain = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Once the sorter has been populated by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite,
+** this function is called to prepare for iterating through the records
+** in sorted order.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
+  assert( pSorter );
+
+  /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
+  ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
+  ** from the in-memory list.  */
+  if( pSorter->bUsePMA==0 ){
+    if( pSorter->list.pList ){
+      *pbEof = 0;
+      rc = vdbeSorterSort(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list);
+    }else{
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() 
+  ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always
+  ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards.
+  ** So the list is never empty at this point.  */
+  assert( pSorter->list.pList );
+  rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter);
+
+  /* Join all threads */
+  rc = vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, rc);
+
+  vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind");
+
+  /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to 
+  ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs.  */
+  assert( pSorter->pReader==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterSetupMerge(pSorter);
+    *pbEof = 0;
+  }
+
+  vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewinddone");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
+  assert( pSorter->bUsePMA || (pSorter->pReader==0 && pSorter->pMerger==0) );
+  if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){
+    assert( pSorter->pReader==0 || pSorter->pMerger==0 );
+    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->pReader );
+    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==1 || pSorter->pMerger );
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
+      rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pSorter->pReader);
+      *pbEof = (pSorter->pReader->pFd==0);
+    }else
+#endif
+    /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/ {
+      assert( pSorter->pMerger!=0 );
+      assert( pSorter->pMerger->pTask==(&pSorter->aTask[0]) );
+      rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pSorter->pMerger, pbEof);
+    }
+  }else{
+    SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->list.pList;
+    pSorter->list.pList = pFree->u.pNext;
+    pFree->u.pNext = 0;
+    if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ) vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree);
+    *pbEof = !pSorter->list.pList;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the 
+** current key.
+*/
+static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
+  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
+  int *pnKey                      /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */
+){
+  void *pKey;
+  if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){
+    PmaReader *pReader;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
+      pReader = pSorter->pReader;
+    }else
+#endif
+    /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/{
+      pReader = &pSorter->pMerger->aReadr[pSorter->pMerger->aTree[1]];
+    }
+    *pnKey = pReader->nKey;
+    pKey = pReader->aKey;
+  }else{
+    *pnKey = pSorter->list.pList->nVal;
+    pKey = SRVAL(pSorter->list.pList);
+  }
+  return pKey;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;
+  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */
+
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
+  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, nKey) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  pOut->n = nKey;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
+** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
+** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
+**
+** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be
+** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
+** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
+** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
+** key.
+**
+** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in
+** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
+  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
+  int nKeyCol,                    /* Compare this many columns */
+  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;
+  UnpackedRecord *r2;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int i;
+  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
+
+  assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
+  pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
+  r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
+  pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
+  if( r2==0 ){
+    r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo);
+    if( r2==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    r2->nField = nKeyCol;
+  }
+  assert( r2->nField==nKeyCol );
+
+  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+  sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, r2);
+  for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
+    if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+      *pRes = -1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
+** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
+** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
+**
+** Update:  The in-memory journal is also used to temporarily cache
+** smaller journals that are not critical for power-loss recovery.
+** For example, statement journals that are not too big will be held
+** entirely in memory, thus reducing the number of file I/O calls, and
+** more importantly, reducing temporary file creation events.  If these
+** journals become too large for memory, they are spilled to disk.  But
+** in the common case, they are usually small and no file I/O needs to
+** occur.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/* Forward references to internal structures */
+typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
+typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
+typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
+
+/*
+** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
+**
+** The zChunk array is always at least 8 bytes in size - usually much more.
+** Its actual size is stored in the MemJournal.nChunkSize variable.
+*/
+struct FileChunk {
+  FileChunk *pNext;               /* Next chunk in the journal */
+  u8 zChunk[8];                   /* Content of this chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** By default, allocate this many bytes of memory for each FileChunk object.
+*/
+#define MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE 1024
+
+/*
+** For chunk size nChunkSize, return the number of bytes that should
+** be allocated for each FileChunk structure.
+*/
+#define fileChunkSize(nChunkSize) (sizeof(FileChunk) + ((nChunkSize)-8))
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
+** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
+*/
+struct FilePoint {
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
+  FileChunk *pChunk;              /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal
+** is an instance of this class.
+*/
+struct MemJournal {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
+  int nChunkSize;                 /* In-memory chunk-size */
+
+  int nSpill;                     /* Bytes of data before flushing */
+  int nSize;                      /* Bytes of data currently in memory */
+  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
+  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
+  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
+
+  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
+  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read data from the in-memory journal file.  This is the implementation
+** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
+*/
+static int memjrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
+  int nRead = iAmt;
+  int iChunkOffset;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+  if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->endpoint.iOffset ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( (iAmt+iOfst)<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
+  assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 );
+  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
+    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
+        ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst;
+        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
+    ){
+      iOff += p->nChunkSize;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
+    assert( pChunk!=0 );
+  }
+
+  iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%p->nChunkSize);
+  do {
+    int iSpace = p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset;
+    int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset));
+    memcpy(zOut, (u8*)pChunk->zChunk + iChunkOffset, nCopy);
+    zOut += nCopy;
+    nRead -= iSpace;
+    iChunkOffset = 0;
+  } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
+  p->readpoint.iOffset = pChunk ? iOfst+iAmt : 0;
+  p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the list of FileChunk structures headed at MemJournal.pFirst.
+*/
+static void memjrnlFreeChunks(MemJournal *p){
+  FileChunk *pIter;
+  FileChunk *pNext;
+  for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){
+    pNext = pIter->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pIter);
+  } 
+  p->pFirst = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush the contents of memory to a real file on disk.
+*/
+static int memjrnlCreateFile(MemJournal *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file*)p;
+  MemJournal copy = *p;
+
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(MemJournal));
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(copy.pVfs, copy.zJournal, pReal, copy.flags, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nChunk = copy.nChunkSize;
+    i64 iOff = 0;
+    FileChunk *pIter;
+    for(pIter=copy.pFirst; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+      if( iOff + nChunk > copy.endpoint.iOffset ){
+        nChunk = copy.endpoint.iOffset - iOff;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pReal, (u8*)pIter->zChunk, nChunk, iOff);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      iOff += nChunk;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* No error has occurred. Free the in-memory buffers. */
+      memjrnlFreeChunks(&copy);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If an error occurred while creating or writing to the file, restore
+    ** the original before returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory
+    ** journal data to roll back changes made to the internal page-cache
+    ** before this function was called.  */
+    sqlite3OsClose(pReal);
+    *p = copy;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  int nWrite = iAmt;
+  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
+
+  /* If the file should be created now, create it and write the new data
+  ** into the file on disk. */
+  if( p->nSpill>0 && (iAmt+iOfst)>p->nSpill ){
+    int rc = memjrnlCreateFile(p);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pJfd, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If the contents of this write should be stored in memory */
+  else{
+    /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
+    ** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when
+    ** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the
+    ** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the
+    ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ 
+    assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+    if( iOfst==0 && p->pFirst ){
+      assert( p->nChunkSize>iAmt );
+      memcpy((u8*)p->pFirst->zChunk, zBuf, iAmt);
+    }else
+#else
+    assert( iOfst>0 || p->pFirst==0 );
+#endif
+    {
+      while( nWrite>0 ){
+        FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
+        int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%p->nChunkSize);
+        int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset);
+
+        if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
+          /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
+          FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize));
+          if( !pNew ){
+            return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT;
+          }
+          pNew->pNext = 0;
+          if( pChunk ){
+            assert( p->pFirst );
+            pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+          }else{
+            assert( !p->pFirst );
+            p->pFirst = pNew;
+          }
+          p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
+        }
+
+        memcpy((u8*)p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk + iChunkOffset, zWrite, iSpace);
+        zWrite += iSpace;
+        nWrite -= iSpace;
+        p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
+      }
+      p->nSize = iAmt + iOfst;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+**
+** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it
+** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size,
+** ignore 
+*/
+static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  if( ALWAYS(size==0) ){
+    memjrnlFreeChunks(p);
+    p->nSize = 0;
+    p->endpoint.pChunk = 0;
+    p->endpoint.iOffset = 0;
+    p->readpoint.pChunk = 0;
+    p->readpoint.iOffset = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  memjrnlFreeChunks(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+**
+** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, 
+** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. 
+*/
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+  1,                /* iVersion */
+  memjrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  memjrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  memjrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  memjrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  memjrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  memjrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,                /* xLock */
+  0,                /* xUnlock */
+  0,                /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,                /* xFileControl */
+  0,                /* xSectorSize */
+  0,                /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  0,                /* xShmMap */
+  0,                /* xShmLock */
+  0,                /* xShmBarrier */
+  0,                /* xShmUnmap */
+  0,                /* xFetch */
+  0                 /* xUnfetch */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file. 
+**
+** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter 
+** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and 
+** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then
+** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a
+** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory
+** but may be flushed to disk later on. In this case the journal file is
+** flushed to disk either when it grows larger than nSpill bytes in size,
+** or when sqlite3JournalCreate() is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
+  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
+  int nSpill                 /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal*)pJfd;
+
+  /* Zero the file-handle object. If nSpill was passed zero, initialize
+  ** it using the sqlite3OsOpen() function of the underlying VFS. In this
+  ** case none of the code in this module is executed as a result of calls
+  ** made on the journal file-handle.  */
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(MemJournal));
+  if( nSpill==0 ){
+    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( nSpill>0 ){
+    p->nChunkSize = nSpill;
+  }else{
+    p->nChunkSize = 8 + MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE - sizeof(FileChunk);
+    assert( MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE==fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize) );
+  }
+
+  p->pMethod = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
+  p->nSpill = nSpill;
+  p->flags = flags;
+  p->zJournal = zName;
+  p->pVfs = pVfs;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open an in-memory journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  sqlite3JournalOpen(0, 0, pJfd, 0, -1);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+/*
+** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an 
+** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve
+** nSpill parameter), and the underlying file has not yet been created, 
+** create it now.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods && ((MemJournal*)p)->nSpill>0 ){
+    rc = memjrnlCreateFile((MemJournal*)p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The file-handle passed as the only argument is open on a journal file.
+** Return true if this "journal file" is currently stored in heap memory,
+** or false otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p){
+  return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  return MAX(pVfs->szOsFile, (int)sizeof(MemJournal));
+}
+
+/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
+** an SQL statement.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
+** of the expression, while descending.  (In other words, the callback
+** is invoked before visiting children.)
+**
+** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
+** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
+**
+**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
+**
+**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes, but allow
+**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
+**
+**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
+**                      return from the top-level walk call.
+**
+** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
+** and WRC_Continue to continue.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int rc;
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
+  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
+  if( rc || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,(EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf)) ){
+    return rc & WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  if( pExpr->pLeft && walkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( pExpr->pRight && walkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){
+    if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  return pExpr ? walkExpr(pWalker,pExpr) : WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
+** an abort request is seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( p ){
+    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
+** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
+** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
+** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
+** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
+** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
+** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
+       && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
+      ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+} 
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
+** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. 
+**
+** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
+** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
+** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the 
+** expressions and FROM clause.
+**
+** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
+** there is an abort request.
+**
+** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
+** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){
+    return WRC_Continue;
+  }
+  rc = WRC_Continue;
+  pWalker->walkerDepth++;
+  while( p ){
+    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){
+       rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
+       if( rc ) break;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p)
+     || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p)
+    ){
+      pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){
+      pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p);
+    }
+    p = p->pPrior;
+  }
+  pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
+
+/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
+** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
+** table and column.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
+** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
+** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
+** outer query into an inner subquery.
+**
+** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine.  incrAggDepth(..)
+** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
+*/
+static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.n;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){
+  if( N>0 ){
+    Walker w;
+    memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+    w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth;
+    w.u.n = N;
+    sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
+** result set in pEList.
+**
+** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure
+** the COLLATE operator is preserved.  For example:
+**
+**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase;
+**
+** Should be transformed into:
+**
+**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase;
+**
+** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
+** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usual value is
+** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
+** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
+** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
+*/
+static void resolveAlias(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
+  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
+  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
+  const char *zType,     /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
+  int nSubquery          /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */
+){
+  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
+  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
+  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+  assert( pOrig!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+  if( pDup==0 ) return;
+  if( zType[0]!='G' ) incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
+  }
+  ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Alias);
+
+  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
+  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
+  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
+  ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
+  ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to
+  ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree().
+  */
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){
+    assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+    pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
+    pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken;
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
+**
+** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain
+** zCol.
+*/
+static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){
+  if( pUsing ){
+    int k;
+    for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their
+** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN".
+** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab,
+** and zCol.  If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will
+** match anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(
+  const char *zSpan,
+  const char *zCol,
+  const char *zTab,
+  const char *zDb
+){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
+  if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zSpan += n+1;
+  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
+  if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zSpan += n+1;
+  if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
+**
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
+**                         (even if X is implied).
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
+**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL.  If zTable is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return WRC_Abort.  Return WRC_Prune on success.
+*/
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  const char *zDb,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  const char *zTab,    /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column. */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  int i, j;                         /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
+  int nSubquery = 0;                /* How many levels of subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
+  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
+  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
+  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
+  int isTrigger = 0;                /* True if resolved to a trigger column */
+  Table *pTab = 0;                  /* Table hold the row */
+  Column *pCol;                     /* A column of pTab */
+
+  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
+  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+
+  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  pExpr->pTab = 0;
+  ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+
+  /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding
+  ** schema.  If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
+  ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
+  */
+  if( zDb ){
+    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
+    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
+    if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
+      /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and
+      ** partial indices.  Do not raise errors because that might break
+      ** legacy and because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the
+      ** database name. */
+      zDb = 0;
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        assert( db->aDb[i].zDbSName );
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zDbSName,zDb)==0 ){
+          pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
+  assert( pNC && cnt==0 );
+  do{
+    ExprList *pEList;
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+
+    if( pSrcList ){
+      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+        pTab = pItem->pTab;
+        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
+        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+        if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+          int hit = 0;
+          pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList;
+          for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+            if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){
+              cnt++;
+              cntTab = 2;
+              pMatch = pItem;
+              pExpr->iColumn = j;
+              hit = 1;
+            }
+          }
+          if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue;
+        }
+        if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( zTab ){
+          const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName;
+          assert( zTabName!=0 );
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+          pMatch = pItem;
+        }
+        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
+            ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a 
+            ** USING clause, then skip this match.
+            */
+            if( cnt==1 ){
+              if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue;
+              if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue;
+            }
+            cnt++;
+            pMatch = pItem;
+            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( pMatch ){
+        pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
+        pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
+        /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */
+        assert( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 );
+        if( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull);
+        }
+        pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
+      }
+    } /* if( pSrcList ) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+    */
+    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
+      int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
+      assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
+      if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 1;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 0;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }else{
+        pTab = 0;
+      }
+
+      if( pTab ){ 
+        int iCol;
+        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+        cntTab++;
+        for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+              iCol = -1;
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && VisibleRowid(pTab) ){
+          /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */
+          iCol = -1;
+        }
+        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+          cnt++;
+          if( iCol<0 ){
+            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+          }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+          }else{
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+          }
+          pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
+          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+          isTrigger = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+    /*
+    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+    */
+    if( cnt==0
+     && cntTab==1
+     && pMatch
+     && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr)==0
+     && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol)
+     && VisibleRowid(pMatch->pTab)
+    ){
+      cnt = 1;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+    **
+    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+    **
+    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+    **
+    ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY,
+    ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDER BY
+    ** clause is not standard SQL.  This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that
+    ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. Hence, we issue a warning
+    ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used.
+    */
+    if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0
+     && zTab==0
+     && cnt==0
+    ){
+      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+          Expr *pOrig;
+          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
+          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
+          if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
+            return WRC_Abort;
+          }
+          if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pOrig)!=1 ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
+            return WRC_Abort;
+          }
+          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery);
+          cnt = 1;
+          pMatch = 0;
+          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+          goto lookupname_end;
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
+    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+    */
+    if( cnt ) break;
+    pNC = pNC->pNext;
+    nSubquery++;
+  }while( pNC );
+
+
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  **
+  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
+  ** fields are not changed in any context.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    pExpr->pTab = 0;
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    const char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    pTopNC->nErr++;
+  }
+
+  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
+  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
+  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
+  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
+  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
+    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
+    testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+    if( n>=BMS ){
+      n = BMS-1;
+    }
+    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
+    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
+lookupname_end:
+  if( cnt==1 ){
+    assert( pNC!=0 );
+    if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias) ){
+      sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
+    }
+    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
+    ** the point where the name matched. */
+    for(;;){
+      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
+      pTopNC->nRef++;
+      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
+      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+    }
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  } else {
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
+** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
+  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+  if( p ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
+    p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+    if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
+      p->iColumn = -1;
+    }else{
+      p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
+    }
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report an error that an expression is not valid for some set of
+** pNC->ncFlags values determined by validMask.
+*/
+static void notValid(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Leave error message here */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context */
+  const char *zMsg,    /* Type of error */
+  int validMask        /* Set of contexts for which prohibited */
+){
+  assert( (validMask&~(NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr))==0 );
+  if( (pNC->ncFlags & validMask)!=0 ){
+    const char *zIn = "partial index WHERE clauses";
+    if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr )      zIn = "index expressions";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+    else if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ) zIn = "CHECK constraints";
+#endif
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in %s", zMsg, zIn);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0.
+** Return 1024 times this value.  Or return -1 if p is not a floating point
+** value between 1.0 and 0.0.
+*/
+static int exprProbability(Expr *p){
+  double r = -1.0;
+  if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1;
+  sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8);
+  assert( r>=0.0 );
+  if( r>1.0 ) return -1;
+  return (int)(r*134217728.0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
+**
+** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
+** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
+** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+**
+** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
+** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
+** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+*/
+static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  NameContext *pNC;
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  assert( pNC!=0 );
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
+
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+    /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
+    ** column in the FROM clause.  This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
+    ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+    */
+    case TK_ROW: {
+      SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+      assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+      pItem = pSrcList->a; 
+      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
+          && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+    /* A column name:                    ID
+    ** Or table name and column name:    ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    **
+    ** The TK_ID and TK_OUT cases are combined so that there will only
+    ** be one call to lookupName().  Then the compiler will in-line 
+    ** lookupName() for a size reduction and performance increase.
+    */
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      const char *zColumn;
+      const char *zTable;
+      const char *zDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
+
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+        zDb = 0;
+        zTable = 0;
+        zColumn = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      }else{
+        notValid(pParse, pNC, "the \".\" operator", NC_IdxExpr);
+        pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+          zDb = 0;
+          zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+          zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
+        }else{
+          assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+          zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+          zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
+          zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
+        }
+      }
+      return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
+    }
+
+    /* Resolve function names
+    */
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;    /* The argument list */
+      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;    /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
+      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, -2, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFinalize!=0;
+        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
+          if( n==2 ){
+            pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
+            if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
+                "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
+              pNC->nErr++;
+            }
+          }else{
+            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is
+            ** equivalent to likelihood(X, 0.0625).
+            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is
+            ** short-hand for likelihood(X,0.0625).
+            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand
+            ** for likelihood(X,0.9375).
+            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent
+            ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */
+            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
+            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120;
+          }             
+        }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+        {
+          int auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0,pDef->zName,0);
+          if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
+                                      pDef->zName);
+              pNC->nErr++;
+            }
+            pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+            return WRC_Prune;
+          }
+        }
+#endif
+        if( pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG) ){
+          /* For the purposes of the EP_ConstFunc flag, date and time
+          ** functions and other functions that change slowly are considered
+          ** constant because they are constant for the duration of one query */
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc);
+        }
+        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT)==0 ){
+          /* Date/time functions that use 'now', and other functions like
+          ** sqlite_version() that might change over time cannot be used
+          ** in an index. */
+          notValid(pParse, pNC, "non-deterministic functions",
+                   NC_IdxExpr|NC_PartIdx);
+        }
+      }
+      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION
+                && pParse->explain==0
+#endif
+      ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
+      if( is_agg ){
+        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        pExpr->op2 = 0;
+        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
+          pExpr->op2++;
+          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
+        }
+        assert( pDef!=0 );
+        if( pNC2 ){
+          assert( SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX==NC_MinMaxAgg );
+          testcase( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)!=0 );
+          pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg | (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX);
+
+        }
+        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
+      }
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    case TK_EXISTS:  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+#endif
+    case TK_IN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
+        notValid(pParse, pNC, "subqueries", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr);
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
+        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
+          pNC->ncFlags |= NC_VarSelect;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      notValid(pParse, pNC, "parameters", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN:
+    case TK_EQ:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      int nLeft, nRight;
+      if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) break;
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft!=0 );
+      nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft);
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
+        nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr);
+        if( nRight==nLeft ){
+          nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr);
+        }
+      }else{
+        assert( pExpr->pRight!=0 );
+        nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight);
+      }
+      if( nLeft!=nRight ){
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EQ );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NE );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LT );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LE );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GT );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GE );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+        testcase( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN );
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
+      }
+      break; 
+    }
+  }
+  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
+** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
+** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
+** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
+** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
+** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
+** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
+** return 0.
+**
+** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
+*/
+static int resolveAsName(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
+  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+
+  if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
+    char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
+** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
+** name resolved.
+**
+** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
+** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
+** case is handled by the calling routine.
+**
+** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
+** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
+** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
+** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
+** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
+** the column.
+**
+** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
+  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
+  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from subprocedures */
+  u8 savedSuppErr;   /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
+
+  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+
+  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
+  */
+  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
+  nc.pParse = pParse;
+  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  nc.pEList = pEList;
+  nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+  nc.nErr = 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
+  db->suppressErr = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
+  db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+
+  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
+  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
+  ** result-set entry.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no match, return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
+*/
+static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
+  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
+  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
+){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
+    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
+** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
+** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
+**
+** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
+** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
+** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
+** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
+** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
+** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
+** the integer column number.
+**
+** Return the number of errors seen.
+*/
+static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
+){
+  int i;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int moreToDo = 1;
+
+  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
+  }
+  pSelect->pNext = 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    moreToDo = 0;
+    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      int iCol = -1;
+      Expr *pE, *pDup;
+      if( pItem->done ) continue;
+      pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr);
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
+        if( iCol==0 ){
+          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
+          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+            assert(pDup);
+            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
+          }
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol,
+        ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */
+        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
+        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
+          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
+        }else{
+          Expr *pParent = pItem->pExpr;
+          assert( pParent->op==TK_COLLATE );
+          while( pParent->pLeft->op==TK_COLLATE ) pParent = pParent->pLeft;
+          assert( pParent->pLeft==pE );
+          pParent->pLeft = pNew;
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
+        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+        pItem->done = 1;
+      }else{
+        moreToDo = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
+            "column in the result set", i+1);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
+** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
+** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol
+** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
+** column.
+**
+** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
+** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
+      if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr,
+                   zType,0);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
+** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
+** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
+**
+** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
+** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
+** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
+** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
+** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of
+** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
+** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
+** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
+** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
+** excepted.)
+*/
+static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
+  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+  int i, j;                      /* Loop counters */
+  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
+  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
+
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
+    Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE);
+    if( zType[0]!='G' ){
+      iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2);
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
+        ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
+        ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
+        ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
+        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){
+      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
+      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
+      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
+      if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
+    pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendants.
+*/
+static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
+  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
+  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
+  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
+  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
+  
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
+  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
+  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
+  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
+  ** this routine in the correct order.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
+  }
+
+  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
+  nCompound = 0;
+  pLeftmost = p;
+  while( p ){
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
+    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
+
+    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
+    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
+        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+
+    /* If the SF_Converted flags is set, then this Select object was
+    ** was created by the convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() function.
+    ** In this case the ORDER BY clause (p->pOrderBy) should be resolved
+    ** as if it were part of the sub-query, not the parent. This block
+    ** moves the pOrderBy down to the sub-query. It will be moved back
+    ** after the names have been resolved.  */
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){
+      Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect;
+      assert( p->pSrc->nSrc==1 && p->pOrderBy );
+      assert( pSub->pPrior && pSub->pOrderBy==0 );
+      pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    }
+  
+    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        NameContext *pNC;         /* Used to iterate name contexts */
+        int nRef = 0;             /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
+        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+
+        /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
+        ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
+        ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
+        ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
+        ** pItem->fg.isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
+        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;
+
+        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
+        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
+        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
+        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
+
+        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
+        assert( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
+        pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
+    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
+    */
+    sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
+    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+  
+    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  
+    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
+    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+    */
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
+      assert( NC_MinMaxAgg==SF_MinMaxAgg );
+      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate | (sNC.ncFlags&NC_MinMaxAgg);
+    }else{
+      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+    }
+  
+    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
+    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
+    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
+    ** aliases in the result set.
+    **
+    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
+    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+    */
+    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+
+    /* Resolve names in table-valued-function arguments */
+    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
+       && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) 
+      ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
+    ** outer queries 
+    */
+    sNC.pNext = 0;
+    sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
+
+    /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from 
+    ** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term
+    ** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value.
+    ** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result
+    ** set expressions by the call to resolveOrderGroupBy() below.  */
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){
+      Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect;
+      p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
+    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
+    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
+    ** the compound have been resolved.
+    **
+    ** If there is an ORDER BY clause on a term of a compound-select other
+    ** than the right-most term, then that is a syntax error.  But the error
+    ** is not detected until much later, and so we need to go ahead and
+    ** resolve those symbols on the incorrect ORDER BY for consistency.
+    */
+    if( isCompound<=nCompound  /* Defer right-most ORDER BY of a compound */
+     && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER")
+    ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
+    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    
+      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
+              "the GROUP BY clause");
+          return WRC_Abort;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If this is part of a compound SELECT, check that it has the right
+    ** number of expressions in the select list. */
+    if( p->pNext && p->pEList->nExpr!=p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ){
+      sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(pParse, p->pNext);
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
+    */
+    p = p->pPrior;
+    nCompound++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
+  ** the compound have been resolved.
+  */
+  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  return WRC_Prune;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
+** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
+** are seen.
+**
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
+** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
+**
+**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
+**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
+**
+**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
+**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
+**
+**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
+**
+** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
+**
+**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
+**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
+**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
+**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
+**
+**
+** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
+** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
+** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
+** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
+** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
+** tree.  For example, in:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
+**
+** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+**
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
+** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
+** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
+** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
+** property on the expression is set.
+**
+** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
+** if errors is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
+  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  u16 savedHasAgg;
+  Walker w;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  {
+    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
+  }
+#endif
+  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
+  pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
+  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback2 = 0;
+  w.walkerDepth = 0;
+  w.eCode = 0;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
+#endif
+  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+  }
+  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
+  }
+  pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg;
+  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve all names for all expression in an expression list.  This is
+** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression
+** list rather than a single expression.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( 
+  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+  ExprList *pList         /* The expression list to be analyzed. */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
+** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
+** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
+** terms.
+**
+** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
+** transformations that occur.
+**
+** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
+){
+  Walker w;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table:
+**
+**    *   CHECK constraints
+**    *   WHERE clauses on partial indices
+**
+** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression
+** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number.
+**
+** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* The table being referenced */
+  int type,           /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx or NC_IdxExpr */
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expression to resolve.  May be NULL. */
+  ExprList *pList     /* Expression list to resolve.  May be NUL. */
+){
+  SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
+  NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
+
+  assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx || type==NC_IdxExpr );
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
+  sSrc.nSrc = 1;
+  sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName;
+  sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab;
+  sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
+  sNC.ncFlags = type;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return;
+  if( pList ) sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList);
+}
+
+/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+static void exprCodeBetween(Parse*,Expr*,int,void(*)(Parse*,Expr*,int,int),int);
+static int exprCodeVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int *piToFree);
+
+/*
+** Return the affinity character for a single column of a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table *pTab, int iCol){
+  assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
+  return iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity : SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  int op;
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  if( op==TK_CAST ){
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+    return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    return sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn);
+  }
+  if( op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ){
+    assert( pExpr->pLeft->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(
+        pExpr->pLeft->x.pSelect->pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr
+    );
+  }
+  return pExpr->affinity;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
+** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
+** implements the COLLATE operator.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
+** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(
+  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,             /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */
+  const Token *pCollName,  /* Name of collating sequence */
+  int dequote              /* True to dequote pCollName */
+){
+  if( pCollName->n>0 ){
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, dequote);
+    if( pNew ){
+      pNew->pLeft = pExpr;
+      pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip;
+      pExpr = pNew;
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){
+  Token s;
+  assert( zC!=0 );
+  sqlite3TokenInit(&s, (char*)zC);
+  return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Skip over any TK_COLLATE operators and any unlikely()
+** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
+  while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 );
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
+      pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    }else{
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+      pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+    }
+  }   
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL.
+**
+** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator
+** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence.
+** COLLATE operators take first precedence.  Left operands take
+** precedence over right operands.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  Expr *p = pExpr;
+  while( p ){
+    int op = p->op;
+    if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break;
+    if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){
+      p = p->pLeft;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
+      pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
+          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
+     && p->pTab!=0
+    ){
+      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+      int j = p->iColumn;
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
+      if( p->pLeft && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
+        p = p->pLeft;
+      }else{
+        Expr *pNext  = p->pRight;
+        /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
+        assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
+        /* p->flags holds EP_Collate and p->pLeft->flags does not.  And
+        ** p->x.pSelect cannot.  So if p->x.pLeft exists, it must hold at
+        ** least one EP_Collate. Thus the following two ALWAYS. */
+        if( p->x.pList!=0 && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){
+          int i;
+          for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<p->x.pList->nExpr); i++){
+            if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){
+              pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        p = pNext;
+      }
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
+    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+    }
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+  }else{
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+*/
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }else if( aff==0 ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  switch( aff ){
+    case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB:
+      return 1;
+    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    default:
+      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+*/
+static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
+**
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
+**
+** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
+** it is not considered.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Expr *pLeft, 
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  assert( pLeft );
+  if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+  }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+  }else{
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+*/
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p5;
+  int addr;
+  CollSeq *p4;
+
+  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
+                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if expression pExpr is a vector, or false otherwise.
+**
+** A vector is defined as any expression that results in two or more
+** columns of result.  Every TK_VECTOR node is an vector because the
+** parser will not generate a TK_VECTOR with fewer than two entries.
+** But a TK_SELECT might be either a vector or a scalar. It is only
+** considered a vector if it has two or more result columns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr){
+  return sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>1;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR 
+** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression
+** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For
+** any other type of expression, return 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(Expr *pExpr){
+  u8 op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
+  if( op==TK_VECTOR ){
+    return pExpr->x.pList->nExpr;
+  }else if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+    return pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a subexpression of pVector that is the i-th
+** column of the vector (numbered starting with 0).  The caller must
+** ensure that i is within range.
+**
+** If pVector is really a scalar (and "scalar" here includes subqueries
+** that return a single column!) then return pVector unmodified.
+**
+** pVector retains ownership of the returned subexpression.
+**
+** If the vector is a (SELECT ...) then the expression returned is
+** just the expression for the i-th term of the result set, and may
+** not be ready for evaluation because the table cursor has not yet
+** been positioned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr *pVector, int i){
+  assert( i<sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pVector) );
+  if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pVector) ){
+    assert( pVector->op2==0 || pVector->op==TK_REGISTER );
+    if( pVector->op==TK_SELECT || pVector->op2==TK_SELECT ){
+      return pVector->x.pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    }else{
+      return pVector->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    }
+  }
+  return pVector;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Compute and return a new Expr object which when passed to
+** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute
+** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector.
+**
+** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0).  
+** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup().
+**
+** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for
+** ensuring that the returned value eventually gets freed.
+**
+** The caller retains ownership of pVector.  If pVector is a TK_SELECT,
+** then the returned object will reference pVector and so pVector must remain
+** valid for the life of the returned object.  If pVector is a TK_VECTOR
+** or a scalar expression, then it can be deleted as soon as this routine
+** returns.
+**
+** A trick to cause a TK_SELECT pVector to be deleted together with
+** the returned Expr object is to attach the pVector to the pRight field
+** of the returned TK_SELECT_COLUMN Expr object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pVector,       /* The vector.  List of expressions or a sub-SELECT */
+  int iField           /* Which column of the vector to return */
+){
+  Expr *pRet;
+  if( pVector->op==TK_SELECT ){
+    assert( pVector->flags & EP_xIsSelect );
+    /* The TK_SELECT_COLUMN Expr node:
+    **
+    ** pLeft:           pVector containing TK_SELECT.  Not deleted.
+    ** pRight:          not used.  But recursively deleted.
+    ** iColumn:         Index of a column in pVector
+    ** iTable:          0 or the number of columns on the LHS of an assignment
+    ** pLeft->iTable:   First in an array of register holding result, or 0
+    **                  if the result is not yet computed.
+    **
+    ** sqlite3ExprDelete() specifically skips the recursive delete of
+    ** pLeft on TK_SELECT_COLUMN nodes.  But pRight is followed, so pVector
+    ** can be attached to pRight to cause this node to take ownership of
+    ** pVector.  Typically there will be multiple TK_SELECT_COLUMN nodes
+    ** with the same pLeft pointer to the pVector, but only one of them
+    ** will own the pVector.
+    */
+    pRet = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+    if( pRet ){
+      pRet->iColumn = iField;
+      pRet->pLeft = pVector;
+    }
+    assert( pRet==0 || pRet->iTable==0 );
+  }else{
+    if( pVector->op==TK_VECTOR ) pVector = pVector->x.pList->a[iField].pExpr;
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pVector, 0);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+#endif /* !define(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+/*
+** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate
+** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the 
+** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array
+** of registers in which the result is stored).
+**
+** If pExpr is not a TK_SELECT expression, return 0.
+*/
+static int exprCodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  int reg = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+    reg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return reg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pVector points to a vector expression - either a TK_VECTOR
+** or TK_SELECT that returns more than one column. This function returns
+** the register number of a register that contains the value of
+** element iField of the vector.
+**
+** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have 
+** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this
+** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers
+** containing the results of the sub-select. 
+**
+** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field
+** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of
+** a temporary register to be freed by the caller before returning.
+**
+** Before returning, output parameter (*ppExpr) is set to point to the
+** Expr object corresponding to element iElem of the vector.
+*/
+static int exprVectorRegister(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Expr *pVector,                  /* Vector to extract element from */
+  int iField,                     /* Field to extract from pVector */
+  int regSelect,                  /* First in array of registers */
+  Expr **ppExpr,                  /* OUT: Expression element */
+  int *pRegFree                   /* OUT: Temp register to free */
+){
+  u8 op = pVector->op;
+  assert( op==TK_VECTOR || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_SELECT );
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
+    *ppExpr = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pVector, iField);
+    return pVector->iTable+iField;
+  }
+  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+    *ppExpr = pVector->x.pSelect->pEList->a[iField].pExpr;
+     return regSelect+iField;
+  }
+  *ppExpr = pVector->x.pList->a[iField].pExpr;
+  return sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, *ppExpr, pRegFree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression pExpr is a comparison between two vector values. Compute
+** the result of the comparison (1, 0, or NULL) and write that
+** result into register dest.
+**
+** The caller must satisfy the following preconditions:
+**
+**    if pExpr->op==TK_IS:      op==TK_EQ and p5==SQLITE_NULLEQ
+**    if pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT:   op==TK_NE and p5==SQLITE_NULLEQ
+**    otherwise:                op==pExpr->op and p5==0
+*/
+static void codeVectorCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Code generator context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The comparison operation */
+  int dest,             /* Write results into this register */
+  u8 op,                /* Comparison operator */
+  u8 p5                 /* SQLITE_NULLEQ or zero */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+  Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+  int nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft);
+  int i;
+  int regLeft = 0;
+  int regRight = 0;
+  u8 opx = op;
+  int addrDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  if( nLeft!=sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pRight) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE 
+       || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT 
+       || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT 
+       || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE 
+  );
+  assert( pExpr->op==op || (pExpr->op==TK_IS && op==TK_EQ)
+            || (pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT && op==TK_NE) );
+  assert( p5==0 || pExpr->op!=op );
+  assert( p5==SQLITE_NULLEQ || pExpr->op==op );
+
+  p5 |= SQLITE_STOREP2;
+  if( opx==TK_LE ) opx = TK_LT;
+  if( opx==TK_GE ) opx = TK_GT;
+
+  regLeft = exprCodeSubselect(pParse, pLeft);
+  regRight = exprCodeSubselect(pParse, pRight);
+
+  for(i=0; 1 /*Loop exits by "break"*/; i++){
+    int regFree1 = 0, regFree2 = 0;
+    Expr *pL, *pR; 
+    int r1, r2;
+    assert( i>=0 && i<nLeft );
+    if( i>0 ) sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+    r1 = exprVectorRegister(pParse, pLeft, i, regLeft, &pL, &regFree1);
+    r2 = exprVectorRegister(pParse, pRight, i, regRight, &pR, &regFree2);
+    codeCompare(pParse, pL, pR, opx, r1, r2, dest, p5);
+    testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+    testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+    testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+    testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+    testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+    testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+    if( i>0 ) sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+    if( i==nLeft-1 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    if( opx==TK_EQ ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, dest, addrDone); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      p5 |= SQLITE_KEEPNULL;
+    }else if( opx==TK_NE ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, dest, addrDone); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      p5 |= SQLITE_KEEPNULL;
+    }else{
+      assert( op==TK_LT || op==TK_GT || op==TK_LE || op==TK_GE );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ElseNotEq, 0, addrDone);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_LT);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_GT);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_LE);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_GE);
+      if( i==nLeft-2 ) opx = op;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrDone);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+/*
+** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
+** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
+** pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
+  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
+    );
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
+** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
+** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
+** first argument.
+**
+** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
+** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
+** value.
+*/
+static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
+      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
+      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
+** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
+** referenced Expr plus one.
+**
+** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags,
+** if appropriate.
+*/
+static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
+  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
+  }else if( p->x.pList ){
+    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
+    p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList);
+  }
+  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
+** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
+** leave an error in pParse.
+**
+** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
+** Expr.flags. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+  exprSetHeight(p);
+  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
+** by the select statement passed as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
+  return nHeight;
+}
+#else /* ABOVE:  Height enforcement enabled.  BELOW: Height enforcement off */
+/*
+** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
+** Expr.flags. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+  if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList);
+  }
+}
+#define exprSetHeight(y)
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
+
+/*
+** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
+**
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+**
+** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
+** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performed.  The deQuote
+** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
+** appear to be quoted.  If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
+** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
+**
+** Special case:  If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
+** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
+** stored in u.zToken.  Instead, the integer values is written
+** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set.  No extra storage
+** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocRawNN() */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const Token *pToken,    /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+  int dequote             /* True to dequote */
+){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  int nExtra = 0;
+  int iValue = 0;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( pToken ){
+    if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
+          || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
+      nExtra = pToken->n+1;
+      assert( iValue>=0 );
+    }
+  }
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
+  if( pNew ){
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Expr));
+    pNew->op = (u8)op;
+    pNew->iAgg = -1;
+    if( pToken ){
+      if( nExtra==0 ){
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
+      }else{
+        pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
+        assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 );
+        if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
+        if( dequote && sqlite3Isquote(pNew->u.zToken[0]) ){
+          if( pNew->u.zToken[0]=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
+          sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+    pNew->nHeight = 1;
+#endif  
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
+** already been dequoted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const char *zToken      /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Token x;
+  x.z = zToken;
+  x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
+  return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
+**
+** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
+** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  Expr *pRoot,
+  Expr *pLeft,
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  if( pRoot==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+  }else{
+    if( pRight ){
+      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
+      pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pRight->flags;
+    }
+    if( pLeft ){
+      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
+      pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pLeft->flags;
+    }
+    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
+**
+** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
+** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
+** free the subtrees and return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
+  Expr *pRight            /* Right operand */
+){
+  Expr *p;
+  if( op==TK_AND && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */
+    p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr));
+    if( p ){
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(Expr));
+      p->op = op & TKFLG_MASK;
+      p->iAgg = -1;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
+  }
+  if( p ) {
+    sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add pSelect to the Expr.x.pSelect field.  Or, if pExpr is NULL (due
+** do a memory allocation failure) then delete the pSelect object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Select *pSelect){
+  if( pExpr ){
+    pExpr->x.pSelect = pSelect;
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
+    sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pExpr);
+  }else{
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively),
+** then return 1.  If one cannot determine the truth value of the
+** expression at compile-time return 0.
+**
+** This is an optimization.  If is OK to return 0 here even if
+** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative).
+** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different
+** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.)
+**
+** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a
+** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not
+** is it true or false, so always return 0.
+*/
+static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){
+  int v = 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+  return v!=0;
+}
+static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){
+  int v = 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+  return v==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+**
+** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead
+** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with
+** a value of false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+    return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0);
+  }else{
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
+    return pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pToken );
+  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->x.pList = pList;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pNew);
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too big to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, u32 n){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *z;
+  ynVar x;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
+  z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+  assert( z!=0 );
+  assert( z[0]!=0 );
+  assert( n==sqlite3Strlen30(z) );
+  if( z[1]==0 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    assert( z[0]=='?' );
+    x = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+  }else{
+    int doAdd = 0;
+    if( z[0]=='?' ){
+      /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+      ** use it as the variable number */
+      i64 i;
+      int bOk;
+      if( n==2 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
+        i = z[1]-'0';  /* The common case of ?N for a single digit N */
+        bOk = 1;
+      }else{
+        bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      }
+      testcase( i==0 );
+      testcase( i==1 );
+      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
+      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
+      if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+            db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
+        return;
+      }
+      x = (ynVar)i;
+      if( x>pParse->nVar ){
+        pParse->nVar = (int)x;
+        doAdd = 1;
+      }else if( sqlite3VListNumToName(pParse->pVList, x)==0 ){
+        doAdd = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+      ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+      ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+      */
+      x = (ynVar)sqlite3VListNameToNum(pParse->pVList, z, n);
+      if( x==0 ){
+        x = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+        doAdd = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( doAdd ){
+      pParse->pVList = sqlite3VListAdd(db, pParse->pVList, z, n, x);
+    }
+  }
+  pExpr->iColumn = x;
+  if( x>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Leaf) && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    assert( p->pLeft==0 );
+    assert( p->pRight==0 );
+    assert( p->x.pSelect==0 );
+  }
+#endif
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, (EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf)) ){
+    /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
+    assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
+    if( p->pLeft && p->op!=TK_SELECT_COLUMN ) sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(db, p->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
+    }
+  }
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+  if( p ) sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
+** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
+** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
+*/
+static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
+  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
+** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
+** how much of the tree is measured.
+**
+**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure 
+**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
+**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
+**
+***************************************************************************
+**
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:  
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and 
+** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
+** The return values is always one of:
+**
+**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
+**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
+**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
+**
+** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
+** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
+** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
+**
+** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
+** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
+** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
+** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
+** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
+** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
+** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
+** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
+** to enforce this constraint.
+*/
+static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nSize;
+  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
+  assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff );
+  assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+  if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ){
+    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+  }else{
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
+    if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
+      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
+    }else{
+      assert( p->pRight==0 );
+      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
+    }
+  }
+  return nSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy 
+** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
+** string is defined.)
+*/
+static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+    nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
+  }
+  return ROUND8(nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the 
+** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
+** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+**
+** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
+** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
+**
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes 
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft 
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or 
+** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
+*/
+static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
+      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
+    }
+  }
+  return nByte;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
+** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
+** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
+** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
+** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
+*/
+static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){
+  Expr *pNew;           /* Value to return */
+  u8 *zAlloc;           /* Memory space from which to build Expr object */
+  u32 staticFlag;       /* EP_Static if space not obtained from malloc */
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( p );
+  assert( dupFlags==0 || dupFlags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE );
+  assert( pzBuffer==0 || dupFlags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE );
+
+  /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
+  if( pzBuffer ){
+    zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
+    staticFlag = EP_Static;
+  }else{
+    zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, dupedExprSize(p, dupFlags));
+    staticFlag = 0;
+  }
+  pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
+
+  if( pNew ){
+    /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
+    ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
+    ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
+    ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
+    */
+    const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, dupFlags);
+    const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
+    int nToken;
+    if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+      nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
+    }else{
+      nToken = 0;
+    }
+    if( dupFlags ){
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
+      memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
+    }else{
+      u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p);
+      memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
+      if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){ 
+        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
+    pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken);
+    pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
+    pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
+
+    /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
+    if( nToken ){
+      char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
+      memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
+    }
+
+    if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & (EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf)) ){
+      /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
+      if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, dupFlags);
+      }else{
+        pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, dupFlags);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
+      zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, dupFlags);
+      if( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ){
+        pNew->pLeft = p->pLeft ?
+                      exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc) : 0;
+        pNew->pRight = p->pRight ?
+                       exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc) : 0;
+      }
+      if( pzBuffer ){
+        *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ){
+        if( pNew->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ){
+          pNew->pLeft = p->pLeft;
+          assert( p->iColumn==0 || p->pRight==0 );
+          assert( p->pRight==0  || p->pRight==p->pLeft );
+        }else{
+          pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
+        }
+        pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second 
+** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
+** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){
+  With *pRet = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1);
+    pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    if( pRet ){
+      int i;
+      pRet->nCte = p->nCte;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
+        pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0);
+        pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0);
+        pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+#else
+# define withDup(x,y) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
+**
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+**
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+**
+** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
+** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
+** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
+  assert( flags==0 || flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE );
+  return p ? exprDup(db, p, flags, 0) : 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+  int i;
+  Expr *pPriorSelectCol = 0;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr;
+  if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){}
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db,  i*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
+    Expr *pNewExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
+    if( pOldExpr 
+     && pOldExpr->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN
+     && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0 
+    ){
+      assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 || i>0 );
+      if( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 ){
+        assert( pOldExpr->pLeft==pOldExpr->pRight );
+        pPriorSelectCol = pNewExpr->pLeft = pNewExpr->pRight;
+      }else{
+        assert( i>0 );
+        assert( pItem[-1].pExpr!=0 );
+        assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==pItem[-1].pExpr->iColumn+1 );
+        assert( pPriorSelectCol==pItem[-1].pExpr->pLeft );
+        pNewExpr->pLeft = pPriorSelectCol;
+      }
+    }
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+    pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab;
+    pItem->u = pOldItem->u;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
+** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
+** called with a NULL argument.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
+ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    Table *pTab;
+    pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema;
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->fg = pOldItem->fg;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
+    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
+    if( pNewItem->fg.isIndexedBy ){
+      pNewItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->u1.zIndexedBy);
+    }
+    pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex;
+    if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
+      pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = 
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags);
+    }
+    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
+    if( pTab ){
+      pTab->nTabRef++;
+    }
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
+    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not
+  ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called
+  ** on the duplicate created by this function. */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *pDup, int flags){
+  Select *pRet = 0;
+  Select *pNext = 0;
+  Select **pp = &pRet;
+  Select *p;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  for(p=pDup; p; p=p->pPrior){
+    Select *pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*p) );
+    if( pNew==0 ) break;
+    pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
+    pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
+    pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
+    pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
+    pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
+    pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
+    pNew->op = p->op;
+    pNew->pNext = pNext;
+    pNew->pPrior = 0;
+    pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
+    pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
+    pNew->iLimit = 0;
+    pNew->iOffset = 0;
+    pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
+    pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+    pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+    pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
+    pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
+    sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
+    *pp = pNew;
+    pp = &pNew->pPrior;
+    pNext = pNew;
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  assert( p==0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
+** NULL is returned.  If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
+** that the new entry was successfully appended.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    pList->nExpr = 0;
+    pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *a;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( a==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    pList->a = a;
+  }
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( 1 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+  }
+  return pList;
+
+no_mem:     
+  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pColumns and pExpr form a vector assignment which is part of the SET
+** clause of an UPDATE statement.  Like this:
+**
+**        (a,b,c) = (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+** Or:    (a,b,c) = (SELECT x,y,z FROM ....)
+**
+** For each term of the vector assignment, append new entries to the
+** expression list pList.  In the case of a subquery on the RHS, append
+** TK_SELECT_COLUMN expressions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,       /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
+  IdList *pColumns,      /* List of names of LHS of the assignment */
+  Expr *pExpr            /* Vector expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  int iFirst = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+  /* pColumns can only be NULL due to an OOM but an OOM will cause an
+  ** exit prior to this routine being invoked */
+  if( NEVER(pColumns==0) ) goto vector_append_error;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) goto vector_append_error;
+
+  /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that 
+  ** the size of the RHS and LHS match.  But if the RHS is a SELECT, 
+  ** wildcards ("*") in the result set of the SELECT must be expanded before
+  ** we can do the size check, so defer the size check until code generation.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_SELECT && pColumns->nId!=(n=sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d columns assigned %d values",
+                    pColumns->nId, n);
+    goto vector_append_error;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<pColumns->nId; i++){
+    Expr *pSubExpr = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr, i);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pSubExpr);
+    if( pList ){
+      assert( pList->nExpr==iFirst+i+1 );
+      pList->a[pList->nExpr-1].zName = pColumns->a[i].zName;
+      pColumns->a[i].zName = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+    if( pList && pList->a[iFirst].pExpr ){
+      Expr *pFirst = pList->a[iFirst].pExpr;
+      assert( pFirst->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN );
+     
+      /* Store the SELECT statement in pRight so it will be deleted when
+      ** sqlite3ExprListDelete() is called */
+      pFirst->pRight = pExpr;
+      pExpr = 0;
+
+      /* Remember the size of the LHS in iTable so that we can check that
+      ** the RHS and LHS sizes match during code generation. */
+      pFirst->iTable = pColumns->nId;
+    }
+  }
+
+vector_append_error:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the sort order for the last element on the given ExprList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList *p, int iSortOrder){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC>=0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 );
+  assert( p->nExpr>0 );
+  if( iSortOrder<0 ){
+    assert( p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC );
+    return;
+  }
+  p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)iSortOrder;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  Token *pName,           /* Name to be added */
+  int dequote             /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
+){
+  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pItem->zName==0 );
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
+    if( dequote ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pSpan should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  ExprSpan *pSpan         /* The span to be added */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
+** leave an error message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  ExprList *pEList,
+  const char *zObject
+){
+  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
+  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void exprListDeleteNN(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+  if( pList ) exprListDeleteNN(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the bitwise-OR of all Expr.flags fields in the given
+** ExprList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  u32 m = 0;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+       Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+       assert( pExpr!=0 );
+       m |= pExpr->flags;
+    }
+  }
+  return m;
+}
+
+/*
+** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
+** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
+** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
+** for.
+**
+** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
+**
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()                  pWalker->eCode==1
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()           pWalker->eCode==2
+**     sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant()             pWalker->eCode==3
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()        pWalker->eCode==4 or 5
+**
+** In all cases, the callbacks set Walker.eCode=0 and abort if the expression
+** is found to not be a constant.
+**
+** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating expressions
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  The Walker.eCode value is 5 when parsing
+** an existing schema and 4 when processing a new statement.  A bound
+** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted
+** to NULL for existing schemas.  This allows sqlite_master tables that 
+** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
+** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
+** malformed schema error.
+*/
+static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+
+  /* If pWalker->eCode is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from
+  ** the ON or USING clauses of a left join disqualifies the expression
+  ** from being considered constant. */
+  if( pWalker->eCode==2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    pWalker->eCode = 0;
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
+    ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the
+    ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){
+        return WRC_Continue;
+      }else{
+        pWalker->eCode = 0;
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){
+        return WRC_Continue;
+      }else{
+        pWalker->eCode = 0;
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    case TK_VARIABLE:
+      if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){
+        /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE
+        ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out
+        ** of the sqlite_master table */
+        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+      }else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){
+        /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from
+        ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */
+        pWalker->eCode = 0;
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      /* Fall through */
+    default:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      return WRC_Continue;
+  }
+}
+static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  pWalker->eCode = 0;
+  return WRC_Abort;
+}
+static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag, int iCur){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.eCode = initFlag;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+  w.u.iCur = iCur;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+  return w.eCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 1, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
+** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
+** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
+** an ON or USING clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
+** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur.  In other words, the
+** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any
+** table other than iCur.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr *p, int iCur){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 3, iCur);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
+** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
+** are any variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p, u8 isInit){
+  assert( isInit==0 || isInit==1 );
+  return exprIsConst(p, 4+isInit, 0);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression contains a
+** subquery of some kind.  Return 0 if there are no subqueries.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr *p){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.eCode = 1;
+  w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+  return w.eCode==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  int rc = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;  /* Can only happen following on OOM */
+
+  /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
+  ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
+  assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
+           || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
+
+  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    *pValue = p->u.iValue;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) );
+        *pValue = -v;
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
+**
+** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
+** to tell return TRUE.  
+**
+** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
+** when we know that a value cannot be NULL.  Hence, a false positive
+** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
+** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless.  On the other
+** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
+** will likely result in an incorrect answer.  So when in doubt, return
+** TRUE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
+  u8 op;
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+  op = p->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_STRING:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_BLOB:
+      return 0;
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+      assert( p->pTab!=0 );
+      return ExprHasProperty(p, EP_CanBeNull) ||
+             (p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0);
+    default:
+      return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
+** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
+** argument.
+**
+** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
+** can be omitted.  When in doubt return FALSE.  A false negative
+** is harmless.  A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
+** answer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
+  u8 op;
+  if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ) return 1;
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+  op = p->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      assert( p->iTable>=0 );  /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
+      return p->iColumn<0
+          && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
+    }
+    default: {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pX is the RHS of an IN operator.  If pX is a SELECT statement 
+** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return
+** a pointer to the SELECT statement.  If pX is not a SELECT statement,
+** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient
+** table, then return NULL.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+static Select *isCandidateForInOpt(Expr *pX){
+  Select *p;
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  int i;
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ) return 0;  /* Not a subquery */
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_VarSelect)  ) return 0;  /* Correlated subq */
+  p = pX->x.pSelect;
+  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
+  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+    return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
+  }
+  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );              /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
+  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 );               /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
+  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;          /* Single term in FROM clause */
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );            /* FROM clause is not a view */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  /* All SELECT results must be columns. */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pRes = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pRes->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+    assert( pRes->iTable==pSrc->a[0].iCursor );  /* Not a correlated subquery */
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if
+** it contains any NULL entries.  Cause the register at regHasNull to be set
+** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs.  Cause register regHasNull
+** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){
+  int addr1;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull);
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+  VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur));
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the 
+** right-hand side.  Return TRUE if that list is constant.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
+  Expr *pLHS;
+  int res;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  pLHS = pIn->pLeft;
+  pIn->pLeft = 0;
+  res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn);
+  pIn->pLeft = pLHS;
+  return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
+** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
+** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
+**
+** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
+** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
+** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
+**
+** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator
+** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
+**
+** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
+**
+**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
+**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
+**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
+**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
+**                         populated epheremal table.
+**   IN_INDEX_NOOP       - No cursor was allocated.  The IN operator must be
+**                         implemented as a sequence of comparisons.
+**
+** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
+** subquery such as:
+**
+**     SELECT <column1>, <column2>... FROM <table>
+**
+** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
+** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
+** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
+** existing table.
+**
+** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
+** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP.  If inFlags contains
+** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
+** fast membership test.  When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
+** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
+** IN operator.
+**
+** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate
+** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates.
+** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected columns are guaranteed
+** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to
+** a UNIQUE constraint or index.
+**
+** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used 
+** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must 
+** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an 
+** index can be found with the specified <columns> as its left-most.
+**
+** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
+** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this
+** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership
+** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP.  In that case, the
+** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence
+** of Eq or Ne comparison operations.
+**
+** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
+** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
+** contains a NULL.  If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and 
+** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
+** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
+** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
+** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged.
+**
+** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then
+** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more
+** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no
+** NULL values.
+**
+** If the aiMap parameter is not NULL, it must point to an array containing
+** one element for each column returned by the SELECT statement on the RHS
+** of the IN(...) operator. The i'th entry of the array is populated with the
+** offset of the index column that matches the i'th column returned by the
+** SELECT. For example, if the expression and selected index are:
+**
+**   (?,?,?) IN (SELECT a, b, c FROM t1)
+**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b, c, a);
+**
+** then aiMap[] is populated with {2, 0, 1}.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,             /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pX,                  /* The right-hand side (RHS) of the IN operator */
+  u32 inFlags,               /* IN_INDEX_LOOP, _MEMBERSHIP, and/or _NOOP_OK */
+  int *prRhsHasNull,         /* Register holding NULL status.  See notes */
+  int *aiMap                 /* Mapping from Index fields to RHS fields */
+){
+  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
+  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
+  int mustBeUnique;                     /* True if RHS must be unique */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */
+
+  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+  mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;
+
+  /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters 
+  ** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether
+  ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due 
+  ** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible,
+  ** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing.  */
+  if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    int i;
+    ExprList *pEList = pX->x.pSelect->pEList;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pEList->a[i].pExpr) ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==pEList->nExpr ){
+      prRhsHasNull = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
+  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
+  ** ephemeral table.  */
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
+    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
+    i16 iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */
+    ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
+    int nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+
+    assert( p->pEList!=0 );             /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pSrc!=0 );               /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+
+    /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+    assert(v);  /* sqlite3GetVdbe() has always been previously called */
+    if( nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      /* The "x IN (SELECT rowid FROM table)" case */
+      int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+    }else{
+      Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+      int affinity_ok = 1;
+      int i;
+
+      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each 
+      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table
+      ** on the RHS of the IN operator.  If it not, it is not possible to
+      ** use any index of the RHS table.  */
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr && affinity_ok; i++){
+        Expr *pLhs = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pX->pLeft, i);
+        int iCol = pEList->a[i].pExpr->iColumn;
+        char idxaff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pTab,iCol); /* RHS table */
+        char cmpaff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pLhs, idxaff);
+        testcase( cmpaff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
+        testcase( cmpaff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+        switch( cmpaff ){
+          case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB:
+            break;
+          case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+            /* sqlite3CompareAffinity() only returns TEXT if one side or the
+            ** other has no affinity and the other side is TEXT.  Hence,
+            ** the only way for cmpaff to be TEXT is for idxaff to be TEXT
+            ** and for the term on the LHS of the IN to have no affinity. */
+            assert( idxaff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+            break;
+          default:
+            affinity_ok = sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idxaff);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( affinity_ok ){
+        /* Search for an existing index that will work for this IN operator */
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          Bitmask colUsed;      /* Columns of the index used */
+          Bitmask mCol;         /* Mask for the current column */
+          if( pIdx->nColumn<nExpr ) continue;
+          /* Maximum nColumn is BMS-2, not BMS-1, so that we can compute
+          ** BITMASK(nExpr) without overflowing */
+          testcase( pIdx->nColumn==BMS-2 );
+          testcase( pIdx->nColumn==BMS-1 );
+          if( pIdx->nColumn>=BMS-1 ) continue;
+          if( mustBeUnique ){
+            if( pIdx->nKeyCol>nExpr
+             ||(pIdx->nColumn>nExpr && !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx))
+            ){
+              continue;  /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */
+            }
+          }
+  
+          colUsed = 0;   /* Columns of index used so far */
+          for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
+            Expr *pLhs = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pX->pLeft, i);
+            Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+            CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs);
+            int j;
+  
+            assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr );
+            for(j=0; j<nExpr; j++){
+              if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue;
+              assert( pIdx->azColl[j] );
+              if( pReq!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(pReq->zName, pIdx->azColl[j])!=0 ){
+                continue;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            if( j==nExpr ) break;
+            mCol = MASKBIT(j);
+            if( mCol & colUsed ) break; /* Each column used only once */
+            colUsed |= mCol;
+            if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j;
+          }
+  
+          assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) );
+          if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){
+            /* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */
+            int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, 0, 0, 0,
+              sqlite3MPrintf(db, "USING INDEX %s FOR IN-OPERATOR",pIdx->zName),
+              P4_DYNAMIC);
+#endif
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+            sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+            VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+            assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
+            eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
+  
+            if( prRhsHasNull ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
+              i64 mask = (1<<nExpr)-1;
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, 
+                  iTab, 0, 0, (u8*)&mask, P4_INT64);
+#endif
+              *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+              if( nExpr==1 ){
+                sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull);
+              }
+            }
+            sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+          }
+        } /* End loop over indexes */
+      } /* End if( affinity_ok ) */
+    } /* End if not an rowid index */
+  } /* End attempt to optimize using an index */
+
+  /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
+  ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
+  ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
+  ** and the RHS is not constant or has two or fewer terms,
+  ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate
+  ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
+  */
+  if( eType==0
+   && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
+   && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
+   && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
+  ){
+    eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP;
+  }
+
+  if( eType==0 ){
+    /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
+    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
+    */
+    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+    if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){
+      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
+      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+      }
+    }else if( prRhsHasNull ){
+      *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }
+    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
+  }else{
+    pX->iTable = iTab;
+  }
+
+  if( aiMap && eType!=IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC && eType!=IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
+    int i, n;
+    n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pX->pLeft);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++) aiMap[i] = i;
+  }
+  return eType;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This 
+** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing 
+** the affinities to be used for each column of the comparison.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the returned
+** string is eventually freed using sqlite3DbFree().
+*/
+static char *exprINAffinity(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+  int nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft);
+  Select *pSelect = (pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ? pExpr->x.pSelect : 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
+  zRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nVal+1);
+  if( zRet ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){
+      Expr *pA = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pLeft, i);
+      char a = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pA);
+      if( pSelect ){
+        zRet[i] = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr, a);
+      }else{
+        zRet[i] = a;
+      }
+    }
+    zRet[nVal] = '\0';
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error 
+** message of the form:
+**
+**   "sub-select returns N columns - expected M"
+*/   
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){
+  const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d";
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zFmt, nActual, nExpect);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where
+** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine 
+** loads the Parse object with a message of the form:
+**
+**   "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1"
+**
+** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector:
+**
+**   "row value misused"
+*/   
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
+    sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr, 1);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
+** or IN operators.  Examples:
+**
+**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
+**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
+**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
+**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
+**
+** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
+** operator or subquery.
+**
+** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
+** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
+** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
+** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
+** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
+** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
+** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull
+** to NULL.  Calling routines will take care of changing this register
+** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
+**
+** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
+** result.  For a multi-column SELECT, the result is stored in a contiguous
+** array of registers and the return value is the register of the left-most
+** result column.  Return 0 for IN operators or if an error occurs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
+  int rHasNullFlag,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
+  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
+){
+  int jmpIfDynamic = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
+  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+
+  /* The evaluation of the IN/EXISTS/SELECT must be repeated every time it
+  ** is encountered if any of the following is true:
+  **
+  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
+  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
+  **    *  We are inside a trigger
+  **
+  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
+  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
+  */
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
+    jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d",
+        jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
+        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR",
+        pParse->iNextSelectId
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */
+      int nVal;                   /* Size of vector pLeft */
+      
+      nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft);
+      assert( !isRowid || nVal==1 );
+
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
+      ** filled with index keys representing the results from the 
+      ** SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, 
+          pExpr->iTable, (isRowid?0:nVal));
+      pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nVal, 1);
+
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+        ExprList *pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+
+        assert( !isRowid );
+        /* If the LHS and RHS of the IN operator do not match, that
+        ** error will have been caught long before we reach this point. */
+        if( ALWAYS(pEList->nExpr==nVal) ){
+          SelectDest dest;
+          int i;
+          sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
+          dest.zAffSdst = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr);
+          pSelect->iLimit = 0;
+          testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct );
+          testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
+          if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){
+            sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, dest.zAffSdst);
+            sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
+            return 0;
+          }
+          sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, dest.zAffSdst);
+          assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
+          assert( pEList!=0 );
+          assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
+          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
+          for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){
+            Expr *p = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pLeft, i);
+            pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
+                pParse, p, pEList->a[i].pExpr
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        char affinity;            /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+        int r1, r2, r3;
+
+        affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+        }
+        if( pKeyInfo ){
+          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
+          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+        }
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
+        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+          int iValToIns;
+
+          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
+          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
+          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
+          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
+          */
+          if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic);
+            jmpIfDynamic = -1;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
+          }else{
+            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
+            if( isRowid ){
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
+                                sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+              VdbeCoverage(v);
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+            }else{
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+              sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3, 1);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      if( pKeyInfo ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    default: {
+      /* Case 3:    (SELECT ... FROM ...)
+      **     or:    EXISTS(SELECT ... FROM ...)
+      **
+      ** For a SELECT, generate code to put the values for all columns of
+      ** the first row into an array of registers and return the index of
+      ** the first register.
+      **
+      ** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists)
+      ** into a register and return that register number.
+      **
+      ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1".  Any 
+      ** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1.
+      */
+      Select *pSel;                         /* SELECT statement to encode */
+      SelectDest dest;                      /* How to deal with SELECT result */
+      int nReg;                             /* Registers to allocate */
+
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+
+      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      nReg = pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ? pSel->pEList->nExpr : 1;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, pParse->nMem+1);
+      pParse->nMem += nReg;
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
+        dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm;
+        dest.nSdst = nReg;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm, dest.iSDParm+nReg-1);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
+      }else{
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
+      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,
+                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0);
+      pSel->iLimit = 0;
+      pSel->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
+      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
+      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rHasNullFlag ){
+    sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag);
+  }
+
+  if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+
+  return rReg;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the 
+** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of 
+** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not 
+** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){
+  int nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pIn->pLeft);
+  if( (pIn->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    if( nVector!=pIn->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr ){
+      sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, pIn->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr, nVector);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else if( nVector!=1 ){
+    sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(pParse, pIn->pLeft);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate code for an IN expression.
+**
+**      x IN (SELECT ...)
+**      x IN (value, value, ...)
+**
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression.  The 
+** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a
+** subquery.  If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must
+** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS.  If the RHS is
+** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. 
+**
+** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS.
+** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS.  The 
+** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be 
+** determined due to NULLs.
+**
+** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
+** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
+** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
+** within the RHS then fall through.
+**
+** See the separate in-operator.md documentation file in the canonical
+** SQLite source tree for additional information.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
+  int destIfFalse,      /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
+  int destIfNull        /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
+){
+  int rRhsHasNull = 0;  /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
+  int eType;            /* Type of the RHS */
+  int rLhs;             /* Register(s) holding the LHS values */
+  int rLhsOrig;         /* LHS values prior to reordering by aiMap[] */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Statement under construction */
+  int *aiMap = 0;       /* Map from vector field to index column */
+  char *zAff = 0;       /* Affinity string for comparisons */
+  int nVector;          /* Size of vectors for this IN operator */
+  int iDummy;           /* Dummy parameter to exprCodeVector() */
+  Expr *pLeft;          /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+  int i;                /* loop counter */
+  int destStep2;        /* Where to jump when NULLs seen in step 2 */
+  int destStep6 = 0;    /* Start of code for Step 6 */
+  int addrTruthOp;      /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */
+  int destNotNull;      /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */
+  int addrTop;          /* Top of the step-6 loop */ 
+
+  pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+  if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return;
+  zAff = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr);
+  nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft);
+  aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(
+      pParse->db, nVector*(sizeof(int) + sizeof(char)) + 1
+  );
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error;
+
+  /* Attempt to compute the RHS. After this step, if anything other than
+  ** IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, the table opened ith cursor pExpr->iTable 
+  ** contains the values that make up the RHS. If IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned,
+  ** the RHS has not yet been coded.  */
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
+  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr,
+                             IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK,
+                             destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull, aiMap);
+
+  assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH
+       || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 
+  );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and
+  ** nVector-1. */
+  for(i=0; i<nVector; i++){
+    int j, cnt;
+    for(cnt=j=0; j<nVector; j++) if( aiMap[j]==i ) cnt++;
+    assert( cnt==1 );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a 
+  ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting 
+  ** at r1.
+  **
+  ** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector
+  ** so that the fields are in the same order as an existing index.   The
+  ** aiMap[] array contains a mapping from the original LHS field order to
+  ** the field order that matches the RHS index.
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+  rLhsOrig = exprCodeVector(pParse, pLeft, &iDummy);
+  for(i=0; i<nVector && aiMap[i]==i; i++){} /* Are LHS fields reordered? */
+  if( i==nVector ){
+    /* LHS fields are not reordered */
+    rLhs = rLhsOrig;
+  }else{
+    /* Need to reorder the LHS fields according to aiMap */
+    rLhs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nVector);
+    for(i=0; i<nVector; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, rLhsOrig+i, rLhs+aiMap[i], 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is
+  ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a
+  ** sequence of comparisons.
+  **
+  ** This is step (1) in the in-operator.md optimized algorithm.
+  */
+  if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){
+    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+    int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    int r2, regToFree;
+    int regCkNull = 0;
+    int ii;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
+      regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, rLhs, rLhs, regCkNull);
+    }
+    for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, &regToFree);
+      if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull);
+      }
+      if( ii<pList->nExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, rLhs, labelOk, r2,
+                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii<pList->nExpr-1);
+        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, zAff[0]);
+      }else{
+        assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, rLhs, destIfFalse, r2,
+                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, zAff[0] | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      }
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree);
+    }
+    if( regCkNull ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull);
+    goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2: Check to see if the LHS contains any NULL columns.  If the
+  ** LHS does contain NULLs then the result must be either FALSE or NULL.
+  ** We will then skip the binary search of the RHS.
+  */
+  if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
+    destStep2 = destIfFalse;
+  }else{
+    destStep2 = destStep6 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nVector; i++){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pExpr->pLeft, i);
+    if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(p) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rLhs+i, destStep2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3.  The LHS is now known to be non-NULL.  Do the binary search
+  ** of the RHS using the LHS as a probe.  If found, the result is
+  ** true.
+  */
+  if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+    /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree and so we also
+    ** know that the RHS is non-NULL.  Hence, we combine steps 3 and 4
+    ** into a single opcode. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, rLhs);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    addrTruthOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);  /* Return True */
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, rLhs, nVector, 0, zAff, nVector);
+    if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
+      /* Combine Step 3 and Step 5 into a single opcode */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse,
+                           rLhs, nVector); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished;
+    }
+    /* Ordinary Step 3, for the case where FALSE and NULL are distinct */
+    addrTruthOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0,
+                                      rLhs, nVector); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4.  If the RHS is known to be non-NULL and we did not find
+  ** an match on the search above, then the result must be FALSE.
+  */
+  if( rRhsHasNull && nVector==1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5.  If we do not care about the difference between NULL and
+  ** FALSE, then just return false. 
+  */
+  if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse);
+
+  /* Step 6: Loop through rows of the RHS.  Compare each row to the LHS.
+  ** If any comparison is NULL, then the result is NULL.  If all
+  ** comparisons are FALSE then the final result is FALSE.
+  **
+  ** For a scalar LHS, it is sufficient to check just the first row
+  ** of the RHS.
+  */
+  if( destStep6 ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destStep6);
+  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
+  VdbeCoverage(v);
+  if( nVector>1 ){
+    destNotNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  }else{
+    /* For nVector==1, combine steps 6 and 7 by immediately returning
+    ** FALSE if the first comparison is not NULL */
+    destNotNull = destIfFalse;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nVector; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    CollSeq *pColl;
+    int r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    p = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pLeft, i);
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pExpr->iTable, i, r3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, rLhs+i, destNotNull, r3,
+                      (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
+  if( nVector>1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destNotNull);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pExpr->iTable, addrTop+1);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Step 7:  If we reach this point, we know that the result must
+    ** be false. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
+  }
+
+  /* Jumps here in order to return true. */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTruthOp);
+
+sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished:
+  if( rLhs!=rLhsOrig ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rLhs);
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
+sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error:
+  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiMap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zAff);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
+** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
+** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
+** like the continuation of the number.
+*/
+static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
+  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
+    double value;
+    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
+    if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_REAL);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
+  }else{
+    int c;
+    i64 value;
+    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+    assert( z!=0 );
+    c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value);
+    if( c==1 || (c==2 && !negFlag) || (negFlag && value==SMALLEST_INT64)){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
+#else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s%s", negFlag?"-":"",z);
+      }else
+#endif
+      {
+        codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
+      }
+#endif
+    }else{
+      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_INT64);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase column-cache entry number i
+*/
+static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, int i){
+  if( pParse->aColCache[i].tempReg ){
+    if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+      pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
+    }
+  }
+  pParse->nColCache--;
+  if( i<pParse->nColCache ){
+    pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[pParse->nColCache];
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
+** particular table is stored in a particular register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  int minLru;
+  int idxLru;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  /* Unless an error has occurred, register numbers are always positive. */
+  assert( iReg>0 || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */
+
+  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
+  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
+  ** with and without the column cache.
+  */
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
+
+  /* First replace any existing entry.
+  **
+  ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
+  ** that the object will never already be in cache.  Verify this guarantee.
+  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
+    assert( p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the cache is already full, delete the least recently used entry */
+  if( pParse->nColCache>=SQLITE_N_COLCACHE ){
+    minLru = 0x7fffffff;
+    idxLru = -1;
+    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+      if( p->lru<minLru ){
+        idxLru = i;
+        minLru = p->lru;
+      }
+    }
+    p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
+  }else{
+    p = &pParse->aColCache[pParse->nColCache++];
+  }
+
+  /* Add the new entry to the end of the cache */
+  p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+  p->iTable = iTab;
+  p->iColumn = iCol;
+  p->iReg = iReg;
+  p->tempReg = 0;
+  p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
+** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  int i = 0;
+  while( i<pParse->nColCache ){
+    struct yColCache *p = &pParse->aColCache[i];
+    if( p->iReg >= iReg && p->iReg < iReg+nReg ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, i);
+    }else{
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the current column cache context.  Any new entries added
+** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
+** corresponding pop occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->iCacheLevel++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
+** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation.  In other words, restore
+** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){
+  int i = 0;
+  assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 );
+  pParse->iCacheLevel--;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    printf("POP  to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( i<pParse->nColCache ){
+    if( pParse->aColCache[i].iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, i);
+    }else{
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
+** no longer available as a temp register.  ticket #3879:  that same
+** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
+** get them all.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Generate code that will load into register regOut a value that is
+** appropriate for the iIdxCol-th column of index pIdx.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,  /* The parsing context */
+  Index *pIdx,    /* The index whose column is to be loaded */
+  int iTabCur,    /* Cursor pointing to a table row */
+  int iIdxCol,    /* The column of the index to be loaded */
+  int regOut      /* Store the index column value in this register */
+){
+  i16 iTabCol = pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol];
+  if( iTabCol==XN_EXPR ){
+    assert( pIdx->aColExpr );
+    assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>iIdxCol );
+    pParse->iSelfTab = iTabCur;
+    sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr, regOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(pParse->pVdbe, pIdx->pTable, iTabCur,
+                                    iTabCol, regOut);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
+  Vdbe *v,        /* The VDBE under construction */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table containing the value */
+  int iTabCur,    /* The table cursor.  Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */
+  int iCol,       /* Index of the column to extract */
+  int regOut      /* Extract the value into this register */
+){
+  if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
+  }else{
+    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
+    int x = iCol;
+    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut);
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
+** table pTab and store the column value in a register. 
+**
+** An effort is made to store the column value in register iReg.  This
+** is not garanteeed for GetColumn() - the result can be stored in
+** any register.  But the result is guaranteed to land in register iReg
+** for GetColumnToReg().
+**
+** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
+** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
+  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
+  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
+  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
+  u8 p5            /* P5 value for OP_Column + FLAGS */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
+      return p->iReg;
+    }
+  }  
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  if( p5 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
+  }else{   
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  }
+  return iReg;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
+  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
+  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
+  int iReg         /* Store results here */
+){
+  int r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iColumn, iTable, iReg, 0);
+  if( r1!=iReg ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, r1, iReg);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Clear all column cache entries.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    printf("CLEAR\n");
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
+    if( pParse->aColCache[i].tempReg
+     && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg)
+    ){
+       pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
+    }
+  }
+  pParse->nColCache = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
+** registers starting with iStart.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
+  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iFrom, nReg);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
+** is used as part of the column cache.
+**
+** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
+** and does not appear in a normal build.
+*/
+static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
+    int r = p->iReg;
+    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;    /*NO_TEST*/
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a scalar expression node to a TK_REGISTER referencing
+** register iReg.  The caller must ensure that iReg already contains
+** the correct value for the expression.
+*/
+static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){
+  p->op2 = p->op;
+  p->op = TK_REGISTER;
+  p->iTable = iReg;
+  ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip);
+}
+
+/*
+** Evaluate an expression (either a vector or a scalar expression) and store
+** the result in continguous temporary registers.  Return the index of
+** the first register used to store the result.
+**
+** If the returned result register is a temporary scalar, then also write
+** that register number into *piFreeable.  If the returned result register
+** is not a temporary or if the expression is a vector set *piFreeable
+** to 0.
+*/
+static int exprCodeVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int *piFreeable){
+  int iResult;
+  int nResult = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(p);
+  if( nResult==1 ){
+    iResult = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, p, piFreeable);
+  }else{
+    *piFreeable = 0;
+    if( p->op==TK_SELECT ){
+      iResult = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, p, 0, 0);
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      iResult = pParse->nMem+1;
+      pParse->nMem += nResult;
+      for(i=0; i<nResult; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, i+iResult);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return iResult;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
+** Return the register where results are stored.
+**
+** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
+** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
+** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
+** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
+** register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
+  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
+  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
+  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int r1, r2;               /* Various register numbers */
+  Expr tempX;               /* Temporary expression node */
+  int p5 = 0;
+
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( v==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    op = TK_NULL;
+  }else{
+    op = pExpr->op;
+  }
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
+      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
+        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
+        return pCol->iMem;
+      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
+                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
+        return target;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      int iTab = pExpr->iTable;
+      if( iTab<0 ){
+        if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){
+          /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */
+          return pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
+        }else{
+          /* Coding an expression that is part of an index where column names
+          ** in the index refer to the table to which the index belongs */
+          iTab = pParse->iSelfTab;
+        }
+      }
+      return sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
+                               pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
+                               pExpr->op2);
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
+      return target;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
+      return target;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      return target;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      return target;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      int n;
+      const char *z;
+      char *zBlob;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+      z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
+      assert( z[n]=='\'' );
+      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
+      return target;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
+      if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
+        const char *z = sqlite3VListNumToName(pParse->pVList, pExpr->iColumn);
+        assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, z)==0 );
+        pParse->pVList[0] = 0; /* Indicate VList may no longer be enlarged */
+        sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)z, P4_STATIC);
+      }
+      return target;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      return pExpr->iTable;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      if( inReg!=target ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+        inReg = target;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target,
+                        sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0));
+      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
+      return inReg;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT:
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      p5 = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
+      /* fall-through */
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pLeft) ){
+        codeVectorCompare(pParse, pExpr, target, op, p5);
+      }else{
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, &regFree1);
+        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+        codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+            r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | p5);
+        assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+        assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+        assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+        assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+        assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+        assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );            testcase( op==TK_AND );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );              testcase( op==TK_OR );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );           testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );     testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );      testcase( op==TK_REM );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );        testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );       testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );   testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );  testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
+        return target;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
+        return target;
+#endif
+      }else{
+        tempX.op = TK_INTEGER;
+        tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly;
+        tempX.u.iValue = 0;
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, &regFree1);
+        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
+        testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );   testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );         testcase( op==TK_NOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int addr;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      if( pInfo==0 ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        return pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      int nFarg;             /* Number of function arguments */
+      FuncDef *pDef;         /* The function definition object */
+      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
+      u32 constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
+      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */
+
+      if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){
+        /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to move constant functions
+        ** out of the inner loop, even if that means an extra OP_Copy. */
+        return sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1);
+      }
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nFarg, enc, 0);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION
+      if( pDef==0 && pParse->explain ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, "unknown", nFarg, enc, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFinalize!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %s()", zId);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
+      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evaluation of
+      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
+      */
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
+        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        assert( nFarg>=2 );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
+          VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op.  The result is the value
+      ** of the first argument.
+      */
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
+        assert( nFarg>=1 );
+        return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+      }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      /* The AFFINITY() function evaluates to a string that describes
+      ** the type affinity of the argument.  This is used for testing of
+      ** the SQLite type logic.
+      */
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY ){
+        const char *azAff[] = { "blob", "text", "numeric", "integer", "real" };
+        char aff;
+        assert( nFarg==1 );
+        aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, 
+                              aff ? azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB] : "none");
+        return target;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
+        if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          testcase( i==31 );
+          constMask |= MASKBIT32(i);
+        }
+        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pFarg ){
+        if( constMask ){
+          r1 = pParse->nMem+1;
+          pParse->nMem += nFarg;
+        }else{
+          r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
+        }
+
+        /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument,
+        ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
+        ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data
+        ** loading.
+        */
+        if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){
+          u8 exprOp;
+          assert( nFarg==1 );
+          assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
+          exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op;
+          if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
+            testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+            pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = 
+                  pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+          }
+        }
+
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);     /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 0,
+                                SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);      /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+      }else{
+        r1 = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
+      ** a virtual table column.
+      **
+      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
+      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
+      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
+      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
+      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
+      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
+      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
+      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
+      */
+      if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
+      }else if( nFarg>0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, constMask, r1, target,
+                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+      if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+      }
+      return target;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      int nCol;
+      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
+      if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){
+        sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, nCol, 1);
+      }else{
+        return sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT_COLUMN: {
+      int n;
+      if( pExpr->pLeft->iTable==0 ){
+        pExpr->pLeft->iTable = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, 0, 0);
+      }
+      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_SELECT );
+      if( pExpr->iTable
+       && pExpr->iTable!=(n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft)) 
+      ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d columns assigned %d values",
+                                pExpr->iTable, n);
+      }
+      return pExpr->pLeft->iTable + pExpr->iColumn;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+      return target;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, target, 0, 0);
+      return target;
+    }
+    case TK_SPAN:
+    case TK_COLLATE: 
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+    }
+
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      **
+      ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
+      ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
+      ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where 
+      ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
+      ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
+      ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
+      ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
+      ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
+      ** declared as:
+      **
+      **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+      **
+      ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
+      **
+      **   p1==0   ->    old.rowid     p1==3   ->    new.rowid
+      **   p1==1   ->    old.a         p1==4   ->    new.a
+      **   p1==2   ->    old.b         p1==5   ->    new.b       
+      */
+      Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+      int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
+
+      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
+      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+      assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
+      assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
+        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
+        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
+        target
+      ));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
+      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.
+      **
+      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to
+      ** floating point when extracting it from the record.  */
+      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
+       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_VECTOR: {
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Form A:
+    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form B:
+    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
+    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
+    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is
+    ** odd.  The Y is also optional.  If the number of elements in x.pList
+    ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL.
+    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
+    **
+    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
+    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
+    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
+    */
+    default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
+      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
+      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
+      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
+      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
+      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
+      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
+      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+      VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
+      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+        tempX = *pX;
+        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        exprToRegister(&tempX, exprCodeVector(pParse, &tempX, &regFree1));
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        memset(&opCompare, 0, sizeof(opCompare));
+        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
+        opCompare.pLeft = &tempX;
+        pTest = &opCompare;
+        /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
+        ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
+        ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
+        ** purposes and possibly overwritten.  */
+        regFree1 = 0;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr-1; i=i+2){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        if( pX ){
+          assert( pTest!=0 );
+          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+        }else{
+          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endLabel);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
+      }
+      if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      }
+      assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
+           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback 
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
+      );
+      if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+        return 0;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      }
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+            v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
+                              pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+  return inReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
+**
+** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the
+** result is not reusable.  If regDest<0 then this routine is free to 
+** store the value whereever it wants.  The register where the expression 
+** is stored is returned.  When regDest<0, two identical expressions will
+** code to the same register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
+  int regDest       /* Store the value in this register */
+){
+  ExprList *p;
+  assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) );
+  p = pParse->pConstExpr;
+  if( regDest<0 && p ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    int i;
+    for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
+      if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
+        return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
+  p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
+  if( p ){
+     struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
+     pItem->reusable = regDest<0;
+     if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem;
+     pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
+  }
+  pParse->pConstExpr = p;
+  return regDest;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
+** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
+** are stored.
+**
+** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
+** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
+** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+**
+** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this
+** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the
+** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
+  int r2;
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+  if( ConstFactorOk(pParse)
+   && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER
+   && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
+  ){
+    *pReg  = 0;
+    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1);
+  }else{
+    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+    if( r2==r1 ){
+      *pReg = r1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      *pReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return r2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  int inReg;
+
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
+  }else{
+    inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+    assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a transient copy of expression pExpr and then code it using
+** sqlite3ExprCode().  This routine works just like sqlite3ExprCode()
+** except that the input expression is guaranteed to be unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ) sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.  If the expression is constant, then this routine
+** might choose to code the expression at initialization time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result
+** in register target.
+**
+** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
+** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
+** the result is a copy of the cache register.
+**
+** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
+** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
+** are reused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iMem;
+
+  assert( target>0 );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
+  exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
+**
+** Return the number of elements evaluated.
+**
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being
+** filled using OP_SCopy.  OP_Copy must be used instead.
+**
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be
+** factored out into initialization code.
+**
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_REF flag means that expressions in the list with
+** ExprList.a[].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 have already been evaluated and stored
+** in registers at srcReg, and so the value can be copied from there.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
+  int target,        /* Where to write results */
+  int srcReg,        /* Source registers if SQLITE_ECEL_REF */
+  u8 flags           /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */
+){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  assert( target>0 );
+  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );  /* Never gets this far otherwise */
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
+    if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_REF)!=0 && (j = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){
+      if( flags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF ){
+        i--;
+        n--;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, j+srcReg-1, target+i);
+      }
+    }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+    }else{
+      int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+      if( inReg!=target+i ){
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        if( copyOp==OP_Copy
+         && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy
+         && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg
+         && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i
+        ){
+          pOp->p3++;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
+**
+**    x BETWEEN y AND z
+**
+** The above is equivalent to 
+**
+**    x>=y AND x<=z
+**
+** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+** elimination of x.
+**
+** The xJumpIf parameter determines details:
+**
+**    NULL:                   Store the boolean result in reg[dest]
+**    sqlite3ExprIfTrue:      Jump to dest if true
+**    sqlite3ExprIfFalse:     Jump to dest if false
+**
+** The jumpIfNull parameter is ignored if xJumpIf is NULL.
+*/
+static void exprCodeBetween(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
+  int dest,         /* Jump destination or storage location */
+  void (*xJump)(Parse*,Expr*,int,int), /* Action to take */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
+){
+ Expr exprAnd;     /* The AND operator in  x>=y AND x<=z  */
+  Expr compLeft;    /* The  x>=y  term */
+  Expr compRight;   /* The  x<=z  term */
+  Expr exprX;       /* The  x  subexpression */
+  int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
+
+
+  memset(&compLeft, 0, sizeof(Expr));
+  memset(&compRight, 0, sizeof(Expr));
+  memset(&exprAnd, 0, sizeof(Expr));
+
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+  exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+  exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+  exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+  compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+  compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+  compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  compRight.op = TK_LE;
+  compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+  compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  exprToRegister(&exprX, exprCodeVector(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1));
+  if( xJump ){
+    xJump(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+  }else{
+    /* Mark the expression is being from the ON or USING clause of a join
+    ** so that the sqlite3ExprCodeTarget() routine will not attempt to move
+    ** it into the Parse.pConstExpr list.  We should use a new bit for this,
+    ** for clarity, but we are out of bits in the Expr.flags field so we
+    ** have to reuse the EP_FromJoin bit.  Bummer. */
+    exprX.flags |= EP_FromJoin;
+    sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, &exprAnd, dest);
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+
+  /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue  && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue  && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue  && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue  && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( xJump==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
+
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) )     return;  /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return;  /* No way this can happen */
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT:
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
+      /* Fall thru */
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft) ) goto default_expr;
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, sqlite3ExprIfTrue, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+    default_expr:
+      if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
+      }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
+        /* No-op */
+      }else{
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
+** is 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
+
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( pExpr==0 )    return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
+      jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
+      /* Fall thru */
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft) ) goto default_expr;
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );   VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, sqlite3ExprIfFalse, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_IN: {
+      if( jumpIfNull ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
+      }else{
+        int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+    default_expr: 
+      if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
+      }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
+        /* no-op */
+      }else{
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Like sqlite3ExprIfFalse() except that a copy is made of pExpr before
+** code generation, and that copy is deleted after code generation. This
+** ensures that the original pExpr is unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest,int jumpIfNull){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Expr *pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCopy, dest, jumpIfNull);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCopy);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return 0 if the two
+** expressions are completely identical.  Return 1 if they differ only
+** by a COLLATE operator at the top level.  Return 2 if there are differences
+** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
+**
+** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
+** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
+**
+** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER.  If that is the case and pB is
+** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0.
+**
+** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
+** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
+** identical, we return 2 just to be safe.  So if this routine
+** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
+** expressions are the same.  But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
+** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
+** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
+** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
+** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){
+  u32 combinedFlags;
+  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){
+    return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
+  }
+  combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags;
+  if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){
+    if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    return 2;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ){
+    if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    return 2;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){
+    if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION ){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2;
+    }else if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
+      return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
+  if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){
+    if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2;
+    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
+    if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) && pA->op!=TK_STRING ){
+      if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
+      if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable 
+       && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
+** non-zero if they differ in any way.
+**
+** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
+** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
+**
+** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists.  The
+** only consequence will be disabled optimizations.  But this routine
+** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
+** a malfunction will result.
+**
+** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same.  But a NULL pointer
+** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
+  if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
+  for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
+    Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Like sqlite3ExprCompare() except COLLATE operators at the top-level
+** are ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){
+  return sqlite3ExprCompare(
+             sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pA),
+             sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pB),
+             iTab);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is
+** true.  Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might
+** be false.  Examples:
+**
+**     pE1: x==5       pE2: x==5             Result: true
+**     pE1: x>0        pE2: x==5             Result: false
+**     pE1: x=21       pE2: x=21 OR y=43     Result: true
+**     pE1: x!=123     pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
+**     pE1: x!=?1      pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
+**     pE1: x IS NULL  pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: false
+**     pE1: x IS ?2    pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Reuslt: false
+**
+** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
+** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
+**
+** When in doubt, return false.  Returning true might give a performance
+** improvement.  Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but
+** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pE2->op==TK_OR
+   && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
+             || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL && pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS ){
+    Expr *pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE1->pLeft);
+    testcase( pX!=pE1->pLeft );
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pX, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
+** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the
+** index only, without having to do a search for the corresponding
+** table entry.  The IdxCover.pIdx field is the index.  IdxCover.iCur
+** is the cursor for the table.
+*/
+struct IdxCover {
+  Index *pIdx;     /* The index to be tested for coverage */
+  int iCur;        /* Cursor number for the table corresponding to the index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Check to see if there are references to columns in table 
+** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index
+** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx.
+*/
+static int exprIdxCover(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN
+   && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur
+   && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0
+  ){
+    pWalker->eCode = 1;
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine if an index pIdx on table with cursor iCur contains will
+** the expression pExpr.  Return true if the index does cover the
+** expression and false if the pExpr expression references table columns
+** that are not found in the index pIdx.
+**
+** An index covering an expression means that the expression can be
+** evaluated using only the index and without having to lookup the
+** corresponding table entry.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* The index to be tested */
+  int iCur,           /* The cursor number for the corresponding table */
+  Index *pIdx         /* The index that might be used for coverage */
+){
+  Walker w;
+  struct IdxCover xcov;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  xcov.iCur = iCur;
+  xcov.pIdx = pIdx;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprIdxCover;
+  w.u.pIdxCover = &xcov;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+  return !w.eCode;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
+** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an 
+** aggregate function, in order to implement the
+** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
+*/
+struct SrcCount {
+  SrcList *pSrc;   /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
+  int nThis;       /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
+  int nOther;      /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
+};
+
+/*
+** Count the number of references to columns.
+*/
+static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc()
+  ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the
+  ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN.  If
+  ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the
+  ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){
+    int i;
+    struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
+    SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+    int nSrc = pSrc ? pSrc->nSrc : 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nSrc; i++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i<nSrc ){
+      p->nThis++;
+    }else{
+      p->nOther++;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference
+** pSrcList.  Return true if they do.  Also return true if the function
+** has no arguments or has only constant arguments.  Return false if pExpr
+** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){
+  Walker w;
+  struct SrcCount cnt;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
+  w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
+  cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
+  cnt.nThis = 0;
+  cnt.nOther = 0;
+  sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
+  return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db,
+       pInfo->aCol,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
+       &pInfo->nColumn,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db, 
+       pInfo->aFunc,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
+       &pInfo->nFunc,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
+** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
+** for additional information.
+*/
+static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
+      ** clause of the aggregate query */
+      if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
+        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
+            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
+            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
+            **
+            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
+            ** is not an entry there already.
+            */
+            int k;
+            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
+            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
+              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
+             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
+            ){
+              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
+              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
+              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
+              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
+              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
+                int j, n;
+                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
+                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
+                n = pGB->nExpr;
+                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
+                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
+                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
+              }
+            }
+            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
+            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
+            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
+            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
+            */
+            ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
+            pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
+            break;
+          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
+        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
+      }
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
+       && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
+      ){
+        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
+        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
+        */
+        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
+        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
+          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
+          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
+          */
+          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
+          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
+          if( i>=0 ){
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
+            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+                   pExpr->u.zToken, 
+                   pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
+              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+            }else{
+              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
+        */
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+        ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
+        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+        return WRC_Prune;
+      }else{
+        return WRC_Continue;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo
+** points to.  Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as
+** necessary.
+**
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
+  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
+** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
+**
+** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
+    return ++pParse->nMem;
+  }
+  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
+** purpose.
+**
+** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
+** the deallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
+** the register becomes stale.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+    int i;
+    struct yColCache *p;
+    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
+      if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+        p->tempReg = 1;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
+  int i, n;
+  if( nReg==1 ) return sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
+  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
+  if( nReg<=n ){
+    assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
+    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
+    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
+  }else{
+    i = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nReg;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  if( nReg==1 ){
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReg);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
+  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
+    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
+    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->nTempReg = 0;
+  pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Validate that no temporary register falls within the range of
+** iFirst..iLast, inclusive.  This routine is only call from within assert()
+** statements.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse *pParse, int iFirst, int iLast){
+  int i;
+  if( pParse->nRangeReg>0
+   && pParse->iRangeReg+pParse->nRangeReg<iLast
+   && pParse->iRangeReg>=iFirst
+  ){
+     return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTempReg; i++){
+    if( pParse->aTempReg[i]>=iFirst && pParse->aTempReg[i]<=iLast ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 February 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
+** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
+** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
+** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
+** argument and the result returned. Examples:
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
+*/
+static void renameTableFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
+  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
+       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
+** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the 
+** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
+**
+**   1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
+**   2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
+**   3) The new name of the table being renamed.
+**
+** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
+**
+**   sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
+**       -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static void renameParentFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zOutput = 0;
+  char *zResult;
+  unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+
+  unsigned const char *z;         /* Pointer to token */
+  int n;                          /* Length of token z */
+  int token;                      /* Type of token */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return;
+  for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+    if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
+      char *zParent;
+      do {
+        z += n;
+        n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+
+      if( token==TK_ILLEGAL ) break;
+      zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
+      if( zParent==0 ) break;
+      sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
+        char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", 
+            (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew
+        );
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+        zOutput = zOut;
+        zInput = &z[n];
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
+    }
+  }
+
+  zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), 
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
+** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
+** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
+*/
+static void renameTriggerFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  int dist = 3;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately
+  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one
+  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+
+      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
+      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
+      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
+      ** to be met.
+      **
+      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
+      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
+      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
+      */
+      dist++;
+      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
+        dist = 0;
+      }
+    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+
+    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
+    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+    */
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
+       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
+  static FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table,   2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent,  3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAlterTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs));
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
+**
+**   name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
+**
+** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text 
+** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
+** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
+** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
+** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
+**
+** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is 
+** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
+** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
+** 
+*/
+static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( !zWhere ){
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
+  }else{
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
+** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
+** table.
+*/
+static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *p;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+    zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
+** temporary database, NULL is returned.
+*/
+static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
+
+  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
+  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
+  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
+  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
+        zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( zWhere ){
+    char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
+    zWhere = zNew;
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
+** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
+** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
+** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
+** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
+*/
+static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  char *zWhere;
+  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+#endif
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
+  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
+  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
+  if( !zWhere ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
+  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
+** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
+** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
+** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
+**
+** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
+*/
+static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
+** command. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
+  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
+){
+  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
+  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
+  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
+  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
+  Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
+#endif
+  VTable *pVTab = 0;        /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
+  int savedDbFlags;         /* Saved value of db->flags */
+
+  savedDbFlags = db->flags;  
+  if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+
+  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
+
+  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
+  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
+  ** that the table is being renamed to.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
+    exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+    if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
+      pVTab = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. 
+  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
+  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
+  ** table.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
+  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
+  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
+  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pVTab ){
+    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, i, zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
+  zTabName = pTab->zName;
+  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE 
+    ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
+    ** for which the renamed table is the parent table.  */
+    if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+          "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+              "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
+              "WHERE %s;", zDb, MASTER_NAME, zTabName, zName, zWhere);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
+#else
+          "sql = CASE "
+            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
+            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
+#endif
+          "tbl_name = %Q, "
+          "name = CASE "
+            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
+            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
+             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
+            "ELSE name END "
+      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
+          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
+      zDb, MASTER_NAME, zName, zName, zName, 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+      zName,
+#endif
+      zName, nTabName, zTabName
+  );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
+  ** it with the new table name.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
+        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
+  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
+  ** the temp database.
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
+            "tbl_name = %Q "
+            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
+      if( pFrom!=pTab ){
+        reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
+
+exit_rename_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
+** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
+** column definition.
+**
+** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
+** the new column during parsing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
+  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
+  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
+  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
+  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
+  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
+  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The prepared statement under construction */
+  int r1;                   /* Temporary registers */
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+  assert( pNew );
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  zTab = &pNew->zName[16];  /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
+  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
+  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
+  assert( pTab );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
+  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
+  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
+  */
+  assert( pDflt==0 || pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
+  if( pDflt && pDflt->pLeft->op==TK_NULL ){
+    pDflt = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
+  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
+  ** column must not be NULL.
+  */
+  if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pNew->pIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
+  */
+  if( pDflt ){
+    sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pVal);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( db->mallocFailed == 1 );
+      return;
+    }
+    if( !pVal ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
+  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
+  if( zCol ){
+    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+    int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
+    while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
+      *zEnd-- = '\0';
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
+        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
+      zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+      zTab
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+    db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the schema version is at least 3.  But do not upgrade
+  ** from less than 3 to 4, as that will corrupt any preexisting DESC
+  ** index.
+  */
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+  sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, r1, -2);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, r1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+  VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, 3);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+
+  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
+** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
+**
+** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
+** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
+** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
+** after parsing is finished.
+**
+** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
+** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pNew;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  int nAlloc;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Look up the table being altered. */
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+
+  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
+  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.  But modify
+  ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix.  By adding this
+  ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
+  ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
+  ** prefix on their name.
+  */
+  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
+  pNew->nTabRef = 1;
+  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
+  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
+  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
+  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
+  pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
+  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
+  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
+    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
+    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
+    pCol->zColl = 0;
+    pCol->pDflt = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
+  pNew->nTabRef = 1;
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+exit_begin_add_column:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  return;
+}
+#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
+
+/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005-07-08
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables
+** and indices.  These statistics are made available to the query planner
+** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries.
+**
+** The following system tables are or have been supported:
+**
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+**
+** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version
+** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.  The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only
+** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
+** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
+** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
+** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
+** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
+**
+** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required
+** for the query planner to make good choices.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat1:
+**
+** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
+** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
+** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
+** a string consisting of a list of integers.  The first integer in this
+** list is the number of rows in the index.  (This is the same as the
+** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.)  The second
+** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
+** value in the first column of the index.  The third integer is the average
+** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
+** columns.  The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in 
+** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns.  For
+** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column.  If
+** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
+**
+** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed
+** by the keyword "unordered".  The "unordered" keyword, if it is present,
+** must be separated from the last integer by a single space.  If the
+** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
+** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
+** 
+** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
+** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
+** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat2:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between
+** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8.  The "stat2" table contains additional information
+** about the distribution of keys within an index.  The index is identified by
+** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which
+** the index belongs.  There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2
+** table for each index.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9
+** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at
+** evenly spaced points along the index.  Let the number of samples be S
+** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index.
+** Then the sampled rows are given by:
+**
+**     rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2)
+**
+** For i between 0 and S-1.  Conceptually, the index space is divided into
+** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket.
+**
+** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference.  This
+** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2.  It neither reads nor
+** writes the sqlite_stat2 table.  This version of SQLite only supports
+** sqlite_stat3.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4.  Hence, the
+** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first.  Further information
+** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat4:
+**
+** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data
+** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values
+** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of
+** queries.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index.
+** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the
+** index.  If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is
+** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  The sample column is a blob which is the
+** binary encoding of a key from the index.  The nEq column is a
+** list of integers.  The first integer is the approximate number
+** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches
+** the left-most column of the sample.  The second integer in nEq
+** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the
+** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample.
+** And so forth.  nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate
+** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample.  The first
+** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
+** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
+** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries 
+** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
+** sample.  The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the 
+** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
+** sample.
+**
+** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index.
+** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables
+** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across
+** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with
+** large nEq values.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only
+** looks at the left-most column of the index.  The sqlite_stat3.sample
+** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead
+** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in
+** sqlite_stat4.sample.  The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3
+** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first
+** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+# define IsStat4     1
+# define IsStat3     0
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+# define IsStat4     0
+# define IsStat3     1
+#else
+# define IsStat4     0
+# define IsStat3     0
+# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1
+#endif
+#define IsStat34    (IsStat3+IsStat4)  /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables.
+** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant.  sqlite_stat2 is now
+** obsolete.  sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when
+** appropriate compile-time options are provided.
+**
+** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created.
+**
+** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
+** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
+** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted.
+** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries.
+*/
+static void openStatTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
+  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
+  const char *zWhere,     /* Delete entries for this table or index */
+  const char *zWhereType  /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
+){
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zName;
+    const char *zCols;
+  } aTable[] = {
+    { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+    { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+    { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
+#else
+    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
+    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
+  u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)];
+
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them
+  ** if they do already exist.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
+    const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
+    Table *pStat;
+    if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zDbSName))==0 ){
+      if( aTable[i].zCols ){
+        /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a 
+        ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage 
+        ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important 
+        ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+            "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
+        );
+        aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
+        aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries 
+      ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
+      ** entire contents of the table. */
+      aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
+      aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
+      if( zWhere ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+           pDb->zDbSName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
+        );
+      }else{
+        /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
+  for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
+    assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
+    VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 24
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() -
+** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum;
+typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample;
+struct Stat4Sample {
+  tRowcnt *anEq;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */
+  tRowcnt *anDLt;                 /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  tRowcnt *anLt;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */
+  union {
+    i64 iRowid;                     /* Rowid in main table of the key */
+    u8 *aRowid;                     /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+  } u;
+  u32 nRowid;                     /* Sizeof aRowid[] */
+  u8 isPSample;                   /* True if a periodic sample */
+  int iCol;                       /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
+  u32 iHash;                      /* Tiebreaker hash */
+#endif
+};                                                    
+struct Stat4Accum {
+  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
+  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
+  int nCol;                 /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */
+  int nKeyCol;              /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */
+  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
+  Stat4Sample current;      /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
+  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
+  Stat4Sample *aBest;       /* Array of nCol best samples */
+  int iMin;                 /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
+  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
+  int nMaxEqZero;           /* Max leading 0 in anEq[] for any a[] entry */
+  int iGet;                 /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
+  Stat4Sample *a;           /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection, for malloc() */
+};
+
+/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p->nRowid ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+    p->nRowid = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+  p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n);
+  if( p->u.aRowid ){
+    p->nRowid = n;
+    memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n);
+  }else{
+    p->nRowid = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+  p->nRowid = 0;
+  p->u.iRowid = iRowid;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo).
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){
+  pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample;
+  pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol;
+  pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash;
+  memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+  memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+  memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+  if( pFrom->nRowid ){
+    sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid);
+  }else{
+    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure.
+*/
+static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){
+  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
+  for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
+  sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
+** are:
+**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
+**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
+**     C:    The number of rows in the index (note 2)
+**
+** Note 1:  In the special case of the covering index that implements a
+** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
+** total number of columns in the table.
+**
+** Note 2:  C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
+**
+** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
+** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
+** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
+** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
+**
+** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
+** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.  The datatype of the
+** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
+** object.
+*/
+static void statInit(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Stat4Accum *p;
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
+  int nKeyCol;                    /* Number of key columns */
+  int nColUp;                     /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
+  int n;                          /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
+#endif
+
+  /* Decode the three function arguments */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  assert( nCol>0 );
+  nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;
+  nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  assert( nKeyCol<=nCol );
+  assert( nKeyCol>0 );
+
+  /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
+  n = sizeof(*p) 
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
+    + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample)     /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample)
+#endif
+  ;
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  p->db = db;
+  p->nRow = 0;
+  p->nCol = nCol;
+  p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol;
+  p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
+  p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  {
+    u8 *pSpace;                     /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
+    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
+
+    p->iGet = -1;
+    p->mxSample = mxSample;
+    p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
+    p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
+    p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+  
+    /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
+    p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
+    p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
+    pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
+    for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
+      p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+      p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+      p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+    }
+    assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
+  
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller.  Note that
+  ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters.  The size of the object
+  ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive
+  ** value. */
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor);
+}
+static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
+  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
+  0,               /* pUserData */
+  0,               /* pNext */
+  statInit,        /* xSFunc */
+  0,               /* xFinalize */
+  "stat_init",     /* zName */
+  {0}
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+/*
+** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for 
+** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and 
+** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
+** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
+** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
+** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
+**
+** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. 
+*/
+static int sampleIsBetterPost(
+  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
+  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
+  Stat4Sample *pOld
+){
+  int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
+  int i;
+  assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol );
+  for(i=pNew->iCol+1; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( pNew->anEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1;
+    if( pNew->anEq[i]<pOld->anEq[i] ) return 0;
+  }
+  if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
+**
+** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. 
+*/
+static int sampleIsBetter(
+  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
+  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
+  Stat4Sample *pOld
+){
+  tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
+  tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol];
+
+  assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 );
+  assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) );
+
+  if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){
+    if( pNew->iCol<pOld->iCol ) return 1;
+    return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld));
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary,
+** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room.
+*/
+static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){
+  Stat4Sample *pSample = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  /* Stat4Accum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0
+  ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in Stat4Accum.a[]. In
+  ** other words, if nMaxEqZero is n, then it is guaranteed that there
+  ** are no samples with Stat4Sample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */
+  if( nEqZero>p->nMaxEqZero ){
+    p->nMaxEqZero = nEqZero;
+  }
+  if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){
+    Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
+    assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
+
+    /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column 
+    ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
+    ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
+    ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
+    ** existing sample that shares this prefix.  */
+    for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+      Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i];
+      if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){
+        if( pOld->isPSample ) return;
+        assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol );
+        assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) );
+        if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){
+          pUpgrade = pOld;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( pUpgrade ){
+      pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol;
+      pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol];
+      goto find_new_min;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */
+  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
+    Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
+    tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq;
+    tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt;
+    tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt;
+    sampleClear(p->db, pMin);
+    memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1));
+    pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1];
+    pSample->nRowid = 0;
+    pSample->anEq = anEq;
+    pSample->anDLt = anDLt;
+    pSample->anLt = anLt;
+    p->nSample = p->mxSample-1;
+  }
+
+  /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that
+  ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
+  ** be out of order. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  assert( p->nSample==0 
+       || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
+#endif
+
+  /* Insert the new sample */
+  pSample = &p->a[p->nSample];
+  sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew);
+  p->nSample++;
+
+  /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */
+  memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ find_new_min:
+#endif
+  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
+    int iMin = -1;
+    for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++){
+      if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue;
+      if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){
+        iMin = i;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iMin>=0 );
+    p->iMin = iMin;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point
+** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the
+** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are
+** correct at this point.
+*/
+static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  int i;
+
+  /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed
+  ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point.  */
+  for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){
+    Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
+    pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i];
+    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){
+      sampleInsert(p, pBest, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check that no sample contains an anEq[] entry with an index of
+  ** p->nMaxEqZero or greater set to zero. */
+  for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int j;
+    for(j=p->nMaxEqZero; j<p->nCol; j++) assert( p->a[i].anEq[j]>0 );
+  }
+
+  /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */
+  if( iChng<p->nMaxEqZero ){
+    for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+      int j;
+      for(j=iChng; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j];
+      }
+    }
+    p->nMaxEqZero = iChng;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+  if( iChng==0 ){
+    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0];
+    tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0];
+
+    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
+    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){
+      p->current.isPSample = 1;
+      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
+      p->current.isPSample = 0;
+    }else 
+
+    /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */
+    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample 
+     || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) 
+    ){
+      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( p );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function:  stat_push(P,C,R)
+** Arguments:
+**
+**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
+**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
+**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
+**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
+**
+** This SQL function always returns NULL.  It's purpose it to accumulate
+** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
+** index being analyzed.  The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
+** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
+**
+** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
+*/
+static void statPush(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* The three function arguments */
+  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
+  assert( p->nCol>0 );
+  assert( iChng<p->nCol );
+
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
+    samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
+
+    /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
+    ** to the current row of the index. */
+    for(i=0; i<iChng; i++){
+      p->current.anEq[i]++;
+    }
+    for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){
+      p->current.anDLt[i]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+      p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
+#endif
+      p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nRow++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
+  }else{
+    sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
+                                       sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
+  }
+  p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  {
+    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
+
+    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
+    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){
+      p->current.isPSample = 1;
+      p->current.iCol = 0;
+      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1);
+      p->current.isPSample = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the aBest[] array. */
+    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
+      p->current.iCol = i;
+      if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){
+        sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = {
+  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
+  0,               /* pUserData */
+  0,               /* pNext */
+  statPush,        /* xSFunc */
+  0,               /* xFinalize */
+  "stat_push",     /* zName */
+  {0}
+};
+
+#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0          /* "stat" column of stat1 table */
+#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
+** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
+** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push().  The P parameter
+** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.
+** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
+** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
+**
+** The stat_get(P,J) function is not available to generic SQL.  It is
+** inserted as part of a manually constructed bytecode program.  (See
+** the callStatGet() routine below.)  It is guaranteed that the P
+** parameter will always be a poiner to a Stat4Accum object, never a
+** NULL.
+**
+** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
+** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
+** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
+** stat1 table entry information.
+*/
+static void statGet(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */
+  int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  assert( argc==2 );
+  assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ 
+       || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
+       || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT 
+  );
+  if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
+#else
+  assert( argc==1 );
+#endif
+  {
+    /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
+    ** table for this index.
+    **
+    ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing 
+    ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of 
+    ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list 
+    ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
+    ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
+    ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
+    ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is 
+    ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
+    **
+    **   * the index contains 100 rows,
+    **   * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
+    **   * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
+    **
+    ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of 
+    ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
+    **
+    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
+    */
+    char *z;
+    int i;
+
+    char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 );
+    if( zRet==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
+    z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){
+      u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
+      u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+      assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
+    }
+    assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
+
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){
+    if( p->iGet<0 ){
+      samplePushPrevious(p, 0);
+      p->iGet = 0;
+    }
+    if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){
+      Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
+      if( pS->nRowid==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid,
+                            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    tRowcnt *aCnt = 0;
+
+    assert( p->iGet<p->nSample );
+    switch( eCall ){
+      case STAT_GET_NEQ:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
+      case STAT_GET_NLT:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
+      default: {
+        aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; 
+        p->iGet++;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( IsStat3 ){
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]);
+    }else{
+      char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
+      if( zRet==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        char *z = zRet;
+        for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]);
+          z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+        }
+        assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
+        z[-1] = '\0';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+#endif
+}
+static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = {
+  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
+  0,               /* pUserData */
+  0,               /* pNext */
+  statGet,         /* xSFunc */
+  0,               /* xFinalize */
+  "stat_get",      /* zName */
+  {0}
+};
+
+static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){
+  assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1);
+#elif SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 );
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam );
+#endif
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4, regOut,
+                    (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
+** a single table.
+*/
+static void analyzeOneTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
+  Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
+  int iStatCur,    /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  int iMem,        /* Available memory locations begin here */
+  int iTab         /* Next available cursor */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* Database handle */
+  Index *pIdx;                 /* An index to being analyzed */
+  int iIdxCur;                 /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
+  int iTabCur;                 /* Table cursor */
+  Vdbe *v;                     /* The virtual machine being built up */
+  int i;                       /* Loop counter */
+  int jZeroRows = -1;          /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
+  int iDb;                     /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  u8 needTableCnt = 1;         /* True to count the table */
+  int regNewRowid = iMem++;    /* Rowid for the inserted record */
+  int regStat4 = iMem++;       /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
+  int regChng = iMem++;        /* Index of changed index field */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int regRowid = iMem++;       /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
+#endif
+  int regTemp = iMem++;        /* Temporary use register */
+  int regTabname = iMem++;     /* Register containing table name */
+  int regIdxname = iMem++;     /* Register containing index name */
+  int regStat1 = iMem++;       /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
+  int regPrev = iMem;          /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
+
+  pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
+    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite_%", pTab->zName, 0)==0 ){
+    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. 
+  ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
+  ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
+  ** this time though.  */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+  iTabCur = iTab++;
+  iIdxCur = iTab++;
+  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+  sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regTabname, pTab->zName);
+
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */
+    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
+    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
+    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
+    int nColTest;                 /* Number of columns to test for changes */
+
+    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
+    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
+      nColTest = nCol - 1;
+    }else{
+      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
+      nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1;
+    }
+
+    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
+    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regIdxname, zIdxName);
+    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));
+
+    /*
+    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
+    **
+    **   Rewind csr
+    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   goto chng_addr_0;
+    **
+    **  next_row:
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
+    **   regChng = 1
+    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
+    **   ...
+    **   regChng = N
+    **   goto chng_addr_N
+    **
+    **  chng_addr_0:
+    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
+    **  chng_addr_1:
+    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
+    **  ...
+    **
+    **  endDistinctTest:
+    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
+    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
+    **   Next csr
+    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
+    **
+    **  end_of_scan:
+    */
+
+    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
+    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
+    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
+    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
+    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);
+
+    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
+    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+
+    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
+    ** 
+    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
+    **        (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
+    **    (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
+    **    (3) the number of rows in the index,
+    **
+    **
+    ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4,
+                     (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
+
+    /* Implementation of the following:
+    **
+    **   Rewind csr
+    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   goto next_push_0;
+    **
+    */
+    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
+    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+    if( nColTest>0 ){
+      int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
+      aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest);
+      if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;
+
+      /*
+      **  next_row:
+      **   regChng = 0
+      **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
+      **   regChng = 1
+      **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
+      **   ...
+      **   regChng = N
+      **   goto endDistinctTest
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+      addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
+        /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
+        ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip 
+        ** subsequent distinctness tests. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
+        char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
+        aGotoChng[i] = 
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest);
+  
+  
+      /*
+      **  chng_addr_0:
+      **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
+      **  chng_addr_1:
+      **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
+      **  ...
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1);
+      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
+    }
+  
+    /*
+    **  chng_addr_N:
+    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
+    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
+    **   Next csr
+    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+      int j, k, regKey;
+      regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
+        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName));
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 1, regStat4, regTemp,
+                     (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
+    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
+    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+
+    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    {
+      int regEq = regStat1;
+      int regLt = regStat1+1;
+      int regDLt = regStat1+2;
+      int regSample = regStat1+3;
+      int regCol = regStat1+4;
+      int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
+      int addrNext;
+      int addrIsNull;
+      u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
+
+      pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol);
+
+      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
+      addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0);
+      /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by
+      ** the previous loop.  Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never
+      ** be taken */
+      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+      sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, 0, regSample);
+#else
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, i, regCol+i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol, regSample);
+#endif
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+    /* End of analysis */
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
+  ** name and the row count as the content.
+  */
+  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
+    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
+    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
+** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
+*/
+static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
+*/
+static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
+  HashElem *k;
+  int iStatCur;
+  int iMem;
+  int iTab;
+
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 3;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
+  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+  iTab = pParse->nTab;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab);
+  }
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
+** a database.  If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
+** in pTab that should be analyzed.
+*/
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
+  int iDb;
+  int iStatCur;
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 3;
+  if( pOnlyIdx ){
+    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
+  }else{
+    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
+  }
+  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab);
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
+** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
+**
+**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
+**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
+**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
+** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
+** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  char *z, *zDb;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Token *pTableName;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }else if( pName2->n==0 && (iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1))>=0 ){
+    /* Analyze the schema named as the argument */
+    analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
+  }else{
+    /* Form 3: Analyze the table or index named as an argument */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      zDb = pName2->n ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : 0;
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
+      if( z ){
+        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( db->nSqlExec==0 && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
+** callback routine.
+*/
+typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
+struct analysisInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zDatabase;
+};
+
+/*
+** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a
+** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into
+** the array aOut[].
+*/
+static void decodeIntArray(
+  char *zIntArray,       /* String containing int array to decode */
+  int nOut,              /* Number of slots in aOut[] */
+  tRowcnt *aOut,         /* Store integers here */
+  LogEst *aLog,          /* Or, if aOut==0, here */
+  Index *pIndex          /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */
+){
+  char *z = zIntArray;
+  int c;
+  int i;
+  tRowcnt v;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( z==0 ) z = "";
+#else
+  assert( z!=0 );
+#endif
+  for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
+    v = 0;
+    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
+      v = v*10 + c - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v;
+    if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
+#else
+    assert( aOut==0 );
+    UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
+    assert( aLog!=0 );
+    aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
+#endif
+    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  assert( pIndex!=0 ); {
+#else
+  if( pIndex ){
+#endif
+    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
+    pIndex->noSkipScan = 0;
+    while( z[0] ){
+      if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){
+        pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
+      }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
+        pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3));
+      }else if( sqlite3_strglob("noskipscan*", z)==0 ){
+        pIndex->noSkipScan = 1;
+      }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+      else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){
+        pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9));
+      }
+#endif
+      while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++;
+      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.  
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of the table
+**     argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
+**     argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+**
+** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
+** the table.
+*/
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Table *pTable;
+  const char *z;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+
+  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){
+    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
+  }else{
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  }
+  z = argv[2];
+
+  if( pIndex ){
+    tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0;
+    int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate 
+    ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber
+    ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array.  */
+    if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){
+      pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol);
+      if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ) sqlite3OomFault(pInfo->db);
+    }
+    aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst;
+#endif
+    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
+    decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
+    pIndex->hasStat1 = 1;
+    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){
+      pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
+      pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Index fakeIdx;
+    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+    fakeIdx.pTable = pTable;
+#endif
+    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
+    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
+    pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
+** and its contents.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( pIdx->aSample ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){
+      IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
+  }
+  if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+    pIdx->nSample = 0;
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
+** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. 
+*/
+static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
+  if( pIdx ){
+    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+    IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
+    int iCol;
+    int nCol = 1;
+    if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){
+      /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all
+      ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as
+      ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are
+      ** unique.  */
+      nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1;
+      pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1;
+    }
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+      int nSample = pIdx->nSample;
+      int i;                    /* Used to iterate through samples */
+      tRowcnt sumEq = 0;        /* Sum of the nEq values */
+      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
+      tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in index */
+      i64 nSum100 = 0;          /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
+      i64 nDist100;             /* Number of distinct values in index */
+
+      if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){
+        nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol];
+        nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol];
+        nSample--;
+      }else{
+        nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0];
+        nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1];
+      }
+      pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow;
+
+      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
+      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of 
+      ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value 
+      ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes).  */
+      for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
+        if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1)
+         || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] 
+        ){
+          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
+          nSum100 += 100;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( nDist100>nSum100 && sumEq<nRow ){
+        avgEq = ((i64)100 * (nRow - sumEq))/(nDist100 - nSum100);
+      }
+      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
+      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Look up an index by name.  Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
+** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
+*/
+static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  const char *zDb
+){
+  Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb);
+  if( pIdx==0 ){
+    Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  }
+  return pIdx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table 
+** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays.
+**
+** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return
+** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3,
+** see the caller of this function for details):
+**
+**    zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx
+**    zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4
+**
+** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed.
+*/
+static int loadStatTbl(
+  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Database handle */
+  int bStat3,                   /* Assume single column records only */
+  const char *zSql1,            /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */
+  const char *zSql2,            /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */
+  const char *zDb               /* Database name (e.g. "main") */
+){
+  int rc;                       /* Result codes from subroutines */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;      /* An SQL statement being run */
+  char *zSql;                   /* Text of the SQL statement */
+  Index *pPrevIdx = 0;          /* Previous index in the loop */
+  IndexSample *pSample;         /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */
+
+  assert( db->lookaside.bDisable );
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    int nIdxCol = 1;              /* Number of columns in stat4 records */
+
+    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
+    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
+    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
+    int nByte;      /* Bytes of space required */
+    int i;          /* Bytes of space required */
+    tRowcnt *pSpace;
+
+    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
+    assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
+    /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
+    ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
+    if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
+    if( bStat3==0 ){
+      assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 );
+      if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+        nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+      }else{
+        nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+      }
+    }
+    pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
+    nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
+    nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
+    nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt);     /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */
+
+    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
+    pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
+      pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+      pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+      pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+    }
+    assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    char *zIndex;                 /* Index name */
+    Index *pIdx;                  /* Pointer to the index object */
+    int nCol = 1;                 /* Number of columns in index */
+
+    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
+    if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
+    /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from 
+    ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
+    nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
+    if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue;
+    if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){
+      initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
+      pPrevIdx = pIdx;
+    }
+    pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample];
+    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0);
+    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0);
+    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0);
+
+    /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer.
+    ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the
+    ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the
+    ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with
+    ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing
+    ** a buffer overread.  */
+    pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+    pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2);
+    if( pSample->p==0 ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( pSample->n ){
+      memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n);
+    }
+    pIdx->nSample++;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into 
+** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
+*/
+static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Result codes from subroutines */
+
+  assert( db->lookaside.bDisable );
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
+    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0,
+      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", 
+      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
+      zDb
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
+    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1,
+      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", 
+      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3",
+      zDb
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The
+** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
+** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the
+** Index.aSample[] arrays.
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined 
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is 
+** read from it.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the 
+** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
+** table (if it is present) before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
+** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
+** code may be ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  analysisInfo sInfo;
+  HashElem *i;
+  char *zSql;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+
+  /* Clear any prior statistics */
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    pTab->tabFlags &= ~TF_HasStat1;
+  }
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    pIdx->hasStat1 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  sInfo.db = db;
+  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set appropriate defaults on all indexes not in the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( !pIdx->hasStat1 ) sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+  }
+
+  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){
+    db->lookaside.bDisable++;
+    rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
+    db->lookaside.bDisable--;
+  }
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst);
+    pIdx->aiRowEst = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
+
+/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+/*
+** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
+** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
+** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
+**
+** i.e. if the parser sees:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
+**
+** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
+** looking for columns of the same name.
+**
+** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
+**
+** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+*/
+static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
+{
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
+      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
+**
+** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
+** third argument.
+*/
+static void attachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  const char *zName;
+  const char *zFile;
+  char *zPath = 0;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  unsigned int flags;
+  Db *aNew;
+  char *zErrDyn = 0;
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+
+  /* Check for the following errors:
+  **
+  **     * Too many attached databases,
+  **     * Transaction currently open
+  **     * Specified database name already being used.
+  */
+  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
+    );
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName;
+    assert( z && zName );
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
+      goto attach_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
+  ** hash tables.
+  */
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+
+  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
+  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
+  ** or may not be initialized.
+  */
+  flags = db->openFlags;
+  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pVfs );
+  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
+  sqlite3_free( zPath );
+  db->nDb++;
+  db->skipBtreeMutex = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
+    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(aNew->pBt);
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
+    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
+    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
+                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt,
+                      PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
+#endif
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(aNew->pBt);
+  }
+  aNew->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1;
+  aNew->zDbSName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zDbSName==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
+    switch( t ){
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+        
+      case SQLITE_TEXT:
+      case SQLITE_BLOB:
+        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
+        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+        if( nKey || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
+          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
+  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
+  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
+  ** we found it.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u8 newAuth = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
+    if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
+      rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc ){
+    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( iDb>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
+      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
+      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+    db->nDb = iDb;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
+    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+    }
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  
+  return;
+
+attach_error:
+  /* Return an error if we get here */
+  if( zErrDyn ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+  }
+  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+**
+**     DETACH DATABASE x
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+*/
+static void detachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+  char zErr[128];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
+                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+  return;
+
+detach_error:
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
+** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+*/
+static void codeAttach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
+  FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
+  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
+  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
+  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
+){
+  int rc;
+  NameContext sName;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
+  int regArgs;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ) goto attach_end;
+  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sName.pParse = pParse;
+
+  if( 
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
+  ){
+    goto attach_end;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( pAuthArg ){
+    char *zAuthArg;
+    if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
+      zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+    }else{
+      zAuthArg = 0;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
+    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
+
+  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3,
+                      (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
+ 
+    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
+    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
+    ** statements).
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+  }
+  
+attach_end:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
+**
+**     DETACH pDbname
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
+  static const FuncDef detach_func = {
+    1,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    detachFunc,       /* xSFunc */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_detach",  /* zName */
+    {0}
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+**
+**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
+  static const FuncDef attach_func = {
+    3,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    attachFunc,       /* xSFunc */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_attach",  /* zName */
+    {0}
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){
+      if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+            "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+            pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
+      pItem->zDatabase = 0;
+      pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
+    }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+      if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){
+        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType);
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ) break;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
+** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
+** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
+**
+** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
+** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
+** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parser context */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
+  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;          /* Database handle */
+  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; /* Schema name of attached database */
+  int rc;                            /* Auth callback return code */
+
+  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
+#endif
+                );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+  int iCol;             /* Index of column in table */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
+    ** temporary table. */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
+    pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+  }else{
+    assert( pTabList );
+    for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
+        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
+
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
+  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
+#endif
+                );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  assert( pParse );
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
+** codeTableLocks() functions.
+*/
+struct TableLock {
+  int iDb;               /* The database containing the table to be locked */
+  int iTab;              /* The root page of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock;        /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
+  const char *zLockName; /* Name of the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
+**
+** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
+** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
+**
+** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
+** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
+** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
+  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
+  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
+){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i;
+  int nBytes;
+  TableLock *p;
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  if( iDb==1 ) return;
+  if( !sqlite3BtreeSharable(pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
+    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
+      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
+  pToplevel->aTableLock =
+      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
+  if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
+    p->iDb = iDb;
+    p->iTab = iTab;
+    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
+    p->zLockName = zName;
+  }else{
+    pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
+    sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
+** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
+*/
+static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
+
+  pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
+    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
+    int p1 = p->iDb;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
+                      p->zLockName, P4_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+  #define codeTableLocks(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no
+** 1 bits.  This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero()
+** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(yDbMask); i++) if( m[i] ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nested ) return;
+  if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
+    if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+    if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
+      sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
+      if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
+        pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 
+     && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
+    ){
+      int iDb, i;
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
+      for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+        Schema *pSchema;
+        if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+        pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
+          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
+          iDb,                               /* P1 */
+          DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */
+          pSchema->schema_cookie,            /* P3 */
+          pSchema->iGeneration               /* P4 */
+        );
+        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
+        VdbeComment((v,
+              "usesStmtJournal=%d", pParse->mayAbort && pParse->isMultiWrite));
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
+        char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
+      }
+      pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
+#endif
+
+      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
+      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
+      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
+      */
+      codeTableLocks(pParse);
+
+      /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
+      */
+      sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
+
+      /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */
+      if( pParse->pConstExpr ){
+        ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr;
+        pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+  */
+  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
+    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
+    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
+    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
+    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
+** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
+** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
+** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
+** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
+** outermost parser.
+**
+** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
+** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
+** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  char saveBuf[PARSE_TAIL_SZ];
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
+  }
+  pParse->nested++;
+  memcpy(saveBuf, PARSE_TAIL(pParse), PARSE_TAIL_SZ);
+  memset(PARSE_TAIL(pParse), 0, PARSE_TAIL_SZ);
+  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  memcpy(PARSE_TAIL(pParse), saveBuf, PARSE_TAIL_SZ);
+  pParse->nested--;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+/*
+** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the
+** list of users and their access credentials.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){
+  return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
+  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
+  ** exists */
+  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  while(1){
+    for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+      if( zDatabase==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zDbSName)==0 ){
+        assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+        p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
+        if( p ) return p;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Not found.  If the name we were looking for was temp.sqlite_master
+    ** then change the name to sqlite_temp_master and try again. */
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)!=0 ) break;
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[1].zDbSName)!=0 ) break;
+    zName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
+  u32 flags,             /* LOCATE_VIEW or LOCATE_NOERR */
+  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
+  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Table *p;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    const char *zMsg = flags & LOCATE_VIEW ? "no such view" : "no such table";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( sqlite3FindDbName(pParse->db, zDbase)<1 ){
+      /* If zName is the not the name of a table in the schema created using
+      ** CREATE, then check to see if it is the name of an virtual table that
+      ** can be an eponymous virtual table. */
+      Module *pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&pParse->db->aModule, zName);
+      if( pMod==0 && sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, "pragma_", 7)==0 ){
+        pMod = sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(pParse->db, zName);
+      }
+      if( pMod && sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(pParse, pMod) ){
+        return pMod->pEpoTab;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    if( (flags & LOCATE_NOERR)==0 ){
+      if( zDbase ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
+      }
+      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the table identified by *p.
+**
+** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
+** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts
+** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be
+** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See
+** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  u32 flags,
+  struct SrcList_item *p
+){
+  const char *zDb;
+  assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 );
+  if( p->pSchema ){
+    int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
+    zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  }else{
+    zDb = p->zDatabase;
+  }
+  return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, flags, p->zName, zDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
+  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
+    assert( pSchema );
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zDbSName) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->aColExpr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
+  if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (void *)p->azColl);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
+** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
+** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
+** with the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
+      ** indices. */
+      p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
+      while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
+      if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if
+** any have been closed, remove them from the list.  Reallocate the
+** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible.
+**
+** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database)
+** are never candidates for being collapsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zDbSName);
+      pDb->zDbSName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( j<i ){
+      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb.  Also reset the
+** TEMP schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* Case 1:  Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+  sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+
+  /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
+  ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
+  ** other database.
+  */
+  if( iDb!=1 ){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[1];
+    assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+    sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
+** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pSchema ){
+      sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+    }
+  }
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
+** Table.aCol[] array).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
+**
+** The db parameter is optional.  It is needed if the Table object 
+** contains lookaside memory.  (Table objects in the schema do not use
+** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.)  Or the
+** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
+** used by the Table object.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */
+
+  /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
+  ** prior to doing any free() operations.  Since schema Tables do not use
+  ** lookaside, this number should not change. */
+  TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ?
+                         db->lookaside.nOut : 0 );
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema
+         || (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) );
+    if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){
+      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
+      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
+         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
+      );
+      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
+    }
+    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
+  sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
+
+  /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
+  assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut );
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
+  if( !pTable ) return;
+  if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nTabRef)>0) ) return;
+  deleteTable(db, pTable);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( zTabName );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+**
+** Any quotation marks (ex:  "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
+** surround the body of the token are removed.
+**
+** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, MASTER_NAME);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
+  if( p->nTab==0 ){
+    p->nTab = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
+** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
+** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
+** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;         /* Database number */
+  if( zName ){
+    Db *pDb;
+    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
+      if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName) ) break;
+      /* "main" is always an acceptable alias for the primary database
+      ** even if it has been renamed using SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME. */
+      if( i==0 && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("main", zName) ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;                               /* Database number */
+  char *zName;                         /* Name we are searching for */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pName2!=0 );
+  if( pName2->n>0 ){
+    if( db->init.busy ) {
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
+      return -1;
+    }
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy || (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)!=0);
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
+          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){
+  Index *p;
+  for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){}
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table
+** column iCol.  Return -1 if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
+  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
+  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  if( db->init.busy && db->init.newTnum==1 ){
+    /* Special case:  Parsing the sqlite_master or sqlite_temp_master schema */
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* The common case */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) return;
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
+      /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless 
+      ** the database name is "temp" anyway.  */
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+      return;
+    }
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  }
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( isTemp==0 || isTemp==1 );
+  assert( isView==0 || isView==1 );
+  {
+    static const u8 aCode[] = {
+       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE,
+       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE,
+       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW,
+       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+    };
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, (int)aCode[isTemp+2*isView],
+                                       zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
+  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
+  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
+  ** collisions.
+  */
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+    if( pTable ){
+      if( !noErr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+      }else{
+        assert( !db->init.busy || CORRUPT_DB );
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      }
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTable->nTabRef = 1;
+  pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
+  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
+  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int addr1;
+    int fileFormat;
+    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
+    /* nullRow[] is an OP_Record encoding of a row containing 5 NULLs */
+    static const char nullRow[] = { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
+    ** set them now.
+    */
+    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
+                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, fileFormat);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, ENC(db));
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
+    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
+    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
+    **
+    ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
+    ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
+    ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
+    ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
+    */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+    if( isView || isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
+    }
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+
+  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
+  return;
+
+  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
+begin_table_error:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Set properties of a table column based on the (magical)
+** name of the column.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table *pTab, Column *pCol){
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pCol->zName, "__hidden__", 10)==0 ){
+    pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
+  }else if( pTab && pCol!=pTab->aCol && (pCol[-1].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN) ){
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_OOOHidden;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName, Token *pType){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  char *zType;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pName->n + pType->n + 2);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
+  z[pName->n] = 0;
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+  sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol);
+ 
+  if( pType->n==0 ){
+    /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+    ** 'BLOB'. */
+    pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+    pCol->szEst = 1;
+  }else{
+    zType = z + sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
+    memcpy(zType, pType->z, pType->n);
+    zType[pType->n] = 0;
+    sqlite3Dequote(zType);
+    pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, &pCol->szEst);
+    pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE;
+  }
+  p->nCol++;
+  pParse->constraintName.n = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
+  p->tabFlags |= TF_HasNotNull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+**
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
+** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
+** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+**
+** Substring     | Affinity
+** --------------------------------
+** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
+** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+**
+** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){
+  u32 h = 0;
+  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+  const char *zChar = 0;
+
+  assert( zIn!=0 );
+  while( zIn[0] ){
+    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
+    zIn++;
+    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+      zChar = zIn;
+    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
+        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+      if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+#endif
+    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
+  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
+  if( pszEst ){
+    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
+    if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      if( zChar ){
+        while( zChar[0] ){
+          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
+            int v = 0;
+            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
+            v = v/4 + 1;
+            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
+            *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */
+            break;
+          }
+          zChar++;
+        }
+      }else{
+        *pszEst = 5;   /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5  (approx 20 bytes)*/
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
+** of the table currently under construction.
+**
+** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p!=0 ){
+    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
+    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
+          pCol->zName);
+    }else{
+      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
+      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
+      ** is required by pragma table_info.
+      */
+      Expr x;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
+      x.op = TK_SPAN;
+      x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+      x.pLeft = pSpan->pExpr;
+      x.flags = EP_Skip;
+      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, &x, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, x.u.zToken);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
+** 
+** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
+** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints.  Example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim)
+**     CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC);
+**
+** This is goofy.  But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to
+** accept it.  This routine does the necessary conversion.  It converts
+** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID
+** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause.
+** If the epxression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is
+** unchanged.
+*/
+static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){
+  if( p->op==TK_STRING ){
+    p->op = TK_ID;
+  }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){
+    p->pLeft->op = TK_ID;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
+  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
+  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
+  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
+){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  Column *pCol = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  int nTerm;
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+    pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
+    nTerm = 1;
+  }else{
+    nTerm = pList->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
+      Expr *pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
+      assert( pCExpr!=0 );
+      sqlite3StringToId(pCExpr);
+      if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+        const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken;
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+            pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+            pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( nTerm==1
+   && pCol
+   && sqlite3StrICmp(sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), "INTEGER")==0
+   && sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_DESC
+  ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
+    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
+    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
+    if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder;
+  }else if( autoInc ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
+       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+#endif
+  }else{
+    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0,
+                           0, sortOrder, 0, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY);
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB
+   && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt)
+  ){
+    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
+    if( pParse->constraintName.n ){
+      sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  if( !zColl ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
+    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
+  
+    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
+        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+**
+** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
+** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
+** and generates an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  u8 enc = ENC(db);
+  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName);
+  }
+
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34230-56049 SQLite automatically increments
+** the schema-version whenever the schema changes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 
+                    db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second 
+** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
+** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
+** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
+** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
+** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
+** 
+** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
+** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
+** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
+** it is quoted using double-quotes.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0])
+            || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID
+            || zIdent[j]!=0
+            || j==0;
+
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){ 
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
+  if( zStmt==0 ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    static const char * const azType[] = {
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_BLOB    */ "",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
+    };
+    int len;
+    const char *zType;
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB >= 0 );
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB < ArraySize(azType) );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+    
+    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB];
+    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB 
+            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
+    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
+    k += len;
+    assert( k<=n );
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error.
+*/
+static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){
+  char *zExtra;
+  int nByte;
+  if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pIdx->isResized==0 );
+  nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N;
+  zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+  if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn);
+  pIdx->azColl = (const char**)zExtra;
+  zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N;
+  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn);
+  pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra;
+  zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N;
+  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn);
+  pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra;
+  pIdx->nColumn = N;
+  pIdx->isResized = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Estimate the total row width for a table.
+*/
+static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){
+  unsigned wTable = 0;
+  const Column *pTabCol;
+  int i;
+  for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){
+    wTable += pTabCol->szEst;
+  }
+  if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++;
+  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Estimate the average size of a row for an index.
+*/
+static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){
+  unsigned wIndex = 0;
+  int i;
+  const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+    assert( x<pIdx->pTable->nCol );
+    wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst;
+  }
+  pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4);
+}
+
+/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[]
+*/
+static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){
+  while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that
+** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause.  The job of this routine is to convert both
+** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they
+** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
+** Changes include:
+**
+**     (1)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
+**     (2)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
+**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
+**          data storage is a covering index btree.
+**     (3)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
+**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
+**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
+**     (4)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
+**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
+**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
+**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
+**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
+**          sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks.
+**     (6)  Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE
+**          indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns.
+**
+** For virtual tables, only (1) is performed.
+*/
+static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Index *pPk;
+  int nPk;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+
+  /* Mark every PRIMARY KEY column as NOT NULL (except for imposter tables)
+  */
+  if( !db->init.imposterTable ){
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
+        pTab->aCol[i].notNull = OE_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The remaining transformations only apply to b-tree tables, not to
+  ** virtual tables */
+  if( IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) return;
+
+  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
+  ** root-page for the table into an OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
+  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
+  */
+  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
+    assert( v );
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pParse->addrCrTab, OP_CreateIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index.  Or, if this table was originally
+  ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. 
+  */
+  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    ExprList *pList;
+    Token ipkToken;
+    sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 
+                  sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0));
+    if( pList==0 ) return;
+    pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder;
+    assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
+    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                       SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+    pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  }else{
+    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+
+    /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master
+    ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE
+    ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading
+    ** a database schema).  */
+    if( v ){
+      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto);
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY.  For example, change
+    ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)".  Later
+    ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns.
+    */
+    for(i=j=1; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+      if( hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
+        pPk->nColumn--;
+      }else{
+        pPk->aiColumn[j++] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+      }
+    }
+    pPk->nKeyCol = j;
+  }
+  assert( pPk!=0 );
+  pPk->isCovering = 1;
+  if( !db->init.imposterTable ) pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
+  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+
+  /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
+  pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;
+
+  /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
+  ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
+  */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int n;
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
+    for(i=n=0; i<nPk; i++){
+      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++;
+    }
+    if( n==0 ){
+      /* This index is a superset of the primary key */
+      pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return;
+    for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; i<nPk; i++){
+      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
+        pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+        pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i];
+        j++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n );
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j );
+  }
+
+  /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index
+  */
+  if( nPk<pTab->nCol ){
+    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return;
+    for(i=0, j=nPk; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){
+        assert( j<pPk->nColumn );
+        pPk->aiColumn[j] = i;
+        pPk->azColl[j] = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+        j++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pPk->nColumn==j );
+    assert( pTab->nCol==j );
+  }else{
+    pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
+  Token *pEnd,            /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */
+  u8 tabOpts,             /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */
+  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
+){
+  Table *p;                 /* The new table */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database in which the table lives */
+  Index *pIdx;              /* An implied index of the table */
+
+  if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  **
+  ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master
+  ** table itself.  So mark it read-only.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    if( p->tnum==1 ) p->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
+  }
+
+  /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
+  if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
+    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables");
+      return;
+    }
+    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName);
+    }else{
+      p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
+      convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
+  */
+  if( p->pCheck ){
+    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck);
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */
+  estimateTableWidth(p);
+  for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    estimateIndexWidth(pIdx);
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
+    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
+    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
+
+    /* 
+    ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
+    */
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      zType = "table";
+      zType2 = "TABLE";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      zType = "view";
+      zType2 = "VIEW";
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    **
+    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
+    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
+    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
+    ** be redundant.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      SelectDest dest;    /* Where the SELECT should store results */
+      int regYield;       /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
+      int addrTop;        /* Top of the co-routine */
+      int regRec;         /* A record to be insert into the new table */
+      int regRowid;       /* Rowid of the next row to insert */
+      int addrInsLoop;    /* Top of the loop for inserting rows */
+      Table *pSelTab;     /* A table that describes the SELECT results */
+
+      regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+      assert(pParse->nTab==1);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);
+      if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+      pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
+      if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+      assert( p->aCol==0 );
+      p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+      p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+      addrInsLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, dest.iSdst, dest.nSdst, regRec);
+      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, p, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 1, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 1, regRec, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrInsLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
+    }else{
+      Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
+      n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
+      if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
+      zType,
+      p->zName,
+      p->zName,
+      pParse->regRoot,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
+    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
+    */
+    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0 ){
+      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
+          pDb->zDbSName
+        );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+           sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName));
+  }
+
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+    if( !p->pSelect ){
+      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
+      int nName;
+      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
+      if( pCons->z==0 ){
+        pCons = pEnd;
+      }
+      nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
+      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  ExprList *pCNames, /* Optional list of view column names */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName = 0;
+  int iDb;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
+    goto create_view_fail;
+  }
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto create_view_fail;
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ) goto create_view_fail;
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  p->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pCNames, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto create_view_fail;
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 );
+  if( sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
+  assert( n>0 );
+  z = pBegin->z;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0);
+
+create_view_fail:
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCNames);
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
+  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
+  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;       /* Saved xAuth pointer */
+#endif
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
+  ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
+  ** in the following:
+  ** 
+  **     CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
+  **     CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
+  **     SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
+  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
+  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
+  ** statement that defines the view.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect );
+  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
+  if( pSel ){
+    n = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
+    pTable->nCol = -1;
+    db->lookaside.bDisable++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    xAuth = db->xAuth;
+    db->xAuth = 0;
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+    db->xAuth = xAuth;
+#else
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+#endif
+    pParse->nTab = n;
+    if( pTable->pCheck ){
+      /* CREATE VIEW name(arglist) AS ...
+      ** The names of the columns in the table are taken from
+      ** arglist which is stored in pTable->pCheck.  The pCheck field
+      ** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for
+      ** a VIEW it holds the list of column names.
+      */
+      sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, 
+                                 &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol);
+      if( db->mallocFailed==0 
+       && pParse->nErr==0
+       && pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr
+      ){
+        sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTable, pSel);
+      }
+    }else if( pSelTab ){
+      /* CREATE VIEW name AS...  without an argument list.  Construct
+      ** the column names from the SELECT statement that defines the view.
+      */
+      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
+    }else{
+      pTable->nCol = 0;
+      nErr++;
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+    db->lookaside.bDisable--;
+  } else {
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+  return nErr;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
+      pTab->aCol = 0;
+      pTab->nCol = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+#else
+# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
+** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
+** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
+** to iTo.
+**
+** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
+** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
+** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
+** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
+** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
+** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
+** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
+** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
+** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
+** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash *pHash;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pTab->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
+** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
+** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
+** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/ 
+static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  assert( iTable>1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
+  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
+  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
+  ** reflect this.
+  **
+  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
+  ** is in register NNN.  See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
+  ** token for additional information.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
+     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
+** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
+** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
+** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/
+static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+  }
+#else
+  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
+  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
+  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
+  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
+  ** following were coded:
+  **
+  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
+  ** ...
+  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
+  **
+  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
+  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
+  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
+  ** a free-list page.
+  */
+  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
+  int iDestroyed = 0;
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    int iLargest = 0;
+
+    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
+      iLargest = iTab;
+    }
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
+        iLargest = iIdx;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iLargest==0 ){
+      return;
+    }else{
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
+      iDestroyed = iLargest;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3))
+** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parsing context */
+  int iDb,               /* The database number */
+  const char *zType,     /* "idx" or "tbl" */
+  const char *zName      /* Name of index or table */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  for(i=1; i<=4; i++){
+    char zTab[24];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i);
+    if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+        zDbName, zTab, zType, zName
+      );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+  ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+  ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+  */
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
+        pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
+  ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
+  ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
+  ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
+  */
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
+      pDb->zDbSName, pTab->zName
+    );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+  ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+  ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+  ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be
+  ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+  ** database.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
+      pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName);
+  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
+  ** the schema cookie.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
+  assert( isView==0 || isView==LOCATE_VIEW );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]);
+  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
+
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
+  ** it is initialized.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+    const char *zArg2 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
+      zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+    && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
+  ** on a table.
+  */
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table).  pToCol is a list
+** of tables in the parent pTo table.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+  FKey *pNextTo;
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ){
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
+  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
+      pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
+  );
+  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  if( pNextTo ){
+    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
+    pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
+    pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
+** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
+** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
+**
+** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
+** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
+** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
+** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
+** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
+*/
+static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
+  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
+  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
+  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
+  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
+  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
+  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
+  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
+  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
+  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assembled index record */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
+    tnum = memRootPage;
+  }else{
+    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
+  }
+  pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);
+  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
+
+  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
+  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*)
+                    sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);
+
+  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
+  ** records into the sorter. */
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
+                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
+
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ){
+    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, j2);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
+                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
+  }else{
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iIdx, 0, -1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns.
+**
+** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes
+** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a
+** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Database connection */
+  i16 nCol,            /* Total number of columns in the index */
+  int nExtra,          /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */
+  char **ppExtra       /* Pointer to the "extra" space */
+){
+  Index *p;            /* Allocated index object */
+  int nByte;           /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */
+
+  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) +              /* Index structure  */
+          ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) +         /* Index.azColl     */
+          ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) +     /* Index.aiRowLogEst   */
+                 sizeof(i16)*nCol +            /* Index.aiColumn   */
+                 sizeof(u8)*nCol);             /* Index.aSortOrder */
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra);
+  if( p ){
+    char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index));
+    p->azColl = (const char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol);
+    p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1);
+    p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra;       pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol;
+    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra;
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
+    *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
+  Expr *pPIWhere,    /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
+  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
+  int ifNotExist,    /* Omit error if index already exists */
+  u8 idxType         /* The index type */
+){
+  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
+  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
+  int i, j;
+  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
+  int nExtra = 0;                  /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */
+  int nExtraCol;                   /* Number of extra columns needed */
+  char *zExtra = 0;                /* Extra space after the Index object */
+  Index *pPk = 0;      /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( IN_DECLARE_VTAB && idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pName && pName->z );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
+    ** if initialising a database schema.
+    */
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+      if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+        iDb = 1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName);
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){
+      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
+      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
+      assert(0);
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]);
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
+    if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+           "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
+           pTab->zName);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    assert( pStart==0 );
+    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  }
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+       && db->init.busy==0
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+       && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
+#endif
+       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pName->z!=0 );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zDbSName)!=0 ){
+      if( !ifNotExist ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+      }else{
+        assert( !db->init.busy );
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      }
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }else{
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
+    if( zName==0 ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+
+    /* Automatic index names generated from within sqlite3_declare_vtab()
+    ** must have names that are distinct from normal automatic index names.
+    ** The following statement converts "sqlite3_autoindex..." into
+    ** "sqlite3_butoindex..." in order to make the names distinct.
+    ** The "vtab_err.test" test demonstrates the need of this statement. */
+    if( IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) zName[7]++;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = pDb->zDbSName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    Token prevCol;
+    sqlite3TokenInit(&prevCol, pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
+              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0));
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pList->nExpr==1 );
+    sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index");
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
+  ** specified collation sequence names.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    assert( pExpr!=0 );
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
+      nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
+  pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol,
+                                      nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) );
+  pIndex->zName = zExtra;
+  zExtra += nName + 1;
+  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
+  pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None;
+  pIndex->idxType = idxType;
+  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr;
+  if( pPIWhere ){
+    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0);
+    pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere;
+    pPIWhere = 0;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+
+  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
+  */
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
+    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
+  }else{
+    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
+  }
+
+  /* Analyze the list of expressions that form the terms of the index and
+  ** report any errors.  In the common case where the expression is exactly
+  ** a table column, store that column in aiColumn[].  For general expressions,
+  ** populate pIndex->aColExpr and store XN_EXPR (-2) in aiColumn[].
+  **
+  ** TODO: Issue a warning if two or more columns of the index are identical.
+  ** TODO: Issue a warning if the table primary key is used as part of the
+  ** index key.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
+    Expr *pCExpr;                  /* The i-th index expression */
+    int requestedSortOrder;        /* ASC or DESC on the i-th expression */
+    const char *zColl;             /* Collation sequence name */
+
+    sqlite3StringToId(pListItem->pExpr);
+    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_IdxExpr, pListItem->pExpr, 0);
+    if( pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
+    pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pListItem->pExpr);
+    if( pCExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
+      if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expressions prohibited in PRIMARY KEY and "
+                                "UNIQUE constraints");
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+      if( pIndex->aColExpr==0 ){
+        ExprList *pCopy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, 0);
+        pIndex->aColExpr = pCopy;
+        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+          assert( pCopy!=0 );
+          pListItem = &pCopy->a[i];
+        }
+      }
+      j = XN_EXPR;
+      pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_EXPR;
+      pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
+    }else{
+      j = pCExpr->iColumn;
+      assert( j<=0x7fff );
+      if( j<0 ){
+        j = pTab->iPKey;
+      }else if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ){
+        pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
+      }
+      pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
+    }
+    zColl = 0;
+    if( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
+      int nColl;
+      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
+      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
+      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
+      zColl = zExtra;
+      zExtra += nColl;
+      nExtra -= nColl;
+    }else if( j>=0 ){
+      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+    }
+    if( !zColl ) zColl = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
+    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
+    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the table key to the end of the index.  For WITHOUT ROWID
+  ** tables (when pPk!=0) this will be the declared PRIMARY KEY.  For
+  ** normal tables (when pPk==0) this will be the rowid.
+  */
+  if( pPk ){
+    for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+      int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
+      assert( x>=0 );
+      if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){
+        pIndex->nColumn--; 
+      }else{
+        pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
+        pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j];
+        pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j];
+        i++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i==pIndex->nColumn );
+  }else{
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_ROWID;
+    pIndex->azColl[i] = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+  }
+  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
+  if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex);
+
+  /* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark
+  ** it as a covering index */
+  assert( HasRowid(pTab) 
+      || pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 );
+  if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){
+    pIndex->isCovering = 1;
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue;
+      if( sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex,j)>=0 ) continue;
+      pIndex->isCovering = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    **
+    ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
+    ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
+    ** sort orders.
+    **
+    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
+    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
+    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) );
+      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
+      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) );
+
+      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
+      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
+        const char *z1;
+        const char *z2;
+        assert( pIdx->aiColumn[k]>=0 );
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
+        z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        if( idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ) pIdx->idxType = idxType;
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    assert( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB );
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
+                          pIndex->zName, pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the
+  ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then
+  ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for
+  ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with
+  ** content.  But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master
+  ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
+  ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY
+  ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else if( HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0 ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zStmt;
+    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+    /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before
+    ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in 
+    ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a 
+    ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In 
+    ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace
+    ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */
+    pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
+
+    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
+    ** the zStmt variable
+    */
+    if( pStart ){
+      int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+      if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--;
+      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
+        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z);
+    }else{
+      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
+      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
+      zStmt = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
+        pIndex->zName,
+        pTab->zName,
+        iMem,
+        zStmt
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+
+    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
+    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
+    */
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum);
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct constraint check
+  ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
+  ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.  
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
+** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index.
+** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
+** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
+** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
+** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
+** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
+*
+**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
+**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
+**
+** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
+** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
+** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
+  /*                10,  9,  8,  7,  6 */
+  LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
+  LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst;
+  int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol);
+  int i;
+
+  /* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */
+  assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 );
+
+  /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated 
+  ** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table
+  ** for a partial index.   But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */
+  a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
+  if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) a[0] -= 10;  assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+  if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33;                  assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) );
+
+  /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is
+  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
+  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
+  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
+  }
+
+  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
+  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );   /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    if( !ifExists ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName
+    );
+    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
+** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc()
+** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of
+** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes
+** in total).
+**
+** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the
+** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to
+** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation
+** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains
+** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
+  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
+  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
+  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
+){
+  char *z;
+  int n = *pnEntry;
+  if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){
+    int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n;
+    void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      *pIdx = -1;
+      return pArray;
+    }
+    pArray = pNew;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pArray;
+  memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
+  *pIdx = n;
+  ++*pnEntry;
+  return pArray;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+      db,
+      pList->a,
+      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
+      &pList->nId,
+      &i
+  );
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
+** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart.  iStart is zero based.
+** New slots are zeroed.
+**
+** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
+** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
+**
+**    sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
+**
+** After the call above it would contain:  A, B, nil, nil, nil.
+** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
+** would have been:  A, nil, nil, nil, B.  To prepend the new slots,
+** the iStart value would be 0.  The result then would
+** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged.  The
+** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
+  SrcList *pSrc,     /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
+  int nExtra,        /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
+  int iStart         /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
+  assert( iStart>=0 );
+  assert( nExtra>=1 );
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
+
+  /* Allocate additional space if needed */
+  if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc*2+nExtra;
+    int nGot;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
+               sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      assert( db->mallocFailed );
+      return pSrc;
+    }
+    pSrc = pNew;
+    nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
+    pSrc->nAlloc = nGot;
+  }
+
+  /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
+  ** out of the way */
+  for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
+    pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
+  }
+  pSrc->nSrc += nExtra;
+
+  /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
+  memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
+  for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
+    pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
+**
+** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error.  The returned
+** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
+** a new one.  If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
+** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.  If C is defined
+** then so is B.  In other words, we never have a case where:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
+**
+** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted.  They are dequoted
+** before being added to the SrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
+  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
+  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 );  /* Cannot have C without B */
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+    pList->nSrc = 1;
+    memset(&pList->a[0], 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    pList->a[0].iCursor = -1;
+  }else{
+    pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
+    if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->u1.zIndexedBy);
+    if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
+** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
+** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
+** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
+** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
+** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
+** usual case.  If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the
+** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
+** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
+** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
+** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
+**
+** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
+** term added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
+  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
+  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
+  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
+  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
+  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
+  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", 
+      (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
+    );
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+  assert( pAlias!=0 );
+  if( pAlias->n ){
+    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
+  }
+  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
+  pItem->pOn = pOn;
+  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
+  return p;
+
+ append_from_error:
+  assert( p==0 );
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added 
+** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
+  assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
+  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+    assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 );
+    assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 );
+    assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 );
+    if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
+      /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y 
+      ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
+      pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1;
+    }else{
+      pItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+      pItem->fg.isIndexedBy = (pItem->u1.zIndexedBy!=0);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a
+** table-valued-function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, ExprList *pList){
+  if( p ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+    assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 );
+    assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 );
+    assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 );
+    pItem->u1.pFuncArg = pList;
+    pItem->fg.isTabFunc = 1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
+** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
+** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
+** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
+** clause.
+**
+** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
+**
+**           A natural cross join B
+**
+** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
+** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
+** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
+      p->a[i].fg.jointype = p->a[i-1].fg.jointype;
+    }
+    p->a[0].fg.jointype = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for a BEGIN statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_AutoCommit);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for a COMMIT statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for a ROLLBACK statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
+  char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+  if( zName ){
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+    assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
+#endif
+    if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc;
+    Btree *pBt;
+    static const int flags = 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
+    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified
+** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
+** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
+** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+  assert( pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, iDb, 0) );
+  if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){
+    DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb);
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each 
+** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zDbSName)) ){
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb);
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
+** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
+** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
+** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
+** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
+}
+
+/* 
+** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion.  In order to 
+** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
+** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
+**
+** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
+** isMultiWrite flag was previously set.  There is a time dependency
+** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite.  This makes
+** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
+** go a little faster.  But taking advantage of this time dependency
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in 
+** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
+** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
+** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
+** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  int errCode,      /* extended error code */
+  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
+  char *p4,         /* Error message */
+  i8 p4type,        /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */
+  u8 p5Errmsg       /* P5_ErrMsg type */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+  if( onError==OE_Abort ){
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
+  Index *pIdx       /* The index that triggers the constraint */
+){
+  char *zErr;
+  int j;
+  StrAccum errMsg;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, 200);
+  if( pIdx->aColExpr ){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName);
+  }else{
+    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+      char *zCol;
+      assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 );
+      zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+      if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2);
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&errMsg, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+    }
+  }
+  zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
+  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, 
+    IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY 
+                            : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
+    onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  int onError,      /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
+  Table *pTab       /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ 
+){
+  char *zMsg;
+  int rc;
+  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                          pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY;
+  }else{
+    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName);
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID;
+  }
+  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC,
+                        P5_ConstraintUnique);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
+** true if it does and false if it does not.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
+  int i;
+  assert( zColl!=0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
+    assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 );
+    if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
+** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+
+  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
+** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
+** all indices everywhere.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
+  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );  /* Needed for schema access */
+  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+    assert( pDb!=0 );
+    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
+**
+**        REINDEX                            -- 1
+**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
+**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
+** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
+** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
+** indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
+  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
+  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
+    return;
+  }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
+    char *zColl;
+    assert( pName1->z );
+    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
+    if( !zColl ) return;
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+    if( pColl ){
+      reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
+  if( pTab ){
+    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    return;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index.
+**
+** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
+** when it has finished using it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  int i;
+  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+  int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+  KeyInfo *pKey;
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+  if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
+    pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
+  }else{
+    pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
+  }
+  if( pKey ){
+    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
+      pKey->aColl[i] = zColl==sqlite3StrBINARY ? 0 :
+                        sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ){
+      sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
+      pKey = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return pKey;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/* 
+** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a 
+** WITH clause. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  With *pWith,            /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */
+  Token *pName,           /* Name of the common-table */
+  ExprList *pArglist,     /* Optional column name list for the table */
+  Select *pQuery          /* Query used to initialize the table */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  With *pNew;
+  char *zName;
+
+  /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If
+  ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+  if( zName && pWith ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pWith ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte);
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith));
+  }
+  assert( (pNew!=0 && zName!=0) || db->mallocFailed );
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+    pNew = pWith;
+  }else{
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery;
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist;
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName;
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zCteErr = 0;
+    pNew->nCte++;
+  }
+
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){
+  if( pWith ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+      struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols);
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */
+
+/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 23 
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
+** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+*/
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( zExternal ){
+      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
+** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
+** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
+** 
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
+** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
+**
+** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
+** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
+** sequence can be found.  If no collation is found, leave an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  u8 enc,               /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
+  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
+  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
+){
+  CollSeq *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  p = pColl;
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
+    p = 0;
+  }
+  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl ){
+    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( p==pColl );
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
+  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
+  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1);
+    if( pColl ){
+      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);
+
+      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
+      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
+      ** to the hash table).
+      */
+      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
+      if( pDel!=0 ){
+        sqlite3OomFault(db);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+        pColl = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
+** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
+** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
+** cannot be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( zName ){
+    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+  }else{
+    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+  }
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
+** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
+** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
+** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
+** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
+**
+** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg
+** is also -1.  In other words, we are searching for a function that
+** takes a variable number of arguments.
+**
+** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function 
+** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
+** match score for any
+**
+** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Not a match.
+** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments.
+** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args.
+** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments
+** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 6: Perfect match:  encoding and argument count match exactly.
+**
+** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xSFunc is
+** a perfect match and any function with xSFunc NULL is
+** a non-match.
+*/
+#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6  /* The score for a perfect match */
+static int matchQuality(
+  FuncDef *p,     /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */
+  int nArg,       /* Desired number of arguments.  (-1)==any */
+  u8 enc          /* Desired text encoding */
+){
+  int match;
+
+  /* nArg of -2 is a special case */
+  if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xSFunc==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH;
+
+  /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */
+  if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments
+  ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */
+  if( p->nArg==nArg ){
+    match = 4;
+  }else{
+    match = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */
+  if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){
+    match += 2;  /* Exact encoding match */
+  }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){
+    match += 1;  /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */
+  }
+
+  return match;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
+** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+*/
+static FuncDef *functionSearch(
+  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
+  const char *zFunc    /* Name of function */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  for(p=sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; p; p=p->u.pHash){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->zName, zFunc)==0 ){
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(
+  FuncDef *aDef,      /* List of global functions to be inserted */
+  int nDef            /* Length of the apDef[] list */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nDef; i++){
+    FuncDef *pOther;
+    const char *zName = aDef[i].zName;
+    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ;
+    pOther = functionSearch(h, zName);
+    if( pOther ){
+      assert( pOther!=&aDef[i] && pOther->pNext!=&aDef[i] );
+      aDef[i].pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = &aDef[i];
+    }else{
+      aDef[i].pNext = 0;
+      aDef[i].u.pHash = sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h];
+      sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h] = &aDef[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
+  
+  
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.
+**
+** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned.  A
+** function is valid if xSFunc is non-zero.  The nArg==(-2)
+** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number
+** of arguments.  If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  zero-terminated */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  u8 createFlag      /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
+  int h;              /* Hash value */
+  int nName;          /* Length of the name */
+
+  assert( nArg>=(-2) );
+  assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 );
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+
+  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
+  */
+  p = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName);
+  while( p ){
+    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+    if( score>bestScore ){
+      pBest = p;
+      bestScore = score;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
+  ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found.  And give
+  ** priority to built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
+  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
+  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
+  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
+  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
+  */ 
+  if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
+    bestScore = 0;
+    h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ;
+    p = functionSearch(h, zName);
+    while( p ){
+      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && 
+      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
+    FuncDef *pOther;
+    pBest->zName = (const char*)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+    pBest->funcFlags = enc;
+    memcpy((char*)&pBest[1], zName, nName+1);
+    pOther = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, pBest);
+    if( pOther==pBest ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest);
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      pBest->pNext = pOther;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xSFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
+** of the schema hash tables).
+**
+** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
+
+  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
+  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
+  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
+  if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
+    pSchema->iGeneration++;
+    pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
+** a new one if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
+  Schema * p;
+  if( pBt ){
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
+  }else{
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
+    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
+** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
+** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
+** or UPDATE statement.  Look up that table in the symbol table and
+** return a pointer.  Set an error message and return NULL if the table 
+** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
+**
+**    pSrc->a[0].pTab       Pointer to the Table object
+**    pSrc->a[0].pIndex     Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+  Table *pTab;
+  assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
+  pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->nTabRef++;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
+    pTab = 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
+  **      has been provided, or
+  **   2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
+  **      part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not 
+  **      been specified.
+  **
+  ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
+  */
+  if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) 
+     && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
+   || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
+     && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+     && pParse->nested==0 )
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
+** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
+** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
+  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */
+){
+  SelectDest dest;
+  Select *pSel;
+  SrcList *pFrom;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
+  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
+  pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pFrom ){
+    assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
+    pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
+    pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+    assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
+    assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
+  }
+  pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 
+                          SF_IncludeHidden, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
+** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
+**                            \__________________________/
+**                               pLimitWhere (pInClause)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
+  Parse *pParse,               /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,               /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,                /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,          /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pLimit,                /* The LIMIT clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pOffset,               /* The OFFSET clause.  May be null */
+  char *zStmtType              /* Either DELETE or UPDATE.  For err msgs. */
+){
+  Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL;    /* WHERE rowid .. */
+  Expr *pInClause = NULL;      /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
+  Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL;   /* SELECT rowid ... */
+  ExprList *pEList = NULL;     /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
+  SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL;  /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
+  Select *pSelect = NULL;      /* Complete SELECT tree */
+
+  /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
+  ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
+  */
+  if( pLimit == 0 ) {
+    /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
+    assert( pOffset == 0 );
+    return pWhere;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset 
+  ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement.  For example:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  ** becomes:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( 
+  **     SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  **   );
+  */
+
+  pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
+  if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup;
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
+  if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup;
+
+  /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
+  ** and the SELECT subtree. */
+  pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
+  if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
+                             pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
+  if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
+  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
+  pInClause = pWhereRowid ? sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0) : 0;
+  sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pInClause, pSelect);
+  return pInClause;
+
+limit_where_cleanup:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */
+       /*      && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
+**                 \________/       \________________/
+**                  pTabList              pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iTabCur;           /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int iDataCur = 0;      /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */
+  int iIdxCur = 0;       /* Cursor number of the first index */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database number */
+  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */
+  int eOnePass;          /* ONEPASS_OFF or _SINGLE or _MULTI */
+  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
+  u8 *aToOpen = 0;       /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */
+  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */
+  int iPk = 0;           /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */
+  i16 nPk = 1;           /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */
+  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
+  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
+  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
+  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
+  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
+  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
+  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
+  int bComplex;          /* True if there are triggers or FKs or
+                         ** subqueries in the WHERE clause */
+ 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
+#endif
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** deleted from is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0);
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, 
+                            db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert(!isView || pTrigger);
+
+  /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
+  ** an ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
+    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
+  */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
+  ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by 
+  ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.  */
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK
+   && pWhere==0
+   && !bComplex
+   && !IsVirtual(pTab)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+   && db->xPreUpdateCallback==0
+#endif
+  ){
+    assert( !isView );
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
+                        pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+    }
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
+  {
+    u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK|WHERE_SEEK_TABLE;
+    if( sNC.ncFlags & NC_VarSelect ) bComplex = 1;
+    wcf |= (bComplex ? 0 : WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW);
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
+      pPk = 0;
+      nPk = 1;
+      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
+    }else{
+      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to
+      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
+      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+      assert( pPk!=0 );
+      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
+      pParse->nMem += nPk;
+      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
+      addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+    }
+  
+    /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
+    ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass
+    ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete:
+    **
+    **  ONEPASS_OFF:    Two-pass approach - use a FIFO for rowids/PK values.
+    **  ONEPASS_SINGLE: One-pass approach - at most one row deleted.
+    **  ONEPASS_MULTI:  One-pass approach - any number of rows may be deleted.
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, wcf, iTabCur+1);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+    eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+    assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI );
+    assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF );
+  
+    /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
+    }
+  
+    /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
+    if( pPk ){
+      for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+        assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur,
+                                        pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
+      }
+      iKey = iPk;
+    }else{
+      iKey = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0);
+      if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey;
+    }
+  
+    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only
+      ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
+      ** delete code.  */
+      nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
+      aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nIdx+2);
+      if( aToOpen==0 ){
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        goto delete_from_cleanup;
+      }
+      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+      aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
+      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0;
+      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0;
+      if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen);
+    }else{
+      if( pPk ){
+        /* Add the PK key for this row to the temporary table */
+        iKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+        nKey = 0;   /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey,
+            sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pPk), nPk);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey, iPk, nPk);
+      }else{
+        /* Add the rowid of the row to be deleted to the RowSet */
+        nKey = 1;  /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the 
+    ** end of the WHERE loop */
+    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+    }
+  
+    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
+    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
+    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
+    ** triggers.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      int iAddrOnce = 0;
+      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+        iAddrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, OPFLAG_FORDELETE,
+                                 iTabCur, aToOpen, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
+      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
+      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce);
+    }
+  
+    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
+    ** where-clause loop above.
+    */
+    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      assert( nKey==nPk );  /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
+      if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
+        assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+    }else if( pPk ){
+      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEphCur, iKey);
+      assert( nKey==0 );  /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
+    }else{
+      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      assert( nKey==1 );
+    }  
+  
+    /* Delete the row */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
+      assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE );
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE && sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){
+        pParse->isMultiWrite = 0;
+      }
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+          iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]);
+    }
+  
+    /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
+    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
+      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+    }else if( pPk ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
+    }     
+  } /* End non-truncate path */
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.  Both the original table entry and
+** all indices are removed.
+**
+** Preconditions:
+**
+**   1.  iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data
+**       store for the table.  (This will be either the table itself,
+**       in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case
+**       of a WITHOUT ROWID table.)
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a
+**       sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk.  If nPk==0 that means
+**       that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the
+**       single memory location iPk.
+**
+** eMode:
+**   Parameter eMode may be passed either ONEPASS_OFF (0), ONEPASS_SINGLE, or
+**   ONEPASS_MULTI.  If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor
+**   iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF
+**   then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk
+**   and nPk before reading from it.
+**
+**   If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part
+**   of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if 
+**   iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as
+**   iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete
+**   operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the
+**   position of iDataCur should be preserved instead.
+**
+** iIdxNoSeek:
+**   If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) not equal to iDataCur,
+**   then it identifies an index cursor (from within array of cursors
+**   starting at iIdxCur) that already points to the index entry to be deleted.
+**   Except, this optimization is disabled if there are BEFORE triggers since
+**   the trigger body might have moved the cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
+  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
+  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
+  int iPk,           /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */
+  i16 nPk,           /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */
+  u8 count,          /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
+  u8 onconf,         /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
+  u8 eMode,          /* ONEPASS_OFF, _SINGLE, or _MULTI.  See above */
+  int iIdxNoSeek     /* Cursor number of cursor that does not need seeking */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe */
+  int iOld = 0;                   /* First register in OLD.* array */
+  int iLabel;                     /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
+  u8 opSeek;                      /* Seek opcode */
+
+  /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
+  assert( v );
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
+                         iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
+
+  /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists 
+  ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
+  ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers.  */
+  iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
+  if( eMode==ONEPASS_OFF ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
+  }
+ 
+  /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
+  ** use for the old.* references in the triggers.  */
+  if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
+    u32 mask;                     /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
+    int iCol;                     /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
+    int addrStart;                /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */
+
+    /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
+    ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register.  */
+    mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+        pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
+    );
+    mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
+    iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be 
+    ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 );
+      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 );
+      if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
+    addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+        TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+    );
+
+    /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the 
+    ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
+    ** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was
+    ** pointing to.
+    **
+    ** Also disable the iIdxNoSeek optimization since the BEFORE trigger
+    ** may have moved that cursor.
+    */
+    if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
+      testcase( iIdxNoSeek>=0 );
+      iIdxNoSeek = -1;
+    }
+
+    /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
+    ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) 
+    ** are not violated by deleting this row.  */
+    sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
+  ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
+  ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).  
+  **
+  ** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should
+  ** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should
+  ** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that
+  ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the 
+  ** pre-update-hook is.
+  */ 
+  if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    u8 p5 = 0;
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+    if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE);
+    }
+    if( eMode!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_AUXDELETE);
+    }
+    if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 && iIdxNoSeek!=iDataCur ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iIdxNoSeek);
+    }
+    if( eMode==ONEPASS_MULTI ) p5 |= OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION;
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
+  }
+
+  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+  ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+  ** to the row just deleted. */ 
+  sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
+
+  /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+      TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+  );
+
+  /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
+  ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a 
+  ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
+**
+** Preconditions:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
+**       btree for the table pTab.  (This will be either the table itself
+**       for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
+**       tables.)
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.  (The pTab->pIndex
+**       index is the 0-th index.)
+**
+**   3.  The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
+**       that is to be deleted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor of table holding data. */
+  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
+  int *aRegIdx,      /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
+  int iIdxNoSeek     /* Do not delete from this cursor */
+){
+  int i;             /* Index loop counter */
+  int r1 = -1;       /* Register holding an index key */
+  int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */
+  Index *pIdx;       /* Current index */
+  Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */
+  Vdbe *v;           /* The prepared statement under construction */
+  Index *pPk;        /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
+
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx );
+    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( pIdx==pPk ) continue;
+    if( iIdxCur+i==iIdxNoSeek ) continue;
+    VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName));
+    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1,
+        &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
+        pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
+    sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
+    pPrior = pIdx;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
+** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.  If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
+** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
+**
+** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
+** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
+** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
+** this routine returns.
+**
+** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
+** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
+** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
+** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
+** to false or null.  If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel
+** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by
+** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
+**
+** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to
+** avoid unnecessary register loads.  If pPrior is not NULL, then it is
+** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been
+** computed into register regPrior.  If the current pIdx index is generating
+** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
+** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
+** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
+** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK 
+** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
+** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Index *pIdx,         /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iDataCur,        /* Cursor number from which to take column data */
+  int regOut,          /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */
+  int prefixOnly,      /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */
+  int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */
+  Index *pPrior,       /* Previously generated index key */
+  int regPrior         /* Register holding previous generated key */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int j;
+  int regBase;
+  int nCol;
+
+  if( piPartIdxLabel ){
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+      *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, 
+                            SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    }else{
+      *piPartIdxLabel = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn;
+  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+  if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0;
+  for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+    if( pPrior
+     && pPrior->aiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+     && pPrior->aiColumn[j]!=XN_EXPR
+    ){
+      /* This column was already computed by the previous index */
+      continue;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, j, regBase+j);
+    /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it
+    ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact
+    ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode.
+    ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
+    ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again.  So omit the OP_RealAffinity
+    ** opcode if it is present */
+    sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity);
+  }
+  if( regOut ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut);
+    if( pIdx->pTable->pSelect ){
+      const char *zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pIdx);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+/*
+** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label
+** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to
+** resolve that label.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){
+  if( iLabel ){
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel);
+    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  (Some function, and in particular the date and
+** time functions, are implemented separately.)
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Return the collating function associated with a function.
+*/
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  assert( context->pVdbe!=0 );
+  pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1];
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+  return pOp->p4.pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
+** iteration of the aggregate loop.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
+  context->skipFlag = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  assert( argc>1 );
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+      testcase( mask==0 );
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+    default:             z = "null";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      len = 0;
+      while( *z ){
+        len++;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function.
+**
+** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
+** the numeric argument X. 
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ){
+        if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+          /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808
+          ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
+          ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
+          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+        iVal = -iVal;
+      } 
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
+      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
+      ** IMP: R-01992-00519 Abs(X) returns 0.0 if X is a string or blob
+      ** that cannot be converted to a numeric value.
+      */
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the instr() function.
+**
+** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
+** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
+** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
+**
+** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
+** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
+** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
+*/
+static void instrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zHaystack;
+  const unsigned char *zNeedle;
+  int nHaystack;
+  int nNeedle;
+  int typeHaystack, typeNeedle;
+  int N = 1;
+  int isText;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]);
+  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  if( nNeedle>0 ){
+    if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+      zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+      isText = 0;
+    }else{
+      zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+      isText = 1;
+    }
+    if( zNeedle==0 || (nHaystack && zHaystack==0) ) return;
+    while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){
+      N++;
+      do{
+        nHaystack--;
+        zHaystack++;
+      }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 );
+    }
+    if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, N);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the printf() function.
+*/
+static void printfFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  PrintfArguments x;
+  StrAccum str;
+  const char *zFormat;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+    x.nArg = argc-1;
+    x.nUsed = 0;
+    x.apArg = argv+1;
+    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, 0, 0, db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+    str.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC;
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&str, zFormat, &x);
+    n = str.nChar;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n,
+                        SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function.
+**
+** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
+** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
+** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
+** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+**
+** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+**
+** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1.
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  const unsigned char *z2;
+  int len;
+  int p0type;
+  i64 p1, p2;
+  int negP2 = 0;
+
+  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+   || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
+  ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    len = 0;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY
+  /* If SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY is defined then substr(X,0,N) work the same as
+  ** as substr(X,1,N) - it returns the first N characters of X.  This
+  ** is essentially a back-out of the bug-fix in check-in [5fc125d362df4b8]
+  ** from 2009-02-02 for compatibility of applications that exploited the
+  ** old buggy behavior. */
+  if( p1==0 ) p1 = 1; /* <rdar://problem/6778339> */
+#endif
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+    if( p2<0 ){
+      p2 = -p2;
+      negP2 = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }else if( p2>0 ){
+    p2--;
+  }
+  if( negP2 ){
+    p1 -= p2;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
+  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    while( *z && p1 ){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      p1--;
+    }
+    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+                          SQLITE_UTF8);
+  }else{
+    if( p1+p2>len ){
+      p2 = len-p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char *zBuf;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
+  ** handle the rounding directly,
+  ** otherwise use printf.
+  */
+  if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+    r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
+  }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+    r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
+  }else{
+    zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
+    if( zBuf==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3Malloc(). If the
+** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
+** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
+** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
+** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
+*/
+static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    z = 0;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+    if( !z ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Some functions like COALESCE() and IFNULL() and UNLIKELY() are implemented
+** as VDBE code so that unused argument values do not have to be computed.
+** However, we still need some kind of function implementation for this
+** routines in the function table.  The noopFunc macro provides this.
+** noopFunc will never be called so it doesn't matter what the implementation
+** is.  We might as well use the "version()" function as a substitute.
+*/
+#define noopFunc versionFunc   /* Substitute function - never called */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite_int64 r;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+  if( r<0 ){
+    /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 
+    ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
+    ** number of you get the same value back again.  To do this
+    ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
+    ** values, resulting in a positive value.  Then take the 
+    ** 2s complement of that positive value.  The end result can
+    ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
+    */
+    r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
+** that is N bytes long.
+*/
+static void randomBlob(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n;
+  unsigned char *p;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  if( n<1 ){
+    n = 1;
+  }
+  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
+  ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
+  ** function. */
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
+**
+** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
+** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
+** rules for counting changes.
+*/
+static void changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void total_changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
+*/
+struct compareInfo {
+  u8 matchAll;          /* "*" or "%" */
+  u8 matchOne;          /* "?" or "_" */
+  u8 matchSet;          /* "[" or 0 */
+  u8 noCase;            /* true to ignore case differences */
+};
+
+/*
+** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
+** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, provde the Utf8Read()
+** macro for fast reading of the next character in the common case where
+** the next character is ASCII.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
+# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A)        (*((*A)++))
+# define Utf8Read(A)               (*(A++))
+#else
+# define Utf8Read(A)               (A[0]<0x80?*(A++):sqlite3Utf8Read(&A))
+#endif
+
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
+** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
+/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
+** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
+
+/*
+** Possible error returns from patternMatch()
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MATCH             0
+#define SQLITE_NOMATCH           1
+#define SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH   2
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
+** a GLOB or LIKE expression.  Return values:
+**
+**    SQLITE_MATCH:            Match
+**    SQLITE_NOMATCH:          No match
+**    SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH:  No match in spite of having * or % wildcards.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** Like matching rules:
+** 
+**      '%'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters
+**
+***     '_'       Matches any one character
+**
+**      Ec        Where E is the "esc" character and c is any other
+**                character, including '%', '_', and esc, match exactly c.
+**
+** The comments within this routine usually assume glob matching.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
+*/
+static int patternCompare(
+  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
+  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
+  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
+  u32 matchOther                   /* The escape char (LIKE) or '[' (GLOB) */
+){
+  u32 c, c2;                       /* Next pattern and input string chars */
+  u32 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;  /* "?" or "_" */
+  u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;  /* "*" or "%" */
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase;       /* True if uppercase==lowercase */
+  const u8 *zEscaped = 0;          /* One past the last escaped input char */
+  
+  while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){
+    if( c==matchAll ){  /* Match "*" */
+      /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern.  If there
+      ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a
+      ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */
+      while( (c=Utf8Read(zPattern)) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
+          return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_MATCH;   /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */
+      }else if( c==matchOther ){
+        if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){
+          c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+          if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH;
+        }else{
+          /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*".  We have to do a slow
+          ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */
+          assert( matchOther<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
+          while( *zString ){
+            int bMatch = patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,matchOther);
+            if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch;
+            SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+          }
+          return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the
+      ** pattern string past the "*".  Search in the input string for the
+      ** first matching character and recursively continue the match from
+      ** that point.
+      **
+      ** For a case-insensitive search, set variable cx to be the same as
+      ** c but in the other case and search the input string for either
+      ** c or cx.
+      */
+      if( c<=0x80 ){
+        u32 cx;
+        int bMatch;
+        if( noCase ){
+          cx = sqlite3Toupper(c);
+          c = sqlite3Tolower(c);
+        }else{
+          cx = c;
+        }
+        while( (c2 = *(zString++))!=0 ){
+          if( c2!=c && c2!=cx ) continue;
+          bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther);
+          if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch;
+        }
+      }else{
+        int bMatch;
+        while( (c2 = Utf8Read(zString))!=0 ){
+          if( c2!=c ) continue;
+          bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther);
+          if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch;
+        }
+      }
+      return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH;
+    }
+    if( c==matchOther ){
+      if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){
+        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+        if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMATCH;
+        zEscaped = zPattern;
+      }else{
+        u32 prior_c = 0;
+        int seen = 0;
+        int invert = 0;
+        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+        if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMATCH;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+        if( c2=='^' ){
+          invert = 1;
+          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+        }
+        if( c2==']' ){
+          if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+        }
+        while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
+          if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+            if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+            prior_c = 0;
+          }else{
+            if( c==c2 ){
+              seen = 1;
+            }
+            prior_c = c2;
+          }
+          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+        }
+        if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMATCH;
+        }
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    c2 = Utf8Read(zString);
+    if( c==c2 ) continue;
+    if( noCase  && sqlite3Tolower(c)==sqlite3Tolower(c2) && c<0x80 && c2<0x80 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( c==matchOne && zPattern!=zEscaped && c2!=0 ) continue;
+    return SQLITE_NOMATCH;
+  }
+  return *zString==0 ? SQLITE_MATCH : SQLITE_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_strglob() interface.  Return 0 on a match (like strcmp()) and
+** non-zero if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){
+  return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, '[');
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_strlike() interface.  Return 0 on a match and non-zero for
+** a miss - like strcmp().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zPattern, const char *zStr, unsigned int esc){
+  return patternCompare((u8*)zPattern, (u8*)zStr, &likeInfoNorm, esc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
+** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
+** only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
+** the GLOB operator.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
+  u32 escape;
+  int nPat;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB
+   || sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_BLOB
+  ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_like_count++;
+#endif
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, 0);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
+    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc);
+  }else{
+    escape = pInfo->matchSet;
+  }
+  if( zA && zB ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_like_count++;
+#endif
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)==SQLITE_MATCH);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
+** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
+** SQLite.
+*/
+static void sourceidFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function.  This is a wrapper around
+** sqlite3_log().  The return value is NULL.  The function exists purely for
+** its side-effects.
+*/
+static void errlogFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
+  sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
+** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
+** was used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptionusedFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zOptName;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
+  ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
+  ** function.
+  */
+  if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. 
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options 
+** used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptiongetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
+  ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
+  */
+  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
+** digits. */
+static const char hexdigits[] = {
+  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+};
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      double r1, r2;
+      char zBuf[50];
+      r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
+      sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( r1!=r2 ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      char *zText = 0;
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
+      if( zText ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqlite3_free(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j;
+      u64 n;
+      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      if( zArg==0 ) return;
+      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
+      if( z ){
+        z[0] = '\'';
+        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+          z[j++] = zArg[i];
+          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+            z[j++] = '\'';
+          }
+        }
+        z[j++] = '\'';
+        z[j] = 0;
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The unicode() function.  Return the integer unicode code-point value
+** for the first character of the input string. 
+*/
+static void unicodeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  (void)argc;
+  if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z));
+}
+
+/*
+** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is
+** an integer.  It constructs a string where each character of the string
+** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument.
+*/
+static void charFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char *z, *zOut;
+  int i;
+  zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc64( argc*4+1 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    sqlite3_int64 x;
+    unsigned c;
+    x = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[i]);
+    if( x<0 || x>0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd;
+    c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff);
+    if( c<0x00080 ){
+      *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);
+    }else if( c<0x00800 ){
+      *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+    }else if( c<0x10000 ){
+      *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+    }else{
+      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+    }                                                    \
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+
+/*
+** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
+** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
+*/
+static void hexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i, n;
+  const unsigned char *pBlob;
+  char *zHex, *z;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
+  if( zHex ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
+      unsigned char c = *pBlob;
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
+    }
+    *z = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
+*/
+static void zeroblobFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  i64 n;
+  int rc;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(context, n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
+** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
+** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C.  The match
+** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
+*/
+static void replaceFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
+  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
+  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
+  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
+  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
+  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
+  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
+  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
+  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
+  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zStr==0 ) return;
+  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zPattern==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+            || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+    return;
+  }
+  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+  if( zRep==0 ) return;
+  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
+  nOut = nStr + 1;
+  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
+  if( zOut==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
+  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
+    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
+      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
+    }else{
+      u8 *zOld;
+      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
+      testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return;
+      }
+      zOld = zOut;
+      zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut);
+      if( zOut==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+        sqlite3_free(zOld);
+        return;
+      }
+      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
+      j += nRep;
+      i += nPattern-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
+  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
+  j += nStr - i;
+  assert( j<=nOut );
+  zOut[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
+** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
+*/
+static void trimFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
+  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
+  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
+  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
+  unsigned char **azChar = 0;       /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
+  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    return;
+  }
+  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) return;
+  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
+    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
+    nChar = 1;
+    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
+    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
+    zCharSet = 0;
+  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
+    return;
+  }else{
+    const unsigned char *z;
+    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    }
+    if( nChar>0 ){
+      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
+      if( azChar==0 ){
+        return;
+      }
+      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
+      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+        aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( nChar>0 ){
+    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
+    if( flags & 1 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+          len = aLen[i];
+          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
+        }
+        if( i>=nChar ) break;
+        zIn += len;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( flags & 2 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+          len = aLen[i];
+          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
+        }
+        if( i>=nChar ) break;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zCharSet ){
+      sqlite3_free(azChar);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION
+/*
+** The "unknown" function is automatically substituted in place of
+** any unrecognized function name when doing an EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+** when the SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION compile-time option is used.
+** When the "sqlite3" command-line shell is built using this functionality,
+** that allows an EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN for complex queries
+** involving application-defined functions to be examined in a generic
+** sqlite3 shell.
+*/
+static void unknownFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  /* no-op */
+}
+#endif /*SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION*/
+
+
+/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
+** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
+** when SQLite is built.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+**
+** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
+** soundex encoding of the string X. 
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+    zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        if( code!=prevcode ){
+          prevcode = code;
+          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+        }
+      }else{
+        prevcode = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
+    ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
+*/
+static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const char *zProc;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Disallow the load_extension() SQL function unless the SQLITE_LoadExtFunc
+  ** flag is set.  See the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() API.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtFunc)==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "not authorized", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  }else{
+    zProc = 0;
+  }
+  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
+  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
+  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
+  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
+  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
+**
+** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
+** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
+** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
+** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
+** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
+** it overflows an integer.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  int type;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
+  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    p->cnt++;
+    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      p->rSum += v;
+      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
+        p->overflow = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      p->approx = 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    if( p->overflow ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
+    }else if( p->approx ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  i64 n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated.  But just to make
+  ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our 
+  ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
+  ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
+  assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
+          || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
+#endif
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+  }else if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+    }
+  }else{
+    pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pRes ){
+    if( pRes->flags ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
+*/
+static void groupConcatStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zVal;
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  const char *zSep;
+  int nVal, nSep;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
+
+  if( pAccum ){
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+    int firstTerm = pAccum->mxAlloc==0;
+    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+    if( !firstTerm ){
+      if( argc==2 ){
+        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+      }else{
+        zSep = ",";
+        nSep = 1;
+      }
+      if( zSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
+    }
+    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
+  }
+}
+static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pAccum ){
+    if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }else{    
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
+                          sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does per-connection function registration.  Most
+** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
+** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
+*/
+static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
+    pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
+** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
+** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
+  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
+  if( caseSensitive ){
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
+  }else{
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
+  }
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
+      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
+** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
+** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
+** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
+** return FALSE.
+**
+** *pIsNocase is set to true if uppercase and lowercase are equivalent for
+** the function (default for LIKE).  If the function makes the distinction
+** between uppercase and lowercase (as does GLOB) then *pIsNocase is set to
+** false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION 
+   || !pExpr->x.pList 
+   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
+  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
+  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
+  */
+  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
+  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
+  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
+** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
+** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
+**
+** After this routine runs
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){
+  /*
+  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
+  ** defined in this file.
+  **
+  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
+  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
+  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
+  **
+  ** For peak efficiency, put the most frequently used function last.
+  */
+  static FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    VFUNCTION(load_extension,    1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+    VFUNCTION(load_extension,    2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt,       2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+    DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
+    DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+    FUNCTION2(unlikely,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+    FUNCTION2(likelihood,        2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+    FUNCTION2(likely,            1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    FUNCTION2(affinity,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY),
+#endif
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE2(min,              1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize,
+                                          SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
+    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE2(max,              1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize,
+                                          SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
+    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
+    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
+    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(char,              -1, 0, 0, charFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+#endif
+    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
+    FUNCTION2(ifnull,            2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
+    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
+    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
+    DFUNCTION(sqlite_version,    0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
+    DFUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,  0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
+    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
+    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
+    VFUNCTION(total_changes,     0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
+    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE2(count,            0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize,
+               SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT  ),
+    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+  
+    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+#else
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION
+    FUNCTION(unknown,           -1, 0, 0, unknownFunc      ),
+#endif
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION2(coalesce,         -1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+  };
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  sqlite3AlterFunctions();
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+  sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions();
+#endif
+  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
+  sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aBuiltinFunc, ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc));
+
+#if 0  /* Enable to print out how the built-in functions are hashed */
+  {
+    int i;
+    FuncDef *p;
+    for(i=0; i<SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ; i++){
+      printf("FUNC-HASH %02d:", i);
+      for(p=sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[i]; p; p=p->u.pHash){
+        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName);
+        int h = p->zName[0] + n;
+        printf(" %s(%d)", p->zName, h);
+      }
+      printf("\n");
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
+** support to compiled SQL statements.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/*
+** Deferred and Immediate FKs
+** --------------------------
+**
+** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
+** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
+** statement transaction rolled back. If a 
+** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken 
+** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the 
+** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
+**
+** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
+** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a 
+** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed 
+** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
+** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
+** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
+** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
+** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
+**
+**   * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, 
+**     there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
+**     or which row it is not satisfied for.
+**
+**   * If the database contains foreign key violations when the 
+**     transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
+**
+** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
+** than the alternatives.
+**
+** INSERT operations:
+**
+**   I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
+**        the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
+**        constraint counter.
+**
+**   I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, 
+**        search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
+**        row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
+**        found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
+**
+** DELETE operations:
+**
+**   D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, 
+**        search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the 
+**        deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, 
+**        decrement the counter.
+**
+**   D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search 
+**        the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row 
+**        in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
+**
+** UPDATE operations:
+**
+**   An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
+**   for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually 
+**   modified (values must be compared at runtime).
+**
+** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
+** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
+**
+** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
+** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
+** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
+** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new 
+** row is inserted.
+**
+** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference 
+** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
+** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
+** constraint counter is greater than zero,
+** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
+** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
+** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
+** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
+** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
+** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
+**
+** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a 
+** table be handled?
+**
+**
+** Query API Notes
+** ---------------
+**
+** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
+** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
+** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
+** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
+** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be 
+** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
+** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
+** generation code to query for this information are:
+**
+**   sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
+**   sqlite3FkOldmask()  - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
+**
+**
+** Externally accessible module functions
+** --------------------------------------
+**
+**   sqlite3FkCheck()    - Check for foreign key violations.
+**   sqlite3FkActions()  - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
+**   sqlite3FkDelete()   - Delete an FKey structure.
+*/
+
+/*
+** VDBE Calling Convention
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Example:
+**
+**   For the following INSERT statement:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
+**     INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
+**
+**   Register (x):        2    (type integer)
+**   Register (x+1):      1    (type integer)
+**   Register (x+2):      NULL (type NULL)
+**   Register (x+3):      3.1  (type real)
+*/
+
+/*
+** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
+** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
+** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, 
+** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. 
+**
+** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY 
+** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx 
+** is set to point to the unique index. 
+** 
+** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
+** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
+** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
+** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
+** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
+** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
+** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
+** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
+** *ppIdx, and so on.
+**
+** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
+**
+**   1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
+**
+**   2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
+**      UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
+**
+**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
+**      PRIMARY KEY, or
+**
+**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
+**      consists of a different number of columns to the child key in 
+**      the child table.
+**
+** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
+** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
+** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context to store any error in */
+  Table *pParent,                 /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to find index for */
+  Index **ppIdx,                  /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
+  int **paiCol                    /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
+){
+  Index *pIdx = 0;                    /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
+  int *aiCol = 0;                     /* Value to return via *paiCol */
+  int nCol = pFKey->nCol;             /* Number of columns in parent key */
+  char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol;   /* Name of left-most parent key column */
+
+  /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
+  assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
+  assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
+  assert( pParse );
+
+  /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it 
+  ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx 
+  ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. 
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
+  ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
+  ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
+  */
+  if( nCol==1 ){
+    /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
+    **
+    **   1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly 
+    **      mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
+    **   2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
+    **      PRIMARY KEY.
+    */
+    if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
+      if( !zKey ) return 0;
+      if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
+    }
+  }else if( paiCol ){
+    assert( nCol>1 );
+    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
+    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
+    *paiCol = aiCol;
+  }
+
+  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ 
+      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
+      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
+      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */
+
+      if( zKey==0 ){
+        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
+        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
+        ** identified by the test.  */
+        if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+          if( aiCol ){
+            int i;
+            for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
+        ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
+        ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
+        ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];     /* Index of column in parent tbl */
+          const char *zDfltColl;            /* Def. collation for column */
+          char *zIdxCol;                    /* Name of indexed column */
+
+          if( iCol<0 ) break; /* No foreign keys against expression indexes */
+
+          /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
+          ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
+          ** unusable. Bail out early in this case.  */
+          zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
+          if( !zDfltColl ) zDfltColl = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
+
+          zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
+          for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
+              if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( j==nCol ) break;
+        }
+        if( i==nCol ) break;      /* pIdx is usable */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pIdx ){
+    if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+           "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"",
+           pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  *ppIdx = pIdx;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the 
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed 
+** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
+** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
+** new row.
+**
+** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into 
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no 
+** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
+** found in the parent table:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
+*/
+static void fkLookupParent(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context */
+  int iDb,              /* Index of database housing pTab */
+  Table *pTab,          /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
+  Index *pIdx,          /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
+  FKey *pFKey,          /* Foreign key constraint */
+  int *aiCol,           /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
+  int regData,          /* Address of array containing child table row */
+  int nIncr,            /* Increment constraint counter by this */
+  int isIgnore          /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
+){
+  int i;                                    /* Iterator variable */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);         /* Vdbe to add code to */
+  int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1;              /* Cursor number to use */
+  int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);        /* jump here if parent key found */
+
+  /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
+  ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
+  ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
+  **
+  ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If 
+  ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to 
+  ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+    int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  if( isIgnore==0 ){
+    if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
+      ** column of the parent table (table pTab).  */
+      int iMustBeInt;               /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  
+      /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. 
+      ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
+      ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
+      ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
+      ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
+      iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
+    }else{
+      int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+      int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
+      }
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter. 
+      **
+      ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match 
+      ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
+      ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
+      ** none of the child key values are).
+      */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
+          int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
+          assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+          assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+            /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
+            iParent = regData;
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
+                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
+   && !pParse->pToplevel 
+   && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+  ){
+    /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
+    ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
+    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
+    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
+    assert( nIncr==1 );
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
+        OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
+  }else{
+    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding
+** to column iCol of table pTab.
+**
+** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data
+** for pTab.  regBase itself holds the rowid.  regBase+1 holds the first
+** column.  regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth.
+*/
+static Expr *exprTableRegister(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */
+  int regBase,       /* Contents of table pTab */
+  i16 iCol           /* Which column of pTab is desired */
+){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  Column *pCol;
+  const char *zColl;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+      pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1;
+      pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity;
+      zColl = pCol->zColl;
+      if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
+      pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->iTable = regBase;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which
+** has cursor iCur.
+*/
+static Expr *exprTableColumn(
+  sqlite3 *db,      /* The database connection */
+  Table *pTab,      /* The table whose column is desired */
+  int iCursor,      /* The open cursor on the table */
+  i16 iCol          /* The column that is wanted */
+){
+  Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+  if( pExpr ){
+    pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+    pExpr->iTable = iCursor;
+    pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
+** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
+** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
+** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
+**
+** Parameter nIncr is passed -1 when inserting a row (as this may decrease
+** the number of FK violations in the db) or +1 when deleting one (as this
+** may increase the number of FK constraint problems).
+**
+** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
+** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
+** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   DELETE      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
+*/
+static void fkScanChildren(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* The child table to be scanned */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* The parent table */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */
+  int *aiCol,                     /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
+  int regData,                    /* Parent row data starts here */
+  int nIncr                       /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  Expr *pWhere = 0;               /* WHERE clause to scan with */
+  NameContext sNameContext;       /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;              /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
+  int iFkIfZero = 0;              /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol );
+  assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+  assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) );
+
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
+  **
+  **   <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
+  **
+  ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
+  ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
+  ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+    i16 iCol;                     /* Index of column in child table */ 
+    const char *zCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+
+    iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
+    pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
+    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+    assert( iCol>=0 );
+    zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
+    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
+    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight);
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+  }
+
+  /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms
+  ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned.
+  ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this:
+  **
+  **     $current_rowid!=rowid
+  **     NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... )
+  **
+  ** The first form is used for rowid tables.  The second form is used
+  ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables.  In the second form, the primary key is
+  ** (a,b,...)
+  */
+  if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
+    Expr *pNe;                    /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1);
+      pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1);
+      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight);
+    }else{
+      Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0;
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+      assert( pIdx!=0 );
+      for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        assert( iCol>=0 );
+        pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
+        pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol);
+        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight);
+        pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq);
+      }
+      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0);
+    }
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe);
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
+  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
+  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
+
+  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
+  ** clause. For each row found, increment either the deferred or immediate
+  ** foreign key constraint counter. */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  if( iFkIfZero ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by
+** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab.  For example,
+** given the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
+**
+** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
+** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
+** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
+** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
+** table).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
+  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
+** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
+** and all of its sub-components.
+**
+** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
+** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
+*/
+static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
+  if( p ){
+    TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
+    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
+** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
+** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
+** table pTab.
+**
+** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
+**
+**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
+**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
+**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK 
+**       constraint violations in the database,
+**
+** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
+** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
+** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
+    int iSkip = 0;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+    assert( v );                  /* VDBE has already been allocated */
+    if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
+      /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
+      ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without 
+      ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
+      ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
+      ** when this statement is run.  */
+      FKey *p;
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break;
+      }
+      if( !p ) return;
+      iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
+    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
+
+    /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint 
+    ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
+    ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
+    ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.  
+    **
+    ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
+    ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
+    ** constraints are violated.
+    */
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
+          OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
+    }
+
+    if( iSkip ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
+** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
+** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
+** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
+** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
+** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
+**
+** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
+** child key for FK constraint *p are modified.
+*/
+static int fkChildIsModified(
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated */
+  FKey *p,                        /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating modified columns */
+  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is modified by this update */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
+    if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+    if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
+** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
+** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
+** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
+** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
+** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
+**
+** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
+** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
+*/
+static int fkParentIsModified(
+  Table *pTab, 
+  FKey *p, 
+  int *aChange, 
+  int bChngRowid
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
+    int iKey;
+    for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
+      if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){
+        Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
+        if( zKey ){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1;
+        }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being
+** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging
+** to trigger pFKey.
+*/
+static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){
+  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  if( pTop->pTriggerPrg ){
+    Trigger *p = pTop->pTriggerPrg->pTrigger;
+    if( (p==pFKey->apTrigger[0] && pFKey->aAction[0]==OE_SetNull)
+     || (p==pFKey->apTrigger[1] && pFKey->aAction[1]==OE_SetNull)
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
+** processing for the operation.
+**
+** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
+** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
+** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
+** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
+** zero in this case.
+**
+** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
+** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
+** row data.
+**
+** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
+** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
+** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Row is being deleted from this table */ 
+  int regOld,                     /* Previous row data is stored here */
+  int regNew,                     /* New row data is stored here */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
+  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Used to iterate through FKs */
+  int iDb;                        /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  const char *zDb;                /* Name of database containing pTab */
+  int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
+
+  /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
+  assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
+
+  /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
+  ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
+    int *aiFree = 0;
+    int *aiCol;
+    int iCol;
+    int i;
+    int bIgnore = 0;
+
+    if( aChange 
+     && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
+     && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 
+    ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index 
+    ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these 
+    ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return 
+    ** early.  */
+    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }else{
+      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }
+    if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
+      assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      if( pTo==0 ){
+        /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
+        ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
+        ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
+        ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
+        ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
+        ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
+        */
+        Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+          int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
+
+    if( aiFree ){
+      aiCol = aiFree;
+    }else{
+      iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      aiCol = &iCol;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+      if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+        aiCol[i] = -1;
+      }
+      assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
+      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
+      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
+      if( db->xAuth ){
+        int rcauth;
+        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
+        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
+        bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
+    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
+    ** in the parent table.  */
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
+    pParse->nTab++;
+
+    if( regOld!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
+      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
+      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore);
+    }
+    if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){
+      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
+      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. 
+      **
+      ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program
+      ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very 
+      ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key
+      ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding
+      ** this row to cause an FK violation.  */
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1, bIgnore);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
+  ** (the "child" constraints) */
+  for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
+    SrcList *pSrc;
+    int *aiCol = 0;
+
+    if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) 
+     && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+    ){
+      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
+      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix)
+      ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table.  We need the
+    ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pSrc ){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+      pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
+      pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+      pItem->pTab->nTabRef++;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  
+      if( regNew!=0 ){
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
+      }
+      if( regOld!=0 ){
+        int eAction = pFKey->aAction[aChange!=0];
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
+        /* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL
+        ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by
+        ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger.
+        ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case.
+        **
+        ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the
+        ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway
+        ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE
+        ** within the action trigger).
+        **
+        ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit
+        ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL
+        ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action 
+        ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the 
+        ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters
+        ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are 
+        ** omitted.  */
+        if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){
+          sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+        }
+      }
+      pItem->zName = 0;
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+  }
+}
+
+#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab                     /* Table being modified */
+){
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    int i;
+    for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
+    }
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Index *pIdx = 0;
+      sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
+      if( pIdx ){
+        for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+          assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+          mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
+** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
+** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding 
+** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
+** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
+** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
+**
+** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
+** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function 
+** returns false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being modified */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
+  int chngRowid                   /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
+){
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    if( !aChange ){
+      /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the 
+      ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any 
+      ** foreign key constraint.  */
+      return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
+    }else{
+      /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
+      ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
+      FKey *p;
+
+      /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+        if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being 
+** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
+** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
+** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
+** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
+**
+** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
+** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
+** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
+** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
+** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
+**
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in 
+** the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
+**
+** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
+**
+**   CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
+**     DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
+**   END;
+**
+** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by 
+** sqlite3FkDelete().
+*/
+static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to get action for */
+  ExprList *pChanges              /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int action;                     /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;              /* Trigger definition to return */
+  int iAction = (pChanges!=0);    /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
+
+  action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
+  if( action==OE_Restrict && (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
+
+  if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
+    char const *zFrom;            /* Name of child table */
+    int nFrom;                    /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Parent key index for this FK */
+    int *aiCol = 0;               /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
+    TriggerStep *pStep = 0;        /* First (only) step of trigger program */
+    Expr *pWhere = 0;             /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
+    ExprList *pList = 0;          /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
+    Select *pSelect = 0;          /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    Expr *pWhen = 0;              /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
+
+    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+      Token tOld = { "old", 3 };  /* Literal "old" token */
+      Token tNew = { "new", 3 };  /* Literal "new" token */
+      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
+      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
+      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
+
+      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
+      assert( pIdx!=0 || (pTab->iPKey>=0 && pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol) );
+      assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+      sqlite3TokenInit(&tToCol,
+                   pTab->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTab->iPKey].zName);
+      sqlite3TokenInit(&tFromCol, pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName);
+
+      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
+      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
+      ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
+      ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
+      pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
+            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)),
+          sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0)
+      );
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+
+      /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
+      ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
+      **
+      **    WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
+      */
+      if( pChanges ){
+        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
+              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
+              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0))
+            );
+        pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
+      }
+  
+      if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
+        Expr *pNew;
+        if( action==OE_Cascade ){
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
+            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0));
+        }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
+          Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
+          if( pDflt ){
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
+          }else{
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0);
+          }
+        }else{
+          pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0);
+        }
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
+        sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+
+    zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+    nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
+
+    if( action==OE_Restrict ){
+      Token tFrom;
+      Expr *pRaise; 
+
+      tFrom.z = zFrom;
+      tFrom.n = nFrom;
+      pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
+      if( pRaise ){
+        pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
+      }
+      pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 
+          sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
+          sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
+          pWhere,
+          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+      );
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
+    db->lookaside.bDisable++;
+
+    pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+        sizeof(Trigger) +         /* struct Trigger */
+        sizeof(TriggerStep) +     /* Single step in trigger program */
+        nFrom + 1                 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */
+    );
+    if( pTrigger ){
+      pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
+      pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1];
+      memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom);
+  
+      pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      if( pWhen ){
+        pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0);
+        pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
+    db->lookaside.bDisable--;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
+      fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pStep!=0 );
+
+    switch( action ){
+      case OE_Restrict:
+        pStep->op = TK_SELECT; 
+        break;
+      case OE_Cascade: 
+        if( !pChanges ){ 
+          pStep->op = TK_DELETE; 
+          break; 
+        }
+      default:
+        pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+    }
+    pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
+  }
+
+  return pTrigger;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
+** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  ExprList *pChanges,             /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+  int regOld,                     /* Address of array containing old row */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
+  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
+){
+  /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that 
+  ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK 
+  ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *pFKey;                  /* Iterator variable */
+    for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+      if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){
+        Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
+        if( pAct ){
+          sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
+** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
+** hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Iterator variable */
+  FKey *pNext;                    /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+
+  assert( db==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)
+         || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
+
+    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
+    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
+        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+      }else{
+        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
+        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
+        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p);
+      }
+      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
+        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
+    ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
+    */
+    assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+
+    /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
+    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+#endif
+
+    pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will 
+**
+**   (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
+**   (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
+**
+** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
+** for that table that is actually opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
+  Parse *pParse,  /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
+  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 
+                   (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+  }else{
+    Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+    assert( pPk!=0 );
+    assert( pPk->tnum==pTab->tnum );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
+** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'A'            BLOB
+**  'B'            TEXT
+**  'C'            NUMERIC
+**  'D'            INTEGER
+**  'F'            REAL
+**
+** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
+** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
+**
+** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
+** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
+** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+      i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n];
+      if( x>=0 ){
+        pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[x].affinity;
+      }else if( x==XN_ROWID ){
+        pIdx->zColAff[n] = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      }else{
+        char aff;
+        assert( x==XN_EXPR );
+        assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 );
+        aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pIdx->aColExpr->a[n].pExpr);
+        if( aff==0 ) aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+        pIdx->zColAff[n] = aff;
+      }
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
+  }
+ 
+  return pIdx->zColAff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been
+** computed.  As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_BLOB affinities.
+**
+** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_BLOB values) and
+** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities
+** for register iReg and following.  Or if affinities exists and iReg==0,
+** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
+** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
+**
+** A column affinity string has one character per column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'A'            BLOB
+**  'B'            TEXT
+**  'C'            NUMERIC
+**  'D'            INTEGER
+**  'E'            REAL
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
+  if( zColAff==0 ){
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    do{
+      zColAff[i--] = 0;
+    }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+  i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff);
+  if( i ){
+    if( iReg ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if 
+** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can 
+** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
+*/
+static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  int i;
+  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
+#endif
+
+  for(i=1; i<iEnd; i++){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
+    assert( pOp!=0 );
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
+      Index *pIndex;
+      int tnum = pOp->p2;
+      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
+      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/*
+** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
+** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
+** that holds the maximum rowid.  Return zero if pTab is not an AUTOINCREMENT
+** table.  (Also return zero when doing a VACUUM since we do not want to
+** update the AUTOINCREMENT counters during a VACUUM.)
+**
+** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
+** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
+** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
+** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
+** AutoincInfo structure is used.
+**
+** Three memory locations are allocated:
+**
+**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
+**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
+**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
+**
+** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
+** insert routine needs to know about.
+*/
+static int autoIncBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
+){
+  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0
+   && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0
+  ){
+    Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+    AutoincInfo *pInfo;
+
+    pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
+    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
+    if( pInfo==0 ){
+      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
+      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
+      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
+      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
+      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
+      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
+      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
+    }
+    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
+  }
+  return memId;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
+  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */
+
+  /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
+  ** only called from the top-level */
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) );
+
+  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+    static const VdbeOpList autoInc[] = {
+      /* 0  */ {OP_Null,    0,  0, 0},
+      /* 1  */ {OP_Rewind,  0,  9, 0},
+      /* 2  */ {OP_Column,  0,  0, 0},
+      /* 3  */ {OP_Ne,      0,  7, 0},
+      /* 4  */ {OP_Rowid,   0,  0, 0},
+      /* 5  */ {OP_Column,  0,  1, 0},
+      /* 6  */ {OP_Goto,    0,  9, 0},
+      /* 7  */ {OP_Next,    0,  2, 0},
+      /* 8  */ {OP_Integer, 0,  0, 0},
+      /* 9  */ {OP_Close,   0,  0, 0} 
+    };
+    VdbeOp *aOp;
+    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    memId = p->regCtr;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
+    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName);
+    aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoInc), autoInc, iLn);
+    if( aOp==0 ) break;
+    aOp[0].p2 = memId;
+    aOp[0].p3 = memId+1;
+    aOp[2].p3 = memId;
+    aOp[3].p1 = memId-1;
+    aOp[3].p3 = memId;
+    aOp[3].p5 = SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL;
+    aOp[4].p2 = memId+1;
+    aOp[5].p3 = memId;
+    aOp[8].p2 = memId;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
+**
+** This routine should be called when the regRowid register holds a
+** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
+** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
+** memory cell is updated.
+*/
+static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
+  if( memId>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
+** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
+** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
+** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
+** routine just before the "exit" code.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void autoIncrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( v );
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+    static const VdbeOpList autoIncEnd[] = {
+      /* 0 */ {OP_NotNull,     0, 2, 0},
+      /* 1 */ {OP_NewRowid,    0, 0, 0},
+      /* 2 */ {OP_MakeRecord,  0, 2, 0},
+      /* 3 */ {OP_Insert,      0, 0, 0},
+      /* 4 */ {OP_Close,       0, 0, 0}
+    };
+    VdbeOp *aOp;
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    int iRec;
+    int memId = p->regCtr;
+
+    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
+    aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoIncEnd), autoIncEnd, iLn);
+    if( aOp==0 ) break;
+    aOp[0].p1 = memId+1;
+    aOp[1].p2 = memId+1;
+    aOp[2].p1 = memId-1;
+    aOp[2].p3 = iRec;
+    aOp[3].p2 = iRec;
+    aOp[3].p3 = memId+1;
+    aOp[3].p5 = OPFLAG_APPEND;
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->pAinc ) autoIncrementEnd(pParse);
+}
+#else
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
+** above are all no-ops
+*/
+# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
+# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+);
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST),(EXPRLIST),...
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) default values
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all (non-hidden) columns for the table is substituted.
+** The IDLIST appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST
+** is omitted.
+**
+** For the pSelect parameter holds the values to be inserted for the
+** first two forms shown above.  A VALUES clause is really just short-hand
+** for a SELECT statement that omits the FROM clause and everything else
+** that follows.  If the pSelect parameter is NULL, that means that the
+** DEFAULT VALUES form of the INSERT statement is intended.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
+** insert with data coming from a single-row VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
+** the "1st template"):
+**
+**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         put VALUES clause expressions into registers
+**         write the resulting record into <table>
+**         cleanup
+**
+** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
+** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
+** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
+** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
+** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
+** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
+** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
+** template.  This is the 2nd template.
+**
+**         open a write cursor to <table>
+**         open read cursor on <table2>
+**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
+**         close cursors
+**         foreach index on <table>
+**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
+**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
+**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
+**           close cursors
+**         end foreach
+**
+** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
+** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
+** The generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
+**           load values into registers R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         end-coroutine X
+**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
+**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+**         goto C
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           load value into register R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         end co-routine R
+**      B: open temp table
+**      L: yield X, at EOF goto M
+**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+**         goto L
+**      M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         rewind temp table
+**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+**         end loop
+**      D: cleanup
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
+  int iDataCur = 0;     /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */
+  int iIdxCur = 0;      /* First index cursor */
+  int ipkColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
+  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
+  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
+  u8 useTempTable = 0;  /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  u8 appendFlag = 0;    /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
+  u8 withoutRowid;      /* 0 for normal table.  1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */
+  u8 bIdListInOrder;    /* True if IDLIST is in table order */
+  ExprList *pList = 0;  /* List of VALUES() to be inserted  */
+
+  /* Register allocations */
+  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
+  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
+  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
+  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
+  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a
+  ** single row (the common case) then keep that one row of values
+  ** and discard the other (unused) parts of the pSelect object
+  */
+  if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){
+    pList = pSelect->pEList;
+    pSelect->pEList = 0;
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    pSelect = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0,
+                       db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab);
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** inserted into is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define tmask 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+  assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Cannot insert into a read-only table.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  /* If the statement is of the form
+  **
+  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
+  **
+  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
+  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+  **
+  ** This is the 2nd template.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
+    assert( !pTrigger );
+    assert( pList==0 );
+    goto insert_end;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
+  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
+  */
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
+
+  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
+  ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record.
+  */
+  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    regRowid++;
+    pParse->nMem++;
+  }
+  regData = regRowid+1;
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  ipkColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the INTEGER
+  ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  bIdListInOrder = (pTab->tabFlags & TF_OOOHidden)==0;
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            ipkColumn = i;  assert( !withoutRowid );
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){
+          ipkColumn = i;
+          bIdListInOrder = 0;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
+  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
+  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT or from a multi-row VALUES clause.
+    ** Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT. */
+    int regYield;       /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
+    int addrTop;        /* Top of the co-routine */
+    int rc;             /* Result code */
+
+    regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
+    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
+    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
+    dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0;
+    dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol;
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+    regFromSelect = dest.iSdst;
+    if( rc || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) goto insert_cleanup;
+    sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);                       /* label B: */
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
+    ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into
+    ** the destination table (template 3).
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
+      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
+      ** here is from the 4th template:
+      **
+      **      B: open temp table
+      **      L: yield X, goto M at EOF
+      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+      **         goto L
+      **      M: ...
+      */
+      int regRec;          /* Register to hold packed record */
+      int regTempRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
+      int addrL;           /* Label "L" */
+
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
+      addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrL);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a 
+    ** single-row VALUES clause
+    */
+    NameContext sNC;
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    srcTab = -1;
+    assert( useTempTable==0 );
+    if( pList ){
+      nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }else{
+      nColumn = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key 
+  ** column index in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
+    ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
+  }
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
+  if( !isView ){
+    int nIdx;
+    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, -1, 0,
+                                      &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
+    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; i<nIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      assert( pIdx );
+      aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
+      pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
+    **
+    **         rewind temp table, if empty goto D
+    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+    **           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+    **         end loop
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
+    **
+    **      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
+    **         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+    **         goto C
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( ipkColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+    }else{
+      int addr1;
+      assert( !withoutRowid );
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols);
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols);
+      }
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
+    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
+    */
+    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=j=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn ){
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId)
+            || (pColumn==0 && IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i])) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 && !IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ) j++;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
+        pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
+
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of
+  ** registers beginning at regIns.
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
+    }
+    if( ipkColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid);
+      }else{
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+        if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          appendFlag = 1;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
+          pOp->p1 = iDataCur;
+          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
+          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
+        }
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      if( !appendFlag ){
+        int addr1;
+        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+        }else{
+          addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, addr1+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+      appendFlag = 1;
+    }
+    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+
+    /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    nHidden = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
+        ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
+          j = -1;
+          nHidden++;
+        }else{
+          j = i - nHidden;
+        }
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
+      int bUseSeek;     /* True to use OPFLAG_SEEKRESULT */
+      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+          regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace, 0
+      );
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0);
+
+      /* Set the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag if either (a) there are no REPLACE
+      ** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a
+      ** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the
+      ** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an
+      ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each 
+      ** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the
+      ** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT
+      ** functionality.  */
+      bUseSeek = (isReplace==0 || (pTrigger==0 &&
+          ((db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 || sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0)
+      ));
+      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+          regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, bUseSeek
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
+        pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
+  ** is a SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+  }
+
+insert_end:
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+}
+
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+#ifdef tmask
+ #undef tmask
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for checkConstraintUnchanged()
+*/
+#define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN   0x01    /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */
+#define CKCNSTRNT_ROWID    0x02    /* CHECK constraint references the ROWID */
+
+/* This is the Walker callback from checkConstraintUnchanged().  Set
+** bit 0x01 of pWalker->eCode if
+** pWalker->eCode to 0 if this expression node references any of the
+** columns that are being modifed by an UPDATE statement.
+*/
+static int checkConstraintExprNode(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 || pExpr->iColumn==-1 );
+    if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+      if( pWalker->u.aiCol[pExpr->iColumn]>=0 ){
+        pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_ROWID;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a CHECK constraint on a row that is being UPDATE-ed.  The
+** only columns that are modified by the UPDATE are those for which
+** aiChng[i]>=0, and also the ROWID is modified if chngRowid is true.
+**
+** Return true if CHECK constraint pExpr does not use any of the
+** changing columns (or the rowid if it is changing).  In other words,
+** return true if this CHECK constraint can be skipped when validating
+** the new row in the UPDATE statement.
+*/
+static int checkConstraintUnchanged(Expr *pExpr, int *aiChng, int chngRowid){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.eCode = 0;
+  w.xExprCallback = checkConstraintExprNode;
+  w.u.aiCol = aiChng;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+  if( !chngRowid ){
+    testcase( (w.eCode & CKCNSTRNT_ROWID)!=0 );
+    w.eCode &= ~CKCNSTRNT_ROWID;
+  }
+  testcase( w.eCode==0 );
+  testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN );
+  testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_ROWID );
+  testcase( w.eCode==(CKCNSTRNT_ROWID|CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN) );
+  return !w.eCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE
+** on table pTab.
+**
+** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains
+** the data to be inserted or the data after the update.  There will be
+** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range.  The first register (the one
+** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the
+** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table.  The second register in the range will
+** contain the content of the first table column.  The third register will
+** contain the content of the second table column.  And so forth.
+**
+** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains
+** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards.  regOldData is zero
+** for an INSERT.  This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by
+** checking regOldData for zero.
+**
+** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the
+** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table)
+** might be modified by the UPDATE.  If pkChng is false, then the key of
+** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE.
+**
+** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid
+** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement.  If pkChng
+** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or
+** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid.  On an INSERT,
+** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer
+** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into
+** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
+** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
+** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
+** at pTab->pIndex.
+**
+** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main
+** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which
+** aRegIdx[] is not zero).  iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when
+** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY
+** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table.  iIdxCur is the cursor
+** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list.  Cursors for other indices
+** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                changes to prior rows are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The attempt in insert or update the current
+**                                row is skipped, without throwing an error.
+**                                Processing continues with the next row.
+**                                (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.)
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table being inserted or updated */
+  int *aRegIdx,        /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i.  0 for unused */
+  int iDataCur,        /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */
+  int iIdxCur,         /* First index cursor */
+  int regNewData,      /* First register in a range holding values to insert */
+  int regOldData,      /* Previous content.  0 for INSERTs */
+  u8 pkChng,           /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */
+  u8 overrideError,    /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest,      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+  int *pbMayReplace,   /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
+  int *aiChng          /* column i is unchanged if aiChng[i]<0 */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;             /* VDBE under constrution */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
+  Index *pPk = 0;      /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
+  int i;               /* loop counter */
+  int ix;              /* Index loop counter */
+  int nCol;            /* Number of columns */
+  int onError;         /* Conflict resolution strategy */
+  int addr1;           /* Address of jump instruction */
+  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
+  int nPkField;        /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
+  int ipkTop = 0;      /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
+  int ipkBottom = 0;   /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
+  u8 isUpdate;         /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
+  u8 bAffinityDone = 0;  /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
+
+  isUpdate = regOldData!=0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  
+  /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
+  ** normal rowid tables.  nPkField is the number of key fields in the 
+  ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table.  In other words, nPkField is the
+  ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    pPk = 0;
+    nPkField = 1;
+  }else{
+    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+    nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol;
+  }
+
+  /* Record that this module has started */
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)",
+                     iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng));
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      continue;        /* ROWID is never NULL */
+    }
+    if( aiChng && aiChng[i]<0 ){
+      /* Don't bother checking for NOT NULL on columns that do not change */
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* This column is allowed to be NULL */
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Abort:
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+        /* Fall through */
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                                    pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError,
+                          regNewData+1+i);
+        sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i);
+           VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
+    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
+    pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
+    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
+      int allOk;
+      Expr *pExpr = pCheck->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( aiChng && checkConstraintUnchanged(pExpr, aiChng, pkChng) ) continue;
+      allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
+      }else{
+        char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
+        if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName;
+        if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK,
+                              onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT,
+                              P5_ConstraintCheck);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously
+  ** exist in the table.
+  */
+  if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){
+    int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has changed, only that
+      ** it might have changed.  Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid
+      ** is unchanged. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response
+    ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need
+    ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after
+    ** the UNIQUE constraints have run.
+    */
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){
+          ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table.  Skip
+    ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
+        ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
+        ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire
+        ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
+        **
+        ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
+        ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call 
+        ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries 
+        ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry 
+        ** when it is inserted.  
+        **
+        ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
+        ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
+        ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
+        ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
+        ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
+        **
+        **   REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
+        **
+        ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
+        ** table.
+        */
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
+          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+          sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+                                   regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1, -1);
+        }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+          if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+            /* This OP_Delete opcode fires the pre-update-hook only. It does
+            ** not modify the b-tree. It is more efficient to let the coming
+            ** OP_Insert replace the existing entry than it is to delete the
+            ** existing entry and then insert a new one. */
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, OPFLAG_ISNOOP);
+            sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE);
+          }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+          if( pTab->pIndex ){
+            sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+            sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,-1);
+          }
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk);
+    if( ipkTop ){
+      ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go.
+  **
+  ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a
+  ** WITHOUT ROWID table.
+  */
+  for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){
+    int regIdx;          /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */
+    int regR;            /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */
+    int iThisCur;        /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */
+    int addrUniqueOk;    /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */
+
+    if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip indices that do not change */
+    if( bAffinityDone==0 ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
+      bAffinityDone = 1;
+    }
+    iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix;
+    addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]);
+      pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk,
+                            SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      pParse->ckBase = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after
+    ** the insert or update.  Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register
+    */
+    regIdx = aRegIdx[ix]+1;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      int x;
+      if( iField==XN_EXPR ){
+        pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+        sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, regIdx+i);
+        pParse->ckBase = 0;
+        VdbeComment((v, "%s column %d", pIdx->zName, i));
+      }else{
+        if( iField==XN_ROWID || iField==pTab->iPKey ){
+          x = regNewData;
+        }else{
+          x = iField + regNewData + 1;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, iField<0 ? OP_IntCopy : OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i);
+        VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName));
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]);
+    VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
+    if( pIdx->idxType==2 ) sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pIdx->pTable);
+#endif
+
+    /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index 
+    ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
+    ** primary key, then no collision is possible.  The collision detection
+    ** logic below can all be skipped. */
+    if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    }
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+
+    /* Collision detection may be omitted if all of the following are true:
+    **   (1) The conflict resolution algorithm is REPLACE
+    **   (2) The table is a WITHOUT ROWID table
+    **   (3) There are no secondary indexes on the table
+    **   (4) No delete triggers need to be fired if there is a conflict
+    **   (5) No FK constraint counters need to be updated if a conflict occurs.
+    */ 
+    if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0)                   /* Condition 3 */
+     && pPk==pIdx                                   /* Condition 2 */
+     && onError==OE_Replace                         /* Condition 1 */
+     && ( 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers) ||      /* Condition 4 */
+          0==sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0))
+     && ( 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) ||      /* Condition 5 */
+         (0==pTab->pFKey && 0==sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)))
+    ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
+                         regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Generate code to handle collisions */
+    regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField);
+    if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){
+      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR);
+        /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry
+        ** is different from old-rowid */
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+          VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+      }else{
+        int x;
+        /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and
+        ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */
+        if( pIdx!=pPk ){
+          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+            assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+            x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i);
+            VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                         pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName));
+          }
+        }
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID 
+          ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
+          ** different from the old.
+          **
+          ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values
+          ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY
+          ** KEY values of this row before the update.  */
+          int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
+          int op = OP_Ne;
+          int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
+  
+          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+            char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
+            x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+            assert( x>=0 );
+            if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){
+              addrJump = addrUniqueOk;
+              op = OP_Eq;
+            }
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, 
+                regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
+            );
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq);
+            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+            regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace,
+            (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), iThisCur);
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+    if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
+  }
+  if( ipkTop ){
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
+  }
+  
+  *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
+/*
+** Change the P5 operand on the last opcode (which should be an OP_MakeRecord)
+** to be the number of columns in table pTab that must not be NULL-trimmed.
+**
+** Or if no columns of pTab may be NULL-trimmed, leave P5 at zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
+  u16 i;
+
+  /* Records with omitted columns are only allowed for schema format
+  ** version 2 and later (SQLite version 3.1.4, 2005-02-20). */
+  if( pTab->pSchema->file_format<2 ) return;
+
+  for(i=pTab->nCol-1; i>0; i--){
+    if( pTab->aCol[i].pDflt!=0 ) break;
+    if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ) break;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i+1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
+** rowid and the content to be inserted.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int iDataCur,       /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
+  int iIdxCur,        /* First index cursor */
+  int regNewData,     /* Range of content */
+  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
+  int update_flags,   /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
+  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
+  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
+  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
+  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
+  int regRec;         /* Register holding assembled record for the table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */
+
+  assert( update_flags==0
+       || update_flags==OPFLAG_ISUPDATE
+       || update_flags==(OPFLAG_ISUPDATE|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)
+  );
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+    bAffinityDone = 1;
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    pik_flags = (useSeekResult ? OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT : 0);
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      assert( pParse->nested==0 );
+      pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+      pik_flags |= (update_flags & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+      if( update_flags==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_InsertInt, 
+            iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], 0, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE
+        );
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i],
+                         aRegIdx[i]+1,
+                         pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol: pIdx->nColumn);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+  }
+  if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return;
+  regData = regNewData + 1;
+  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
+  sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pTab);
+  if( !bAffinityDone ){
+    sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
+  }
+  if( pParse->nested ){
+    pik_flags = 0;
+  }else{
+    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+    pik_flags |= (update_flags?update_flags:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+  }
+  if( appendBias ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+  }
+  if( useSeekResult ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData);
+  if( !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
+** code to open and initialized those cursors.
+**
+** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
+** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
+** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur.  The first index cursor is
+** returned in *piIdxCur.  The number of indices is returned.
+**
+** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
+** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
+** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
+**
+** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
+** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
+** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
+** pTab->pIndex list.
+**
+** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
+** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+  u8 p5,           /* P5 value for OP_Open* opcodes (except on WITHOUT ROWID) */
+  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
+  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
+  int *piDataCur,  /* Write the database source cursor number here */
+  int *piIdxCur    /* Write the first index cursor number here */
+){
+  int i;
+  int iDb;
+  int iDataCur;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
+  assert( op==OP_OpenWrite || p5==0 );
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output
+    ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind
+    ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
+  iDataCur = iBase++;
+  if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur;
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName);
+  }
+  if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase;
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    int iIdxCur = iBase++;
+    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iIdxCur;
+      p5 = 0;
+    }
+    if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+    }
+  }
+  if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase;
+  return i;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
+** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
+** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
+** is happening when it is supposed to.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+/*
+** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
+** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
+** for a compatible index:
+**
+**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
+**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
+**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
+**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
+**    *   The index has the exact same WHERE clause
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
+  int i;
+  assert( pDest && pSrc );
+  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
+  if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){
+    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
+  }
+  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
+    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nKeyCol; i++){
+    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
+    }
+    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]==XN_EXPR ){
+      assert( pSrc->aColExpr!=0 && pDest->aColExpr!=0 );
+      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr,
+                             pDest->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, -1)!=0 ){
+        return 0;   /* Different expressions in the index */
+      }
+    }
+    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i])!=0 ){
+      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){
+    return 0;     /* Different WHERE clauses */
+  }
+
+  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
+**
+**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
+**
+** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
+** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves
+** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
+**
+** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
+** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
+** embedded in the code for details.
+**
+** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.
+** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table
+** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time.  In that
+** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also
+** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the
+** xfer optimization code if the test fails.  In that case, this routine
+** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate
+** an unoptimized transfer.  This routine also returns FALSE if there
+** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied.
+**
+** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster.
+*/
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
+  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
+  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
+  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
+  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
+  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
+  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
+  int emptyDestTest = 0;           /* Address of test for empty pDest */
+  int emptySrcTest = 0;            /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
+  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
+  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
+  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
+  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
+
+  if( pSelect==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
+  }
+  if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){
+    /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses
+    ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx"
+    ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx".  */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pDest) ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( onError==OE_Default ){
+    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf;
+    if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort;
+  }
+  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
+  }
+  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
+  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
+  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
+  }
+  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
+  }
+  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ASTERISK ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
+  }
+
+  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
+  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
+  ** we have to check the semantics.
+  */
+  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
+  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
+  if( pSrc==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
+  }
+  if( pSrc==pDest ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
+  }
+  if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){
+    return 0;   /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pSrc) ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
+  }
+  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
+    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
+  }
+  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
+    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
+    Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
+    Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 
+     && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN 
+    ){
+      return 0;    /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */
+    }
+#endif
+    if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
+      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl)!=0 ){
+      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){
+      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
+    }
+    /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */
+    if( i>0 ){
+      assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
+      assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
+      if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) 
+       || (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken,
+                                       pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0)
+      ){
+        return 0;    /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){
+      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
+    }
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
+      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){
+    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
+  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
+  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
+  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
+  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
+  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
+  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
+  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
+#endif
+  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSrc->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
+  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
+  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
+  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
+  assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 && (
+      (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
+   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
+   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
+  )){
+    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
+    ** only if the destination table is initially empty. Unless the
+    ** SQLITE_Vacuum flag is set, this block generates code to make
+    ** that determination. If SQLITE_Vacuum is set, then the destination
+    ** table is always empty.
+    **
+    ** Conditions under which the destination must be empty:
+    **
+    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
+    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
+    **     of index entries might need to change.)
+    **
+    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
+    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
+    **
+    ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
+    */
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }
+  if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){
+    u8 insFlags;
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
+    emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+      autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+    }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+      assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iDest, 0, -1);
+      insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|
+                           OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+    }else{
+      insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid,
+                      (char*)pDest, P4_TABLE);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, insFlags);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
+  }
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    u8 idxInsFlags = 0;
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    assert( pSrcIdx );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){
+      /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees
+      ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use
+      ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the
+      ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted 
+      ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part
+      ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_Last is added before the
+      ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key 
+      ** should be inserted. This is faster.
+      **
+      ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than
+      ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user 
+      ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run
+      ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly
+      ** sorted order.  */
+      for(i=0; i<pSrcIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        const char *zColl = pSrcIdx->azColl[i];
+        if( sqlite3_stricmp(sqlite3StrBINARY, zColl) ) break;
+      }
+      if( i==pSrcIdx->nColumn ){
+        idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iDest, 0, -1);
+      }
+    }
+    if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==2 ){
+      idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags|OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+  }
+  if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
+  if( emptyDestTest ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
+  const char *zLeftover;      /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;    /* The current SQL statement */
+  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
+  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */
+
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    callbackIsInit = 0;
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
+                           && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( !callbackIsInit ){
+          azCols = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (2*nCol+1)*sizeof(const char*));
+          if( azCols==0 ){
+            goto exec_out;
+          }
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
+            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
+            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
+          }
+          callbackIsInit = 1;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+              sqlite3OomFault(db);
+              goto exec_out;
+            }
+          }
+          azVals[i] = 0;
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to
+          ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will
+          ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+          pStmt = 0;
+          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT);
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        zSql = zLeftover;
+        while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){
+    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
+#endif
+/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
+** sqlite3.h.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H
+#define SQLITE3EXT_H
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+/*
+** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+**
+** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
+** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
+** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
+** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared
+** libraries!
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                           int eTextRep,const char*));
+  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                             int eTextRep,const void*));
+  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
+  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                           int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                          void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*free)(void*);
+  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
+  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+  int  (*global_recover)(void);
+  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+  const char * (*libversion)(void);
+  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
+  void *(*malloc)(int);
+  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
+                         const char*,const char*),void*);
+  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                                char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
+                                         sqlite_int64),void*);
+  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+  /* Added ??? */
+  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
+  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
+  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
+                          void (*xDestroy)(void *));
+  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
+  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
+                   int,sqlite3_blob**);
+  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
+  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+                             void(*)(void*));
+  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
+  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
+  int (*release_memory)(int);
+  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*sleep)(int);
+  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
+  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
+  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
+  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
+  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
+  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
+  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
+  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
+  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
+  const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
+  int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
+  int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+  int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
+  int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
+  void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
+  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
+  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
+  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
+  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
+  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+  int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*);
+  const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*);
+  const char *(*errstr)(int);
+  int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
+  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
+  char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
+  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+  int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
+  int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                     void(*)(void*));
+  int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                      void(*)(void*),unsigned char);
+  int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
+  int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**);
+  void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64);
+  sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*);
+  void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64);
+  void (*reset_auto_extension)(void);
+  void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                        void(*)(void*));
+  void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char);
+  int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*);
+  /* Version 3.8.11 and later */
+  sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*);
+  void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64);
+  int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
+  /* Version 3.9.0 and later */
+  unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*);
+  void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
+  /* Version 3.10.0 and later */
+  int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int);
+  int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int);
+  int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.12.0 and later */
+  int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.14.0 and later */
+  int (*trace_v2)(sqlite3*,unsigned,int(*)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),void*);
+  char *(*expanded_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Version 3.18.0 and later */
+  void (*set_last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the function signature used for all extension entry points.  It
+** is also defined in the file "loadext.c".
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)(
+  sqlite3 *db,                       /* Handle to the database. */
+  char **pzErrMsg,                   /* Used to set error string on failure. */
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk /* Extension API function pointers. */
+);
+
+/*
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure.
+**
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
+#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
+#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_vsnprintf              sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
+#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
+#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
+#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
+#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
+#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
+#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
+#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
+#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
+#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
+#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
+#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
+#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
+#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
+#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
+#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
+#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
+#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
+#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
+#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
+#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
+#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
+#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
+#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
+#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
+#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
+#define sqlite3_backup_finish          sqlite3_api->backup_finish
+#define sqlite3_backup_init            sqlite3_api->backup_init
+#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount       sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
+#define sqlite3_backup_remaining       sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
+#define sqlite3_backup_step            sqlite3_api->backup_step
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_get      sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_used     sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
+#define sqlite3_create_function_v2     sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_config              sqlite3_api->db_config
+#define sqlite3_db_mutex               sqlite3_api->db_mutex
+#define sqlite3_db_status              sqlite3_api->db_status
+#define sqlite3_extended_errcode       sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
+#define sqlite3_log                    sqlite3_api->log
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
+#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
+#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
+#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
+#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
+#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
+#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
+/* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+#define sqlite3_close_v2               sqlite3_api->close_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_filename            sqlite3_api->db_filename
+#define sqlite3_db_readonly            sqlite3_api->db_readonly
+#define sqlite3_db_release_memory      sqlite3_api->db_release_memory
+#define sqlite3_errstr                 sqlite3_api->errstr
+#define sqlite3_stmt_busy              sqlite3_api->stmt_busy
+#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
+#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
+#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
+#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
+#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
+#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
+/* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+#define sqlite3_auto_extension         sqlite3_api->auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob64            sqlite3_api->bind_blob64
+#define sqlite3_bind_text64            sqlite3_api->bind_text64
+#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension  sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_load_extension         sqlite3_api->load_extension
+#define sqlite3_malloc64               sqlite3_api->malloc64
+#define sqlite3_msize                  sqlite3_api->msize
+#define sqlite3_realloc64              sqlite3_api->realloc64
+#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension   sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_result_blob64          sqlite3_api->result_blob64
+#define sqlite3_result_text64          sqlite3_api->result_text64
+#define sqlite3_strglob                sqlite3_api->strglob
+/* Version 3.8.11 and later */
+#define sqlite3_value_dup              sqlite3_api->value_dup
+#define sqlite3_value_free             sqlite3_api->value_free
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64      sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64        sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64
+/* Version 3.9.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_value_subtype          sqlite3_api->value_subtype
+#define sqlite3_result_subtype         sqlite3_api->result_subtype
+/* Version 3.10.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_status64               sqlite3_api->status64
+#define sqlite3_strlike                sqlite3_api->strlike
+#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush          sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush
+/* Version 3.12.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_system_errno           sqlite3_api->system_errno
+/* Version 3.14.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_trace_v2               sqlite3_api->trace_v2
+#define sqlite3_expanded_sql           sqlite3_api->expanded_sql
+/* Version 3.18.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid  sqlite3_api->set_last_insert_rowid
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
+  ** extension */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     \
+    extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
+#else
+  /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the 
+  ** application */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     /*no-op*/
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  (void)v; /* unused parameter */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     /*no-op*/
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
+** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
+** for any missing APIs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
+# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
+# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_complete16             0
+# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
+# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
+# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
+# define sqlite3_open16                 0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
+# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+# define sqlite3_complete 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype        0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define sqlite3_create_module 0
+# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
+# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+# define sqlite3_profile       0
+# define sqlite3_trace         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+# define sqlite3_free_table    0
+# define sqlite3_get_table     0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen    0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE)
+# define sqlite3_trace_v2      0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
+** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
+** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
+** library.
+**
+** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
+** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+**
+** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
+** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
+** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
+** not NULL before calling it.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
+  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_bind_blob,
+  sqlite3_bind_double,
+  sqlite3_bind_int,
+  sqlite3_bind_int64,
+  sqlite3_bind_null,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
+  sqlite3_bind_text,
+  sqlite3_bind_text16,
+  sqlite3_bind_value,
+  sqlite3_busy_handler,
+  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
+  sqlite3_changes,
+  sqlite3_close,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
+  sqlite3_column_blob,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_column_count,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
+  sqlite3_column_double,
+  sqlite3_column_int,
+  sqlite3_column_int64,
+  sqlite3_column_name,
+  sqlite3_column_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_text,
+  sqlite3_column_text16,
+  sqlite3_column_type,
+  sqlite3_column_value,
+  sqlite3_commit_hook,
+  sqlite3_complete,
+  sqlite3_complete16,
+  sqlite3_create_collation,
+  sqlite3_create_collation16,
+  sqlite3_create_function,
+  sqlite3_create_function16,
+  sqlite3_create_module,
+  sqlite3_data_count,
+  sqlite3_db_handle,
+  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
+  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
+  sqlite3_errcode,
+  sqlite3_errmsg,
+  sqlite3_errmsg16,
+  sqlite3_exec,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_expired,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_finalize,
+  sqlite3_free,
+  sqlite3_free_table,
+  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
+  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_get_table,
+  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
+  sqlite3_interrupt,
+  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
+  sqlite3_libversion,
+  sqlite3_libversion_number,
+  sqlite3_malloc,
+  sqlite3_mprintf,
+  sqlite3_open,
+  sqlite3_open16,
+  sqlite3_prepare,
+  sqlite3_prepare16,
+  sqlite3_profile,
+  sqlite3_progress_handler,
+  sqlite3_realloc,
+  sqlite3_reset,
+  sqlite3_result_blob,
+  sqlite3_result_double,
+  sqlite3_result_error,
+  sqlite3_result_error16,
+  sqlite3_result_int,
+  sqlite3_result_int64,
+  sqlite3_result_null,
+  sqlite3_result_text,
+  sqlite3_result_text16,
+  sqlite3_result_text16be,
+  sqlite3_result_text16le,
+  sqlite3_result_value,
+  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
+  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
+  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_snprintf,
+  sqlite3_step,
+  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_total_changes,
+  sqlite3_trace,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_update_hook,
+  sqlite3_user_data,
+  sqlite3_value_blob,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_value_double,
+  sqlite3_value_int,
+  sqlite3_value_int64,
+  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
+  sqlite3_value_text,
+  sqlite3_value_text16,
+  sqlite3_value_text16be,
+  sqlite3_value_text16le,
+  sqlite3_value_type,
+  sqlite3_vmprintf,
+  /*
+  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
+  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
+  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
+  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
+  *************************************************************************
+  */
+  sqlite3_overload_function,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added after 3.3.13
+  */
+  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
+  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
+  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.4.1
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
+  sqlite3_blob_close,
+  sqlite3_blob_open,
+  sqlite3_blob_read,
+  sqlite3_blob_write,
+  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
+  sqlite3_file_control,
+  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
+  sqlite3_memory_used,
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+  0, 
+  0, 
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
+  sqlite3_mutex_free,
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
+  sqlite3_mutex_try,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_open_v2,
+  sqlite3_release_memory,
+  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
+  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
+  sqlite3_sleep,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
+  sqlite3_vfs_find,
+  sqlite3_vfs_register,
+  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.8
+  */
+  sqlite3_threadsafe,
+  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_result_error_code,
+  sqlite3_test_control,
+  sqlite3_randomness,
+  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.6.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
+  sqlite3_limit,
+  sqlite3_next_stmt,
+  sqlite3_sql,
+  sqlite3_status,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.7.4
+  */
+  sqlite3_backup_finish,
+  sqlite3_backup_init,
+  sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
+  sqlite3_backup_remaining,
+  sqlite3_backup_step,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+  sqlite3_compileoption_get,
+  sqlite3_compileoption_used,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_create_function_v2,
+  sqlite3_db_config,
+  sqlite3_db_mutex,
+  sqlite3_db_status,
+  sqlite3_extended_errcode,
+  sqlite3_log,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
+  sqlite3_sourceid,
+  sqlite3_stmt_status,
+  sqlite3_strnicmp,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  sqlite3_unlock_notify,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
+  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
+  sqlite3_wal_hook,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_blob_reopen,
+  sqlite3_vtab_config,
+  sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
+  sqlite3_close_v2,
+  sqlite3_db_filename,
+  sqlite3_db_readonly,
+  sqlite3_db_release_memory,
+  sqlite3_errstr,
+  sqlite3_stmt_busy,
+  sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
+  sqlite3_stricmp,
+  sqlite3_uri_boolean,
+  sqlite3_uri_int64,
+  sqlite3_uri_parameter,
+  sqlite3_vsnprintf,
+  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2,
+  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+  sqlite3_auto_extension,
+  sqlite3_bind_blob64,
+  sqlite3_bind_text64,
+  sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension,
+  sqlite3_load_extension,
+  sqlite3_malloc64,
+  sqlite3_msize,
+  sqlite3_realloc64,
+  sqlite3_reset_auto_extension,
+  sqlite3_result_blob64,
+  sqlite3_result_text64,
+  sqlite3_strglob,
+  /* Version 3.8.11 and later */
+  (sqlite3_value*(*)(const sqlite3_value*))sqlite3_value_dup,
+  sqlite3_value_free,
+  sqlite3_result_zeroblob64,
+  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64,
+  /* Version 3.9.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_value_subtype,
+  sqlite3_result_subtype,
+  /* Version 3.10.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_status64,
+  sqlite3_strlike,
+  sqlite3_db_cacheflush,
+  /* Version 3.12.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_system_errno,
+  /* Version 3.14.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_trace_v2,
+  sqlite3_expanded_sql,
+  /* Version 3.18.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid
+};
+
+/*
+** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
+** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
+** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
+** of the default name is recommended.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+**
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
+** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
+** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
+*/
+static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+  void *handle;
+  sqlite3_loadext_entry xInit;
+  char *zErrmsg = 0;
+  const char *zEntry;
+  char *zAltEntry = 0;
+  void **aHandle;
+  u64 nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+  int ii;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
+  static const char *azEndings[] = {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+     "dll"   
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+     "dylib"
+#else
+     "so"
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
+  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
+  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
+  ** must call either sqlite3_enable_load_extension(db) or
+  ** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, 1, 0)
+  ** to turn on extension loading.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init";
+
+  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN
+  for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){
+    char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]);
+    if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
+    sqlite3_free(zAltFile);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( handle==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, 
+            "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+      }
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
+
+  /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
+  ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
+  ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
+  ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic 
+  ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
+  ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".  
+  ** Examples:
+  **
+  **    /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==>  sqlite3_example_init
+  **    C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll              ==>  sqlite3_mathfuncs_init
+  */
+  if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){
+    int iFile, iEntry, c;
+    int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+    zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc64(ncFile+30);
+    if( zAltEntry==0 ){
+      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8);
+    for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){}
+    iFile++;
+    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3;
+    for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){
+      if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){
+        zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c];
+      }
+    }
+    memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6);
+    zEntry = zAltEntry;
+    xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
+  }
+  if( xInit==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry);
+      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+            "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
+  rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
+  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
+  if( aHandle==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
+    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+  db->aExtension = aHandle;
+
+  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
+** to clean up loaded extensions
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
+** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( onoff ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc;
+  }else{
+    db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
+
+/*
+** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
+** extensions.
+**
+** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
+  u32 nExt;              /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
+  void (**aExt)(void);   /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
+} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdAutoextInit \
+  sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
+# define wsdAutoext x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdAutoextInit
+# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
+** loaded by every new database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(
+  void (*xInit)(void)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    u32 i;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
+      if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      u64 nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
+      void (**aNew)(void);
+      aNew = sqlite3_realloc64(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
+      if( aNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
+        wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
+        wsdAutoext.nExt++;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+    return rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension.  Remove xInit from the
+** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it
+** is currently on the list.  If xInit is not on the list, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed.  Return 0 if xInit
+** was not on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(
+  void (*xInit)(void)
+){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  int i;
+  int n = 0;
+  wsdAutoextInit;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(i=(int)wsdAutoext.nExt-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){
+      wsdAutoext.nExt--;
+      wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt];
+      n++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
+#endif
+  {
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
+    wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
+    wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Load all automatic extensions.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 i;
+  int go = 1;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_loadext_entry xInit;
+
+  wsdAutoextInit;
+  if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
+    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0; go; i++){
+    char *zErrmsg;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = 0;
+#else
+    const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = &sqlite3Apis;
+#endif
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      xInit = 0;
+      go = 0;
+    }else{
+      xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    zErrmsg = 0;
+    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, pThunk))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc,
+            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
+      go = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** The "pragma.h" include file is an automatically generated file that
+** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[]
+** object.  This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in
+** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name.
+** Do not edit pragma.h directly.  Edit and rerun the script in at 
+** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */
+/************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/
+/************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/
+/* DO NOT EDIT!
+** This file is automatically generated by the script at
+** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl.  To update the set of pragmas, edit
+** that script and rerun it.
+*/
+
+/* The various pragma types */
+#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
+#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
+#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
+#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
+#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
+#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL                    5
+#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            6
+#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST                 7
+#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS                8
+#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY           9
+#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST                 10
+#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE            11
+#define PragTyp_ENCODING                      12
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK             13
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST              14
+#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM            15
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO                    16
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST                    17
+#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK               18
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE                  19
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT            20
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE               21
+#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE                  22
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT                    23
+#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE                     24
+#define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE                      25
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE                     26
+#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE                 27
+#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY                 28
+#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT               29
+#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS                   30
+#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO                    31
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE                    32
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY          33
+#define PragTyp_THREADS                       34
+#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT            35
+#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT                36
+#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS           37
+#define PragTyp_HEXKEY                        38
+#define PragTyp_KEY                           39
+#define PragTyp_REKEY                         40
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS                   41
+#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE                  42
+#define PragTyp_STATS                         43
+
+/* Property flags associated with various pragma. */
+#define PragFlg_NeedSchema 0x01 /* Force schema load before running */
+#define PragFlg_NoColumns  0x02 /* OP_ResultRow called with zero columns */
+#define PragFlg_NoColumns1 0x04 /* zero columns if RHS argument is present */
+#define PragFlg_ReadOnly   0x08 /* Read-only HEADER_VALUE */
+#define PragFlg_Result0    0x10 /* Acts as query when no argument */
+#define PragFlg_Result1    0x20 /* Acts as query when has one argument */
+#define PragFlg_SchemaOpt  0x40 /* Schema restricts name search if present */
+#define PragFlg_SchemaReq  0x80 /* Schema required - "main" is default */
+
+/* Names of columns for pragmas that return multi-column result
+** or that return single-column results where the name of the
+** result column is different from the name of the pragma
+*/
+static const char *const pragCName[] = {
+  /*   0 */ "cache_size",  /* Used by: default_cache_size */
+  /*   1 */ "cid",         /* Used by: table_info */
+  /*   2 */ "name",       
+  /*   3 */ "type",       
+  /*   4 */ "notnull",    
+  /*   5 */ "dflt_value", 
+  /*   6 */ "pk",         
+  /*   7 */ "tbl",         /* Used by: stats */
+  /*   8 */ "idx",        
+  /*   9 */ "wdth",       
+  /*  10 */ "hght",       
+  /*  11 */ "flgs",       
+  /*  12 */ "seqno",       /* Used by: index_info */
+  /*  13 */ "cid",        
+  /*  14 */ "name",       
+  /*  15 */ "seqno",       /* Used by: index_xinfo */
+  /*  16 */ "cid",        
+  /*  17 */ "name",       
+  /*  18 */ "desc",       
+  /*  19 */ "coll",       
+  /*  20 */ "key",        
+  /*  21 */ "seq",         /* Used by: index_list */
+  /*  22 */ "name",       
+  /*  23 */ "unique",     
+  /*  24 */ "origin",     
+  /*  25 */ "partial",    
+  /*  26 */ "seq",         /* Used by: database_list */
+  /*  27 */ "name",       
+  /*  28 */ "file",       
+  /*  29 */ "seq",         /* Used by: collation_list */
+  /*  30 */ "name",       
+  /*  31 */ "id",          /* Used by: foreign_key_list */
+  /*  32 */ "seq",        
+  /*  33 */ "table",      
+  /*  34 */ "from",       
+  /*  35 */ "to",         
+  /*  36 */ "on_update",  
+  /*  37 */ "on_delete",  
+  /*  38 */ "match",      
+  /*  39 */ "table",       /* Used by: foreign_key_check */
+  /*  40 */ "rowid",      
+  /*  41 */ "parent",     
+  /*  42 */ "fkid",       
+  /*  43 */ "busy",        /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */
+  /*  44 */ "log",        
+  /*  45 */ "checkpointed",
+  /*  46 */ "timeout",     /* Used by: busy_timeout */
+  /*  47 */ "database",    /* Used by: lock_status */
+  /*  48 */ "status",     
+};
+
+/* Definitions of all built-in pragmas */
+typedef struct PragmaName {
+  const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */
+  u8 ePragTyp;             /* PragTyp_XXX value */
+  u8 mPragFlg;             /* Zero or more PragFlg_XXX values */
+  u8 iPragCName;           /* Start of column names in pragCName[] */
+  u8 nPragCName;           /* Num of col names. 0 means use pragma name */
+  u32 iArg;                /* Extra argument */
+} PragmaName;
+static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = {
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+ {/* zName:     */ "activate_extensions",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "application_id",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+ {/* zName:     */ "auto_vacuum",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX)
+ {/* zName:     */ "automatic_index",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_AutoIndex },
+#endif
+#endif
+ {/* zName:     */ "busy_timeout",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 46, 1,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "cache_size",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "cache_spill",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+ {/* zName:     */ "case_sensitive_like",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "cell_size_check",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CellSizeCk },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "checkpoint_fullfsync",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "collation_list",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 29, 2,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "compile_options",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "count_changes",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CountRows },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN
+ {/* zName:     */ "data_store_directory",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "data_version",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_ReadOnly|PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ BTREE_DATA_VERSION },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "database_list",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 26, 3,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+ {/* zName:     */ "default_cache_size",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 1,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ {/* zName:     */ "defer_foreign_keys",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_DeferFKs },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "empty_result_callbacks",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_NullCallback },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16)
+ {/* zName:     */ "encoding",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ENCODING,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ {/* zName:     */ "foreign_key_check",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 39, 4,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY)
+ {/* zName:     */ "foreign_key_list",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 31, 8,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ {/* zName:     */ "foreign_keys",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "freelist_count",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_ReadOnly|PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "full_column_names",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullColNames },
+ {/* zName:     */ "fullfsync",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullFSync },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ {/* zName:     */ "hexkey",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "hexrekey",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK)
+ {/* zName:     */ "ignore_check_constraints",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+ {/* zName:     */ "incremental_vacuum",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_NoColumns,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "index_info",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 12, 3,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "index_list",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 21, 5,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "index_xinfo",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 15, 6,
+  /* iArg:      */ 1 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
+ {/* zName:     */ "integrity_check",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "journal_mode",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "journal_size_limit",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ {/* zName:     */ "key",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_KEY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "legacy_file_format",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ {/* zName:     */ "lock_proxy_file",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ {/* zName:     */ "lock_status",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 47, 2,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "locking_mode",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "max_page_count",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "mmap_size",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+ {/* zName:     */ "optimize",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_OPTIMIZE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "page_count",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "page_size",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER_TRACE)
+ {/* zName:     */ "parser_trace",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "query_only",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_QueryOnly },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
+ {/* zName:     */ "quick_check",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "read_uncommitted",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
+ {/* zName:     */ "recursive_triggers",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_RecTriggers },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ {/* zName:     */ "rekey",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_REKEY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "reverse_unordered_selects",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "schema_version",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "secure_delete",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "short_column_names",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+#endif
+ {/* zName:     */ "shrink_memory",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "soft_heap_limit",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ {/* zName:     */ "sql_trace",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ {/* zName:     */ "stats",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_STATS,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 7, 5,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "synchronous",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "table_info",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 1, 6,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "temp_store",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "temp_store_directory",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+ {/* zName:     */ "threads",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_THREADS,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "user_version",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ BTREE_USER_VERSION },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ {/* zName:     */ "vdbe_addoptrace",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace },
+ {/* zName:     */ "vdbe_debug",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
+ {/* zName:     */ "vdbe_eqp",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP },
+ {/* zName:     */ "vdbe_listing",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeListing },
+ {/* zName:     */ "vdbe_trace",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+ {/* zName:     */ "wal_autocheckpoint",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ 0,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+ {/* zName:     */ "wal_checkpoint",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_NeedSchema,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 43, 3,
+  /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ {/* zName:     */ "writable_schema",
+  /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+  /* ePragFlg:  */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
+  /* ColNames:  */ 0, 0,
+  /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
+#endif
+};
+/* Number of pragmas: 60 on by default, 74 total. */
+
+/************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed
+** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){
+                             /* 123456789 123456789 123 */
+  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruextrafull";
+  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2,  4,    9,  12,  15,   20};
+  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3,  5,    3,   4,   5,    4};
+  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0,  0,    1,   1,   3,    2};
+                            /* on no off false yes true extra full */
+  int i, n;
+  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+    return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength); i++){
+    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0
+     && (!omitFull || iValue[i]<=1)
+    ){
+      return iValue[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return dflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, u8 dflt){
+  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
+}
+
+/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
+** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
+** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
+*/
+static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
+  if( z ){
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
+  }
+  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
+**
+** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
+** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
+*/
+static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
+  int i;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
+  i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
+  return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
+** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+*/
+static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Set result column names for a pragma.
+*/
+static void setPragmaResultColumnNames(
+  Vdbe *v,                     /* The query under construction */
+  const PragmaName *pPragma    /* The pragma */
+){
+  u8 n = pPragma->nPragCName;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, n==0 ? 1 : n);
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, pPragma->zName, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }else{
+    int i, j;
+    for(i=0, j=pPragma->iPragCName; i<n; i++, j++){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, pragCName[j], SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Vdbe *v, i64 value){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, 1, 0, (const u8*)&value, P4_INT64);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single text value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleText(
+  Vdbe *v,                /* Prepared statement under construction */
+  const char *zValue      /* Value to be returned */
+){
+  if( zValue ){
+    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, (const char*)zValue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb.  Or if iDb<0
+** set these values for all pagers.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    Db *pDb = db->aDb;
+    int n = db->nDb;
+    assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC );
+    assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC );
+    assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL );
+    assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL)
+             ==  PAGER_FLAGS_MASK );
+    assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level );
+    while( (n--) > 0 ){
+      if( pDb->pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt,
+                 pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) );
+      }
+      pDb++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define setAllPagerFlags(X)  /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static const char *actionName(u8 action){
+  const char *zName;
+  switch( action ){
+    case OE_SetNull:  zName = "SET NULL";        break;
+    case OE_SetDflt:  zName = "SET DEFAULT";     break;
+    case OE_Cascade:  zName = "CASCADE";         break;
+    case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT";        break;
+    default:          zName = "NO ACTION";  
+                      assert( action==OE_None ); break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
+** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
+** journal-mode name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
+  static char * const azModeName[] = {
+    "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+     , "wal"
+#endif
+  };
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
+  assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
+
+  if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
+  return azModeName[eMode];
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate a pragma in the aPragmaName[] array.
+*/
+static const PragmaName *pragmaLocate(const char *zName){
+  int upr, lwr, mid = 0, rc;
+  lwr = 0;
+  upr = ArraySize(aPragmaName)-1;
+  while( lwr<=upr ){
+    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
+    rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zName, aPragmaName[mid].zName);
+    if( rc==0 ) break;
+    if( rc<0 ){
+      upr = mid - 1;
+    }else{
+      lwr = mid + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return lwr>upr ? 0 : &aPragmaName[mid];
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper subroutine for PRAGMA integrity_check:
+**
+** Generate code to output a single-column result row with the result
+** held in register regResult.  Decrement the result count and halt if
+** the maximum number of result rows have been issued.
+*/
+static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v, int regResult){
+  int addr;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 1);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, 1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, 1);
+  VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [schema.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [schema.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
+  const PragmaName *pPragma;   /* The pragma */
+
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
+  pParse->nMem = 2;
+
+  /* Interpret the [schema.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
+  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
+  }
+
+  assert( pId2 );
+  zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zDbSName : 0;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS
+  ** connection.  If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS
+  ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-12238-55120 Whenever a PRAGMA statement is parsed,
+  ** an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file control is sent to the open sqlite3_file
+  ** object corresponding to the database file to which the pragma
+  ** statement refers.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-29875-31678 The argument to the SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA
+  ** file control is an array of pointers to strings (char**) in which the
+  ** second element of the array is the name of the pragma and the third
+  ** element is the argument to the pragma or NULL if the pragma has no
+  ** argument.
+  */
+  aFcntl[0] = 0;
+  aFcntl[1] = zLeft;
+  aFcntl[2] = zRight;
+  aFcntl[3] = 0;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, aFcntl[0], SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    returnSingleText(v, aFcntl[0]);
+    sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+    if( aFcntl[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]);
+      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+    }
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */
+  pPragma = pragmaLocate(zLeft);
+  if( pPragma==0 ) goto pragma_out;
+
+  /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
+  if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */
+  if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 
+   && ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0)
+  ){
+    setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma);
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
+  switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
+  
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
+  ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF.  These days, synchronous
+  ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
+  ** size.  But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
+  ** size of historical compatibility.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: {
+    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_Transaction, 0, 0,        0},                         /* 0 */
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE},  /* 1 */
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
+      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},                         /* 6 */
+      { OP_Noop,        0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
+    };
+    VdbeOp *aOp;
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    if( !zRight ){
+      pParse->nMem += 2;
+      sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize));
+      aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize, iLn);
+      if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break;
+      aOp[0].p1 = iDb;
+      aOp[1].p1 = iDb;
+      aOp[6].p1 = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
+    }else{
+      int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, size);
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(v, size);
+    }else{
+      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
+      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
+      */
+      db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
+        sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
+  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    int b = -1;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( zRight ){
+      b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0);
+    }
+    if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+        sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
+      }
+    }
+    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
+    returnSingleInt(v, b);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
+  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
+  ** forms return the current setting.
+  **
+  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
+  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
+  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
+  **
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]page_count
+  **
+  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
+    int iReg;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, 
+                        sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
+  */
+  case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
+    const char *zRet = "normal";
+    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
+
+    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
+      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
+      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
+      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
+      */
+      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ){
+        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
+        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
+        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
+        **
+        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
+        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
+        ** locking mode.
+        */
+        int ii;
+        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
+        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+        }
+        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
+      }
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+    }
+
+    assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      zRet = "exclusive";
+    }
+    returnSingleText(v, zRet);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode =
+  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
+  */
+  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
+    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
+    int ii;           /* Loop counter */
+
+    if( zRight==0 ){
+      /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
+      ** current mode */
+      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+    }else{
+      const char *zMode;
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
+      for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
+        if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
+      }
+      if( !zMode ){
+        /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
+        ** then do a query */
+        eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+      }
+    }
+    if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
+      /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
+      iDb = 0;
+      pId2->n = 1;
+    }
+    for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+      if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
+    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+    i64 iLimit = -2;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit);
+      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
+    }
+    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
+    returnSingleInt(v, iLimit);
+    break;
+  }
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt));
+    }else{
+      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
+      assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
+      db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
+      /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
+      ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
+      ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
+      ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
+        /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
+        ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
+        ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
+        ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
+        */
+        static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+        static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
+          { OP_Transaction,    0,         1,                 0},    /* 0 */
+          { OP_ReadCookie,     0,         1,         BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
+          { OP_If,             1,         0,                 0},    /* 2 */
+          { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort,          0},    /* 3 */
+          { OP_SetCookie,      0,         BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 0},    /* 4 */
+        };
+        VdbeOp *aOp;
+        int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setMeta6));
+        aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn);
+        if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break;
+        aOp[0].p1 = iDb;
+        aOp[1].p1 = iDb;
+        aOp[2].p2 = iAddr+4;
+        aOp[4].p1 = iDb;
+        aOp[4].p3 = eAuto - 1;
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]incremental_vacuum(N)
+  **
+  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
+    int iLimit, addr;
+    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
+      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+    }
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
+  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
+  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
+  ** of memory.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(v, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill
+  **  PRAGMA cache_spill=BOOLEAN
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache spill size. The second form turns cache spill on
+  ** or off.  When turnning cache spill on, the size is set to the
+  ** current cache_size.  The third form sets a spill size that
+  ** may be different form the cache size.
+  ** If N is positive then that is the
+  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
+  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
+  ** of memory.
+  **
+  ** If the number of cache_spill pages is less then the number of
+  ** cache_size pages, no spilling occurs until the page count exceeds
+  ** the number of cache_size pages.
+  **
+  ** The cache_spill=BOOLEAN setting applies to all attached schemas,
+  ** not just the schema specified.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL: {
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(v,
+         (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : 
+            sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0));
+    }else{
+      int size = 1;
+      if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &size) ){
+        sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt, size);
+      }
+      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, size!=0) ){
+        db->flags |= SQLITE_CacheSpill;
+      }else{
+        db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CacheSpill;
+      }
+      setAllPagerFlags(db);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [schema.]mmap_size(N)
+  **
+  ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
+  ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
+  ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
+  ** is not used at all.  If N is negative, then the default memory map
+  ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
+  ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
+  **
+  ** This value is advisory.  The underlying VFS is free to memory map
+  ** as little or as much as it wants.  Except, if N is set to 0 then the
+  ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( zRight ){
+      int ii;
+      sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz);
+      if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
+      for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+        if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+          sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sz = -1;
+    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
+#else
+    sz = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      returnSingleInt(v, sz);
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(v, db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
+  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
+  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
+  **
+  */
+  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleText(v, sqlite3_temp_directory);
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
+      ){
+        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that
+  ** were specified with a relative pathname.  Setting to a null string reverts
+  ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with
+  ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the
+  ** process.  Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted
+  ** by this setting, regardless of its value.
+  **
+  */
+  case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleText(v, sqlite3_data_directory);
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
+  **
+  */
+  case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                           &proxy_file_path);
+      returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path);
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      int res;
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     zRight);
+      } else {
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     NULL);
+      }
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
+        goto pragma_out;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
+    
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else if( iDb!=1 ){
+        int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
+        if( iLevel==0 ) iLevel = 1;
+        pDb->safety_level = iLevel;
+        pDb->bSyncSet = 1;
+        setAllPagerFlags(db);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  case PragTyp_FLAG: {
+    if( zRight==0 ){
+      setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma);
+      returnSingleInt(v, (db->flags & pPragma->iArg)!=0 );
+    }else{
+      int mask = pPragma->iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
+      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
+        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
+        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
+      }
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+      if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){
+        /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */
+        mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema);
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+        db->flags |= mask;
+      }else{
+        db->flags &= ~mask;
+        if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
+      ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
+      ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
+      setAllPagerFlags(db);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, LOCATE_NOERR, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i, k;
+      int nHidden = 0;
+      Column *pCol;
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+      pParse->nMem = 6;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
+          nHidden++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
+          k = 0;
+        }else if( pPk==0 ){
+          k = 1;
+        }else{
+          for(k=1; k<=pTab->nCol && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
+        }
+        assert( pCol->pDflt==0 || pCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
+        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "issisi",
+               i-nHidden,
+               pCol->zName,
+               sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""),
+               pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0,
+               pCol->pDflt ? pCol->pDflt->u.zToken : 0,
+               k);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  case PragTyp_STATS: {
+    Index *pIdx;
+    HashElem *i;
+    pParse->nMem = 5;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ssiii",
+           pTab->zName,
+           0,
+           pTab->szTabRow,
+           pTab->nRowLogEst,
+           pTab->tabFlags);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 2, "siii",
+           pIdx->zName,
+           pIdx->szIdxRow,
+           pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0],
+           pIdx->hasStat1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      int mx;
+      if( pPragma->iArg ){
+        /* PRAGMA index_xinfo (newer version with more rows and columns) */
+        mx = pIdx->nColumn;
+        pParse->nMem = 6;
+      }else{
+        /* PRAGMA index_info (legacy version) */
+        mx = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+        pParse->nMem = 3;
+      }
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      assert( pParse->nMem<=pPragma->nPragCName );
+      for(i=0; i<mx; i++){
+        i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iis", i, cnum,
+                             cnum<0 ? 0 : pTab->aCol[cnum].zName);
+        if( pPragma->iArg ){
+          sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 4, "isi",
+            pIdx->aSortOrder[i],
+            pIdx->azColl[i],
+            i<pIdx->nKeyCol);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, pParse->nMem);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    int i;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      pParse->nMem = 5;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+        const char *azOrigin[] = { "c", "u", "pk" };
+        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "isisi",
+           i,
+           pIdx->zName,
+           IsUniqueIndex(pIdx),
+           azOrigin[pIdx->idxType],
+           pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
+    int i;
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zDbSName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iss",
+         i,
+         db->aDb[i].zDbSName,
+         sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: {
+    int i = 0;
+    HashElem *p;
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "is", i++, pColl->zName);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        pParse->nMem = 8;
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iissssss",
+                   i,
+                   j,
+                   pFK->zTo,
+                   pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName,
+                   pFK->aCol[j].zCol,
+                   actionName(pFK->aAction[1]),  /* ON UPDATE */
+                   actionName(pFK->aAction[0]),  /* ON DELETE */
+                   "NONE");
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: {
+    FKey *pFK;             /* A foreign key constraint */
+    Table *pTab;           /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */
+    Table *pParent;        /* Parent table that child points to */
+    Index *pIdx;           /* Index in the parent table */
+    int i;                 /* Loop counter:  Foreign key number for pTab */
+    int j;                 /* Loop counter:  Field of the foreign key */
+    HashElem *k;           /* Loop counter:  Next table in schema */
+    int x;                 /* result variable */
+    int regResult;         /* 3 registers to hold a result row */
+    int regKey;            /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */
+    int regRow;            /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */
+    int addrTop;           /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */
+    int addrOk;            /* Jump here if the key is OK */
+    int *aiCols;           /* child to parent column mapping */
+
+    regResult = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += 4;
+    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash);
+    while( k ){
+      if( zRight ){
+        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb);
+        k = 0;
+      }else{
+        pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+        k = sqliteHashNext(k);
+      }
+      if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+      if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow;
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName);
+      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
+        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
+        if( pParent==0 ) continue;
+        pIdx = 0;
+        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
+        x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0);
+        if( x==0 ){
+          if( pIdx==0 ){
+            sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+            sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+          }
+        }else{
+          k = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 );
+      if( pFK ) break;
+      if( pParse->nTab<i ) pParse->nTab = i;
+      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
+        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
+        pIdx = 0;
+        aiCols = 0;
+        if( pParent ){
+          x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols);
+          assert( x==0 );
+        }
+        addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){
+          int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom;
+          assert( iKey>=0 && iKey<pTab->nCol );
+          if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow);
+            sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrOk);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+        }else{
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0,
+                            aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }
+          if( pParent ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey,
+                              sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db,pIdx), pFK->nCol);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0);
+            VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, regResult+2, "si", pFK->zTo, i-1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: ");
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
+  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0));
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
+# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  /*    PRAGMA integrity_check
+  **    PRAGMA integrity_check(N)
+  **    PRAGMA quick_check
+  **    PRAGMA quick_check(N)
+  **
+  ** Verify the integrity of the database.
+  **
+  ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of 
+  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
+  ** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes.  Quick_check
+  ** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN).
+  */
+  case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: {
+    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+
+    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
+
+    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
+    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
+    ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by
+    ** the VDBE created below.
+    **
+    ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or
+    ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb
+    ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity
+    ** of all attached databases.  */
+    assert( iDb>=0 );
+    assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z );
+    if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1;
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    pParse->nMem = 6;
+
+    /* Set the maximum error count */
+    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
+      if( mxErr<=0 ){
+        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr-1, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      Hash *pTbls;
+      int *aRoot;
+      int cnt = 0;
+      int mxIdx = 0;
+      int nIdx;
+
+      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+      if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      **
+      ** Begin by finding the root pages numbers
+      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
+      */
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
+      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
+      for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        if( HasRowid(pTab) ) cnt++;
+        for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ cnt++; }
+        if( nIdx>mxIdx ) mxIdx = nIdx;
+      }
+      aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(cnt+1));
+      if( aRoot==0 ) break;
+      for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        if( HasRowid(pTab) ) aRoot[cnt++] = pTab->tnum;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          aRoot[cnt++] = pIdx->tnum;
+        }
+      }
+      aRoot[cnt] = 0;
+
+      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
+      pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, 8+mxIdx );
+
+      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1, (char*)aRoot,P4_INTARRAY);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zDbSName),
+         P4_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
+      integrityCheckResultRow(v, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx, *pPk;
+        Index *pPrior = 0;
+        int loopTop;
+        int iDataCur, iIdxCur;
+        int r1 = -1;
+
+        if( pTab->tnum<1 ) continue;  /* Skip VIEWs or VIRTUAL TABLEs */
+        if( pTab->pCheck==0
+         && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasNotNull)==0
+         && (pTab->pIndex==0 || isQuick)
+        ){
+          continue;  /* No additional checks needed for this table */
+        }
+        pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0,
+                                   1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
+        }
+        assert( pParse->nMem>=8+j );
+        assert( sqlite3NoTempsInRange(pParse,1,7+j) );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);
+        /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */
+        for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+          char *zErr;
+          int jmp2;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue;
+          if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue;
+          sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                              pTab->aCol[j].zName);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC);
+          integrityCheckResultRow(v, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+        }
+        /* Verify CHECK constraints */
+        if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
+          int addrCkFault = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+          int addrCkOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+          ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
+          char *zErr;
+          int k;
+          pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur;
+          sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+          for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){
+            sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0);
+          }
+          sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, 
+                            SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+          sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault);
+          zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CHECK constraint failed in %s",
+                                pTab->zName);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC);
+          integrityCheckResultRow(v, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkOk);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+        }
+        /* Validate index entries for the current row */
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && !isQuick; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5;
+          int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
+          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
+                                       pPrior, r1);
+          pPrior = pIdx;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);  /* increment entry count */
+          /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1,
+                                      pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "row ");
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, " missing from index ");
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
+          jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
+          jmp4 = integrityCheckResultRow(v, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+          /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the
+          ** current key.  The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL
+          ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */
+          if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
+            int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+            int jmp6;
+            int kk;
+            for(kk=0; kk<pIdx->nKeyCol; kk++){
+              int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk];
+              assert( iCol!=XN_ROWID && iCol<pTab->nCol );
+              if( iCol>=0 && pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue;
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk);
+              VdbeCoverage(v);
+            }
+            jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v);
+            sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, uniqOk);
+            sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1,
+                                 pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+            sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "non-unique entry in index ");
+            sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, jmp5);
+            sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
+          sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+        if( !isQuick ){
+          sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index ");
+          for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+            if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3);
+            addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, 0, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+            sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, pIdx->zName);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
+            integrityCheckResultRow(v, 7);
+            sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+          }
+        }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+      } 
+    }
+    {
+      static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+      static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+        { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_IfNotZero,   1, 4,        0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
+        { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},    /* 3 */
+      };
+      VdbeOp *aOp;
+
+      aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
+      if( aOp ){
+        aOp[0].p2 = 1-mxErr;
+        aOp[2].p4type = P4_STATIC;
+        aOp[2].p4.z = "ok";
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  case PragTyp_ENCODING: {
+    static const struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },  /* Must be element [1] */
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },  /* Must be element [2] */
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },  /* Must be element [3] */
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    const struct EncName *pEnc;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      returnSingleText(v, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( 
+        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
+        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
+      ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) =
+                pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]user_version
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]user_version = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]freelist_count
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]data_version
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]application_id
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]application_id = <integer>
+  **
+  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
+  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
+  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
+  ** stored in the database header.
+  **
+  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
+  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
+  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
+  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
+  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
+  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
+  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
+  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
+  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+  **
+  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
+  ** applications for any purpose.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
+    int iCookie = pPragma->iArg;  /* Which cookie to read or write */
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    if( zRight && (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_ReadOnly)==0 ){
+      /* Write the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  0},    /* 1 */
+      };
+      VdbeOp *aOp;
+      sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setCookie));
+      aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
+      if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break;
+      aOp[0].p1 = iDb;
+      aOp[1].p1 = iDb;
+      aOp[1].p2 = iCookie;
+      aOp[1].p3 = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+    }else{
+      /* Read the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,     0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
+      };
+      VdbeOp *aOp;
+      sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(readCookie));
+      aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie),readCookie,0);
+      if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break;
+      aOp[0].p1 = iDb;
+      aOp[1].p1 = iDb;
+      aOp[1].p3 = iCookie;
+      sqlite3VdbeReusable(v);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA compile_options
+  **
+  ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
+  ** one option per row.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: {
+    int i = 0;
+    const char *zOpt;
+    pParse->nMem = 1;
+    while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, zOpt);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeReusable(v);
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [schema.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate
+  **
+  ** Checkpoint the database.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
+    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
+    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "truncate")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE;
+      }
+    }
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+  }
+  break;
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
+  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
+  **
+  ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
+  ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
+  ** of N.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(v, 
+       db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? 
+           SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA shrink_memory
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-23445-46109 This pragma causes the database
+  ** connection on which it is invoked to free up as much memory as it
+  ** can, by calling sqlite3_db_release_memory().
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: {
+    sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA optimize
+  **  PRAGMA optimize(MASK)
+  **  PRAGMA schema.optimize
+  **  PRAGMA schema.optimize(MASK)
+  **
+  ** Attempt to optimize the database.  All schemas are optimized in the first
+  ** two forms, and only the specified schema is optimized in the latter two.
+  **
+  ** The details of optimizations performed by this pragma are expected
+  ** to change and improve over time.  Applications should anticipate that
+  ** this pragma will perform new optimizations in future releases.
+  **
+  ** The optional argument is a bitmask of optimizations to perform:
+  **
+  **    0x0001    Debugging mode.  Do not actually perform any optimizations
+  **              but instead return one line of text for each optimization
+  **              that would have been done.  Off by default.
+  **
+  **    0x0002    Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit.  On by default.
+  **              See below for additional information.
+  **
+  **    0x0004    (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance 
+  **              information from the current session in the
+  **              database file so that it will be available to "optimize"
+  **              pragmas run by future database connections.
+  **
+  **    0x0008    (Not yet implemented) Create indexes that might have
+  **              been helpful to recent queries
+  **
+  ** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe.  0xfffe means perform all    ** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new
+  ** optimizations that have not yet been invented.  If new optimizations are
+  ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default 
+  ** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger.
+  **
+  ** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE
+  **
+  ** In the current implementation, a table is analyzed if only if all of
+  ** the following are true:
+  **
+  ** (1) MASK bit 0x02 is set.
+  **
+  ** (2) The query planner used sqlite_stat1-style statistics for one or
+  **     more indexes of the table at some point during the lifetime of
+  **     the current connection.
+  **
+  ** (3) One or more indexes of the table are currently unanalyzed OR
+  **     the number of rows in the table has increased by 25 times or more
+  **     since the last time ANALYZE was run.
+  **
+  ** The rules for when tables are analyzed are likely to change in
+  ** future releases.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_OPTIMIZE: {
+    int iDbLast;           /* Loop termination point for the schema loop */
+    int iTabCur;           /* Cursor for a table whose size needs checking */
+    HashElem *k;           /* Loop over tables of a schema */
+    Schema *pSchema;       /* The current schema */
+    Table *pTab;           /* A table in the schema */
+    Index *pIdx;           /* An index of the table */
+    LogEst szThreshold;    /* Size threshold above which reanalysis is needd */
+    char *zSubSql;         /* SQL statement for the OP_SqlExec opcode */
+    u32 opMask;            /* Mask of operations to perform */
+
+    if( zRight ){
+      opMask = (u32)sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      if( (opMask & 0x02)==0 ) break;
+    }else{
+      opMask = 0xfffe;
+    }
+    iTabCur = pParse->nTab++;
+    for(iDbLast = zDb?iDb:db->nDb-1; iDb<=iDbLast; iDb++){
+      if( iDb==1 ) continue;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+      for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+        pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+
+        /* If table pTab has not been used in a way that would benefit from
+        ** having analysis statistics during the current session, then skip it.
+        ** This also has the effect of skipping virtual tables and views */
+        if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_StatsUsed)==0 ) continue;
+
+        /* Reanalyze if the table is 25 times larger than the last analysis */
+        szThreshold = pTab->nRowLogEst + 46; assert( sqlite3LogEst(25)==46 );
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( !pIdx->hasStat1 ){
+            szThreshold = 0; /* Always analyze if any index lacks statistics */
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( szThreshold ){
+          sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, 
+                         sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold);
+          VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+        zSubSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "ANALYZE \"%w\".\"%w\"",
+                                 db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pTab->zName);
+        if( opMask & 0x01 ){
+          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, r1, 0, zSubSql, P4_DYNAMIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, r1, 1);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SqlExec, 0, 0, 0, zSubSql, P4_DYNAMIC);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout
+  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout = N
+  **
+  ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N).  Return the current timeout value
+  ** if one is set.  If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
+  ** then 0 is returned.  Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
+  ** disables the timeout.
+  */
+  /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
+    assert( pPragma->ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(v, db->busyTimeout);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit
+  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26343-45930 This pragma invokes the
+  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface with the argument N, if N is
+  ** specified and is a non-negative integer.
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-64451-07163 The soft_heap_limit pragma always
+  ** returns the same integer that would be returned by the
+  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) C-language function.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
+    sqlite3_int64 N;
+    if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA threads
+  **   PRAGMA threads = N
+  **
+  ** Configure the maximum number of worker threads.  Return the new
+  ** maximum, which might be less than requested.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_THREADS: {
+    sqlite3_int64 N;
+    if( zRight
+     && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK
+     && N>=0
+    ){
+      sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, (int)(N&0x7fffffff));
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, -1));
+    break;
+  }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: {
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      const char *zState = "unknown";
+      int j;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zDbSName==0 ) continue;
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
+        zState = "closed";
+      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, 
+                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
+         zState = azLockName[j];
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ss", db->aDb[i].zDbSName, zState);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  case PragTyp_KEY: {
+    if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+    break;
+  }
+  case PragTyp_REKEY: {
+    if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+    break;
+  }
+  case PragTyp_HEXKEY: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      u8 iByte;
+      int i;
+      char zKey[40];
+      for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){
+        iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]);
+        if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte;
+      }
+      if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
+        sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+  case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */
+
+  /* The following block is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. Its only
+  ** purpose is to execute assert() statements to verify that if the
+  ** PragFlg_NoColumns1 flag is set and the caller specified an argument
+  ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow 
+  ** instructions to the VM.  */
+  if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){
+    sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v);
+  }
+
+pragma_out:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*****************************************************************************
+** Implementation of an eponymous virtual table that runs a pragma.
+**
+*/
+typedef struct PragmaVtab PragmaVtab;
+typedef struct PragmaVtabCursor PragmaVtabCursor;
+struct PragmaVtab {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;        /* Base class.  Must be first */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection to which it belongs */
+  const PragmaName *pName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+  u8 nHidden;               /* Number of hidden columns */
+  u8 iHidden;               /* Index of the first hidden column */
+};
+struct PragmaVtabCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class.  Must be first */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pPragma;    /* The pragma statement to run */
+  sqlite_int64 iRowid;      /* Current rowid */
+  char *azArg[2];           /* Value of the argument and schema */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method.
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  const PragmaName *pPragma = (const PragmaName*)pAux;
+  PragmaVtab *pTab = 0;
+  int rc;
+  int i, j;
+  char cSep = '(';
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char zBuf[200];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&acc, "CREATE TABLE x");
+  for(i=0, j=pPragma->iPragCName; i<pPragma->nPragCName; i++, j++){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&acc, "%c\"%s\"", cSep, pragCName[j]);
+    cSep = ',';
+  }
+  if( i==0 ){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&acc, "(\"%s\"", pPragma->zName);
+    cSep = ',';
+    i++;
+  }
+  j = 0;
+  if( pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_Result1 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&acc, ",arg HIDDEN");
+    j++;
+  }
+  if( pPragma->mPragFlg & (PragFlg_SchemaOpt|PragFlg_SchemaReq) ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&acc, ",schema HIDDEN");
+    j++;
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, ")", 1);
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  assert( strlen(zBuf) < sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zBuf);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTab = (PragmaVtab*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PragmaVtab));
+    if( pTab==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtab));
+      pTab->pName = pPragma;
+      pTab->db = db;
+      pTab->iHidden = i;
+      pTab->nHidden = j;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }
+
+  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method.
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)pVtab;
+  sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Figure out the best index to use to search a pragma virtual table.
+**
+** There are not really any index choices.  But we want to encourage the
+** query planner to give == constraints on as many hidden parameters as
+** possible, and especially on the first hidden parameter.  So return a
+** high cost if hidden parameters are unconstrained.
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)tab;
+  const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
+  int i, j;
+  int seen[2];
+
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)1;
+  if( pTab->nHidden==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+  pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  seen[0] = 0;
+  seen[1] = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){
+    if( pConstraint->usable==0 ) continue;
+    if( pConstraint->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue;
+    if( pConstraint->iColumn < pTab->iHidden ) continue;
+    j = pConstraint->iColumn - pTab->iHidden;
+    assert( j < 2 );
+    seen[j] = i+1;
+  }
+  if( seen[0]==0 ){
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)2147483647;
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 2147483647;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  j = seen[0]-1;
+  pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 1;
+  pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1;
+  if( seen[1]==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)20;
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 20;
+  j = seen[1]-1;
+  pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 2;
+  pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Create a new cursor for the pragma virtual table */
+static int pragmaVtabOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr;
+  pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pCsr));
+  if( pCsr==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtabCursor));
+  pCsr->base.pVtab = pVtab;
+  *ppCursor = &pCsr->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Clear all content from pragma virtual table cursor. */
+static void pragmaVtabCursorClear(PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma);
+  pCsr->pPragma = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->azArg); i++){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->azArg[i]);
+    pCsr->azArg[i] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Close a pragma virtual table cursor */
+static int pragmaVtabClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)cur;
+  pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Advance the pragma virtual table cursor to the next row */
+static int pragmaVtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Increment the xRowid value */
+  pCsr->iRowid++;
+  assert( pCsr->pPragma );
+  if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pPragma) ){
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma);
+    pCsr->pPragma = 0;
+    pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method.
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
+  PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
+  int rc;
+  int i, j;
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char *zSql;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxNum);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+  pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr);
+  j = (pTab->pName->mPragFlg & PragFlg_Result1)!=0 ? 0 : 1;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++, j++){
+    assert( j<ArraySize(pCsr->azArg) );
+    pCsr->azArg[j] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]));
+    if( pCsr->azArg[j]==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, 0, 0, pTab->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&acc, "PRAGMA ");
+  if( pCsr->azArg[1] ){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&acc, "%Q.", pCsr->azArg[1]);
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&acc, pTab->pName->zName);
+  if( pCsr->azArg[0] ){
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&acc, "=%Q", pCsr->azArg[0]);
+  }
+  zSql = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pPragma, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pTab->db));
+    return rc;
+  }
+  return pragmaVtabNext(pVtabCursor);
+}
+
+/*
+** Pragma virtual table module xEof method.
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
+  return (pCsr->pPragma==0);
+}
+
+/* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from
+** the PRAGMA.  
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabColumn(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  sqlite3_context *ctx, 
+  int i
+){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
+  PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
+  if( i<pTab->iHidden ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pPragma, i));
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->azArg[i-pTab->iHidden],-1,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method.
+*/
+static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){
+  PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
+  *p = pCsr->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The pragma virtual table object */
+static const sqlite3_module pragmaVtabModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  0,                           /* xCreate - create a table */
+  pragmaVtabConnect,           /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
+  pragmaVtabBestIndex,         /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
+  pragmaVtabDisconnect,        /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
+  0,                           /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
+  pragmaVtabOpen,              /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  pragmaVtabClose,             /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  pragmaVtabFilter,            /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  pragmaVtabNext,              /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  pragmaVtabEof,               /* xEof */
+  pragmaVtabColumn,            /* xColumn - read data */
+  pragmaVtabRowid,             /* xRowid - read data */
+  0,                           /* xUpdate - write data */
+  0,                           /* xBegin - begin transaction */
+  0,                           /* xSync - sync transaction */
+  0,                           /* xCommit - commit transaction */
+  0,                           /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
+  0,                           /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
+  0,                           /* xRename - rename the table */
+  0,                           /* xSavepoint */
+  0,                           /* xRelease */
+  0                            /* xRollbackTo */
+};
+
+/*
+** Check to see if zTabName is really the name of a pragma.  If it is,
+** then register an eponymous virtual table for that pragma and return
+** a pointer to the Module object for the new virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+  const PragmaName *pName;
+  assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, "pragma_", 7)==0 );
+  pName = pragmaLocate(zName+7);
+  if( pName==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pName->mPragFlg & (PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1))==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName)==0 );
+  return sqlite3VtabCreateModule(db, zName, &pragmaVtabModule, (void*)pName, 0);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
+** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
+** from disk.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(
+  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
+  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
+  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
+    char *z;
+    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
+    z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
+    if( zExtra ) z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z - %s", z, zExtra);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, *pData->pzErrMsg);
+    *pData->pzErrMsg = z;
+  }
+  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb = pData->iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+  }else if( sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[2],"create ",7)==0 ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    int rc;
+    u8 saved_iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    TESTONLY(int rcp);            /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
+
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
+    db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
+    TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    rc = db->errCode;
+    assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
+    db->init.iDb = saved_iDb;
+    assert( saved_iDb==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)!=0 );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
+        assert( iDb==1 );
+      }else{
+        pData->rc = rc;
+        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+          sqlite3OomFault(db);
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }else if( argv[0]==0 || (argv[2]!=0 && argv[2][0]!=0) ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+    if( pIndex==0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  int size;
+#endif
+  Db *pDb;
+  char const *azArg[4];
+  int meta[5];
+  InitData initData;
+  const char *zMasterName;
+  int openedTransaction = 0;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+
+  /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_master or
+  ** sqlite_temp_master) by invoking the parser directly.  The appropriate
+  ** table name will be inserted automatically by the parser so we can just
+  ** use the abbreviation "x" here.  The parser will also automatically tag
+  ** the schema table as read-only. */
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = "CREATE TABLE x(type text,name text,tbl_name text,"
+                            "rootpage integer,sql text)";
+  azArg[3] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.iDb = iDb;
+  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( initData.rc ){
+    rc = initData.rc;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
+      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+  ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+  ** will be closed before this function returns.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+  if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+      goto initone_error_out;
+    }
+    openedTransaction = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
+  **    meta[5]   User version
+  **    meta[6]   Incremental vacuum mode
+  **    meta[7]   unused
+  **    meta[8]   unused
+  **    meta[9]   unused
+  **
+  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+      u8 encoding;
+      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
+      encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
+      if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      ENC(db) = encoding;
+#else
+      ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
+      if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto initone_error_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+
+  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+    size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
+    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+#else
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
+#endif
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
+  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
+  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
+  */
+  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+  }
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto initone_error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
+  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
+  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
+  ** indices that the user might have created.
+  */
+  if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  {
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM \"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      sqlite3_xauth xAuth;
+      xAuth = db->xAuth;
+      db->xAuth = 0;
+#endif
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      db->xAuth = xAuth;
+    }
+#endif
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
+    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
+    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the 
+    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
+    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
+    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
+    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
+    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
+    */
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
+  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
+  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
+  */
+initone_error_out:
+  if( openedTransaction ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+
+error_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
+** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) );
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db);
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  assert( db->nDb>1 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
+** make no changes to pParse->rc.
+*/
+static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  int cookie;
+
+  assert( pParse->checkSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    int openedTransaction = 0;         /* True if a transaction is opened */
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;     /* Btree database to read cookie from */
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+    ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+    ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+        sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+      openedTransaction = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the 
+    ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
+    ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb);
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    }
+
+    /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
+    if( openedTransaction ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
+** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
+**
+** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
+** attached database is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
+  int i = -1000000;
+
+  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
+  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
+  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
+  ** function should never be used.
+  **
+  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+  ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much 
+  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
+  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( pSchema ){
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr);
+    if( db ){
+      assert( db->lookaside.bDisable >= pParse->disableLookaside );
+      db->lookaside.bDisable -= pParse->disableLookaside;
+    }
+    pParse->disableLookaside = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  Vdbe *pReprepare,         /* VM being reprepared */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;        /* Error message */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+  Parse sParse;             /* Parsing context */
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, PARSE_HDR_SZ);
+  memset(PARSE_TAIL(&sParse), 0, PARSE_TAIL_SZ);
+  sParse.pReprepare = pReprepare;
+  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
+  /* assert( !db->mallocFailed ); // not true with SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
+  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
+  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
+  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
+  ** to the schema.
+  **
+  ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
+  ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
+  ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
+  ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
+  ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
+  **
+  ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
+  ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
+  ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
+  ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold 
+  ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is 
+  ** holding them.
+  **
+  ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
+  ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
+  ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
+      if( rc ){
+        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zDbSName;
+        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
+        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
+        goto end_prepare;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  sParse.db = db;
+  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
+    char *zSqlCopy;
+    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
+    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
+      goto end_prepare;
+    }
+    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
+    if( zSqlCopy ){
+      sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
+      sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy];
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
+    }else{
+      sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  }
+  assert( 0==sParse.nQueryLoop );
+
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sParse.checkSchema ){
+    schemaIsValid(&sParse);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( pzTail ){
+    *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
+  }
+  rc = sParse.rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
+    static const char * const azColName[] = {
+       "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
+       "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
+    };
+    int iFirst, mx;
+    if( sParse.explain==2 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 4);
+      iFirst = 8;
+      mx = 12;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8);
+      iFirst = 0;
+      mx = 8;
+    }
+    for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
+                            azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    Vdbe *pVdbe = sParse.pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(sParse.zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
+  }
+  if( sParse.pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe);
+    assert(!(*ppStmt));
+  }else{
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
+  while( sParse.pTriggerPrg ){
+    TriggerPrg *pT = sParse.pTriggerPrg;
+    sParse.pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
+  }
+
+end_prepare:
+
+  sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  Vdbe *pOld,               /* VM being reprepared */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
+**
+** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
+** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
+** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
+  const char *zSql;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
+  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
+  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
+  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    }
+    assert( pNew==0 );
+    return rc;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew!=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
+  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char *zSql8;
+  const char *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( nBytes>=0 ){
+    int sz;
+    const char *z = (const char*)zSql;
+    for(sz=0; sz<nBytes && (z[sz]!=0 || z[sz+1]!=0); sz += 2){}
+    nBytes = sz;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+  }
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)  \
+  if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K))   \
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s%s.%p: ",(P)->nSelectIndent*2-2,"",\
+        (S)->zSelName,(S)),\
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
+** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
+** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
+*/
+typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
+struct DistinctCtx {
+  u8 isTnct;      /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  u8 eTnctType;   /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */
+  int tabTnct;    /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */
+  int addrTnct;   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
+** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded.
+*/
+typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx;
+struct SortCtx {
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */
+  int nOBSat;           /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
+  int iECursor;         /* Cursor number for the sorter */
+  int regReturn;        /* Register holding block-output return address */
+  int labelBkOut;       /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */
+  int addrSortIndex;    /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */
+  int labelDone;        /* Jump here when done, ex: LIMIT reached */
+  u8 sortFlags;         /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */
+  u8 bOrderedInnerLoop; /* ORDER BY correctly sorts the inner loop */
+};
+#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter  0x01   /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */
+
+/*
+** Delete all the content of a Select structure.  Deallocate the structure
+** itself only if bFree is true.
+*/
+static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){
+  while( p ){
+    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+    if( p->pWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
+    if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    p = pPrior;
+    bFree = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
+  pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
+  pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
+  pDest->zAffSdst = 0;
+  pDest->iSdst = 0;
+  pDest->nSdst = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  u32 selFlags,         /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
+  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
+  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  Select standin;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    pNew = &standin;
+  }
+  if( pEList==0 ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ASTERISK,0));
+  }
+  pNew->pEList = pEList;
+  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pNew->selFlags = selFlags;
+  pNew->iLimit = 0;
+  pNew->iOffset = 0;
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  pNew->zSelName[0] = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  pNew->nSelectRow = 0;
+  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
+  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pNew->pPrior = 0;
+  pNew->pNext = 0;
+  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
+  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
+  pNew->pWith = 0;
+  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
+    clearSelect(db, pNew, pNew!=&standin);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
+  }
+  assert( pNew!=&standin );
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Set the name of a Select object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select *p, const char *zName){
+  if( p && zName ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zSelName), p->zSelName, "%s", zName);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  if( p ) clearSelect(db, p, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound.
+*/
+static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){
+  while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_CROSS
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+                             /*   0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
+  static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
+  static const struct {
+    u8 i;        /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
+    u8 nChar;    /* Length of the keyword in characters */
+    u8 code;     /* Join type mask */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    /* natural */ { 0,  7, JT_NATURAL                },
+    /* left    */ { 6,  4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER          },
+    /* outer   */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER                  },
+    /* right   */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER         },
+    /* full    */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    /* inner   */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER                  },
+    /* cross   */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS         },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
+      if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
+    if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp = " ";
+    assert( pB!=0 );
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+         && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
+** table that has a column named zCol.  
+**
+** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
+** of the matching column and return TRUE.
+**
+** If not found, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int tableAndColumnIndex(
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* Array of tables to search */
+  int N,               /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column we are looking for */
+  int *piTab,          /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
+  int *piCol           /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
+){
+  int i;               /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
+  int iCol;            /* Index of column matching zCol */
+
+  assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) );  /* Both or neither are NULL */
+  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
+    iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      if( piTab ){
+        *piTab = i;
+        *piCol = iCol;
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
+** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
+** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
+**
+**    (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
+**
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the 
+** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
+** column iColRight of tab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* List of tables in FROM clause */
+  int iLeft,                      /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
+  int iColLeft,                   /* Index of column in first table */
+  int iRight,                     /* Index of second table in pSrc */
+  int iColRight,                  /* Index of column in second table */
+  int isOuterJoin,                /* True if this is an OUTER join */
+  Expr **ppWhere                  /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Expr *pE1;
+  Expr *pE2;
+  Expr *pEq;
+
+  assert( iLeft<iRight );
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
+  assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
+  assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
+
+  pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
+  pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
+
+  pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2);
+  if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce);
+    pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
+  }
+  *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
+** expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+**
+** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
+** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
+** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
+** for cases like this:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+**
+** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
+** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
+** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
+** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
+** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
+** the output, which is incorrect.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce);
+    p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
+    if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->x.pList->nExpr; i++){
+        setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable);
+      }
+    }
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+    int isOuter;
+
+    if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
+    isOuter = (pRight->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
+
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pRight->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
+        char *zName;   /* Name of column in the right table */
+        int iLeft;     /* Matching left table */
+        int iLeftCol;  /* Matching column in the left table */
+
+        zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
+          addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
+                       isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn ){
+      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
+      pRight->pOn = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+        char *zName;     /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
+        int iLeft;       /* Table on the left with matching column name */
+        int iLeftCol;    /* Column number of matching column on the left */
+        int iRightCol;   /* Column number of matching column on the right */
+
+        zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
+        if( iRightCol<0
+         || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
+        ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
+                     isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
+  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
+  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
+);
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will push the record in registers regData
+** through regData+nData-1 onto the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
+  SortCtx *pSort,        /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
+  int regData,           /* First register holding data to be sorted */
+  int regOrigData,       /* First register holding data before packing */
+  int nData,             /* Number of elements in the data array */
+  int nPrefixReg         /* No. of reg prior to regData available for use */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;                         /* Stmt under construction */
+  int bSeq = ((pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter)==0);
+  int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;              /* No. of ORDER BY terms */
+  int nBase = nExpr + bSeq + nData;                /* Fields in sorter record */
+  int regBase;                                     /* Regs for sorter record */
+  int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;                  /* Assembled sorter record */
+  int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat;                      /* ORDER BY terms to skip */
+  int op;                            /* Opcode to add sorter record to sorter */
+  int iLimit;                        /* LIMIT counter */
+
+  assert( bSeq==0 || bSeq==1 );
+  assert( nData==1 || regData==regOrigData || regOrigData==0 );
+  if( nPrefixReg ){
+    assert( nPrefixReg==nExpr+bSeq );
+    regBase = regData - nExpr - bSeq;
+  }else{
+    regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+    pParse->nMem += nBase;
+  }
+  assert( pSelect->iOffset==0 || pSelect->iLimit!=0 );
+  iLimit = pSelect->iOffset ? pSelect->iOffset+1 : pSelect->iLimit;
+  pSort->labelDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, regOrigData,
+                          SQLITE_ECEL_DUP | (regOrigData? SQLITE_ECEL_REF : 0));
+  if( bSeq ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
+  }
+  if( nPrefixReg==0 && nData>0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regRecord);
+  if( nOBSat>0 ){
+    int regPrevKey;   /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
+    int addrFirst;    /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
+    int addrJmp;      /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
+    VdbeOp *pOp;      /* Opcode that opens the sorter */
+    int nKey;         /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */
+    KeyInfo *pKI;     /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */
+
+    regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
+    nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq;
+    if( bSeq ){
+      addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); 
+    }else{
+      addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor);
+    }
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat);
+    pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex);
+    if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
+    pOp->p2 = nKey + nData;
+    pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+    memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO);
+    testcase( pKI->nXField>2 );
+    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat,
+                                           pKI->nXField-1);
+    addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
+    if( iLimit ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, pSort->labelDone);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
+    sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
+  }
+  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+    op = OP_SorterInsert;
+  }else{
+    op = OP_IdxInsert;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord,
+                       regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat);
+  if( iLimit ){
+    int addr;
+    int r1 = 0;
+    /* Fill the sorter until it contains LIMIT+OFFSET entries.  (The iLimit
+    ** register is initialized with value of LIMIT+OFFSET.)  After the sorter
+    ** fills up, delete the least entry in the sorter after each insert.
+    ** Thus we never hold more than the LIMIT+OFFSET rows in memory at once */
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNotZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor);
+    if( pSort->bOrderedInnerLoop ){
+      r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pSort->iECursor, nExpr, r1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "seq"));
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor);
+    if( pSort->bOrderedInnerLoop ){
+      /* If the inner loop is driven by an index such that values from
+      ** the same iteration of the inner loop are in sorted order, then
+      ** immediately jump to the next iteration of an inner loop if the
+      ** entry from the current iteration does not fit into the top
+      ** LIMIT+OFFSET entries of the sorter. */
+      int iBrk = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regBase+nExpr, iBrk, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET
+*/
+static void codeOffset(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  int iOffset,      /* Register holding the offset counter */
+  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+){
+  if( iOffset>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset, iContinue, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET"));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
+** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
+** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
+** if the current N values are new.
+**
+** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
+** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
+*/
+static void codeDistinct(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
+  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
+  int N,             /* Number of elements */
+  int iMem           /* First element */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int r1;
+
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1, iMem, N);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
+**
+** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If srcTab is
+** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only 
+** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column.
+*/
+static void selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  SortCtx *pSort,         /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */
+  DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;            /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
+  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
+  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
+  int nPrefixReg = 0;         /* Number of extra registers before regResult */
+
+  /* Usually, regResult is the first cell in an array of memory cells
+  ** containing the current result row. In this case regOrig is set to the
+  ** same value. However, if the results are being sent to the sorter, the
+  ** values for any expressions that are also part of the sort-key are omitted
+  ** from this array. In this case regOrig is set to zero.  */
+  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding current results */
+  int regOrig;                /* Start of memory holding full result (or 0) */
+
+  assert( v );
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
+  if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0;
+  if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    assert( iContinue!=0 );
+    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
+
+  if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+    if( pSort ){
+      nPrefixReg = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+      if( !(pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter) ) nPrefixReg++;
+      pParse->nMem += nPrefixReg;
+    }
+    pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+  }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){
+    /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT
+    ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than
+    ** there are columns in the table on the left.  The error will be caught
+    ** and reported later.  But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated
+    ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */
+    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+  }
+  pDest->nSdst = nResultCol;
+  regOrig = regResult = pDest->iSdst;
+  if( srcTab>=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pEList->a[i].zName));
+    }
+  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
+    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
+    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
+    */
+    u8 ecelFlags;
+    if( eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+      ecelFlags = SQLITE_ECEL_DUP;
+    }else{
+      ecelFlags = 0;
+    }
+    if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){
+      /* For each expression in pEList that is a copy of an expression in
+      ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated 
+      ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY 
+      ** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate.
+      ** This allows the pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record,
+      ** saving space and CPU cycles.  */
+      ecelFlags |= (SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF|SQLITE_ECEL_REF);
+      for(i=pSort->nOBSat; i<pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+        int j;
+        if( (j = pSort->pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){
+          pEList->a[j-1].u.x.iOrderByCol = i+1-pSort->nOBSat;
+        }
+      }
+      regOrig = 0;
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem 
+           || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output );
+    }
+    nResultCol = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse,pEList,regResult,0,ecelFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+  ** part of the result.
+  */
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+    switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
+        VdbeOp *pOp;            /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
+        int iJump;              /* Jump destination */
+        int regPrev;            /* Previous row content */
+
+        /* Allocate space for the previous row */
+        regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
+        pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+
+        /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null
+        ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the
+        ** previous value.  This will cause the OP_Ne below to always
+        ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first
+        ** row is all NULLs.
+        */
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+        pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
+        pOp->p1 = 1;
+        pOp->p2 = regPrev;
+
+        iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol;
+        for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
+          CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+          if( i<nResultCol-1 ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regResult+i, iJump, regPrev+i);
+            VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
+            VdbeCoverage(v);
+           }
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+        }
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED );
+        codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol,
+                     regResult);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pSort==0 ){
+      codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      int r1;
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Fifo:
+    case SRT_DistFifo:
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1);
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Fifo );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_DistFifo );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+      if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){
+        /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
+        ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present
+        ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the
+        ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the
+        ** output table as well.  */
+        int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1,regResult,nResultCol);
+        assert( pSort==0 );
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pSort ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1+nPrefixReg,regResult,1,nPrefixReg);
+      }else{
+        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nPrefixReg+1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      if( pSort ){
+        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
+        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
+        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
+        ** case the order does matter */
+        pushOntoSorter(
+            pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg);
+      }else{
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, 
+            r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of 
+    ** memory cells and break out of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      if( pSort ){
+        assert( nResultCol<=pDest->nSdst );
+        pushOntoSorter(
+            pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg);
+      }else{
+        assert( nResultCol==pDest->nSdst );
+        assert( regResult==iParm );
+        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    case SRT_Coroutine:       /* Send data to a co-routine */
+    case SRT_Output: {        /* Return the results */
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      if( pSort ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol,
+                       nPrefixReg);
+      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+    /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to
+    ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO).  pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an
+    ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns.  Build a key using pSO for the first
+    ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a
+    ** final OP_Sequence column.  The last column is the record as a blob.
+    */
+    case SRT_DistQueue:
+    case SRT_Queue: {
+      int nKey;
+      int r1, r2, r3;
+      int addrTest = 0;
+      ExprList *pSO;
+      pSO = pDest->pOrderBy;
+      assert( pSO );
+      nKey = pSO->nExpr;
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2);
+      r3 = r2+nKey+1;
+      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
+        /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
+        ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
+        ** added to the queue. */
+        addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, 
+                                        regResult, nResultCol);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3);
+      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
+                          regResult + pSO->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1,
+                          r2+i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, r2, nKey+2);
+      if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
+
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.  Except, if
+  ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
+  ** the output for us.
+  */
+  if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and
+** X extra columns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){
+  int nExtra = (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1);
+  KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(KeyInfo) + nExtra);
+  if( p ){
+    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X];
+    p->nField = (u16)N;
+    p->nXField = (u16)X;
+    p->enc = ENC(db);
+    p->db = db;
+    p->nRef = 1;
+    memset(&p[1], 0, nExtra);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a KeyInfo object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->nRef>0 );
+    p->nRef--;
+    if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->nRef>0 );
+    p->nRef++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change.  The KeyInfo object
+** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object.
+**
+** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
+** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
+**
+** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
+** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
+** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
+** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
+** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc.  The calling
+** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
+** freed.
+*/
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
+  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
+  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
+){
+  int nExpr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+
+  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr-iStart, nExtra+1);
+  if( pInfo ){
+    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) );
+    for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl;
+      pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder;
+    }
+  }
+  return pInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of the form:
+**
+**   "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
+**
+** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
+** is determined by the zUsage argument.
+*/
+static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
+** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
+** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
+** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
+** code with #ifndef directives.
+*/
+# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
+
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainTempTable(y,z)
+# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
+**
+**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
+**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
+**
+** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
+** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
+** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
+** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is 
+** false, or the second form if it is true.
+*/
+static void explainComposite(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  int op,                         /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
+  int iSub1,                      /* Subquery id 1 */
+  int iSub2,                      /* Subquery id 2 */
+  int bUseTmp                     /* True if a temp table was used */
+){
+  assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
+        bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+*/
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
+  SortCtx *pSort,   /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */
+  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
+  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;                     /* The prepared statement */
+  int addrBreak = pSort->labelDone;            /* Jump here to exit loop */
+  int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Jump here for next cycle */
+  int addr;
+  int addrOnce = 0;
+  int iTab;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy;
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
+  int regRow;
+  int regRowid;
+  int iCol;
+  int nKey;
+  int iSortTab;                   /* Sorter cursor to read from */
+  int nSortData;                  /* Trailing values to read from sorter */
+  int i;
+  int bSeq;                       /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */
+  struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a;
+
+  assert( addrBreak<0 );
+  if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrBreak);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut);
+  }
+  iTab = pSort->iECursor;
+  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Mem ){
+    regRowid = 0;
+    regRow = pDest->iSdst;
+    nSortData = nColumn;
+  }else{
+    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    regRow = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nColumn);
+    nSortData = nColumn;
+  }
+  nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat;
+  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+    int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem;
+    iSortTab = pParse->nTab++;
+    if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
+      addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nSortData);
+    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
+    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut, iSortTab);
+    bSeq = 0;
+  }else{
+    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
+    iSortTab = iTab;
+    bSeq = 1;
+  }
+  for(i=0, iCol=nKey+bSeq; i<nSortData; i++){
+    int iRead;
+    if( aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol ){
+      iRead = aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol-1;
+    }else{
+      iRead = iCol++;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iRead, regRow+i);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName ? aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan));
+  }
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst) );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, nColumn, regRowid,
+                        pDest->zAffSdst, nColumn);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, nColumn);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid, regRow, nColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( regRowid ){
+    if( eDest==SRT_Set ){
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regRow, nColumn);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
+    }
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+  }
+  /* The bottom of the loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
+  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that
+** result in *pEstWidth.
+**
+** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
+** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
+** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
+** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
+** considered a column by this function.
+**
+**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
+**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
+** 
+** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
+**
+** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
+# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F)
+#endif
+static const char *columnTypeImpl(
+  NameContext *pNC, 
+  Expr *pExpr,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+  const char **pzOrigDb,
+  const char **pzOrigTab,
+  const char **pzOrigCol,
+#endif
+  u8 *pEstWidth
+){
+  char const *zType = 0;
+  int j;
+  u8 estWidth = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+  char const *zOrigDb = 0;
+  char const *zOrigTab = 0;
+  char const *zOrigCol = 0;
+#endif
+
+  assert( pExpr!=0 );
+  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
+      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
+      ** database table or a subquery.
+      */
+      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
+      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      while( pNC && !pTab ){
+        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
+        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
+        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
+          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
+        }else{
+          pNC = pNC->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
+        ** cause this condition to run.  Since then, we have restructured how
+        ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer 
+        ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
+        ** the following:
+        **
+        **   CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
+        **   SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
+        **
+        ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the 
+        ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
+        ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
+        **
+        ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
+        ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression 
+        ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
+        ** branch below.  */
+        break;
+      }
+
+      assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
+      if( pS ){
+        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
+        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
+        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
+        */
+        if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
+          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
+          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
+          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
+          **
+          ** The ALWAYS() is because iCol>=pS->pEList->nExpr will have been
+          ** caught already by name resolution.
+          */
+          NameContext sNC;
+          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+          sNC.pNext = pNC;
+          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+          zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
+        }
+      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
+        /* A real table */
+        assert( !pS );
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+        if( iCol<0 ){
+          zType = "INTEGER";
+          zOrigCol = "rowid";
+        }else{
+          zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+          zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0);
+          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
+        }
+        zOrigTab = pTab->zName;
+        if( pNC->pParse ){
+          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+          zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+        }
+#else
+        if( iCol<0 ){
+          zType = "INTEGER";
+        }else{
+          zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0);
+          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
+      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
+      ** statement.
+      */
+      NameContext sNC;
+      Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+      sNC.pNext = pNC;
+      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA  
+  if( pzOrigDb ){
+    assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
+    *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
+    *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab;
+    *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth;
+  return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
+    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
+    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0);
+
+    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
+    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
+    ** virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+#else
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
+*/
+static void generateColumnNames(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTabList!=0 );
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }else if( p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
+        if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+      }
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "rowid";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else if( fullNames ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+    }else{
+      const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
+      z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
+** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
+** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
+**
+** All column names will be unique.
+**
+** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
+** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
+** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
+  i16 *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
+  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
+  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+  u32 cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
+  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
+  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
+  char *zName;                /* Column name */
+  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
+  Hash ht;                    /* Hash table of column names */
+
+  sqlite3HashInit(&ht);
+  if( pEList ){
+    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
+    testcase( aCol==0 );
+  }else{
+    nCol = 0;
+    aCol = 0;
+  }
+  assert( nCol==(i16)nCol );
+  *pnCol = nCol;
+  *paCol = aCol;
+
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol && !db->mallocFailed; i++, pCol++){
+    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
+    */
+    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
+    }else{
+      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
+      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
+      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
+        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
+        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
+      }
+      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
+        /* For columns use the column name name */
+        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
+        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid";
+      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        zName = pColExpr->u.zToken;
+      }else{
+        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
+        zName = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
+      }
+    }
+    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zName);
+
+    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
+    ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
+    */
+    cnt = 0;
+    while( zName && sqlite3HashFind(&ht, zName)!=0 ){
+      nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+      if( nName>0 ){
+        for(j=nName-1; j>0 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[j]); j--){}
+        if( zName[j]==':' ) nName = j;
+      }
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*z:%u", nName, zName, ++cnt);
+      if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt);
+    }
+    pCol->zName = zName;
+    sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol);
+    if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&ht);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
+    *paCol = 0;
+    *pnCol = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
+** a SELECT statement.
+** 
+** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
+** The column list has only names, not types or collations.  This
+** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
+**
+** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
+** statement be resolved.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing contexts */
+  Table *pTab,          /* Add column type information to this table */
+  Select *pSelect       /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  Column *pCol;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+  Expr *p;
+  struct ExprList_item *a;
+  u64 szAll = 0;
+
+  assert( pSelect!=0 );
+  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
+  for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    const char *zType;
+    int n, m;
+    p = a[i].pExpr;
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, &pCol->szEst);
+    szAll += pCol->szEst;
+    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
+    if( zType && (m = sqlite3Strlen30(zType))>0 ){
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(pCol->zName);
+      pCol->zName = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pCol->zName, n+m+2);
+      if( pCol->zName ){
+        memcpy(&pCol->zName[n+1], zType, m+1);
+        pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( pColl && pCol->zColl==0 ){
+      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
+    }
+  }
+  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int savedFlags;
+
+  savedFlags = db->flags;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  db->flags = savedFlags;
+  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
+  ** is disabled */
+  assert( db->lookaside.bDisable );
+  pTab->nTabRef = 1;
+  pTab->zName = 0;
+  pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+  sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+  sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect);
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE Vdbe *allocVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Init, 0, 1);
+  if( pParse->pToplevel==0
+   && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst)
+  ){
+    pParse->okConstFactor = 1;
+  }
+  return v;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  return v ? v : allocVdbe(pParse);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
+** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
+** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
+** prior to calling this routine.
+**
+** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
+** of the OFFSET.  The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT.  Register
+** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
+**
+** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
+  Vdbe *v = 0;
+  int iLimit = 0;
+  int iOffset;
+  int n;
+  if( p->iLimit ) return;
+
+  /* 
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
+  if( p->pLimit ){
+    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    assert( v!=0 );
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+      if( n==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iBreak);
+      }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>sqlite3LogEst((u64)n) ){
+        p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)n);
+        p->selFlags |= SF_FixedLimit;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    if( p->pOffset ){
+      p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, iLimit, iOffset+1, iOffset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  /* iCol must be less than p->pEList->nExpr.  Otherwise an error would
+  ** have been thrown during name resolution and we would not have gotten
+  ** this far */
+  if( pRet==0 && ALWAYS(iCol<p->pEList->nExpr) ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT
+** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo
+** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
+** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually
+** freed.
+*/
+static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){
+  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1);
+  if( pRet ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pOrderBy->a[i];
+      Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr;
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+
+      if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm);
+      }else{
+        pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1);
+        if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr =
+          sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName);
+      }
+      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) );
+      pRet->aColl[i] = pColl;
+      pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE
+** query of the form:
+**
+**   <recursive-table> AS (<setup-query> UNION [ALL] <recursive-query>)
+**                         \___________/             \_______________/
+**                           p->pPrior                      p
+**
+**
+** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause
+** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].fg.isRecursive flag.
+**
+** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go
+** into a Queue table.  Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by
+** one.  Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest.  Then the single
+** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the
+** recursive-table for a recursive-query run.  The output of the recursive-query
+** is added back into the Queue table.  Then another row is extracted from Queue
+** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty.
+**
+** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever
+** inserted into the Queue table.  The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
+** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
+** discarded.  If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
+** 
+** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
+** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle.  Without
+** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
+**
+** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows
+** have been output to pDest.  A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a
+** negative LIMIT means to output all rows.  If there is also an OFFSET clause
+** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather
+** than being sent to pDest.  The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET
+** rows have been skipped.
+*/
+static void generateWithRecursiveQuery(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */
+  int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;  /* Number of columns in the recursive table */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The prepared statement under construction */
+  Select *pSetup = p->pPrior;   /* The setup query */
+  int addrTop;                  /* Top of the loop */
+  int addrCont, addrBreak;      /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */
+  int iCurrent = 0;             /* The Current table */
+  int regCurrent;               /* Register holding Current table */
+  int iQueue;                   /* The Queue table */
+  int iDistinct = 0;            /* To ensure unique results if UNION */
+  int eDest = SRT_Fifo;         /* How to write to Queue */
+  SelectDest destQueue;         /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */
+  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;                       /* Result code */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;           /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;       /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
+  int regLimit, regOffset;      /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */
+
+  /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */
+  addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  p->nSelectRow = 320;  /* 4 billion rows */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
+  pLimit = p->pLimit;
+  pOffset = p->pOffset;
+  regLimit = p->iLimit;
+  regOffset = p->iOffset;
+  p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0;
+  p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+
+  /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */
+  for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){
+    if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isRecursive ){
+      iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct.  The cursor number for
+  ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order
+  ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */
+  iQueue = pParse->nTab++;
+  if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
+    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo;
+    iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+  }else{
+    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue);
+
+  /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */
+  regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol);
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
+                      (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+    destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol);
+  }
+  VdbeComment((v, "Queue table"));
+  if( iDistinct ){
+    p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0);
+    p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+  }
+
+  /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */
+  p->pOrderBy = 0;
+
+  /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */
+  pSetup->pNext = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue);
+  pSetup->pNext = p;
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query;
+
+  /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */
+  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue);
+
+  /* Output the single row in Current */
+  addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont);
+  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent,
+      0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak);
+  if( regLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, regLimit, addrBreak);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
+
+  /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as
+  ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported");
+  }else{
+    p->pPrior = 0;
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue);
+    assert( p->pPrior==0 );
+    p->pPrior = pSetup;
+  }
+
+  /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */
+  sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+
+end_of_recursive_query:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy);
+  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  p->pLimit = pLimit;
+  p->pOffset = pOffset;
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
+
+/* Forward references */
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+);
+
+/*
+** Handle the special case of a compound-select that originates from a
+** VALUES clause.  By handling this as a special case, we avoid deep
+** recursion, and thus do not need to enforce the SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+** on a VALUES clause.
+**
+** Because the Select object originates from a VALUES clause:
+**   (1) It has no LIMIT or OFFSET
+**   (2) All terms are UNION ALL
+**   (3) There is no ORDER BY clause
+*/
+static int multiSelectValues(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  Select *pPrior;
+  int nRow = 1;
+  int rc = 0;
+  assert( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue );
+  do{
+    assert( p->selFlags & SF_Values );
+    assert( p->op==TK_ALL || (p->op==TK_SELECT && p->pPrior==0) );
+    assert( p->pLimit==0 );
+    assert( p->pOffset==0 );
+    assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pEList->nExpr==p->pNext->pEList->nExpr );
+    if( p->pPrior==0 ) break;
+    assert( p->pPrior->pNext==p );
+    p = p->pPrior;
+    nRow++;
+  }while(1);
+  while( p ){
+    pPrior = p->pPrior;
+    p->pPrior = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, pDest);
+    p->pPrior = pPrior;
+    if( rc ) break;
+    p->nSelectRow = nRow;
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
+** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
+** INTERSECT
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
+  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSub1 = 0;        /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+  int iSub2 = 0;        /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  */
+  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
+  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  dest = *pDest;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
+    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
+  }
+
+  /* Special handling for a compound-select that originates as a VALUES clause.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ){
+    rc = multiSelectValues(pParse, p, &dest);
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  assert( p->pEList->nExpr==pPrior->pEList->nExpr );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
+    generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
+  */
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
+  }else
+
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      int addr = 0;
+      int nLimit;
+      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
+      pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit;
+      pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset;
+      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+      if( p->iLimit ){
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
+        if( p->iOffset ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit,
+                            p->iLimit, p->iOffset+1, p->iOffset);
+        }
+      }
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow);
+      if( pPrior->pLimit
+       && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
+       && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) 
+      ){
+        p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit);
+      }
+      if( addr ){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      u8 op = 0;       /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest uniondest;
+
+      testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
+      priorOp = SRT_Union;
+      if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        assert( p->pLimit==0 );      /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        assert( p->pOffset==0 );     /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+        findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
+
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
+      */
+      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
+        op = SRT_Except;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
+        op = SRT_Union;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      uniondest.eDest = op;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
+      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
+        p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+      p->iLimit = 0;
+      p->iOffset = 0;
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */
+      assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
+      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+          Select *pFirst = p;
+          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, pFirst->pSrc, pFirst->pEList);
+        }
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab,
+                        0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest intersectdest;
+      int r1;
+
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+      findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+      assert( p->pEList );
+
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+      */
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        Select *pFirst = p;
+        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, pFirst->pSrc, pFirst->pEList);
+      }
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, tab1, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1,
+                      0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
+
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
+  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
+  **
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
+    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
+
+    assert( p->pNext==0 );
+    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1);
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      goto multi_select_end;
+    }
+    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
+      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+      if( 0==*apColl ){
+        *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
+      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
+        if( addr<0 ){
+          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
+          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
+          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo),
+                            P4_KEYINFO);
+        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
+  }
+
+multi_select_end:
+  pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst;
+  pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst;
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+/*
+** Error message for when two or more terms of a compound select have different
+** size result sets.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms");
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
+** SELECT statment.
+**
+** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst.  There are
+** pIn->nSdst columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
+** be sent.
+**
+** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
+** return address.
+**
+** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
+** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
+** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
+** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
+** keys.
+**
+** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
+** iBreak.
+*/
+static int generateOutputSubroutine(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
+  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
+  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
+  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iContinue;
+  int addr;
+
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
+  */
+  if( regPrev ){
+    int addr1, addr2;
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst,
+                              (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr2+2, iContinue, addr2+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
+  }
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+
+  /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
+  */
+  codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+
+  assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Exists );
+  assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Table );
+  switch( pDest->eDest ){
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)".
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int r1;
+      testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 );
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, 
+          r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1,
+                           pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 || pParse->nErr>0 );  testcase( pIn->nSdst!=1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
+    ** starting at pDest->iSdst.  Then the co-routine yields.
+    */
+    case SRT_Coroutine: {
+      if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+        pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst);
+        pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
+    ** SRT_Output.  This routine is never called with any other
+    ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
+    **
+    ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.  
+    ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
+    ** return the next row of result.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+  */
+  if( p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate the subroutine return
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
+
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
+** is an ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** We assume a query of the following form:
+**
+**      <selectA>  <operator>  <selectB>  ORDER BY <orderbylist>
+**
+** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
+** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
+** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
+** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
+** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
+**
+**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.
+**
+**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
+**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
+**             appears only in B.)
+**
+**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
+**
+**    AeqB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
+**
+**    AgtB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
+**
+**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
+**
+**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
+**
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
+** <operator> is used:
+**
+**
+**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
+**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
+**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
+**
+**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
+**
+**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
+**
+**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
+**
+**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
+**
+** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
+** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
+** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
+** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
+**
+** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
+** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
+** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
+** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
+**
+** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
+** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
+**
+**          goto Init
+**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
+**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
+**    outA: output one row of A
+**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
+**    EofA: ...
+**    EofB: ...
+**    AltB: ...
+**    AeqB: ...
+**    AgtB: ...
+**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
+**          yield coA
+**          if eof(A) goto EofA
+**          yield coB
+**          if eof(B) goto EofB
+**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
+**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
+**     End: ...
+**
+** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
+** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
+** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
+** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
+  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
+  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
+  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
+  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
+  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
+  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
+  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
+  int addrOutB = 0;     /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrEofA_noB;     /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */
+  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
+  int addrAeqB;         /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
+  int addrAgtB;         /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
+  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
+  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
+  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
+  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
+  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
+  int addr1;            /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
+  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSub1;            /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+  int iSub2;            /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
+
+  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this.  Ticket #3382. */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
+  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+
+  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
+  */
+  op = p->op;  
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  assert( pOrderBy );
+  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+
+  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
+  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
+  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
+  */
+  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
+    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
+        assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
+        if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==nOrderBy ){
+        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = i;
+        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
+        if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
+  ** the permutation used to determine if the next
+  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
+  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
+  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
+  ** collation.
+  */
+  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nOrderBy + 1));
+  if( aPermute ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    aPermute[0] = nOrderBy;
+    for(i=1, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<=nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
+      assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
+      assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
+      aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1;
+    }
+    pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
+  }else{
+    pKeyMerge = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
+  */
+  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
+
+  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
+  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
+  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    regPrev = 0;
+  }else{
+    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+    regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nExpr+1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
+    pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1);
+    if( pKeyDup ){
+      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) );
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
+        pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
+  */
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  pPrior->pNext = 0;
+  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
+    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the limit registers */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
+    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
+                                  regLimitA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
+  }else{
+    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  p->pLimit = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+  p->pOffset = 0;
+
+  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
+  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
+  */
+  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA);
+  VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT"));
+  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
+  explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
+  sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
+  ** the right - the "B" select
+  */
+  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB);
+  VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT"));
+  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
+  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
+  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
+  p->iOffset = 0;  
+  explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
+  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
+  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
+  sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrB);
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
+  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
+  
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
+    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
+  }
+  sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup);
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
+  }else{  
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
+    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+    addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
+                                     VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofA);
+    p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofB = addrEofA;
+    if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+  }else{  
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
+    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofB);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr);
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+  }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+    addrAltB++;
+  }else{
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
+    addrAeqB =
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr);
+
+  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Implement the main merge loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
+                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
+
+  /* Set the number of output columns
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
+    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pFirst->pSrc, pFirst->pEList);
+  }
+
+  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
+  ** by the calling function */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  }
+  p->pPrior = pPrior;
+  pPrior->pNext = p;
+
+  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
+  **** subqueries ****/
+  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
+  return pParse->nErr!=0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/* Forward Declarations */
+static void substExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
+static void substSelect(Parse*, Select *, int, ExprList*, int);
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static Expr *substExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Report errors here */
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
+  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      Expr *pCopy = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pCopy) ){
+        sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(pParse, pCopy);
+      }else{
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCopy, 0);
+        if( pNew && (pExpr->flags & EP_FromJoin) ){
+          pNew->iRightJoinTable = pExpr->iRightJoinTable;
+          pNew->flags |= EP_FromJoin;
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+        pExpr = pNew;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(pParse, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      substSelect(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList, 1);
+    }else{
+      substExprList(pParse, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+static void substExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Report errors here */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void substSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Report errors here */
+  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* Substitute values */
+  int doPrior          /* Do substitutes on p->pPrior too */
+){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( !p ) return;
+  do{
+    substExprList(pParse, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
+    substExprList(pParse, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
+    substExprList(pParse, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
+    p->pHaving = substExpr(pParse, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
+    p->pWhere = substExpr(pParse, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
+    pSrc = p->pSrc;
+    assert( pSrc!=0 );
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      substSelect(pParse, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList, 1);
+      if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
+        substExprList(pParse, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, iTable, pEList);
+      }
+    }
+  }while( doPrior && (p = p->pPrior)!=0 );
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
+** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or (2a) the outer query is not a join
+**        and (2b) the outer query does not use subqueries other than the one
+**        FROM-clause subquery that is a candidate for flattening.  (2b is
+**        due to ticket [2f7170d73bf9abf80] from 2015-02-09.)
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
+**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
+**
+**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
+**        sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction 
+**        (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.  TODO:  For subqueries without
+**        A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special
+**        table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a
+**        single NULL.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (**)  Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we
+**        accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15.  Original
+**        text: "The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query 
+**        does not use LIMIT."
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
+**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
+**
+**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET.
+**
+**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
+**        subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
+**        (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
+**
+**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
+**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
+**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
+**
+**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
+**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
+**        the parent query:
+**
+**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
+**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
+**          * is not a join
+**
+**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
+**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
+**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.  The subquery cannot use any compound
+**        operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound
+**        operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by
+**        restriction (4).
+**
+**        Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number
+**        of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound
+**        SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no
+**        such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the
+**        syntax error and return a detailed message.
+**
+**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
+**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
+**        columns of the sub-query.
+**
+**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
+**        have a WHERE clause.
+**
+**  (20)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
+**        an ORDER BY clause.  Ticket #3773.  We could relax this constraint
+**        somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
+**        appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query.  But we
+**        have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
+**
+**  (21)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.  (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
+**
+**  (22)  The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
+**
+**  (23)  The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
+**        compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
+**        parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
+**        recursive queries in multiSelect().
+**
+**  (24)  The subquery is not an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or 
+**        or max() functions.  (Without this restriction, a query like:
+**        "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily
+**        return the value X for which Y was maximal.)
+**
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  Select *pParent;    /* Current UNION ALL term of the other query */
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->pPrior==0 );  /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+    if( isAgg ) return 0;                                /* Restriction (1)   */
+    if( pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;                         /* Restriction (2a)  */
+    if( (p->pWhere && ExprHasProperty(p->pWhere,EP_Subquery))
+     || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pEList) & EP_Subquery)!=0
+     || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pOrderBy) & EP_Subquery)!=0
+    ){
+      return 0;                                          /* Restriction (2b)  */
+    }
+  }
+    
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
+  ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
+  ** and (14). */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
+  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
+    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
+  }
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
+  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0;           /* Restriction (5)  */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+     return 0;         /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
+  }
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
+  }
+  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
+  }
+  testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive );
+  testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_MinMaxAgg );
+  if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive|SF_MinMaxAgg) ){
+    return 0; /* Restrictions (22) and (24) */
+  }
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ){
+    return 0; /* Restriction (23) */
+  }
+
+  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
+  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  **
+  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
+  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  **
+  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
+  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
+  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
+  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
+  */
+  if( (pSubitem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
+  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
+  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
+  ** queries.
+  */
+  if( pSub->pPrior ){
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      return 0;  /* Restriction 20 */
+    }
+    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+      assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 );
+      assert( pSub->pEList->nExpr==pSub1->pEList->nExpr );
+      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
+       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
+       || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1
+      ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 );
+    }
+
+    /* Restriction 18. */
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
+        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %s.%p from term %d\n",
+                   pSub->zSelName, pSub, iFrom));
+
+  /* Authorize the subquery */
+  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
+  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+
+  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
+  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
+  ** be of the form:
+  **
+  **     SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> 
+  **
+  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
+  ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
+  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
+  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
+  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
+  **
+  ** Example:
+  **
+  **     SELECT a+1 FROM (
+  **        SELECT x FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT y FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
+  **     ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** Transformed into:
+  **
+  **     SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
+  **     ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
+  */
+  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    Select *pNew;
+    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
+    Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
+    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->pSrc = 0;
+    p->pPrior = 0;
+    p->pLimit = 0;
+    p->pOffset = 0;
+    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, pSub->zSelName);
+    p->pOffset = pOffset;
+    p->pLimit = pLimit;
+    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    p->pSrc = pSrc;
+    p->op = TK_ALL;
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+    }else{
+      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
+      if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+      pNew->pNext = p;
+      p->pPrior = pNew;
+      SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p,
+         ("compound-subquery flattener creates %s.%p as peer\n",
+         pNew->zSelName, pNew));
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
+  ** in the outer query.
+  */
+  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
+
+  /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
+  ** subquery
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
+  pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
+  pSubitem->zName = 0;
+  pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
+  pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
+
+  /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
+  ** subquery until code generation is
+  ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
+  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
+  **
+  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
+  */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
+    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
+    if( pTabToDel->nTabRef==1 ){
+      Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
+      pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+    }else{
+      pTabToDel->nTabRef--;
+    }
+    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
+  ** flattening (as described above).  If we are doing a different kind
+  ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
+  ** then this loop only runs once.
+  **
+  ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    int nSubSrc;
+    u8 jointype = 0;
+    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of subquery */
+    nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;  /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
+    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of the outer query */
+
+    if( pSrc ){
+      assert( pParent==p );  /* First time through the loop */
+      jointype = pSubitem->fg.jointype;
+    }else{
+      assert( pParent!=p );  /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
+      pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+      if( pSrc==0 ){
+        assert( db->mallocFailed );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
+    ** query.  If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
+    ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
+    ** of the subquery.
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **    SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
+    **
+    ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause.  One slot of the
+    ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery.  The next
+    ** block of code will expand the outer query FROM clause to 4 slots.
+    ** The middle slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space
+    ** for the two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
+    */
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
+    ** outer query.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+      sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
+      assert( pSrc->a[i+iFrom].fg.isTabFunc==0 );
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype;
+  
+    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+    ** 
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+    **
+    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+    */
+    pList = pParent->pEList;
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
+        char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan);
+        sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+        pList->a[i].zName = zName;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the
+      ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th
+      ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values
+      ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent,
+      ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause.
+      **
+      ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this
+      ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent
+      ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is
+      ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f].  */
+      ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+        pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+      }
+      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
+      assert( pSub->pPrior==0 );
+      pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+    }
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
+    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
+      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
+      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
+      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, 
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0), pParent->pHaving
+      );
+      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
+      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
+    }else{
+      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pParent->pWhere);
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+      substSelect(pParse, pParent, iParent, pSub->pEList, 0);
+    }
+  
+    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+    ** outer query is distinct. 
+    */
+    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
+  
+    /*
+    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
+    **
+    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
+    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
+    */
+    if( pSub->pLimit ){
+      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
+      pSub->pLimit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
+
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+    SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n"));
+    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
+** Make copies of relevant WHERE clause terms of the outer query into
+** the WHERE clause of subquery.  Example:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1) WHERE x=5 AND y=10;
+**
+** Transformed into:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1 WHERE a=5 AND c-d=10)
+**     WHERE x=5 AND y=10;
+**
+** The hope is that the terms added to the inner query will make it more
+** efficient.
+**
+** Do not attempt this optimization if:
+**
+**   (1) The inner query is an aggregate.  (In that case, we'd really want
+**       to copy the outer WHERE-clause terms onto the HAVING clause of the
+**       inner query.  But they probably won't help there so do not bother.)
+**
+**   (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression.
+**
+**   (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE
+**       close would change the meaning of the LIMIT).
+**
+**   (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN.  (The caller
+**       enforces this restriction since this routine does not have enough
+**       information to know.)
+**
+**   (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause
+**       of a LEFT JOIN.
+**
+** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause
+** terms are duplicated into the subquery.
+*/
+static int pushDownWhereTerms(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context (for malloc() and error reporting) */
+  Select *pSubq,        /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */
+  int iCursor           /* Cursor number of the subquery */
+){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  int nChng = 0;
+  Select *pX;           /* For looping over compound SELECTs in pSubq */
+  if( pWhere==0 ) return 0;
+  for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){
+    if( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Aggregate|SF_Recursive))!=0 ){
+      testcase( pX->selFlags & SF_Aggregate );
+      testcase( pX->selFlags & SF_Recursive );
+      testcase( pX!=pSubq );
+      return 0; /* restrictions (1) and (2) */
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){
+    return 0; /* restriction (3) */
+  }
+  while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){
+    nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSubq, pWhere->pRight, iCursor);
+    pWhere = pWhere->pLeft;
+  }
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; /* restriction 5 */
+  if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){
+    nChng++;
+    while( pSubq ){
+      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pWhere, 0);
+      pNew = substExpr(pParse, pNew, iCursor, pSubq->pEList);
+      pSubq->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pSubq->pWhere, pNew);
+      pSubq = pSubq->pPrior;
+    }
+  }
+  return nChng;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+/*
+** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
+** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
+**
+**    * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
+**    * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
+**    * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
+**
+** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
+** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the 
+** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
+**
+** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
+** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
+*/
+static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
+  int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;          /* Return value */
+
+  *ppMinMax = 0;
+  if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
+    Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
+    ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList;      /* Arguments to agg function */
+
+    assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+    if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+      const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
+        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+        *ppMinMax = pEList;
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
+        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+        *ppMinMax = pEList;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
+  return eRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
+** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
+** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
+**
+**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+**
+** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
+** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
+** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
+*/
+static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Expr *pExpr;
+
+  assert( !p->pGroupBy );
+
+  if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 
+   || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
+
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0;
+  if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
+
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
+** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return 
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate 
+** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+  if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->fg.isIndexedBy ){
+    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+    char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; 
+        pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); 
+        pIdx=pIdx->pNext
+    );
+    if( !pIdx ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndexedBy, 0);
+      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pFrom->pIBIndex = pIdx;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with 
+** an alternative collating sequence.
+**
+**    SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
+**
+** These are rewritten as a subquery:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2)
+**     ORDER BY ... COLLATE ...
+**
+** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine
+** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause
+** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the
+** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause.  See ticket
+** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a
+**
+** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION.
+** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when
+** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY.
+*/
+static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  int i;
+  Select *pNew;
+  Select *pX;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  struct ExprList_item *a;
+  SrcList *pNewSrc;
+  Parse *pParse;
+  Token dummy;
+
+  if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){}
+  if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  a = p->pOrderBy->a;
+  for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break;
+  }
+  if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+
+  /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */
+
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+  memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
+  pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
+  if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+  *pNew = *p;
+  p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
+  p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ASTERISK, 0));
+  p->op = TK_SELECT;
+  p->pWhere = 0;
+  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
+  pNew->pHaving = 0;
+  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  p->pNext = 0;
+  p->pWith = 0;
+  p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
+  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 );
+  p->selFlags |= SF_Converted;
+  assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
+  pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+  pNew->pLimit = 0;
+  pNew->pOffset = 0;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the FROM clause term pFrom has table-valued function
+** arguments.  If it does, leave an error message in pParse and return
+** non-zero, since pFrom is not allowed to be a table-valued function.
+*/
+static int cannotBeFunction(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+  if( pFrom->fg.isTabFunc ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "'%s' is not a function", pFrom->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested 
+** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by 
+** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) 
+** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
+** return NULL.
+**
+** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
+** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
+*/
+static struct Cte *searchWith(
+  With *pWith,                    /* Current innermost WITH clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem,     /* FROM clause element to resolve */
+  With **ppContext                /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
+){
+  const char *zName;
+  if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
+    With *p;
+    for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          *ppContext = p;
+          return &p->a[i];
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses
+** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument
+** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
+** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
+** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
+** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT 
+** statement with which it is associated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
+  assert( bFree==0 || (pParse->pWith==0 && pParse->pWithToFree==0) );
+  if( pWith ){
+    assert( pParse->pWith!=pWith );
+    pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
+    pParse->pWith = pWith;
+    if( bFree ) pParse->pWithToFree = pWith;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by 
+** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
+** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
+** reference to the current CTE.
+**
+** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab
+** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check
+** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match
+** was found.
+**
+** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error
+** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the
+** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int withExpand(
+  Walker *pWalker, 
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom
+){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  struct Cte *pCte;               /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */
+  With *pWith;                    /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */
+
+  assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+
+  pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith);
+  if( pCte ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    ExprList *pEList;
+    Select *pSel;
+    Select *pLeft;                /* Left-most SELECT statement */
+    int bMayRecursive;            /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */
+    With *pSavedWith;             /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */
+
+    /* If pCte->zCteErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal
+    ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return
+    ** early. If pCte->zCteErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference.
+    ** In this case, proceed.  */
+    if( pCte->zCteErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zCteErr, pCte->zName);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+    assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+    pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+    if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+    pTab->nTabRef = 1;
+    pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName);
+    pTab->iPKey = -1;
+    pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
+    pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    assert( pFrom->pSelect );
+
+    /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */
+    pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+    bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION );
+    if( bMayRecursive ){
+      int i;
+      SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
+      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
+        if( pItem->zDatabase==0 
+         && pItem->zName!=0 
+         && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
+          ){
+          pItem->pTab = pTab;
+          pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1;
+          pTab->nTabRef++;
+          pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ 
+    if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(
+          pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
+      );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 ));
+
+    pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
+    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
+    pParse->pWith = pWith;
+    if( bMayRecursive ){
+      Select *pPrior = pSel->pPrior;
+      assert( pPrior->pWith==0 );
+      pPrior->pWith = pSel->pWith;
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pPrior);
+      pPrior->pWith = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+    }
+    pParse->pWith = pWith;
+
+    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
+    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
+    if( pCte->pCols ){
+      if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
+            pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
+        );
+        pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pEList = pCte->pCols;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+    if( bMayRecursive ){
+      if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
+        pCte->zCteErr = "multiple recursive references: %s";
+      }else{
+        pCte->zCteErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s";
+      }
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+    }
+    pCte->zCteErr = 0;
+    pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH 
+** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
+**
+** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
+** names and other FROM clause elements. 
+*/
+static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  if( pParse->pWith && p->pPrior==0 ){
+    With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
+    if( pWith!=0 ){
+      assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
+      pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+#define selectPopWith 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
+** "Expanding" means to do the following:
+**
+**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
+**         element of the FROM clause.
+**
+**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the persistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+*/
+static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  int i, j, k;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr;
+  u16 selFlags = p->selFlags;
+
+  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
+  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( p->pWith ){
+    sqlite3WithPush(pParse, p->pWith, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
+  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+
+  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
+  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
+  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 );
+    if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue;
+    assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+    if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else
+#endif
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pSel!=0 );
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel) ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pTab->nTabRef = 1;
+      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
+      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
+      sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList,&pTab->nCol,&pTab->aCol);
+      pTab->iPKey = -1;
+      pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom);
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      if( pTab->nTabRef>=0xffff ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535",
+           pTab->zName);
+        pFrom->pTab = 0;
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      pTab->nTabRef++;
+      if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+      if( IsVirtual(pTab) || pTab->pSelect ){
+        i16 nCol;
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
+        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
+        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3SelectSetName(pFrom->pSelect, pTab->zName);
+        nCol = pTab->nCol;
+        pTab->nCol = -1;
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
+        pTab->nCol = nCol;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
+    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ASTERISK operator for each "*" that it found in the column
+  ** list.  The following code just has to locate the TK_ASTERISK
+  ** expressions and expand each one to the list of all columns in
+  ** all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+    pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break;
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break;
+  }
+  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
+    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
+                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+
+    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+      pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      pRight = pE->pRight;
+      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ASTERISK
+       && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ASTERISK)
+      ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
+        if( pNew ){
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
+          a[k].zName = 0;
+          a[k].zSpan = 0;
+        }
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName = 0;       /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
+          assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
+          zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          const char *zSchemaName = 0;
+          int iDb;
+          if( zTabName==0 ){
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
+          if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){
+            pSub = 0;
+            if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
+              continue;
+            }
+            iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+            zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : "*";
+          }
+          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+            char *zColname;  /* The computed column name */
+            char *zToFree;   /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
+            Token sColname;  /* Computed column name as a token */
+
+            assert( zName );
+            if( zTName && pSub
+             && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
+            ){
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden', omit it from the expanded
+            ** result-set list unless the SELECT has the SF_IncludeHidden
+            ** bit set.
+            */
+            if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0
+             && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) 
+            ){
+              continue;
+            }
+            tableSeen = 1;
+
+            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
+              if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
+                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
+              ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table to the right of the join */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
+            zColname = zName;
+            zToFree = 0;
+            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              Expr *pLeft;
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
+              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight);
+              if( zSchemaName ){
+                pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName);
+                pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr);
+              }
+              if( longNames ){
+                zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
+                zToFree = zColname;
+              }
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
+            sqlite3TokenInit(&sColname, zColname);
+            sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
+            if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+              struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1];
+              if( pSub ){
+                pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan);
+                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
+              }else{
+                pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s",
+                                           zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname);
+                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
+              }
+              pX->bSpanIsTab = 1;
+            }
+            sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+#endif
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
+** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
+** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
+**
+** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
+** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
+** name resolution is performed.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
+** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
+** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  if( pParse->hasCompound ){
+    w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery;
+    sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+  }
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
+  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
+** interface.
+**
+** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
+** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
+** of that subquery.
+**
+** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
+** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
+** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
+** routine is called after identifier resolution.
+*/
+static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse;
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
+  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 );
+  p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+      if( pSel ){
+        while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+        sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
+** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
+** SELECT statement.
+**
+** Use this routine after name resolution.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
+  w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing.  The
+** following is accomplished:
+**
+**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
+**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
+**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
+**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
+**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
+**
+** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
+**
+** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
+** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
+** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory
+** cells.
+*/
+static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
+  int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn;
+  if( nReg==0 ) return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by
+  ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */
+  assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 );
+  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+    assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
+         && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
+    assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
+         && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg);
+  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
+    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
+           "argument");
+        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
+      }else{
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
+                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
+** in the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
+** the current cursor position.
+*/
+static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int regHit = 0;
+  int addrHitTest = 0;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
+
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+    int nArg;
+    int addrNext = 0;
+    int regAgg;
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    if( pList ){
+      nArg = pList->nExpr;
+      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
+    }else{
+      nArg = 0;
+      regAgg = 0;
+    }
+    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( nArg==0 );  /* Error condition */
+      testcase( nArg>1 );   /* Also an error */
+      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
+    }
+    if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      int j;
+      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
+      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+      }
+      if( !pColl ){
+        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+      if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_AggStep0, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem);
+    sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    if( addrNext ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
+  ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present 
+  ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
+  ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
+  ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
+  ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
+  **
+  ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
+  ** values to an OP_Copy.
+  */
+  if( regHit ){
+    addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+  }
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  if( addrHitTest ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
+** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+static void explainSimpleCount(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being queried */
+  Index *pIdx                     /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
+){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx)));
+    char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s",
+        pTab->zName,
+        bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
+        bCover ? pIdx->zName : ""
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+        pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
+**
+** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
+** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
+  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList = 0;  /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+  DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */
+  SortCtx sSort;         /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */
+  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
+  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
+  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  pParse->nSelectIndent++;
+  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n"));
+  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
+  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue  || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
+    /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
+    ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
+  memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort));
+  sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  assert( p->pEList!=0 );
+  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+    SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n"));
+    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Try to flatten subqueries in the FROM clause up into the main query
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
+    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
+    int isAggSub;
+    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of
+    ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */
+    if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d",
+                      pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr);
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+
+    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
+      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
+      if( isAggSub ){
+        isAgg = 1;
+        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+      }
+      i = -1;
+    }
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+      sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Get a pointer the VDBE under construction, allocating a new VDBE if one
+  ** does not already exist */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  /* Handle compound SELECT statements using the separate multiSelect()
+  ** procedure.
+  */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
+    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+    SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));
+    pParse->nSelectIndent--;
+#endif
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
+    SelectDest dest;
+    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
+    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than
+    ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN,
+    ** for example.  In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest
+    ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view.  The first instance
+    ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need
+    ** to be invoked again. */
+    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
+      if( pItem->fg.viaCoroutine==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
+    ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select
+    ** may contain expression trees of at most
+    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
+    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
+    ** an exact limit.
+    */
+    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+
+    /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down
+    ** inside the subquery.  This can help the subquery to run more efficiently.
+    */
+    if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)==0
+     && pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor)
+    ){
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+      if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+        SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After WHERE-clause push-down:\n"));
+        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to implement the subquery
+    **
+    ** The subquery is implemented as a co-routine if all of these are true:
+    **   (1)  The subquery is guaranteed to be the outer loop (so that it
+    **        does not need to be computed more than once)
+    **   (2)  The ALL keyword after SELECT is omitted.  (Applications are
+    **        allowed to say "SELECT ALL" instead of just "SELECT" to disable
+    **        the use of co-routines.)
+    **   (3)  Co-routines are not disabled using sqlite3_test_control()
+    **        with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS.
+    **
+    ** TODO: Are there other reasons beside (1) to use a co-routine
+    ** implementation?
+    */
+    if( i==0
+     && (pTabList->nSrc==1
+            || (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0)  /* (1) */
+     && (p->selFlags & SF_All)==0                                   /* (2) */
+     && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine)               /* (3) */
+    ){
+      /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result
+      ** set on each invocation.
+      */
+      int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
+      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn);
+      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow;
+      pItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 1;
+      pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst;
+      sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, pItem->regReturn);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1);
+      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
+    }else{
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
+      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
+      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
+      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
+      */
+      int topAddr;
+      int onceAddr = 0;
+      int retAddr;
+      assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 );
+      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+      topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn);
+      pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1;
+      if( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 ){
+        /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of
+        ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery
+        ** once. */
+        onceAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      }else{
+        VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      }
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
+      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow;
+      if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr);
+      retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr);
+      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Various elements of the SELECT copied into local variables for
+  ** convenience */
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
+
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+    SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n"));
+    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
+  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
+  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
+  **
+  **     SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
+  **
+  ** is transformed to:
+  **
+  **     SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz
+  **
+  ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be 
+  ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally 
+  ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER 
+  ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct 
+   && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0
+  ){
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0);
+    /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags,
+    ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set.  Hence, isTnct represents the
+    ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */
+    assert( sDistinct.isTnct );
+
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+    if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+      SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY:\n"));
+      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then create an ephemeral index to
+  ** do the sorting.  But this sorting ephemeral index might end up
+  ** being unused if the data can be extracted in pre-sorted order.
+  ** If that is the case, then the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be
+  ** changed to an OP_Noop once we figure out that the sorting index is
+  ** not needed.  The sSort.addrSortIndex variable is used to facilitate
+  ** that change.
+  */
+  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, pEList->nExpr);
+    sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    sSort.addrSortIndex =
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+          sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+1+pEList->nExpr, 0,
+          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO
+      );
+  }else{
+    sSort.addrSortIndex = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit)==0 ){
+    p->nSelectRow = 320;  /* 4 billion rows */
+  }
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, sSort.addrSortIndex, OP_SorterOpen);
+    sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter;
+  }
+
+  /* Open an ephemeral index to use for the distinct set.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++;
+    sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+                             sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0,
+                             (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0),
+                             P4_KEYINFO);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED;
+  }else{
+    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
+  }
+
+  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
+    /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
+    u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
+    assert( WHERE_USE_LIMIT==SF_FixedLimit );
+    wctrlFlags |= p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit;
+
+    /* Begin the database scan. */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
+                               p->pEList, wctrlFlags, p->nSelectRow);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+    if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
+      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
+    }
+    if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
+      sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo);
+    }
+    if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+      sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo);
+      sSort.bOrderedInnerLoop = sqlite3WhereOrderedInnerLoop(pWInfo);
+      if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
+    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
+    ** into an OP_Noop.
+    */
+    if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
+    }
+
+    /* Use the standard inner loop. */
+    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest,
+                    sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo),
+                    sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }else{
+    /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause
+    ** or both */
+    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
+    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
+    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
+    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
+                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
+                        ** processed */
+    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
+    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
+    int sortPTab = 0;   /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */
+    int sortOut = 0;    /* Output register from the sorter */
+    int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */
+
+    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
+    ** GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int k;                        /* Loop counter */
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
+
+      for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      assert( 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
+      if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66;
+    }else{
+      assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
+      p->nSelectRow = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
+    ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause 
+    ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out 
+    ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a
+    ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
+    ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
+    ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp
+    ** variable.  */
+    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
+      orderByGrp = 1;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
+    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
+    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
+    ** SELECT statement.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
+    sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
+    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
+    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
+    }
+    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
+    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
+      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
+    }
+    sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+
+    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
+    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
+      int addr1;          /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
+      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
+      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
+      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
+      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
+      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
+      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
+
+      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
+      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
+      ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
+      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
+      */
+      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, sAggInfo.nColumn);
+      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, 
+          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
+          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+
+      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
+      */
+      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
+
+      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
+      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
+      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
+      ** in the right order to begin with.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
+          WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
+      );
+      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+      if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
+        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
+        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
+        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
+        */
+        groupBySort = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
+        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
+        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
+        ** in sorted order
+        */
+        int regBase;
+        int regRecord;
+        int nCol;
+        int nGroupBy;
+
+        explainTempTable(pParse, 
+            (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
+                    "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
+
+        groupBySort = 1;
+        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+        nCol = nGroupBy;
+        j = nGroupBy;
+        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
+            nCol++;
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0);
+        j = nGroupBy;
+        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
+          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
+            int r1 = j + regBase;
+            sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse, 
+                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1);
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
+        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+
+      }
+
+      /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort
+      ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY
+      ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
+      **
+      ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
+      ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to 
+      ** disable this optimization for testing purposes.  */
+      if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) 
+       && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
+      ){
+        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
+      }
+
+      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
+      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
+      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
+      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
+      */
+      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,
+                          sortOut, sortPTab);
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
+        if( groupBySort ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
+        }else{
+          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
+                          (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr1+1, 0, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
+      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
+      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
+      **
+      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
+      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
+      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
+      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+
+      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
+      ** the current row
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
+
+      /* End of the loop
+      */
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx);
+      }
+
+      /* Output the final row of result
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
+
+      /* Jump over the subroutines
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEnd);
+
+      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
+      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
+      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
+      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
+      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
+      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
+      */
+      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort,
+                      &sDistinct, pDest,
+                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
+      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
+     
+    } /* endif pGroupBy.  Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
+    else {
+      ExprList *pDel = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+      Table *pTab;
+      if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
+        /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
+        ** the SQL statement is of the form:
+        **
+        **   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+        **
+        ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
+        **
+        ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
+        ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
+        ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
+        ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
+        ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
+        */
+        const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+        const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++;     /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
+        Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;               /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
+        Index *pBest = 0;                    /* Best index found so far */
+        int iRoot = pTab->tnum;              /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
+
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+        /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost.
+        **
+        ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
+        **
+        ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
+        **
+        ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only 
+        ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
+        */
+        if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
+           && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
+           && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
+           && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
+          ){
+            pBest = pIdx;
+          }
+        }
+        if( pBest ){
+          iRoot = pBest->tnum;
+          pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest);
+        }
+
+        /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
+        if( pKeyInfo ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+        explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
+      }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+      {
+        /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
+        **
+        **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
+        **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
+        **
+        ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
+        ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
+        ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
+        ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
+        ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
+        ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
+        ** value of x, the only row required).
+        **
+        ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
+        ** modify behavior as follows:
+        **
+        **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
+        **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
+        **     for x.
+        **
+        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
+        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
+        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
+        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
+        */
+        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
+        u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+        
+        assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
+        assert( flag==0 );
+        if( p->pHaving==0 ){
+          flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
+        }
+        assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );
+
+        if( flag ){
+          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
+          pDel = pMinMax;
+          assert( db->mallocFailed || pMinMax!=0 );
+          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
+            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+          }
+        }
+  
+        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
+        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
+        ** of output.
+        */
+        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax, 0,flag,0);
+        if( pWInfo==0 ){
+          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
+        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
+                (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
+        }
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      }
+
+      sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, 
+                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
+    
+  } /* endif aggregate query */
+
+  if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
+    explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+    explainTempTable(pParse,
+                     sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY");
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here to skip this query
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
+
+  /* The SELECT has been coded. If there is an error in the Parse structure,
+  ** set the return code to 1. Otherwise 0. */
+  rc = (pParse->nErr>0);
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+
+  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));
+  pParse->nSelectIndent--;
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
+  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
+  u32 nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
+  u32 nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
+  u32 nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
+  u32 nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;  /* Result accumulator */
+  int need;                         /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  char *z;                          /* A single column of result */
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
+      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
+    );
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
+        z = sqlite3_malloc64( n );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pazResult==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ){
+     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
+  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
+  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    assert( azResult!=0 );
+    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
+    sqlite3_free(azResult);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
+
+/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to 
+** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
+**
+** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
+** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
+** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
+** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
+** and returns the combined list.
+**
+** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
+** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
+** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;                  /* List of triggers to return */
+
+  if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
+       && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) 
+      ){
+        pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+        pList = pTrig;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;  /* The new trigger */
+  Table *pTab;            /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;           /* State vector for the DB fixer */
+
+  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
+  assert( pName2!=0 );
+  assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
+  **
+  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
+  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
+  **
+  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
+  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
+        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
+      /* Ticket #3810.
+      ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
+      ** dropped too.  But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
+      ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
+      ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
+      ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped.  This results in an
+      ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
+      */
+      db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    }else{
+      assert( !db->init.busy );
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zDbSName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zDbSName : zDb;
+    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->zName = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  }else{
+    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;   /* Trigger being finished */
+  char *zName;                            /* Name of trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;                           /* Fixer object */
+  int iDb;                                /* Database containing the trigger */
+  Token nameToken;                        /* Trigger name for error reporting */
+
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  zName = pTrig->zName;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName);
+  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
+  if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) 
+   || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) 
+  ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing,
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *z;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, zName,
+       pTrig->table, z);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
+    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig);
+    if( pTrig ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table);
+      assert( pTab!=0 );
+      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
+    }
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
+  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step.  The allocated space
+** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
+*/
+static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database connection */
+  u8 op,                      /* Trigger opcode */
+  Token *pName                /* The target name */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n + 1);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
+    memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(z);
+    pTriggerStep->zTarget = z;
+    pTriggerStep->op = op;
+  }
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  u8 orconf           /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  u8 orconf            /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
+  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zDbSName, zDb) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+  assert( pTable );
+  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTrigger->zName
+    );
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
+    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+      Trigger **pp;
+      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is 
+** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
+** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,     /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+  int *pMask              /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+){
+  int mask = 0;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  }
+  assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      mask |= p->tr_tm;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMask ){
+    *pMask = mask;
+  }
+  return (mask ? pList : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->zTarget string into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pSrc ){
+    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
+    pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget);
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
+    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+      const char *zDb;
+      assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase =  sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zDb);
+    }
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single 
+** trigger.
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconf                /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep *pStep;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
+  assert( pStepList );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
+    /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
+    ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
+    ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
+    ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
+    ** step statement. Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
+    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
+    **   END;
+    **
+    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
+    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
+    */
+    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
+    assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 );
+
+    switch( pStep->op ){
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
+        SelectDest sDest;
+        Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
+        sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+        break;
+      }
+    } 
+    if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/*
+** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
+** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
+*/
+static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
+  switch( onError ){
+    case OE_Abort:    return "abort";
+    case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
+    case OE_Fail:     return "fail";
+    case OE_Replace:  return "replace";
+    case OE_Ignore:   return "ignore";
+    case OE_Default:  return "default";
+  }
+  return "n/a";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
+** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
+** from pFrom to pTo.
+*/
+static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
+  assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
+  if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
+    pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
+    pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
+    pTo->rc = pFrom->rc;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program 
+** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
+){
+  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database handle */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;           /* Value to return */
+  Expr *pWhen = 0;            /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Temporary VM */
+  NameContext sNC;            /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
+  SubProgram *pProgram = 0;   /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
+  Parse *pSubParse;           /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
+  int iEndTrigger = 0;        /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+  assert( pTop->pVdbe );
+
+  /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
+  ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg 
+  ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later.  */
+  pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
+  if( !pPrg ) return 0;
+  pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
+  pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
+  pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
+  if( !pProgram ) return 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
+  pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+  pPrg->orconf = orconf;
+  pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
+  pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
+  if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
+  pSubParse->db = db;
+  pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
+  pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
+  pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
+  pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
+  pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
+  if( v ){
+    VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", 
+      pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
+      (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
+      pTab->zName
+    ));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 
+      sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+#endif
+
+    /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
+    ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the 
+    ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program.  */
+    if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
+      pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
+      if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) 
+       && db->mallocFailed==0 
+      ){
+        iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    }
+
+    /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
+    codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
+
+    /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
+    if( iEndTrigger ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+    VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+      pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
+    }
+    pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
+    pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
+    pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
+    pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
+    pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
+  }
+
+  assert( !pSubParse->pAinc       && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
+  assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
+  sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+    
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
+** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
+** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
+** being returned.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
+){
+  Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+
+  /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
+  ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
+  ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
+  ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry.  */
+  for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; 
+      pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); 
+      pPrg=pPrg->pNext
+  );
+
+  /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
+  if( !pPrg ){
+    pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
+  }
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on 
+** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
+** function are the same as those described in the header function for
+** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *p,          /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+  pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+  assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program 
+  ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
+  if( pPrg ){
+    int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem,
+                      (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
+    VdbeComment(
+        (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
+    ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
+    ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
+    ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
+    ** is clear.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
+** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
+** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
+** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
+**
+** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
+** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers 
+** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
+** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
+** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
+**
+**   Register       Contains
+**   ------------------------------------------------------
+**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
+**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
+**   reg+N+2        OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**
+** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or 
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). 
+** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
+** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
+** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through 
+** (reg+N+N+1) are.
+**
+** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
+** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
+** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
+** raises an IGNORE exception.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *p;          /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
+
+  assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
+  assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
+
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+
+    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
+    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
+    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
+    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema 
+         || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+
+    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( p->op==op 
+     && p->tr_tm==tr_tm 
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
+    ){
+      sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. 
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the 
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information 
+** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
+** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
+**
+** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
+** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
+** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
+** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
+** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
+**
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is 
+** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
+**
+** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
+** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
+**
+** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
+** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
+** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int isNew,           /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
+  int tr_tm,           /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int orconf           /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+){
+  const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
+    ){
+      TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+      pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+      if( pPrg ){
+        mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return mask;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Forward declaration */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
+** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
+**
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
+** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
+** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
+** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
+** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
+** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
+** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
+** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
+**
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
+** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
+** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
+** into the sqlite_master table.)
+**
+** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
+** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
+** sqlite3_value objects.
+**
+** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
+** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is 
+** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save 
+** space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  if( !pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3_value *pValue = 0;
+    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
+    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
+    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
+    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
+                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
+    if( pValue ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM);
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addrTop = 0;       /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int iBaseCur;          /* Base cursor number */
+  int iDataCur;          /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
+  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor for the first index */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* First register in array assigned to each index */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  u8 *aToOpen;           /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
+  u8 chngPk;             /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
+  u8 chngRowid;          /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
+  u8 chngKey;            /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
+  int eOnePass;          /* ONEPASS_XXX value from where.c */
+  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
+  int labelBreak;        /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */
+  int labelContinue;     /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */
+  int flags;             /* Flags for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;            /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;     /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;             /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+#endif
+  int newmask;           /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
+  int iEph = 0;          /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
+  int nKey = 0;          /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
+  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
+  int addrOpen = 0;      /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
+  int iPk = 0;           /* First of nPk cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
+  i16 nPk = 0;           /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
+  int bReplace = 0;      /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
+
+  /* Register Allocations */
+  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
+  int regOldRowid = 0;   /* The old rowid */
+  int regNewRowid = 0;   /* The new rowid */
+  int regNew = 0;        /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
+  int regOld = 0;        /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */
+  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
+  int regKey = 0;        /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** updated is a view.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+# define tmask 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  iIdxCur = iDataCur+1;
+  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){
+      iDataCur = pParse->nTab;
+      pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
+    }
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].  
+  ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
+  */
+  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol;
+  aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx);
+  memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+  aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* Initialize the name-context */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRowid = chngPk = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRowid = 1;
+          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
+          chngPk = 1;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        j = -1;
+        chngRowid = 1;
+        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                            j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName,
+                            db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 );
+  assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 );
+  assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 );
+  chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk;
+
+  /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.  
+  ** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that
+  ** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual
+  ** table implementation makes all columns available).
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].colUsed = IsVirtual(pTab) ? ALLBITS : 0;
+
+  hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey);
+
+  /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table
+  ** being updated.  Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold
+  ** the key for accessing each index.
+  **
+  ** FIXME:  Be smarter about omitting indexes that use expressions.
+  */
+  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    int reg;
+    if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){
+      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+      pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn;
+    }else{
+      reg = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+        i16 iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        if( iIdxCol<0 || aXRef[iIdxCol]>=0 ){
+          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+          pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn;
+          if( (onError==OE_Replace)
+           || (onError==OE_Default && pIdx->onError==OE_Replace) 
+          ){
+            bReplace = 1;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
+    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
+  }
+  if( bReplace ){
+    /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all 
+    ** indexes in case they are needed to delete records.  */
+    memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code. */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+  /* Allocate required registers. */
+  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+      regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+    }
+    if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+      regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }
+    regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
+    pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context. */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
+  ** an ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
+                       pWhere, onError);
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+  }else{
+    assert( pPk!=0 );
+    nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+    iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nPk;
+    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+    iEph = pParse->nTab++;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk);
+    addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan. 
+  **
+  ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if
+  ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may
+  ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these
+  ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table
+  ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction.  */
+  flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE;
+  if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){
+    flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW;
+  }
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+
+  /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not
+  ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being
+  ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like
+  ** the following could create an infinite loop:
+  **
+  **   UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>?
+  **
+  ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI
+  ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being
+  ** updated.  */
+  eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+  if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+    int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1];
+    if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){
+      eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF;
+    }
+    assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) );
+  }
+  
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF
+    ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes,
+    ** leave it in register regOldRowid.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
+    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In
+    ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in
+    ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change
+    ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table 
+    ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers.  */
+    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+      assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur,pPk->aiColumn[i],iPk+i);
+    }
+    if( eOnePass ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
+      nKey = nPk;
+      regKey = iPk;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
+                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+
+  labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( !isView ){
+    int addrOnce = 0;
+
+    /* Open every index that needs updating. */
+    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
+      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){
+      addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur, aToOpen,
+                               0, 0);
+    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
+  }
+
+  /* Top of the update loop */
+  if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+    if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){
+      assert( pPk );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
+      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+    }
+    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){
+      labelContinue = labelBreak;
+    }else{
+      labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0);
+  }else if( pPk ){
+    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak,
+                             regOldRowid);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
+  ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
+  ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
+  ** already populated.  */
+  assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
+  if( chngRowid ){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that
+  ** information is needed */
+  if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
+    u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
+    oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, 
+        pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
+    );
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( oldmask==0xffffffff
+       || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0)
+       || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0
+      ){
+        testcase(  oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 );
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
+      }
+    }
+    if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
+  ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new
+  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
+  ** made by triggers.
+  **
+  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
+  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
+  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
+  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
+  ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger 
+  ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
+  ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
+  */
+  newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+      pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
+  );
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
+    }else{
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
+      }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
+        /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed 
+        ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
+        ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
+        ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
+        */
+        testcase( i==31 );
+        testcase( i==32 );
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse, pTab, i, iDataCur, regNew+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
+  ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
+  */
+  if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
+
+    /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
+    ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are 
+    ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
+    ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
+    ** documentation.
+    */
+    if( pPk ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified 
+    ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for 
+    ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their 
+    ** registers in case this has happened.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    int addr1 = 0;        /* Address of jump instruction */
+
+    /* Do constraint checks. */
+    assert( regOldRowid>0 );
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+        regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace,
+        aXRef);
+
+    /* Do FK constraint checks. */
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record.  */
+    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
+      if( pPk ){
+        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey);
+      }else{
+        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid);
+      }
+      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx, -1);
+
+    /* If changing the rowid value, or if there are foreign key constraints
+    ** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete
+    ** to invoke the pre-update hook.
+    **
+    ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the 
+    ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned
+    ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol
+    ** is the column index supplied by the user.
+    */
+    assert( regNew==regNewRowid+1 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur,
+        OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | ((hasFK || chngKey) ? 0 : OPFLAG_ISNOOP),
+        regNewRowid
+    );
+    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+      assert( hasFK==0 && chngKey==0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION);
+    }
+    if( !pParse->nested ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE);
+    }
+#else
+    if( hasFK || chngKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    }
+
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
+    }
+  
+    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+        pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 
+        OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), 
+        0, 0
+    );
+
+    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+    ** to the row just updated. */ 
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){
+    /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */
+  }else if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }else if( pPk ){
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak);
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
+**
+** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special 
+** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table 
+** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row.
+**
+** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains
+** for each row to be changed:
+**
+**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
+**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row.
+**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
+**
+** Then loop through the contents of this ephemeral table executing a
+** VUpdate for each row. When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
+**
+** The "onepass" strategy does not use an ephemeral table. Instead, it
+** stores the same values (A, B and C above) in a register array and
+** makes a single invocation of VUpdate.
+*/
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
+  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+  int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol;      /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */
+  int regArg;                     /* First register in VUpdate arg array */
+  int regRec;                     /* Register in which to assemble record */
+  int regRowid;                   /* Register for ephem table rowid */
+  int iCsr = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;  /* Cursor used for virtual table scan */
+  int aDummy[2];                  /* Unused arg for sqlite3WhereOkOnePass() */
+  int bOnePass;                   /* True to use onepass strategy */
+  int addr;                       /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
+
+  /* Allocate nArg registers to martial the arguments to VUpdate. Then
+  ** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from
+  ** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */
+  assert( v );
+  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
+  addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg);
+  regArg = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  pParse->nMem += nArg;
+  regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+
+  /* Start scanning the virtual table */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Populate the argument registers. */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg);
+  if( pRowid ){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  bOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy);
+
+  if( bOnePass ){
+    /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded
+    ** above. Also, if this is a top-level parse (not a trigger), clear the
+    ** multi-write flag so that the VM does not open a statement journal */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr);
+    if( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){
+      pParse->isMultiWrite = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into
+    ** the ephemeral table. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid);
+  }
+
+
+  if( bOnePass==0 ){
+    /* End the virtual table scan */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and 
+    ** invoke the VUpdate method.  */
+    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, nArg, regArg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+
+  /* End of the ephemeral table scan. Or, if using the onepass strategy,
+  ** jump to here if the scan visited zero rows. */
+  if( bOnePass==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db.
+**
+** If zSql returns rows, then each row will have exactly one
+** column.  (This will only happen if zSql begins with "SELECT".)
+** Take each row of result and call execSql() again recursively.
+**
+** The execSqlF() routine does the same thing, except it accepts
+** a format string as its third argument
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* printf("SQL: [%s]\n", zSql); fflush(stdout); */
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
+    const char *zSubSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0);
+    assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql,"SELECT",6)==0 );
+    if( zSubSql ){
+      assert( zSubSql[0]!='S' );
+      rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSubSql);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }
+  (void)sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  return rc;
+}
+static int execSqlF(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc;
+  va_start(ap, zSql);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zSql, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, z);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.  The VACUUM command works as follows:
+**
+**   (1)  Create a new transient database file
+**   (2)  Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into
+**        the new transient database file
+**   (3)  Copy content from the transient database back into the
+**        original database.
+**
+** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
+** equal to the size of the original database.  The copy operation of
+** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
+** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
+** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
+** original database is required.  Every page of the database is written
+** approximately 3 times:  Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
+** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
+** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
+** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
+**
+** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
+** the copy of step (3) were replaced by deleting the original database
+** and renaming the transient database as the original.  But that will
+** not work if other processes are attached to the original database.
+** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the
+** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted
+** following reboot.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse, Token *pNm){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int iDb = 0;
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  if( pNm ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819
+    /* Default behavior:  Report an error if the argument to VACUUM is
+    ** not recognized */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pNm, pNm, &pNm);
+    if( iDb<0 ) return;
+#else
+    /* When SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 is defined, unrecognized arguments
+    ** to VACUUM are silently ignored.  This is a back-out of a bug fix that
+    ** occurred on 2016-08-19 (https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/083f9e6270).
+    ** The buggy behavior is required for binary compatibility with some
+    ** legacy applications. */
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(pParse->db, pNm);
+    if( iDb<0 ) iDb = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+  if( iDb!=1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Vacuum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
+  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
+  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
+  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
+  u8 saved_mTrace;        /* Saved trace settings */
+  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+  int isMemDb;            /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
+  int nRes;               /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
+  int nDb;                /* Number of attached databases */
+  const char *zDbMain;    /* Schema name of database to vacuum */
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be 
+  ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
+  ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints.  */
+  saved_flags = db->flags;
+  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
+  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
+  saved_mTrace = db->mTrace;
+  db->flags |= (SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks
+                 | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin | SQLITE_Vacuum);
+  db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder | SQLITE_CountRows);
+  db->mTrace = 0;
+
+  zDbMain = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+  pMain = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
+  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
+  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
+  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
+  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
+  ** to write the journal header file.
+  */
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "ATTACH''AS vacuum_db");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  assert( (db->nDb-1)==nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[nDb];
+  assert( strcmp(pDb->zDbSName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  pTemp = pDb->pBt;
+
+  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
+  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
+  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
+  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+
+  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain);
+
+  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( db->nextPagesize ){
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size);
+  sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0));
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pTemp, PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF|PAGER_CACHESPILL);
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
+  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
+  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
+  if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
+                                               ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+    db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
+   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
+   || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
+                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
+#endif
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  db->init.iDb = nDb; /* force new CREATE statements into vacuum_db */
+  rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+      " WHERE type='table'AND name<>'sqlite_sequence'"
+      " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0",
+      zDbMain
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+      " WHERE type='index' AND length(sql)>10",
+      zDbMain
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  db->init.iDb = 0;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.'||quote(name)"
+      "||' SELECT*FROM\"%w\".'||quote(name)"
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type='table'AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0",
+      zDbMain
+  );
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)!=0 );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Vacuum;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
+  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
+  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
+  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+  */
+  rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master"
+      " SELECT*FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+      " WHERE type IN('view','trigger')"
+      " OR(type='table'AND rootpage=0)",
+      zDbMain
+  );
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the 
+  ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
+  ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
+  ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit().
+  */
+  {
+    u32 meta;
+    int i;
+
+    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
+    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
+    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
+    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
+    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
+    */
+    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
+       BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,     1,  /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
+       BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0,  /* Preserve the default page cache size */
+       BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING,      0,  /* Preserve the text encoding */
+       BTREE_USER_VERSION,       0,  /* Preserve the user version */
+       BTREE_APPLICATION_ID,     0,  /* Preserve the application id */
+    };
+
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values */
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
+      /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
+      ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
+      if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
+#endif
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
+  db->init.iDb = 0;
+  db->flags = saved_flags;
+  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
+  db->mTrace = saved_mTrace;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
+
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+
+  if( pDb ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+    pDb->pBt = 0;
+    pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
+  ** array. */ 
+  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
+** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
+** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
+** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
+*/
+struct VtabCtx {
+  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
+  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
+  VtabCtx *pPrior;    /* Parent context (if any) */
+  int bDeclared;      /* True after sqlite3_declare_vtab() is called */
+};
+
+/*
+** Construct and install a Module object for a virtual table.  When this
+** routine is called, it is guaranteed that all appropriate locks are held
+** and the module is not already part of the connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  Module *pMod;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
+  if( pMod ){
+    Module *pDel;
+    char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
+    memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
+    pMod->zName = zCopy;
+    pMod->pModule = pModule;
+    pMod->pAux = pAux;
+    pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+    pMod->pEpoTab = 0;
+    pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod);
+    assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
+    if( pDel ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+      pMod = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return pMod;
+}
+
+/*
+** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
+** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
+** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
+*/
+static int createModule(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    (void)sqlite3VtabCreateModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
+** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
+**
+** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
+** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
+  pVTab->nRef++;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access 
+** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  VTable *pVtab;
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
+  return pVtab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
+** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
+
+  assert( db );
+  assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE );
+
+  pVTab->nRef--;
+  if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
+** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. 
+** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
+** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
+*/
+static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable *pRet = 0;
+  VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
+  p->pVTable = 0;
+
+  /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database 
+  ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments 
+  ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
+  ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
+  ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
+  */
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+
+  while( pVTable ){
+    sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
+    VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
+    assert( db2 );
+    if( db2==db ){
+      pRet = pVTable;
+      p->pVTable = pRet;
+      pRet->pNext = 0;
+    }else{
+      pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
+      db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
+    }
+    pVTable = pNext;
+  }
+
+  assert( !db || pRet );
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object
+** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked
+** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is
+** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable
+** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may
+** be being used by other shared-cache connections).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable **ppVTab;
+
+  assert( IsVirtual(p) );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){
+    if( (*ppVTab)->db==db  ){
+      VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab;
+      *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
+**
+** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the 
+** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
+** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
+**
+**   1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
+**      associated with the database handle itself must be held.
+**
+**   2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
+**      the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
+**      associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
+**      or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
+**      the database handle mutex is held.
+**
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously 
+** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
+  VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
+  db->pDisconnect = 0;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    do {
+      VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+      p = pNext;
+    }while( p );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
+** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
+** record.
+**
+** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable 
+** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database 
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the 
+** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated 
+** database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
+  if( p->azModuleArg ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
+      if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
+** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
+** string will be freed automatically when the table is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
+  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(2+pTable->nModuleArg);
+  char **azModuleArg;
+  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
+  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
+  }else{
+    int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
+    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
+    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
+    pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
+** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
+  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
+  Token *pModuleName,   /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+  int ifNotExists       /* No error if the table already exists */
+){
+  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
+  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists);
+  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  assert( pTable->nModuleArg==0 );
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0);
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
+  assert( (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName2->z && pName2->z!=0)
+       || (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName1->z && pName2->z==0)
+  );
+  pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(
+      &pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pParse->sNameToken.z
+  );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
+  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
+  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
+  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
+  */
+  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
+    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
+            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
+** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
+** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
+*/
+static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
+    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
+    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
+** has been completely parsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;  /* The table being constructed */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
+  
+  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
+  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
+  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
+  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
+  ** in the sqlite_master table.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    char *zStmt;
+    char *zWhere;
+    int iDb;
+    int iReg;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
+    if( pEnd ){
+      pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
+    }
+    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.  
+    **
+    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
+    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
+    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
+    */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
+      pTab->zName,
+      pTab->zName,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
+    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+
+    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, iReg, pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
+  ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
+  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
+  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
+  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
+  else {
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab);
+    if( pOld ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(db);
+      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
+** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
+** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
+  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
+  if( pArg->z==0 ){
+    pArg->z = p->z;
+    pArg->n = p->n;
+  }else{
+    assert(pArg->z <= p->z);
+    pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
+** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
+** to this procedure.
+*/
+static int vtabCallConstructor(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Table *pTab,
+  Module *pMod,
+  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  VtabCtx sCtx;
+  VTable *pVTable;
+  int rc;
+  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
+  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  char *zModuleName;
+  int iDb;
+  VtabCtx *pCtx;
+
+  /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */
+  for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){
+    if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+          "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName
+      );
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
+  if( !zModuleName ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
+  if( !pVTable ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  pVTable->db = db;
+  pVTable->pMod = pMod;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+
+  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
+  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
+  assert( xConstruct );
+  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
+  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
+  sCtx.pPrior = db->pVtabCtx;
+  sCtx.bDeclared = 0;
+  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
+  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
+  db->pVtabCtx = sCtx.pPrior;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
+  assert( sCtx.pTab==pTab );
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    if( zErr==0 ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
+    }else {
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
+  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
+    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
+    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
+    memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0]));
+    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
+    pVTable->nRef = 1;
+    if( sCtx.bDeclared==0 ){
+      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      int iCol;
+      u8 oooHidden = 0;
+      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
+      ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the 
+      ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
+      ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
+      ** the type string.  */
+      pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
+      pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
+
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        char *zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol], "");
+        int nType;
+        int i = 0;
+        nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+        for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", &zType[i], 6)
+           && (i==0 || zType[i-1]==' ')
+           && (zType[i+6]=='\0' || zType[i+6]==' ')
+          ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( i<nType ){
+          int j;
+          int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
+          for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
+            zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
+          }
+          if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
+            assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
+            zType[i-1] = '\0';
+          }
+          pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
+          oooHidden = TF_OOOHidden;
+        }else{
+          pTab->tabFlags |= oooHidden;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
+** and an error left in pParse.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *zMod;
+  Module *pMod;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pTab );
+  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
+
+  if( !pMod ){
+    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr = 0;
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+/*
+** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
+** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
+  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
+
+  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
+  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
+    VTable **aVTrans;
+    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
+    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
+    if( !aVTrans ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
+    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
+** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
+*/
+static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
+  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
+  sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language
+** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
+** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Module *pMod;
+  const char *zMod;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+  assert( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pVTable );
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
+
+  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
+  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
+  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
+  */
+  if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
+  }
+
+  /* Justification of ALWAYS():  The xConstructor method is required to
+  ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
+    rc = growVTrans(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
+** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
+** virtual table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
+  VtabCtx *pCtx;
+  Parse *pParse;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
+  if( !pCtx || pCtx->bDeclared ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  pTab = pCtx->pTab;
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
+    pParse->db = db;
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
+  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) 
+     && pParse->pNewTable
+     && !db->mallocFailed
+     && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
+     && !IsVirtual(pParse->pNewTable)
+    ){
+      if( !pTab->aCol ){
+        Table *pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+        Index *pIdx;
+        pTab->aCol = pNew->aCol;
+        pTab->nCol = pNew->nCol;
+        pTab->tabFlags |= pNew->tabFlags & (TF_WithoutRowid|TF_NoVisibleRowid);
+        pNew->nCol = 0;
+        pNew->aCol = 0;
+        assert( pTab->pIndex==0 );
+        if( !HasRowid(pNew) && pCtx->pVTable->pMod->pModule->xUpdate!=0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        pIdx = pNew->pIndex;
+        if( pIdx ){
+          assert( pIdx->pNext==0 );
+          pTab->pIndex = pIdx;
+          pNew->pIndex = 0;
+          pIdx->pTable = pTab;
+        }
+      }
+      pCtx->bDeclared = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
+  
+    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+    sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+    sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
+** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
+  if( pTab!=0 && ALWAYS(pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
+    VTable *p;
+    int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+    for(p=pTab->pVTable; p; p=p->pNext){
+      assert( p->pVtab );
+      if( p->pVtab->nRef>0 ){
+        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+      }
+    }
+    p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
+    xDestroy = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy;
+    assert( xDestroy!=0 );  /* Checked before the virtual table is created */
+    rc = xDestroy(p->pVtab);
+    /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
+      p->pVtab = 0;
+      pTab->pVTable = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
+** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
+** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
+** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
+**
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
+*/
+static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
+  int i;
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
+    db->aVTrans = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = aVTrans[i];
+      sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+      if( p ){
+        int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+        x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
+        if( x ) x(p);
+      }
+      pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aVTrans);
+    db->nVTrans = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
+** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
+** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
+**
+** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
+
+  db->aVTrans = 0;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
+    if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
+      rc = x(pVtab);
+      sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    }
+  }
+  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
+** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
+** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
+**
+** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
+** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
+  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
+  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
+  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+  }
+  if( !pVTab ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  } 
+  pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
+
+  if( pModule->xBegin ){
+    int i;
+
+    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the 
+    ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
+    rc = growVTrans(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int iSvpt = db->nStatement + db->nSavepoint;
+        addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
+        if( iSvpt && pModule->xSavepoint ){
+          pVTab->iSavepoint = iSvpt;
+          rc = pModule->xSavepoint(pVTab->pVtab, iSvpt-1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
+** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
+** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
+**
+** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is 
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
+** an open transaction is invoked.
+**
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, 
+** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
+** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=-1 );
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+      const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
+      if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
+        int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
+        switch( op ){
+          case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
+            xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
+            pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
+            break;
+          case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
+            xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
+            break;
+          default:
+            xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
+            break;
+        }
+        if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
+          rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
+** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
+** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
+** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
+**
+** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
+** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
+**
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
+** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
+** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
+  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
+  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pMod;
+  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
+  void *pArg = 0;
+  FuncDef *pNew;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *zLowerName;
+  unsigned char *z;
+
+
+  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
+  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return pDef;
+  pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  assert( pVtab!=0 );
+  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
+  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
+ 
+  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
+  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
+  */
+  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
+  if( zLowerName ){
+    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
+      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
+    }
+    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xSFunc, &pArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    return pDef;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
+  ** function */
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+                             + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    return pDef;
+  }
+  *pNew = *pDef;
+  pNew->zName = (const char*)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy((char*)&pNew[1], pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
+  pNew->xSFunc = xSFunc;
+  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
+  pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
+** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
+** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
+** is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i, n;
+  Table **apVtabLock;
+
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
+    if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
+  }
+  n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
+  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
+  if( apVtabLock ){
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if virtual table module pMod can be have an eponymous
+** virtual table instance.  If it can, create one if one does not already
+** exist. Return non-zero if the eponymous virtual table instance exists
+** when this routine returns, and return zero if it does not exist.
+**
+** An eponymous virtual table instance is one that is named after its
+** module, and more importantly, does not require a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement in order to come into existance.  Eponymous virtual table
+** instances always exist.  They cannot be DROP-ed.
+**
+** Any virtual table module for which xConnect and xCreate are the same
+** method can have an eponymous virtual table instance.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse *pParse, Module *pMod){
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule = pMod->pModule;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pMod->pEpoTab ) return 1;
+  if( pModule->xCreate!=0 && pModule->xCreate!=pModule->xConnect ) return 0;
+  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( pTab==0 ) return 0;
+  pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pMod->zName);
+  if( pTab->zName==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTab);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pMod->pEpoTab = pTab;
+  pTab->nTabRef = 1;
+  pTab->pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema;
+  assert( pTab->nModuleArg==0 );
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTab, 0);
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName));
+  rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the eponymous virtual table instance associated with
+** virtual table module pMod, if it exists.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){
+  Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab;
+  if( pTab!=0 ){
+    /* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the
+    ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in 
+    ** the schema. */
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    pMod->pEpoTab = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
+** table update operation currently in progress.
+**
+** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
+** within an xUpdate method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const unsigned char aMap[] = { 
+    SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE 
+  };
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
+  assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
+  assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
+  return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide 
+** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
+** of the virtual table being implemented.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
+      VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
+      if( !p ){
+        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->pTab==0 || IsVirtual(p->pTab) );
+        p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+      break;
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file wherecode.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2015-06-06
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
+**
+** This file was split off from where.c on 2015-06-06 in order to reduce the
+** size of where.c and make it easier to edit.  This file contains the routines
+** that actually generate the bulk of the WHERE loop code.  The original where.c
+** file retains the code that does query planning and analysis.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of wherecode.c **************/
+/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2013-11-12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query
+** planner logic in "where.c".  These definitions are broken out into
+** a separate source file for easier editing.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \
+    && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE))
+# define WHERETRACE(K,X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1
+#else
+# define WHERETRACE(K,X)
+#endif
+
+/* Forward references
+*/
+typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
+typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
+typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop;
+typedef struct WherePath WherePath;
+typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
+typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder;
+typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan;
+typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost;
+typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet;
+
+/*
+** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested
+** loop in WHERE clause.
+**
+** Contrast this object with WhereLoop.  This object describes the
+** implementation of the loop.  WhereLoop describes the algorithm.
+** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of
+** its elements.
+**
+** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for
+** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the
+** nested loops as implemented).  The order of WhereLevel objects determines
+** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and
+** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
+  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
+  int addrBrk;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrNxt;          /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+  int addrSkip;         /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */
+  int addrCont;         /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int addrFirst;        /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  int addrBody;         /* Beginning of the body of this loop */
+#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+  u32 iLikeRepCntr;     /* LIKE range processing counter register (times 2) */
+  int addrLikeRep;      /* LIKE range processing address */
+#endif
+  u8 iFrom;             /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+  u8 op, p3, p5;        /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
+  int p1, p2;           /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
+  union {               /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */
+    struct {
+      int nIn;              /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
+      struct InLoop {
+        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
+        u8 eEndLoopOp;         /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */
+      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+    } in;                 /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
+    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
+  } u;
+  struct WhereLoop *pWLoop;  /* The selected WhereLoop object */
+  Bitmask notReady;          /* FROM entries not usable at this level */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  int addrVisit;        /* Address at which row is visited */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one
+** term of a join.  Every term of the FROM clause will have at least
+** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints
+** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the
+** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a
+** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with
+** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm.
+**
+** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop
+** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with
+** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies
+** and that minimize the overall cost.
+*/
+struct WhereLoop {
+  Bitmask prereq;       /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */
+  Bitmask maskSelf;     /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  char cId;             /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */
+#endif
+  u8 iTab;              /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */
+  u8 iSortIdx;          /* Sorting index number.  0==None */
+  LogEst rSetup;        /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */
+  LogEst rRun;          /* Cost of running each loop */
+  LogEst nOut;          /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  union {
+    struct {               /* Information for internal btree tables */
+      u16 nEq;               /* Number of equality constraints */
+      u16 nBtm;              /* Size of BTM vector */
+      u16 nTop;              /* Size of TOP vector */
+      Index *pIndex;         /* Index used, or NULL */
+    } btree;
+    struct {               /* Information for virtual tables */
+      int idxNum;            /* Index number */
+      u8 needFree;           /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */
+      i8 isOrdered;          /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */
+      u16 omitMask;          /* Terms that may be omitted */
+      char *idxStr;          /* Index identifier string */
+    } vtab;
+  } u;
+  u32 wsFlags;          /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */
+  u16 nLTerm;           /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */
+  u16 nSkip;            /* Number of NULL aLTerm[] entries */
+  /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/
+# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot)
+  u16 nLSlot;           /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */
+  WhereTerm **aLTerm;   /* WhereTerms used */
+  WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */
+  WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[3];  /* Initial aLTerm[] space */
+};
+
+/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
+** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
+** See WhereOrSet for additional information 
+*/
+struct WhereOrCost {
+  Bitmask prereq;     /* Prerequisites */
+  LogEst rRun;        /* Cost of running this subquery */
+  LogEst nOut;        /* Number of outputs for this subquery */
+};
+
+/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that
+** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing.  Only the
+** best N_OR_COST elements are retained.
+*/
+#define N_OR_COST 3
+struct WhereOrSet {
+  u16 n;                      /* Number of valid a[] entries */
+  WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST];   /* Set of best costs */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects
+** that implement some or all of a query plan.
+**
+** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs
+** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes.  (That is
+** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a
+** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not
+** one-to-one as are graph nodes.  But it is a useful visualization aid.)
+** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
+** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
+**
+** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
+** 1.  Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
+** of length 2.  And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
+** number of nodes in the FROM clause.  The best (lowest cost) WherePath
+** at the end is the chosen query plan.
+*/
+struct WherePath {
+  Bitmask maskLoop;     /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
+  Bitmask revLoop;      /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
+  LogEst nRow;          /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
+  LogEst rCost;         /* Total cost of this path */
+  LogEst rUnsorted;     /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */
+  i8 isOrdered;         /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */
+  WhereLoop **aLoop;    /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */
+};
+
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
+** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
+**
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
+** The following identity holds:
+**
+**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
+**
+** When a term is of the form:
+**
+**              X <op> <expr>
+**
+** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
+** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
+** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.eOperator records
+** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
+** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
+** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
+**
+** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
+**
+**         (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
+**
+** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR
+** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
+** is collected about the OR clause.
+**
+** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
+** categories, then eOperator==0.  The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
+** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
+** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
+**
+** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
+** but they do so indirectly.  A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
+** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
+** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
+** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
+** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
+** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The WhereMaskSet
+** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
+** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
+** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
+** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
+**
+** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
+** in prereqRight and prereqAll.  The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
+** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
+*/
+struct WhereTerm {
+  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
+  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
+  LogEst truthProb;       /* Probability of truth for this expression */
+  u16 wtFlags;            /* TERM_xxx bit flags.  See below */
+  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
+  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
+  u8 eMatchOp;            /* Op for vtab MATCH/LIKE/GLOB/REGEXP terms */
+  int iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
+  int leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+  int iField;             /* Field in (?,?,?) IN (SELECT...) vector */
+  union {
+    int leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+    WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;   /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */
+    WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */
+  } u;
+  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
+*/
+#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
+#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
+#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
+#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
+#define TERM_ORINFO     0x10   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
+#define TERM_ANDINFO    0x20   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
+#define TERM_OR_OK      0x40   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+#  define TERM_VNULL    0x80   /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
+#else
+#  define TERM_VNULL    0x00   /* Disabled if not using stat3 */
+#endif
+#define TERM_LIKEOPT    0x100  /* Virtual terms from the LIKE optimization */
+#define TERM_LIKECOND   0x200  /* Conditionally this LIKE operator term */
+#define TERM_LIKE       0x400  /* The original LIKE operator */
+#define TERM_IS         0x800  /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating
+** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner.
+*/
+struct WhereScan {
+  WhereClause *pOrigWC;      /* Original, innermost WhereClause */
+  WhereClause *pWC;          /* WhereClause currently being scanned */
+  const char *zCollName;     /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */
+  Expr *pIdxExpr;            /* Search for this index expression */
+  char idxaff;               /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */
+  unsigned char nEquiv;      /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */
+  unsigned char iEquiv;      /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */
+  u32 opMask;                /* Acceptable operators */
+  int k;                     /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */
+  int aiCur[11];             /* Cursors in the equivalence class */
+  i16 aiColumn[11];          /* Corresponding column number in the eq-class */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
+** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
+**
+** Explanation of pOuter:  For a WHERE clause of the form
+**
+**           a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f
+**
+** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for
+** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)".  The pOuter field of the
+** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause.
+*/
+struct WhereClause {
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;       /* WHERE clause processing context */
+  WhereClause *pOuter;     /* Outer conjunction */
+  u8 op;                   /* Split operator.  TK_AND or TK_OR */
+  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
+  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
+  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
+#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
+  WhereTerm aStatic[1];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#else
+  WhereTerm aStatic[8];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereOrInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* Decomposition into subterms */
+  Bitmask indexable;       /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereAndInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* The subexpression broken out */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
+**
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
+** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
+** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
+** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
+** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
+** with 0.
+**
+** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
+** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
+**
+** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
+** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  WhereMaskSet structure
+** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
+**
+** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
+** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
+** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
+** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
+** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
+** no gaps.
+*/
+struct WhereMaskSet {
+  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[BMS];                  /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
+
+/*
+** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  (P)->n=0
+
+/*
+** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed
+** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query.
+*/
+struct WhereLoopBuilder {
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;        /* Information about this WHERE */
+  WhereClause *pWC;         /* WHERE clause terms */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;          /* Template WhereLoop */
+  WhereOrSet *pOrSet;       /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  UnpackedRecord *pRec;     /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */
+  int nRecValid;            /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */
+#endif
+  unsigned int bldFlags;    /* SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */
+};
+
+/* Allowed values for WhereLoopBuider.bldFlags */
+#define SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED  0x0001   /* An index is used */
+#define SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE   0x0002   /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+**
+** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query
+** planner.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  SrcList *pTabList;        /* List of tables in the join */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */
+  ExprList *pResultSet;     /* Result set of the query */
+  LogEst iLimit;            /* LIMIT if wctrlFlags has WHERE_USE_LIMIT */
+  int aiCurOnePass[2];      /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */
+  int iContinue;            /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;               /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int savedNQueryLoop;      /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
+  u16 wctrlFlags;           /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  u8 nLevel;                /* Number of nested loop */
+  i8 nOBSat;                /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
+  u8 sorted;                /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */
+  u8 eOnePass;              /* ONEPASS_OFF, or _SINGLE, or _MULTI */
+  u8 untestedTerms;         /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
+  u8 eDistinct;             /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values */
+  u8 bOrderedInnerLoop;     /* True if only the inner-most loop is ordered */
+  int iTop;                 /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+  WhereLoop *pLoops;        /* List of all WhereLoop objects */
+  Bitmask revMask;          /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */
+  LogEst nRowOut;           /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  WhereClause sWC;          /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereMaskSet sMaskSet;    /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+  WhereLevel a[1];          /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
+};
+
+/*
+** Private interfaces - callable only by other where.c routines.
+**
+** where.c:
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet*,int);
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClausePrint(WhereClause *pWC);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm(
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
+  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
+  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
+  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
+);
+
+/* wherecode.c: */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
+  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
+  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+);
+#else
+# define sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(
+  Vdbe *v,                        /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */
+  SrcList *pSrclist,              /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */
+  WhereLevel *pLvl,               /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */
+  int addrExplain                 /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
+);
+#else
+# define sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(a, b, c, d) ((void)d)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
+);
+
+/* whereexpr.c: */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(WhereClause*,WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause*,Expr*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*, WhereClause*);
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects.  These are all
+** operators that are of interest to the query planner.  An
+** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
+** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause.
+**
+** Value constraints:
+**     WO_EQ    == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+**     WO_LT    == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT
+**     WO_LE    == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE
+**     WO_GT    == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT
+**     WO_GE    == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE
+**     WO_MATCH == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
+*/
+#define WO_IN     0x0001
+#define WO_EQ     0x0002
+#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_MATCH  0x0040
+#define WO_IS     0x0080
+#define WO_ISNULL 0x0100
+#define WO_OR     0x0200       /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
+#define WO_AND    0x0400       /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
+#define WO_EQUIV  0x0800       /* Of the form A==B, both columns */
+#define WO_NOOP   0x1000       /* This term does not restrict search space */
+
+#define WO_ALL    0x1fff       /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
+#define WO_SINGLE 0x01ff       /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
+
+/*
+** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field.
+** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to
+** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents.
+*/
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00000001  /* x=EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002  /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00000004  /* x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL  0x00000008  /* x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT   0x0000000f  /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */
+#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00000010  /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x00000020  /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT   0x00000030  /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
+#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00000040  /* Use index only - omit table */
+#define WHERE_IPK          0x00000100  /* x is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x00000200  /* WhereLoop.u.btree.pIndex is valid */
+#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x00000400  /* WhereLoop.u.vtab is valid */
+#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x00000800  /* Able to support an IN operator */
+#define WHERE_ONEROW       0x00001000  /* Selects no more than one row */
+#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x00002000  /* OR using multiple indices */
+#define WHERE_AUTO_INDEX   0x00004000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */
+#define WHERE_SKIPSCAN     0x00008000  /* Uses the skip-scan algorithm */
+#define WHERE_UNQ_WANTED   0x00010000  /* WHERE_ONEROW would have been helpful*/
+#define WHERE_PARTIALIDX   0x00020000  /* The automatic index is partial */
+
+/************** End of whereInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in wherecode.c ******************/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the i-th column of the pIdx index.
+*/
+static const char *explainIndexColumnName(Index *pIdx, int i){
+  i = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+  if( i==XN_EXPR ) return "<expr>";
+  if( i==XN_ROWID ) return "rowid";
+  return pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
+**
+** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
+** at a time.  This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
+** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
+** terms only.
+*/
+static void explainAppendTerm(
+  StrAccum *pStr,             /* The text expression being built */
+  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to read column names from */
+  int nTerm,                  /* Number of terms */
+  int iTerm,                  /* Zero-based index of first term. */
+  int bAnd,                   /* Non-zero to append " AND " */
+  const char *zOp             /* Name of the operator */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  assert( nTerm>=1 );
+  if( bAnd ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+
+  if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "(", 1);
+  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
+    if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ",", 1);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, iTerm+i));
+  }
+  if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ")", 1);
+
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
+
+  if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "(", 1);
+  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
+    if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ",", 1);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
+  }
+  if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ")", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This 
+** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table
+** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression.
+**
+** For example, if the query:
+**
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
+**
+** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
+** string similar to:
+**
+**   "a=? AND b>?"
+*/
+static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){
+  Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+  u16 nSkip = pLoop->nSkip;
+  int i, j;
+
+  if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " (", 2);
+  for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
+    const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, i);
+    if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+    sqlite3XPrintf(pStr, i>=nSkip ? "%s=?" : "ANY(%s)", z);
+  }
+
+  j = i;
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+    explainAppendTerm(pStr, pIndex, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm, j, i, ">");
+    i = 1;
+  }
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+    explainAppendTerm(pStr, pIndex, pLoop->u.btree.nTop, j, i, "<");
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ")", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was
+** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode 
+** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel.
+**
+** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned.
+** Otherwise, if no OP_Explain is coded, zero is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
+  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
+  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+){
+  int ret = 0;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS)
+  if( pParse->explain==2 )
+#endif
+  {
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* VM being constructed */
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;     /* Database handle */
+    int iId = pParse->iSelectId;  /* Select id (left-most output column) */
+    int isSearch;                 /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
+    WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The controlling WhereLoop object */
+    u32 flags;                    /* Flags that describe this loop */
+    char *zMsg;                   /* Text to add to EQP output */
+    StrAccum str;                 /* EQP output string */
+    char zBuf[100];               /* Initial space for EQP output string */
+
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    flags = pLoop->wsFlags;
+    if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ) return 0;
+
+    isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
+            || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0))
+            || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
+
+    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&str, isSearch ? "SEARCH" : "SCAN");
+    if( pItem->pSelect ){
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " SUBQUERY %d", pItem->iSelectId);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
+    }
+
+    if( pItem->zAlias ){
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
+    }
+    if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 ){
+      const char *zFmt = 0;
+      Index *pIdx;
+
+      assert( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 );
+      pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+      assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) );
+      if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+        if( isSearch ){
+          zFmt = "PRIMARY KEY";
+        }
+      }else if( flags & WHERE_PARTIALIDX ){
+        zFmt = "AUTOMATIC PARTIAL COVERING INDEX";
+      }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){
+        zFmt = "AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX";
+      }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
+        zFmt = "COVERING INDEX %s";
+      }else{
+        zFmt = "INDEX %s";
+      }
+      if( zFmt ){
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " USING ", 7);
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&str, zFmt, pIdx->zName);
+        explainIndexRange(&str, pLoop);
+      }
+    }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){
+      const char *zRangeOp;
+      if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){
+        zRangeOp = "=";
+      }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
+        zRangeOp = ">? AND rowid<";
+      }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+        zRangeOp = ">";
+      }else{
+        assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT);
+        zRangeOp = "<";
+      }
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s",
+                  pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS
+    if( pLoop->nOut>=10 ){
+      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " (~%llu rows)", sqlite3LogEstToInt(pLoop->nOut));
+    }else{
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " (~1 row)", 9);
+    }
+#endif
+    zMsg = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str);
+    ret = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg,P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+/*
+** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an
+** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to 
+** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM 
+** clause that the scan reads data from.
+**
+** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an 
+** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(
+  Vdbe *v,                        /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */
+  SrcList *pSrclist,              /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */
+  WhereLevel *pLvl,               /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */
+  int addrExplain                 /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
+){
+  const char *zObj = 0;
+  WhereLoop *pLoop = pLvl->pWLoop;
+  if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0  &&  pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
+    zObj = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName;
+  }else{
+    zObj = pSrclist->a[pLvl->iFrom].zName;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(
+      v, addrExplain, pLvl->addrBody, pLvl->addrVisit, pLoop->nOut, zObj
+  );
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
+** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
+** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
+** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
+** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
+** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
+**
+** If all the children of a term are disabled, then that term is also
+** automatically disabled.  In this way, terms get disabled if derived
+** virtual terms are tested first.  For example:
+**
+**      x GLOB 'abc*' AND x>='abc' AND x<'acd'
+**      \___________/     \______/     \_____/
+**         parent          child1       child2
+**
+** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause.  The child1
+** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization.  If both of
+** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be 
+** skipped.
+**
+** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED.  But if the parent
+** term was originally TERM_LIKE, then the parent gets TERM_LIKECOND instead.
+** The TERM_LIKECOND marking indicates that the term should be coded inside
+** a conditional such that is only evaluated on the second pass of a
+** LIKE-optimization loop, when scanning BLOBs instead of strings.
+*/
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
+  int nLoop = 0;
+  while( ALWAYS(pTerm!=0)
+      && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
+      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+      && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0
+  ){
+    if( nLoop && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKE)!=0 ){
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKECOND;
+    }else{
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
+    if( pTerm->iParent<0 ) break;
+    pTerm = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
+    pTerm->nChild--;
+    if( pTerm->nChild!=0 ) break;
+    nLoop++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
+** to the n registers starting at base. 
+**
+** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries (which are no-ops) at the
+** beginning and end of zAff are ignored.  If all entries in zAff are
+** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, then no code gets generated.
+**
+** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
+** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
+*/
+static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( zAff==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( v!=0 );
+
+  /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries at the beginning
+  ** and end of the affinity string.
+  */
+  while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
+    n--;
+    base++;
+    zAff++;
+  }
+  while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
+    n--;
+  }
+
+  /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
+  if( n>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, base, n, 0, zAff, n);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is 
+** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression.
+** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied
+** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the
+** affinity string to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB if either:
+**
+**   * the comparison will be performed with no affinity, or
+**   * the affinity change in zAff is guaranteed not to change the value.
+*/
+static void updateRangeAffinityStr(
+  Expr *pRight,                   /* RHS of comparison */
+  int n,                          /* Number of vector elements in comparison */
+  char *zAff                      /* Affinity string to modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pRight, i);
+    if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(p, zAff[i])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
+     || sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(p, zAff[i])
+    ){
+      zAff[i] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
+** coded.
+**
+** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index
+** of which is returned.  An attempt is made store the result in iTarget but
+** this is only guaranteed for TK_ISNULL and TK_IN constraints.  If the
+** constraint is a TK_EQ or TK_IS, then the current value might be left in
+** some other register and it is the caller's responsibility to compensate.
+**
+** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated in
+** straight-line code.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
+** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
+*/
+static int codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+  int iEq,            /* Index of the equality term within this level */
+  int bRev,           /* True for reverse-order IN operations */
+  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
+){
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
+
+  assert( pLevel->pWLoop->aLTerm[iEq]==pTerm );
+  assert( iTarget>0 );
+  if( pX->op==TK_EQ || pX->op==TK_IS ){
+    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
+  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  }else{
+    int eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP;
+    int iTab;
+    struct InLoop *pIn;
+    WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    int i;
+    int nEq = 0;
+    int *aiMap = 0;
+
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0
+      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0
+      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq]
+    ){
+      testcase( iEq==0 );
+      testcase( bRev );
+      bRev = !bRev;
+    }
+    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+    iReg = iTarget;
+
+    for(i=0; i<iEq; i++){
+      if( pLoop->aLTerm[i] && pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+        return iTarget;
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=iEq;i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){
+      if( ALWAYS(pLoop->aLTerm[i]) && pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ) nEq++;
+    }
+
+    if( (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || pX->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr==1 ){
+      eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, 0);
+    }else{
+      Select *pSelect = pX->x.pSelect;
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      u16 savedDbOptFlags = db->dbOptFlags;
+      ExprList *pOrigRhs = pSelect->pEList;
+      ExprList *pOrigLhs = pX->pLeft->x.pList;
+      ExprList *pRhs = 0;         /* New Select.pEList for RHS */
+      ExprList *pLhs = 0;         /* New pX->pLeft vector */
+
+      for(i=iEq;i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){
+        if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){
+          int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->iField - 1;
+          Expr *pNewRhs = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr, 0);
+          Expr *pNewLhs = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr, 0);
+
+          pRhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pRhs, pNewRhs);
+          pLhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pLhs, pNewLhs);
+        }
+      }
+      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+        Expr *pLeft = pX->pLeft;
+
+        if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+          /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the 
+          ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an 
+          ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the 
+          ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may
+          ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer 
+          ** set correctly.  Since setting them is just an optimization, 
+          ** it's easiest just to zero them here.  */
+          ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+          for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+            pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Take care here not to generate a TK_VECTOR containing only a
+        ** single value. Since the parser never creates such a vector, some
+        ** of the subroutines do not handle this case.  */
+        if( pLhs->nExpr==1 ){
+          pX->pLeft = pLhs->a[0].pExpr;
+        }else{
+          pLeft->x.pList = pLhs;
+          aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int) * nEq);
+          testcase( aiMap==0 );
+        }
+        pSelect->pEList = pRhs;
+        db->dbOptFlags |= SQLITE_QueryFlattener;
+        eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, aiMap);
+        db->dbOptFlags = savedDbOptFlags;
+        testcase( aiMap!=0 && aiMap[0]!=0 );
+        pSelect->pEList = pOrigRhs;
+        pLeft->x.pList = pOrigLhs;
+        pX->pLeft = pLeft;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pLhs);
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pRhs);
+    }
+
+    if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
+      testcase( bRev );
+      bRev = !bRev;
+    }
+    iTab = pX->iTable;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev);
+    assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 );
+
+    pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE;
+    if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
+      pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    }
+
+    i = pLevel->u.in.nIn;
+    pLevel->u.in.nIn += nEq;
+    pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
+       sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
+                              sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
+    pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
+    if( pIn ){
+      int iMap = 0;               /* Index in aiMap[] */
+      pIn += i;
+      for(i=iEq;i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){
+        if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){
+          int iOut = iReg + i - iEq;
+          if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+            testcase( nEq>1 );  /* Happens with a UNIQUE index on ROWID */
+            pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iOut);
+          }else{
+            int iCol = aiMap ? aiMap[iMap++] : 0;
+            pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v,OP_Column,iTab, iCol, iOut);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iOut); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          if( i==iEq ){
+            pIn->iCur = iTab;
+            pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen;
+          }else{
+            pIn->eEndLoopOp = OP_Noop;
+          }
+          pIn++;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiMap);
+#endif
+  }
+  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  return iReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
+** index scan.
+**
+** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
+** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
+** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
+** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
+** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be stored
+** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
+**
+** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
+** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
+** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
+** compute the affinity string.
+**
+** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1.  It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints
+** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq.  nExtraReg is 1 if there is
+** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that
+** occurs after the nEq quality constraints.
+**
+** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns
+** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that
+** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for
+** start and termination conditions of the loop.
+** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
+** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
+** use.
+**
+** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
+** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
+** with equality constraints that use BLOB or NONE affinity are set to
+** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
+**   SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
+**
+** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
+** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has BLOB/NONE affinity,
+** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
+** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
+** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB.
+*/
+static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
+  int bRev,             /* Reverse the order of IN operators */
+  int nExtraReg,        /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
+  char **pzAff          /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
+){
+  u16 nEq;                      /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
+  u16 nSkip;                    /* Number of left-most columns to skip */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
+  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The WhereLoop object */
+  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
+  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */
+  char *zAff;                   /* Affinity string to return */
+
+  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
+  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
+  nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+  nSkip = pLoop->nSkip;
+  pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  assert( pIdx!=0 );
+
+  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
+  */
+  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg;
+  pParse->nMem += nReg;
+
+  zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx));
+  assert( zAff!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  if( nSkip ){
+    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+    VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName));
+    j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT),
+                            iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j);
+    for(j=0; j<nSkip; j++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, j, regBase+j);
+      testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR );
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j)));
+    }
+  }    
+
+  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+  */
+  assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq );
+  for(j=nSkip; j<nEq; j++){
+    int r1;
+    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. 
+    ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
+    testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j);
+    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
+      if( nReg==1 ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
+        regBase = r1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
+      if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
+        /* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value
+        ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The 
+        ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the 
+        ** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value.  */
+        if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+      }
+    }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){
+      Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+      if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_IS)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      if( zAff ){
+        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
+          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+        }
+        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
+          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pzAff = zAff;
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+/*
+** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint
+** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then 
+** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast
+** to a BLOB at appropriate times.
+**
+** The LIKE optimization trys to evaluate "x LIKE 'abc%'" as a range
+** expression: "x>='ABC' AND x<'abd'".  But this requires that the range
+** scan loop run twice, once for strings and a second time for BLOBs.
+** The OP_String opcodes on the second pass convert the upper and lower
+** bound string constants to blobs.  This routine makes the necessary changes
+** to the OP_String opcodes for that to happen.
+**
+** Except, of course, if SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS is defined, then
+** only the one pass through the string space is required, so this routine
+** becomes a no-op.
+*/
+static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(
+  Vdbe *v,                /* prepared statement under construction */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,     /* The loop that contains the LIKE operator */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm        /* The upper or lower bound just coded */
+){
+  if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){
+    VdbeOp *pOp;
+    assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 );
+    pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+    assert( pOp!=0 );
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 
+            || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1);  /* Register holding counter */
+    pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1);    /* ASC or DESC */
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(A,B,C)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+/*
+** Information is passed from codeCursorHint() down to individual nodes of
+** the expression tree (by sqlite3WalkExpr()) using an instance of this
+** structure.
+*/
+struct CCurHint {
+  int iTabCur;    /* Cursor for the main table */
+  int iIdxCur;    /* Cursor for the index, if pIdx!=0.  Unused otherwise */
+  Index *pIdx;    /* The index used to access the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is called for every node of an expression that is a candidate
+** for a cursor hint on an index cursor.  For TK_COLUMN nodes that reference
+** the table CCurHint.iTabCur, verify that the same column can be
+** accessed through the index.  If it cannot, then set pWalker->eCode to 1.
+*/
+static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint;
+  assert( pHint->pIdx!=0 );
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN
+   && pExpr->iTable==pHint->iTabCur
+   && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0
+  ){
+    pWalker->eCode = 1;
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause,
+** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs
+** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the 
+** expression is not suitable.
+**
+** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if
+** a TK_COLUMN node that does affect the value of the expression is set
+** to NULL. For example:
+**
+**   col IS NULL
+**   col IS NOT NULL
+**   coalesce(col, 1)
+**   CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END
+*/
+static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_IS 
+   || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT 
+   || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE 
+  ){
+    pWalker->eCode = 1;
+  }else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){
+    int d1;
+    char d2[3];
+    if( 0==sqlite3IsLikeFunction(pWalker->pParse->db, pExpr, &d1, d2) ){
+      pWalker->eCode = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called on every node of an expression tree used as an
+** argument to the OP_CursorHint instruction. If the node is a TK_COLUMN
+** that accesses any table other than the one identified by
+** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following:
+**
+**   1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read 
+**      the specified column into the new register, and
+**
+**   2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads 
+**      from the newly populated register.
+**
+** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified
+** by pCCurHint.iTabCur, and an index is being used (which we will
+** know because CCurHint.pIdx!=0) then transform the TK_COLUMN into
+** an access of the index rather than the original table.
+*/
+static int codeCursorHintFixExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int rc = WRC_Continue;
+  struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    if( pExpr->iTable!=pHint->iTabCur ){
+      Vdbe *v = pWalker->pParse->pVdbe;
+      int reg = ++pWalker->pParse->nMem;   /* Register for column value */
+      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
+          v, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, reg
+      );
+      pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
+      pExpr->iTable = reg;
+    }else if( pHint->pIdx!=0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pHint->iIdxCur;
+      pExpr->iColumn = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn);
+      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 );
+    }
+  }else if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
+    /* An aggregate function in the WHERE clause of a query means this must
+    ** be a correlated sub-query, and expression pExpr is an aggregate from
+    ** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case.
+    **
+    ** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER
+    ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a 
+    ** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */
+    rc = WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert an OP_CursorHint instruction if it is appropriate to do so.
+*/
+static void codeCursorHint(
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem,  /* FROM clause item */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The where clause */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which loop to provide hints for */
+  WhereTerm *pEndRange  /* Hint this end-of-scan boundary term if not NULL */
+){
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  Expr *pExpr = 0;
+  WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  int iCur;
+  WhereClause *pWC;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int i, j;
+  struct CCurHint sHint;
+  Walker sWalker;
+
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_CursorHints) ) return;
+  iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;
+  assert( iCur==pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor );
+  sHint.iTabCur = iCur;
+  sHint.iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+  sHint.pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker));
+  sWalker.pParse = pParse;
+  sWalker.u.pCCurHint = &sHint;
+  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  for(i=0; i<pWC->nTerm; i++){
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[i];
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue;
+
+    /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT 
+    ** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted
+    ** from the cursor-hint. 
+    **
+    ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms 
+    ** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded.
+    ** This is to address the following:
+    **
+    **   SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL;
+    **
+    ** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its
+    ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is 
+    ** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing
+    ** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the
+    ** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect.
+    **
+    ** For the same reason, WHERE terms such as:
+    **
+    **   WHERE 1 = (t2.c IS NULL)
+    **
+    ** are also excluded. See codeCursorHintIsOrFunction() for details.
+    */
+    if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+      if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) 
+       || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor
+      ){
+        sWalker.eCode = 0;
+        sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintIsOrFunction;
+        sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr);
+        if( sWalker.eCode ) continue;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
+    }
+
+    /* All terms in pWLoop->aLTerm[] except pEndRange are used to initialize
+    ** the cursor.  These terms are not needed as hints for a pure range
+    ** scan (that has no == terms) so omit them. */
+    if( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==0 && pTerm!=pEndRange ){
+      for(j=0; j<pLoop->nLTerm && pLoop->aLTerm[j]!=pTerm; j++){}
+      if( j<pLoop->nLTerm ) continue;
+    }
+
+    /* No subqueries or non-deterministic functions allowed */
+    if( sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(pTerm->pExpr) ) continue;
+
+    /* For an index scan, make sure referenced columns are actually in
+    ** the index. */
+    if( sHint.pIdx!=0 ){
+      sWalker.eCode = 0;
+      sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintCheckExpr;
+      sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr);
+      if( sWalker.eCode ) continue;
+    }
+
+    /* If we survive all prior tests, that means this term is worth hinting */
+    pExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pExpr, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTerm->pExpr, 0));
+  }
+  if( pExpr!=0 ){
+    sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr;
+    sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, 
+                      (sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0,
+                      (const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define codeCursorHint(A,B,C,D)  /* No-op */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */
+
+/*
+** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains
+** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This
+** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the 
+** rowid stored in register iRowid.
+**
+** Normally, this is just:
+**
+**   OP_Seek $iCur $iRowid
+**
+** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and
+** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of the OP_Seek
+** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers
+** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open 
+** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the 
+** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column
+** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0.
+*/
+static void codeDeferredSeek(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,              /* Where clause context */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index scan is using */
+  int iCur,                       /* Cursor for IPK b-tree */
+  int iIdxCur                     /* Index cursor */
+){
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parse context */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe to generate code within */
+
+  assert( iIdxCur>0 );
+  assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 );
+  
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Seek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur);
+  if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)
+   && DbMaskAllZero(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->writeMask)
+  ){
+    int i;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    int *ai = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*(pTab->nCol+1));
+    if( ai ){
+      ai[0] = pTab->nCol;
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn-1; i++){
+        assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]<pTab->nCol );
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ) ai[pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1] = i+1;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)ai, P4_INTARRAY);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression passed as the second argument is a vector, generate
+** code to write the first nReg elements of the vector into an array
+** of registers starting with iReg.
+**
+** If the expression is not a vector, then nReg must be passed 1. In
+** this case, generate code to evaluate the expression and leave the
+** result in register iReg.
+*/
+static void codeExprOrVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int iReg, int nReg){
+  assert( nReg>0 );
+  if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(p) ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    if( (p->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+      int iSelect = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, p, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, iSelect, iReg, nReg-1);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int i;
+      ExprList *pList = p->x.pList;
+      assert( nReg<=pList->nExpr );
+      for(i=0; i<nReg; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr, iReg+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( nReg==1 );
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p, iReg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
+** implementation described by pWInfo.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
+){
+  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
+  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
+  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
+  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
+  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;  /* The where level to be coded */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;    /* The WhereLoop object being coded */
+  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
+  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
+  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
+  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrHalt;                   /* addrBrk for the outermost loop */
+  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
+  int iRowidReg = 0;        /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
+  int iReleaseReg = 0;      /* Temp register to free before returning */
+
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
+  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+  pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
+  bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1;
+  omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 
+           && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0;
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName));
+
+  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
+  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
+  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
+  ** loop.
+  **
+  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
+  ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
+  ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
+  ** is the same as "addrBrk".
+  */
+  addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+  ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+  ** row of the left table of the join.
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+  }
+
+  /* Compute a safe address to jump to if we discover that the table for
+  ** this loop is empty and can never contribute content. */
+  for(j=iLevel; j>0 && pWInfo->a[j].iLeftJoin==0; j--){}
+  addrHalt = pWInfo->a[j].addrBrk;
+
+  /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */
+  if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
+    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
+    pLevel->p2 =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
+    pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if(  (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+    /* Case 1:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
+    **          to access the data.
+    */
+    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
+    int addrNotFound;
+    int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm;
+    int iIn;    /* Counter for IN constraints */
+
+    sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
+    addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk;
+    for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
+      int iTarget = iReg+j+2;
+      pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+      if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) continue;
+      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
+        codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget);
+        addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt;
+      }else{
+        Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+        codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, iTarget, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg,
+                      pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr,
+                      pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_DYNAMIC : P4_STATIC);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->op = pWInfo->eOnePass ? OP_Noop : OP_VNext;
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    iIn = pLevel->u.in.nIn;
+    for(j=nConstraint-1; j>=0; j--){
+      pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+      if( j<16 && (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+      }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
+        Expr *pCompare;  /* The comparison operator */
+        Expr *pRight;    /* RHS of the comparison */
+        VdbeOp *pOp;     /* Opcode to access the value of the IN constraint */
+
+        /* Reload the constraint value into reg[iReg+j+2].  The same value
+        ** was loaded into the same register prior to the OP_VFilter, but
+        ** the xFilter implementation might have changed the datatype or
+        ** encoding of the value in the register, so it *must* be reloaded. */
+        assert( pLevel->u.in.aInLoop!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+          assert( iIn>0 );
+          pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[--iIn].addrInTop);
+          assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Column || pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid );
+          assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Column || pOp->p3==iReg+j+2 );
+          assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Rowid || pOp->p2==iReg+j+2 );
+          testcase( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid );
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3);
+        }
+
+        /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if 
+        ** the IN constraint is not satisfied */
+        pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0);
+        assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+        if( pCompare ){
+          pCompare->pLeft = pTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+          pCompare->pRight = pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+          if( pRight ){
+            pRight->iTable = iReg+j+2;
+            sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, 0);
+          }
+          pCompare->pLeft = 0;
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCompare);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* These registers need to be preserved in case there is an IN operator
+    ** loop.  So we could deallocate the registers here (and potentially
+    ** reuse them later) if (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE)==0.  But it seems
+    ** simpler and safer to simply not reuse the registers.
+    **
+    **    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+    */
+    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+  if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
+   && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0
+  ){
+    /* Case 2:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+    **          construct.
+    */
+    assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 );
+    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg);
+    if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+  }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
+         && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0
+  ){
+    /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+    */
+    int testOp = OP_Noop;
+    int start;
+    int memEndValue = 0;
+    WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
+
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    j = 0;
+    pStart = pEnd = 0;
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+    assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 );
+    if( bRev ){
+      pTerm = pStart;
+      pStart = pEnd;
+      pEnd = pTerm;
+    }
+    codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, pEnd);
+    if( pStart ){
+      Expr *pX;             /* The expression that defines the start bound */
+      int r1, rTemp;        /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
+      int op;               /* Cursor seek operation */
+
+      /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding 
+      ** seek opcodes.  It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
+      */
+      const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
+           /* TK_GT */  OP_SeekGT,
+           /* TK_LE */  OP_SeekLE,
+           /* TK_LT */  OP_SeekLT,
+           /* TK_GE */  OP_SeekGE
+      };
+      assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 );      /* Make sure the ordering.. */
+      assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );      /*  ... of the TK_xx values... */
+      assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 );      /*  ... is correcct. */
+
+      assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      pX = pStart->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){
+        r1 = rTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, r1, 1);
+        op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT) | 0x0001];
+      }else{
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+        op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT)];
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iCur, addrBrk, r1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrHalt);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+    }
+    if( pEnd ){
+      Expr *pX;
+      pX = pEnd->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+      testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */
+      testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
+      codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1);
+      if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) 
+       && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) 
+      ){
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
+      }else{
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
+      }
+      if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+      }
+    }
+    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = start;
+    assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+    if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    }
+  }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+    /* Case 4: A scan using an index.
+    **
+    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
+    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
+    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
+    **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
+    **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
+    **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+    **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
+    **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
+    **         optimized:
+    **
+    **            x=5
+    **            x=5 AND y=10
+    **            x=5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
+    **
+    **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
+    **         the x=5 term:
+    **
+    **            x=5 AND z<10
+    **
+    **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
+    **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
+    **         least one.
+    **
+    **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+    **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+    **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+    */  
+    static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
+      0,
+      0,
+      OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
+      OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGT,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLT,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGE,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLE            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
+    };
+    static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
+      OP_IdxGE,            /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */
+      OP_IdxGT,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev &&  endEq) */
+      OP_IdxLE,            /* 2: (end_constraints &&  bRev && !endEq) */
+      OP_IdxLT,            /* 3: (end_constraints &&  bRev &&  endEq) */
+    };
+    u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;     /* Number of == or IN terms */
+    u16 nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm;   /* Length of BTM vector */
+    u16 nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop;   /* Length of TOP vector */
+    int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
+    int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
+    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
+    Index *pIdx;                 /* The index we will be using */
+    int iIdxCur;                 /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+    int nExtraReg = 0;           /* Number of extra registers needed */
+    int op;                      /* Instruction opcode */
+    char *zStartAff;             /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
+    char *zEndAff = 0;           /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
+    u8 bSeekPastNull = 0;        /* True to seek past initial nulls */
+    u8 bStopAtNull = 0;          /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */
+
+    pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+    assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip );
+
+    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
+    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
+    ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
+    ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
+    ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
+    ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
+    ** this requires some special handling.
+    */
+    assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0
+         || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1
+         || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 );
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
+     && pWInfo->nOBSat>0
+     && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq)
+    ){
+      assert( pLoop->nSkip==0 );
+      bSeekPastNull = 1;
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
+    ** of the range. 
+    */
+    j = nEq;
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+      nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm);
+      /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */
+      assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || 
+              (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 );
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+      nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nTop);
+#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)!=0 ){
+        assert( pRangeStart!=0 );                     /* LIKE opt constraints */
+        assert( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT );   /* occur in pairs */
+        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr = (u32)++pParse->nMem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, (int)pLevel->iLikeRepCntr);
+        VdbeComment((v, "LIKE loop counter"));
+        pLevel->addrLikeRep = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        /* iLikeRepCntr actually stores 2x the counter register number.  The
+        ** bottom bit indicates whether the search order is ASC or DESC. */
+        testcase( bRev );
+        testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC );
+        assert( (bRev & ~1)==0 );
+        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr <<=1;
+        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr |= bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pRangeStart==0 ){
+        j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq];
+        if( (j>=0 && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0) || j==XN_EXPR ){
+          bSeekPastNull = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+
+    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
+    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
+    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
+    */
+    if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
+     || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq)
+    ){
+      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+      SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull);
+      SWAP(u8, nBtm, nTop);
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
+    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
+    ** starting at regBase.
+    */
+    codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff);
+    assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq );
+    if( zStartAff && nTop ){
+      zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, &zStartAff[nEq]);
+    }
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+
+    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
+    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
+    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
+
+    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeStart ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
+      codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nBtm);
+      whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeStart);
+      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
+       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      if( zStartAff ){
+        updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]);
+      }  
+      nConstraint += nBtm;
+      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
+      }else{
+        startEq = 1;
+      }
+      bSeekPastNull = 0;
+    }else if( bSeekPastNull ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+      nConstraint++;
+      startEq = 0;
+      start_constraints = 1;
+    }
+    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff);
+    if( pLoop->nSkip>0 && nConstraint==pLoop->nSkip ){
+      /* The skip-scan logic inside the call to codeAllEqualityConstraints()
+      ** above has already left the cursor sitting on the correct row,
+      ** so no further seeking is needed */
+    }else{
+      op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
+      assert( op!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind);  testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last);    testcase( op==OP_Last );
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGT );
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGE );
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLE );
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLT );
+    }
+
+    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
+    ** range (if any).
+    */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeEnd ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
+      codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nTop);
+      whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
+       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      if( zEndAff ){
+        updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nTop, zEndAff);
+        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, nTop, zEndAff);
+      }else{
+        assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+      }
+      nConstraint += nTop;
+      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+      }else{
+        endEq = 1;
+      }
+    }else if( bStopAtNull ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+      endEq = 0;
+      nConstraint++;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zEndAff);
+
+    /* Top of the loop body */
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
+    if( nConstraint ){
+      op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq];
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxGT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT );
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE );
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT );
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxLE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
+    }
+
+    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
+    if( omitTable ){
+      /* pIdx is a covering index.  No need to access the main table. */
+    }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
+      if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) || (
+          (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE) 
+       && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE)
+      )){
+        iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }else{
+        codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur);
+      }
+    }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+      iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont,
+                           iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else if( bRev ){
+      pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+    }else{
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+    }
+    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
+    pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0;
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){
+      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+    }else{
+      assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+    /* Case 5:  Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
+    **
+    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
+    **
+    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
+    ** The top of the loop looks like this:
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **
+    ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
+    ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
+    ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
+    ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
+    **
+    **        sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
+    **          RowSetTest                  # Insert rowid into rowset
+    **          Gosub      2 A
+    **        sqlite3WhereEnd()
+    **
+    ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
+    ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **          Goto       B                # The loop is finished.
+    **
+    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
+    **
+    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
+    **
+    **       B: <after the loop>
+    **
+    ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
+    ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
+    ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
+    **
+    */
+    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
+    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
+    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
+    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
+
+    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
+    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
+    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
+    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
+    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
+    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
+    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */
+    u16 wctrlFlags;                    /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */
+    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
+    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+
+    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
+    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
+    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+    pLevel->op = OP_Return;
+    pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
+
+    /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned
+    ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
+    ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
+    */
+    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
+      int nNotReady;                 /* The number of notReady tables */
+      struct SrcList_item *origSrc;     /* Original list of tables */
+      nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
+      pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db,
+                            sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
+      if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
+      pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1);
+      pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
+      memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
+      origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+      for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
+        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
+      }
+    }else{
+      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
+    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.  Or, create an ephemeral index
+    ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
+    **
+    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
+    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
+    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
+    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
+    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
+    ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
+    ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
+    */
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+        regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
+      }else{
+        Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+        regRowset = pParse->nTab++;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+      }
+      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }
+    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
+
+    /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form:  (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y
+    ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z
+    ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will
+    ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below.
+    **
+    ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
+    ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
+    ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as 
+    ** indices.
+    **
+    ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
+    ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN.
+    ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4
+    */
+    if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){
+      int iTerm;
+      for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){
+        Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
+        if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue;
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
+        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED))!=0 ) continue;
+        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue;
+        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO );
+        pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+        pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr);
+      }
+      if( pAndExpr ){
+        pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|TKFLG_DONTFOLD, 0, pAndExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause.  After
+    ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
+    ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
+    */
+    wctrlFlags =  WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE | (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE);
+    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
+      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
+        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;           /* Info for single OR-term scan */
+        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
+        int jmp1 = 0;                   /* Address of jump operation */
+        if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
+          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
+        }
+        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+        WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n"));
+        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
+                                      wctrlFlags, iCovCur);
+        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
+        if( pSubWInfo ){
+          WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
+          int addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
+              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
+          );
+          sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], addrExplain);
+
+          /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body.  First skip over
+          ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the
+          ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same
+          ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses.
+          */
+          if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+            int r;
+            int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
+            if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+              r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0);
+              jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0,
+                                           r,iSet);
+              VdbeCoverage(v);
+            }else{
+              Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+              int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+              int iPk;
+
+              /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */
+              r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk);
+              for(iPk=0; iPk<nPk; iPk++){
+                int iCol = pPk->aiColumn[iPk];
+                sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk);
+              }
+
+              /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so,
+              ** the row has already been included in the result set and
+              ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise,
+              ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing
+              ** the row.
+              **
+              ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
+              ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
+              ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no 
+              ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never 
+              ** be tested for.  */ 
+              if( iSet ){
+                jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
+                VdbeCoverage(v);
+              }
+              if( iSet>=0 ){
+                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid);
+                sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid,
+                                     r, nPk);
+                if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+              }
+
+              /* Release the array of temp registers */
+              sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk);
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
+
+          /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the
+          ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */
+          if( jmp1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp1);
+
+          /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
+          ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table.  The
+          ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
+          ** need to be tested later.
+          */
+          if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
+
+          /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
+          ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
+          ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
+          ** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
+          **
+          ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
+          ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
+          ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
+          ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set 
+          ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will 
+          ** be available.
+          */
+          pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
+          assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
+          if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+           && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
+           && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
+          ){
+            assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
+            pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+          }else{
+            pCov = 0;
+          }
+
+          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov;
+    if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur;
+    if( pAndExpr ){
+      pAndExpr->pLeft = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
+
+    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab);
+    if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+  {
+    /* Case 6:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+    **          scan of the entire table.
+    */
+    static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
+    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
+    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
+    if( pTabItem->fg.isRecursive ){
+      /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in
+      ** a pseudo-cursor.  No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else{
+      codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, 0);
+      pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrHalt);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
+  pLevel->addrVisit = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+#endif
+
+  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+  ** computed using the current set of tables.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pE;
+    int skipLikeAddr = 0;
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
+      testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
+               && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 );
+      pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( pE!=0 );
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND ){
+      /* If the TERM_LIKECOND flag is set, that means that the range search
+      ** is sufficient to guarantee that the LIKE operator is true, so we
+      ** can skip the call to the like(A,B) function.  But this only works
+      ** for strings.  So do not skip the call to the function on the pass
+      ** that compares BLOBs. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+      continue;
+#else
+      u32 x = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr;
+      assert( x>0 );
+      skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (x&1)? OP_IfNot : OP_If, (int)(x>>1));
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    if( skipLikeAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, skipLikeAddr);
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+  }
+
+  /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity
+  ** of the "==" operator.
+  **
+  ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123"
+  ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded,
+  ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code
+  ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pE, sEAlt;
+    WhereTerm *pAlt;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue;
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue;
+    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
+    assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
+    pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady,
+                    WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0);
+    if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
+    if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS );
+    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
+    sEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
+    sEAlt.pLeft = pE->pLeft;
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &sEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+  }
+
+  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
+        assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
+        continue;
+      }
+      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pLevel->notReady;
+}
+
+/************** End of wherecode.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file whereexpr.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2015-06-08
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
+**
+** This file was originally part of where.c but was split out to improve
+** readability and editabiliity.  This file contains utility routines for
+** analyzing Expr objects in the WHERE clause.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "whereInt.h" */
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
+  sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
+  sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
+** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
+** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
+** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
+** allocation error.  The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
+** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
+**
+** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
+**
+** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
+** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
+** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
+**
+** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
+** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
+** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
+** the pWC->a[] array.
+*/
+static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u16 wtFlags){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int idx;
+  testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
+    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
+    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
+    if( pWC->a==0 ){
+      if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
+      }
+      pWC->a = pOld;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
+    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
+    }
+    pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
+  if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){
+    pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 270;
+  }else{
+    pTerm->truthProb = 1;
+  }
+  pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p);
+  pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
+  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  memset(&pTerm->eOperator, 0,
+         sizeof(WhereTerm) - offsetof(WhereTerm,eOperator));
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", "IS", and "IS NULL"
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
+  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL || op==TK_IS;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
+** are converted into "Y op X".
+**
+** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the
+** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure
+** that the collating sequence does not change.  For example:
+** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on
+** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
+** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
+** is not commuted.
+*/
+static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate);
+  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate);
+  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+  if( expRight==expLeft ){
+    /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */
+    if( expRight ){
+      /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators.  Make sure X is always
+      ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */
+      pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
+    }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+      /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default
+      ** collating sequence.  So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause
+      ** it to be searched first. */
+      pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate;
+    }
+  }
+  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
+*/
+static u16 operatorMask(int op){
+  u16 c;
+  assert( allowedOp(op) );
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    c = WO_IN;
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    c = WO_ISNULL;
+  }else if( op==TK_IS ){
+    c = WO_IS;
+  }else{
+    assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
+    c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
+  }
+  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
+  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
+  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
+  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
+  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
+  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
+  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
+  assert( op!=TK_IS || c==WO_IS );
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
+** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
+** so and false if not.
+**
+** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
+** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  The LHS must be a column
+** that may only be NULL, a string, or a BLOB, never a number. (This means
+** that virtual tables cannot participate in the LIKE optimization.)  The
+** collating sequence for the column on the LHS must be appropriate for
+** the operator.
+*/
+static int isLikeOrGlob(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
+  Expr **ppPrefix,  /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
+  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
+  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
+){
+  const char *z = 0;         /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
+  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
+  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */
+  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  int op;                    /* Opcode of pRight */
+  int rc;                    /* Result code to return */
+
+  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+#endif
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
+
+  pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr);
+  op = pRight->op;
+  if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+    Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
+    int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
+    pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB);
+    if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+      z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol);
+    assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
+  }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
+    z = pRight->u.zToken;
+  }
+  if( z ){
+
+    /* If the RHS begins with a digit or a minus sign, then the LHS must
+    ** be an ordinary column (not a virtual table column) with TEXT affinity.
+    ** Otherwise the LHS might be numeric and "lhs >= rhs" would be false
+    ** even though "lhs LIKE rhs" is true.  But if the RHS does not start
+    ** with a digit or '-', then "lhs LIKE rhs" will always be false if
+    ** the LHS is numeric and so the optimization still works.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3Isdigit(z[0]) || z[0]=='-' ){
+      if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN 
+       || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 
+       || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab)  /* Value might be numeric */
+      ){
+        sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    cnt = 0;
+    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
+      Expr *pPrefix;
+      *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
+      pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
+      if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
+      *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
+      if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
+        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
+          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
+          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
+          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
+          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
+          ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
+          */ 
+          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
+          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      z = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rc = (z!=0);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
+**
+**         column OP expr
+**
+** where OP is one of MATCH, GLOB, LIKE or REGEXP and "column" is a 
+** column of a virtual table.
+**
+** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int isMatchOfColumn(
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* Test this expression */
+  unsigned char *peOp2            /* OUT: 0 for MATCH, or else an op2 value */
+){
+  static const struct Op2 {
+    const char *zOp;
+    unsigned char eOp2;
+  } aOp[] = {
+    { "match",  SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH },
+    { "glob",   SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB },
+    { "like",   SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE },
+    { "regexp", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP }
+  };
+  ExprList *pList;
+  Expr *pCol;                     /* Column reference */
+  int i;
+
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=2 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pCol = pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  if( pCol->op!=TK_COLUMN || !IsVirtual(pCol->pTab) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, aOp[i].zOp)==0 ){
+      *peOp2 = aOp[i].eOp2;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
+** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
+*/
+static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
+  if( pDerived ){
+    pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
+    pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark term iChild as being a child of term iParent
+*/
+static void markTermAsChild(WhereClause *pWC, int iChild, int iParent){
+  pWC->a[iChild].iParent = iParent;
+  pWC->a[iChild].truthProb = pWC->a[iParent].truthProb;
+  pWC->a[iParent].nChild++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-th AND-connected subterm of pTerm.  Or if pTerm is not
+** a conjunction, then return just pTerm when N==0.  If N is exceeds
+** the number of available subterms, return NULL.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){
+  if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ){
+    return N==0 ? pTerm : 0;
+  }
+  if( N<pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.nTerm ){
+    return &pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.a[N];
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Subterms pOne and pTwo are contained within WHERE clause pWC.  The
+** two subterms are in disjunction - they are OR-ed together.
+**
+** If these two terms are both of the form:  "A op B" with the same
+** A and B values but different operators and if the operators are
+** compatible (if one is = and the other is <, for example) then
+** add a new virtual AND term to pWC that is the combination of the
+** two.
+**
+** Some examples:
+**
+**    x<y OR x=y    -->     x<=y
+**    x=y OR x=y    -->     x=y
+**    x<=y OR x<y   -->     x<=y
+**
+** The following is NOT generated:
+**
+**    x<y OR x>y    -->     x!=y     
+*/
+static void whereCombineDisjuncts(
+  SrcList *pSrc,         /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,      /* The complete WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pOne,       /* First disjunct */
+  WhereTerm *pTwo        /* Second disjunct */
+){
+  u16 eOp = pOne->eOperator | pTwo->eOperator;
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Database connection (for malloc) */
+  Expr *pNew;            /* New virtual expression */
+  int op;                /* Operator for the combined expression */
+  int idxNew;            /* Index in pWC of the next virtual term */
+
+  if( (pOne->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return;
+  if( (pTwo->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return;
+  if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE))!=eOp
+   && (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_GT|WO_GE))!=eOp ) return;
+  assert( pOne->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pOne->pExpr->pRight!=0 );
+  assert( pTwo->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pTwo->pExpr->pRight!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOne->pExpr->pLeft, pTwo->pExpr->pLeft, -1) ) return;
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOne->pExpr->pRight, pTwo->pExpr->pRight, -1) )return;
+  /* If we reach this point, it means the two subterms can be combined */
+  if( (eOp & (eOp-1))!=0 ){
+    if( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ){
+      eOp = WO_LE;
+    }else{
+      assert( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) );
+      eOp = WO_GE;
+    }
+  }
+  db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOne->pExpr, 0);
+  if( pNew==0 ) return;
+  for(op=TK_EQ; eOp!=(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); op++){ assert( op<TK_GE ); }
+  pNew->op = op;
+  idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+  exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
+** subterms.  So in:
+**
+**     ... WHERE  (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
+**                          ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+**
+** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
+** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
+** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis.  Hence:
+**
+**     WhereTerm.wtFlags   |=  TERM_ORINFO
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo  =  a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
+**
+** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
+** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
+** Examples of terms under analysis:
+**
+**     (A)     t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
+**     (B)     x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
+**     (C)     t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
+**     (D)     x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
+**     (E)     (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
+**     (F)     x>A OR (x=A AND y>=B)
+**
+** CASE 1:
+**
+** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and
+** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
+** term that is an equivalent IN expression.  In other words, if the term
+** being analyzed is:
+**
+**      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
+**
+** then create a new virtual term like this:
+**
+**      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+**
+** CASE 2:
+**
+** If there are exactly two disjuncts and one side has x>A and the other side
+** has x=A (for the same x and A) then add a new virtual conjunct term to the
+** WHERE clause of the form "x>=A".  Example:
+**
+**      x>A OR (x=A AND y>B)    adds:    x>=A
+**
+** The added conjunct can sometimes be helpful in query planning.
+**
+** CASE 3:
+**
+** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
+**
+**     WhereTerm.eOperator              =  WO_OR
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable  |=  the cursor number for table T
+**
+** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and 
+** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
+** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable.  Indexable AND 
+** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
+** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
+**
+** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
+** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
+** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
+** is decided elsewhere.  This analysis only looks at whether subterms
+** appropriate for indexing exist.
+**
+** All examples A through E above satisfy case 3.  But if a term
+** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
+** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 3 is not
+** satisfied.
+**
+** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
+** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+**
+** Terms that satisfy case 3 are candidates for lookup by using
+** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
+** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object.  This is similar
+** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+**
+** OTHERWISE:
+**
+** If none of cases 1, 2, or 3 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
+** zero.  This term is not useful for search.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the complete WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;        /* WHERE clause processing context */
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;         /* Parser context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* Database connection */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];    /* The term to be analyzed */
+  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;             /* The expression of the term */
+  int i;                                  /* Loop counters */
+  WhereClause *pOrWc;       /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
+  WhereTerm *pOrTerm;       /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
+  WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;     /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
+  Bitmask chngToIN;         /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
+  Bitmask indexable;        /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
+
+  /*
+  ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms.  The subterms are
+  ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
+  ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
+  */
+  assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
+  pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
+  if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
+  pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
+  pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
+  memset(pOrWc->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pOrWc->aStatic));
+  sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo);
+  sqlite3WhereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
+  sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pOrWc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 3.
+  */
+  indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
+    if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
+      WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
+      assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
+      chngToIN = 0;
+      pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
+      if( pAndInfo ){
+        WhereClause *pAndWC;
+        WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
+        int j;
+        Bitmask b = 0;
+        pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
+        pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
+        pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
+        memset(pAndWC->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pAndWC->aStatic));
+        sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo);
+        sqlite3WhereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
+        sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pAndWC);
+        pAndWC->pOuter = pWC;
+        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+          for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
+            assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
+            if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) 
+             || pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_MATCH 
+            ){
+              b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        indexable &= b;
+      }
+    }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
+      /* Skip this term for now.  We revisit it when we process the
+      ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
+    }else{
+      Bitmask b;
+      b = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
+      if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
+        WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
+        b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
+      }
+      indexable &= b;
+      if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){
+        chngToIN = 0;
+      }else{
+        chngToIN &= b;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 3.  The set might be
+  ** empty.
+  */
+  pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
+  pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
+
+  /* For a two-way OR, attempt to implementation case 2.
+  */
+  if( indexable && pOrWc->nTerm==2 ){
+    int iOne = 0;
+    WhereTerm *pOne;
+    while( (pOne = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[0],iOne++))!=0 ){
+      int iTwo = 0;
+      WhereTerm *pTwo;
+      while( (pTwo = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[1],iTwo++))!=0 ){
+        whereCombineDisjuncts(pSrc, pWC, pOne, pTwo);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1.  But
+  ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
+  ** is satisfied.
+  **
+  ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits.  The 0-bit case means
+  ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
+  ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
+  ** something other than == on a column in the single table.  The 1-bit
+  ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
+  ** "table.column=expr" for some single table.  The one bit that is set
+  ** will correspond to the common table.  We still need to check to make
+  ** sure the same column is used on all terms.  The 2-bit case is when
+  ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column".  It
+  ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
+  ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
+  ** the OR clause.
+  **
+  ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
+  ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
+  */
+  if( chngToIN ){
+    int okToChngToIN = 0;     /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
+    int iColumn = -1;         /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
+    int iCursor = -1;         /* Table cursor common to all terms */
+    int j = 0;                /* Loop counter */
+
+    /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
+    ** other of the == operator in every subterm.  That table and column
+    ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn.  There might not be any
+    ** such table and column.  Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
+    ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
+    */
+    for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
+      pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
+          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
+          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
+          assert( j==1 );
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( (chngToIN & sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,
+                                            pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
+          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
+          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceded
+          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
+          ** and use its inversion. */
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
+          continue;
+        }
+        iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( i<0 ){
+        /* No candidate table+column was found.  This can only occur
+        ** on the second iteration */
+        assert( j==1 );
+        assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) );
+        assert( chngToIN==sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) );
+        break;
+      }
+      testcase( j==1 );
+
+      /* We have found a candidate table and column.  Check to see if that
+      ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
+      okToChngToIN = 1;
+      for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
+          pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
+          okToChngToIN = 0;
+        }else{
+          int affLeft, affRight;
+          /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
+          ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
+          ** conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
+          */
+          affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+          affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+          if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
+            okToChngToIN = 0;
+          }else{
+            pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
+    ** case 1.  In that case, construct a new virtual term that is 
+    ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+    */
+    if( okToChngToIN ){
+      Expr *pDup;            /* A transient duplicate expression */
+      ExprList *pList = 0;   /* The RHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pLeft = 0;       /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pNew;            /* The complete IN operator */
+
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+        assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
+        assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup);
+        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+      }
+      assert( pLeft!=0 );
+      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0);
+      if( pNew ){
+        int idxNew;
+        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+        pNew->x.pList = pList;
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        testcase( idxNew==0 );
+        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+      }
+      pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP;  /* case 1 trumps case 3 */
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+/*
+** We already know that pExpr is a binary operator where both operands are
+** column references.  This routine checks to see if pExpr is an equivalence
+** relation:
+**   1.  The SQLITE_Transitive optimization must be enabled
+**   2.  Must be either an == or an IS operator
+**   3.  Not originating in the ON clause of an OUTER JOIN
+**   4.  The affinities of A and B must be compatible
+**   5a. Both operands use the same collating sequence OR
+**   5b. The overall collating sequence is BINARY
+** If this routine returns TRUE, that means that the RHS can be substituted
+** for the LHS anyplace else in the WHERE clause where the LHS column occurs.
+** This is an optimization.  No harm comes from returning 0.  But if 1 is
+** returned when it should not be, then incorrect answers might result.
+*/
+static int termIsEquivalence(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff1, aff2;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  const char *zColl1, *zColl2;
+  if( !OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Transitive) ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ && pExpr->op!=TK_IS ) return 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+  aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  aff2 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pRight);
+  if( aff1!=aff2
+   && (!sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || !sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2))
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight);
+  if( pColl==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, "BINARY")==0 ) return 1;
+  pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+  zColl1 = pColl ? pColl->zName : 0;
+  pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+  zColl2 = pColl ? pColl->zName : 0;
+  return sqlite3_stricmp(zColl1, zColl2)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively walk the expressions of a SELECT statement and generate
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+*/
+static Bitmask exprSelectUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  while( pS ){
+    SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc;
+    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
+    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
+    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
+    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
+    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
+    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+        mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
+        mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
+      }
+    }
+    pS = pS->pPrior;
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might
+** be useful for indexing.  This routine checks to see if pExpr appears
+** in any index.  Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return
+** FALSE (0) if not.  If TRUE is returned, also set *piCur to the cursor
+** number of the table that is indexed and *piColumn to the column number
+** of the column that is indexed, or XN_EXPR (-2) if an expression is being
+** indexed.
+**
+** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns
+** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column
+** might be added to an automatic index later.
+*/
+static int exprMightBeIndexed(
+  SrcList *pFrom,        /* The FROM clause */
+  int op,                /* The specific comparison operator */
+  Bitmask mPrereq,       /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */
+  Expr *pExpr,           /* An operand of a comparison operator */
+  int *piCur,            /* Write the referenced table cursor number here */
+  int *piColumn          /* Write the referenced table column number here */
+){
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int i;
+  int iCur;
+
+  /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a 
+  ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing 
+  ** on the first element of the vector.  */
+  assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_IS<TK_GE && TK_ISNULL<TK_GE && TK_IN<TK_GE );
+  assert( op<=TK_GE );
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_VECTOR && (op>=TK_GT && ALWAYS(op<=TK_GE)) ){
+    pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  }
+
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    *piCur = pExpr->iTable;
+    *piColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( mPrereq==0 ) return 0;                 /* No table references */
+  if( (mPrereq&(mPrereq-1))!=0 ) return 0;   /* Refs more than one table */
+  for(i=0; mPrereq>1; i++, mPrereq>>=1){}
+  iCur = pFrom->a[i].iCursor;
+  for(pIdx=pFrom->a[i].pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->aColExpr==0 ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]!=XN_EXPR ) continue;
+      if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pExpr, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, iCur)==0 ){
+        *piCur = iCur;
+        *piColumn = XN_EXPR;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
+** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
+** structure.
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
+** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
+** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
+** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
+** analyzed separately.  The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
+** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
+** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
+** is a commuted copy of a prior term.)  The original term has nChild=1
+** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;                /* The term to be analyzed */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;          /* Set of table index masks */
+  Expr *pExpr;                     /* The expression to be analyzed */
+  Bitmask prereqLeft;              /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;               /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
+  Bitmask extraRight = 0;          /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
+  Expr *pStr1 = 0;                 /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+  int isComplete = 0;              /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
+  int noCase = 0;                  /* uppercase equivalent to lowercase */
+  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;  /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
+  unsigned char eOp2;              /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */
+  int nLeft;                       /* Number of elements on left side vector */
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
+  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE );
+  prereqLeft = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+    if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+  }else{
+    pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+  prereqAll = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    Bitmask x = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
+    prereqAll |= x;
+    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
+                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
+    if( (prereqAll>>1)>=x ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON clause references tables to its right");
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
+  if( allowedOp(op) ){
+    int iCur, iColumn;
+    Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft);
+    Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight);
+    u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV;
+
+    if( pTerm->iField>0 ){
+      assert( op==TK_IN );
+      assert( pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR );
+      pLeft = pLeft->x.pList->a[pTerm->iField-1].pExpr;
+    }
+
+    if( exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, op, prereqLeft, pLeft, &iCur, &iColumn) ){
+      pTerm->leftCursor = iCur;
+      pTerm->u.leftColumn = iColumn;
+      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
+    }
+    if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS;
+    if( pRight 
+     && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, op, pTerm->prereqRight, pRight, &iCur,&iColumn)
+    ){
+      WhereTerm *pNew;
+      Expr *pDup;
+      u16 eExtraOp = 0;        /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */
+      assert( pTerm->iField==0 );
+      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
+        int idxNew;
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+        if( db->mallocFailed ){
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+          return;
+        }
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
+        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+        markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
+        if( op==TK_IS ) pNew->wtFlags |= TERM_IS;
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+
+        if( termIsEquivalence(pParse, pDup) ){
+          pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV;
+          eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pDup = pExpr;
+        pNew = pTerm;
+      }
+      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
+      pNew->leftCursor = iCur;
+      pNew->u.leftColumn = iColumn;
+      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
+      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
+      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+      pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
+  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.  For example:
+  **
+  **      a BETWEEN b AND c
+  **
+  ** is converted into:
+  **
+  **      (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+  **
+  ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
+  ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
+  ** term.  That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
+  ** skipped.  Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
+  ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
+    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+    int i;
+    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
+    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      int idxNew;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], 
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0));
+      transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+  /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
+  ** an OR operator.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
+    assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
+    exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
+  ** operator.
+  **
+  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'aBc%'" is changed into constraints
+  **
+  **          x>='ABC' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'aBc%'
+  **
+  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
+  ** termination condition "abd".  If case is not significant (the default
+  ** for LIKE) then the lower-bound is made all uppercase and the upper-
+  ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing
+  ** BLOBs.
+  */
+  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
+   && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
+  ){
+    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+    Expr *pNewExpr1;
+    Expr *pNewExpr2;
+    int idxNew1;
+    int idxNew2;
+    const char *zCollSeqName;     /* Name of collating sequence */
+    const u16 wtFlags = TERM_LIKEOPT | TERM_VIRTUAL | TERM_DYNAMIC;
+
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
+
+    /* Convert the lower bound to upper-case and the upper bound to
+    ** lower-case (upper-case is less than lower-case in ASCII) so that
+    ** the range constraints also work for BLOBs
+    */
+    if( noCase && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
+      int i;
+      char c;
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKE;
+      for(i=0; (c = pStr1->u.zToken[i])!=0; i++){
+        pStr1->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Toupper(c);
+        pStr2->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Tolower(c);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
+      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
+      c = *pC;
+      if( noCase ){
+        /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
+        ** wildcard.  But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
+        ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the 
+        ** inequality.  To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
+        ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
+        */
+        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
+        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+      }
+      *pC = c + 1;
+    }
+    zCollSeqName = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY";
+    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE,
+           sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr1,zCollSeqName),
+           pStr1);
+    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr);
+    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, wtFlags);
+    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
+    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
+           sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr2,zCollSeqName),
+           pStr2);
+    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr);
+    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, wtFlags);
+    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+    if( isComplete ){
+      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew1, idxTerm);
+      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew2, idxTerm);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
+  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
+  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
+  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
+  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
+  */
+  if( pWC->op==TK_AND && isMatchOfColumn(pExpr, &eOp2) ){
+    int idxNew;
+    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
+
+    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    prereqExpr = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
+    prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
+    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 
+                              0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0));
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
+      pNewTerm->eMatchOp = eOp2;
+      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+  /* If there is a vector == or IS term - e.g. "(a, b) == (?, ?)" - create
+  ** new terms for each component comparison - "a = ?" and "b = ?".  The
+  ** new terms completely replace the original vector comparison, which is
+  ** no longer used.
+  **
+  ** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation
+  ** is not a sub-select.  */
+  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
+  && (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS)
+  && (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1
+  && sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft
+  && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 
+    || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0)
+  ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nLeft; i++){
+      int idxNew;
+      Expr *pNew;
+      Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, i);
+      Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pRight, i);
+
+      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight);
+      transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+    }
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+    pTerm->wtFlags = TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL;  /* Disable the original */
+    pTerm->eOperator = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create
+  ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object
+  ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) 
+  ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within
+  ** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents.
+  **
+  ** This only works if the RHS is a simple SELECT, not a compound
+  */
+  if( pWC->op==TK_AND && pExpr->op==TK_IN && pTerm->iField==0
+   && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR
+   && pExpr->x.pSelect->pPrior==0
+  ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft); i++){
+      int idxNew;
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL);
+      pWC->a[idxNew].iField = i+1;
+      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the
+  ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
+  ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  So construct a
+  ** virtual term of that form.
+  **
+  ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
+   && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
+   && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
+   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34)
+  ){
+    Expr *pNewExpr;
+    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+    int idxNew;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+
+    pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
+                            sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
+                            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0));
+
+    idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
+                              TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
+    if( idxNew ){
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
+      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
+  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
+  */
+  testcase( pTerm!=&pWC->a[idxTerm] );
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** Routines with file scope above.  Interface to the rest of the where.c
+** subsystem follows.
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
+** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
+** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
+** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
+**
+**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
+**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
+**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
+**
+** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
+** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
+**
+** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
+** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
+** all terms of the WHERE clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){
+  Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+  pWC->op = op;
+  if( pE2==0 ) return;
+  if( pE2->op!=op ){
+    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pLeft, op);
+    sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pRight, op);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(
+  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo        /* The WHERE processing context */
+){
+  pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo;
+  pWC->pOuter = 0;
+  pWC->nTerm = 0;
+  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
+  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
+** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of
+** sqlite3WhereClauseInit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
+  int i;
+  WhereTerm *a;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
+    }
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
+      whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
+    }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
+      whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  Bitmask mask;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    return mask;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) );
+  mask = p->pRight ? sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight) : 0;
+  if( p->pLeft ) mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
+  }else if( p->x.pList ){
+    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
+**
+** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the
+** end of the WHERE clause.  We do not want to analyze these new
+** virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end and work forward
+** so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(
+  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into
+** new WHERE clause terms.  
+**
+** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against
+** a HIDDEN column in the table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(
+  Parse *pParse,                    /* Parsing context */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem,       /* The FROM clause term to process */
+  WhereClause *pWC                  /* Xfer function arguments to here */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  int j, k;
+  ExprList *pArgs;
+  Expr *pColRef;
+  Expr *pTerm;
+  if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ) return;
+  pTab = pItem->pTab;
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  pArgs = pItem->u1.pFuncArg;
+  if( pArgs==0 ) return;
+  for(j=k=0; j<pArgs->nExpr; j++){
+    while( k<pTab->nCol && (pTab->aCol[k].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)==0 ){k++;}
+    if( k>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on %s() - max %d",
+                      pTab->zName, j);
+      return;
+    }
+    pColRef = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+    if( pColRef==0 ) return;
+    pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+    pColRef->iColumn = k++;
+    pColRef->pTab = pTab;
+    pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef,
+                         sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0));
+    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pTerm, TERM_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of whereexpr.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
+** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
+** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
+** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
+** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "whereInt.h" */
+
+/* Forward declaration of methods */
+static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int);
+
+/* Test variable that can be set to enable WHERE tracing */
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->nRowOut;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this
+** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->eDistinct;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order.
+** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->nOBSat;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the innermost loop of the WHERE clause implementation
+** returns rows in ORDER BY order for complete run of the inner loop.
+**
+** Across multiple iterations of outer loops, the output rows need not be
+** sorted.  As long as rows are sorted for just the innermost loop, this
+** routine can return TRUE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderedInnerLoop(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue
+** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 );
+  return pWInfo->iContinue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break
+** out of a WHERE loop.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->iBreak;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return ONEPASS_OFF (0) if an UPDATE or DELETE statement is unable to
+** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause.  Return
+** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only
+** a single row is to be changed.  Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass
+** optimization can be used on multiple 
+**
+** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
+** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
+** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1].  iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data
+** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index.
+** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used.
+** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing.
+**
+** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is
+** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){
+  memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2);
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace && pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s cursors: %d %d\n",
+         pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ? "ONEPASS_SINGLE" : "ONEPASS_MULTI",
+         aiCur[0], aiCur[1]);
+  }
+#endif
+  return pWInfo->eOnePass;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the content of pSrc into pDest
+*/
+static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){
+  pDest->n = pSrc->n;
+  memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet.
+**
+** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be
+** appended, or it might be discarded.  Do whatever is the right thing
+** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far.
+*/
+static int whereOrInsert(
+  WhereOrSet *pSet,      /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */
+  Bitmask prereq,        /* Prerequisites of the new entry */
+  LogEst rRun,           /* Run-cost of the new entry */
+  LogEst nOut            /* Number of outputs for the new entry */
+){
+  u16 i;
+  WhereOrCost *p;
+  for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){
+    if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){
+      goto whereOrInsert_done;
+    }
+    if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSet->n<N_OR_COST ){
+    p = &pSet->a[pSet->n++];
+    p->nOut = nOut;
+  }else{
+    p = pSet->a;
+    for(i=1; i<pSet->n; i++){
+      if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i;
+    }
+    if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0;
+  }
+whereOrInsert_done:
+  p->prereq = prereq;
+  p->rRun = rRun;
+  if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
+** iCursor is not in the set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
+  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
+      return MASKBIT(i);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
+**
+** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
+** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
+** array will never overflow.
+*/
+static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
+  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria
+** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit().
+** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){
+  int iCur;            /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
+  i16 iColumn;         /* The column on the LHS of the term.  -1 for IPK */
+  Expr *pX;            /* An expression being tested */
+  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;    /* The term being tested */
+  int k = pScan->k;    /* Where to start scanning */
+
+  assert( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv );
+  pWC = pScan->pWC;
+  while(1){
+    iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1];
+    iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1];
+    assert( pWC!=0 );
+    do{
+      for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
+        if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
+         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
+         && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR
+             || sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft,
+                                       pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0)
+         && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+        ){
+          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0
+           && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aiCur)
+           && (pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight))->op==TK_COLUMN
+          ){
+            int j;
+            for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j++){
+              if( pScan->aiCur[j]==pX->iTable
+               && pScan->aiColumn[j]==pX->iColumn ){
+                  break;
+              }
+            }
+            if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){
+              pScan->aiCur[j] = pX->iTable;
+              pScan->aiColumn[j] = pX->iColumn;
+              pScan->nEquiv++;
+            }
+          }
+          if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){
+            /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */
+            if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){
+              CollSeq *pColl;
+              Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse;
+              pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+              if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){
+                continue;
+              }
+              assert(pX->pLeft);
+              pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse,
+                                                  pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+              if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+              if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0
+             && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
+             && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0]
+             && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0]
+            ){
+              testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
+              continue;
+            }
+            pScan->pWC = pWC;
+            pScan->k = k+1;
+            return pTerm;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pWC = pWC->pOuter;
+      k = 0;
+    }while( pWC!=0 );
+    if( pScan->iEquiv>=pScan->nEquiv ) break;
+    pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
+    k = 0;
+    pScan->iEquiv++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object.  Return a pointer to the
+** first match.  Return NULL if there are no matches.
+**
+** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC.  It will look
+** for terms of the form "X <op> <expr>" where X is column iColumn of table
+** iCur.   Or if pIdx!=0 then X is column iColumn of index pIdx.  pIdx
+** must be one of the indexes of table iCur.
+**
+** The <op> must be one of the operators described by opMask.
+**
+** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the
+** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form
+** "Y <op> <expr>".  The number of levels of transitivity is limited,
+** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements.
+**
+** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with
+** index pIdx.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *whereScanInit(
+  WhereScan *pScan,       /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
+  WhereClause *pWC,       /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
+  int iCur,               /* Cursor to scan for */
+  int iColumn,            /* Column to scan for */
+  u32 opMask,             /* Operator(s) to scan for */
+  Index *pIdx             /* Must be compatible with this index */
+){
+  pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
+  pScan->pWC = pWC;
+  pScan->pIdxExpr = 0;
+  pScan->idxaff = 0;
+  pScan->zCollName = 0;
+  if( pIdx ){
+    int j = iColumn;
+    iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){
+      pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr;
+      pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
+    }else if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
+      iColumn = XN_ROWID;
+    }else if( iColumn>=0 ){
+      pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
+      pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
+    }
+  }else if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pScan->opMask = opMask;
+  pScan->k = 0;
+  pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur;
+  pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn;
+  pScan->nEquiv = 1;
+  pScan->iEquiv = 1;
+  return whereScanNext(pScan);
+}
+
+/*
+** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur or of index pIdx
+** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by
+** the op parameter.  Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
+**
+** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur.  
+** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx
+** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur.
+**
+** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in
+** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y.  Any such constraints will be
+** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field.  The
+** aiCur[]/iaColumn[] arrays hold X and all its equivalents. There are 11
+** slots in aiCur[]/aiColumn[] so that means we can look for X plus up to 10
+** other equivalent values.  Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1
+** and A1=A2 and A2=A3 and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>.
+**
+** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where
+** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind.  Only return entries of
+** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of
+** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist.   If no terms with a constant RHS
+** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm(
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
+  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
+  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
+  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pResult = 0;
+  WhereTerm *p;
+  WhereScan scan;
+
+  p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx);
+  op &= WO_EQ|WO_IS;
+  while( p ){
+    if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){
+      if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&op)!=0 ){
+        testcase( p->eOperator & WO_IS );
+        return p;
+      }
+      if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p;
+    }
+    p = whereScanNext(&scan);
+  }
+  return pResult;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column
+** of index pIdx.
+**
+** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
+** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
+*/
+static int findIndexCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  ExprList *pList,                /* Expression list to search */
+  int iBase,                      /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
+  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];
+
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
+     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
+     && p->iTable==iBase
+    ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+      if( pColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the iCol-th column of index pIdx is NOT NULL
+*/
+static int indexColumnNotNull(Index *pIdx, int iCol){
+  int j;
+  assert( pIdx!=0 );
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pIdx->nColumn );
+  j = pIdx->aiColumn[iCol];
+  if( j>=0 ){
+    return pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull;
+  }else if( j==(-1) ){
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( j==(-2) );
+    return 0;  /* Assume an indexed expression can always yield a NULL */
+
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
+** is redundant.
+**
+** A DISTINCT list is redundant if any subset of the columns in the
+** DISTINCT list are collectively unique and individually non-null.
+*/
+static int isDistinctRedundant(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,        /* The FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pDistinct       /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int i;                          
+  int iBase;
+
+  /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
+  ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT 
+  ** clause is redundant. */
+  if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+  iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
+  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+
+  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
+  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
+  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
+  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
+  **
+  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
+  **
+  **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
+  **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
+  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
+  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
+  **
+  **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
+  **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
+  */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+      if( 0==sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iBase, i, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
+        if( findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i)<0 ) break;
+        if( indexColumnNotNull(pIdx, i)==0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
+      /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2.
+*/
+static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){
+  return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code.
+**
+** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column
+** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine 
+** instead of via table lookup.
+**
+** If the bIncrRowid parameter is 0, then any OP_Rowid instructions on
+** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Null. Or, if bIncrRowid is non-zero,
+** then each OP_Rowid is transformed into an instruction to increment the
+** value stored in its output register.
+*/
+static void translateColumnToCopy(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  int iStart,         /* Translate from this opcode to the end */
+  int iTabCur,        /* OP_Column/OP_Rowid references to this table */
+  int iRegister,      /* The first column is in this register */
+  int bIncrRowid      /* If non-zero, transform OP_rowid to OP_AddImm(1) */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iStart);
+  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  for(; iStart<iEnd; iStart++, pOp++){
+    if( pOp->p1!=iTabCur ) continue;
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+      pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
+      pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + iRegister;
+      pOp->p2 = pOp->p3;
+      pOp->p3 = 0;
+    }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+      if( bIncrRowid ){
+        /* Increment the value stored in the P2 operand of the OP_Rowid. */
+        pOp->opcode = OP_AddImm;
+        pOp->p1 = pOp->p2;
+        pOp->p2 = 1;
+      }else{
+        pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
+        pOp->p1 = 0;
+        pOp->p3 = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
+** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
+** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
+** are no-ops.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
+       p->aConstraint[i].op,
+       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
+  }
+}
+static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows);
+}
+#else
+#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
+#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
+** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
+** index existed.
+*/
+static int termCanDriveIndex(
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,              /* WHERE clause term to check */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* Table we are trying to access */
+  Bitmask notReady               /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
+){
+  char aff;
+  if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
+  if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0;
+  aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
+  if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
+  testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
+** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
+** makes use of the automatic index.
+*/
+static void constructAutomaticIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel          /* Write new index here */
+){
+  int nKeyCol;                /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
+  Index *pIdx;                /* Object describing the transient index */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Prepared statement under construction */
+  int addrInit;               /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
+  Table *pTable;              /* The table being indexed */
+  int addrTop;                /* Top of the index fill loop */
+  int regRecord;              /* Register holding an index record */
+  int n;                      /* Column counter */
+  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
+  int mxBitCol;               /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to on a column */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;           /* The Loop object */
+  char *zNotUsed;             /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */
+  Bitmask idxCols;            /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
+  Bitmask extraCols;          /* Bitmap of additional columns */
+  u8 sentWarning = 0;         /* True if a warnning has been issued */
+  Expr *pPartial = 0;         /* Partial Index Expression */
+  int iContinue = 0;          /* Jump here to skip excluded rows */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being indexed */
+  int addrCounter = 0;        /* Address where integer counter is initialized */
+  int regBase;                /* Array of registers where record is assembled */
+
+  /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
+  ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
+  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
+  nKeyCol = 0;
+  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  idxCols = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)    /* prereq always non-zero */
+         || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pSrc->iCursor   /*   for the right-hand   */
+         || pLoop->prereq!=0 );                     /*   table of a LEFT JOIN */
+    if( pLoop->prereq==0
+     && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0
+     && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+     && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){
+      pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pPartial,
+                                sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0));
+    }
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      if( !sentWarning ){
+        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX,
+            "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName,
+            pTable->aCol[iCol].zName);
+        sentWarning = 1;
+      }
+      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+        if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ){
+          goto end_auto_index_create;
+        }
+        pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm;
+        idxCols |= cMask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( nKeyCol>0 );
+  pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol;
+  pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED
+                     | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
+
+  /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
+  ** covering index.  A "covering index" is an index that contains all
+  ** columns that are needed by the query.  With a covering index, the
+  ** original table never needs to be accessed.  Automatic indices must
+  ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
+  ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
+  ** if they go out of sync.
+  */
+  extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1));
+  mxBitCol = MIN(BMS-1,pTable->nCol);
+  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
+  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
+  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ) nKeyCol++;
+  }
+  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
+    nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
+  pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed);
+  if( pIdx==0 ) goto end_auto_index_create;
+  pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
+  pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
+  pIdx->pTable = pTable;
+  n = 0;
+  idxCols = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+        idxCols |= cMask;
+        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+        pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY;
+        n++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );
+
+  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
+  ** a covering index */
+  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ){
+      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+      pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
+    for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
+      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+      pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( n==nKeyCol );
+  pIdx->aiColumn[n] = XN_ROWID;
+  pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+
+  /* Create the automatic index */
+  assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
+  pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+  VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
+
+  /* Fill the automatic index with content */
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+  pTabItem = &pWC->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+  if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
+    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
+    addrCounter = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
+    addrTop =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regYield);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
+  }else{
+    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  if( pPartial ){
+    iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pPartial, iContinue, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_PARTIALIDX;
+  }
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  regBase = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+      pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0
+  );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  if( pPartial ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
+  if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addrCounter, regBase+n);
+    testcase( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    translateColumnToCopy(pParse, addrTop, pLevel->iTabCur,
+                          pTabItem->regResult, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop);
+    pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  
+  /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
+
+end_auto_index_create:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pPartial);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
+** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  WhereClause *pWC,
+  Bitmask mUnusable,              /* Ignore terms with these prereqs */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,
+  u16 *pmNoOmit                   /* Mask of terms not to omit */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  int nTerm;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int nOrderBy;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+  u16 mNoOmit = 0;
+
+  /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
+  ** to this virtual table */
+  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue;
+    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV|WO_IS))==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+    assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) );
+    nTerm++;
+  }
+
+  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
+  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
+  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
+  */
+  nOrderBy = 0;
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    int n = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==n){
+      nOrderBy = n;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
+  */
+  pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
+                           + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
+                           + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
+  ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
+  ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
+  ** initialize those fields.
+  */
+  pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+  pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
+  pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
+                                                                   pUsage;
+
+  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    u8 op;
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue;
+    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV|WO_IS))==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+    assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) );
+    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
+    op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL;
+    if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ;
+    if( op==WO_MATCH ){
+      op = pTerm->eMatchOp;
+    }
+    pIdxCons[j].op = op;
+    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
+    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
+    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
+    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
+    assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
+    assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
+    assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
+    assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
+    assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
+
+    if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE)
+     && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) 
+    ){
+      if( i<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << i);
+      if( op==WO_LT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_LE;
+      if( op==WO_GT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_GE;
+    }
+
+    j++;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  *pmNoOmit = mNoOmit;
+  return pIdxInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
+** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
+** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that
+** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function.
+**
+** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
+** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
+** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
+**
+** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
+** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
+** that this is required.
+*/
+static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  int rc;
+
+  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
+  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
+  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      sqlite3OomFault(pParse->db);
+    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+
+#if 0
+  /* This error is now caught by the caller.
+  ** Search for "xBestIndex malfunction" below */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return pParse->nErr;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
+** index.  Store the results in aStat as follows:
+**
+**    aStat[0]      Est. number of rows less than pRec
+**    aStat[1]      Est. number of rows equal to pRec
+**
+** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that
+** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index
+** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples
+** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record 
+** pRec. 
+*/
+static int whereKeyStats(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* Database connection */
+  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to consider domain of */
+  UnpackedRecord *pRec,       /* Vector of values to consider */
+  int roundUp,                /* Round up if true.  Round down if false */
+  tRowcnt *aStat              /* OUT: stats written here */
+){
+  IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+  int iCol;                   /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */
+  int i;                      /* Index of first sample >= pRec */
+  int iSample;                /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */
+  int iMin = 0;               /* Smallest sample not yet tested */
+  int iTest;                  /* Next sample to test */
+  int res;                    /* Result of comparison operation */
+  int nField;                 /* Number of fields in pRec */
+  tRowcnt iLower = 0;         /* anLt[] + anEq[] of largest sample pRec is > */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse );
+#endif
+  assert( pRec!=0 );
+  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
+  assert( pRec->nField>0 && pRec->nField<=pIdx->nSampleCol );
+
+  /* Do a binary search to find the first sample greater than or equal
+  ** to pRec. If pRec contains a single field, the set of samples to search
+  ** is simply the aSample[] array. If the samples in aSample[] contain more
+  ** than one fields, all fields following the first are ignored.
+  **
+  ** If pRec contains N fields, where N is more than one, then as well as the
+  ** samples in aSample[] (truncated to N fields), the search also has to
+  ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples
+  ** in aSample is:
+  **
+  **     aSample[0] = (a, 5) 
+  **     aSample[1] = (a, 10) 
+  **     aSample[2] = (b, 5) 
+  **     aSample[3] = (c, 100) 
+  **     aSample[4] = (c, 105)
+  **
+  ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the 
+  ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, 
+  ** the code actually searches this set:
+  **
+  **     0: (a) 
+  **     1: (a, 5) 
+  **     2: (a, 10) 
+  **     3: (a, 10) 
+  **     4: (b) 
+  **     5: (b, 5) 
+  **     6: (c) 
+  **     7: (c, 100) 
+  **     8: (c, 105)
+  **     9: (c, 105)
+  **
+  ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the
+  ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on 
+  ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc.
+  **
+  ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields.
+  ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or
+  ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, 
+  ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it 
+  ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it 
+  ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, 
+  ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not 
+  ** cause any problems.
+  */
+  nField = pRec->nField;
+  iCol = 0;
+  iSample = pIdx->nSample * nField;
+  do{
+    int iSamp;                    /* Index in aSample[] of test sample */
+    int n;                        /* Number of fields in test sample */
+
+    iTest = (iMin+iSample)/2;
+    iSamp = iTest / nField;
+    if( iSamp>0 ){
+      /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp].
+      ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) 
+      ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample.  */
+      for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){
+        if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      n = iTest + 1;
+    }
+
+    pRec->nField = n;
+    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iSamp].n, aSample[iSamp].p, pRec);
+    if( res<0 ){
+      iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] + aSample[iSamp].anEq[n-1];
+      iMin = iTest+1;
+    }else if( res==0 && n<nField ){
+      iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1];
+      iMin = iTest+1;
+      res = -1;
+    }else{
+      iSample = iTest;
+      iCol = n-1;
+    }
+  }while( res && iMin<iSample );
+  i = iSample / nField;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
+  ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
+  ** than to invoke the asserts.  */
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    if( res==0 ){
+      /* If (res==0) is true, then pRec must be equal to sample i. */
+      assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
+      assert( iCol==nField-1 );
+      pRec->nField = nField;
+      assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) 
+           || pParse->db->mallocFailed 
+      );
+    }else{
+      /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than
+      ** all samples in the aSample[] array, pRec must be smaller than the
+      ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i.  */
+      assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 );
+      pRec->nField = iCol+1;
+      assert( i==pIdx->nSample 
+           || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0
+           || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+      /* if i==0 and iCol==0, then record pRec is smaller than all samples
+      ** in the aSample[] array. Otherwise, if (iCol>0) then pRec must
+      ** be greater than or equal to the (iCol) field prefix of sample i.
+      ** If (i>0), then pRec must also be greater than sample (i-1).  */
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        pRec->nField = iCol;
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)<=0
+             || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+      }
+      if( i>0 ){
+        pRec->nField = nField;
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0
+             || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+  if( res==0 ){
+    /* Record pRec is equal to sample i */
+    assert( iCol==nField-1 );
+    aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
+    aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
+  }else{
+    /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first 
+    ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec
+    ** is larger than all samples in the array. */
+    tRowcnt iUpper, iGap;
+    if( i>=pIdx->nSample ){
+      iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+    }else{
+      iUpper = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
+    }
+
+    if( iLower>=iUpper ){
+      iGap = 0;
+    }else{
+      iGap = iUpper - iLower;
+    }
+    if( roundUp ){
+      iGap = (iGap*2)/3;
+    }else{
+      iGap = iGap/3;
+    }
+    aStat[0] = iLower + iGap;
+    aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol];
+  }
+
+  /* Restore the pRec->nField value before returning.  */
+  pRec->nField = nField;
+  return i;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
+** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated 
+** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
+** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
+**
+** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term,
+** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of
+** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term
+** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25.
+*/
+static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){
+  LogEst nRet = nNew;
+  if( pTerm ){
+    if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
+      nRet += pTerm->truthProb;
+    }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+      nRet -= 20;        assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
+    }
+  }
+  return nRet;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Return the affinity for a single column of an index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCol){
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pIdx->nColumn );
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    if( sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pIdx)==0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+  }
+  return pIdx->zColAff[iCol];
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/* 
+** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a
+** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example:
+**
+**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c);
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?;
+**
+** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows 
+** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate 
+** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based
+** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple 
+** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with 
+** by the caller.
+**
+** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values
+** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each
+** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or
+** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and
+** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted
+** as follows:
+**
+**   nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N )
+**
+** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is
+** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it,
+** U is set to N.
+**
+** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However,
+** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the
+** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone
+** is left as is.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int whereRangeSkipScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop,    /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */
+  int *pbDone          /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */
+){
+  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int nLower = -1;
+  int nUpper = p->nSample+1;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq);
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  
+  sqlite3_value *p1 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pLower */
+  sqlite3_value *p2 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pUpper */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* Value extracted from record */
+
+  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]);
+  if( pLower ){
+    rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1);
+    nLower = 0;
+  }
+  if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2);
+    nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample;
+  }
+
+  if( p1 || p2 ){
+    int i;
+    int nDiff;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nSample; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){
+        int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl);
+        if( res>=0 ) nLower++;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){
+        int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl);
+        if( res>=0 ) nUpper++;
+      }
+    }
+    nDiff = (nUpper - nLower);
+    if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1;
+
+    /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the 
+    ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback
+    ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating
+    ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows
+    ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */
+    if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){
+      int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff));
+      pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust;
+      *pbDone = 1;
+      WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u  adjust=%d est=%d\n",
+                           nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut));
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    assert( *pbDone==0 );
+  }
+
+  sqlite3ValueFree(p1);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(p2);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
+** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
+** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
+** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
+** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**                    |_____|   |_____|
+**                       |         |
+**                     pLower    pUpper
+**
+** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
+** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
+**
+** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the number of the index
+** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of
+** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example,
+** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second 
+** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq is set to 0.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
+** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without 
+** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of 
+** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
+** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper.
+** 
+** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
+** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. 
+** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
+** rows visited by a factor of 64.
+*/
+static int whereRangeScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop     /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nOut = pLoop->nOut;
+  LogEst nNew;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+
+  if( p->nSample>0 && nEq<p->nSampleCol ){
+    if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){
+      UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
+      tRowcnt a[2];
+      int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm;
+      int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop;
+
+      /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in 
+      ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
+      ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
+      ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
+      ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower.
+      **
+      ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
+      ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
+      ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
+      ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and 
+      ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used.
+      **
+      ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
+      ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound
+      ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values
+      ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used.
+      **
+      ** The number of rows between the two bounds is then just iUpper-iLower.
+      */
+      tRowcnt iLower;     /* Rows less than the lower bound */
+      tRowcnt iUpper;     /* Rows less than the upper bound */
+      int iLwrIdx = -2;   /* aSample[] for the lower bound */
+      int iUprIdx = -1;   /* aSample[] for the upper bound */
+
+      if( pRec ){
+        testcase( pRec->nField!=pBuilder->nRecValid );
+        pRec->nField = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+      }
+      /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */
+      if( nEq==0 ){
+        iLower = 0;
+        iUpper = p->nRowEst0;
+      }else{
+        /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must 
+        ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst().  */
+        whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+        iLower = a[0];
+        iUpper = a[0] + a[1];
+      }
+
+      assert( pLower==0 || (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 );
+      assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 );
+      assert( p->aSortOrder!=0 );
+      if( p->aSortOrder[nEq] ){
+        /* The roles of pLower and pUpper are swapped for a DESC index */
+        SWAP(WhereTerm*, pLower, pUpper);
+        SWAP(int, nBtm, nTop);
+      }
+
+      /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */
+      if( pLower ){
+        int n;                    /* Values extracted from pExpr */
+        Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
+        rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, nBtm, nEq, &n);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n ){
+          tRowcnt iNew;
+          u16 mask = WO_GT|WO_LE;
+          if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>n ) mask = (WO_LE|WO_LT);
+          iLwrIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+          iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & mask) ? a[1] : 0);
+          if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew;
+          nOut--;
+          pLower = 0;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */
+      if( pUpper ){
+        int n;                    /* Values extracted from pExpr */
+        Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
+        rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, nTop, nEq, &n);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n ){
+          tRowcnt iNew;
+          u16 mask = WO_GT|WO_LE;
+          if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>n ) mask = (WO_LE|WO_LT);
+          iUprIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a);
+          iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & mask) ? a[1] : 0);
+          if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew;
+          nOut--;
+          pUpper = 0;
+        }
+      }
+
+      pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( iUpper>iLower ){
+          nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower);
+          /* TUNING:  If both iUpper and iLower are derived from the same
+          ** sample, then assume they are 4x more selective.  This brings
+          ** the estimated selectivity more in line with what it would be
+          ** if estimated without the use of STAT3/4 tables. */
+          if( iLwrIdx==iUprIdx ) nNew -= 20;  assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
+        }else{
+          nNew = 10;        assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+        }
+        if( nNew<nOut ){
+          nOut = nNew;
+        }
+        WHERETRACE(0x10, ("STAT4 range scan: %u..%u  est=%d\n",
+                           (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut));
+      }
+    }else{
+      int bDone = 0;
+      rc = whereRangeSkipScanEst(pParse, pLower, pUpper, pLoop, &bDone);
+      if( bDone ) return rc;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder);
+  assert( pLower || pUpper );
+#endif
+  assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut);
+  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew);
+
+  /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit and neither limit
+  ** has an application-defined likelihood(), assume the range is
+  ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
+  ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
+  ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
+  ** match 1/64 of the index. */ 
+  if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){
+    nNew -= 20;
+  }
+
+  nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0);
+  if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10;
+  if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew;
+#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+  if( pLoop->nOut>nOut ){
+    WHERETRACE(0x10,("Range scan lowers nOut from %d to %d\n",
+                    pLoop->nOut, nOut));
+  }
+#endif
+  pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
+** the histogram data.  This only works when x is the left-most
+** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available
+** for that index.  When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
+** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereEqualScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  Expr *pExpr,         /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
+  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
+  int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+  UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
+  int rc;                   /* Subfunction return code */
+  tRowcnt a[2];             /* Statistics */
+  int bOk;
+
+  assert( nEq>=1 );
+  assert( nEq<=p->nColumn );
+  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+  assert( p->nSample>0 );
+  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid<nEq );
+
+  /* If values are not available for all fields of the index to the left
+  ** of this one, no estimate can be made. Return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. */
+  if( pBuilder->nRecValid<(nEq-1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+  }
+
+  /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue()
+  ** below would return the same value.  */
+  if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){
+    *pnRow = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, 1, nEq-1, &bOk);
+  pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+  pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq;
+
+  whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+  WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n",
+                   p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1]));
+  *pnRow = a[1];
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
+** is a list of values.  Example:
+**
+**        WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereInScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  ExprList *pList,     /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
+  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
+  i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+  int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Subfunction return code */
+  tRowcnt nEst;           /* Number of rows for a single term */
+  tRowcnt nRowEst = 0;    /* New estimate of the number of rows */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    nEst = nRow0;
+    rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst);
+    nRowEst += nEst;
+    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0;
+    *pnRow = nRowEst;
+    WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%d\n", nRowEst));
+  }
+  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid );
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Print the content of a WhereTerm object
+*/
+static void whereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){
+  if( pTerm==0 ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d NULL\n", iTerm);
+  }else{
+    char zType[4];
+    char zLeft[50];
+    memcpy(zType, "...", 4);
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V';
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV  ) zType[1] = 'E';
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L';
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}",
+                       pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn);
+    }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld", 
+                       pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor);
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+       "TERM-%-3d %p %s %-12s prob=%-3d op=0x%03x wtFlags=0x%04x",
+       iTerm, pTerm, zType, zLeft, pTerm->truthProb,
+       pTerm->eOperator, pTerm->wtFlags);
+    if( pTerm->iField ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(" iField=%d\n", pTerm->iField);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+    }
+    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pTerm->pExpr, 0);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Show the complete content of a WhereClause
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClausePrint(WhereClause *pWC){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pWC->nTerm; i++){
+    whereTermPrint(&pWC->a[i], i);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes
+*/
+static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
+  int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+3)/4;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
+  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+  Bitmask mAll = (((Bitmask)1)<<(nb*4)) - 1;
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
+                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq & mAll);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
+                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
+  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+    const char *zName;
+    if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
+      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
+        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
+        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
+        zName += i;
+      }
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s","");
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *z;
+    if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)",
+                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
+    }else{
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
+    sqlite3_free(z);
+  }
+  if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->nSkip);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
+  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nLTerm; i++){
+      whereTermPrint(p->aLTerm[i], i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed
+** to whereLoopClear harmlessly.
+*/
+static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){
+  p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace;
+  p->nLTerm = 0;
+  p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace);
+  p->wsFlags = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the WhereLoop.u union.  Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact.
+*/
+static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+  if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){
+    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr);
+      p->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+      p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0;
+    }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex);
+      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object
+*/
+static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
+  whereLoopClearUnion(db, p);
+  whereLoopInit(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n.
+*/
+static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){
+  WhereTerm **paNew;
+  if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  n = (n+7)&~7;
+  paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n);
+  if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot);
+  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
+  p->aLTerm = paNew;
+  p->nLSlot = n;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first.
+*/
+static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){
+  whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo);
+  if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){
+    memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u));
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ);
+  memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0]));
+  if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
+    pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+  }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
+    pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a WhereLoop object
+*/
+static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+  whereLoopClear(db, p);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a WhereInfo structure
+*/
+static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
+      WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+      if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
+    while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
+      WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
+      pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
+      whereLoopDelete(db, p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  X has the same or lower cost that Y
+**   (2)  X is a proper subset of Y
+**   (3)  X skips at least as many columns as Y
+**
+** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms
+** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used
+** by Y.
+**
+** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
+** to have a lower cost.  This routine returns TRUE when that cost 
+** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted.  The third rule
+** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might
+** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y.
+*/
+static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(
+  const WhereLoop *pX,       /* First WhereLoop to compare */
+  const WhereLoop *pY        /* Compare against this WhereLoop */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  if( pX->nLTerm-pX->nSkip >= pY->nLTerm-pY->nSkip ){
+    return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */
+  }
+  if( pY->nSkip > pX->nSkip ) return 0;
+  if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){
+    if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
+    if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
+  }
+  for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( pX->aLTerm[i]==0 ) continue;
+    for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
+      if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break;
+    }
+    if( j<0 ) return 0;  /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
+  }
+  return 1;  /* All conditions meet */
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so
+** that:
+**
+**   (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper
+**       subset of pTemplate
+**
+**   (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate
+**       is a proper subset.
+**
+** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer
+** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is
+** also used by Y.
+*/
+static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
+  if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return;
+  for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){
+    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
+    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
+    if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
+      /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its 
+      ** subset p. */
+      WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n",
+                       pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1));
+      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
+      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1;
+    }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){
+      /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since
+      ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */
+      WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n",
+                       pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut+1));
+      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
+      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be
+** supplanted by pTemplate.
+**
+** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant
+** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list.
+**
+** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the
+** link that points to pX.
+**
+** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs
+** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list.
+*/
+static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser(
+  WhereLoop **ppPrev,
+  const WhereLoop *pTemplate
+){
+  WhereLoop *p;
+  for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){
+    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){
+      /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different
+      ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately.  Neither is
+      ** a candidate to replace the other. */
+      continue;
+    }
+    /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
+    ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
+    ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
+    assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 
+                 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
+
+    /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
+    ** case first.  Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger
+    ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */
+    assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup );
+
+    /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or
+    ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better
+    ** than an automatic index. Unless it is a skip-scan. */
+    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0
+     && (pTemplate->nSkip)==0
+     && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+     && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0
+     && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq
+    ){
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be
+    ** discarded.  WhereLoop p is better if:
+    **   (1)  p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and
+    **   (2)  p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate
+    */
+    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq    /* (1)  */
+     && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup                  /* (2a) */
+     && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun                      /* (2b) */
+     && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut                      /* (2c) */
+    ){
+      return 0;  /* Discard pTemplate */
+    }
+
+    /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten
+    ** with pTemplate.  pTemplate is better than p if:
+    **   (1)  pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and
+    **   (2)  pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p.
+    */
+    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq   /* (1)  */
+     && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun                             /* (2a) */
+     && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut                             /* (2b) */
+    ){
+      assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */
+      break;   /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */
+    }
+  }
+  return ppPrev;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied.
+**
+** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template
+** is better and has fewer dependencies.  Or the template will be ignored
+** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has
+** fewer dependencies than the template.  Otherwise a new WhereLoop is
+** added based on the template.
+**
+** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the
+** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops.  That
+** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object.  This special
+** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing.
+**
+** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
+** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
+** new template is better.  Loops may be overwritten if the following 
+** conditions are met:
+**
+**    (1)  They have the same iTab.
+**    (2)  They have the same iSortIdx.
+**    (3)  The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop
+**    (4)  The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop
+*/
+static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
+  WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p;
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs
+  ** and prereqs.
+  */
+  if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){
+    if( pTemplate->nLTerm ){
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+      u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n;
+      int x =
+#endif
+      whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun,
+                                    pTemplate->nOut);
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+      if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?"   or-%d:  ":"   or-X:  ", n);
+        whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate
+  */
+  whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
+  ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
+
+  if( ppPrev==0 ){
+    /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better
+    ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("   skip: ");
+      whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+    }
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;  
+  }else{
+    p = *ppPrev;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten
+  ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new
+  ** WhereLoop and insert it.
+  */
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+    if( p!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("replace: ");
+      whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC);
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("    add: ");
+    whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( p==0 ){
+    /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */
+    *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(WhereLoop));
+    if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    whereLoopInit(p);
+    p->pNextLoop = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[].  But before we do, first
+    ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides
+    ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */
+    WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop;
+    WhereLoop *pToDel;
+    while( *ppTail ){
+      ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate);
+      if( ppTail==0 ) break;
+      pToDel = *ppTail;
+      if( pToDel==0 ) break;
+      *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop;
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+      if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" delete: ");
+        whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC);
+      }
+#endif
+      whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel);
+    }
+  }
+  rc = whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate);
+  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+    Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex;
+    if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){
+      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the
+** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
+** index.
+*
+** For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index
+** and which has a truth probability assigned by one of the likelihood(),
+** likely(), or unlikely() SQL functions, reduce the estimated number
+** of output rows by the probability specified.
+**
+** TUNING:  For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index
+** and which does not have an assigned truth probability, heuristics
+** described below are used to try to estimate the truth probability.
+** TODO --> Perhaps this is something that could be improved by better
+** table statistics.
+**
+** Heuristic 1:  Estimate the truth probability as 93.75%.  The 93.75%
+** value corresponds to -1 in LogEst notation, so this means decrement
+** the WhereLoop.nOut field for every such WHERE clause term.
+**
+** Heuristic 2:  If there exists one or more WHERE clause terms of the
+** form "x==EXPR" and EXPR is not a constant 0 or 1, then make sure the
+** final output row estimate is no greater than 1/4 of the total number
+** of rows in the table.  In other words, assume that x==EXPR will filter
+** out at least 3 out of 4 rows.  If EXPR is -1 or 0 or 1, then maybe the
+** "x" column is boolean or else -1 or 0 or 1 is a common default value
+** on the "x" column and so in that case only cap the output row estimate
+** at 1/2 instead of 1/4.
+*/
+static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(
+  WhereClause *pWC,      /* The WHERE clause */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop,      /* The loop to adjust downward */
+  LogEst nRow            /* Number of rows in the entire table */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
+  Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
+  int i, j, k;
+  LogEst iReduce = 0;    /* pLoop->nOut should not exceed nRow-iReduce */
+
+  assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
+    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
+    for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
+      pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+      if( pX==0 ) continue;
+      if( pX==pTerm ) break;
+      if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
+    }
+    if( j<0 ){
+      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
+        /* If a truth probability is specified using the likelihood() hints,
+        ** then use the probability provided by the application. */
+        pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
+      }else{
+        /* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to
+        ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */
+        pLoop->nOut--;
+        if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
+          Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+          testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+          if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pRight, &k) && k>=(-1) && k<=1 ){
+            k = 10;
+          }else{
+            k = 20;
+          }
+          if( iReduce<k ) iReduce = k;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce )  pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison
+** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This
+** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used
+** as part of the range comparison.
+**
+** For example, if the query is:
+**
+**   WHERE a = ? AND (b, c, d) > (?, ?, ?)
+**
+** and the index:
+**
+**   CREATE INDEX ... ON (a, b, c, d, e)
+**
+** then this function would be invoked with nEq=1. The value returned in
+** this case is 3.
+*/
+static int whereRangeVectorLen(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  int iCur,            /* Cursor open on pIdx */
+  Index *pIdx,         /* The index to be used for a inequality constraint */
+  int nEq,             /* Number of prior equality constraints on same index */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm     /* The vector inequality constraint */
+){
+  int nCmp = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+  int i;
+
+  nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq));
+  for(i=1; i<nCmp; i++){
+    /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq) 
+    ** of the index. If not, exit the loop.  */
+    char aff;                     /* Comparison affinity */
+    char idxaff = 0;              /* Indexed columns affinity */
+    CollSeq *pColl;               /* Comparison collation sequence */
+    Expr *pLhs = pTerm->pExpr->pLeft->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    Expr *pRhs = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+    if( pRhs->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
+      pRhs = pRhs->x.pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    }else{
+      pRhs = pRhs->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    }
+
+    /* Check that the LHS of the comparison is a column reference to
+    ** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort
+    ** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the
+    ** leftmost index column.  */
+    if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN 
+     || pLhs->iTable!=iCur 
+     || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] 
+     || pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]
+    ){
+      break;
+    }
+
+    testcase( pLhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID );
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRhs, sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLhs));
+    idxaff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pIdx->pTable, pLhs->iColumn);
+    if( aff!=idxaff ) break;
+
+    pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs);
+    if( pColl==0 ) break;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[i+nEq]) ) break;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T.  This only occurs if
+** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)  C += T
+#else
+# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the 
+** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
+**
+** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the 
+** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq 
+** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this 
+** function returns.
+**
+** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,     /* The WhereLoop factory */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,      /* FROM clause term being analyzed */
+  Index *pProbe,                  /* An index on pSrc */
+  LogEst nInMul                   /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;  /* WHERE analyse context */
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;        /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database connection malloc context */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;                /* Template WhereLoop under construction */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WhereTerm under consideration */
+  int opMask;                     /* Valid operators for constraints */
+  WhereScan scan;                 /* Iterator for WHERE terms */
+  Bitmask saved_prereq;           /* Original value of pNew->prereq */
+  u16 saved_nLTerm;               /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
+  u16 saved_nEq;                  /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
+  u16 saved_nBtm;                 /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nBtm */
+  u16 saved_nTop;                 /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nTop */
+  u16 saved_nSkip;                /* Original value of pNew->nSkip */
+  u32 saved_wsFlags;              /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
+  LogEst saved_nOut;              /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  LogEst rSize;                   /* Number of rows in the table */
+  LogEst rLogSize;                /* Logarithm of table size */
+  WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */
+
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d\n",
+                     pProbe->zName, pNew->u.btree.nEq));
+
+  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
+  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 );
+  if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+    opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->u.btree.nBtm==0 );
+    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS;
+  }
+  if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE);
+
+  assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn );
+
+  saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+  saved_nBtm = pNew->u.btree.nBtm;
+  saved_nTop = pNew->u.btree.nTop;
+  saved_nSkip = pNew->nSkip;
+  saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
+  saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
+  saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
+  saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
+  pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, saved_nEq,
+                        opMask, pProbe);
+  pNew->rSetup = 0;
+  rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
+  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
+    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
+    LogEst rCostIdx;
+    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
+    int nIn = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+#endif
+    if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0)
+     && indexColumnNotNull(pProbe, saved_nEq)
+    ){
+      continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */
+    }
+    if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
+
+    /* Do not allow the upper bound of a LIKE optimization range constraint
+    ** to mix with a lower range bound from some other source */
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT && pTerm->eOperator==WO_LT ) continue;
+
+    /* Do not allow IS constraints from the WHERE clause to be used by the
+    ** right table of a LEFT JOIN.  Only constraints in the ON clause are
+    ** allowed */
+    if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0
+     && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+     && (eOp & (WO_IS|WO_ISNULL))!=0
+    ){
+      testcase( eOp & WO_IS );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1 ){
+      pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE;
+    }else{
+      pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED;
+    }
+    pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+    pNew->u.btree.nBtm = saved_nBtm;
+    pNew->u.btree.nTop = saved_nTop;
+    pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
+    if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
+    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm;
+    pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
+
+    assert( nInMul==0
+        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 
+        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 
+        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 
+    );
+
+    if( eOp & WO_IN ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        /* "x IN (SELECT ...)":  TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */
+        int i;
+        nIn = 46;  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
+
+        /* The expression may actually be of the form (x, y) IN (SELECT...).
+        ** In this case there is a separate term for each of (x) and (y).
+        ** However, the nIn multiplier should only be applied once, not once
+        ** for each such term. The following loop checks that pTerm is the
+        ** first such term in use, and sets nIn back to 0 if it is not. */
+        for(i=0; i<pNew->nLTerm-1; i++){
+          if( pNew->aLTerm[i] && pNew->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pExpr ) nIn = 0;
+        }
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
+        /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
+        nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr);
+        assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
+                          ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */
+      }
+    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
+      int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq];
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
+      assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq );
+      if( iCol==XN_ROWID 
+       || (iCol>0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
+      ){
+        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->uniqNotNull==0 ){
+          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
+        }else{
+          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
+    }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
+      testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+      pNew->u.btree.nBtm = whereRangeVectorLen(
+          pParse, pSrc->iCursor, pProbe, saved_nEq, pTerm
+      );
+      pBtm = pTerm;
+      pTop = 0;
+      if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){
+        /* Range contraints that come from the LIKE optimization are
+        ** always used in pairs. */
+        pTop = &pTerm[1];
+        assert( (pTop-(pTerm->pWC->a))<pTerm->pWC->nTerm );
+        assert( pTop->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT );
+        assert( pTop->eOperator==WO_LT );
+        if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
+        pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTop;
+        pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+        pNew->u.btree.nTop = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_LT );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_LE );
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+      pNew->u.btree.nTop = whereRangeVectorLen(
+          pParse, pSrc->iCursor, pProbe, saved_nEq, pTerm
+      );
+      pTop = pTerm;
+      pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ?
+                     pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
+    ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
+    ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all 
+    ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
+    ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul).  */
+    assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
+    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
+      /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4
+      ** data, using some other estimate.  */
+      whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew);
+    }else{
+      int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+      assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS) );
+
+      assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
+      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]>=0 ){
+        assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 );
+        testcase( eOp & WO_IN );
+        pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
+        pNew->nOut -= nIn;
+      }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+        tRowcnt nOut = 0;
+        if( nInMul==0 
+         && pProbe->nSample 
+         && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
+         && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
+        ){
+          Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+          if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0 ){
+            testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
+            testcase( eOp & WO_IS );
+            testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
+            rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
+          }else{
+            rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;          /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
+          if( nOut ){
+            pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
+            if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+            pNew->nOut -= nIn;
+          }
+        }
+        if( nOut==0 )
+#endif
+        {
+          pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
+          if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+            /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a 
+            ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows 
+            ** as (col=?). */
+            pNew->nOut += 10;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add
+    ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index
+    ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
+    ** visiting the rows in the main table.  */
+    rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
+    pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
+    if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
+      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
+    }
+    ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult);
+
+    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
+    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
+    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
+    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize);
+    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+
+    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
+      pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+    }else{
+      pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
+    }
+
+    if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0
+     && pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn
+    ){
+      whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn);
+    }
+    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
+#endif
+  }
+  pNew->prereq = saved_prereq;
+  pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+  pNew->u.btree.nBtm = saved_nBtm;
+  pNew->u.btree.nTop = saved_nTop;
+  pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip;
+  pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+  pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+  pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
+
+  /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
+  ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
+  ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. 
+  **
+  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
+  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
+  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
+  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
+  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
+  ** more expensive.  */
+  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
+  if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
+   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
+   && pProbe->noSkipScan==0
+   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
+   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
+  ){
+    LogEst nIter;
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
+    pNew->nSkip++;
+    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
+    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
+    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];
+    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
+    /* TUNING:  Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries,
+    ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */
+    nIter += 5;
+    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
+    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+    pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip;
+    pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+  }
+
+  WHERETRACE(0x800, ("END addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d, rc=%d\n",
+                      pProbe->zName, saved_nEq, rc));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in
+** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder.
+**
+** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or
+** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that
+** ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  Index *pIndex,
+  int iCursor
+){
+  ExprList *pOB;
+  ExprList *aColExpr;
+  int ii, jj;
+
+  if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
+  if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
+    Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){
+      if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
+      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
+        if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
+      }
+    }else if( (aColExpr = pIndex->aColExpr)!=0 ){
+      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
+        if( pIndex->aiColumn[jj]!=XN_EXPR ) continue;
+        if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExpr,aColExpr->a[jj].pExpr,iCursor)==0 ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of
+** the table is used by an index.  Only the first 63 columns are considered.
+*/
+static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){
+  Bitmask m = 0;
+  int j;
+  for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){
+    int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( x>=0 ){
+      testcase( x==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( x==BMS-2 );
+      if( x<BMS-1 ) m |= MASKBIT(x);
+    }
+  }
+  return m;
+}
+
+/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
+** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
+*/
+static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
+  int i;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){
+    if( !whereUsablePartialIndex(iTab,pWC,pWhere->pLeft) ) return 0;
+    pWhere = pWhere->pRight;
+  }
+  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+    if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pExpr, pWhere, iTab) 
+     && (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab)
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table
+** is identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be
+** a b-tree table, not a virtual table.
+**
+** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function
+** are calculated as follows:
+**
+** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows:
+**
+**     cost = nRow * 3.0                    // full-table scan
+**     cost = nRow * K                      // scan of covering index
+**     cost = nRow * (K+3.0)                // scan of non-covering index
+**
+** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative 
+** estimated average size of the index and table records.
+**
+** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
+** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on 
+** the index b-tree:
+**
+**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit)          // covering index
+**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit)    // non-covering index
+**
+** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the 
+** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when 
+** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
+**
+** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount
+** of uncertainty.  For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that
+** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate.  For example, a
+** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to
+** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case
+** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance
+** of a full table scan.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddBtree(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
+  Bitmask mPrereq             /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;          /* WHERE analysis context */
+  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
+  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
+  LogEst aiRowEstPk[2];       /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */
+  i16 aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
+  SrcList *pTabList;          /* The FROM clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;  /* The FROM clause btree term to add */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;            /* Template WhereLoop object */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
+  int iSortIdx = 1;           /* Index number */
+  int b;                      /* A boolean value */
+  LogEst rSize;               /* number of rows in the table */
+  LogEst rLogSize;            /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
+  WhereClause *pWC;           /* The parsed WHERE clause */
+  Table *pTab;                /* Table being queried */
+  
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
+  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
+
+  if( pSrc->pIBIndex ){
+    /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
+    pProbe = pSrc->pIBIndex;
+  }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    pProbe = pTab->pIndex;
+  }else{
+    /* There is no INDEXED BY clause.  Create a fake Index object in local
+    ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index.  Make this
+    ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
+    ** indices to follow */
+    Index *pFirst;                  /* First of real indices on the table */
+    memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
+    sPk.nKeyCol = 1;
+    sPk.nColumn = 1;
+    sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
+    sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk;
+    sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
+    sPk.pTable = pTab;
+    sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow;
+    aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst;
+    aiRowEstPk[1] = 0;
+    pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
+    if( pSrc->fg.notIndexed==0 ){
+      /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
+      ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
+      sPk.pNext = pFirst;
+    }
+    pProbe = &sPk;
+  }
+  rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst;
+  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+  /* Automatic indexes */
+  if( !pBuilder->pOrSet      /* Not part of an OR optimization */
+   && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0
+   && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0
+   && pSrc->pIBIndex==0      /* Has no INDEXED BY clause */
+   && !pSrc->fg.notIndexed   /* Has no NOT INDEXED clause */
+   && HasRowid(pTab)         /* Not WITHOUT ROWID table. (FIXME: Why not?) */
+   && !pSrc->fg.isCorrelated /* Not a correlated subquery */
+   && !pSrc->fg.isRecursive  /* Not a recursive common table expression. */
+  ){
+    /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */
+    WhereTerm *pTerm;
+    WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+      if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
+      if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){
+        pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1;
+        pNew->nSkip = 0;
+        pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+        pNew->nLTerm = 1;
+        pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
+        ** estimated to be X*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
+        ** the table being indexed and where X is 7 (LogEst=28) for normal
+        ** tables or 1.375 (LogEst=4) for views and subqueries.  The value
+        ** of X is smaller for views and subqueries so that the query planner
+        ** will be more aggressive about generating automatic indexes for
+        ** those objects, since there is no opportunity to add schema
+        ** indexes on subqueries and views. */
+        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 4;
+        if( pTab->pSelect==0 && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){
+          pNew->rSetup += 24;
+        }
+        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult);
+        if( pNew->rSetup<0 ) pNew->rSetup = 0;
+        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
+        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
+        ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
+        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
+        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
+        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
+        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
+        pNew->prereq = mPrereq | pTerm->prereqRight;
+        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+  /* Loop over all indices
+  */
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
+    if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+     && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){
+      testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor );  /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */
+      continue;  /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
+    }
+    rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
+    pNew->u.btree.nBtm = 0;
+    pNew->u.btree.nTop = 0;
+    pNew->nSkip = 0;
+    pNew->nLTerm = 0;
+    pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
+    pNew->rSetup = 0;
+    pNew->prereq = mPrereq;
+    pNew->nOut = rSize;
+    pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe;
+    b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor);
+    /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */
+    assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 );
+    if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){
+      /* Integer primary key index */
+      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;
+
+      /* Full table scan */
+      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
+      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
+      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
+      ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
+      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
+      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      pNew->nOut = rSize;
+      if( rc ) break;
+    }else{
+      Bitmask m;
+      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
+        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
+        m = 0;
+      }else{
+        m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe);
+        pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED;
+      }
+
+      /* Full scan via index */
+      if( b
+       || !HasRowid(pTab)
+       || pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+       || ( m==0
+         && pProbe->bUnordered==0
+         && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow)
+         && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0
+         && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis
+         && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan)
+          )
+      ){
+        pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
+
+        /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is
+        ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
+        ** index and table rows. */
+        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
+        if( m!=0 ){
+          /* If this is a non-covering index scan, add in the cost of
+          ** doing table lookups.  The cost will be 3x the number of
+          ** lookups.  Take into account WHERE clause terms that can be
+          ** satisfied using just the index, and that do not require a
+          ** table lookup. */
+          LogEst nLookup = rSize + 16;  /* Base cost:  N*3 */
+          int ii;
+          int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;
+          WhereClause *pWC2 = &pWInfo->sWC;
+          for(ii=0; ii<pWC2->nTerm; ii++){
+            WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC2->a[ii];
+            if( !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pTerm->pExpr, iCur, pProbe) ){
+              break;
+            }
+            /* pTerm can be evaluated using just the index.  So reduce
+            ** the expected number of table lookups accordingly */
+            if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
+              nLookup += pTerm->truthProb;
+            }else{
+              nLookup--;
+              if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19;
+            }
+          }
+          
+          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup);
+        }
+        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
+        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
+        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+        pNew->nOut = rSize;
+        if( rc ) break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pBuilder->bldFlags = 0;
+    rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
+    if( pBuilder->bldFlags==SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED ){
+      /* If a non-unique index is used, or if a prefix of the key for
+      ** unique index is used (making the index functionally non-unique)
+      ** then the sqlite_stat1 data becomes important for scoring the
+      ** plan */
+      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_StatsUsed;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec);
+    pBuilder->nRecValid = 0;
+    pBuilder->pRec = 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
+    ** considered. */
+    if( pSrc->pIBIndex ) break;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+
+/*
+** Argument pIdxInfo is already populated with all constraints that may
+** be used by the virtual table identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. This
+** function marks a subset of those constraints usable, invokes the
+** xBestIndex method and adds the returned plan to pBuilder.
+**
+** A constraint is marked usable if:
+**
+**   * Argument mUsable indicates that its prerequisites are available, and
+**
+**   * It is not one of the operators specified in the mExclude mask passed
+**     as the fourth argument (which in practice is either WO_IN or 0).
+**
+** Argument mPrereq is a mask of tables that must be scanned before the
+** virtual table in question. These are added to the plans prerequisites
+** before it is added to pBuilder.
+**
+** Output parameter *pbIn is set to true if the plan added to pBuilder
+** uses one or more WO_IN terms, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddVirtualOne(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  Bitmask mPrereq,                /* Mask of tables that must be used. */
+  Bitmask mUsable,                /* Mask of usable tables */
+  u16 mExclude,                   /* Exclude terms using these operators */
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo,   /* Populated object for xBestIndex */
+  u16 mNoOmit,                    /* Do not omit these constraints */
+  int *pbIn                       /* OUT: True if plan uses an IN(...) op */
+){
+  WhereClause *pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
+  int i;
+  int mxTerm;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  WhereLoop *pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  Parse *pParse = pBuilder->pWInfo->pParse;
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc = &pBuilder->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
+  int nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint;
+
+  assert( (mUsable & mPrereq)==mPrereq );
+  *pbIn = 0;
+  pNew->prereq = mPrereq;
+
+  /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by 
+  ** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */
+  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+    WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[pIdxCons->iTermOffset];
+    pIdxCons->usable = 0;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+     && (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0
+    ){
+      pIdxCons->usable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the output fields of the sqlite3_index_info structure */
+  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*nConstraint);
+  assert( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 );
+  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2;
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25;
+  pIdxInfo->idxFlags = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->colUsed = (sqlite3_int64)pSrc->colUsed;
+
+  /* Invoke the virtual table xBestIndex() method */
+  rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pSrc->pTab, pIdxInfo);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  mxTerm = -1;
+  assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint );
+  for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++) pNew->aLTerm[i] = 0;
+  pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0;
+  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+    int iTerm;
+    if( (iTerm = pUsage[i].argvIndex - 1)>=0 ){
+      WhereTerm *pTerm;
+      int j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+      if( iTerm>=nConstraint
+       || j<0
+       || j>=pWC->nTerm
+       || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0
+       || pIdxCons->usable==0
+      ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s.xBestIndex malfunction",pSrc->pTab->zName);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 );
+      testcase( j==0 );
+      testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 );
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+      pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight;
+      assert( iTerm<pNew->nLSlot );
+      pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm;
+      if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm;
+      testcase( iTerm==15 );
+      testcase( iTerm==16 );
+      if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<<iTerm;
+      if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
+        /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not
+        ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms
+        ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and
+        ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge
+        ** together.  */
+        pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+        pIdxInfo->idxFlags &= ~SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE;
+        *pbIn = 1; assert( (mExclude & WO_IN)==0 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pNew->u.vtab.omitMask &= ~mNoOmit;
+
+  pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1;
+  assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot );
+  pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum;
+  pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+  pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr;
+  pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ?
+      pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0);
+  pNew->rSetup = 0;
+  pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost);
+  pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows);
+
+  /* Set the WHERE_ONEROW flag if the xBestIndex() method indicated
+  ** that the scan will visit at most one row. Clear it otherwise. */
+  if( pIdxInfo->idxFlags & SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE ){
+    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
+  }else{
+    pNew->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_ONEROW;
+  }
+  rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+  if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){
+    sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr);
+    pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+  }
+  WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("  bIn=%d prereqIn=%04llx prereqOut=%04llx\n",
+                      *pbIn, (sqlite3_uint64)mPrereq,
+                      (sqlite3_uint64)(pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq)));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
+** pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table.
+**
+** If there are no LEFT or CROSS JOIN joins in the query, both mPrereq and
+** mUnusable are set to 0. Otherwise, mPrereq is a mask of all FROM clause
+** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are
+** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the
+** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the
+** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or 
+** CROSS JOIN. 
+**
+** For example, if the query were:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1, t2 LEFT JOIN t3, t4, vt CROSS JOIN t5, t6;
+**
+** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6).
+**
+** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual 
+** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by 
+** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. 
+** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current
+** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with
+** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddVirtual(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,  /* WHERE clause information */
+  Bitmask mPrereq,             /* Tables that must be scanned before this one */
+  Bitmask mUnusable            /* Tables that must be scanned after this one */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;           /* WHERE analysis context */
+  Parse *pParse;               /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC;            /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;   /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  sqlite3_index_info *p;       /* Object to pass to xBestIndex() */
+  int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraints in p */
+  int bIn;                     /* True if plan uses IN(...) operator */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;
+  Bitmask mBest;               /* Tables used by best possible plan */
+  u16 mNoOmit;
+
+  assert( (mPrereq & mUnusable)==0 );
+  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
+  assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
+  p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, 
+      &mNoOmit);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  pNew->rSetup = 0;
+  pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
+  pNew->nLTerm = 0;
+  pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+  nConstraint = p->nConstraint;
+  if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pNew, nConstraint) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* First call xBestIndex() with all constraints usable. */
+  WHERETRACE(0x40, ("  VirtualOne: all usable\n"));
+  rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn);
+
+  /* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan
+  ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0),
+  ** then there is no point in making any further calls to xBestIndex() 
+  ** since they will all return the same result (if the xBestIndex()
+  ** implementation is sane). */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 ){
+    int seenZero = 0;             /* True if a plan with no prereqs seen */
+    int seenZeroNoIN = 0;         /* Plan with no prereqs and no IN(...) seen */
+    Bitmask mPrev = 0;
+    Bitmask mBestNoIn = 0;
+
+    /* If the plan produced by the earlier call uses an IN(...) term, call
+    ** xBestIndex again, this time with IN(...) terms disabled. */
+    if( bIn ){
+      WHERETRACE(0x40, ("  VirtualOne: all usable w/o IN\n"));
+      rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(
+          pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, WO_IN, p, mNoOmit, &bIn);
+      assert( bIn==0 );
+      mBestNoIn = pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq;
+      if( mBestNoIn==0 ){
+        seenZero = 1;
+        seenZeroNoIN = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) 
+    ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table.  */
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;
+      Bitmask mNext = ALLBITS;
+      assert( mNext>0 );
+      for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++){
+        Bitmask mThis = (
+            pWC->a[p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight & ~mPrereq
+        );
+        if( mThis>mPrev && mThis<mNext ) mNext = mThis;
+      }
+      mPrev = mNext;
+      if( mNext==ALLBITS ) break;
+      if( mNext==mBest || mNext==mBestNoIn ) continue;
+      WHERETRACE(0x40, ("  VirtualOne: mPrev=%04llx mNext=%04llx\n",
+                       (sqlite3_uint64)mPrev, (sqlite3_uint64)mNext));
+      rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(
+          pBuilder, mPrereq, mNext|mPrereq, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn);
+      if( pNew->prereq==mPrereq ){
+        seenZero = 1;
+        if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the calls to xBestIndex() in the above loop did not find a plan
+    ** that requires no source tables at all (i.e. one guaranteed to be
+    ** usable), make a call here with all source tables disabled */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZero==0 ){
+      WHERETRACE(0x40, ("  VirtualOne: all disabled\n"));
+      rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(
+          pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn);
+      if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* If the calls to xBestIndex() have so far failed to find a plan
+    ** that requires no source tables at all and does not use an IN(...)
+    ** operator, make a final call to obtain one here.  */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZeroNoIN==0 ){
+      WHERETRACE(0x40, ("  VirtualOne: all disabled and w/o IN\n"));
+      rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(
+          pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, WO_IN, p, mNoOmit, &bIn);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms.  This works for either
+** btrees or virtual tables.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddOr(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, 
+  Bitmask mPrereq, 
+  Bitmask mUnusable
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  WhereClause *pWC;
+  WhereLoop *pNew;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCur;
+  WhereClause tempWC;
+  WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
+  WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  
+  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum));
+  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
+  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
+
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
+     && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 
+    ){
+      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
+      int once = 1;
+      int i, j;
+    
+      sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
+      sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
+      sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
+
+      WHERETRACE(0x200, ("Begin processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm));
+      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
+        if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
+          sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
+        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
+          tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
+          tempWC.pOuter = pWC;
+          tempWC.op = TK_AND;
+          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
+          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
+          sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC;
+        }else{
+          continue;
+        }
+        sCur.n = 0;
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+        WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", 
+                   (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm));
+        if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){
+          sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC);
+        }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+        if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
+          rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mPrereq);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = whereLoopAddOr(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable);
+        }
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 );
+        if( sCur.n==0 ){
+          sSum.n = 0;
+          break;
+        }else if( once ){
+          whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur);
+          once = 0;
+        }else{
+          WhereOrSet sPrev;
+          whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum);
+          sSum.n = 0;
+          for(i=0; i<sPrev.n; i++){
+            for(j=0; j<sCur.n; j++){
+              whereOrInsert(&sSum, sPrev.a[i].prereq | sCur.a[j].prereq,
+                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].rRun, sCur.a[j].rRun),
+                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].nOut, sCur.a[j].nOut));
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pNew->nLTerm = 1;
+      pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+      pNew->rSetup = 0;
+      pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
+      memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u));
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sSum.n; i++){
+        /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
+        ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
+        ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
+        ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty 
+        ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that 
+        ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
+        ** following where there is an index on "y":
+        **
+        **     WHERE likelihood(x=?, 0.99) OR y=?
+        **
+        ** the planner may elect to "OR" together a full-table scan and an
+        ** index lookup. And other similarly odd results.  */
+        pNew->rRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1;
+        pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut;
+        pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq;
+        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      }
+      WHERETRACE(0x200, ("End processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm));
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables 
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  Bitmask mPrereq = 0;
+  Bitmask mPrior = 0;
+  int iTab;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  struct SrcList_item *pEnd = &pTabList->a[pWInfo->nLevel];
+  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  WhereLoop *pNew;
+  u8 priorJointype = 0;
+
+  /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  whereLoopInit(pNew);
+  for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; pItem<pEnd; iTab++, pItem++){
+    Bitmask mUnusable = 0;
+    pNew->iTab = iTab;
+    pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor);
+    if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
+      /* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the
+      ** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN.  */
+      mPrereq = mPrior;
+    }
+    priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
+      struct SrcList_item *p;
+      for(p=&pItem[1]; p<pEnd; p++){
+        if( mUnusable || (p->fg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS)) ){
+          mUnusable |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, p->iCursor);
+        }
+      }
+      rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable);
+    }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+    {
+      rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mPrereq);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable);
+    }
+    mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf;
+    if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break;
+  }
+
+  whereLoopClear(db, pNew);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th
+** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
+** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation.  Return N:
+** 
+**   N>0:   N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
+**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
+**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.   
+**
+** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
+** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
+** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
+** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
+** as equivalent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
+** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the 
+** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
+*/
+static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
+  WherePath *pPath,     /* The WherePath to check */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* WHERE_GROUPBY or _DISTINCTBY or _ORDERBY_LIMIT */
+  u16 nLoop,            /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */
+  WhereLoop *pLast,     /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */
+  Bitmask *pRevMask     /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */
+){
+  u8 revSet;            /* True if rev is known */
+  u8 rev;               /* Composite sort order */
+  u8 revIdx;            /* Index sort order */
+  u8 isOrderDistinct;   /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */
+  u8 distinctColumns;   /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */
+  u8 isMatch;           /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  u16 eqOpMask;         /* Allowed equality operators */
+  u16 nKeyCol;          /* Number of key columns in pIndex */
+  u16 nColumn;          /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */
+  u16 nOrderBy;         /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  int iLoop;            /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  int iCur;             /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */
+  int iColumn;          /* A column number within table iCur */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;     /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+  Expr *pOBExpr;        /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */
+  CollSeq *pColl;       /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */
+  Index *pIndex;        /* The index associated with pLoop */
+  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
+  Bitmask obSat = 0;    /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */
+  Bitmask obDone;       /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */
+  Bitmask orderDistinctMask;  /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */
+  Bitmask ready;              /* Mask of inner loops */
+
+  /*
+  ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one
+  ** row of output.  A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true:
+  **  (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ.
+  **  (b) The index is unique
+  ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row.
+  ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags.
+  **
+  ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from
+  ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every
+  ** row of the WhereLoop.  Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
+  ** order-distinct.   A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
+  ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
+  ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that 
+  ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
+  ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
+  **
+  ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the
+  ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is
+  ** automatically order-distinct.
+  */
+
+  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+  if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0;
+
+  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 );
+  if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0;  /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */
+  isOrderDistinct = 1;
+  obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1;
+  orderDistinctMask = 0;
+  ready = 0;
+  eqOpMask = WO_EQ | WO_IS | WO_ISNULL;
+  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) eqOpMask |= WO_IN;
+  for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){
+    if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf;
+    if( iLoop<nLoop ){
+      pLoop = pPath->aLoop[iLoop];
+      if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) continue;
+    }else{
+      pLoop = pLast;
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
+      if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone;
+      break;
+    }
+    iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor;
+
+    /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of
+    ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE
+    ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer
+    ** loops.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+      if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+      pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+      if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
+      if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
+      pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn,
+                       ~ready, eqOpMask, 0);
+      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
+      if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){
+        /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT 
+        ** optimization, and then only if they are actually used
+        ** by the query plan */
+        assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT );
+        for(j=0; j<pLoop->nLTerm && pTerm!=pLoop->aLTerm[j]; j++){}
+        if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue;
+      }
+      if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+        const char *z1, *z2;
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        z1 = pColl->zName;
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr);
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        z2 = pColl->zName;
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue;
+        testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+      }
+      obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+    }
+
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){
+      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){
+        pIndex = 0;
+        nKeyCol = 0;
+        nColumn = 1;
+      }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){
+        return 0;
+      }else{
+        nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol;
+        nColumn = pIndex->nColumn;
+        assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) );
+        assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==XN_ROWID
+                          || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable));
+        isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex);
+      }
+
+      /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
+      ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
+      */
+      rev = revSet = 0;
+      distinctColumns = 0;
+      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
+        u8 bOnce = 1; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
+
+        assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq 
+            || (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(j<pLoop->nSkip)
+        );
+        if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){
+          u16 eOp = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator;
+
+          /* Skip over == and IS and ISNULL terms.  (Also skip IN terms when
+          ** doing WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT processing). 
+          **
+          ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) 
+          ** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column,
+          ** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise,
+          ** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be
+          ** considered to match an ORDER BY term.  */
+          if( (eOp & eqOpMask)!=0 ){
+            if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+              testcase( isOrderDistinct );
+              isOrderDistinct = 0;
+            }
+            continue;  
+          }else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){
+            /* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the
+            ** j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq constraint above.  Any equality other
+            ** than WO_IN is captured by the previous "if".  So this one
+            ** always has to be WO_IN. */
+            Expr *pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->pExpr;
+            for(i=j+1; i<pLoop->u.btree.nEq; i++){
+              if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){
+                assert( (pLoop->aLTerm[i]->eOperator & WO_IN) );
+                bOnce = 0;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order
+        ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index.
+        */
+        if( pIndex ){
+          iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j];
+          revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j];
+          if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1;
+        }else{
+          iColumn = XN_ROWID;
+          revIdx = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this
+        ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered
+        */
+        if( isOrderDistinct
+         && iColumn>=0
+         && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+         && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0
+        ){
+          isOrderDistinct = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
+        ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off 
+        */
+        isMatch = 0;
+        for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
+          if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+          pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
+          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY );
+          if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0;
+          if( iColumn>=(-1) ){
+            if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
+            if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
+            if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue;
+          }else{
+            if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOBExpr,pIndex->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr,iCur) ){
+              continue;
+            }
+          }
+          if( iColumn>=0 ){
+            pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+            if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue;
+          }
+          isMatch = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( isMatch && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){
+          /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause.
+          ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */
+          if( revSet ){
+            if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0;
+          }else{
+            rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+            if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
+            revSet = 1;
+          }
+        }
+        if( isMatch ){
+          if( iColumn==XN_ROWID ){
+            testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
+            distinctColumns = 1;
+          }
+          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+        }else{
+          /* No match found */
+          if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
+            testcase( isOrderDistinct!=0 );
+            isOrderDistinct = 0;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      } /* end Loop over all index columns */
+      if( distinctColumns ){
+        testcase( isOrderDistinct==0 );
+        isOrderDistinct = 1;
+      }
+    } /* end-if not one-row */
+
+    /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */
+    if( isOrderDistinct ){
+      orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf;
+      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+        Expr *p;
+        Bitmask mTerm;
+        if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+        p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+        mTerm = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p);
+        if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue;
+        if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){
+          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */
+  if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy;
+  if( !isOrderDistinct ){
+    for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){
+      Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1;
+      if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(),
+** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP
+** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the
+** request.
+**
+** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine
+** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or
+** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However,
+** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then
+** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns
+** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false
+** otherwise.
+**
+** For example, assuming:
+**
+**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y);
+**
+** then
+**
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y;   -- IsSorted()==1
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x;   -- IsSorted()==0
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
+  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP );
+  return pWInfo->sorted;
+}
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/* For debugging use only: */
+static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){
+  static char zName[65];
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; }
+  if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId;
+  zName[i] = 0;
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have 
+** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in
+** order.
+*/
+static LogEst whereSortingCost(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,
+  LogEst nRow,
+  int nOrderBy,
+  int nSorted
+){
+  /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is 
+  ** the number of rows to sort is:
+  **
+  **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
+  ** 
+  ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y 
+  ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the 
+  ** sorting cost to:
+  **
+  **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
+  **
+  ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale
+  ** below.  */
+  LogEst rScale, rSortCost;
+  assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
+  rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66;
+  rSortCost = nRow + rScale + 16;
+
+  /* Multiple by log(M) where M is the number of output rows.
+  ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller */
+  if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)!=0 && pWInfo->iLimit<nRow ){
+    nRow = pWInfo->iLimit;
+  }
+  rSortCost += estLog(nRow);
+  return rSortCost;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine
+** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop
+** once.  This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields.
+**
+** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted
+** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation).  Or, ignore sorting
+** costs if nRowEst==0.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation
+** error occurs.
+*/
+static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){
+  int mxChoice;             /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */
+  int nLoop;                /* Number of terms in the join */
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection */
+  int iLoop;                /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */
+  int ii, jj;               /* Loop counters */
+  int mxI = 0;              /* Index of next entry to replace */
+  int nOrderBy;             /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */
+  LogEst mxCost = 0;        /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */
+  LogEst mxUnsorted = 0;    /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */
+  int nTo, nFrom;           /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */
+  WherePath *aFrom;         /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */
+  WherePath *aTo;           /* The nTo best paths at the current level */
+  WherePath *pFrom;         /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */
+  WherePath *pTo;           /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */
+  WhereLoop *pWLoop;        /* One of the WhereLoop objects */
+  WhereLoop **pX;           /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */
+  LogEst *aSortCost = 0;    /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */
+  char *pSpace;             /* Temporary memory used by this routine */
+  int nSpace;               /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */
+
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel;
+  /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked.
+  ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed.
+  ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */
+  mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10);
+  assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc );
+  WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver.  (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst));
+
+  /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this
+  ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned
+  ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller
+  ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the
+  ** nRowEst parameter.  */
+  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){
+    nOrderBy = 0;
+  }else{
+    nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */
+  nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2;
+  nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy;
+  pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nSpace);
+  if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace;
+  aFrom = aTo+mxChoice;
+  memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0]));
+  pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice);
+  for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){
+    pFrom->aLoop = pX;
+  }
+  if( nOrderBy ){
+    /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up
+    ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array
+    ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the
+    ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of
+    ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array 
+    ** index.  */
+    aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX;
+    memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy);
+  }
+  assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] );
+  assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX );
+
+  /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops.
+  **
+  ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 28.  If the cost
+  ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 28
+  ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */
+  aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 48);  assert( 48==sqlite3LogEst(28) );
+  nFrom = 1;
+  assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 );
+  if( nOrderBy ){
+    /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since
+    ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results
+    ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to
+    ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to
+    ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, 
+    ** depending on the loops added to the current plan.  */
+    aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy;
+  }
+
+  /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation
+  ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next.  Keep track of the mxChoice
+  ** best paths at each generation */
+  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
+    nTo = 0;
+    for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){
+      for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){
+        LogEst nOut;                      /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+        LogEst rCost;                     /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+        LogEst rUnsorted;                 /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+        i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered;  /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+        Bitmask maskNew;                  /* Mask of src visited by (..) */
+        Bitmask revMask = 0;              /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */
+
+        if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
+        if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
+        if( (pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && pFrom->nRow<10 ){
+          /* Do not use an automatic index if the this loop is expected
+          ** to run less than 2 times. */
+          assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+          continue;
+        }
+        /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. 
+        ** Compute its cost */
+        rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
+        rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted);
+        nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut;
+        maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
+        if( isOrdered<0 ){
+          isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo,
+                       pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags,
+                       iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask);
+        }else{
+          revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
+        }
+        if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){
+          if( aSortCost[isOrdered]==0 ){
+            aSortCost[isOrdered] = whereSortingCost(
+                pWInfo, nRowEst, nOrderBy, isOrdered
+            );
+          }
+          rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, aSortCost[isOrdered]);
+
+          WHERETRACE(0x002,
+              ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
+               aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, 
+               rUnsorted, rCost));
+        }else{
+          rCost = rUnsorted;
+        }
+
+        /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the set of
+        ** mxChoice best-so-far paths.
+        **
+        ** First look for an existing path among best-so-far paths
+        ** that covers the same set of loops and has the same isOrdered
+        ** setting as the current path candidate.
+        **
+        ** The term "((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent
+        ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range
+        ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64.
+        */
+        for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){
+          if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew
+           && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0
+          ){
+            testcase( jj==nTo-1 );
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( jj>=nTo ){
+          /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */
+          if( nTo>=mxChoice
+           && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted))
+          ){
+            /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice
+            ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer.  So discard
+            ** this candidate as not viable. */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+              sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+            }
+#endif
+            continue;
+          }
+          /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path
+          ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */
+          if( nTo<mxChoice ){
+            /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */
+            jj = nTo++;
+          }else{
+            /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */
+            jj = mxI;
+          }
+          pTo = &aTo[jj];
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+            sqlite3DebugPrintf("New    %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+          }
+#endif
+        }else{
+          /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the
+          ** same set of loops and has the sam isOrdered setting as the
+          ** candidate path.  Check to see if the candidate should replace
+          ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped */
+          if( pTo->rCost<rCost || (pTo->rCost==rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ){
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+              sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+                  "Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
+                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+              sqlite3DebugPrintf("   vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n",
+                  wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+                  pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+            }
+#endif
+            /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */
+            testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost );
+            continue;
+          }
+          testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 );
+          /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the
+          ** pTo path.  Replace pTo with the candidate. */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+            sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+                "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
+                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+            sqlite3DebugPrintf("  was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+                wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+                pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+          }
+#endif
+        }
+        /* pWLoop is a winner.  Add it to the set of best so far */
+        pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
+        pTo->revLoop = revMask;
+        pTo->nRow = nOut;
+        pTo->rCost = rCost;
+        pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted;
+        pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered;
+        memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop);
+        pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop;
+        if( nTo>=mxChoice ){
+          mxI = 0;
+          mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
+          mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow;
+          for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
+            if( pTo->rCost>mxCost 
+             || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) 
+            ){
+              mxCost = pTo->rCost;
+              mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted;
+              mxI = jj;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED  /* >=2 */
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x02 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop);
+      for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; ii<nTo; ii++, pTo++){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %s cost=%-3d nrow=%-3d order=%c",
+           wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+           pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?');
+        if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){
+          sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */
+    pFrom = aTo;
+    aTo = aFrom;
+    aFrom = pFrom;
+    nFrom = nTo;
+  }
+
+  if( nFrom==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution");
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Find the lowest cost path.  pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
+  pFrom = aFrom;
+  for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
+    if( pFrom->rCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii];
+  }
+  assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop );
+  /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */
+  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = pWInfo->a + iLoop;
+    pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop];
+    pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab;
+    pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor;
+  }
+  if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0
+   && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0
+   && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP
+   && nRowEst
+  ){
+    Bitmask notUsed;
+    int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom,
+                 WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &notUsed);
+    if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
+    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){
+      if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+        pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
+      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
+      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<=0 ){
+        pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
+        if( nLoop>0 ){
+          u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags;
+          if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 
+           && (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN)
+          ){
+            Bitmask m = 0;
+            int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom,
+                      WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &m);
+            testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_IPK );
+            testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN );
+            if( rc==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+              pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1;
+              pWInfo->revMask = m;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
+        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
+    ){
+      Bitmask revMask = 0;
+      int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, 
+          pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
+      );
+      assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
+      if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+        pWInfo->sorted = 1;
+        pWInfo->revMask = revMask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow;
+
+  /* Free temporary memory and return success */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have
+** simple == constraints against indexed fields.  This routine attempts
+** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the
+** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare()
+** times for the common case.
+**
+** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
+** no-frills query planner.  Return zero if this query needs the 
+** general-purpose query planner.
+*/
+static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  WhereClause *pWC;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;
+  int iCur;
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+
+  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE ) return 0;
+  assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 );
+  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+  pTab = pItem->pTab;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) return 0;
+  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
+  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  pLoop = pBuilder->pNew;
+  pLoop->wsFlags = 0;
+  pLoop->nSkip = 0;
+  pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IS, 0);
+  if( pTerm ){
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
+    pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW;
+    pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+    pLoop->nLTerm = 1;
+    pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1;
+    /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
+    pLoop->rRun = 33;  /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
+  }else{
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int opMask;
+      assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
+      if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)
+       || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 
+       || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) 
+      ) continue;
+      opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ;
+      for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+        pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, j, 0, opMask, pIdx);
+        if( pTerm==0 ) break;
+        testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
+        pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm;
+      }
+      if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue;
+      pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED;
+      if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){
+        pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+      }
+      pLoop->nLTerm = j;
+      pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j;
+      pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
+      /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */
+      pLoop->rRun = 39;  /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags ){
+    pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1;
+    pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop;
+    pLoop->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
+    pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur;
+    pWInfo->nRowOut = 1;
+    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat =  pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pLoop->cId = '0';
+#endif
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
+** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
+** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
+** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
+** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
+** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
+** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
+** data from the various tables of the loop.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause
+** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index.  If 
+** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
+** to use for OR clause processing.  The WHERE clause should use this
+** specific cursor.  If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
+** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices.  iIdxCur should
+** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is
+** used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,      /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */
+  ExprList *pResultSet,   /* Query result set.  Req'd for DISTINCT */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,         /* The WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+  int iAuxArg             /* If WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, index cursor number
+                          ** If WHERE_USE_LIMIT, then the limit amount */
+){
+  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
+  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
+  WhereLoopBuilder sWLB;     /* The WhereLoop builder */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;        /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;          /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */
+  int ii;                    /* Loop counter */
+  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
+  int rc;                    /* Return code */
+  u8 bFordelete = 0;         /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */
+
+  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || (
+        (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 
+     && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 
+  ));
+
+  /* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */
+  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0
+            || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)==0 );
+
+  /* Variable initialization */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB));
+
+  /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */
+  testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 );
+  if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0;
+  sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+
+  /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
+  ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){
+    wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT;
+  }
+
+  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
+  ** bits in a Bitmask 
+  */
+  testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
+  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in 
+  ** pTabList.  But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should
+  ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
+  ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
+  */
+  nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
+  ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
+  ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
+  ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
+  ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
+  */
+  nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop));
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+    pWInfo = 0;
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet;
+  pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1;
+  pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+  pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg;
+  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+  memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, 
+         offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat));
+  memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF );  /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */
+  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
+  sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo;
+  sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo);
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) );
+  whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  sWLB.pNew->cId = '*';
+#endif
+
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
+  */
+  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
+  sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
+  sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
+    
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
+    if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak,
+                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Special case: No FROM clause
+  */
+  if( nTabList==0 ){
+    if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
+  **
+  ** The N-th term of the FROM clause is assigned a bitmask of 1<<N.
+  **
+  ** The rule of the previous sentence ensures thta if X is the bitmask for
+  ** a table T, then X-1 is the bitmask for all other tables to the left of T.
+  ** Knowing the bitmask for all tables to the left of a left join is
+  ** important.  Ticket #3015.
+  **
+  ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
+  ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables.  nTabList is normally
+  ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
+  ** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
+    createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
+    sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(pParse, &pTabList->a[ii], &pWInfo->sWC);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
+    Bitmask m = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
+    assert( m==MASKBIT(ii) );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */
+  sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+
+  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+    if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){
+      /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless.  Ignore it. */
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+    }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */
+      pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY;
+      pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */
+#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0xffff ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("*** Optimizer Start *** (wctrlFlags: 0x%x",wctrlFlags);
+    if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(", limit: %d", iAuxArg);
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(")\n");
+  }
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */
+    sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sWLB.pWC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
+    rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
+    if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
+  
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){    /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */
+      WhereLoop *p;
+      int i;
+      static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
+                                             "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
+      for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
+        p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)];
+        whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  
+    wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
+       wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1);
+       if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){
+     pWInfo->revMask = ALLBITS;
+  }
+  if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut);
+    if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask);
+    }
+    switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unique");
+        break;
+      }
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=ordered");
+        break;
+      }
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: {
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unordered");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+    for(ii=0; ii<pWInfo->nLevel; ii++){
+      whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */
+  if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2
+   && pResultSet!=0
+   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin)
+  ){
+    Bitmask tabUsed = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet);
+    if( sWLB.pOrderBy ){
+      tabUsed |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy);
+    }
+    while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){
+      WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd;
+      pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop;
+      if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break;
+      if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0
+       && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
+      ){
+        break;
+      }
+      if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break;
+      pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm;
+      for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
+        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0
+         && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+        ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pTerm<pEnd ) break;
+      WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId));
+      pWInfo->nLevel--;
+      nTabList--;
+    }
+  }
+  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+  pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut;
+
+  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
+  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
+  */
+  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
+  if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 ){
+    int wsFlags = pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags;
+    int bOnerow = (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0;
+    if( bOnerow
+     || ((wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)!=0
+           && 0==(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))
+    ){
+      pWInfo->eOnePass = bOnerow ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_MULTI;
+      if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) && (wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
+        if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW ){
+          bFordelete = OPFLAG_FORDELETE;
+        }
+        pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags = (wsFlags & ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
+  ** searching those tables.
+  */
+  for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ii<nTabList; ii++, pLevel++){
+    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
+    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
+    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;
+
+    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
+      /* Do nothing */
+    }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      /* noop */
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){
+      int op = OP_OpenRead;
+      if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+        op = OP_OpenWrite;
+        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor;
+      };
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
+      assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur );
+      testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS );
+      if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol<BMS && HasRowid(pTab) ){
+        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
+        int n = 0;
+        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
+        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
+      }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
+      if( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ|bFordelete);
+      }else
+#endif
+      {
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, bFordelete);
+      }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, pTabItem->iCursor, 0, 0,
+                            (const u8*)&pTabItem->colUsed, P4_INT64);
+#endif
+    }else{
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+      Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+      int iIndexCur;
+      int op = OP_OpenRead;
+      /* iAuxArg is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */
+      assert( iAuxArg!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 );
+      if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx)
+       && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0
+      ){
+        /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a
+        ** WITHOUT ROWID table.  No need for a separate index */
+        iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur;
+        op = 0;
+      }else if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
+        Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex;
+        iIndexCur = iAuxArg;
+        assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED );
+        while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){
+          iIndexCur++;
+          pJ = pJ->pNext;
+        }
+        op = OP_OpenWrite;
+        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
+      }else if( iAuxArg && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 ){
+        iIndexCur = iAuxArg;
+        op = OP_ReopenIdx;
+      }else{
+        iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
+      }
+      pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
+      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
+      if( op ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx);
+        if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0
+         && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_SKIPSCAN))==0
+         && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0
+        ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */
+        }
+        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
+        {
+          u64 colUsed = 0;
+          int ii, jj;
+          for(ii=0; ii<pIx->nColumn; ii++){
+            jj = pIx->aiColumn[ii];
+            if( jj<0 ) continue;
+            if( jj>63 ) jj = 63;
+            if( (pTabItem->colUsed & MASKBIT(jj))==0 ) continue;
+            colUsed |= ((u64)1)<<(ii<63 ? ii : 63);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iIndexCur, 0, 0,
+                                (u8*)&colUsed, P4_INT64);
+        }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK */
+      }
+    }
+    if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  }
+  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+
+  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
+  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
+  ** program.
+  */
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){
+    int addrExplain;
+    int wsFlags;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[ii];
+    wsFlags = pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+    if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
+      constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC,
+                &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+    }
+#endif
+    addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
+        pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags
+    );
+    pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    notReady = sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady);
+    pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
+    if( (wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 && (wctrlFlags&WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){
+      sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pTabList, pLevel, addrExplain);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Done. */
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core"));
+  return pWInfo;
+
+  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
+whereBeginError:
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+    whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Generate loop termination code.
+  */
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core"));
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int addr;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext);
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
+      struct InLoop *pIn;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
+      for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
+        if( pIn->eEndLoopOp!=OP_Noop ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
+          VdbeCoverage(v);
+          VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen);
+          VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    if( pLevel->addrSkip ){
+      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
+      VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
+    if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1),
+                        pLevel->addrLikeRep);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      int ws = pLoop->wsFlags;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      assert( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
+      if( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+      }
+      if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) 
+       || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) 
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    }
+    VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i,
+                     pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName));
+  }
+
+  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
+  ** Set it.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+
+  assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc );
+  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
+    int k, last;
+    VdbeOp *pOp;
+    Index *pIdx = 0;
+    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+
+    /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of
+    ** the co-routine into OP_Copy of result contained in a register.
+    ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null.
+    */
+    if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
+      testcase( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+      translateColumnToCopy(pParse, pLevel->addrBody, pLevel->iTabCur,
+                            pTabItem->regResult, 0);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data
+    ** from the index instead of from the table where possible.  In some cases
+    ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
+    ** yield a significant performance boost.
+    ** 
+    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
+    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
+    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
+    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
+    ** reference the index.
+    */
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
+      pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+    }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+      pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx;
+    }
+    if( pIdx
+     && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable))
+     && !db->mallocFailed
+    ){
+      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      k = pLevel->addrBody;
+      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
+      for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
+        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+          int x = pOp->p2;
+          assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+          if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+            Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+            x = pPk->aiColumn[x];
+            assert( x>=0 );
+          }
+          x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x);
+          if( x>=0 ){
+            pOp->p2 = x;
+            pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+          }
+          assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 
+              || pWInfo->eOnePass );
+        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Final cleanup
+  */
+  pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  return;
+}
+
+/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2000-05-29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+**
+** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses
+** this template to construct a parser.  The "lemon" program inserts text
+** at each "%%" line.  Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the
+** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into
+** the value of the %name directive from the grammar.  Otherwise, the content
+** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser
+** source file.
+**
+** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the
+** input grammar file:
+*/
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+/*
+** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
+** automaton.
+*/
+#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
+
+/*
+** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
+*/
+#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
+
+/*
+** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null
+** pointer.
+*/
+#define YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL 1
+
+/*
+** In the amalgamation, the parse.c file generated by lemon and the
+** tokenize.c file are concatenated.  In that case, sqlite3RunParser()
+** has access to the the size of the yyParser object and so the parser
+** engine can be allocated from stack.  In that case, only the
+** sqlite3ParserInit() and sqlite3ParserFinalize() routines are invoked
+** and the sqlite3ParserAlloc() and sqlite3ParserFree() routines can be
+** omitted.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# define sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed
+** into sqlite3ParserAlloc().  The default is size_t.
+*/
+#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE  u64
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
+  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** Disable lookaside memory allocation for objects that might be
+** shared across database connections.
+*/
+static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->disableLookaside++;
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bDisable++;
+}
+
+
+  /*
+  ** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for
+  ** all elements in the list.  And make sure list length does not exceed
+  ** SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT.
+  */
+  static void parserDoubleLinkSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+    if( p->pPrior ){
+      Select *pNext = 0, *pLoop;
+      int mxSelect, cnt = 0;
+      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
+        pLoop->pNext = pNext;
+        pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
+      }
+      if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && 
+        (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 &&
+        cnt>mxSelect
+      ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
+  ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
+  ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
+  */
+  static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
+    pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
+  }
+
+  /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier.  Use the
+  ** new Expr to populate pOut.  Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
+  ** that created the expression.
+  */
+  static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token t){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr)+t.n+1);
+    if( p ){
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(Expr));
+      p->op = (u8)op;
+      p->flags = EP_Leaf;
+      p->iAgg = -1;
+      p->u.zToken = (char*)&p[1];
+      memcpy(p->u.zToken, t.z, t.n);
+      p->u.zToken[t.n] = 0;
+      if( sqlite3Isquote(p->u.zToken[0]) ){
+        if( p->u.zToken[0]=='"' ) p->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
+        sqlite3Dequote(p->u.zToken);
+      }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+      p->nHeight = 1;
+#endif  
+    }
+    pOut->pExpr = p;
+    pOut->zStart = t.z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &t.z[t.n];
+  }
+
+  /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
+  ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
+  */
+  static void spanBinaryExpr(
+    Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context.  Errors accumulate here */
+    int op,             /* The binary operation */
+    ExprSpan *pLeft,    /* The left operand, and output */
+    ExprSpan *pRight    /* The right operand */
+  ){
+    pLeft->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr);
+    pLeft->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
+  }
+
+  /* If doNot is true, then add a TK_NOT Expr-node wrapper around the
+  ** outside of *ppExpr.
+  */
+  static void exprNot(Parse *pParse, int doNot, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+    if( doNot ){
+      pSpan->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pSpan->pExpr, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPostfix(
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand, and output */
+    Token *pPostOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOperand->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0);
+    pOperand->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
+  }                           
+
+  /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
+  ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
+  static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    if( pA && pY && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
+      pA->op = (u8)op;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
+      pA->pRight = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPrefix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPreOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0);
+    pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
+  }
+
+  /* Add a single new term to an ExprList that is used to store a
+  ** list of identifiers.  Report an error if the ID list contains
+  ** a COLLATE clause or an ASC or DESC keyword, except ignore the
+  ** error while parsing a legacy schema.
+  */
+  static ExprList *parserAddExprIdListTerm(
+    Parse *pParse,
+    ExprList *pPrior,
+    Token *pIdToken,
+    int hasCollate,
+    int sortOrder
+  ){
+    ExprList *p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pPrior, 0);
+    if( (hasCollate || sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED)
+        && pParse->db->init.busy==0
+    ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error after column name \"%.*s\"",
+                         pIdToken->n, pIdToken->z);
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, p, pIdToken, 1);
+    return p;
+  }
+/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/
+/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols
+** in a format understandable to "makeheaders".  This section is blank unless
+** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option.
+***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/
+/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/
+
+/* The next sections is a series of control #defines.
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used to store the integer codes
+**                       that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols.
+**                       "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than
+**                       256 symbols.  Larger types otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE that is not used for
+**                       any terminal or nonterminal symbol.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back
+**                       values which should be used if the original symbol
+**                       would not parse.  This permits keywords to sometimes
+**                       be used as identifiers, for example.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers
+**                       that indicate what to do in response to the next
+**                       token.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor type for terminal
+**                       symbols.  Background: A "minor type" is a semantic
+**                       value associated with a terminal or non-terminal
+**                       symbols.  For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol,
+**                       the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
+**                       Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
+**                       Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
+**                       This macros defines the minor type for terminal 
+**                       symbols.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor types.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for terminal symbols is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
+**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YY_MAX_SHIFT       Maximum value for shift actions
+**    YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
+**    YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
+**    YY_MIN_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
+**    YY_ERROR_ACTION    The yy_action[] code for syntax error
+**    YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The yy_action[] code for accept
+**    YY_NO_ACTION       The yy_action[] code for no-op
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 252
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define YYWILDCARD 96
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  int yyinit;
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  Expr* yy72;
+  TriggerStep* yy145;
+  ExprList* yy148;
+  SrcList* yy185;
+  ExprSpan yy190;
+  int yy194;
+  Select* yy243;
+  IdList* yy254;
+  With* yy285;
+  struct TrigEvent yy332;
+  struct LimitVal yy354;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy497;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#endif
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YYNSTATE             456
+#define YYNRULE              332
+#define YY_MAX_SHIFT         455
+#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE   668
+#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE   999
+#define YY_MIN_REDUCE        1000
+#define YY_MAX_REDUCE        1331
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION      1332
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION     1333
+#define YY_NO_ACTION         1334
+/************* End control #defines *******************************************/
+
+/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
+** otherwise.
+**
+** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
+** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
+** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
+** for testing.
+*/
+#ifndef yytestcase
+# define yytestcase(X)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT             Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE       Shift to an arbitrary state then
+**     and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE           reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
+**
+**   N between YY_MIN_REDUCE            Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE
+**     and YY_MAX_REDUCE
+**
+**   N == YY_ERROR_ACTION               A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION              The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YY_NO_ACTION                  No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either:
+**
+**    (A)   N = yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**    (B)   N = yy_default[S]
+**
+** The (A) formula is preferred.  The B formula is used instead if:
+**    (1)  The yy_shift_ofst[S]+X value is out of range, or
+**    (2)  yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X, or
+**    (3)  yy_shift_ofst[S] equal YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+** (Implementation note: YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT is chosen so that
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT+X will be out of range for all possible lookaheads X.
+** Hence only tests (1) and (2) need to be evaluated.)
+**
+** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+**
+*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1567)
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   325,  832,  351,  825,    5,  203,  203,  819,   99,  100,
+ /*    10 */    90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,
+ /*    20 */    98,   98,   98,  301,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,
+ /*    30 */    94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  325,  976,  976,  824,  824,
+ /*    40 */   826,  946,  354,   99,  100,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,
+ /*    50 */   845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  338,   96,
+ /*    60 */    96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,
+ /*    70 */    95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  791,  976,  976,
+ /*    80 */   325,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  792,   75,   99,  100,
+ /*    90 */    90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,
+ /*   100 */    98,   98,   98,  450,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,
+ /*   110 */    94,   94,   94,   93,  351, 1333,  155,  155,    2,  325,
+ /*   120 */   275,  146,  132,   52,   52,   93,  351,   99,  100,   90,
+ /*   130 */   978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,
+ /*   140 */    98,   98,  101,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,
+ /*   150 */    94,   94,   93,  351,  957,  957,  325,  268,  428,  413,
+ /*   160 */   411,   61,  752,  752,   99,  100,   90,  978,  978,  853,
+ /*   170 */   856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,   60,
+ /*   180 */    96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,
+ /*   190 */   351,  325,  270,  329,  273,  277,  958,  959,  250,   99,
+ /*   200 */   100,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,
+ /*   210 */    98,   98,   98,   98,  301,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,
+ /*   220 */    95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  325,  937, 1326,  698,
+ /*   230 */   706, 1326,  242,  412,   99,  100,   90,  978,  978,  853,
+ /*   240 */   856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  347,
+ /*   250 */    96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,
+ /*   260 */   351,  325,  937, 1327,  384,  699, 1327,  381,  379,   99,
+ /*   270 */   100,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,
+ /*   280 */    98,   98,   98,   98,  701,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,
+ /*   290 */    95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  325,   92,   89,  178,
+ /*   300 */   833,  935,  373,  700,   99,  100,   90,  978,  978,  853,
+ /*   310 */   856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  375,
+ /*   320 */    96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,
+ /*   330 */   351,  325, 1275,  946,  354,  818,  935,  739,  739,   99,
+ /*   340 */   100,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,
+ /*   350 */    98,   98,   98,   98,  230,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,
+ /*   360 */    95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  325,  968,  227,   92,
+ /*   370 */    89,  178,  373,  300,   99,  100,   90,  978,  978,  853,
+ /*   380 */   856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  920,
+ /*   390 */    96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,
+ /*   400 */   351,  325,  449,  447,  447,  447,  147,  737,  737,   99,
+ /*   410 */   100,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,
+ /*   420 */    98,   98,   98,   98,  296,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,
+ /*   430 */    95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  325,  419,  231,  957,
+ /*   440 */   957,  158,   25,  422,   99,  100,   90,  978,  978,  853,
+ /*   450 */   856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  450,
+ /*   460 */    96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,
+ /*   470 */   351,  443,  224,  224,  420,  957,  957,  961,  325,   52,
+ /*   480 */    52,  958,  959,  176,  415,   78,   99,  100,   90,  978,
+ /*   490 */   978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,
+ /*   500 */    98,  379,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,
+ /*   510 */    94,   93,  351,  325,  428,  418,  298,  958,  959,  961,
+ /*   520 */    81,   99,   88,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,
+ /*   530 */    97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  717,   96,   96,   96,
+ /*   540 */    96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  325,  842,
+ /*   550 */   842,  854,  857,  996,  318,  343,  379,  100,   90,  978,
+ /*   560 */   978,  853,  856,  845,  845,   97,   97,   98,   98,   98,
+ /*   570 */    98,  450,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,
+ /*   580 */    94,   93,  351,  325,  350,  350,  350,  260,  377,  340,
+ /*   590 */   928,   52,   52,   90,  978,  978,  853,  856,  845,  845,
+ /*   600 */    97,   97,   98,   98,   98,   98,  361,   96,   96,   96,
+ /*   610 */    96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,   86,  445,
+ /*   620 */   846,    3, 1202,  361,  360,  378,  344,  813,  957,  957,
+ /*   630 */  1299,   86,  445,  729,    3,  212,  169,  287,  405,  282,
+ /*   640 */   404,  199,  232,  450,  300,  760,   83,   84,  280,  245,
+ /*   650 */   262,  365,  251,   85,  352,  352,   92,   89,  178,   83,
+ /*   660 */    84,  242,  412,   52,   52,  448,   85,  352,  352,  246,
+ /*   670 */   958,  959,  194,  455,  670,  402,  399,  398,  448,  243,
+ /*   680 */   221,  114,  434,  776,  361,  450,  397,  268,  747,  224,
+ /*   690 */   224,  132,  132,  198,  832,  434,  452,  451,  428,  427,
+ /*   700 */   819,  415,  734,  713,  132,   52,   52,  832,  268,  452,
+ /*   710 */   451,  734,  194,  819,  363,  402,  399,  398,  450, 1270,
+ /*   720 */  1270,   23,  957,  957,   86,  445,  397,    3,  228,  429,
+ /*   730 */   894,  824,  824,  826,  827,   19,  203,  720,   52,   52,
+ /*   740 */   428,  408,  439,  249,  824,  824,  826,  827,   19,  229,
+ /*   750 */   403,  153,   83,   84,  761,  177,  241,  450,  721,   85,
+ /*   760 */   352,  352,  120,  157,  958,  959,   58,  976,  409,  355,
+ /*   770 */   330,  448,  268,  428,  430,  320,  790,   32,   32,   86,
+ /*   780 */   445,  776,    3,  341,   98,   98,   98,   98,  434,   96,
+ /*   790 */    96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,  351,
+ /*   800 */   832,  120,  452,  451,  813,  886,  819,   83,   84,  976,
+ /*   810 */   813,  132,  410,  919,   85,  352,  352,  132,  407,  789,
+ /*   820 */   957,  957,   92,   89,  178,  916,  448,  262,  370,  261,
+ /*   830 */    82,  913,   80,  262,  370,  261,  776,  824,  824,  826,
+ /*   840 */   827,   19,  933,  434,   96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,
+ /*   850 */    94,   94,   94,   93,  351,  832,   74,  452,  451,  957,
+ /*   860 */   957,  819,  958,  959,  120,   92,   89,  178,  944,    2,
+ /*   870 */   917,  964,  268,    1,  975,   76,  445,  762,    3,  708,
+ /*   880 */   900,  900,  387,  957,  957,  757,  918,  371,  740,  778,
+ /*   890 */   756,  257,  824,  824,  826,  827,   19,  417,  741,  450,
+ /*   900 */    24,  958,  959,   83,   84,  369,  957,  957,  177,  226,
+ /*   910 */    85,  352,  352,  884,  315,  314,  313,  215,  311,   10,
+ /*   920 */    10,  683,  448,  349,  348,  958,  959,  908,  777,  157,
+ /*   930 */   120,  957,  957,  337,  776,  416,  711,  310,  450,  434,
+ /*   940 */   450,  321,  450,  791,  103,  200,  175,  450,  958,  959,
+ /*   950 */   907,  832,  792,  452,  451,    9,    9,  819,   10,   10,
+ /*   960 */    52,   52,   51,   51,  180,  716,  248,   10,   10,  171,
+ /*   970 */   170,  167,  339,  958,  959,  247,  984,  702,  702,  450,
+ /*   980 */   715,  233,  686,  982,  888,  983,  182,  913,  824,  824,
+ /*   990 */   826,  827,   19,  183,  256,  423,  132,  181,  394,   10,
+ /*  1000 */    10,  888,  890,  749,  957,  957,  916,  268,  985,  198,
+ /*  1010 */   985,  349,  348,  425,  415,  299,  817,  832,  326,  825,
+ /*  1020 */   120,  332,  133,  819,  268,   98,   98,   98,   98,   91,
+ /*  1030 */    96,   96,   96,   96,   95,   95,   94,   94,   94,   93,
+ /*  1040 */   351,  157,  810,  371,  382,  359,  958,  959,  358,  268,
+ /*  1050 */   450,  917,  368,  324,  824,  824,  826,  450,  709,  450,
+ /*  1060 */   264,  380,  888,  450,  876,  746,  253,  918,  255,  433,
+ /*  1070 */    36,   36,  234,  450,  234,  120,  269,   37,   37,   12,
+ /*  1080 */    12,  334,  272,   27,   27,  450,  330,  118,  450,  162,
+ /*  1090 */   742,  280,  450,   38,   38,  450,  985,  356,  985,  450,
+ /*  1100 */   709, 1209,  450,  132,  450,   39,   39,  450,   40,   40,
+ /*  1110 */   450,  362,   41,   41,  450,   42,   42,  450,  254,   28,
+ /*  1120 */    28,  450,   29,   29,   31,   31,  450,   43,   43,  450,
+ /*  1130 */    44,   44,  450,  714,   45,   45,  450,   11,   11,  767,
+ /*  1140 */   450,   46,   46,  450,  268,  450,  105,  105,  450,   47,
+ /*  1150 */    47,  450,   48,   48,  450,  237,   33,   33,  450,  172,
+ /*  1160 */    49,   49,  450,   50,   50,   34,   34,  274,  122,  122,
+ /*  1170 */   450,  123,  123,  450,  124,  124,  450,  897,   56,   56,
+ /*  1180 */   450,  896,   35,   35,  450,  267,  450,  817,  450,  817,
+ /*  1190 */   106,  106,  450,   53,   53,  385,  107,  107,  450,  817,
+ /*  1200 */   108,  108,  817,  450,  104,  104,  121,  121,  119,  119,
+ /*  1210 */   450,  117,  112,  112,  450,  276,  450,  225,  111,  111,
+ /*  1220 */   450,  730,  450,  109,  109,  450,  673,  674,  675,  911,
+ /*  1230 */   110,  110,  317,  998,   55,   55,   57,   57,  692,  331,
+ /*  1240 */    54,   54,   26,   26,  696,   30,   30,  317,  936,  197,
+ /*  1250 */   196,  195,  335,  281,  336,  446,  331,  745,  689,  436,
+ /*  1260 */   440,  444,  120,   72,  386,  223,  175,  345,  757,  932,
+ /*  1270 */    20,  286,  319,  756,  815,  372,  374,  202,  202,  202,
+ /*  1280 */   263,  395,  285,   74,  208,   21,  696,  719,  718,  883,
+ /*  1290 */   120,  120,  120,  120,  120,  754,  278,  828,   77,   74,
+ /*  1300 */   726,  727,  785,  783,  879,  202,  999,  208,  893,  892,
+ /*  1310 */   893,  892,  694,  816,  763,  116,  774, 1289,  431,  432,
+ /*  1320 */   302,  999,  390,  303,  823,  697,  691,  680,  159,  289,
+ /*  1330 */   679,  883,  681,  951,  291,  218,  293,    7,  316,  828,
+ /*  1340 */   173,  805,  259,  364,  252,  910,  376,  713,  295,  435,
+ /*  1350 */   308,  168,  954,  993,  135,  400,  990,  284,  881,  880,
+ /*  1360 */   205,  927,  925,   59,  333,   62,  144,  156,  130,   72,
+ /*  1370 */   802,  366,  367,  393,  137,  185,  189,  160,  139,  383,
+ /*  1380 */    67,  895,  140,  141,  142,  148,  389,  812,  775,  266,
+ /*  1390 */   219,  190,  154,  391,  912,  875,  271,  406,  191,  322,
+ /*  1400 */   682,  733,  192,  342,  732,  724,  731,  711,  723,  421,
+ /*  1410 */   705,   71,  323,    6,  204,  771,  288,   79,  297,  346,
+ /*  1420 */   772,  704,  290,  283,  703,  770,  292,  294,  966,  239,
+ /*  1430 */   769,  102,  861,  438,  426,  240,  424,  442,   73,  213,
+ /*  1440 */   688,  238,   22,  453,  952,  214,  217,  216,  454,  677,
+ /*  1450 */   676,  671,  753,  125,  115,  235,  126,  669,  353,  166,
+ /*  1460 */   127,  244,  179,  357,  306,  304,  305,  307,  113,  891,
+ /*  1470 */   327,  889,  811,  328,  134,  128,  136,  138,  743,  258,
+ /*  1480 */   906,  184,  143,  129,  909,  186,   63,   64,  145,  187,
+ /*  1490 */   905,   65,    8,   66,   13,  188,  202,  898,  265,  149,
+ /*  1500 */   987,  388,  150,  685,  161,  392,  285,  193,  279,  396,
+ /*  1510 */   151,  401,   68,   14,   15,  722,   69,  236,  831,  131,
+ /*  1520 */   830,  859,   70,  751,   16,  414,  755,    4,  174,  220,
+ /*  1530 */   222,  784,  201,  152,  779,   77,   74,   17,   18,  874,
+ /*  1540 */   860,  858,  915,  863,  914,  207,  206,  941,  163,  437,
+ /*  1550 */   947,  942,  164,  209, 1002,  441,  862,  165,  210,  829,
+ /*  1560 */   695,   87,  312,  211, 1291, 1290,  309,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    19,   95,   53,   97,   22,   24,   24,  101,   27,   28,
+ /*    10 */    29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,
+ /*    20 */    39,   40,   41,  152,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,
+ /*    30 */    49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,   55,   55,  132,  133,
+ /*    40 */   134,    1,    2,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,
+ /*    50 */    34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  187,   43,
+ /*    60 */    44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,
+ /*    70 */    47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   61,   97,   97,
+ /*    80 */    19,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   70,   26,   27,   28,
+ /*    90 */    29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,
+ /*   100 */    39,   40,   41,  152,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,
+ /*   110 */    49,   50,   51,   52,   53,  144,  145,  146,  147,   19,
+ /*   120 */    16,   22,   92,  172,  173,   52,   53,   27,   28,   29,
+ /*   130 */    30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,
+ /*   140 */    40,   41,   81,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,
+ /*   150 */    50,   51,   52,   53,   55,   56,   19,  152,  207,  208,
+ /*   160 */   115,   24,  117,  118,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,
+ /*   170 */    33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,   79,
+ /*   180 */    43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,
+ /*   190 */    53,   19,   88,  157,   90,   23,   97,   98,  193,   27,
+ /*   200 */    28,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,
+ /*   210 */    38,   39,   40,   41,  152,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,
+ /*   220 */    48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,   22,   23,  172,
+ /*   230 */    23,   26,  119,  120,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,
+ /*   240 */    33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  187,
+ /*   250 */    43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,
+ /*   260 */    53,   19,   22,   23,  228,   23,   26,  231,  152,   27,
+ /*   270 */    28,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,
+ /*   280 */    38,   39,   40,   41,  172,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,
+ /*   290 */    48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,  221,  222,  223,
+ /*   300 */    23,   96,  152,  172,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,
+ /*   310 */    33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  152,
+ /*   320 */    43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,
+ /*   330 */    53,   19,    0,    1,    2,   23,   96,  190,  191,   27,
+ /*   340 */    28,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,
+ /*   350 */    38,   39,   40,   41,  238,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,
+ /*   360 */    48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,  185,  218,  221,
+ /*   370 */   222,  223,  152,  152,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,
+ /*   380 */    33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  241,
+ /*   390 */    43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,
+ /*   400 */    53,   19,  152,  168,  169,  170,   22,  190,  191,   27,
+ /*   410 */    28,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,
+ /*   420 */    38,   39,   40,   41,  152,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,
+ /*   430 */    48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,   19,  218,   55,
+ /*   440 */    56,   24,   22,  152,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,
+ /*   450 */    33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  152,
+ /*   460 */    43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,
+ /*   470 */    53,  250,  194,  195,   56,   55,   56,   55,   19,  172,
+ /*   480 */   173,   97,   98,  152,  206,  138,   27,   28,   29,   30,
+ /*   490 */    31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,
+ /*   500 */    41,  152,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,
+ /*   510 */    51,   52,   53,   19,  207,  208,  152,   97,   98,   97,
+ /*   520 */   138,   27,   28,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,
+ /*   530 */    36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  181,   43,   44,   45,
+ /*   540 */    46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,   30,
+ /*   550 */    31,   32,   33,  247,  248,   19,  152,   28,   29,   30,
+ /*   560 */    31,   32,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,   38,   39,   40,
+ /*   570 */    41,  152,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,
+ /*   580 */    51,   52,   53,   19,  168,  169,  170,  238,   19,   53,
+ /*   590 */   152,  172,  173,   29,   30,   31,   32,   33,   34,   35,
+ /*   600 */    36,   37,   38,   39,   40,   41,  152,   43,   44,   45,
+ /*   610 */    46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   19,   20,
+ /*   620 */   101,   22,   23,  169,  170,   56,  207,   85,   55,   56,
+ /*   630 */    23,   19,   20,   26,   22,   99,  100,  101,  102,  103,
+ /*   640 */   104,  105,  238,  152,  152,  210,   47,   48,  112,  152,
+ /*   650 */   108,  109,  110,   54,   55,   56,  221,  222,  223,   47,
+ /*   660 */    48,  119,  120,  172,  173,   66,   54,   55,   56,  152,
+ /*   670 */    97,   98,   99,  148,  149,  102,  103,  104,   66,  154,
+ /*   680 */    23,  156,   83,   26,  230,  152,  113,  152,  163,  194,
+ /*   690 */   195,   92,   92,   30,   95,   83,   97,   98,  207,  208,
+ /*   700 */   101,  206,  179,  180,   92,  172,  173,   95,  152,   97,
+ /*   710 */    98,  188,   99,  101,  219,  102,  103,  104,  152,  119,
+ /*   720 */   120,  196,   55,   56,   19,   20,  113,   22,  193,  163,
+ /*   730 */    11,  132,  133,  134,  135,  136,   24,   65,  172,  173,
+ /*   740 */   207,  208,  250,  152,  132,  133,  134,  135,  136,  193,
+ /*   750 */    78,   84,   47,   48,   49,   98,  199,  152,   86,   54,
+ /*   760 */    55,   56,  196,  152,   97,   98,  209,   55,  163,  244,
+ /*   770 */   107,   66,  152,  207,  208,  164,  175,  172,  173,   19,
+ /*   780 */    20,  124,   22,  111,   38,   39,   40,   41,   83,   43,
+ /*   790 */    44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,
+ /*   800 */    95,  196,   97,   98,   85,  152,  101,   47,   48,   97,
+ /*   810 */    85,   92,  207,  193,   54,   55,   56,   92,   49,  175,
+ /*   820 */    55,   56,  221,  222,  223,   12,   66,  108,  109,  110,
+ /*   830 */   137,  163,  139,  108,  109,  110,   26,  132,  133,  134,
+ /*   840 */   135,  136,  152,   83,   43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,
+ /*   850 */    49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   95,   26,   97,   98,   55,
+ /*   860 */    56,  101,   97,   98,  196,  221,  222,  223,  146,  147,
+ /*   870 */    57,  171,  152,   22,   26,   19,   20,   49,   22,  179,
+ /*   880 */   108,  109,  110,   55,   56,  116,   73,  219,   75,  124,
+ /*   890 */   121,  152,  132,  133,  134,  135,  136,  163,   85,  152,
+ /*   900 */   232,   97,   98,   47,   48,  237,   55,   56,   98,    5,
+ /*   910 */    54,   55,   56,  193,   10,   11,   12,   13,   14,  172,
+ /*   920 */   173,   17,   66,   47,   48,   97,   98,  152,  124,  152,
+ /*   930 */   196,   55,   56,  186,  124,  152,  106,  160,  152,   83,
+ /*   940 */   152,  164,  152,   61,   22,  211,  212,  152,   97,   98,
+ /*   950 */   152,   95,   70,   97,   98,  172,  173,  101,  172,  173,
+ /*   960 */   172,  173,  172,  173,   60,  181,   62,  172,  173,   47,
+ /*   970 */    48,  123,  186,   97,   98,   71,  100,   55,   56,  152,
+ /*   980 */   181,  186,   21,  107,  152,  109,   82,  163,  132,  133,
+ /*   990 */   134,  135,  136,   89,   16,  207,   92,   93,   19,  172,
+ /*  1000 */   173,  169,  170,  195,   55,   56,   12,  152,  132,   30,
+ /*  1010 */   134,   47,   48,  186,  206,  225,  152,   95,  114,   97,
+ /*  1020 */   196,  245,  246,  101,  152,   38,   39,   40,   41,   42,
+ /*  1030 */    43,   44,   45,   46,   47,   48,   49,   50,   51,   52,
+ /*  1040 */    53,  152,  163,  219,  152,  141,   97,   98,  193,  152,
+ /*  1050 */   152,   57,   91,  164,  132,  133,  134,  152,   55,  152,
+ /*  1060 */   152,  237,  230,  152,  103,  193,   88,   73,   90,   75,
+ /*  1070 */   172,  173,  183,  152,  185,  196,  152,  172,  173,  172,
+ /*  1080 */   173,  217,  152,  172,  173,  152,  107,   22,  152,   24,
+ /*  1090 */   193,  112,  152,  172,  173,  152,  132,  242,  134,  152,
+ /*  1100 */    97,  140,  152,   92,  152,  172,  173,  152,  172,  173,
+ /*  1110 */   152,  100,  172,  173,  152,  172,  173,  152,  140,  172,
+ /*  1120 */   173,  152,  172,  173,  172,  173,  152,  172,  173,  152,
+ /*  1130 */   172,  173,  152,  152,  172,  173,  152,  172,  173,  213,
+ /*  1140 */   152,  172,  173,  152,  152,  152,  172,  173,  152,  172,
+ /*  1150 */   173,  152,  172,  173,  152,  210,  172,  173,  152,   26,
+ /*  1160 */   172,  173,  152,  172,  173,  172,  173,  152,  172,  173,
+ /*  1170 */   152,  172,  173,  152,  172,  173,  152,   59,  172,  173,
+ /*  1180 */   152,   63,  172,  173,  152,  193,  152,  152,  152,  152,
+ /*  1190 */   172,  173,  152,  172,  173,   77,  172,  173,  152,  152,
+ /*  1200 */   172,  173,  152,  152,  172,  173,  172,  173,  172,  173,
+ /*  1210 */   152,   22,  172,  173,  152,  152,  152,   22,  172,  173,
+ /*  1220 */   152,  152,  152,  172,  173,  152,    7,    8,    9,  163,
+ /*  1230 */   172,  173,   22,   23,  172,  173,  172,  173,  166,  167,
+ /*  1240 */   172,  173,  172,  173,   55,  172,  173,   22,   23,  108,
+ /*  1250 */   109,  110,  217,  152,  217,  166,  167,  163,  163,  163,
+ /*  1260 */   163,  163,  196,  130,  217,  211,  212,  217,  116,   23,
+ /*  1270 */    22,  101,   26,  121,   23,   23,   23,   26,   26,   26,
+ /*  1280 */    23,   23,  112,   26,   26,   37,   97,  100,  101,   55,
+ /*  1290 */   196,  196,  196,  196,  196,   23,   23,   55,   26,   26,
+ /*  1300 */     7,    8,   23,  152,   23,   26,   96,   26,  132,  132,
+ /*  1310 */   134,  134,   23,  152,  152,   26,  152,  122,  152,  191,
+ /*  1320 */   152,   96,  234,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  197,  210,
+ /*  1330 */   152,   97,  152,  152,  210,  233,  210,  198,  150,   97,
+ /*  1340 */   184,  201,  239,  214,  214,  201,  239,  180,  214,  227,
+ /*  1350 */   200,  198,  155,   67,  243,  176,   69,  175,  175,  175,
+ /*  1360 */   122,  159,  159,  240,  159,  240,   22,  220,   27,  130,
+ /*  1370 */   201,   18,  159,   18,  189,  158,  158,  220,  192,  159,
+ /*  1380 */   137,  236,  192,  192,  192,  189,   74,  189,  159,  235,
+ /*  1390 */   159,  158,   22,  177,  201,  201,  159,  107,  158,  177,
+ /*  1400 */   159,  174,  158,   76,  174,  182,  174,  106,  182,  125,
+ /*  1410 */   174,  107,  177,   22,  159,  216,  215,  137,  159,   53,
+ /*  1420 */   216,  176,  215,  174,  174,  216,  215,  215,  174,  229,
+ /*  1430 */   216,  129,  224,  177,  126,  229,  127,  177,  128,   25,
+ /*  1440 */   162,  226,   26,  161,   13,  153,    6,  153,  151,  151,
+ /*  1450 */   151,  151,  205,  165,  178,  178,  165,    4,    3,   22,
+ /*  1460 */   165,  142,   15,   94,  202,  204,  203,  201,   16,   23,
+ /*  1470 */   249,   23,  120,  249,  246,  111,  131,  123,   20,   16,
+ /*  1480 */     1,  125,  123,  111,   56,   64,   37,   37,  131,  122,
+ /*  1490 */     1,   37,    5,   37,   22,  107,   26,   80,  140,   80,
+ /*  1500 */    87,   72,  107,   20,   24,   19,  112,  105,   23,   79,
+ /*  1510 */    22,   79,   22,   22,   22,   58,   22,   79,   23,   68,
+ /*  1520 */    23,   23,   26,  116,   22,   26,   23,   22,  122,   23,
+ /*  1530 */    23,   56,   64,   22,  124,   26,   26,   64,   64,   23,
+ /*  1540 */    23,   23,   23,   11,   23,   22,   26,   23,   22,   24,
+ /*  1550 */     1,   23,   22,   26,  251,   24,   23,   22,  122,   23,
+ /*  1560 */    23,   22,   15,  122,  122,  122,   23,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (1567)
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT    (455)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MIN      (-94)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX      (1549)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */    40,  599,  904,  612,  760,  760,  760,  760,  725,  -19,
+ /*    10 */    16,   16,  100,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,
+ /*    20 */   876,  876,  573,  542,  719,  600,   61,  137,  172,  207,
+ /*    30 */   242,  277,  312,  347,  382,  417,  459,  459,  459,  459,
+ /*    40 */   459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,
+ /*    50 */   459,  459,  459,  494,  459,  529,  564,  564,  705,  760,
+ /*    60 */   760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,
+ /*    70 */   760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,
+ /*    80 */   760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,
+ /*    90 */   856,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,  760,
+ /*   100 */   760,  760,  760,  760,  987,  746,  746,  746,  746,  746,
+ /*   110 */   801,   23,   32,  949,  961,  979,  964,  964,  949,   73,
+ /*   120 */   113,  -51, 1567, 1567, 1567,  536,  536,  536,   99,   99,
+ /*   130 */   813,  813,  667,  205,  240,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,
+ /*   140 */   949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,
+ /*   150 */   949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  332, 1011,  422,  422,  113,
+ /*   160 */    30,   30,   30,   30,   30,   30, 1567, 1567, 1567,  922,
+ /*   170 */   -94,  -94,  384,  613,  828,  420,  765,  804,  851,  949,
+ /*   180 */   949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,
+ /*   190 */   949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  672,  672,  672,  949,  949,
+ /*   200 */   657,  949,  949,  949,  -18,  949,  949,  994,  949,  949,
+ /*   210 */   949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  949,  772, 1118,
+ /*   220 */   712,  712,  712,  810,   45,  769, 1219, 1133,  418,  418,
+ /*   230 */   569, 1133,  569,  830,  607,  663,  882,  418,  693,  882,
+ /*   240 */   882,  848, 1152, 1065, 1286, 1238, 1238, 1287, 1287, 1238,
+ /*   250 */  1344, 1341, 1239, 1353, 1353, 1353, 1353, 1238, 1355, 1239,
+ /*   260 */  1344, 1341, 1341, 1239, 1238, 1355, 1243, 1312, 1238, 1238,
+ /*   270 */  1355, 1370, 1238, 1355, 1238, 1355, 1370, 1290, 1290, 1290,
+ /*   280 */  1327, 1370, 1290, 1301, 1290, 1327, 1290, 1290, 1284, 1304,
+ /*   290 */  1284, 1304, 1284, 1304, 1284, 1304, 1238, 1391, 1238, 1280,
+ /*   300 */  1370, 1366, 1366, 1370, 1302, 1308, 1310, 1309, 1239, 1414,
+ /*   310 */  1416, 1431, 1431, 1440, 1440, 1440, 1440, 1567, 1567, 1567,
+ /*   320 */  1567, 1567, 1567, 1567, 1567,  519,  978, 1210, 1225,  104,
+ /*   330 */  1141, 1189, 1246, 1248, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1257, 1258, 1273,
+ /*   340 */  1003, 1187, 1293, 1170, 1272, 1279, 1234, 1281, 1176, 1177,
+ /*   350 */  1289, 1242, 1195, 1453, 1455, 1437, 1319, 1447, 1369, 1452,
+ /*   360 */  1446, 1448, 1352, 1345, 1364, 1354, 1458, 1356, 1463, 1479,
+ /*   370 */  1359, 1357, 1449, 1450, 1454, 1456, 1372, 1428, 1421, 1367,
+ /*   380 */  1489, 1487, 1472, 1388, 1358, 1417, 1470, 1419, 1413, 1429,
+ /*   390 */  1395, 1480, 1483, 1486, 1394, 1402, 1488, 1430, 1490, 1491,
+ /*   400 */  1485, 1492, 1432, 1457, 1494, 1438, 1451, 1495, 1497, 1498,
+ /*   410 */  1496, 1407, 1502, 1503, 1505, 1499, 1406, 1506, 1507, 1475,
+ /*   420 */  1468, 1511, 1410, 1509, 1473, 1510, 1474, 1516, 1509, 1517,
+ /*   430 */  1518, 1519, 1520, 1521, 1523, 1532, 1524, 1526, 1525, 1527,
+ /*   440 */  1528, 1530, 1531, 1527, 1533, 1535, 1536, 1537, 1539, 1436,
+ /*   450 */  1441, 1442, 1443, 1543, 1547, 1549,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-130)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (324)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MIN   (-129)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX   (1300)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   -29,  566,  525,  605,  -49,  307,  491,  533,  668,  435,
+ /*    10 */   601,  644,  148,  747,  786,  795,  419,  788,  827,  790,
+ /*    20 */   454,  832,  889,  495,  824,  734,   76,   76,   76,   76,
+ /*    30 */    76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,
+ /*    40 */    76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,
+ /*    50 */    76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,  783,  898,
+ /*    60 */   905,  907,  911,  921,  933,  936,  940,  943,  947,  950,
+ /*    70 */   952,  955,  958,  962,  965,  969,  974,  977,  980,  984,
+ /*    80 */   988,  991,  993,  996,  999, 1002, 1006, 1010, 1018, 1021,
+ /*    90 */  1024, 1028, 1032, 1034, 1036, 1040, 1046, 1051, 1058, 1062,
+ /*   100 */  1064, 1068, 1070, 1073,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,   76,
+ /*   110 */    76,   76,   76,  855,   36,  523,  235,  416,  777,   76,
+ /*   120 */   278,   76,   76,   76,   76,  700,  700,  700,  150,  220,
+ /*   130 */   147,  217,  221,  306,  306,  611,    5,  535,  556,  620,
+ /*   140 */   720,  872,  897,  116,  864,  349, 1035, 1037,  404, 1047,
+ /*   150 */   992, -129, 1050,  492,   62,  722,  879, 1072, 1089,  808,
+ /*   160 */  1066, 1094, 1095, 1096, 1097, 1098,  776, 1054,  557,   57,
+ /*   170 */   112,  131,  167,  182,  250,  272,  291,  331,  364,  438,
+ /*   180 */   497,  517,  591,  653,  690,  739,  775,  798,  892,  908,
+ /*   190 */   924,  930, 1015, 1063, 1069,  355,  784,  799,  981, 1101,
+ /*   200 */   926, 1151, 1161, 1162,  945, 1164, 1166, 1128, 1168, 1171,
+ /*   210 */  1172,  250, 1173, 1174, 1175, 1178, 1180, 1181, 1088, 1102,
+ /*   220 */  1119, 1124, 1126,  926, 1131, 1139, 1188, 1140, 1129, 1130,
+ /*   230 */  1103, 1144, 1107, 1179, 1156, 1167, 1182, 1134, 1122, 1183,
+ /*   240 */  1184, 1150, 1153, 1197, 1111, 1202, 1203, 1123, 1125, 1205,
+ /*   250 */  1147, 1185, 1169, 1186, 1190, 1191, 1192, 1213, 1217, 1193,
+ /*   260 */  1157, 1196, 1198, 1194, 1220, 1218, 1145, 1154, 1229, 1231,
+ /*   270 */  1233, 1216, 1237, 1240, 1241, 1244, 1222, 1227, 1230, 1232,
+ /*   280 */  1223, 1235, 1236, 1245, 1249, 1226, 1250, 1254, 1199, 1201,
+ /*   290 */  1204, 1207, 1209, 1211, 1214, 1212, 1255, 1208, 1259, 1215,
+ /*   300 */  1256, 1200, 1206, 1260, 1247, 1261, 1263, 1262, 1266, 1278,
+ /*   310 */  1282, 1292, 1294, 1297, 1298, 1299, 1300, 1221, 1224, 1228,
+ /*   320 */  1288, 1291, 1276, 1277, 1295,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */  1280, 1270, 1270, 1270, 1202, 1202, 1202, 1202, 1270, 1096,
+ /*    10 */  1125, 1125, 1254, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1201,
+ /*    20 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1270, 1100, 1131, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*    30 */  1332, 1203, 1204, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1253, 1255, 1141, 1140,
+ /*    40 */  1139, 1138, 1236, 1112, 1136, 1129, 1133, 1203, 1197, 1198,
+ /*    50 */  1196, 1200, 1204, 1332, 1132, 1167, 1181, 1166, 1332, 1332,
+ /*    60 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*    70 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*    80 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*    90 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   100 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1175, 1180, 1187, 1179, 1176, 1169,
+ /*   110 */  1168, 1170, 1171, 1332, 1019, 1067, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1172,
+ /*   120 */  1332, 1173, 1184, 1183, 1182, 1261, 1288, 1287, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   130 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   140 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   150 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1280, 1270, 1025, 1025, 1332,
+ /*   160 */  1270, 1270, 1270, 1270, 1270, 1270, 1266, 1100, 1091, 1332,
+ /*   170 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   180 */  1258, 1256, 1332, 1217, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   190 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   200 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1096, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   210 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1282, 1332, 1231,
+ /*   220 */  1096, 1096, 1096, 1098, 1080, 1090, 1004, 1135, 1114, 1114,
+ /*   230 */  1321, 1135, 1321, 1042, 1302, 1039, 1125, 1114, 1199, 1125,
+ /*   240 */  1125, 1097, 1090, 1332, 1324, 1105, 1105, 1323, 1323, 1105,
+ /*   250 */  1146, 1070, 1135, 1076, 1076, 1076, 1076, 1105, 1016, 1135,
+ /*   260 */  1146, 1070, 1070, 1135, 1105, 1016, 1235, 1318, 1105, 1105,
+ /*   270 */  1016, 1210, 1105, 1016, 1105, 1016, 1210, 1068, 1068, 1068,
+ /*   280 */  1057, 1210, 1068, 1042, 1068, 1057, 1068, 1068, 1118, 1113,
+ /*   290 */  1118, 1113, 1118, 1113, 1118, 1113, 1105, 1205, 1105, 1332,
+ /*   300 */  1210, 1214, 1214, 1210, 1130, 1119, 1128, 1126, 1135, 1022,
+ /*   310 */  1060, 1285, 1285, 1281, 1281, 1281, 1281, 1329, 1329, 1266,
+ /*   320 */  1297, 1297, 1044, 1044, 1297, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   330 */  1332, 1292, 1332, 1219, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   340 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   350 */  1332, 1332, 1152, 1332, 1000, 1263, 1332, 1332, 1262, 1332,
+ /*   360 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   370 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1320,
+ /*   380 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1234, 1233, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   390 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   400 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   410 */  1332, 1082, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1306, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332,
+ /*   420 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1127, 1332, 1120, 1332, 1332, 1311, 1332,
+ /*   430 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1272,
+ /*   440 */  1332, 1332, 1332, 1271, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1332, 1154,
+ /*   450 */  1332, 1153, 1157, 1332, 1010, 1332,
+};
+/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/
+
+/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.  
+** If a construct like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+**
+** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language
+** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where
+** it appears.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   55,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   55,  /*      QUERY => ID */
+   55,  /*       PLAN => ID */
+   55,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   55,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   55,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   55,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   55,  /*        END => ID */
+   55,  /*   ROLLBACK => ID */
+   55,  /*  SAVEPOINT => ID */
+   55,  /*    RELEASE => ID */
+    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+   55,  /*         IF => ID */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
+   55,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+   55,  /*    WITHOUT => ID */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
+    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
+   55,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   55,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
+    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
+    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     ESCAPE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
+    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
+    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
+    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INDEXED => nothing */
+   55,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   55,  /*     ACTION => ID */
+   55,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   55,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
+   55,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   55,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   55,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   55,  /*         BY => ID */
+   55,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   55,  /*       CAST => ID */
+   55,  /*   COLUMNKW => ID */
+   55,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   55,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   55,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   55,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   55,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   55,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   55,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   55,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   55,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   55,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   55,  /*         NO => ID */
+   55,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   55,  /*         OF => ID */
+   55,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   55,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   55,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   55,  /*  RECURSIVE => ID */
+   55,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   55,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   55,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   55,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   55,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   55,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+   55,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
+   55,  /*       WITH => ID */
+   55,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
+   55,  /*     RENAME => ID */
+   55,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+**
+** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field
+** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the
+** SHIFTREDUCE.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */
+  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                         ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;          /* Pointer to top element of the stack */
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  int yyhwm;                    /* High-water mark of the stack */
+#endif
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+#endif
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
+  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
+  yyStackEntry yystk0;          /* First stack entry */
+#else
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
+  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
+  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
+  "ROLLBACK",      "SAVEPOINT",     "RELEASE",       "TO",          
+  "TABLE",         "CREATE",        "IF",            "NOT",         
+  "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "WITHOUT",       "COMMA",         "OR",          
+  "AND",           "IS",            "MATCH",         "LIKE_KW",     
+  "BETWEEN",       "IN",            "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",     
+  "NE",            "EQ",            "GT",            "LE",          
+  "LT",            "GE",            "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",      
+  "BITOR",         "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",        
+  "MINUS",         "STAR",          "SLASH",         "REM",         
+  "CONCAT",        "COLLATE",       "BITNOT",        "ID",          
+  "INDEXED",       "ABORT",         "ACTION",        "AFTER",       
+  "ANALYZE",       "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",      
+  "BY",            "CASCADE",       "CAST",          "COLUMNKW",    
+  "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",      
+  "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",      
+  "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",       "NO",            "KEY",         
+  "OF",            "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",        "RAISE",       
+  "RECURSIVE",     "REPLACE",       "RESTRICT",      "ROW",         
+  "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",     
+  "WITH",          "REINDEX",       "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",    
+  "ANY",           "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",  
+  "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",      
+  "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",      "ON",          
+  "INSERT",        "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "SET",         
+  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
+  "ALL",           "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",      
+  "VALUES",        "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",        
+  "JOIN",          "USING",         "ORDER",         "GROUP",       
+  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
+  "FLOAT",         "BLOB",          "INTEGER",       "VARIABLE",    
+  "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",          "ELSE",        
+  "INDEX",         "ALTER",         "ADD",           "error",       
+  "input",         "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",     
+  "cmdx",          "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",   
+  "nm",            "savepoint_opt",  "create_table",  "create_table_args",
+  "createkw",      "temp",          "ifnotexists",   "dbnm",        
+  "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "table_options",  "select",      
+  "columnname",    "carglist",      "typetoken",     "typename",    
+  "signed",        "plus_num",      "minus_num",     "ccons",       
+  "term",          "expr",          "onconf",        "sortorder",   
+  "autoinc",       "eidlist_opt",   "refargs",       "defer_subclause",
+  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",  "conslist",    
+  "tconscomma",    "tcons",         "sortlist",      "eidlist",     
+  "defer_subclause_opt",  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",   
+  "ifexists",      "fullname",      "selectnowith",  "oneselect",   
+  "with",          "multiselect_op",  "distinct",      "selcollist",  
+  "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt",   "having_opt",  
+  "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "values",        "nexprlist",   
+  "exprlist",      "sclp",          "as",            "seltablist",  
+  "stl_prefix",    "joinop",        "indexed_opt",   "on_opt",      
+  "using_opt",     "idlist",        "setlist",       "insert_cmd",  
+  "idlist_opt",    "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",       
+  "paren_exprlist",  "case_operand",  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",   
+  "uniqueflag",    "collate",       "nmnum",         "trigger_decl",
+  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",
+  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd",   "trnm",          "tridxby",     
+  "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",       "add_column_fullname",  "kwcolumn_opt",
+  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist",   "vtabarg",       "vtabargtoken",
+  "lp",            "anylist",       "wqlist",      
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   1 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   3 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*   4 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*   5 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*   6 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*   7 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*   8 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*   9 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  10 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  11 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
+ /*  12 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  13 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  14 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
+ /*  15 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
+ /*  16 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
+ /*  17 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
+ /*  18 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  19 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  20 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options",
+ /*  21 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  22 */ "table_options ::=",
+ /*  23 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm",
+ /*  24 */ "columnname ::= nm typetoken",
+ /*  25 */ "typetoken ::=",
+ /*  26 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  27 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  28 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING",
+ /*  29 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  30 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
+ /*  31 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /*  32 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
+ /*  33 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
+ /*  34 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED",
+ /*  35 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  36 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /*  37 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  38 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /*  39 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  40 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  41 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /*  42 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /*  43 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /*  44 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  45 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  46 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  47 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /*  48 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  49 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  50 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  51 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  52 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  53 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  54 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /*  55 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  56 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  57 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  58 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  59 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  60 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  61 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
+ /*  62 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  63 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /*  64 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf",
+ /*  65 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  66 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  67 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  68 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /*  69 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /*  70 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /*  71 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /*  72 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /*  73 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /*  74 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /*  75 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /*  76 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /*  77 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select",
+ /*  78 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /*  79 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /*  80 */ "select ::= with selectnowith",
+ /*  81 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /*  82 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /*  83 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /*  84 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /*  85 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /*  86 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
+ /*  87 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP",
+ /*  88 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /*  89 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /*  90 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /*  91 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /*  92 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /*  93 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /*  94 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /*  95 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /*  96 */ "as ::=",
+ /*  97 */ "from ::=",
+ /*  98 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /*  99 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 100 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 101 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 102 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 103 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 104 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 105 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 106 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 107 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 108 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 109 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 110 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 111 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 112 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 113 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 114 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 115 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 116 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 117 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP",
+ /* 118 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 119 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 120 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 121 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
+ /* 122 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
+ /* 123 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 124 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 125 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 126 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 127 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 128 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 129 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 130 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 131 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 132 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 133 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 134 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 135 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 136 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 137 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 138 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 139 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr",
+ /* 140 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 141 */ "setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr",
+ /* 142 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select",
+ /* 143 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 144 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 145 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 146 */ "idlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 147 */ "idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP",
+ /* 148 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm",
+ /* 149 */ "idlist ::= nm",
+ /* 150 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 151 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 152 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 153 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 154 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 155 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 156 */ "term ::= FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 157 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 158 */ "term ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 159 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 160 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 161 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 162 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 163 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP",
+ /* 164 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 165 */ "expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP",
+ /* 166 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 167 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 168 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 169 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 170 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 171 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 172 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 173 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 174 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 175 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 176 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 177 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 178 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 179 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
+ /* 180 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
+ /* 181 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 182 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 185 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 186 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 188 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 189 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 191 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 196 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 197 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 198 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 199 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 200 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 201 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 202 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 203 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 204 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 205 */ "paren_exprlist ::=",
+ /* 206 */ "paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 207 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt",
+ /* 208 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 209 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 210 */ "eidlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 211 */ "eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP",
+ /* 212 */ "eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 213 */ "eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 214 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 215 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 216 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 217 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 218 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 219 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 220 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 221 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 222 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 223 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
+ /* 224 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 225 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 226 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 227 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 228 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 229 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 230 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 231 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 232 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 233 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 234 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist",
+ /* 235 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 236 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 237 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 238 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 239 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 240 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 241 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 242 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 243 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select",
+ /* 244 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
+ /* 245 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 246 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 247 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 248 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 249 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 250 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 251 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 252 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 253 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 254 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 255 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 256 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 258 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 259 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 260 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 261 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist",
+ /* 262 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 263 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 264 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 265 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 266 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 267 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 268 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 269 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 270 */ "with ::=",
+ /* 271 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist",
+ /* 272 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist",
+ /* 273 */ "wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+ /* 274 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+ /* 275 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /* 276 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /* 277 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /* 278 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /* 279 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /* 280 */ "explain ::=",
+ /* 281 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /* 282 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /* 283 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /* 284 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /* 285 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /* 286 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /* 287 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist",
+ /* 288 */ "columnlist ::= columnname carglist",
+ /* 289 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 290 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /* 291 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 292 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /* 293 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 294 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /* 295 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /* 296 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
+ /* 297 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /* 298 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /* 299 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /* 300 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
+ /* 301 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /* 302 */ "tconscomma ::=",
+ /* 303 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 304 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 305 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect",
+ /* 306 */ "oneselect ::= values",
+ /* 307 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 308 */ "as ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 309 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 310 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 311 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 312 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 313 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 314 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
+ /* 315 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
+ /* 316 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
+ /* 317 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 318 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 319 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 320 */ "trnm ::= nm",
+ /* 321 */ "tridxby ::=",
+ /* 322 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 323 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 324 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 325 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 326 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 327 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 328 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 329 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 330 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
+ /* 331 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+/*
+** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.  Return the number
+** of errors.  Return 0 on success.
+*/
+static int yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
+  int newSize;
+  int idx;
+  yyStackEntry *pNew;
+
+  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
+  idx = p->yytos ? (int)(p->yytos - p->yystack) : 0;
+  if( p->yystack==&p->yystk0 ){
+    pNew = malloc(newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+    if( pNew ) pNew[0] = p->yystk0;
+  }else{
+    pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+  }
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->yystack = pNew;
+    p->yytos = &p->yystack[idx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( yyTraceFILE ){
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows from %d to %d entries.\n",
+              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz, newSize);
+    }
+#endif
+    p->yystksz = newSize;
+  }
+  return pNew==0; 
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the
+** second argument to sqlite3ParserAlloc() below.  This can be changed by
+** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input
+** grammar.
+*/
+#ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE
+# define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserInit(void *yypParser){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)yypParser;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  pParser->yyhwm = 0;
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  pParser->yytos = NULL;
+  pParser->yystack = NULL;
+  pParser->yystksz = 0;
+  if( yyGrowStack(pParser) ){
+    pParser->yystack = &pParser->yystk0;
+    pParser->yystksz = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+  pParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+  pParser->yytos = pParser->yystack;
+  pParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+  pParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ) sqlite3ParserInit(pParser);
+  return pParser;
+}
+#endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */
+
+
+/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
+** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
+** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
+** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the 
+** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
+** directives of the input grammar.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(
+  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
+    case 163: /* select */
+    case 194: /* selectnowith */
+    case 195: /* oneselect */
+    case 206: /* values */
+{
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy243));
+}
+      break;
+    case 172: /* term */
+    case 173: /* expr */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy190).pExpr);
+}
+      break;
+    case 177: /* eidlist_opt */
+    case 186: /* sortlist */
+    case 187: /* eidlist */
+    case 199: /* selcollist */
+    case 202: /* groupby_opt */
+    case 204: /* orderby_opt */
+    case 207: /* nexprlist */
+    case 208: /* exprlist */
+    case 209: /* sclp */
+    case 218: /* setlist */
+    case 224: /* paren_exprlist */
+    case 226: /* case_exprlist */
+{
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy148));
+}
+      break;
+    case 193: /* fullname */
+    case 200: /* from */
+    case 211: /* seltablist */
+    case 212: /* stl_prefix */
+{
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy185));
+}
+      break;
+    case 196: /* with */
+    case 250: /* wqlist */
+{
+sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy285));
+}
+      break;
+    case 201: /* where_opt */
+    case 203: /* having_opt */
+    case 215: /* on_opt */
+    case 225: /* case_operand */
+    case 227: /* case_else */
+    case 236: /* when_clause */
+    case 241: /* key_opt */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy72));
+}
+      break;
+    case 216: /* using_opt */
+    case 217: /* idlist */
+    case 220: /* idlist_opt */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy254));
+}
+      break;
+    case 232: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+    case 237: /* trigger_cmd */
+{
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy145));
+}
+      break;
+    case 234: /* trigger_event */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy332).b);
+}
+      break;
+/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+*/
+static void yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  assert( pParser->yytos!=0 );
+  assert( pParser->yytos > pParser->yystack );
+  yytos = pParser->yytos--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFinalize(void *p){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  while( pParser->yytos>pParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  if( pParser->yystack!=&pParser->yystk0 ) free(pParser->yystack);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it
+** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is
+** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+#ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+#endif
+  sqlite3ParserFinalize(p);
+  (*freeProc)(p);
+}
+#endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */
+
+/*
+** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
+*/
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  return pParser->yyhwm;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+*/
+static unsigned int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yytos->stateno;
+ 
+  if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
+  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
+  do{
+    i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+    assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+    i += iLookAhead;
+    if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+        }
+#endif
+        assert( yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */
+        iLookAhead = iFallback;
+        continue;
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYWILDCARD
+      {
+        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
+        if( 
+#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
+          j>=0 &&
+#endif
+#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
+          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+#endif
+          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD && iLookAhead>0
+        ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+          if( yyTraceFILE ){
+            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
+               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
+               yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
+          }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+          return yy_action[j];
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
+      return yy_default[stateno];
+    }else{
+      return yy_action[i];
+    }
+  }while(1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
+#endif
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
+  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
+#endif
+  return yy_action[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
+*/
+static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser){
+   sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+   if( yyTraceFILE ){
+     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+   }
+#endif
+   while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+   ** stack every overflows */
+/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/
+
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
+/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/
+   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+}
+
+/*
+** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n",
+         yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major],
+         yyNewState);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n",
+         yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major]);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define yyTraceShift(X,Y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyMinor        /* The minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yytos++;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){
+    yypParser->yyhwm++;
+    assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) );
+  }
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+  if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH] ){
+    yypParser->yytos--;
+    yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
+    return;
+  }
+#else
+  if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz] ){
+    if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){
+      yypParser->yytos--;
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( yyNewState > YY_MAX_SHIFT ){
+    yyNewState += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
+  }
+  yytos = yypParser->yytos;
+  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor.yy0 = yyMinor;
+  yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState);
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 150, 0 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 154, 6 },
+  { 156, 1 },
+  { 158, 0 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 157, 1 },
+  { 157, 0 },
+  { 155, 5 },
+  { 155, 2 },
+  { 162, 0 },
+  { 162, 2 },
+  { 164, 2 },
+  { 166, 0 },
+  { 166, 4 },
+  { 166, 6 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 171, 4 },
+  { 171, 3 },
+  { 171, 3 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 171, 3 },
+  { 171, 5 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 171, 4 },
+  { 171, 4 },
+  { 171, 1 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 176, 0 },
+  { 176, 1 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 178, 2 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 180, 3 },
+  { 180, 3 },
+  { 180, 3 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 181, 1 },
+  { 181, 1 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 179, 3 },
+  { 179, 2 },
+  { 182, 0 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 161, 0 },
+  { 184, 1 },
+  { 185, 2 },
+  { 185, 7 },
+  { 185, 5 },
+  { 185, 5 },
+  { 185, 10 },
+  { 188, 0 },
+  { 174, 0 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 189, 2 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 192, 2 },
+  { 192, 0 },
+  { 149, 9 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 163, 2 },
+  { 194, 3 },
+  { 197, 1 },
+  { 197, 2 },
+  { 197, 1 },
+  { 195, 9 },
+  { 206, 4 },
+  { 206, 5 },
+  { 198, 1 },
+  { 198, 1 },
+  { 198, 0 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 199, 3 },
+  { 199, 2 },
+  { 199, 4 },
+  { 210, 2 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 200, 0 },
+  { 200, 2 },
+  { 212, 2 },
+  { 212, 0 },
+  { 211, 7 },
+  { 211, 9 },
+  { 211, 7 },
+  { 211, 7 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 2 },
+  { 193, 2 },
+  { 213, 1 },
+  { 213, 2 },
+  { 213, 3 },
+  { 213, 4 },
+  { 215, 2 },
+  { 215, 0 },
+  { 214, 0 },
+  { 214, 3 },
+  { 214, 2 },
+  { 216, 4 },
+  { 216, 0 },
+  { 204, 0 },
+  { 204, 3 },
+  { 186, 4 },
+  { 186, 2 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 0 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 3 },
+  { 203, 0 },
+  { 203, 2 },
+  { 205, 0 },
+  { 205, 2 },
+  { 205, 4 },
+  { 205, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 201, 0 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 149, 8 },
+  { 218, 5 },
+  { 218, 7 },
+  { 218, 3 },
+  { 218, 5 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 7 },
+  { 219, 2 },
+  { 219, 1 },
+  { 220, 0 },
+  { 220, 3 },
+  { 217, 3 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 6 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 221, 2 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 2 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 223, 1 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 226, 5 },
+  { 226, 4 },
+  { 227, 2 },
+  { 227, 0 },
+  { 225, 1 },
+  { 225, 0 },
+  { 208, 0 },
+  { 207, 3 },
+  { 207, 1 },
+  { 224, 0 },
+  { 224, 3 },
+  { 149, 12 },
+  { 228, 1 },
+  { 228, 0 },
+  { 177, 0 },
+  { 177, 3 },
+  { 187, 5 },
+  { 187, 3 },
+  { 229, 0 },
+  { 229, 2 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 169, 2 },
+  { 170, 2 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 231, 11 },
+  { 233, 1 },
+  { 233, 1 },
+  { 233, 2 },
+  { 233, 0 },
+  { 234, 1 },
+  { 234, 1 },
+  { 234, 3 },
+  { 236, 0 },
+  { 236, 2 },
+  { 232, 3 },
+  { 232, 2 },
+  { 238, 3 },
+  { 239, 3 },
+  { 239, 2 },
+  { 237, 7 },
+  { 237, 5 },
+  { 237, 5 },
+  { 237, 1 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 6 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 241, 0 },
+  { 241, 2 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 7 },
+  { 242, 1 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 244, 8 },
+  { 246, 0 },
+  { 247, 1 },
+  { 247, 3 },
+  { 248, 1 },
+  { 196, 0 },
+  { 196, 2 },
+  { 196, 3 },
+  { 250, 6 },
+  { 250, 8 },
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 145, 2 },
+  { 145, 1 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 146, 3 },
+  { 147, 0 },
+  { 151, 0 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 151, 2 },
+  { 153, 1 },
+  { 153, 0 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 160, 4 },
+  { 160, 2 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 167, 1 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 165, 2 },
+  { 165, 0 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 183, 3 },
+  { 183, 1 },
+  { 184, 0 },
+  { 188, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 194, 1 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 209, 2 },
+  { 210, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 208, 1 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 169, 1 },
+  { 235, 0 },
+  { 235, 3 },
+  { 238, 1 },
+  { 239, 0 },
+  { 240, 1 },
+  { 240, 0 },
+  { 243, 0 },
+  { 243, 1 },
+  { 245, 1 },
+  { 245, 3 },
+  { 246, 2 },
+  { 249, 0 },
+  { 249, 4 },
+  { 249, 2 },
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  unsigned int yyruleno        /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = yypParser->yytos;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
+    yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[-yysize].stateno);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry
+  ** if the RHS of the rule is empty.  This ensures that there is room
+  ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */
+  if( yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs==0 ){
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+    if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){
+      yypParser->yyhwm++;
+      assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack));
+    }
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+    if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH-1] ){
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
+      return;
+    }
+#else
+    if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz-1] ){
+      if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){
+        yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
+        return;
+      }
+      yymsp = yypParser->yytos;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/
+        YYMINORTYPE yylhsminor;
+      case 0: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+{ pParse->explain = 1; }
+        break;
+      case 1: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+{ pParse->explain = 2; }
+        break;
+      case 2: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+        break;
+      case 3: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 4: /* transtype ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+        break;
+      case 5: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
+      case 6: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==6);
+      case 7: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==7);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+        break;
+      case 8: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
+      case 9: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==9);
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 10: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 11: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 12: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 13: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 14: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy194,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 15: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
+{disableLookaside(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 16: /* ifnotexists ::= */
+      case 19: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==19);
+      case 22: /* table_options ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==22);
+      case 42: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
+      case 57: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57);
+      case 67: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==67);
+      case 76: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==76);
+      case 90: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
+      case 214: /* collate ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==214);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 17: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 18: /* temp ::= TEMP */
+      case 43: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 20: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 21: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy243);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243);
+}
+        break;
+      case 23: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
+    yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
+  }else{
+    yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = 0;
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 24: /* columnname ::= nm typetoken */
+{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 25: /* typetoken ::= */
+      case 60: /* conslist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60);
+      case 96: /* as ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==96);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 26: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+{
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 27: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+{
+  yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 28: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
+        break;
+      case 29: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+      case 62: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62);
+{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 30: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
+      case 32: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==32);
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);}
+        break;
+      case 31: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190);}
+        break;
+      case 33: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+  v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
+  v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 35: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 36: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy194,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 37: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0,0,0,0,
+                                   SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);}
+        break;
+      case 38: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 39: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 40: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 41: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 44: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
+        break;
+      case 45: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy497.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy497.value; }
+        break;
+      case 46: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy497.value = 0;     yymsp[-1].minor.yy497.mask = 0x000000; }
+        break;
+      case 47: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.value = 0;     yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.mask = 0x000000; }
+        break;
+      case 48: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194;     yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+        break;
+      case 49: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194<<8;  yymsp[-2].minor.yy497.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+        break;
+      case 50: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = OE_SetNull;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 51: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = OE_SetDflt;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 52: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Cascade;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 53: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 54: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = OE_None;     /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 55: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 56: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+      case 71: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71);
+      case 144: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==144);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].minor.yy194;}
+        break;
+      case 58: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
+      case 75: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75);
+      case 186: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==186);
+      case 189: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==189);
+      case 215: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 59: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 61: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
+{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 63: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194,0);}
+        break;
+      case 64: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0,0,0,0,
+                                       SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);}
+        break;
+      case 65: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 66: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 68: /* onconf ::= */
+      case 70: /* orconf ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 69: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].minor.yy194;}
+        break;
+      case 72: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Ignore;}
+        break;
+      case 73: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+      case 145: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==145);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 74: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 77: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-8].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-7].minor.yy194, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 78: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 79: /* cmd ::= select */
+{
+  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, &dest);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243);
+}
+        break;
+      case 80: /* select ::= with selectnowith */
+{
+  Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy243;
+  if( p ){
+    p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy285;
+    parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy285);
+  }
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy243 = p; /*A-overwrites-W*/
+}
+        break;
+      case 81: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
+{
+  Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy243;
+  Select *pLhs = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243;
+  if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){
+    SrcList *pFrom;
+    Token x;
+    x.n = 0;
+    parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, pRhs);
+    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0);
+    pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+  }
+  if( pRhs ){
+    pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy194;
+    pRhs->pPrior = pLhs;
+    if( ALWAYS(pLhs) ) pLhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
+    pRhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
+    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy194!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pLhs);
+  }
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = pRhs;
+}
+        break;
+      case 82: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
+      case 84: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-OP*/}
+        break;
+      case 83: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = TK_ALL;}
+        break;
+      case 85: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+{
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  Token s = yymsp[-8].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-S*/
+#endif
+  yymsp[-8].minor.yy243 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy148,yymsp[-5].minor.yy185,yymsp[-4].minor.yy72,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[-2].minor.yy72,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[-7].minor.yy194,yymsp[0].minor.yy354.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy354.pOffset);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+  /* Populate the Select.zSelName[] string that is used to help with
+  ** query planner debugging, to differentiate between multiple Select
+  ** objects in a complex query.
+  **
+  ** If the SELECT keyword is immediately followed by a C-style comment
+  ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that
+  ** comment to be the zSelName value.  Otherwise, the label is #N where
+  ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
+  */
+  if( yymsp[-8].minor.yy243!=0 ){
+    const char *z = s.z+6;
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName, "#%d",
+                     ++pParse->nSelect);
+    while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
+    if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
+      for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy243->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SELECTRACE_ENABLED */
+}
+        break;
+      case 86: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
+{
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy243 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 87: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
+{
+  Select *pRight, *pLeft = yymsp[-4].minor.yy243;
+  pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0,0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pLeft) ) pLeft->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
+  if( pRight ){
+    pRight->op = TK_ALL;
+    pRight->pPrior = pLeft;
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy243 = pRight;
+  }else{
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy243 = pLeft;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 88: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SF_Distinct;}
+        break;
+      case 89: /* distinct ::= ALL */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SF_All;}
+        break;
+      case 91: /* sclp ::= */
+      case 119: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
+      case 126: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126);
+      case 202: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
+      case 205: /* paren_exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
+      case 210: /* eidlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy148 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 92: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+{
+   yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+   if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190);
+}
+        break;
+      case 93: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+{
+  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ASTERISK, 0);
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, p);
+}
+        break;
+      case 94: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ASTERISK, 0, 0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight);
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, pDot);
+}
+        break;
+      case 95: /* as ::= AS nm */
+      case 106: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==106);
+      case 224: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==224);
+      case 225: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 97: /* from ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy185 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy185));}
+        break;
+      case 98: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+{
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy185 = yymsp[0].minor.yy185;
+  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-1].minor.yy185);
+}
+        break;
+      case 99: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+{
+   if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy185 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy185->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy185->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy185->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194;
+}
+        break;
+      case 100: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy185 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 101: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+{
+  yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 102: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+  yymsp[-8].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-8].minor.yy185,&yymsp[-7].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+  sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, yymsp[-8].minor.yy185, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148);
+}
+        break;
+      case 103: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy243,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+  }
+        break;
+      case 104: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy185==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy72==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy254==0 ){
+      yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy185;
+    }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy185->nSrc==1 ){
+      yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+      if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 ){
+        struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yymsp[-6].minor.yy185->a[yymsp[-6].minor.yy185->nSrc-1];
+        struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy185->a;
+        pNew->zName = pOld->zName;
+        pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase;
+        pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect;
+        pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0;
+        pOld->pSelect = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy185);
+    }else{
+      Select *pSubquery;
+      sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy185);
+      pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy185,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0);
+      yymsp[-6].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254);
+    }
+  }
+        break;
+      case 105: /* dbnm ::= */
+      case 114: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==114);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n=0;}
+        break;
+      case 107: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+        break;
+      case 108: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = JT_INNER; }
+        break;
+      case 109: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0);  /*X-overwrites-A*/}
+        break;
+      case 110: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/}
+        break;
+      case 111: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*X-overwrites-A*/}
+        break;
+      case 112: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+      case 129: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==129);
+      case 136: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==136);
+      case 198: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==198);
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 113: /* on_opt ::= */
+      case 128: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128);
+      case 135: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==135);
+      case 199: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199);
+      case 201: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy72 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 115: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 116: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=1;}
+        break;
+      case 117: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy254 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy254;}
+        break;
+      case 118: /* using_opt ::= */
+      case 146: /* idlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy254 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 120: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+      case 127: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = yymsp[0].minor.yy148;}
+        break;
+      case 121: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
+{
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 122: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
+{
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr); /*A-overwrites-Y*/
+  sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 123: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+        break;
+      case 124: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+        break;
+      case 125: /* sortorder ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;}
+        break;
+      case 130: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy354.pLimit = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy354.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 131: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr; yymsp[-1].minor.yy354.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 132: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr; yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 133: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr; yymsp[-3].minor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 134: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy285, 1);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy185,yymsp[0].minor.yy72);
+}
+        break;
+      case 137: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy285, 1);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,"set list"); 
+  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy185,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 138: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 139: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */
+{
+  yymsp[-6].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy148, yymsp[-3].minor.yy254, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 140: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yylhsminor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yylhsminor.yy148, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = yylhsminor.yy148;
+        break;
+      case 141: /* setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */
+{
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, 0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy254, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 142: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy285, 1);
+  sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-1].minor.yy254, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 143: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy285, 1);
+  sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy185, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy254, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 147: /* idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy254 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy254;}
+        break;
+      case 148: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy254 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy254,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 149: /* idlist ::= nm */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy254 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-Y*/}
+        break;
+      case 150: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/  yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 151: /* term ::= NULL */
+      case 156: /* term ::= FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==156);
+      case 157: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==157);
+{spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[0].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-X*/}
+        break;
+      case 152: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
+      case 153: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==153);
+{spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,pParse,TK_ID,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+        break;
+      case 154: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+  spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2);
+}
+        break;
+      case 155: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, 1);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3);
+  spanSet(&yymsp[-4].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4);
+}
+        break;
+      case 158: /* term ::= INTEGER */
+{
+  yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+  yylhsminor.yy190.zStart = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z;
+  yylhsminor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  if( yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr ) yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_Leaf|EP_Resolved;
+}
+  yymsp[0].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+        break;
+      case 159: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+{
+  if( !(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1])) ){
+    u32 n = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+    spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, n);
+  }else{
+    /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
+    ** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
+    ** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register. */
+    Token t = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-X*/
+    assert( t.n>=2 );
+    spanSet(&yymsp[0].minor.yy190, &t, &t);
+    if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &t);
+      yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr = 0;
+    }else{
+      yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0);
+      if( yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&t.z[1], &yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr->iTable);
+    }
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 160: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
+{
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 161: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+{
+  spanSet(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
+  yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_CAST, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
+  sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 162: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
+{
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  }
+  yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy194==SF_Distinct && yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr ){
+    yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+  }
+}
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+        break;
+      case 163: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
+{
+  yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+        break;
+      case 164: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+{
+  yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+  yymsp[0].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+        break;
+      case 165: /* expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0);
+  if( yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr ){
+    yylhsminor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+    spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy190, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  }
+}
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190 = yylhsminor.yy190;
+        break;
+      case 166: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+      case 167: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167);
+      case 168: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
+      case 169: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169);
+      case 170: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170);
+      case 171: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171);
+      case 172: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==172);
+      case 173: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==173);
+{spanBinaryExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);}
+        break;
+      case 174: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n|=0x80000000; /*yymsp[-1].minor.yy0-overwrite-yymsp[0].minor.yy0*/}
+        break;
+      case 175: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  int bNot = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000;
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  exprNot(pParse, bNot, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy190);
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+        break;
+      case 176: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  int bNot = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000;
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  exprNot(pParse, bNot, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
+  if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+        break;
+      case 177: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 178: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 179: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);
+  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
+}
+        break;
+      case 180: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy190,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190);
+  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
+}
+        break;
+      case 181: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+      case 182: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==182);
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
+        break;
+      case 183: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
+        break;
+      case 184: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy190,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/}
+        break;
+      case 185: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
+      case 188: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 187: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+  if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  } 
+  exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.zEnd;
+}
+        break;
+      case 190: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148==0 ){
+      /* Expressions of the form
+      **
+      **      expr1 IN ()
+      **      expr1 NOT IN ()
+      **
+      ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
+      ** regardless of the value of expr1.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+      yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,&sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy194],1);
+    }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->nExpr==1 ){
+      /* Expressions of the form:
+      **
+      **      expr1 IN (?1)
+      **      expr1 NOT IN (?2)
+      **
+      ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something
+      ** like this:
+      **
+      **      expr1 == ?1
+      **      expr1 <> ?2
+      **
+      ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag
+      ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison
+      ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison.  Otherwise,
+      ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN.
+      */
+      Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->a[0].pExpr;
+      yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->a[0].pExpr = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148);
+      /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected
+      ** before now and control would have never reached this point */
+      if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){
+        pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
+        pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
+      }
+      yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, pRHS);
+    }else{
+      yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+      if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
+        yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148;
+        sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148);
+      }
+      exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
+    }
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 191: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+{
+    spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/
+    yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+  }
+        break;
+      case 192: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+{
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+    sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+    exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 193: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */
+{
+    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+    Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+    if( yymsp[0].minor.yy148 )  sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, pSelect ? pSrc : 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy148);
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, 0);
+    sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr, pSelect);
+    exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy194, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy190);
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.zEnd = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 194: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+{
+    Expr *p;
+    spanSet(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/
+    p = yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, p, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+  }
+        break;
+      case 195: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+{
+  spanSet(&yymsp[-4].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);  /*A-overwrites-C*/
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, 0);
+  if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy148;
+    sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy72);
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 196: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 197: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 200: /* case_operand ::= expr */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr; /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+        break;
+      case 203: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 204: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr); /*A-overwrites-Y*/}
+        break;
+      case 206: /* paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */
+      case 211: /* eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211);
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148;}
+        break;
+      case 207: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, 
+                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-10].minor.yy194,
+                      &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy194, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF);
+}
+        break;
+      case 208: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+      case 249: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==249);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Abort;}
+        break;
+      case 209: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = OE_None;}
+        break;
+      case 212: /* eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  yymsp[-4].minor.yy148 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 213: /* eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy148 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194, yymsp[0].minor.yy194); /*A-overwrites-Y*/
+}
+        break;
+      case 216: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 217: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
+        break;
+      case 218: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 219: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 220: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 221: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 222: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 223: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 226: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy145, &all);
+}
+        break;
+      case 227: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194, yymsp[-4].minor.yy332.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy332.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, yymsp[-10].minor.yy194, yymsp[-8].minor.yy194);
+  yymsp[-10].minor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-T*/
+}
+        break;
+      case 228: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = TK_BEFORE; }
+        break;
+      case 229: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
+{ yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = TK_AFTER;  }
+        break;
+      case 230: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+        break;
+      case 231: /* trigger_time ::= */
+{ yymsp[1].minor.yy194 = TK_BEFORE; }
+        break;
+      case 232: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+      case 233: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233);
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy332.a = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ yymsp[0].minor.yy332.b = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 234: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
+{yymsp[-2].minor.yy332.a = TK_UPDATE; yymsp[-2].minor.yy332.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy254;}
+        break;
+      case 235: /* when_clause ::= */
+      case 254: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254);
+{ yymsp[1].minor.yy72 = 0; }
+        break;
+      case 236: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+      case 255: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==255);
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr; }
+        break;
+      case 237: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+  assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy145!=0 );
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145;
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145;
+}
+        break;
+      case 238: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{ 
+  assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy145!=0 );
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy145->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145;
+}
+        break;
+      case 239: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
+        "statements within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 240: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 241: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 242: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
+{yymsp[-6].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);}
+        break;
+      case 243: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select */
+{yymsp[-4].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy254, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);/*A-overwrites-R*/}
+        break;
+      case 244: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
+{yymsp[-4].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy72);}
+        break;
+      case 245: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243); /*A-overwrites-X*/}
+        break;
+      case 246: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+{
+  spanSet(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);  /*A-overwrites-X*/
+  yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); 
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr ){
+    yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 247: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+{
+  spanSet(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy190,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);  /*A-overwrites-X*/
+  yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); 
+  if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr ) {
+    yymsp[-5].minor.yy190.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy194;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 248: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Rollback;}
+        break;
+      case 250: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yymsp[0].minor.yy194 = OE_Fail;}
+        break;
+      case 251: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy185,yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 252: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy190.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy72);
+}
+        break;
+      case 253: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy190.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 256: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 257: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 258: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 259: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 260: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy185,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 261: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */
+{
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 262: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+{
+  disableLookaside(pParse);
+  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185);
+}
+        break;
+      case 263: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
+        break;
+      case 264: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 265: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
+{
+    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);
+}
+        break;
+      case 266: /* vtabarg ::= */
+{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 267: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+      case 268: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268);
+      case 269: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
+{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 270: /* with ::= */
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy285 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 271: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */
+{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy285 = yymsp[0].minor.yy285; }
+        break;
+      case 272: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */
+{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy285 = yymsp[0].minor.yy285; }
+        break;
+      case 273: /* wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+{
+  yymsp[-5].minor.yy285 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243); /*A-overwrites-X*/
+}
+        break;
+      case 274: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+{
+  yymsp[-7].minor.yy285 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy285, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243);
+}
+        break;
+      default:
+      /* (275) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275);
+      /* (276) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==276);
+      /* (277) cmdlist ::= ecmd (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=277);
+      /* (278) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==278);
+      /* (279) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
+      /* (280) explain ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280);
+      /* (281) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281);
+      /* (282) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==282);
+      /* (283) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==283);
+      /* (284) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==284);
+      /* (285) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285);
+      /* (286) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==286);
+      /* (287) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287);
+      /* (288) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==288);
+      /* (289) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==289);
+      /* (290) nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==290);
+      /* (291) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291);
+      /* (292) typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==292);
+      /* (293) typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==293);
+      /* (294) signed ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=294);
+      /* (295) signed ::= minus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=295);
+      /* (296) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
+      /* (297) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297);
+      /* (298) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
+      /* (299) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299);
+      /* (300) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==300);
+      /* (301) conslist ::= tcons (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=301);
+      /* (302) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==302);
+      /* (303) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=303);
+      /* (304) resolvetype ::= raisetype (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=304);
+      /* (305) selectnowith ::= oneselect (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=305);
+      /* (306) oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306);
+      /* (307) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307);
+      /* (308) as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308);
+      /* (309) expr ::= term (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=309);
+      /* (310) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==310);
+      /* (311) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==311);
+      /* (312) nmnum ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=312);
+      /* (313) nmnum ::= nm (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=313);
+      /* (314) nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314);
+      /* (315) nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
+      /* (316) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==316);
+      /* (317) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
+      /* (318) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
+      /* (319) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
+      /* (320) trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
+      /* (321) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321);
+      /* (322) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322);
+      /* (323) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323);
+      /* (324) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
+      /* (325) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325);
+      /* (326) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326);
+      /* (327) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327);
+      /* (328) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328);
+      /* (329) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==329);
+      /* (330) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==330);
+      /* (331) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==331);
+        break;
+/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/
+  };
+  assert( yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
+  if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
+    if( yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT ){
+      yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
+    }
+    yymsp -= yysize-1;
+    yypParser->yytos = yymsp;
+    yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+    yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
+    yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact);
+  }else{
+    assert( yyact == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION );
+    yypParser->yytos -= yysize;
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/
+/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor         /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN yyminor
+/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);  /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+  yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+  assert( yypParser->yytos==yypParser->yystack );
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/
+/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  unsigned int yyact;   /* The parser action. */
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  assert( yypParser->yytos!=0 );
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
+    if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,yyminor);
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+#endif
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_REDUCE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE);
+    }else{
+      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+      yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      int yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminor);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yytos->major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor, &yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+        while( yypParser->yytos >= yypParser->yystack
+            && yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL
+            && (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
+                        yypParser->yytos->stateno,
+                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YY_MIN_REDUCE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yytos < yypParser->yystack || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+          yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,yyminor);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+      **
+      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+      */
+      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor);
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+        yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack );
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    yyStackEntry *i;
+    char cDiv = '[';
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=&yypParser->yystack[1]; i<=yypParser->yytos; i++){
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", cDiv, yyTokenName[i->major]);
+      cDiv = ' ';
+    }
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"]\n");
+  }
+#endif
+  return;
+}
+
+/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+/* Character classes for tokenizing
+**
+** In the sqlite3GetToken() function, a switch() on aiClass[c] is implemented
+** using a lookup table, whereas a switch() directly on c uses a binary search.
+** The lookup table is much faster.  To maximize speed, and to ensure that
+** a lookup table is used, all of the classes need to be small integers and
+** all of them need to be used within the switch.
+*/
+#define CC_X          0    /* The letter 'x', or start of BLOB literal */
+#define CC_KYWD       1    /* Alphabetics or '_'.  Usable in a keyword */
+#define CC_ID         2    /* unicode characters usable in IDs */
+#define CC_DIGIT      3    /* Digits */
+#define CC_DOLLAR     4    /* '$' */
+#define CC_VARALPHA   5    /* '@', '#', ':'.  Alphabetic SQL variables */
+#define CC_VARNUM     6    /* '?'.  Numeric SQL variables */
+#define CC_SPACE      7    /* Space characters */
+#define CC_QUOTE      8    /* '"', '\'', or '`'.  String literals, quoted ids */
+#define CC_QUOTE2     9    /* '['.   [...] style quoted ids */
+#define CC_PIPE      10    /* '|'.   Bitwise OR or concatenate */
+#define CC_MINUS     11    /* '-'.  Minus or SQL-style comment */
+#define CC_LT        12    /* '<'.  Part of < or <= or <> */
+#define CC_GT        13    /* '>'.  Part of > or >= */
+#define CC_EQ        14    /* '='.  Part of = or == */
+#define CC_BANG      15    /* '!'.  Part of != */
+#define CC_SLASH     16    /* '/'.  / or c-style comment */
+#define CC_LP        17    /* '(' */
+#define CC_RP        18    /* ')' */
+#define CC_SEMI      19    /* ';' */
+#define CC_PLUS      20    /* '+' */
+#define CC_STAR      21    /* '*' */
+#define CC_PERCENT   22    /* '%' */
+#define CC_COMMA     23    /* ',' */
+#define CC_AND       24    /* '&' */
+#define CC_TILDA     25    /* '~' */
+#define CC_DOT       26    /* '.' */
+#define CC_ILLEGAL   27    /* Illegal character */
+
+static const unsigned char aiClass[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+/*         x0  x1  x2  x3  x4  x5  x6  x7  x8  x9  xa  xb  xc  xd  xe  xf */
+/* 0x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,  7,  7, 27,  7,  7, 27, 27,
+/* 1x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* 2x */    7, 15,  8,  5,  4, 22, 24,  8, 17, 18, 21, 20, 23, 11, 26, 16,
+/* 3x */    3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  5, 19, 12, 14, 13,  6,
+/* 4x */    5,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
+/* 5x */    1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  1,  1,  9, 27, 27, 27,  1,
+/* 6x */    8,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
+/* 7x */    1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  1,  1, 27, 10, 27, 25, 27,
+/* 8x */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* 9x */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* Ax */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* Bx */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* Cx */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* Dx */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* Ex */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
+/* Fx */    2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+/*         x0  x1  x2  x3  x4  x5  x6  x7  x8  x9  xa  xb  xc  xd  xe  xf */
+/* 0x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27,  7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,  7,  7, 27, 27,
+/* 1x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* 2x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27,  7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* 3x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* 4x */    7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 26, 12, 17, 20, 10,
+/* 5x */   24, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 15,  4, 21, 18, 19, 27,
+/* 6x */   11, 16, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 23, 22,  1, 13,  6,
+/* 7x */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,  8,  5,  5,  5,  8, 14,  8,
+/* 8x */   27,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* 9x */   27,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* Ax */   27, 25,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  1,  1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* Bx */   27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,  9, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* Cx */   27,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* Dx */   27,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* Ex */   27, 27,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  1,  1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+/* Fx */    3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters (only) into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding.  The mapping is only valid for alphabetics
+** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. 
+**
+** Used by keywordhash.h
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
+*/
+/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
+/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
+/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+**
+** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+**
+**   sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+**
+** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
+** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
+** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
+** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
+** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
+** on platforms with limited memory.
+*/
+/* Hash score: 182 */
+static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n, int *pType){
+  /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */
+  /*   REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT       */
+  /*   ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE         */
+  /*   XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY         */
+  /*   UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE         */
+  /*   BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH     */
+  /*   IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN     */
+  /*   WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT         */
+  /*   CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL        */
+  /*   FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING        */
+  /*   VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY                                                */
+  static const char zText[553] = {
+    'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+    'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+    'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+    'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+    'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+    'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+    'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+    'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+    'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+    'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+    'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+    'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A',
+    'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E',
+    'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A',
+    'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A',
+    'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A',
+    'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J',
+    'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L',
+    'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E',
+    'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H',
+    'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E',
+    'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E',
+    'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M',
+    'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R',
+    'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A',
+    'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D',
+    'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O',
+    'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T',
+    'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R',
+    'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M',
+    'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
+      76, 105, 117,  74,   0,  45,   0,   0,  82,   0,  77,   0,   0,
+      42,  12,  78,  15,   0, 116,  85,  54, 112,   0,  19,   0,   0,
+     121,   0, 119, 115,   0,  22,  93,   0,   9,   0,   0,  70,  71,
+       0,  69,   6,   0,  48,  90, 102,   0, 118, 101,   0,   0,  44,
+       0, 103,  24,   0,  17,   0, 122,  53,  23,   0,   5, 110,  25,
+      96,   0,   0, 124, 106,  60, 123,  57,  28,  55,   0,  91,   0,
+     100,  26,   0,  99,   0,   0,   0,  95,  92,  97,  88, 109,  14,
+      39, 108,   0,  81,   0,  18,  89, 111,  32,   0, 120,  80, 113,
+      62,  46,  84,   0,   0,  94,  40,  59, 114,   0,  36,   0,   0,
+      29,   0,  86,  63,  64,   0,  20,  61,   0,  56,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[124] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  13,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   7,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  33,   0,  21,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  50,
+       0,  43,   3,  47,   0,   0,   0,   0,  30,   0,  58,   0,  38,
+       0,   0,   0,   1,  66,   0,   0,  67,   0,  41,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,  49,  65,   0,   0,   0,   0,  31,  52,  16,  34,
+      10,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  11,  72,  79,   0,   8,
+       0, 104,  98,   0, 107,   0,  87,   0,  75,  51,   0,  27,  37,
+      73,  83,   0,  35,  68,   0,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[124] = {
+       7,   7,   5,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,   6,   7,   3,   6,   6,
+       7,   7,   3,   8,   2,   6,   5,   4,   4,   3,  10,   4,   6,
+      11,   6,   2,   7,   5,   5,   9,   6,   9,   9,   7,  10,  10,
+       4,   6,   2,   3,   9,   4,   2,   6,   5,   7,   4,   5,   7,
+       6,   6,   5,   6,   5,   5,   9,   7,   7,   3,   2,   4,   4,
+       7,   3,   6,   4,   7,   6,  12,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,
+       7,   6,   5,   6,   7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,
+      13,   2,   2,   4,   6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,
+       2,   4,   4,   4,   4,   4,   2,   2,   6,   5,   8,   5,   8,
+       3,   5,   5,   6,   4,   9,   3,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = {
+       0,   2,   2,   8,   9,  14,  16,  20,  23,  25,  25,  29,  33,
+      36,  41,  46,  48,  53,  54,  59,  62,  65,  67,  69,  78,  81,
+      86,  91,  95,  96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
+     159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192,
+     199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246,
+     250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318,
+     320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380,
+     387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459,
+     460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513,
+     521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[124] = {
+    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEXED,    TK_INDEX,      TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
+    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    
+    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    
+    TK_ADD,        TK_DATABASE,   TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TABLE,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,       
+    TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION,     TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXISTS,     TK_SAVEPOINT,  
+    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_TRIGGER,    TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,       
+    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_OR,         TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_WITHOUT,    TK_WITH,       
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RELEASE,    TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     TK_GROUP,      
+    TK_UPDATE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RECURSIVE,  TK_BETWEEN,    
+    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NO,         TK_NULL,       TK_LIKE_KW,    
+    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DELETE,     TK_CASE,       TK_COLLATE,    
+    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DETACH,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  TK_JOIN,       
+    TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       TK_ANALYZE,    TK_PRAGMA,     
+    TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    TK_LIMIT,      TK_WHEN,       
+    TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      TK_REPLACE,    TK_AND,        
+    TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         TK_IN,         TK_CAST,       
+    TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_CTIME_KW,   
+    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DISTINCT,   TK_IS,         
+    TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE_KW,    
+    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      TK_RESTRICT,   
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      
+    TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  TK_ALL,        
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  const char *zKW;
+  if( n>=2 ){
+    i = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127;
+    for(i=((int)aHash[i])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+      if( aLen[i]!=n ) continue;
+      j = 0;
+      zKW = &zText[aOffset[i]];
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+      while( j<n && (z[j]&~0x20)==zKW[j] ){ j++; }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+      while( j<n && toupper(z[j])==zKW[j] ){ j++; }
+#endif
+      if( j<n ) continue;
+      testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
+      testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
+      testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
+      testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
+      testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
+      testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
+      testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
+      testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
+      testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
+      testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
+      testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
+      testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
+      testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
+      testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
+      testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
+      testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
+      testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
+      testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
+      testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
+      testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
+      testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
+      testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
+      testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
+      testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
+      testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
+      testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
+      testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
+      testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
+      testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
+      testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
+      testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
+      testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
+      testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
+      testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
+      testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
+      testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
+      testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
+      testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
+      testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
+      testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
+      testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
+      testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
+      testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
+      testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
+      testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
+      testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
+      testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
+      testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
+      testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */
+      testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */
+      testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */
+      testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */
+      testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */
+      testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */
+      testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */
+      testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */
+      testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */
+      testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */
+      testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */
+      testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */
+      testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */
+      testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */
+      testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */
+      testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */
+      testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */
+      testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */
+      testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */
+      testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */
+      testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */
+      testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */
+      testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */
+      testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
+      testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */
+      testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
+      testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */
+      testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */
+      testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */
+      testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */
+      testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */
+      testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */
+      testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */
+      testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */
+      testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */
+      testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */
+      testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */
+      testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */
+      testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */
+      testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */
+      testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */
+      testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */
+      testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */
+      testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
+      testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */
+      testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */
+      testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */
+      testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */
+      testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */
+      testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */
+      testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */
+      testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
+      testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
+      testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */
+      testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */
+      testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */
+      testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */
+      testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */
+      testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */
+      testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */
+      testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */
+      testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */
+      testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */
+      testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */
+      testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */
+      testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */
+      testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */
+      testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */
+      testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */
+      testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */
+      testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */
+      testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */
+      testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */
+      testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */
+      testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */
+      testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */
+      *pType = aCode[i];
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
+  int id = TK_ID;
+  keywordCode((char*)z, n, &id);
+  return id;
+}
+#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124
+
+/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
+**
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
+**
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
+**
+** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identifiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
+    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+
+/* Make the IdChar function accessible from ctime.c */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8 c){ return IdChar(c); }
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( aiClass[*z] ){  /* Switch on the character-class of the first byte
+                          ** of the token. See the comment on the CC_ defines
+                          ** above. */
+    case CC_SPACE: {
+      testcase( z[0]==' ' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case CC_MINUS: {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_LP: {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_RP: {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_SEMI: {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_PLUS: {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_STAR: {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_SLASH: {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+      return i;
+    }
+    case CC_PERCENT: {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_EQ: {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case CC_LT: {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case CC_GT: {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case CC_BANG: {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case CC_PIPE: {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case CC_COMMA: {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_AND: {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_TILDA: {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case CC_QUOTE: {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      testcase( delim=='`' );
+      testcase( delim=='\'' );
+      testcase( delim=='"' );
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+        return i+1;
+      }else if( c!=0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ID;
+        return i+1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+    case CC_DOT: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
+#endif
+      {
+        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
+    }
+    case CC_DIGIT: {
+      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+      if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){
+        for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+        return i;
+      }
+#endif
+      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( z[i]=='.' ){
+        i++;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+#endif
+      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        i++;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case CC_QUOTE2: {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case CC_VARNUM: {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case CC_DOLLAR:
+    case CC_VARALPHA: {
+      int n = 0;
+      testcase( z[0]=='$' );  testcase( z[0]=='@' );
+      testcase( z[0]==':' );  testcase( z[0]=='#' );
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( IdChar(c) ){
+          n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+          do{
+            i++;
+          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+          if( c==')' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+          i++;
+#endif
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case CC_KYWD: {
+      for(i=1; aiClass[z[i]]<=CC_KYWD; i++){}
+      if( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+        /* This token started out using characters that can appear in keywords,
+        ** but z[i] is a character not allowed within keywords, so this must
+        ** be an identifier instead */
+        i++;
+        break;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_ID;
+      return keywordCode((char*)z, i, tokenType);
+    }
+    case CC_X: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+      testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
+      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+        if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
+          *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
+        }
+        if( z[i] ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no
+      ** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'.  Fall through */
+    }
+    case CC_ID: {
+      i = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+  *tokenType = TK_ID;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
+** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
+** error message.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
+  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
+  int n = 0;                      /* Length of the next token token */
+  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
+  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
+#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+  unsigned char zSpace[sizeof(yyParser)];  /* Space for parser engine object */
+#endif
+
+  assert( zSql!=0 );
+  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+  }
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  pParse->zTail = zSql;
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  /* sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); */
+#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+  pEngine = zSpace;
+  sqlite3ParserInit(pEngine);
+#else
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pVList==0 );
+  while( 1 ){
+    if( zSql[0]!=0 ){
+      n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
+      mxSqlLen -= n;
+      if( mxSqlLen<0 ){
+        pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Upon reaching the end of input, call the parser two more times
+      ** with tokens TK_SEMI and 0, in that order. */
+      if( lastTokenParsed==TK_SEMI ){
+        tokenType = 0;
+      }else if( lastTokenParsed==0 ){
+        break;
+      }else{
+        tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      }
+      zSql -= n;
+    }
+    if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){
+      assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL );
+      if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+        pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%.*s\"", n, zSql);
+        break;
+      }
+      zSql += n;
+    }else{
+      pParse->sLastToken.z = zSql;
+      pParse->sLastToken.n = n;
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+      zSql += n;
+      if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( nErr==0 );
+  pParse->zTail = zSql;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MallocMutex());
+  sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
+      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
+  );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MallocMutex());
+#endif /* YYDEBUG */
+#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+  sqlite3ParserFinalize(pEngine);
+#else
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
+#endif
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
+  }
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
+    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
+#endif
+
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
+    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  }
+
+  if( pParse->pWithToFree ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWithToFree);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->pVList);
+  while( pParse->pAinc ){
+    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
+    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  }
+  assert( nErr==0 || pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+
+/*
+** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkSEMI    0
+#define tkWS      1
+#define tkOTHER   2
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE  4
+#define tkTEMP    5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND     7
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
+**
+**   (0) INVALID   We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
+**
+**   (1) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger definition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
+**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
+**
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END */
+     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2,       2,      2,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ {    1,  3,     3,       2,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
+     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
+     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
+     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
+  };
+#else
+  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
+  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
+                     /* Token:           */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
+     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
+     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
+  };
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+        unsigned char c;
+#endif
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          token = tkOTHER;
+#else
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else
+#endif
+              {
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return rc & 0xff;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
+
+/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+*/
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** RTREE library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
+*/
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension.  All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+*/
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+#endif
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
+** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
+** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
+** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to
+** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+
+/*
+** When compiling the test fixture or with debugging enabled (on Win32),
+** this variable being set to non-zero will cause OSTRACE macros to emit
+** extra diagnostic information.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
+** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
+** are intended for debugging activity only.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** all database files specified with a relative pathname.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Initialize SQLite.  
+**
+** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
+** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
+** sqlite3_open().  
+**
+** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
+** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
+**
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
+**
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
+**
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
+** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
+**
+**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+**       call by X completes.
+**
+**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+**       without blocking.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )       /* The main static mutex */
+  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  int bRunExtraInit = 0;                       /* Extra initialization needed */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the following assert() fails on some obscure processor/compiler
+  ** combination, the work-around is to set the correct pointer
+  ** size at compile-time using -DSQLITE_PTRSIZE=n compile-time option */
+  assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE==sizeof(char*) );
+
+  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
+  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
+  ** of this routine.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
+  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+  **
+  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+  ** initialization.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
+  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+  */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
+           sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+  /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
+  ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
+  ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case.  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
+  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
+  ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
+  **
+  ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
+  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
+  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+    {
+      extern void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void);
+      sqlite3_init_sqllog();
+    }
+#endif
+    memset(&sqlite3BuiltinFunctions, 0, sizeof(sqlite3BuiltinFunctions));
+    sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions();
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
+          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+      bRunExtraInit = 1;
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+
+  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
+  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
+  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
+  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
+    double y;
+    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
+    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
+    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
+    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
+  }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  ** compile-time option.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  if( bRunExtraInit ){
+    int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*);
+    rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
+** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
+** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
+** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
+** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
+** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  int rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN
+    void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void);
+    SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN();
+#endif
+    sqlite3_os_end();
+    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
+    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    sqlite3MallocEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES
+    /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed
+    ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+    ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these
+    ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the
+    ** heap subsystem was shutdown.  This is only done if the current call to
+    ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown.
+    */
+    sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+    sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
+    sqlite3MutexEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
+** the SQLite library at run-time.
+**
+** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
+** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
+** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
+  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+    ** compile.
+    */
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0  /* IMP: R-54466-46756 */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02748-19096 This option sets the threading mode to
+      ** Single-thread. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;  /* Disable mutex on core */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;  /* Disable mutex on connections */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-20520-54086 */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14374-42468 This option sets the threading mode to
+      ** Multi-thread. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;  /* Enable mutex on core */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;  /* Disable mutex on connections */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-59593-21810 */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41220-51800 This option sets the threading mode to
+      ** Serialized. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;  /* Enable mutex on core */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;  /* Enable mutex on connections */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-63666-48755 */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
+      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-14450-37597 */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
+      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55594-21030 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a
+      ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the
+      ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The argument specifies alternative
+      ** low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of the memory
+      ** allocation routines built into SQLite. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51213-46414 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a
+      ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the
+      ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The sqlite3_mem_methods structure is
+      ** filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. */
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61275-35157 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes
+      ** single argument of type int, interpreted as a boolean, which enables
+      ** or disables the collection of memory allocation statistics. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08404-60887 There are three arguments to
+      ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: A pointer an 8-byte aligned memory buffer from
+      ** which the scratch allocations will be drawn, the size of each scratch
+      ** allocation (sz), and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18761-36601 There are three arguments to
+      ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to 8-byte aligned memory (pMem),
+      ** the size of each page cache line (sz), and the number of cache lines
+      ** (N). */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-39100-27317 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes
+      ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into
+      ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page
+      ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */
+      *va_arg(ap, int*) = 
+          sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() +
+          sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() +
+          sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+      /* no-op */
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+      /* now an error */
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63325-48378 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a
+      ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+      ** object. This object specifies the interface to a custom page cache
+      ** implementation. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22035-46182 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a
+      ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+      ** object. SQLite copies of the current page cache implementation into
+      ** that object. */
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+        sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+      }
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2;
+      break;
+    }
+
+/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06626-12911 The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only
+** available if SQLite is compiled with either SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 or
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 and returns SQLITE_ERROR if invoked otherwise. */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-19854-42126 There are three arguments to
+      ** SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, the
+      ** number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+      */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
+      }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
+        /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
+      }
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
+        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49920-60189 If the first pointer (the memory pointer)
+        ** is NULL, then SQLite reverts to using its default memory allocator
+        ** (the system malloc() implementation), undoing any prior invocation of
+        ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC.
+        **
+        ** Setting sqlite3GlobalConfig.m to all zeros will cause malloc to
+        ** revert to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is run
+        */
+        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
+      }else{
+        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61006-08918 If the memory pointer is not NULL then the
+        ** alternative memory allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites
+        ** memory allocation needs. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    
+    /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
+    ** The default is NULL.  Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
+    ** NULL.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
+      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
+      */
+      typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames
+    ** can be changed at start-time using the
+    ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or
+    ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25451-61125 The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single
+      ** argument of type int. If non-zero, then URI handling is globally
+      ** enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling is globally
+      ** disabled. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-36592-02772 The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+      ** option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as a
+      ** boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
+      ** full table scans in the query optimizer. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: {
+      typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58063-38258 SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit
+      ** integer (sqlite3_int64) values that are the default mmap size limit
+      ** (the default setting for PRAGMA mmap_size) and the maximum allowed
+      ** mmap size limit. */
+      sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
+      sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-53367-43190 If either argument to this option is
+      ** negative, then that argument is changed to its compile-time default.
+      **
+      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-34993-45031 The maximum allowed mmap size will be
+      ** silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
+      ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+      ** compile-time option.
+      */
+      if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){
+        mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
+      }
+      if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE;
+      if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap;
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) /* IMP: R-04780-55815 */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: {
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-34926-03360 SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit
+      ** unsigned integer value that specifies the maximum size of the created
+      ** heap. */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nStmtSpill = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
+** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
+** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
+** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
+** the lookaside memory.
+*/
+static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  void *pStart;
+  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+  ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for 
+  ** both at the same time.
+  */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
+  ** than a pointer to be useful.
+  */
+  sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);  /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
+  if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
+  if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+    sz = 0;
+    pStart = 0;
+  }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );  /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz;
+  }else{
+    pStart = pBuf;
+  }
+  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
+  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
+  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
+  if( pStart ){
+    int i;
+    LookasideSlot *p;
+    assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
+    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
+    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
+      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
+      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+    }
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
+    db->lookaside.bDisable = 0;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
+  }else{
+    db->lookaside.pStart = db;
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = db;
+    db->lookaside.bDisable = 1;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE */
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return db->mutex;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+      sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any dirty pages in the pager-cache for any attached database
+** to disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bSeenBusy = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerFlush(pPager);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        bSeenBusy = 1;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return ((rc==SQLITE_OK && bSeenBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME: {
+      db->aDb[0].zDbSName = va_arg(ap,char*);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);       /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
+      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);      /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
+      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      static const struct {
+        int op;      /* The opcode */
+        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
+      } aFlagOp[] = {
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,           SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER,        SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  },
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension  },
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE,      SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  },
+      };
+      unsigned int i;
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
+        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
+          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
+          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
+          int oldFlags = db->flags;
+          if( onoff>0 ){
+            db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
+          }else if( onoff==0 ){
+            db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
+          }
+          if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
+            sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          }
+          if( pRes ){
+            *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
+          }
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+*/
+static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
+  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
+  return n==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+**
+** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
+** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
+*/
+static int binCollFunc(
+  void *padFlag,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-65033-28449 The built-in BINARY collation compares
+  ** strings byte by byte using the memcmp() function from the standard C
+  ** library. */
+  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( padFlag
+     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
+     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
+    ){
+      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-31624-24737 RTRIM is like BINARY except that extra
+      ** spaces at the end of either string do not change the result. In other
+      ** words, strings will compare equal to one another as long as they
+      ** differ only in the number of spaces at the end.
+      */
+    }else{
+      rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( 0==r ){
+    r = nKey1-nKey2;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value returned by the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->lastRowid = iRowid;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+  while( db->pSavepoint ){
+    Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+    db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+  db->nSavepoint = 0;
+  db->nStatement = 0;
+  db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
+** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
+** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
+** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
+*/
+static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->u.pDestructor;
+  if( pDestructor ){
+    pDestructor->nRef--;
+    if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
+      pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
+** db. This is called when db is being closed.
+*/
+static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int i;
+  HashElem *p;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+    if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){
+      for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+        Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p);
+        if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(p);
+    if( pMod->pEpoTab ){
+      sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pMod->pEpoTab);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.  
+*/
+static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
+  int j;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db->pVdbe ) return 1;
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
+  if( !db ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or
+    ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE ){
+    db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
+  disconnectAllVtab(db);
+
+  /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above
+  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
+  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
+  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
+  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
+  ** some prepared statements internally.
+  */
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+
+  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
+  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
+  */
+  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
+       "statements or unfinished backups");
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
+    /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
+  */
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
+  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database
+** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and
+** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups.  The sqlite3_close_v2()
+** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are
+** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last
+** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); }
+
+
+/*
+** Close the mutex on database connection db.
+**
+** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
+** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
+** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
+** finished, then free all resources.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;                    /* Hash table iterator */
+  int j;
+
+  /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
+  ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
+  ** then just leave the mutex and return.
+  */
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
+  ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
+  ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie).  Therefore,
+  ** go ahead and free all resources.
+  */
+
+  /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if
+  ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction
+  ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make
+  ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */
+  sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+
+  /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+  sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+  /* Close all database connections */
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+      if( j!=1 ){
+        pDb->pSchema = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
+  if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+
+  /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
+  ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
+  */
+  sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    FuncDef *pNext, *p;
+    p = sqliteHashData(i);
+    do{
+      functionDestroy(db, p);
+      pNext = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+      p = pNext;
+    }while( p );
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
+    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
+        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
+      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+    }
+    sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser);
+  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW);
+#endif
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+
+  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
+  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
+  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
+  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
+  ** structure?
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+  assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 );  /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all database files.  If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
+** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
+** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
+** attempts to use that cursor.  Read cursors remain open and valid
+** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
+  int i;
+  int inTrans = 0;
+  int schemaChange;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+
+  /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). 
+  ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
+  ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
+  ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
+  ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false
+  ** corruption reports in some cases.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  schemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+        inTrans = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+  /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
+  db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+  db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
+
+  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
+  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
+    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
+** specified in the argument.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
+  const char *zName = 0;
+  int i, origRc = rc;
+  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
+    switch( rc ){
+      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
+      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
+      case SQLITE_INTERNAL:           zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";          break;
+      case SQLITE_PERM:               zName = "SQLITE_PERM";              break;
+      case SQLITE_ABORT:              zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";             break;
+      case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK:     zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK";    break;
+      case SQLITE_BUSY:               zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";              break;
+      case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY";     break;
+      case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT";     break;
+      case SQLITE_LOCKED:             zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";            break;
+      case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break;
+      case SQLITE_NOMEM:              zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";             break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY:           zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";          break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED";  break;
+      case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:          zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";         break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR:              zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";             break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_READ:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ:   zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ";  break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";   break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";    break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";   break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH";    break;
+      case SQLITE_CORRUPT:            zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";           break;
+      case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB:       zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB";      break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:           zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";          break;
+      case SQLITE_FULL:               zName = "SQLITE_FULL";              break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:           zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";          break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR:     zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR";    break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break;
+      case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:           zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";          break;
+      case SQLITE_EMPTY:              zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";             break;
+      case SQLITE_SCHEMA:             zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";            break;
+      case SQLITE_TOOBIG:             zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";            break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT:         zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";        break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE:  zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK";  break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB:    zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION";     break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID";  break;
+      case SQLITE_MISMATCH:           zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";          break;
+      case SQLITE_MISUSE:             zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";            break;
+      case SQLITE_NOLFS:              zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";             break;
+      case SQLITE_AUTH:               zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";              break;
+      case SQLITE_FORMAT:             zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";            break;
+      case SQLITE_RANGE:              zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";             break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTADB:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB";            break;
+      case SQLITE_ROW:                zName = "SQLITE_ROW";               break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTICE:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE";            break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_WARNING:            zName = "SQLITE_WARNING";           break;
+      case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX:  zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break;
+      case SQLITE_DONE:               zName = "SQLITE_DONE";              break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    static char zBuf[50];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc);
+    zName = zBuf;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  static const char* const aMsg[] = {
+    /* SQLITE_OK          */ "not an error",
+    /* SQLITE_ERROR       */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERNAL    */ 0,
+    /* SQLITE_PERM        */ "access permission denied",
+    /* SQLITE_ABORT       */ "callback requested query abort",
+    /* SQLITE_BUSY        */ "database is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_LOCKED      */ "database table is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_NOMEM       */ "out of memory",
+    /* SQLITE_READONLY    */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT   */ "interrupted",
+    /* SQLITE_IOERR       */ "disk I/O error",
+    /* SQLITE_CORRUPT     */ "database disk image is malformed",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND    */ "unknown operation",
+    /* SQLITE_FULL        */ "database or disk is full",
+    /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN    */ "unable to open database file",
+    /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL    */ "locking protocol",
+    /* SQLITE_EMPTY       */ "table contains no data",
+    /* SQLITE_SCHEMA      */ "database schema has changed",
+    /* SQLITE_TOOBIG      */ "string or blob too big",
+    /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  */ "constraint failed",
+    /* SQLITE_MISMATCH    */ "datatype mismatch",
+    /* SQLITE_MISUSE      */ "library routine called out of sequence",
+    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ "large file support is disabled",
+    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
+    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ "auxiliary database format error",
+    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "bind or column index out of range",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
+  };
+  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
+      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc &= 0xff;
+      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
+        zErr = aMsg[rc];
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return zErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
+*/
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP
+  static const u8 delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
+  static const u8 totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
+# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
+  int delay, prior;
+
+  assert( count>=0 );
+  if( count < NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count];
+    prior = totals[count];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the given busy handler.
+**
+** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
+** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
+** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
+  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    p->nBusy = -1;
+  }else{
+    p->nBusy++;
+  }
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  db->busyTimeout = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( nOps>0 ){
+    db->xProgress = xProgress;
+    db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps;
+    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+  }else{
+    db->xProgress = 0;
+    db->nProgressOps = 0;
+    db->pProgressArg = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
+    db->busyTimeout = ms;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) && (db==0 || db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
+** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
+** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
+  int extraFlags;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xSFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xSFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xSFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
+      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
+  extraFlags = enc &  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
+  enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY);
+  
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags,
+         pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags,
+          pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+#else
+  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+  
+  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
+  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
+  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
+  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
+  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
+    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
+  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
+  ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
+  functionDestroy(db, p);
+
+  if( pDestructor ){
+    pDestructor->nRef++;
+  }
+  p->u.pDestructor = pDestructor;
+  p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags;
+  testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
+  p->xSFunc = xSFunc ? xSFunc : xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunc,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep,
+                                    xFinal, 0);
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunc,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( xDestroy ){
+    pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
+    if( !pArg ){
+      xDestroy(p);
+      goto out;
+    }
+    pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+    pArg->pUserData = p;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
+  if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    xDestroy(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
+  }
+
+ out:
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zFunc8;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zFunctionName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xSFunc,xStep,xFinal,0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
+**
+** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
+** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
+**
+** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
+** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
+** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
+** properly.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nArg
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 || nArg<-2 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+                           0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** SQL statement.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->mTrace = xTrace ? SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY : 0;
+  db->xTrace = (int(*)(u32,void*,void*,void*))xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+
+/* Register a trace callback using the version-2 interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                               /* Trace this connection */
+  unsigned mTrace,                           /* Mask of events to be traced */
+  int(*xTrace)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),  /* Callback to invoke */
+  void *pArg                                 /* Context */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( mTrace==0 ) xTrace = 0;
+  if( xTrace==0 ) mTrace = 0;
+  db->mTrace = mTrace;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
+** profile function is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
+** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
+** each SQL statement that is run.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  void *pOld;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
+  db->xProfile = xProfile;
+  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits.
+** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
+  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
+** back by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
+  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void(*xCallback)(         /* Callback function */
+    void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64),
+  void *pArg                /* First callback argument */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pPreUpdateArg;
+  db->xPreUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pPreUpdateArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
+** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
+** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
+** wal_autocheckpoint()).
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
+  void *pClientData,     /* Argument */
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* Connection */
+  const char *zDb,       /* Database */
+  int nFrame             /* Size of WAL */
+){
+  if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
+** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
+** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
+** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
+** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
+#else
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  if( nFrame>0 ){
+    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
+** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
+  int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
+  void *pArg                      /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  void *pRet;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pWalArg;
+  db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pWalArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+#else
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED;  /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+
+  /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
+  if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
+  if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
+
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE==0 );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL==1 );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART==2 );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE==3 );
+  if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03996-12088 The M parameter must be a valid checkpoint
+    ** mode: */
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+  }
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
+  }else{
+    db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+
+  /* If there are no active statements, clear the interrupt flag at this
+  ** point.  */
+  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are 
+** checkpointed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41613-20553 The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
+  ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0). */
+  return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db,zDb,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
+** not currently open in WAL mode.
+**
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this 
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If 
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
+** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
+** this function while the checkpoint is running.
+**
+** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
+** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
+** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
+  int bBusy = 0;                  /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
+  assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+      pnLog = 0;
+      pnCkpt = 0;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        bBusy = 1;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
+** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
+** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
+** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
+** following table describes the relationship between these two values
+** and this functions return value.
+**
+**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
+**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
+**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
+  return ( db->temp_store==2 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
+  return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
+  }else{
+    testcase( db->pErr==0 );
+    z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+    assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
+  };
+  static const u16 misuse[] = {
+    'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 
+    'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 
+    'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 
+    'o', 'f', ' ', 
+    's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
+  };
+
+  const void *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return (void *)outOfMem;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return (void *)misuse;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = (void *)outOfMem;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
+      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    }
+    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
+    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
+    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
+    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
+    */
+    sqlite3OomClear(db);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
+** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0;
+}  
+
+/*
+** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.  For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr()
+** function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){
+  return sqlite3ErrStr(rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
+** and the encoding is enc.
+*/
+static int createCollation(
+  sqlite3* db,
+  const char *zName, 
+  u8 enc,
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int enc2;
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  enc2 = enc;
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
+  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
+    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }
+  if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
+  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
+  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
+  */
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
+  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
+    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
+      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+
+    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
+    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
+    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
+    ** to be called.
+    */ 
+    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
+      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
+        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
+          if( p->xDel ){
+            p->xDel(p->pUser);
+          }
+          p->xCmp = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
+  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+  pColl->xDel = xDel;
+  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
+** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
+** #defines in sqlite3.h.
+*/
+static const int aHardLimit[] = {
+  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
+  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
+  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
+  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
+  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
+  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,      /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */
+  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS,
+};
+
+/*
+** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>127
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 127
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS<0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>50
+# error SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS must be between 0 and 50
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
+** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
+** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
+** new limit is negative.
+**
+** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
+** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
+** from forming.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
+  int oldLimit;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return -1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
+  ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
+  ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
+  ** "_MAX_".)
+  */
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
+                                               SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]==SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS );
+  assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
+
+
+  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
+    return -1;
+  }
+  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
+  if( newLimit>=0 ){                   /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
+    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
+      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];  /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
+    }
+    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
+  }
+  return oldLimit;                     /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
+** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
+** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
+**
+** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
+** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
+** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
+** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
+** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains 
+** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
+** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
+** this buffer.
+**
+** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
+** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
+  const char *zDefaultVfs,        /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
+  const char *zUri,               /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
+  unsigned int *pFlags,           /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs,            /* OUT: VFS to use */ 
+  char **pzFile,                  /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
+  char **pzErrMsg                 /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
+  const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
+  char *zFile;
+  char c;
+  int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
+
+  assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
+
+  if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI)             /* IMP: R-48725-32206 */
+            || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) /* IMP: R-51689-46548 */
+   && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 /* IMP: R-57884-37496 */
+  ){
+    char *zOpt;
+    int eState;                   /* Parser state when parsing URI */
+    int iIn;                      /* Input character index */
+    int iOut = 0;                 /* Output character index */
+    u64 nByte = nUri+2;           /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+
+    /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen 
+    ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name.  */
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+
+    for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
+    zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
+    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+
+    iIn = 5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY
+    if( strncmp(zUri+5, "///", 3)==0 ){
+      iIn = 7;
+      /* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters
+      ** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path.
+      ** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters
+      ** file://host/path or file:////host/path.  But 5 leading slashes is a 
+      ** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */
+      if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; }
+    }else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){
+      iIn = 16;
+    }
+#else
+    /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
+    if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
+      iIn = 7;
+      while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
+      if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", 
+            iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto parse_uri_out;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. 
+    ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. 
+    **
+    ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
+    ** on the parsing context. As follows:
+    **
+    **   0: Parsing file-name.
+    **   1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
+    **   2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
+    */
+    eState = 0;
+    while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
+      iIn++;
+      if( c=='%' 
+       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) 
+       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
+      ){
+        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
+        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
+
+        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
+        if( octet==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR
+          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
+          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
+          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
+          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
+          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
+              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
+              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
+              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
+          ){
+            iIn++;
+          }
+          continue;
+#else
+          /* If ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR is defined, "%00" in a URI is an error. */
+          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unexpected %%00 in uri");
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          goto parse_uri_out;
+#endif
+        }
+        c = octet;
+      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
+        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
+          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
+          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( c=='&' ){
+          zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+        }else{
+          eState = 2;
+        }
+        c = 0;
+      }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
+        c = 0;
+        eState = 1;
+      }
+      zFile[iOut++] = c;
+    }
+    if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+
+    /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted 
+    ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
+    ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
+    ** method. */
+    zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
+    while( zOpt[0] ){
+      int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
+      char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
+      int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
+
+      if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
+        zVfs = zVal;
+      }else{
+        struct OpenMode {
+          const char *z;
+          int mode;
+        } *aMode = 0;
+        char *zModeType = 0;
+        int mask = 0;
+        int limit = 0;
+
+        if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
+          static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
+            { "shared",  SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
+            { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
+            { 0, 0 }
+          };
+
+          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
+          aMode = aCacheMode;
+          limit = mask;
+          zModeType = "cache";
+        }
+        if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
+          static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
+            { "ro",  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
+            { "rw",  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, 
+            { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
+            { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
+            { 0, 0 }
+          };
+
+          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+                   | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
+          aMode = aOpenMode;
+          limit = mask & flags;
+          zModeType = "access";
+        }
+
+        if( aMode ){
+          int i;
+          int mode = 0;
+          for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
+            const char *z = aMode[i].z;
+            if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
+              mode = aMode[i].mode;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( mode==0 ){
+            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto parse_uri_out;
+          }
+          if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){
+            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
+                                        zModeType, zVal);
+            rc = SQLITE_PERM;
+            goto parse_uri_out;
+          }
+          flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
+        }
+      }
+
+      zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2);
+    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    if( nUri ){
+      memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
+    }
+    zFile[nUri] = '\0';
+    zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+  }
+
+  *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
+  if( *ppVfs==0 ){
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+ parse_uri_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFile);
+    zFile = 0;
+  }
+  *pFlags = flags;
+  *pzFile = zFile;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+  unsigned int flags,    /* Operational flags */
+  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Store allocated handle here */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int isThreadsafe;               /* True for threadsafe connections */
+  char *zOpen = 0;                /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;              /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.  
+  ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used.  If we
+  ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
+  ** assert() statements in deeper layers.  Sensible combinations
+  ** are:
+  **
+  **  1:  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
+  **  2:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+  **  6:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+  */
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY  == 0x01 );
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE    == 0x04 );
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
+  if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;  /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 1;
+  }else{
+    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
+  **
+  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
+  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
+  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits.  Silently mask
+  ** off all other flags.
+  */
+  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+             );
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  if( isThreadsafe ){
+    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+    if( db->mutex==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(db);
+      db = 0;
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = 0xff;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+
+  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
+  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
+  db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS] = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS;
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  db->nextAutovac = -1;
+  db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+  db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+                 | SQLITE_AutoIndex
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC
+                 | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
+                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+                 | SQLITE_RecTriggers
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
+                 | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS)
+                 | SQLITE_ReverseOrder
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+                 | SQLITE_CellSizeCk
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER)
+                 | SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer
+#endif
+      ;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+  **
+  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-52786-44878 SQLite defines three built-in collating
+  ** functions:
+  */
+  createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all
+  ** strings is BINARY. 
+  */
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0);
+  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
+
+  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
+  db->openFlags = flags;
+  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
+    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
+                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp
+  ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
+  */
+  db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main";
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1;
+  db->aDb[1].zDbSName = "temp";
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF;
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
+  sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(db);
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+  /* Register any built-in FTS5 module before loading the automatic
+  ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5 
+  ** tokenizers and auxiliary functions.  */
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
+  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+    rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+    rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
+  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
+  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
+  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
+                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#endif
+
+  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+
+  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
+  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+
+  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
+
+opendb_out:
+  if( db ){
+    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0
+           || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_close(db);
+    db = 0;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
+  }
+  *ppDb = db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
+    /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */
+    void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zHexKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zOpen, "hexkey");
+    if( zHexKey && zHexKey[0] ){
+      u8 iByte;
+      int i;
+      char zKey[40];
+      for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zHexKey[i]); i++){
+        iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zHexKey[i]);
+        if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte;
+      }
+      sqlite3_key_v2(db, 0, zKey, i/2);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_free(zOpen);
+  return rc & 0xff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+){
+  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  int rc;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  if( zFilename==0 ) zFilename = "\000\000";
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+      SCHEMA_ENC(*ppDb) = ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return rc & 0xff;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  return sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zName8;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  if( zName8 ){
+    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
+** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
+** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
+** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
+** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  return db->autoCommit;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_NOMEM and possibly other error
+** constants.  They serve two purposes:
+**
+**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
+**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
+**
+**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
+**       a low-level error is first detected.
+*/
+static int reportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType){
+  sqlite3_log(iErr, "%s at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              zType, lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return iErr;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  return reportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, "database corruption");
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  return reportError(SQLITE_MISUSE, lineno, "misuse");
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  return reportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file");
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  return reportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM");
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  return reportError(SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM, lineno, "I/O OOM error");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
+** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+**
+** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
+** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
+** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  Column *pCol = 0;
+  int iCol = 0;
+  char const *zDataType = 0;
+  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
+  int notnull = 0;
+  int primarykey = 0;
+  int autoinc = 0;
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTableName==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table in question */
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
+  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
+    pTab = 0;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
+  if( zColumnName==0 ){
+    /* Query for existance of table only */
+  }else{
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      if( HasRowid(pTab) && sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
+        iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        pCol = iCol>=0 ? &pTab->aCol[iCol] : 0;
+      }else{
+        pTab = 0;
+        goto error_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
+  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
+  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+  ** 
+  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
+  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
+  **
+  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
+  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
+  */ 
+  if( pCol ){
+    zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0);
+    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
+    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
+    primarykey  = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0;
+    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
+  }else{
+    zDataType = "INTEGER";
+    primarykey = 1;
+  }
+  if( !zCollSeq ){
+    zCollSeq = sqlite3StrBINARY;
+  }
+
+error_out:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
+  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
+  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
+  */
+  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
+  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
+  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
+  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
+  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
+        zColumnName);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+  int rc;
+  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
+  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
+  */
+  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  Btree *pBtree;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  if( pBtree ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    sqlite3_file *fd;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
+    assert( pPager!=0 );
+    fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+    assert( fd!=0 );
+    if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
+      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER ){
+      *(sqlite3_vfs**)pArg = sqlite3PagerVfs(pPager);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER ){
+      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(pPager);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( fd->pMethods ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interface to the testing logic.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
+  int rc = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(op);
+#else
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /*
+    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
+      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
+    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
+    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
+      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
+    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
+    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
+      sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
+    **
+    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
+    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
+    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
+    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback)
+    **
+    ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called,
+    ** if xCallback is not NULL.
+    **
+    ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0)
+    ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return
+    ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from
+    ** sqlite3_test_control().
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: {
+      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int));
+      */
+      typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t);
+      rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
+    **
+    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
+    ** are benign.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
+      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
+      void_function xBenignBegin;
+      void_function xBenignEnd;
+      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+    **
+    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
+    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+    **
+    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
+    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+    ** deleterious behavior.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      {
+        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
+    ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
+    ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
+    ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
+    ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
+    ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
+    ** return value is zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
+      volatile int x = 0;
+      assert( /*side-effects-ok*/ (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
+      rc = x;
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
+    ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
+    **
+    ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).  
+    **
+    ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
+    ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
+    ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
+    ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
+    ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
+    ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
+    **
+    ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
+    **
+    **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
+    **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
+    **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
+    **    }else{
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
+    **    }
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      rc = ALWAYS(x);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER);
+    **
+    ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which
+    ** SQLite is running:
+    **
+    **       1     big-endian,    determined at run-time
+    **      10     little-endian, determined at run-time
+    **  432101     big-endian,    determined at compile-time
+    **  123410     little-endian, determined at compile-time
+    */ 
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
+      rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
+    ** connection db.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes.  The 
+    ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled.  For normal
+    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
+    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
+    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
+    ** is obtained in every case.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
+    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
+    **
+    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
+    ** number of keywords.  Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
+    ** 
+    ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
+    ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
+    ** is built using separate source files.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
+      const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
+      rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif 
+
+    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
+    **
+    ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). 
+    ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.  
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
+      void *pFree, **ppNew;
+      int sz;
+      sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
+      pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
+      sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
+    **
+    ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
+    ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
+    ** undo this setting.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int);
+    **
+    ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well-
+    ** formed and never corrupt.  This flag is clear by default, indicating that
+    ** database files might have arbitrary corruption.  Setting the flag during
+    ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated
+    ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the threshold at which OP_Once counters reset back to zero.
+    ** By default this is 0x7ffffffe (over 2 billion), but that value is
+    ** too big to test in a reasonable amount of time, so this control is
+    ** provided to set a small and easily reachable reset value.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.iOnceResetThreshold = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
+    **
+    ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context 
+    ** pointer ptr.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      db->nMaxSorterMmap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT);
+    **
+    ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
+    ** not.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, onOff, tnum);
+    **
+    ** This test control is used to create imposter tables.  "db" is a pointer
+    ** to the database connection.  dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or
+    ** "temp") which will receive the imposter.  "onOff" turns imposter mode on
+    ** or off.  "tnum" is the root page of the b-tree to which the imposter
+    ** table should connect.
+    **
+    ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed.  Then
+    ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in
+    ** the parsed schema.  Then turn imposter mode back off again.
+    **
+    ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing
+    ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed.  This has the
+    ** effect of erasing all imposter tables.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+      db->init.iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, va_arg(ap,const char*));
+      db->init.busy = db->init.imposterTable = va_arg(ap,int);
+      db->init.newTnum = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( db->init.busy==0 && db->init.newTnum>0 ){
+        sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+#endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
+** method of a VFS implementation.  The zParam argument is the name of the
+** query parameter we seek.  This routine returns the value of the zParam
+** parameter if it exists.  If the parameter does not exist, this routine
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
+  if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0;
+  zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+  while( zFilename[0] ){
+    int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
+    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+    if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
+    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){
+  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+  bDflt = bDflt!=0;
+  return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
+  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
+  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
+){
+  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+  sqlite3_int64 v;
+  if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    bDflt = v;
+  }
+  return bDflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  int iDb = zDbName ? sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDbName) : 0;
+  return iDb<0 ? 0 : db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the filename of the database associated with a database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  Btree *pBt;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write.  Return -1 if
+** no such database exists.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  Btree *pBt;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    return -1;
+  }
+#endif
+  pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+/*
+** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently 
+** being read by handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zDb,
+  sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+    int iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+    if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+      if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), ppSnapshot);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+#endif   /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zDb, 
+  sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+    int iDb;
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+    if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+      if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), pSnapshot);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+          sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+#endif   /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Recover as many snapshots as possible from the wal file associated with
+** schema zDb of database db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  int iDb;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+  if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+    if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+        sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+#endif   /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a snapshot handle obtained from sqlite3_snapshot_get().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
+  sqlite3_free(pSnapshot);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
+
+/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 March 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** API method and its associated functionality.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* #include "btreeInt.h" */
+
+/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+
+/*
+** Public interfaces:
+**
+**   sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
+**   sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+*/
+
+#define assertMutexHeld() \
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+
+/*
+** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
+** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following 
+** properties of the blocked connections list:
+**
+**   1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either 
+**      pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+**
+**   2) All entries in the list that share a common value for 
+**      xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+**
+**   3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
+**      blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
+**      set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
+*/
+static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 *p;
+  for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
+    int seen = 0;
+    sqlite3 *p2;
+
+    /* Verify property (1) */
+    assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+
+    /* Verify property (2) */
+    for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
+      if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
+      assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define checkListProperties(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
+** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
+    if( *pp==db ){
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
+** that it is not already a part of the list.
+*/
+static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(
+    pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; 
+    *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; 
+    pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
+  );
+  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
+  *pp = db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void enterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  checkListProperties(0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void leaveMutex(void){
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  checkListProperties(0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+/*
+** Register an unlock-notify callback.
+**
+** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
+** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
+** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
+** cache.  pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
+**
+** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
+** before this routine returns.
+**
+** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
+** a deadlock.
+**
+** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
+** its locks.
+**
+** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
+** on the same "db".  If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
+** cancelled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  enterMutex();
+
+  if( xNotify==0 ){
+    removeFromBlockedList(db);
+    db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+    db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+    db->pUnlockArg = 0;
+  }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
+    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
+    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
+    ** immediately. 
+    */
+    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3 *p;
+
+    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+    if( p ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
+    }else{
+      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
+      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
+      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
+      removeFromBlockedList(db);
+      addToBlockedList(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  leaveMutex();
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
+** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
+** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
+** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
+  enterMutex();
+  if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+    addToBlockedList(db);
+  }
+  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
+** by database connection db have been released.
+**
+** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
+** list and does the following:
+**
+**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
+**
+**   2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
+**      set pUnlockConnection=0.
+**
+**   3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
+**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
+**      list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
+  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
+  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */
+  void **aArg;               /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
+  void **aDyn = 0;           /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
+  void *aStatic[16];         /* Starter space for aArg[].  No malloc required */
+
+  aArg = aStatic;
+  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
+    sqlite3 *p = *pp;
+
+    /* Step 1. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
+      p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 2. */
+    if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
+      assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
+      if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
+        xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+        nArg = 0;
+      }
+
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
+      assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
+      if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
+       || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
+      ){
+        /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
+        void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
+        if( pNew ){
+          memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
+          sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+          aDyn = aArg = pNew;
+        }else{
+          /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
+          ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
+          ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to 
+          ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
+          **
+          ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
+          ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
+          ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
+          ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
+          ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
+          ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never 
+          ** arrive.
+          **
+          ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
+          ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
+          ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without 
+          ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
+          ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
+          ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
+          ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
+          ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple 
+          ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
+          ** circumstances.
+          */
+          xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+          nArg = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+      aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
+      xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
+      p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+      p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+      p->pUnlockArg = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 3. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+      /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
+      *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
+      p->pNextBlocked = 0;
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nArg!=0 ){
+    xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+  leaveMutex();         /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is 
+** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  enterMutex();
+  removeFromBlockedList(db);
+  checkListProperties(db);
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+
+/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
+** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
+** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
+** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
+** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
+** bottom up.
+**
+**
+**** Varints ****
+** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
+** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
+** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** and so on.
+**
+** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
+** the encoding is not the same.  SQLite varints are big-endian
+** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
+** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
+**
+** Example encodings:
+**
+**     1:    0x01
+**   127:    0x7f
+**   128:    0x81 0x00
+**
+**
+**** Document lists ****
+** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
+** given term.  Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
+** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
+** A position is the index of a word within the document.  The first 
+** word of the document has a position of 0.
+**
+** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
+** option.  But that functionality is no longer supported.
+**
+** A doclist is stored like this:
+**
+** array {
+**   varint docid;          (delta from previous doclist)
+**   array {                (position list for column 0)
+**     varint position;     (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+**   }
+**   array {
+**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
+**     varint column;       (index of new column)
+**     array {
+**       varint position;   (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+**     }
+**   }
+**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur 
+** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
+** ending a position list array.  POS_END is 0.  POS_COLUMN is 1.
+** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
+** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
+** 2 for the first position.  Example:
+**
+**   label:       A B C D E  F  G H   I  J K
+**   value:     123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
+**
+** The 123 value is the first docid.  For column zero in this document
+** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3).  The 1
+** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
+** new column is column number 1.  There are two positions at 12 and 45
+** (14-2 and 35-2+12).  The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document.  The
+** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357).  It has one position 70
+** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K.
+**
+** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
+** a single docid.  A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
+** column.  Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
+** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
+** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
+**
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an 
+** array of varint-encoded docids.
+**
+**** Segment leaf nodes ****
+** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
+** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
+** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
+** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
+** the format:
+**
+** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
+** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
+** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
+** array {
+**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
+**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
+**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
+**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
+**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.
+**
+** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
+** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
+** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
+** greater node id.
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
+** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
+** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
+** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
+** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
+** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
+** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
+** likely to be query targets.
+**
+** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
+** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
+** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
+** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
+**
+**
+**** Segment interior nodes ****
+** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
+** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
+** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
+** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
+** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
+** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
+** nodes:
+**
+** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
+** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
+** optional {
+**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
+**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
+**   array {
+**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
+**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
+**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
+**   }
+** }
+**
+** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
+** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
+**
+** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
+** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
+** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
+** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
+** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
+** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
+** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
+** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
+** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
+** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
+** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
+** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
+** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
+** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
+** height+1, and so on.
+**
+**
+**** Segment directory ****
+** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
+** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
+** segment's tree.
+**
+** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
+** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
+** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
+** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
+** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
+** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
+** height and the blockid of the previous root).
+**
+** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
+**   level               - segment level (see below)
+**   idx                 - index within level
+**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
+**   start_block         - first leaf node
+**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
+**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
+**   root                - contents of root node
+**
+** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
+** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
+**
+**
+**** Segment merging ****
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** more documents.
+**
+** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
+** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
+** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
+** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
+** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
+** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
+** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+**
+** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
+** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
+** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
+** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
+** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
+** deleted.
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
+** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
+** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
+** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
+** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
+** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+**
+** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
+** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
+** inserted:
+**
+**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
+**       16           25
+**        8           12
+**        4           10
+**        2            6
+**
+** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
+** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
+** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
+** even with many segments.
+**
+** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
+** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
+** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
+** spot around.
+**
+**
+**
+**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
+** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
+** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
+** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
+** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
+** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
+** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
+** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
+** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
+** older data.
+*/
+
+/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Nov 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTSINT_H
+#define _FTSINT_H
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/* FTS3/FTS4 require virtual tables */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+/* # include "sqlite3ext.h"  */
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
+#endif
+
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+  ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+  ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+  ** the input buffer.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+  ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
+  */
+
+  /* 
+  ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
+  */
+  int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
+typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Fts3Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  Fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    Fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct Fts3HashElem {
+  Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts3HashInit     sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert   sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind     sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear    sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Fts3Hash h;
+**   Fts3HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+
+/*
+** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
+** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform 
+** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
+** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
+** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
+** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
+** segment of level N+1.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the 
+** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
+** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
+** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new 
+** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
+
+/*
+** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
+** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
+** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
+*/
+#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
+** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
+*/
+#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
+
+/*
+** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
+** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. 
+**
+** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
+** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
+** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
+** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
+** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
+**
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In 
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least 
+** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
+*/
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL      1024
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
+
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation.  If undefined,
+** make it a no-op.
+*/
+#ifndef testcase
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
+*/
+#define POS_COLUMN  (1)     /* Column-list terminator */
+#define POS_END     (0)     /* Position-list terminator */ 
+
+/*
+** This section provides definitions to allow the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the 
+** amalgamation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
+** false.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
+# define NEVER(X)  (0)
+#elif defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define ALWAYS(x) sqlite3Fts3Always((x)!=0)
+# define NEVER(x) sqlite3Fts3Never((x)!=0)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b);
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
+# define NEVER(x)  (x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal types used by SQLite.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char u8;         /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
+typedef short int i16;            /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
+typedef unsigned int u32;         /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;       /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;        /* 8-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+
+/*
+** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void);
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt()
+#else
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
+typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
+
+typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
+typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
+typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
+typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
+typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
+
+typedef struct MatchinfoBuffer MatchinfoBuffer;
+
+/*
+** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
+** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
+** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
+** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
+** arguments.
+*/
+struct Fts3Table {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb;                /* logical database name */
+  const char *zName;              /* virtual table name */
+  int nColumn;                    /* number of named columns in virtual table */
+  char **azColumn;                /* column names.  malloced */
+  u8 *abNotindexed;               /* True for 'notindexed' columns */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;  /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
+  char *zContentTbl;              /* content=xxx option, or NULL */
+  char *zLanguageid;              /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */
+  int nAutoincrmerge;             /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
+  u32 nLeafAdd;                   /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
+
+  /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these 
+  ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. 
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt;        /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */
+
+  char *zReadExprlist;
+  char *zWriteExprlist;
+
+  int nNodeSize;                  /* Soft limit for node size */
+  u8 bFts4;                       /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+  u8 bHasStat;                    /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */
+  u8 bHasDocsize;                 /* True if %_docsize table exists */
+  u8 bDescIdx;                    /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
+  u8 bIgnoreSavepoint;            /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */
+  int nPgsz;                      /* Page size for host database */
+  char *zSegmentsTbl;             /* Name of %_segments table */
+  sqlite3_blob *pSegments;        /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
+
+  /* 
+  ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index 
+  ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
+  ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
+  ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
+  **
+  ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
+  ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
+  ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
+  ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
+  **
+  ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the 
+  ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
+  ** malloc overhead.  When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
+  ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most 
+  ** recently inserted record.
+  */
+  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] */
+  struct Fts3Index {
+    int nPrefix;                  /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
+    Fts3Hash hPending;            /* Pending terms table for this index */
+  } *aIndex;
+  int nMaxPendingData;            /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
+  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
+  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;        /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
+  int iPrevLangid;                /* Langid of recently inserted document */
+  int bPrevDelete;                /* True if last operation was a delete */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+  /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
+  ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times.  These
+  ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for
+  ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core.
+  */
+  int inTransaction;     /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
+  int mxSavepoint;       /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled
+  ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'.  */
+  int bNoIncrDoclist;
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
+** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
+** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
+*/
+struct Fts3Cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  i16 eSearch;                    /* Search strategy (see below) */
+  u8 isEof;                       /* True if at End Of Results */
+  u8 isRequireSeek;               /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
+  u8 bSeekStmt;                   /* True if pStmt is a seek */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Parsed MATCH query string */
+  int iLangid;                    /* Language being queried for */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrevId;          /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
+  char *pNextId;                  /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* List of docids for full-text queries */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
+  u8 bDesc;                       /* True to sort in descending order */
+  int eEvalmode;                  /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
+  int nRowAvg;                    /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Documents in table */
+  i64 iMinDocid;                  /* Minimum docid to return */
+  i64 iMaxDocid;                  /* Maximum docid to return */
+  int isMatchinfoNeeded;          /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
+  MatchinfoBuffer *pMIBuffer;     /* Buffer for matchinfo data */
+};
+
+#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER    0
+#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT      1
+#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
+
+/*
+** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
+** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
+** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH.  If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
+** of the column to be searched.  For example, in
+**
+**     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
+**     SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
+** 
+** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
+** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1.  (+0 for a,
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.)  If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" 
+** indicating that all columns should be searched,
+** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
+*/
+#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0    /* Linear scan of %_content table */
+#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH    1    /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
+#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2    /* Full-text index search */
+
+/*
+** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by
+** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described
+** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following
+** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches.
+*/
+#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID    0x00010000      /* languageid=? */
+#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE  0x00020000      /* docid>=? */
+#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE  0x00040000      /* docid<=? */
+
+struct Fts3Doclist {
+  char *aAll;                    /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
+  int nAll;                      /* Size of a[] in bytes */
+  char *pNextDocid;              /* Pointer to next docid */
+
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;          /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
+  int bFreeList;                 /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
+  char *pList;                   /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
+  int nList;                     /* Length of position list */
+};
+
+/*
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
+** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
+*/
+struct Fts3PhraseToken {
+  char *z;                        /* Text of the token */
+  int n;                          /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
+  int isPrefix;                   /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
+  int bFirst;                     /* True if token must appear at position 0 */
+
+  /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
+  ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
+  ** used when evaluating the expression. */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred token object for this token */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Segment-reader for this token */
+};
+
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+  /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
+  Fts3Doclist doclist;
+  int bIncr;                 /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
+  int iDoclistToken;
+
+  /* Used by sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist() if this is a descendent of an
+  ** OR condition.  */
+  char *pOrPoslist;
+  i64 iOrDocid;
+
+  /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing 
+  ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. 
+  */
+  int nToken;                /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+  int iColumn;               /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+  Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
+
+/*
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
+**
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist 
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results 
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial 
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this 
+** buffer.
+**
+** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
+** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
+** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
+** is populated as follows:
+**
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed 
+** when the expression node is.
+*/
+struct Fts3Expr {
+  int eType;                 /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+  int nNear;                 /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+  Fts3Expr *pParent;         /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+  Fts3Expr *pLeft;           /* Left operand */
+  Fts3Expr *pRight;          /* Right operand */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;       /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+
+  /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;      /* Current docid */
+  u8 bEof;                   /* True this expression is at EOF already */
+  u8 bStart;                 /* True if iDocid is valid */
+  u8 bDeferred;              /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
+
+  /* The following are used by the fts3_snippet.c module. */
+  int iPhrase;               /* Index of this phrase in matchinfo() results */
+  u32 *aMI;                  /* See above */
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For 
+** example, the following:
+**
+**   "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+**
+** is equivalent to:
+**
+**   "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+*/
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR   1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT    2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND    3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR     4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+
+
+/* fts3_write.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64,
+  sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+  Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
+#else
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *);
+
+/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING        -1
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL            -2
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, 
+    int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS   0x00000001
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY  0x00000002
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX        0x00000008
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN          0x00000010
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST         0x00000020
+
+/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+struct Fts3SegFilter {
+  const char *zTerm;
+  int nTerm;
+  int iCol;
+  int flags;
+};
+
+struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
+  /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment;      /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Size of apSegment array */
+  int nAdvance;                   /* How many seg-readers to advance */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Pointer to filter object */
+  char *aBuffer;                  /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
+
+  int iColFilter;                 /* If >=0, filter for this column */
+  int bRestart;
+
+  /* Used by fts3.c only. */
+  int nCost;                      /* Cost of running iterator */
+  int bLookup;                    /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
+
+  /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int);
+
+#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) (                                           \
+  (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \
+)
+
+/* fts3.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char**,const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc);
+
+/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, 
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
+
+/* fts3_snippet.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
+  const char *, const char *, int, int
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p);
+
+/* fts3_expr.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
+  char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
+);
+
+/* fts3_aux.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+    Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+    Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
+
+/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);
+
+/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
+#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
+
+/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
+# define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#endif
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stddef.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+/* #include "fts3.h" */
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
+/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
+
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b) { assert( b ); return b; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b)  { assert( !b ); return b; }
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
+** The number of bytes written is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
+  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
+  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
+  do{
+    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    vu >>= 7;
+  }while( vu!=0 );
+  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
+  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
+  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
+  v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift );                    \
+  if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
+#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
+  v = (*ptr++);                                               \
+  if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
+
+/* 
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
+** The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *pBuf, sqlite_int64 *v){
+  const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char*)pBuf;
+  const unsigned char *pStart = p;
+  u32 a;
+  u64 b;
+  int shift;
+
+  GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0,  0x00,     0x80, *v, 1);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7,  0x7F,     0x4000, *v, 2);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF,   0x200000, *v, 3);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4);
+  b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
+
+  for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){
+    u64 c = *p++;
+    b += (c&0x7F) << shift;
+    if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  *v = b;
+  return (int)(p - pStart);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
+** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
+  u32 a;
+
+#ifndef fts3GetVarint32
+  GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0,  0x00,     0x80, *pi, 1);
+#else
+  a = (*p++);
+  assert( a & 0x80 );
+#endif
+
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7,  0x7F,     0x4000, *pi, 2);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF,   0x200000, *pi, 3);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4);
+  a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
+  *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28));
+  return 5;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     "abc"   becomes   abc
+**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
+**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
+**     `mno`   becomes   mno
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;                     /* Quote character (if any ) */
+
+  quote = z[0];
+  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
+    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
+    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */
+
+    /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
+    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  
+
+    while( z[iIn] ){
+      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
+        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
+        z[iOut++] = quote;
+        iIn += 2;
+      }else{
+        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
+      }
+    }
+    z[iOut] = '\0';
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
+** to the first byte past the end of the varint.  Add the value of the varint
+** to *pVal.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+  *pVal += iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
+** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
+** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
+** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
+**
+** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
+** varint is part of.
+*/
+static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
+  char **pp, 
+  char *pStart, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pVal
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are 
+  ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
+  ** clear on character p[-1]. */
+  for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
+  p++;
+  *pp = p;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
+  *pVal = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+  /* Free any prepared statements held */
+  sqlite3_finalize(p->pSeekStmt);
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid);
+
+  /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
+  p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into *pzErr
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char **pzErr, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  sqlite3_free(*pzErr);
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  *pzErr = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
+** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
+** into *pRc.
+**
+** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3DbExec(
+  int *pRc,              /* Success code */
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database in which to run SQL */
+  const char *zFormat,   /* Format string for SQL */
+  ...                    /* Arguments to the format string */
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  if( *pRc ) return;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;              /* Return code */
+  const char *zDb = p->zDb;        /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;             /* Database handle */
+
+  /* Drop the shadow tables */
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName);
+  }
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName);
+
+  /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
+  ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
+  ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+  */
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
+** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
+** and xCreate() methods.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    int rc;                       /* Return code */
+    char *zSql;                   /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
+    char *zCols;                  /* List of user defined columns */
+    const char *zLanguageid;
+
+    zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid");
+    sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+    /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
+    zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
+    for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", 
+        zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
+    );
+    if( !zCols || !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    sqlite3_free(zCols);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
+          "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
+** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
+** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
+**
+** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
+** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
+** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
+*/
+static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* The database connection */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid;
+    char *zContentCols;           /* Columns of %_content table */
+
+    /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
+    zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+    for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      char *z = p->azColumn[i];
+      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
+    }
+    if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){
+      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
+    }
+    if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  
+    /* Create the content table */
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+       "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
+       p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
+    );
+    sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
+  }
+
+  /* Create other tables */
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
+        "level INTEGER,"
+        "idx INTEGER,"
+        "start_block INTEGER,"
+        "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
+        "end_block INTEGER,"
+        "root BLOB,"
+        "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
+      ");",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+        "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
+        p->zDb, p->zName
+    );
+  }
+  assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 );
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc;                       /* Return code */
+    char *zSql;                   /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;          /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
+  
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+        p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
+        p->nPgsz = 1024;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
+**
+**   <key> = <value>
+**
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> 
+** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
+*/
+static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
+  const char *z, 
+  int *pnKey,
+  char **pzValue
+){
+  char *zValue;
+  const char *zCsr = z;
+
+  while( *zCsr!='=' ){
+    if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
+    zCsr++;
+  }
+
+  *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
+  zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
+  if( zValue ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
+  }
+  *pzValue = zValue;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
+*/
+static void fts3Appendf(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+  char **pz,                      /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* Printf format string to append */
+  ...                             /* Arguments for printf format string */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    va_list ap;
+    char *z;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+    if( z && *pz ){
+      char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
+      sqlite3_free(z);
+      z = z2;
+    }
+    if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3_free(*pz);
+    *pz = z;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
+** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
+**
+**     fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"")   ->    "un \"\"zip\"\""
+**
+** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
+** memory.
+*/
+static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
+  int nRet;
+  char *zRet;
+  nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
+  zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
+  if( zRet ){
+    int i;
+    char *z = zRet;
+    *(z++) = '"';
+    for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
+      if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
+      *(z++) = zInput[i];
+    }
+    *(z++) = '"';
+    *(z++) = '\0';
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that 
+** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
+**
+**     SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
+**
+** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
+** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
+** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
+** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
+** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
+** string is returned:
+**
+**     "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  char *zFree = 0;
+  char *zFunction;
+  int i;
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    if( !zFunc ){
+      zFunction = "";
+    }else{
+      zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+    }
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+    if( p->zLanguageid ){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid");
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zFree);
+  }else{
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid");
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+    if( p->zLanguageid ){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
+    }
+  }
+  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", 
+      p->zDb,
+      (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
+      (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
+  );
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
+** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
+** user-defined text column).
+**
+** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
+** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three 
+** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
+**
+**     "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  char *zFree = 0;
+  char *zFunction;
+  int i;
+
+  if( !zFunc ){
+    zFunction = "";
+  }else{
+    zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+  }
+  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
+  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
+  }
+  if( p->zLanguageid ){
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?");
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zFree);
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
+** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then 
+** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
+** the integer value.
+**
+** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. 
+**
+** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
+** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter.
+*/
+static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
+  const int MAX_NPREFIX = 10000000;
+  const char *p;                  /* Iterator pointer */
+  int nInt = 0;                   /* Output value */
+
+  for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
+    nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
+    if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){
+      nInt = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  *pnOut = nInt;
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures
+** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables
+** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or
+** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter
+** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+**
+** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was
+** specified, or NULL otherwise.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to
+** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the
+** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility
+** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it.
+*/
+static int fts3PrefixParameter(
+  const char *zParam,             /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
+  int *pnIndex,                   /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
+  struct Fts3Index **apIndex      /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
+){
+  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;       /* Allocated array */
+  int nIndex = 1;                 /* Number of entries in array */
+
+  if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
+    const char *p;
+    nIndex++;
+    for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
+      if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  *apIndex = aIndex;
+  if( !aIndex ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  if( zParam ){
+    const char *p = zParam;
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
+      int nPrefix = 0;
+      if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      assert( nPrefix>=0 );
+      if( nPrefix==0 ){
+        nIndex--;
+        i--;
+      }else{
+        aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
+      }
+      p++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pnIndex = nIndex;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the
+** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns
+** of the new FTS4 table.
+**
+** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the
+** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for
+** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated
+** as follows:
+**
+**   *pnCol:   Set to the number of columns table xxx has,
+**
+**   *pnStr:   Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy
+**             of each columns name, including the nul-terminator.
+**
+**   *pazCol:  Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is
+**             the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array
+**             and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It
+**             is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation
+**             by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output
+** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is
+** returned (and the output variables are undefined).
+*/
+static int fts3ContentColumns(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
+  const char *zTbl,               /* Name of content table */
+  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
+  int *pnStr,                     /* OUT: Bytes of string content */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: error message */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  char *zSql;                     /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */  
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Compiled version of zSql */
+
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char **azCol;           /* Output array */
+    int nStr = 0;                 /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of table columns */
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through columns */
+
+    /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of
+    ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the
+    ** nul-terminator byte.  */
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+      nStr += (int)strlen(zCol) + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */
+    azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr);
+    if( azCol==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol];
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+        int n = (int)strlen(zCol)+1;
+        memcpy(p, zCol, n);
+        azCol[i] = p;
+        p += n;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+
+    /* Set the output variables. */
+    *pnCol = nCol;
+    *pnStr = nStr;
+    *pazCol = azCol;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fts3" or "fts4")
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
+*/
+static int fts3InitVtab(
+  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The SQLite database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,          /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+  char **pzErr                    /* Write any error message here */
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
+  Fts3Table *p = 0;               /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nByte;                      /* Size of allocation used for *p */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column index */
+  int nString = 0;                /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
+  int nCol = 0;                   /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
+  char *zCsr;                     /* Space for holding column names */
+  int nDb;                        /* Bytes required to hold database name */
+  int nName;                      /* Bytes required to hold table name */
+  int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+  const char **aCol;              /* Array of column names */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;        /* Tokenizer for this table */
+
+  int nIndex = 0;                 /* Size of aIndex[] array */
+  struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0;   /* Array of indexes for this table */
+
+  /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
+  int bNoDocsize = 0;             /* True to omit %_docsize table */
+  int bDescIdx = 0;               /* True to store descending indexes */
+  char *zPrefix = 0;              /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
+  char *zCompress = 0;            /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zUncompress = 0;          /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zContent = 0;             /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zLanguageid = 0;          /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char **azNotindexed = 0;        /* The set of notindexed= columns */
+  int nNotindexed = 0;            /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */
+
+  assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
+  assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
+       || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
+  );
+
+  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
+  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
+
+  nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2);
+  aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( aCol ){
+    memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte);
+    azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  }
+  if( azNotindexed ){
+    memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte);
+  }
+  if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
+  ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
+  ** does the following:
+  **
+  **   + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
+  **     the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
+  **     of the column names.
+  **
+  **   + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
+  **     initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
+  */
+  for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
+    char const *z = argv[i];
+    int nKey;
+    char *zVal;
+
+    /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
+    if( !pTokenizer 
+     && strlen(z)>8
+     && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) 
+     && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
+    else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
+      struct Fts4Option {
+        const char *zOpt;
+        int nOpt;
+      } aFts4Opt[] = {
+        { "matchinfo",   9 },     /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
+        { "prefix",      6 },     /* 1 -> PREFIX */
+        { "compress",    8 },     /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
+        { "uncompress", 10 },     /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
+        { "order",       5 },     /* 4 -> ORDER */
+        { "content",     7 },     /* 5 -> CONTENT */
+        { "languageid", 10 },     /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */
+        { "notindexed", 10 }      /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */
+      };
+
+      int iOpt;
+      if( !zVal ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
+          struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
+          if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
+          sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }else{
+          switch( iOpt ){
+            case 0:               /* MATCHINFO */
+              if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
+                sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
+                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+              }
+              bNoDocsize = 1;
+              break;
+
+            case 1:               /* PREFIX */
+              sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+              zPrefix = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 2:               /* COMPRESS */
+              sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+              zCompress = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 3:               /* UNCOMPRESS */
+              sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+              zUncompress = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 4:               /* ORDER */
+              if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) 
+               && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) 
+              ){
+                sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
+                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+              }
+              bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
+              break;
+
+            case 5:              /* CONTENT */
+              sqlite3_free(zContent);
+              zContent = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 6:              /* LANGUAGEID */
+              assert( iOpt==6 );
+              sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+              zLanguageid = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 7:              /* NOTINDEXED */
+              azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zVal);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
+    else {
+      nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
+      aCol[nCol++] = z;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following:
+  **
+  **   1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options.
+  **
+  **   2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  **      TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
+    sqlite3_free(zCompress); 
+    sqlite3_free(zUncompress); 
+    zCompress = 0;
+    zUncompress = 0;
+    if( nCol==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); 
+      aCol = 0;
+      rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr);
+
+      /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
+      ** column from the aCol[] array. */ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+          if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
+            int k;
+            for(k=j; k<nCol; k++) aCol[k] = aCol[k+1];
+            nCol--;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  if( nCol==0 ){
+    assert( nString==0 );
+    aCol[0] = "content";
+    nString = 8;
+    nCol = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( pTokenizer==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+  assert( pTokenizer );
+
+  rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+    assert( zPrefix );
+    sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) +                  /* Fts3Table */
+          nCol * sizeof(char *) +              /* azColumn */
+          nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) +  /* aIndex */
+          nCol * sizeof(u8) +                  /* abNotindexed */
+          nName +                              /* zName */
+          nDb +                                /* zDb */
+          nString;                             /* Space for azColumn strings */
+  p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->db = db;
+  p->nColumn = nCol;
+  p->nPendingData = 0;
+  p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
+  p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
+  p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
+  p->bHasStat = (u8)isFts4;
+  p->bFts4 = (u8)isFts4;
+  p->bDescIdx = (u8)bDescIdx;
+  p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff;   /* 0xff means setting unknown */
+  p->zContentTbl = zContent;
+  p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid;
+  zContent = 0;
+  zLanguageid = 0;
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
+
+  p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
+  memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  p->nIndex = nIndex;
+  for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
+    fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+  p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
+
+  /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
+  zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol];
+  p->zName = zCsr;
+  memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
+  zCsr += nName;
+  p->zDb = zCsr;
+  memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
+  zCsr += nDb;
+
+  /* Fill in the azColumn array */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+    char *z; 
+    int n = 0;
+    z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
+    if( n>0 ){
+      memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
+    }
+    zCsr[n] = '\0';
+    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
+    p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
+    zCsr += n+1;
+    assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
+  }
+
+  /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+    int n = (int)strlen(p->azColumn[iCol]);
+    for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
+      char *zNot = azNotindexed[i];
+      if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot)
+       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) 
+      ){
+        p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1;
+        sqlite3_free(zNot);
+        azNotindexed[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
+    if( azNotindexed[i] ){
+      sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "no such column: %s", azNotindexed[i]);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
+    char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
+  }
+  p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
+  p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the 
+  ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
+  */
+  if( isCreate ){
+    rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the
+  ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge.
+  */
+  if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){
+    p->bHasStat = 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
+  ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database.  */
+  fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
+  p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
+
+  /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
+  fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
+
+fts3_init_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+  sqlite3_free(aIndex);
+  sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+  sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+  sqlite3_free(zContent);
+  sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+  for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++) sqlite3_free(azNotindexed[i]);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)azNotindexed);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p ){
+      fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
+    }else if( pTokenizer ){
+      pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+    *ppVTab = &p->base;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
+*/
+static int fts3ConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts3CreateMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
+  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008012
+  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008012 ){
+    pIdxInfo->idxFlags |= SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
+** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
+**
+**   1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. 
+**   2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
+**   3. Linear scan of %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int iCons = -1;                 /* Index of constraint to use */
+
+  int iLangidCons = -1;           /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */
+  int iDocidGe = -1;              /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */
+  int iDocidLe = -1;              /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */
+  int iIdx;
+
+  /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
+  ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient 
+  ** strategy is possible.
+  */
+  pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+  pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000;
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    int bDocid;                 /* True if this constraint is on docid */
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+    if( pCons->usable==0 ){
+      if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
+        /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if
+        ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part
+        ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use
+        ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage
+        ** this, return a very high cost here.  */
+        pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+        pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
+        fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1);
+
+    /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
+    if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+      iCons = i;
+    }
+
+    /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
+    **
+    ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
+    ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
+    ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even 
+    ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
+    ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested 
+    ** context" error.
+    */
+    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 
+     && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
+    ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
+      iCons = i;
+    }
+
+    /* Equality constraint on the langid column */
+    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+     && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
+    ){
+      iLangidCons = i;
+    }
+
+    if( bDocid ){
+      switch( pCons->op ){
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE:
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT:
+          iDocidGe = i;
+          break;
+
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE:
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT:
+          iDocidLe = i;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If using a docid=? or rowid=? strategy, set the UNIQUE flag. */
+  if( pInfo->idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ) fts3SetUniqueFlag(pInfo);
+
+  iIdx = 1;
+  if( iCons>=0 ){
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
+  } 
+  if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+  } 
+  if( iDocidGe>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+  } 
+  if( iDocidLe>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+  } 
+
+  /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
+  ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. 
+  */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
+    struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
+    if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
+      if( pOrder->desc ){
+        pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
+      }else{
+        pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
+      }
+      pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
+*/
+static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr;               /* Allocated cursor */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
+  ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, 
+  ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finalize the statement handle at pCsr->pStmt.
+**
+** Or, if that statement handle is one created by fts3CursorSeekStmt(),
+** and the Fts3Table.pSeekStmt slot is currently NULL, save the statement
+** pointer there instead of finalizing it.
+*/
+static void fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->bSeekStmt ){
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    if( p->pSeekStmt==0 ){
+      p->pSeekStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
+      sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+      pCsr->pStmt = 0;
+    }
+    pCsr->bSeekStmt = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+  sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
+** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form:
+**
+**    "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?"
+**
+** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to
+** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    char *zSql;
+    if( p->pSeekStmt ){
+      pCsr->pStmt = p->pSeekStmt;
+      p->pSeekStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
+      if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pCsr->bSeekStmt = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
+** of the %_content table that contains the last match.  Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success.  
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
+    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
+      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content
+          ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
+          ** The data structures are corrupt.  */
+          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+          pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this 
+** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
+** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
+** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
+**
+** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
+** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
+** a prefix.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piFirst,         /* OUT: Selected child node */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLast           /* OUT: Selected child node */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  const char *zCsr = zNode;       /* Cursor to iterate through node */
+  const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
+  char *zBuffer = 0;              /* Buffer to load terms into */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Size of allocated buffer */
+  int isFirstTerm = 1;            /* True when processing first term on page */
+  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+
+  /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every 
+  ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
+  ** node into variable iChild.  
+  **
+  ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
+  ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
+  ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
+  ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
+  ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
+  ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
+  ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
+  ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
+  */
+  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+  if( zCsr>zEnd ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+  
+  while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
+    int cmp;                      /* memcmp() result */
+    int nSuffix;                  /* Size of term suffix */
+    int nPrefix = 0;              /* Size of term prefix */
+    int nBuffer;                  /* Total term size */
+  
+    /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
+    ** the size of zBuffer if required.  */
+    if( !isFirstTerm ){
+      zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
+    }
+    isFirstTerm = 0;
+    zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
+    
+    if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
+      rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      goto finish_scan;
+    }
+    if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
+      char *zNew;
+      nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
+      zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto finish_scan;
+      }
+      zBuffer = zNew;
+    }
+    assert( zBuffer );
+    memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
+    nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
+    zCsr += nSuffix;
+
+    /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
+    ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
+    ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree 
+    ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search 
+    ** iChild.
+    **
+    ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
+    ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
+    */
+    cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
+    if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
+      *piFirst = iChild;
+      piFirst = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
+      *piLast = iChild;
+      piLast = 0;
+    }
+
+    iChild++;
+  };
+
+  if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
+  if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
+
+ finish_scan:
+  sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
+** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
+** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
+** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
+** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
+**
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the 
+** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
+** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
+** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
+** term is a prefix.
+**
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain 
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the 
+** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
+** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
+** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+static int fts3SelectLeaf(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf,          /* Selected leaf node */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2          /* Selected leaf node */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int iHeight;                    /* Height of this node in tree */
+
+  assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
+
+  fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
+  rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+  assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
+    char *zBlob = 0;              /* Blob read from %_segments table */
+    int nBlob = 0;                /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
+
+    if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+      piLeaf = 0;
+      zBlob = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 
+** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+  assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
+  *piPrev = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
+** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** first byte after the position-list.
+**
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for 
+** a single document record of a doclist.  So, in other words, this
+** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
+** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 
+  ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
+  ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
+  ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
+  **
+  ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not 
+  ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
+  ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
+  ** last byte in the position-list.
+  */
+  while( *pEnd | c ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
+  }
+  pEnd++;  /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
+
+  if( pp ){
+    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+    char *p = *pp;
+    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+    p += n;
+    *pp = p;
+  }
+  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
+** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
+**
+** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
+** within a single document within a doclist.
+**
+** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
+** a POS_END varint (0).  This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
+** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.  The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
+** is not copied into *pp.
+*/
+static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
+  ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
+  */
+  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
+  }
+  if( pp ){
+    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+    char *p = *pp;
+    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+    p += n;
+    *pp = p;
+  }
+  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
+** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
+*/
+#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
+** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
+** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
+** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
+** (1)).
+**
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to 
+** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
+** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
+** point to the next value before returning.
+**
+** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
+** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
+** in the position-list.  Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
+** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
+** the next position.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadNextPos(
+  char **pp,                    /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *pi             /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
+){
+  if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
+    fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
+    *pi -= 2;
+  }else{
+    *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
+** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp.   This will start a new
+** column list.
+**
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before 
+** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
+** written (0 if iCol==0).
+*/
+static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
+  int n = 0;                      /* Number of bytes written */
+  if( iCol ){
+    char *p = *pp;                /* Output pointer */
+    n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
+    *p = 0x01;
+    *pp = &p[n];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the union of two position lists.  The output written
+** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
+** order and with any duplicates removed.  All pointers are
+** updated appropriately.   The caller is responsible for insuring
+** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
+  char **pp1,                     /* Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* Right input list */
+){
+  char *p = *pp;
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+  while( *p1 || *p2 ){
+    int iCol1;         /* The current column index in pp1 */
+    int iCol2;         /* The current column index in pp2 */
+
+    if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
+    else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+    else iCol1 = 0;
+
+    if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
+    else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+    else iCol2 = 0;
+
+    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+      sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;       /* Last position from pp1 */
+      sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;       /* Last position from pp2 */
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+      int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+      p1 += n;
+      p2 += n;
+
+      /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
+      ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
+      ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each 
+      ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
+      ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
+      ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
+      ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
+      ** written to the output.
+      */
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
+      do {
+        fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); 
+        iPrev -= 2;
+        if( i1==i2 ){
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+        }else if( i1<i2 ){
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+        }else{
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+        }
+      }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
+    }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+      p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
+    }else{
+      p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *p++ = POS_END;
+  *pp = p;
+  *pp1 = p1 + 1;
+  *pp2 = p2 + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
+** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
+** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
+** contains:
+**
+**     'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
+**
+** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
+**
+**     0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
+**
+** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
+** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
+**
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for 
+** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
+** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
+** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
+** slots before it.
+**
+** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
+*/
+static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
+  int nToken,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  int isSaveLeft,                 /* Save the left position */
+  int isExact,                    /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
+  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+  char *p = *pp;
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+  int iCol1 = 0;
+  int iCol2 = 0;
+
+  /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
+  assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
+
+  assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
+  if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ 
+    p1++;
+    p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+  }
+  if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ 
+    p2++;
+    p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+      char *pSave = p;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
+
+      if( iCol1 ){
+        *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
+        p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
+      }
+
+      assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
+      assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+
+      while( 1 ){
+        if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken 
+         || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) 
+        ){
+          sqlite3_int64 iSave;
+          iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
+          fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
+          pSave = 0;
+          assert( p );
+        }
+        if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
+          if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+        }else{
+          if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pSave ){
+        assert( pp && p );
+        p = pSave;
+      }
+
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+      assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
+      if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
+
+      p1++;
+      p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+      p2++;
+      p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
+    ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
+    ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next 
+    ** column-number in the position list. 
+    */
+    else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+      if( 0==*p1 ) break;
+      p1++;
+      p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+    }else{
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+      if( 0==*p2 ) break;
+      p2++;
+      p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+  *pp1 = p1;
+  *pp2 = p2;
+  if( *pp==p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  *p++ = 0x00;
+  *pp = p;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression 
+** like:
+**
+**     "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
+**
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR 
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position 
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" 
+** in the example above).
+**
+** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
+** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
+*/
+static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
+  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary buffer space */
+  int nRight,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  int nLeft,                      /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+  char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
+  char *pTmp2;
+  char *aTmp2;
+  int res = 1;
+
+  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
+  aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
+  *pp1 = p1;
+  *pp2 = p2;
+  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
+  if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+    fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
+  }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
+    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
+  }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
+  }else{
+    res = 0;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* 
+** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
+** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
+** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
+struct TermSelect {
+  char *aaOutput[16];             /* Malloc'd output buffers */
+  int anOutput[16];               /* Size each output buffer in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter
+** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is
+** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer
+** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns.
+**
+** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read
+** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
+**
+** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
+** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this 
+** function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */
+  char *pEnd,                     /* End of buffer */
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if docids are descending */
+  sqlite3_int64 *pVal             /* IN/OUT: Integer value */
+){
+  if( *pp>=pEnd ){
+    *pp = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+    *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+    if( bDescIdx ){
+      *pVal -= iVal;
+    }else{
+      *pVal += iVal;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint
+** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the
+** end of the value written.
+**
+** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
+** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. 
+**
+** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value 
+** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
+** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
+**
+** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev
+** to the value of parameter iVal.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True for descending docids */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+  int *pbFirst,                   /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
+  if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
+    iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
+  }else{
+    iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
+  }
+  assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
+  assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
+  *piPrev = iVal;
+  *pbFirst = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
+** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
+** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). 
+** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
+**
+** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
+** sorted in either ascending or descending order.
+*/
+#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
+
+/*
+** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
+** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the 
+** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
+** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
+** passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer
+** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case
+** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values
+** are undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
+  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
+  char *a1, int n1,               /* First doclist */
+  char *a2, int n2,               /* Second doclist */
+  char **paOut, int *pnOut        /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+  char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
+  char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
+  char *p1 = a1;
+  char *p2 = a2;
+  char *p;
+  char *aOut;
+  int bFirstOut = 0;
+
+  *paOut = 0;
+  *pnOut = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists
+  ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0),
+  ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For
+  ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the
+  ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
+  ** ascending order).
+  **
+  ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the 
+  ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
+  ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list 
+  ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
+  ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
+  ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from 
+  ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
+  ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
+  ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
+  **
+  ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number,
+  ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may
+  ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value
+  ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid).
+  **
+  ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
+  ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
+  ** docids to grow. 
+  **
+  ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending 
+  ** order.
+  */
+  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1);
+  if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  p = aOut;
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+  while( p1 || p2 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+
+    if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+    }else{
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
+      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *paOut = aOut;
+  *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut);
+  assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge,
+** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input
+** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist
+** exactly nDist tokens before it.
+**
+** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
+** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending 
+** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
+  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
+  int nDist,                      /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
+  char *aLeft, int nLeft,         /* Left doclist */
+  char **paRight, int *pnRight    /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+  char *aRight = *paRight;
+  char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
+  char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
+  char *p1 = aLeft;
+  char *p2 = aRight;
+  char *p;
+  int bFirstOut = 0;
+  char *aOut;
+
+  assert( nDist>0 );
+  if( bDescDoclist ){
+    aOut = sqlite3_malloc(*pnRight + FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+    if( aOut==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    aOut = aRight;
+  }
+  p = aOut;
+
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+
+  while( p1 && p2 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+    if( iDiff==0 ){
+      char *pSave = p;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
+      int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
+
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+        p = pSave;
+        iPrev = iPrevSave;
+        bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
+      }
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }else if( iDiff<0 ){
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+    }else{
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut);
+  if( bDescDoclist ){
+    sqlite3_free(aRight);
+    *paRight = aOut;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This
+** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for
+** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta
+** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only
+** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(
+  sqlite3_int64 iDelta,           /* Varint that may be written to pOut */
+  char *pList,                    /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */
+  int nList,                      /* Size of pList in bytes */
+  char *pOut                      /* Write output here */
+){
+  int nOut = 0;
+  int bWritten = 0;               /* True once iDelta has been written */
+  char *p = pList;
+  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+
+  if( *p!=0x01 ){
+    if( *p==0x02 ){
+      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+      bWritten = 1;
+    }
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+  }
+
+  while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iCol;
+    p++;
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol);
+    if( *p==0x02 ){
+      if( bWritten==0 ){
+        nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+        bWritten = 1;
+      }
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x01;
+      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol);
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+    }
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+  }
+  if( bWritten ){
+    pOut[nOut++] = 0x00;
+  }
+
+  return nOut;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
+** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
+** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
+** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
+** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
+  char *aOut = 0;
+  int nOut = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
+  ** into a single doclist.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
+    if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
+      if( !aOut ){
+        aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
+        nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
+        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+      }else{
+        int nNew;
+        char *aNew;
+
+        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, 
+            pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_free(aOut);
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
+        sqlite3_free(aOut);
+        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+        aOut = aNew;
+        nOut = nNew;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
+  pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed
+** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function
+** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details).
+**
+** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches
+** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist
+** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of
+** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect
+** object.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an
+** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelectMerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  TermSelect *pTS,                /* TermSelect object to merge into */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
+){
+  if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
+    /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
+    ** buffer using memcpy(). 
+    **
+    ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the 
+    ** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough
+    ** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the
+    ** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be
+    ** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less
+    ** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is
+    ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) 
+    ** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored
+    ** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a
+    ** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint.
+    **
+    ** Similar padding is added in the fts3DoclistOrMerge() function.
+    */
+    pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist + FTS3_VARINT_MAX + 1);
+    pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
+    if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
+      memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *aMerge = aDoclist;
+    int nMerge = nDoclist;
+    int iOut;
+
+    for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
+      if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
+        assert( iOut>0 );
+        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+        pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        char *aNew;
+        int nNew;
+
+        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, 
+            pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
+        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
+  
+        aMerge = aNew;
+        nMerge = nNew;
+        if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
+          pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+          pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, 
+  Fts3SegReader *pNew
+){
+  if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
+    Fts3SegReader **apNew;
+    int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
+    apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
+    if( !apNew ){
+      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
+  }
+  pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the
+** 8th argument.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement to iterate through segments */
+  int rc2;                        /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
+
+  /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader 
+  ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
+  ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
+  ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by 
+  ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
+  ** calls out here.  */
+  if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix||isScan, &pSeg);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
+      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
+      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+
+      /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
+      sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
+      sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
+      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+      char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
+
+      /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
+      ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
+      if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
+        sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
+        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+        if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
+      }
+ 
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, 
+          (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
+          iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, 
+          iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
+      );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+
+ finished:
+  rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a 
+** single level therein.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language-id to search */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+      ||  iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING 
+      ||  iLevel>=0
+  );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
+  assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
+
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+  return fts3SegReaderCursor(
+      p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader
+** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS virtual table handle */
+  int iLangid,
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to scan doclist of */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
+){
+  return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 
+      iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
+** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which 
+** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
+** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
+** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() 
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+){
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;          /* Return code */
+
+  pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+  if( pSegcsr ){
+    int i;
+    int bFound = 0;               /* True once an index has been found */
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+    if( isPrefix ){
+      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
+          bFound = 1;
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
+          );
+          pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
+          bFound = 1;
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
+          );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+                p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bFound==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+          0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
+      );
+      pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor().
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term
+** prefix) from the database.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelect(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pTok,          /* Token to query for */
+  int iColumn,                    /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
+  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
+  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
+  TermSelect tsc;                 /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter configuration */
+
+  pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
+  memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
+
+  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
+        | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
+        | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0)
+        | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
+  filter.iCol = iColumn;
+  filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
+  filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+      && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) 
+  ){
+    rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
+    *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
+      sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
+  pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
+** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
+**
+** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
+** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded 
+** varints.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
+  int nDoc = 0;                   /* Return value */
+  if( aList ){
+    char *aEnd = &aList[nList];   /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
+    char *p = aList;              /* Cursor */
+    while( p<aEnd ){
+      nDoc++;
+      while( (*p++)&0x80 );     /* Skip docid varint */
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);   /* Skip over position list */
+    }
+  }
+
+  return nDoc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
+** matches the search criteria.  For a MATCH search, this will be
+** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
+** simply the next row in the %_content table.  For a docid lookup,
+** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong.  SQLITE_OK is returned
+** even if we reach end-of-file.  The fts3EofMethod() will be called
+** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
+*/
+static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+  if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+      pCsr->isEof = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+    }else{
+      pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
+  }
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it
+** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of
+** the second parameter, iDefault.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){
+  if( pVal ){
+    int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal);
+    if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
+    }
+  }
+  return iDefault;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
+** the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
+** in the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index.  The
+** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
+** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
+** side of the MATCH operator.
+*/
+static int fts3FilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zSql;                     /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
+  int eSearch;
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+
+  sqlite3_value *pCons = 0;       /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */
+  sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0;     /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */
+  sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0;    /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */
+  sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0;    /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */
+  int iIdx;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF);
+  assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+  /* Collect arguments into local variables */
+  iIdx = 0;
+  if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
+  assert( iIdx==nVal );
+
+  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
+  fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+  sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
+
+  /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
+  pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
+  pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
+
+  if( idxStr ){
+    pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
+  }else{
+    pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
+  }
+  pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch;
+
+  if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
+    const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons);
+
+    if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    pCsr->iLangid = 0;
+    if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid);
+
+    assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+        p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, 
+        &p->base.zErrMsg
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
+    pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
+  ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
+  ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
+  ** row by docid.
+  */
+  if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    if( pDocidGe || pDocidLe ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "SELECT %s WHERE rowid BETWEEN %lld AND %lld ORDER BY rowid %s",
+          p->zReadExprlist, pCsr->iMinDocid, pCsr->iMaxDocid,
+          (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
+      );
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", 
+          p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
+      );
+    }
+    if( zSql ){
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
+    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this 
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
+*/
+static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
+** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
+** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+**
+** If:
+**
+**   (iCol <  p->nColumn)   -> The value of the iCol'th user column.
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn)   -> Magic column with the same name as the table.
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+
+  /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 );
+
+  if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
+    /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an 
+    ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
+    */
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId);
+  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
+    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
+    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor.  */
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid);
+  }else{
+    /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains 
+    ** indexed data), or the language-id column.  */
+    rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){
+        int iLangid = 0;
+        if( p->zLanguageid ){
+          iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1);
+        }
+        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid);
+      }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){
+        sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by 
+** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
+** inserted, updated or deleted.
+*/
+static int fts3UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table to the database.
+*/
+static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+
+  /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input
+  ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated
+  ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This
+  ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged
+  ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So
+  ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments
+  ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end
+  ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually
+  ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental
+  ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead
+  ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge
+  ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence
+  ** nMinMerge.
+  **
+  ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
+  ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
+  ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input 
+  ** segments.
+  */
+  const u32 nMinMerge = 64;       /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
+
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) 
+   && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff
+  ){
+    int mxLevel = 0;              /* Maximum relative level value in db */
+    int A;                        /* Incr-merge parameter A */
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 );
+    A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel;
+    A += (A/2);
+    if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge);
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(p->db, iLastRowid);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat
+** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat
+** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->bHasStat==2 ){
+    const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'";
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName);
+    if( zSql ){
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW);
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = (u8)bHasStat;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xBegin() method. 
+*/
+static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  p->nLeafAdd = 0;
+  return fts3SetHasStat(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
+** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
+** by fts3SyncMethod().
+*/
+static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
+** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
+** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
+** same position list.
+*/
+static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */
+  while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
+
+  /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous 
+  ** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not
+  ** have the 0x80 bit set.  */
+  while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ 
+    c = *p--; 
+  }
+  assert( p==pStart || c==0 );
+
+  /* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit
+  ** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then
+  ** over a varint. 
+  **
+  ** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return
+  ** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes.
+  ** The second part of the if condition (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2])
+  ** is required for cases where the first byte of a doclist and the
+  ** doclist is empty. For example, if the first docid is 10, a doclist
+  ** that begins with:
+  **
+  **   0x0A 0x00 <next docid delta varint>
+  */
+  if( p>pStart || (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) ){ p = &p[2]; }
+  while( *p++&0x80 );
+  *ppPoslist = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
+** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
+**
+** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the 
+** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
+** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
+** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
+*/
+static int fts3FunctionArg(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQL function call context */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Function name */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,            /* argv[0] passed to function */
+  Fts3Cursor **ppCsr              /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pRet;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
+  ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
+  *ppCsr = pRet;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+  const char *zStart = "<b>";
+  const char *zEnd = "</b>";
+  const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
+  int iCol = -1;
+  int nToken = 15;                /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
+
+  /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
+  ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
+  */
+  assert( nVal>=1 );
+
+  if( nVal>6 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, 
+        "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+
+  switch( nVal ){
+    case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
+    case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+    case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+    case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+    case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+  }
+  if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
+  }else if( nToken==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+  assert( pCsr );
+  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This 
+** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
+** Example usage is:
+**
+**   SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
+**
+** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
+*/
+static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts3Table *p;                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
+  p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
+  assert( p );
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
+
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    default:
+      sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+  assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
+    const char *zArg = 0;
+    if( nVal>1 ){
+      zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of SQL function arguments */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of SQL function */
+  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
+  void **ppArg                    /* Unused */
+){
+  struct Overloaded {
+    const char *zName;
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aOverload[] = {
+    { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
+    { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
+    { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
+    { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
+  };
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
+
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
+      *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
+*/
+static int fts3RenameMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zName               /* New name of table */
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* Database connection */
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
+  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
+  rc = fts3SetHasStat(p);
+  
+  /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
+  ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction 
+  ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method 
+  ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
+  ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
+  */
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+  }
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'  RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'  RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
+    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
+    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xSavepoint() method.
+**
+** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
+*/
+static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+  if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){
+    rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRelease() method.
+**
+** This is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->inTransaction );
+  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRollbackTo() method.
+**
+** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  assert( p->inTransaction );
+  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+  /* iVersion      */ 2,
+  /* xCreate       */ fts3CreateMethod,
+  /* xConnect      */ fts3ConnectMethod,
+  /* xBestIndex    */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
+  /* xDisconnect   */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
+  /* xDestroy      */ fts3DestroyMethod,
+  /* xOpen         */ fts3OpenMethod,
+  /* xClose        */ fts3CloseMethod,
+  /* xFilter       */ fts3FilterMethod,
+  /* xNext         */ fts3NextMethod,
+  /* xEof          */ fts3EofMethod,
+  /* xColumn       */ fts3ColumnMethod,
+  /* xRowid        */ fts3RowidMethod,
+  /* xUpdate       */ fts3UpdateMethod,
+  /* xBegin        */ fts3BeginMethod,
+  /* xSync         */ fts3SyncMethod,
+  /* xCommit       */ fts3CommitMethod,
+  /* xRollback     */ fts3RollbackMethod,
+  /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
+  /* xRename */       fts3RenameMethod,
+  /* xSavepoint    */ fts3SavepointMethod,
+  /* xRelease      */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
+  /* xRollbackTo   */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
+** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
+** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
+*/
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
+  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pHash);
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are 
+** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
+** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
+** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** And so on.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
+  if( !pHash ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+#endif
+    ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
+  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+  ** module with sqlite.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+          db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+
+  /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pHash ){
+    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+    sqlite3_free(pHash);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
+** by pExpr. 
+**
+** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
+** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
+** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
+** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
+**
+** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
+** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
+** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory 
+** doclist and then traversed.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Allocate readers for this expression */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
+  int *pnOr,                      /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      int i;
+      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+      *pnToken += nToken;
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
+        int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, 
+            pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          *pRc = rc;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
+      pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
+    }else{
+      *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
+      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p.
+** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll.
+**
+** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using
+** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually
+** freeing the buffer.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS Table pointer */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */
+  int iToken,                     /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */
+  char *pList,                    /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nList                       /* Number of bytes in pList */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
+
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
+    p->doclist.aAll = 0;
+    p->doclist.nAll = 0;
+  }
+
+  else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
+    p->doclist.aAll = pList;
+    p->doclist.nAll = nList;
+  }
+
+  else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pList);
+  }
+
+  else {
+    char *pLeft;
+    char *pRight;
+    int nLeft;
+    int nRight;
+    int nDiff;
+
+    if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
+      pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
+      nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
+      pRight = pList;
+      nRight = nList;
+      nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
+    }else{
+      pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
+      nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
+      pLeft = pList;
+      nLeft = nList;
+      nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
+    }
+
+    rc = fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
+        pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, &pRight, &nRight
+    );
+    sqlite3_free(pLeft);
+    p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
+    p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
+  }
+
+  if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist
+** does not take deferred tokens into account.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p                   /* Phrase object */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int iToken;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
+    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+      int nThis = 0;
+      char *pThis = 0;
+      rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for
+** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases
+** current position list to include only those positions that are really
+** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this
+** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList
+** and doclist.nList are both zeroed.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  int iToken;                     /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */
+  char *aPoslist = 0;             /* Position list for deferred tokens */
+  int nPoslist = 0;               /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */
+  int iPrev = -1;                 /* Token number of previous deferred token */
+
+  assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+
+  for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+    Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
+
+    if( pDeferred ){
+      char *pList;
+      int nList;
+      int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+      if( pList==0 ){
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+
+      }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
+        aPoslist = pList;
+        nPoslist = nList;
+
+      }else{
+        char *aOut = pList;
+        char *p1 = aPoslist;
+        char *p2 = aOut;
+
+        assert( iPrev>=0 );
+        fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        aPoslist = pList;
+        nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist);
+        if( nPoslist==0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+          pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+          pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      iPrev = iToken;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iPrev>=0 ){
+    int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
+    if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
+      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
+      pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
+      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+      pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+    }else{
+      int nDistance;
+      char *p1;
+      char *p2;
+      char *aOut;
+
+      if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
+        p1 = aPoslist;
+        p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
+      }else{
+        p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        p2 = aPoslist;
+        nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
+      }
+
+      aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
+      if( !aOut ){
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      
+      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
+      if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+        pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(aOut);
+        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the
+** incremental doclists strategy.
+*/
+#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4
+
+/*
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query 
+** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
+** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
+** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the
+** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into
+** memory within this call.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  int i;
+
+  /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is
+  ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be
+  ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of 
+  ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first"
+  ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index.  */
+  int bHaveIncr = 0;
+  int bIncrOk = (bOptOk 
+   && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx 
+   && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+   && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0
+#endif
+  );
+  for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && i<p->nToken; i++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
+    if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){
+      bIncrOk = 0;
+    }
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){
+    /* Use the incremental approach. */
+    int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken; i++){
+      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
+      Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr;
+      if( pSegcsr ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+      }
+    }
+    p->bIncr = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
+    rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
+    p->bIncr = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) 
+** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
+** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
+** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
+**
+** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or 
+** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
+** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+  int *pnList,                    /* OUT: List length pointer */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+  char *p = *ppIter;
+
+  assert( nDoclist>0 );
+  assert( *pbEof==0 );
+  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+  assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
+    char *pNext = 0;
+    char *pDocid = aDoclist;
+    char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
+    int iMul = 1;
+
+    while( pDocid<pEnd ){
+      sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+      pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
+      iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
+      pNext = pDocid;
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
+      while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
+      iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+    }
+
+    *pnList = (int)(pEnd - pNext);
+    *ppIter = pNext;
+    *piDocid = iDocid;
+  }else{
+    int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+    fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
+    *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
+
+    if( p==aDoclist ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      char *pSave = p;
+      fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
+      *pnList = (int)(pSave - p);
+    }
+    *ppIter = p;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate forwards through a doclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+  char *p = *ppIter;
+
+  assert( nDoclist>0 );
+  assert( *pbEof==0 );
+  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+  assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    p = aDoclist;
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
+  }else{
+    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
+    while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; 
+    if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_int64 iVar;
+      p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar);
+      *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppIter = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof
+** to true if EOF is reached.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL,
+  u8 *pbEof
+){
+  char *pIter;                            /* Used to iterate through aAll */
+  char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll];     /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
+ 
+  if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
+    pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
+  }else{
+    pIter = pDL->aAll;
+  }
+
+  if( pIter>=pEnd ){
+    /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
+    *pbEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+    pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
+    if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
+      pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
+    }else{
+      pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
+    }
+    pDL->pList = pIter;
+    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
+    pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList);
+
+    /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
+    ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
+    ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually
+    ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
+    ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
+    ** fts3EvalNearTrim().  */
+    while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
+
+    pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
+    assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
+    *pbEof = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext().
+*/
+typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist;
+struct TokenDoclist {
+  int bIgnore;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+  char *pList;
+  int nList;
+};
+
+/*
+** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a 
+** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the
+** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new
+** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int incrPhraseTokenNext(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase,            /* Phrase to advance token of */
+  int iToken,                     /* Specific token to advance */
+  TokenDoclist *p,                /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){
+    assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
+    assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 );
+    fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof);
+    p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+    p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+  }else{
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+    assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 );
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+      assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+          pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList
+      );
+      if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      p->bIgnore = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument:
+**
+**   * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and 
+**
+**   * does not contain any deferred tokens.
+**
+** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate
+** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. 
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  u8 bEof = 0;
+
+  /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least
+  ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */
+  assert( p->bIncr==1 );
+
+  if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, 
+        &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
+    );
+    if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;
+    struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS];
+
+    memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+    assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
+    assert( p->iDoclistToken<MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
+
+    while( bEof==0 ){
+      int bMaxSet = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iMax = 0;     /* Largest docid for all iterators */
+      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through tokens */
+
+      /* Advance the iterator for each token in the phrase once. */
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){
+        rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
+        if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){
+          iMax = a[i].iDocid;
+          bMaxSet = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (p->nToken>=1 && a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0) );
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet );
+
+      /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
+      for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 
+            && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 
+        ){
+          rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
+          if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){
+            iMax = a[i].iDocid;
+            i = 0;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */
+      if( bEof==0 ){
+        int nList = 0;
+        int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList;
+        char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
+        if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1);
+
+        for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){
+          if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){
+            char *pL = a[i].pList;
+            char *pR = aDoclist;
+            char *pOut = aDoclist;
+            int nDist = p->nToken-1-i;
+            int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR);
+            if( res==0 ) break;
+            nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist);
+          }
+        }
+        if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){
+          pDL->iDocid = iMax;
+          pDL->pList = aDoclist;
+          pDL->nList = nList;
+          pDL->bFreeList = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(aDoclist);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pbEof = bEof;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. 
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+  if( p->bIncr ){
+    rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof);
+  }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, 
+        &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
+    );
+    pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
+  }else{
+    fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the
+** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any
+** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the
+** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for
+** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing).
+** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression
+** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available.
+**
+** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error
+** code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to initialize phrases in */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+      if( nToken ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+          if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
+        }
+        pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
+      }
+      *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase);
+    }else{
+      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+      pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process
+** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part
+** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each
+** token in the FTS expression.
+**
+** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
+** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
+** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
+** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in 
+** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
+struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;            /* The phrase the token belongs to */
+  int iToken;                     /* Position of token in phrase */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* The token itself */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */
+  int nOvfl;                      /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */
+  int iCol;                       /* The column the token must match */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to consider */
+  Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,        /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */
+  Fts3Expr ***ppOr,               /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+        Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
+        pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
+        pTC->iToken = i;
+        pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
+        pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+        pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+        *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
+      }
+    }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR
+           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND
+           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+      );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+        pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
+        **ppOr = pRoot;
+        (*ppOr)++;
+      }
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+        pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
+        **ppOr = pRoot;
+        (*ppOr)++;
+      }
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful,
+** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating 
+** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
+** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
+** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
+** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
+  if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
+    /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
+    ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required 
+    ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
+    **
+    ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 
+    ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
+    ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
+    ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
+    ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
+    ** to right.
+    */
+    int rc;
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+    sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
+    const char *pEnd;
+    const char *a;
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+    assert( a );
+
+    pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
+    a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+    while( a<pEnd ){
+      a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
+    }
+    if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+
+    pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
+    pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
+    assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); 
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be 
+** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
+** called.
+**
+** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the 
+** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
+** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
+** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken()
+** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Consider tokens with this root node */
+  Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,          /* Array of expression tokens and costs */
+  int nTC                         /* Number of entries in aTC[] */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int nDocSize = 0;               /* Number of pages per doc loaded */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int ii;                         /* Iterator variable for various purposes */
+  int nOvfl = 0;                  /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */
+  int nToken = 0;                 /* Total number of tokens in cluster */
+
+  int nMinEst = 0;                /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */
+  int nLoad4 = 1;                 /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */
+
+  /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx
+  ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content
+  ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from
+  ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely
+  ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */
+  if( pTab->zContentTbl ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists
+  ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is
+  ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
+    if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
+      nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
+      nToken++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */
+  rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
+
+
+  /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order 
+  ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer 
+  ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
+  ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
+  **
+  **   a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the
+  **      first iteration of this loop), or
+  **
+  **   b. Part of a multi-token phrase.
+  **
+  ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
+  ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
+  ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in 
+  ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
+  ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
+  ** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
+  **
+  ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in
+  ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as:
+  **
+  **    (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther)
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+    int iTC;                      /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */
+    Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;    /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */
+
+    /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
+    for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
+      if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot 
+       && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) 
+      ){
+        pTC = &aTC[iTC];
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pTC );
+
+    if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
+      /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
+      ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages 
+      ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
+      */
+      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
+      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
+      pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
+      ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from 
+      ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
+      if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
+
+      if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){
+        /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is
+        ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will
+        ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+        int nList = 0;
+        char *pList = 0;
+        rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList);
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
+              pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList
+          );
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          int nCount;
+          nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids(
+              pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll
+          );
+          if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pTC->pToken = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes
+** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through
+** the results of a query, the caller does:
+**
+**    fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+**    while( 1 ){
+**      fts3EvalNext(pCsr);
+**      if( pCsr->bEof ) break;
+**      ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ...
+**    }
+*/
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nToken = 0;
+  int nOr = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
+  fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
+
+  /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){
+    Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
+    Fts3Expr **apOr;
+    aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
+        sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
+      + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
+    );
+    apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
+
+    if( !aTC ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      int ii;
+      Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
+      Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
+
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
+      nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC);
+      nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
+        for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
+          rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(aTC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+  }
+  pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+  pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+  pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to edit the position list associated with
+** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR
+** condition. For example:
+**
+**     abc NEAR/5 "def ghi"
+**
+** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
+** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
+** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
+** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
+** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
+** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
+**
+** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently
+** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
+** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
+**
+** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit 
+** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
+** pPhrase.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNearTrim(
+  int nNear,                      /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */
+  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary space to use */
+  char **paPoslist,               /* IN/OUT: Position list */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase             /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
+){
+  int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
+  int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
+  int nNew;
+  char *p2; 
+  char *pOut; 
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
+
+  p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+    &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
+  );
+  if( res ){
+    nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
+    assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
+    assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
+    memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
+    pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+    *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+    *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called.
+** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to
+** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through
+** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero,
+** or descending if it is non-zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if
+** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set:
+**
+**   Fts3Expr.bEof                (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row)
+**   Fts3Expr.iDocid              (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row)
+**
+** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not
+** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list
+** for the phrase for the visited row:
+**
+**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList        (length of pList in bytes)
+**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList        (pointer to position list)
+**
+** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next
+** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions:
+**
+**   1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
+**      entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
+**      the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. 
+**
+**      Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
+**      more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the 
+**      next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
+**      words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
+**      is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", 
+**      where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
+**      is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
+**
+**   2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is 
+**      advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
+** 
+** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is
+** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalNextRow(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;         /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */
+    assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
+    pExpr->bStart = 1;
+
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
+
+        if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
+          /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+          ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
+        }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
+          /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+          ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+        }else{
+          /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+            if( iDiff==0 ) break;
+            if( iDiff<0 ){
+              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+            }else{
+              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+            }
+          }
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
+          if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && pExpr->bEof ){
+            if( pRight->pPhrase && pRight->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){
+              Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pRight->pPhrase->doclist;
+              while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pRight->bEof==0 ){
+                memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList);
+                fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+              }
+            }
+            if( pLeft->pPhrase && pLeft->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){
+              Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pLeft->pPhrase->doclist;
+              while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pLeft->bEof==0 ){
+                memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList);
+                fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+  
+      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+
+        assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+        assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+
+        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+        }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+        }else{
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+        }
+
+        pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
+        iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 &&  iCmp<0) ){
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+        }else{
+          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+
+        if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
+        }
+
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+        if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
+          while( !*pRc 
+              && !pRight->bEof 
+              && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 
+          ){
+            fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          }
+        }
+        pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+        pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+        fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
+        pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
+** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
+**
+** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR 
+** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists 
+** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. 
+**
+** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
+** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
+** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
+** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not 
+** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
+** be edited if 0 is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
+  int res = 1;
+
+  /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
+  ** For example, the query:
+  **
+  **         "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
+  **
+  ** which is represented in tree form as:
+  **
+  **                               |
+  **                          +--NEAR--+      <-- root of NEAR query
+  **                          |        |
+  **                     +--NEAR--+   "z"
+  **                     |        |
+  **                +--NEAR--+   "y"
+  **                |        |
+  **               "w"      "x"
+  **
+  ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The 
+  ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
+  ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
+  */
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+   && pExpr->bEof==0
+   && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+  ){
+    Fts3Expr *p; 
+    int nTmp = 0;                 /* Bytes of temp space */
+    char *aTmp;                   /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
+
+    /* Allocate temporary working space. */
+    for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
+      nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    }
+    nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    if( nTmp==0 ){
+      res = 0;
+    }else{
+      aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
+      if( !aTmp ){
+        *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        res = 0;
+      }else{
+        char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+        for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
+          int nNear = p->nNear;
+          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+        }
+
+        aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+        for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
+          int nNear;
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
+          assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+          nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
+          pPhrase = (
+              p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
+              );
+          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(aTmp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred().
+** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
+** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr 
+** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to 
+** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is 
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int bHit = 1;                   /* Return value */
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      case FTSQUERY_AND:
+        bHit = (
+            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+         && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+         && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
+        );
+
+        /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for 
+        ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
+        ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize 
+        ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. 
+        ** For example if this expression:
+        **
+        **    ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
+        **
+        ** is matched against a row containing:
+        **
+        **        'a b d e'
+        **
+        ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
+        ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
+        */
+        if( bHit==0 
+         && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+         && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+        ){
+          Fts3Expr *p;
+          for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
+            if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+              fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
+            }
+          }
+          if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase);
+          }
+        }
+
+        break;
+
+      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+        int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+        int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+        bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+        bHit = (
+            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+         && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+        );
+        break;
+
+      default: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+        if( pCsr->pDeferred 
+         && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
+        ){
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+          assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+          if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
+            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+          }
+          *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
+          bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return bHit;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
+** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
+** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
+** following caveats:
+**
+**   * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
+**     treated as "AND".
+**
+**   * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
+** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
+** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
+** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true:
+**
+**   1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
+**
+**   2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
+**      it is determined that the row does *not* match the query.
+**
+** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
+** query, return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
+  int rc = *pRc;
+  int bMiss = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into
+    ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
+    ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
+    ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
+    ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). 
+    */
+    if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+      rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+      }
+    }
+    bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
+
+    /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */
+    sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
+** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+  assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    do {
+      if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+      }
+      assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+      pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
+      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+      pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+      pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
+    }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) );
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified
+  ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (
+        (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid)
+     || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevId<pCsr->iMinDocid)
+  )){
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
+** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental 
+** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
+**
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalRestart(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+  int *pRc
+){
+  if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+
+    if( pPhrase ){
+      fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+      if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+          Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+          assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+          if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+            sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr);
+          }
+        }
+        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
+      }
+      pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
+      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
+      pPhrase->pOrPoslist = 0;
+    }
+
+    pExpr->iDocid = 0;
+    pExpr->bEof = 0;
+    pExpr->bStart = 0;
+
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the 
+** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
+** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
+** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase 
+** expression nodes.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr ){
+    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+    if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
+      int iCol = 0;
+      char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+
+      assert( *p );
+      while( 1 ){
+        u8 c = 0;
+        int iCnt = 0;
+        while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
+          if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
+          c = *p++ & 0x80;
+        }
+
+        /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+        ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+        */
+        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
+        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
+        if( *p==0x00 ) break;
+        p++;
+        p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
+      }
+    }
+
+    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
+    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+**
+** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
+** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
+** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
+** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
+** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr                 /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
+    Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR expression */
+    Fts3Expr *p;                    /* Iterator used for several purposes */
+
+    sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+    u8 bEof;
+
+    /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
+    pRoot = pExpr;
+    while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+      pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
+    }
+    iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
+    bEof = pRoot->bEof;
+    assert( pRoot->bStart );
+
+    /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
+    for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
+      Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
+      assert( pE->aMI==0 );
+      pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+      if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+    }
+
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+
+    while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+      do {
+        /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
+        if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+
+        /* Advance to the next document */
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+        pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
+        pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+        pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+        pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
+      }while( pCsr->isEof==0 
+           && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+           && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) 
+      );
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
+        fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->isEof = 0;
+    pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
+
+    if( bEof ){
+      pRoot->bEof = bEof;
+    }else{
+      /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
+      ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the 
+      ** do loop can not be written:
+      **
+      **   do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      */
+      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+      do {
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+        assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+      }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase 
+** expression node for the following information:
+**
+**   1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of 
+**      the FTS table (considering all rows), and
+**
+**   2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
+**      column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
+** written into the array aiOut as follows:
+**
+**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** Caveats:
+**
+**   * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output 
+**     values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
+**     words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each 
+**     column of each row of the table.
+**
+**   * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred 
+**     tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
+**     the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
+**
+**   * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
+**     that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression */
+  u32 *aiOut                      /* Array to write results into (see above) */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCol;
+
+  if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+      aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+      aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pExpr->aMI );
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+        aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
+        aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. 
+**
+** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
+** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
+** of the current row. 
+**
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each 
+** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) 
+** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
+** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
+** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
+**
+**     0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01   or   0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
+**
+** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
+** incremental, or neither.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase to return doclist for */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to return position list for */
+  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+){
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  char *pIter;
+  int iThis;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+
+  /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than 
+  ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer.  */
+  *ppOut = 0;
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
+  if( (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
+  pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx;      /* For DOCID_CMP macro */
+    int bOr = 0;
+    u8 bTreeEof = 0;
+    Fts3Expr *p;                  /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */
+    Fts3Expr *pNear;              /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */
+    int bMatch;
+
+    /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, 
+    ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid 
+    ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the
+    ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node
+    ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */
+    pNear = pExpr;
+    for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){
+      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1;
+      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p;
+      if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1;
+    }
+    if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+    /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use
+    ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase
+    ** into memory in this case.  */
+    if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+      int bEofSave = pNear->bEof;
+      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pNear, &rc);
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc);
+        if( bEofSave==0 && pNear->iDocid==iDocid ) break;
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 );
+    }
+    if( bTreeEof ){
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    bMatch = 1;
+    for(p=pNear; p; p=p->pLeft){
+      u8 bEof = 0;
+      Fts3Expr *pTest = p;
+      Fts3Phrase *pPh;
+      assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR || pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+      if( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pTest = pTest->pRight;
+      assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+      pPh = pTest->pPhrase;
+
+      pIter = pPh->pOrPoslist;
+      iDocid = pPh->iOrDocid;
+      if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){
+        bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll ||
+          (pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll));
+        while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+          sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+              bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, 
+              &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
+          );
+        }
+      }else{
+        bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || (pIter && pIter<=pPh->doclist.aAll);
+        while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+          int dummy;
+          sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+              bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, 
+              &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
+              );
+        }
+      }
+      pPh->pOrPoslist = pIter;
+      pPh->iOrDocid = iDocid;
+      if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) bMatch = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( bMatch ){
+      pIter = pPhrase->pOrPoslist;
+    }else{
+      pIter = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( *pIter==0x01 ){
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+  }else{
+    iThis = 0;
+  }
+  while( iThis<iCol ){
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
+    if( *pIter==0x00 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+  }
+  if( *pIter==0x00 ){
+    pIter = 0;
+  }
+
+  *ppOut = ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
+** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
+**
+**   * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
+**   * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
+    fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+    memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
+    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
+      pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+/*
+** Initialize API pointer table, if required.
+*/
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011 Jan 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
+typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
+
+struct Fts3auxTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
+};
+
+struct Fts3auxCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;        /* Must be right after "base" */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;
+  char *zStop;
+  int nStop;                      /* Byte-length of string zStop */
+  int iLangid;                    /* Language id to query */
+  int isEof;                      /* True if cursor is at EOF */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;           /* Current rowid */
+
+  int iCol;                       /* Current value of 'col' column */
+  int nStat;                      /* Size of aStat[] array */
+  struct Fts3auxColstats {
+    sqlite3_int64 nDoc;           /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
+    sqlite3_int64 nOcc;           /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
+  } *aStat;
+};
+
+/*
+** Schema of the terms table.
+*/
+#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \
+  "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)"
+
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pUnused,                  /* Unused */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  char const *zDb;                /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
+  char const *zFts3;              /* Name of fts3 table */
+  int nDb;                        /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
+  int nFts3;                      /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
+  int rc;                         /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
+  Fts3auxTable *p;                /* Virtual table object to return */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
+
+  /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table);
+  **     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table);
+  */
+  if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
+
+  zDb = argv[1]; 
+  nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+  if( argc==5 ){
+    if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
+      zDb = argv[3]; 
+      nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+      zFts3 = argv[4];
+    }else{
+      goto bad_args;
+    }
+  }else{
+    zFts3 = argv[3];
+  }
+  nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
+  p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+
+  p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
+  p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
+
+  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
+  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
+  sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
+
+  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ bad_args:
+  sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor");
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Free any prepared statements held */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
+#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
+#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
+
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
+  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  int iEq = -1;
+  int iGe = -1;
+  int iLe = -1;
+  int iLangid = -1;
+  int iNext = 1;                  /* Next free argvIndex value */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+  ){
+    pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. 
+  ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
+      int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
+      int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn;
+
+      if( iCol==0 ){
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
+      }
+      if( iCol==4 ){
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iEq>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
+    if( iGe>=0 ){
+      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+    }
+    if( iLe>=0 ){
+      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( iLangid>=0 ){
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost--;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr;            /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+  if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
+  if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
+    struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
+    aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, 
+        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
+    );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, 
+        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
+    );
+    pCsr->aStat = aNew;
+    pCsr->nStat = nSize;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
+*/
+static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
+  pCsr->iRowid++;
+
+  for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
+    if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    int i = 0;
+    int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
+    char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
+    int iCol;
+
+    int eState = 0;
+
+    if( pCsr->zStop ){
+      int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
+      int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
+      if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
+        pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
+    iCol = 0;
+
+    while( i<nDoclist ){
+      sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
+
+      i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
+      switch( eState ){
+        /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
+        case 0:
+          pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
+          eState = 1;
+          iCol = 0;
+          break;
+
+        /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
+        ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
+        ** start of a position list for column 0.  
+        ** 
+        ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
+        ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
+        ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
+        */
+        case 1:
+          assert( iCol==0 );
+          if( v>1 ){
+            pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
+          }
+          eState = 2;
+          /* fall through */
+
+        case 2:
+          if( v==0 ){       /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
+            eState = 0;
+          }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
+            eState = 3;
+          }else{            /* 2 or greater. A position. */
+            pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
+            pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
+        default: assert( eState==3 );
+          iCol = (int)v;
+          if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
+          eState = 2;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->iCol = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
+*/
+static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  int rc;
+  int isScan = 0;
+  int iLangVal = 0;               /* Language id to query */
+
+  int iEq = -1;                   /* Index of term=? value in apVal */
+  int iGe = -1;                   /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */
+  int iLe = -1;                   /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */
+  int iLangid = -1;               /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */
+  int iNext = 0;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+
+  assert( idxStr==0 );
+  assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
+       || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
+       || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
+  );
+
+  if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){
+    iEq = iNext++;
+  }else{
+    isScan = 1;
+    if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      iGe = iNext++;
+    }
+    if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      iLe = iNext++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( iNext<nVal ){
+    iLangid = iNext++;
+  }
+
+  /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
+  testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+  memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
+
+  pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+  if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+  if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){
+    const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) );
+    if( zStr ){
+      pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
+      pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+      if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iLe>=0 ){
+    pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe]));
+    pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]);
+    if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  
+  if( iLangid>=0 ){
+    iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
+
+    /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero
+    ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also
+    ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since
+    ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and
+    ** so the overall query will return zero rows.  */
+    if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0;
+  }
+  pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
+      pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  return pCsr->isEof;
+}
+
+/*
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
+*/
+static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  assert( p->isEof==0 );
+  switch( iCol ){
+    case 0: /* term */
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+
+    case 1: /* col */
+      if( p->iCol ){
+        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2: /* documents */
+      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
+      break;
+
+    case 3: /* occurrences */
+      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
+      break;
+
+    default: /* languageid */
+      assert( iCol==4 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
+     0,                           /* iVersion      */
+     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
+     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
+     fts3auxBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
+     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
+     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
+     fts3auxOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
+     fts3auxCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
+     fts3auxFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
+     fts3auxNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
+     fts3auxEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
+     fts3auxColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
+     fts3auxRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
+     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
+     0,                           /* xBegin        */
+     0,                           /* xSync         */
+     0,                           /* xCommit       */
+     0,                           /* xRollback     */
+     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
+     0,                           /* xRename       */
+     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
+     0,                           /* xRelease      */
+     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
+  };
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Nov 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported 
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded. 
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/*
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been 
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
+**
+**  a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+**  b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+**  c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not 
+**     supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+**  d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+**     than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+**     AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to 
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+**
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
+**
+**   query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+**
+**   andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+**
+**   notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+**   notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+**
+**   nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+**
+**   distance_opt ::= .
+**   distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+**
+**   phrase ::= TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS 
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** isNot:
+**   This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
+**   called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a 
+**   FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
+**   FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
+**   zero.
+*/
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid;                        /* Language id used with tokenizer */
+  const char **azCol;                 /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4;                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol;                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol;                    /* Default column to query */
+  int isNot;                          /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;              /* Write error message here */
+  int nNest;                          /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. 
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
+*/
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+  return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, 
+** return NULL.
+*/
+static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  int iLangid,
+  const char *z,
+  int n,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+    if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){
+      rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+        pCsr = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *ppCsr = pCsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated 
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
+*/
+static int getNextToken(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  int iCol,                               /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  int i = 0;
+
+  /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
+    if( z[i]=='"' ) break;
+  }
+
+  *pnConsumed = i;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zToken;
+    int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;
+    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */
+
+    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+        pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+        pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+        pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+        memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
+
+        if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
+          pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+          iEnd++;
+        }
+
+        while( 1 ){
+          if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+           && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' 
+          ){
+            pParse->isNot = 1;
+            iStart--;
+          }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){
+            pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1;
+            iStart--;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+      }
+      *pnConsumed = iEnd;
+    }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Enlarge a memory allocation.  If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
+*/
+static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE 
+** containing the results.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
+*/
+static int getNextString(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,         /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                       /* OUT: expression */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+  char *zTemp = 0;
+  int nTemp = 0;
+
+  const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
+  ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single 
+  ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
+  ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
+  **
+  ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
+  ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
+  ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
+  **
+  **   Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
+  **             structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken 
+  **             structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
+  **
+  **   Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
+  **
+  ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
+  ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
+  ** structures.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+      pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+      const char *zByte;
+      int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0;
+      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
+
+        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+        if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+
+        zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
+        if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
+
+        assert( nToken==ii );
+        pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
+        memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+
+        memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
+        nTemp += nByte;
+
+        pToken->n = nByte;
+        pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
+        pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^');
+        nToken = ii+1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+    pCursor = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    int jj;
+    char *zBuf = 0;
+
+    p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
+    if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+    memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
+    p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+    p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+    p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+    p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
+
+    zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
+    if( zTemp ){
+      memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+    }else{
+      assert( nTemp==0 );
+    }
+
+    for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+      p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
+      zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  *ppExpr = p;
+  return rc;
+no_mem:
+
+  if( pCursor ){
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  *ppExpr = 0;
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr 
+** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
+**
+** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
+** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
+** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+*/
+static int getNextNode(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  static const struct Fts3Keyword {
+    char *z;                              /* Keyword text */
+    unsigned char n;                      /* Length of the keyword */
+    unsigned char parenOnly;              /* Only valid in paren mode */
+    unsigned char eType;                  /* Keyword code */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    { "OR" ,  2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR   },
+    { "AND",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND  },
+    { "NOT",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT  },
+    { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
+  };
+  int ii;
+  int iCol;
+  int iColLen;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+
+  const char *zInput = z;
+  int nInput = n;
+
+  pParse->isNot = 0;
+
+  /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+  ** close bracket, or a quoted string. 
+  */
+  while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+    nInput--;
+    zInput++;
+  }
+  if( nInput==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
+    const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
+
+    if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+      int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+      int nKey = pKey->n;
+      char cNext;
+
+      /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+      if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+        assert( nKey==4 );
+        if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+          nNear = 0;
+          for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+            nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+      ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+      ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. 
+      */
+      cNext = zInput[nKey];
+      if( fts3isspace(cNext) 
+       || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+      ){
+        pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        if( !pRet ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+        pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+        pRet->nNear = nNear;
+        *ppExpr = pRet;
+        *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+
+      /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+      ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+      */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+  ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+  ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+  ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+  */
+  if( *zInput=='"' ){
+    for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
+    *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
+    if( ii==nInput ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    if( *zInput=='(' ){
+      int nConsumed = 0;
+      pParse->nNest++;
+      rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }
+      *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
+      return rc;
+    }else if( *zInput==')' ){
+      pParse->nNest--;
+      *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
+      *ppExpr = 0;
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or 
+  ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+  ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+  ** column specifier for the token. 
+  **
+  ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+  ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+  ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+  ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the 
+  ** limitation.
+  */
+  iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+  iColLen = 0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
+    const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+    int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
+    if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' 
+     && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 
+    ){
+      iCol = ii;
+      iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+  *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+**   NEAR
+**   NOT
+**   AND (including implicit ANDs)
+**   OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
+*/
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+  assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    return p->eType;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+    return 2;
+  }
+  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+  return 3;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query 
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+*/
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+  Fts3Expr **ppHead,       /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev,         /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pNew           /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+  while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+    pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
+  }
+
+  if( pSplit->pParent ){
+    assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+    pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+  }else{
+    *ppHead = pNew;
+  }
+  pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+  pSplit->pParent = pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched 
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0;               /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+  int nIn = n;
+  const char *zIn = z;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int isRequirePhrase = 1;
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+    int nByte = 0;
+
+    rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+    assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( p ){
+        int isPhrase;
+
+        if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+            && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot 
+        ){
+          /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+          Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+          if( !pNot ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+          pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+          pNot->pRight = p;
+          p->pParent = pNot;
+          if( pNotBranch ){
+            pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
+            pNotBranch->pParent = pNot;
+          }
+          pNotBranch = pNot;
+          p = pPrev;
+        }else{
+          int eType = p->eType;
+          isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+
+          /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+          ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+          ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+          ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+          */
+          if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+
+          if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+            /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+            Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+            assert( pRet && pPrev );
+            pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+            if( !pAnd ){
+              sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+              rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+              goto exprparse_out;
+            }
+            pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+            insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+            pPrev = pAnd;
+          }
+
+          /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+           ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+           ** the following:
+           **
+           **    (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+           **    phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+           **
+           ** Return an error in either case.
+           */
+          if( pPrev && (
+            (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+         || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+          )){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+
+          if( isPhrase ){
+            if( pRet ){
+              assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+              pPrev->pRight = p;
+              p->pParent = pPrev;
+            }else{
+              pRet = p;
+            }
+          }else{
+            insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
+          }
+          isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
+        }
+        pPrev = p;
+      }
+      assert( nByte>0 );
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+    nIn -= nByte;
+    zIn += nByte;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
+        while( pIter->pLeft ){
+          pIter = pIter->pLeft;
+        }
+        pIter->pLeft = pRet;
+        pRet->pParent = pIter;
+        pRet = pNotBranch;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
+
+exprparse_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed 
+** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ 
+      rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+    }else{
+      rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to
+** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the 
+** new root expression node. 
+**
+** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and 
+** expression (*pp) freed.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp;          /* Initial root node */
+  Fts3Expr *pFree = 0;            /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */
+  int eType = pRoot->eType;       /* Type of node in this tree */
+
+  if( nMaxDepth==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){
+      Fts3Expr **apLeaf;
+      apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
+      if( 0==apLeaf ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int i;
+        Fts3Expr *p;
+
+        /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
+        for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){
+          assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+          assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight );
+        }
+
+        /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
+        while( 1 ){
+          int iLvl;
+          Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;     /* Current parent of p */
+
+          assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p );
+          p->pParent = 0;
+          if( pParent ){
+            pParent->pLeft = 0;
+          }else{
+            pRoot = 0;
+          }
+          rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+          for(iLvl=0; p && iLvl<nMaxDepth; iLvl++){
+            if( apLeaf[iLvl]==0 ){
+              apLeaf[iLvl] = p;
+              p = 0;
+            }else{
+              assert( pFree );
+              pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[iLvl];
+              pFree->pRight = p;
+              pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
+              pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
+
+              p = pFree;
+              pFree = pFree->pParent;
+              p->pParent = 0;
+              apLeaf[iLvl] = 0;
+            }
+          }
+          if( p ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+            break;
+          }
+
+          /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */
+          if( pParent==0 ) break;
+
+          /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */
+          for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft);
+
+          /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */
+          assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent );
+          pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent;
+          if( pParent->pParent ){
+            pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight;
+          }else{
+            assert( pParent==pRoot );
+            pRoot = pParent->pRight;
+          }
+
+          /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an
+          ** internal node of the new tree.  */
+          pParent->pParent = pFree;
+          pFree = pParent;
+        }
+
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          p = 0;
+          for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
+            if( apLeaf[i] ){
+              if( p==0 ){
+                p = apLeaf[i];
+                p->pParent = 0;
+              }else{
+                assert( pFree!=0 );
+                pFree->pRight = p;
+                pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i];
+                pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
+                pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
+
+                p = pFree;
+                pFree = pFree->pParent;
+                p->pParent = 0;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          pRoot = p;
+        }else{
+          /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array 
+          ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to
+          ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below.  */
+          Fts3Expr *pDel;
+          for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(apLeaf[i]);
+          }
+          while( (pDel=pFree)!=0 ){
+            pFree = pDel->pParent;
+            sqlite3_free(pDel);
+          }
+        }
+
+        assert( pFree==0 );
+        sqlite3_free( apLeaf );
+      }
+    }else if( eType==FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      Fts3Expr *pLeft = pRoot->pLeft;
+      Fts3Expr *pRight = pRoot->pRight;
+
+      pRoot->pLeft = 0;
+      pRoot->pRight = 0;
+      pLeft->pParent = 0;
+      pRight->pParent = 0;
+
+      rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pRight, nMaxDepth-1);
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRight);
+        sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pLeft);
+      }else{
+        assert( pLeft && pRight );
+        pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
+        pLeft->pParent = pRoot;
+        pRoot->pRight = pRight;
+        pRight->pParent = pRoot;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot);
+    pRoot = 0;
+  }
+  *pp = pRoot;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following
+** differences:
+**
+**   1. It does not do expression rebalancing.
+**   2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the 
+**      maximum allowable depth.
+**   3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an 
+**      expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree()
+**      in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
+  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
+  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                   /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+){
+  int nParsed;
+  int rc;
+  ParseContext sParse;
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext));
+  sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  sParse.iLangid = iLangid;
+  sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+  sParse.nCol = nCol;
+  sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+  sParse.bFts4 = bFts4;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( n<0 ){
+    n = (int)strlen(z);
+  }
+  rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 );
+
+  /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+**
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+**
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. 
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+**
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
+  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
+  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                  /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+  char **pzErr                        /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */
+){
+  int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+      pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr
+  );
+  
+  /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed
+  ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){
+    rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+      sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr,
+          "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", 
+          SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+      sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a single node of an expression tree.
+*/
+static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){
+  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
+  sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
+  sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
+**
+** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But
+** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse()
+** could cause a stack overflow.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){
+  Fts3Expr *p;
+  assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 );
+  for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){
+    assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
+  }
+  while( p ){
+    Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;
+    fts3FreeExprNode(p);
+    if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){
+      p = pParent->pRight;
+      while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){
+        assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
+        p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight);
+      }
+    }else{
+      p = pParent;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
+*/
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
+** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use 
+** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
+** NULL is returned.
+**
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to 
+** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_mprintf("");
+  }
+  switch( pExpr->eType ){
+    case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
+      for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+        zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, 
+            pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
+            (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
+        );
+      }
+      return zBuf;
+    }
+
+    case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_AND:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_OR:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
+
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
+
+  return zBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the 
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
+**
+**   fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
+**
+** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
+**
+**   SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
+*/
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char **azCol = 0;
+  const char *zExpr;
+  int nExpr;
+  int nCol;
+  int ii;
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+  char *zBuf = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  if( argc<3 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+        "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+    );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+                          (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }else if( !pModule ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+
+  rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
+
+  zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  nCol = argc-2;
+  azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+  if( !azCol ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
+    azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_user_data(context) ){
+    char *zDummy = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+        pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy
+    );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 );
+    sqlite3_free(zDummy);
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+        pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+
+exprtest_out:
+  if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+    rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(azCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() 
+** with database connection db. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+  int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+      db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", 
+        -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/* #include "fts3_hash.h" */
+
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    fts3HashFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  unsigned h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff);
+}
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  Fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  Fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+**
+** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+  const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  Fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  fts3HashFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
+  const Fts3Hash *pH, 
+  const void *pKey, 
+  int nKey
+){
+  int h;                          /* A hash on key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+}
+
+/* 
+** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  Fts3HashElem *pElem;            /* The element that matches key (if any) */
+
+  pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+  return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  Fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
+   || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
+  ){
+    pH->count = 0;
+    return data;
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    isVowel(z+1) &&
+    isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){
+       stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){
+       stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) 
+      && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){
+       stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1)
+          && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1)
+         ){
+           stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+         }
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){
+       stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        char *pNew;
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        c->zToken = pNew;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+  0
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return true if the two-argument version of fts3_tokenizer()
+** has been activated via a prior call to sqlite3_db_config(db,
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, 1, 0);
+*/
+static int fts3TokenizerEnabled(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  int isEnabled = 0;
+  sqlite3_db_config(db,SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER,-1,&isEnabled);
+  return isEnabled;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void fts3TokenizerFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+  void *pPtr = 0;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  int nName;
+
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+
+  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){
+      void *pOld;
+      int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+      if( zName==0 || n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+        return;
+      }
+      pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+      pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+      if( pOld==pPtr ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "fts3tokenize disabled", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( zName ){
+      pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+    }
+    if( !pPtr ){
+      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
+  static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 0x */
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 1x */
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+  };
+  return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
+  const char *z1;
+  const char *z2 = 0;
+
+  /* Find the start of the next token. */
+  z1 = zStr;
+  while( z2==0 ){
+    char c = *z1;
+    switch( c ){
+      case '\0': return 0;        /* No more tokens here */
+      case '\'':
+      case '"':
+      case '`': {
+        z2 = z1;
+        while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[':
+        z2 = &z1[1];
+        while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
+        if( *z2 ) z2++;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
+          z2 = &z1[1];
+          while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
+        }else{
+          z1++;
+        }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
+  return z1;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Tokenizer hash table */
+  const char *zArg,               /* Tokenizer name */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok,      /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *z = (char *)zArg;
+  int n = 0;
+  char *zCopy;
+  char *zEnd;                     /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
+
+  zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
+  if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
+
+  z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    assert( n==0 );
+    z = zCopy;
+  }
+  z[n] = '\0';
+  sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+
+  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
+  if( !m ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char const **aArg = 0;
+    int iArg = 0;
+    z = &z[n+1];
+    while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
+      int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
+      char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
+      if( !aNew ){
+        sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+        sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      aArg = aNew;
+      aArg[iArg++] = z;
+      z[n] = '\0';
+      sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+      z = &z[n+1];
+    }
+    rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer");
+    }else{
+      (*ppTok)->pModule = m; 
+    }
+    sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
+#  include "sqlite_tcl.h"
+#else
+#  include "tcl.h"
+#endif
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two or more arguments:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, ..., <input-string>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**   
+*/
+static void testFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+
+  const char *zErr = 0;
+
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  const char *zInput;
+  int nInput;
+
+  const char *azArg[64];
+
+  const char *zToken;
+  int nToken = 0;
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int iPos = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+
+  if( argc<2 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+
+  if( !p ){
+    char *zErr2 = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr2, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr2);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+
+  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+    azArg[i-1] = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+  if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xClose()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+finish:
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+}
+
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName, 
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
+*/
+static void intTestFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  /* Test the query function */
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p1==p2 );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  assert( p2==0 );
+  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+
+  /* Test the storage function */
+  if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){
+    rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    assert( p2==p1 );
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
+**
+**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+**
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Fts3Hash *pHash, 
+  const char *zName
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  void *p = (void *)pHash;
+  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  char *zTest = 0;
+  char *zTest2 = 0;
+  void *pdb = (void *)db;
+  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_free(zTest);
+  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
+  return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        sqlite3_free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        char *pNew;
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        c->pToken = pNew;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+  0,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/
+/*
+** 2013 Apr 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module.
+** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows:
+**
+**   CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <tbl> USING fts3tokenize(
+**       <tokenizer-name>, <arg-1>, ...
+**   );
+**
+** The table created has the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE <tbl>(input, token, start, end, position)
+**
+** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type:
+**
+**   input = <string>
+**
+** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 
+** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE 
+** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
+** fields set as follows:
+**
+**   input:   Always set to a copy of <string>
+**   token:   A token from the input.
+**   start:   Byte offset of the token within the input <string>.
+**   end:     Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the
+**            token within the input string.
+**   pos:     Token offset of token within input.
+**
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable;
+typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor;
+
+/*
+** Virtual table structure.
+*/
+struct Fts3tokTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok;
+};
+
+/*
+** Virtual table cursor structure.
+*/
+struct Fts3tokCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  char *zInput;                   /* Input string */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */
+  int iRowid;                     /* Current 'rowid' value */
+  const char *zToken;             /* Current 'token' value */
+  int nToken;                     /* Size of zToken in bytes */
+  int iStart;                     /* Current 'start' value */
+  int iEnd;                       /* Current 'end' value */
+  int iPos;                       /* Current 'pos' value */
+};
+
+/*
+** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName.
+*/
+static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer(
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,
+  const char *zName,
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
+
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
+** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a 
+** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
+** to be quoted.
+**
+** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the
+** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is
+** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array
+** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3tokDequoteArray(
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* Input array */
+  char ***pazDequote              /* Output array */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    *pazDequote = 0;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    int nByte = 0;
+    char **azDequote;
+
+    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+      nByte += (int)(strlen(argv[i]) + 1);
+    }
+
+    *pazDequote = azDequote = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *)*argc + nByte);
+    if( azDequote==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      char *pSpace = (char *)&azDequote[argc];
+      for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+        int n = (int)strlen(argv[i]);
+        azDequote[i] = pSpace;
+        memcpy(pSpace, argv[i], n+1);
+        sqlite3Fts3Dequote(pSpace);
+        pSpace += (n+1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Schema of the tokenizer table.
+*/
+#define FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position)"
+
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+**
+**   argv[0]: module name
+**   argv[1]: database name 
+**   argv[2]: table name
+**   argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
+*/
+static int fts3tokConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pHash,                    /* Hash table of tokenizers */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char **azDequote = 0;
+  int nDequote;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nDequote = argc-3;
+  rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zModule;
+    if( nDequote<1 ){
+      zModule = "simple";
+    }else{
+      zModule = azDequote[0];
+    }
+    rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr);
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
+    rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
+    if( pTab==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
+    pTab->pMod = pMod;
+    pTab->pTok = pTok;
+    *ppVtab = &pTab->base;
+  }else{
+    if( pTok ){
+      pMod->xDestroy(pTok);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(azDequote);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab;
+
+  pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok);
+  sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
+  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable 
+     && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 
+     && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+    ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = 1;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+  assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
+
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had
+** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod().
+*/
+static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->pCsr ){
+    Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+    pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr);
+    pCsr->pCsr = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput);
+  pCsr->zInput = 0;
+  pCsr->zToken = 0;
+  pCsr->nToken = 0;
+  pCsr->iStart = 0;
+  pCsr->iEnd = 0;
+  pCsr->iPos = 0;
+  pCsr->iRowid = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
+*/
+static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  pCsr->iRowid++;
+  rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr,
+      &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken,
+      &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos
+  );
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
+*/
+static int fts3tokFilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+    pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
+    if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
+      pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0;
+      rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor);
+}
+
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  return (pCsr->zToken==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
+*/
+static int fts3tokColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */
+  switch( iCol ){
+    case 0:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart);
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd);
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert( iCol==4 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos);
+      break;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokRowidMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = {
+     0,                           /* iVersion      */
+     fts3tokConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
+     fts3tokConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
+     fts3tokBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
+     fts3tokDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
+     fts3tokDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
+     fts3tokOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
+     fts3tokCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
+     fts3tokFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
+     fts3tokNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
+     fts3tokEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
+     fts3tokColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
+     fts3tokRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
+     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
+     0,                           /* xBegin        */
+     0,                           /* xSync         */
+     0,                           /* xCommit       */
+     0,                           /* xRollback     */
+     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
+     0,                           /* xRename       */
+     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
+     0,                           /* xRelease      */
+     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
+  };
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Oct 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
+** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
+** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query 
+** code in fts3.c.
+*/
+
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+
+#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16
+
+/*
+** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end 
+** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
+** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
+**
+** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
+** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
+** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
+*/
+#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
+
+/*
+** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
+** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
+** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
+** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
+** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
+**
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD 
+** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values 
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful 
+** for testing purposes.
+**
+** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
+** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
+** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
+int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE       test_fts3_node_chunksize
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
+#else
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) 
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in
+** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT.
+*/
+#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL      0
+#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1
+#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2
+
+/*
+** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
+** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for 
+** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
+** systems.
+*/
+#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES
+static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel);
+}
+#else
+#define fts3LogMerge(x, y)
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
+typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
+typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
+** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
+*/
+struct PendingList {
+  int nData;
+  char *aData;
+  int nSpace;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
+*/
+struct Fts3DeferredToken {
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column token must occur in */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;       /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
+  PendingList *pList;             /* Doclist is assembled here */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
+** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
+** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
+** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
+** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
+**
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
+**
+** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
+**
+**   fts3SegReaderNext()
+**   fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
+**   fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
+*/
+struct Fts3SegReader {
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
+  u8 bLookup;                     /* True for a lookup only */
+  u8 rootOnly;                    /* True for a root-only reader */
+
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock;      /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock;    /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock;        /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
+  sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock;    /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
+
+  char *aNode;                    /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
+  int nNode;                      /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
+  int nPopulate;                  /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;            /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
+
+  Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
+
+  /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
+  ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
+  ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
+  ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
+  */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in current term */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to current term */
+  int nTermAlloc;                 /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in current entry */
+
+  /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate 
+  ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
+  */
+  char *pOffsetList;
+  int nOffsetList;                /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+};
+
+#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
+#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0)
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
+** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
+** following functions:
+**
+**   fts3SegWriterAdd()
+**   fts3SegWriterFlush()
+**   fts3SegWriterFree()
+*/
+struct SegmentWriter {
+  SegmentNode *pTree;             /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFirst;           /* First slot in %_segments written */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFree;            /* Next free slot in %_segments */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+  int nSize;                      /* Size of allocation at aData */
+  int nData;                      /* Bytes of data in aData */
+  char *aData;                    /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
+  i64 nLeafData;                  /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */
+};
+
+/*
+** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
+** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
+** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
+** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
+**
+**   fts3NodeAddTerm()
+**   fts3NodeWrite()
+**   fts3NodeFree()
+**
+** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the 
+** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
+** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
+** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively 
+** little memory.
+*/
+struct SegmentNode {
+  SegmentNode *pParent;           /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
+  SegmentNode *pRight;            /* Pointer to right-sibling */
+  SegmentNode *pLeftmost;         /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
+  int nEntry;                     /* Number of terms written to node so far */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+  int nData;                      /* Bytes of valid data so far */
+  char *aData;                    /* Node data */
+};
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
+*/
+#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT             0
+#define SQL_IS_EMPTY                   1
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT         2 
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS        3
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR          4
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE         5
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT            6
+#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID    7
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX         8
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS            9
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID          10
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR             11
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL              12
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE        13
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT        14
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL   15
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL       16
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE     17
+#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT            18
+#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE            19
+#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE           20
+#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE            21
+#define SQL_SELECT_STAT               22
+#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT              23
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL   24
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR   25
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE       26
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID         27
+#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL          28
+#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE    29
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY       30
+#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY        31
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR             32
+#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR              33
+#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE     34
+#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES            35
+#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL            36
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2       37
+#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX          38
+#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL              39
+
+/*
+** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
+** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
+** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
+**
+** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound 
+** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
+** returning.
+*/
+static int fts3SqlStmt(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int eStmt,                      /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
+  sqlite3_stmt **pp,              /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Values to bind to statement */
+){
+  const char *azSql[] = {
+/* 0  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
+/* 1  */  "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
+/* 2  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
+/* 3  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
+/* 4  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+/* 5  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
+/* 6  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
+/* 7  */  "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?",
+/* 8  */  "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
+/* 9  */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
+/* 10 */  "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
+/* 11 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
+
+          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
+/* 12 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
+/* 13 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
+            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+/* 14 */  "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 15 */  "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+
+/* 16 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 17 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 18 */  "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
+/* 19 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
+/* 20 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 21 */  "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
+/* 22 */  "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?",
+/* 23 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 24 */  "",
+/* 25 */  "",
+
+/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 27 */ "SELECT ? UNION SELECT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from
+** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number
+** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or,
+** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement
+** returns zero rows.  */
+/* 28 */ "SELECT level, count(*) AS cnt FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' "
+         "  GROUP BY level HAVING cnt>=?"
+         "  ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1",
+
+/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
+** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See 
+** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details.  */
+/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
+         "  FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
+
+/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+**   Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2.  */
+/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+**   Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2
+**   to :1.  */
+/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
+**   Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute 
+**   level :1 with index value :2.  */
+/* 32 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR
+**   Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir
+**   entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4.  */
+/* 33 */  "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?"
+            "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE
+**   Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or
+**   no rows otherwise.  */
+/* 34 */  "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES
+**   Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ?  */
+/* 35 */  "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL
+**   Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes.  */
+/* 36 */  "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
+/* 37 */  "SELECT level, idx, end_block "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? "
+            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+          /* Update statements used while promoting segments */
+/* 38 */  "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? "
+            "WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+/* 39 */  "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1"
+
+  };
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
+  assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
+  
+  pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
+  if( !pStmt ){
+    char *zSql;
+    if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
+    }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist);
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
+    }
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+      p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+    }
+  }
+  if( apVal ){
+    int i;
+    int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  *pp = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts3SelectDocsize(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW
+     || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      pStmt = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to read size data for */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
+** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
+** is executed.
+**
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static void fts3SqlExec(
+  int *pRC,                /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,            /* The FTS3 table */
+  int eStmt,               /* Index of statement to evaluate */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal    /* Parameters to bind */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); 
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  *pRC = rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive 
+** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before 
+** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
+** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing
+** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or 
+** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command.
+**
+** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when 
+** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. 
+** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. 
+** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly 
+** instead of accessing them via FTS.
+*/
+static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
+** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
+** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS 
+** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
+** levels").
+**
+** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the
+** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored
+** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three
+** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
+** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 
+** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
+** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
+** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
+** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
+**
+** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
+** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index 
+** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] */
+  int iLevel                      /* Level of segments */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iBase;            /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( p->nIndex>0 );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
+  return iBase + iLevel;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
+** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, 
+** return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
+** each FTS3 table.
+**
+** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
+**
+**   0: idx
+**   1: start_block
+**   2: leaves_end_block
+**   3: end_block
+**   4: root
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language being queried */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level to select (relative level) */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Compiled statement */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  if( iLevel<0 ){
+    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
+** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
+** varints:
+**
+**   PendingList *p = 0;
+**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
+**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
+  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
+  sqlite3_int64 i                 /* Value to append to data */
+){
+  PendingList *p = *pp;
+
+  /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->nSpace = 100;
+    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+    p->nData = 0;
+  }
+  else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
+    int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
+    p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3_free(*pp);
+      *pp = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->nSpace = nNew;
+    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
+  p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
+  p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
+** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
+** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
+** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
+** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppend(
+  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid for entry to add */
+  sqlite3_int64 iCol,             /* Column for entry to add */
+  sqlite3_int64 iPos,             /* Position of term for entry to add */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+  PendingList *p = *pp;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
+
+  if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
+      assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
+      p->nData++;
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
+      goto pendinglistappend_out;
+    }
+    p->iLastCol = -1;
+    p->iLastPos = 0;
+    p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
+  }
+  if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
+    ){
+      goto pendinglistappend_out;
+    }
+    p->iLastCol = iCol;
+    p->iLastPos = 0;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
+    rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->iLastPos = iPos;
+    }
+  }
+
+ pendinglistappend_out:
+  *pRc = rc;
+  if( p!=*pp ){
+    *pp = p;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
+*/
+static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
+  sqlite3_free(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+  Fts3Table *p,
+  int iCol,
+  int iPos,
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
+  const char *zToken,
+  int nToken
+){
+  PendingList *pList;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
+  if( pList ){
+    p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+  }
+  if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
+    if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
+      /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only 
+      ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
+      */
+      assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
+      sqlite3_free(pList);
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
+** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
+** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which text will be inserted */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use */
+  const char *zText,              /* Text of document to be inserted */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column into which text is being inserted */
+  u32 *pnWord                     /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int iPos = 0;
+  int nWord = 0;
+
+  char const *zToken;
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+      const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
+
+  assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
+
+  /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
+  ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and 
+  ** return early. */
+  if( zText==0 ){
+    *pnWord = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  xNext = pModule->xNext;
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+      && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
+  ){
+    int i;
+    if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
+
+    /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
+    ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
+    */
+    if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the term to the terms index */
+    rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+        p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
+    );
+    
+    /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too 
+    ** short for. */
+    for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+      struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
+      if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+          p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+  *pnWord += nWord;
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to 
+** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
+** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table handle */
+  int bDelete,                    /* True if this op is a delete */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id of row being written */
+  sqlite_int64 iDocid             /* Docid of row being written */
+){
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( bDelete==1 || bDelete==0 );
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
+  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
+  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
+  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
+  ** generate longer doclists.
+  */
+  if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid 
+   || (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0)
+   || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
+   || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData 
+  ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+  p->iPrevLangid = iLangid;
+  p->bPrevDelete = bDelete;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+    Fts3HashElem *pElem;
+    Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
+    for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
+      PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+      fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
+    }
+    fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  }
+  p->nPendingData = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
+** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
+** pendingTerms hash table.
+**
+** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
+** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
+*/
+static int fts3InsertTerms(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
+  u32 *aSz
+){
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
+    int iCol = i-2;
+    if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+      const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
+      int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
+** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
+** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
+**
+**   apVal[0]                Not used for INSERT.
+**   apVal[1]                rowid
+**   apVal[2]                Left-most user-defined column
+**   ...
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+1]     Right-most user-defined column
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+2]     Hidden column with same name as table
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+3]     Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+4]     Hidden languageid column
+*/
+static int fts3InsertData(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of values to insert */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid          /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert;   /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl ){
+    sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3];
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      pRowid = apVal[1];
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+    *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
+  ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
+  **
+  ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
+  ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
+  */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
+        pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, 
+        sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
+    );
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
+  ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
+  ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
+  ** same value. For example:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
+  **
+  ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
+  ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
+     && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
+    ){
+      /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the 
+  ** new docid value. 
+  */
+  sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
+
+  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
+** pending terms.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as
+  ** is if bContent is false.  */
+  assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 );
+  if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
+  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
+  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
+  }
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){
+  int iLangid = 0;
+  if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1);
+  return iLangid;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
+** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
+** full-text index.
+*/
+static void fts3DeleteTerms( 
+  int *pRC,               /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,           /* The FTS table to delete from */
+  sqlite3_value *pRowid,  /* The docid to be deleted */
+  u32 *aSz,               /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
+  int *pbFound            /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+
+  assert( *pbFound==0 );
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      int i;
+      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
+      i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0);
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 1, iLangid, iDocid);
+      for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){
+        int iCol = i-1;
+        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+          const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
+          rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]);
+          aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+        *pRC = rc;
+        return;
+      }
+      *pbFound = 1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }
+  *pRC = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
+** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
+** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
+** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
+** by:
+**
+**   SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
+**
+** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the 
+** allocated index is 0.
+**
+** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  int iLevel, 
+  int *piIdx
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx;         /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
+  int iNext = 0;                  /* Result of query pNextIdx */
+
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( p->nIndex>=1 );
+
+  /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(
+        pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+    );
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
+      iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
+    ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
+    ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
+    ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
+    */
+    if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+      fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel));
+      rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel);
+      *piIdx = 0;
+    }else{
+      *piIdx = iNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
+**
+** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
+** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
+** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the 
+** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
+** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
+** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
+** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
+** eventually free the returned buffer.
+**
+** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
+** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
+** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
+** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
+** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
+** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
+** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
+** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
+** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlockid,         /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
+  char **paBlob,                  /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
+  int *pnBlob,                    /* OUT: Size of blob data */
+  int *pnLoad                     /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
+  assert( pnBlob );
+
+  if( p->pSegments ){
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
+  }else{
+    if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
+      p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
+      if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
+       p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
+    *pnBlob = nByte;
+    if( paBlob ){
+      char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+      if( !aByte ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
+          nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
+          *pnLoad = nByte;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
+        memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_free(aByte);
+          aByte = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      *paBlob = aByte;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
+** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
+  sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
+  p->pSegments = 0;
+}
+    
+static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  int nRead;                      /* Number of bytes to read */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
+      pReader->pBlob, 
+      &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
+      nRead,
+      pReader->nPopulate
+  );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
+    memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+    if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
+      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+      pReader->pBlob = 0;
+      pReader->nPopulate = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( !pReader->pBlob 
+       || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
+  );
+  while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK 
+     &&  (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
+  ){
+    rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){
+  if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode);
+    sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob);
+    pSeg->pBlob = 0;
+  }
+  pSeg->aNode = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
+** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
+** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNext(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader,
+  int bIncr
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code of various sub-routines */
+  char *pNext;                    /* Cursor variable */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
+
+  if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
+    pNext = pReader->aNode;
+  }else{
+    pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+  }
+
+  if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
+
+    if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+      Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
+      sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+      pReader->aNode = 0;
+      if( pElem ){
+        char *aCopy;
+        PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+        int nCopy = pList->nData+1;
+        pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
+        pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
+        aCopy = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(nCopy);
+        if( !aCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        memcpy(aCopy, pList->aData, nCopy);
+        pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = nCopy;
+        pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = aCopy;
+        pReader->ppNextElem++;
+        assert( pReader->aNode );
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
+
+    /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf 
+    ** blocks have already been traversed.  */
+    assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
+    if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+        p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, 
+        (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
+    if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
+      pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
+      p->pSegments = 0;
+    }
+    pNext = pReader->aNode;
+  }
+
+  assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
+
+  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  
+  /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is 
+  ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
+  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
+  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
+  if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 
+   || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
+  ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+
+  if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
+    int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
+    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
+    if( !zNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pReader->zTerm = zNew;
+    pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+
+  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
+  pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+  pNext += nSuffix;
+  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
+  pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
+  pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+
+  /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
+  ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either 
+  ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
+  */
+  if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
+   || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
+  ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
+** with the current term.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pReader->aDoclist );
+  assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
+  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    pReader->iDocid = 0;
+    pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, 
+        &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+    );
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
+      pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
+** associated with the current term.
+** 
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then 
+** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
+** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
+** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
+** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader,         /* Reader to advance to next docid */
+  char **ppOffsetList,            /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
+  int *pnOffsetList               /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  assert( p );
+
+  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
+    ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
+    ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    if( ppOffsetList ){
+      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+      *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
+        &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+    );
+    if( bEof ){
+      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+    }else{
+      pReader->pOffsetList = p;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+
+    /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
+    ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
+    ** the same offset list. */
+    while( 1 ){
+  
+      /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
+      ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired 
+      ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
+      ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past
+      ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
+      */
+      while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+      assert( *p==0 );
+  
+      if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
+      rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    p++;
+  
+    /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
+    ** size of the previous offset-list.
+    */
+    if( ppOffsetList ){
+      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+      *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
+    }
+
+    /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */
+    while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
+  
+    /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
+    ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
+    ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
+    ** returning.
+    */
+    if( p>=pEnd ){
+      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+        pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
+        if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
+          pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
+        }else{
+          pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
+  int *pnOvfl
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int nOvfl = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
+
+  assert( p->bFts4 );
+  assert( pgsz>0 );
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
+    Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) 
+     && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) 
+    ){
+      sqlite3_int64 jj;
+      for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
+        int nBlob;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
+          nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the 
+** second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  if( pReader ){
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+      sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
+    }
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
+      sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+    }
+    sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pReader);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new SegReader object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
+  int iAge,                       /* Segment "age". */
+  int bLookup,                    /* True for a lookup only */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf,       /* First leaf to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf,         /* Final leaf to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Final block of segment */
+  const char *zRoot,              /* Buffer containing root node */
+  int nRoot,                      /* Size of buffer containing root node */
+  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
+){
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader;         /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
+  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
+
+  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
+  if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
+    nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
+  }
+
+  pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
+  if( !pReader ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
+  pReader->iIdx = iAge;
+  pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0;
+  pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
+  pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
+  pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
+
+  if( nExtra ){
+    /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
+    pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
+    pReader->rootOnly = 1;
+    pReader->nNode = nRoot;
+    memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
+    memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+  }else{
+    pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
+  }
+  *ppReader = pReader;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
+** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
+** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_CDECL fts3CompareElemByTerm(
+  const void *lhs,
+  const void *rhs
+){
+  char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+  char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+  int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+  int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+
+  int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = n1 - n2;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
+** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
+**
+** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
+** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
+** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
+** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
+** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
+** shown):
+**
+**   f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
+**   m my mys mysq mysql
+**   s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
+**
+** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
+**
+**   firebird mysql sqlite
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to search for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of buffer zTerm */
+  int bPrefix,                    /* True for a prefix iterator */
+  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
+){
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0;     /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
+  Fts3HashElem *pE;               /* Iterator variable */
+  Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0;       /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
+  int nElem = 0;                  /* Size of array at aElem */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+
+  pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
+  if( bPrefix ){
+    int nAlloc = 0;               /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
+
+    for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
+      char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
+      int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
+      if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
+        if( nElem==nAlloc ){
+          Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
+          nAlloc += 16;
+          aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
+              aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
+          );
+          if( !aElem2 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            nElem = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+          aElem = aElem2;
+        }
+
+        aElem[nElem++] = pE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
+    ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
+    ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
+    */
+    if( nElem>1 ){
+      qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
+    ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. 
+    **
+    ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
+    ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
+    ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block.
+    */
+    pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
+    if( pE ){
+      aElem = &pE;
+      nElem = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nElem>0 ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
+    pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !pReader ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
+      pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+      pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
+      memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bPrefix ){
+    sqlite3_free(aElem);
+  }
+  *ppReader = pReader;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. 
+** Comparison is as follows:
+**
+**   1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
+**
+**   2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
+**      term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
+**      larger.
+**
+**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc;
+  if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
+    int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
+    if( rc2<0 ){
+      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
+    }else{
+      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
+    }
+    if( rc==0 ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+  }
+  assert( rc!=0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
+** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
+** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
+**
+**   1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
+**
+**   2) By current docid.
+**
+**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+    }else{
+      rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+    }else{
+      rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. 
+**
+** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
+** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
+** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
+  Fts3SegReader *pSeg,            /* Segment reader object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to compare to */
+  int nTerm                       /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+){
+  int res = 0;
+  if( pSeg->aNode ){
+    if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
+      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    }else{
+      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
+    }
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
+** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
+** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
+** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSort(
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,                     /* Array to sort entries of */
+  int nSegment,                                  /* Size of apSegment array */
+  int nSuspect,                                  /* Unsorted entry count */
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *)  /* Comparison function */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
+
+  if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
+  for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int j;
+    for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
+      Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
+      if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
+      pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
+      apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
+      apSegment[j] = pTmp;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
+  for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
+    assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock,           /* Block id for new block */
+  char *z,                        /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
+  int n                           /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
+** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
+** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){
+  int rc;
+  int mxLevel = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  *pnMax = mxLevel;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegdir(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Value for "idx" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock,      /* Value for "start_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock,    /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Value for "end_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 nLeafData,        /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */
+  char *zRoot,                    /* Blob value for "root" field */
+  int nRoot                       /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
+    if( nLeafData==0 ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
+    }else{
+      char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData);
+      if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
+** zNext, in bytes. For example, 
+**
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 3
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 2
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6)   // returns 0
+*/
+static int fts3PrefixCompress(
+  const char *zPrev,              /* Buffer containing previous term */
+  int nPrev,                      /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
+  const char *zNext,              /* Buffer containing next term */
+  int nNext                       /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
+){
+  int n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
+  for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
+** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentNode **ppTree,           /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ 
+  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm                       /* Size of term in bytes */
+){
+  SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
+  int rc;
+  SegmentNode *pNew;
+
+  /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if 
+  ** this is possible.
+  */
+  if( pTree ){
+    int nData = pTree->nData;     /* Current size of node in bytes */
+    int nReq = nData;             /* Required space after adding zTerm */
+    int nPrefix;                  /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
+    int nSuffix;                  /* Suffix length */
+
+    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+    nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
+    if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
+
+      if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+        /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
+        ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
+        ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
+        ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
+        ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, 
+        ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. 
+        */
+        assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
+        pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
+        if( !pTree->aData ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTree->zTerm ){
+        /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
+        nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+      }
+
+      nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+      memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+      pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
+      pTree->nEntry++;
+
+      if( isCopyTerm ){
+        if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
+          char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+          if( !zNew ){
+            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+          pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
+        }
+        pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
+        memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+      }else{
+        pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
+  ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
+  ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
+  ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree 
+  ** has no parent, one is created here.
+  */
+  pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
+  pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
+  pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
+
+  if( pTree ){
+    SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
+      pTree->pParent = pParent;
+    }
+    pTree->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
+    pNew->pParent = pParent;
+    pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
+    pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
+    pTree->zMalloc = 0;
+  }else{
+    pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); 
+  }
+
+  *ppTree = pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
+*/
+static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
+  SegmentNode *pTree, 
+  int iHeight, 
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
+){
+  int nStart;
+  assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
+  nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
+  pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
+  sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
+  return nStart;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of 
+** pTree and its peers to the database. 
+**
+** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
+** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
+** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeWrite(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentNode *pTree,             /* SegmentNode handle */
+  int iHeight,                    /* Height of this node in tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeaf,            /* Block id of first leaf node */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFree,            /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLast,          /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
+  char **paRoot,                  /* OUT: Data for root node */
+  int *pnRoot                     /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !pTree->pParent ){
+    /* Root node of the tree. */
+    int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
+    *piLast = iFree-1;
+    *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
+    *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
+  }else{
+    SegmentNode *pIter;
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
+    for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
+      int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
+      int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
+  
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
+      iNextFree++;
+      iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
+      rc = fts3NodeWrite(
+          p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
+*/
+static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
+  if( pTree ){
+    SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
+    fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
+    while( p ){
+      SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
+      if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
+        sqlite3_free(p->aData);
+      }
+      assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
+      sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = pRight;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
+** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
+** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
+** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentWriter **ppWriter,       /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ 
+  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term in bytes */
+  const char *aDoclist,           /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+){
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+  int nReq;                       /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
+  int nData;
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
+
+  if( !pWriter ){
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+    /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
+    pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+    if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+    *ppWriter = pWriter;
+
+    /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
+    pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
+    if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
+
+    /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+      pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  nData = pWriter->nData;
+
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
+  nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) +    /* varint containing prefix size */
+    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
+    nSuffix +                               /* Term suffix */
+    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +        /* Size of doclist */
+    nDoclist;                               /* Doclist data */
+
+  if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+    int rc;
+
+    /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    p->nLeafAdd++;
+
+    /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
+    ** the interior tree must:
+    **
+    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+    **      to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
+    **
+    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+    **
+    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+    */
+    assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    nData = 0;
+    pWriter->nTerm = 0;
+
+    nPrefix = 0;
+    nSuffix = nTerm;
+    nReq = 1 +                              /* varint containing prefix size */
+      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
+      nTerm +                               /* Term suffix */
+      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +      /* Size of doclist */
+      nDoclist;                             /* Doclist data */
+  }
+
+  /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */
+  pWriter->nLeafData += nReq;
+
+  /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
+  ** the buffer to make it large enough.
+  */
+  if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
+    char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
+    if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pWriter->aData = aNew;
+    pWriter->nSize = nReq;
+  }
+  assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
+
+  /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+  nData += nSuffix;
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
+  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+  pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
+
+  /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
+  ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
+  ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
+  ** store a copy of the pointer.
+  */
+  if( isCopyTerm ){
+    if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+      pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
+      pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
+    }
+    assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
+    memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+  }else{
+    pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+  }
+  pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
+** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
+** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter,         /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
+  int iIdx                        /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  if( pWriter->pTree ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0;      /* Largest block id written to database */
+    sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf;      /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
+    char *zRoot = NULL;           /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
+    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of buffer zRoot */
+
+    iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
+          pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 
+          pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
+    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 
+        0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+  }
+  p->nLeafAdd++;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the 
+** first argument.
+*/
+static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
+  if( pWriter ){
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
+    fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
+** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
+** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
+** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
+**
+** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
+** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  if( p->zContentTbl ){
+    /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */
+    *pisEmpty = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
+** iIndex.
+**
+** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,
+  int iIndex, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+  **
+  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+  **
+  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+  */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+      getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+  );
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within
+** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number
+** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if
+** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the
+** final value of *pbMax is undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){
+
+  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+  **
+  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+  **
+  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+      ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
+  );
+
+  *pbMax = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment
+** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents
+** of the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  Fts3SegReader *pSeg             /* Segment to delete */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pDelete;        /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock);
+      sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
+** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
+** it:
+** 
+**   1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with 
+**      each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third 
+**      argument, and
+**
+**   2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
+**      entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,      /* Array of SegReader objects */
+  int nReader                     /* Size of array apSegment */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
+    rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, apSegment[i]);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
+  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, 
+          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(
+          pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains 
+** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
+** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
+** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
+**
+** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
+** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
+**
+** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following
+** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3ColumnFilter(
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to filter on */
+  int bZero,                      /* Zero out anything following *ppList */
+  char **ppList,                  /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
+  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
+){
+  char *pList = *ppList;
+  int nList = *pnList;
+  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+  int iCurrent = 0;
+  char *p = pList;
+
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  while( 1 ){
+    char c = 0;
+    while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+  
+    if( iCol==iCurrent ){
+      nList = (int)(p - pList);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    nList -= (int)(p - pList);
+    pList = p;
+    if( nList==0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    p = &pList[1];
+    p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
+  }
+
+  if( bZero && &pList[nList]!=pEnd ){
+    memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]);
+  }
+  *ppList = pList;
+  *pnList = nList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
+** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int fts3MsrBufferData(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+  char *pList,
+  int nList
+){
+  if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
+    char *pNew;
+    pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
+    pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
+    if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
+  }
+
+  memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* OUT: Docid value */
+  char **paPoslist,               /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+  int *pnPoslist                  /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
+){
+  int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  if( nMerge==0 ){
+    *paPoslist = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
+    pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
+
+    if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
+      *paPoslist = 0;
+      break;
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      char *pList;
+      int nList;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+
+      rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+      j = 1;
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+        && j<nMerge
+        && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+        && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+      ){
+        rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+        j++;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+
+      if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
+        pList = pMsr->aBuffer;
+      }
+
+      if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
+        fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList);
+      }
+
+      if( nList>0 ){
+        *paPoslist = pList;
+        *piDocid = iDocid;
+        *pnPoslist = nList;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
+  int nTerm                       /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
+){
+  int i;
+  int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
+
+  /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search 
+  ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
+  ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
+  ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
+  ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
+  */
+  for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+    int res = 0;
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+    do {
+      int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 );
+
+    if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){
+      fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter          /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
+){
+  pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
+  return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to match on. */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
+  int nTerm                       /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
+  assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
+
+  /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
+  rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
+  for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+    if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  pCsr->nAdvance = i;
+
+  /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
+  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+    rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
+
+  assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
+  pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
+** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
+** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
+** a state that if the next two calls are:
+**
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
+**
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in 
+** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
+
+  assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
+
+  pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+  pCsr->bRestart = 1;
+  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  int isIgnoreEmpty =  (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
+  int isRequirePos =   (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
+  int isColFilter =    (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
+  int isPrefix =       (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
+  int isScan =         (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
+  int isFirst =        (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST);
+
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
+  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  do {
+    int nMerge;
+    int i;
+  
+    /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
+    ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
+      if( pSeg->bLookup ){
+        fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+    pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+
+    /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
+
+    pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
+    pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
+
+    /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
+    ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all 
+    ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
+    **
+    ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
+    ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
+    */
+    if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
+      if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm 
+       || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
+       || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) 
+      ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    nMerge = 1;
+    while( nMerge<nSegment 
+        && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
+        && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm 
+        && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
+    ){
+      nMerge++;
+    }
+
+    assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
+    if( nMerge==1 
+     && !isIgnoreEmpty 
+     && !isFirst 
+     && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
+    ){
+      pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
+      if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
+        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+      }else{
+        pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+    }else{
+      int nDoclist = 0;           /* Size of doclist */
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;    /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
+
+      /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
+      ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
+      ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
+      */
+      for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
+        fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
+      }
+      fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
+      while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
+        int j;                    /* Number of segments that share a docid */
+        char *pList = 0;
+        int nList = 0;
+        int nByte;
+        sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+        fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+        j = 1;
+        while( j<nMerge
+            && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+            && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+        ){
+          fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+          j++;
+        }
+
+        if( isColFilter ){
+          fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList);
+        }
+
+        if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
+
+          /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged 
+          ** doclist. */
+          sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+          if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
+            iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
+          }else{
+            iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
+          }
+          assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
+          assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
+
+          nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
+          if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
+            char *aNew;
+            pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
+            aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
+            if( !aNew ){
+              return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            }
+            pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
+          }
+
+          if( isFirst ){
+            char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
+            int nWrite;
+           
+            nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
+            if( nWrite ){
+              iPrev = iDocid;
+              nDoclist += nWrite;
+            }
+          }else{
+            nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
+            iPrev = iDocid;
+            if( isRequirePos ){
+              memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
+              nDoclist += nList;
+              pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+      }
+      if( nDoclist>0 ){
+        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+        pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
+        rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+      }
+    }
+    pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object */
+){
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
+
+    pCsr->nSegment = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment = 0;
+    pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT 
+** statement passed as the first argument. 
+**
+** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field
+** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated 
+** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock 
+** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, 
+** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadEndBlockField(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int iCol, 
+  i64 *piEndBlock,
+  i64 *pnByte
+){
+  const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol);
+  if( zText ){
+    int i;
+    int iMul = 1;
+    i64 iVal = 0;
+    for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
+      iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
+    }
+    *piEndBlock = iVal;
+    while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++;
+    iVal = 0;
+    if( zText[i]=='-' ){
+      i++;
+      iMul = -1;
+    }
+    for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
+      iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
+    }
+    *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level
+** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result.
+*/
+static int fts3PromoteSegments(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level just updated */
+  sqlite3_int64 nByte             /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pRange;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int bOk = 0;
+    i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1;
+    i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2;
+
+    /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to 
+    ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is
+    ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all 
+    ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be 
+    ** promoted to level iAbsLevel.  */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast);
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
+      i64 nSize = 0, dummy;
+      fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize);
+      if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){
+        /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not 
+        ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an
+        ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine
+        ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not
+        ** take place.  */
+        bOk = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      bOk = 1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+
+    if( bOk ){
+      int iIdx = 0;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1 = 0;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2 = 0;
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+        /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with
+        ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited,
+        ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the
+        ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on.
+        **
+        ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1,
+        ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same
+        ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except
+        ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below.  */
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel);
+        while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++);
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0));
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1));
+          sqlite3_step(pUpdate1);
+          rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+      }
+
+      /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel);
+        sqlite3_step(pUpdate2);
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single 
+** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level 
+** currently present in the database.
+**
+** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. 
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, 
+** an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to merge */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
+  int iLevel                      /* Level to merge */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iIdx = 0;                   /* Index of new segment */
+  sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0;    /* Level/index to create new segment at */
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0;     /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter condition */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;         /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
+  int bIgnoreEmpty = 0;           /* True to ignore empty segments */
+  i64 iMaxLevel = 0;              /* Max level number for this index/langid */
+
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+       || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+       || iLevel>=0
+  );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  }
+
+  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+    /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
+    ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically
+    ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
+    ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0.  */
+    if( csr.nSegment==1 && 0==fts3SegReaderIsPending(csr.apSegment[0]) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      goto finished;
+    }
+    iNewLevel = iMaxLevel;
+    bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
+
+  }else{
+    /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
+    ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
+    ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to 
+    ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary.  */
+    assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 );
+    iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
+    rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
+    bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+
+  assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
+  assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) );
+  assert( iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+
+  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
+  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+  filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
+    rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, 
+        csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  assert( pWriter || bIgnoreEmpty );
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(
+        p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  }
+  if( pWriter ){
+    rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iNewLevel<iMaxLevel ){
+        rc = fts3PromoteSegments(p, iNewLevel, pWriter->nLeafData);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ finished:
+  fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+        
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+    rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown.  If enabled,
+  ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat
+   && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0
+  ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+        if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        p->nAutoincrmerge = 0;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
+*/
+static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
+  int N,             /* The number of integers to encode */
+  u32 *a,            /* The integer values */
+  char *zBuf,        /* Write the BLOB here */
+  int *pNBuf         /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+    j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
+  }
+  *pNBuf = j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
+*/
+static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
+  int N,             /* The number of integers to decode */
+  u32 *a,            /* Write the integer values */
+  const char *zBuf,  /* The BLOB containing the varints */
+  int nBuf           /* size of the BLOB */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
+  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+    sqlite3_int64 x;
+    j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
+    assert(j<=nBuf);
+    a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
+** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid.  The sizes are encoded as
+** a blob of varints.
+*/
+static void fts3InsertDocsize(
+  int *pRC,                       /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which to insert */
+  u32 *aSz                        /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */
+){
+  char *pBlob;             /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
+  int nBlob;               /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
+  if( pBlob==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+  fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(pBlob);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
+** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the 
+** varints are set as follows:
+**
+**   Varint 0:       Total number of rows in the table.
+**
+**   Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
+**                   the column for all rows of the table.
+**
+**   Varint 1+nCol:  The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
+**                   columns of all rows of the table.
+**
+*/
+static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
+  int *pRC,                       /* The result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table being updated */
+  u32 *aSzIns,                    /* Size increases */
+  u32 *aSzDel,                    /* Size decreases */
+  int nChng                       /* Change in the number of documents */
+){
+  char *pBlob;             /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
+  int nBlob;               /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
+  u32 *a;                  /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement for reading and writing */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+  const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
+  if( a==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+  pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
+         sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
+         sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
+  }else{
+    memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
+    a[0] = 0;
+  }else{
+    a[0] += nChng;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
+    u32 x = a[i+1];
+    if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
+      x = 0;
+    }else{
+      x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
+    }
+    a[i+1] = x;
+  }
+  fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each 
+** iIndex/iLangid combination.
+*/
+static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
+  int bSeenDone = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->iPrevLangid);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex);
+    while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int i;
+      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          bSeenDone = 1;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the user executes the following statement:
+**
+**     INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
+**
+** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one 
+** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
+** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
+** on the contents of the %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 *aSz = 0;
+    u32 *aSzIns = 0;
+    u32 *aSzDel = 0;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    int nEntry = 0;
+
+    /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3;
+      aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( aSz==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(aSz, 0, nByte);
+        aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1];
+        aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
+      }
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      int iCol;
+      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
+      memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1));
+      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+          const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+          rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+          aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        }
+      }
+      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+        fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+      }else{
+        nEntry++;
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){
+          aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol];
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->bFts4 ){
+      fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(aSz);
+
+    if( pStmt ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an 
+** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
+** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute 
+** level iAbsLevel.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to open */
+  int nSeg,                       /* Number of segments to merge */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */  
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr));
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg;
+  pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+
+  if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte);
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 );
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && i<nSeg; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(i, 0,
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1),        /* segdir.start_block */
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2),        /* segdir.leaves_end_block */
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3),        /* segdir.end_block */
+          sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4),         /* segdir.root */
+          sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4),        /* segdir.root */
+          &pCsr->apSegment[i]
+      );
+      pCsr->nSegment++;
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter;
+typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter;
+typedef struct Blob Blob;
+typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer
+** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in.
+**
+** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation.
+*/
+struct Blob {
+  char *a;                        /* Pointer to allocation */
+  int n;                          /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree 
+** nodes (blocks).
+*/
+struct NodeWriter {
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock;           /* Current block id */
+  Blob key;                       /* Last key written to the current block */
+  Blob block;                     /* Current block image */
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append
+** to an appendable b-tree segment.
+*/
+struct IncrmergeWriter {
+  int nLeafEst;                   /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */
+  int nWork;                      /* Number of leaf pages flushed */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel;        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStart;           /* Block number of first allocated block */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEnd;             /* Block number of last allocated block */
+  sqlite3_int64 nLeafData;        /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */
+  u8 bNoLeafData;                 /* If true, store 0 for segment size */
+  NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT];
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single
+** FTS segment node. See the following functions:
+**
+**     nodeReaderInit()
+**     nodeReaderNext()
+**     nodeReaderRelease()
+*/
+struct NodeReader {
+  const char *aNode;
+  int nNode;
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aNode[] */
+
+  /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */
+  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Pointer to child node */
+  Blob term;                      /* Current term */
+  const char *aDoclist;           /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin
+** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a
+** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc
+** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer.
+*/
+static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){
+    int nAlloc = nMin;
+    char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc);
+    if( a ){
+      pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+      pBlob->a = a;
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
+** the next entry on the node. 
+**
+** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). 
+** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
+** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
+** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output 
+** variables for the new entry.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
+  int bFirst = (p->term.n==0);    /* True for first term on the node */
+  int nPrefix = 0;                /* Bytes to copy from previous term */
+  int nSuffix = 0;                /* Bytes to append to the prefix */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( p->aNode );
+  if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++;
+  if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){
+    /* EOF */
+    p->aNode = 0;
+  }else{
+    if( bFirst==0 ){
+      p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix);
+    }
+    p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix);
+
+    blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix);
+      p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+      p->iOff += nSuffix;
+      if( p->iChild==0 ){
+        p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist);
+        p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff];
+        p->iOff += p->nDoclist;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p.
+*/
+static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->term.a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to 
+** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader));
+  p->aNode = aNode;
+  p->nNode = nNode;
+
+  /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */
+  if( p->aNode[0] ){
+    /* An internal node. */
+    p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild);
+  }else{
+    p->iOff = 1;
+  }
+
+  return nodeReaderNext(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o
+** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed
+** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller
+** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf
+** node.
+**
+** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in
+** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergePush(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to write to internal node */
+  int nTerm                       /* Bytes at zTerm */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock;
+  int iLayer;
+
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
+  for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayer<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT); iLayer++){
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextPtr = 0;
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iLayer];
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int nPrefix;
+    int nSuffix;
+    int nSpace;
+
+    /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
+    ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, 
+    ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
+    ** be added to.  */
+    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+    nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+    nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+
+    if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ 
+      /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
+      ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize 
+      ** bytes in size, write the key here.  */
+
+      Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
+      if( pBlk->n==0 ){
+        blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+          pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr);
+        }
+      }
+      blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc);
+      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( pNode->key.n ){
+          pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix);
+        }
+        pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix);
+        memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+        pBlk->n += nSuffix;
+
+        memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm);
+        pNode->key.n = nTerm;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk.
+      ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written
+      ** into the parent of this node. */
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+
+      assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize );
+      pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+      pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1);
+
+      iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock;
+      pNode->iBlock++;
+      pNode->key.n = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc;
+    iPtr = iNextPtr;
+  }
+
+  assert( 0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently
+** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the
+** header must be written before this function is called.
+**
+** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
+** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
+**
+** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a 
+** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
+** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
+**
+** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
+** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the 
+** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
+** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large
+** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev
+** is extended by this function if requrired.
+**
+** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3AppendToNode(
+  Blob *pNode,                    /* Current node image to append to */
+  Blob *pPrev,                    /* Buffer containing previous term written */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* New term to write */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *aDoclist,           /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ 
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0);     /* True if this is the first term written */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+
+  /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a
+  ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node.  */
+  assert( pNode->n>0 );
+  assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) );
+
+  blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+  memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm);
+  pPrev->n = nTerm;
+
+  if( bFirst==0 ){
+    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix);
+  }
+  pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix);
+  memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+  pNode->n += nSuffix;
+
+  if( aDoclist ){
+    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist);
+    memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+    pNode->n += nDoclist;
+  }
+
+  assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the
+** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeAppend(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor containing term and doclist */
+){
+  const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm;
+  int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm;
+  const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist;
+  int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
+  int nSpace;                   /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */
+  int nPrefix;                  /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */
+  int nSuffix;                  /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */
+  NodeWriter *pLeaf;            /* Object used to write leaf nodes */
+
+  pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0];
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+
+  nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+
+  /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist
+  ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize
+  ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */
+  if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
+    pWriter->nWork++;
+
+    /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the 
+    ** parent must:
+    **
+    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+    **      to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and
+    **
+    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+    **
+    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next output block */
+    pLeaf->iBlock++;
+    pLeaf->key.n = 0;
+    pLeaf->block.n = 0;
+
+    nSuffix = nTerm;
+    nSpace  = 1;
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+  }
+
+  pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace;
+  blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){
+      pLeaf->block.n = 1;
+      pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0';
+    }
+    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+        &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the
+** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush
+** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt
+** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only
+** to release outstanding resources.
+**
+** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while
+** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeRelease(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Merge-writer object */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */
+  int iRoot;                      /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */
+  NodeWriter *pRoot;              /* NodeWriter for root node */
+  int rc = *pRc;                  /* Error code */
+
+  /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment 
+  ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
+  ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
+  ** will be 1. And so on.  */
+  for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+    if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break;
+    assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 );
+    assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 );
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+  }
+
+  /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */
+  if( iRoot<0 ) return;
+
+  /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
+  ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
+  ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that 
+  ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the 
+  ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. 
+  ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle 
+  ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
+  **
+  ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a 
+  ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
+  ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
+  **
+  ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments 
+  ** table until we are sure it is needed.
+  */
+  if( iRoot==0 ){
+    Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block;
+    blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pBlock->a[0] = 0x01;
+      pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(
+          &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock
+      );
+    }
+    iRoot = 1;
+  }
+  pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+
+  /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */
+  for(i=0; i<iRoot; i++){
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+    if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the %_segdir record. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, 
+        pWriter->iAbsLevel+1,               /* level */
+        pWriter->iIdx,                      /* idx */
+        pWriter->iStart,                    /* start_block */
+        pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock,     /* leaves_end_block */
+        pWriter->iEnd,                      /* end_block */
+        (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0),   /* end_block */
+        pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n      /* root */
+    );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a);
+  sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a);
+
+  *pRc = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in
+** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of
+** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other.
+**
+** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve
+** if it is greater.
+*/
+static int fts3TermCmp(
+  const char *zLhs, int nLhs,     /* LHS of comparison */
+  const char *zRhs, int nRhs      /* RHS of comparison */
+){
+  int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs);
+  int res;
+
+  res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp);
+  if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs;
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is 
+** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
+** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. 
+**
+** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite 
+** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
+**
+** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
+** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table
+** with blockid %_segdir.end_block.
+*/
+static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){
+  int bRes = 0;                   /* Result to set *pbRes to */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0;       /* Statement to query database with */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
+  }
+  
+  *pbRes = bRes;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
+** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level 
+** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
+** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
+**
+** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if:
+**
+**   * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
+**     space pre-allocated), and
+**
+**   * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is 
+**     greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
+**     output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeLoad(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index of candidate output segment */
+  const char *zKey,               /* First key to write */
+  int nKey,                       /* Number of bytes in nKey */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0;     /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */
+    sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0;   /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */
+    sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0;       /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */
+    const char *aRoot = 0;        /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */
+    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */
+    int rc2;                      /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */
+    int bAppendable = 0;          /* Set to true if segment is appendable */
+
+    /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1);
+      iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2);
+      fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData);
+      if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){
+        pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
+      }
+      pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0);
+      nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4);
+      aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4);
+    }else{
+      return sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */
+    rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable);
+
+    /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+      char *aLeaf = 0;
+      int nLeaf = 0;
+
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        NodeReader reader;
+        for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf);
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+            rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+        ){
+          assert( reader.aNode );
+        }
+        if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){
+          bAppendable = 0;
+        }
+        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aLeaf);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+      /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter
+      ** object to do so.  */
+      int i;
+      int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0];
+      NodeWriter *pNode;
+
+      pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+      pWriter->iStart = iStart;
+      pWriter->iEnd = iEnd;
+      pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+      pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+      for(i=nHeight+1; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+        pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+      }
+
+      pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight];
+      pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight;
+      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot);
+        pNode->block.n = nRoot;
+      }
+
+      for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+        NodeReader reader;
+        pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+
+        rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+        while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader);
+        blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n);
+          pNode->key.n = reader.term.n;
+          if( i>0 ){
+            char *aBlock = 0;
+            int nBlock = 0;
+            pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1];
+            pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild;
+            rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+            blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock);
+              pNode->block.n = nBlock;
+            }
+            sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+          }
+        }
+        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
+** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
+** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all 
+** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
+** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( 
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS Table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute index of input segments */
+  int *piIdx                      /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0;   /* SQL used to find output index */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx);
+    *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
+** with idx value iIdx.
+**
+** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three
+** columns:
+**
+**     start_block
+**     leaves_end_block
+**     end_block
+**
+** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
+** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
+** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
+** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack 
+** variable nLeafEst.
+**
+** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
+** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous
+** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array
+** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
+** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
+**
+** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the 
+** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( 
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index of new output segment */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor that data will be read from */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nLeafEst = 0;               /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0;     /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0;  /* SQL used to determine first block */
+
+  /* Calculate nLeafEst. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){
+      nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){
+      pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0);
+      pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1;
+      pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
+  ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify 
+  ** appendable segments.  */
+  rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+  pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst;
+  pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+  /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */
+  for(i=0; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+    pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the 
+** following two statements:
+**
+**   DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
+**   UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
+**
+** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE 
+** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
+** idx values.
+*/
+static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to delete from */
+  int iIdx                        /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* DELETE statement */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx);
+    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel.
+** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that
+** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0.
+*/
+static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel         /* Absolute level to repack */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int *aIdx = 0;                  /* Array of remaining idx values */
+  int nIdx = 0;                   /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* Select statement to read idx values */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0;      /* Update statement to modify idx values */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){
+        int *aNew;
+        nAlloc += 16;
+        aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+        if( !aNew ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          break;
+        }
+        aIdx = aNew;
+      }
+      aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0);
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel);
+  }
+
+  assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 );
+  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nIdx; i++){
+    if( aIdx[i]!=i ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 3, aIdx[i]);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 1, i);
+      sqlite3_step(pUpdate);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate);
+    }
+  }
+  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_free(aIdx);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){
+  pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight;
+  if( iChild ){
+    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) );
+    pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild);
+  }else{
+    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 );
+    pNode->n = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree
+** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node.
+**
+** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying
+** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes)
+** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateNode(
+  const char *aNode,              /* Current node image */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of aNode in bytes */
+  Blob *pNew,                     /* OUT: Write new node image here */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Omit all terms smaller than this */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piBlock          /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */
+){
+  NodeReader reader;              /* Reader object */
+  Blob prev = {0, 0, 0};          /* Previous term written to new node */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0';     /* True for a leaf node */
+
+  /* Allocate required output space */
+  blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  pNew->n = 0;
+
+  /* Populate new node buffer */
+  for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; 
+      rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+  ){
+    if( pNew->n==0 ){
+      int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+      if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue;
+      fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+      *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+    }
+    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+        pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n,
+        reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+  }
+  if( pNew->n==0 ){
+    fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+    *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+  }
+  assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc );
+
+  nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+  sqlite3_free(prev.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute 
+** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
+** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
+** tables.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of segment to modify */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index within level of segment to modify */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Remove terms smaller than this */
+  int nTerm                      /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Blob root = {0,0,0};            /* New root page image */
+  Blob block = {0,0,0};           /* Buffer used for any other block */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0;       /* Block id */
+  sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0;    /* New value for iStartBlock */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0;    /* Old value for iStartBlock */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0;       /* Statement used to fetch segdir */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;                      /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){
+      const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4);
+      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4);
+      iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1);
+      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){
+    char *aBlock = 0;
+    int nBlock = 0;
+    iNewStart = iBlock;
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1);
+      sqlite3_step(pDel);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
+      sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
+      sqlite3_step(pChomp);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(root.a);
+  sqlite3_free(block.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to
+** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level
+** iAbsLevel.
+**
+** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of
+** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation)
+** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that
+** have been duplicated in the output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeChomp(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level containing segments */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */
+  int *pnRem                      /* Number of segments not deleted */
+){
+  int i;
+  int nRem = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+    int j;
+
+    /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding
+    ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array.  */
+    for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pCsr->nSegment); j++){
+      pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j];
+      if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break;
+    }
+    assert( j<pCsr->nSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i );
+
+    if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){
+      /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */
+      rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx);
+      }
+      *pnRem = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this 
+      ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
+      ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ 
+      const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
+      int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
+      rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
+      nRem++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){
+    rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel);
+  }
+
+  *pnRem = nRem;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store an incr-merge hint in the database.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one 
+** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
+**
+** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
+** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  pHint->n = 0;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0);
+      int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0);
+      if( aHint ){
+        blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint);
+          pHint->n = nHint;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
+** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments 
+** and the number of input segments.
+**
+** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
+** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush(
+  Blob *pHint,                    /* Hint blob to append to */
+  i64 iAbsLevel,                  /* First varint to store in hint */
+  int nInput,                     /* Second varint to store in hint */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc);
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel);
+    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
+** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and 
+** *pnInput before returning.
+**
+** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
+** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){
+  const int nHint = pHint->n;
+  int i;
+
+  i = pHint->n-2;
+  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+
+  pHint->n = i;
+  i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel);
+  i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput);
+  if( i!=nHint ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
+**
+** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments 
+** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest 
+** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains 
+** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to 
+** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nRem = nMerge;              /* Number of leaf pages yet to  be written */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr;       /* Cursor used to read input data */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter;       /* Writer object */
+  int nSeg = 0;                   /* Number of input segments */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0;    /* Absolute level number to work on */
+  Blob hint = {0, 0, 0};          /* Hint read from %_stat table */
+  int bDirtyHint = 0;             /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */
+  const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter);
+  pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
+  if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1];
+  pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1];
+
+  rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){
+    const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */
+    int bUseHint = 0;             /* True if attempting to append */
+    int iIdx = 0;                 /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+
+    /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
+    ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
+    ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
+    ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, 
+    ** set nSeg to -1.
+    */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, MAX(2, nMin));
+    if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0);
+      nSeg = sqlite3_column_int(pFindLevel, 1);
+      assert( nSeg>=2 );
+    }else{
+      nSeg = -1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel);
+
+    /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
+    ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
+    ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this 
+    ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
+      int nHint = hint.n;
+      sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0;      /* Hint level */
+      int nHintSeg = 0;                     /* Hint number of segments */
+
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg);
+      if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){
+        iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel;
+        nSeg = nHintSeg;
+        bUseHint = 1;
+        bDirtyHint = 1;
+      }else{
+        /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry
+        ** is removed from the hint blob.  */
+        hint.n = nHint;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least
+    ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do.
+    ** Exit early in this case.  */
+    if( nSeg<0 ) break;
+
+    /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg 
+    ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using 
+    ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
+    ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
+    ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop 
+    ** to start work on some other level.  */
+    memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
+    pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx);
+      assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 );
+      if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){
+        int bIgnore = 0;
+        rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore);
+        if( bIgnore ){
+          pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr);
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter))
+     && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr))
+    ){
+      if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){
+        const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm;
+        int nKey = pCsr->nTerm;
+        rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){
+        fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel);
+        do {
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr);
+          if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW );
+
+        /* Update or delete the input segments */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork);
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg);
+          if( nSeg!=0 ){
+            bDirtyHint = 1;
+            fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( nSeg!=0 ){
+        pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
+      }
+      fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc);
+      if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){
+        fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData);
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */
+  if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+  sqlite3_free(hint.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return
+** its value.  Advance *pz to point to the first character past
+** the integer.
+**
+** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge=
+** commands. 
+*/
+static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
+  const char *z = *pz;
+  int i = 0;
+  while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' && i<214748363 ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0';
+  *pz = z;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B');
+**
+** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages
+** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level
+** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIncrmerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2);
+  int nMerge = 0;
+  const char *z = zParam;
+
+  /* Read the first integer value */
+  nMerge = fts3Getint(&z);
+
+  /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',',  read the second
+  ** integer value. */
+  if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){
+    z++;
+    nMin = fts3Getint(&z);
+  }
+
+  if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !p->bHasStat ){
+      assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+      sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X');
+**
+** where X is an integer.  X==0 means to turn automerge off.  X!=0 means
+** turn it on.  The setting is persistent.
+*/
+static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam);
+  if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+    p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
+  }
+  if( !p->bHasStat ){
+    assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the
+** arguments to this function.
+*/
+static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry(
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id for current row */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */
+  i64 iDocid,                     /* Docid for current row. */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column number */
+  int iPos                        /* Position */
+){
+  int i;
+  u64 ret = (u64)iDocid;
+
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iCol;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iPos;
+  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + zTerm[i];
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to
+** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums
+** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together.
+**
+** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The
+** return value is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to return cksum for */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;
+  int rc;
+  u64 cksum = 0;
+
+  assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter));
+  memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr));
+  filter.flags =  FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+  filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+      p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){
+      char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist;
+      char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist];
+
+      i64 iDocid = 0;
+      i64 iCol = 0;
+      i64 iPos = 0;
+
+      pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid);
+      while( pCsr<pEnd ){
+        i64 iVal = 0;
+        pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+        if( pCsr<pEnd ){
+          if( iVal==0 || iVal==1 ){
+            iCol = 0;
+            iPos = 0;
+            if( iVal ){
+              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol);
+            }else{
+              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+              iDocid += iVal;
+            }
+          }else{
+            iPos += (iVal - 2);
+            cksum = cksum ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, iLangid, iIndex, iDocid,
+                (int)iCol, (int)iPos
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+
+  *pRc = rc;
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the
+** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk
+** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
+** to false before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error 
+** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  u64 cksum1 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */
+  u64 cksum2 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on %_content contents */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;   /* Statement to return all language-ids */
+
+  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->iPrevLangid);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    char *zSql;
+   
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+      int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+      int iCol;
+
+      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+          const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+          int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+          sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;
+
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT);
+          while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
+            int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
+            int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
+            int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
+
+            rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              int i;
+              cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                  zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+              );
+              for(i=1; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+                if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){
+                  cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                      zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+                  );
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }
+
+  *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of
+** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
+** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+**
+** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite 
+** error code.
+**
+** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
+** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code
+** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following:
+**
+**     + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
+**       index etc.),
+**     + The token (or token prefix) text itself, 
+**     + The language-id of the row it appears in,
+**     + The docid of the row it appears in,
+**     + The column it appears in, and
+**     + The tokens position within that column.
+**
+** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create
+** a single checksum for the entire index.
+**
+** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
+**
+**     1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and 
+**     2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
+**
+** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
+** passed.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck(
+  Fts3Table *p                    /* FTS3 table handle */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int bOk = 0;
+  rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form:
+**
+**   "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
+**
+** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only 
+** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
+*/
+static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
+
+  if( !zVal ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){
+    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0);
+  }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){
+    rc = fts3DoRebuild(p);
+  }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){
+    rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p);
+  }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){
+    rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]);
+  }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){
+    rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){
+    p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){
+    p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){
+    p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+/*
+** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached
+** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+    pDef->pList = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to 
+** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;
+  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){
+    pNext = pDef->pNext;
+    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+    sqlite3_free(pDef);
+  }
+  pCsr->pDeferred = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list
+** based on the row that pCsr currently points to.
+**
+** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information
+** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the
+** table, not for all rows.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through table columns */
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;         /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
+    Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;      /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
+  
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
+   
+    assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+    iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+  
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+      if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
+        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
+        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
+
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
+          int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
+          int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
+          int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
+
+          rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+          for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+            Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
+            if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
+                && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
+                && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
+                && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
+              ){
+              fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+      if( pDef->pList ){
+        rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
+  Fts3DeferredToken *p, 
+  char **ppData, 
+  int *pnData
+){
+  char *pRet;
+  int nSkip;
+  sqlite3_int64 dummy;
+
+  *ppData = 0;
+  *pnData = 0;
+
+  if( p->pList==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData);
+  if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
+  *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
+  *ppData = pRet;
+  
+  memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 table cursor */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken,        /* Token to defer */
+  int iCol                        /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */
+){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;
+  pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred));
+  if( !pDeferred ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
+  pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
+  pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; 
+  pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
+  pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+  assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+  pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
+** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
+** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  sqlite3_value *pRowid, 
+  int *pnChng,                    /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
+  u32 *aSzDel
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bFound = 0;                 /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */
+
+  fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound);
+  if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int isEmpty = 0;              /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */
+    rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( isEmpty ){
+        /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
+        ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
+        ** data in the pendingTerms hash table.  */
+        rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);
+        *pnChng = 0;
+        memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2);
+      }else{
+        *pnChng = *pnChng - 1;
+        if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
+        }
+        if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
+** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE <table name>( 
+**       <user columns>,
+**       <table name> HIDDEN, 
+**       docid HIDDEN, 
+**       <langid> HIDDEN
+**     );
+**
+** 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* FTS3 vtab object */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
+  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
+  u32 *aSzDel = 0;                /* Sizes of deleted documents */
+  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
+  int bInsertDone = 0;
+
+  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
+  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
+  assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 );
+
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  assert( 
+      nArg==1                     /* DELETE operations */
+   || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3)  /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
+  );
+
+  /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
+  */
+  if( nArg>1 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL 
+  ){
+    rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
+  aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
+  if( aSzDel==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+  aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1];
+  memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
+
+  rc = fts3Writelock(p);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out;
+
+  /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
+  ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
+  **
+  ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
+  ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
+  ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
+  ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to
+  ** modify the database file.
+  */
+  if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */
+    sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn];
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      pNewRowid = apVal[1];
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( 
+        sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+     || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
+    )){
+      /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
+      ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and 
+      ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
+      ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
+      ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. 
+      **
+      ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into 
+      ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
+      ** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
+      **
+      ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
+      ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual 
+      ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
+      ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is 
+      ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
+      ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+        rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+        bInsertDone = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
+    rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
+    isRemove = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
+  if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
+    if( bInsertDone==0 ){
+      rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+        rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, *pRowid);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
+      rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
+    }
+    if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+      fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns);
+    }
+    nChng++;
+  }
+
+  if( p->bFts4 ){
+    fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
+  }
+
+ update_out:
+  sqlite3_free(aSzDel);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
+** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if 
+** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Oct 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE   'p'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL      'c'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC      'n'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH    'l'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS       's'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS      'x'        /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS     'y'        /* nCol*nPhrase values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM  'b'        /* nCol*nPhrase values */
+
+/*
+** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). 
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT   "pcx"
+
+
+/*
+** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to
+** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist.
+*/
+typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx;
+struct LoadDoclistCtx {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases seen so far */
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens seen so far */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the 
+** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
+*/
+typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
+typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase;
+typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment;
+
+struct SnippetIter {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */
+  int iCol;                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
+  int nSnippet;                   /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in query */
+  SnippetPhrase *aPhrase;         /* Array of size nPhrase */
+  int iCurrent;                   /* First token of current snippet */
+};
+
+struct SnippetPhrase {
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */
+  int iHead;                      /* Next value in position list */
+  char *pHead;                    /* Position list data following iHead */
+  int iTail;                      /* Next value in trailing position list */
+  char *pTail;                    /* Position list data following iTail */
+};
+
+struct SnippetFragment {
+  int iCol;                       /* Column snippet is extracted from */
+  int iPos;                       /* Index of first token in snippet */
+  u64 covered;                    /* Mask of query phrases covered */
+  u64 hlmask;                     /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */
+};
+
+/*
+** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while 
+** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
+*/
+typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
+struct MatchInfo {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Number of docs in database */
+  char flag;
+  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Pre-allocated buffer */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to manage a pair of buffers, each
+** (nElem * sizeof(u32)) bytes in size. See the MatchinfoBuffer code below
+** for details.
+*/
+struct MatchinfoBuffer {
+  u8 aRef[3];
+  int nElem;
+  int bGlobal;                    /* Set if global data is loaded */
+  char *zMatchinfo;
+  u32 aMatchinfo[1];
+};
+
+
+/*
+** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance
+** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the
+** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer;
+struct StrBuffer {
+  char *z;                        /* Pointer to buffer containing string */
+  int n;                          /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */
+};
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** Start of MatchinfoBuffer code.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Allocate a two-slot MatchinfoBuffer object.
+*/
+static MatchinfoBuffer *fts3MIBufferNew(int nElem, const char *zMatchinfo){
+  MatchinfoBuffer *pRet;
+  int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (2*nElem + 1) + sizeof(MatchinfoBuffer);
+  int nStr = (int)strlen(zMatchinfo);
+
+  pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + nStr+1);
+  if( pRet ){
+    memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+    pRet->aMatchinfo[0] = (u8*)(&pRet->aMatchinfo[1]) - (u8*)pRet;
+    pRet->aMatchinfo[1+nElem] = pRet->aMatchinfo[0] + sizeof(u32)*(nElem+1);
+    pRet->nElem = nElem;
+    pRet->zMatchinfo = ((char*)pRet) + nByte;
+    memcpy(pRet->zMatchinfo, zMatchinfo, nStr+1);
+    pRet->aRef[0] = 1;
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){
+  MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]);
+
+  assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] 
+       || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] 
+  );
+  if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){
+    pBuf->aRef[1] = 0;
+  }else{
+    pBuf->aRef[2] = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pBuf->aRef[0]==0 && pBuf->aRef[1]==0 && pBuf->aRef[2]==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pBuf);
+  }
+}
+
+static void (*fts3MIBufferAlloc(MatchinfoBuffer *p, u32 **paOut))(void*){
+  void (*xRet)(void*) = 0;
+  u32 *aOut = 0;
+
+  if( p->aRef[1]==0 ){
+    p->aRef[1] = 1;
+    aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[1];
+    xRet = fts3MIBufferFree;
+  }
+  else if( p->aRef[2]==0 ){
+    p->aRef[2] = 1;
+    aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[p->nElem+2];
+    xRet = fts3MIBufferFree;
+  }else{
+    aOut = (u32*)sqlite3_malloc(p->nElem * sizeof(u32));
+    if( aOut ){
+      xRet = sqlite3_free;
+      if( p->bGlobal ) memcpy(aOut, &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32));
+    }
+  }
+
+  *paOut = aOut;
+  return xRet;
+}
+
+static void fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(MatchinfoBuffer *p){
+  p->bGlobal = 1;
+  memcpy(&p->aMatchinfo[2+p->nElem], &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32));
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a MatchinfoBuffer object allocated using fts3MIBufferNew()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->aRef[0]==1 );
+    p->aRef[0] = 0;
+    if( p->aRef[0]==0 && p->aRef[1]==0 && p->aRef[2]==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** End of MatchinfoBuffer code.
+*************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position
+** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each
+** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value
+** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus
+** two. For example, to store the position-list:
+**
+**     4 9 113
+**
+** the three varints:
+**
+**     6 7 106
+**
+** are encoded.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of
+** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list.
+** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the
+** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){
+  int iVal;
+  *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
+  *piPos += (iVal-2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below).
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate2(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+  int *piPhrase,                  /* Pointer to phrase counter */
+  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int eType = pExpr->eType;     /* Type of expression node pExpr */
+
+  if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+    assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+    rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx);
+    (*piPhrase)++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that
+** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
+** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
+**
+** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, 
+** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
+** all eligible phrase nodes.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+  int iPhrase = 0;                /* Variable used as the phrase counter */
+  return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists
+** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also
+** fts3ExprLoadDoclists().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+
+  p->nPhrase++;
+  p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
+** pCsr. 
+**
+** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable 
+** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or 
+** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If 
+** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
+** matchable phrases of the expression.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 cursor for current query */
+  int *pnPhrase,                  /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */
+  int *pnToken                    /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0};  /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */
+  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+  rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx);
+  if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase;
+  if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  (*(int *)ctx)++;
+  pExpr->iPhrase = iPhrase;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+  int nPhrase = 0;
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase);
+  return nPhrase;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two 
+** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
+** than or equal to parameter iNext.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){
+  char *pIter = *ppIter;
+  if( pIter ){
+    int iIter = *piIter;
+
+    while( iIter<iNext ){
+      if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){
+        iIter = -1;
+        pIter = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter);
+    }
+
+    *piIter = iIter;
+    *ppIter = pIter;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){
+    /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet
+    ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a
+    ** score of 0.0).
+    */
+    pIter->iCurrent = 0;
+
+    /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that
+    ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet).
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int iStart;
+    int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){
+        iEnd = pPhrase->iHead;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1);
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet 
+** iterator pIter.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetDetails(
+  SnippetIter *pIter,             /* Snippet iterator */
+  u64 mCovered,                   /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */
+  int *piToken,                   /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */
+  int *piScore,                   /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */
+  u64 *pmCover,                   /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */
+  u64 *pmHighlight                /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */
+){
+  int iStart = pIter->iCurrent;   /* First token of snippet */
+  int iScore = 0;                 /* Score of this snippet */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  u64 mCover = 0;                 /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */
+  u64 mHighlight = 0;             /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+    SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+    if( pPhrase->pTail ){
+      char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail;
+      int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail;
+
+      while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){
+        int j;
+        u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i;
+        u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart);
+        assert( iCsr>=iStart );
+        if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){
+          iScore++;
+        }else{
+          iScore += 1000;
+        }
+        mCover |= mPhrase;
+
+        for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){
+          mHighlight |= (mPos>>j);
+        }
+
+        if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break;
+        fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the output variables before returning. */
+  *piToken = iStart;
+  *piScore = iScore;
+  *pmCover = mCover;
+  *pmHighlight = mHighlight;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet().
+** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx;
+  SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase];
+  char *pCsr;
+  int rc;
+
+  pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int iFirst = 0;
+    pPhrase->pList = pCsr;
+    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst);
+    assert( iFirst>=0 );
+    pPhrase->pHead = pCsr;
+    pPhrase->pTail = pCsr;
+    pPhrase->iHead = iFirst;
+    pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
+       pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 
+    ));
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens 
+** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
+** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
+** by adding:
+**
+**   (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
+**
+**   (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in 
+**       the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
+**
+** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
+** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore
+** before returning.
+*/
+static int fts3BestSnippet(
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Desired snippet length */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor to create snippet for */
+  int iCol,                       /* Index of column to create snippet from */
+  u64 mCovered,                   /* Mask of phrases already covered */
+  u64 *pmSeen,                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */
+  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* OUT: Best snippet found */
+  int *piScore                    /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int nList;                      /* Number of phrases in expression */
+  SnippetIter sIter;              /* Iterates through snippet candidates */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */
+  int iBestScore = -1;            /* Best snippet score found so far */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+
+  /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same
+  ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase.
+  */
+  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero
+  ** the required space using malloc().
+  */
+  nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList;
+  sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !sIter.aPhrase ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte);
+
+  /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through
+  ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array.
+  */
+  sIter.pCsr = pCsr;
+  sIter.iCol = iCol;
+  sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet;
+  sIter.nPhrase = nList;
+  sIter.iCurrent = -1;
+  rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void*)&sIter);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */
+    for(i=0; i<nList; i++){
+      if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){
+        *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in 
+     ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
+     */
+    pFragment->iCol = iCol;
+    while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){
+      int iPos;
+      int iScore;
+      u64 mCover;
+      u64 mHighlite;
+      fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover,&mHighlite);
+      assert( iScore>=0 );
+      if( iScore>iBestScore ){
+        pFragment->iPos = iPos;
+        pFragment->hlmask = mHighlite;
+        pFragment->covered = mCover;
+        iBestScore = iScore;
+      }
+    }
+
+    *piScore = iBestScore;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is
+** determined using strlen().
+*/
+static int fts3StringAppend(
+  StrBuffer *pStr,                /* Buffer to append to */
+  const char *zAppend,            /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */
+  int nAppend                     /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */
+){
+  if( nAppend<0 ){
+    nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend);
+  }
+
+  /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc()
+  ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the
+  ** appended data.
+  */
+  if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){
+    int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100;
+    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc);
+    if( !zNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pStr->z = zNew;
+    pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+  }
+  assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) );
+
+  /* Append the data to the string buffer. */
+  memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend);
+  pStr->n += nAppend;
+  pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0';
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a
+** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term
+** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term
+** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select:
+**
+**     ........X.....X
+**
+** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the 
+** document so that there are approximately the same number of 
+** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
+** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
+**
+**     ....X.....X....
+**
+** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
+** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
+** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document 
+** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. 
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetShift(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use in tokenizing */
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */
+  const char *zDoc,               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+  int nDoc,                       /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */
+  int *piPos,                     /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */
+  u64 *pHlmask                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */
+){
+  u64 hlmask = *pHlmask;          /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */
+
+  if( hlmask ){
+    int nLeft;                    /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */
+    int nRight;                   /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */
+    int nDesired;                 /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */
+
+    for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++);
+    for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++);
+    nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2;
+
+    /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the
+    ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually
+    ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and
+    ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the
+    ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens
+    ** available.
+    */
+    if( nDesired>0 ){
+      int nShift;                 /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */
+      int iCurrent = 0;           /* Token counter */
+      int rc;                     /* Return Code */
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;
+      pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+
+      /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
+      ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
+        const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0;
+        rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
+      }
+      pMod->xClose(pC);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }
+
+      nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
+      assert( nShift<=nDesired );
+      if( nShift>0 ){
+        *piPos += nShift;
+        *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and
+** append it to string buffer pOut.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetText(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* Snippet to extract */
+  int iFragment,                  /* Fragment number */
+  int isLast,                     /* True for final fragment in snippet */
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */
+  const char *zOpen,              /* String inserted before highlighted term */
+  const char *zClose,             /* String inserted after highlighted term */
+  const char *zEllipsis,          /* String inserted between snippets */
+  StrBuffer *pOut                 /* Write output here */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  const char *zDoc;               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+  int nDoc;                       /* Size of zDoc in bytes */
+  int iCurrent = 0;               /* Current token number of document */
+  int iEnd = 0;                   /* Byte offset of end of current token */
+  int isShiftDone = 0;            /* True after snippet is shifted */
+  int iPos = pFragment->iPos;     /* First token of snippet */
+  u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
+  int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1;   /* Query column to extract text from */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;   /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
+  
+  zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+  if( zDoc==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+
+  /* Open a token cursor on the document. */
+  pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+    int DUMMY1 = -1;              /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+    int iBegin = 0;               /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
+    int iFin = 0;                 /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
+    int isHighlight = 0;          /* True for highlighted terms */
+
+    /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere
+    ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to
+    ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily
+    ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application
+    ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for
+    ** snippet generation or for some other purpose.
+    **
+    ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this
+    ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface.
+    ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this
+    ** convention might not be respected.  */
+    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
+        ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
+        ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. 
+        ** Then break out of the loop. */
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; }
+
+    if( !isShiftDone ){
+      int n = nDoc - iBegin;
+      rc = fts3SnippetShift(
+          pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask
+      );
+      isShiftDone = 1;
+
+      /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
+      ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
+      ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. 
+      */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){
+          rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+        }else if( iBegin ){
+          rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zDoc, iBegin);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
+    }
+
+    if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
+      if( isLast ){
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */
+    isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0;
+
+    if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1);
+
+    iEnd = iFin;
+  }
+
+  pMod->xClose(pC);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a 
+** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single 
+** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
+** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
+** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
+** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after
+** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end
+** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of
+** the next column in the position-list).
+**
+** The number of elements in the column-list is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppCollist;
+  char c = 0;
+  int nEntry = 0;
+
+  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */
+  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    if( !c ) nEntry++;
+  }
+
+  *ppCollist = pEnd;
+  return nEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function gathers 'y' or 'b' data for a single phrase.
+*/
+static void fts3ExprLHits(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  MatchInfo *p                    /* Matchinfo context */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)p->pCursor->base.pVtab;
+  int iStart;
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  int iCol = 0;
+
+  assert( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM || p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS );
+  if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){
+    iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * p->nCol;
+  }else{
+    iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * ((p->nCol + 31) / 32);
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    int nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pIter);
+    if( (pPhrase->iColumn>=pTab->nColumn || pPhrase->iColumn==iCol) ){
+      if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){
+        p->aMatchinfo[iStart + iCol] = (u32)nHit;
+      }else if( nHit ){
+        p->aMatchinfo[iStart + (iCol+1)/32] |= (1 << (iCol&0x1F));
+      }
+    }
+    assert( *pIter==0x00 || *pIter==0x01 );
+    if( *pIter!=0x01 ) break;
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iCol);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Gather the results for matchinfo directives 'y' and 'b'.
+*/
+static void fts3ExprLHitGather(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+  MatchInfo *p
+){
+  assert( (pExpr->pLeft==0)==(pExpr->pRight==0) );
+  if( pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==p->pCursor->iPrevId ){
+    if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+      fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pLeft, p);
+      fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pRight, p);
+    }else{
+      fts3ExprLHits(pExpr, p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
+** for a single query. 
+**
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements 
+** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the 
+** current query.
+**
+** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
+** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows:
+**
+**   for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X;
+**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y;
+**   }
+**
+** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all
+** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains
+** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
+**
+** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
+** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the 
+** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
+** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
+** not available for deferred tokens.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+  return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+      p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol]
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the 
+** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+  int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    char *pCsr;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr);
+    if( pCsr ){
+      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr);
+    }else{
+      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
+  Fts3Table *pTab, 
+  char cArg,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg);
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){
+  int nVal;                       /* Number of integers output by cArg */
+
+  switch( cArg ){
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: 
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: 
+      nVal = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS:
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM:
+      nVal = pInfo->nPhrase * ((pInfo->nCol + 31) / 32);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return nVal;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc,
+  const char **paLen
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char *a;
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;
+
+  if( !*ppStmt ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  pStmt = *ppStmt;
+  assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 );
+
+  a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+  a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+  if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc;
+
+  if( paLen ) *paLen = a;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while 
+** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
+** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
+** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
+*/
+typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator;
+struct LcsIterator {
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Pointer to phrase expression */
+  int iPosOffset;                 /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */
+  char *pRead;                    /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */
+  int iPos;                       /* Current position */
+};
+
+/* 
+** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
+** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
+*/
+#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx;
+  aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return
+** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the
+** position list for the next column.
+*/
+static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){
+  char *pRead = pIter->pRead;
+  sqlite3_int64 iRead;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead);
+  if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){
+    pRead = 0;
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2);
+  }
+
+  pIter->pRead = pRead;
+  return rc;
+}
+  
+/*
+** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. 
+**
+** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
+** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] 
+** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
+** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is 
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
+  LcsIterator *aIter;
+  int i;
+  int iCol;
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array
+  ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query.
+  **/
+  aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+  if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+    LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+    nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+    pIter->iPosOffset = nToken;
+  }
+
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+    int nLcs = 0;                 /* LCS value for this column */
+    int nLive = 0;                /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */
+
+    for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+      int rc;
+      LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i];
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      if( pIt->pRead ){
+        pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset;
+        fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]);
+        nLive++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while( nLive>0 ){
+      LcsIterator *pAdv = 0;      /* The iterator to advance by one position */
+      int nThisLcs = 0;           /* LCS for the current iterator positions */
+
+      for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+        LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+        if( pIter->pRead==0 ){
+          /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */
+          nThisLcs = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){
+            pAdv = pIter;
+          }
+          if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){
+            nThisLcs++;
+          }else{
+            nThisLcs = 1;
+          }
+          if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs;
+        }
+      }
+      if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--;
+    }
+
+    pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aIter);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
+** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the 
+** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
+** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
+** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
+** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output.
+**
+** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output.
+** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between
+** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
+** have already been populated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error 
+** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
+** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoValues(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
+  int bGlobal,                    /* True to grab the global stats */
+  MatchInfo *pInfo,               /* Matchinfo context object */
+  const char *zArg                /* Matchinfo format string */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){
+    pInfo->flag = zArg[i];
+    switch( zArg[i] ){
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase;
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
+        break;
+        
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0);
+          pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: 
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          sqlite3_int64 nDoc;     /* Number of rows in table */
+          const char *a;          /* Aggregate column length array */
+
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int iCol;
+            for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+              u32 iVal;
+              sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+              a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+              iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc);
+              pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: {
+        sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          int iCol;
+          const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0);
+          for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+            sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+            a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+            pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken;
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo);
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM:
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: {
+        int nZero = fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]) * sizeof(u32);
+        memset(pInfo->aMatchinfo, 0, nZero);
+        fts3ExprLHitGather(pCsr->pExpr, pInfo);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+        assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+        pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+            rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+          }
+          rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+          sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        }
+        (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The 
+** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
+*/
+static void fts3GetMatchinfo(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,        /* Return results here */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor object */
+  const char *zArg                /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */
+){
+  MatchInfo sInfo;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bGlobal = 0;                /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */
+
+  u32 *aOut = 0;
+  void (*xDestroyOut)(void*) = 0;
+
+  memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo));
+  sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
+  sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
+
+  /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the 
+  ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard 
+  ** the cached data. */
+  if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
+    pCsr->pMIBuffer = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the
+  ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case 
+  ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
+  ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
+  */
+  if( pCsr->pMIBuffer==0 ){
+    int nMatchinfo = 0;           /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through zArg */
+
+    /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */
+    pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+    sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+
+    /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */
+    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+      char *zErr = 0;
+      if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1);
+        sqlite3_free(zErr);
+        return;
+      }
+      nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]);
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */
+    pCsr->pMIBuffer = fts3MIBufferNew(nMatchinfo, zArg);
+    if( !pCsr->pMIBuffer ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+    bGlobal = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    xDestroyOut = fts3MIBufferAlloc(pCsr->pMIBuffer, &aOut);
+    if( xDestroyOut==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sInfo.aMatchinfo = aOut;
+    sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+    rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg);
+    if( bGlobal ){
+      fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+    if( xDestroyOut ) xDestroyOut(aOut);
+  }else{
+    int n = pCsr->pMIBuffer->nElem * sizeof(u32);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, aOut, n, xDestroyOut);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of snippet() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
+  const char *zStart,             /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */
+  const char *zEnd,               /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */
+  const char *zEllipsis,          /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */
+  int iCol,                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
+  int nToken                      /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
+  ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
+  ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in 
+  ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
+  ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
+  ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
+  ** a pair of fragments, and so on.
+  */
+  int nSnippet = 0;               /* Number of fragments in this snippet */
+  SnippetFragment aSnippet[4];    /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */
+  int nFToken = -1;               /* Number of tokens in each fragment */
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){
+
+    int iSnip;                    /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */
+    u64 mCovered = 0;             /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */
+    u64 mSeen = 0;                /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */
+
+    if( nToken>=0 ){
+      nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet;
+    }else{
+      nFToken = -1 * nToken;
+    }
+
+    for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){
+      int iBestScore = -1;        /* Best score of columns checked so far */
+      int iRead;                  /* Used to iterate through columns */
+      SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip];
+
+      memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment));
+
+      /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets.
+      ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all
+      ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered.
+      */
+      for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){
+        SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+        int iS = 0;
+        if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue;
+
+        /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */
+        rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto snippet_out;
+        }
+        if( iS>iBestScore ){
+          *pFragment = sF;
+          iBestScore = iS;
+        }
+      }
+
+      mCovered |= pFragment->covered;
+    }
+
+    /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least
+    ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop.
+    */
+    assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered );
+    if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break;
+  }
+
+  assert( nFToken>0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], 
+        i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
+    );
+  }
+
+ snippet_out:
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+    sqlite3_free(res.z);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+
+typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset;
+typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx;
+
+struct TermOffset {
+  char *pList;                    /* Position-list */
+  int iPos;                       /* Position just read from pList */
+  int iOff;                       /* Offset of this term from read positions */
+};
+
+struct TermOffsetCtx {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;
+  int iCol;                       /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */
+  int iTerm;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+  TermOffset *aTerm;
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx;
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+  int iTerm;                      /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */
+  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to position list for phrase */
+  int iPos = 0;                   /* First position in position-list */
+  int rc;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList);
+  nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+  if( pList ){
+    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos);
+    assert( iPos>=0 );
+  }
+
+  for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){
+    TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++];
+    pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1;
+    pT->pList = pList;
+    pT->iPos = iPos;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of offsets() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr                /* Cursor object */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in query */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column currently being processed */
+  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};      /* Result string */
+  TermOffsetCtx sCtx;             /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
+  assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+
+  /* Count the number of terms in the query */
+  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+
+  /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */
+  sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken);
+  if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto offsets_out;
+  }
+  sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+
+  /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to 
+  ** string-buffer res for each column.
+  */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+    int NDUMMY = 0;               /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+    int iStart = 0;
+    int iEnd = 0;
+    int iCurrent = 0;
+    const char *zDoc;
+    int nDoc;
+
+    /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is 
+    ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
+    ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
+    */
+    sCtx.iCol = iCol;
+    sCtx.iTerm = 0;
+    (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx);
+
+    /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored 
+    ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
+    ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
+    ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM 
+    ** to the caller. 
+    */
+    zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    if( zDoc==0 ){
+      if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+        continue;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto offsets_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+        zDoc, nDoc, &pC
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+
+    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;                      /* Used to loop through terms */
+      int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;   /* Position of next token */
+      TermOffset *pTerm = 0;      /* TermOffset associated with next token */
+
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i];
+        if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){
+          iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff;
+          pTerm = pT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( !pTerm ){
+        /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else{
+        assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos );
+        if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){
+          pTerm->pList = 0;
+        }else{
+          fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos);
+        }
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){
+          rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char aBuffer[64];
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, 
+              "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
+          );
+          rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    pMod->xClose(pC);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+  }
+
+ offsets_out:
+  sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx,  rc);
+    sqlite3_free(res.z);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of matchinfo() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* Function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 table cursor */
+  const char *zArg                /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  const char *zFormat;
+
+  if( zArg ){
+    zFormat = zArg;
+  }else{
+    zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT;
+  }
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }else{
+    /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */
+    fts3GetMatchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zFormat);
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 24
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */
+
+/*
+** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied
+** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation, they are not required.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer;
+typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor;
+
+struct unicode_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  int bRemoveDiacritic;
+  int nException;
+  int *aiException;
+};
+
+struct unicode_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const unsigned char *aInput;    /* Input text being tokenized */
+  int nInput;                     /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aInput[] */
+  int iToken;                     /* Index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                   /* storage for current token */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* space allocated at zToken */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate().
+*/
+static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  if( pTokenizer ){
+    unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+    sqlite3_free(p->aiException);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider
+** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or
+** token characters (if bAlnum==1).
+**
+** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
+** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
+** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the 
+** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
+** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
+** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
+**
+** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic()
+** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored.
+** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect
+** to these codepoints.
+*/
+static int unicodeAddExceptions(
+  unicode_tokenizer *p,           /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */
+  int bAlnum,                     /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */
+  const char *zIn,                /* Array of characters to make exceptions */
+  int nIn                         /* Length of z in bytes */
+){
+  const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn];
+  unsigned int iCode;
+  int nEntry = 0;
+
+  assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 );
+
+  while( z<zTerm ){
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+    assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+    if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum 
+     && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 
+    ){
+      nEntry++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nEntry ){
+    int *aNew;                    /* New aiException[] array */
+    int nNew;                     /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */
+
+    aNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    nNew = p->nException;
+
+    z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+    while( z<zTerm ){
+      READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+      if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum 
+       && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
+      ){
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; i<nNew && aNew[i]<(int)iCode; i++);
+        for(j=nNew; j>i; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1];
+        aNew[i] = (int)iCode;
+        nNew++;
+      }
+    }
+    p->aiException = aNew;
+    p->nException = nNew;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode.
+*/
+static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  if( p->nException>0 ){
+    int *a = p->aiException;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iHi = p->nException-1;
+
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( iCode==a[iTest] ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is
+** considered a token character (not a separator).
+*/
+static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+  return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int unicodeCreate(
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of array argv[] */
+  const char * const *azArg,      /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **pp          /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */
+){
+  unicode_tokenizer *pNew;        /* New tokenizer object */
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
+    const char *z = azArg[i];
+    int n = (int)strlen(z);
+
+    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
+      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+    }
+    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
+      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
+    }
+    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){
+      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11);
+    }
+    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){
+      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11);
+    }
+    else{
+      /* Unrecognized argument */
+      rc  = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }
+  *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int unicodeOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *p,           /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *aInput,             /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                     /* Size of string aInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp   /* OUT: New cursor object */
+){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+
+  pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput;
+  if( aInput==0 ){
+    pCsr->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput);
+  }else{
+    pCsr->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+
+  *pp = &pCsr->base;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int unicodeNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC,   /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **paToken,           /* OUT: Token text */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
+  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
+  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
+  unsigned int iCode = 0;
+  char *zOut;
+  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
+  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
+  const unsigned char *zEnd;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
+
+  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
+  ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of 
+  ** the input.  */
+  while( z<zTerm ){
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+    if( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) ) break;
+    zStart = z;
+  }
+  if( zStart>=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+  zOut = pCsr->zToken;
+  do {
+    int iOut;
+
+    /* Grow the output buffer if required. */
+    if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64);
+      if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken];
+      pCsr->zToken = zNew;
+      pCsr->nAlloc += 64;
+    }
+
+    /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */
+    zEnd = z;
+    iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold((int)iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
+    if( iOut ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut);
+    }
+
+    /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
+    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) 
+       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)
+  );
+
+  /* Set the output variables and return. */
+  pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput);
+  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
+  *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken);
+  *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput);
+  *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
+  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
+** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
+  static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = {
+    0,
+    unicodeCreate,
+    unicodeDestroy,
+    unicodeOpen,
+    unicodeClose,
+    unicodeNext,
+    0,
+  };
+  *ppModule = &module;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/*
+** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
+** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){
+  /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous
+  ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
+  ** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
+  **
+  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
+  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
+  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
+  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
+  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
+  ** using this format.
+  */
+  static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
+    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
+    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
+    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
+    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
+    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
+    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
+    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
+    0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401,
+    0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804,
+    0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403,
+    0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812,
+    0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001,
+    0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802,
+    0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805,
+    0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401,
+    0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03,
+    0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807,
+    0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001,
+    0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01,
+    0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804,
+    0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001,
+    0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802,
+    0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01,
+    0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06,
+    0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007,
+    0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006,
+    0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417,
+    0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14,
+    0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07,
+    0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01,
+    0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001,
+    0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802,
+    0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F,
+    0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002,
+    0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802,
+    0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006,
+    0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D,
+    0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802,
+    0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027,
+    0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403,
+    0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805,
+    0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04,
+    0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401,
+    0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005,
+    0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B,
+    0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A,
+    0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001,
+    0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59,
+    0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807,
+    0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01,
+    0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E,
+    0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100,
+    0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10,
+    0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402,
+    0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804,
+    0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012,
+    0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004,
+    0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002,
+    0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803,
+    0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07,
+    0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02,
+    0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802,
+    0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013,
+    0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06,
+    0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003,
+    0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01,
+    0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403,
+    0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009,
+    0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003,
+    0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003,
+    0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E,
+    0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046,
+    0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401,
+    0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401,
+    0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F,
+    0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C,
+    0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002,
+    0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025,
+    0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6,
+    0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46,
+    0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060,
+    0x380400F0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = {
+    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
+  };
+
+  if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){
+    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & ((unsigned int)1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
+  }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){
+    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
+    int iRes = 0;
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( aEntry[0]<key );
+    assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] );
+    return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF)));
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
+** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
+** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
+** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
+** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
+** uppercase letter are undefined.
+*/
+static int remove_diacritic(int c){
+  unsigned short aDia[] = {
+        0,  1797,  1848,  1859,  1891,  1928,  1940,  1995, 
+     2024,  2040,  2060,  2110,  2168,  2206,  2264,  2286, 
+     2344,  2383,  2472,  2488,  2516,  2596,  2668,  2732, 
+     2782,  2842,  2894,  2954,  2984,  3000,  3028,  3336, 
+     3456,  3696,  3712,  3728,  3744,  3896,  3912,  3928, 
+     3968,  4008,  4040,  4106,  4138,  4170,  4202,  4234, 
+     4266,  4296,  4312,  4344,  4408,  4424,  4472,  4504, 
+     6148,  6198,  6264,  6280,  6360,  6429,  6505,  6529, 
+    61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, 
+    61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, 
+    62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, 
+    62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 
+    62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, 
+  };
+  char aChar[] = {
+    '\0', 'a',  'c',  'e',  'i',  'n',  'o',  'u',  'y',  'y',  'a',  'c',  
+    'd',  'e',  'e',  'g',  'h',  'i',  'j',  'k',  'l',  'n',  'o',  'r',  
+    's',  't',  'u',  'u',  'w',  'y',  'z',  'o',  'u',  'a',  'i',  'o',  
+    'u',  'g',  'k',  'o',  'j',  'g',  'n',  'a',  'e',  'i',  'o',  'r',  
+    'u',  's',  't',  'h',  'a',  'e',  'o',  'y',  '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 
+    '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a',  'b',  'd',  'd',  'e',  'f',  'g',  'h',  
+    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',  
+    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',  
+    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',  
+  };
+
+  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
+  int iRes = 0;
+  int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
+  int iLo = 0;
+  while( iHi>=iLo ){
+    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
+      iRes = iTest;
+      iLo = iTest+1;
+    }else{
+      iHi = iTest-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
+  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
+** is a diacritical modifier character.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
+  unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF;
+  unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8;
+  if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0;
+  return (c < 768+32) ?
+      (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) :
+      (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32)));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
+** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
+** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
+** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){
+  /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range
+  ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange
+  ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode.
+  **
+  ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies
+  ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and
+  ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to
+  ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C.
+  **
+  ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[]
+  ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower
+  ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF).
+  **
+  ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt
+  ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See
+  ** http://www.unicode.org for details.
+  */
+  static const struct TableEntry {
+    unsigned short iCode;
+    unsigned char flags;
+    unsigned char nRange;
+  } aEntry[] = {
+    {65, 14, 26},          {181, 64, 1},          {192, 14, 23},
+    {216, 14, 7},          {256, 1, 48},          {306, 1, 6},
+    {313, 1, 16},          {330, 1, 46},          {376, 116, 1},
+    {377, 1, 6},           {383, 104, 1},         {385, 50, 1},
+    {386, 1, 4},           {390, 44, 1},          {391, 0, 1},
+    {393, 42, 2},          {395, 0, 1},           {398, 32, 1},
+    {399, 38, 1},          {400, 40, 1},          {401, 0, 1},
+    {403, 42, 1},          {404, 46, 1},          {406, 52, 1},
+    {407, 48, 1},          {408, 0, 1},           {412, 52, 1},
+    {413, 54, 1},          {415, 56, 1},          {416, 1, 6},
+    {422, 60, 1},          {423, 0, 1},           {425, 60, 1},
+    {428, 0, 1},           {430, 60, 1},          {431, 0, 1},
+    {433, 58, 2},          {435, 1, 4},           {439, 62, 1},
+    {440, 0, 1},           {444, 0, 1},           {452, 2, 1},
+    {453, 0, 1},           {455, 2, 1},           {456, 0, 1},
+    {458, 2, 1},           {459, 1, 18},          {478, 1, 18},
+    {497, 2, 1},           {498, 1, 4},           {502, 122, 1},
+    {503, 134, 1},         {504, 1, 40},          {544, 110, 1},
+    {546, 1, 18},          {570, 70, 1},          {571, 0, 1},
+    {573, 108, 1},         {574, 68, 1},          {577, 0, 1},
+    {579, 106, 1},         {580, 28, 1},          {581, 30, 1},
+    {582, 1, 10},          {837, 36, 1},          {880, 1, 4},
+    {886, 0, 1},           {902, 18, 1},          {904, 16, 3},
+    {908, 26, 1},          {910, 24, 2},          {913, 14, 17},
+    {931, 14, 9},          {962, 0, 1},           {975, 4, 1},
+    {976, 140, 1},         {977, 142, 1},         {981, 146, 1},
+    {982, 144, 1},         {984, 1, 24},          {1008, 136, 1},
+    {1009, 138, 1},        {1012, 130, 1},        {1013, 128, 1},
+    {1015, 0, 1},          {1017, 152, 1},        {1018, 0, 1},
+    {1021, 110, 3},        {1024, 34, 16},        {1040, 14, 32},
+    {1120, 1, 34},         {1162, 1, 54},         {1216, 6, 1},
+    {1217, 1, 14},         {1232, 1, 88},         {1329, 22, 38},
+    {4256, 66, 38},        {4295, 66, 1},         {4301, 66, 1},
+    {7680, 1, 150},        {7835, 132, 1},        {7838, 96, 1},
+    {7840, 1, 96},         {7944, 150, 8},        {7960, 150, 6},
+    {7976, 150, 8},        {7992, 150, 8},        {8008, 150, 6},
+    {8025, 151, 8},        {8040, 150, 8},        {8072, 150, 8},
+    {8088, 150, 8},        {8104, 150, 8},        {8120, 150, 2},
+    {8122, 126, 2},        {8124, 148, 1},        {8126, 100, 1},
+    {8136, 124, 4},        {8140, 148, 1},        {8152, 150, 2},
+    {8154, 120, 2},        {8168, 150, 2},        {8170, 118, 2},
+    {8172, 152, 1},        {8184, 112, 2},        {8186, 114, 2},
+    {8188, 148, 1},        {8486, 98, 1},         {8490, 92, 1},
+    {8491, 94, 1},         {8498, 12, 1},         {8544, 8, 16},
+    {8579, 0, 1},          {9398, 10, 26},        {11264, 22, 47},
+    {11360, 0, 1},         {11362, 88, 1},        {11363, 102, 1},
+    {11364, 90, 1},        {11367, 1, 6},         {11373, 84, 1},
+    {11374, 86, 1},        {11375, 80, 1},        {11376, 82, 1},
+    {11378, 0, 1},         {11381, 0, 1},         {11390, 78, 2},
+    {11392, 1, 100},       {11499, 1, 4},         {11506, 0, 1},
+    {42560, 1, 46},        {42624, 1, 24},        {42786, 1, 14},
+    {42802, 1, 62},        {42873, 1, 4},         {42877, 76, 1},
+    {42878, 1, 10},        {42891, 0, 1},         {42893, 74, 1},
+    {42896, 1, 4},         {42912, 1, 10},        {42922, 72, 1},
+    {65313, 14, 26},       
+  };
+  static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
+   1,     2,     8,     15,    16,    26,    28,    32,    
+   37,    38,    40,    48,    63,    64,    69,    71,    
+   79,    80,    116,   202,   203,   205,   206,   207,   
+   209,   210,   211,   213,   214,   217,   218,   219,   
+   775,   7264,  10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, 
+   54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, 
+   57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, 
+   65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, 
+   65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, 
+   65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, 
+  };
+
+  int ret = c;
+
+  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );
+
+  if( c<128 ){
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
+  }else if( c<65536 ){
+    const struct TableEntry *p;
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iRes = -1;
+
+    assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode );
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);
+      if( cmp>=0 ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( iRes>=0 && c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode );
+    p = &aEntry[iRes];
+    if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){
+      ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF;
+      assert( ret>0 );
+    }
+
+    if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret);
+  }
+  
+  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
+    ret = c + 40;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
+** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
+** --------------------------------
+**
+** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three 
+** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
+** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
+** table.
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB)
+**   CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER)
+**   CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER)
+**
+** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node
+** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is
+** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent.
+** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid
+** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it
+** is stored on.
+**
+** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is
+** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the
+** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node
+** is formatted as follows:
+**
+**   1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
+**      of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
+**      For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
+**
+**   2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently 
+**      stored in the node.
+**
+**   3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
+**      consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
+**      of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
+**      of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
+**      child page.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+/*   #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+/*   #include "sqlite3.h" */
+#endif
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef unsigned short u16;
+typedef unsigned int u32;
+#endif
+
+/*  The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
+typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
+typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
+typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
+typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
+typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg;
+typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback;
+typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
+typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint;
+
+/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
+#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
+
+/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
+** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is 
+** used.
+*/
+#define HASHSIZE 97
+
+/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of
+** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of
+** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the
+** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum).
+** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use 
+** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
+*/
+#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576
+#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST         100
+
+/* 
+** An rtree virtual-table object.
+*/
+struct Rtree {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;          /* Base class.  Must be first */
+  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
+  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
+  u8 nDim;                    /* Number of dimensions */
+  u8 nDim2;                   /* Twice the number of dimensions */
+  u8 eCoordType;              /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */
+  u8 nBytesPerCell;           /* Bytes consumed per cell */
+  u8 inWrTrans;               /* True if inside write transaction */
+  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
+  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
+  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
+  u32 nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
+  i64 nRowEst;                /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
+  u32 nCursor;                /* Number of open cursors */
+
+  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
+  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
+  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
+  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
+  */
+  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
+  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
+
+  /* Blob I/O on xxx_node */
+  sqlite3_blob *pNodeBlob;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
+
+  RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ 
+};
+
+/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */
+#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
+#define RTREE_COORD_INT32  1
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will
+** only deal with integer coordinates.  No floating point operations
+** will be done.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue;       /* High accuracy coordinate */
+  typedef int RtreeValue;                  /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+# define RTREE_ZERO 0
+#else
+  typedef double RtreeDValue;              /* High accuracy coordinate */
+  typedef float RtreeValue;                /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure
+** record intermediate results from the tree walk.
+**
+** The id is always a node-id.  For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of
+** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents.  When iLevel==0, however,
+** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint
+** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node.
+*/
+struct RtreeSearchPoint {
+  RtreeDValue rScore;    /* The score for this node.  Smallest goes first. */
+  sqlite3_int64 id;      /* Node ID */
+  u8 iLevel;             /* 0=entries.  1=leaf node.  2+ for higher */
+  u8 eWithin;            /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */
+  u8 iCell;              /* Cell index within the node */
+};
+
+/*
+** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the 
+** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
+**
+**     m = M/3
+**
+** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of
+** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3)
+#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
+#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
+
+/*
+** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
+** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
+** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since 
+** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
+** 40 or less.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
+
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache.  The first entry is
+** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint.  The remaining
+** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue.
+*/
+#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ  5
+
+/* 
+** An rtree cursor object.
+*/
+struct RtreeCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;         /* Base class.  Must be first */
+  u8 atEOF;                         /* True if at end of search */
+  u8 bPoint;                        /* True if sPoint is valid */
+  int iStrategy;                    /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
+  int nConstraint;                  /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  RtreeConstraint *aConstraint;     /* Search constraints. */
+  int nPointAlloc;                  /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */
+  int nPoint;                       /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */
+  int mxLevel;                      /* iLevel value for root of the tree */
+  RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint;         /* Priority queue for search points */
+  RtreeSearchPoint sPoint;          /* Cached next search point */
+  RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */
+  u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1];   /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */
+};
+
+/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */
+#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X)   ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab))
+
+/*
+** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer.  All
+** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time.
+*/
+union RtreeCoord {
+  RtreeValue f;      /* Floating point value */
+  int i;             /* Integer value */
+  u32 u;             /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */
+};
+
+/*
+** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
+** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local
+** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the
+** RtreeCoord.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i)
+#else
+# define DCOORD(coord) (                           \
+    (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ?      \
+      ((double)coord.f) :                           \
+      ((double)coord.i)                             \
+  )
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A search constraint.
+*/
+struct RtreeConstraint {
+  int iCoord;                     /* Index of constrained coordinate */
+  int op;                         /* Constraining operation */
+  union {
+    RtreeDValue rValue;             /* Constraint value. */
+    int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*);
+    int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
+  } u;
+  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo;  /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */
+};
+
+/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
+#define RTREE_EQ    0x41  /* A */
+#define RTREE_LE    0x42  /* B */
+#define RTREE_LT    0x43  /* C */
+#define RTREE_GE    0x44  /* D */
+#define RTREE_GT    0x45  /* E */
+#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46  /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */
+#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47  /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */
+
+
+/* 
+** An rtree structure node.
+*/
+struct RtreeNode {
+  RtreeNode *pParent;         /* Parent node */
+  i64 iNode;                  /* The node number */
+  int nRef;                   /* Number of references to this node */
+  int isDirty;                /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */
+  u8 *zData;                  /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */
+  RtreeNode *pNext;           /* Next node in this hash collision chain */
+};
+
+/* Return the number of cells in a node  */
+#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
+
+/* 
+** A single cell from a node, deserialized
+*/
+struct RtreeCell {
+  i64 iRowid;                                 /* Node or entry ID */
+  RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];  /* Bounding box coordinates */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions
+** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH
+** operators in order to constrain a search.
+**
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions.  Exactly one of 
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the
+** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+** 
+** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+*/
+struct RtreeGeomCallback {
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*);
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*);
+  void *pContext;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH
+** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this
+** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault).
+*/
+#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by
+** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand
+** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree.
+*/
+struct RtreeMatchArg {
+  u32 magic;                  /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
+  RtreeGeomCallback cb;       /* Info about the callback functions */
+  int nParam;                 /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */
+  sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL parameter values */
+  RtreeDValue aParam[1];      /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */
+};
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+
+/* What version of GCC is being used.  0 means GCC is not being used .
+** Note that the GCC_VERSION macro will also be set correctly when using
+** clang, since clang works hard to be gcc compatible.  So the gcc
+** optimizations will also work when compiling with clang.
+*/
+#ifndef GCC_VERSION
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
+# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
+#else
+# define GCC_VERSION 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* The testcase() macro should already be defined in the amalgamation.  If
+** it is not, make it a no-op.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
+**
+** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
+** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
+** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
+** at run-time.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER
+#if defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
+    defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
+    defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
+    defined(__arm__)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
+#elif defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
+#else
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    0     /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* What version of MSVC is being used.  0 means MSVC is not being used */
+#ifndef MSVC_VERSION
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
+# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER
+#else
+# define MSVC_VERSION 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
+*/
+static int readInt16(u8 *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
+}
+static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* p is always 4-byte aligned */
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  pCoord->u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)p);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+  pCoord->u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)p);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+  pCoord->u = *(u32*)p;
+#else
+  pCoord->u = (
+    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
+    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
+    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
+    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
+  );
+#endif
+}
+static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  u64 x;
+  memcpy(&x, p, 8);
+  return (i64)_byteswap_uint64(x);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+  u64 x;
+  memcpy(&x, p, 8);
+  return (i64)__builtin_bswap64(x);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+  i64 x;
+  memcpy(&x, p, 8);
+  return x;
+#else
+  return (i64)(
+    (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + 
+    (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + 
+    (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + 
+    (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + 
+    (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + 
+    (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + 
+    (((u64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
+    (((u64)p[7]) <<  0)
+  );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
+** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
+*/
+static void writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
+  p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+}
+static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i;
+  assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* p is always 4-byte aligned */
+  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+  i = __builtin_bswap32(pCoord->u);
+  memcpy(p, &i, 4);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  i = _byteswap_ulong(pCoord->u);
+  memcpy(p, &i, 4);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+  i = pCoord->u;
+  memcpy(p, &i, 4);
+#else
+  i = pCoord->u;
+  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+#endif
+  return 4;
+}
+static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+  i = (i64)__builtin_bswap64((u64)i);
+  memcpy(p, &i, 8);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+  i = (i64)_byteswap_uint64((u64)i);
+  memcpy(p, &i, 8);
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+  memcpy(p, &i, 8);
+#else
+  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
+  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+#endif
+  return 8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count of node p.
+*/
+static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){
+  if( p ){
+    p->nRef++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00).
+*/
+static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
+  memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
+  p->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
+** in the Rtree.aHash table.
+*/
+static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
+  return iNode % HASHSIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer
+** to it. Otherwise, return 0.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
+  RtreeNode *p;
+  for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
+*/
+static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int iHash;
+  assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
+  iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
+  pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove node pNode from the node hash table.
+*/
+static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode **pp;
+  if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){
+    pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)];
+    for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); }
+    *pp = pNode->pNext;
+    pNode->pNext = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0),
+** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is
+** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
+** node contents out to the database.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  if( pNode ){
+    memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+    pNode->nRef = 1;
+    pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    nodeReference(pParent);
+  }
+  return pNode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the Rtree.pNodeBlob object
+*/
+static void nodeBlobReset(Rtree *pRtree){
+  if( pRtree->pNodeBlob && pRtree->inWrTrans==0 && pRtree->nCursor==0 ){
+    sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob;
+    pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0;
+    sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
+*/
+static int nodeAcquire(
+  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
+  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
+  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
+  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode = 0;
+
+  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
+  ** increase its reference count and return it.
+  */
+  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
+    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
+    if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
+      nodeReference(pParent);
+      pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    }
+    pNode->nRef++;
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( pRtree->pNodeBlob ){
+    sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob;
+    pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iNode);
+    pRtree->pNodeBlob = pBlob;
+    if( rc ){
+      nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pRtree->pNodeBlob==0 ){
+    char *zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_node", pRtree->zName);
+    if( zTab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pRtree->db, pRtree->zDb, zTab, "data", iNode, 0,
+                           &pRtree->pNodeBlob);
+    sqlite3_free(zTab);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
+    *ppNode = 0;
+    /* If unable to open an sqlite3_blob on the desired row, that can only
+    ** be because the shadow tables hold erroneous data. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }else if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_blob_bytes(pRtree->pNodeBlob) ){
+    pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    if( !pNode ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      pNode->pParent = pParent;
+      pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+      pNode->nRef = 1;
+      pNode->iNode = iNode;
+      pNode->isDirty = 0;
+      pNode->pNext = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3_blob_read(pRtree->pNodeBlob, pNode->zData,
+                             pRtree->iNodeSize, 0);
+      nodeReference(pParent);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height
+  ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on
+  ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node
+  ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node
+  ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt.
+  */
+  if( pNode && iNode==1 ){
+    pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
+    if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
+  ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to 
+  ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+  */
+  if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pNode!=0 ){
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    *ppNode = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
+*/
+static void nodeOverwriteCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,             /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,          /* The node into which the cell is to be written */
+  RtreeCell *pCell,          /* The cell to write */
+  int iCell                  /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */
+){
+  int ii;
+  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii++){
+    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
+  }
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
+  u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell];
+  int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte);
+  writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1);
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
+** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
+*/
+static int nodeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,             /* Write new cell into this node */
+  RtreeCell *pCell              /* The cell to be inserted */
+){
+  int nCell;                    /* Current number of cells in pNode */
+  int nMaxCell;                 /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
+
+  nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  assert( nCell<=nMaxCell );
+  if( nCell<nMaxCell ){
+    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell);
+    writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1);
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+  }
+
+  return (nCell==nMaxCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
+*/
+static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode->isDirty ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
+    if( pNode->iNode ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(p);
+    pNode->isDirty = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
+    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
+** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
+*/
+static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode ){
+    assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
+    pNode->nRef--;
+    if( pNode->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+        pRtree->iDepth = -1;
+      }
+      if( pNode->pParent ){
+        rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode);
+      }
+      nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+      sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
+** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
+** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
+*/
+static i64 nodeGetRowid(
+  Rtree *pRtree,       /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,    /* The node from which to extract the ID */
+  int iCell            /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */
+){
+  assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) );
+  return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeGetCoord(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */
+  int iCell,                   /* The index of the cell within the node */
+  int iCoord,                  /* Which coordinate to extract */
+  RtreeCoord *pCoord           /* OUT: Space to write result to */
+){
+  readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
+** to by pCell with the results.
+*/
+static void nodeGetCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node containing the cell to be read */
+  int iCell,                   /* Index of the cell within the node */
+  RtreeCell *pCell             /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */
+){
+  u8 *pData;
+  RtreeCoord *pCoord;
+  int ii = 0;
+  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+  pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell);
+  pCoord = pCell->aCoord;
+  do{
+    readCoord(pData, &pCoord[ii]);
+    readCoord(pData+4, &pCoord[ii+1]);
+    pData += 8;
+    ii += 2;
+  }while( ii<pRtree->nDim2 );
+}
+
+
+/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
+** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
+);
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
+*/
+static int rtreeCreate(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the r-tree reference count.
+*/
+static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
+** zero the structure is deleted.
+*/
+static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy--;
+  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
+    pRtree->inWrTrans = 0;
+    pRtree->nCursor = 0;
+    nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+    sqlite3_free(pRtree);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+  );
+  if( !zCreate ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
+*/
+static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVTab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+  if( pCsr ){
+    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    pRtree->nCursor++;
+  }
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents.
+*/
+static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through constraint array */
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){
+      sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo;
+      if( pInfo ){
+        if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser);
+        sqlite3_free(pInfo);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+    pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
+*/
+static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
+  int ii;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  assert( pRtree->nCursor>0 );
+  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
+  for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  pRtree->nCursor--;
+  nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
+**
+** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 
+** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
+*/
+static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  return pCsr->atEOF;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
+** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
+** endian platforms.  The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
+** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
+** false.  a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
+** Store the results in "r".
+**
+** There are five versions of this macro.  The last one is generic.  The
+** other four are various architectures-specific optimizations.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    c.u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)a);                            \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    c.u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)a);                          \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
+    c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)|                   \
+          ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8);                   \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#else
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16)                     \
+           +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3];                              \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH
+** constraint pConstraint.  
+*/
+static int rtreeCallbackConstraint(
+  RtreeConstraint *pConstraint,  /* The constraint to test */
+  int eInt,                      /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */
+  u8 *pCellData,                 /* Raw cell content */
+  RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch,     /* Container of this cell */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore,    /* OUT: score for the cell */
+  int *peWithin                  /* OUT: visibility of the cell */
+){
+  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */
+  int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord;                           /* No. of coordinates */
+  int rc;                                             /* Callback return code */
+  RtreeCoord c;                                       /* Translator union */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];   /* Decoded coordinates */
+
+  assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY );
+  assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 );
+
+  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){
+    pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData);
+  }
+  pCellData += 8;
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  if( eInt==0 ){
+    switch( nCoord ){
+      case 10:  readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.f;
+                readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.f;
+      case 8:   readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.f;
+                readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.f;
+      case 6:   readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.f;
+                readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.f;
+      case 4:   readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.f;
+                readCoord(pCellData+8,  &c); aCoord[2] = c.f;
+      default:  readCoord(pCellData+4,  &c); aCoord[1] = c.f;
+                readCoord(pCellData,    &c); aCoord[0] = c.f;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    switch( nCoord ){
+      case 10:  readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.i;
+                readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.i;
+      case 8:   readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.i;
+                readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.i;
+      case 6:   readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.i;
+                readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.i;
+      case 4:   readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.i;
+                readCoord(pCellData+8,  &c); aCoord[2] = c.i;
+      default:  readCoord(pCellData+4,  &c); aCoord[1] = c.i;
+                readCoord(pCellData,    &c); aCoord[0] = c.i;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
+    int eWithin = 0;
+    rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo,
+                              nCoord, aCoord, &eWithin);
+    if( eWithin==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+    *prScore = RTREE_ZERO;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->aCoord = aCoord;
+    pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1;
+    pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore;
+    pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin;
+    rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo);
+    if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin;
+    if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScore<RTREE_ZERO ){
+      *prScore = pInfo->rScore;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p.
+** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node,
+** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
+*/
+static void rtreeNonleafConstraint(
+  RtreeConstraint *p,        /* The constraint to test */
+  int eInt,                  /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
+  u8 *pCellData,             /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
+  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
+){
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl val;     /* Coordinate value convert to a double */
+
+  /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate
+  ** in a coordinate pair.  But make pCellData point to the lower bound.
+  */
+  pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);
+
+  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
+  assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* 4-byte aligned */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case RTREE_LE:
+    case RTREE_LT:
+    case RTREE_EQ:
+      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
+      /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */
+      if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return;
+      if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break;  /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */
+      /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */
+
+    default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE,  or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */
+      pCellData += 4;
+      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
+      /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */
+      if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return;
+  }
+  *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p.
+** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
+** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged.
+**
+** The constraint is of the form:  xN op $val
+**
+** The op is given by p->op.  The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in
+** pCellData.  $val is given by p->u.rValue.
+*/
+static void rtreeLeafConstraint(
+  RtreeConstraint *p,        /* The constraint to test */
+  int eInt,                  /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
+  u8 *pCellData,             /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
+  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
+){
+  RtreeDValue xN;      /* Coordinate value converted to a double */
+
+  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
+  pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
+  assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* 4-byte aligned */
+  RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN);
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    case RTREE_LT: if( xN <  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    case RTREE_GT: if( xN >  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    default:       if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+  }
+  *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+}
+
+/*
+** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit 
+** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
+*/
+static int nodeRowidIndex(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  i64 iRowid,
+  int *piIndex
+){
+  int ii;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  assert( nCell<200 );
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){
+      *piIndex = ii;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
+** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
+*/
+static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  if( pParent ){
+    return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex);
+  }
+  *piIndex = -1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two search points.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
+** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+**
+** The rScore is the primary key.  Smaller rScore values come first.
+** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller
+** iLevel values coming first.  In this way, if rScore is the same for all
+** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result
+** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior.
+*/
+static int rtreeSearchPointCompare(
+  const RtreeSearchPoint *pA,
+  const RtreeSearchPoint *pB
+){
+  if( pA->rScore<pB->rScore ) return -1;
+  if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1;
+  if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1;
+  if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interchange two search points in a cursor.
+*/
+static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){
+  RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i];
+  assert( i<j );
+  p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j];
+  p->aPoint[j] = t;
+  i++; j++;
+  if( i<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+    if( j>=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+      nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
+      p->aNode[i] = 0;
+    }else{
+      RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i];
+      p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j];
+      p->aNode[j] = pTemp;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the search point with the lowest current score.
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){
+  sqlite3_int64 id;
+  int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint;
+  assert( ii==0 || ii==1 );
+  assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint );
+  if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){
+    assert( pRC!=0 );
+    id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id;
+    *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]);
+  }
+  return pCur->aNode[ii];
+}
+
+/*
+** Push a new element onto the priority queue
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue(
+  RtreeCursor *pCur,    /* The cursor */
+  RtreeDValue rScore,   /* Score for the new search point */
+  u8 iLevel             /* Level for the new search point */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
+  if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){
+    int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8;
+    pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0]));
+    if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+    pCur->aPoint = pNew;
+    pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+  i = pCur->nPoint++;
+  pNew = pCur->aPoint + i;
+  pNew->rScore = rScore;
+  pNew->iLevel = iLevel;
+  assert( iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH );
+  while( i>0 ){
+    RtreeSearchPoint *pParent;
+    j = (i-1)/2;
+    pParent = pCur->aPoint + j;
+    if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break;
+    rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i);
+    i = j;
+    pNew = pParent;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it.  Return
+** NULL if malloc fails.
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew(
+  RtreeCursor *pCur,    /* The cursor */
+  RtreeDValue rScore,   /* Score for the new search point */
+  u8 iLevel             /* Level for the new search point */
+){
+  RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst;
+  pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
+  pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
+  if( pFirst==0
+   || pFirst->rScore>rScore 
+   || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
+  ){
+    if( pCur->bPoint ){
+      int ii;
+      pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
+      if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+      ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1;
+      if( ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+        assert( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 );
+        pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0];
+       }else{
+        nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]);
+      }
+      pCur->aNode[0] = 0;
+      *pNew = pCur->sPoint;
+    }
+    pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore;
+    pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel;
+    pCur->bPoint = 1;
+    return &pCur->sPoint;
+  }else{
+    return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
+  }
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */
+static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){
+  if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); }
+  printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d",
+    p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin
+  );
+  idx++;
+  if( idx<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+    printf(" %p\n", pCur->aNode[idx]);
+  }else{
+    printf("\n");
+  }
+}
+static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){
+  int ii;
+  printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix);
+  if( pCur->bPoint ){
+    tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur);
+  }
+  for(ii=0; ii<pCur->nPoint; ii++){
+    if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf("              ");
+    tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur);
+  }
+}
+# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B)
+#else
+# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B)   /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score.
+*/
+static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){
+  int i, j, k, n;
+  i = 1 - p->bPoint;
+  assert( i==0 || i==1 );
+  if( p->aNode[i] ){
+    nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
+    p->aNode[i] = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->bPoint ){
+    p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--;
+    p->bPoint = 0;
+  }else if( p->nPoint ){
+    p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--;
+    n = --p->nPoint;
+    p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n];
+    if( n<RTREE_CACHE_SZ-1 ){
+      p->aNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1];
+      p->aNode[n+1] = 0;
+    }
+    i = 0;
+    while( (j = i*2+1)<n ){
+      k = j+1;
+      if( k<n && rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){
+        if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
+          rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k);
+          i = k;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
+          rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j);
+          i = j;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue
+** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row,
+** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the
+** query has completed.
+*/
+static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){
+  RtreeSearchPoint *p;
+  Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur);
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  int eWithin;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell;
+  int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint;
+  int ii;
+  int eInt;
+  RtreeSearchPoint x;
+
+  eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+  while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){
+    pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    assert( nCell<200 );
+    while( p->iCell<nCell ){
+      sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore = (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)-1;
+      u8 *pCellData = pNode->zData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell);
+      eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
+      for(ii=0; ii<nConstraint; ii++){
+        RtreeConstraint *pConstraint = pCur->aConstraint + ii;
+        if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
+          rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p,
+                                       &rScore, &eWithin);
+          if( rc ) return rc;
+        }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){
+          rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
+        }else{
+          rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
+        }
+        if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break;
+      }
+      p->iCell++;
+      if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue;
+      x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1;
+      if( x.iLevel ){
+        x.id = readInt64(pCellData);
+        x.iCell = 0;
+      }else{
+        x.id = p->id;
+        x.iCell = p->iCell - 1;
+      }
+      if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
+        RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:");
+        rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
+      }
+      if( rScore<RTREE_ZERO ) rScore = RTREE_ZERO;
+      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCur, rScore, x.iLevel);
+      if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      p->eWithin = (u8)eWithin;
+      p->id = x.id;
+      p->iCell = x.iCell;
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:");
+      break;
+    }
+    if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:");
+      rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  pCur->atEOF = p==0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
+*/
+static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
+  RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:");
+  rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr);
+  rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
+*/
+static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){
+    *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
+*/
+static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
+  RtreeCoord c;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
+
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( i==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
+  }else{
+    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c);
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with 
+** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
+** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
+** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int findLeafNode(
+  Rtree *pRtree,              /* RTree to search */
+  i64 iRowid,                 /* The rowid searching for */
+  RtreeNode **ppLeaf,         /* Write the node here */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piNode       /* Write the node-id here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  *ppLeaf = 0;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
+    if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode;
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
+    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed
+** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the
+** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH
+** operator.
+*/
+static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){
+  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;              /* BLOB returned by geometry function */
+  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo;   /* Callback information */
+  int nBlob;                         /* Size of the geometry function blob */
+  int nExpected;                     /* Expected size of the BLOB */
+
+  /* Check that value is actually a blob. */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */
+  nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+  if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob );
+  if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo));
+  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1];
+
+  memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
+  nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) +
+                    pBlob->nParam*sizeof(sqlite3_value*) +
+                    (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue));
+  if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){
+    sqlite3_free(pInfo);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext;
+  pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam;
+  pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam;
+  pInfo->apSqlParam = pBlob->apSqlParam;
+
+  if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){
+    pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom;
+  }else{
+    pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY;
+    pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc;
+  }
+  pCons->pInfo = pInfo;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
+*/
+static int rtreeFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCell = 0;
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+
+  /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
+  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+  pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;
+
+  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
+    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the leaf */
+    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+    i64 iNode = 0;
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){
+      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0);
+      assert( p!=0 );  /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */
+      pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf;
+      p->id = iNode;
+      p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
+      rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell);
+      p->iCell = (u8)iCell;
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:");
+    }else{
+      pCsr->atEOF = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
+    ** with the configured constraints. 
+    */
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){
+      pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+      pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
+      if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+        memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1));
+        assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0)
+                || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) );
+        for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
+          RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
+          p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
+          p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0';
+          if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
+            /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that
+            ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
+            ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
+            */
+            rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              break;
+            }
+            p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim2;
+            p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue;
+            p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1;
+          }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]);
+#else
+            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
+      pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, (u8)(pRtree->iDepth+1));
+      if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      pNew->id = 1;
+      pNew->iCell = 0;
+      pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
+      assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 );
+      pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot;
+      pRoot = 0;
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:");
+      rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
+** least desirable):
+**
+**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**     1        Unused        Direct lookup by rowid.
+**     2        See below     R-tree query or full-table scan.
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**
+** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
+** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each 
+** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to 
+** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
+** (argvIndex==1) etc.
+**
+** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint
+** operator as follows:
+**
+**   Operator    Byte Value
+**   ----------------------
+**      =        0x41 ('A')
+**     <=        0x42 ('B')
+**      <        0x43 ('C')
+**     >=        0x44 ('D')
+**      >        0x45 ('E')
+**   MATCH       0x46 ('F')
+**   ----------------------
+**
+** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
+** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column
+** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
+*/
+static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int ii;
+  int bMatch = 0;                 /* True if there exists a MATCH constraint */
+  i64 nRow;                       /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */
+
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
+  memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
+
+  /* Check if there exists a MATCH constraint - even an unusable one. If there
+  ** is, do not consider the lookup-by-rowid plan as using such a plan would
+  ** require the VDBE to evaluate the MATCH constraint, which is not currently
+  ** possible. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
+    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
+      bMatch = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
+  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
+
+    if( bMatch==0 && p->usable 
+     && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+    ){
+      /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0;
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0;
+      }
+      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
+
+      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
+      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
+      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
+      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
+      ** a single row.
+      */ 
+      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
+      pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){
+      u8 op;
+      switch( p->op ){
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
+        default:
+          assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+          op = RTREE_MATCH; 
+          break;
+      }
+      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
+      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = (char)(p->iColumn - 1 + '0');
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
+  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  nRow = pRtree->nRowEst >> (iIdx/2);
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow;
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1;
+  assert( pRtree->nDim>=1 && pRtree->nDim<=5 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+    switch( pRtree->nDim ){
+      case 5:  area  = p->aCoord[9].f - p->aCoord[8].f;
+      case 4:  area *= p->aCoord[7].f - p->aCoord[6].f;
+      case 3:  area *= p->aCoord[5].f - p->aCoord[4].f;
+      case 2:  area *= p->aCoord[3].f - p->aCoord[2].f;
+      default: area *= p->aCoord[1].f - p->aCoord[0].f;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    switch( pRtree->nDim ){
+      case 5:  area  = p->aCoord[9].i - p->aCoord[8].i;
+      case 4:  area *= p->aCoord[7].i - p->aCoord[6].i;
+      case 3:  area *= p->aCoord[5].i - p->aCoord[4].i;
+      case 2:  area *= p->aCoord[3].i - p->aCoord[2].i;
+      default: area *= p->aCoord[1].i - p->aCoord[0].i;
+    }
+  }
+  return area;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
+** of the objects size in each dimension.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  RtreeDValue margin = 0;
+  int ii = pRtree->nDim2 - 2;
+  do{
+    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
+    ii -= 2;
+  }while( ii>=0 );
+  return margin;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
+*/
+static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii = 0;
+  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+    do{
+      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
+      ii += 2;
+    }while( ii<pRtree->nDim2 );
+  }else{
+    do{
+      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
+      ii += 2;
+    }while( ii<pRtree->nDim2 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
+** by p1. False otherwise.
+*/
+static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii+=2){
+    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
+    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
+    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) 
+     || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) 
+    ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
+  RtreeDValue area;
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+  cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+  return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
+}
+
+static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCell *p, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell
+){
+  int ii;
+  RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO;
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    int jj;
+    RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1;
+    for(jj=0; jj<pRtree->nDim2; jj+=2){
+      RtreeDValue x1, x2;
+      x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
+      x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
+      if( x2<x1 ){
+        o = (RtreeDValue)0;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        o = o * (x2-x1);
+      }
+    }
+    overlap += o;
+  }
+  return overlap;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84].
+** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology.
+*/
+static int ChooseLeaf(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeCell *pCell,            /* Cell to insert into rtree */
+  int iHeight,                 /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */
+  RtreeNode **ppLeaf           /* OUT: Selected leaf page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int ii;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
+    int iCell;
+    sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0;
+
+    RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO;
+    RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO;
+
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+
+    RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
+
+    /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
+    ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
+    ** the smallest area.
+    */
+    for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
+      int bBest = 0;
+      RtreeDValue growth;
+      RtreeDValue area;
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
+      growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+      if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){
+        bBest = 1;
+      }
+      if( bBest ){
+        fMinGrowth = growth;
+        fMinArea = area;
+        iBest = cell.iRowid;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aCell);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild);
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+    pNode = pChild;
+  }
+
+  *ppLeaf = pNode;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into
+** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
+** all ancestor elements.
+*/
+static int AdjustTree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                    /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,                 /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
+  RtreeCell *pCell                  /* This cell was just inserted */
+){
+  RtreeNode *p = pNode;
+  while( p->pParent ){
+    RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int iCell;
+
+    if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
+    if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
+    }
+ 
+    p = pParent;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table.
+*/
+static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table.
+*/
+static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+}
+
+static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
+
+
+/*
+** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
+** example, assuming the inputs:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**   aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 }
+**
+** this function sets the aIdx array to contain:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
+*/
+static void SortByDistance(
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  RtreeDValue *aDistance, 
+  int *aSpare
+){
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare);
+    SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+
+    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
+      if( iLeft==nLeft ){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+        iRight++;
+      }else if( iRight==nRight ){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+        iLeft++;
+      }else{
+        RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
+        RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
+        if( fLeft<fRight ){
+          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+          iLeft++;
+        }else{
+          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+          iRight++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* Check that the sort worked */
+    {
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
+        RtreeDValue left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
+        RtreeDValue right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
+        assert( left<=right );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
+** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
+** maximum used to break ties.
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
+*/
+static void SortByDimension(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  int iDim, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int *aSpare
+){
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
+      RtreeDValue xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      RtreeDValue xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+      RtreeDValue xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      RtreeDValue xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+      if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight)
+       || (xleft1<xright1)
+       || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2)
+      )){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+        iLeft++;
+      }else{
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+        iRight++;
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* Check that the sort worked */
+    {
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
+        RtreeDValue xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+        RtreeDValue xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+        RtreeDValue xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+        RtreeDValue xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+        assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990].
+*/
+static int splitNodeStartree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell,
+  int nCell,
+  RtreeNode *pLeft,
+  RtreeNode *pRight,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
+){
+  int **aaSorted;
+  int *aSpare;
+  int ii;
+
+  int iBestDim = 0;
+  int iBestSplit = 0;
+  RtreeDValue fBestMargin = RTREE_ZERO;
+
+  int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
+
+  aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !aaSorted ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell];
+  memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
+    int jj;
+    aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell];
+    for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
+      aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj;
+    }
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare);
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
+    RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO;
+    RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO;
+    RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO;
+    int iBestLeft = 0;
+    int nLeft;
+
+    for(
+      nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); 
+      nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); 
+      nLeft++
+    ){
+      RtreeCell left;
+      RtreeCell right;
+      int kk;
+      RtreeDValue overlap;
+      RtreeDValue area;
+
+      memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){
+        if( kk<nLeft ){
+          cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
+        }else{
+          cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
+        }
+      }
+      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left);
+      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right);
+      overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1);
+      area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right);
+      if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
+       || (overlap<fBestOverlap)
+       || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea)
+      ){
+        iBestLeft = nLeft;
+        fBestOverlap = overlap;
+        fBestArea = area;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){
+      iBestDim = ii;
+      fBestMargin = margin;
+      iBestSplit = iBestLeft;
+    }
+  }
+
+  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight;
+    RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight;
+    RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell);
+    cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aaSorted);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+static int updateMapping(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  i64 iRowid, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
+  xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite);
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+}
+
+static int SplitNode(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int i;
+  int newCellIsRight = 0;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  int *aiUsed;
+
+  RtreeNode *pLeft = 0;
+  RtreeNode *pRight = 0;
+
+  RtreeCell leftbbox;
+  RtreeCell rightbbox;
+
+  /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and 
+  ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
+  */
+  aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+  aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1];
+  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1));
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]);
+  }
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+  memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  nCell++;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+    pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+    pRtree->iDepth++;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+  }else{
+    pLeft = pNode;
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent);
+    nodeReference(pLeft);
+  }
+
+  if( !pLeft || !pRight ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+
+  rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight,
+                         &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling
+  ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created
+  ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number.
+  ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite().
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight))
+   || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
+  ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode;
+  leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }else{
+    RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
+    int iCell;
+    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
+      rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){
+    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i);
+    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight);
+    if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      newCellIsRight = 1;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){
+      i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i);
+      rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto splitnode_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){
+    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+    pRight = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+    pLeft = 0;
+  }
+
+splitnode_out:
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is 
+** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
+** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
+**
+** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
+** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
+** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
+** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this 
+** function is called to determine its ancestry.
+*/
+static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf;
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){
+    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;          /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      RtreeNode *pTest;           /* Used to test for reference loops */
+      i64 iNode;                  /* Node number of parent node */
+
+      /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a
+      ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't
+      ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete
+      ** the referenced counted node structures.
+      */
+      iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
+      for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent);
+      if( !pTest ){
+        rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    pChild = pChild->pParent;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int);
+
+static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
+  int rc;
+  int rc2;
+  RtreeNode *pParent = 0;
+  int iCell;
+
+  assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
+
+  /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
+  rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParent = pNode->pParent;
+    pNode->pParent = 0;
+    rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1);
+  }
+  rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = rc2;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  
+  /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
+  ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
+  */
+  nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+  pNode->iNode = iHeight;
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted;
+  pNode->nRef++;
+  pRtree->pDeleted = pNode;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; 
+  if( pParent ){
+    int ii; 
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell box;                            /* Bounding box for pNode */
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
+    for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){
+      RtreeCell cell;
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell);
+    }
+    box.iRowid = pNode->iNode;
+    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
+      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
+** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
+*/
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
+  RtreeNode *pParent;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
+  ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
+  */
+  nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+
+  /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
+  ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
+  ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
+  ** node.
+  */
+  pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 );
+  if( pParent ){
+    if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){
+      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int Reinsert(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  RtreeCell *pCell, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int *aOrder;
+  int *aSpare;
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  RtreeDValue *aDistance;
+  int nCell;
+  RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
+  int iDim;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int n;
+
+  memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
+
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1;
+  n = (nCell+1)&(~1);
+
+  /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is
+  ** relinquished before this function returns.
+  */
+  aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * (
+    sizeof(RtreeCell)     +         /* aCell array */
+    sizeof(int)           +         /* aOrder array */
+    sizeof(int)           +         /* aSpare array */
+    sizeof(RtreeDValue)             /* aDistance array */
+  ));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  aOrder    = (int *)&aCell[n];
+  aSpare    = (int *)&aOrder[n];
+  aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( ii==(nCell-1) ){
+      memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+    }else{
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]);
+    }
+    aOrder[ii] = ii;
+    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+    }
+  }
+  for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+    aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2));
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO;
+    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+      RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - 
+                               DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
+      aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare);
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p);
+    if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+  }
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
+    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a 
+** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
+*/
+static int rtreeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
+    if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
+      rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
+      rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
+
+    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record.
+*/
+static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1);
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure.
+*/
+static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;           /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
+  int iCell;                      /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
+  RtreeNode *pRoot;               /* Root node of rtree structure */
+
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry 
+  ** about to be deleted. 
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
+    }
+    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
+    sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
+  ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and 
+  ** reduce the tree height by one.
+  **
+  ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
+  ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform 
+  ** in this scenario).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
+    int rc2;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+    i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
+    }
+    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pRtree->iDepth--;
+      writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+      pRoot->isDirty = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
+  for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
+    }
+    pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
+  }
+
+  /* Release the reference to the root node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  }else{
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rounding constants for float->double conversion.
+*/
+#define RNDTOWARDS  (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round towards zero */
+#define RNDAWAY     (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round away from zero */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY)
+/*
+** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float)
+** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively.
+*/
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){
+  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+  float f = (float)d;
+  if( f>d ){
+    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS));
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){
+  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+  float f = (float)d;
+  if( f<d ){
+    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDTOWARDS : RNDAWAY));
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
+
+/*
+** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table. 
+** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message 
+** (at pRtree->base.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+** Parameter iCol is the index of the leftmost column involved in the
+** constraint failure. If it is 0, then the constraint that failed is
+** the unique constraint on the id column. Otherwise, it is the rtree
+** (c1<=c2) constraint on columns iCol and iCol+1 that has failed.
+**
+** If an OOM occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+*/
+static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char *zSql; 
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 );
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pRtree->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( iCol==0 ){
+      const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, 0);
+      pRtree->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "UNIQUE constraint failed: %s.%s", pRtree->zName, zCol
+      );
+    }else{
+      const char *zCol1 = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol);
+      const char *zCol2 = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol+1);
+      pRtree->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "rtree constraint failed: %s.(%s<=%s)", pRtree->zName, zCol1, zCol2
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT : rc);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeUpdate(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, 
+  int nData, 
+  sqlite3_value **azData, 
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeCell cell;                 /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
+  int bHaveRowid = 0;             /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+  assert(nData>=1);
+
+  cell.iRowid = 0;  /* Used only to suppress a compiler warning */
+
+  /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return
+  ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons:
+  **
+  **   1. A duplicate rowid value, or
+  **   2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint.
+  **
+  ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then
+  ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second
+  ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the
+  ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user.
+  */
+  if( nData>1 ){
+    int ii;
+
+    /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3].
+    **
+    ** NB: nData can only be less than nDim*2+3 if the rtree is mis-declared
+    ** with "column" that are interpreted as table constraints.
+    ** Example:  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE bad USING rtree(x,y,CHECK(y>5));
+    ** This problem was discovered after years of use, so we silently ignore
+    ** these kinds of misdeclared tables to avoid breaking any legacy.
+    */
+    assert( nData<=(pRtree->nDim2 + 3) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      for(ii=0; ii<nData-4; ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
+          rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, ii+1);
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      for(ii=0; ii<nData-4; ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){
+          rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, ii+1);
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in 
+    ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
+      if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+       || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid
+      ){
+        int steprc;
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
+        steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){
+          if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+            rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid);
+          }else{
+            rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, 0);
+            goto constraint;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      bHaveRowid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
+  ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
+  ** just that.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]));
+  }
+
+  /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
+  ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
+  ** the r-tree structure.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
+    /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;
+
+    /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
+    if( bHaveRowid==0 ){
+      rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
+    }
+    *pRowid = cell.iRowid;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+constraint:
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when a transaction starts.
+*/
+static int rtreeBeginTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  assert( pRtree->inWrTrans==0 );
+  pRtree->inWrTrans++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when a transaction completes (either by COMMIT or ROLLBACK).
+** The sqlite3_blob object should be released at this point.
+*/
+static int rtreeEndTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  pRtree->inWrTrans = 0;
+  nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node'   RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid'  RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+  );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate
+** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based
+** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
+*/
+static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){
+  const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'";
+  char *zSql;
+  sqlite3_stmt *p;
+  int rc;
+  i64 nRow = 0;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+      db, pRtree->zDb, "sqlite_stat1",0,0,0,0,0,0
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;
+    return rc==SQLITE_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
+  }
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0);
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( nRow==0 ){
+        pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;
+      }else{
+        pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
+  0,                          /* iVersion */
+  rtreeCreate,                /* xCreate - create a table */
+  rtreeConnect,               /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
+  rtreeBestIndex,             /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
+  rtreeDisconnect,            /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
+  rtreeDestroy,               /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
+  rtreeOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
+  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
+  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
+  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
+  rtreeBeginTransaction,      /* xBegin - begin transaction */
+  rtreeEndTransaction,        /* xSync - sync transaction */
+  rtreeEndTransaction,        /* xCommit - commit transaction */
+  rtreeEndTransaction,        /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
+  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
+  rtreeRename,                /* xRename - rename the table */
+  0,                          /* xSavepoint */
+  0,                          /* xRelease */
+  0,                          /* xRollbackTo */
+};
+
+static int rtreeSqlInit(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zDb, 
+  const char *zPrefix, 
+  int isCreate
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  #define N_STATEMENT 8
+  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
+    /* Write the xxx_node table */
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
+    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */
+    "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1"
+  };
+  sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT];
+  int i;
+
+  pRtree->db = db;
+
+  if( isCreate ){
+    char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+                                  " parentnode INTEGER);"
+"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
+      zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
+    );
+    if( !zCreate ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
+  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
+  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
+  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
+  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
+  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
+  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
+  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
+
+  rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree);
+  for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
+    if( zSql ){
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); 
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement
+** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed
+** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned
+** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error
+** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined.
+*/
+static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( zSql ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to
+** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected
+** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree
+** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
+** the root node of the tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. 
+** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the 
+** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries 
+** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
+*/
+static int getNodeSize(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  Rtree *pRtree,                  /* Rtree handle */
+  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message, if any */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zSql;
+  if( isCreate ){
+    int iPageSize = 0;
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb);
+    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
+      if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
+        pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
+      }
+    }else{
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else{
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1",
+        pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+    );
+    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> column names...
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                        /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                         /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,   /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,              /* OUT: New virtual table */
+  char **pzErr,                       /* OUT: Error message, if any */
+  int isCreate                        /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Rtree *pRtree;
+  int nDb;              /* Length of string argv[1] */
+  int nName;            /* Length of string argv[2] */
+  int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32);
+
+  const char *aErrMsg[] = {
+    0,                                                    /* 0 */
+    "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table",         /* 1 */
+    "Too few columns for an rtree table",                 /* 2 */
+    "Too many columns for an rtree table"                 /* 3 */
+  };
+
+  int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2;
+  if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
+  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]);
+  pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  if( !pRtree ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
+  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
+  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
+  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
+  pRtree->nDim = (u8)((argc-4)/2);
+  pRtree->nDim2 = pRtree->nDim*2;
+  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim2*4;
+  pRtree->eCoordType = (u8)eCoordType;
+  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
+  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
+
+  /* Figure out the node size to use. */
+  rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr);
+
+  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
+  ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
+  ** the r-tree table schema.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }else{
+      char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
+      char *zTmp;
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
+        zTmp = zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
+        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+      }
+      if( zSql ){
+        zTmp = zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
+        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+      }
+      if( !zSql ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree;
+  }else{
+    assert( *ppVtab==0 );
+    assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 );
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to
+** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis.
+**
+** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions
+** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing
+** an r-tree node.  For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to
+** deserialize all nodes, a statement like:
+**
+**   SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node;
+**
+** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
+** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
+** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the 
+** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
+*/
+static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  char *zText = 0;
+  RtreeNode node;
+  Rtree tree;
+  int ii;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
+  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
+  tree.nDim = (u8)sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
+  tree.nDim2 = tree.nDim*2;
+  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
+  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){
+    char zCell[512];
+    int nCell = 0;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int jj;
+
+    nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
+    nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
+    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim2; jj++){
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %g",
+                       (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
+#else
+      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d",
+                       cell.aCoord[jj].i);
+#endif
+      nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
+    }
+
+    if( zText ){
+      char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell);
+      sqlite3_free(zText);
+      zText = zTextNew;
+    }else{
+      zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/* This routine implements an SQL function that returns the "depth" parameter
+** from the front of a blob that is an r-tree node.  For example:
+**
+**     SELECT rtreedepth(data) FROM rt_node WHERE nodeno=1;
+**
+** The depth value is 0 for all nodes other than the root node, and the root
+** node always has nodeno=1, so the example above is the primary use for this
+** routine.  This routine is intended for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
+  ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); 
+  }else{
+    u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
+    sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
+** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar 
+** function "rtreenode".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+#else
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine deletes the RtreeGeomCallback object that was attached
+** one of the SQL functions create by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback()
+** or sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().  In other words, this routine is the
+** destructor for an RtreeGeomCallback objecct.  This routine is called when
+** the corresponding SQL function is deleted.
+*/
+static void rtreeFreeCallback(void *p){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pInfo = (RtreeGeomCallback*)p;
+  if( pInfo->xDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the BLOB that is returned by geomCallback().
+*/
+static void rtreeMatchArgFree(void *pArg){
+  int i;
+  RtreeMatchArg *p = (RtreeMatchArg*)pArg;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nParam; i++){
+    sqlite3_value_free(p->apSqlParam[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
+** scalar function that is implemented by this routine.
+**
+** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that
+** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of
+** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object
+** as a BLOB.
+**
+** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize
+** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure
+** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query.
+*/
+static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
+  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;
+  int nBlob;
+  int memErr = 0;
+
+  nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue)
+           + nArg*sizeof(sqlite3_value*);
+  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob);
+  if( !pBlob ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC;
+    pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0];
+    pBlob->apSqlParam = (sqlite3_value**)&pBlob->aParam[nArg];
+    pBlob->nParam = nArg;
+    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+      pBlob->apSqlParam[i] = sqlite3_value_dup(aArg[i]);
+      if( pBlob->apSqlParam[i]==0 ) memErr = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]);
+#else
+      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]);
+#endif
+    }
+    if( memErr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+      rtreeMatchArgFree(pBlob);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, rtreeMatchArgFree);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Register SQL function on this connection */
+  const char *zGeom,            /* Name of the new SQL function */
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */
+  void *pContext                /* Extra data associated with the callback */
+){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom;
+  pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0;
+  pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0;
+  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
+      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the
+** r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,                 /* Register SQL function on this connection */
+  const char *zQueryFunc,      /* Name of new SQL function */
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */
+  void *pContext,              /* Extra data passed into the callback */
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*)   /* Destructor for the extra data */
+){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0;
+  pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc;
+  pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor;
+  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
+      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
+  );
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
+**
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
+** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
+**
+**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
+**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
+**
+**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
+**     for case mapping.
+**
+**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences.
+**
+**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
+**     provide case-independent matching.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+
+/* Include ICU headers */
+#include <unicode/utypes.h>
+#include <unicode/uregex.h>
+#include <unicode/ustring.h>
+#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+/*   #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+/*   #include "sqlite3.h" */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
+*/
+static void xFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
+** a multi-byte UTF8 character. It is copied here from SQLite source
+** code file utf8.c.
+*/
+static const unsigned char icuUtf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+#define SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zIn, c)                       \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = icuUtf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                             \
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){                          \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+  }
+
+#define SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zIn)                          \
+  assert( *zIn );                                          \
+  if( *(zIn++)>=0xc0 ){                                    \
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){zIn++;}                   \
+  }
+
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
+** false (0) if they are different.
+*/
+static int icuLikeCompare(
+  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
+  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
+  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
+){
+  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
+  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
+
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
+
+  while( 1 ){
+
+    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
+    UChar32 uPattern;
+    SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zPattern, uPattern);
+    if( uPattern==0 ) break;
+
+    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
+    **
+    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
+    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
+    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
+    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
+    */
+    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
+      /* Case 1. */
+      uint8_t c;
+
+      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
+      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
+      ** test string.
+      */
+      while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
+        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
+          if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+          SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+        }
+        zPattern++;
+      }
+
+      if( *zPattern==0 ) return 1;
+
+      while( *zString ){
+        if( icuLikeCompare(zPattern, zString, uEsc) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+      }
+      return 0;
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
+      /* Case 2. */
+      if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+      SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
+      /* Case 3. */
+      prevEscape = 1;
+
+    }else{
+      /* Case 4. */
+      UChar32 uString;
+      SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zString, uString);
+      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      if( uString!=uPattern ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
+**
+**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
+**
+** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
+*/
+static void icuLikeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    int i = 0;
+    if( zE==0 ) return;
+    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
+    if( i!=nE){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
+** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
+**
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
+** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
+*/
+static void icuFunctionError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
+  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
+  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
+){
+  char zBuf[128];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
+  zBuf[127] = '\0';
+  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
+** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
+*/
+static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
+  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
+  uregex_close(pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
+** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
+** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
+** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
+**
+** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
+** that the following two are equivalent:
+**
+**     zString REGEXP zPattern
+**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
+**
+** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
+**
+**     uregex_open()
+**     uregex_matches()
+**     uregex_close()
+*/
+static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  URegularExpression *pExpr;
+  UBool res;
+  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
+
+  (void)nArg;  /* Unused parameter */
+
+  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
+  ** then the result is also NULL. 
+  */
+  if( !zString ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+    if( !zPattern ){
+      return;
+    }
+    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
+
+    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
+    }else{
+      assert(!pExpr);
+      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Attempt the match */
+  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
+  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
+  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
+  ** pointer after this function returns.
+  */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
+
+  /* Return 1 or 0. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
+** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
+** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
+**
+** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
+** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
+** between the two.
+**
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
+** functions are invoked with one argument:
+**
+**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
+**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
+**
+** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
+** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
+** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
+** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
+** of upper() or lower().
+**
+**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
+**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> '\u131' (small dotless i)
+**
+** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+*/
+static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  const UChar *zInput;            /* Pointer to input string */
+  UChar *zOutput = 0;             /* Pointer to output buffer */
+  int nInput;                     /* Size of utf-16 input string in bytes */
+  int nOut;                       /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  int cnt;
+  int bToUpper;                   /* True for toupper(), false for tolower() */
+  UErrorCode status;
+  const char *zLocale = 0;
+
+  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
+  bToUpper = (sqlite3_user_data(p)!=0);
+  if( nArg==2 ){
+    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+  }
+
+  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+  if( !zInput ){
+    return;
+  }
+  nOut = nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
+  if( nOut==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text16(p, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  for(cnt=0; cnt<2; cnt++){
+    UChar *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOutput, nOut);
+    if( zNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zOutput);
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p);
+      return;
+    }
+    zOutput = zNew;
+    status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( bToUpper ){
+      nOut = 2*u_strToUpper(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status);
+    }else{
+      nOut = 2*u_strToLower(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status);
+    }
+
+    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+      sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, nOut, xFree);
+    }else if( status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR ){
+      assert( cnt==0 );
+      continue;
+    }else{
+      icuFunctionError(p, bToUpper ? "u_strToUpper" : "u_strToLower", status);
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( 0 );     /* Unreachable */
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  ucol_close(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static int icuCollationColl(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nLeft,
+  const void *zLeft,
+  int nRight,
+  const void *zRight
+){
+  UCollationResult res;
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
+  switch( res ){
+    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
+    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
+    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
+  }
+  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
+**
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
+** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
+** as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>);
+**
+** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
+** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the
+** collation sequence to create.
+*/
+static void icuLoadCollation(
+  sqlite3_context *p, 
+  int nArg, 
+  sqlite3_value **apArg
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
+  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
+  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
+  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
+
+  assert(nArg==2);
+  (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */
+  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+
+  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert(p);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
+      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    ucol_close(pUCollator);
+    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const struct IcuScalar {
+    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
+    unsigned char nArg;                       /* Number of arguments */
+    unsigned short enc;                       /* Optimal text encoding */
+    unsigned char iContext;                   /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } scalars[] = {
+    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,                1, icuLoadCollation},
+    {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,         0, icuRegexpFunc},
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuLikeFunc},
+    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuLikeFunc},
+  };
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
+    const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, 
+        p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0,
+        p->xFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
+*/
+/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */
+
+#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */
+/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */
+#include <unicode/utf16.h>
+
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
+
+struct IcuTokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char *zLocale;
+};
+
+struct IcuCursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+
+  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
+  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
+
+  int nBuffer;
+  char *zBuffer;
+
+  int iToken;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int icuCreate(
+  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  if( argc>0 ){
+    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+  }
+  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
+
+  if( n ){
+    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int icuOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr;
+
+  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  int nChar;
+
+  UChar32 c;
+  int iInput = 0;
+  int iOut = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = 0;
+
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    nInput = 0;
+    zInput = "";
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    nInput = strlen(zInput);
+  }
+  nChar = nInput+1;
+  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
+      ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) +   /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+  );
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
+
+  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
+  while( c>0 ){
+    int isError = 0;
+    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+    if( isError ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+
+    if( iInput<nInput ){
+      U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+    }else{
+      c = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
+*/
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
+*/
+static int icuNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int nByte = 0;
+
+  while( iStart==iEnd ){
+    UChar32 c;
+
+    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    while( iStart<iEnd ){
+      int iWhite = iStart;
+      U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+      if( u_isspace(c) ){
+        iStart = iWhite;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
+  }
+
+  do {
+    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( nByte ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+    }
+
+    u_strToUTF8(
+        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
+        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
+        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
+    );
+  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+  *pnBytes = nByte;
+  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion    */
+  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate     */
+  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate     */
+  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen       */
+  icuClose,                    /* xClose      */
+  icuNext,                     /* xNext       */
+  0,                           /* xLanguageid */
+};
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2014 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+**
+** OVERVIEW 
+**
+**  The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an
+**  SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in
+**  sqlite3rbu.h.  Essentially, for each table xyz in the target database
+**  that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is
+**  created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to
+**  update, insert or delete from the target table.
+** 
+**  The update proceeds in three stages:
+** 
+**  1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written
+**     to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except
+**     that it is named "<database>-oal" instead of "<database>-wal".
+**     Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named
+**     "<database>-oal", they go on using the original database in
+**     rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated.
+** 
+**     During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing
+**     directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter"
+**     tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses
+**     to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each
+**     b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all
+**     updates are done in sorted key order.
+** 
+**  2) The "<database>-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "<database>-wal"
+**     location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU
+**     module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring
+**     that there are no other active readers.
+** 
+**     Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers
+**     detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At
+**     this point they see the new version of the database - including
+**     the updates made as part of the RBU update.
+** 
+**  3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way 
+**     as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is
+**     checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU
+**     handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed,
+**     the checkpoint progress is saved in the RBU database and the
+**     checkpoint can be resumed by another RBU client at some point in
+**     the future.
+**
+** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS
+** 
+**  The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently
+**  syncing the directory after renaming the file.
+**
+**  When state is saved, any commit to the *-oal file and the commit to
+**  the RBU update database are not atomic. So if the power fails at the
+**  wrong moment they might get out of sync. As the main database will be
+**  committed before the RBU update database this will likely either just
+**  pass unnoticed, or result in SQLITE_CONSTRAINT errors (due to UNIQUE
+**  constraint violations).
+**
+**  If some client does modify the target database mid RBU update, or some
+**  other error occurs, the RBU extension will keep throwing errors. It's
+**  not really clear how to get out of this state. The system could just
+**  by delete the RBU update database and *-oal file and have the device
+**  download the update again and start over.
+**
+**  At present, for an UPDATE, both the new.* and old.* records are
+**  collected in the rbu_xyz table. And for both UPDATEs and DELETEs all
+**  fields are collected.  This means we're probably writing a lot more
+**  data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU
+**  update database than is strictly necessary.
+** 
+*/
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU)
+/************** Include sqlite3rbu.h in the middle of sqlite3rbu.c ***********/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.h **************************************/
+/*
+** 2014 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. 
+*/
+
+/*
+** SUMMARY
+**
+** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on 
+** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache
+** memory can be very inefficient. 
+**
+** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least)
+** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the
+** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a 
+** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction 
+** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times.
+** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in
+** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in 
+** random order, which is itself quite inefficient.
+**
+** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index
+** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO
+** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree,
+** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored 
+** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of
+** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve
+** the performance of large transactions on existing databases.
+**
+** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the 
+** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed 
+** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot 
+** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply 
+** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a 
+** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process 
+** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue
+** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially 
+** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. 
+**
+** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update
+** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction
+** applied using this extension is hence refered to as an "RBU update".
+**
+**
+** LIMITATIONS
+**
+** An "RBU update" transaction is subject to the following limitations:
+**
+**   * The transaction must consist of INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE operations
+**     only.
+**
+**   * INSERT statements may not use any default values.
+**
+**   * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by 
+**     non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY
+**     KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written 
+**     has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid.
+**
+**   * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns.
+**
+**   * No triggers will be fired.
+**
+**   * No foreign key violations are detected or reported.
+**
+**   * CHECK constraints are not enforced.
+**
+**   * No constraint handling mode except for "OR ROLLBACK" is supported.
+**
+**
+** PREPARATION
+**
+** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database
+** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the 
+** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table
+** named "data_<target name>" containing the same set of columns as the
+** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should 
+** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have
+** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database.
+** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if
+** the target database contains:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b TEXT, c UNIQUE);
+**
+** Then the RBU database should contain:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE data_t1(a INTEGER, b TEXT, c, rbu_control);
+**
+** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter.
+**
+** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual
+** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme. 
+**
+** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables 
+** may also be named data<integer>_<target>, where <integer> is any sequence
+** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because
+** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by 
+** name. By judicious selection of the <integer> portion of the names
+** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they
+** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external
+** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables.
+**
+** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no
+** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column 
+** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary 
+** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does 
+** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For 
+** example, if the target db contains either of the following:
+**
+**   CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b);
+**   CREATE TABLE x1(a, b)
+**
+** then the RBU database should contain:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE data_x1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
+**
+** All non-hidden columns (i.e. all columns matched by "SELECT *") of the
+** target table must be present in the input table. For virtual tables,
+** hidden columns are optional - they are updated by RBU if present in
+** the input table, or not otherwise. For example, to write to an fts4
+** table with a hidden languageid column such as:
+**
+**   CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft1 USING fts4(a, b, languageid='langid');
+**
+** Either of the following input table schemas may be used:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
+**   CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
+**
+** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU 
+** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
+** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The
+** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record 
+** to insert. 
+**
+** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not 
+** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to 
+** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error.
+**
+** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU 
+** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
+** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The
+** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the
+** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the
+** other columns are not used.
+**
+** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU 
+** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
+** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text.
+** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be 
+** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should
+** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the 
+** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as
+** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely
+** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For 
+** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to
+** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the
+** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables 
+** above, the update statement:
+**
+**   UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4;
+**
+** is represented by the data_t1 row created by:
+**
+**   INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..x');
+**
+** Instead of an 'x' character, characters of the rbu_control value specified
+** for UPDATEs may also be set to 'd'. In this case, instead of updating the
+** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the
+** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in
+** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the
+** original value currently stored in the target table column and the 
+** value specified in the data_xxx table.
+**
+** For example, this row:
+**
+**   INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d');
+**
+** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: 
+**
+**   UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4;
+**
+** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an 
+** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed
+** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the
+** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case
+** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. 
+** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to
+** itself.
+**
+** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY
+** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding 
+** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this:
+**
+**   INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) 
+**       VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x');
+**
+** causes a result similar to:
+**
+**   UPDATE ft1 SET b = 'usa' WHERE rowid = 12;
+**
+** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations.
+** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx
+** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by
+** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other 
+** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY 
+** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables.
+**
+** USAGE
+**
+** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update 
+** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the 
+** application:
+**
+**     1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function.
+**
+**     2) Registers any required virtual table modules with the database
+**        handle returned by sqlite3rbu_db(). Also, if required, register
+**        the rbu_delta() implementation.
+**
+**     3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on
+**        the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single
+**        b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply 
+**        a complete update.
+**
+**     4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If
+**        sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely
+**        apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database
+**        is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU 
+**        update application is saved in the RBU database for later 
+**        resumption.
+**
+** See comments below for more detail on APIs.
+**
+** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the
+** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved 
+** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically
+** resume the RBU update from where it left off.
+**
+** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database 
+** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin
+** with the prefix "rbu_"
+**
+** DATABASE LOCKING
+**
+** An RBU update may not be applied to a database in WAL mode. Attempting
+** to do so is an error (SQLITE_ERROR).
+**
+** While an RBU handle is open, a SHARED lock may be held on the target
+** database file. This means it is possible for other clients to read the
+** database, but not to write it.
+**
+** If an RBU update is started and then suspended before it is completed,
+** then an external client writes to the database, then attempting to resume
+** the suspended RBU update is also an error (SQLITE_BUSY).
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RBU_H
+#define _SQLITE3RBU_H
+
+/* #include "sqlite3.h"              ** Required for error code definitions ** */
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu;
+
+/*
+** Open an RBU handle.
+**
+** Argument zTarget is the path to the target database. Argument zRbu is
+** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched
+** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes
+** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget
+** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite 
+** database URI, not a regular file name.
+**
+** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores 
+** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which 
+** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This
+** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to
+** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. 
+** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which 
+** the RBU extension can store the state of the update.
+**
+** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same
+** value as when the RBU update was started.
+**
+** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not 
+** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it.
+**
+** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To
+** use a VFS other than the default, an SQLite "file:" URI containing a
+** "vfs=..." option may be passed as the zTarget option.
+**
+** IMPORTANT NOTE FOR ZIPVFS USERS: The RBU extension works with all of
+** SQLite's built-in VFSs, including the multiplexor VFS. However it does
+** not work out of the box with zipvfs. Refer to the comment describing
+** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open(
+  const char *zTarget, 
+  const char *zRbu,
+  const char *zState
+);
+
+/*
+** Open an RBU handle to perform an RBU vacuum on database file zTarget.
+** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except
+** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update.
+**
+** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which 
+** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The 
+** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum
+** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty
+** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling 
+** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has
+** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. 
+** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU
+** handle specifying the same target and state databases.
+**
+** If the second argument passed to this function is NULL, then the
+** name of the state database is "<database>-vacuum", where <database>
+** is the name of the target database file. In this case, on UNIX, if the
+** state database is not already present in the file-system, it is created
+** with the same permissions as the target db is made.
+**
+** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum
+** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to
+** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents
+** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way,
+** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a 
+** new RBU vacuum operation.
+**
+** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment
+** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for 
+** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with 
+** zipvfs databases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum(
+  const char *zTarget, 
+  const char *zState
+);
+
+/*
+** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database 
+** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This
+** API allows the application direct access to these database handles.
+**
+** The first argument passed to this function must be a valid, open, RBU
+** handle. The second argument should be passed zero to access the target
+** database handle, or non-zero to access the rbu update database handle.
+** Accessing the underlying database handles may be useful in the
+** following scenarios:
+**
+**   * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to
+**     call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to 
+**     register the required virtual table implementations.
+**
+**   * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual 
+**     tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on
+**     the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table
+**     implementations.
+**
+**   * If the application uses the "rbu_delta()" feature described above,
+**     it must use sqlite3_create_function() or similar to register the
+**     rbu_delta() implementation with the target database handle.
+**
+** If an error has occurred, either while opening or stepping the RBU object,
+** this function may return NULL. The error code and message may be collected
+** when sqlite3rbu_close() is called.
+**
+** Database handles returned by this function remain valid until the next
+** call to any sqlite3rbu_xxx() function other than sqlite3rbu_db().
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu);
+
+/*
+** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. 
+**
+** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or 
+** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply
+** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is 
+** returned. 
+**
+** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than
+** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops
+** that immediately return the same value.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
+
+/*
+** Force RBU to save its state to disk.
+**
+** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following
+** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state
+** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to 
+** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
+
+/*
+** Close an RBU handle. 
+**
+** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database
+** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the
+** current state of the RBU update appliation to the RBU database.
+**
+** If an error has already occurred as part of an sqlite3rbu_step()
+** or sqlite3rbu_open() call, or if one occurs within this function, an
+** SQLite error code is returned. Additionally, *pzErrmsg may be set to
+** point to a buffer containing a utf-8 formatted English language error
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any 
+** such buffer using sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the
+** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been 
+** completely applied.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg);
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or 
+** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the
+** current RBU update was started.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
+
+/*
+** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) 
+** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may
+** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar.
+**
+** An RBU update is divided into two stages:
+**
+**   * Stage 1, in which changes are accumulated in an oal/wal file, and
+**   * Stage 2, in which the contents of the wal file are copied into the
+**     main database.
+**
+** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1
+** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database.
+**
+** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable 
+** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo)
+** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of
+** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, 
+** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on.
+**
+** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable 
+** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The
+** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU 
+** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it 
+** exists, must contain the same columns as the following:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID;
+**
+** There must be one row in the table for each source (data_xxx) table within
+** the RBU database. The 'tbl' column should contain the name of the source
+** table. The 'cnt' column should contain the number of rows within the
+** source table.
+**
+** If the rbu_count table is present and populated correctly and this
+** API is called during stage 1, the *pnOne output variable is set to the
+** permyriadage progress of the same stage. If the rbu_count table does
+** not exist, then (*pnOne) is set to -1 during stage 1. If the rbu_count
+** table exists but is not correctly populated, the value of the *pnOne
+** output variable during stage 1 is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_bp_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, int *pnOne, int *pnTwo);
+
+/*
+** Obtain an indication as to the current stage of an RBU update or vacuum.
+** This function always returns one of the SQLITE_RBU_STATE_XXX constants
+** defined in this file. Return values should be interpreted as follows:
+**
+** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL:
+**   RBU is currently building a *-oal file. The next call to sqlite3rbu_step()
+**   may either add further data to the *-oal file, or compute data that will
+**   be added by a subsequent call.
+**
+** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE:
+**   RBU has finished building the *-oal file. The next call to sqlite3rbu_step()
+**   will move the *-oal file to the equivalent *-wal path. If the current
+**   operation is an RBU update, then the updated version of the database
+**   file will become visible to ordinary SQLite clients following the next
+**   call to sqlite3rbu_step().
+**
+** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT:
+**   RBU is currently performing an incremental checkpoint. The next call to
+**   sqlite3rbu_step() will copy a page of data from the *-wal file into
+**   the target database file.
+**
+** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE:
+**   The RBU operation has finished. Any subsequent calls to sqlite3rbu_step()
+**   will immediately return SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR:
+**   An error has occurred. Any subsequent calls to sqlite3rbu_step() will
+**   immediately return the SQLite error code associated with the error.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL        1
+#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE       2
+#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT 3
+#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE       4
+#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR      5
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
+
+/*
+** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system
+** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, 
+** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system.
+** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before 
+** returning.
+**
+** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this
+** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. 
+**
+** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case,
+** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU
+** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs
+** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use 
+** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example,
+** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and 
+** multiplexor (error checking omitted):
+**
+**     // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default).
+**     sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 0);
+**
+**     // Create an rbu VFS named "rbu" that uses multiplexor. If the
+**     // second argument were replaced with NULL, the "rbu" VFS would
+**     // access the file-system via the system default VFS, bypassing the
+**     // multiplexor.
+**     sqlite3rbu_create_vfs("rbu", "multiplex");
+**
+**     // Create a zipvfs VFS named "zipvfs" that uses rbu.
+**     zipvfs_create_vfs_v3("zipvfs", "rbu", 0, xCompressorAlgorithmDetector);
+**
+**     // Make zipvfs the default VFS.
+**     sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs_find("zipvfs"), 1);
+**
+** Because the default VFS created above includes a RBU functionality, it
+** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack
+** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error.
+**
+** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for 
+** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the 
+** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality 
+** occasionally.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent);
+
+/*
+** Deregister and destroy an RBU vfs created by an earlier call to
+** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs().
+**
+** VFS objects are not reference counted. If a VFS object is destroyed
+** before all database handles that use it have been closed, the results
+** are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE3RBU_H */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3rbu.h ******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlite3rbu.c *****************/
+
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+/* #include "windows.h" */
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum number of prepared UPDATE statements held by this module */
+#define SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE 16
+
+/*
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)
+# define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The rbu_state table is used to save the state of a partially applied
+** update so that it can be resumed later. The table consists of integer
+** keys mapped to values as follows:
+**
+** RBU_STATE_STAGE:
+**   May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows:
+**       1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction.
+**       2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved 
+**          to the *-wal path.
+**       4: the checkpoint is underway.
+**       5: the rbu update has been checkpointed.
+**
+** RBU_STATE_TBL:
+**   Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table 
+**   currently being written.
+**
+** RBU_STATE_IDX:
+**   Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index 
+**   currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being
+**   updated.
+**
+** RBU_STATE_ROW:
+**   Only valid if STAGE==1. Number of rows already processed for the current
+**   table/index.
+**
+** RBU_STATE_PROGRESS:
+**   Trbul number of sqlite3rbu_step() calls made so far as part of this
+**   rbu update.
+**
+** RBU_STATE_CKPT:
+**   Valid if STAGE==4. The 64-bit checksum associated with the wal-index
+**   header created by recovering the *-wal file. This is used to detect
+**   cases when another client appends frames to the *-wal file in the
+**   middle of an incremental checkpoint (an incremental checkpoint cannot
+**   be continued if this happens).
+**
+** RBU_STATE_COOKIE:
+**   Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the 
+**   target db file.
+**
+** RBU_STATE_OALSZ:
+**   Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file.
+*/
+#define RBU_STATE_STAGE        1
+#define RBU_STATE_TBL          2
+#define RBU_STATE_IDX          3
+#define RBU_STATE_ROW          4
+#define RBU_STATE_PROGRESS     5
+#define RBU_STATE_CKPT         6
+#define RBU_STATE_COOKIE       7
+#define RBU_STATE_OALSZ        8
+#define RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP 9
+
+#define RBU_STAGE_OAL         1
+#define RBU_STAGE_MOVE        2
+#define RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE     3
+#define RBU_STAGE_CKPT        4
+#define RBU_STAGE_DONE        5
+
+
+#define RBU_CREATE_STATE \
+  "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.rbu_state(k INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v)"
+
+typedef struct RbuFrame RbuFrame;
+typedef struct RbuObjIter RbuObjIter;
+typedef struct RbuState RbuState;
+typedef struct rbu_vfs rbu_vfs;
+typedef struct rbu_file rbu_file;
+typedef struct RbuUpdateStmt RbuUpdateStmt;
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)
+typedef unsigned int u32;
+typedef unsigned short u16;
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These values must match the values defined in wal.c for the equivalent
+** locks. These are not magic numbers as they are part of the SQLite file
+** format.
+*/
+#define WAL_LOCK_WRITE  0
+#define WAL_LOCK_CKPT   1
+#define WAL_LOCK_READ0  3
+
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT    5149216
+
+/*
+** A structure to store values read from the rbu_state table in memory.
+*/
+struct RbuState {
+  int eStage;
+  char *zTbl;
+  char *zIdx;
+  i64 iWalCksum;
+  int nRow;
+  i64 nProgress;
+  u32 iCookie;
+  i64 iOalSz;
+  i64 nPhaseOneStep;
+};
+
+struct RbuUpdateStmt {
+  char *zMask;                    /* Copy of update mask used with pUpdate */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate;          /* Last update statement (or NULL) */
+  RbuUpdateStmt *pNext;
+};
+
+/*
+** An iterator of this type is used to iterate through all objects in
+** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the
+** iterator visits, in order:
+**
+**     * the table itself, 
+**     * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and
+**     * a special "cleanup table" state.
+**
+** abIndexed:
+**   If the table has no indexes on it, abIndexed is set to NULL. Otherwise,
+**   it points to an array of flags nTblCol elements in size. The flag is
+**   set for each column that is either a part of the PK or a part of an
+**   index. Or clear otherwise.
+**   
+*/
+struct RbuObjIter {
+  sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter;         /* Iterate through tables */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pIdxIter;         /* Index iterator */
+  int nTblCol;                    /* Size of azTblCol[] array */
+  char **azTblCol;                /* Array of unquoted target column names */
+  char **azTblType;               /* Array of target column types */
+  int *aiSrcOrder;                /* src table col -> target table col */
+  u8 *abTblPk;                    /* Array of flags, set on target PK columns */
+  u8 *abNotNull;                  /* Array of flags, set on NOT NULL columns */
+  u8 *abIndexed;                  /* Array of flags, set on indexed & PK cols */
+  int eType;                      /* Table type - an RBU_PK_XXX value */
+
+  /* Output variables. zTbl==0 implies EOF. */
+  int bCleanup;                   /* True in "cleanup" state */
+  const char *zTbl;               /* Name of target db table */
+  const char *zDataTbl;           /* Name of rbu db table (or null) */
+  const char *zIdx;               /* Name of target db index (or null) */
+  int iTnum;                      /* Root page of current object */
+  int iPkTnum;                    /* If eType==EXTERNAL, root of PK index */
+  int bUnique;                    /* Current index is unique */
+  int nIndex;                     /* Number of aux. indexes on table zTbl */
+
+  /* Statements created by rbuObjIterPrepareAll() */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in current object */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;          /* Source data */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert;          /* Statement for INSERT operations */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete;          /* Statement for DELETE ops */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pTmpInsert;       /* Insert into rbu_tmp_$zDataTbl */
+
+  /* Last UPDATE used (for PK b-tree updates only), or NULL. */
+  RbuUpdateStmt *pRbuUpdate;
+};
+
+/*
+** Values for RbuObjIter.eType
+**
+**     0: Table does not exist (error)
+**     1: Table has an implicit rowid.
+**     2: Table has an explicit IPK column.
+**     3: Table has an external PK index.
+**     4: Table is WITHOUT ROWID.
+**     5: Table is a virtual table.
+*/
+#define RBU_PK_NOTABLE        0
+#define RBU_PK_NONE           1
+#define RBU_PK_IPK            2
+#define RBU_PK_EXTERNAL       3
+#define RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID  4
+#define RBU_PK_VTAB           5
+
+
+/*
+** Within the RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs
+** one of the following operations.
+*/
+#define RBU_INSERT     1          /* Insert on a main table b-tree */
+#define RBU_DELETE     2          /* Delete a row from a main table b-tree */
+#define RBU_REPLACE    3          /* Delete and then insert a row */
+#define RBU_IDX_DELETE 4          /* Delete a row from an aux. index b-tree */
+#define RBU_IDX_INSERT 5          /* Insert on an aux. index b-tree */
+
+#define RBU_UPDATE     6          /* Update a row in a main table b-tree */
+
+/*
+** A single step of an incremental checkpoint - frame iWalFrame of the wal
+** file should be copied to page iDbPage of the database file.
+*/
+struct RbuFrame {
+  u32 iDbPage;
+  u32 iWalFrame;
+};
+
+/*
+** RBU handle.
+**
+** nPhaseOneStep:
+**   If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to
+**   a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to 
+**   finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress()
+**   API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file
+**   using the formula:
+**
+**     permyriadage = (10000 * nProgress) / nPhaseOneStep
+**
+**   nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of:
+**
+**     nRow * (nIndex + 1)
+**
+**   for all source tables in the RBU database, where nRow is the number
+**   of rows in the source table and nIndex the number of indexes on the
+**   corresponding target database table.
+**
+**   This estimate is accurate if the RBU update consists entirely of
+**   INSERT operations. However, it is inaccurate if:
+**
+**     * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified
+**       for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then
+**       no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the 
+**       specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are
+**       required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree).
+**
+**     * the RBU update contains any DELETE operations for which the specified
+**       PK does not exist. In this case no operations are required on index
+**       b-trees.
+**
+**     * the RBU update contains REPLACE operations. These are similar to
+**       UPDATE operations.
+**
+**   nPhaseOneStep is updated to account for the conditions above during the
+**   first pass of each source table. The updated nPhaseOneStep value is
+**   stored in the rbu_state table if the RBU update is suspended.
+*/
+struct sqlite3rbu {
+  int eStage;                     /* Value of RBU_STATE_STAGE field */
+  sqlite3 *dbMain;                /* target database handle */
+  sqlite3 *dbRbu;                 /* rbu database handle */
+  char *zTarget;                  /* Path to target db */
+  char *zRbu;                     /* Path to rbu db */
+  char *zState;                   /* Path to state db (or NULL if zRbu) */
+  char zStateDb[5];               /* Db name for state ("stat" or "main") */
+  int rc;                         /* Value returned by last rbu_step() call */
+  char *zErrmsg;                  /* Error message if rc!=SQLITE_OK */
+  int nStep;                      /* Rows processed for current object */
+  int nProgress;                  /* Rows processed for all objects */
+  RbuObjIter objiter;             /* Iterator for skipping through tbl/idx */
+  const char *zVfsName;           /* Name of automatically created rbu vfs */
+  rbu_file *pTargetFd;            /* File handle open on target db */
+  int nPagePerSector;             /* Pages per sector for pTargetFd */
+  i64 iOalSz;
+  i64 nPhaseOneStep;
+
+  /* The following state variables are used as part of the incremental
+  ** checkpoint stage (eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT). See comments surrounding
+  ** function rbuSetupCheckpoint() for details.  */
+  u32 iMaxFrame;                  /* Largest iWalFrame value in aFrame[] */
+  u32 mLock;
+  int nFrame;                     /* Entries in aFrame[] array */
+  int nFrameAlloc;                /* Allocated size of aFrame[] array */
+  RbuFrame *aFrame;
+  int pgsz;
+  u8 *aBuf;
+  i64 iWalCksum;
+
+  /* Used in RBU vacuum mode only */
+  int nRbu;                       /* Number of RBU VFS in the stack */
+  rbu_file *pRbuFd;               /* Fd for main db of dbRbu */
+};
+
+/*
+** An rbu VFS is implemented using an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct rbu_vfs {
+  sqlite3_vfs base;               /* rbu VFS shim methods */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs;          /* Underlying VFS */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;           /* Mutex to protect pMain */
+  rbu_file *pMain;                /* Linked list of main db files */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each file opened by an rbu VFS is represented by an instance of
+** the following structure.
+*/
+struct rbu_file {
+  sqlite3_file base;              /* sqlite3_file methods */
+  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* Underlying file handle */
+  rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs;               /* Pointer to the rbu_vfs object */
+  sqlite3rbu *pRbu;               /* Pointer to rbu object (rbu target only) */
+
+  int openFlags;                  /* Flags this file was opened with */
+  u32 iCookie;                    /* Cookie value for main db files */
+  u8 iWriteVer;                   /* "write-version" value for main db files */
+  u8 bNolock;                     /* True to fail EXCLUSIVE locks */
+
+  int nShm;                       /* Number of entries in apShm[] array */
+  char **apShm;                   /* Array of mmap'd *-shm regions */
+  char *zDel;                     /* Delete this when closing file */
+
+  const char *zWal;               /* Wal filename for this main db file */
+  rbu_file *pWalFd;               /* Wal file descriptor for this main db */
+  rbu_file *pMainNext;            /* Next MAIN_DB file */
+};
+
+/*
+** True for an RBU vacuum handle, or false otherwise.
+*/
+#define rbuIsVacuum(p) ((p)->zTarget==0)
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** The following three functions, found below:
+**
+**   rbuDeltaGetInt()
+**   rbuDeltaChecksum()
+**   rbuDeltaApply()
+**
+** are lifted from the fossil source code (http://fossil-scm.org). They
+** are used to implement the scalar SQL function rbu_fossil_delta().
+*/
+
+/*
+** Read bytes from *pz and convert them into a positive integer.  When
+** finished, leave *pz pointing to the first character past the end of
+** the integer.  The *pLen parameter holds the length of the string
+** in *pz and is decremented once for each character in the integer.
+*/
+static unsigned int rbuDeltaGetInt(const char **pz, int *pLen){
+  static const signed char zValue[] = {
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,   -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,   -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,   -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+     0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,    8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,   17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
+    25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,   33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, 36,
+    -1, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43,   44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
+    52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59,   60, 61, 62, -1, -1, -1, 63, -1,
+  };
+  unsigned int v = 0;
+  int c;
+  unsigned char *z = (unsigned char*)*pz;
+  unsigned char *zStart = z;
+  while( (c = zValue[0x7f&*(z++)])>=0 ){
+     v = (v<<6) + c;
+  }
+  z--;
+  *pLen -= z - zStart;
+  *pz = (char*)z;
+  return v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a 32-bit checksum on the N-byte buffer.  Return the result.
+*/
+static unsigned int rbuDeltaChecksum(const char *zIn, size_t N){
+  const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+  unsigned sum0 = 0;
+  unsigned sum1 = 0;
+  unsigned sum2 = 0;
+  unsigned sum3 = 0;
+  while(N >= 16){
+    sum0 += ((unsigned)z[0] + z[4] + z[8] + z[12]);
+    sum1 += ((unsigned)z[1] + z[5] + z[9] + z[13]);
+    sum2 += ((unsigned)z[2] + z[6] + z[10]+ z[14]);
+    sum3 += ((unsigned)z[3] + z[7] + z[11]+ z[15]);
+    z += 16;
+    N -= 16;
+  }
+  while(N >= 4){
+    sum0 += z[0];
+    sum1 += z[1];
+    sum2 += z[2];
+    sum3 += z[3];
+    z += 4;
+    N -= 4;
+  }
+  sum3 += (sum2 << 8) + (sum1 << 16) + (sum0 << 24);
+  switch(N){
+    case 3:   sum3 += (z[2] << 8);
+    case 2:   sum3 += (z[1] << 16);
+    case 1:   sum3 += (z[0] << 24);
+    default:  ;
+  }
+  return sum3;
+}
+
+/*
+** Apply a delta.
+**
+** The output buffer should be big enough to hold the whole output
+** file and a NUL terminator at the end.  The delta_output_size()
+** routine will determine this size for you.
+**
+** The delta string should be null-terminated.  But the delta string
+** may contain embedded NUL characters (if the input and output are
+** binary files) so we also have to pass in the length of the delta in
+** the lenDelta parameter.
+**
+** This function returns the size of the output file in bytes (excluding
+** the final NUL terminator character).  Except, if the delta string is
+** malformed or intended for use with a source file other than zSrc,
+** then this routine returns -1.
+**
+** Refer to the delta_create() documentation above for a description
+** of the delta file format.
+*/
+static int rbuDeltaApply(
+  const char *zSrc,      /* The source or pattern file */
+  int lenSrc,            /* Length of the source file */
+  const char *zDelta,    /* Delta to apply to the pattern */
+  int lenDelta,          /* Length of the delta */
+  char *zOut             /* Write the output into this preallocated buffer */
+){
+  unsigned int limit;
+  unsigned int total = 0;
+#ifndef FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST
+  char *zOrigOut = zOut;
+#endif
+
+  limit = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
+  if( *zDelta!='\n' ){
+    /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */
+    return -1;
+  }
+  zDelta++; lenDelta--;
+  while( *zDelta && lenDelta>0 ){
+    unsigned int cnt, ofst;
+    cnt = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
+    switch( zDelta[0] ){
+      case '@': {
+        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
+        ofst = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
+        if( lenDelta>0 && zDelta[0]!=',' ){
+          /* ERROR: copy command not terminated by ',' */
+          return -1;
+        }
+        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
+        total += cnt;
+        if( total>limit ){
+          /* ERROR: copy exceeds output file size */
+          return -1;
+        }
+        if( (int)(ofst+cnt) > lenSrc ){
+          /* ERROR: copy extends past end of input */
+          return -1;
+        }
+        memcpy(zOut, &zSrc[ofst], cnt);
+        zOut += cnt;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ':': {
+        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
+        total += cnt;
+        if( total>limit ){
+          /* ERROR:  insert command gives an output larger than predicted */
+          return -1;
+        }
+        if( (int)cnt>lenDelta ){
+          /* ERROR: insert count exceeds size of delta */
+          return -1;
+        }
+        memcpy(zOut, zDelta, cnt);
+        zOut += cnt;
+        zDelta += cnt;
+        lenDelta -= cnt;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ';': {
+        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
+        zOut[0] = 0;
+#ifndef FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST
+        if( cnt!=rbuDeltaChecksum(zOrigOut, total) ){
+          /* ERROR:  bad checksum */
+          return -1;
+        }
+#endif
+        if( total!=limit ){
+          /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return total;
+      }
+      default: {
+        /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* ERROR: unterminated delta */
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static int rbuDeltaOutputSize(const char *zDelta, int lenDelta){
+  int size;
+  size = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
+  if( *zDelta!='\n' ){
+    /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return size;
+}
+
+/*
+** End of code taken from fossil.
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Implementation of SQL scalar function rbu_fossil_delta().
+**
+** This function applies a fossil delta patch to a blob. Exactly two
+** arguments must be passed to this function. The first is the blob to
+** patch and the second the patch to apply. If no error occurs, this
+** function returns the patched blob.
+*/
+static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *aDelta;
+  int nDelta;
+  const char *aOrig;
+  int nOrig;
+
+  int nOut;
+  int nOut2;
+  char *aOut;
+
+  assert( argc==2 );
+
+  nOrig = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  aOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  nDelta = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  aDelta = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+
+  /* Figure out the size of the output */
+  nOut = rbuDeltaOutputSize(aDelta, nDelta);
+  if( nOut<0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(nOut+1);
+  if( aOut==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    nOut2 = rbuDeltaApply(aOrig, nOrig, aDelta, nDelta, aOut);
+    if( nOut2!=nOut ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_blob(context, aOut, nOut, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db.
+** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return
+** SQLITE_OK. 
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return
+** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to
+** point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the responsibility
+** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static int prepareAndCollectError(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  char **pzErrmsg,
+  const char *zSql
+){
+  int rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    *ppStmt = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the SQL statement passed as the first argument. Return a copy
+** of the value returned by sqlite3_reset().
+**
+** If an error has occurred, then set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer
+** containing an error message. It is the responsibility of the caller
+** to eventually free this buffer using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){
+  int rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt)));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using
+** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL
+** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement 
+** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement 
+** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. 
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code
+** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this error message
+** buffer using sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If argument zSql is NULL, this function assumes that an OOM has occurred.
+** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL.
+*/
+static int prepareFreeAndCollectError(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  char **pzErrmsg,
+  char *zSql
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( *pzErrmsg==0 );
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    *ppStmt = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = prepareAndCollectError(db, ppStmt, pzErrmsg, zSql);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the RbuObjIter.azTblCol[] and RbuObjIter.abTblPk[] arrays allocated
+** by an earlier call to rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo().
+*/
+static void rbuObjIterFreeCols(RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+    sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol[i]);
+    sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblType[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol);
+  pIter->azTblCol = 0;
+  pIter->azTblType = 0;
+  pIter->aiSrcOrder = 0;
+  pIter->abTblPk = 0;
+  pIter->abNotNull = 0;
+  pIter->nTblCol = 0;
+  pIter->eType = 0;               /* Invalid value */
+}
+
+/*
+** Finalize all statements and free all allocations that are specific to
+** the current object (table/index pair).
+*/
+static void rbuObjIterClearStatements(RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  RbuUpdateStmt *pUp;
+
+  sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pSelect);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pInsert);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pDelete);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTmpInsert);
+  pUp = pIter->pRbuUpdate;
+  while( pUp ){
+    RbuUpdateStmt *pTmp = pUp->pNext;
+    sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate);
+    sqlite3_free(pUp);
+    pUp = pTmp;
+  }
+  
+  pIter->pSelect = 0;
+  pIter->pInsert = 0;
+  pIter->pDelete = 0;
+  pIter->pRbuUpdate = 0;
+  pIter->pTmpInsert = 0;
+  pIter->nCol = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up any resources allocated as part of the iterator object passed
+** as the only argument.
+*/
+static void rbuObjIterFinalize(RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTblIter);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pIdxIter);
+  rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter);
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter));
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator to the next position.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left 
+** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is 
+** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the 
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ 
+    rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter);
+    if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain,
+          "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_insert_tr;"
+          "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update1_tr;"
+          "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update2_tr;"
+          "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_delete_tr;"
+          , 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pIter->bCleanup ){
+        rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter);
+        pIter->bCleanup = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pTblIter);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+          rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg);
+          pIter->zTbl = 0;
+        }else{
+          pIter->zTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter, 0);
+          pIter->zDataTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter,1);
+          rc = (pIter->zDataTbl && pIter->zTbl) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
+          sqlite3_stmt *pIdx = pIter->pIdxIter;
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pIdx, 1, pIter->zTbl, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pIdxIter);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+            rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg);
+            pIter->bCleanup = 1;
+            pIter->zIdx = 0;
+          }else{
+            pIter->zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pIdxIter, 0);
+            pIter->iTnum = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 1);
+            pIter->bUnique = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 2);
+            rc = pIter->zIdx ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rbuObjIterFinalize(pIter);
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function
+** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table -
+** the name of a table in the RBU database.  The second, if it is present, is 1
+** for a view or 0 for a table. 
+**
+** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern:
+**
+**     data[0-9]_<name>
+**
+** where <name> is any sequence of 1 or more characters, <name> is returned.
+** Otherwise, if the only argument does not match the above pattern, an SQL
+** NULL is returned.
+**
+**     "data_t1"     -> "t1"
+**     "data0123_t2" -> "t2"
+**     "dataAB_t3"   -> NULL
+**
+** For an rbu vacuum handle, a copy of the first argument is returned if
+** the second argument is either missing or 0 (not a view).
+*/
+static void rbuTargetNameFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  const char *zIn;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+
+  zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn ){
+    if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+      if( argc==1 || 0==sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]) ){
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zIn, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( strlen(zIn)>4 && memcmp("data", zIn, 4)==0 ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=4; zIn[i]>='0' && zIn[i]<='9'; i++);
+        if( zIn[i]=='_' && zIn[i+1] ){
+          sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, &zIn[i+1], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left 
+** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is 
+** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the 
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  int rc;
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter));
+
+  rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, 
+    sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name "
+      "FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type IN ('table', 'view') AND target IS NOT NULL "
+      " %s "
+      "ORDER BY name"
+  , rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "AND rootpage!=0 AND rootpage IS NOT NULL" : ""));
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg,
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql IS NULL OR substr(8, 6)=='UNIQUE' "
+        "  FROM main.sqlite_master "
+        "  WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = ?"
+    );
+  }
+
+  pIter->bCleanup = 1;
+  p->rc = rc;
+  return rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a wrapper around "sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, ...)". If an OOM occurs,
+** an error code is stored in the RBU handle passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other
+** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the
+** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any 
+** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions.
+*/
+static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){
+  char *zSql = 0;
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, zFmt);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zSql==0 ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    zSql = 0;
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return zSql;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument zFmt is a sqlite3_mprintf() style format string. The trailing
+** arguments are the usual subsitution values. This function performs
+** the printf() style substitutions and executes the result as an SQL
+** statement on the RBU handles database.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code and error message is stored in the
+** RBU handle. If an error has already occurred when this function is
+** called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static int rbuMPrintfExec(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFmt, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  va_start(ap, zFmt);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte 
+** bytes. 
+**
+** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an 
+** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an 
+** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL 
+** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored
+** error code.
+*/
+static void *rbuMalloc(sqlite3rbu *p, int nByte){
+  void *pRet = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( nByte>0 );
+    pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
+    if( pRet==0 ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+    }
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero the pIter->azTblCol[] and abTblPk[] arrays so that
+** there is room for at least nCol elements. If an OOM occurs, store an
+** error code in the RBU handle passed as the first argument.
+*/
+static void rbuAllocateIterArrays(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nCol){
+  int nByte = (2*sizeof(char*) + sizeof(int) + 3*sizeof(u8)) * nCol;
+  char **azNew;
+
+  azNew = (char**)rbuMalloc(p, nByte);
+  if( azNew ){
+    pIter->azTblCol = azNew;
+    pIter->azTblType = &azNew[nCol];
+    pIter->aiSrcOrder = (int*)&pIter->azTblType[nCol];
+    pIter->abTblPk = (u8*)&pIter->aiSrcOrder[nCol];
+    pIter->abNotNull = (u8*)&pIter->abTblPk[nCol];
+    pIter->abIndexed = (u8*)&pIter->abNotNull[nCol];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first argument must be a nul-terminated string. This function
+** returns a copy of the string in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free this memory
+** using sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered when attempting to allocate memory,
+** output variable (*pRc) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. Otherwise,
+** if the allocation succeeds, (*pRc) is left unchanged.
+*/
+static char *rbuStrndup(const char *zStr, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+
+  assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( zStr ){
+    size_t nCopy = strlen(zStr) + 1;
+    zRet = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(nCopy);
+    if( zRet ){
+      memcpy(zRet, zStr, nCopy);
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finalize the statement passed as the second argument.
+**
+** If the sqlite3_finalize() call indicates that an error occurs, and the
+** rbu handle error code is not already set, set the error code and error
+** message accordingly.
+*/
+static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt);
+  int rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+    p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }
+}
+
+/* Determine the type of a table.
+**
+**   peType is of type (int*), a pointer to an output parameter of type
+**   (int). This call sets the output parameter as follows, depending
+**   on the type of the table specified by parameters dbName and zTbl.
+**
+**     RBU_PK_NOTABLE:       No such table.
+**     RBU_PK_NONE:          Table has an implicit rowid.
+**     RBU_PK_IPK:           Table has an explicit IPK column.
+**     RBU_PK_EXTERNAL:      Table has an external PK index.
+**     RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID: Table is WITHOUT ROWID.
+**     RBU_PK_VTAB:          Table is a virtual table.
+**
+**   Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output
+**   parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index 
+**   (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or,
+**   if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk
+**   is set to the root page number of the primary key index before
+**   returning.
+**
+** ALGORITHM:
+**
+**   if( no entry exists in sqlite_master ){
+**     return RBU_PK_NOTABLE
+**   }else if( sql for the entry starts with "CREATE VIRTUAL" ){
+**     return RBU_PK_VTAB
+**   }else if( "PRAGMA index_list()" for the table contains a "pk" index ){
+**     if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_master ){
+**       *piPK = rootpage of that index.
+**       return RBU_PK_EXTERNAL
+**     }else{
+**       return RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID
+**     }
+**   }else if( "PRAGMA table_info()" lists one or more "pk" columns ){
+**     return RBU_PK_IPK
+**   }else{
+**     return RBU_PK_NONE
+**   }
+*/
+static void rbuTableType(
+  sqlite3rbu *p,
+  const char *zTab,
+  int *peType,
+  int *piTnum,
+  int *piPk
+){
+  /*
+  ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q)
+  ** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ?
+  ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q 
+  ** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ?
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+
+  *peType = RBU_PK_NOTABLE;
+  *piPk = 0;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, 
+    sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage"
+          "  FROM sqlite_master"
+          " WHERE name=%Q", zTab
+  ));
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_step(aStmt[0])!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+    /* Either an error, or no such table. */
+    goto rbuTableType_end;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 0) ){
+    *peType = RBU_PK_VTAB;                     /* virtual table */
+    goto rbuTableType_end;
+  }
+  *piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1);
+
+  p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, 
+    sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab)
+  );
+  if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end;
+  while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[1])==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3);
+    const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1);
+    if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){
+      p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, 
+          sqlite3_mprintf(
+            "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx
+      ));
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( sqlite3_step(aStmt[2])==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          *piPk = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[2], 0);
+          *peType = RBU_PK_EXTERNAL;
+        }else{
+          *peType = RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID;
+        }
+      }
+      goto rbuTableType_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, 
+    sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab)
+  );
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[3])==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[3],5)>0 ){
+        *peType = RBU_PK_IPK;                /* explicit IPK column */
+        goto rbuTableType_end;
+      }
+    }
+    *peType = RBU_PK_NONE;
+  }
+
+rbuTableType_end: {
+    unsigned int i;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aStmt)/sizeof(aStmt[0]); i++){
+      rbuFinalize(p, aStmt[i]);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a helper function for rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(). It populates
+** the pIter->abIndexed[] array.
+*/
+static void rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pList = 0;
+  int bIndex = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    memcpy(pIter->abIndexed, pIter->abTblPk, sizeof(u8)*pIter->nTblCol);
+    p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pList, &p->zErrmsg,
+        sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl)
+    );
+  }
+
+  pIter->nIndex = 0;
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pList) ){
+    const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pList, 1);
+    sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0;
+    if( zIdx==0 ) break;
+    p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg,
+        sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx)
+    );
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){
+      int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
+      if( iCid>=0 ) pIter->abIndexed[iCid] = 1;
+    }
+    rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo);
+    bIndex = 1;
+    pIter->nIndex++;
+  }
+
+  if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){
+    /* "PRAGMA index_list" includes the main PK b-tree */
+    pIter->nIndex--;
+  }
+
+  rbuFinalize(p, pList);
+  if( bIndex==0 ) pIter->abIndexed = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If they are not already populated, populate the pIter->azTblCol[],
+** pIter->abTblPk[], pIter->nTblCol and pIter->bRowid variables according to
+** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If
+** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in 
+** the RBU handle.
+*/
+static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  if( pIter->azTblCol==0 ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    int nCol = 0;
+    int i;                        /* for() loop iterator variable */
+    int bRbuRowid = 0;            /* If input table has column "rbu_rowid" */
+    int iOrder = 0;
+    int iTnum = 0;
+
+    /* Figure out the type of table this step will deal with. */
+    assert( pIter->eType==0 );
+    rbuTableType(p, pIter->zTbl, &pIter->eType, &iTnum, &pIter->iPkTnum);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NOTABLE ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such table: %s", pIter->zTbl);
+    }
+    if( p->rc ) return p->rc;
+    if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum;
+
+    assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK 
+         || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID
+         || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
+    );
+
+    /* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns
+    ** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with
+    ** "rbu_".  */
+    p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl)
+    );
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+      rbuAllocateIterArrays(p, pIter, nCol);
+    }
+    for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){
+      const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+      if( sqlite3_strnicmp("rbu_", zName, 4) ){
+        char *zCopy = rbuStrndup(zName, &p->rc);
+        pIter->aiSrcOrder[pIter->nTblCol] = pIter->nTblCol;
+        pIter->azTblCol[pIter->nTblCol++] = zCopy;
+      }
+      else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rbu_rowid", zName) ){
+        bRbuRowid = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    pStmt = 0;
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+     && rbuIsVacuum(p)==0
+     && bRbuRowid!=(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE)
+    ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "table %q %s rbu_rowid column", pIter->zDataTbl,
+          (bRbuRowid ? "may not have" : "requires")
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* Check that all non-HIDDEN columns in the destination table are also
+    ** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and
+    ** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time.  */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, 
+          sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl)
+      );
+    }
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
+      if( zName==0 ) break;  /* An OOM - finalize() below returns S_NOMEM */
+      for(i=iOrder; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+        if( 0==strcmp(zName, pIter->azTblCol[i]) ) break;
+      }
+      if( i==pIter->nTblCol ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("column missing from %q: %s",
+            pIter->zDataTbl, zName
+        );
+      }else{
+        int iPk = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5);
+        int bNotNull = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3);
+        const char *zType = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2);
+
+        if( i!=iOrder ){
+          SWAP(int, pIter->aiSrcOrder[i], pIter->aiSrcOrder[iOrder]);
+          SWAP(char*, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[iOrder]);
+        }
+
+        pIter->azTblType[iOrder] = rbuStrndup(zType, &p->rc);
+        pIter->abTblPk[iOrder] = (iPk!=0);
+        pIter->abNotNull[iOrder] = (u8)bNotNull || (iPk!=0);
+        iOrder++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rbuFinalize(p, pStmt);
+    rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(p, pIter);
+    assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->abIndexed==0 );
+    assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->nIndex==0 );
+  }
+
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated 
+** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the 
+** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array.
+*/
+static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist(
+  sqlite3rbu *p,                  /* RBU object */
+  RbuObjIter *pIter               /* Object iterator for column names */
+){
+  char *zList = 0;
+  const char *zSep = "";
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+    const char *z = pIter->azTblCol[i];
+    zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"", zList, zSep, z);
+    zSep = ", ";
+  }
+  return zList;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL 
+** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement 
+** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the 
+** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the 
+** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used 
+** to obtain the required information.
+**
+** If the index is of the following form:
+**
+**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase);
+**
+** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column 
+** "ipk", the returned string is:
+**
+**   "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'"
+**
+** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are 
+** returned via output parameters. As follows:
+**
+**   pzImposterCols: ...
+**   pzImposterPk: ...
+**   pzWhere: ...
+*/
+static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols(
+  sqlite3rbu *p,                  /* RBU object */
+  RbuObjIter *pIter,              /* Object iterator for column names */
+  char **pzImposterCols,          /* OUT: Columns for imposter table */
+  char **pzImposterPk,            /* OUT: Imposter PK clause */
+  char **pzWhere,                 /* OUT: WHERE clause */
+  int *pnBind                     /* OUT: Trbul number of columns */
+){
+  int rc = p->rc;                 /* Error code */
+  int rc2;                        /* sqlite3_finalize() return code */
+  char *zRet = 0;                 /* String to return */
+  char *zImpCols = 0;             /* String to return via *pzImposterCols */
+  char *zImpPK = 0;               /* String to return via *pzImposterPK */
+  char *zWhere = 0;               /* String to return via *pzWhere */
+  int nBind = 0;                  /* Value to return via *pnBind */
+  const char *zCom = "";          /* Set to ", " later on */
+  const char *zAnd = "";          /* Set to " AND " later on */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0;       /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = ? */
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( p->zErrmsg==0 );
+    rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg,
+        sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", pIter->zIdx)
+    );
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){
+    int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
+    int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3);
+    const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4);
+    const char *zCol;
+    const char *zType;
+
+    if( iCid<0 ){
+      /* An integer primary key. If the table has an explicit IPK, use
+      ** its name. Otherwise, use "rbu_rowid".  */
+      if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; pIter->abTblPk[i]==0; i++);
+        assert( i<pIter->nTblCol );
+        zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i];
+      }else if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+        zCol = "_rowid_";
+      }else{
+        zCol = "rbu_rowid";
+      }
+      zType = "INTEGER";
+    }else{
+      zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCid];
+      zType = pIter->azTblType[iCid];
+    }
+
+    zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\" COLLATE %Q", zRet, zCom, zCol, zCollate);
+    if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){
+      const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : "");
+      zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", 
+          zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder
+      );
+    }
+    zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", 
+        zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate
+    );
+    zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" IS ?", zWhere, zAnd, nBind, zCol
+    );
+    if( zRet==0 || zImpPK==0 || zImpCols==0 || zWhere==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    zCom = ", ";
+    zAnd = " AND ";
+    nBind++;
+  }
+
+  rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pXInfo);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zRet);
+    sqlite3_free(zImpCols);
+    sqlite3_free(zImpPK);
+    sqlite3_free(zWhere);
+    zRet = 0;
+    zImpCols = 0;
+    zImpPK = 0;
+    zWhere = 0;
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+
+  *pzImposterCols = zImpCols;
+  *pzImposterPk = zImpPK;
+  *pzWhere = zWhere;
+  *pnBind = nBind;
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assuming the current table columns are "a", "b" and "c", and the zObj
+** paramter is passed "old", return a string of the form:
+**
+**     "old.a, old.b, old.b"
+**
+** With the column names escaped.
+**
+** For tables with implicit rowids - RBU_PK_EXTERNAL and RBU_PK_NONE, append
+** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value.
+*/
+static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist(
+  sqlite3rbu *p, 
+  RbuObjIter *pIter,
+  const char *zObj
+){
+  char *zList = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->abIndexed ){
+    const char *zS = "";
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+      if( pIter->abIndexed[i] ){
+        const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i];
+        zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%s.\"%w\"", zList, zS, zObj, zCol);
+      }else{
+        zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%sNULL", zList, zS);
+      }
+      zS = ", ";
+      if( zList==0 ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* For a table with implicit rowids, append "old._rowid_" to the list. */
+    if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){
+      zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %s._rowid_", zList, zObj);
+    }
+  }
+  return zList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return an expression that can be used in a WHERE clause to match the
+** primary key of the current table. For example, if the table is:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, PRIMARY KEY(b, c));
+**
+** Return the string:
+**
+**   "b = ?1 AND c = ?2"
+*/
+static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere(
+  sqlite3rbu *p, 
+  RbuObjIter *pIter
+){
+  char *zList = 0;
+  if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){
+    zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = ?%d", pIter->nTblCol+1);
+  }else if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){
+    const char *zSep = "";
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+      if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){
+        zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d=?%d", zList, zSep, i, i+1);
+        zSep = " AND ";
+      }
+    }
+    zList = rbuMPrintf(p, 
+        "_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList
+    );
+
+  }else{
+    const char *zSep = "";
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+      if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){
+        const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i];
+        zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, zCol, i+1);
+        zSep = " AND ";
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return zList;
+}
+
+/*
+** The SELECT statement iterating through the keys for the current object
+** (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid row. However, there
+** is something wrong with the rbu_control value in the rbu_control value
+** stored in the (p->nCol+1)'th column. Set the error code and error message
+** of the RBU handle to something reflecting this.
+*/
+static void rbuBadControlError(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid rbu_control value");
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return a nul-terminated string containing the comma separated list of
+** assignments that should be included following the "SET" keyword of
+** an UPDATE statement used to update the table object that the iterator
+** passed as the second argument currently points to if the rbu_control
+** column of the data_xxx table entry is set to zMask.
+**
+** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using
+** sqlite3_free(). 
+**
+** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new
+** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first
+** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred
+** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without
+** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code.
+*/
+static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist(
+  sqlite3rbu *p,
+  RbuObjIter *pIter,
+  const char *zMask
+){
+  char *zList = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+
+    if( (int)strlen(zMask)!=pIter->nTblCol ){
+      rbuBadControlError(p);
+    }else{
+      const char *zSep = "";
+      for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
+        char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]];
+        if( c=='x' ){
+          zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", 
+              zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
+          );
+          zSep = ", ";
+        }
+        else if( c=='d' ){
+          zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", 
+              zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
+          );
+          zSep = ", ";
+        }
+        else if( c=='f' ){
+          zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", 
+              zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
+          );
+          zSep = ", ";
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return zList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a nul-terminated string consisting of nByte comma separated
+** "?" expressions. For example, if nByte is 3, return a pointer to
+** a buffer containing the string "?,?,?".
+**
+** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using
+** sqlite3_free(). 
+**
+** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new
+** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first
+** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred
+** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without
+** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code.
+*/
+static char *rbuObjIterGetBindlist(sqlite3rbu *p, int nBind){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  int nByte = nBind*2 + 1;
+
+  zRet = (char*)rbuMalloc(p, nByte);
+  if( zRet ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nBind; i++){
+      zRet[i*2] = '?';
+      zRet[i*2+1] = (i+1==nBind) ? '\0' : ',';
+    }
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type 
+** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY 
+** declaration for the corresponding imposter table. For example,
+** if the iterator points to a table created as:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, PRIMARY KEY(b, a DESC)) WITHOUT ROWID
+**
+** this function returns:
+**
+**   PRIMARY KEY("b", "a" DESC)
+*/
+static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  char *z = 0;
+  assert( pIter->zIdx==0 );
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY(";
+    sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0;     /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0;     /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = <pk-index> */
+   
+    p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg,
+        sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl)
+    );
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXList) ){
+      const char *zOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,3);
+      if( zOrig && strcmp(zOrig, "pk")==0 ){
+        const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,1);
+        if( zIdx ){
+          p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg,
+              sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx)
+          );
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    rbuFinalize(p, pXList);
+
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){
+      if( sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){
+        /* int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 0); */
+        const char *zCol = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 2);
+        const char *zDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3) ? " DESC" : "";
+        z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"%s", z, zSep, zCol, zDesc);
+        zSep = ", ";
+      }
+    }
+    z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z)", z);
+    rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function creates the second imposter table used when writing to
+** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the
+** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to
+** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a
+** no-op. 
+**
+** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this
+** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2"
+** used to access that PK index. For example, if the target table is
+** declared as follows:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b TEXT, c REAL, PRIMARY KEY(b, c));
+**
+** then the imposter table schema is:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(c1 TEXT, c2 REAL, id INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID;
+**
+*/
+static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){
+    int tnum = pIter->iPkTnum;    /* Root page of PK index */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;     /* SELECT name ... WHERE rootpage = $tnum */
+    const char *zIdx = 0;         /* Name of PK index */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0;     /* PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = $zIdx */
+    const char *zComma = "";
+    char *zCols = 0;              /* Used to build up list of table cols */
+    char *zPk = 0;                /* Used to build up table PK declaration */
+
+    /* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table.
+    ** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set
+    ** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */
+    p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?"
+    );
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pQuery, 1, tnum);
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pQuery) ){
+        zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    if( zIdx ){
+      p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg,
+          sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx)
+      );
+    }
+    rbuFinalize(p, pQuery);
+
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){
+      int bKey = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5);
+      if( bKey ){
+        int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
+        int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3);
+        const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4);
+        zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %s", zCols, zComma, 
+            iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate
+        );
+        zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":"");
+        zComma = ", ";
+      }
+    }
+    zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, id INTEGER", zCols);
+    rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo);
+
+    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum);
+    rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain,
+        "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", 
+        zCols, zPk
+    );
+    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it 
+** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error
+** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code
+** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns
+** zero.
+**
+** The iterator passed as the second argument is guaranteed to point to
+** a table (not an index) when this function is called. This function
+** attempts to create any imposter table required to write to the main
+** table b-tree of the table before returning. Non-zero is returned if
+** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise.
+**
+** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only
+** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the 
+** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). 
+** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, 
+** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY
+** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration.
+*/
+static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ){
+    int tnum = pIter->iTnum;
+    const char *zComma = "";
+    char *zSql = 0;
+    int iCol;
+    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1);
+
+    for(iCol=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<pIter->nTblCol; iCol++){
+      const char *zPk = "";
+      const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCol];
+      const char *zColl = 0;
+
+      p->rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+          p->dbMain, "main", pIter->zTbl, zCol, 0, &zColl, 0, 0, 0
+      );
+
+      if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[iCol] ){
+        /* If the target table column is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", add
+        ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */
+        zPk = "PRIMARY KEY ";
+      }
+      zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %s%s", 
+          zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl,
+          (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "")
+      );
+      zComma = ", ";
+    }
+
+    if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){
+      char *zPk = rbuWithoutRowidPK(p, pIter);
+      if( zPk ){
+        zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %z", zSql, zPk);
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum);
+    rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", 
+        pIter->zTbl, zSql, 
+        (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "")
+    );
+    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a statement used to insert rows into the "rbu_tmp_xxx" table.
+** Specifically a statement of the form:
+**
+**     INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...);
+**
+** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in
+** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more 
+** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or 
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(
+  sqlite3rbu *p, 
+  RbuObjIter *pIter,
+  const char *zCollist,
+  const char *zRbuRowid
+){
+  int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE);
+  char *zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + 1 + bRbuRowid);
+  if( zBind ){
+    assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 );
+    p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
+        p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", 
+          p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind
+    ));
+  }
+}
+
+static void rbuTmpInsertFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nVal,
+  sqlite3_value **apVal
+){
+  sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0
+      || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL 
+      || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE 
+  );
+  if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){
+    p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nVal; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(p->objiter.pTmpInsert, i+1, apVal[i]);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(p->objiter.pTmpInsert);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p->objiter.pTmpInsert);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the 
+** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed 
+** as the second argument are available.
+*/
+static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll(
+  sqlite3rbu *p, 
+  RbuObjIter *pIter,
+  int nOffset                     /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */
+){
+  assert( pIter->bCleanup==0 );
+  if( pIter->pSelect==0 && rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(p, pIter)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const int tnum = pIter->iTnum;
+    char *zCollist = 0;           /* List of indexed columns */
+    char **pz = &p->zErrmsg;
+    const char *zIdx = pIter->zIdx;
+    char *zLimit = 0;
+
+    if( nOffset ){
+      zLimit = sqlite3_mprintf(" LIMIT -1 OFFSET %d", nOffset);
+      if( !zLimit ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    if( zIdx ){
+      const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl;
+      char *zImposterCols = 0;    /* Columns for imposter table */
+      char *zImposterPK = 0;      /* Primary key declaration for imposter */
+      char *zWhere = 0;           /* WHERE clause on PK columns */
+      char *zBind = 0;
+      int nBind = 0;
+
+      assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB );
+      zCollist = rbuObjIterGetIndexCols(
+          p, pIter, &zImposterCols, &zImposterPK, &zWhere, &nBind
+      );
+      zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, nBind);
+
+      /* Create the imposter table used to write to this index. */
+      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1);
+      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1,tnum);
+      rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain,
+          "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"( %s, PRIMARY KEY( %s ) ) WITHOUT ROWID",
+          zTbl, zImposterCols, zImposterPK
+      );
+      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
+
+      /* Create the statement to insert index entries */
+      pIter->nCol = nBind;
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
+            p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
+          sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO \"rbu_imp_%w\" VALUES(%s)", zTbl, zBind)
+        );
+      }
+
+      /* And to delete index entries */
+      if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
+            p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, &p->zErrmsg,
+          sqlite3_mprintf("DELETE FROM \"rbu_imp_%w\" WHERE %s", zTbl, zWhere)
+        );
+      }
+
+      /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys in sorted order */
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        char *zSql;
+        if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+          zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' ORDER BY %s%s",
+              zCollist, 
+              pIter->zDataTbl,
+              zCollist, zLimit
+          );
+        }else
+
+        if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){
+          zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' ORDER BY %s%s",
+              zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl,
+              zCollist, zLimit
+          );
+        }else{
+          zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' "
+              "UNION ALL "
+              "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM '%q' "
+              "WHERE typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 "
+              "ORDER BY %s%s",
+              zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, 
+              zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, 
+              zCollist, zLimit
+          );
+        }
+        p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, zSql);
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(zImposterCols);
+      sqlite3_free(zImposterPK);
+      sqlite3_free(zWhere);
+      sqlite3_free(zBind);
+    }else{
+      int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB)
+                    ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE)
+                    ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p));
+      const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl;       /* Table this step applies to */
+      const char *zWrite;                   /* Imposter table name */
+
+      char *zBindings = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + bRbuRowid);
+      char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter);
+      char *zOldlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "old");
+      char *zNewlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "new");
+
+      zCollist = rbuObjIterGetCollist(p, pIter);
+      pIter->nCol = pIter->nTblCol;
+
+      /* Create the imposter table or tables (if required). */
+      rbuCreateImposterTable(p, pIter);
+      rbuCreateImposterTable2(p, pIter);
+      zWrite = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ? "" : "rbu_imp_");
+
+      /* Create the INSERT statement to write to the target PK b-tree */
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz,
+            sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", 
+              zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings
+            )
+        );
+      }
+
+      /* Create the DELETE statement to write to the target PK b-tree.
+      ** Because it only performs INSERT operations, this is not required for
+      ** an rbu vacuum handle.  */
+      if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, pz,
+            sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "DELETE FROM \"%s%w\" WHERE %s", zWrite, zTbl, zWhere
+            )
+        );
+      }
+
+      if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){
+        const char *zRbuRowid = "";
+        if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){
+          zRbuRowid = ", rbu_rowid";
+        }
+
+        /* Create the rbu_tmp_xxx table and the triggers to populate it. */
+        rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu,
+            "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' AS "
+            "SELECT *%s FROM '%q' WHERE 0;"
+            , p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl
+            , (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ? ", 0 AS rbu_rowid" : "")
+            , pIter->zDataTbl
+        );
+
+        rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain,
+            "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_delete_tr BEFORE DELETE ON \"%s%w\" "
+            "BEGIN "
+            "  SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);"
+            "END;"
+
+            "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update1_tr BEFORE UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" "
+            "BEGIN "
+            "  SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);"
+            "END;"
+
+            "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update2_tr AFTER UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" "
+            "BEGIN "
+            "  SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(4, %s);"
+            "END;",
+            zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist,
+            zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist,
+            zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist
+        );
+
+        if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){
+          rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain,
+              "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_insert_tr AFTER INSERT ON \"%s%w\" "
+              "BEGIN "
+              "  SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(0, %s);"
+              "END;",
+              zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist
+          );
+        }
+
+        rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(p, pIter, zCollist, zRbuRowid);
+      }
+
+      /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys from data_xxx */
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        const char *zRbuRowid = "";
+        if( bRbuRowid ){
+          zRbuRowid = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? ",_rowid_ " : ",rbu_rowid";
+        }
+        p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz,
+            sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s", 
+              zCollist, 
+              (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""),
+              zRbuRowid,
+              pIter->zDataTbl, zLimit
+            )
+        );
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(zWhere);
+      sqlite3_free(zOldlist);
+      sqlite3_free(zNewlist);
+      sqlite3_free(zBindings);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zCollist);
+    sqlite3_free(zLimit);
+  }
+  
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may
+** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the
+** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the 
+** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask.
+** 
+** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this
+** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case.
+*/
+static int rbuGetUpdateStmt(
+  sqlite3rbu *p,                  /* RBU handle */
+  RbuObjIter *pIter,              /* Object iterator */
+  const char *zMask,              /* rbu_control value ('x.x.') */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: UPDATE statement handle */
+){
+  RbuUpdateStmt **pp;
+  RbuUpdateStmt *pUp = 0;
+  int nUp = 0;
+
+  /* In case an error occurs */
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+
+  /* Search for an existing statement. If one is found, shift it to the front
+  ** of the LRU queue and return immediately. Otherwise, leave nUp pointing
+  ** to the number of statements currently in the cache and pUp to the
+  ** last object in the list.  */
+  for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)){
+    pUp = *pp;
+    if( strcmp(pUp->zMask, zMask)==0 ){
+      *pp = pUp->pNext;
+      pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate;
+      pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp;
+      *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; 
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    nUp++;
+  }
+  assert( pUp==0 || pUp->pNext==0 );
+
+  if( nUp>=SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE ){
+    for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp!=pUp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+    *pp = 0;
+    sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate);
+    pUp->pUpdate = 0;
+  }else{
+    pUp = (RbuUpdateStmt*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuUpdateStmt)+pIter->nTblCol+1);
+  }
+
+  if( pUp ){
+    char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter);
+    char *zSet = rbuObjIterGetSetlist(p, pIter, zMask);
+    char *zUpdate = 0;
+
+    pUp->zMask = (char*)&pUp[1];
+    memcpy(pUp->zMask, zMask, pIter->nTblCol);
+    pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate;
+    pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp;
+
+    if( zSet ){
+      const char *zPrefix = "";
+
+      if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_";
+      zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", 
+          zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere
+      );
+      p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
+          p->dbMain, &pUp->pUpdate, &p->zErrmsg, zUpdate
+      );
+      *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zWhere);
+    sqlite3_free(zSet);
+  }
+
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle(
+  sqlite3rbu *p, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int bUseVfs
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+    p->rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zName, &db, flags, bUseVfs ? p->zVfsName : 0);
+    if( p->rc ){
+      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      sqlite3_close(db);
+      db = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an RbuState object allocated by rbuLoadState().
+*/
+static void rbuFreeState(RbuState *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zTbl);
+    sqlite3_free(p->zIdx);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state 
+** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using
+** sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If an error occurs, leave an error code and message in the rbu handle
+** and return NULL.
+*/
+static RbuState *rbuLoadState(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  RbuState *pRet = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  int rc2;
+
+  pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState));
+  if( pRet==0 ) return 0;
+
+  rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, 
+      sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb)
+  );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    switch( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0) ){
+      case RBU_STATE_STAGE:
+        pRet->eStage = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+        if( pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_OAL
+         && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_MOVE
+         && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_CKPT
+        ){
+          p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_TBL:
+        pRet->zTbl = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_IDX:
+        pRet->zIdx = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_ROW:
+        pRet->nRow = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_PROGRESS:
+        pRet->nProgress = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_CKPT:
+        pRet->iWalCksum = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_COOKIE:
+        pRet->iCookie = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_OALSZ:
+        pRet->iOalSz = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+        break;
+
+      case RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP:
+        pRet->nPhaseOneStep = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+
+  p->rc = rc;
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Open the database handle and attach the RBU database as "rbu". If an
+** error occurs, leave an error code and message in the RBU handle.
+*/
+static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){
+  assert( p->rc || (p->dbMain==0 && p->dbRbu==0) );
+  assert( p->rc || rbuIsVacuum(p) || p->zTarget!=0 );
+
+  /* Open the RBU database */
+  p->dbRbu = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, 1);
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+    sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p);
+    if( p->zState==0 ){
+      const char *zFile = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main");
+      p->zState = rbuMPrintf(p, "file://%s-vacuum?modeof=%s", zFile, zFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If using separate RBU and state databases, attach the state database to
+  ** the RBU db handle now.  */
+  if( p->zState ){
+    rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "ATTACH %Q AS stat", p->zState);
+    memcpy(p->zStateDb, "stat", 4);
+  }else{
+    memcpy(p->zStateDb, "main", 4);
+  }
+
+#if 0
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If it has not already been created, create the rbu_state table */
+  rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, RBU_CREATE_STATE, p->zStateDb);
+
+#if 0
+  if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      int bOk = 0;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0;
+      p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg,
+          "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master"
+      );
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK 
+       && sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW
+       && 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0)
+      ){
+        bOk = 1;
+      }
+      rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pCnt);
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2;
+
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database");
+      }
+    
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+    int bOpen = 0;
+    int rc;
+    p->nRbu = 0;
+    p->pRbuFd = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) p->rc = rc;
+    if( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
+      bOpen = 1;
+    }else{
+      RbuState *pState = rbuLoadState(p);
+      if( pState ){
+        bOpen = (pState->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE);
+        rbuFreeState(pState);
+      }
+    }
+    if( bOpen ) p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, p->nRbu<=1);
+  }
+
+  p->eStage = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->dbMain==0 ){
+    if( !rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+      p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zTarget, 1);
+    }else if( p->pRbuFd->pWalFd ){
+      if( pbRetry ){
+        p->pRbuFd->bNolock = 0;
+        sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu);
+        sqlite3_close(p->dbMain);
+        p->dbMain = 0;
+        p->dbRbu = 0;
+        *pbRetry = 1;
+        return;
+      }
+      p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot vacuum wal mode database");
+    }else{
+      char *zTarget;
+      char *zExtra = 0;
+      if( strlen(p->zRbu)>=5 && 0==memcmp("file:", p->zRbu, 5) ){
+        zExtra = &p->zRbu[5];
+        while( *zExtra ){
+          if( *zExtra++=='?' ) break;
+        }
+        if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0;
+      }
+
+      zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vacuum?rbu_memory=1%s%s", 
+          sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"),
+          (zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra)
+      );
+
+      if( zTarget==0 ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        return;
+      }
+      p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, zTarget, p->nRbu<=1);
+      sqlite3_free(zTarget);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, 
+        "rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, 
+        "rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, 
+        "rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p);
+  }
+  rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master");
+
+  /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If 
+  ** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use.
+  ** This is an error.  */
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p);
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu vfs not found");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a copy of the sqlite3FileSuffix3() routine from the core.
+** It is a no-op unless SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is defined.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
+** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
+** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
+** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
+** characters of the original suffix.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
+** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
+**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
+**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
+**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
+*/
+static void rbuFileSuffix3(const char *zBase, char *z){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBase, "8_3_names", 0) )
+#endif
+  {
+    int i, sz;
+    sz = (int)strlen(z)&0xffffff;
+    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
+    if( z[i]=='.' && sz>i+4 ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database 
+** as a 64-bit integer.
+**
+** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte 
+** blob starting at byte offset 40.
+*/
+static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  i64 iRet = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+    u32 volatile *ptr;
+    p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xShmMap(pDb, 0, 32*1024, 0, (void volatile**)&ptr);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      iRet = ((i64)ptr[10] << 32) + ptr[11];
+    }
+  }
+  return iRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an
+** incremental checkpoint. 
+**
+** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of 
+** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the 
+** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely 
+** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system.
+**
+** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is
+** being resumed. In this case, if the checksum of the wal-index-header
+** following recovery is not the same as the checksum saved in the RbuState
+** object, then the rbu handle is set to DONE state. This occurs if some
+** other client appends a transaction to the wal file in the middle of
+** an incremental checkpoint.
+*/
+static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){
+
+  /* If pState is NULL, then the wal file may not have been opened and
+  ** recovered. Running a read-statement here to ensure that doing so
+  ** does not interfere with the "capture" process below.  */
+  if( pState==0 ){
+    p->eStage = 0;
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Assuming no error has occurred, run a "restart" checkpoint with the
+  ** sqlite3rbu.eStage variable set to CAPTURE. This turns on the following
+  ** special behaviour in the rbu VFS:
+  **
+  **   * If the exclusive shm WRITER or READ0 lock cannot be obtained,
+  **     the checkpoint fails with SQLITE_BUSY (normally SQLite would
+  **     proceed with running a passive checkpoint instead of failing).
+  **
+  **   * Attempts to read from the *-wal file or write to the database file
+  **     do not perform any IO. Instead, the frame/page combinations that
+  **     would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[]
+  **     array.
+  **
+  **   * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, 
+  **     READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are
+  **     no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection
+  **     is closed.
+  **
+  **   * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL 
+  **     error.
+  **
+  ** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the
+  ** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[]
+  ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the 
+  ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy 
+  ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the 
+  ** contents of aFrame[].
+  */
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE;
+    rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.wal_checkpoint=restart", 0, 0,0);
+    if( rc2!=SQLITE_INTERNAL ) p->rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->nFrame>0 ){
+    p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT;
+    p->nStep = (pState ? pState->nRow : 0);
+    p->aBuf = rbuMalloc(p, p->pgsz);
+    p->iWalCksum = rbuShmChecksum(p);
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->nFrame==0 || (pState && pState->iWalCksum!=p->iWalCksum) ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
+    }else{
+      int nSectorSize;
+      sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+      sqlite3_file *pWal = p->pTargetFd->pWalFd->pReal;
+      assert( p->nPagePerSector==0 );
+      nSectorSize = pDb->pMethods->xSectorSize(pDb);
+      if( nSectorSize>p->pgsz ){
+        p->nPagePerSector = nSectorSize / p->pgsz;
+      }else{
+        p->nPagePerSector = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the 
+      ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in 
+      ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in 
+      ** rbuMoveOalFile(). */
+      p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when iAmt bytes are read from offset iOff of the wal file while
+** the rbu object is in capture mode. Record the frame number of the frame
+** being read in the aFrame[] array.
+*/
+static int rbuCaptureWalRead(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff, int iAmt){
+  const u32 mReq = (1<<WAL_LOCK_WRITE)|(1<<WAL_LOCK_CKPT)|(1<<WAL_LOCK_READ0);
+  u32 iFrame;
+
+  if( pRbu->mLock!=mReq ){
+    pRbu->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    return SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  }
+
+  pRbu->pgsz = iAmt;
+  if( pRbu->nFrame==pRbu->nFrameAlloc ){
+    int nNew = (pRbu->nFrameAlloc ? pRbu->nFrameAlloc : 64) * 2;
+    RbuFrame *aNew;
+    aNew = (RbuFrame*)sqlite3_realloc64(pRbu->aFrame, nNew * sizeof(RbuFrame));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pRbu->aFrame = aNew;
+    pRbu->nFrameAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+
+  iFrame = (u32)((iOff-32) / (i64)(iAmt+24)) + 1;
+  if( pRbu->iMaxFrame<iFrame ) pRbu->iMaxFrame = iFrame;
+  pRbu->aFrame[pRbu->nFrame].iWalFrame = iFrame;
+  pRbu->aFrame[pRbu->nFrame].iDbPage = 0;
+  pRbu->nFrame++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database
+** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number 
+** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array.
+*/
+static int rbuCaptureDbWrite(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff){
+  pRbu->aFrame[pRbu->nFrame-1].iDbPage = (u32)(iOff / pRbu->pgsz) + 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called as part of an incremental checkpoint operation. Copy
+** a single frame of data from the wal file into the database file, as
+** indicated by the RbuFrame object.
+*/
+static void rbuCheckpointFrame(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuFrame *pFrame){
+  sqlite3_file *pWal = p->pTargetFd->pWalFd->pReal;
+  sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+  i64 iOff;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  iOff = (i64)(pFrame->iWalFrame-1) * (p->pgsz + 24) + 32 + 24;
+  p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xRead(pWal, p->aBuf, p->pgsz, iOff);
+  if( p->rc ) return;
+
+  iOff = (i64)(pFrame->iDbPage-1) * p->pgsz;
+  p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xWrite(pDb, p->aBuf, p->pgsz, iOff);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+*/
+static void rbuLockDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  sqlite3_file *pReal = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  p->rc = pReal->pMethods->xLock(pReal, SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = pReal->pMethods->xLock(pReal, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+static LPWSTR rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nChar;
+  LPWSTR zWideFilename;
+
+  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zWideFilename = sqlite3_malloc64( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  memset(zWideFilename, 0, nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]));
+  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
+                                nChar);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
+    zWideFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zWideFilename;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The RBU handle is currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL state, with a SHARED lock
+** on the database file. This proc moves the *-oal file to the *-wal path,
+** then reopens the database file (this time in vanilla, non-oal, WAL mode).
+** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu 
+** handle.
+*/
+static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  const char *zBase = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbMain, "main");
+  const char *zMove = zBase;
+  char *zOal;
+  char *zWal;
+
+  if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+    zMove = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main");
+  }
+  zOal = sqlite3_mprintf("%s-oal", zMove);
+  zWal = sqlite3_mprintf("%s-wal", zMove);
+
+  assert( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zErrmsg==0 );
+  if( zWal==0 || zOal==0 ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    /* Move the *-oal file to *-wal. At this point connection p->db is
+    ** holding a SHARED lock on the target database file (because it is
+    ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db. 
+    **
+    ** In order to ensure that there are no database readers, an EXCLUSIVE
+    ** lock is obtained here before the *-oal is moved to *-wal.
+    */
+    rbuLockDatabase(p);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rbuFileSuffix3(zBase, zWal);
+      rbuFileSuffix3(zBase, zOal);
+
+      /* Re-open the databases. */
+      rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter);
+      sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu);
+      sqlite3_close(p->dbMain);
+      p->dbMain = 0;
+      p->dbRbu = 0;
+
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+      {
+        LPWSTR zWideOal;
+        LPWSTR zWideWal;
+
+        zWideOal = rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(zOal);
+        if( zWideOal ){
+          zWideWal = rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(zWal);
+          if( zWideWal ){
+            if( MoveFileW(zWideOal, zWideWal) ){
+              p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+            }else{
+              p->rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+            }
+            sqlite3_free(zWideWal);
+          }else{
+            p->rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+          }
+          sqlite3_free(zWideOal);
+        }else{
+          p->rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+        }
+      }
+#else
+      p->rc = rename(zOal, zWal) ? SQLITE_IOERR : SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rbuOpenDatabase(p, 0);
+        rbuSetupCheckpoint(p, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zWal);
+  sqlite3_free(zOal);
+}
+
+/*
+** The SELECT statement iterating through the keys for the current object
+** (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid row. This function
+** determines the type of operation requested by this row and returns
+** one of the following values to indicate the result:
+**
+**     * RBU_INSERT
+**     * RBU_DELETE
+**     * RBU_IDX_DELETE
+**     * RBU_UPDATE
+**
+** If RBU_UPDATE is returned, then output variable *pzMask is set to
+** point to the text value indicating the columns to update.
+**
+** If the rbu_control field contains an invalid value, an error code and
+** message are left in the RBU handle and zero returned.
+*/
+static int rbuStepType(sqlite3rbu *p, const char **pzMask){
+  int iCol = p->objiter.nCol;     /* Index of rbu_control column */
+  int res = 0;                    /* Return value */
+
+  switch( sqlite3_column_type(p->objiter.pSelect, iCol) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      int iVal = sqlite3_column_int(p->objiter.pSelect, iCol);
+      switch( iVal ){
+        case 0: res = RBU_INSERT;     break;
+        case 1: res = RBU_DELETE;     break;
+        case 2: res = RBU_REPLACE;    break;
+        case 3: res = RBU_IDX_DELETE; break;
+        case 4: res = RBU_IDX_INSERT; break;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_column_text(p->objiter.pSelect, iCol);
+      if( z==0 ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        *pzMask = (const char*)z;
+      }
+      res = RBU_UPDATE;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if( res==0 ){
+    rbuBadControlError(p);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Assert that column iCol of statement pStmt is named zName.
+*/
+static void assertColumnName(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int iCol, const char *zName){
+  const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol);
+  assert( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zName, zCol) );
+}
+#else
+# define assertColumnName(x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Argument eType must be one of RBU_INSERT, RBU_DELETE, RBU_IDX_INSERT or
+** RBU_IDX_DELETE. This function performs the work of a single
+** sqlite3rbu_step() call for the type of operation specified by eType.
+*/
+static void rbuStepOneOp(sqlite3rbu *p, int eType){
+  RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriter;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( eType!=RBU_DELETE || pIter->zIdx==0 );
+  assert( eType==RBU_DELETE || eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE
+       || eType==RBU_INSERT || eType==RBU_IDX_INSERT
+  );
+
+  /* If this is a delete, decrement nPhaseOneStep by nIndex. If the DELETE
+  ** statement below does actually delete a row, nPhaseOneStep will be
+  ** incremented by the same amount when SQL function rbu_tmp_insert()
+  ** is invoked by the trigger.  */
+  if( eType==RBU_DELETE ){
+    p->nPhaseOneStep -= p->objiter.nIndex;
+  }
+
+  if( eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE || eType==RBU_DELETE ){
+    pWriter = pIter->pDelete;
+  }else{
+    pWriter = pIter->pInsert;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nCol; i++){
+    /* If this is an INSERT into a table b-tree and the table has an
+    ** explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, check that this is not an attempt
+    ** to write a NULL into the IPK column. That is not permitted.  */
+    if( eType==RBU_INSERT 
+     && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i] 
+     && sqlite3_column_type(pIter->pSelect, i)==SQLITE_NULL
+    ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("datatype mismatch");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if( eType==RBU_DELETE && pIter->abTblPk[i]==0 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, i);
+    p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pWriter, i+1, pVal);
+    if( p->rc ) return;
+  }
+  if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
+    if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB 
+     || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE 
+     || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)) 
+    ){
+      /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the 
+      ** SELECT statement is:
+      **
+      **   SELECT <cols>, rbu_control, rbu_rowid FROM ....
+      **
+      ** Hence column_value(pIter->nCol+1).
+      */
+      assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, 
+          rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "rowid" : "rbu_rowid"
+      );
+      pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1);
+      p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pWriter, pIter->nCol+1, pVal);
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pWriter);
+    p->rc = resetAndCollectError(pWriter, &p->zErrmsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for an sqlite3rbu_step() call.
+**
+** The object-iterator (p->objiter) currently points to a valid object,
+** and the input cursor (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid
+** input row. Perform whatever processing is required and return.
+**
+** If no  error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error code
+** and message is left in the RBU handle and a copy of the error code
+** returned.
+*/
+static int rbuStep(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
+  const char *zMask = 0;
+  int eType = rbuStepType(p, &zMask);
+
+  if( eType ){
+    assert( eType==RBU_INSERT     || eType==RBU_DELETE
+         || eType==RBU_REPLACE    || eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE
+         || eType==RBU_IDX_INSERT || eType==RBU_UPDATE
+    );
+    assert( eType!=RBU_UPDATE || pIter->zIdx==0 );
+
+    if( pIter->zIdx==0 && (eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE || eType==RBU_IDX_INSERT) ){
+      rbuBadControlError(p);
+    }
+    else if( eType==RBU_REPLACE ){
+      if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
+        p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex;
+        rbuStepOneOp(p, RBU_DELETE);
+      }
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) rbuStepOneOp(p, RBU_INSERT);
+    }
+    else if( eType!=RBU_UPDATE ){
+      rbuStepOneOp(p, eType);
+    }
+    else{
+      sqlite3_value *pVal;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0;
+      assert( eType==RBU_UPDATE );
+      p->nPhaseOneStep -= p->objiter.nIndex;
+      rbuGetUpdateStmt(p, pIter, zMask, &pUpdate);
+      if( pUpdate ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pIter->nCol; i++){
+          char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]];
+          pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, i);
+          if( pIter->abTblPk[i] || c!='.' ){
+            p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, i+1, pVal);
+          }
+        }
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK 
+         && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) 
+        ){
+          /* Bind the rbu_rowid value to column _rowid_ */
+          assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, "rbu_rowid");
+          pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1);
+          p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, pIter->nCol+1, pVal);
+        }
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_step(pUpdate);
+          p->rc = resetAndCollectError(pUpdate, &p->zErrmsg);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the schema cookie of the main database opened by p->dbMain.
+**
+** Or, if this is an RBU vacuum, set the schema cookie of the main db
+** opened by p->dbMain to one more than the schema cookie of the main
+** db opened by p->dbRbu.
+*/
+static void rbuIncrSchemaCookie(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3 *dbread = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->dbRbu : p->dbMain);
+    int iCookie = 1000000;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+    p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        "PRAGMA schema_version"
+    );
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Coverage: it may be that this sqlite3_step() cannot fail. There
+      ** is already a transaction open, so the prepared statement cannot
+      ** throw an SQLITE_SCHEMA exception. The only database page the
+      ** statement reads is page 1, which is guaranteed to be in the cache.
+      ** And no memory allocations are required.  */
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        iCookie = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rbuFinalize(p, pStmt);
+    }
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "PRAGMA schema_version = %d", iCookie+1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the contents of the rbu_state table within the rbu database. The
+** value stored in the RBU_STATE_STAGE column is eStage. All other values
+** are determined by inspecting the rbu handle passed as the first argument.
+*/
+static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
+    rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd);
+    int rc;
+
+    assert( p->zErrmsg==0 );
+    rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %s.rbu_state(k, v) VALUES "
+          "(%d, %d), "
+          "(%d, %Q), "
+          "(%d, %Q), "
+          "(%d, %d), "
+          "(%d, %d), "
+          "(%d, %lld), "
+          "(%d, %lld), "
+          "(%d, %lld), "
+          "(%d, %lld) ",
+          p->zStateDb,
+          RBU_STATE_STAGE, eStage,
+          RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl, 
+          RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx, 
+          RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep, 
+          RBU_STATE_PROGRESS, p->nProgress,
+          RBU_STATE_CKPT, p->iWalCksum,
+          RBU_STATE_COOKIE, (i64)pFd->iCookie,
+          RBU_STATE_OALSZ, p->iOalSz,
+          RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP, p->nPhaseOneStep
+      )
+    );
+    assert( pInsert==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_step(pInsert);
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pInsert);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA 
+** setting - "page_size", "auto_vacuum", "user_version" or "application_id".
+** This function executes the following on sqlite3rbu.dbRbu:
+**
+**   "PRAGMA main.$zPragma"
+**
+** where $zPragma is the string passed as the second argument, then
+** on sqlite3rbu.dbMain:
+**
+**   "PRAGMA main.$zPragma = $val"
+**
+** where $val is the value returned by the first PRAGMA invocation.
+**
+** In short, it copies the value  of the specified PRAGMA setting from
+** dbRbu to dbMain.
+*/
+static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pPragma = 0;
+    p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.%s", zPragma)
+    );
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pPragma) ){
+      p->rc = rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.%s = %d",
+          zPragma, sqlite3_column_int(pPragma, 0)
+      );
+    }
+    rbuFinalize(p, pPragma);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and 
+** the state database is empty. If this RBU handle was opened for an
+** RBU vacuum operation, create the schema in the target db.
+*/
+static void rbuCreateTargetSchema(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSql = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
+
+  assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) );
+  p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=1", 0,0, &p->zErrmsg);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, 
+      "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0"
+      " AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
+      " ORDER BY type DESC"
+    );
+  }
+
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pSql)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 0);
+    p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, zSql, 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+  }
+  rbuFinalize(p, pSql);
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL" 
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, 
+        "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)"
+    );
+  }
+
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pSql)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<5; i++){
+      sqlite3_bind_value(pInsert, i+1, sqlite3_column_value(pSql, i));
+    }
+    sqlite3_step(pInsert);
+    p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pInsert);
+  }
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=0",0,0,&p->zErrmsg);
+  }
+
+  rbuFinalize(p, pSql);
+  rbuFinalize(p, pInsert);
+}
+
+/*
+** Step the RBU object.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  if( p ){
+    switch( p->eStage ){
+      case RBU_STAGE_OAL: {
+        RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
+
+        /* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and the state table was empty
+        ** when this handle was opened, create the target database schema. */
+        if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->nProgress==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rbuCreateTargetSchema(p);
+          rbuCopyPragma(p, "user_version");
+          rbuCopyPragma(p, "application_id");
+        }
+
+        while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl ){
+
+          if( pIter->bCleanup ){
+            /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It 
+            ** cannot be dropped as there are currently active SQL statements.
+            ** But the contents can be deleted.  */
+            if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){
+              rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, 
+                  "DELETE FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl
+              );
+            }
+          }else{
+            rbuObjIterPrepareAll(p, pIter, 0);
+
+            /* Advance to the next row to process. */
+            if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              int rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pSelect);
+              if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+                p->nProgress++;
+                p->nStep++;
+                return rbuStep(p);
+              }
+              p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIter->pSelect);
+              p->nStep = 0;
+            }
+          }
+
+          rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter);
+        }
+
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          assert( pIter->zTbl==0 );
+          rbuSaveState(p, RBU_STAGE_MOVE);
+          rbuIncrSchemaCookie(p);
+          if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+          }
+          if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+          }
+          p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_MOVE;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case RBU_STAGE_MOVE: {
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rbuMoveOalFile(p);
+          p->nProgress++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case RBU_STAGE_CKPT: {
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( p->nStep>=p->nFrame ){
+            sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+  
+            /* Sync the db file */
+            p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+  
+            /* Update nBackfill */
+            if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              void volatile *ptr;
+              p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xShmMap(pDb, 0, 32*1024, 0, &ptr);
+              if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+                ((u32 volatile*)ptr)[24] = p->iMaxFrame;
+              }
+            }
+  
+            if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
+              p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+            }
+          }else{
+            /* At one point the following block copied a single frame from the
+            ** wal file to the database file. So that one call to sqlite3rbu_step()
+            ** checkpointed a single frame. 
+            **
+            ** However, if the sector-size is larger than the page-size, and the
+            ** application calls sqlite3rbu_savestate() or close() immediately
+            ** after this step, then rbu_step() again, then a power failure occurs,
+            ** then the database page written here may be damaged. Work around
+            ** this by checkpointing frames until the next page in the aFrame[]
+            ** lies on a different disk sector to the current one. */
+            u32 iSector;
+            do{
+              RbuFrame *pFrame = &p->aFrame[p->nStep];
+              iSector = (pFrame->iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector;
+              rbuCheckpointFrame(p, pFrame);
+              p->nStep++;
+            }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame 
+                 && iSector==((p->aFrame[p->nStep].iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector)
+                 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+            );
+          }
+          p->nProgress++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return p->rc;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare strings z1 and z2, returning 0 if they are identical, or non-zero
+** otherwise. Either or both argument may be NULL. Two NULL values are
+** considered equal, and NULL is considered distinct from all other values.
+*/
+static int rbuStrCompare(const char *z1, const char *z2){
+  if( z1==0 && z2==0 ) return 0;
+  if( z1==0 || z2==0 ) return 1;
+  return (sqlite3_stricmp(z1, z2)!=0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of sqlite3rbu_open() when initializing
+** an rbu handle in OAL stage. If the rbu update has not started (i.e.
+** the rbu_state table was empty) it is a no-op. Otherwise, it arranges
+** things so that the next call to sqlite3rbu_step() continues on from
+** where the previous rbu handle left off.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code and error message are left in the
+** rbu handle passed as the first argument.
+*/
+static void rbuSetupOal(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pState->zTbl ){
+    RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup 
+       || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zIdx, pState->zIdx)
+       || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl) 
+    )){
+      rc = rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pIter->zTbl ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu_state mismatch error");
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->nStep = pState->nRow;
+      rc = rbuObjIterPrepareAll(p, &p->objiter, p->nStep);
+    }
+
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If there is a "*-oal" file in the file-system corresponding to the
+** target database in the file-system, delete it. If an error occurs,
+** leave an error code and error message in the rbu handle.
+*/
+static void rbuDeleteOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  char *zOal = rbuMPrintf(p, "%s-oal", p->zTarget);
+  if( zOal ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+    assert( pVfs && p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zErrmsg==0 );
+    pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zOal, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zOal);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a private rbu VFS for the rbu handle passed as the only
+** argument. This VFS will be used unless the call to sqlite3rbu_open()
+** specified a URI with a vfs=? option in place of a target database
+** file name.
+*/
+static void rbuCreateVfs(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  int rnd;
+  char zRnd[64];
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(int), (void*)&rnd);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zRnd), zRnd, "rbu_vfs_%d", rnd);
+  p->rc = sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(zRnd, 0);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zRnd);
+    assert( pVfs );
+    p->zVfsName = pVfs->zName;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy the private VFS created for the rbu handle passed as the only
+** argument by an earlier call to rbuCreateVfs().
+*/
+static void rbuDeleteVfs(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  if( p->zVfsName ){
+    sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(p->zVfsName);
+    p->zVfsName = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This user-defined SQL function is invoked with a single argument - the
+** name of a table expected to appear in the target database. It returns
+** the number of auxilliary indexes on the table.
+*/
+static void rbuIndexCntFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nVal,
+  sqlite3_value **apVal
+){
+  sqlite3rbu *p = (sqlite3rbu*)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char *zErrmsg = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  
+  rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &zErrmsg, 
+      sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = %Q", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]))
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErrmsg, -1);
+  }else{
+    int nIndex = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      nIndex = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, nIndex);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, sqlite3_errmsg(p->dbMain), -1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the RBU database contains the rbu_count table, use it to initialize
+** the sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep variable. The schema of the rbu_count table
+** is assumed to contain the same columns as:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID;
+**
+** There should be one row in the table for each data_xxx table in the
+** database. The 'tbl' column should contain the name of a data_xxx table,
+** and the cnt column the number of rows it contains.
+**
+** sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of (1 + nIndex) * cnt
+** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of 
+** indexes on the corresponding target database table.
+*/
+static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    int bExists = 0;                /* True if rbu_count exists */
+
+    p->nPhaseOneStep = -1;
+
+    p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, 
+        "rbu_index_cnt", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuIndexCntFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  
+    /* Check for the rbu_count table. If it does not exist, or if an error
+    ** occurs, nPhaseOneStep will be left set to -1. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+          "SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name = 'rbu_count'"
+      );
+    }
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        bExists = 1;
+      }
+      p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    }
+  
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
+      p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+          "SELECT sum(cnt * (1 + rbu_index_cnt(rbu_target_name(tbl))))"
+          "FROM rbu_count"
+      );
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+          p->nPhaseOneStep = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+        }
+        p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle(
+  const char *zTarget, 
+  const char *zRbu,
+  const char *zState
+){
+  sqlite3rbu *p;
+  size_t nTarget = zTarget ? strlen(zTarget) : 0;
+  size_t nRbu = strlen(zRbu);
+  size_t nByte = sizeof(sqlite3rbu) + nTarget+1 + nRbu+1;
+
+  p = (sqlite3rbu*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
+  if( p ){
+    RbuState *pState = 0;
+
+    /* Create the custom VFS. */
+    memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3rbu));
+    rbuCreateVfs(p);
+
+    /* Open the target, RBU and state databases */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      char *pCsr = (char*)&p[1];
+      int bRetry = 0;
+      if( zTarget ){
+        p->zTarget = pCsr;
+        memcpy(p->zTarget, zTarget, nTarget+1);
+        pCsr += nTarget+1;
+      }
+      p->zRbu = pCsr;
+      memcpy(p->zRbu, zRbu, nRbu+1);
+      pCsr += nRbu+1;
+      if( zState ){
+        p->zState = rbuMPrintf(p, "%s", zState);
+      }
+
+      /* If the first attempt to open the database file fails and the bRetry
+      ** flag it set, this means that the db was not opened because it seemed
+      ** to be a wal-mode db. But, this may have happened due to an earlier
+      ** RBU vacuum operation leaving an old wal file in the directory.
+      ** If this is the case, it will have been checkpointed and deleted
+      ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the 
+      ** database may succeed.  */
+      rbuOpenDatabase(p, &bRetry);
+      if( bRetry ){
+        rbuOpenDatabase(p, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pState = rbuLoadState(p);
+      assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+        if( pState->eStage==0 ){ 
+          rbuDeleteOalFile(p);
+          rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(p);
+          p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_OAL;
+        }else{
+          p->eStage = pState->eStage;
+          p->nPhaseOneStep = pState->nPhaseOneStep;
+        }
+        p->nProgress = pState->nProgress;
+        p->iOalSz = pState->iOalSz;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->eStage!=0 );
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->pTargetFd->pWalFd ){
+      if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot update wal mode database");
+      }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
+        p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT;
+        p->nStep = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK 
+     && (p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE)
+     && pState->eStage!=0
+    ){
+      rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd);
+      if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){   
+        /* At this point (pTargetFd->iCookie) contains the value of the
+        ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a 
+        ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on 
+        ** page 1 of the database file. */
+        p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database modified during rbu %s",
+            (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "vacuum" : "update")
+        );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+        sqlite3 *db = p->dbMain;
+        p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+
+        /* Point the object iterator at the first object */
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->rc = rbuObjIterFirst(p, &p->objiter);
+        }
+
+        /* If the RBU database contains no data_xxx tables, declare the RBU
+        ** update finished.  */
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->objiter.zTbl==0 ){
+          p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+          p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
+        }else{
+          if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pState->eStage==0 && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
+            rbuCopyPragma(p, "page_size");
+            rbuCopyPragma(p, "auto_vacuum");
+          }
+
+          /* Open transactions both databases. The *-oal file is opened or
+          ** created at this point. */
+          if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "BEGIN IMMEDIATE", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+          }
+
+          /* Check if the main database is a zipvfs db. If it is, set the upper
+          ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from 
+          ** generating a large journal using a temp file.  */
+          if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int frc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, 0);
+            if( frc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              p->rc = sqlite3_exec(
+                db, "PRAGMA journal_mode=off",0,0,&p->zErrmsg);
+            }
+          }
+
+          if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rbuSetupOal(p, pState);
+          }
+        }
+      }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
+        /* no-op */
+      }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT ){
+        rbuSetupCheckpoint(p, pState);
+      }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_DONE ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else{
+        p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rbuFreeState(pState);
+  }
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return an RBU handle with all fields zeroed except for the
+** error code, which is set to SQLITE_MISUSE.
+*/
+static sqlite3rbu *rbuMisuseError(void){
+  sqlite3rbu *pRet;
+  pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(sqlite3rbu));
+  if( pRet ){
+    memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(sqlite3rbu));
+    pRet->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open and return a new RBU handle. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open(
+  const char *zTarget, 
+  const char *zRbu,
+  const char *zState
+){
+  if( zTarget==0 || zRbu==0 ){ return rbuMisuseError(); }
+  /* TODO: Check that zTarget and zRbu are non-NULL */
+  return openRbuHandle(zTarget, zRbu, zState);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a handle to begin or resume an RBU VACUUM operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum(
+  const char *zTarget, 
+  const char *zState
+){
+  if( zTarget==0 ){ return rbuMisuseError(); }
+  /* TODO: Check that both arguments are non-NULL */
+  return openRbuHandle(0, zTarget, zState);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database handle used by pRbu.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, int bRbu){
+  sqlite3 *db = 0;
+  if( pRbu ){
+    db = (bRbu ? pRbu->dbRbu : pRbu->dbMain);
+  }
+  return db;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the error code currently stored in the RBU handle is SQLITE_CONSTRAINT,
+** then edit any error message string so as to remove all occurrences of
+** the pattern "rbu_imp_[0-9]*".
+*/
+static void rbuEditErrmsg(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zErrmsg ){
+    unsigned int i;
+    size_t nErrmsg = strlen(p->zErrmsg);
+    for(i=0; i<(nErrmsg-8); i++){
+      if( memcmp(&p->zErrmsg[i], "rbu_imp_", 8)==0 ){
+        int nDel = 8;
+        while( p->zErrmsg[i+nDel]>='0' && p->zErrmsg[i+nDel]<='9' ) nDel++;
+        memmove(&p->zErrmsg[i], &p->zErrmsg[i+nDel], nErrmsg + 1 - i - nDel);
+        nErrmsg -= nDel;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the RBU handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *p, char **pzErrmsg){
+  int rc;
+  if( p ){
+
+    /* Commit the transaction to the *-oal file. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+      p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the db file if currently doing an incremental checkpoint */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT ){
+      sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+      p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+    }
+
+    rbuSaveState(p, p->eStage);
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+      p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg);
+    }
+
+    /* Close any open statement handles. */
+    rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter);
+
+    /* If this is an RBU vacuum handle and the vacuum has either finished
+    ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the 
+    ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() 
+    ** specifying the current target and state databases to start a new
+    ** vacuum from scratch.  */
+    if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->dbRbu ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "DELETE FROM stat.rbu_state", 0, 0, 0);
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_DONE && rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2;
+    }
+
+    /* Close the open database handle and VFS object. */
+    sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu);
+    sqlite3_close(p->dbMain);
+    rbuDeleteVfs(p);
+    sqlite3_free(p->aBuf);
+    sqlite3_free(p->aFrame);
+
+    rbuEditErrmsg(p);
+    rc = p->rc;
+    *pzErrmsg = p->zErrmsg;
+    sqlite3_free(p->zState);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    *pzErrmsg = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or 
+** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the
+** current RBU update was started.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu){
+  return pRbu->nProgress;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return permyriadage progress indications for the two main stages of
+** an RBU update.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_bp_progress(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pnOne, int *pnTwo){
+  const int MAX_PROGRESS = 10000;
+  switch( p->eStage ){
+    case RBU_STAGE_OAL:
+      if( p->nPhaseOneStep>0 ){
+        *pnOne = (int)(MAX_PROGRESS * (i64)p->nProgress/(i64)p->nPhaseOneStep);
+      }else{
+        *pnOne = -1;
+      }
+      *pnTwo = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case RBU_STAGE_MOVE:
+      *pnOne = MAX_PROGRESS;
+      *pnTwo = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case RBU_STAGE_CKPT:
+      *pnOne = MAX_PROGRESS;
+      *pnTwo = (int)(MAX_PROGRESS * (i64)p->nStep / (i64)p->nFrame);
+      break;
+
+    case RBU_STAGE_DONE:
+      *pnOne = MAX_PROGRESS;
+      *pnTwo = MAX_PROGRESS;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert( 0 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current state of the RBU vacuum or update operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  int aRes[] = {
+    0, SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL, SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE,
+    0, SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT, SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE
+  };
+
+  assert( RBU_STAGE_OAL==1 );
+  assert( RBU_STAGE_MOVE==2 );
+  assert( RBU_STAGE_CKPT==4 );
+  assert( RBU_STAGE_DONE==5 );
+  assert( aRes[RBU_STAGE_OAL]==SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL );
+  assert( aRes[RBU_STAGE_MOVE]==SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE );
+  assert( aRes[RBU_STAGE_CKPT]==SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT );
+  assert( aRes[RBU_STAGE_DONE]==SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE );
+
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+    return SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_DONE );
+    assert( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
+         || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE
+         || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT
+         || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_DONE
+    );
+    return aRes[p->eStage];
+  }
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_OAL && p->eStage<=RBU_STAGE_DONE );
+  if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Sync the db file */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT ){
+    sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
+    rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+  }
+
+  p->rc = rc;
+  rbuSaveState(p, p->eStage);
+  rc = p->rc;
+
+  if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN IMMEDIATE", 0, 0, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "BEGIN IMMEDIATE", 0, 0,0);
+  }
+
+  p->rc = rc;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Beginning of RBU VFS shim methods. The VFS shim modifies the behaviour
+** of a standard VFS in the following ways:
+**
+** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or 
+**    written, the value of the change-counter cookie is stored in
+**    rbu_file.iCookie. Similarly, the value of the "write-version"
+**    database header field is stored in rbu_file.iWriteVer. This ensures
+**    that the values are always trustworthy within an open transaction.
+**
+** 2. Whenever an SQLITE_OPEN_WAL file is opened, the (rbu_file.pWalFd)
+**    member variable of the associated database file descriptor is set
+**    to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main 
+**    db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at 
+**    rbu_vfs.pMain to facilitate this.
+**
+** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file 
+**    object can be marked as the target database of an RBU update. This
+**    turns on the following extra special behaviour:
+**
+** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file 
+**     associated with an RBU target database currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL
+**     stage (preparing the *-oal file), the following special handling
+**     applies:
+**
+**      * if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. An RBU
+**        target database may not be in wal mode already.
+**
+**      * if the *-wal file does not exist, set the output parameter to
+**        non-zero (to tell SQLite that it does exist) anyway.
+**
+**     Then, when xOpen() is called to open the *-wal file associated with
+**     the RBU target in RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, instead of opening the *-wal
+**     file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead. 
+**
+** 3b. The *-shm pages returned by xShmMap() for a target db file in
+**     RBU_STAGE_OAL mode are actually stored in heap memory. This is to
+**     avoid creating a *-shm file on disk. Additionally, xShmLock() calls
+**     are no-ops on target database files in RBU_STAGE_OAL mode. This is
+**     because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if 
+**     xShmLock() is called before xShmMap().
+**
+** 3c. If an EXCLUSIVE lock is attempted on a target database file in any
+**     mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it 
+**     fails with an SQLITE_BUSY error. This is to stop RBU connections
+**     from automatically checkpointing a *-wal (or *-oal) file from within
+**     sqlite3_close().
+**
+** 3d. In RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE mode, all xRead() calls on the wal file, and
+**     all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO. 
+**     Instead the frame and page numbers that would be read and written
+**     are recorded. Additionally, successful attempts to obtain exclusive
+**     xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target 
+**     database file are recorded. xShmLock() calls to unlock the same
+**     locks are no-ops (so that once obtained, these locks are never
+**     relinquished). Finally, calls to xSync() on the target database
+**     file fail with SQLITE_INTERNAL errors.
+*/
+
+static void rbuUnlockShm(rbu_file *p){
+  if( p->pRbu ){
+    int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int) = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmLock;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK;i++){
+      if( (1<<i) & p->pRbu->mLock ){
+        xShmLock(p->pReal, i, 1, SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK|SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+      }
+    }
+    p->pRbu->mLock = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an rbu file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Free the contents of the apShm[] array. And the array itself. */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nShm; i++){
+    sqlite3_free(p->apShm[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->apShm);
+  p->apShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(p->zDel);
+
+  if( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    rbu_file **pp;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pRbuVfs->mutex);
+    for(pp=&p->pRbuVfs->pMain; *pp!=p; pp=&((*pp)->pMainNext));
+    *pp = p->pMainNext;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pRbuVfs->mutex);
+    rbuUnlockShm(p);
+    p->pReal->pMethods->xShmUnmap(p->pReal, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Close the underlying file handle */
+  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xClose(p->pReal);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer 
+** passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static u32 rbuGetU32(u8 *aBuf){
+  return ((u32)aBuf[0] << 24)
+       + ((u32)aBuf[1] << 16)
+       + ((u32)aBuf[2] <<  8)
+       + ((u32)aBuf[3]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an unsigned 32-bit value in big-endian format to the supplied
+** buffer.
+*/
+static void rbuPutU32(u8 *aBuf, u32 iVal){
+  aBuf[0] = (iVal >> 24) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[1] = (iVal >> 16) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[2] = (iVal >>  8) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[3] = (iVal >>  0) & 0xFF;
+}
+
+static void rbuPutU16(u8 *aBuf, u16 iVal){
+  aBuf[0] = (iVal >>  8) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[1] = (iVal >>  0) & 0xFF;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
+  void *zBuf, 
+  int iAmt, 
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst
+){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE ){
+    assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+    rc = rbuCaptureWalRead(p->pRbu, iOfst, iAmt);
+  }else{
+    if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL 
+     && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) 
+     && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz 
+    ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt);
+    }else{
+      rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+#if 1
+      /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target 
+      ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the 
+      ** contents of the first page if it does not yet exist. Otherwise,
+      ** SQLite will not check for a *-wal file.  */
+      if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu) 
+          && rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ && iOfst==0
+          && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+          && pRbu->rc==SQLITE_OK
+      ){
+        sqlite3_file *pFd = (sqlite3_file*)pRbu->pRbuFd;
+        rc = pFd->pMethods->xRead(pFd, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          u8 *aBuf = (u8*)zBuf;
+          u32 iRoot = rbuGetU32(&aBuf[52]) ? 1 : 0;
+          rbuPutU32(&aBuf[52], iRoot);      /* largest root page number */
+          rbuPutU32(&aBuf[36], 0);          /* number of free pages */
+          rbuPutU32(&aBuf[32], 0);          /* first page on free list trunk */
+          rbuPutU32(&aBuf[28], 1);          /* size of db file in pages */
+          rbuPutU32(&aBuf[24], pRbu->pRbuFd->iCookie+1);  /* Change counter */
+
+          if( iAmt>100 ){
+            memset(&aBuf[100], 0, iAmt-100);
+            rbuPutU16(&aBuf[105], iAmt & 0xFFFF);
+            aBuf[100] = 0x0D;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iOfst==0 && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) ){
+      /* These look like magic numbers. But they are stable, as they are part
+       ** of the definition of the SQLite file format, which may not change. */
+      u8 *pBuf = (u8*)zBuf;
+      p->iCookie = rbuGetU32(&pBuf[24]);
+      p->iWriteVer = pBuf[19];
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
+  const void *zBuf, 
+  int iAmt, 
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst
+){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE ){
+    assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+    rc = rbuCaptureDbWrite(p->pRbu, iOfst);
+  }else{
+    if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL 
+     && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) 
+     && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
+    ){
+      pRbu->iOalSz = iAmt + iOfst;
+    }
+    rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iOfst==0 && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) ){
+      /* These look like magic numbers. But they are stable, as they are part
+      ** of the definition of the SQLite file format, which may not change. */
+      u8 *pBuf = (u8*)zBuf;
+      p->iCookie = rbuGetU32(&pBuf[24]);
+      p->iWriteVer = pBuf[19];
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  return p->pReal->pMethods->xTruncate(p->pReal, size);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  if( p->pRbu && p->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE ){
+    if( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+      return SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return p->pReal->pMethods->xSync(p->pReal, flags);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current file-size of an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  int rc;
+  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
+
+  /* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and this is the target database,
+  ** pretend that it has at least one page. Otherwise, SQLite will not
+  ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains 
+  ** similar logic.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0 
+   && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu) 
+   && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+  ){
+    *pSize = 1024;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
+  if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 
+   && (p->bNolock || (pRbu && pRbu->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_DONE))
+  ){
+    /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this 
+    ** prevents it from checkpointing the database from sqlite3_close(). */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xLock(p->pReal, eLock);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  return p->pReal->pMethods->xUnlock(p->pReal, eLock);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  return p->pReal->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(p->pReal, pResOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** File control method. For custom operations on an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  int (*xControl)(sqlite3_file*,int,void*) = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB)
+       || p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL)
+  );
+  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU ){
+    sqlite3rbu *pRbu = (sqlite3rbu*)pArg;
+
+    /* First try to find another RBU vfs lower down in the vfs stack. If
+    ** one is found, this vfs will operate in pass-through mode. The lower
+    ** level vfs will do the special RBU handling.  */
+    rc = xControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+      /* Now search for a zipvfs instance lower down in the VFS stack. If
+      ** one is found, this is an error.  */
+      void *dummy = 0;
+      rc = xControl(p->pReal, SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, &dummy);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        pRbu->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu/zipvfs setup error");
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+        pRbu->pTargetFd = p;
+        p->pRbu = pRbu;
+        if( p->pWalFd ) p->pWalFd->pRbu = pRbu;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT ){
+    sqlite3rbu *pRbu = (sqlite3rbu*)pArg;
+    pRbu->nRbu++;
+    pRbu->pRbuFd = p;
+    p->bNolock = 1;
+  }
+
+  rc = xControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME ){
+    rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = p->pRbuVfs;
+    char *zIn = *(char**)pArg;
+    char *zOut = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu(%s)/%z", pRbuVfs->base.zName, zIn);
+    *(char**)pArg = zOut;
+    if( zOut==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector-size in bytes for an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  return p->pReal->pMethods->xSectorSize(p->pReal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an rbuVfs-file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  return p->pReal->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(p->pReal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Take or release a shared-memory lock.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+    assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==1 );
+#endif
+
+  assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
+  if( pRbu && (pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) ){
+    /* Magic number 1 is the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock. Preventing SQLite from
+    ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring. 
+    ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as 
+    ** wal_autocheckpoint ought to be turned off.  */
+    if( ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT && n==1 ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    int bCapture = 0;
+    if( n==1 && (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+     && pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE
+     && (ofst==WAL_LOCK_WRITE || ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT || ofst==WAL_LOCK_READ0)
+    ){
+      bCapture = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( bCapture==0 || 0==(flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) ){
+      rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmLock(p->pReal, ofst, n, flags);
+      if( bCapture && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pRbu->mLock |= (1 << ofst);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a pointer to a mapping of a single 32KiB page of the *-shm file.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
+  int iRegion, 
+  int szRegion, 
+  int isWrite, 
+  void volatile **pp
+){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0);
+
+  /* If not in RBU_STAGE_OAL, allow this call to pass through. Or, if this
+  ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space 
+  ** instead of a file on disk.  */
+  assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
+  if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
+    if( iRegion<=p->nShm ){
+      int nByte = (iRegion+1) * sizeof(char*);
+      char **apNew = (char**)sqlite3_realloc64(p->apShm, nByte);
+      if( apNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(&apNew[p->nShm], 0, sizeof(char*) * (1 + iRegion - p->nShm));
+        p->apShm = apNew;
+        p->nShm = iRegion+1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->apShm[iRegion]==0 ){
+      char *pNew = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion);
+      if( pNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(pNew, 0, szRegion);
+        p->apShm[iRegion] = pNew;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pp = p->apShm[iRegion];
+    }else{
+      *pp = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( p->apShm==0 );
+    rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmMap(p->pReal, iRegion, szRegion, isWrite, pp);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory barrier.
+*/
+static void rbuVfsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  p->pReal->pMethods->xShmBarrier(p->pReal);
+}
+
+/*
+** The xShmUnmap method.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int delFlag){
+  rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0);
+
+  assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
+  if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
+    /* no-op */
+  }else{
+    /* Release the checkpointer and writer locks */
+    rbuUnlockShm(p);
+    rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmUnmap(p->pReal, delFlag);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to 
+** either the xOpen() or xAccess() VFS method, return a pointer to the
+** file-handle opened by the same database connection on the corresponding
+** database file.
+*/
+static rbu_file *rbuFindMaindb(rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs, const char *zWal){
+  rbu_file *pDb;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pRbuVfs->mutex);
+  for(pDb=pRbuVfs->pMain; pDb && pDb->zWal!=zWal; pDb=pDb->pMainNext){}
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pRbuVfs->mutex);
+  return pDb;
+}
+
+/* 
+** A main database named zName has just been opened. The following 
+** function returns a pointer to a buffer owned by SQLite that contains
+** the name of the *-wal file this db connection will use. SQLite
+** happens to pass a pointer to this buffer when using xAccess()
+** or xOpen() to operate on the *-wal file.  
+*/
+static const char *rbuMainToWal(const char *zName, int flags){
+  int n = (int)strlen(zName);
+  const char *z = &zName[n];
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ){
+    int odd = 0;
+    while( 1 ){
+      if( z[0]==0 ){
+        odd = 1 - odd;
+        if( odd && z[1]==0 ) break;
+      }
+      z++;
+    }
+    z += 2;
+  }else{
+    while( *z==0 ) z++;
+  }
+  z += (n + 8 + 1);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open an rbu file handle.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zName,
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,
+  int flags,
+  int *pOutFlags
+){
+  static sqlite3_io_methods rbuvfs_io_methods = {
+    2,                            /* iVersion */
+    rbuVfsClose,                  /* xClose */
+    rbuVfsRead,                   /* xRead */
+    rbuVfsWrite,                  /* xWrite */
+    rbuVfsTruncate,               /* xTruncate */
+    rbuVfsSync,                   /* xSync */
+    rbuVfsFileSize,               /* xFileSize */
+    rbuVfsLock,                   /* xLock */
+    rbuVfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock */
+    rbuVfsCheckReservedLock,      /* xCheckReservedLock */
+    rbuVfsFileControl,            /* xFileControl */
+    rbuVfsSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */
+    rbuVfsDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+    rbuVfsShmMap,                 /* xShmMap */
+    rbuVfsShmLock,                /* xShmLock */
+    rbuVfsShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */
+    rbuVfsShmUnmap,               /* xShmUnmap */
+    0, 0                          /* xFetch, xUnfetch */
+  };
+  rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs;
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = pRbuVfs->pRealVfs;
+  rbu_file *pFd = (rbu_file *)pFile;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const char *zOpen = zName;
+  int oflags = flags;
+
+  memset(pFd, 0, sizeof(rbu_file));
+  pFd->pReal = (sqlite3_file*)&pFd[1];
+  pFd->pRbuVfs = pRbuVfs;
+  pFd->openFlags = flags;
+  if( zName ){
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+      /* A main database has just been opened. The following block sets
+      ** (pFd->zWal) to point to a buffer owned by SQLite that contains
+      ** the name of the *-wal file this db connection will use. SQLite
+      ** happens to pass a pointer to this buffer when using xAccess()
+      ** or xOpen() to operate on the *-wal file.  */
+      pFd->zWal = rbuMainToWal(zName, flags);
+    }
+    else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ){
+      rbu_file *pDb = rbuFindMaindb(pRbuVfs, zName);
+      if( pDb ){
+        if( pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+          /* This call is to open a *-wal file. Intead, open the *-oal. This
+          ** code ensures that the string passed to xOpen() is terminated by a
+          ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI 
+          ** parameter from it.  */
+          const char *zBase = zName;
+          size_t nCopy;
+          char *zCopy;
+          if( rbuIsVacuum(pDb->pRbu) ){
+            zBase = sqlite3_db_filename(pDb->pRbu->dbRbu, "main");
+            zBase = rbuMainToWal(zBase, SQLITE_OPEN_URI);
+          }
+          nCopy = strlen(zBase);
+          zCopy = sqlite3_malloc64(nCopy+2);
+          if( zCopy ){
+            memcpy(zCopy, zBase, nCopy);
+            zCopy[nCopy-3] = 'o';
+            zCopy[nCopy] = '\0';
+            zCopy[nCopy+1] = '\0';
+            zOpen = (const char*)(pFd->zDel = zCopy);
+          }else{
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          pFd->pRbu = pDb->pRbu;
+        }
+        pDb->pWalFd = pFd;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 
+   && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0) 
+  ){
+    assert( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+    oflags =  SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+              SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+    zOpen = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pRealVfs->xOpen(pRealVfs, zOpen, pFd->pReal, oflags, pOutFlags);
+  }
+  if( pFd->pReal->pMethods ){
+    /* The xOpen() operation has succeeded. Set the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+    ** pointer and, if the file is a main database file, link it into the
+    ** mutex protected linked list of all such files.  */
+    pFile->pMethods = &rbuvfs_io_methods;
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pRbuVfs->mutex);
+      pFd->pMainNext = pRbuVfs->pMain;
+      pRbuVfs->pMain = pFd;
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pRbuVfs->mutex);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(pFd->zDel);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the file located at zPath.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xDelete(pRealVfs, zPath, dirSync);
+}
+
+/*
+** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
+** is available, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs;
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = pRbuVfs->pRealVfs;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = pRealVfs->xAccess(pRealVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
+
+  /* If this call is to check if a *-wal file associated with an RBU target
+  ** database connection exists, and the RBU update is in RBU_STAGE_OAL,
+  ** the following special handling is activated:
+  **
+  **   a) if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. This
+  **      ensures that the RBU extension never tries to update a database
+  **      in wal mode, even if the first page of the database file has
+  **      been damaged. 
+  **
+  **   b) if the *-wal file does not exist, claim that it does anyway,
+  **      causing SQLite to call xOpen() to open it. This call will also
+  **      be intercepted (see the rbuVfsOpen() function) and the *-oal
+  **      file opened instead.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ){
+    rbu_file *pDb = rbuFindMaindb(pRbuVfs, zPath);
+    if( pDb && pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
+      if( *pResOut ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      }else{
+        *pResOut = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
+** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
+** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int nOut, 
+  char *zOut
+){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xFullPathname(pRealVfs, zPath, nOut, zOut);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
+*/
+static void *rbuVfsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xDlOpen(pRealVfs, zPath);
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
+** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
+** with dynamic libraries.
+*/
+static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  pRealVfs->xDlError(pRealVfs, nByte, zErrMsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
+*/
+static void (*rbuVfsDlSym(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  void *pArg, 
+  const char *zSym
+))(void){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xDlSym(pRealVfs, pArg, zSym);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
+*/
+static void rbuVfsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  pRealVfs->xDlClose(pRealVfs, pHandle);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+
+/*
+** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
+** random data.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xRandomness(pRealVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
+** actually slept.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xSleep(pRealVfs, nMicro);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
+  return pRealVfs->xCurrentTime(pRealVfs, pTimeOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** No-op.
+*/
+static int rbuVfsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int a, char *b){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deregister and destroy an RBU vfs created by an earlier call to
+** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zName);
+  if( pVfs && pVfs->xOpen==rbuVfsOpen ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->mutex);
+    sqlite3_vfs_unregister(pVfs);
+    sqlite3_free(pVfs);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system
+** via existing VFS zParent. The new object is registered as a non-default
+** VFS with SQLite before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent){
+
+  /* Template for VFS */
+  static sqlite3_vfs vfs_template = {
+    1,                            /* iVersion */
+    0,                            /* szOsFile */
+    0,                            /* mxPathname */
+    0,                            /* pNext */
+    0,                            /* zName */
+    0,                            /* pAppData */
+    rbuVfsOpen,                   /* xOpen */
+    rbuVfsDelete,                 /* xDelete */
+    rbuVfsAccess,                 /* xAccess */
+    rbuVfsFullPathname,           /* xFullPathname */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    rbuVfsDlOpen,                 /* xDlOpen */
+    rbuVfsDlError,                /* xDlError */
+    rbuVfsDlSym,                  /* xDlSym */
+    rbuVfsDlClose,                /* xDlClose */
+#else
+    0, 0, 0, 0,
+#endif
+
+    rbuVfsRandomness,             /* xRandomness */
+    rbuVfsSleep,                  /* xSleep */
+    rbuVfsCurrentTime,            /* xCurrentTime */
+    rbuVfsGetLastError,           /* xGetLastError */
+    0,                            /* xCurrentTimeInt64 (version 2) */
+    0, 0, 0                       /* Unimplemented version 3 methods */
+  };
+
+  rbu_vfs *pNew = 0;              /* Newly allocated VFS */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  size_t nName;
+  size_t nByte;
+
+  nName = strlen(zName);
+  nByte = sizeof(rbu_vfs) + nName + 1;
+  pNew = (rbu_vfs*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_vfs *pParent;           /* Parent VFS */
+    memset(pNew, 0, nByte);
+    pParent = sqlite3_vfs_find(zParent);
+    if( pParent==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+    }else{
+      char *zSpace;
+      memcpy(&pNew->base, &vfs_template, sizeof(sqlite3_vfs));
+      pNew->base.mxPathname = pParent->mxPathname;
+      pNew->base.szOsFile = sizeof(rbu_file) + pParent->szOsFile;
+      pNew->pRealVfs = pParent;
+      pNew->base.zName = (const char*)(zSpace = (char*)&pNew[1]);
+      memcpy(zSpace, zName, nName);
+
+      /* Allocate the mutex and register the new VFS (not as the default) */
+      pNew->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+      if( pNew->mutex==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_vfs_register(&pNew->base, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_free(pNew->mutex);
+      sqlite3_free(pNew);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU) */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3rbu.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file dbstat.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 July 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains an implementation of the "dbstat" virtual table.
+**
+** The dbstat virtual table is used to extract low-level formatting
+** information from an SQLite database in order to implement the
+** "sqlite3_analyzer" utility.  See the ../tool/spaceanal.tcl script
+** for an example implementation.
+**
+** Additional information is available on the "dbstat.html" page of the
+** official SQLite documentation.
+*/
+
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h"   ** Requires access to internal data structures ** */
+#if (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)) \
+    && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+
+/*
+** Page paths:
+** 
+**   The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the 
+**   root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the 
+**   root-node path is '/'.
+**
+**   The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of
+**   a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right
+**   so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.)
+**   The next to left-most child of the root page is
+**   '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex 
+**   value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such
+**   as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc.
+**
+**   Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a 
+**   six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked
+**   from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from 
+**   the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified
+**   by the paths:
+**
+**      '/1c2/000+000000'         // First page in overflow chain
+**      '/1c2/000+000001'         // Second page in overflow chain
+**      '/1c2/000+000002'         // Third page in overflow chain
+**
+**   If the paths are sorted using the BINARY collation sequence, then
+**   the overflow pages associated with a cell will appear earlier in the
+**   sort-order than its child page:
+**
+**      '/1c2/000/'               // Left-most child of 451st child of root
+*/
+#define VTAB_SCHEMA                                                         \
+  "CREATE TABLE xx( "                                                       \
+  "  name       TEXT,             /* Name of table or index */"             \
+  "  path       TEXT,             /* Path to page from root */"             \
+  "  pageno     INTEGER,          /* Page number */"                        \
+  "  pagetype   TEXT,             /* 'internal', 'leaf' or 'overflow' */"   \
+  "  ncell      INTEGER,          /* Cells on page (0 for overflow) */"     \
+  "  payload    INTEGER,          /* Bytes of payload on this page */"      \
+  "  unused     INTEGER,          /* Bytes of unused space on this page */" \
+  "  mx_payload INTEGER,          /* Largest payload size of all cells */"  \
+  "  pgoffset   INTEGER,          /* Offset of page in file */"             \
+  "  pgsize     INTEGER,          /* Size of the page */"                   \
+  "  schema     TEXT HIDDEN       /* Database schema being analyzed */"     \
+  ");"
+
+
+typedef struct StatTable StatTable;
+typedef struct StatCursor StatCursor;
+typedef struct StatPage StatPage;
+typedef struct StatCell StatCell;
+
+struct StatCell {
+  int nLocal;                     /* Bytes of local payload */
+  u32 iChildPg;                   /* Child node (or 0 if this is a leaf) */
+  int nOvfl;                      /* Entries in aOvfl[] */
+  u32 *aOvfl;                     /* Array of overflow page numbers */
+  int nLastOvfl;                  /* Bytes of payload on final overflow page */
+  int iOvfl;                      /* Iterates through aOvfl[] */
+};
+
+struct StatPage {
+  u32 iPgno;
+  DbPage *pPg;
+  int iCell;
+
+  char *zPath;                    /* Path to this page */
+
+  /* Variables populated by statDecodePage(): */
+  u8 flags;                       /* Copy of flags byte */
+  int nCell;                      /* Number of cells on page */
+  int nUnused;                    /* Number of unused bytes on page */
+  StatCell *aCell;                /* Array of parsed cells */
+  u32 iRightChildPg;              /* Right-child page number (or 0) */
+  int nMxPayload;                 /* Largest payload of any cell on this page */
+};
+
+struct StatCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Iterates through set of root pages */
+  int isEof;                      /* After pStmt has returned SQLITE_DONE */
+  int iDb;                        /* Schema used for this query */
+
+  StatPage aPage[32];
+  int iPage;                      /* Current entry in aPage[] */
+
+  /* Values to return. */
+  char *zName;                    /* Value of 'name' column */
+  char *zPath;                    /* Value of 'path' column */
+  u32 iPageno;                    /* Value of 'pageno' column */
+  char *zPagetype;                /* Value of 'pagetype' column */
+  int nCell;                      /* Value of 'ncell' column */
+  int nPayload;                   /* Value of 'payload' column */
+  int nUnused;                    /* Value of 'unused' column */
+  int nMxPayload;                 /* Value of 'mx_payload' column */
+  i64 iOffset;                    /* Value of 'pgOffset' column */
+  int szPage;                     /* Value of 'pgSize' column */
+};
+
+struct StatTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int iDb;                        /* Index of database to analyze */
+};
+
+#ifndef get2byte
+# define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Connect to or create a statvfs virtual table.
+*/
+static int statConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  StatTable *pTab = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( argc>=4 ){
+    Token nm;
+    sqlite3TokenInit(&nm, (char*)argv[3]);
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, &nm);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such database: %s", argv[3]);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }else{
+    iDb = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, VTAB_SCHEMA);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTab = (StatTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatTable));
+    if( pTab==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pTab==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(StatTable));
+    pTab->db = db;
+    pTab->iDb = iDb;
+  }
+
+  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Disconnect from or destroy a statvfs virtual table.
+*/
+static int statDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** There is no "best-index". This virtual table always does a linear
+** scan.  However, a schema=? constraint should cause this table to
+** operate on a different database schema, so check for it.
+**
+** idxNum is normally 0, but will be 1 if a schema=? constraint exists.
+*/
+static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  int i;
+
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0e6;  /* Initial cost estimate */
+
+  /* Look for a valid schema=? constraint.  If found, change the idxNum to
+  ** 1 and request the value of that constraint be sent to xFilter.  And
+  ** lower the cost estimate to encourage the constrained version to be
+  ** used.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable==0 ) continue;
+    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue;
+    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn!=10 ) continue;
+    pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+    pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+    pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+    break;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). 
+  ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that 
+  ** SQLite does not do an external sort.
+  */
+  if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1
+     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+     ) ||
+      ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==2
+     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].iColumn==1
+     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].desc==0
+     )
+  ){
+    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new statvfs cursor.
+*/
+static int statOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pVTab;
+  StatCursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (StatCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatCursor));
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(StatCursor));
+    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
+    pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  }
+
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void statClearPage(StatPage *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->aCell ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
+      sqlite3_free(p->aCell[i].aOvfl);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->aCell);
+  }
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(p->pPg);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zPath);
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(StatPage));
+}
+
+static void statResetCsr(StatCursor *pCsr){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->aPage); i++){
+    statClearPage(&pCsr->aPage[i]);
+  }
+  pCsr->iPage = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
+  pCsr->zPath = 0;
+  pCsr->isEof = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a statvfs cursor.
+*/
+static int statClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
+  statResetCsr(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void getLocalPayload(
+  int nUsable,                    /* Usable bytes per page */
+  u8 flags,                       /* Page flags */
+  int nTotal,                     /* Total record (payload) size */
+  int *pnLocal                    /* OUT: Bytes stored locally */
+){
+  int nLocal;
+  int nMinLocal;
+  int nMaxLocal;
+ 
+  if( flags==0x0D ){              /* Table leaf node */
+    nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
+    nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35;
+  }else{                          /* Index interior and leaf nodes */
+    nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
+    nMaxLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 64 / 255 - 23;
+  }
+
+  nLocal = nMinLocal + (nTotal - nMinLocal) % (nUsable - 4);
+  if( nLocal>nMaxLocal ) nLocal = nMinLocal;
+  *pnLocal = nLocal;
+}
+
+static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){
+  int nUnused;
+  int iOff;
+  int nHdr;
+  int isLeaf;
+  int szPage;
+
+  u8 *aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(p->pPg);
+  u8 *aHdr = &aData[p->iPgno==1 ? 100 : 0];
+
+  p->flags = aHdr[0];
+  p->nCell = get2byte(&aHdr[3]);
+  p->nMxPayload = 0;
+
+  isLeaf = (p->flags==0x0A || p->flags==0x0D);
+  nHdr = 12 - isLeaf*4 + (p->iPgno==1)*100;
+
+  nUnused = get2byte(&aHdr[5]) - nHdr - 2*p->nCell;
+  nUnused += (int)aHdr[7];
+  iOff = get2byte(&aHdr[1]);
+  while( iOff ){
+    nUnused += get2byte(&aData[iOff+2]);
+    iOff = get2byte(&aData[iOff]);
+  }
+  p->nUnused = nUnused;
+  p->iRightChildPg = isLeaf ? 0 : sqlite3Get4byte(&aHdr[8]);
+  szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
+
+  if( p->nCell ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through cells */
+    int nUsable;                  /* Usable bytes per page */
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
+    nUsable = szPage - sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
+    p->aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell));
+    if( p->aCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    memset(p->aCell, 0, (p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell));
+
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
+      StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[i];
+
+      iOff = get2byte(&aData[nHdr+i*2]);
+      if( !isLeaf ){
+        pCell->iChildPg = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff]);
+        iOff += 4;
+      }
+      if( p->flags==0x05 ){
+        /* A table interior node. nPayload==0. */
+      }else{
+        u32 nPayload;             /* Bytes of payload total (local+overflow) */
+        int nLocal;               /* Bytes of payload stored locally */
+        iOff += getVarint32(&aData[iOff], nPayload);
+        if( p->flags==0x0D ){
+          u64 dummy;
+          iOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&aData[iOff], &dummy);
+        }
+        if( nPayload>(u32)p->nMxPayload ) p->nMxPayload = nPayload;
+        getLocalPayload(nUsable, p->flags, nPayload, &nLocal);
+        pCell->nLocal = nLocal;
+        assert( nLocal>=0 );
+        assert( nPayload>=(u32)nLocal );
+        assert( nLocal<=(nUsable-35) );
+        if( nPayload>(u32)nLocal ){
+          int j;
+          int nOvfl = ((nPayload - nLocal) + nUsable-4 - 1) / (nUsable - 4);
+          pCell->nLastOvfl = (nPayload-nLocal) - (nOvfl-1) * (nUsable-4);
+          pCell->nOvfl = nOvfl;
+          pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl);
+          if( pCell->aOvfl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+          pCell->aOvfl[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff+nLocal]);
+          for(j=1; j<nOvfl; j++){
+            int rc;
+            u32 iPrev = pCell->aOvfl[j-1];
+            DbPage *pPg = 0;
+            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), iPrev, &pPg, 0);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              assert( pPg==0 );
+              return rc;
+            } 
+            pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the pCsr->iOffset and pCsr->szPage member variables. Based on
+** the current value of pCsr->iPageno.
+*/
+static void statSizeAndOffset(StatCursor *pCsr){
+  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)((sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr)->pVtab;
+  Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pTab->iDb].pBt;
+  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+  sqlite3_file *fd;
+  sqlite3_int64 x[2];
+
+  /* The default page size and offset */
+  pCsr->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
+  pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1);
+
+  /* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and
+  ** offset with actual values obtained from ZIPVFS.
+  */
+  fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+  x[0] = pCsr->iPageno;
+  if( fd->pMethods!=0 && sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCsr->iOffset = x[0];
+    pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
+*/
+static int statNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  int rc;
+  int nPayload;
+  char *z;
+  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
+  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
+  Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].pBt;
+  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
+  pCsr->zPath = 0;
+
+statNextRestart:
+  if( pCsr->aPage[0].pPg==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int nPage;
+      u32 iRoot = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( nPage==0 ){
+        pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, iRoot, &pCsr->aPage[0].pPg, 0);
+      pCsr->aPage[0].iPgno = iRoot;
+      pCsr->aPage[0].iCell = 0;
+      pCsr->aPage[0].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("/");
+      pCsr->iPage = 0;
+      if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      pCsr->isEof = 1;
+      return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+    }
+  }else{
+
+    /* Page p itself has already been visited. */
+    StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage];
+
+    while( p->iCell<p->nCell ){
+      StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[p->iCell];
+      if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){
+        int nUsable;
+        sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
+        nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - 
+                        sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
+        sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
+        pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+        pCsr->iPageno = pCell->aOvfl[pCell->iOvfl];
+        pCsr->zPagetype = "overflow";
+        pCsr->nCell = 0;
+        pCsr->nMxPayload = 0;
+        pCsr->zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf(
+            "%s%.3x+%.6x", p->zPath, p->iCell, pCell->iOvfl
+        );
+        if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl-1 ){
+          pCsr->nUnused = 0;
+          pCsr->nPayload = nUsable - 4;
+        }else{
+          pCsr->nPayload = pCell->nLastOvfl;
+          pCsr->nUnused = nUsable - 4 - pCsr->nPayload;
+        }
+        pCell->iOvfl++;
+        statSizeAndOffset(pCsr);
+        return z==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      if( p->iRightChildPg ) break;
+      p->iCell++;
+    }
+
+    if( !p->iRightChildPg || p->iCell>p->nCell ){
+      statClearPage(p);
+      if( pCsr->iPage==0 ) return statNext(pCursor);
+      pCsr->iPage--;
+      goto statNextRestart; /* Tail recursion */
+    }
+    pCsr->iPage++;
+    assert( p==&pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage-1] );
+
+    if( p->iCell==p->nCell ){
+      p[1].iPgno = p->iRightChildPg;
+    }else{
+      p[1].iPgno = p->aCell[p->iCell].iChildPg;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, p[1].iPgno, &p[1].pPg, 0);
+    p[1].iCell = 0;
+    p[1].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%.3x/", p->zPath, p->iCell);
+    p->iCell++;
+    if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Populate the StatCursor fields with the values to be returned
+  ** by the xColumn() and xRowid() methods.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage];
+    pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+    pCsr->iPageno = p->iPgno;
+
+    rc = statDecodePage(pBt, p);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      statSizeAndOffset(pCsr);
+
+      switch( p->flags ){
+        case 0x05:             /* table internal */
+        case 0x02:             /* index internal */
+          pCsr->zPagetype = "internal";
+          break;
+        case 0x0D:             /* table leaf */
+        case 0x0A:             /* index leaf */
+          pCsr->zPagetype = "leaf";
+          break;
+        default:
+          pCsr->zPagetype = "corrupted";
+          break;
+      }
+      pCsr->nCell = p->nCell;
+      pCsr->nUnused = p->nUnused;
+      pCsr->nMxPayload = p->nMxPayload;
+      pCsr->zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", p->zPath);
+      if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+      nPayload = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
+        nPayload += p->aCell[i].nLocal;
+      }
+      pCsr->nPayload = nPayload;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
+  return pCsr->isEof;
+}
+
+static int statFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
+  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable*)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  char *zSql;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zMaster;
+
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    const char *zDbase = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    pCsr->iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(pTab->db, zDbase);
+    if( pCsr->iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg);
+      pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such schema: %s", zDbase);
+      return pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  }
+  statResetCsr(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  pCsr->pStmt = 0;
+  zMaster = pCsr->iDb==1 ? "sqlite_temp_master" : "sqlite_master";
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "SELECT 'sqlite_master' AS name, 1 AS rootpage, 'table' AS type"
+      "  UNION ALL  "
+      "SELECT name, rootpage, type"
+      "  FROM \"%w\".%s WHERE rootpage!=0"
+      "  ORDER BY name", pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zDbSName, zMaster);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = statNext(pCursor);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int statColumn(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
+  sqlite3_context *ctx, 
+  int i
+){
+  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
+  switch( i ){
+    case 0:            /* name */
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zName, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    case 1:            /* path */
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPath, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    case 2:            /* pageno */
+      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iPageno);
+      break;
+    case 3:            /* pagetype */
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPagetype, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    case 4:            /* ncell */
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nCell);
+      break;
+    case 5:            /* payload */
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nPayload);
+      break;
+    case 6:            /* unused */
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nUnused);
+      break;
+    case 7:            /* mx_payload */
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nMxPayload);
+      break;
+    case 8:            /* pgoffset */
+      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iOffset);
+      break;
+    case 9:            /* pgsize */
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->szPage);
+      break;
+    default: {          /* schema */
+      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx);
+      int iDb = pCsr->iDb;
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int statRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iPageno;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke this routine to register the "dbstat" virtual table module
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){
+  static sqlite3_module dbstat_module = {
+    0,                            /* iVersion */
+    statConnect,                  /* xCreate */
+    statConnect,                  /* xConnect */
+    statBestIndex,                /* xBestIndex */
+    statDisconnect,               /* xDisconnect */
+    statDisconnect,               /* xDestroy */
+    statOpen,                     /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+    statClose,                    /* xClose - close a cursor */
+    statFilter,                   /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+    statNext,                     /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+    statEof,                      /* xEof - check for end of scan */
+    statColumn,                   /* xColumn - read data */
+    statRowid,                    /* xRowid - read data */
+    0,                            /* xUpdate */
+    0,                            /* xBegin */
+    0,                            /* xSync */
+    0,                            /* xCommit */
+    0,                            /* xRollback */
+    0,                            /* xFindMethod */
+    0,                            /* xRename */
+  };
+  return sqlite3_create_module(db, "dbstat", &dbstat_module, 0);
+}
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB */
+
+/************** End of dbstat.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3session.c **********************************/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK)
+/* #include "sqlite3session.h" */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/* # include "sqliteInt.h" */
+/* # include "vdbeInt.h" */
+#endif
+
+typedef struct SessionTable SessionTable;
+typedef struct SessionChange SessionChange;
+typedef struct SessionBuffer SessionBuffer;
+typedef struct SessionInput SessionInput;
+
+/*
+** Minimum chunk size used by streaming versions of functions.
+*/
+#ifndef SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE
+# ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+#   define SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE 64
+# else
+#   define SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef struct SessionHook SessionHook;
+struct SessionHook {
+  void *pCtx;
+  int (*xOld)(void*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  int (*xNew)(void*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  int (*xCount)(void*);
+  int (*xDepth)(void*);
+};
+
+/*
+** Session handle structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_session {
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database handle session is attached to */
+  char *zDb;                      /* Name of database session is attached to */
+  int bEnable;                    /* True if currently recording */
+  int bIndirect;                  /* True if all changes are indirect */
+  int bAutoAttach;                /* True to auto-attach tables */
+  int rc;                         /* Non-zero if an error has occurred */
+  void *pFilterCtx;               /* First argument to pass to xTableFilter */
+  int (*xTableFilter)(void *pCtx, const char *zTab);
+  sqlite3_session *pNext;         /* Next session object on same db. */
+  SessionTable *pTable;           /* List of attached tables */
+  SessionHook hook;               /* APIs to grab new and old data with */
+};
+
+/*
+** Instances of this structure are used to build strings or binary records.
+*/
+struct SessionBuffer {
+  u8 *aBuf;                       /* Pointer to changeset buffer */
+  int nBuf;                       /* Size of buffer aBuf */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Size of allocation containing aBuf */
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for 
+** input data. Input data may be supplied either as a single large buffer
+** (e.g. sqlite3changeset_start()) or using a stream function (e.g.
+**  sqlite3changeset_start_strm()).
+*/
+struct SessionInput {
+  int bNoDiscard;                 /* If true, discard no data */
+  int iCurrent;                   /* Offset in aData[] of current change */
+  int iNext;                      /* Offset in aData[] of next change */
+  u8 *aData;                      /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset */
+  int nData;                      /* Number of bytes in aData */
+
+  SessionBuffer buf;              /* Current read buffer */
+  int (*xInput)(void*, void*, int*);        /* Input stream call (or NULL) */
+  void *pIn;                                /* First argument to xInput */
+  int bEof;                       /* Set to true after xInput finished */
+};
+
+/*
+** Structure for changeset iterators.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_changeset_iter {
+  SessionInput in;                /* Input buffer or stream */
+  SessionBuffer tblhdr;           /* Buffer to hold apValue/zTab/abPK/ */
+  int bPatchset;                  /* True if this is a patchset */
+  int rc;                         /* Iterator error code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pConflict;        /* Points to conflicting row, if any */
+  char *zTab;                     /* Current table */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in zTab */
+  int op;                         /* Current operation */
+  int bIndirect;                  /* True if current change was indirect */
+  u8 *abPK;                       /* Primary key array */
+  sqlite3_value **apValue;        /* old.* and new.* values */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each session object maintains a set of the following structures, one
+** for each table the session object is monitoring. The structures are
+** stored in a linked list starting at sqlite3_session.pTable.
+**
+** The keys of the SessionTable.aChange[] hash table are all rows that have
+** been modified in any way since the session object was attached to the
+** table.
+**
+** The data associated with each hash-table entry is a structure containing
+** a subset of the initial values that the modified row contained at the
+** start of the session. Or no initial values if the row was inserted.
+*/
+struct SessionTable {
+  SessionTable *pNext;
+  char *zName;                    /* Local name of table */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in table zName */
+  const char **azCol;             /* Column names */
+  u8 *abPK;                       /* Array of primary key flags */
+  int nEntry;                     /* Total number of entries in hash table */
+  int nChange;                    /* Size of apChange[] array */
+  SessionChange **apChange;       /* Hash table buckets */
+};
+
+/* 
+** RECORD FORMAT:
+**
+** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that 
+** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the 
+** change-set binary format, and so must be architecture independent.
+**
+** Unlike the SQLite database record format, each field is self-contained -
+** there is no separation of header and data. Each field begins with a
+** single byte describing its type, as follows:
+**
+**       0x00: Undefined value.
+**       0x01: Integer value.
+**       0x02: Real value.
+**       0x03: Text value.
+**       0x04: Blob value.
+**       0x05: SQL NULL value.
+**
+** Note that the above match the definitions of SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_TEXT
+** and so on in sqlite3.h. For undefined and NULL values, the field consists
+** only of the single type byte. For other types of values, the type byte
+** is followed by:
+**
+**   Text values:
+**     A varint containing the number of bytes in the value (encoded using
+**     UTF-8). Followed by a buffer containing the UTF-8 representation
+**     of the text value. There is no nul terminator.
+**
+**   Blob values:
+**     A varint containing the number of bytes in the value, followed by
+**     a buffer containing the value itself.
+**
+**   Integer values:
+**     An 8-byte big-endian integer value.
+**
+**   Real values:
+**     An 8-byte big-endian IEEE 754-2008 real value.
+**
+** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite 
+** record format.
+**
+** CHANGESET FORMAT:
+**
+** A changeset is a collection of DELETE, UPDATE and INSERT operations on
+** one or more tables. Operations on a single table are grouped together,
+** but may occur in any order (i.e. deletes, updates and inserts are all
+** mixed together).
+**
+** Each group of changes begins with a table header:
+**
+**   1 byte: Constant 0x54 (capital 'T')
+**   Varint: Number of columns in the table.
+**   nCol bytes: 0x01 for PK columns, 0x00 otherwise.
+**   N bytes: Unqualified table name (encoded using UTF-8). Nul-terminated.
+**
+** Followed by one or more changes to the table.
+**
+**   1 byte: Either SQLITE_INSERT (0x12), UPDATE (0x17) or DELETE (0x09).
+**   1 byte: The "indirect-change" flag.
+**   old.* record: (delete and update only)
+**   new.* record: (insert and update only)
+**
+** The "old.*" and "new.*" records, if present, are N field records in the
+** format described above under "RECORD FORMAT", where N is the number of
+** columns in the table. The i'th field of each record is associated with
+** the i'th column of the table, counting from left to right in the order
+** in which columns were declared in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The new.* record that is part of each INSERT change contains the values
+** that make up the new row. Similarly, the old.* record that is part of each
+** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted 
+** from the database. In the changeset format, the records that are part
+** of INSERT or DELETE changes never contain any undefined (type byte 0x00)
+** fields.
+**
+** Within the old.* record associated with an UPDATE change, all fields
+** associated with table columns that are not PRIMARY KEY columns and are
+** not modified by the UPDATE change are set to "undefined". Other fields
+** are set to the values that made up the row before the UPDATE that the
+** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated 
+** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new 
+** values. Fields associated with table columns that are not modified
+** are set to "undefined".
+**
+** PATCHSET FORMAT:
+**
+** A patchset is also a collection of changes. It is similar to a changeset,
+** but leaves undefined those fields that are not useful if no conflict
+** resolution is required when applying the changeset.
+**
+** Each group of changes begins with a table header:
+**
+**   1 byte: Constant 0x50 (capital 'P')
+**   Varint: Number of columns in the table.
+**   nCol bytes: 0x01 for PK columns, 0x00 otherwise.
+**   N bytes: Unqualified table name (encoded using UTF-8). Nul-terminated.
+**
+** Followed by one or more changes to the table.
+**
+**   1 byte: Either SQLITE_INSERT (0x12), UPDATE (0x17) or DELETE (0x09).
+**   1 byte: The "indirect-change" flag.
+**   single record: (PK fields for DELETE, PK and modified fields for UPDATE,
+**                   full record for INSERT).
+**
+** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part
+** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned
+** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE 
+** statement.
+**
+** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated
+** with PRIMARY KEY columns are set to "undefined". The PRIMARY KEY fields
+** contain the values identifying the row to delete.
+**
+** For an UPDATE change, all fields except those associated with PRIMARY KEY
+** columns and columns that are modified by the UPDATE are set to "undefined".
+** PRIMARY KEY fields contain the values identifying the table row to update,
+** and fields associated with modified columns contain the new column values.
+**
+** The records associated with INSERT changes are in the same format as for
+** changesets. It is not possible for a record associated with an INSERT
+** change to contain a field set to "undefined".
+*/
+
+/*
+** For each row modified during a session, there exists a single instance of
+** this structure stored in a SessionTable.aChange[] hash table.
+*/
+struct SessionChange {
+  int op;                         /* One of UPDATE, DELETE, INSERT */
+  int bIndirect;                  /* True if this change is "indirect" */
+  int nRecord;                    /* Number of bytes in buffer aRecord[] */
+  u8 *aRecord;                    /* Buffer containing old.* record */
+  SessionChange *pNext;           /* For hash-table collisions */
+};
+
+/*
+** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the 
+** number of bytes written.
+*/
+static int sessionVarintPut(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){
+  return putVarint32(aBuf, iVal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to store value iVal as a varint.
+*/
+static int sessionVarintLen(int iVal){
+  return sqlite3VarintLen(iVal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of 
+** bytes read.
+*/
+static int sessionVarintGet(u8 *aBuf, int *piVal){
+  return getVarint32(aBuf, *piVal);
+}
+
+/* Load an unaligned and unsigned 32-bit integer */
+#define SESSION_UINT32(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit big-endian integer value from buffer aRec[]. Return
+** the value read.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 sessionGetI64(u8 *aRec){
+  u64 x = SESSION_UINT32(aRec);
+  u32 y = SESSION_UINT32(aRec+4);
+  x = (x<<32) + y;
+  return (sqlite3_int64)x;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit big-endian integer value to the buffer aBuf[].
+*/
+static void sessionPutI64(u8 *aBuf, sqlite3_int64 i){
+  aBuf[0] = (i>>56) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[1] = (i>>48) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[2] = (i>>40) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[3] = (i>>32) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[4] = (i>>24) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[5] = (i>>16) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[6] = (i>> 8) & 0xFF;
+  aBuf[7] = (i>> 0) & 0xFF;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to serialize the contents of value pValue (see
+** comment titled "RECORD FORMAT" above).
+**
+** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to 
+** buffer aBuf. *pnWrite is set to the number of bytes written before
+** returning. Or, if aBuf is NULL, the only thing this function does is
+** set *pnWrite.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an OOM error occurs
+** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16)) 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+*/
+static int sessionSerializeValue(
+  u8 *aBuf,                       /* If non-NULL, write serialized value here */
+  sqlite3_value *pValue,          /* Value to serialize */
+  int *pnWrite                    /* IN/OUT: Increment by bytes written */
+){
+  int nByte;                      /* Size of serialized value in bytes */
+
+  if( pValue ){
+    int eType;                    /* Value type (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */
+  
+    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pValue);
+    if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = eType;
+  
+    switch( eType ){
+      case SQLITE_NULL: 
+        nByte = 1;
+        break;
+  
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER: 
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        if( aBuf ){
+          /* TODO: SQLite does something special to deal with mixed-endian
+          ** floating point values (e.g. ARM7). This code probably should
+          ** too.  */
+          u64 i;
+          if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+            i = (u64)sqlite3_value_int64(pValue);
+          }else{
+            double r;
+            assert( sizeof(double)==8 && sizeof(u64)==8 );
+            r = sqlite3_value_double(pValue);
+            memcpy(&i, &r, 8);
+          }
+          sessionPutI64(&aBuf[1], i);
+        }
+        nByte = 9; 
+        break;
+  
+      default: {
+        u8 *z;
+        int n;
+        int nVarint;
+  
+        assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
+        if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+          z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pValue);
+        }else{
+          z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pValue);
+        }
+        n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+        if( z==0 && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        nVarint = sessionVarintLen(n);
+  
+        if( aBuf ){
+          sessionVarintPut(&aBuf[1], n);
+          if( n ) memcpy(&aBuf[nVarint + 1], z, n);
+        }
+  
+        nByte = 1 + nVarint + n;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    nByte = 1;
+    if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = '\0';
+  }
+
+  if( pnWrite ) *pnWrite += nByte;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This macro is used to calculate hash key values for data structures. In
+** order to use this macro, the entire data structure must be represented
+** as a series of unsigned integers. In order to calculate a hash-key value
+** for a data structure represented as three such integers, the macro may
+** then be used as follows:
+**
+**    int hash_key_value;
+**    hash_key_value = HASH_APPEND(0, <value 1>);
+**    hash_key_value = HASH_APPEND(hash_key_value, <value 2>);
+**    hash_key_value = HASH_APPEND(hash_key_value, <value 3>);
+**
+** In practice, the data structures this macro is used for are the primary
+** key values of modified rows.
+*/
+#define HASH_APPEND(hash, add) ((hash) << 3) ^ (hash) ^ (unsigned int)(add)
+
+/*
+** Append the hash of the 64-bit integer passed as the second argument to the
+** hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
+*/
+static unsigned int sessionHashAppendI64(unsigned int h, i64 i){
+  h = HASH_APPEND(h, i & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+  return HASH_APPEND(h, (i>>32)&0xFFFFFFFF);
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to 
+** the hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
+*/
+static unsigned int sessionHashAppendBlob(unsigned int h, int n, const u8 *z){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++) h = HASH_APPEND(h, z[i]);
+  return h;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the hash of the data type passed as the second argument to the
+** hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
+*/
+static unsigned int sessionHashAppendType(unsigned int h, int eType){
+  return HASH_APPEND(h, eType);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called from within a pre-update callback.
+** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or 
+** new.* row currently available and, assuming no error occurs, writes it to
+** *piHash before returning. If the primary key contains one or more NULL
+** values, *pbNullPK is set to true before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values
+** of *piHash asn *pbNullPK are undefined. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and the output variables are set as described above.
+*/
+static int sessionPreupdateHash(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object that owns pTab */
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Session table handle */
+  int bNew,                       /* True to hash the new.* PK */
+  int *piHash,                    /* OUT: Hash value */
+  int *pbNullPK                   /* OUT: True if there are NULL values in PK */
+){
+  unsigned int h = 0;             /* Hash value to return */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through columns */
+
+  assert( *pbNullPK==0 );
+  assert( pTab->nCol==pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) );
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( pTab->abPK[i] ){
+      int rc;
+      int eType;
+      sqlite3_value *pVal;
+
+      if( bNew ){
+        rc = pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &pVal);
+      }else{
+        rc = pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &pVal);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+      eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+      h = sessionHashAppendType(h, eType);
+      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+        i64 iVal;
+        if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+          iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
+        }else{
+          double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(pVal);
+          assert( sizeof(iVal)==8 && sizeof(rVal)==8 );
+          memcpy(&iVal, &rVal, 8);
+        }
+        h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, iVal);
+      }else if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        const u8 *z;
+        int n;
+        if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+          z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+        }else{
+          z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
+        }
+        n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
+        if( !z && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, z);
+      }else{
+        assert( eType==SQLITE_NULL );
+        *pbNullPK = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *piHash = (h % pTab->nChange);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The buffer that the argument points to contains a serialized SQL value.
+** Return the number of bytes of space occupied by the value (including
+** the type byte).
+*/
+static int sessionSerialLen(u8 *a){
+  int e = *a;
+  int n;
+  if( e==0 ) return 1;
+  if( e==SQLITE_NULL ) return 1;
+  if( e==SQLITE_INTEGER || e==SQLITE_FLOAT ) return 9;
+  return sessionVarintGet(&a[1], &n) + 1 + n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Based on the primary key values stored in change aRecord, calculate a
+** hash key. Assume the has table has nBucket buckets. The hash keys
+** calculated by this function are compatible with those calculated by
+** sessionPreupdateHash().
+**
+** The bPkOnly argument is non-zero if the record at aRecord[] is from
+** a patchset DELETE. In this case the non-PK fields are omitted entirely.
+*/
+static unsigned int sessionChangeHash(
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table handle */
+  int bPkOnly,                    /* Record consists of PK fields only */
+  u8 *aRecord,                    /* Change record */
+  int nBucket                     /* Assume this many buckets in hash table */
+){
+  unsigned int h = 0;             /* Value to return */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through columns */
+  u8 *a = aRecord;                /* Used to iterate through change record */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    int eType = *a;
+    int isPK = pTab->abPK[i];
+    if( bPkOnly && isPK==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session 
+    ** module does not record changes for rows with NULL values stored in
+    ** primary key columns. */
+    assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT 
+         || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB 
+         || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0 
+    );
+    assert( !isPK || (eType!=0 && eType!=SQLITE_NULL) );
+
+    if( isPK ){
+      a++;
+      h = sessionHashAppendType(h, eType);
+      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+        h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, sessionGetI64(a));
+        a += 8;
+      }else{
+        int n; 
+        a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
+        h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, a);
+        a += n;
+      }
+    }else{
+      a += sessionSerialLen(a);
+    }
+  }
+  return (h % nBucket);
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab.
+** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e.
+** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false 
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int sessionChangeEqual(
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table used for PK definition */
+  int bLeftPkOnly,                /* True if aLeft[] contains PK fields only */
+  u8 *aLeft,                      /* Change record */
+  int bRightPkOnly,               /* True if aRight[] contains PK fields only */
+  u8 *aRight                      /* Change record */
+){
+  u8 *a1 = aLeft;                 /* Cursor to iterate through aLeft */
+  u8 *a2 = aRight;                /* Cursor to iterate through aRight */
+  int iCol;                       /* Used to iterate through table columns */
+
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+    if( pTab->abPK[iCol] ){
+      int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
+      int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
+
+      if( pTab->abPK[iCol] && (n1!=n2 || memcmp(a1, a2, n1)) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      a1 += n1;
+      a2 += n2;
+    }else{
+      if( bLeftPkOnly==0 ) a1 += sessionSerialLen(a1);
+      if( bRightPkOnly==0 ) a2 += sessionSerialLen(a2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments aLeft and aRight both point to buffers containing change
+** records with nCol columns. This function "merges" the two records into
+** a single records which is written to the buffer at *paOut. *paOut is
+** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before 
+** returning.
+**
+** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the 
+** aRight record contains a value for the column, copy the value from
+** their. Otherwise, if aLeft contains a value, copy it. If neither
+** record contains a value for a given column, then neither does the
+** output record.
+*/
+static void sessionMergeRecord(
+  u8 **paOut, 
+  int nCol,
+  u8 *aLeft,
+  u8 *aRight
+){
+  u8 *a1 = aLeft;                 /* Cursor used to iterate through aLeft */
+  u8 *a2 = aRight;                /* Cursor used to iterate through aRight */
+  u8 *aOut = *paOut;              /* Output cursor */
+  int iCol;                       /* Used to iterate from 0 to nCol */
+
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+    int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
+    int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
+    if( *a2 ){
+      memcpy(aOut, a2, n2);
+      aOut += n2;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(aOut, a1, n1);
+      aOut += n1;
+    }
+    a1 += n1;
+    a2 += n2;
+  }
+
+  *paOut = aOut;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a helper function used by sessionMergeUpdate().
+**
+** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value 
+** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so 
+** as to point to the next value in the record.
+**
+** If, when this function is called, *paTwo points to a valid value (i.e.
+** *paTwo[0] is not 0x00 - the "no value" placeholder), a copy of the *paTwo
+** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the 
+** serialized value. Otherwise, a copy of *paOne is returned and *pnVal
+** set to the number of bytes in the value at *paOne. If *paOne points
+** to the "no value" placeholder, *pnVal is set to 1. In other words:
+**
+**   if( *paTwo is valid ) return *paTwo;
+**   return *paOne;
+**
+*/
+static u8 *sessionMergeValue(
+  u8 **paOne,                     /* IN/OUT: Left-hand buffer pointer */
+  u8 **paTwo,                     /* IN/OUT: Right-hand buffer pointer */
+  int *pnVal                      /* OUT: Bytes in returned value */
+){
+  u8 *a1 = *paOne;
+  u8 *a2 = *paTwo;
+  u8 *pRet = 0;
+  int n1;
+
+  assert( a1 );
+  if( a2 ){
+    int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
+    if( *a2 ){
+      *pnVal = n2;
+      pRet = a2;
+    }
+    *paTwo = &a2[n2];
+  }
+
+  n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    *pnVal = n1;
+    pRet = a1;
+  }
+  *paOne = &a1[n1];
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by changeset_concat() to merge two UPDATE changes
+** on the same row.
+*/
+static int sessionMergeUpdate(
+  u8 **paOut,                     /* IN/OUT: Pointer to output buffer */
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table change pertains to */
+  int bPatchset,                  /* True if records are patchset records */
+  u8 *aOldRecord1,                /* old.* record for first change */
+  u8 *aOldRecord2,                /* old.* record for second change */
+  u8 *aNewRecord1,                /* new.* record for first change */
+  u8 *aNewRecord2                 /* new.* record for second change */
+){
+  u8 *aOld1 = aOldRecord1;
+  u8 *aOld2 = aOldRecord2;
+  u8 *aNew1 = aNewRecord1;
+  u8 *aNew2 = aNewRecord2;
+
+  u8 *aOut = *paOut;
+  int i;
+
+  if( bPatchset==0 ){
+    int bRequired = 0;
+
+    assert( aOldRecord1 && aNewRecord1 );
+
+    /* Write the old.* vector first. */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      int nOld;
+      u8 *aOld;
+      int nNew;
+      u8 *aNew;
+
+      aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld);
+      aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew);
+      if( pTab->abPK[i] || nOld!=nNew || memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew) ){
+        if( pTab->abPK[i]==0 ) bRequired = 1;
+        memcpy(aOut, aOld, nOld);
+        aOut += nOld;
+      }else{
+        *(aOut++) = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( !bRequired ) return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Write the new.* vector */
+  aOld1 = aOldRecord1;
+  aOld2 = aOldRecord2;
+  aNew1 = aNewRecord1;
+  aNew2 = aNewRecord2;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    int nOld;
+    u8 *aOld;
+    int nNew;
+    u8 *aNew;
+
+    aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld);
+    aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew);
+    if( bPatchset==0 
+     && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew))) 
+    ){
+      *(aOut++) = '\0';
+    }else{
+      memcpy(aOut, aNew, nNew);
+      aOut += nNew;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *paOut = aOut;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is only called from within a pre-update-hook callback.
+** It determines if the current pre-update-hook change affects the same row
+** as the change stored in argument pChange. If so, it returns true. Otherwise
+** if the pre-update-hook does not affect the same row as pChange, it returns
+** false.
+*/
+static int sessionPreupdateEqual(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object that owns SessionTable */
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table associated with change */
+  SessionChange *pChange,         /* Change to compare to */
+  int op                          /* Current pre-update operation */
+){
+  int iCol;                       /* Used to iterate through columns */
+  u8 *a = pChange->aRecord;       /* Cursor used to scan change record */
+
+  assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT || op==SQLITE_UPDATE || op==SQLITE_DELETE );
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+    if( !pTab->abPK[iCol] ){
+      a += sessionSerialLen(a);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_value *pVal;        /* Value returned by preupdate_new/old */
+      int rc;                     /* Error code from preupdate_new/old */
+      int eType = *a++;           /* Type of value from change record */
+
+      /* The following calls to preupdate_new() and preupdate_old() can not
+      ** fail. This is because they cache their return values, and by the
+      ** time control flows to here they have already been called once from
+      ** within sessionPreupdateHash(). The first two asserts below verify
+      ** this (that the method has already been called). */
+      if( op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
+        /* assert( db->pPreUpdate->pNewUnpacked || db->pPreUpdate->aNew ); */
+        rc = pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, iCol, &pVal);
+      }else{
+        /* assert( db->pPreUpdate->pUnpacked ); */
+        rc = pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, iCol, &pVal);
+      }
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=eType ) return 0;
+
+      /* A SessionChange object never has a NULL value in a PK column */
+      assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT
+           || eType==SQLITE_BLOB    || eType==SQLITE_TEXT
+      );
+
+      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+        i64 iVal = sessionGetI64(a);
+        a += 8;
+        if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+          if( sqlite3_value_int64(pVal)!=iVal ) return 0;
+        }else{
+          double rVal;
+          assert( sizeof(iVal)==8 && sizeof(rVal)==8 );
+          memcpy(&rVal, &iVal, 8);
+          if( sqlite3_value_double(pVal)!=rVal ) return 0;
+        }
+      }else{
+        int n;
+        const u8 *z;
+        a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
+        if( sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=n ) return 0;
+        if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+          z = sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+        }else{
+          z = sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
+        }
+        if( memcmp(a, z, n) ) return 0;
+        a += n;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab 
+** (part of the session pSession). If a fatal OOM error occurs, set the
+** session object to failed and return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** It is possible that a non-fatal OOM error occurs in this function. In
+** that case the hash-table does not grow, but SQLITE_OK is returned anyway.
+** Growing the hash table in this case is a performance optimization only,
+** it is not required for correct operation.
+*/
+static int sessionGrowHash(int bPatchset, SessionTable *pTab){
+  if( pTab->nChange==0 || pTab->nEntry>=(pTab->nChange/2) ){
+    int i;
+    SessionChange **apNew;
+    int nNew = (pTab->nChange ? pTab->nChange : 128) * 2;
+
+    apNew = (SessionChange **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionChange *) * nNew);
+    if( apNew==0 ){
+      if( pTab->nChange==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange *) * nNew);
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange; i++){
+      SessionChange *p;
+      SessionChange *pNext;
+      for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; p; p=pNext){
+        int bPkOnly = (p->op==SQLITE_DELETE && bPatchset);
+        int iHash = sessionChangeHash(pTab, bPkOnly, p->aRecord, nNew);
+        pNext = p->pNext;
+        p->pNext = apNew[iHash];
+        apNew[iHash] = p;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(pTab->apChange);
+    pTab->nChange = nNew;
+    pTab->apChange = apNew;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function queries the database for the names of the columns of table
+** zThis, in schema zDb. It is expected that the table has nCol columns. If
+** not, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned and none of the output variables are
+** populated.
+**
+** Otherwise, if they are not NULL, variable *pnCol is set to the number
+** of columns in the database table and variable *pzTab is set to point to a
+** nul-terminated copy of the table name. *pazCol (if not NULL) is set to
+** point to an array of pointers to column names. And *pabPK (again, if not
+** NULL) is set to point to an array of booleans - true if the corresponding
+** column is part of the primary key.
+**
+** For example, if the table is declared as:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE tbl1(w, x, y, z, PRIMARY KEY(w, z));
+**
+** Then the four output variables are populated as follows:
+**
+**     *pnCol  = 4
+**     *pzTab  = "tbl1"
+**     *pazCol = {"w", "x", "y", "z"}
+**     *pabPK  = {1, 0, 0, 1}
+**
+** All returned buffers are part of the same single allocation, which must
+** be freed using sqlite3_free() by the caller. If pazCol was not NULL, then
+** pointer *pazCol should be freed to release all memory. Otherwise, pointer
+** *pabPK. It is illegal for both pazCol and pabPK to be NULL.
+*/
+static int sessionTableInfo(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (e.g. "main") */
+  const char *zThis,              /* Table name */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: number of columns */
+  const char **pzTab,             /* OUT: Copy of zThis */
+  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Array of column names for table */
+  u8 **pabPK                      /* OUT: Array of booleans - true for PK col */
+){
+  char *zPragma;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  int nByte;
+  int nDbCol = 0;
+  int nThis;
+  int i;
+  u8 *pAlloc = 0;
+  char **azCol = 0;
+  u8 *abPK = 0;
+
+  assert( pazCol && pabPK );
+
+  nThis = sqlite3Strlen30(zThis);
+  zPragma = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA '%q'.table_info('%q')", zDb, zThis);
+  if( !zPragma ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zPragma, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(zPragma);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nByte = nThis + 1;
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    nByte += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
+    nDbCol++;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    nByte += nDbCol * (sizeof(const char *) + sizeof(u8) + 1);
+    pAlloc = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( pAlloc==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    azCol = (char **)pAlloc;
+    pAlloc = (u8 *)&azCol[nDbCol];
+    abPK = (u8 *)pAlloc;
+    pAlloc = &abPK[nDbCol];
+    if( pzTab ){
+      memcpy(pAlloc, zThis, nThis+1);
+      *pzTab = (char *)pAlloc;
+      pAlloc += nThis+1;
+    }
+  
+    i = 0;
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      int nName = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
+      const unsigned char *zName = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
+      if( zName==0 ) break;
+      memcpy(pAlloc, zName, nName+1);
+      azCol[i] = (char *)pAlloc;
+      pAlloc += nName+1;
+      abPK[i] = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5);
+      i++;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  
+  }
+
+  /* If successful, populate the output variables. Otherwise, zero them and
+  ** free any allocation made. An error code will be returned in this case.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pazCol = (const char **)azCol;
+    *pabPK = abPK;
+    *pnCol = nDbCol;
+  }else{
+    *pazCol = 0;
+    *pabPK = 0;
+    *pnCol = 0;
+    if( pzTab ) *pzTab = 0;
+    sqlite3_free(azCol);
+  }
+  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is only called from within a pre-update handler for a
+** write to table pTab, part of session pSession. If this is the first
+** write to this table, initalize the SessionTable.nCol, azCol[] and
+** abPK[] arrays accordingly.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is stored in sqlite3_session.rc and
+** non-zero returned. Or, if no error occurs but the table has no primary
+** key, sqlite3_session.rc is left set to SQLITE_OK and non-zero returned to
+** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK 
+** is set to NULL in this case.
+*/
+static int sessionInitTable(sqlite3_session *pSession, SessionTable *pTab){
+  if( pTab->nCol==0 ){
+    u8 *abPK;
+    assert( pTab->azCol==0 || pTab->abPK==0 );
+    pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb, 
+        pTab->zName, &pTab->nCol, 0, &pTab->azCol, &abPK
+    );
+    if( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+        if( abPK[i] ){
+          pTab->abPK = abPK;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return (pSession->rc || pTab->abPK==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a 
+** change on table pTab (attached to session pSession). The type of change
+** (UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE) is specified by the first argument.
+**
+** Unless one is already present or an error occurs, an entry is added
+** to the changed-rows hash table associated with table pTab.
+*/
+static void sessionPreupdateOneChange(
+  int op,                         /* One of SQLITE_UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE */
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object pTab is attached to */
+  SessionTable *pTab              /* Table that change applies to */
+){
+  int iHash; 
+  int bNull = 0; 
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pSession->rc ) return;
+
+  /* Load table details if required */
+  if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return;
+
+  /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the 
+  ** number of columns in the table.  */
+  if( pTab->nCol!=pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){
+    pSession->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Grow the hash table if required */
+  if( sessionGrowHash(0, pTab) ){
+    pSession->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Calculate the hash-key for this change. If the primary key of the row
+  ** includes a NULL value, exit early. Such changes are ignored by the
+  ** session module. */
+  rc = sessionPreupdateHash(pSession, pTab, op==SQLITE_INSERT, &iHash, &bNull);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out;
+
+  if( bNull==0 ){
+    /* Search the hash table for an existing record for this row. */
+    SessionChange *pC;
+    for(pC=pTab->apChange[iHash]; pC; pC=pC->pNext){
+      if( sessionPreupdateEqual(pSession, pTab, pC, op) ) break;
+    }
+
+    if( pC==0 ){
+      /* Create a new change object containing all the old values (if
+      ** this is an SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_DELETE), or just the PK
+      ** values (if this is an INSERT). */
+      SessionChange *pChange; /* New change object */
+      int nByte;              /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+      int i;                  /* Used to iterate through columns */
+  
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      pTab->nEntry++;
+  
+      /* Figure out how large an allocation is required */
+      nByte = sizeof(SessionChange);
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3_value *p = 0;
+        if( op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
+          TESTONLY(int trc = ) pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p);
+          assert( trc==SQLITE_OK );
+        }else if( pTab->abPK[i] ){
+          TESTONLY(int trc = ) pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p);
+          assert( trc==SQLITE_OK );
+        }
+
+        /* This may fail if SQLite value p contains a utf-16 string that must
+        ** be converted to utf-8 and an OOM error occurs while doing so. */
+        rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, p, &nByte);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out;
+      }
+  
+      /* Allocate the change object */
+      pChange = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( !pChange ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto error_out;
+      }else{
+        memset(pChange, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
+        pChange->aRecord = (u8 *)&pChange[1];
+      }
+  
+      /* Populate the change object. None of the preupdate_old(),
+      ** preupdate_new() or SerializeValue() calls below may fail as all
+      ** required values and encodings have already been cached in memory.
+      ** It is not possible for an OOM to occur in this block. */
+      nByte = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3_value *p = 0;
+        if( op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
+          pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p);
+        }else if( pTab->abPK[i] ){
+          pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p);
+        }
+        sessionSerializeValue(&pChange->aRecord[nByte], p, &nByte);
+      }
+
+      /* Add the change to the hash-table */
+      if( pSession->bIndirect || pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){
+        pChange->bIndirect = 1;
+      }
+      pChange->nRecord = nByte;
+      pChange->op = op;
+      pChange->pNext = pTab->apChange[iHash];
+      pTab->apChange[iHash] = pChange;
+
+    }else if( pC->bIndirect ){
+      /* If the existing change is considered "indirect", but this current
+      ** change is "direct", mark the change object as direct. */
+      if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0 
+       && pSession->bIndirect==0 
+      ){
+        pC->bIndirect = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If an error has occurred, mark the session object as failed. */
+ error_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pSession->rc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+static int sessionFindTable(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession, 
+  const char *zName,
+  SessionTable **ppTab
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  SessionTable *pRet;
+
+  /* Search for an existing table */
+  for(pRet=pSession->pTable; pRet; pRet=pRet->pNext){
+    if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pRet->zName, zName, nName+1) ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( pRet==0 && pSession->bAutoAttach ){
+    /* If there is a table-filter configured, invoke it. If it returns 0,
+    ** do not automatically add the new table. */
+    if( pSession->xTableFilter==0
+     || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName) 
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession, zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        for(pRet=pSession->pTable; pRet->pNext; pRet=pRet->pNext);
+        assert( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pRet->zName, zName, nName+1) );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pRet==0 );
+  *ppTab = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The 'pre-update' hook registered by this module with SQLite databases.
+*/
+static void xPreUpdate(
+  void *pCtx,                     /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  int op,                         /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */
+  char const *zDb,                /* Database name */
+  char const *zName,              /* Table name */
+  sqlite3_int64 iKey1,            /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */
+  sqlite3_int64 iKey2             /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */
+){
+  sqlite3_session *pSession;
+  int nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zDb);
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  for(pSession=(sqlite3_session *)pCtx; pSession; pSession=pSession->pNext){
+    SessionTable *pTab;
+
+    /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp" 
+    ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip 
+    ** to the next session object attached to this database. */
+    if( pSession->bEnable==0 ) continue;
+    if( pSession->rc ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zDb, pSession->zDb, nDb+1) ) continue;
+
+    pSession->rc = sessionFindTable(pSession, zName, &pTab);
+    if( pTab ){
+      assert( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      sessionPreupdateOneChange(op, pSession, pTab);
+      if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
+        sessionPreupdateOneChange(SQLITE_INSERT, pSession, pTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The pre-update hook implementations.
+*/
+static int sessionPreupdateOld(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){
+  return sqlite3_preupdate_old((sqlite3*)pCtx, iVal, ppVal);
+}
+static int sessionPreupdateNew(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){
+  return sqlite3_preupdate_new((sqlite3*)pCtx, iVal, ppVal);
+}
+static int sessionPreupdateCount(void *pCtx){
+  return sqlite3_preupdate_count((sqlite3*)pCtx);
+}
+static int sessionPreupdateDepth(void *pCtx){
+  return sqlite3_preupdate_depth((sqlite3*)pCtx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Install the pre-update hooks on the session object passed as the only
+** argument.
+*/
+static void sessionPreupdateHooks(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession
+){
+  pSession->hook.pCtx = (void*)pSession->db;
+  pSession->hook.xOld = sessionPreupdateOld;
+  pSession->hook.xNew = sessionPreupdateNew;
+  pSession->hook.xCount = sessionPreupdateCount;
+  pSession->hook.xDepth = sessionPreupdateDepth;
+}
+
+typedef struct SessionDiffCtx SessionDiffCtx;
+struct SessionDiffCtx {
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int nOldOff;
+};
+
+/*
+** The diff hook implementations.
+*/
+static int sessionDiffOld(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){
+  SessionDiffCtx *p = (SessionDiffCtx*)pCtx;
+  *ppVal = sqlite3_column_value(p->pStmt, iVal+p->nOldOff);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int sessionDiffNew(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){
+  SessionDiffCtx *p = (SessionDiffCtx*)pCtx;
+  *ppVal = sqlite3_column_value(p->pStmt, iVal);
+   return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int sessionDiffCount(void *pCtx){
+  SessionDiffCtx *p = (SessionDiffCtx*)pCtx;
+  return p->nOldOff ? p->nOldOff : sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt);
+}
+static int sessionDiffDepth(void *pCtx){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Install the diff hooks on the session object passed as the only
+** argument.
+*/
+static void sessionDiffHooks(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  SessionDiffCtx *pDiffCtx
+){
+  pSession->hook.pCtx = (void*)pDiffCtx;
+  pSession->hook.xOld = sessionDiffOld;
+  pSession->hook.xNew = sessionDiffNew;
+  pSession->hook.xCount = sessionDiffCount;
+  pSession->hook.xDepth = sessionDiffDepth;
+}
+
+static char *sessionExprComparePK(
+  int nCol,
+  const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, 
+  const char *zTab,
+  const char **azCol, u8 *abPK
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zSep = "";
+  char *zRet = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( abPK[i] ){
+      zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\"=\"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\"",
+          zRet, zSep, zDb1, zTab, azCol[i], zDb2, zTab, azCol[i]
+      );
+      zSep = " AND ";
+      if( zRet==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+static char *sessionExprCompareOther(
+  int nCol,
+  const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, 
+  const char *zTab,
+  const char **azCol, u8 *abPK
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zSep = "";
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  int bHave = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( abPK[i]==0 ){
+      bHave = 1;
+      zRet = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "%z%s\"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\" IS NOT \"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\"",
+          zRet, zSep, zDb1, zTab, azCol[i], zDb2, zTab, azCol[i]
+      );
+      zSep = " OR ";
+      if( zRet==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bHave==0 ){
+    assert( zRet==0 );
+    zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("0");
+  }
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+static char *sessionSelectFindNew(
+  int nCol,
+  const char *zDb1,      /* Pick rows in this db only */
+  const char *zDb2,      /* But not in this one */
+  const char *zTbl,      /* Table name */
+  const char *zExpr
+){
+  char *zRet = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "SELECT * FROM \"%w\".\"%w\" WHERE NOT EXISTS ("
+      "  SELECT 1 FROM \"%w\".\"%w\" WHERE %s"
+      ")",
+      zDb1, zTbl, zDb2, zTbl, zExpr
+  );
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+static int sessionDiffFindNew(
+  int op,
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  SessionTable *pTab,
+  const char *zDb1,
+  const char *zDb2,
+  char *zExpr
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zStmt = sessionSelectFindNew(pTab->nCol, zDb1, zDb2, pTab->zName,zExpr);
+
+  if( zStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pSession->db, zStmt, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      SessionDiffCtx *pDiffCtx = (SessionDiffCtx*)pSession->hook.pCtx;
+      pDiffCtx->pStmt = pStmt;
+      pDiffCtx->nOldOff = 0;
+      while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        sessionPreupdateOneChange(op, pSession, pTab);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sessionDiffFindModified(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession, 
+  SessionTable *pTab, 
+  const char *zFrom, 
+  const char *zExpr
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  char *zExpr2 = sessionExprCompareOther(pTab->nCol,
+      pSession->zDb, zFrom, pTab->zName, pTab->azCol, pTab->abPK
+  );
+  if( zExpr2==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    char *zStmt = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT * FROM \"%w\".\"%w\", \"%w\".\"%w\" WHERE %s AND (%z)",
+        pSession->zDb, pTab->zName, zFrom, pTab->zName, zExpr, zExpr2
+    );
+    if( zStmt==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare(pSession->db, zStmt, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        SessionDiffCtx *pDiffCtx = (SessionDiffCtx*)pSession->hook.pCtx;
+        pDiffCtx->pStmt = pStmt;
+        pDiffCtx->nOldOff = pTab->nCol;
+        while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+          sessionPreupdateOneChange(SQLITE_UPDATE, pSession, pTab);
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zStmt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  const char *zFrom,
+  const char *zTbl,
+  char **pzErrMsg
+){
+  const char *zDb = pSession->zDb;
+  int rc = pSession->rc;
+  SessionDiffCtx d;
+
+  memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d));
+  sessionDiffHooks(pSession, &d);
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    char *zExpr = 0;
+    sqlite3 *db = pSession->db;
+    SessionTable *pTo;            /* Table zTbl */
+
+    /* Locate and if necessary initialize the target table object */
+    rc = sessionFindTable(pSession, zTbl, &pTo);
+    if( pTo==0 ) goto diff_out;
+    if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTo) ){
+      rc = pSession->rc;
+      goto diff_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the table schemas match */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int bHasPk = 0;
+      int bMismatch = 0;
+      int nCol;                   /* Columns in zFrom.zTbl */
+      u8 *abPK;
+      const char **azCol = 0;
+      rc = sessionTableInfo(db, zFrom, zTbl, &nCol, 0, &azCol, &abPK);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( pTo->nCol!=nCol ){
+          bMismatch = 1;
+        }else{
+          int i;
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            if( pTo->abPK[i]!=abPK[i] ) bMismatch = 1;
+            if( sqlite3_stricmp(azCol[i], pTo->azCol[i]) ) bMismatch = 1;
+            if( abPK[i] ) bHasPk = 1;
+          }
+        }
+
+      }
+      sqlite3_free((char*)azCol);
+      if( bMismatch ){
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("table schemas do not match");
+        rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+      }
+      if( bHasPk==0 ){
+        /* Ignore tables with no primary keys */
+        goto diff_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol, 
+          zDb, zFrom, pTo->zName, pTo->azCol, pTo->abPK
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* Find new rows */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sessionDiffFindNew(SQLITE_INSERT, pSession, pTo, zDb, zFrom, zExpr);
+    }
+
+    /* Find old rows */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sessionDiffFindNew(SQLITE_DELETE, pSession, pTo, zFrom, zDb, zExpr);
+    }
+
+    /* Find modified rows */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sessionDiffFindModified(pSession, pTo, zFrom, zExpr);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(zExpr);
+  }
+
+ diff_out:
+  sessionPreupdateHooks(pSession);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a session object. This session object will record changes to
+** database zDb attached to connection db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
+  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
+){
+  sqlite3_session *pNew;          /* Newly allocated session object */
+  sqlite3_session *pOld;          /* Session object already attached to db */
+  int nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zDb); /* Length of zDb in bytes */
+
+  /* Zero the output value in case an error occurs. */
+  *ppSession = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the new session object. */
+  pNew = (sqlite3_session *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_session) + nDb + 1);
+  if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_session));
+  pNew->db = db;
+  pNew->zDb = (char *)&pNew[1];
+  pNew->bEnable = 1;
+  memcpy(pNew->zDb, zDb, nDb+1);
+  sessionPreupdateHooks(pNew);
+
+  /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects 
+  ** attached to database handle $db. Do this under the cover of the db
+  ** handle mutex.  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+  pOld = (sqlite3_session*)sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, xPreUpdate, (void*)pNew);
+  pNew->pNext = pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+
+  *ppSession = pNew;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the list of table objects passed as the first argument. The contents
+** of the changed-rows hash tables are also deleted.
+*/
+static void sessionDeleteTable(SessionTable *pList){
+  SessionTable *pNext;
+  SessionTable *pTab;
+
+  for(pTab=pList; pTab; pTab=pNext){
+    int i;
+    pNext = pTab->pNext;
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange; i++){
+      SessionChange *p;
+      SessionChange *pNextChange;
+      for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; p; p=pNextChange){
+        pNextChange = p->pNext;
+        sqlite3_free(p);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free((char*)pTab->azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
+    sqlite3_free(pTab->apChange);
+    sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a session object previously allocated using sqlite3session_create().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession){
+  sqlite3 *db = pSession->db;
+  sqlite3_session *pHead;
+  sqlite3_session **pp;
+
+  /* Unlink the session from the linked list of sessions attached to the
+  ** database handle. Hold the db mutex while doing so.  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+  pHead = (sqlite3_session*)sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, 0, 0);
+  for(pp=&pHead; ALWAYS((*pp)!=0); pp=&((*pp)->pNext)){
+    if( (*pp)==pSession ){
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+      if( pHead ) sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, xPreUpdate, (void*)pHead);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+
+  /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their 
+  ** associated hash-tables. */
+  sessionDeleteTable(pSession->pTable);
+
+  /* Free the session object itself. */
+  sqlite3_free(pSession);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a table filter on a Session Object.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession, 
+  int(*xFilter)(void*, const char*),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
+){
+  pSession->bAutoAttach = 1;
+  pSession->pFilterCtx = pCtx;
+  pSession->xTableFilter = xFilter;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attach a table to a session. All subsequent changes made to the table
+** while the session object is enabled will be recorded.
+**
+** Only tables that have a PRIMARY KEY defined may be attached. It does
+** not matter if the PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias)
+** or not.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  const char *zName               /* Table name */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+
+  if( !zName ){
+    pSession->bAutoAttach = 1;
+  }else{
+    SessionTable *pTab;           /* New table object (if required) */
+    int nName;                    /* Number of bytes in string zName */
+
+    /* First search for an existing entry. If one is found, this call is
+    ** a no-op. Return early. */
+    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(pTab=pSession->pTable; pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
+      if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, zName, nName+1) ) break;
+    }
+
+    if( !pTab ){
+      /* Allocate new SessionTable object. */
+      pTab = (SessionTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionTable) + nName + 1);
+      if( !pTab ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        /* Populate the new SessionTable object and link it into the list.
+        ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not 
+        ** simply added to the start of it in order to ensure that tables
+        ** appear in the correct order when a changeset or patchset is
+        ** eventually generated. */
+        SessionTable **ppTab;
+        memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(SessionTable));
+        pTab->zName = (char *)&pTab[1];
+        memcpy(pTab->zName, zName, nName+1);
+        for(ppTab=&pSession->pTable; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext);
+        *ppTab = pTab;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that there is room in the buffer to append nByte bytes of data.
+** If not, use sqlite3_realloc() to grow the buffer so that there is.
+**
+** If successful, return zero. Otherwise, if an OOM condition is encountered,
+** set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int sessionBufferGrow(SessionBuffer *p, int nByte, int *pRc){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && p->nAlloc-p->nBuf<nByte ){
+    u8 *aNew;
+    int nNew = p->nAlloc ? p->nAlloc : 128;
+    do {
+      nNew = nNew*2;
+    }while( nNew<(p->nBuf+nByte) );
+
+    aNew = (u8 *)sqlite3_realloc(p->aBuf, nNew);
+    if( 0==aNew ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      p->aBuf = aNew;
+      p->nAlloc = nNew;
+    }
+  }
+  return (*pRc!=SQLITE_OK);
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the value passed as the second argument to the buffer passed
+** as the first.
+**
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is non-zero when it is called.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendValue(SessionBuffer *p, sqlite3_value *pVal, int *pRc){
+  int rc = *pRc;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte = 0;
+    rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, pVal, &nByte);
+    sessionBufferGrow(p, nByte, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sessionSerializeValue(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], pVal, 0);
+      p->nBuf += nByte;
+    }else{
+      *pRc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is 
+** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer. 
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendByte(SessionBuffer *p, u8 v, int *pRc){
+  if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, 1, pRc) ){
+    p->aBuf[p->nBuf++] = v;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is 
+** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer. 
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendVarint(SessionBuffer *p, int v, int *pRc){
+  if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, 9, pRc) ){
+    p->nBuf += sessionVarintPut(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], v);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is 
+** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer. 
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendBlob(
+  SessionBuffer *p, 
+  const u8 *aBlob, 
+  int nBlob, 
+  int *pRc
+){
+  if( nBlob>0 && 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nBlob, pRc) ){
+    memcpy(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], aBlob, nBlob);
+    p->nBuf += nBlob;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is 
+** called. Otherwise, append a string to the buffer. All bytes in the string
+** up to (but not including) the nul-terminator are written to the buffer.
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendStr(
+  SessionBuffer *p, 
+  const char *zStr, 
+  int *pRc
+){
+  int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr);
+  if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nStr, pRc) ){
+    memcpy(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], zStr, nStr);
+    p->nBuf += nStr;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is 
+** called. Otherwise, append the string representation of integer iVal
+** to the buffer. No nul-terminator is written.
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendInteger(
+  SessionBuffer *p,               /* Buffer to append to */
+  int iVal,                       /* Value to write the string rep. of */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  char aBuf[24];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuf)-1, aBuf, "%d", iVal);
+  sessionAppendStr(p, aBuf, pRc);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is 
+** called. Otherwise, append the string zStr enclosed in quotes (") and
+** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No 
+** nul-terminator byte is written.
+**
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendIdent(
+  SessionBuffer *p,               /* Buffer to a append to */
+  const char *zStr,               /* String to quote, escape and append */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr)*2 + 2 + 1;
+  if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nStr, pRc) ){
+    char *zOut = (char *)&p->aBuf[p->nBuf];
+    const char *zIn = zStr;
+    *zOut++ = '"';
+    while( *zIn ){
+      if( *zIn=='"' ) *zOut++ = '"';
+      *zOut++ = *(zIn++);
+    }
+    *zOut++ = '"';
+    p->nBuf = (int)((u8 *)zOut - p->aBuf);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwse, it appends the serialized version of the value stored
+** in column iCol of the row that SQL statement pStmt currently points
+** to to the buffer.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendCol(
+  SessionBuffer *p,               /* Buffer to append to */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,            /* Handle pointing to row containing value */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to read value from */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, iCol);
+    sessionAppendByte(p, (u8)eType, pRc);
+    if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+      sqlite3_int64 i;
+      u8 aBuf[8];
+      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+        i = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, iCol);
+      }else{
+        double r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, iCol);
+        memcpy(&i, &r, 8);
+      }
+      sessionPutI64(aBuf, i);
+      sessionAppendBlob(p, aBuf, 8, pRc);
+    }
+    if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB || eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+      u8 *z;
+      int nByte;
+      if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        z = (u8 *)sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, iCol);
+      }else{
+        z = (u8 *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol);
+      }
+      nByte = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol);
+      if( z || (eType==SQLITE_BLOB && nByte==0) ){
+        sessionAppendVarint(p, nByte, pRc);
+        sessionAppendBlob(p, z, nByte, pRc);
+      }else{
+        *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments 
+** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change 
+** consists of:
+**
+**   1 byte:  SQLITE_UPDATE (0x17)
+**   n bytes: old.* record (see RECORD FORMAT)
+**   m bytes: new.* record (see RECORD FORMAT)
+**
+** The SessionChange object passed as the third argument contains the
+** values that were stored in the row when the session began (the old.*
+** values). The statement handle passed as the second argument points
+** at the current version of the row (the new.* values).
+**
+** If all of the old.* values are equal to their corresponding new.* value
+** (i.e. nothing has changed), then no data at all is appended to the buffer.
+**
+** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the 
+** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record 
+** contains the new values of only those fields that have been modified.
+*/ 
+static int sessionAppendUpdate(
+  SessionBuffer *pBuf,            /* Buffer to append to */
+  int bPatchset,                  /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,            /* Statement handle pointing at new row */
+  SessionChange *p,               /* Object containing old values */
+  u8 *abPK                        /* Boolean array - true for PK columns */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  SessionBuffer buf2 = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer to accumulate new.* record in */
+  int bNoop = 1;                /* Set to zero if any values are modified */
+  int nRewind = pBuf->nBuf;     /* Set to zero if any values are modified */
+  int i;                        /* Used to iterate through columns */
+  u8 *pCsr = p->aRecord;        /* Used to iterate through old.* values */
+
+  sessionAppendByte(pBuf, SQLITE_UPDATE, &rc);
+  sessionAppendByte(pBuf, p->bIndirect, &rc);
+  for(i=0; i<sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); i++){
+    int bChanged = 0;
+    int nAdvance;
+    int eType = *pCsr;
+    switch( eType ){
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        nAdvance = 1;
+        if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+          bChanged = 1;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+        nAdvance = 9;
+        if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) ){
+          sqlite3_int64 iVal = sessionGetI64(&pCsr[1]);
+          if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+            if( iVal==sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, i) ) break;
+          }else{
+            double dVal;
+            memcpy(&dVal, &iVal, 8);
+            if( dVal==sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, i) ) break;
+          }
+        }
+        bChanged = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        int n;
+        int nHdr = 1 + sessionVarintGet(&pCsr[1], &n);
+        assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
+        nAdvance = nHdr + n;
+        if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) 
+         && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i) 
+         && (n==0 || 0==memcmp(&pCsr[nHdr], sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), n))
+        ){
+          break;
+        }
+        bChanged = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If at least one field has been modified, this is not a no-op. */
+    if( bChanged ) bNoop = 0;
+
+    /* Add a field to the old.* record. This is omitted if this modules is
+    ** currently generating a patchset. */
+    if( bPatchset==0 ){
+      if( bChanged || abPK[i] ){
+        sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, pCsr, nAdvance, &rc);
+      }else{
+        sessionAppendByte(pBuf, 0, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Add a field to the new.* record. Or the only record if currently
+    ** generating a patchset.  */
+    if( bChanged || (bPatchset && abPK[i]) ){
+      sessionAppendCol(&buf2, pStmt, i, &rc);
+    }else{
+      sessionAppendByte(&buf2, 0, &rc);
+    }
+
+    pCsr += nAdvance;
+  }
+
+  if( bNoop ){
+    pBuf->nBuf = nRewind;
+  }else{
+    sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, buf2.aBuf, buf2.nBuf, &rc);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf2.aBuf);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a DELETE change to the buffer passed as the first argument. Use
+** the changeset format if argument bPatchset is zero, or the patchset
+** format otherwise.
+*/
+static int sessionAppendDelete(
+  SessionBuffer *pBuf,            /* Buffer to append to */
+  int bPatchset,                  /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */
+  SessionChange *p,               /* Object containing old values */
+  int nCol,                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  u8 *abPK                        /* Boolean array - true for PK columns */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sessionAppendByte(pBuf, SQLITE_DELETE, &rc);
+  sessionAppendByte(pBuf, p->bIndirect, &rc);
+
+  if( bPatchset==0 ){
+    sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, p->aRecord, p->nRecord, &rc);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    u8 *a = p->aRecord;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      u8 *pStart = a;
+      int eType = *a++;
+
+      switch( eType ){
+        case 0:
+        case SQLITE_NULL:
+          assert( abPK[i]==0 );
+          break;
+
+        case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+          a += 8;
+          break;
+
+        default: {
+          int n;
+          a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
+          a += n;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( abPK[i] ){
+        sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, pStart, (int)(a-pStart), &rc);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( (a - p->aRecord)==p->nRecord );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Formulate and prepare a SELECT statement to retrieve a row from table
+** zTab in database zDb based on its primary key. i.e.
+**
+**   SELECT * FROM zDb.zTab WHERE pk1 = ? AND pk2 = ? AND ...
+*/
+static int sessionSelectStmt(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Database name */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  int nCol,                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  const char **azCol,             /* Names of table columns */
+  u8 *abPK,                       /* PRIMARY KEY  array */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Prepared SELECT statement */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  const char *zSep = "";
+  SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "SELECT * FROM ", &rc);
+  sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zDb, &rc);
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, ".", &rc);
+  sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc);
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( abPK[i] ){
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc);
+      sessionAppendIdent(&buf, azCol[i], &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc);
+      sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc);
+      zSep = " AND ";
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, ppStmt, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind the PRIMARY KEY values from the change passed in argument pChange
+** to the SELECT statement passed as the first argument. The SELECT statement
+** is as prepared by function sessionSelectStmt().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if all PK values are successfully bound, or an SQLite
+** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) otherwise.
+*/
+static int sessionSelectBind(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect,          /* SELECT from sessionSelectStmt() */
+  int nCol,                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  u8 *abPK,                       /* PRIMARY KEY array */
+  SessionChange *pChange          /* Change structure */
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 *a = pChange->aRecord;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    int eType = *a++;
+
+    switch( eType ){
+      case 0:
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        assert( abPK[i]==0 );
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+        if( abPK[i] ){
+          i64 iVal = sessionGetI64(a);
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, i+1, iVal);
+        }
+        a += 8;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+        if( abPK[i] ){
+          double rVal;
+          i64 iVal = sessionGetI64(a);
+          memcpy(&rVal, &iVal, 8);
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pSelect, i+1, rVal);
+        }
+        a += 8;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+        int n;
+        a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
+        if( abPK[i] ){
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pSelect, i+1, (char *)a, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        }
+        a += n;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        int n;
+        assert( eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
+        a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
+        if( abPK[i] ){
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pSelect, i+1, a, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        }
+        a += n;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it
+** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary 
+** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an
+** SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void sessionAppendTableHdr(
+  SessionBuffer *pBuf,            /* Append header to this buffer */
+  int bPatchset,                  /* Use the patchset format if true */
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table object to append header for */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  /* Write a table header */
+  sessionAppendByte(pBuf, (bPatchset ? 'P' : 'T'), pRc);
+  sessionAppendVarint(pBuf, pTab->nCol, pRc);
+  sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, pTab->abPK, pTab->nCol, pRc);
+  sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, (u8 *)pTab->zName, (int)strlen(pTab->zName)+1, pRc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate either a changeset (if argument bPatchset is zero) or a patchset
+** (if it is non-zero) based on the current contents of the session object
+** passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the new changeset/patchset
+** stored in output variables *pnChangeset and *ppChangeset. Or, if an error
+** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set 
+** to 0.
+*/
+static int sessionGenerateChangeset(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  int bPatchset,                  /* True for patchset, false for changeset */
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut,                     /* First argument for xOutput */
+  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
+  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pSession->db;     /* Source database handle */
+  SessionTable *pTab;             /* Used to iterate through attached tables */
+  SessionBuffer buf = {0,0,0};    /* Buffer in which to accumlate changeset */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( xOutput==0 || (pnChangeset==0 && ppChangeset==0 ) );
+
+  /* Zero the output variables in case an error occurs. If this session
+  ** object is already in the error state (sqlite3_session.rc != SQLITE_OK),
+  ** this call will be a no-op.  */
+  if( xOutput==0 ){
+    *pnChangeset = 0;
+    *ppChangeset = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pSession->rc ) return pSession->rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(pSession->db, "SAVEPOINT changeset", 0, 0, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+
+  for(pTab=pSession->pTable; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
+    if( pTab->nEntry ){
+      const char *zName = pTab->zName;
+      int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in table */
+      u8 *abPK;                   /* Primary key array */
+      const char **azCol = 0;     /* Table columns */
+      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through hash buckets */
+      sqlite3_stmt *pSel = 0;     /* SELECT statement to query table pTab */
+      int nRewind = buf.nBuf;     /* Initial size of write buffer */
+      int nNoop;                  /* Size of buffer after writing tbl header */
+
+      /* Check the table schema is still Ok. */
+      rc = sessionTableInfo(db, pSession->zDb, zName, &nCol, 0, &azCol, &abPK);
+      if( !rc && (pTab->nCol!=nCol || memcmp(abPK, pTab->abPK, nCol)) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+      }
+
+      /* Write a table header */
+      sessionAppendTableHdr(&buf, bPatchset, pTab, &rc);
+
+      /* Build and compile a statement to execute: */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sessionSelectStmt(
+            db, pSession->zDb, zName, nCol, azCol, abPK, &pSel);
+      }
+
+      nNoop = buf.nBuf;
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+        SessionChange *p;         /* Used to iterate through changes */
+
+        for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; rc==SQLITE_OK && p; p=p->pNext){
+          rc = sessionSelectBind(pSel, nCol, abPK, p);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) continue;
+          if( sqlite3_step(pSel)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+            if( p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
+              int iCol;
+              sessionAppendByte(&buf, SQLITE_INSERT, &rc);
+              sessionAppendByte(&buf, p->bIndirect, &rc);
+              for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+                sessionAppendCol(&buf, pSel, iCol, &rc);
+              }
+            }else{
+              rc = sessionAppendUpdate(&buf, bPatchset, pSel, p, abPK);
+            }
+          }else if( p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
+            rc = sessionAppendDelete(&buf, bPatchset, p, nCol, abPK);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3_reset(pSel);
+          }
+
+          /* If the buffer is now larger than SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE, pass
+          ** its contents to the xOutput() callback. */
+          if( xOutput 
+           && rc==SQLITE_OK 
+           && buf.nBuf>nNoop 
+           && buf.nBuf>SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE 
+          ){
+            rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf);
+            nNoop = -1;
+            buf.nBuf = 0;
+          }
+
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_finalize(pSel);
+      if( buf.nBuf==nNoop ){
+        buf.nBuf = nRewind;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free((char*)azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( xOutput==0 ){
+      *pnChangeset = buf.nBuf;
+      *ppChangeset = buf.aBuf;
+      buf.aBuf = 0;
+    }else if( buf.nBuf>0 ){
+      rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+  sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset", 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the 
+** session object passed as the first argument.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer 
+** using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
+  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
+){
+  return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 0, 0, 0, pnChangeset, ppChangeset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming version of sqlite3session_changeset().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+){
+  return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 0, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming version of sqlite3session_patchset().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+){
+  return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 1, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the 
+** session object passed as the first argument.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer 
+** using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
+  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
+  int *pnPatchset,                /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
+  void **ppPatchset               /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
+){
+  return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 1, 0, 0, pnPatchset, ppPatchset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable the session object passed as the first argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable){
+  int ret;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  if( bEnable>=0 ){
+    pSession->bEnable = bEnable;
+  }
+  ret = pSession->bEnable;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable the session object passed as the first argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect){
+  int ret;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  if( bIndirect>=0 ){
+    pSession->bIndirect = bIndirect;
+  }
+  ret = pSession->bIndirect;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if there have been no changes to monitored tables recorded
+** by the session object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession){
+  int ret = 0;
+  SessionTable *pTab;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+  for(pTab=pSession->pTable; pTab && ret==0; pTab=pTab->pNext){
+    ret = (pTab->nEntry>0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db));
+
+  return (ret==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Do the work for either sqlite3changeset_start() or start_strm().
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetStart(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,    /* OUT: Changeset iterator handle */
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pIn,
+  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of buffer pChangeset in bytes */
+  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset */
+){
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pRet;   /* Iterator to return */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate for iterator */
+
+  assert( xInput==0 || (pChangeset==0 && nChangeset==0) );
+
+  /* Zero the output variable in case an error occurs. */
+  *pp = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the iterator structure. */
+  nByte = sizeof(sqlite3_changeset_iter);
+  pRet = (sqlite3_changeset_iter *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_changeset_iter));
+  pRet->in.aData = (u8 *)pChangeset;
+  pRet->in.nData = nChangeset;
+  pRet->in.xInput = xInput;
+  pRet->in.pIn = pIn;
+  pRet->in.bEof = (xInput ? 0 : 1);
+
+  /* Populate the output variable and return success. */
+  *pp = pRet;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,    /* OUT: Changeset iterator handle */
+  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of buffer pChangeset in bytes */
+  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset */
+){
+  return sessionChangesetStart(pp, 0, 0, nChangeset, pChangeset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming version of sqlite3changeset_start().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,    /* OUT: Changeset iterator handle */
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pIn
+){
+  return sessionChangesetStart(pp, xInput, pIn, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the SessionInput object passed as the only argument is a streaming
+** object and the buffer is full, discard some data to free up space.
+*/
+static void sessionDiscardData(SessionInput *pIn){
+  if( pIn->bEof && pIn->xInput && pIn->iNext>=SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){
+    int nMove = pIn->buf.nBuf - pIn->iNext;
+    assert( nMove>=0 );
+    if( nMove>0 ){
+      memmove(pIn->buf.aBuf, &pIn->buf.aBuf[pIn->iNext], nMove);
+    }
+    pIn->buf.nBuf -= pIn->iNext;
+    pIn->iNext = 0;
+    pIn->nData = pIn->buf.nBuf;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that there are at least nByte bytes available in the buffer. Or,
+** if there are not nByte bytes remaining in the input, that all available
+** data is in the buffer.
+**
+** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+static int sessionInputBuffer(SessionInput *pIn, int nByte){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pIn->xInput ){
+    while( !pIn->bEof && (pIn->iNext+nByte)>=pIn->nData && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nNew = SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE;
+
+      if( pIn->bNoDiscard==0 ) sessionDiscardData(pIn);
+      if( SQLITE_OK==sessionBufferGrow(&pIn->buf, nNew, &rc) ){
+        rc = pIn->xInput(pIn->pIn, &pIn->buf.aBuf[pIn->buf.nBuf], &nNew);
+        if( nNew==0 ){
+          pIn->bEof = 1;
+        }else{
+          pIn->buf.nBuf += nNew;
+        }
+      }
+
+      pIn->aData = pIn->buf.aBuf;
+      pIn->nData = pIn->buf.nBuf;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppRec points to the start of a record
+** that contains nCol values. This function advances the pointer *ppRec
+** until it points to the byte immediately following that record.
+*/
+static void sessionSkipRecord(
+  u8 **ppRec,                     /* IN/OUT: Record pointer */
+  int nCol                        /* Number of values in record */
+){
+  u8 *aRec = *ppRec;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    int eType = *aRec++;
+    if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      int nByte;
+      aRec += sessionVarintGet((u8*)aRec, &nByte);
+      aRec += nByte;
+    }else if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+      aRec += 8;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppRec = aRec;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function sets the value of the sqlite3_value object passed as the
+** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[] 
+** buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an OOM
+** error occurs.
+*/
+static int sessionValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,            /* Set the value of this object */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Buffer containing string or blob data */
+  int nData,                      /* Size of buffer aData[] in bytes */
+  u8 enc                          /* String encoding (0 for blobs) */
+){
+  /* In theory this code could just pass SQLITE_TRANSIENT as the final
+  ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created 
+  ** automatically. But doing so makes it difficult to detect any OOM
+  ** error. Hence the code to create the copy externally. */
+  u8 *aCopy = sqlite3_malloc(nData+1);
+  if( aCopy==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memcpy(aCopy, aData, nData);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, nData, (char*)aCopy, enc, sqlite3_free);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize a single record from a buffer in memory. See "RECORD FORMAT"
+** for details.
+**
+** When this function is called, *paChange points to the start of the record
+** to deserialize. Assuming no error occurs, *paChange is set to point to
+** one byte after the end of the same record before this function returns.
+** If the argument abPK is NULL, then the record contains nCol values. Or,
+** if abPK is other than NULL, then the record contains only the PK fields
+** (in other words, it is a patchset DELETE record).
+**
+** If successful, each element of the apOut[] array (allocated by the caller)
+** is set to point to an sqlite3_value object containing the value read
+** from the corresponding position in the record. If that value is not
+** included in the record (i.e. because the record is part of an UPDATE change
+** and the field was not modified), the corresponding element of apOut[] is
+** set to NULL.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free all sqlite_value structures
+** using sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
+** The apOut[] array may have been partially populated in this case.
+*/
+static int sessionReadRecord(
+  SessionInput *pIn,              /* Input data */
+  int nCol,                       /* Number of values in record */
+  u8 *abPK,                       /* Array of primary key flags, or NULL */
+  sqlite3_value **apOut           /* Write values to this array */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through columns */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    int eType = 0;                /* Type of value (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */
+    if( abPK && abPK[i]==0 ) continue;
+    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      eType = pIn->aData[pIn->iNext++];
+    }
+
+    assert( apOut[i]==0 );
+    if( eType ){
+      apOut[i] = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+      if( !apOut[i] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u8 *aVal = &pIn->aData[pIn->iNext];
+      if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        int nByte;
+        pIn->iNext += sessionVarintGet(aVal, &nByte);
+        rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          u8 enc = (eType==SQLITE_TEXT ? SQLITE_UTF8 : 0);
+          rc = sessionValueSetStr(apOut[i],&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext],nByte,enc);
+        }
+        pIn->iNext += nByte;
+      }
+      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+        sqlite3_int64 v = sessionGetI64(aVal);
+        if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+          sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(apOut[i], v);
+        }else{
+          double d;
+          memcpy(&d, &v, 8);
+          sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(apOut[i], d);
+        }
+        pIn->iNext += 8;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input pointer currently points to the second byte of a table-header.
+** Specifically, to the following:
+**
+**   + number of columns in table (varint)
+**   + array of PK flags (1 byte per column),
+**   + table name (nul terminated).
+**
+** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input 
+** buffer (i.e. that it can be accessed without any calls to xInput()).
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+** The input pointer is not moved.
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(SessionInput *pIn, int *pnByte){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCol = 0;
+  int nRead = 0;
+
+  rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol);
+    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nRead+nCol+100);
+    nRead += nCol;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    while( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData && pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead] ){
+      nRead++;
+    }
+    if( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData ) break;
+    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nRead + 100);
+  }
+  *pnByte = nRead+1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input pointer currently points to the first byte of the first field
+** of a record consisting of nCol columns. This function ensures the entire
+** record is buffered. It does not move the input pointer.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *pnByte is set to the size of
+** the record in bytes. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. The
+** final value of *pnByte is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetBufferRecord(
+  SessionInput *pIn,              /* Input data */
+  int nCol,                       /* Number of columns in record */
+  int *pnByte                     /* OUT: Size of record in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nByte = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){
+    int eType;
+    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte + 10);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      eType = pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nByte++];
+      if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        int n;
+        nByte += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext+nByte], &n);
+        nByte += n;
+        rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte);
+      }else if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+        nByte += 8;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnByte = nByte;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input pointer currently points to the second byte of a table-header.
+** Specifically, to the following:
+**
+**   + number of columns in table (varint)
+**   + array of PK flags (1 byte per column),
+**   + table name (nul terminated).
+**
+** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol, 
+** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is 
+** also allocated or resized according to the new value of p->nCol. The
+** input pointer is left pointing to the byte following the table header.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code
+** is returned and the final values of the various fields enumerated above
+** are undefined.
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){
+  int rc;
+  int nCopy;
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  rc = sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(&p->in, &nCopy);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte;
+    int nVarint;
+    nVarint = sessionVarintGet(&p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], &p->nCol);
+    nCopy -= nVarint;
+    p->in.iNext += nVarint;
+    nByte = p->nCol * sizeof(sqlite3_value*) * 2 + nCopy;
+    p->tblhdr.nBuf = 0;
+    sessionBufferGrow(&p->tblhdr, nByte, &rc);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iPK = sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*p->nCol*2;
+    memset(p->tblhdr.aBuf, 0, iPK);
+    memcpy(&p->tblhdr.aBuf[iPK], &p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], nCopy);
+    p->in.iNext += nCopy;
+  }
+
+  p->apValue = (sqlite3_value**)p->tblhdr.aBuf;
+  p->abPK = (u8*)&p->apValue[p->nCol*2];
+  p->zTab = (char*)&p->abPK[p->nCol];
+  return (p->rc = rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the changeset iterator to the next change.
+**
+** If both paRec and pnRec are NULL, then this function works like the public
+** API sqlite3changeset_next(). If SQLITE_ROW is returned, then the
+** sqlite3changeset_new() and old() APIs may be used to query for values.
+**
+** Otherwise, if paRec and pnRec are not NULL, then a pointer to the change
+** record is written to *paRec before returning and the number of bytes in
+** the record to *pnRec.
+**
+** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is 
+** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite 
+** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further 
+** changes in the changeset.
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetNext(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *p,      /* Changeset iterator */
+  u8 **paRec,                     /* If non-NULL, store record pointer here */
+  int *pnRec                      /* If non-NULL, store size of record here */
+){
+  int i;
+  u8 op;
+
+  assert( (paRec==0 && pnRec==0) || (paRec && pnRec) );
+
+  /* If the iterator is in the error-state, return immediately. */
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc;
+
+  /* Free the current contents of p->apValue[], if any. */
+  if( p->apValue ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCol*2; i++){
+      sqlite3ValueFree(p->apValue[i]);
+    }
+    memset(p->apValue, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*p->nCol*2);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the buffer contains at least 10 bytes of input data, or all
+  ** remaining data if there are less than 10 bytes available. This is
+  ** sufficient either for the 'T' or 'P' byte and the varint that follows
+  ** it, or for the two single byte values otherwise. */
+  p->rc = sessionInputBuffer(&p->in, 2);
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc;
+
+  /* If the iterator is already at the end of the changeset, return DONE. */
+  if( p->in.iNext>=p->in.nData ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  sessionDiscardData(&p->in);
+  p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext;
+
+  op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
+  if( op=='T' || op=='P' ){
+    p->bPatchset = (op=='P');
+    if( sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(p) ) return p->rc;
+    if( (p->rc = sessionInputBuffer(&p->in, 2)) ) return p->rc;
+    p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext;
+    op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
+  }
+
+  p->op = op;
+  p->bIndirect = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
+  if( p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && p->op!=SQLITE_DELETE && p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
+    return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
+  }
+
+  if( paRec ){ 
+    int nVal;                     /* Number of values to buffer */
+    if( p->bPatchset==0 && op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
+      nVal = p->nCol * 2;
+    }else if( p->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE ){
+      nVal = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) if( p->abPK[i] ) nVal++;
+    }else{
+      nVal = p->nCol;
+    }
+    p->rc = sessionChangesetBufferRecord(&p->in, nVal, pnRec);
+    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc;
+    *paRec = &p->in.aData[p->in.iNext];
+    p->in.iNext += *pnRec;
+  }else{
+
+    /* If this is an UPDATE or DELETE, read the old.* record. */
+    if( p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT && (p->bPatchset==0 || p->op==SQLITE_DELETE) ){
+      u8 *abPK = p->bPatchset ? p->abPK : 0;
+      p->rc = sessionReadRecord(&p->in, p->nCol, abPK, p->apValue);
+      if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE, read the new.* record. */
+    if( p->op!=SQLITE_DELETE ){
+      p->rc = sessionReadRecord(&p->in, p->nCol, 0, &p->apValue[p->nCol]);
+      if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc;
+    }
+
+    if( p->bPatchset && p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
+      /* If this is an UPDATE that is part of a patchset, then all PK and
+      ** modified fields are present in the new.* record. The old.* record
+      ** is currently completely empty. This block shifts the PK fields from
+      ** new.* to old.*, to accommodate the code that reads these arrays.  */
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+        assert( p->apValue[i]==0 );
+        assert( p->abPK[i]==0 || p->apValue[i+p->nCol] );
+        if( p->abPK[i] ){
+          p->apValue[i] = p->apValue[i+p->nCol];
+          p->apValue[i+p->nCol] = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_ROW;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance an iterator created by sqlite3changeset_start() to the next
+** change in the changeset. This function may return SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_DONE
+** or SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+**
+** This function may not be called on iterators passed to a conflict handler
+** callback by changeset_apply().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){
+  return sessionChangesetNext(p, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following function extracts information on the current change
+** from a changeset iterator. It may only be called after changeset_next()
+** has returned SQLITE_ROW.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator handle */
+  const char **pzTab,             /* OUT: Pointer to table name */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
+  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
+  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True if change is indirect */
+){
+  *pOp = pIter->op;
+  *pnCol = pIter->nCol;
+  *pzTab = pIter->zTab;
+  if( pbIndirect ) *pbIndirect = pIter->bIndirect;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return information regarding the PRIMARY KEY and number of columns in
+** the database table affected by the change that pIter currently points
+** to. This function may only be called after changeset_next() returns
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
+  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
+  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
+){
+  *pabPK = pIter->abPK;
+  if( pnCol ) *pnCol = pIter->nCol;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while the iterator is pointing to an
+** SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_DELETE change (see sqlite3changeset_op()).
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned.
+**
+** It sets *ppValue to point to an sqlite3_value structure containing the
+** iVal'th value in the old.* record. Or, if that particular value is not
+** included in the record (because the change is an UPDATE and the field
+** was not modified and is not a PK column), set *ppValue to NULL.
+**
+** If value iVal is out-of-range, SQLITE_RANGE is returned and *ppValue is
+** not modified. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int iVal,                       /* Index of old.* value to retrieve */
+  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
+){
+  if( pIter->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && pIter->op!=SQLITE_DELETE ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( iVal<0 || iVal>=pIter->nCol ){
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  *ppValue = pIter->apValue[iVal];
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while the iterator is pointing to an
+** SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT change (see sqlite3changeset_op()).
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned.
+**
+** It sets *ppValue to point to an sqlite3_value structure containing the
+** iVal'th value in the new.* record. Or, if that particular value is not
+** included in the record (because the change is an UPDATE and the field
+** was not modified), set *ppValue to NULL.
+**
+** If value iVal is out-of-range, SQLITE_RANGE is returned and *ppValue is
+** not modified. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int iVal,                       /* Index of new.* value to retrieve */
+  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
+){
+  if( pIter->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && pIter->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( iVal<0 || iVal>=pIter->nCol ){
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  *ppValue = pIter->apValue[pIter->nCol+iVal];
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following two macros are used internally. They are similar to the
+** sqlite3changeset_new() and sqlite3changeset_old() functions, except that
+** they omit all error checking and return a pointer to the requested value.
+*/
+#define sessionChangesetNew(pIter, iVal) (pIter)->apValue[(pIter)->nCol+(iVal)]
+#define sessionChangesetOld(pIter, iVal) (pIter)->apValue[(iVal)]
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called with a changeset iterator that has been
+** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 
+** conflict-handler function. Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned.
+**
+** If successful, *ppValue is set to point to an sqlite3_value structure
+** containing the iVal'th value of the conflicting record.
+**
+** If value iVal is out-of-range or some other error occurs, an SQLite error
+** code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int iVal,                       /* Index of conflict record value to fetch */
+  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
+){
+  if( !pIter->pConflict ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( iVal<0 || iVal>=pIter->nCol ){
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  *ppValue = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pConflict, iVal);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
+** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
+** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
+** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
+){
+  if( pIter->pConflict || pIter->apValue ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  *pnOut = pIter->nCol;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Finalize an iterator allocated with sqlite3changeset_start().
+**
+** This function may not be called on iterators passed to a conflict handler
+** callback by changeset_apply().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through p->apValue[] */
+    rc = p->rc;
+    if( p->apValue ){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCol*2; i++) sqlite3ValueFree(p->apValue[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->tblhdr.aBuf);
+    sqlite3_free(p->in.buf.aBuf);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sessionChangesetInvert(
+  SessionInput *pInput,           /* Input changeset */
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut,
+  int *pnInverted,                /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
+  void **ppInverted               /* OUT: Inverse of pChangeset */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return value */
+  SessionBuffer sOut;             /* Output buffer */
+  int nCol = 0;                   /* Number of cols in current table */
+  u8 *abPK = 0;                   /* PK array for current table */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal = 0;      /* Space for values for UPDATE inversion */
+  SessionBuffer sPK = {0, 0, 0};  /* PK array for current table */
+
+  /* Initialize the output buffer */
+  memset(&sOut, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer));
+
+  /* Zero the output variables in case an error occurs. */
+  if( ppInverted ){
+    *ppInverted = 0;
+    *pnInverted = 0;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    u8 eType;
+
+    /* Test for EOF. */
+    if( (rc = sessionInputBuffer(pInput, 2)) ) goto finished_invert;
+    if( pInput->iNext>=pInput->nData ) break;
+    eType = pInput->aData[pInput->iNext];
+
+    switch( eType ){
+      case 'T': {
+        /* A 'table' record consists of:
+        **
+        **   * A constant 'T' character,
+        **   * Number of columns in said table (a varint),
+        **   * An array of nCol bytes (sPK),
+        **   * A nul-terminated table name.
+        */
+        int nByte;
+        int nVar;
+        pInput->iNext++;
+        if( (rc = sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(pInput, &nByte)) ){
+          goto finished_invert;
+        }
+        nVar = sessionVarintGet(&pInput->aData[pInput->iNext], &nCol);
+        sPK.nBuf = 0;
+        sessionAppendBlob(&sPK, &pInput->aData[pInput->iNext+nVar], nCol, &rc);
+        sessionAppendByte(&sOut, eType, &rc);
+        sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, &pInput->aData[pInput->iNext], nByte, &rc);
+        if( rc ) goto finished_invert;
+
+        pInput->iNext += nByte;
+        sqlite3_free(apVal);
+        apVal = 0;
+        abPK = sPK.aBuf;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case SQLITE_INSERT:
+      case SQLITE_DELETE: {
+        int nByte;
+        int bIndirect = pInput->aData[pInput->iNext+1];
+        int eType2 = (eType==SQLITE_DELETE ? SQLITE_INSERT : SQLITE_DELETE);
+        pInput->iNext += 2;
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        rc = sessionChangesetBufferRecord(pInput, nCol, &nByte);
+        sessionAppendByte(&sOut, eType2, &rc);
+        sessionAppendByte(&sOut, bIndirect, &rc);
+        sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, &pInput->aData[pInput->iNext], nByte, &rc);
+        pInput->iNext += nByte;
+        if( rc ) goto finished_invert;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case SQLITE_UPDATE: {
+        int iCol;
+
+        if( 0==apVal ){
+          apVal = (sqlite3_value **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(apVal[0])*nCol*2);
+          if( 0==apVal ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto finished_invert;
+          }
+          memset(apVal, 0, sizeof(apVal[0])*nCol*2);
+        }
+
+        /* Write the header for the new UPDATE change. Same as the original. */
+        sessionAppendByte(&sOut, eType, &rc);
+        sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pInput->aData[pInput->iNext+1], &rc);
+
+        /* Read the old.* and new.* records for the update change. */
+        pInput->iNext += 2;
+        rc = sessionReadRecord(pInput, nCol, 0, &apVal[0]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sessionReadRecord(pInput, nCol, 0, &apVal[nCol]);
+        }
+
+        /* Write the new old.* record. Consists of the PK columns from the
+        ** original old.* record, and the other values from the original
+        ** new.* record. */
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+          sqlite3_value *pVal = apVal[iCol + (abPK[iCol] ? 0 : nCol)];
+          sessionAppendValue(&sOut, pVal, &rc);
+        }
+
+        /* Write the new new.* record. Consists of a copy of all values
+        ** from the original old.* record, except for the PK columns, which
+        ** are set to "undefined". */
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+          sqlite3_value *pVal = (abPK[iCol] ? 0 : apVal[iCol]);
+          sessionAppendValue(&sOut, pVal, &rc);
+        }
+
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol*2; iCol++){
+          sqlite3ValueFree(apVal[iCol]);
+        }
+        memset(apVal, 0, sizeof(apVal[0])*nCol*2);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto finished_invert;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto finished_invert;
+    }
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( xOutput && sOut.nBuf>=SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){
+      rc = xOutput(pOut, sOut.aBuf, sOut.nBuf);
+      sOut.nBuf = 0;
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished_invert;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pnInverted ){
+    *pnInverted = sOut.nBuf;
+    *ppInverted = sOut.aBuf;
+    sOut.aBuf = 0;
+  }else if( sOut.nBuf>0 ){
+    rc = xOutput(pOut, sOut.aBuf, sOut.nBuf);
+  }
+
+ finished_invert:
+  sqlite3_free(sOut.aBuf);
+  sqlite3_free(apVal);
+  sqlite3_free(sPK.aBuf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Invert a changeset object.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert(
+  int nChangeset,                 /* Number of bytes in input */
+  const void *pChangeset,         /* Input changeset */
+  int *pnInverted,                /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
+  void **ppInverted               /* OUT: Inverse of pChangeset */
+){
+  SessionInput sInput;
+
+  /* Set up the input stream */
+  memset(&sInput, 0, sizeof(SessionInput));
+  sInput.nData = nChangeset;
+  sInput.aData = (u8*)pChangeset;
+
+  return sessionChangesetInvert(&sInput, 0, 0, pnInverted, ppInverted);
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming version of sqlite3changeset_invert().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm(
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pIn,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+){
+  SessionInput sInput;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Set up the input stream */
+  memset(&sInput, 0, sizeof(SessionInput));
+  sInput.xInput = xInput;
+  sInput.pIn = pIn;
+
+  rc = sessionChangesetInvert(&sInput, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(sInput.buf.aBuf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct SessionApplyCtx SessionApplyCtx;
+struct SessionApplyCtx {
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete;          /* DELETE statement */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate;          /* UPDATE statement */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert;          /* INSERT statement */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;          /* SELECT statement */
+  int nCol;                       /* Size of azCol[] and abPK[] arrays */
+  const char **azCol;             /* Array of column names */
+  u8 *abPK;                       /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */
+
+  int bDeferConstraints;          /* True to defer constraints */
+  SessionBuffer constraints;      /* Deferred constraints are stored here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Formulate a statement to DELETE a row from database db. Assuming a table
+** structure like this:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
+**
+** The DELETE statement looks like this:
+**
+**     DELETE FROM x WHERE a = :1 AND c = :3 AND (:5 OR b IS :2 AND d IS :4)
+**
+** Variable :5 (nCol+1) is a boolean. It should be set to 0 if we require
+** matching b and d values, or 1 otherwise. The second case comes up if the
+** conflict handler is invoked with NOTFOUND and returns CHANGESET_REPLACE.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pDelete is left
+** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement.
+*/
+static int sessionDeleteRow(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  SessionApplyCtx *p              /* Session changeset-apply context */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zSep = "";
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+  int nPk = 0;
+
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "DELETE FROM ", &rc);
+  sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc);
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( p->abPK[i] ){
+      nPk++;
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc);
+      sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc);
+      sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc);
+      zSep = " AND ";
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nPk<p->nCol ){
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, " AND (?", &rc);
+    sessionAppendInteger(&buf, p->nCol+1, &rc);
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, " OR ", &rc);
+
+    zSep = "";
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+      if( !p->abPK[i] ){
+        sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc);
+        sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+        sessionAppendStr(&buf, " IS ?", &rc);
+        sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc);
+        zSep = "AND ";
+      }
+    }
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pDelete, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db. 
+** Assuming a table structure like this:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
+**
+** The UPDATE statement looks like this:
+**
+**     UPDATE x SET
+**     a = CASE WHEN ?2  THEN ?3  ELSE a END,
+**     b = CASE WHEN ?5  THEN ?6  ELSE b END,
+**     c = CASE WHEN ?8  THEN ?9  ELSE c END,
+**     d = CASE WHEN ?11 THEN ?12 ELSE d END
+**     WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR 
+**       (?5==0 OR b IS ?4) AND (?11==0 OR d IS ?10) AND
+**     )
+**
+** For each column in the table, there are three variables to bind:
+**
+**     ?(i*3+1)    The old.* value of the column, if any.
+**     ?(i*3+2)    A boolean flag indicating that the value is being modified.
+**     ?(i*3+3)    The new.* value of the column, if any.
+**
+** Also, a boolean flag that, if set to true, causes the statement to update
+** a row even if the non-PK values do not match. This is required if the
+** conflict-handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA and returns
+** CHANGESET_REPLACE. This is variable "?(nCol*3+1)".
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pUpdate is left
+** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement.
+*/
+static int sessionUpdateRow(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  SessionApplyCtx *p              /* Session changeset-apply context */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  const char *zSep = "";
+  SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  /* Append "UPDATE tbl SET " */
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "UPDATE ", &rc);
+  sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " SET ", &rc);
+
+  /* Append the assignments */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc);
+    sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = CASE WHEN ?", &rc);
+    sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+2, &rc);
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, " THEN ?", &rc);
+    sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+3, &rc);
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, " ELSE ", &rc);
+    sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, " END", &rc);
+    zSep = ", ";
+  }
+
+  /* Append the PK part of the WHERE clause */
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( p->abPK[i] ){
+      sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc);
+      sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+1, &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, " AND ", &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Append the non-PK part of the WHERE clause */
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " (?", &rc);
+  sessionAppendInteger(&buf, p->nCol*3+1, &rc);
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " OR 1", &rc);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( !p->abPK[i] ){
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, " AND (?", &rc);
+      sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+2, &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, "=0 OR ", &rc);
+      sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, " IS ?", &rc);
+      sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+1, &rc);
+      sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pUpdate, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Formulate and prepare an SQL statement to query table zTab by primary
+** key. Assuming the following table structure:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
+**
+** The SELECT statement looks like this:
+**
+**     SELECT * FROM x WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?3
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pSelect is left
+** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement.
+*/
+static int sessionSelectRow(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  SessionApplyCtx *p              /* Session changeset-apply context */
+){
+  return sessionSelectStmt(
+      db, "main", zTab, p->nCol, p->azCol, p->abPK, &p->pSelect);
+}
+
+/*
+** Formulate and prepare an INSERT statement to add a record to table zTab.
+** For example:
+**
+**     INSERT INTO main."zTab" VALUES(?1, ?2, ?3 ...);
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pInsert is left
+** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement.
+*/
+static int sessionInsertRow(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  SessionApplyCtx *p              /* Session changeset-apply context */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "INSERT INTO main.", &rc);
+  sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "(", &rc);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( i!=0 ) sessionAppendStr(&buf, ", ", &rc);
+    sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
+  }
+
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, ") VALUES(?", &rc);
+  for(i=1; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    sessionAppendStr(&buf, ", ?", &rc);
+  }
+  sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pInsert, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. 
+** See comments in the body of this function for details.
+*/
+static int sessionBindValue(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,            /* Statement to bind value to */
+  int i,                          /* Parameter number to bind to */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal             /* Value to bind */
+){
+  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+  /* COVERAGE: The (pVal->z==0) branch is never true using current versions
+  ** of SQLite. If a malloc fails in an sqlite3_value_xxx() function, either
+  ** the (pVal->z) variable remains as it was or the type of the value is
+  ** set to SQLITE_NULL.  */
+  if( (eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB) && pVal->z==0 ){
+    /* This condition occurs when an earlier OOM in a call to
+    ** sqlite3_value_text() or sqlite3_value_blob() (perhaps from within
+    ** a conflict-handler) has zeroed the pVal->z pointer. Return NOMEM. */
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i, pVal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function 
+** transfers new.* values from the current iterator entry to statement
+** pStmt. The table being inserted into has nCol columns.
+**
+** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of 
+** statement pStmt. If parameter abPK is NULL, all values from 0 to (nCol-1)
+** are transfered to the statement. Otherwise, if abPK is not NULL, it points
+** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for 
+** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the 
+** statement.
+**
+** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int sessionBindRow(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator to read values from */
+  int(*xValue)(sqlite3_changeset_iter *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+  int nCol,                       /* Number of columns */
+  u8 *abPK,                       /* If not NULL, bind only if true */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt             /* Bind values to this statement */
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Neither sqlite3changeset_old or sqlite3changeset_new can fail if the
+  ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue 
+  ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return 
+  ** in the code below. */
+  assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new );
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){
+    if( !abPK || abPK[i] ){
+      sqlite3_value *pVal;
+      (void)xValue(pIter, i, &pVal);
+      rc = sessionBindValue(pStmt, i+1, pVal);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function.
+** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset
+** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table
+** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row 
+** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error
+** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset() 
+** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does
+** not require a reset().
+**
+** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the
+** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or
+** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record. 
+*/
+static int sessionSeekToRow(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  u8 *abPK,                       /* Primary key flags array */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect           /* SELECT statement from sessionSelectRow() */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  int op;                         /* Changset operation (SQLITE_UPDATE etc.) */
+  const char *zDummy;             /* Unused */
+
+  sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0);
+  rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, 
+      op==SQLITE_INSERT ? sqlite3changeset_new : sqlite3changeset_old,
+      nCol, abPK, pSelect
+  );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the conflict handler for the change that the changeset iterator
+** currently points to.
+**
+** Argument eType must be either CHANGESET_DATA or CHANGESET_CONFLICT.
+** If argument pbReplace is NULL, then the type of conflict handler invoked
+** depends solely on eType, as follows:
+**
+**    eType value                 Value passed to xConflict
+**    -------------------------------------------------
+**    CHANGESET_DATA              CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
+**    CHANGESET_CONFLICT          CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
+**
+** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, then an attempt is made to find an existing
+** record with the same primary key as the record about to be deleted, updated
+** or inserted. If such a record can be found, it is available to the conflict
+** handler as the "conflicting" record. In this case the type of conflict
+** handler invoked is as follows:
+**
+**    eType value         PK Record found?   Value passed to xConflict
+**    ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**    CHANGESET_DATA      Yes                CHANGESET_DATA
+**    CHANGESET_DATA      No                 CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
+**    CHANGESET_CONFLICT  Yes                CHANGESET_CONFLICT
+**    CHANGESET_CONFLICT  No                 CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
+**
+** If pbReplace is not NULL, and a record with a matching PK is found, and
+** the conflict handler function returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, *pbReplace
+** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is
+** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value, 
+** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT,
+** this function returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int sessionConflictHandler(
+  int eType,                      /* Either CHANGESET_DATA or CONFLICT */
+  SessionApplyCtx *p,             /* changeset_apply() context */
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  int(*xConflict)(void *, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter*),
+  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument for conflict handler */
+  int *pbReplace                  /* OUT: Set to true if PK row is found */
+){
+  int res = 0;                    /* Value returned by conflict handler */
+  int rc;
+  int nCol;
+  int op;
+  const char *zDummy;
+
+  sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0);
+
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT || eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT+1==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA+1==SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND );
+
+  /* Bind the new.* PRIMARY KEY values to the SELECT statement. */
+  if( pbReplace ){
+    rc = sessionSeekToRow(p->db, pIter, p->abPK, p->pSelect);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    /* There exists another row with the new.* primary key. */
+    pIter->pConflict = p->pSelect;
+    res = xConflict(pCtx, eType, pIter);
+    pIter->pConflict = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pSelect);
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->bDeferConstraints && eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT ){
+      /* Instead of invoking the conflict handler, append the change blob
+      ** to the SessionApplyCtx.constraints buffer. */
+      u8 *aBlob = &pIter->in.aData[pIter->in.iCurrent];
+      int nBlob = pIter->in.iNext - pIter->in.iCurrent;
+      sessionAppendBlob(&p->constraints, aBlob, nBlob, &rc);
+      res = SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT;
+    }else{
+      /* No other row with the new.* primary key. */
+      res = xConflict(pCtx, eType+1, pIter);
+      if( res==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE ) rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    switch( res ){
+      case SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE:
+        assert( pbReplace );
+        *pbReplace = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT:
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT:
+        rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to apply the change that the iterator passed as the first argument
+** currently points to to the database. If a conflict is encountered, invoke
+** the conflict handler callback.
+**
+** If argument pbRetry is NULL, then ignore any CHANGESET_DATA conflict. If
+** one is encountered, update or delete the row with the matching primary key
+** instead. Or, if pbRetry is not NULL and a CHANGESET_DATA conflict occurs,
+** invoke the conflict handler. If it returns CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbRetry
+** to true before returning. In this case the caller will invoke this function
+** again, this time with pbRetry set to NULL.
+**
+** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is 
+** encountered invoke the conflict handler with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT instead.
+** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, invoke it with CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If such
+** an invocation returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbReplace to true
+** before retrying. In this case the caller attempts to remove the conflicting
+** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set 
+** to NULL.
+**
+** If any conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, this function
+** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is 
+** returned.
+*/
+static int sessionApplyOneOp(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
+  SessionApplyCtx *p,             /* changeset_apply() context */
+  int(*xConflict)(void *, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter *),
+  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument for the conflict handler */
+  int *pbReplace,                 /* OUT: True to remove PK row and retry */
+  int *pbRetry                    /* OUT: True to retry. */
+){
+  const char *zDummy;
+  int op;
+  int nCol;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( p->pDelete && p->pUpdate && p->pInsert && p->pSelect );
+  assert( p->azCol && p->abPK );
+  assert( !pbReplace || *pbReplace==0 );
+
+  sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0);
+
+  if( op==SQLITE_DELETE ){
+
+    /* Bind values to the DELETE statement. If conflict handling is required,
+    ** bind values for all columns and set bound variable (nCol+1) to true.
+    ** Or, if conflict handling is not required, bind just the PK column
+    ** values and, if it exists, set (nCol+1) to false. Conflict handling
+    ** is not required if:
+    **
+    **   * this is a patchset, or
+    **   * (pbRetry==0), or
+    **   * all columns of the table are PK columns (in this case there is
+    **     no (nCol+1) variable to bind to).
+    */
+    u8 *abPK = (pIter->bPatchset ? p->abPK : 0);
+    rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_old, nCol, abPK, p->pDelete);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(p->pDelete)>nCol ){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_int(p->pDelete, nCol+1, (pbRetry==0 || abPK));
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    sqlite3_step(p->pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pDelete);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_changes(p->db)==0 ){
+      rc = sessionConflictHandler(
+          SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbRetry
+      );
+    }else if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      rc = sessionConflictHandler(
+          SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, 0
+      );
+    }
+
+  }else if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
+    int i;
+
+    /* Bind values to the UPDATE statement. */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3_value *pOld = sessionChangesetOld(pIter, i);
+      sqlite3_value *pNew = sessionChangesetNew(pIter, i);
+
+      sqlite3_bind_int(p->pUpdate, i*3+2, !!pNew);
+      if( pOld ){
+        rc = sessionBindValue(p->pUpdate, i*3+1, pOld);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew ){
+        rc = sessionBindValue(p->pUpdate, i*3+3, pNew);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(p->pUpdate, nCol*3+1, pbRetry==0 || pIter->bPatchset);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    /* Attempt the UPDATE. In the case of a NOTFOUND or DATA conflict,
+    ** the result will be SQLITE_OK with 0 rows modified. */
+    sqlite3_step(p->pUpdate);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pUpdate);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_changes(p->db)==0 ){
+      /* A NOTFOUND or DATA error. Search the table to see if it contains
+      ** a row with a matching primary key. If so, this is a DATA conflict.
+      ** Otherwise, if there is no primary key match, it is a NOTFOUND. */
+
+      rc = sessionConflictHandler(
+          SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbRetry
+      );
+
+    }else if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      /* This is always a CONSTRAINT conflict. */
+      rc = sessionConflictHandler(
+          SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, 0
+      );
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT );
+    rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_new, nCol, 0, p->pInsert);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    sqlite3_step(p->pInsert);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pInsert);
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      rc = sessionConflictHandler(
+          SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbReplace
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to apply the change that the iterator passed as the first argument
+** currently points to to the database. If a conflict is encountered, invoke
+** the conflict handler callback.
+**
+** The difference between this function and sessionApplyOne() is that this
+** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and 
+** returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE - indicating that the change should be
+** retried in some manner.
+*/
+static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator to read change from */
+  SessionApplyCtx *pApply,        /* Apply context */
+  int(*xConflict)(void*, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter*),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+){
+  int bReplace = 0;
+  int bRetry = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, &bReplace, &bRetry);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (bRetry==0 && bReplace==0) );
+
+  /* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an
+  ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and
+  ** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other
+  ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler 
+  ** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation,
+  ** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores
+  ** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem.  */
+  if( bRetry ){
+    assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_UPDATE || pIter->op==SQLITE_DELETE );
+    rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* If the bReplace flag is set, the change is an INSERT that has not
+  ** been performed because the database already contains a row with the
+  ** specified primary key and the conflict handler returned
+  ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case remove the conflicting row
+  ** before reattempting the INSERT.  */
+  else if( bReplace ){
+    assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT );
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, 
+          sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_step(pApply->pDelete);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pApply->pDelete);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retry the changes accumulated in the pApply->constraints buffer.
+*/
+static int sessionRetryConstraints(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int bPatchset,
+  const char *zTab,
+  SessionApplyCtx *pApply,
+  int(*xConflict)(void*, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter*),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  while( pApply->constraints.nBuf ){
+    sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter2 = 0;
+    SessionBuffer cons = pApply->constraints;
+    memset(&pApply->constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer));
+
+    rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter2, 0, 0, cons.nBuf, cons.aBuf);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nByte = 2*pApply->nCol*sizeof(sqlite3_value*);
+      int rc2;
+      pIter2->bPatchset = bPatchset;
+      pIter2->zTab = (char*)zTab;
+      pIter2->nCol = pApply->nCol;
+      pIter2->abPK = pApply->abPK;
+      sessionBufferGrow(&pIter2->tblhdr, nByte, &rc);
+      pIter2->apValue = (sqlite3_value**)pIter2->tblhdr.aBuf;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) memset(pIter2->apValue, 0, nByte);
+
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next(pIter2) ){
+        rc = sessionApplyOneWithRetry(db, pIter2, pApply, xConflict, pCtx);
+      }
+
+      rc2 = sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter2);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    }
+    assert( pApply->bDeferConstraints || pApply->constraints.nBuf==0 );
+
+    sqlite3_free(cons.aBuf);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+    if( pApply->constraints.nBuf>=cons.nBuf ){
+      /* No progress was made on the last round. */
+      pApply->bDeferConstraints = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pIter is a changeset iterator that has been initialized, but
+** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the 
+** changeset to the main database attached to handle "db". The supplied
+** conflict handler callback is invoked to resolve any conflicts encountered
+** while applying the change.
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetApply(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset to apply */
+  int(*xFilter)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
+  ),
+  int(*xConflict)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */
+    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
+    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
+  ),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+){
+  int schemaMismatch = 0;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  const char *zTab = 0;           /* Name of current table */
+  int nTab = 0;                   /* Result of sqlite3Strlen30(zTab) */
+  SessionApplyCtx sApply;         /* changeset_apply() context object */
+  int bPatchset;
+
+  assert( xConflict!=0 );
+
+  pIter->in.bNoDiscard = 1;
+  memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply));
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA defer_foreign_keys = 1", 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next(pIter) ){
+    int nCol;
+    int op;
+    const char *zNew;
+    
+    sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, 0);
+
+    if( zTab==0 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zNew, zTab, nTab+1) ){
+      u8 *abPK;
+
+      rc = sessionRetryConstraints(
+          db, pIter->bPatchset, zTab, &sApply, xConflict, pCtx
+      );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+      sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
+      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
+      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); 
+      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
+      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
+      memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply));
+      sApply.db = db;
+      sApply.bDeferConstraints = 1;
+
+      /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the 
+      ** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns
+      ** non-zero, proceed. */
+      schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew)));
+      if( schemaMismatch ){
+        zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zNew);
+        if( zTab==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          break;
+        }
+        nTab = (int)strlen(zTab);
+        sApply.azCol = (const char **)zTab;
+      }else{
+        int nMinCol = 0;
+        int i;
+
+        sqlite3changeset_pk(pIter, &abPK, 0);
+        rc = sessionTableInfo(
+            db, "main", zNew, &sApply.nCol, &zTab, &sApply.azCol, &sApply.abPK
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        for(i=0; i<sApply.nCol; i++){
+          if( sApply.abPK[i] ) nMinCol = i+1;
+        }
+  
+        if( sApply.nCol==0 ){
+          schemaMismatch = 1;
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, 
+              "sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab
+          );
+        }
+        else if( sApply.nCol<nCol ){
+          schemaMismatch = 1;
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, 
+              "sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, "
+              "expected %d or more", 
+              zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol
+          );
+        }
+        else if( nCol<nMinCol || memcmp(sApply.abPK, abPK, nCol)!=0 ){
+          schemaMismatch = 1;
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): "
+              "primary key mismatch for table %s", zTab
+          );
+        }
+        else{
+          sApply.nCol = nCol;
+          if((rc = sessionSelectRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+          || (rc = sessionUpdateRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+          || (rc = sessionDeleteRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+          || (rc = sessionInsertRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
+          ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        nTab = sqlite3Strlen30(zTab);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there is a schema mismatch on the current table, proceed to the
+    ** next change. A log message has already been issued. */
+    if( schemaMismatch ) continue;
+
+    rc = sessionApplyOneWithRetry(db, pIter, &sApply, xConflict, pCtx);
+  }
+
+  bPatchset = pIter->bPatchset;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sessionRetryConstraints(db, bPatchset, zTab, &sApply, xConflict, pCtx);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nFk, notUsed;
+    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS, &nFk, &notUsed, 0);
+    if( nFk!=0 ){
+      int res = SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT;
+      sqlite3_changeset_iter sIter;
+      memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+      sIter.nCol = nFk;
+      res = xConflict(pCtx, SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY, &sIter);
+      if( res!=SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA defer_foreign_keys = 0", 0, 0, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_exec(db, "ROLLBACK TO changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
+  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
+  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
+  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
+  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
+  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.constraints.aBuf);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main database
+** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback
+** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
+  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
+  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
+  int(*xFilter)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
+  ),
+  int(*xConflict)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */
+    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
+    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
+  ),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+){
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator to skip through changeset */  
+  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nChangeset, pChangeset);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Apply the changeset passed via xInput/pIn to the main database
+** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback
+** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
+  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
+  int(*xFilter)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
+  ),
+  int(*xConflict)(
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
+    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
+    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
+  ),
+  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
+){
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator to skip through changeset */  
+  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_changegroup handle.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_changegroup {
+  int rc;                         /* Error code */
+  int bPatch;                     /* True to accumulate patchsets */
+  SessionTable *pList;            /* List of tables in current patch */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is called to merge two changes to the same row together as
+** part of an sqlite3changeset_concat() operation. A new change object is
+** allocated and a pointer to it stored in *ppNew.
+*/
+static int sessionChangeMerge(
+  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table structure */
+  int bPatchset,                  /* True for patchsets */
+  SessionChange *pExist,          /* Existing change */
+  int op2,                        /* Second change operation */
+  int bIndirect,                  /* True if second change is indirect */
+  u8 *aRec,                       /* Second change record */
+  int nRec,                       /* Number of bytes in aRec */
+  SessionChange **ppNew           /* OUT: Merged change */
+){
+  SessionChange *pNew = 0;
+
+  if( !pExist ){
+    pNew = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionChange) + nRec);
+    if( !pNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
+    pNew->op = op2;
+    pNew->bIndirect = bIndirect;
+    pNew->nRecord = nRec;
+    pNew->aRecord = (u8*)&pNew[1];
+    memcpy(pNew->aRecord, aRec, nRec);
+  }else{
+    int op1 = pExist->op;
+
+    /* 
+    **   op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT      ->      Unsupported. Discard op2.
+    **   op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE      ->      INSERT.
+    **   op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE      ->      (none)
+    **
+    **   op1=UPDATE, op2=INSERT      ->      Unsupported. Discard op2.
+    **   op1=UPDATE, op2=UPDATE      ->      UPDATE.
+    **   op1=UPDATE, op2=DELETE      ->      DELETE.
+    **
+    **   op1=DELETE, op2=INSERT      ->      UPDATE.
+    **   op1=DELETE, op2=UPDATE      ->      Unsupported. Discard op2.
+    **   op1=DELETE, op2=DELETE      ->      Unsupported. Discard op2.
+    */   
+    if( (op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_INSERT)
+     || (op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_INSERT)
+     || (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_UPDATE)
+     || (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_DELETE)
+    ){
+      pNew = pExist;
+    }else if( op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_DELETE ){
+      sqlite3_free(pExist);
+      assert( pNew==0 );
+    }else{
+      u8 *aExist = pExist->aRecord;
+      int nByte;
+      u8 *aCsr;
+
+      /* Allocate a new SessionChange object. Ensure that the aRecord[]
+      ** buffer of the new object is large enough to hold any record that
+      ** may be generated by combining the input records.  */
+      nByte = sizeof(SessionChange) + pExist->nRecord + nRec;
+      pNew = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        sqlite3_free(pExist);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
+      pNew->bIndirect = (bIndirect && pExist->bIndirect);
+      aCsr = pNew->aRecord = (u8 *)&pNew[1];
+
+      if( op1==SQLITE_INSERT ){             /* INSERT + UPDATE */
+        u8 *a1 = aRec;
+        assert( op2==SQLITE_UPDATE );
+        pNew->op = SQLITE_INSERT;
+        if( bPatchset==0 ) sessionSkipRecord(&a1, pTab->nCol);
+        sessionMergeRecord(&aCsr, pTab->nCol, aExist, a1);
+      }else if( op1==SQLITE_DELETE ){       /* DELETE + INSERT */
+        assert( op2==SQLITE_INSERT );
+        pNew->op = SQLITE_UPDATE;
+        if( bPatchset ){
+          memcpy(aCsr, aRec, nRec);
+          aCsr += nRec;
+        }else{
+          if( 0==sessionMergeUpdate(&aCsr, pTab, bPatchset, aExist, 0,aRec,0) ){
+            sqlite3_free(pNew);
+            pNew = 0;
+          }
+        }
+      }else if( op2==SQLITE_UPDATE ){       /* UPDATE + UPDATE */
+        u8 *a1 = aExist;
+        u8 *a2 = aRec;
+        assert( op1==SQLITE_UPDATE );
+        if( bPatchset==0 ){
+          sessionSkipRecord(&a1, pTab->nCol);
+          sessionSkipRecord(&a2, pTab->nCol);
+        }
+        pNew->op = SQLITE_UPDATE;
+        if( 0==sessionMergeUpdate(&aCsr, pTab, bPatchset, aRec, aExist,a1,a2) ){
+          sqlite3_free(pNew);
+          pNew = 0;
+        }
+      }else{                                /* UPDATE + DELETE */
+        assert( op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_DELETE );
+        pNew->op = SQLITE_DELETE;
+        if( bPatchset ){
+          memcpy(aCsr, aRec, nRec);
+          aCsr += nRec;
+        }else{
+          sessionMergeRecord(&aCsr, pTab->nCol, aRec, aExist);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->nRecord = (int)(aCsr - pNew->aRecord);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pExist);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppNew = pNew;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add all changes in the changeset traversed by the iterator passed as
+** the first argument to the changegroup hash tables.
+*/
+static int sessionChangesetToHash(
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,   /* Iterator to read from */
+  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp        /* Changegroup object to add changeset to */
+){
+  u8 *aRec;
+  int nRec;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  SessionTable *pTab = 0;
+
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sessionChangesetNext(pIter, &aRec, &nRec) ){
+    const char *zNew;
+    int nCol;
+    int op;
+    int iHash;
+    int bIndirect;
+    SessionChange *pChange;
+    SessionChange *pExist = 0;
+    SessionChange **pp;
+
+    if( pGrp->pList==0 ){
+      pGrp->bPatch = pIter->bPatchset;
+    }else if( pIter->bPatchset!=pGrp->bPatch ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, &bIndirect);
+    if( !pTab || sqlite3_stricmp(zNew, pTab->zName) ){
+      /* Search the list for a matching table */
+      int nNew = (int)strlen(zNew);
+      u8 *abPK;
+
+      sqlite3changeset_pk(pIter, &abPK, 0);
+      for(pTab = pGrp->pList; pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
+        if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, zNew, nNew+1) ) break;
+      }
+      if( !pTab ){
+        SessionTable **ppTab;
+
+        pTab = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionTable) + nCol + nNew+1);
+        if( !pTab ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          break;
+        }
+        memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(SessionTable));
+        pTab->nCol = nCol;
+        pTab->abPK = (u8*)&pTab[1];
+        memcpy(pTab->abPK, abPK, nCol);
+        pTab->zName = (char*)&pTab->abPK[nCol];
+        memcpy(pTab->zName, zNew, nNew+1);
+
+        /* The new object must be linked on to the end of the list, not
+        ** simply added to the start of it. This is to ensure that the
+        ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in 
+        ** the right order.  */
+        for(ppTab=&pGrp->pList; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext);
+        *ppTab = pTab;
+      }else if( pTab->nCol!=nCol || memcmp(pTab->abPK, abPK, nCol) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( sessionGrowHash(pIter->bPatchset, pTab) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      break;
+    }
+    iHash = sessionChangeHash(
+        pTab, (pIter->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE), aRec, pTab->nChange
+    );
+
+    /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table. 
+    ** Code below may link it back in.
+    */
+    for(pp=&pTab->apChange[iHash]; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNext){
+      int bPkOnly1 = 0;
+      int bPkOnly2 = 0;
+      if( pIter->bPatchset ){
+        bPkOnly1 = (*pp)->op==SQLITE_DELETE;
+        bPkOnly2 = op==SQLITE_DELETE;
+      }
+      if( sessionChangeEqual(pTab, bPkOnly1, (*pp)->aRecord, bPkOnly2, aRec) ){
+        pExist = *pp;
+        *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+        pTab->nEntry--;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, 
+        pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange
+    );
+    if( rc ) break;
+    if( pChange ){
+      pChange->pNext = pTab->apChange[iHash];
+      pTab->apChange[iHash] = pChange;
+      pTab->nEntry++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = pIter->rc;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Serialize a changeset (or patchset) based on all changesets (or patchsets)
+** added to the changegroup object passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If xOutput is not NULL, then the changeset/patchset is returned to the
+** user via one or more calls to xOutput, as with the other streaming
+** interfaces. 
+**
+** Or, if xOutput is NULL, then (*ppOut) is populated with a pointer to a
+** buffer containing the output changeset before this function returns. In
+** this case (*pnOut) is set to the size of the output buffer in bytes. It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to free the output buffer using
+** sqlite3_free() when it is no longer required.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
+** error code. If an error occurs and xOutput is NULL, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut)
+** are both set to 0 before returning.
+*/
+static int sessionChangegroupOutput(
+  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut,
+  int *pnOut,
+  void **ppOut
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+  SessionTable *pTab;
+  assert( xOutput==0 || (ppOut==0 && pnOut==0) );
+
+  /* Create the serialized output changeset based on the contents of the
+  ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList. 
+  */
+  for(pTab=pGrp->pList; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
+    int i;
+    if( pTab->nEntry==0 ) continue;
+
+    sessionAppendTableHdr(&buf, pGrp->bPatch, pTab, &rc);
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange; i++){
+      SessionChange *p;
+      for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; p; p=p->pNext){
+        sessionAppendByte(&buf, p->op, &rc);
+        sessionAppendByte(&buf, p->bIndirect, &rc);
+        sessionAppendBlob(&buf, p->aRecord, p->nRecord, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && xOutput && buf.nBuf>=SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){
+      rc = xOutput(pOut, buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf);
+      buf.nBuf = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( xOutput ){
+      if( buf.nBuf>0 ) rc = xOutput(pOut, buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf);
+    }else{
+      *ppOut = buf.aBuf;
+      *pnOut = buf.nBuf;
+      buf.aBuf = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new, empty, sqlite3_changegroup.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_changegroup *p;         /* New object */
+  p = (sqlite3_changegroup*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_changegroup));
+  if( p==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_changegroup));
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the changeset currently stored in buffer pData, size nData bytes,
+** to changeset-group p.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, int nData, void *pData){
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nData, pData);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp);
+  }
+  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset representing the concatenation
+** of all changesets added to the group so far.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output(
+    sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,
+    int *pnData,
+    void **ppData
+){
+  return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, 0, 0, pnData, ppData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming versions of changegroup_add().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(
+  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,
+  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pIn
+){
+  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp);
+  }
+  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming versions of changegroup_output().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(
+  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
+  void *pOut
+){
+  return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a changegroup object.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp){
+  if( pGrp ){
+    sessionDeleteTable(pGrp->pList);
+    sqlite3_free(pGrp);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Combine two changesets together.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
+  int nLeft,                      /* Number of bytes in lhs input */
+  void *pLeft,                    /* Lhs input changeset */
+  int nRight                      /* Number of bytes in rhs input */,
+  void *pRight,                   /* Rhs input changeset */
+  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
+  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: changeset (left <concat> right) */
+){
+  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3changegroup_new(&pGrp);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nLeft, pLeft);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nRight, pRight);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
+  }
+  sqlite3changegroup_delete(pGrp);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Streaming version of sqlite3changeset_concat().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
+  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pInA,
+  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+  void *pInB,
+  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+  void *pOut
+){
+  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3changegroup_new(&pGrp);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(pGrp, xInputA, pInA);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(pGrp, xInputB, pInB);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(pGrp, xOutput, pOut);
+  }
+  sqlite3changegroup_delete(pGrp);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION && SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3session.c **************************************/
+/************** Begin file json1.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2015-08-12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This SQLite extension implements JSON functions.  The interface is
+** modeled after MySQL JSON functions:
+**
+**     https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.7/en/json.html
+**
+** For the time being, all JSON is stored as pure text.  (We might add
+** a JSONB type in the future which stores a binary encoding of JSON in
+** a BLOB, but there is no support for JSONB in the current implementation.
+** This implementation parses JSON text at 250 MB/s, so it is hard to see
+** how JSONB might improve on that.)
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1)
+#if !defined(SQLITEINT_H)
+/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+#endif
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler
+** warnings. */
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM
+# define UNUSED_PARAM(X)  (void)(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LARGEST_INT64
+# define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe
+** to pass signed char values.
+*/
+#ifdef sqlite3Isdigit
+   /* Use the SQLite core versions if this routine is part of the
+   ** SQLite amalgamation */
+#  define safe_isdigit(x)  sqlite3Isdigit(x)
+#  define safe_isalnum(x)  sqlite3Isalnum(x)
+#  define safe_isxdigit(x) sqlite3Isxdigit(x)
+#else
+   /* Use the standard library for separate compilation */
+#include <ctype.h>  /* amalgamator: keep */
+#  define safe_isdigit(x)  isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+#  define safe_isalnum(x)  isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+#  define safe_isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Growing our own isspace() routine this way is twice as fast as
+** the library isspace() function, resulting in a 7% overall performance
+** increase for the parser.  (Ubuntu14.10 gcc 4.8.4 x64 with -Os).
+*/
+static const char jsonIsSpace[] = {
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+};
+#define safe_isspace(x) (jsonIsSpace[(unsigned char)x])
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+  /* Unsigned integer types.  These are already defined in the sqliteInt.h,
+  ** but the definitions need to be repeated for separate compilation. */
+  typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;
+  typedef unsigned int u32;
+  typedef unsigned char u8;
+#endif
+
+/* Objects */
+typedef struct JsonString JsonString;
+typedef struct JsonNode JsonNode;
+typedef struct JsonParse JsonParse;
+
+/* An instance of this object represents a JSON string
+** under construction.  Really, this is a generic string accumulator
+** that can be and is used to create strings other than JSON.
+*/
+struct JsonString {
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;   /* Function context - put error messages here */
+  char *zBuf;              /* Append JSON content here */
+  u64 nAlloc;              /* Bytes of storage available in zBuf[] */
+  u64 nUsed;               /* Bytes of zBuf[] currently used */
+  u8 bStatic;              /* True if zBuf is static space */
+  u8 bErr;                 /* True if an error has been encountered */
+  char zSpace[100];        /* Initial static space */
+};
+
+/* JSON type values
+*/
+#define JSON_NULL     0
+#define JSON_TRUE     1
+#define JSON_FALSE    2
+#define JSON_INT      3
+#define JSON_REAL     4
+#define JSON_STRING   5
+#define JSON_ARRAY    6
+#define JSON_OBJECT   7
+
+/* The "subtype" set for JSON values */
+#define JSON_SUBTYPE  74    /* Ascii for "J" */
+
+/*
+** Names of the various JSON types:
+*/
+static const char * const jsonType[] = {
+  "null", "true", "false", "integer", "real", "text", "array", "object"
+};
+
+/* Bit values for the JsonNode.jnFlag field
+*/
+#define JNODE_RAW     0x01         /* Content is raw, not JSON encoded */
+#define JNODE_ESCAPE  0x02         /* Content is text with \ escapes */
+#define JNODE_REMOVE  0x04         /* Do not output */
+#define JNODE_REPLACE 0x08         /* Replace with JsonNode.u.iReplace */
+#define JNODE_PATCH   0x10         /* Patch with JsonNode.u.pPatch */
+#define JNODE_APPEND  0x20         /* More ARRAY/OBJECT entries at u.iAppend */
+#define JNODE_LABEL   0x40         /* Is a label of an object */
+
+
+/* A single node of parsed JSON
+*/
+struct JsonNode {
+  u8 eType;              /* One of the JSON_ type values */
+  u8 jnFlags;            /* JNODE flags */
+  u32 n;                 /* Bytes of content, or number of sub-nodes */
+  union {
+    const char *zJContent; /* Content for INT, REAL, and STRING */
+    u32 iAppend;           /* More terms for ARRAY and OBJECT */
+    u32 iKey;              /* Key for ARRAY objects in json_tree() */
+    u32 iReplace;          /* Replacement content for JNODE_REPLACE */
+    JsonNode *pPatch;      /* Node chain of patch for JNODE_PATCH */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* A completely parsed JSON string
+*/
+struct JsonParse {
+  u32 nNode;         /* Number of slots of aNode[] used */
+  u32 nAlloc;        /* Number of slots of aNode[] allocated */
+  JsonNode *aNode;   /* Array of nodes containing the parse */
+  const char *zJson; /* Original JSON string */
+  u32 *aUp;          /* Index of parent of each node */
+  u8 oom;            /* Set to true if out of memory */
+  u8 nErr;           /* Number of errors seen */
+};
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Utility routines for dealing with JsonString objects
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/* Set the JsonString object to an empty string
+*/
+static void jsonZero(JsonString *p){
+  p->zBuf = p->zSpace;
+  p->nAlloc = sizeof(p->zSpace);
+  p->nUsed = 0;
+  p->bStatic = 1;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the JsonString object
+*/
+static void jsonInit(JsonString *p, sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  p->pCtx = pCtx;
+  p->bErr = 0;
+  jsonZero(p);
+}
+
+
+/* Free all allocated memory and reset the JsonString object back to its
+** initial state.
+*/
+static void jsonReset(JsonString *p){
+  if( !p->bStatic ) sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
+  jsonZero(p);
+}
+
+
+/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition 
+*/
+static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){
+  p->bErr = 1;
+  sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p->pCtx);
+  jsonReset(p);
+}
+
+/* Enlarge pJson->zBuf so that it can hold at least N more bytes.
+** Return zero on success.  Return non-zero on an OOM error
+*/
+static int jsonGrow(JsonString *p, u32 N){
+  u64 nTotal = N<p->nAlloc ? p->nAlloc*2 : p->nAlloc+N+10;
+  char *zNew;
+  if( p->bStatic ){
+    if( p->bErr ) return 1;
+    zNew = sqlite3_malloc64(nTotal);
+    if( zNew==0 ){
+      jsonOom(p);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memcpy(zNew, p->zBuf, (size_t)p->nUsed);
+    p->zBuf = zNew;
+    p->bStatic = 0;
+  }else{
+    zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->zBuf, nTotal);
+    if( zNew==0 ){
+      jsonOom(p);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->zBuf = zNew;
+  }
+  p->nAlloc = nTotal;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Append N bytes from zIn onto the end of the JsonString string.
+*/
+static void jsonAppendRaw(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){
+  if( (N+p->nUsed >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N)!=0 ) return;
+  memcpy(p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zIn, N);
+  p->nUsed += N;
+}
+
+/* Append formatted text (not to exceed N bytes) to the JsonString.
+*/
+static void jsonPrintf(int N, JsonString *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( (p->nUsed + N >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p, N) ) return;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  sqlite3_vsnprintf(N, p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  p->nUsed += (int)strlen(p->zBuf+p->nUsed);
+}
+
+/* Append a single character
+*/
+static void jsonAppendChar(JsonString *p, char c){
+  if( p->nUsed>=p->nAlloc && jsonGrow(p,1)!=0 ) return;
+  p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c;
+}
+
+/* Append a comma separator to the output buffer, if the previous
+** character is not '[' or '{'.
+*/
+static void jsonAppendSeparator(JsonString *p){
+  char c;
+  if( p->nUsed==0 ) return;
+  c = p->zBuf[p->nUsed-1];
+  if( c!='[' && c!='{' ) jsonAppendChar(p, ',');
+}
+
+/* Append the N-byte string in zIn to the end of the JsonString string
+** under construction.  Enclose the string in "..." and escape
+** any double-quotes or backslash characters contained within the
+** string.
+*/
+static void jsonAppendString(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){
+  u32 i;
+  if( (N+p->nUsed+2 >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+2)!=0 ) return;
+  p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"';
+  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
+    unsigned char c = ((unsigned const char*)zIn)[i];
+    if( c=='"' || c=='\\' ){
+      json_simple_escape:
+      if( (p->nUsed+N+3-i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+3-i)!=0 ) return;
+      p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\';
+    }else if( c<=0x1f ){
+      static const char aSpecial[] = {
+         0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 'b', 't', 'n', 0, 'f', 'r', 0, 0,
+         0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0,   0,   0, 0,   0,   0, 0, 0
+      };
+      assert( sizeof(aSpecial)==32 );
+      assert( aSpecial['\b']=='b' );
+      assert( aSpecial['\f']=='f' );
+      assert( aSpecial['\n']=='n' );
+      assert( aSpecial['\r']=='r' );
+      assert( aSpecial['\t']=='t' );
+      if( aSpecial[c] ){
+        c = aSpecial[c];
+        goto json_simple_escape;
+      }
+      if( (p->nUsed+N+7+i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+7-i)!=0 ) return;
+      p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\';
+      p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = 'u';
+      p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0';
+      p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0';
+      p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0' + (c>>4);
+      c = "0123456789abcdef"[c&0xf];
+    }
+    p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c;
+  }
+  p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"';
+  assert( p->nUsed<p->nAlloc );
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under 
+** construction.
+*/
+static void jsonAppendValue(
+  JsonString *p,                 /* Append to this JSON string */
+  sqlite3_value *pValue          /* Value to append */
+){
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(pValue) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      jsonAppendRaw(p, "null", 4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue);
+      u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+      jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue);
+      u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+      if( sqlite3_value_subtype(pValue)==JSON_SUBTYPE ){
+        jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n);
+      }else{
+        jsonAppendString(p, z, n);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( p->bErr==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(p->pCtx, "JSON cannot hold BLOB values", -1);
+        p->bErr = 2;
+        jsonReset(p);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Make the JSON in p the result of the SQL function.
+*/
+static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){
+  if( p->bErr==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, 
+                          p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free,
+                          SQLITE_UTF8);
+    jsonZero(p);
+  }
+  assert( p->bStatic );
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Utility routines for dealing with JsonNode and JsonParse objects
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Return the number of consecutive JsonNode slots need to represent
+** the parsed JSON at pNode.  The minimum answer is 1.  For ARRAY and
+** OBJECT types, the number might be larger.
+**
+** Appended elements are not counted.  The value returned is the number
+** by which the JsonNode counter should increment in order to go to the
+** next peer value.
+*/
+static u32 jsonNodeSize(JsonNode *pNode){
+  return pNode->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ? pNode->n+1 : 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim all memory allocated by a JsonParse object.  But do not
+** delete the JsonParse object itself.
+*/
+static void jsonParseReset(JsonParse *pParse){
+  sqlite3_free(pParse->aNode);
+  pParse->aNode = 0;
+  pParse->nNode = 0;
+  pParse->nAlloc = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pParse->aUp);
+  pParse->aUp = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the JsonNode pNode into a pure JSON string and
+** append to pOut.  Subsubstructure is also included.  Return
+** the number of JsonNode objects that are encoded.
+*/
+static void jsonRenderNode(
+  JsonNode *pNode,               /* The node to render */
+  JsonString *pOut,              /* Write JSON here */
+  sqlite3_value **aReplace       /* Replacement values */
+){
+  if( pNode->jnFlags & (JNODE_REPLACE|JNODE_PATCH) ){
+    if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){
+      jsonAppendValue(pOut, aReplace[pNode->u.iReplace]);
+      return;
+    }
+    pNode = pNode->u.pPatch;
+  }
+  switch( pNode->eType ){
+    default: {
+      assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL );
+      jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "null", 4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_TRUE: {
+      jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "true", 4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_FALSE: {
+      jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "false", 5);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_STRING: {
+      if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){
+        jsonAppendString(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into the next case */
+    }
+    case JSON_REAL:
+    case JSON_INT: {
+      jsonAppendRaw(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_ARRAY: {
+      u32 j = 1;
+      jsonAppendChar(pOut, '[');
+      for(;;){
+        while( j<=pNode->n ){
+          if( (pNode[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){
+            jsonAppendSeparator(pOut);
+            jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace);
+          }
+          j += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j]);
+        }
+        if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break;
+        pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend];
+        j = 1;
+      }
+      jsonAppendChar(pOut, ']');
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_OBJECT: {
+      u32 j = 1;
+      jsonAppendChar(pOut, '{');
+      for(;;){
+        while( j<=pNode->n ){
+          if( (pNode[j+1].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){
+            jsonAppendSeparator(pOut);
+            jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace);
+            jsonAppendChar(pOut, ':');
+            jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j+1], pOut, aReplace);
+          }
+          j += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j+1]);
+        }
+        if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break;
+        pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend];
+        j = 1;
+      }
+      jsonAppendChar(pOut, '}');
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a JsonNode and all its descendents as a JSON string.
+*/
+static void jsonReturnJson(
+  JsonNode *pNode,            /* Node to return */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,      /* Return value for this function */
+  sqlite3_value **aReplace    /* Array of replacement values */
+){
+  JsonString s;
+  jsonInit(&s, pCtx);
+  jsonRenderNode(pNode, &s, aReplace);
+  jsonResult(&s);
+  sqlite3_result_subtype(pCtx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the JsonNode the return value of the function.
+*/
+static void jsonReturn(
+  JsonNode *pNode,            /* Node to return */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,      /* Return value for this function */
+  sqlite3_value **aReplace    /* Array of replacement values */
+){
+  switch( pNode->eType ){
+    default: {
+      assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL );
+      sqlite3_result_null(pCtx);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_TRUE: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_FALSE: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_INT: {
+      sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
+      const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent;
+      if( z[0]=='-' ){ z++; }
+      while( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ){
+        unsigned v = *(z++) - '0';
+        if( i>=LARGEST_INT64/10 ){
+          if( i>LARGEST_INT64/10 ) goto int_as_real;
+          if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ) goto int_as_real;
+          if( v==9 ) goto int_as_real;
+          if( v==8 ){
+            if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){
+              sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, SMALLEST_INT64);
+              goto int_done;
+            }else{
+              goto int_as_real;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        i = i*10 + v;
+      }
+      if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ i = -i; }
+      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, i);
+      int_done:
+      break;
+      int_as_real: /* fall through to real */;
+    }
+    case JSON_REAL: {
+      double r;
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+      const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent;
+      sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+#else
+      r = strtod(pNode->u.zJContent, 0);
+#endif
+      sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_STRING: {
+#if 0 /* Never happens because JNODE_RAW is only set by json_set(),
+      ** json_insert() and json_replace() and those routines do not
+      ** call jsonReturn() */
+      if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n,
+                            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }else 
+#endif
+      assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 );
+      if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){
+        /* JSON formatted without any backslash-escapes */
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent+1, pNode->n-2,
+                            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }else{
+        /* Translate JSON formatted string into raw text */
+        u32 i;
+        u32 n = pNode->n;
+        const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent;
+        char *zOut;
+        u32 j;
+        zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n+1 );
+        if( zOut==0 ){
+          sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+          break;
+        }
+        for(i=1, j=0; i<n-1; i++){
+          char c = z[i];
+          if( c!='\\' ){
+            zOut[j++] = c;
+          }else{
+            c = z[++i];
+            if( c=='u' ){
+              u32 v = 0, k;
+              for(k=0; k<4; i++, k++){
+                assert( i<n-2 );
+                c = z[i+1];
+                assert( safe_isxdigit(c) );
+                if( c<='9' ) v = v*16 + c - '0';
+                else if( c<='F' ) v = v*16 + c - 'A' + 10;
+                else v = v*16 + c - 'a' + 10;
+              }
+              if( v==0 ) break;
+              if( v<=0x7f ){
+                zOut[j++] = (char)v;
+              }else if( v<=0x7ff ){
+                zOut[j++] = (char)(0xc0 | (v>>6));
+                zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f);
+              }else{
+                zOut[j++] = (char)(0xe0 | (v>>12));
+                zOut[j++] = 0x80 | ((v>>6)&0x3f);
+                zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f);
+              }
+            }else{
+              if( c=='b' ){
+                c = '\b';
+              }else if( c=='f' ){
+                c = '\f';
+              }else if( c=='n' ){
+                c = '\n';
+              }else if( c=='r' ){
+                c = '\r';
+              }else if( c=='t' ){
+                c = '\t';
+              }
+              zOut[j++] = c;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        zOut[j] = 0;
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_ARRAY:
+    case JSON_OBJECT: {
+      jsonReturnJson(pNode, pCtx, aReplace);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int jsonParseAddNode(JsonParse*,u32,u32,const char*);
+
+/*
+** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
+** inlined.
+*/
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#  define JSON_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310
+#  define JSON_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#  define JSON_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
+
+static JSON_NOINLINE int jsonParseAddNodeExpand(
+  JsonParse *pParse,        /* Append the node to this object */
+  u32 eType,                /* Node type */
+  u32 n,                    /* Content size or sub-node count */
+  const char *zContent      /* Content */
+){
+  u32 nNew;
+  JsonNode *pNew;
+  assert( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc );
+  if( pParse->oom ) return -1;
+  nNew = pParse->nAlloc*2 + 10;
+  pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->aNode, sizeof(JsonNode)*nNew);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    pParse->oom = 1;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  pParse->nAlloc = nNew;
+  pParse->aNode = pNew;
+  assert( pParse->nNode<pParse->nAlloc );
+  return jsonParseAddNode(pParse, eType, n, zContent);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new JsonNode instance based on the arguments and append that
+** instance to the JsonParse.  Return the index in pParse->aNode[] of the
+** new node, or -1 if a memory allocation fails.
+*/
+static int jsonParseAddNode(
+  JsonParse *pParse,        /* Append the node to this object */
+  u32 eType,                /* Node type */
+  u32 n,                    /* Content size or sub-node count */
+  const char *zContent      /* Content */
+){
+  JsonNode *p;
+  if( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ){
+    return jsonParseAddNodeExpand(pParse, eType, n, zContent);
+  }
+  p = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode];
+  p->eType = (u8)eType;
+  p->jnFlags = 0;
+  p->n = n;
+  p->u.zJContent = zContent;
+  return pParse->nNode++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if z[] begins with 4 (or more) hexadecimal digits
+*/
+static int jsonIs4Hex(const char *z){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<4; i++) if( !safe_isxdigit(z[i]) ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a single JSON value which begins at pParse->zJson[i].  Return the
+** index of the first character past the end of the value parsed.
+**
+** Return negative for a syntax error.  Special cases:  return -2 if the
+** first non-whitespace character is '}' and return -3 if the first
+** non-whitespace character is ']'.
+*/
+static int jsonParseValue(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i){
+  char c;
+  u32 j;
+  int iThis;
+  int x;
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+  while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[i]) ){ i++; }
+  if( (c = pParse->zJson[i])=='{' ){
+    /* Parse object */
+    iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0);
+    if( iThis<0 ) return -1;
+    for(j=i+1;;j++){
+      while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; }
+      x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j);
+      if( x<0 ){
+        if( x==(-2) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1;
+        return -1;
+      }
+      if( pParse->oom ) return -1;
+      pNode = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1];
+      if( pNode->eType!=JSON_STRING ) return -1;
+      pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_LABEL;
+      j = x;
+      while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; }
+      if( pParse->zJson[j]!=':' ) return -1;
+      j++;
+      x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j);
+      if( x<0 ) return -1;
+      j = x;
+      while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; }
+      c = pParse->zJson[j];
+      if( c==',' ) continue;
+      if( c!='}' ) return -1;
+      break;
+    }
+    pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1;
+    return j+1;
+  }else if( c=='[' ){
+    /* Parse array */
+    iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0);
+    if( iThis<0 ) return -1;
+    for(j=i+1;;j++){
+      while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; }
+      x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j);
+      if( x<0 ){
+        if( x==(-3) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1;
+        return -1;
+      }
+      j = x;
+      while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; }
+      c = pParse->zJson[j];
+      if( c==',' ) continue;
+      if( c!=']' ) return -1;
+      break;
+    }
+    pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1;
+    return j+1;
+  }else if( c=='"' ){
+    /* Parse string */
+    u8 jnFlags = 0;
+    j = i+1;
+    for(;;){
+      c = pParse->zJson[j];
+      if( c==0 ) return -1;
+      if( c=='\\' ){
+        c = pParse->zJson[++j];
+        if( c=='"' || c=='\\' || c=='/' || c=='b' || c=='f'
+           || c=='n' || c=='r' || c=='t'
+           || (c=='u' && jsonIs4Hex(pParse->zJson+j+1)) ){
+          jnFlags = JNODE_ESCAPE;
+        }else{
+          return -1;
+        }
+      }else if( c=='"' ){
+        break;
+      }
+      j++;
+    }
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, j+1-i, &pParse->zJson[i]);
+    if( !pParse->oom ) pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1].jnFlags = jnFlags;
+    return j+1;
+  }else if( c=='n'
+         && strncmp(pParse->zJson+i,"null",4)==0
+         && !safe_isalnum(pParse->zJson[i+4]) ){
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0);
+    return i+4;
+  }else if( c=='t'
+         && strncmp(pParse->zJson+i,"true",4)==0
+         && !safe_isalnum(pParse->zJson[i+4]) ){
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0);
+    return i+4;
+  }else if( c=='f'
+         && strncmp(pParse->zJson+i,"false",5)==0
+         && !safe_isalnum(pParse->zJson[i+5]) ){
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_FALSE, 0, 0);
+    return i+5;
+  }else if( c=='-' || (c>='0' && c<='9') ){
+    /* Parse number */
+    u8 seenDP = 0;
+    u8 seenE = 0;
+    j = i+1;
+    for(;; j++){
+      c = pParse->zJson[j];
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) continue;
+      if( c=='.' ){
+        if( pParse->zJson[j-1]=='-' ) return -1;
+        if( seenDP ) return -1;
+        seenDP = 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){
+        if( pParse->zJson[j-1]<'0' ) return -1;
+        if( seenE ) return -1;
+        seenDP = seenE = 1;
+        c = pParse->zJson[j+1];
+        if( c=='+' || c=='-' ){
+          j++;
+          c = pParse->zJson[j+1];
+        }
+        if( c<'0' || c>'9' ) return -1;
+        continue;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( pParse->zJson[j-1]<'0' ) return -1;
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, seenDP ? JSON_REAL : JSON_INT,
+                        j - i, &pParse->zJson[i]);
+    return j;
+  }else if( c=='}' ){
+    return -2;  /* End of {...} */
+  }else if( c==']' ){
+    return -3;  /* End of [...] */
+  }else if( c==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* End of file */
+  }else{
+    return -1;  /* Syntax error */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a complete JSON string.  Return 0 on success or non-zero if there
+** are any errors.  If an error occurs, free all memory associated with
+** pParse.
+**
+** pParse is uninitialized when this routine is called.
+*/
+static int jsonParse(
+  JsonParse *pParse,           /* Initialize and fill this JsonParse object */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* Report errors here */
+  const char *zJson            /* Input JSON text to be parsed */
+){
+  int i;
+  memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( zJson==0 ) return 1;
+  pParse->zJson = zJson;
+  i = jsonParseValue(pParse, 0);
+  if( pParse->oom ) i = -1;
+  if( i>0 ){
+    while( safe_isspace(zJson[i]) ) i++;
+    if( zJson[i] ) i = -1;
+  }
+  if( i<=0 ){
+    if( pCtx!=0 ){
+      if( pParse->oom ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "malformed JSON", -1);
+      }
+    }
+    jsonParseReset(pParse);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Mark node i of pParse as being a child of iParent.  Call recursively
+** to fill in all the descendants of node i.
+*/
+static void jsonParseFillInParentage(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i, u32 iParent){
+  JsonNode *pNode = &pParse->aNode[i];
+  u32 j;
+  pParse->aUp[i] = iParent;
+  switch( pNode->eType ){
+    case JSON_ARRAY: {
+      for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j)){
+        jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j, i);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case JSON_OBJECT: {
+      for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j+1)+1){
+        pParse->aUp[i+j] = i;
+        jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j+1, i);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the parentage of all nodes in a completed parse.
+*/
+static int jsonParseFindParents(JsonParse *pParse){
+  u32 *aUp;
+  assert( pParse->aUp==0 );
+  aUp = pParse->aUp = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(u32)*pParse->nNode );
+  if( aUp==0 ){
+    pParse->oom = 1;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, 0, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the OBJECT label at pNode against zKey,nKey.  Return true on
+** a match.
+*/
+static int jsonLabelCompare(JsonNode *pNode, const char *zKey, u32 nKey){
+  if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){
+    if( pNode->n!=nKey ) return 0;
+    return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent, zKey, nKey)==0;
+  }else{
+    if( pNode->n!=nKey+2 ) return 0;
+    return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent+1, zKey, nKey)==0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* forward declaration */
+static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend(JsonParse*,const char*,int*,const char**);
+
+/*
+** Search along zPath to find the node specified.  Return a pointer
+** to that node, or NULL if zPath is malformed or if there is no such
+** node.
+**
+** If pApnd!=0, then try to append new nodes to complete zPath if it is
+** possible to do so and if no existing node corresponds to zPath.  If
+** new nodes are appended *pApnd is set to 1.
+*/
+static JsonNode *jsonLookupStep(
+  JsonParse *pParse,      /* The JSON to search */
+  u32 iRoot,              /* Begin the search at this node */
+  const char *zPath,      /* The path to search */
+  int *pApnd,             /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */
+  const char **pzErr      /* Make *pzErr point to any syntax error in zPath */
+){
+  u32 i, j, nKey;
+  const char *zKey;
+  JsonNode *pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot];
+  if( zPath[0]==0 ) return pRoot;
+  if( zPath[0]=='.' ){
+    if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ) return 0;
+    zPath++;
+    if( zPath[0]=='"' ){
+      zKey = zPath + 1;
+      for(i=1; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='"'; i++){}
+      nKey = i-1;
+      if( zPath[i] ){
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        *pzErr = zPath;
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      zKey = zPath;
+      for(i=0; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='.' && zPath[i]!='['; i++){}
+      nKey = i;
+    }
+    if( nKey==0 ){
+      *pzErr = zPath;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    j = 1;
+    for(;;){
+      while( j<=pRoot->n ){
+        if( jsonLabelCompare(pRoot+j, zKey, nKey) ){
+          return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j+1, &zPath[i], pApnd, pzErr);
+        }
+        j++;
+        j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]);
+      }
+      if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break;
+      iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend;
+      pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot];
+      j = 1;
+    }
+    if( pApnd ){
+      u32 iStart, iLabel;
+      JsonNode *pNode;
+      iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0);
+      iLabel = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, i, zPath);
+      zPath += i;
+      pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr);
+      if( pParse->oom ) return 0;
+      if( pNode ){
+        pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot];
+        pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot;
+        pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND;
+        pParse->aNode[iLabel].jnFlags |= JNODE_RAW;
+      }
+      return pNode;
+    }
+  }else if( zPath[0]=='[' && safe_isdigit(zPath[1]) ){
+    if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_ARRAY ) return 0;
+    i = 0;
+    j = 1;
+    while( safe_isdigit(zPath[j]) ){
+      i = i*10 + zPath[j] - '0';
+      j++;
+    }
+    if( zPath[j]!=']' ){
+      *pzErr = zPath;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    zPath += j + 1;
+    j = 1;
+    for(;;){
+      while( j<=pRoot->n && (i>0 || (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)!=0) ){
+        if( (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ) i--;
+        j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]);
+      }
+      if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break;
+      iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend;
+      pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot];
+      j = 1;
+    }
+    if( j<=pRoot->n ){
+      return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j, zPath, pApnd, pzErr);
+    }
+    if( i==0 && pApnd ){
+      u32 iStart;
+      JsonNode *pNode;
+      iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 1, 0);
+      pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr);
+      if( pParse->oom ) return 0;
+      if( pNode ){
+        pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot];
+        pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot;
+        pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND;
+      }
+      return pNode;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *pzErr = zPath;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append content to pParse that will complete zPath.  Return a pointer
+** to the inserted node, or return NULL if the append fails.
+*/
+static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend(
+  JsonParse *pParse,     /* Append content to the JSON parse */
+  const char *zPath,     /* Description of content to append */
+  int *pApnd,            /* Set this flag to 1 */
+  const char **pzErr     /* Make this point to any syntax error */
+){
+  *pApnd = 1;
+  if( zPath[0]==0 ){
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0);
+    return pParse->oom ? 0 : &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1];
+  }
+  if( zPath[0]=='.' ){
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0);
+  }else if( strncmp(zPath,"[0]",3)==0 ){
+    jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pParse->oom ) return 0;
+  return jsonLookupStep(pParse, pParse->nNode-1, zPath, pApnd, pzErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the text of a syntax error message on a JSON path.  Space is
+** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *jsonPathSyntaxError(const char *zErr){
+  return sqlite3_mprintf("JSON path error near '%q'", zErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a node lookup using zPath.  Return a pointer to the node on success.
+** Return NULL if not found or if there is an error.
+**
+** On an error, write an error message into pCtx and increment the
+** pParse->nErr counter.
+**
+** If pApnd!=NULL then try to append missing nodes and set *pApnd = 1 if
+** nodes are appended.
+*/
+static JsonNode *jsonLookup(
+  JsonParse *pParse,      /* The JSON to search */
+  const char *zPath,      /* The path to search */
+  int *pApnd,             /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx   /* Report errors here, if not NULL */
+){
+  const char *zErr = 0;
+  JsonNode *pNode = 0;
+  char *zMsg;
+
+  if( zPath==0 ) return 0;
+  if( zPath[0]!='$' ){
+    zErr = zPath;
+    goto lookup_err;
+  }
+  zPath++;
+  pNode = jsonLookupStep(pParse, 0, zPath, pApnd, &zErr);
+  if( zErr==0 ) return pNode;
+
+lookup_err:
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  assert( zErr!=0 && pCtx!=0 );
+  zMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr);
+  if( zMsg ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Report the wrong number of arguments for json_insert(), json_replace()
+** or json_set().
+*/
+static void jsonWrongNumArgs(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+  const char *zFuncName
+){
+  char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments",
+                               zFuncName);
+  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1);
+  sqlite3_free(zMsg);     
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark all NULL entries in the Object passed in as JNODE_REMOVE.
+*/
+static void jsonRemoveAllNulls(JsonNode *pNode){
+  int i, n;
+  assert( pNode->eType==JSON_OBJECT );
+  n = pNode->n;
+  for(i=2; i<=n; i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i])+1){
+    switch( pNode[i].eType ){
+      case JSON_NULL:
+        pNode[i].jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE;
+        break;
+      case JSON_OBJECT:
+        jsonRemoveAllNulls(&pNode[i]);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** SQL functions used for testing and debugging
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The json_parse(JSON) function returns a string which describes
+** a parse of the JSON provided.  Or it returns NULL if JSON is not
+** well-formed.
+*/
+static void jsonParseFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonString s;       /* Output string - not real JSON */
+  JsonParse x;        /* The parse */
+  u32 i;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  jsonParseFindParents(&x);
+  jsonInit(&s, ctx);
+  for(i=0; i<x.nNode; i++){
+    const char *zType;
+    if( x.aNode[i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ){
+      assert( x.aNode[i].eType==JSON_STRING );
+      zType = "label";
+    }else{
+      zType = jsonType[x.aNode[i].eType];
+    }
+    jsonPrintf(100, &s,"node %3u: %7s n=%-4d up=%-4d",
+               i, zType, x.aNode[i].n, x.aUp[i]);
+    if( x.aNode[i].u.zJContent!=0 ){
+      jsonAppendRaw(&s, " ", 1);
+      jsonAppendRaw(&s, x.aNode[i].u.zJContent, x.aNode[i].n);
+    }
+    jsonAppendRaw(&s, "\n", 1);
+  }
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+  jsonResult(&s);
+}
+
+/*
+** The json_test1(JSON) function return true (1) if the input is JSON
+** text generated by another json function.  It returns (0) if the input
+** is not known to be JSON.
+*/
+static void jsonTest1Func(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  sqlite3_result_int(ctx, sqlite3_value_subtype(argv[0])==JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** Scalar SQL function implementations
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the json_QUOTE(VALUE) function.  Return a JSON value
+** corresponding to the SQL value input.  Mostly this means putting 
+** double-quotes around strings and returning the unquoted string "null"
+** when given a NULL input.
+*/
+static void jsonQuoteFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonString jx;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+
+  jsonInit(&jx, ctx);
+  jsonAppendValue(&jx, argv[0]);
+  jsonResult(&jx);
+  sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the json_array(VALUE,...) function.  Return a JSON
+** array that contains all values given in arguments.  Or if any argument
+** is a BLOB, throw an error.
+*/
+static void jsonArrayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  JsonString jx;
+
+  jsonInit(&jx, ctx);
+  jsonAppendChar(&jx, '[');
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    jsonAppendSeparator(&jx);
+    jsonAppendValue(&jx, argv[i]);
+  }
+  jsonAppendChar(&jx, ']');
+  jsonResult(&jx);
+  sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** json_array_length(JSON)
+** json_array_length(JSON, PATH)
+**
+** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array.  
+** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array.
+*/
+static void jsonArrayLengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  sqlite3_int64 n = 0;
+  u32 i;
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  assert( x.nNode );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    const char *zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+    pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx);
+  }else{
+    pNode = x.aNode;
+  }
+  if( pNode==0 ){
+    x.nErr = 1;
+  }else if( pNode->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){
+    assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 );
+    for(i=1; i<=pNode->n; n++){
+      i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( x.nErr==0 ) sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, n);
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+}
+
+/*
+** json_extract(JSON, PATH, ...)
+**
+** Return the element described by PATH.  Return NULL if there is no
+** PATH element.  If there are multiple PATHs, then return a JSON array
+** with the result from each path.  Throw an error if the JSON or any PATH
+** is malformed.
+*/
+static void jsonExtractFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+  const char *zPath;
+  JsonString jx;
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc<2 ) return;
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  jsonInit(&jx, ctx);
+  jsonAppendChar(&jx, '[');
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx);
+    if( x.nErr ) break;
+    if( argc>2 ){
+      jsonAppendSeparator(&jx);
+      if( pNode ){
+        jsonRenderNode(pNode, &jx, 0);
+      }else{
+        jsonAppendRaw(&jx, "null", 4);
+      }
+    }else if( pNode ){
+      jsonReturn(pNode, ctx, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( argc>2 && i==argc ){
+    jsonAppendChar(&jx, ']');
+    jsonResult(&jx);
+    sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+  }
+  jsonReset(&jx);
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+}
+
+/* This is the RFC 7396 MergePatch algorithm.
+*/
+static JsonNode *jsonMergePatch(
+  JsonParse *pParse,   /* The JSON parser that contains the TARGET */
+  int iTarget,         /* Node of the TARGET in pParse */
+  JsonNode *pPatch     /* The PATCH */
+){
+  u32 i, j;
+  u32 iRoot;
+  JsonNode *pTarget;
+  if( pPatch->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ){
+    return pPatch;
+  }
+  assert( iTarget>=0 && iTarget<pParse->nNode );
+  pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget];
+  assert( (pPatch->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 );
+  if( pTarget->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ){
+    jsonRemoveAllNulls(pPatch);
+    return pPatch;
+  }
+  iRoot = iTarget;
+  for(i=1; i<pPatch->n; i += jsonNodeSize(&pPatch[i+1])+1){
+    u32 nKey;
+    const char *zKey;
+    assert( pPatch[i].eType==JSON_STRING );
+    assert( pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL );
+    nKey = pPatch[i].n;
+    zKey = pPatch[i].u.zJContent;
+    assert( (pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 );
+    for(j=1; j<pTarget->n; j += jsonNodeSize(&pTarget[j+1])+1 ){
+      assert( pTarget[j].eType==JSON_STRING );
+      assert( pTarget[j].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL );
+      assert( (pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 );
+      if( pTarget[j].n==nKey && strncmp(pTarget[j].u.zJContent,zKey,nKey)==0 ){
+        if( pTarget[j+1].jnFlags & (JNODE_REMOVE|JNODE_PATCH) ) break;
+        if( pPatch[i+1].eType==JSON_NULL ){
+          pTarget[j+1].jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE;
+        }else{
+          JsonNode *pNew = jsonMergePatch(pParse, iTarget+j+1, &pPatch[i+1]);
+          if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+          pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget];
+          if( pNew!=&pTarget[j+1] ){
+            pTarget[j+1].u.pPatch = pNew;
+            pTarget[j+1].jnFlags |= JNODE_PATCH;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTarget->n && pPatch[i+1].eType!=JSON_NULL ){
+      int iStart, iPatch;
+      iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0);
+      jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, nKey, zKey);
+      iPatch = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0);
+      if( pParse->oom ) return 0;
+      jsonRemoveAllNulls(pPatch);
+      pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget];
+      pParse->aNode[iRoot].jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND;
+      pParse->aNode[iRoot].u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot;
+      iRoot = iStart;
+      pParse->aNode[iPatch].jnFlags |= JNODE_PATCH;
+      pParse->aNode[iPatch].u.pPatch = &pPatch[i+1];
+    }
+  }
+  return pTarget;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the json_mergepatch(JSON1,JSON2) function.  Return a JSON
+** object that is the result of running the RFC 7396 MergePatch() algorithm
+** on the two arguments.
+*/
+static void jsonPatchFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;     /* The JSON that is being patched */
+  JsonParse y;     /* The patch */
+  JsonNode *pResult;   /* The result of the merge */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  if( jsonParse(&y, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])) ){
+    jsonParseReset(&x);
+    return;
+  }
+  pResult = jsonMergePatch(&x, 0, y.aNode);
+  assert( pResult!=0 || x.oom );
+  if( pResult ){
+    jsonReturnJson(pResult, ctx, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+  }
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+  jsonParseReset(&y);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the json_object(NAME,VALUE,...) function.  Return a JSON
+** object that contains all name/value given in arguments.  Or if any name
+** is not a string or if any value is a BLOB, throw an error.
+*/
+static void jsonObjectFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  JsonString jx;
+  const char *z;
+  u32 n;
+
+  if( argc&1 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "json_object() requires an even number "
+                                  "of arguments", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  jsonInit(&jx, ctx);
+  jsonAppendChar(&jx, '{');
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i+=2){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])!=SQLITE_TEXT ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "json_object() labels must be TEXT", -1);
+      jsonReset(&jx);
+      return;
+    }
+    jsonAppendSeparator(&jx);
+    z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[i]);
+    jsonAppendString(&jx, z, n);
+    jsonAppendChar(&jx, ':');
+    jsonAppendValue(&jx, argv[i+1]);
+  }
+  jsonAppendChar(&jx, '}');
+  jsonResult(&jx);
+  sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** json_remove(JSON, PATH, ...)
+**
+** Remove the named elements from JSON and return the result.  malformed
+** JSON or PATH arguments result in an error.
+*/
+static void jsonRemoveFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+  const char *zPath;
+  u32 i;
+
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  assert( x.nNode );
+  for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i++){
+    zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( zPath==0 ) goto remove_done;
+    pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx);
+    if( x.nErr ) goto remove_done;
+    if( pNode ) pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE;
+  }
+  if( (x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){
+    jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, 0);
+  }
+remove_done:
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+}
+
+/*
+** json_replace(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...)
+**
+** Replace the value at PATH with VALUE.  If PATH does not already exist,
+** this routine is a no-op.  If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error.
+*/
+static void jsonReplaceFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+  const char *zPath;
+  u32 i;
+
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  if( (argc&1)==0 ) {
+    jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, "replace");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  assert( x.nNode );
+  for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){
+    zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx);
+    if( x.nErr ) goto replace_err;
+    if( pNode ){
+      pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE;
+      pNode->u.iReplace = i + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].u.iReplace]);
+  }else{
+    jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv);
+  }
+replace_err:
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+}
+
+/*
+** json_set(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...)
+**
+** Set the value at PATH to VALUE.  Create the PATH if it does not already
+** exist.  Overwrite existing values that do exist.
+** If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error.
+**
+** json_insert(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...)
+**
+** Create PATH and initialize it to VALUE.  If PATH already exists, this
+** routine is a no-op.  If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error.
+*/
+static void jsonSetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+  const char *zPath;
+  u32 i;
+  int bApnd;
+  int bIsSet = *(int*)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
+
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  if( (argc&1)==0 ) {
+    jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, bIsSet ? "set" : "insert");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  assert( x.nNode );
+  for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){
+    zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    bApnd = 0;
+    pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, &bApnd, ctx);
+    if( x.oom ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+      goto jsonSetDone;
+    }else if( x.nErr ){
+      goto jsonSetDone;
+    }else if( pNode && (bApnd || bIsSet) ){
+      pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE;
+      pNode->u.iReplace = i + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].u.iReplace]);
+  }else{
+    jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv);
+  }
+jsonSetDone:
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+}
+
+/*
+** json_type(JSON)
+** json_type(JSON, PATH)
+**
+** Return the top-level "type" of a JSON string.  Throw an error if
+** either the JSON or PATH inputs are not well-formed.
+*/
+static void jsonTypeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  const char *zPath;
+  JsonNode *pNode;
+
+  if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return;
+  assert( x.nNode );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+    pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx);
+  }else{
+    pNode = x.aNode;
+  }
+  if( pNode ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pNode->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+}
+
+/*
+** json_valid(JSON)
+**
+** Return 1 if JSON is a well-formed JSON string according to RFC-7159.
+** Return 0 otherwise.
+*/
+static void jsonValidFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonParse x;          /* The parse */
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  if( jsonParse(&x, 0, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+  jsonParseReset(&x);
+  sqlite3_result_int(ctx, rc);
+}
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** Aggregate SQL function implementations
+****************************************************************************/
+/*
+** json_group_array(VALUE)
+**
+** Return a JSON array composed of all values in the aggregate.
+*/
+static void jsonArrayStep(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonString *pStr;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr));
+  if( pStr ){
+    if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){
+      jsonInit(pStr, ctx);
+      jsonAppendChar(pStr, '[');
+    }else{
+      jsonAppendChar(pStr, ',');
+      pStr->pCtx = ctx;
+    }
+    jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+static void jsonArrayFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){
+  JsonString *pStr;
+  pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0);
+  if( pStr ){
+    pStr->pCtx = ctx;
+    jsonAppendChar(pStr, ']');
+    if( pStr->bErr ){
+      if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+      assert( pStr->bStatic );
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, pStr->nUsed,
+                          pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free);
+      pStr->bStatic = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "[]", 2, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+
+/*
+** json_group_obj(NAME,VALUE)
+**
+** Return a JSON object composed of all names and values in the aggregate.
+*/
+static void jsonObjectStep(
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonString *pStr;
+  const char *z;
+  u32 n;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr));
+  if( pStr ){
+    if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){
+      jsonInit(pStr, ctx);
+      jsonAppendChar(pStr, '{');
+    }else{
+      jsonAppendChar(pStr, ',');
+      pStr->pCtx = ctx;
+    }
+    z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    jsonAppendString(pStr, z, n);
+    jsonAppendChar(pStr, ':');
+    jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[1]);
+  }
+}
+static void jsonObjectFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){
+  JsonString *pStr;
+  pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0);
+  if( pStr ){
+    jsonAppendChar(pStr, '}');
+    if( pStr->bErr ){
+      if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+      assert( pStr->bStatic );
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, pStr->nUsed,
+                          pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free);
+      pStr->bStatic = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "{}", 2, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/****************************************************************************
+** The json_each virtual table
+****************************************************************************/
+typedef struct JsonEachCursor JsonEachCursor;
+struct JsonEachCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;  /* Base class - must be first */
+  u32 iRowid;                /* The rowid */
+  u32 iBegin;                /* The first node of the scan */
+  u32 i;                     /* Index in sParse.aNode[] of current row */
+  u32 iEnd;                  /* EOF when i equals or exceeds this value */
+  u8 eType;                  /* Type of top-level element */
+  u8 bRecursive;             /* True for json_tree().  False for json_each() */
+  char *zJson;               /* Input JSON */
+  char *zRoot;               /* Path by which to filter zJson */
+  JsonParse sParse;          /* Parse of the input JSON */
+};
+
+/* Constructor for the json_each virtual table */
+static int jsonEachConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  sqlite3_vtab *pNew;
+  int rc;
+
+/* Column numbers */
+#define JEACH_KEY     0
+#define JEACH_VALUE   1
+#define JEACH_TYPE    2
+#define JEACH_ATOM    3
+#define JEACH_ID      4
+#define JEACH_PARENT  5
+#define JEACH_FULLKEY 6
+#define JEACH_PATH    7
+#define JEACH_JSON    8
+#define JEACH_ROOT    9
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pzErr);
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argv);
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pAux);
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, 
+     "CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path,"
+                    "json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)");
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pNew = *ppVtab = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+    if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* destructor for json_each virtual table */
+static int jsonEachDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_each(). */
+static int jsonEachOpenEach(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  JsonEachCursor *pCur;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(p);
+  pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) );
+  if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur));
+  *ppCursor = &pCur->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_tree(). */
+static int jsonEachOpenTree(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  int rc = jsonEachOpenEach(p, ppCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    JsonEachCursor *pCur = (JsonEachCursor*)*ppCursor;
+    pCur->bRecursive = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Reset a JsonEachCursor back to its original state.  Free any memory
+** held. */
+static void jsonEachCursorReset(JsonEachCursor *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->zJson);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zRoot);
+  jsonParseReset(&p->sParse);
+  p->iRowid = 0;
+  p->i = 0;
+  p->iEnd = 0;
+  p->eType = 0;
+  p->zJson = 0;
+  p->zRoot = 0;
+}
+
+/* Destructor for a jsonEachCursor object */
+static int jsonEachClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
+  jsonEachCursorReset(p);
+  sqlite3_free(cur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE if the jsonEachCursor object has been advanced off the end
+** of the JSON object */
+static int jsonEachEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
+  return p->i >= p->iEnd;
+}
+
+/* Advance the cursor to the next element for json_tree() */
+static int jsonEachNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
+  if( p->bRecursive ){
+    if( p->sParse.aNode[p->i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) p->i++;
+    p->i++;
+    p->iRowid++;
+    if( p->i<p->iEnd ){
+      u32 iUp = p->sParse.aUp[p->i];
+      JsonNode *pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp];
+      p->eType = pUp->eType;
+      if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){
+        if( iUp==p->i-1 ){
+          pUp->u.iKey = 0;
+        }else{
+          pUp->u.iKey++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    switch( p->eType ){
+      case JSON_ARRAY: {
+        p->i += jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i]);
+        p->iRowid++;
+        break;
+      }
+      case JSON_OBJECT: {
+        p->i += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i+1]);
+        p->iRowid++;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        p->i = p->iEnd;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Append the name of the path for element i to pStr
+*/
+static void jsonEachComputePath(
+  JsonEachCursor *p,       /* The cursor */
+  JsonString *pStr,        /* Write the path here */
+  u32 i                    /* Path to this element */
+){
+  JsonNode *pNode, *pUp;
+  u32 iUp;
+  if( i==0 ){
+    jsonAppendChar(pStr, '$');
+    return;
+  }
+  iUp = p->sParse.aUp[i];
+  jsonEachComputePath(p, pStr, iUp);
+  pNode = &p->sParse.aNode[i];
+  pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp];
+  if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){
+    jsonPrintf(30, pStr, "[%d]", pUp->u.iKey);
+  }else{
+    assert( pUp->eType==JSON_OBJECT );
+    if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)==0 ) pNode--;
+    assert( pNode->eType==JSON_STRING );
+    assert( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL );
+    jsonPrintf(pNode->n+1, pStr, ".%.*s", pNode->n-2, pNode->u.zJContent+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Return the value of a column */
+static int jsonEachColumn(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur,   /* The cursor */
+  sqlite3_context *ctx,       /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */
+  int i                       /* Which column to return */
+){
+  JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
+  JsonNode *pThis = &p->sParse.aNode[p->i];
+  switch( i ){
+    case JEACH_KEY: {
+      if( p->i==0 ) break;
+      if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){
+        jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0);
+      }else if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){
+        u32 iKey;
+        if( p->bRecursive ){
+          if( p->iRowid==0 ) break;
+          iKey = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].u.iKey;
+        }else{
+          iKey = p->iRowid;
+        }
+        sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)iKey);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_VALUE: {
+      if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++;
+      jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_TYPE: {
+      if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++;
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pThis->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_ATOM: {
+      if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++;
+      if( pThis->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ) break;
+      jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_ID: {
+      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, 
+         (sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0));
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_PARENT: {
+      if( p->i>p->iBegin && p->bRecursive ){
+        sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->sParse.aUp[p->i]);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_FULLKEY: {
+      JsonString x;
+      jsonInit(&x, ctx);
+      if( p->bRecursive ){
+        jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->i);
+      }else{
+        if( p->zRoot ){
+          jsonAppendRaw(&x, p->zRoot, (int)strlen(p->zRoot));
+        }else{
+          jsonAppendChar(&x, '$');
+        }
+        if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){
+          jsonPrintf(30, &x, "[%d]", p->iRowid);
+        }else{
+          jsonPrintf(pThis->n, &x, ".%.*s", pThis->n-2, pThis->u.zJContent+1);
+        }
+      }
+      jsonResult(&x);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_PATH: {
+      if( p->bRecursive ){
+        JsonString x;
+        jsonInit(&x, ctx);
+        jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->sParse.aUp[p->i]);
+        jsonResult(&x);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* For json_each() path and root are the same so fall through
+      ** into the root case */
+    }
+    default: {
+      const char *zRoot = p->zRoot;
+      if( zRoot==0 ) zRoot = "$";
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zRoot, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+    case JEACH_JSON: {
+      assert( i==JEACH_JSON );
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, p->sParse.zJson, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Return the current rowid value */
+static int jsonEachRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
+  *pRowid = p->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The query strategy is to look for an equality constraint on the json
+** column.  Without such a constraint, the table cannot operate.  idxNum is
+** 1 if the constraint is found, 3 if the constraint and zRoot are found,
+** and 0 otherwise.
+*/
+static int jsonEachBestIndex(
+  sqlite3_vtab *tab,
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  int jsonIdx = -1;
+  int rootIdx = -1;
+  const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(tab);
+  pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){
+    if( pConstraint->usable==0 ) continue;
+    if( pConstraint->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue;
+    switch( pConstraint->iColumn ){
+      case JEACH_JSON:   jsonIdx = i;    break;
+      case JEACH_ROOT:   rootIdx = i;    break;
+      default:           /* no-op */     break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( jsonIdx<0 ){
+    pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1e99;
+  }else{
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+    pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jsonIdx].argvIndex = 1;
+    pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jsonIdx].omit = 1;
+    if( rootIdx<0 ){
+      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+    }else{
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[rootIdx].argvIndex = 2;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[rootIdx].omit = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 3;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Start a search on a new JSON string */
+static int jsonEachFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur,
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
+  const char *z;
+  const char *zRoot = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 n;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(idxStr);
+  UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
+  jsonEachCursorReset(p);
+  if( idxNum==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  p->zJson = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 );
+  if( p->zJson==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memcpy(p->zJson, z, (size_t)n+1);
+  if( jsonParse(&p->sParse, 0, p->zJson) ){
+    int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    if( p->sParse.oom==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg);
+      cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed JSON");
+      if( cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    jsonEachCursorReset(p);
+    return rc;
+  }else if( p->bRecursive && jsonParseFindParents(&p->sParse) ){
+    jsonEachCursorReset(p);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    JsonNode *pNode = 0;
+    if( idxNum==3 ){
+      const char *zErr = 0;
+      zRoot = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+      if( zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+      n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+      p->zRoot = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 );
+      if( p->zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      memcpy(p->zRoot, zRoot, (size_t)n+1);
+      if( zRoot[0]!='$' ){
+        zErr = zRoot;
+      }else{
+        pNode = jsonLookupStep(&p->sParse, 0, p->zRoot+1, 0, &zErr);
+      }
+      if( zErr ){
+        sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg);
+        cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr);
+        jsonEachCursorReset(p);
+        return cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else if( pNode==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pNode = p->sParse.aNode;
+    }
+    p->iBegin = p->i = (int)(pNode - p->sParse.aNode);
+    p->eType = pNode->eType;
+    if( p->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ){
+      pNode->u.iKey = 0;
+      p->iEnd = p->i + pNode->n + 1;
+      if( p->bRecursive ){
+        p->eType = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].eType;
+        if( p->i>0 && (p->sParse.aNode[p->i-1].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0 ){
+          p->i--;
+        }
+      }else{
+        p->i++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->iEnd = p->i+1;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The methods of the json_each virtual table */
+static sqlite3_module jsonEachModule = {
+  0,                         /* iVersion */
+  0,                         /* xCreate */
+  jsonEachConnect,           /* xConnect */
+  jsonEachBestIndex,         /* xBestIndex */
+  jsonEachDisconnect,        /* xDisconnect */
+  0,                         /* xDestroy */
+  jsonEachOpenEach,          /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  jsonEachClose,             /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  jsonEachFilter,            /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  jsonEachNext,              /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  jsonEachEof,               /* xEof - check for end of scan */
+  jsonEachColumn,            /* xColumn - read data */
+  jsonEachRowid,             /* xRowid - read data */
+  0,                         /* xUpdate */
+  0,                         /* xBegin */
+  0,                         /* xSync */
+  0,                         /* xCommit */
+  0,                         /* xRollback */
+  0,                         /* xFindMethod */
+  0,                         /* xRename */
+  0,                         /* xSavepoint */
+  0,                         /* xRelease */
+  0                          /* xRollbackTo */
+};
+
+/* The methods of the json_tree virtual table. */
+static sqlite3_module jsonTreeModule = {
+  0,                         /* iVersion */
+  0,                         /* xCreate */
+  jsonEachConnect,           /* xConnect */
+  jsonEachBestIndex,         /* xBestIndex */
+  jsonEachDisconnect,        /* xDisconnect */
+  0,                         /* xDestroy */
+  jsonEachOpenTree,          /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  jsonEachClose,             /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  jsonEachFilter,            /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  jsonEachNext,              /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  jsonEachEof,               /* xEof - check for end of scan */
+  jsonEachColumn,            /* xColumn - read data */
+  jsonEachRowid,             /* xRowid - read data */
+  0,                         /* xUpdate */
+  0,                         /* xBegin */
+  0,                         /* xSync */
+  0,                         /* xCommit */
+  0,                         /* xRollback */
+  0,                         /* xFindMethod */
+  0,                         /* xRename */
+  0,                         /* xSavepoint */
+  0,                         /* xRelease */
+  0                          /* xRollbackTo */
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** The following routines are the only publically visible identifiers in this
+** file.  Call the following routines in order to register the various SQL
+** functions and the virtual table implemented by this file.
+****************************************************************************/
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unsigned int i;
+  static const struct {
+     const char *zName;
+     int nArg;
+     int flag;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFunc[] = {
+    { "json",                 1, 0,   jsonRemoveFunc        },
+    { "json_array",          -1, 0,   jsonArrayFunc         },
+    { "json_array_length",    1, 0,   jsonArrayLengthFunc   },
+    { "json_array_length",    2, 0,   jsonArrayLengthFunc   },
+    { "json_extract",        -1, 0,   jsonExtractFunc       },
+    { "json_insert",         -1, 0,   jsonSetFunc           },
+    { "json_object",         -1, 0,   jsonObjectFunc        },
+    { "json_patch",           2, 0,   jsonPatchFunc         },
+    { "json_quote",           1, 0,   jsonQuoteFunc         },
+    { "json_remove",         -1, 0,   jsonRemoveFunc        },
+    { "json_replace",        -1, 0,   jsonReplaceFunc       },
+    { "json_set",            -1, 1,   jsonSetFunc           },
+    { "json_type",            1, 0,   jsonTypeFunc          },
+    { "json_type",            2, 0,   jsonTypeFunc          },
+    { "json_valid",           1, 0,   jsonValidFunc         },
+
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* DEBUG and TESTING functions */
+    { "json_parse",           1, 0,   jsonParseFunc         },
+    { "json_test1",           1, 0,   jsonTest1Func         },
+#endif
+  };
+  static const struct {
+     const char *zName;
+     int nArg;
+     void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+     void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*);
+  } aAgg[] = {
+    { "json_group_array",     1,   jsonArrayStep,   jsonArrayFinal  },
+    { "json_group_object",    2,   jsonObjectStep,  jsonObjectFinal },
+  };
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  static const struct {
+     const char *zName;
+     sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  } aMod[] = {
+    { "json_each",            &jsonEachModule               },
+    { "json_tree",            &jsonTreeModule               },
+  };
+#endif
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFunc)/sizeof(aFunc[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aFunc[i].zName, aFunc[i].nArg,
+                                 SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 
+                                 (void*)&aFunc[i].flag,
+                                 aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAgg)/sizeof(aAgg[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, aAgg[i].nArg,
+                                 SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0,
+                                 0, aAgg[i].xStep, aAgg[i].xFinal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aMod)/sizeof(aMod[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, aMod[i].zName, aMod[i].pModule, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
+  return sqlite3Json1Init(db);
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1) */
+
+/************** End of json1.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts5.c ********************************************/
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) 
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# undef NDEBUG
+#endif
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, 
+** FTS5 may be extended with:
+**
+**     * custom tokenizers, and
+**     * custom auxiliary functions.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _FTS5_H
+#define _FTS5_H
+
+/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
+**
+** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing
+** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method.
+*/
+
+typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi;
+typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context;
+typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter;
+
+typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
+);
+
+struct Fts5PhraseIter {
+  const unsigned char *a;
+  const unsigned char *b;
+};
+
+/*
+** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
+**
+** xUserData(pFts):
+**   Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was 
+**   registered with.
+**
+** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
+**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
+**   to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
+**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
+**   the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in 
+**   the FTS5 table.
+**
+**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
+**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   returned.
+**
+** xColumnCount(pFts):
+**   Return the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
+**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
+**   to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is
+**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set
+**   *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row.
+**
+**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
+**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   returned.
+**
+**   This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
+**   created with the "columnsize=0" option.
+**
+** xColumnText:
+**   This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the
+**   current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer
+**   containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes
+**   (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+**   if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values
+**   of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined.
+**
+** xPhraseCount:
+**   Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression.
+**
+** xPhraseSize:
+**   Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases
+**   are numbered starting from zero.
+**
+** xInstCount:
+**   Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within
+**   the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or
+**   an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created 
+**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option 
+**   (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
+**
+** xInst:
+**   Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row.
+**   Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument
+**   should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value
+**   output by xInstCount().
+**
+**   Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol
+**   to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the
+**   first token of the phrase. The exception is if the table was created
+**   with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always
+**   set to -1.
+**
+**   Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) 
+**   if an error occurs.
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. 
+**
+** xRowid:
+**   Returns the rowid of the current row.
+**
+** xTokenize:
+**   Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table.
+**
+** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback):
+**   This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase
+**   of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to:
+**
+**       ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid
+**
+**   with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
+**   current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
+**   phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each 
+**   row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument 
+**   is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback 
+**   function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
+**   Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as 
+**   the third argument to pUserData.
+**
+**   If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
+**   query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately.
+**   If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK.
+**   Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards.
+**
+**   If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**   Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by
+**   the callback, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+**
+** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
+**
+**   Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions 
+**   "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
+**   future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
+**   of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
+**
+**   Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
+**   each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked 
+**   more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a 
+**   single auxiliary data context.
+**
+**   If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
+**   invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback
+**   was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this
+**   point.
+**
+**   The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the
+**   auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished.
+**
+**   If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an
+**   the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the
+**   xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data
+**   pointer before returning.
+**
+**
+** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
+**
+**   Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension 
+**   function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
+**
+**   If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
+**   (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete,
+**   if any, is not invoked.
+**
+**
+** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow)
+**
+**   This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table.
+**   In other words, the same value that would be returned by:
+**
+**        SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable;
+**
+** xPhraseFirst()
+**   This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext
+**   method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
+**   the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
+**   xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
+**   to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate 
+**   through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
+**
+**       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
+**       int iCol, iOff;
+**       for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff);
+**           iCol>=0;
+**           pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff)
+**       ){
+**         // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol
+**       }
+**
+**   The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not
+**   modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above
+**   with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by
+**   xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created 
+**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option 
+**   (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
+**   through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
+**
+** xPhraseNext()
+**   See xPhraseFirst above.
+**
+** xPhraseFirstColumn()
+**   This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst()
+**   and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead
+**   of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these
+**   APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row
+**   that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example:
+**
+**       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
+**       int iCol;
+**       for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol);
+**           iCol>=0;
+**           pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol)
+**       ){
+**         // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase
+**       }
+**
+**   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
+**   "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either 
+**   "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), 
+**   then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to 
+**   xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
+**
+**   The information accessed using this API and its companion
+**   xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
+**   (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
+**   significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
+**   "detail=column" tables.  
+**
+** xPhraseNextColumn()
+**   See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
+*/
+struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
+  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 3 */
+
+  void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*);
+
+  int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
+  int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
+
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, 
+    const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Context passed to xToken() */
+    int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)       /* Callback */
+  );
+
+  int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase);
+
+  int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst);
+  int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff);
+
+  sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn);
+  int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken);
+
+  int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData,
+    int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*)
+  );
+  int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*));
+  void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear);
+
+  int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*);
+  void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff);
+
+  int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*);
+  void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
+};
+
+/* 
+** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
+**
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer 
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the 
+** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
+** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
+** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
+**
+** xCreate:
+**   This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance.
+**   A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text.
+**
+**   The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
+**   pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
+**   was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). 
+**   The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
+**   containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
+**   tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
+**   to create the FTS5 table.
+**
+**   The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) 
+**   should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
+**   returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
+**   be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut 
+**   is undefined.
+**
+** xDelete:
+**   This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously
+**   allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will
+**   be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+**
+** xTokenize:
+**   This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated 
+**   by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
+**   argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
+**   returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
+**
+**   The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting
+**   tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following
+**   four values:
+**
+**   <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into
+**            or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to
+**            determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
+**            FTS index.
+**
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed 
+**            against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize 
+**            a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
+**
+**       <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
+**            FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is
+**            followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
+**            returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
+**
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to 
+**            satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
+**            function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
+**            on a columnsize=0 database.  
+**   </ul>
+**
+**   For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
+**   be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer
+**   passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth
+**   arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the
+**   size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets
+**   of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from
+**   which the token is derived within the input.
+**
+**   The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
+**   normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports 
+**   synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
+**
+**   FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the 
+**   order that they occur within the input text.
+**
+**   If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
+**   the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should
+**   immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the
+**   input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally,
+**   if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it
+**   may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than
+**   SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** SYNONYM SUPPORT
+**
+**   Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
+**   user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the 
+**   built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
+**   of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
+**   such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
+**   all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form
+**   the user specified in the MATCH query text.
+**
+**   There are several ways to approach this in FTS5:
+**
+**   <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the 
+**            In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the
+**            same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in
+**            fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won
+**            1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won",
+**            "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place',
+**            the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works
+**            as expected.
+**
+**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
+**            In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may 
+**            provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document.
+**            FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For
+**            example, faced with the query:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
+**
+**            the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
+**            first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query 
+**            similar to:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
+**
+**            except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
+**            still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" 
+**            being treated as a single phrase.
+**
+**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
+**            Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
+**            provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a 
+**            document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
+**            added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
+**            "place".
+**
+**            This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
+**            when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be
+**            inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for 
+**            'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the
+**            FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
+**   </ol>
+**
+**   Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that
+**   specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit
+**   is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example,
+**   when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports
+**   synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "i",                      1,  0,  1);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "won",                    3,  2,  5);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "first",                  5,  6, 11);
+**       xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3,  6, 11);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "place",                  5, 12, 17);
+**</codeblock>
+**
+**   It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
+**   xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
+**   by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. 
+**   There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
+**   single token.
+**
+**   In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add 
+**   extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
+**   so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
+**   does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
+**   token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock>
+**
+**   will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
+**   will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
+**
+**   For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, 
+**   because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
+**   queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
+**   extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
+**   within the database.
+**
+**   Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
+**   a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal 
+**   token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
+**   provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
+**   will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
+**   extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. 
+**   On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
+**   as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
+**
+**   When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only
+**   provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query
+**   text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is
+**   inefficient.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer;
+typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer;
+struct fts5_tokenizer {
+  int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
+  void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, 
+      void *pCtx,
+      int flags,            /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
+      const char *pText, int nText, 
+      int (*xToken)(
+        void *pCtx,         /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
+        int tflags,         /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+        const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */
+        int nToken,         /* Size of token in bytes */
+        int iStart,         /* Byte offset of token within input text */
+        int iEnd            /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */
+      )
+  );
+};
+
+/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY     0x0001
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX    0x0002
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT  0x0004
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX       0x0008
+
+/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5
+** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */
+#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED    0x0001      /* Same position as prev. token */
+
+/*
+** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API
+*/
+typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api;
+struct fts5_api {
+  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 2 */
+
+  /* Create a new tokenizer */
+  int (*xCreateTokenizer)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void *pContext,
+    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
+  );
+
+  /* Find an existing tokenizer */
+  int (*xFindTokenizer)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void **ppContext,
+    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer
+  );
+
+  /* Create a new auxiliary function */
+  int (*xCreateFunction)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void *pContext,
+    fts5_extension_function xFunction,
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
+  );
+};
+
+/*
+** END OF REGISTRATION API
+*************************************************************************/
+
+#if 0
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FTS5_H */
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS5INT_H
+#define _FTS5INT_H
+
+/* #include "fts5.h" */
+/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+
+typedef unsigned char  u8;
+typedef unsigned int   u32;
+typedef unsigned short u16;
+typedef short i16;
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;
+
+#ifndef ArraySize
+# define ArraySize(x) ((int)(sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])))
+#endif
+
+#define testcase(x)
+#define ALWAYS(x) 1
+#define NEVER(x) 0
+
+#define MIN(x,y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#define MAX(x,y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+
+/*
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+*/
+# define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+
+#endif
+
+/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is 
+** (65536-1-1-4-9)==65521 bytes. The limiting factor is the 16-bit offset
+** field that occurs at the start of each leaf page (see fts5_index.c). */
+#define FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE 32768
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of prefix indexes on single FTS5 table. This must be
+** less than 32. If it is set to anything large than that, an #error
+** directive in fts5_index.c will cause the build to fail.
+*/
+#define FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES 31
+
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_NEARDIST 10
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_RANK     "bm25"
+
+/* Name of rank and rowid columns */
+#define FTS5_RANK_NAME "rank"
+#define FTS5_ROWID_NAME "rowid"
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define FTS5_CORRUPT sqlite3Fts5Corrupt()
+static int sqlite3Fts5Corrupt(void);
+#else
+# define FTS5_CORRUPT SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The assert_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it
+** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be 
+** guranteed that the database is not corrupt.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt;
+# define assert_nc(x) assert(sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt || (x))
+#else
+# define assert_nc(x) assert(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler
+** warnings. */
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM
+# define UNUSED_PARAM(X)  (void)(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM2
+# define UNUSED_PARAM2(X, Y)  (void)(X), (void)(Y)
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Fts5Global Fts5Global;
+typedef struct Fts5Colset Fts5Colset;
+
+/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns, 
+** then an object of the following type is used to record the set of columns.
+** Each entry in the aiCol[] array is a column that may be matched.
+**
+** This object is used by fts5_expr.c and fts5_index.c.
+*/
+struct Fts5Colset {
+  int nCol;
+  int aiCol[1];
+};
+
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_config.c. fts5_config.c contains contains code
+** to parse the arguments passed to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+
+typedef struct Fts5Config Fts5Config;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure encodes all information that can
+** be gleaned from the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+**
+** And all information loaded from the %_config table.
+**
+** nAutomerge:
+**   The minimum number of segments that an auto-merge operation should
+**   attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the 
+**   compile time default. Zero disables auto-merge altogether.
+**
+** zContent:
+**
+** zContentRowid:
+**   The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or 
+**   the string "rowid" otherwise. This text is not quoted - if it is
+**   used as part of an SQL statement it needs to be quoted appropriately.
+**
+** zContentExprlist:
+**
+** pzErrmsg:
+**   This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a 
+**   decent error message if it encounters a file-format version it does
+**   not understand.
+**
+** bColumnsize:
+**   True if the %_docsize table is created.
+**
+** bPrefixIndex:
+**   This is only used for debugging. If set to false, any prefix indexes
+**   are ignored. This value is configured using:
+**
+**       INSERT INTO tbl(tbl, rank) VALUES('prefix-index', $bPrefixIndex);
+**
+*/
+struct Fts5Config {
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database handle */
+  char *zDb;                      /* Database holding FTS index (e.g. "main") */
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of FTS index */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns */
+  char **azCol;                   /* Column names */
+  u8 *abUnindexed;                /* True for unindexed columns */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Number of prefix indexes */
+  int *aPrefix;                   /* Sizes in bytes of nPrefix prefix indexes */
+  int eContent;                   /* An FTS5_CONTENT value */
+  char *zContent;                 /* content table */ 
+  char *zContentRowid;            /* "content_rowid=" option value */ 
+  int bColumnsize;                /* "columnsize=" option value (dflt==1) */
+  int eDetail;                    /* FTS5_DETAIL_XXX value */
+  char *zContentExprlist;
+  Fts5Tokenizer *pTok;
+  fts5_tokenizer *pTokApi;
+
+  /* Values loaded from the %_config table */
+  int iCookie;                    /* Incremented when %_config is modified */
+  int pgsz;                       /* Approximate page size used in %_data */
+  int nAutomerge;                 /* 'automerge' setting */
+  int nCrisisMerge;               /* Maximum allowed segments per level */
+  int nUsermerge;                 /* 'usermerge' setting */
+  int nHashSize;                  /* Bytes of memory for in-memory hash */
+  char *zRank;                    /* Name of rank function */
+  char *zRankArgs;                /* Arguments to rank function */
+
+  /* If non-NULL, points to sqlite3_vtab.base.zErrmsg. Often NULL. */
+  char **pzErrmsg;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int bPrefixIndex;               /* True to use prefix-indexes */
+#endif
+};
+
+/* Current expected value of %_config table 'version' field */
+#define FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION 4
+
+#define FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL   0
+#define FTS5_CONTENT_NONE     1
+#define FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL 2
+
+#define FTS5_DETAIL_FULL    0
+#define FTS5_DETAIL_NONE    1
+#define FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS 2
+
+
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(
+    Fts5Global*, sqlite3*, int, const char **, Fts5Config**, char**
+);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(Fts5Config*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,            /* FTS5 Configuration object */
+  int flags,                      /* FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
+  const char *pText, int nText,   /* Text to tokenize */
+  void *pCtx,                     /* Context passed to xToken() */
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)    /* Callback */
+);
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5Dequote(char *z);
+
+/* Load the contents of the %_config table */
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(Fts5Config*, int);
+
+/* Set the value of a single config attribute */
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(Fts5Config*, const char*, sqlite3_value*, int*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(const char*, char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_config.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_buffer.c.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Buffer object for the incremental building of string data.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Buffer Fts5Buffer;
+struct Fts5Buffer {
+  u8 *p;
+  int n;
+  int nSpace;
+};
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(int*, Fts5Buffer*, u32);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(int*, Fts5Buffer*, i64);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(int*, Fts5Buffer*, u32, const u8*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(int *, Fts5Buffer*, const char*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(Fts5Buffer*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(int*, Fts5Buffer*, int, const u8*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(int *, Fts5Buffer*, char *zFmt, ...);
+
+static char *sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...);
+
+#define fts5BufferZero(x)             sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(x)
+#define fts5BufferAppendVarint(a,b,c) sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(a,b,c)
+#define fts5BufferFree(a)             sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(a)
+#define fts5BufferAppendBlob(a,b,c,d) sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(a,b,c,d)
+#define fts5BufferSet(a,b,c,d)        sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(a,b,c,d)
+
+#define fts5BufferGrow(pRc,pBuf,nn) ( \
+  (u32)((pBuf)->n) + (u32)(nn) <= (u32)((pBuf)->nSpace) ? 0 : \
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferSize((pRc),(pBuf),(nn)+(pBuf)->n) \
+)
+
+/* Write and decode big-endian 32-bit integer values */
+static void sqlite3Fts5Put32(u8*, int);
+static int sqlite3Fts5Get32(const u8*);
+
+#define FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos) (int)(iPos >> 32)
+#define FTS5_POS2OFFSET(iPos) (int)(iPos & 0xFFFFFFFF)
+
+typedef struct Fts5PoslistReader Fts5PoslistReader;
+struct Fts5PoslistReader {
+  /* Variables used only by sqlite3Fts5PoslistIterXXX() functions. */
+  const u8 *a;                    /* Position list to iterate through */
+  int n;                          /* Size of buffer at a[] in bytes */
+  int i;                          /* Current offset in a[] */
+
+  u8 bFlag;                       /* For client use (any custom purpose) */
+
+  /* Output variables */
+  u8 bEof;                        /* Set to true at EOF */
+  i64 iPos;                       /* (iCol<<32) + iPos */
+};
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(
+  const u8 *a, int n,             /* Poslist buffer to iterate through */
+  Fts5PoslistReader *pIter        /* Iterator object to initialize */
+);
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(Fts5PoslistReader*);
+
+typedef struct Fts5PoslistWriter Fts5PoslistWriter;
+struct Fts5PoslistWriter {
+  i64 iPrev;
+};
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(Fts5Buffer*, Fts5PoslistWriter*, i64);
+static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(Fts5Buffer*, i64*, i64);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(
+  const u8 *a, int n,             /* Buffer containing poslist */
+  int *pi,                        /* IN/OUT: Offset within a[] */
+  i64 *piOff                      /* IN/OUT: Current offset */
+);
+
+/* Malloc utility */
+static void *sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(int *pRc, int nByte);
+static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn);
+
+/* Character set tests (like isspace(), isalpha() etc.) */
+static int sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(char t);
+
+
+/* Bucket of terms object used by the integrity-check in offsets=0 mode. */
+typedef struct Fts5Termset Fts5Termset;
+static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(Fts5Termset**);
+static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(Fts5Termset*, int, const char*, int, int *pbPresent);
+static void sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(Fts5Termset*);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_buffer.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_index.c. fts5_index.c contains contains code
+** to access the data stored in the %_data table.
+*/
+
+typedef struct Fts5Index Fts5Index;
+typedef struct Fts5IndexIter Fts5IndexIter;
+
+struct Fts5IndexIter {
+  i64 iRowid;
+  const u8 *pData;
+  int nData;
+  u8 bEof;
+};
+
+#define sqlite3Fts5IterEof(x) ((x)->bEof)
+
+/*
+** Values used as part of the flags argument passed to IndexQuery().
+*/
+#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX     0x0001   /* Prefix query */
+#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC       0x0002   /* Docs in descending rowid order */
+#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX 0x0004   /* Do not use prefix index */
+#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN       0x0008   /* Scan query (fts5vocab) */
+
+/* The following are used internally by the fts5_index.c module. They are
+** defined here only to make it easier to avoid clashes with the flags
+** above. */
+#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY  0x0010
+#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT   0x0020
+
+/*
+** Create/destroy an Fts5Index object.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(Fts5Config *pConfig, int bCreate, Fts5Index**, char**);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p);
+
+/*
+** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments.
+*/
+static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
+  i64 iRowid, 
+  int iCol, 
+  int iPos, 
+  int iIdx,
+  const char *pTerm,
+  int nTerm
+);
+
+/*
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in 
+** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the
+** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(
+  const char *p, 
+  int nByte, 
+  int nChar
+);
+
+/*
+** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the 
+** specified token or token prefix.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS index to query */
+  const char *pToken, int nToken, /* Token (or prefix) to query for */
+  int flags,                      /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_QUERY_X flags */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,            /* Match these columns only */
+  Fts5IndexIter **ppIter          /* OUT: New iterator object */
+);
+
+/*
+** The various operations on open token or token prefix iterators opened
+** using sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery().
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(Fts5IndexIter*, i64 iMatch);
+
+/*
+** Close an iterator opened by sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery().
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5IterClose(Fts5IndexIter*);
+
+/*
+** This interface is used by the fts5vocab module.
+*/
+static const char *sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(Fts5IndexIter*, int*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(Fts5IndexIter*);
+
+
+/*
+** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is 
+** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more
+** times.
+**
+** For an insert, it must be called once for each token in the new document.
+** If the operation is a delete, it must be called (at least) once for each
+** unique token in the document with an iCol value less than zero. The iPos
+** argument is ignored for a delete.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Index to write to */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */
+  int iPos,                       /* Position of token within column */
+  const char *pToken, int nToken  /* Token to add or remove to or from index */
+);
+
+/*
+** Indicate that subsequent calls to sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite() pertain to
+** document iDocid.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Index to write to */
+  int bDelete,                    /* True if current operation is a delete */
+  i64 iDocid                      /* Docid to add or remove data from */
+);
+
+/*
+** Flush any data stored in the in-memory hash tables to the database.
+** If the bCommit flag is true, also close any open blob handles.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p, int bCommit);
+
+/*
+** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it
+** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data
+** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data 
+** records must be invalidated.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p);
+
+/*
+** Get or set the "averages" values.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(Fts5Index *p, i64 *pnRow, i64 *anSize);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8*, int);
+
+/*
+** Functions called by the storage module as part of integrity-check.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum);
+
+/* 
+** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF 
+** fts5_decode() with SQLite 
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index*, int);
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by 
+** this connection since it was created.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(Fts5Index *p);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(Fts5Index *p);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexMerge(Fts5Index *p, int nMerge);
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReset(Fts5Index *p);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_index.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c. 
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v);
+static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal);
+static u8 sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(const unsigned char*, u64*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v);
+
+#define fts5GetVarint32(a,b) sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(a,(u32*)&b)
+#define fts5GetVarint    sqlite3Fts5GetVarint
+
+#define fts5FastGetVarint32(a, iOff, nVal) {      \
+  nVal = (a)[iOff++];                             \
+  if( nVal & 0x80 ){                              \
+    iOff--;                                       \
+    iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&(a)[iOff], nVal);    \
+  }                                               \
+}
+
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_varint.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5.c. 
+*/
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
+  Fts5Global*, 
+  const char **azArg,
+  int nArg,
+  Fts5Tokenizer**,
+  fts5_tokenizer**,
+  char **pzErr
+);
+
+static Fts5Index *sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(Fts5Global*, i64, Fts5Config **);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c. 
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Hash Fts5Hash;
+
+/*
+** Create a hash table, free a hash table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashNew(Fts5Config*, Fts5Hash**, int *pnSize);
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashFree(Fts5Hash*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(
+  Fts5Hash*,
+  i64 iRowid,                     /* Rowid for this entry */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */
+  int iPos,                       /* Position of token within column */
+  char bByte,
+  const char *pToken, int nToken  /* Token to add or remove to or from index */
+);
+
+/*
+** Empty (but do not delete) a hash table.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashClear(Fts5Hash*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(
+  Fts5Hash*,                      /* Hash table to query */
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm,   /* Query term */
+  const u8 **ppDoclist,           /* OUT: Pointer to doclist for pTerm */
+  int *pnDoclist                  /* OUT: Size of doclist in bytes */
+);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(
+  Fts5Hash*,                      /* Hash table to query */
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm    /* Query prefix */
+);
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(Fts5Hash*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(Fts5Hash*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(Fts5Hash *,
+  const char **pzTerm,            /* OUT: term (nul-terminated) */
+  const u8 **ppDoclist,           /* OUT: pointer to doclist */
+  int *pnDoclist                  /* OUT: size of doclist in bytes */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_hash.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains 
+** code to access the data stored in the %_content and %_docsize tables.
+*/
+
+#define FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC  0     /* SELECT rowid, * FROM ... ORDER BY 1 ASC */
+#define FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC 1     /* SELECT rowid, * FROM ... ORDER BY 1 DESC */
+#define FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP    2     /* SELECT rowid, * FROM ... WHERE rowid=? */
+
+typedef struct Fts5Storage Fts5Storage;
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(Fts5Config*, Fts5Index*, int, Fts5Storage**, char**);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(Fts5Storage *p);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRename(Fts5Storage*, const char *zName);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(Fts5Config*, const char*, const char*, int, char **);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(Fts5Storage *p, i64, sqlite3_value**);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(Fts5Storage *p, sqlite3_value**, i64*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(Fts5Storage *p, sqlite3_value**, i64);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(Fts5Storage *p, int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt**, char**);
+static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(Fts5Storage *p, int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(Fts5Storage *p, i64 iRowid, int *aCol);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(Fts5Storage *p, int iCol, i64 *pnAvg);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(Fts5Storage *p, int bCommit);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(Fts5Storage *p);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(
+    Fts5Storage *p, const char*, sqlite3_value*, int
+);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(Fts5Storage *p);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(Fts5Storage *p);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOptimize(Fts5Storage *p);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(Fts5Storage *p, int nMerge);
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(Fts5Storage *p);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_storage.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c. 
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Expr Fts5Expr;
+typedef struct Fts5ExprNode Fts5ExprNode;
+typedef struct Fts5Parse Fts5Parse;
+typedef struct Fts5Token Fts5Token;
+typedef struct Fts5ExprPhrase Fts5ExprPhrase;
+typedef struct Fts5ExprNearset Fts5ExprNearset;
+
+struct Fts5Token {
+  const char *p;                  /* Token text (not NULL terminated) */
+  int n;                          /* Size of buffer p in bytes */
+};
+
+/* Parse a MATCH expression. */
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
+  const char *zExpr,
+  Fts5Expr **ppNew, 
+  char **pzErr
+);
+
+/*
+** for(rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pExpr, pIdx, bDesc);
+**     rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pExpr);
+**     rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(pExpr)
+** ){
+**   // The document with rowid iRowid matches the expression!
+**   i64 iRowid = sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pExpr);
+** }
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr*, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iMin, int bDesc);
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(Fts5Expr*, i64 iMax);
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(Fts5Expr*);
+static i64 sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(Fts5Expr*);
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(Fts5Expr*);
+
+/* Called during startup to register a UDF with SQLite */
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(Fts5Expr*);
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseSize(Fts5Expr*, int iPhrase);
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(Fts5Expr*, int, const u8 **);
+
+typedef struct Fts5PoslistPopulator Fts5PoslistPopulator;
+static Fts5PoslistPopulator *sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5Expr*, int);
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists(
+    Fts5Config*, Fts5Expr*, Fts5PoslistPopulator*, int, const char*, int
+);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5Expr*, i64);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(Fts5Expr*, int, Fts5Expr**);
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(Fts5Expr *, int, const u8 **, int *);
+
+/*******************************************
+** The fts5_expr.c API above this point is used by the other hand-written
+** C code in this module. The interfaces below this point are called by
+** the parser code in fts5parse.y.  */
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseError(Fts5Parse *pParse, const char *zFmt, ...);
+
+static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,
+  int eType,
+  Fts5ExprNode *pLeft,
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRight,
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear
+);
+
+static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,
+  Fts5ExprNode *pLeft,
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRight
+);
+
+static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse, 
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, 
+  Fts5Token *pToken,
+  int bPrefix
+);
+
+static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(
+  Fts5Parse*, 
+  Fts5ExprNearset*,
+  Fts5ExprPhrase* 
+);
+
+static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(
+  Fts5Parse*, 
+  Fts5Colset*, 
+  Fts5Token *
+);
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(Fts5ExprPhrase*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(Fts5ExprNearset*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(Fts5ExprNode*);
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(Fts5Parse*, Fts5ExprNearset*, Fts5Token*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(Fts5Parse*, Fts5ExprNearset*, Fts5Colset*);
+static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(Fts5Parse*, Fts5Colset*);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNode *p);
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token*);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_expr.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c. 
+*/
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*);
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_aux.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. 
+*/
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*);
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. 
+*/
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_vocab.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c. 
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(int c);
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c);
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic);
+/*
+** End of interface to code in fts5_unicode2.c.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+#endif
+
+#define FTS5_OR                               1
+#define FTS5_AND                              2
+#define FTS5_NOT                              3
+#define FTS5_TERM                             4
+#define FTS5_COLON                            5
+#define FTS5_LP                               6
+#define FTS5_RP                               7
+#define FTS5_MINUS                            8
+#define FTS5_LCP                              9
+#define FTS5_RCP                             10
+#define FTS5_STRING                          11
+#define FTS5_COMMA                           12
+#define FTS5_PLUS                            13
+#define FTS5_STAR                            14
+
+/*
+** 2000-05-29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+**
+** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses
+** this template to construct a parser.  The "lemon" program inserts text
+** at each "%%" line.  Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the
+** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into
+** the value of the %name directive from the grammar.  Otherwise, the content
+** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser
+** source file.
+**
+** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the
+** input grammar file:
+*/
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+/* #include "fts5parse.h" */
+
+/*
+** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
+** automaton.
+*/
+#define fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
+
+/*
+** Make fts5yytestcase() the same as testcase()
+*/
+#define fts5yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
+
+/*
+** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null
+** pointer.
+*/
+#define fts5YYPARSEFREENOTNULL 1
+
+/*
+** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed
+** into sqlite3ParserAlloc().  The default is size_t.
+*/
+#define fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE  u64
+
+/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/
+/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols
+** in a format understandable to "makeheaders".  This section is blank unless
+** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option.
+***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/
+/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/
+
+/* The next sections is a series of control #defines.
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    fts5YYCODETYPE         is the data type used to store the integer codes
+**                       that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols.
+**                       "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than
+**                       256 symbols.  Larger types otherwise.
+**    fts5YYNOCODE           is a number of type fts5YYCODETYPE that is not used for
+**                       any terminal or nonterminal symbol.
+**    fts5YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back
+**                       values which should be used if the original symbol
+**                       would not parse.  This permits keywords to sometimes
+**                       be used as identifiers, for example.
+**    fts5YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers
+**                       that indicate what to do in response to the next
+**                       token.
+**    sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor type for terminal
+**                       symbols.  Background: A "minor type" is a semantic
+**                       value associated with a terminal or non-terminal
+**                       symbols.  For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol,
+**                       the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
+**                       Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
+**                       Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
+**                       This macros defines the minor type for terminal 
+**                       symbols.
+**    fts5YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor types.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for terminal symbols is called "fts5yy0".
+**    fts5YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
+**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
+**    sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into fts5yypParser
+**    sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from fts5yypParser
+**    fts5YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+**    fts5YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    fts5YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT       Maximum value for shift actions
+**    fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
+**    fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
+**    fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
+**    fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION    The fts5yy_action[] code for syntax error
+**    fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The fts5yy_action[] code for accept
+**    fts5YY_NO_ACTION       The fts5yy_action[] code for no-op
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/
+#define fts5YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define fts5YYNOCODE 28
+#define fts5YYACTIONTYPE unsigned char
+#define sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE Fts5Token
+typedef union {
+  int fts5yyinit;
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yy0;
+  int fts5yy4;
+  Fts5Colset* fts5yy11;
+  Fts5ExprNode* fts5yy24;
+  Fts5ExprNearset* fts5yy46;
+  Fts5ExprPhrase* fts5yy53;
+} fts5YYMINORTYPE;
+#ifndef fts5YYSTACKDEPTH
+#define fts5YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#endif
+#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_SDECL Fts5Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL ,Fts5Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH Fts5Parse *pParse = fts5yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE fts5yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define fts5YYNSTATE             29
+#define fts5YYNRULE              26
+#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT         28
+#define fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE   45
+#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE   70
+#define fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE        71
+#define fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE        96
+#define fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION      97
+#define fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION     98
+#define fts5YY_NO_ACTION         99
+/************* End control #defines *******************************************/
+
+/* Define the fts5yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
+** otherwise.
+**
+** Applications can choose to define fts5yytestcase() in the %include section
+** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
+** code the fts5yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
+** for testing.
+*/
+#ifndef fts5yytestcase
+# define fts5yytestcase(X)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT             Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   N between fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE       Shift to an arbitrary state then
+**     and fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE           reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
+**
+**   N between fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE            Reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE
+**     and fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE
+**
+**   N == fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION               A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION              The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == fts5YY_NO_ACTION                  No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the fts5yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named fts5yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either:
+**
+**    (A)   N = fts5yy_action[ fts5yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**    (B)   N = fts5yy_default[S]
+**
+** The (A) formula is preferred.  The B formula is used instead if:
+**    (1)  The fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X value is out of range, or
+**    (2)  fts5yy_lookahead[fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X, or
+**    (3)  fts5yy_shift_ofst[S] equal fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+** (Implementation note: fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT is chosen so that
+** fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT+X will be out of range for all possible lookaheads X.
+** Hence only tests (1) and (2) need to be evaluated.)
+**
+** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the fts5yy_shift_ofst[] array and fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  fts5yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  fts5yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     fts5yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  fts5yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into fts5yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  fts5yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into fts5yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  fts5yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+**
+*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
+#define fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (85)
+static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */    98,   16,   51,    5,   53,   27,   83,    7,   26,   15,
+ /*    10 */    51,    5,   53,   27,   13,   69,   26,   48,   51,    5,
+ /*    20 */    53,   27,   19,   11,   26,    9,   20,   51,    5,   53,
+ /*    30 */    27,   13,   22,   26,   28,   51,    5,   53,   27,   68,
+ /*    40 */     1,   26,   19,   11,   17,    9,   52,   10,   53,   27,
+ /*    50 */    23,   24,   26,   54,    3,    4,    2,   26,    6,   21,
+ /*    60 */    49,   71,    3,    4,    2,    7,   56,   59,   55,   59,
+ /*    70 */     4,    2,   12,   69,   58,   60,   18,   67,   62,   69,
+ /*    80 */    25,   66,    8,   14,    2,
+};
+static const fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    16,   17,   18,   19,   20,   21,    5,    6,   24,   17,
+ /*    10 */    18,   19,   20,   21,   11,   14,   24,   17,   18,   19,
+ /*    20 */    20,   21,    8,    9,   24,   11,   17,   18,   19,   20,
+ /*    30 */    21,   11,   12,   24,   17,   18,   19,   20,   21,   26,
+ /*    40 */     6,   24,    8,    9,   22,   11,   18,   11,   20,   21,
+ /*    50 */    24,   25,   24,   20,    1,    2,    3,   24,   23,   24,
+ /*    60 */     7,    0,    1,    2,    3,    6,   10,   11,   10,   11,
+ /*    70 */     2,    3,    9,   14,   11,   11,   22,   26,    7,   14,
+ /*    80 */    13,   11,    5,   11,    3,
+};
+#define fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (85)
+#define fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT    (28)
+#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MIN      (0)
+#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MAX      (81)
+static const unsigned char fts5yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */    34,   34,   34,   34,   34,   14,   20,    3,   36,    1,
+ /*    10 */    59,   64,   64,   65,   65,   53,   61,   56,   58,   63,
+ /*    20 */    68,   67,   70,   67,   71,   72,   67,   77,   81,
+};
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-17)
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT (14)
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MIN   (-16)
+#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MAX   (54)
+static const signed char fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   -16,   -8,    0,    9,   17,   28,   26,   35,   33,   13,
+ /*    10 */    13,   22,   54,   13,   51,
+};
+static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */    97,   97,   97,   97,   97,   76,   91,   97,   97,   96,
+ /*    10 */    96,   97,   97,   96,   96,   97,   97,   97,   97,   97,
+ /*    20 */    73,   89,   97,   90,   97,   97,   87,   97,   72,
+};
+/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/
+
+/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.  
+** If a construct like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+**
+** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language
+** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where
+** it appears.
+*/
+#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK
+static const fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yyFallback[] = {
+};
+#endif /* fts5YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+**
+** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field
+** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the
+** SHIFTREDUCE.
+*/
+struct fts5yyStackEntry {
+  fts5YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */
+  fts5YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  fts5YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                         ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct fts5yyStackEntry fts5yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct fts5yyParser {
+  fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yytos;          /* Pointer to top element of the stack */
+#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  int fts5yyhwm;                    /* High-water mark of the stack */
+#endif
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+  int fts5yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+#endif
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  int fts5yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
+  fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
+  fts5yyStackEntry fts5yystk0;          /* First stack entry */
+#else
+  fts5yyStackEntry fts5yystack[fts5YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct fts5yyParser fts5yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+static FILE *fts5yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *fts5yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  fts5yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  fts5yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE==0 ) fts5yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( fts5yyTracePrompt==0 ) fts5yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "OR",            "AND",           "NOT",         
+  "TERM",          "COLON",         "LP",            "RP",          
+  "MINUS",         "LCP",           "RCP",           "STRING",      
+  "COMMA",         "PLUS",          "STAR",          "error",       
+  "input",         "expr",          "cnearset",      "exprlist",    
+  "nearset",       "colset",        "colsetlist",    "nearphrases", 
+  "phrase",        "neardist_opt",  "star_opt",    
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const fts5yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= expr",
+ /*   1 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /*   2 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /*   3 */ "expr ::= expr NOT expr",
+ /*   4 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /*   5 */ "expr ::= exprlist",
+ /*   6 */ "exprlist ::= cnearset",
+ /*   7 */ "exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset",
+ /*   8 */ "cnearset ::= nearset",
+ /*   9 */ "cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset",
+ /*  10 */ "colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP",
+ /*  11 */ "colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP",
+ /*  12 */ "colset ::= STRING",
+ /*  13 */ "colset ::= MINUS STRING",
+ /*  14 */ "colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING",
+ /*  15 */ "colsetlist ::= STRING",
+ /*  16 */ "nearset ::= phrase",
+ /*  17 */ "nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP",
+ /*  18 */ "nearphrases ::= phrase",
+ /*  19 */ "nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase",
+ /*  20 */ "neardist_opt ::=",
+ /*  21 */ "neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING",
+ /*  22 */ "phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt",
+ /*  23 */ "phrase ::= STRING star_opt",
+ /*  24 */ "star_opt ::= STAR",
+ /*  25 */ "star_opt ::=",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+/*
+** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.  Return the number
+** of errors.  Return 0 on success.
+*/
+static int fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yyParser *p){
+  int newSize;
+  int idx;
+  fts5yyStackEntry *pNew;
+
+  newSize = p->fts5yystksz*2 + 100;
+  idx = p->fts5yytos ? (int)(p->fts5yytos - p->fts5yystack) : 0;
+  if( p->fts5yystack==&p->fts5yystk0 ){
+    pNew = malloc(newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+    if( pNew ) pNew[0] = p->fts5yystk0;
+  }else{
+    pNew = realloc(p->fts5yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+  }
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->fts5yystack = pNew;
+    p->fts5yytos = &p->fts5yystack[idx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+      fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows from %d to %d entries.\n",
+              fts5yyTracePrompt, p->fts5yystksz, newSize);
+    }
+#endif
+    p->fts5yystksz = newSize;
+  }
+  return pNew==0; 
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the
+** second argument to sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc() below.  This can be changed by
+** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input
+** grammar.
+*/
+#ifndef fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE
+# define fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParserInit(void *fts5yypParser){
+  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)fts5yypParser;
+#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  pParser->fts5yyhwm = 0;
+#endif
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  pParser->fts5yytos = NULL;
+  pParser->fts5yystack = NULL;
+  pParser->fts5yystksz = 0;
+  if( fts5yyGrowStack(pParser) ){
+    pParser->fts5yystack = &pParser->fts5yystk0;
+    pParser->fts5yystksz = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+  pParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+  pParser->fts5yytos = pParser->fts5yystack;
+  pParser->fts5yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+  pParser->fts5yystack[0].major = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Fts5Parser and sqlite3Fts5ParserFree.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){
+  fts5yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (fts5yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(fts5yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ) sqlite3Fts5ParserInit(pParser);
+  return pParser;
+}
+#endif /* sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */
+
+
+/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
+** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
+** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is
+** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the 
+** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
+** directives of the input grammar.
+*/
+static void fts5yy_destructor(
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser,    /* The parser */
+  fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
+  fts5YYMINORTYPE *fts5yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
+){
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+  switch( fts5yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
+    case 16: /* input */
+{
+ (void)pParse; 
+}
+      break;
+    case 17: /* expr */
+    case 18: /* cnearset */
+    case 19: /* exprlist */
+{
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy24)); 
+}
+      break;
+    case 20: /* nearset */
+    case 23: /* nearphrases */
+{
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy46)); 
+}
+      break;
+    case 21: /* colset */
+    case 22: /* colsetlist */
+{
+ sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11)); 
+}
+      break;
+    case 24: /* phrase */
+{
+ sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy53)); 
+}
+      break;
+/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+*/
+static void fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yyParser *pParser){
+  fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yytos;
+  assert( pParser->fts5yytos!=0 );
+  assert( pParser->fts5yytos > pParser->fts5yystack );
+  fts5yytos = pParser->fts5yytos--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      fts5yyTracePrompt,
+      fts5yyTokenName[fts5yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  fts5yy_destructor(pParser, fts5yytos->major, &fts5yytos->minor);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(void *p){
+  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p;
+  while( pParser->fts5yytos>pParser->fts5yystack ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  if( pParser->fts5yystack!=&pParser->fts5yystk0 ) free(pParser->fts5yystack);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** If the fts5YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it
+** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is
+** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+#ifndef fts5YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+#endif
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(p);
+  (*freeProc)(p);
+}
+#endif /* sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */
+
+/*
+** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
+*/
+#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+static int sqlite3Fts5ParserStackPeak(void *p){
+  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p;
+  return pParser->fts5yyhwm;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+*/
+static unsigned int fts5yy_find_shift_action(
+  fts5yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  fts5YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->fts5yytos->stateno;
+ 
+  if( stateno>=fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
+  assert( stateno <= fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
+  do{
+    i = fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+    assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE );
+    i += iLookAhead;
+    if( i<0 || i>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK
+      fts5YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(fts5yyFallback)/sizeof(fts5yyFallback[0])
+             && (iFallback = fts5yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+             fts5yyTracePrompt, fts5yyTokenName[iLookAhead], fts5yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+        }
+#endif
+        assert( fts5yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */
+        iLookAhead = iFallback;
+        continue;
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef fts5YYWILDCARD
+      {
+        int j = i - iLookAhead + fts5YYWILDCARD;
+        if( 
+#if fts5YY_SHIFT_MIN+fts5YYWILDCARD<0
+          j>=0 &&
+#endif
+#if fts5YY_SHIFT_MAX+fts5YYWILDCARD>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
+          j<fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+#endif
+          fts5yy_lookahead[j]==fts5YYWILDCARD && iLookAhead>0
+        ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+          if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+            fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
+               fts5yyTracePrompt, fts5yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
+               fts5yyTokenName[fts5YYWILDCARD]);
+          }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+          return fts5yy_action[j];
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* fts5YYWILDCARD */
+      return fts5yy_default[stateno];
+    }else{
+      return fts5yy_action[i];
+    }
+  }while(1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+*/
+static int fts5yy_find_reduce_action(
+  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
+  fts5YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( stateno>fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
+    return fts5yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( stateno<=fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
+#endif
+  i = fts5yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  assert( i!=fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
+  assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( i<0 || i>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return fts5yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( i>=0 && i<fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
+  assert( fts5yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
+#endif
+  return fts5yy_action[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
+*/
+static void fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser){
+   sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+   if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+     fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt);
+   }
+#endif
+   while( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystack ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser);
+   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+   ** stack every overflows */
+/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/
+
+  sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "fts5: parser stack overflow");
+/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/
+   sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+}
+
+/*
+** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, int fts5yyNewState){
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+    if( fts5yyNewState<fts5YYNSTATE ){
+      fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n",
+         fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major],
+         fts5yyNewState);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n",
+         fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major]);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define fts5yyTraceShift(X,Y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void fts5yy_shift(
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int fts5yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int fts5yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyMinor        /* The minor token to shift in */
+){
+  fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yytos;
+  fts5yypParser->fts5yytos++;
+#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  if( (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack)>fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm ){
+    fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm++;
+    assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack) );
+  }
+#endif
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+  if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=&fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5YYSTACKDEPTH] ){
+    fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--;
+    fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
+    return;
+  }
+#else
+  if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=&fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz] ){
+    if( fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yypParser) ){
+      fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--;
+      fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( fts5yyNewState > fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ){
+    fts5yyNewState += fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE - fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
+  }
+  fts5yytos = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos;
+  fts5yytos->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyNewState;
+  fts5yytos->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yyMajor;
+  fts5yytos->minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yyMinor;
+  fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyNewState);
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  fts5YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} fts5yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 16, 1 },
+  { 17, 3 },
+  { 17, 3 },
+  { 17, 3 },
+  { 17, 3 },
+  { 17, 1 },
+  { 19, 1 },
+  { 19, 2 },
+  { 18, 1 },
+  { 18, 3 },
+  { 21, 4 },
+  { 21, 3 },
+  { 21, 1 },
+  { 21, 2 },
+  { 22, 2 },
+  { 22, 1 },
+  { 20, 1 },
+  { 20, 5 },
+  { 23, 1 },
+  { 23, 2 },
+  { 25, 0 },
+  { 25, 2 },
+  { 24, 4 },
+  { 24, 2 },
+  { 26, 1 },
+  { 26, 0 },
+};
+
+static void fts5yy_accept(fts5yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void fts5yy_reduce(
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  unsigned int fts5yyruleno        /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int fts5yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int fts5yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int fts5yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+  fts5yymsp = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE && fts5yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(fts5yyRuleName)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleName[0])) ){
+    fts5yysize = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs;
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", fts5yyTracePrompt,
+      fts5yyRuleName[fts5yyruleno], fts5yymsp[-fts5yysize].stateno);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry
+  ** if the RHS of the rule is empty.  This ensures that there is room
+  ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */
+  if( fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs==0 ){
+#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+    if( (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack)>fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm ){
+      fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm++;
+      assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack));
+    }
+#endif
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+    if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=&fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5YYSTACKDEPTH-1] ){
+      fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
+      return;
+    }
+#else
+    if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=&fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz-1] ){
+      if( fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yypParser) ){
+        fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
+        return;
+      }
+      fts5yymsp = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  switch( fts5yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/
+        fts5YYMINORTYPE fts5yylhsminor;
+      case 0: /* input ::= expr */
+{ sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24); }
+        break;
+      case 1: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+{
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 2: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
+{
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_OR, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 3: /* expr ::= expr NOT expr */
+{
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_NOT, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 4: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24;}
+        break;
+      case 5: /* expr ::= exprlist */
+      case 6: /* exprlist ::= cnearset */ fts5yytestcase(fts5yyruleno==6);
+{fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24;}
+  fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 7: /* exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset */
+{
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 8: /* cnearset ::= nearset */
+{ 
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); 
+}
+  fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 9: /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */
+{ 
+  sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11);
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); 
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
+        break;
+      case 10: /* colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */
+{ 
+    fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11);
+}
+        break;
+      case 11: /* colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP */
+{ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11; }
+        break;
+      case 12: /* colset ::= STRING */
+{
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
+        break;
+      case 13: /* colset ::= MINUS STRING */
+{
+  fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
+  fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11);
+}
+        break;
+      case 14: /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */
+{ 
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); }
+  fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
+        break;
+      case 15: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */
+{ 
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); 
+}
+  fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
+        break;
+      case 16: /* nearset ::= phrase */
+{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); }
+  fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+        break;
+      case 17: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */
+{
+  sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(pParse, &fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy0);
+  sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(pParse, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy46, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0);
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy46;
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+        break;
+      case 18: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */
+{ 
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); 
+}
+  fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+        break;
+      case 19: /* nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase */
+{
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
+        break;
+      case 20: /* neardist_opt ::= */
+{ fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy0.p = 0; fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy0.n = 0; }
+        break;
+      case 21: /* neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING */
+{ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0; }
+        break;
+      case 22: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */
+{ 
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53;
+        break;
+      case 23: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */
+{ 
+  fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
+}
+  fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53;
+        break;
+      case 24: /* star_opt ::= STAR */
+{ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4 = 1; }
+        break;
+      case 25: /* star_opt ::= */
+{ fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy4 = 0; }
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/
+  };
+  assert( fts5yyruleno<sizeof(fts5yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleInfo[0]) );
+  fts5yygoto = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].lhs;
+  fts5yysize = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs;
+  fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_reduce_action(fts5yymsp[-fts5yysize].stateno,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yygoto);
+  if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
+    if( fts5yyact>fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ){
+      fts5yyact += fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE - fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
+    }
+    fts5yymsp -= fts5yysize-1;
+    fts5yypParser->fts5yytos = fts5yymsp;
+    fts5yymsp->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyact;
+    fts5yymsp->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yygoto;
+    fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyact);
+  }else{
+    assert( fts5yyact == fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION );
+    fts5yypParser->fts5yytos -= fts5yysize;
+    fts5yy_accept(fts5yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+static void fts5yy_parse_failed(
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystack ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/
+/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+#endif /* fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void fts5yy_syntax_error(
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int fts5yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyminor         /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define FTS5TOKEN fts5yyminor
+/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(fts5yymajor); /* Silence a compiler warning */
+  sqlite3Fts5ParseError(
+    pParse, "fts5: syntax error near \"%.*s\"",FTS5TOKEN.n,FTS5TOKEN.p
+  );
+/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void fts5yy_accept(
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+  fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+  assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos==fts5yypParser->fts5yystack );
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/
+/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5Parser(
+  void *fts5yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int fts5yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  fts5YYMINORTYPE fts5yyminorunion;
+  unsigned int fts5yyact;   /* The parser action. */
+#if !defined(fts5YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  int fts5yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#endif
+#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
+  int fts5yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if fts5yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+  fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  fts5yypParser = (fts5yyParser*)fts5yyp;
+  assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos!=0 );
+#if !defined(fts5YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  fts5yyendofinput = (fts5yymajor==0);
+#endif
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_shift_action(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor);
+    if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
+      fts5yy_shift(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact,fts5yymajor,fts5yyminor);
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+      fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt--;
+#endif
+      fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
+    }else if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE ){
+      fts5yy_reduce(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE);
+    }else{
+      assert( fts5yyact == fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+      fts5yyminorunion.fts5yy0 = fts5yyminor;
+#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
+      int fts5yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor,fts5yyminor);
+      }
+      fts5yymx = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->major;
+      if( fts5yymx==fts5YYERRORSYMBOL || fts5yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser, (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor, &fts5yyminorunion);
+        fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+        while( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos >= fts5yypParser->fts5yystack
+            && fts5yymx != fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
+            && (fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_reduce_action(
+                        fts5yypParser->fts5yytos->stateno,
+                        fts5YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE
+        ){
+          fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser);
+        }
+        if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos < fts5yypParser->fts5yystack || fts5yymajor==0 ){
+          fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion);
+          fts5yy_parse_failed(fts5yypParser);
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+          fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+          fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( fts5yymx!=fts5YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          fts5yy_shift(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact,fts5YYERRORSYMBOL,fts5yyminor);
+        }
+      }
+      fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = 3;
+      fts5yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+      /* If the fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+      **
+      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+      */
+      fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor);
+      fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion);
+      fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
+      
+#else  /* fts5YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor);
+      }
+      fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = 3;
+      fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion);
+      if( fts5yyendofinput ){
+        fts5yy_parse_failed(fts5yypParser);
+#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+        fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1;
+#endif
+      }
+      fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }
+  }while( fts5yymajor!=fts5YYNOCODE && fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystack );
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){
+    fts5yyStackEntry *i;
+    char cDiv = '[';
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",fts5yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=&fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[1]; i<=fts5yypParser->fts5yytos; i++){
+      fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", cDiv, fts5yyTokenName[i->major]);
+      cDiv = ' ';
+    }
+    fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"]\n");
+  }
+#endif
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+#include <math.h>                 /* amalgamator: keep */
+
+/*
+** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in 
+** a single column of the current row. If the phrase instances in the
+** column being considered do not overlap, this object simply iterates
+** through them. Or, if they do overlap (share one or more tokens in
+** common), each set of overlapping instances is treated as a single
+** match. See documentation for the highlight() auxiliary function for
+** details.
+**
+** Usage is:
+**
+**   for(rc = fts5CInstIterNext(pApi, pFts, iCol, &iter);
+**      (rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==fts5CInstIterEof(&iter);
+**      rc = fts5CInstIterNext(&iter)
+**   ){
+**     printf("instance starts at %d, ends at %d\n", iter.iStart, iter.iEnd);
+**   }
+**
+*/
+typedef struct CInstIter CInstIter;
+struct CInstIter {
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi;   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts;              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column to search */
+  int iInst;                      /* Next phrase instance index */
+  int nInst;                      /* Total number of phrase instances */
+
+  /* Output variables */
+  int iStart;                     /* First token in coalesced phrase instance */
+  int iEnd;                       /* Last token in coalesced phrase instance */
+};
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator to the next coalesced phrase instance. Return
+** an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts5CInstIterNext(CInstIter *pIter){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  pIter->iStart = -1;
+  pIter->iEnd = -1;
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->iInst<pIter->nInst ){
+    int ip; int ic; int io;
+    rc = pIter->pApi->xInst(pIter->pFts, pIter->iInst, &ip, &ic, &io);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( ic==pIter->iCol ){
+        int iEnd = io - 1 + pIter->pApi->xPhraseSize(pIter->pFts, ip);
+        if( pIter->iStart<0 ){
+          pIter->iStart = io;
+          pIter->iEnd = iEnd;
+        }else if( io<=pIter->iEnd ){
+          if( iEnd>pIter->iEnd ) pIter->iEnd = iEnd;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      pIter->iInst++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to 
+** iterate through coalesced phrase instances in column iCol.
+*/
+static int fts5CInstIterInit(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
+  Fts5Context *pFts,
+  int iCol,
+  CInstIter *pIter
+){
+  int rc;
+
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(CInstIter));
+  pIter->pApi = pApi;
+  pIter->pFts = pFts;
+  pIter->iCol = iCol;
+  rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &pIter->nInst);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5CInstIterNext(pIter);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** Start of highlight() implementation.
+*/
+typedef struct HighlightContext HighlightContext;
+struct HighlightContext {
+  CInstIter iter;                 /* Coalesced Instance Iterator */
+  int iPos;                       /* Current token offset in zIn[] */
+  int iRangeStart;                /* First token to include */
+  int iRangeEnd;                  /* If non-zero, last token to include */
+  const char *zOpen;              /* Opening highlight */
+  const char *zClose;             /* Closing highlight */
+  const char *zIn;                /* Input text */
+  int nIn;                        /* Size of input text in bytes */
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within zIn[] */
+  char *zOut;                     /* Output value */
+};
+
+/*
+** Append text to the HighlightContext output string - p->zOut. Argument
+** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is 
+** negative, everything up until the first '\0' is appended to the output.
+**
+** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is 
+** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered, 
+** *pRc is set to an error code before returning. 
+*/
+static void fts5HighlightAppend(
+  int *pRc, 
+  HighlightContext *p, 
+  const char *z, int n
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( n<0 ) n = (int)strlen(z);
+    p->zOut = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%.*s", p->zOut, n, z);
+    if( p->zOut==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenizer callback used by implementation of highlight() function.
+*/
+static int fts5HighlightCb(
+  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to HighlightContext object */
+  int tflags,                     /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
+  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iStartOff,                  /* Start offset of token */
+  int iEndOff                     /* End offset of token */
+){
+  HighlightContext *p = (HighlightContext*)pContext;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iPos;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(pToken, nToken);
+
+  if( tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  iPos = p->iPos++;
+
+  if( p->iRangeEnd>0 ){
+    if( iPos<p->iRangeStart || iPos>p->iRangeEnd ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    if( p->iRangeStart && iPos==p->iRangeStart ) p->iOff = iStartOff;
+  }
+
+  if( iPos==p->iter.iStart ){
+    fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, &p->zIn[p->iOff], iStartOff - p->iOff);
+    fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zOpen, -1);
+    p->iOff = iStartOff;
+  }
+
+  if( iPos==p->iter.iEnd ){
+    if( p->iRangeEnd && p->iter.iStart<p->iRangeStart ){
+      fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zOpen, -1);
+    }
+    fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, &p->zIn[p->iOff], iEndOff - p->iOff);
+    fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zClose, -1);
+    p->iOff = iEndOff;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts5CInstIterNext(&p->iter);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( p->iRangeEnd>0 && iPos==p->iRangeEnd ){
+    fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, &p->zIn[p->iOff], iEndOff - p->iOff);
+    p->iOff = iEndOff;
+    if( iPos>=p->iter.iStart && iPos<p->iter.iEnd ){
+      fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zClose, -1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of highlight() function.
+*/
+static void fts5HighlightFunction(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
+){
+  HighlightContext ctx;
+  int rc;
+  int iCol;
+
+  if( nVal!=3 ){
+    const char *zErr = "wrong number of arguments to function highlight()";
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]);
+  memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(HighlightContext));
+  ctx.zOpen = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+  ctx.zClose = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+  rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, iCol, &ctx.zIn, &ctx.nIn);
+
+  if( ctx.zIn ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts5CInstIterInit(pApi, pFts, iCol, &ctx.iter);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, ctx.zIn, ctx.nIn, (void*)&ctx,fts5HighlightCb);
+    }
+    fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, &ctx.zIn[ctx.iOff], ctx.nIn - ctx.iOff);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, (const char*)ctx.zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(ctx.zOut);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+  }
+}
+/*
+** End of highlight() implementation.
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Context object passed to the fts5SentenceFinderCb() function.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5SFinder Fts5SFinder;
+struct Fts5SFinder {
+  int iPos;                       /* Current token position */
+  int nFirstAlloc;                /* Allocated size of aFirst[] */
+  int nFirst;                     /* Number of entries in aFirst[] */
+  int *aFirst;                    /* Array of first token in each sentence */
+  const char *zDoc;               /* Document being tokenized */
+};
+
+/*
+** Add an entry to the Fts5SFinder.aFirst[] array. Grow the array if
+** necessary. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an
+** error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts5SentenceFinderAdd(Fts5SFinder *p, int iAdd){
+  if( p->nFirstAlloc==p->nFirst ){
+    int nNew = p->nFirstAlloc ? p->nFirstAlloc*2 : 64;
+    int *aNew;
+
+    aNew = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(p->aFirst, nNew*sizeof(int));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    p->aFirst = aNew;
+    p->nFirstAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+  p->aFirst[p->nFirst++] = iAdd;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an xTokenize() callback used by the auxiliary snippet()
+** function. Its job is to identify tokens that are the first in a sentence.
+** For each such token, an entry is added to the SFinder.aFirst[] array.
+*/
+static int fts5SentenceFinderCb(
+  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to HighlightContext object */
+  int tflags,                     /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
+  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iStartOff,                  /* Start offset of token */
+  int iEndOff                     /* End offset of token */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(pToken, nToken);
+  UNUSED_PARAM(iEndOff);
+
+  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ){
+    Fts5SFinder *p = (Fts5SFinder*)pContext;
+    if( p->iPos>0 ){
+      int i;
+      char c = 0;
+      for(i=iStartOff-1; i>=0; i--){
+        c = p->zDoc[i];
+        if( c!=' ' && c!='\t' && c!='\n' && c!='\r' ) break;
+      }
+      if( i!=iStartOff-1 && (c=='.' || c==':') ){
+        rc = fts5SentenceFinderAdd(p, p->iPos);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = fts5SentenceFinderAdd(p, 0);
+    }
+    p->iPos++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5SnippetScore(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  int nDocsize,                   /* Size of column in tokens */
+  unsigned char *aSeen,           /* Array with one element per query phrase */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to score */
+  int iPos,                       /* Starting offset to score */
+  int nToken,                     /* Max tokens per snippet */
+  int *pnScore,                   /* OUT: Score */
+  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Adjusted offset */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  int ip = 0;
+  int ic = 0;
+  int iOff = 0;
+  int iFirst = -1;
+  int nInst;
+  int nScore = 0;
+  int iLast = 0;
+
+  rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &nInst);
+  for(i=0; i<nInst && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = pApi->xInst(pFts, i, &ip, &ic, &iOff);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ic==iCol && iOff>=iPos && iOff<(iPos+nToken) ){
+      nScore += (aSeen[ip] ? 1 : 1000);
+      aSeen[ip] = 1;
+      if( iFirst<0 ) iFirst = iOff;
+      iLast = iOff + pApi->xPhraseSize(pFts, ip);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pnScore = nScore;
+  if( piPos ){
+    int iAdj = iFirst - (nToken - (iLast-iFirst)) / 2;
+    if( (iAdj+nToken)>nDocsize ) iAdj = nDocsize - nToken;
+    if( iAdj<0 ) iAdj = 0;
+    *piPos = iAdj;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of snippet() function.
+*/
+static void fts5SnippetFunction(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
+){
+  HighlightContext ctx;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int iCol;                       /* 1st argument to snippet() */
+  const char *zEllips;            /* 4th argument to snippet() */
+  int nToken;                     /* 5th argument to snippet() */
+  int nInst = 0;                  /* Number of instance matches this row */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through instances */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in query */
+  unsigned char *aSeen;           /* Array of "seen instance" flags */
+  int iBestCol;                   /* Column containing best snippet */
+  int iBestStart = 0;             /* First token of best snippet */
+  int nBestScore = 0;             /* Score of best snippet */
+  int nColSize = 0;               /* Total size of iBestCol in tokens */
+  Fts5SFinder sFinder;            /* Used to find the beginnings of sentences */
+  int nCol;
+
+  if( nVal!=5 ){
+    const char *zErr = "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()";
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nCol = pApi->xColumnCount(pFts);
+  memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(HighlightContext));
+  iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]);
+  ctx.zOpen = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+  ctx.zClose = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+  zEllips = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+  nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+
+  iBestCol = (iCol>=0 ? iCol : 0);
+  nPhrase = pApi->xPhraseCount(pFts);
+  aSeen = sqlite3_malloc(nPhrase);
+  if( aSeen==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &nInst);
+  }
+
+  memset(&sFinder, 0, sizeof(Fts5SFinder));
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( iCol<0 || iCol==i ){
+      int nDoc;
+      int nDocsize;
+      int ii;
+      sFinder.iPos = 0;
+      sFinder.nFirst = 0;
+      rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, i, &sFinder.zDoc, &nDoc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, 
+          sFinder.zDoc, nDoc, (void*)&sFinder,fts5SentenceFinderCb
+      );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      rc = pApi->xColumnSize(pFts, i, &nDocsize);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+      for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nInst; ii++){
+        int ip, ic, io;
+        int iAdj;
+        int nScore;
+        int jj;
+
+        rc = pApi->xInst(pFts, ii, &ip, &ic, &io);
+        if( ic!=i || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) continue;
+        memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase);
+        rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i,
+            io, nToken, &nScore, &iAdj
+        );
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nScore>nBestScore ){
+          nBestScore = nScore;
+          iBestCol = i;
+          iBestStart = iAdj;
+          nColSize = nDocsize;
+        }
+
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sFinder.nFirst && nDocsize>nToken ){
+          for(jj=0; jj<(sFinder.nFirst-1); jj++){
+            if( sFinder.aFirst[jj+1]>io ) break;
+          }
+
+          if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){
+            memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase);
+            rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, 
+              sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0
+            );
+
+            nScore += (sFinder.aFirst[jj]==0 ? 120 : 100);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nScore>nBestScore ){
+              nBestScore = nScore;
+              iBestCol = i;
+              iBestStart = sFinder.aFirst[jj];
+              nColSize = nDocsize;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, iBestCol, &ctx.zIn, &ctx.nIn);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nColSize==0 ){
+    rc = pApi->xColumnSize(pFts, iBestCol, &nColSize);
+  }
+  if( ctx.zIn ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts5CInstIterInit(pApi, pFts, iBestCol, &ctx.iter);
+    }
+
+    ctx.iRangeStart = iBestStart;
+    ctx.iRangeEnd = iBestStart + nToken - 1;
+
+    if( iBestStart>0 ){
+      fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, zEllips, -1);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance iterator ctx.iter so that it points to the first coalesced
+    ** phrase instance at or following position iBestStart. */
+    while( ctx.iter.iStart>=0 && ctx.iter.iStart<iBestStart && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts5CInstIterNext(&ctx.iter);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, ctx.zIn, ctx.nIn, (void*)&ctx,fts5HighlightCb);
+    }
+    if( ctx.iRangeEnd>=(nColSize-1) ){
+      fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, &ctx.zIn[ctx.iOff], ctx.nIn - ctx.iOff);
+    }else{
+      fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, zEllips, -1);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, (const char*)ctx.zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(ctx.zOut);
+  sqlite3_free(aSeen);
+  sqlite3_free(sFinder.aFirst);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** The first time the bm25() function is called for a query, an instance
+** of the following structure is allocated and populated.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Bm25Data Fts5Bm25Data;
+struct Fts5Bm25Data {
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in query */
+  double avgdl;                   /* Average number of tokens in each row */
+  double *aIDF;                   /* IDF for each phrase */
+  double *aFreq;                  /* Array used to calculate phrase freq. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Callback used by fts5Bm25GetData() to count the number of rows in the
+** table matched by each individual phrase within the query.
+*/
+static int fts5CountCb(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, 
+  Fts5Context *pFts,
+  void *pUserData                 /* Pointer to sqlite3_int64 variable */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 *pn = (sqlite3_int64*)pUserData;
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(pApi, pFts);
+  (*pn)++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query. 
+** If the object has not already been allocated, allocate and populate it
+** now.
+*/
+static int fts5Bm25GetData(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, 
+  Fts5Context *pFts,
+  Fts5Bm25Data **ppData           /* OUT: bm25-data object for this query */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts5Bm25Data *p;                /* Object to return */
+
+  p = pApi->xGetAuxdata(pFts, 0);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    int nPhrase;                  /* Number of phrases in query */
+    sqlite3_int64 nRow = 0;       /* Number of rows in table */
+    sqlite3_int64 nToken = 0;     /* Number of tokens in table */
+    int nByte;                    /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+    int i;
+
+    /* Allocate the Fts5Bm25Data object */
+    nPhrase = pApi->xPhraseCount(pFts);
+    nByte = sizeof(Fts5Bm25Data) + nPhrase*2*sizeof(double);
+    p = (Fts5Bm25Data*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( p==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(p, 0, nByte);
+      p->nPhrase = nPhrase;
+      p->aIDF = (double*)&p[1];
+      p->aFreq = &p->aIDF[nPhrase];
+    }
+
+    /* Calculate the average document length for this FTS5 table */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = pApi->xRowCount(pFts, &nRow);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = pApi->xColumnTotalSize(pFts, -1, &nToken);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->avgdl = (double)nToken  / (double)nRow;
+
+    /* Calculate an IDF for each phrase in the query */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nPhrase; i++){
+      sqlite3_int64 nHit = 0;
+      rc = pApi->xQueryPhrase(pFts, i, (void*)&nHit, fts5CountCb);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* Calculate the IDF (Inverse Document Frequency) for phrase i.
+        ** This is done using the standard BM25 formula as found on wikipedia:
+        **
+        **   IDF = log( (N - nHit + 0.5) / (nHit + 0.5) )
+        **
+        ** where "N" is the total number of documents in the set and nHit
+        ** is the number that contain at least one instance of the phrase
+        ** under consideration.
+        **
+        ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is 
+        ** negative. Which is undesirable. So the mimimum allowable IDF is
+        ** (1e-6) - roughly the same as a term that appears in just over
+        ** half of set of 5,000,000 documents.  */
+        double idf = log( (nRow - nHit + 0.5) / (nHit + 0.5) );
+        if( idf<=0.0 ) idf = 1e-6;
+        p->aIDF[i] = idf;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+    }else{
+      rc = pApi->xSetAuxdata(pFts, p, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) p = 0;
+  }
+  *ppData = p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of bm25() function.
+*/
+static void fts5Bm25Function(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
+){
+  const double k1 = 1.2;          /* Constant "k1" from BM25 formula */
+  const double b = 0.75;          /* Constant "b" from BM25 formula */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  double score = 0.0;             /* SQL function return value */
+  Fts5Bm25Data *pData;            /* Values allocated/calculated once only */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nInst = 0;                  /* Value returned by xInstCount() */
+  double D = 0.0;                 /* Total number of tokens in row */
+  double *aFreq = 0;              /* Array of phrase freq. for current row */
+
+  /* Calculate the phrase frequency (symbol "f(qi,D)" in the documentation)
+  ** for each phrase in the query for the current row. */
+  rc = fts5Bm25GetData(pApi, pFts, &pData);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    aFreq = pData->aFreq;
+    memset(aFreq, 0, sizeof(double) * pData->nPhrase);
+    rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &nInst);
+  }
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nInst; i++){
+    int ip; int ic; int io;
+    rc = pApi->xInst(pFts, i, &ip, &ic, &io);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      double w = (nVal > ic) ? sqlite3_value_double(apVal[ic]) : 1.0;
+      aFreq[ip] += w;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the total size of the current row in tokens. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nTok;
+    rc = pApi->xColumnSize(pFts, -1, &nTok);
+    D = (double)nTok;
+  }
+
+  /* Determine the BM25 score for the current row. */
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pData->nPhrase; i++){
+    score += pData->aIDF[i] * (
+      ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) / 
+      ( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) )
+    );
+  }
+  
+  /* If no error has occurred, return the calculated score. Otherwise,
+  ** throw an SQL exception.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, -1.0 * score);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api *pApi){
+  struct Builtin {
+    const char *zFunc;            /* Function name (nul-terminated) */
+    void *pUserData;              /* User-data pointer */
+    fts5_extension_function xFunc;/* Callback function */
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*);      /* Destructor function */
+  } aBuiltin [] = {
+    { "snippet",   0, fts5SnippetFunction, 0 },
+    { "highlight", 0, fts5HighlightFunction, 0 },
+    { "bm25",      0, fts5Bm25Function,    0 },
+  };
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* To iterate through builtin functions */
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(aBuiltin); i++){
+    rc = pApi->xCreateFunction(pApi,
+        aBuiltin[i].zFunc,
+        aBuiltin[i].pUserData,
+        aBuiltin[i].xFunc,
+        aBuiltin[i].xDestroy
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, u32 nByte){
+  if( (u32)pBuf->nSpace<nByte ){
+    u32 nNew = pBuf->nSpace ? pBuf->nSpace : 64;
+    u8 *pNew;
+    while( nNew<nByte ){
+      nNew = nNew * 2;
+    }
+    pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pBuf->p, nNew);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      return 1;
+    }else{
+      pBuf->nSpace = nNew;
+      pBuf->p = pNew;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Encode value iVal as an SQLite varint and append it to the buffer object
+** pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set the error code in p.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, i64 iVal){
+  if( fts5BufferGrow(pRc, pBuf, 9) ) return;
+  pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iVal);
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5Put32(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){
+  aBuf[0] = (iVal>>24) & 0x00FF;
+  aBuf[1] = (iVal>>16) & 0x00FF;
+  aBuf[2] = (iVal>> 8) & 0x00FF;
+  aBuf[3] = (iVal>> 0) & 0x00FF;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5Get32(const u8 *aBuf){
+  return (aBuf[0] << 24) + (aBuf[1] << 16) + (aBuf[2] << 8) + aBuf[3];
+}
+
+/*
+** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set 
+** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function
+** is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(
+  int *pRc,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  u32 nData, 
+  const u8 *pData
+){
+  assert_nc( *pRc || nData>=0 );
+  if( fts5BufferGrow(pRc, pBuf, nData) ) return;
+  memcpy(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], pData, nData);
+  pBuf->n += nData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function
+** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even 
+** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(
+  int *pRc,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  const char *zStr
+){
+  int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(pRc, pBuf, nStr+1, (const u8*)zStr);
+  pBuf->n--;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument zFmt is a printf() style format string. This function performs
+** the printf() style processing, then appends the results to buffer pBuf.
+**
+** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte 
+** following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even though this byte is not
+** included in the pBuf->n count.
+*/ 
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(
+  int *pRc,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  char *zFmt, ...
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    char *zTmp;
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, zFmt);
+    zTmp = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+
+    if( zTmp==0 ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(pRc, pBuf, zTmp);
+      sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static char *sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, zFmt);
+    zRet = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+    if( zRet==0 ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 
+    }
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+ 
+
+/*
+** Free any buffer allocated by pBuf. Zero the structure before returning.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){
+  sqlite3_free(pBuf->p);
+  memset(pBuf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+}
+
+/*
+** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated 
+** memory allocation.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){
+  pBuf->n = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the buffer to contain nData/pData. If an OOM error occurs, leave an
+** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function
+** is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(
+  int *pRc,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  int nData, 
+  const u8 *pData
+){
+  pBuf->n = 0;
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(pRc, pBuf, nData, pData);
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(
+  const u8 *a, int n,             /* Buffer containing poslist */
+  int *pi,                        /* IN/OUT: Offset within a[] */
+  i64 *piOff                      /* IN/OUT: Current offset */
+){
+  int i = *pi;
+  if( i>=n ){
+    /* EOF */
+    *piOff = -1;
+    return 1;  
+  }else{
+    i64 iOff = *piOff;
+    int iVal;
+    fts5FastGetVarint32(a, i, iVal);
+    if( iVal==1 ){
+      fts5FastGetVarint32(a, i, iVal);
+      iOff = ((i64)iVal) << 32;
+      fts5FastGetVarint32(a, i, iVal);
+    }
+    *piOff = iOff + (iVal-2);
+    *pi = i;
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator object passed as the only argument. Return true
+** if the iterator reaches EOF, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(Fts5PoslistReader *pIter){
+  if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->a, pIter->n, &pIter->i, &pIter->iPos) ){
+    pIter->bEof = 1;
+  }
+  return pIter->bEof;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(
+  const u8 *a, int n,             /* Poslist buffer to iterate through */
+  Fts5PoslistReader *pIter        /* Iterator object to initialize */
+){
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter));
+  pIter->a = a;
+  pIter->n = n;
+  sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(pIter);
+  return pIter->bEof;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append position iPos to the position list being accumulated in buffer
+** pBuf, which must be already be large enough to hold the new data.
+** The previous position written to this list is *piPrev. *piPrev is set
+** to iPos before returning.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  i64 *piPrev, 
+  i64 iPos
+){
+  static const i64 colmask = ((i64)(0x7FFFFFFF)) << 32;
+  if( (iPos & colmask) != (*piPrev & colmask) ){
+    pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = 1;
+    pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], (iPos>>32));
+    *piPrev = (iPos & colmask);
+  }
+  pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], (iPos-*piPrev)+2);
+  *piPrev = iPos;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter,
+  i64 iPos
+){
+  int rc = 0;   /* Initialized only to suppress erroneous warning from Clang */
+  if( fts5BufferGrow(&rc, pBuf, 5+5+5) ) return rc;
+  sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(pBuf, &pWriter->iPrev, iPos);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void *sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(int *pRc, int nByte){
+  void *pRet = 0;
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( pRet==0 && nByte>0 ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+    }
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a nul-terminated copy of the string indicated by pIn. If nIn
+** is non-negative, then it is the length of the string in bytes. Otherwise,
+** the length of the string is determined using strlen().
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the returned
+** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. 
+*/
+static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nIn<0 ){
+      nIn = (int)strlen(pIn);
+    }
+    zRet = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(nIn+1);
+    if( zRet ){
+      memcpy(zRet, pIn, nIn);
+      zRet[nIn] = '\0';
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if character 't' may be part of an FTS5 bareword, or false
+** otherwise. Characters that may be part of barewords:
+**
+**   * All non-ASCII characters,
+**   * The 52 upper and lower case ASCII characters, and
+**   * The 10 integer ASCII characters.
+**   * The underscore character "_" (0x5F).
+**   * The unicode "subsitute" character (0x1A).
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(char t){
+  u8 aBareword[128] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x00 .. 0x0F */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,    0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x10 .. 0x1F */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x20 .. 0x2F */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,    1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x30 .. 0x3F */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   /* 0x40 .. 0x4F */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,    1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,   /* 0x50 .. 0x5F */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   /* 0x60 .. 0x6F */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,    1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0    /* 0x70 .. 0x7F */
+  };
+
+  return (t & 0x80) || aBareword[(int)t];
+}
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5TermsetEntry Fts5TermsetEntry;
+struct Fts5TermsetEntry {
+  char *pTerm;
+  int nTerm;
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index (main or aPrefix[] entry) */
+  Fts5TermsetEntry *pNext;
+};
+
+struct Fts5Termset {
+  Fts5TermsetEntry *apHash[512];
+};
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(Fts5Termset **pp){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  *pp = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Termset));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(
+  Fts5Termset *p, 
+  int iIdx,
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, 
+  int *pbPresent
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  *pbPresent = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    u32 hash = 13;
+    Fts5TermsetEntry *pEntry;
+
+    /* Calculate a hash value for this term. This is the same hash checksum
+    ** used by the fts5_hash.c module. This is not important for correct
+    ** operation of the module, but is necessary to ensure that some tests
+    ** designed to produce hash table collisions really do work.  */
+    for(i=nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+      hash = (hash << 3) ^ hash ^ pTerm[i];
+    }
+    hash = (hash << 3) ^ hash ^ iIdx;
+    hash = hash % ArraySize(p->apHash);
+
+    for(pEntry=p->apHash[hash]; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){
+      if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx 
+          && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm 
+          && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0 
+      ){
+        *pbPresent = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( pEntry==0 ){
+      pEntry = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5TermsetEntry) + nTerm);
+      if( pEntry ){
+        pEntry->pTerm = (char*)&pEntry[1];
+        pEntry->nTerm = nTerm;
+        pEntry->iIdx = iIdx;
+        memcpy(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm);
+        pEntry->pNext = p->apHash[hash];
+        p->apHash[hash] = pEntry;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(Fts5Termset *p){
+  if( p ){
+    u32 i;
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(p->apHash); i++){
+      Fts5TermsetEntry *pEntry = p->apHash[i];
+      while( pEntry ){
+        Fts5TermsetEntry *pDel = pEntry;
+        pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+        sqlite3_free(pDel);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** 2014 Jun 09
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE   4050
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE      4
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_USERMERGE      4
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE   16
+#define FTS5_DEFAULT_HASHSIZE    (1024*1024)
+
+/* Maximum allowed page size */
+#define FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE (128*1024)
+
+static int fts5_iswhitespace(char x){
+  return (x==' ');
+}
+
+static int fts5_isopenquote(char x){
+  return (x=='"' || x=='\'' || x=='[' || x=='`');
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated 
+** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in 
+** the string that is not a white-space character.
+*/
+static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){
+  const char *p = pIn;
+  if( p ){
+    while( fts5_iswhitespace(*p) ){ p++; }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated 
+** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in 
+** the string that is not a "bareword" character.
+*/
+static const char *fts5ConfigSkipBareword(const char *pIn){
+  const char *p = pIn;
+  while ( sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(*p) ) p++;
+  if( p==pIn ) p = 0;
+  return p;
+}
+
+static int fts5_isdigit(char a){
+  return (a>='0' && a<='9');
+}
+
+
+
+static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){
+  const char *p = pIn;
+  switch( *p ){
+    case 'n': case 'N':
+      if( sqlite3_strnicmp("null", p, 4)==0 ){
+        p = &p[4];
+      }else{
+        p = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'x': case 'X':
+      p++;
+      if( *p=='\'' ){
+        p++;
+        while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f') 
+            || (*p>='A' && *p<='F') 
+            || (*p>='0' && *p<='9') 
+            ){
+          p++;
+        }
+        if( *p=='\'' && 0==((p-pIn)%2) ){
+          p++;
+        }else{
+          p = 0;
+        }
+      }else{
+        p = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '\'':
+      p++;
+      while( p ){
+        if( *p=='\'' ){
+          p++;
+          if( *p!='\'' ) break;
+        }
+        p++;
+        if( *p==0 ) p = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* maybe a number */
+      if( *p=='+' || *p=='-' ) p++;
+      while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++;
+
+      /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is 
+      ** finished. Or, if it is a floating point value, it may continue
+      ** with either a decimal point or an 'E' character. */
+      if( *p=='.' && fts5_isdigit(p[1]) ){
+        p += 2;
+        while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++;
+      }
+      if( p==pIn ) p = 0;
+
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first character of the string pointed to by argument z is guaranteed
+** to be an open-quote character (see function fts5_isopenquote()).
+**
+** This function searches for the corresponding close-quote character within
+** the string and, if found, dequotes the string in place and adds a new
+** nul-terminator byte.
+**
+** If the close-quote is found, the value returned is the byte offset of
+** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not 
+** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an 
+** undefined state.
+*/
+static int fts5Dequote(char *z){
+  char q;
+  int iIn = 1;
+  int iOut = 0;
+  q = z[0];
+
+  /* Set stack variable q to the close-quote character */
+  assert( q=='[' || q=='\'' || q=='"' || q=='`' );
+  if( q=='[' ) q = ']';  
+
+  while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
+    if( z[iIn]==q ){
+      if( z[iIn+1]!=q ){
+        /* Character iIn was the close quote. */
+        iIn++;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        /* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip
+        ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character 
+        ** to the output buffer. */
+        iIn += 2;
+        z[iOut++] = q;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
+    }
+  }
+
+  z[iOut] = '\0';
+  return iIn;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     "abc"   becomes   abc
+**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
+**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
+**     `mno`   becomes   mno
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;                     /* Quote character (if any ) */
+
+  assert( 0==fts5_iswhitespace(z[0]) );
+  quote = z[0];
+  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
+    fts5Dequote(z);
+  }
+}
+
+
+struct Fts5Enum {
+  const char *zName;
+  int eVal;
+};
+typedef struct Fts5Enum Fts5Enum;
+
+static int fts5ConfigSetEnum(
+  const Fts5Enum *aEnum, 
+  const char *zEnum, 
+  int *peVal
+){
+  int nEnum = (int)strlen(zEnum);
+  int i;
+  int iVal = -1;
+
+  for(i=0; aEnum[i].zName; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(aEnum[i].zName, zEnum, nEnum)==0 ){
+      if( iVal>=0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      iVal = aEnum[i].eVal;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *peVal = iVal;
+  return iVal<0 ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a "special" CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE directive and update
+** configuration object pConfig as appropriate.
+**
+** If successful, object pConfig is updated and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and an error message
+** may be left in *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to
+** eventually free any such error message using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static int fts5ConfigParseSpecial(
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal,
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,            /* Configuration object to update */
+  const char *zCmd,               /* Special command to parse */
+  const char *zArg,               /* Argument to parse */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCmd = (int)strlen(zCmd);
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp("prefix", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){
+    const int nByte = sizeof(int) * FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES;
+    const char *p;
+    int bFirst = 1;
+    if( pConfig->aPrefix==0 ){
+      pConfig->aPrefix = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    p = zArg;
+    while( 1 ){
+      int nPre = 0;
+
+      while( p[0]==' ' ) p++;
+      if( bFirst==0 && p[0]==',' ){
+        p++;
+        while( p[0]==' ' ) p++;
+      }else if( p[0]=='\0' ){
+        break;
+      }
+      if( p[0]<'0' || p[0]>'9' ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed prefix=... directive");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      if( pConfig->nPrefix==FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+            "too many prefix indexes (max %d)", FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES
+        );
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      while( p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9' && nPre<1000 ){
+        nPre = nPre*10 + (p[0] - '0');
+        p++;
+      }
+
+      if( nPre<=0 || nPre>=1000 ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("prefix length out of range (max 999)");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      pConfig->aPrefix[pConfig->nPrefix] = nPre;
+      pConfig->nPrefix++;
+      bFirst = 0;
+    }
+    assert( pConfig->nPrefix<=FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES );
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp("tokenize", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){
+    const char *p = (const char*)zArg;
+    int nArg = (int)strlen(zArg) + 1;
+    char **azArg = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(char*) * nArg);
+    char *pDel = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nArg * 2);
+    char *pSpace = pDel;
+
+    if( azArg && pSpace ){
+      if( pConfig->pTok ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("multiple tokenize=... directives");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        for(nArg=0; p && *p; nArg++){
+          const char *p2 = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+          if( *p2=='\'' ){
+            p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p2);
+          }else{
+            p = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(p2);
+          }
+          if( p ){
+            memcpy(pSpace, p2, p-p2);
+            azArg[nArg] = pSpace;
+            sqlite3Fts5Dequote(pSpace);
+            pSpace += (p - p2) + 1;
+            p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+          }
+        }
+        if( p==0 ){
+          *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in tokenize directive");
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }else{
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, 
+              (const char**)azArg, nArg, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi,
+              pzErr
+          );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(azArg);
+    sqlite3_free(pDel);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp("content", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){
+    if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("multiple content=... directives");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      if( zArg[0] ){
+        pConfig->eContent = FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL;
+        pConfig->zContent = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%Q.%Q", pConfig->zDb,zArg);
+      }else{
+        pConfig->eContent = FTS5_CONTENT_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp("content_rowid", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){
+    if( pConfig->zContentRowid ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("multiple content_rowid=... directives");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      pConfig->zContentRowid = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, zArg, -1);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp("columnsize", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){
+    if( (zArg[0]!='0' && zArg[0]!='1') || zArg[1]!='\0' ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed columnsize=... directive");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      pConfig->bColumnsize = (zArg[0]=='1');
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp("detail", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){
+    const Fts5Enum aDetail[] = {
+      { "none", FTS5_DETAIL_NONE },
+      { "full", FTS5_DETAIL_FULL },
+      { "columns", FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS },
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+
+    if( (rc = fts5ConfigSetEnum(aDetail, zArg, &pConfig->eDetail)) ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed detail=... directive");
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized option: \"%.*s\"", nCmd, zCmd);
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at 
+** Fts5Config.pTokenizer. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
+** code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts5ConfigDefaultTokenizer(Fts5Global *pGlobal, Fts5Config *pConfig){
+  assert( pConfig->pTok==0 && pConfig->pTokApi==0 );
+  return sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
+      pGlobal, 0, 0, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi, 0
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Gobble up the first bareword or quoted word from the input buffer zIn.
+** Return a pointer to the character immediately following the last in
+** the gobbled word if successful, or a NULL pointer otherwise (failed
+** to find close-quote character).
+**
+** Before returning, set pzOut to point to a new buffer containing a
+** nul-terminated, dequoted copy of the gobbled word. If the word was
+** quoted, *pbQuoted is also set to 1 before returning.
+**
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
+** a no-op (NULL is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM occurs within this
+** function, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. *pRc is *not*
+** set if a parse error (failed to find close quote) occurs.
+*/
+static const char *fts5ConfigGobbleWord(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+  const char *zIn,                /* Buffer to gobble string/bareword from */
+  char **pzOut,                   /* OUT: malloc'd buffer containing str/bw */
+  int *pbQuoted                   /* OUT: Set to true if dequoting required */
+){
+  const char *zRet = 0;
+
+  int nIn = (int)strlen(zIn);
+  char *zOut = sqlite3_malloc(nIn+1);
+
+  assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
+  *pbQuoted = 0;
+  *pzOut = 0;
+
+  if( zOut==0 ){
+    *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    memcpy(zOut, zIn, nIn+1);
+    if( fts5_isopenquote(zOut[0]) ){
+      int ii = fts5Dequote(zOut);
+      zRet = &zIn[ii];
+      *pbQuoted = 1;
+    }else{
+      zRet = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(zIn);
+      if( zRet ){
+        zOut[zRet-zIn] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zRet==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+  }else{
+    *pzOut = zOut;
+  }
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+static int fts5ConfigParseColumn(
+  Fts5Config *p, 
+  char *zCol, 
+  char *zArg, 
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME) 
+   || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME) 
+  ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 column name: %s", zCol);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( zArg ){
+    if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "unindexed") ){
+      p->abUnindexed[p->nCol] = 1;
+    }else{
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized column option: %s", zArg);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  p->azCol[p->nCol++] = zCol;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the Fts5Config.zContentExprlist string.
+*/
+static int fts5ConfigMakeExprlist(Fts5Config *p){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Buffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &buf, "T.%Q", p->zContentRowid);
+  if( p->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+      if( p->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL ){
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &buf, ", T.%Q", p->azCol[i]);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &buf, ", T.c%d", i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->zContentExprlist==0 );
+  p->zContentExprlist = (char*)buf.p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments nArg/azArg contain the string arguments passed to the xCreate
+** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to 
+** allocate an instance of Fts5Config containing the results of parsing
+** those arguments.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut is set to point to the
+** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned, *ppOut is set to NULL and an error message may be left in
+** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any 
+** such error message using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal,
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **azArg,             /* Array of nArg CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE args */
+  Fts5Config **ppOut,             /* OUT: Results of parse */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts5Config *pRet;               /* New object to return */
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+
+  *ppOut = pRet = (Fts5Config*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Config));
+  if( pRet==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts5Config));
+  pRet->db = db;
+  pRet->iCookie = -1;
+
+  nByte = nArg * (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(u8));
+  pRet->azCol = (char**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+  pRet->abUnindexed = (u8*)&pRet->azCol[nArg];
+  pRet->zDb = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, azArg[1], -1);
+  pRet->zName = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, azArg[2], -1);
+  pRet->bColumnsize = 1;
+  pRet->eDetail = FTS5_DETAIL_FULL;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pRet->bPrefixIndex = 1;
+#endif
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_stricmp(pRet->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME)==0 ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 table name: %s", pRet->zName);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
+    const char *zOrig = azArg[i];
+    const char *z;
+    char *zOne = 0;
+    char *zTwo = 0;
+    int bOption = 0;
+    int bMustBeCol = 0;
+
+    z = fts5ConfigGobbleWord(&rc, zOrig, &zOne, &bMustBeCol);
+    z = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(z);
+    if( z && *z=='=' ){
+      bOption = 1;
+      z++;
+      if( bMustBeCol ) z = 0;
+    }
+    z = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(z);
+    if( z && z[0] ){
+      int bDummy;
+      z = fts5ConfigGobbleWord(&rc, z, &zTwo, &bDummy);
+      if( z && z[0] ) z = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( z==0 ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in \"%s\"", zOrig);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        if( bOption ){
+          rc = fts5ConfigParseSpecial(pGlobal, pRet, zOne, zTwo?zTwo:"", pzErr);
+        }else{
+          rc = fts5ConfigParseColumn(pRet, zOne, zTwo, pzErr);
+          zOne = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(zOne);
+    sqlite3_free(zTwo);
+  }
+
+  /* If a tokenizer= option was successfully parsed, the tokenizer has
+  ** already been allocated. Otherwise, allocate an instance of the default
+  ** tokenizer (unicode61) now.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->pTok==0 ){
+    rc = fts5ConfigDefaultTokenizer(pGlobal, pRet);
+  }
+
+  /* If no zContent option was specified, fill in the default values. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContent==0 ){
+    const char *zTail = 0;
+    assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL 
+         || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE 
+    );
+    if( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+      zTail = "content";
+    }else if( pRet->bColumnsize ){
+      zTail = "docsize";
+    }
+
+    if( zTail ){
+      pRet->zContent = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(
+          &rc, "%Q.'%q_%s'", pRet->zDb, pRet->zName, zTail
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContentRowid==0 ){
+    pRet->zContentRowid = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, "rowid", -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Formulate the zContentExprlist text */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5ConfigMakeExprlist(pRet);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(pRet);
+    *ppOut = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the configuration object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(Fts5Config *pConfig){
+  if( pConfig ){
+    int i;
+    if( pConfig->pTok ){
+      pConfig->pTokApi->xDelete(pConfig->pTok);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zDb);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zName);
+    for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3_free(pConfig->azCol[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->azCol);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->aPrefix);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRank);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRankArgs);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zContent);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zContentRowid);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig->zContentExprlist);
+    sqlite3_free(pConfig);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3_declare_vtab() based on the contents of the configuration
+** object passed as the only argument. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or
+** an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zSql;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "CREATE TABLE x(");
+  for(i=0; zSql && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+    const char *zSep = (i==0?"":", ");
+    zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z%s%Q", zSql, zSep, pConfig->azCol[i]);
+  }
+  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)", 
+      zSql, pConfig->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME
+  );
+
+  assert( zSql || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(pConfig->db, zSql);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize the text passed via the second and third arguments.
+**
+** The callback is invoked once for each token in the input text. The
+** arguments passed to it are, in order:
+**
+**     void *pCtx          // Copy of 4th argument to sqlite3Fts5Tokenize()
+**     const char *pToken  // Pointer to buffer containing token
+**     int nToken          // Size of token in bytes
+**     int iStart          // Byte offset of start of token within input text
+**     int iEnd            // Byte offset of end of token within input text
+**     int iPos            // Position of token in input (first token is 0)
+**
+** If the callback returns a non-zero value the tokenization is abandoned
+** and no further callbacks are issued. 
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code
+** if an error occurs. If the tokenization was abandoned early because
+** the callback returned SQLITE_DONE, this is not an error and this function
+** still returns SQLITE_OK. Or, if the tokenization was abandoned early
+** because the callback returned another non-zero value, it is assumed
+** to be an SQLite error code and returned to the caller.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,            /* FTS5 Configuration object */
+  int flags,                      /* FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
+  const char *pText, int nText,   /* Text to tokenize */
+  void *pCtx,                     /* Context passed to xToken() */
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)    /* Callback */
+){
+  if( pText==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  return pConfig->pTokApi->xTokenize(
+      pConfig->pTok, pCtx, flags, pText, nText, xToken
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pIn points to the first character in what is expected to be
+** a comma-separated list of SQL literals followed by a ')' character.
+** If it actually is this, return a pointer to the ')'. Otherwise, return
+** NULL to indicate a parse error.
+*/
+static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){
+  const char *p = pIn;
+  
+  while( 1 ){
+    p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+    p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p);
+    p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+    if( p==0 || *p==')' ) break;
+    if( *p!=',' ){
+      p = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    p++;
+  }
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of 
+** this is:
+**
+**   + Bareword (function name)
+**   + Open parenthesis - "("
+**   + Zero or more SQL literals in a comma separated list
+**   + Close parenthesis - ")"
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(
+  const char *zIn,                /* Input string */
+  char **pzRank,                  /* OUT: Rank function name */
+  char **pzRankArgs               /* OUT: Rank function arguments */
+){
+  const char *p = zIn;
+  const char *pRank;
+  char *zRank = 0;
+  char *zRankArgs = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  *pzRank = 0;
+  *pzRankArgs = 0;
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+    pRank = p;
+    p = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(p);
+
+    if( p ){
+      zRank = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pRank);
+      if( zRank ) memcpy(zRank, pRank, p-pRank);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+      if( *p!='(' ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      p++;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      const char *pArgs; 
+      p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
+      pArgs = p;
+      if( *p!=')' ){
+        p = fts5ConfigSkipArgs(p);
+        if( p==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }else{
+          zRankArgs = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pArgs);
+          if( zRankArgs ) memcpy(zRankArgs, pArgs, p-pArgs);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zRank);
+    assert( zRankArgs==0 );
+  }else{
+    *pzRank = zRank;
+    *pzRankArgs = zRankArgs;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
+  const char *zKey, 
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,
+  int *pbBadkey
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "pgsz") ){
+    int pgsz = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
+      pgsz = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+    }
+    if( pgsz<=0 || pgsz>FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+      *pbBadkey = 1;
+    }else{
+      pConfig->pgsz = pgsz;
+    }
+  }
+
+  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "hashsize") ){
+    int nHashSize = -1;
+    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
+      nHashSize = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+    }
+    if( nHashSize<=0 ){
+      *pbBadkey = 1;
+    }else{
+      pConfig->nHashSize = nHashSize;
+    }
+  }
+
+  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "automerge") ){
+    int nAutomerge = -1;
+    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
+      nAutomerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+    }
+    if( nAutomerge<0 || nAutomerge>64 ){
+      *pbBadkey = 1;
+    }else{
+      if( nAutomerge==1 ) nAutomerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE;
+      pConfig->nAutomerge = nAutomerge;
+    }
+  }
+
+  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "usermerge") ){
+    int nUsermerge = -1;
+    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
+      nUsermerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+    }
+    if( nUsermerge<2 || nUsermerge>16 ){
+      *pbBadkey = 1;
+    }else{
+      pConfig->nUsermerge = nUsermerge;
+    }
+  }
+
+  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "crisismerge") ){
+    int nCrisisMerge = -1;
+    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
+      nCrisisMerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+    }
+    if( nCrisisMerge<0 ){
+      *pbBadkey = 1;
+    }else{
+      if( nCrisisMerge<=1 ) nCrisisMerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE;
+      pConfig->nCrisisMerge = nCrisisMerge;
+    }
+  }
+
+  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "rank") ){
+    const char *zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+    char *zRank;
+    char *zRankArgs;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(zIn, &zRank, &zRankArgs);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRank);
+      sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRankArgs);
+      pConfig->zRank = zRank;
+      pConfig->zRankArgs = zRankArgs;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      *pbBadkey = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *pbBadkey = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the contents of the %_config table into memory.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(Fts5Config *pConfig, int iCookie){
+  const char *zSelect = "SELECT k, v FROM %Q.'%q_config'";
+  char *zSql;
+  sqlite3_stmt *p = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iVersion = 0;
+
+  /* Set default values */
+  pConfig->pgsz = FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+  pConfig->nAutomerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE;
+  pConfig->nUsermerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_USERMERGE;
+  pConfig->nCrisisMerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE;
+  pConfig->nHashSize = FTS5_DEFAULT_HASHSIZE;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, zSelect, pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName);
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(p) ){
+      const char *zK = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p, 0);
+      sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(p, 1);
+      if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zK, "version") ){
+        iVersion = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+      }else{
+        int bDummy = 0;
+        sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(pConfig, zK, pVal, &bDummy);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iVersion!=FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    if( pConfig->pzErrmsg ){
+      assert( 0==*pConfig->pzErrmsg );
+      *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "invalid fts5 file format (found %d, expected %d) - run 'rebuild'",
+          iVersion, FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pConfig->iCookie = iCookie;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+/* #include "fts5parse.h" */
+
+/*
+** All token types in the generated fts5parse.h file are greater than 0.
+*/
+#define FTS5_EOF 0
+
+#define FTS5_LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+
+typedef struct Fts5ExprTerm Fts5ExprTerm;
+
+/*
+** Functions generated by lemon from fts5parse.y.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(u64));
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFree(void*, void (*freeProc)(void*));
+static void sqlite3Fts5Parser(void*, int, Fts5Token, Fts5Parse*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace(FILE*, char*);
+#endif
+
+
+struct Fts5Expr {
+  Fts5Index *pIndex;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRoot;
+  int bDesc;                      /* Iterate in descending rowid order */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in expression */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase **apExprPhrase;  /* Pointers to phrase objects */
+};
+
+/*
+** eType:
+**   Expression node type. Always one of:
+**
+**       FTS5_AND                 (nChild, apChild valid)
+**       FTS5_OR                  (nChild, apChild valid)
+**       FTS5_NOT                 (nChild, apChild valid)
+**       FTS5_STRING              (pNear valid)
+**       FTS5_TERM                (pNear valid)
+*/
+struct Fts5ExprNode {
+  int eType;                      /* Node type */
+  int bEof;                       /* True at EOF */
+  int bNomatch;                   /* True if entry is not a match */
+
+  /* Next method for this node. */
+  int (*xNext)(Fts5Expr*, Fts5ExprNode*, int, i64);
+
+  i64 iRowid;                     /* Current rowid */
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear;         /* For FTS5_STRING - cluster of phrases */
+
+  /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For 
+  ** AND or OR nodes, it contains 2 or more entries.  */
+  int nChild;                     /* Number of child nodes */
+  Fts5ExprNode *apChild[1];       /* Array of child nodes */
+};
+
+#define Fts5NodeIsString(p) ((p)->eType==FTS5_TERM || (p)->eType==FTS5_STRING)
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xNext method of an Fts5ExprNode object. This macro should be
+** used as if it has the same signature as the xNext() methods themselves.
+*/
+#define fts5ExprNodeNext(a,b,c,d) (b)->xNext((a), (b), (c), (d))
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure represents a single search term
+** or term prefix.
+*/
+struct Fts5ExprTerm {
+  int bPrefix;                    /* True for a prefix term */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* nul-terminated term */
+  Fts5IndexIter *pIter;           /* Iterator for this term */
+  Fts5ExprTerm *pSynonym;         /* Pointer to first in list of synonyms */
+};
+
+/*
+** A phrase. One or more terms that must appear in a contiguous sequence
+** within a document for it to match.
+*/
+struct Fts5ExprPhrase {
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode;            /* FTS5_STRING node this phrase is part of */
+  Fts5Buffer poslist;             /* Current position list */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of entries in aTerm[] */
+  Fts5ExprTerm aTerm[1];          /* Terms that make up this phrase */
+};
+
+/*
+** One or more phrases that must appear within a certain token distance of
+** each other within each matching document.
+*/
+struct Fts5ExprNearset {
+  int nNear;                      /* NEAR parameter */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset;            /* Columns to search (NULL -> all columns) */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of entries in aPhrase[] array */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *apPhrase[1];    /* Array of phrase pointers */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Parse context.
+*/
+struct Fts5Parse {
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;
+  char *zErr;
+  int rc;
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Size of apPhrase array */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase **apPhrase;      /* Array of all phrases */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pExpr;            /* Result of a successful parse */
+};
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseError(Fts5Parse *pParse, const char *zFmt, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, zFmt);
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->zErr = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprIsspace(char t){
+  return t==' ' || t=='\t' || t=='\n' || t=='\r';
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the first token from the nul-terminated string at *pz.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprGetToken(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse, 
+  const char **pz,                /* IN/OUT: Pointer into buffer */
+  Fts5Token *pToken
+){
+  const char *z = *pz;
+  int tok;
+
+  /* Skip past any whitespace */
+  while( fts5ExprIsspace(*z) ) z++;
+
+  pToken->p = z;
+  pToken->n = 1;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case '(':  tok = FTS5_LP;    break;
+    case ')':  tok = FTS5_RP;    break;
+    case '{':  tok = FTS5_LCP;   break;
+    case '}':  tok = FTS5_RCP;   break;
+    case ':':  tok = FTS5_COLON; break;
+    case ',':  tok = FTS5_COMMA; break;
+    case '+':  tok = FTS5_PLUS;  break;
+    case '*':  tok = FTS5_STAR;  break;
+    case '-':  tok = FTS5_MINUS; break;
+    case '\0': tok = FTS5_EOF;   break;
+
+    case '"': {
+      const char *z2;
+      tok = FTS5_STRING;
+
+      for(z2=&z[1]; 1; z2++){
+        if( z2[0]=='"' ){
+          z2++;
+          if( z2[0]!='"' ) break;
+        }
+        if( z2[0]=='\0' ){
+          sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "unterminated string");
+          return FTS5_EOF;
+        }
+      }
+      pToken->n = (z2 - z);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      const char *z2;
+      if( sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(z[0])==0 ){
+        sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "fts5: syntax error near \"%.1s\"", z);
+        return FTS5_EOF;
+      }
+      tok = FTS5_STRING;
+      for(z2=&z[1]; sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(*z2); z2++);
+      pToken->n = (z2 - z);
+      if( pToken->n==2 && memcmp(pToken->p, "OR", 2)==0 )  tok = FTS5_OR;
+      if( pToken->n==3 && memcmp(pToken->p, "NOT", 3)==0 ) tok = FTS5_NOT;
+      if( pToken->n==3 && memcmp(pToken->p, "AND", 3)==0 ) tok = FTS5_AND;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pz = &pToken->p[pToken->n];
+  return tok;
+}
+
+static void *fts5ParseAlloc(u64 t){ return sqlite3_malloc((int)t); }
+static void fts5ParseFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); }
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,            /* FTS5 Configuration */
+  const char *zExpr,              /* Expression text */
+  Fts5Expr **ppNew, 
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  Fts5Parse sParse;
+  Fts5Token token;
+  const char *z = zExpr;
+  int t;                          /* Next token type */
+  void *pEngine;
+  Fts5Expr *pNew;
+
+  *ppNew = 0;
+  *pzErr = 0;
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+  pEngine = sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(fts5ParseAlloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }
+  sParse.pConfig = pConfig;
+
+  do {
+    t = fts5ExprGetToken(&sParse, &z, &token);
+    sqlite3Fts5Parser(pEngine, t, token, &sParse);
+  }while( sParse.rc==SQLITE_OK && t!=FTS5_EOF );
+  sqlite3Fts5ParserFree(pEngine, fts5ParseFree);
+
+  assert( sParse.rc!=SQLITE_OK || sParse.zErr==0 );
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppNew = pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Expr));
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(sParse.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      if( !sParse.pExpr ){
+        const int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode);
+        pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&sParse.rc, nByte);
+        if( pNew->pRoot ){
+          pNew->pRoot->bEof = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pNew->pRoot = sParse.pExpr;
+      }
+      pNew->pIndex = 0;
+      pNew->pConfig = pConfig;
+      pNew->apExprPhrase = sParse.apPhrase;
+      pNew->nPhrase = sParse.nPhrase;
+      sParse.apPhrase = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(sParse.pExpr);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(sParse.apPhrase);
+  *pzErr = sParse.zErr;
+  return sParse.rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the expression node object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(Fts5ExprNode *p){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nChild; i++){
+      sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(p->apChild[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(p->pNear);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the expression object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(Fts5Expr *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(p->pRoot);
+    sqlite3_free(p->apExprPhrase);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator. Return the current rowid
+** that it points to.
+*/
+static i64 fts5ExprSynonymRowid(Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, int bDesc, int *pbEof){
+  i64 iRet = 0;
+  int bRetValid = 0;
+  Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+
+  assert( pTerm->pSynonym );
+  assert( bDesc==0 || bDesc==1 );
+  for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
+    if( 0==sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter) ){
+      i64 iRowid = p->pIter->iRowid;
+      if( bRetValid==0 || (bDesc!=(iRowid<iRet)) ){
+        iRet = iRowid;
+        bRetValid = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pbEof && bRetValid==0 ) *pbEof = 1;
+  return iRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprSynonymList(
+  Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, 
+  i64 iRowid,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf,               /* Use this buffer for space if required */
+  u8 **pa, int *pn
+){
+  Fts5PoslistReader aStatic[4];
+  Fts5PoslistReader *aIter = aStatic;
+  int nIter = 0;
+  int nAlloc = 4;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+
+  assert( pTerm->pSynonym );
+  for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
+    Fts5IndexIter *pIter = p->pIter;
+    if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 && pIter->iRowid==iRowid ){
+      if( pIter->nData==0 ) continue;
+      if( nIter==nAlloc ){
+        int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nAlloc * 2;
+        Fts5PoslistReader *aNew = (Fts5PoslistReader*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+        if( aNew==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          goto synonym_poslist_out;
+        }
+        memcpy(aNew, aIter, sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter);
+        nAlloc = nAlloc*2;
+        if( aIter!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(aIter);
+        aIter = aNew;
+      }
+      sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, &aIter[nIter]);
+      assert( aIter[nIter].bEof==0 );
+      nIter++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nIter==1 ){
+    *pa = (u8*)aIter[0].a;
+    *pn = aIter[0].n;
+  }else{
+    Fts5PoslistWriter writer = {0};
+    i64 iPrev = -1;
+    fts5BufferZero(pBuf);
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      i64 iMin = FTS5_LARGEST_INT64;
+      for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){
+        if( aIter[i].bEof==0 ){
+          if( aIter[i].iPos==iPrev ){
+            if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[i]) ) continue;
+          }
+          if( aIter[i].iPos<iMin ){
+            iMin = aIter[i].iPos;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( iMin==FTS5_LARGEST_INT64 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(pBuf, &writer, iMin);
+      iPrev = iMin;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pa = pBuf->p;
+      *pn = pBuf->n;
+    }
+  }
+
+ synonym_poslist_out:
+  if( aIter!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(aIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** All individual term iterators in pPhrase are guaranteed to be valid and
+** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function 
+** checks if the current rowid really is a match, and if so populates
+** the pPhrase->poslist buffer accordingly. Output parameter *pbMatch
+** is set to true if this is really a match, or false otherwise.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code 
+** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is 
+** not a match.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode,            /* Node pPhrase belongs to */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase,        /* Phrase object to initialize */
+  int *pbMatch                    /* OUT: Set to true if really a match */
+){
+  Fts5PoslistWriter writer = {0};
+  Fts5PoslistReader aStatic[4];
+  Fts5PoslistReader *aIter = aStatic;
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  fts5BufferZero(&pPhrase->poslist);
+
+  /* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array
+  ** using sqlite3_malloc(). This approach could be improved upon. */
+  if( pPhrase->nTerm>ArraySize(aStatic) ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * pPhrase->nTerm;
+    aIter = (Fts5PoslistReader*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * pPhrase->nTerm);
+
+  /* Initialize a term iterator for each term in the phrase */
+  for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){
+    Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[i];
+    int n = 0;
+    int bFlag = 0;
+    u8 *a = 0;
+    if( pTerm->pSynonym ){
+      Fts5Buffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+      rc = fts5ExprSynonymList(pTerm, pNode->iRowid, &buf, &a, &n);
+      if( rc ){
+        sqlite3_free(a);
+        goto ismatch_out;
+      }
+      if( a==buf.p ) bFlag = 1;
+    }else{
+      a = (u8*)pTerm->pIter->pData;
+      n = pTerm->pIter->nData;
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]);
+    aIter[i].bFlag = (u8)bFlag;
+    if( aIter[i].bEof ) goto ismatch_out;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    int bMatch;
+    i64 iPos = aIter[0].iPos;
+    do {
+      bMatch = 1;
+      for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){
+        Fts5PoslistReader *pPos = &aIter[i];
+        i64 iAdj = iPos + i;
+        if( pPos->iPos!=iAdj ){
+          bMatch = 0;
+          while( pPos->iPos<iAdj ){
+            if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(pPos) ) goto ismatch_out;
+          }
+          if( pPos->iPos>iAdj ) iPos = pPos->iPos-i;
+        }
+      }
+    }while( bMatch==0 );
+
+    /* Append position iPos to the output */
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(&pPhrase->poslist, &writer, iPos);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto ismatch_out;
+
+    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){
+      if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[i]) ) goto ismatch_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+ ismatch_out:
+  *pbMatch = (pPhrase->poslist.n>0);
+  for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){
+    if( aIter[i].bFlag ) sqlite3_free((u8*)aIter[i].a);
+  }
+  if( aIter!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(aIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct Fts5LookaheadReader Fts5LookaheadReader;
+struct Fts5LookaheadReader {
+  const u8 *a;                    /* Buffer containing position list */
+  int n;                          /* Size of buffer a[] in bytes */
+  int i;                          /* Current offset in position list */
+  i64 iPos;                       /* Current position */
+  i64 iLookahead;                 /* Next position */
+};
+
+#define FTS5_LOOKAHEAD_EOF (((i64)1) << 62)
+
+static int fts5LookaheadReaderNext(Fts5LookaheadReader *p){
+  p->iPos = p->iLookahead;
+  if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(p->a, p->n, &p->i, &p->iLookahead) ){
+    p->iLookahead = FTS5_LOOKAHEAD_EOF;
+  }
+  return (p->iPos==FTS5_LOOKAHEAD_EOF);
+}
+
+static int fts5LookaheadReaderInit(
+  const u8 *a, int n,             /* Buffer to read position list from */
+  Fts5LookaheadReader *p          /* Iterator object to initialize */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(Fts5LookaheadReader));
+  p->a = a;
+  p->n = n;
+  fts5LookaheadReaderNext(p);
+  return fts5LookaheadReaderNext(p);
+}
+
+typedef struct Fts5NearTrimmer Fts5NearTrimmer;
+struct Fts5NearTrimmer {
+  Fts5LookaheadReader reader;     /* Input iterator */
+  Fts5PoslistWriter writer;       /* Writer context */
+  Fts5Buffer *pOut;               /* Output poslist */
+};
+
+/*
+** The near-set object passed as the first argument contains more than
+** one phrase. All phrases currently point to the same row. The
+** Fts5ExprPhrase.poslist buffers are populated accordingly. This function
+** tests if the current row contains instances of each phrase sufficiently
+** close together to meet the NEAR constraint. Non-zero is returned if it
+** does, or zero otherwise.
+**
+** If in/out parameter (*pRc) is set to other than SQLITE_OK when this
+** function is called, it is a no-op. Or, if an error (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM)
+** occurs within this function (*pRc) is set accordingly before returning.
+** The return value is undefined in both these cases.
+** 
+** If no error occurs and non-zero (a match) is returned, the position-list
+** of each phrase object is edited to contain only those entries that
+** meet the constraint before returning.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNearIsMatch(int *pRc, Fts5ExprNearset *pNear){
+  Fts5NearTrimmer aStatic[4];
+  Fts5NearTrimmer *a = aStatic;
+  Fts5ExprPhrase **apPhrase = pNear->apPhrase;
+
+  int i;
+  int rc = *pRc;
+  int bMatch;
+
+  assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 );
+
+  /* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array
+  ** using sqlite3_malloc(). This approach could be improved upon. */
+  if( pNear->nPhrase>ArraySize(aStatic) ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts5NearTrimmer) * pNear->nPhrase;
+    a = (Fts5NearTrimmer*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+  }else{
+    memset(aStatic, 0, sizeof(aStatic));
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRc = rc;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize a lookahead iterator for each phrase. After passing the
+  ** buffer and buffer size to the lookaside-reader init function, zero
+  ** the phrase poslist buffer. The new poslist for the phrase (containing
+  ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account 
+  ** of the NEAR constraint) is written over the original even as it is
+  ** being read. This is safe as the entries for the new poslist are a
+  ** subset of the old, so it is not possible for data yet to be read to
+  ** be overwritten.  */
+  for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+    Fts5Buffer *pPoslist = &apPhrase[i]->poslist;
+    fts5LookaheadReaderInit(pPoslist->p, pPoslist->n, &a[i].reader);
+    pPoslist->n = 0;
+    a[i].pOut = pPoslist;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    int iAdv;
+    i64 iMin;
+    i64 iMax;
+
+    /* This block advances the phrase iterators until they point to a set of
+    ** entries that together comprise a match.  */
+    iMax = a[0].reader.iPos;
+    do {
+      bMatch = 1;
+      for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+        Fts5LookaheadReader *pPos = &a[i].reader;
+        iMin = iMax - pNear->apPhrase[i]->nTerm - pNear->nNear;
+        if( pPos->iPos<iMin || pPos->iPos>iMax ){
+          bMatch = 0;
+          while( pPos->iPos<iMin ){
+            if( fts5LookaheadReaderNext(pPos) ) goto ismatch_out;
+          }
+          if( pPos->iPos>iMax ) iMax = pPos->iPos;
+        }
+      }
+    }while( bMatch==0 );
+
+    /* Add an entry to each output position list */
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      i64 iPos = a[i].reader.iPos;
+      Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter = &a[i].writer;
+      if( a[i].pOut->n==0 || iPos!=pWriter->iPrev ){
+        sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(a[i].pOut, pWriter, iPos);
+      }
+    }
+
+    iAdv = 0;
+    iMin = a[0].reader.iLookahead;
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      if( a[i].reader.iLookahead < iMin ){
+        iMin = a[i].reader.iLookahead;
+        iAdv = i;
+      }
+    }
+    if( fts5LookaheadReaderNext(&a[iAdv].reader) ) goto ismatch_out;
+  }
+
+  ismatch_out: {
+    int bRet = a[0].pOut->n>0;
+    *pRc = rc;
+    if( a!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(a);
+    return bRet;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance iterator pIter until it points to a value equal to or laster
+** than the initial value of *piLast. If this means the iterator points
+** to a value laster than *piLast, update *piLast to the new lastest value.
+**
+** If the iterator reaches EOF, set *pbEof to true before returning. If
+** an error occurs, set *pRc to an error code. If either *pbEof or *pRc
+** are set, return a non-zero value. Otherwise, return zero.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprAdvanceto(
+  Fts5IndexIter *pIter,           /* Iterator to advance */
+  int bDesc,                      /* True if iterator is "rowid DESC" */
+  i64 *piLast,                    /* IN/OUT: Lastest rowid seen so far */
+  int *pRc,                       /* OUT: Error code */
+  int *pbEof                      /* OUT: Set to true if EOF */
+){
+  i64 iLast = *piLast;
+  i64 iRowid;
+
+  iRowid = pIter->iRowid;
+  if( (bDesc==0 && iLast>iRowid) || (bDesc && iLast<iRowid) ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(pIter, iLast);
+    if( rc || sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter) ){
+      *pRc = rc;
+      *pbEof = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    iRowid = pIter->iRowid;
+    assert( (bDesc==0 && iRowid>=iLast) || (bDesc==1 && iRowid<=iLast) );
+  }
+  *piLast = iRowid;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprSynonymAdvanceto(
+  Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm,            /* Term iterator to advance */
+  int bDesc,                      /* True if iterator is "rowid DESC" */
+  i64 *piLast,                    /* IN/OUT: Lastest rowid seen so far */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iLast = *piLast;
+  Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+  int bEof = 0;
+
+  for(p=pTerm; rc==SQLITE_OK && p; p=p->pSynonym){
+    if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){
+      i64 iRowid = p->pIter->iRowid;
+      if( (bDesc==0 && iLast>iRowid) || (bDesc && iLast<iRowid) ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iLast);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRc = rc;
+    bEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    *piLast = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(pTerm, bDesc, &bEof);
+  }
+  return bEof;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5ExprNearTest(
+  int *pRc,
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression that pNear is a part of */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode             /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_STRING) */
+){
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
+  int rc = *pRc;
+
+  if( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+    Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm;
+    Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0];
+    pPhrase->poslist.n = 0;
+    for(pTerm=&pPhrase->aTerm[0]; pTerm; pTerm=pTerm->pSynonym){
+      Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pTerm->pIter;
+      if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 ){
+        if( pIter->iRowid==pNode->iRowid && pIter->nData>0 ){
+          pPhrase->poslist.n = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return pPhrase->poslist.n;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+
+    /* Check that each phrase in the nearset matches the current row.
+    ** Populate the pPhrase->poslist buffers at the same time. If any
+    ** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early.  */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
+      if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->pColset ){
+        int bMatch = 0;
+        rc = fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(pNode, pPhrase, &bMatch);
+        if( bMatch==0 ) break;
+      }else{
+        Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter;
+        fts5BufferSet(&rc, &pPhrase->poslist, pIter->nData, pIter->pData);
+      }
+    }
+
+    *pRc = rc;
+    if( i==pNear->nPhrase && (i==1 || fts5ExprNearIsMatch(pRc, pNear)) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Initialize all term iterators in the pNear object. If any term is found
+** to match no documents at all, return immediately without initializing any
+** further iterators.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_OK. It is not considered an error if some term matches zero
+** documents.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNearInitAll(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode
+){
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( pNode->bNomatch==0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+    Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
+    if( pPhrase->nTerm==0 ){
+      pNode->bEof = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nTerm; j++){
+        Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[j];
+        Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+        int bHit = 0;
+
+        for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
+          int rc;
+          if( p->pIter ){
+            sqlite3Fts5IterClose(p->pIter);
+            p->pIter = 0;
+          }
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
+              pExpr->pIndex, p->zTerm, (int)strlen(p->zTerm),
+              (pTerm->bPrefix ? FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX : 0) |
+              (pExpr->bDesc ? FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC : 0),
+              pNear->pColset,
+              &p->pIter
+          );
+          assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(p->pIter!=0) );
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+          if( 0==sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter) ){
+            bHit = 1;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if( bHit==0 ){
+          pNode->bEof = 1;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pNode->bEof = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pExpr is an ASC iterator, this function returns a value with the
+** same sign as:
+**
+**   (iLhs - iRhs)
+**
+** Otherwise, if this is a DESC iterator, the opposite is returned:
+**
+**   (iRhs - iLhs)
+*/
+static int fts5RowidCmp(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+  i64 iLhs,
+  i64 iRhs
+){
+  assert( pExpr->bDesc==0 || pExpr->bDesc==1 );
+  if( pExpr->bDesc==0 ){
+    if( iLhs<iRhs ) return -1;
+    return (iLhs > iRhs);
+  }else{
+    if( iLhs>iRhs ) return -1;
+    return (iLhs < iRhs);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprSetEof(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){
+  int i;
+  pNode->bEof = 1;
+  pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+    fts5ExprSetEof(pNode->apChild[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){
+  if( pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING || pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
+    Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
+      pPhrase->poslist.n = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+      fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(pNode->apChild[i]);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Compare the values currently indicated by the two nodes as follows:
+**
+**    res = (*p1) - (*p2)
+**
+** Nodes that point to values that come later in the iteration order are
+** considered to be larger. Nodes at EOF are the largest of all.
+**
+** This means that if the iteration order is ASC, then numerically larger
+** rowids are considered larger. Or if it is the default DESC, numerically
+** smaller rowids are larger.
+*/
+static int fts5NodeCompare(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+  Fts5ExprNode *p1, 
+  Fts5ExprNode *p2
+){
+  if( p2->bEof ) return -1;
+  if( p1->bEof ) return +1;
+  return fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, p2->iRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** All individual term iterators in pNear are guaranteed to be valid when
+** this function is called. This function checks if all term iterators
+** point to the same rowid, and if not, advances them until they do.
+** If an EOF is reached before this happens, *pbEof is set to true before
+** returning.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code 
+** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if an iterator reaches
+** EOF.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode
+){
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pLeft = pNear->apPhrase[0];
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iLast;                      /* Lastest rowid any iterator points to */
+  int i, j;                       /* Phrase and token index, respectively */
+  int bMatch;                     /* True if all terms are at the same rowid */
+  const int bDesc = pExpr->bDesc;
+
+  /* Check that this node should not be FTS5_TERM */
+  assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 
+       || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 
+       || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym
+  );
+
+  /* Initialize iLast, the "lastest" rowid any iterator points to. If the
+  ** iterator skips through rowids in the default ascending order, this means
+  ** the maximum rowid. Or, if the iterator is "ORDER BY rowid DESC", then it
+  ** means the minimum rowid.  */
+  if( pLeft->aTerm[0].pSynonym ){
+    iLast = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(&pLeft->aTerm[0], bDesc, 0);
+  }else{
+    iLast = pLeft->aTerm[0].pIter->iRowid;
+  }
+
+  do {
+    bMatch = 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
+      for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nTerm; j++){
+        Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[j];
+        if( pTerm->pSynonym ){
+          i64 iRowid = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(pTerm, bDesc, 0);
+          if( iRowid==iLast ) continue;
+          bMatch = 0;
+          if( fts5ExprSynonymAdvanceto(pTerm, bDesc, &iLast, &rc) ){
+            pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+            pNode->bEof = 1;
+            return rc;
+          }
+        }else{
+          Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pPhrase->aTerm[j].pIter;
+          if( pIter->iRowid==iLast || pIter->bEof ) continue;
+          bMatch = 0;
+          if( fts5ExprAdvanceto(pIter, bDesc, &iLast, &rc, &pNode->bEof) ){
+            return rc;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }while( bMatch==0 );
+
+  pNode->iRowid = iLast;
+  pNode->bNomatch = ((0==fts5ExprNearTest(&rc, pExpr, pNode)) && rc==SQLITE_OK);
+  assert( pNode->bEof==0 || pNode->bNomatch==0 );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the first term iterator in the first phrase of pNear. Set output
+** variable *pbEof to true if it reaches EOF or if an error occurs.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode,            /* FTS5_STRING or FTS5_TERM node */
+  int bFromValid,
+  i64 iFrom 
+){
+  Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0];
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+  if( pTerm->pSynonym ){
+    int bEof = 1;
+    Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+
+    /* Find the firstest rowid any synonym points to. */
+    i64 iRowid = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(pTerm, pExpr->bDesc, 0);
+
+    /* Advance each iterator that currently points to iRowid. Or, if iFrom
+    ** is valid - each iterator that points to a rowid before iFrom.  */
+    for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
+      if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){
+        i64 ii = p->pIter->iRowid;
+        if( ii==iRowid 
+         || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc) 
+        ){
+          if( bFromValid ){
+            rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iFrom);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(p->pIter);
+          }
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+          if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){
+            bEof = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          bEof = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the EOF flag if either all synonym iterators are at EOF or an
+    ** error has occurred.  */
+    pNode->bEof = (rc || bEof);
+  }else{
+    Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pTerm->pIter;
+
+    assert( Fts5NodeIsString(pNode) );
+    if( bFromValid ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(pIter, iFrom);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(pIter);
+    }
+
+    pNode->bEof = (rc || sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter));
+  }
+
+  if( pNode->bEof==0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING(pExpr, pNode);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression that pNear is a part of */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode             /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_TERM) */
+){
+  /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists 
+  ** of a single term only, grab pointers into the poslist managed by the
+  ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing 
+  ** a new poslist the way we have to for more complicated phrase or NEAR
+  ** expressions.  */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0];
+  Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter;
+
+  assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM );
+  assert( pNode->pNear->nPhrase==1 && pPhrase->nTerm==1 );
+  assert( pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 );
+
+  pPhrase->poslist.n = pIter->nData;
+  if( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+    pPhrase->poslist.p = (u8*)pIter->pData;
+  }
+  pNode->iRowid = pIter->iRowid;
+  pNode->bNomatch = (pPhrase->poslist.n==0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
+  int bFromValid,
+  i64 iFrom
+){
+  int rc;
+  Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pIter;
+
+  assert( pNode->bEof==0 );
+  if( bFromValid ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(pIter, iFrom);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(pIter);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 ){
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM(pExpr, pNode);
+  }else{
+    pNode->bEof = 1;
+    pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprNodeTest_OR(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression of which pNode is a part */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode             /* Expression node to test */
+){
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNext = pNode->apChild[0];
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=1; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+    Fts5ExprNode *pChild = pNode->apChild[i];
+    int cmp = fts5NodeCompare(pExpr, pNext, pChild);
+    if( cmp>0 || (cmp==0 && pChild->bNomatch==0) ){
+      pNext = pChild;
+    }
+  }
+  pNode->iRowid = pNext->iRowid;
+  pNode->bEof = pNext->bEof;
+  pNode->bNomatch = pNext->bNomatch;
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
+  int bFromValid,
+  i64 iFrom
+){
+  int i;
+  i64 iLast = pNode->iRowid;
+
+  for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+    Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[i];
+    assert( p1->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iLast)>=0 );
+    if( p1->bEof==0 ){
+      if( (p1->iRowid==iLast) 
+       || (bFromValid && fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iFrom)<0)
+      ){
+        int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, bFromValid, iFrom);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts5ExprNodeTest_OR(pExpr, pNode);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pNode is an FTS5_AND node.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNodeTest_AND(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pAnd              /* FTS5_AND node to advance */
+){
+  int iChild;
+  i64 iLast = pAnd->iRowid;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bMatch;
+
+  assert( pAnd->bEof==0 );
+  do {
+    pAnd->bNomatch = 0;
+    bMatch = 1;
+    for(iChild=0; iChild<pAnd->nChild; iChild++){
+      Fts5ExprNode *pChild = pAnd->apChild[iChild];
+      int cmp = fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, iLast, pChild->iRowid);
+      if( cmp>0 ){
+        /* Advance pChild until it points to iLast or laster */
+        rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, pChild, 1, iLast);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          pAnd->bNomatch = 0;
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* If the child node is now at EOF, so is the parent AND node. Otherwise,
+      ** the child node is guaranteed to have advanced at least as far as
+      ** rowid iLast. So if it is not at exactly iLast, pChild->iRowid is the
+      ** new lastest rowid seen so far.  */
+      assert( pChild->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, iLast, pChild->iRowid)<=0 );
+      if( pChild->bEof ){
+        fts5ExprSetEof(pAnd);
+        bMatch = 1;
+        break;
+      }else if( iLast!=pChild->iRowid ){
+        bMatch = 0;
+        iLast = pChild->iRowid;
+      }
+
+      if( pChild->bNomatch ){
+        pAnd->bNomatch = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }while( bMatch==0 );
+
+  if( pAnd->bNomatch && pAnd!=pExpr->pRoot ){
+    fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(pAnd);
+  }
+  pAnd->iRowid = iLast;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprNodeNext_AND(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
+  int bFromValid,
+  i64 iFrom
+){
+  int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, pNode->apChild[0], bFromValid, iFrom);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_AND(pExpr, pNode);
+  }else{
+    pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode             /* FTS5_NOT node to advance */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[0];
+  Fts5ExprNode *p2 = pNode->apChild[1];
+  assert( pNode->nChild==2 );
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1->bEof==0 ){
+    int cmp = fts5NodeCompare(pExpr, p1, p2);
+    if( cmp>0 ){
+      rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p2, 1, p1->iRowid);
+      cmp = fts5NodeCompare(pExpr, p1, p2);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || cmp<=0 );
+    if( cmp || p2->bNomatch ) break;
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, 0, 0);
+  }
+  pNode->bEof = p1->bEof;
+  pNode->bNomatch = p1->bNomatch;
+  pNode->iRowid = p1->iRowid;
+  if( p1->bEof ){
+    fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(p2);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
+  int bFromValid,
+  i64 iFrom
+){
+  int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, pNode->apChild[0], bFromValid, iFrom);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT(pExpr, pNode);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pNode currently points to a match, this function returns SQLITE_OK
+** without modifying it. Otherwise, pNode is advanced until it does point
+** to a match or EOF is reached.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNodeTest(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression of which pNode is a part */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode             /* Expression node to test */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode->bEof==0 ){
+    switch( pNode->eType ){
+
+      case FTS5_STRING: {
+        rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING(pExpr, pNode);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTS5_TERM: {
+        rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM(pExpr, pNode);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTS5_AND: {
+        rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_AND(pExpr, pNode);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTS5_OR: {
+        fts5ExprNodeTest_OR(pExpr, pNode);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT ); {
+        rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT(pExpr, pNode);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+ 
+/*
+** Set node pNode, which is part of expression pExpr, to point to the first
+** match. If there are no matches, set the Node.bEof flag to indicate EOF.
+**
+** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+** It is not an error if there are no matches.
+*/
+static int fts5ExprNodeFirst(Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  pNode->bEof = 0;
+  pNode->bNomatch = 0;
+
+  if( Fts5NodeIsString(pNode) ){
+    /* Initialize all term iterators in the NEAR object. */
+    rc = fts5ExprNearInitAll(pExpr, pNode);
+  }else if( pNode->xNext==0 ){
+    pNode->bEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    int nEof = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+      Fts5ExprNode *pChild = pNode->apChild[i];
+      rc = fts5ExprNodeFirst(pExpr, pNode->apChild[i]);
+      assert( pChild->bEof==0 || pChild->bEof==1 );
+      nEof += pChild->bEof;
+    }
+    pNode->iRowid = pNode->apChild[0]->iRowid;
+
+    switch( pNode->eType ){
+      case FTS5_AND:
+        if( nEof>0 ) fts5ExprSetEof(pNode);
+        break;
+
+      case FTS5_OR:
+        if( pNode->nChild==nEof ) fts5ExprSetEof(pNode);
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT );
+        pNode->bEof = pNode->apChild[0]->bEof;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeTest(pExpr, pNode);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Begin iterating through the set of documents in index pIdx matched by
+** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc" 
+** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid 
+** order. Or, if it is zero, in ascending order.
+**
+** If iterating in ascending rowid order (bDesc==0), the first document
+** visited is that with the smallest rowid that is larger than or equal
+** to parameter iFirst. Or, if iterating in ascending order (bDesc==1),
+** then the first document visited must have a rowid smaller than or
+** equal to iFirst.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It
+** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr *p, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iFirst, int bDesc){
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRoot = p->pRoot;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  p->pIndex = pIdx;
+  p->bDesc = bDesc;
+  rc = fts5ExprNodeFirst(p, pRoot);
+
+  /* If not at EOF but the current rowid occurs earlier than iFirst in
+  ** the iteration order, move to document iFirst or later. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && 0==pRoot->bEof 
+   && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0 
+  ){
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 1, iFirst);
+  }
+
+  /* If the iterator is not at a real match, skip forward until it is. */
+  while( pRoot->bNomatch ){
+    assert( pRoot->bEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move to the next document 
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It
+** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(Fts5Expr *p, i64 iLast){
+  int rc;
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRoot = p->pRoot;
+  assert( pRoot->bEof==0 && pRoot->bNomatch==0 );
+  do {
+    rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 0, 0);
+    assert( pRoot->bNomatch==0 || (rc==SQLITE_OK && pRoot->bEof==0) );
+  }while( pRoot->bNomatch );
+  if( fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iLast)>0 ){
+    pRoot->bEof = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(Fts5Expr *p){
+  return p->pRoot->bEof;
+}
+
+static i64 sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(Fts5Expr *p){
+  return p->pRoot->iRowid;
+}
+
+static int fts5ParseStringFromToken(Fts5Token *pToken, char **pz){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  *pz = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, pToken->p, pToken->n);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the phrase object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void fts5ExprPhraseFree(Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){
+      Fts5ExprTerm *pSyn;
+      Fts5ExprTerm *pNext;
+      Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[i];
+      sqlite3_free(pTerm->zTerm);
+      sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pTerm->pIter);
+      for(pSyn=pTerm->pSynonym; pSyn; pSyn=pNext){
+        pNext = pSyn->pSynonym;
+        sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pSyn->pIter);
+        fts5BufferFree((Fts5Buffer*)&pSyn[1]);
+        sqlite3_free(pSyn);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pPhrase->poslist.nSpace>0 ) fts5BufferFree(&pPhrase->poslist);
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If argument pNear is NULL, then a new Fts5ExprNearset object is allocated
+** and populated with pPhrase. Or, if pNear is not NULL, phrase pPhrase is
+** appended to it and the results returned.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, both the pNear and pPhrase objects are freed and
+** NULL returned.
+*/
+static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,              /* Parse context */
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear,         /* Existing nearset, or NULL */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase         /* Recently parsed phrase */
+){
+  const int SZALLOC = 8;
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pRet = 0;
+
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pPhrase==0 ){
+      return pNear;
+    }
+    if( pNear==0 ){
+      int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + SZALLOC * sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*);
+      pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( pRet==0 ){
+        pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+      }
+    }else if( (pNear->nPhrase % SZALLOC)==0 ){
+      int nNew = pNear->nPhrase + SZALLOC;
+      int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + nNew * sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*);
+
+      pRet = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3_realloc(pNear, nByte);
+      if( pRet==0 ){
+        pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pRet = pNear;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(pNear);
+    sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(pPhrase);
+  }else{
+    if( pRet->nPhrase>0 ){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pLast = pRet->apPhrase[pRet->nPhrase-1];
+      assert( pLast==pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-2] );
+      if( pPhrase->nTerm==0 ){
+        fts5ExprPhraseFree(pPhrase);
+        pRet->nPhrase--;
+        pParse->nPhrase--;
+        pPhrase = pLast;
+      }else if( pLast->nTerm==0 ){
+        fts5ExprPhraseFree(pLast);
+        pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-2] = pPhrase;
+        pParse->nPhrase--;
+        pRet->nPhrase--;
+      }
+    }
+    pRet->apPhrase[pRet->nPhrase++] = pPhrase;
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+typedef struct TokenCtx TokenCtx;
+struct TokenCtx {
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase;
+  int rc;
+};
+
+/*
+** Callback for tokenizing terms used by ParseTerm().
+*/
+static int fts5ParseTokenize(
+  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to Fts5InsertCtx object */
+  int tflags,                     /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
+  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iUnused1,                   /* Start offset of token */
+  int iUnused2                    /* End offset of token */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const int SZALLOC = 8;
+  TokenCtx *pCtx = (TokenCtx*)pContext;
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pCtx->pPhrase;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2);
+
+  /* If an error has already occurred, this is a no-op */
+  if( pCtx->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pCtx->rc;
+  if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE;
+
+  if( pPhrase && pPhrase->nTerm>0 && (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) ){
+    Fts5ExprTerm *pSyn;
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) + sizeof(Fts5Buffer) + nToken+1;
+    pSyn = (Fts5ExprTerm*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( pSyn==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pSyn, 0, nByte);
+      pSyn->zTerm = ((char*)pSyn) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) + sizeof(Fts5Buffer);
+      memcpy(pSyn->zTerm, pToken, nToken);
+      pSyn->pSynonym = pPhrase->aTerm[pPhrase->nTerm-1].pSynonym;
+      pPhrase->aTerm[pPhrase->nTerm-1].pSynonym = pSyn;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm;
+    if( pPhrase==0 || (pPhrase->nTerm % SZALLOC)==0 ){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pNew;
+      int nNew = SZALLOC + (pPhrase ? pPhrase->nTerm : 0);
+
+      pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc(pPhrase, 
+          sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) * nNew
+      );
+      if( pNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        if( pPhrase==0 ) memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase));
+        pCtx->pPhrase = pPhrase = pNew;
+        pNew->nTerm = nNew - SZALLOC;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[pPhrase->nTerm++];
+      memset(pTerm, 0, sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm));
+      pTerm->zTerm = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, pToken, nToken);
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCtx->rc = rc;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Free the phrase object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase){
+  fts5ExprPhraseFree(pPhrase);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the phrase object passed as the second argument.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(Fts5ExprNearset *pNear){
+  if( pNear ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      fts5ExprPhraseFree(pNear->apPhrase[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pNear->pColset);
+    sqlite3_free(pNear);
+  }
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNode *p){
+  assert( pParse->pExpr==0 );
+  pParse->pExpr = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser to process a string token. The
+** string may or may not be quoted. In any case it is tokenized and a
+** phrase object consisting of all tokens returned.
+*/
+static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,              /* Parse context */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pAppend,        /* Phrase to append to */
+  Fts5Token *pToken,              /* String to tokenize */
+  int bPrefix                     /* True if there is a trailing "*" */
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pParse->pConfig;
+  TokenCtx sCtx;                  /* Context object passed to callback */
+  int rc;                         /* Tokenize return code */
+  char *z = 0;
+
+  memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(TokenCtx));
+  sCtx.pPhrase = pAppend;
+
+  rc = fts5ParseStringFromToken(pToken, &z);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int flags = FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | (bPrefix ? FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX : 0);
+    int n;
+    sqlite3Fts5Dequote(z);
+    n = (int)strlen(z);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, flags, z, n, &sCtx, fts5ParseTokenize);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  if( rc || (rc = sCtx.rc) ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase);
+    sCtx.pPhrase = 0;
+  }else{
+
+    if( pAppend==0 ){
+      if( (pParse->nPhrase % 8)==0 ){
+        int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*) * (pParse->nPhrase + 8);
+        Fts5ExprPhrase **apNew;
+        apNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3_realloc(pParse->apPhrase, nByte);
+        if( apNew==0 ){
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase);
+          return 0;
+        }
+        pParse->apPhrase = apNew;
+      }
+      pParse->nPhrase++;
+    }
+
+    if( sCtx.pPhrase==0 ){
+      /* This happens when parsing a token or quoted phrase that contains
+      ** no token characters at all. (e.g ... MATCH '""'). */
+      sCtx.pPhrase = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase));
+    }else if( sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm ){
+      sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm-1].bPrefix = bPrefix;
+    }
+    pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1] = sCtx.pPhrase;
+  }
+
+  return sCtx.pPhrase;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new FTS5 expression by cloning phrase iPhrase of the
+** expression passed as the second argument.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  int iPhrase, 
+  Fts5Expr **ppNew
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pOrig;          /* The phrase extracted from pExpr */
+  Fts5Expr *pNew = 0;             /* Expression to return via *ppNew */
+  TokenCtx sCtx = {0,0};          /* Context object for fts5ParseTokenize */
+
+  pOrig = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
+  pNew = (Fts5Expr*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Expr));
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 
+        sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*));
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 
+        sizeof(Fts5ExprNode));
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 
+        sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*));
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5Colset *pColsetOrig = pOrig->pNode->pNear->pColset;
+    if( pColsetOrig ){
+      int nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pColsetOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int);
+      Fts5Colset *pColset = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+      if( pColset ){ 
+        memcpy(pColset, pColsetOrig, nByte);
+      }
+      pNew->pRoot->pNear->pColset = pColset;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pOrig->nTerm ){
+    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through phrase terms */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pOrig->nTerm; i++){
+      int tflags = 0;
+      Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+      for(p=&pOrig->aTerm[i]; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pSynonym){
+        const char *zTerm = p->zTerm;
+        rc = fts5ParseTokenize((void*)&sCtx, tflags, zTerm, (int)strlen(zTerm),
+            0, 0);
+        tflags = FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[i].bPrefix = pOrig->aTerm[i].bPrefix;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This happens when parsing a token or quoted phrase that contains
+    ** no token characters at all. (e.g ... MATCH '""'). */
+    sCtx.pPhrase = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase));
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* All the allocations succeeded. Put the expression object together. */
+    pNew->pIndex = pExpr->pIndex;
+    pNew->pConfig = pExpr->pConfig;
+    pNew->nPhrase = 1;
+    pNew->apExprPhrase[0] = sCtx.pPhrase;
+    pNew->pRoot->pNear->apPhrase[0] = sCtx.pPhrase;
+    pNew->pRoot->pNear->nPhrase = 1;
+    sCtx.pPhrase->pNode = pNew->pRoot;
+
+    if( pOrig->nTerm==1 && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 ){
+      pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_TERM;
+      pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM;
+    }else{
+      pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_STRING;
+      pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(pNew);
+    fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }
+
+  *ppNew = pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Token pTok has appeared in a MATCH expression where the NEAR operator
+** is expected. If token pTok does not contain "NEAR", store an error
+** in the pParse object.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token *pTok){
+  if( pTok->n!=4 || memcmp("NEAR", pTok->p, 4) ){
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseError(
+        pParse, "fts5: syntax error near \"%.*s\"", pTok->n, pTok->p
+    );
+  }
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse, 
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear,
+  Fts5Token *p
+){
+  if( pNear ){
+    int nNear = 0;
+    int i;
+    if( p->n ){
+      for(i=0; i<p->n; i++){
+        char c = (char)p->p[i];
+        if( c<'0' || c>'9' ){
+          sqlite3Fts5ParseError(
+              pParse, "expected integer, got \"%.*s\"", p->n, p->p
+              );
+          return;
+        }
+        nNear = nNear * 10 + (p->p[i] - '0');
+      }
+    }else{
+      nNear = FTS5_DEFAULT_NEARDIST;
+    }
+    pNear->nNear = nNear;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be
+** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to
+** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column
+** number iCol appended. 
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL.
+** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case.
+*/
+static Fts5Colset *fts5ParseColset(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,              /* Store SQLITE_NOMEM here if required */
+  Fts5Colset *p,                  /* Existing colset object */
+  int iCol                        /* New column to add to colset object */
+){
+  int nCol = p ? p->nCol : 0;     /* Num. columns already in colset object */
+  Fts5Colset *pNew;               /* New colset object to return */
+
+  assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pParse->pConfig->nCol );
+
+  pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    int *aiCol = pNew->aiCol;
+    int i, j;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( aiCol[i]==iCol ) return pNew;
+      if( aiCol[i]>iCol ) break;
+    }
+    for(j=nCol; j>i; j--){
+      aiCol[j] = aiCol[j-1];
+    }
+    aiCol[i] = iCol;
+    pNew->nCol = nCol+1;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* Check that the array is in order and contains no duplicate entries. */
+    for(i=1; i<pNew->nCol; i++) assert( pNew->aiCol[i]>pNew->aiCol[i-1] );
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return an Fts5Colset object specifying the inverse of
+** the colset passed as the second argument. Free the colset passed
+** as the second argument before returning.
+*/
+static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Colset *p){
+  Fts5Colset *pRet;
+  int nCol = pParse->pConfig->nCol;
+
+  pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, 
+      sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol
+  );
+  if( pRet ){
+    int i;
+    int iOld = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( iOld>=p->nCol || p->aiCol[iOld]!=i ){
+        pRet->aiCol[pRet->nCol++] = i;
+      }else{
+        iOld++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,              /* Store SQLITE_NOMEM here if required */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,            /* Existing colset object */
+  Fts5Token *p
+){
+  Fts5Colset *pRet = 0;
+  int iCol;
+  char *z;                        /* Dequoted copy of token p */
+
+  z = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&pParse->rc, p->p, p->n);
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = pParse->pConfig;
+    sqlite3Fts5Dequote(z);
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pConfig->nCol; iCol++){
+      if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pConfig->azCol[iCol], z) ) break;
+    }
+    if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){
+      sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "no such column: %s", z);
+    }else{
+      pRet = fts5ParseColset(pParse, pColset, iCol);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(z);
+  }
+
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3_free(pColset);
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse, 
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear, 
+  Fts5Colset *pColset 
+){
+  if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "fts5: column queries are not supported (detail=none)"
+    );
+    sqlite3_free(pColset);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( pNear ){
+    pNear->pColset = pColset;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(pColset);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprAssignXNext(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){
+  switch( pNode->eType ){
+    case FTS5_STRING: {
+      Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
+      if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1 
+       && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0
+      ){
+        pNode->eType = FTS5_TERM;
+        pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM;
+      }else{
+        pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING;
+      }
+      break;
+    };
+
+    case FTS5_OR: {
+      pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_OR;
+      break;
+    };
+
+    case FTS5_AND: {
+      pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_AND;
+      break;
+    };
+
+    default: assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT ); {
+      pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT;
+      break;
+    };
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprAddChildren(Fts5ExprNode *p, Fts5ExprNode *pSub){
+  if( p->eType!=FTS5_NOT && pSub->eType==p->eType ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*) * pSub->nChild;
+    memcpy(&p->apChild[p->nChild], pSub->apChild, nByte);
+    p->nChild += pSub->nChild;
+    sqlite3_free(pSub);
+  }else{
+    p->apChild[p->nChild++] = pSub;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a new expression object. If anything goes wrong (i.e.
+** OOM error), leave an error code in pParse and return NULL.
+*/
+static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,              /* Parse context */
+  int eType,                      /* FTS5_STRING, AND, OR or NOT */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pLeft,            /* Left hand child expression */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRight,           /* Right hand child expression */
+  Fts5ExprNearset *pNear          /* For STRING expressions, the near cluster */
+){
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRet = 0;
+
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nChild = 0;               /* Number of children of returned node */
+    int nByte;                    /* Bytes of space to allocate for this node */
+ 
+    assert( (eType!=FTS5_STRING && !pNear)
+         || (eType==FTS5_STRING && !pLeft && !pRight)
+    );
+    if( eType==FTS5_STRING && pNear==0 ) return 0;
+    if( eType!=FTS5_STRING && pLeft==0 ) return pRight;
+    if( eType!=FTS5_STRING && pRight==0 ) return pLeft;
+
+    if( eType==FTS5_NOT ){
+      nChild = 2;
+    }else if( eType==FTS5_AND || eType==FTS5_OR ){
+      nChild = 2;
+      if( pLeft->eType==eType ) nChild += pLeft->nChild-1;
+      if( pRight->eType==eType ) nChild += pRight->nChild-1;
+    }
+
+    nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode) + sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*)*(nChild-1);
+    pRet = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, nByte);
+
+    if( pRet ){
+      pRet->eType = eType;
+      pRet->pNear = pNear;
+      fts5ExprAssignXNext(pRet);
+      if( eType==FTS5_STRING ){
+        int iPhrase;
+        for(iPhrase=0; iPhrase<pNear->nPhrase; iPhrase++){
+          pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->pNode = pRet;
+          if( pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->nTerm==0 ){
+            pRet->xNext = 0;
+            pRet->eType = FTS5_EOF;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL 
+         && (pNear->nPhrase!=1 || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1)
+        ){
+          assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          assert( pParse->zErr==0 );
+          pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+              "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)", 
+              pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR"
+          );
+          sqlite3_free(pRet);
+          pRet = 0;
+        }
+
+      }else{
+        fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pLeft);
+        fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pRight);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pLeft);
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight);
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(pNear);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(
+  Fts5Parse *pParse,              /* Parse context */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pLeft,            /* Left hand child expression */
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRight            /* Right hand child expression */
+){
+  Fts5ExprNode *pRet = 0;
+  Fts5ExprNode *pPrev;
+
+  if( pParse->rc ){
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pLeft);
+    sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight);
+  }else{
+
+    assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING 
+        || pLeft->eType==FTS5_TERM
+        || pLeft->eType==FTS5_EOF
+        || pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND
+    );
+    assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING 
+        || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM 
+        || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF 
+    );
+
+    if( pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ){
+      pPrev = pLeft->apChild[pLeft->nChild-1];
+    }else{
+      pPrev = pLeft;
+    }
+    assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING 
+        || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM 
+        || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF 
+        );
+
+    if( pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ){
+      assert( pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1]==pRight->pNear->apPhrase[0] );
+      sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight);
+      pRet = pLeft;
+      pParse->nPhrase--;
+    }
+    else if( pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF ){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase **ap;
+
+      if( pPrev==pLeft ){
+        pRet = pRight;
+      }else{
+        pLeft->apChild[pLeft->nChild-1] = pRight;
+        pRet = pLeft;
+      }
+
+      ap = &pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1-pRight->pNear->nPhrase];
+      assert( ap[0]==pPrev->pNear->apPhrase[0] );
+      memmove(ap, &ap[1], sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)*pRight->pNear->nPhrase);
+      pParse->nPhrase--;
+
+      sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pPrev);
+    }
+    else{
+      pRet = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static char *fts5ExprTermPrint(Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm){
+  int nByte = 0;
+  Fts5ExprTerm *p;
+  char *zQuoted;
+
+  /* Determine the maximum amount of space required. */
+  for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
+    nByte += (int)strlen(pTerm->zTerm) * 2 + 3 + 2;
+  }
+  zQuoted = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+
+  if( zQuoted ){
+    int i = 0;
+    for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
+      char *zIn = p->zTerm;
+      zQuoted[i++] = '"';
+      while( *zIn ){
+        if( *zIn=='"' ) zQuoted[i++] = '"';
+        zQuoted[i++] = *zIn++;
+      }
+      zQuoted[i++] = '"';
+      if( p->pSynonym ) zQuoted[i++] = '|';
+    }
+    if( pTerm->bPrefix ){
+      zQuoted[i++] = ' ';
+      zQuoted[i++] = '*';
+    }
+    zQuoted[i++] = '\0';
+  }
+  return zQuoted;
+}
+
+static char *fts5PrintfAppend(char *zApp, const char *zFmt, ...){
+  char *zNew;
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, zFmt);
+  zNew = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zApp && zNew ){
+    char *zNew2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", zApp, zNew);
+    sqlite3_free(zNew);
+    zNew = zNew2;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zApp);
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a 
+** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using 
+** sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
+  const char *zNearsetCmd,
+  Fts5ExprNode *pExpr
+){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
+    Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear;
+    int i; 
+    int iTerm;
+
+    zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s ", zNearsetCmd);
+    if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pNear->pColset ){
+      int *aiCol = pNear->pColset->aiCol;
+      int nCol = pNear->pColset->nCol;
+      if( nCol==1 ){
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "-col %d ", aiCol[0]);
+      }else{
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "-col {%d", aiCol[0]);
+        for(i=1; i<pNear->pColset->nCol; i++){
+          zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " %d", aiCol[i]);
+        }
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "} ");
+      }
+      if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+
+    if( pNear->nPhrase>1 ){
+      zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "-near %d ", pNear->nNear);
+      if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+
+    zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "--");
+    if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
+
+      zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " {");
+      for(iTerm=0; zRet && iTerm<pPhrase->nTerm; iTerm++){
+        char *zTerm = pPhrase->aTerm[iTerm].zTerm;
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s", iTerm==0?"":" ", zTerm);
+        if( pPhrase->aTerm[iTerm].bPrefix ){
+          zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "*");
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( zRet ) zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "}");
+      if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    char const *zOp = 0;
+    int i;
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTS5_AND: zOp = "AND"; break;
+      case FTS5_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break;
+      default: 
+        assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR );
+        zOp = "OR"; 
+        break;
+    }
+
+    zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zOp);
+    for(i=0; zRet && i<pExpr->nChild; i++){
+      char *z = fts5ExprPrintTcl(pConfig, zNearsetCmd, pExpr->apChild[i]);
+      if( !z ){
+        sqlite3_free(zRet);
+        zRet = 0;
+      }else{
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " [%z]", z);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  if( pExpr->eType==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_mprintf("\"\"");
+  }else
+  if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
+    Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear;
+    int i; 
+    int iTerm;
+
+    if( pNear->pColset ){
+      int iCol = pNear->pColset->aiCol[0];
+      zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s : ", pConfig->azCol[iCol]);
+      if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+
+    if( pNear->nPhrase>1 ){
+      zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "NEAR(");
+      if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
+      Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
+      if( i!=0 ){
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " ");
+        if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+      }
+      for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pPhrase->nTerm; iTerm++){
+        char *zTerm = fts5ExprTermPrint(&pPhrase->aTerm[iTerm]);
+        if( zTerm ){
+          zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s", iTerm==0?"":" + ", zTerm);
+          sqlite3_free(zTerm);
+        }
+        if( zTerm==0 || zRet==0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(zRet);
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( pNear->nPhrase>1 ){
+      zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, ", %d)", pNear->nNear);
+      if( zRet==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    char const *zOp = 0;
+    int i;
+
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTS5_AND: zOp = " AND "; break;
+      case FTS5_NOT: zOp = " NOT "; break;
+      default:  
+        assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR );
+        zOp = " OR "; 
+        break;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pExpr->nChild; i++){
+      char *z = fts5ExprPrint(pConfig, pExpr->apChild[i]);
+      if( z==0 ){
+        sqlite3_free(zRet);
+        zRet = 0;
+      }else{
+        int e = pExpr->apChild[i]->eType;
+        int b = (e!=FTS5_STRING && e!=FTS5_TERM && e!=FTS5_EOF);
+        zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s", 
+            (i==0 ? "" : zOp),
+            (b?"(":""), z, (b?")":"")
+        );
+      }
+      if( zRet==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The implementation of user-defined scalar functions fts5_expr() (bTcl==0)
+** and fts5_expr_tcl() (bTcl!=0).
+*/
+static void fts5ExprFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Function arguments */
+  int bTcl
+){
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(pCtx);
+  const char *zExpr = 0;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr = 0;
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+
+  const char **azConfig;          /* Array of arguments for Fts5Config */
+  const char *zNearsetCmd = "nearset";
+  int nConfig;                    /* Size of azConfig[] */
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = 0;
+  int iArg = 1;
+
+  if( nArg<1 ){
+    zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("wrong number of arguments to function %s",
+        bTcl ? "fts5_expr_tcl" : "fts5_expr"
+    );
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( bTcl && nArg>1 ){
+    zNearsetCmd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+    iArg = 2;
+  }
+
+  nConfig = 3 + (nArg-iArg);
+  azConfig = (const char**)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*) * nConfig);
+  if( azConfig==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+    return;
+  }
+  azConfig[0] = 0;
+  azConfig[1] = "main";
+  azConfig[2] = "tbl";
+  for(i=3; iArg<nArg; iArg++){
+    azConfig[i++] = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iArg]);
+  }
+
+  zExpr = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(pGlobal, db, nConfig, azConfig, &pConfig, &zErr);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, zExpr, &pExpr, &zErr);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    char *zText;
+    if( pExpr->pRoot->xNext==0 ){
+      zText = sqlite3_mprintf("");
+    }else if( bTcl ){
+      zText = fts5ExprPrintTcl(pConfig, zNearsetCmd, pExpr->pRoot);
+    }else{
+      zText = fts5ExprPrint(pConfig, pExpr->pRoot);
+    }
+    if( zText==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      sqlite3_free(zText);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zErr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free((void *)azConfig);
+  sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(pConfig);
+  sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(pExpr);
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprFunctionHr(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Function arguments */
+){
+  fts5ExprFunction(pCtx, nArg, apVal, 0);
+}
+static void fts5ExprFunctionTcl(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Function arguments */
+){
+  fts5ExprFunction(pCtx, nArg, apVal, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** The implementation of an SQLite user-defined-function that accepts a
+** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric 
+** unicode code point, 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+*/
+static void fts5ExprIsAlnum(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Function arguments */
+){
+  int iCode;
+  if( nArg!=1 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, 
+        "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_isalnum", -1
+    );
+    return;
+  }
+  iCode = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]);
+  sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode));
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprFold(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Function arguments */
+){
+  if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, 
+        "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_fold", -1
+    );
+  }else{
+    int iCode;
+    int bRemoveDiacritics = 0;
+    iCode = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]);
+    if( nArg==2 ) bRemoveDiacritics = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[1]);
+    sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, bRemoveDiacritics));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called during initialization to register the fts5_expr() scalar
+** UDF with the SQLite handle passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){
+  struct Fts5ExprFunc {
+    const char *z;
+    void (*x)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFunc[] = {
+    { "fts5_expr",     fts5ExprFunctionHr },
+    { "fts5_expr_tcl", fts5ExprFunctionTcl },
+    { "fts5_isalnum",  fts5ExprIsAlnum },
+    { "fts5_fold",     fts5ExprFold },
+  };
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  void *pCtx = (void*)pGlobal;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(aFunc); i++){
+    struct Fts5ExprFunc *p = &aFunc[i];
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, p->z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, pCtx, p->x, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Avoid a warning indicating that sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace() is unused */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  (void)sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of phrases in expression pExpr.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(Fts5Expr *pExpr){
+  return (pExpr ? pExpr->nPhrase : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of terms in the iPhrase'th phrase in pExpr.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseSize(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase){
+  if( iPhrase<0 || iPhrase>=pExpr->nPhrase ) return 0;
+  return pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]->nTerm;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to access the current position list for phrase
+** iPhrase.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, const u8 **pa){
+  int nRet;
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pPhrase->pNode;
+  if( pNode->bEof==0 && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid ){
+    *pa = pPhrase->poslist.p;
+    nRet = pPhrase->poslist.n;
+  }else{
+    *pa = 0;
+    nRet = 0;
+  }
+  return nRet;
+}
+
+struct Fts5PoslistPopulator {
+  Fts5PoslistWriter writer;
+  int bOk;                        /* True if ok to populate */
+  int bMiss;
+};
+
+static Fts5PoslistPopulator *sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int bLive){
+  Fts5PoslistPopulator *pRet;
+  pRet = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5PoslistPopulator)*pExpr->nPhrase);
+  if( pRet ){
+    int i;
+    memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts5PoslistPopulator)*pExpr->nPhrase);
+    for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){
+      Fts5Buffer *pBuf = &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist;
+      Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode;
+      assert( pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->nTerm==1 );
+      if( bLive && 
+          (pBuf->n==0 || pNode->iRowid!=pExpr->pRoot->iRowid || pNode->bEof)
+      ){
+        pRet[i].bMiss = 1;
+      }else{
+        pBuf->n = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+struct Fts5ExprCtx {
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr;
+  Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator;
+  i64 iOff;
+};
+typedef struct Fts5ExprCtx Fts5ExprCtx;
+
+/*
+** TODO: Make this more efficient!
+*/
+static int fts5ExprColsetTest(Fts5Colset *pColset, int iCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pColset->nCol; i++){
+    if( pColset->aiCol[i]==iCol ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb(
+  void *pCtx,                /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
+  int tflags,                /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+  const char *pToken,        /* Pointer to buffer containing token */
+  int nToken,                /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iUnused1,              /* Byte offset of token within input text */
+  int iUnused2               /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */
+){
+  Fts5ExprCtx *p = (Fts5ExprCtx*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr = p->pExpr;
+  int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2);
+
+  if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE;
+  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ) p->iOff++;
+  for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){
+    Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm;
+    if( p->aPopulator[i].bOk==0 ) continue;
+    for(pTerm=&pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->aTerm[0]; pTerm; pTerm=pTerm->pSynonym){
+      int nTerm = (int)strlen(pTerm->zTerm);
+      if( (nTerm==nToken || (nTerm<nToken && pTerm->bPrefix))
+       && memcmp(pTerm->zTerm, pToken, nTerm)==0
+      ){
+        int rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(
+            &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist, &p->aPopulator[i].writer, p->iOff
+        );
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator,
+  int iCol, 
+  const char *z, int n
+){
+  int i;
+  Fts5ExprCtx sCtx;
+  sCtx.pExpr = pExpr;
+  sCtx.aPopulator = aPopulator;
+  sCtx.iOff = (((i64)iCol) << 32) - 1;
+
+  for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){
+    Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode;
+    Fts5Colset *pColset = pNode->pNear->pColset;
+    if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol)) 
+     || aPopulator[i].bMiss
+    ){
+      aPopulator[i].bOk = 0;
+    }else{
+      aPopulator[i].bOk = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, 
+      FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, z, n, (void*)&sCtx, fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb
+  );
+}
+
+static void fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){
+  if( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING ){
+    pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->poslist.n = 0;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+      fts5ExprClearPoslists(pNode->apChild[i]);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static int fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5ExprNode *pNode, i64 iRowid){
+  pNode->iRowid = iRowid;
+  pNode->bEof = 0;
+  switch( pNode->eType ){
+    case FTS5_TERM:
+    case FTS5_STRING:
+      return (pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->poslist.n>0);
+
+    case FTS5_AND: {
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+        if( fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[i], iRowid)==0 ){
+          fts5ExprClearPoslists(pNode);
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case FTS5_OR: {
+      int i;
+      int bRet = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){
+        if( fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[i], iRowid) ){
+          bRet = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      return bRet;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT );
+      if( 0==fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[0], iRowid)
+          || 0!=fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[1], iRowid)
+        ){
+        fts5ExprClearPoslists(pNode);
+        return 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, i64 iRowid){
+  fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pExpr->pRoot, iRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is only called for detail=columns tables. 
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr, 
+  int iPhrase, 
+  const u8 **ppCollist, 
+  int *pnCollist
+){
+  Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
+  Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pPhrase->pNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( iPhrase>=0 && iPhrase<pExpr->nPhrase );
+  assert( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS );
+
+  if( pNode->bEof==0 
+   && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid 
+   && pPhrase->poslist.n>0
+  ){
+    Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[0];
+    if( pTerm->pSynonym ){
+      Fts5Buffer *pBuf = (Fts5Buffer*)&pTerm->pSynonym[1];
+      rc = fts5ExprSynonymList(
+          pTerm, pNode->iRowid, pBuf, (u8**)ppCollist, pnCollist
+      );
+    }else{
+      *ppCollist = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter->pData;
+      *pnCollist = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter->nData;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *ppCollist = 0;
+    *pnCollist = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** 2014 August 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+typedef struct Fts5HashEntry Fts5HashEntry;
+
+/*
+** This file contains the implementation of an in-memory hash table used
+** to accumuluate "term -> doclist" content before it is flused to a level-0
+** segment.
+*/
+
+
+struct Fts5Hash {
+  int eDetail;                    /* Copy of Fts5Config.eDetail */
+  int *pnByte;                    /* Pointer to bytes counter */
+  int nEntry;                     /* Number of entries currently in hash */
+  int nSlot;                      /* Size of aSlot[] array */
+  Fts5HashEntry *pScan;           /* Current ordered scan item */
+  Fts5HashEntry **aSlot;          /* Array of hash slots */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the 
+** following type. Each object, its key (zKey[]) and its current data
+** are stored in a single memory allocation. The position list data 
+** immediately follows the key data in memory.
+**
+** The data that follows the key is in a similar, but not identical format
+** to the doclist data stored in the database. It is:
+**
+**   * Rowid, as a varint
+**   * Position list, without 0x00 terminator.
+**   * Size of previous position list and rowid, as a 4 byte
+**     big-endian integer.
+**
+** iRowidOff:
+**   Offset of last rowid written to data area. Relative to first byte of
+**   structure.
+**
+** nData:
+**   Bytes of data written since iRowidOff.
+*/
+struct Fts5HashEntry {
+  Fts5HashEntry *pHashNext;       /* Next hash entry with same hash-key */
+  Fts5HashEntry *pScanNext;       /* Next entry in sorted order */
+  
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Total size of allocation */
+  int iSzPoslist;                 /* Offset of space for 4-byte poslist size */
+  int nData;                      /* Total bytes of data (incl. structure) */
+  int nKey;                       /* Length of zKey[] in bytes */
+  u8 bDel;                        /* Set delete-flag @ iSzPoslist */
+  u8 bContent;                    /* Set content-flag (detail=none mode) */
+  i16 iCol;                       /* Column of last value written */
+  int iPos;                       /* Position of last value written */
+  i64 iRowid;                     /* Rowid of last value written */
+  char zKey[8];                   /* Nul-terminated entry key */
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of Fts5HashEntry without the zKey[] array.
+*/
+#define FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE (sizeof(Fts5HashEntry)-8)
+
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new hash table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashNew(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5Hash **ppNew, int *pnByte){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Hash *pNew;
+
+  *ppNew = pNew = (Fts5Hash*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Hash));
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    int nByte;
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Fts5Hash));
+    pNew->pnByte = pnByte;
+    pNew->eDetail = pConfig->eDetail;
+
+    pNew->nSlot = 1024;
+    nByte = sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*) * pNew->nSlot;
+    pNew->aSlot = (Fts5HashEntry**)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( pNew->aSlot==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(pNew);
+      *ppNew = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pNew->aSlot, 0, nByte);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a hash table object.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashFree(Fts5Hash *pHash){
+  if( pHash ){
+    sqlite3Fts5HashClear(pHash);
+    sqlite3_free(pHash->aSlot);
+    sqlite3_free(pHash);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Empty (but do not delete) a hash table.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashClear(Fts5Hash *pHash){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pHash->nSlot; i++){
+    Fts5HashEntry *pNext;
+    Fts5HashEntry *pSlot;
+    for(pSlot=pHash->aSlot[i]; pSlot; pSlot=pNext){
+      pNext = pSlot->pHashNext;
+      sqlite3_free(pSlot);
+    }
+  }
+  memset(pHash->aSlot, 0, pHash->nSlot * sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*));
+  pHash->nEntry = 0;
+}
+
+static unsigned int fts5HashKey(int nSlot, const u8 *p, int n){
+  int i;
+  unsigned int h = 13;
+  for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){
+    h = (h << 3) ^ h ^ p[i];
+  }
+  return (h % nSlot);
+}
+
+static unsigned int fts5HashKey2(int nSlot, u8 b, const u8 *p, int n){
+  int i;
+  unsigned int h = 13;
+  for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){
+    h = (h << 3) ^ h ^ p[i];
+  }
+  h = (h << 3) ^ h ^ b;
+  return (h % nSlot);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the hash table by doubling the number of slots.
+*/
+static int fts5HashResize(Fts5Hash *pHash){
+  int nNew = pHash->nSlot*2;
+  int i;
+  Fts5HashEntry **apNew;
+  Fts5HashEntry **apOld = pHash->aSlot;
+
+  apNew = (Fts5HashEntry**)sqlite3_malloc(nNew*sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*));
+  if( !apNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(apNew, 0, nNew*sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*));
+
+  for(i=0; i<pHash->nSlot; i++){
+    while( apOld[i] ){
+      int iHash;
+      Fts5HashEntry *p = apOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = p->pHashNext;
+      iHash = fts5HashKey(nNew, (u8*)p->zKey, (int)strlen(p->zKey));
+      p->pHashNext = apNew[iHash];
+      apNew[iHash] = p;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(apOld);
+  pHash->nSlot = nNew;
+  pHash->aSlot = apNew;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void fts5HashAddPoslistSize(Fts5Hash *pHash, Fts5HashEntry *p){
+  if( p->iSzPoslist ){
+    u8 *pPtr = (u8*)p;
+    if( pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      assert( p->nData==p->iSzPoslist );
+      if( p->bDel ){
+        pPtr[p->nData++] = 0x00;
+        if( p->bContent ){
+          pPtr[p->nData++] = 0x00;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      int nSz = (p->nData - p->iSzPoslist - 1);       /* Size in bytes */
+      int nPos = nSz*2 + p->bDel;                     /* Value of nPos field */
+
+      assert( p->bDel==0 || p->bDel==1 );
+      if( nPos<=127 ){
+        pPtr[p->iSzPoslist] = (u8)nPos;
+      }else{
+        int nByte = sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen((u32)nPos);
+        memmove(&pPtr[p->iSzPoslist + nByte], &pPtr[p->iSzPoslist + 1], nSz);
+        sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->iSzPoslist], nPos);
+        p->nData += (nByte-1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    p->iSzPoslist = 0;
+    p->bDel = 0;
+    p->bContent = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry to the in-memory hash table. The key is the concatenation
+** of bByte and (pToken/nToken). The value is (iRowid/iCol/iPos).
+**
+**     (bByte || pToken) -> (iRowid,iCol,iPos)
+**
+** Or, if iCol is negative, then the value is a delete marker.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(
+  Fts5Hash *pHash,
+  i64 iRowid,                     /* Rowid for this entry */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */
+  int iPos,                       /* Position of token within column */
+  char bByte,                     /* First byte of token */
+  const char *pToken, int nToken  /* Token to add or remove to or from index */
+){
+  unsigned int iHash;
+  Fts5HashEntry *p;
+  u8 *pPtr;
+  int nIncr = 0;                  /* Amount to increment (*pHash->pnByte) by */
+  int bNew;                       /* If non-delete entry should be written */
+  
+  bNew = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL);
+
+  /* Attempt to locate an existing hash entry */
+  iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken);
+  for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){
+    if( p->zKey[0]==bByte 
+     && p->nKey==nToken
+     && memcmp(&p->zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0 
+    ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If an existing hash entry cannot be found, create a new one. */
+  if( p==0 ){
+    /* Figure out how much space to allocate */
+    int nByte = FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE + (nToken+1) + 1 + 64;
+    if( nByte<128 ) nByte = 128;
+
+    /* Grow the Fts5Hash.aSlot[] array if necessary. */
+    if( (pHash->nEntry*2)>=pHash->nSlot ){
+      int rc = fts5HashResize(pHash);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken);
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate new Fts5HashEntry and add it to the hash table. */
+    p = (Fts5HashEntry*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(p, 0, FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE);
+    p->nAlloc = nByte;
+    p->zKey[0] = bByte;
+    memcpy(&p->zKey[1], pToken, nToken);
+    assert( iHash==fts5HashKey(pHash->nSlot, (u8*)p->zKey, nToken+1) );
+    p->nKey = nToken;
+    p->zKey[nToken+1] = '\0';
+    p->nData = nToken+1 + 1 + FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE;
+    p->pHashNext = pHash->aSlot[iHash];
+    pHash->aSlot[iHash] = p;
+    pHash->nEntry++;
+
+    /* Add the first rowid field to the hash-entry */
+    p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&((u8*)p)[p->nData], iRowid);
+    p->iRowid = iRowid;
+
+    p->iSzPoslist = p->nData;
+    if( pHash->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      p->nData += 1;
+      p->iCol = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ? 0 : -1);
+    }
+
+    nIncr += p->nData;
+  }else{
+
+    /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough 
+    ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario 
+    ** is:
+    **
+    **     + 9 bytes for a new rowid,
+    **     + 4 byte reserved for the "poslist size" varint.
+    **     + 1 byte for a "new column" byte,
+    **     + 3 bytes for a new column number (16-bit max) as a varint,
+    **     + 5 bytes for the new position offset (32-bit max).
+    */
+    if( (p->nAlloc - p->nData) < (9 + 4 + 1 + 3 + 5) ){
+      int nNew = p->nAlloc * 2;
+      Fts5HashEntry *pNew;
+      Fts5HashEntry **pp;
+      pNew = (Fts5HashEntry*)sqlite3_realloc(p, nNew);
+      if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      pNew->nAlloc = nNew;
+      for(pp=&pHash->aSlot[iHash]; *pp!=p; pp=&(*pp)->pHashNext);
+      *pp = pNew;
+      p = pNew;
+    }
+    nIncr -= p->nData;
+  }
+  assert( (p->nAlloc - p->nData) >= (9 + 4 + 1 + 3 + 5) );
+
+  pPtr = (u8*)p;
+
+  /* If this is a new rowid, append the 4-byte size field for the previous
+  ** entry, and the new rowid for this entry.  */
+  if( iRowid!=p->iRowid ){
+    fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p);
+    p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iRowid - p->iRowid);
+    p->iRowid = iRowid;
+    bNew = 1;
+    p->iSzPoslist = p->nData;
+    if( pHash->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      p->nData += 1;
+      p->iCol = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ? 0 : -1);
+      p->iPos = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    if( pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      p->bContent = 1;
+    }else{
+      /* Append a new column value, if necessary */
+      assert( iCol>=p->iCol );
+      if( iCol!=p->iCol ){
+        if( pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+          pPtr[p->nData++] = 0x01;
+          p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iCol);
+          p->iCol = (i16)iCol;
+          p->iPos = 0;
+        }else{
+          bNew = 1;
+          p->iCol = (i16)(iPos = iCol);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Append the new position offset, if necessary */
+      if( bNew ){
+        p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iPos - p->iPos + 2);
+        p->iPos = iPos;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is a delete. Set the delete flag. */
+    p->bDel = 1;
+  }
+
+  nIncr += p->nData;
+  *pHash->pnByte += nIncr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Arguments pLeft and pRight point to linked-lists of hash-entry objects,
+** each sorted in key order. This function merges the two lists into a
+** single list and returns a pointer to its first element.
+*/
+static Fts5HashEntry *fts5HashEntryMerge(
+  Fts5HashEntry *pLeft,
+  Fts5HashEntry *pRight
+){
+  Fts5HashEntry *p1 = pLeft;
+  Fts5HashEntry *p2 = pRight;
+  Fts5HashEntry *pRet = 0;
+  Fts5HashEntry **ppOut = &pRet;
+
+  while( p1 || p2 ){
+    if( p1==0 ){
+      *ppOut = p2;
+      p2 = 0;
+    }else if( p2==0 ){
+      *ppOut = p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }else{
+      int i = 0;
+      while( p1->zKey[i]==p2->zKey[i] ) i++;
+
+      if( ((u8)p1->zKey[i])>((u8)p2->zKey[i]) ){
+        /* p2 is smaller */
+        *ppOut = p2;
+        ppOut = &p2->pScanNext;
+        p2 = p2->pScanNext;
+      }else{
+        /* p1 is smaller */
+        *ppOut = p1;
+        ppOut = &p1->pScanNext;
+        p1 = p1->pScanNext;
+      }
+      *ppOut = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract all tokens from hash table iHash and link them into a list
+** in sorted order. The hash table is cleared before returning. It is
+** the responsibility of the caller to free the elements of the returned
+** list.
+*/
+static int fts5HashEntrySort(
+  Fts5Hash *pHash, 
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm,   /* Query prefix, if any */
+  Fts5HashEntry **ppSorted
+){
+  const int nMergeSlot = 32;
+  Fts5HashEntry **ap;
+  Fts5HashEntry *pList;
+  int iSlot;
+  int i;
+
+  *ppSorted = 0;
+  ap = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*) * nMergeSlot);
+  if( !ap ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(ap, 0, sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*) * nMergeSlot);
+
+  for(iSlot=0; iSlot<pHash->nSlot; iSlot++){
+    Fts5HashEntry *pIter;
+    for(pIter=pHash->aSlot[iSlot]; pIter; pIter=pIter->pHashNext){
+      if( pTerm==0 || 0==memcmp(pIter->zKey, pTerm, nTerm) ){
+        Fts5HashEntry *pEntry = pIter;
+        pEntry->pScanNext = 0;
+        for(i=0; ap[i]; i++){
+          pEntry = fts5HashEntryMerge(pEntry, ap[i]);
+          ap[i] = 0;
+        }
+        ap[i] = pEntry;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pList = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nMergeSlot; i++){
+    pList = fts5HashEntryMerge(pList, ap[i]);
+  }
+
+  pHash->nEntry = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(ap);
+  *ppSorted = pList;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the hash table for a doclist associated with term pTerm/nTerm.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(
+  Fts5Hash *pHash,                /* Hash table to query */
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm,   /* Query term */
+  const u8 **ppDoclist,           /* OUT: Pointer to doclist for pTerm */
+  int *pnDoclist                  /* OUT: Size of doclist in bytes */
+){
+  unsigned int iHash = fts5HashKey(pHash->nSlot, (const u8*)pTerm, nTerm);
+  Fts5HashEntry *p;
+
+  for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){
+    if( memcmp(p->zKey, pTerm, nTerm)==0 && p->zKey[nTerm]==0 ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( p ){
+    fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p);
+    *ppDoclist = (const u8*)&p->zKey[nTerm+1];
+    *pnDoclist = p->nData - (FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE + nTerm + 1);
+  }else{
+    *ppDoclist = 0;
+    *pnDoclist = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(
+  Fts5Hash *p,                    /* Hash table to query */
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm    /* Query prefix */
+){
+  return fts5HashEntrySort(p, pTerm, nTerm, &p->pScan);
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(Fts5Hash *p){
+  assert( !sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(p) );
+  p->pScan = p->pScan->pScanNext;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(Fts5Hash *p){
+  return (p->pScan==0);
+}
+
+static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(
+  Fts5Hash *pHash,
+  const char **pzTerm,            /* OUT: term (nul-terminated) */
+  const u8 **ppDoclist,           /* OUT: pointer to doclist */
+  int *pnDoclist                  /* OUT: size of doclist in bytes */
+){
+  Fts5HashEntry *p;
+  if( (p = pHash->pScan) ){
+    int nTerm = (int)strlen(p->zKey);
+    fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p);
+    *pzTerm = p->zKey;
+    *ppDoclist = (const u8*)&p->zKey[nTerm+1];
+    *pnDoclist = p->nData - (FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE + nTerm + 1);
+  }else{
+    *pzTerm = 0;
+    *ppDoclist = 0;
+    *pnDoclist = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The 
+** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the
+** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via
+** the interface defined in fts5Int.h.
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+/*
+** Overview:
+**
+** The %_data table contains all the FTS indexes for an FTS5 virtual table.
+** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes.
+** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that:
+**
+**   * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records 
+**     (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is 
+**     taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through 
+**     the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a 
+**     doclist, without loading it into memory.
+**
+**   * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index"
+**     records that contain a copy of the first rowid on each page spanned by
+**     the doclist. This is used to speed up seek operations, and merges of
+**     large doclists with very small doclists.
+**
+**   * extra fields in the "structure record" record the state of ongoing
+**     incremental merge operations.
+**
+*/
+
+
+#define FTS5_OPT_WORK_UNIT  1000  /* Number of leaf pages per optimize step */
+#define FTS5_WORK_UNIT      64    /* Number of leaf pages in unit of work */
+
+#define FTS5_MIN_DLIDX_SIZE 4     /* Add dlidx if this many empty pages */
+
+#define FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX '0'
+
+#if FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES > 31
+# error "FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES is too large"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Details:
+**
+** The %_data table managed by this module,
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);
+**
+** , contains the following 5 types of records. See the comments surrounding
+** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are 
+** assigned to each fo them.
+**
+** 1. Structure Records:
+**
+**   The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are
+**   recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists
+**   of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of 
+**   SQLite varints. If the FTS table features more than one index (because
+**   there are one or more prefix indexes), it is guaranteed that all share
+**   the same cookie value.
+**
+**   Immediately following the configuration cookie, the record begins with
+**   three varints:
+**
+**     + number of levels,
+**     + total number of segments on all levels,
+**     + value of write counter.
+**
+**   Then, for each level from 0 to nMax:
+**
+**     + number of input segments in ongoing merge.
+**     + total number of segments in level.
+**     + for each segment from oldest to newest:
+**         + segment id (always > 0)
+**         + first leaf page number (often 1, always greater than 0)
+**         + final leaf page number
+**
+** 2. The Averages Record:
+**
+**   A single record within the %_data table. The data is a list of varints.
+**   The first value is the number of rows in the index. Then, for each column
+**   from left to right, the total number of tokens in the column for all
+**   rows of the table.
+**
+** 3. Segment leaves:
+**
+**   TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT:
+**
+**     Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The 
+**     general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term
+**     on the leaf page, is:
+**
+**         varint : size of first term
+**         blob:    first term data
+**         doclist: first doclist
+**         zero-or-more {
+**           varint:  number of bytes in common with previous term
+**           varint:  number of bytes of new term data (nNew)
+**           blob:    nNew bytes of new term data
+**           doclist: next doclist
+**         }
+**
+**     doclist format:
+**
+**         varint:  first rowid
+**         poslist: first poslist
+**         zero-or-more {
+**           varint:  rowid delta (always > 0)
+**           poslist: next poslist
+**         }
+**
+**     poslist format:
+**
+**         varint: size of poslist in bytes multiplied by 2, not including
+**                 this field. Plus 1 if this entry carries the "delete" flag.
+**         collist: collist for column 0
+**         zero-or-more {
+**           0x01 byte
+**           varint: column number (I)
+**           collist: collist for column I
+**         }
+**
+**     collist format:
+**
+**         varint: first offset + 2
+**         zero-or-more {
+**           varint: offset delta + 2
+**         }
+**
+**   PAGE FORMAT
+**
+**     Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit 
+**     unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are:
+**
+**       * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists
+**         and occurs before the first term (otherwise 0).
+**
+**       * The byte offset of the start of the page footer. If the page
+**         footer is 0 bytes in size, then this field is the same as the
+**         size of the leaf page in bytes.
+**
+**     The page footer consists of a single varint for each term located
+**     on the page. Each varint is the byte offset of the current term
+**     within the page, delta-compressed against the previous value. In
+**     other words, the first varint in the footer is the byte offset of
+**     the first term, the second is the byte offset of the second less that
+**     of the first, and so on.
+**
+**     The term/doclist format described above is accurate if the entire
+**     term/doclist data fits on a single leaf page. If this is not the case,
+**     the format is changed in two ways:
+**
+**       + if the first rowid on a page occurs before the first term, it
+**         is stored as a literal value:
+**
+**             varint:  first rowid
+**
+**       + the first term on each page is stored in the same way as the
+**         very first term of the segment:
+**
+**             varint : size of first term
+**             blob:    first term data
+**
+** 5. Segment doclist indexes:
+**
+**   Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of
+**   a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page 
+**   is:
+**
+**     * Flags byte. Bits are:
+**         0x01: Clear if leaf is also the root page, otherwise set.
+**
+**     * Page number of fts index leaf page. As a varint.
+**
+**     * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
+**
+**     * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A 
+**       positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid, 
+**       or an 0x00 byte otherwise.
+**
+**   Internal doclist index nodes are:
+**
+**     * Flags byte. Bits are:
+**         0x01: Clear for root page, otherwise set.
+**
+**     * Page number of first child page. As a varint.
+**
+**     * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
+**
+**     * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent
+**       child page. 
+**
+*/
+
+/*
+** Rowids for the averages and structure records in the %_data table.
+*/
+#define FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID     1    /* Rowid used for the averages record */
+#define FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID   10    /* The structure record */
+
+/*
+** Macros determining the rowids used by segment leaves and dlidx leaves
+** and nodes. All nodes and leaves are stored in the %_data table with large
+** positive rowids.
+**
+** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id.
+**
+** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and 
+** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered
+** sequentially starting from 1.
+*/
+#define FTS5_DATA_ID_B     16     /* Max seg id number 65535 */
+#define FTS5_DATA_DLI_B     1     /* Doclist-index flag (1 bit) */
+#define FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B  5     /* Max dlidx tree height of 32 */
+#define FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B   31     /* Max page number of 2147483648 */
+
+#define fts5_dri(segid, dlidx, height, pgno) (                                 \
+ ((i64)(segid)  << (FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B+FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B+FTS5_DATA_DLI_B)) +    \
+ ((i64)(dlidx)  << (FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B + FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)) +                  \
+ ((i64)(height) << (FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)) +                                       \
+ ((i64)(pgno))                                                                 \
+)
+
+#define FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(segid, pgno)       fts5_dri(segid, 0, 0, pgno)
+#define FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(segid, height, pgno) fts5_dri(segid, 1, height, pgno)
+
+/*
+** Maximum segments permitted in a single index 
+*/
+#define FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT 2000
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int sqlite3Fts5Corrupt() { return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; }
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Each time a blob is read from the %_data table, it is padded with this
+** many zero bytes. This makes it easier to decode the various record formats
+** without overreading if the records are corrupt.
+*/
+#define FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING 8
+#define FTS5_DATA_PADDING 20
+
+typedef struct Fts5Data Fts5Data;
+typedef struct Fts5DlidxIter Fts5DlidxIter;
+typedef struct Fts5DlidxLvl Fts5DlidxLvl;
+typedef struct Fts5DlidxWriter Fts5DlidxWriter;
+typedef struct Fts5Iter Fts5Iter;
+typedef struct Fts5PageWriter Fts5PageWriter;
+typedef struct Fts5SegIter Fts5SegIter;
+typedef struct Fts5DoclistIter Fts5DoclistIter;
+typedef struct Fts5SegWriter Fts5SegWriter;
+typedef struct Fts5Structure Fts5Structure;
+typedef struct Fts5StructureLevel Fts5StructureLevel;
+typedef struct Fts5StructureSegment Fts5StructureSegment;
+
+struct Fts5Data {
+  u8 *p;                          /* Pointer to buffer containing record */
+  int nn;                         /* Size of record in bytes */
+  int szLeaf;                     /* Size of leaf without page-index */
+};
+
+/*
+** One object per %_data table.
+*/
+struct Fts5Index {
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;            /* Virtual table configuration */
+  char *zDataTbl;                 /* Name of %_data table */
+  int nWorkUnit;                  /* Leaf pages in a "unit" of work */
+
+  /*
+  ** Variables related to the accumulation of tokens and doclists within the
+  ** in-memory hash tables before they are flushed to disk.
+  */
+  Fts5Hash *pHash;                /* Hash table for in-memory data */
+  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
+  i64 iWriteRowid;                /* Rowid for current doc being written */
+  int bDelete;                    /* Current write is a delete */
+
+  /* Error state. */
+  int rc;                         /* Current error code */
+
+  /* State used by the fts5DataXXX() functions. */
+  sqlite3_blob *pReader;          /* RO incr-blob open on %_data table */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriter;          /* "INSERT ... %_data VALUES(?,?)" */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleter;         /* "DELETE FROM %_data ... id>=? AND id<=?" */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pIdxWriter;       /* "INSERT ... %_idx VALUES(?,?,?,?)" */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pIdxDeleter;      /* "DELETE FROM %_idx WHERE segid=? */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect;
+  int nRead;                      /* Total number of blocks read */
+
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDataVersion;
+  i64 iStructVersion;             /* data_version when pStruct read */
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;         /* Current db structure (or NULL) */
+};
+
+struct Fts5DoclistIter {
+  u8 *aEof;                       /* Pointer to 1 byte past end of doclist */
+
+  /* Output variables. aPoslist==0 at EOF */
+  i64 iRowid;
+  u8 *aPoslist;
+  int nPoslist;
+  int nSize;
+};
+
+/*
+** The contents of the "structure" record for each index are represented
+** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the 
+** other Fts5StructureXXX types as components.
+*/
+struct Fts5StructureSegment {
+  int iSegid;                     /* Segment id */
+  int pgnoFirst;                  /* First leaf page number in segment */
+  int pgnoLast;                   /* Last leaf page number in segment */
+};
+struct Fts5StructureLevel {
+  int nMerge;                     /* Number of segments in incr-merge */
+  int nSeg;                       /* Total number of segments on level */
+  Fts5StructureSegment *aSeg;     /* Array of segments. aSeg[0] is oldest. */
+};
+struct Fts5Structure {
+  int nRef;                       /* Object reference count */
+  u64 nWriteCounter;              /* Total leaves written to level 0 */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Total segments in this structure */
+  int nLevel;                     /* Number of levels in this index */
+  Fts5StructureLevel aLevel[1];   /* Array of nLevel level objects */
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of type Fts5SegWriter is used to write to segments.
+*/
+struct Fts5PageWriter {
+  int pgno;                       /* Page number for this page */
+  int iPrevPgidx;                 /* Previous value written into pgidx */
+  Fts5Buffer buf;                 /* Buffer containing leaf data */
+  Fts5Buffer pgidx;               /* Buffer containing page-index */
+  Fts5Buffer term;                /* Buffer containing previous term on page */
+};
+struct Fts5DlidxWriter {
+  int pgno;                       /* Page number for this page */
+  int bPrevValid;                 /* True if iPrev is valid */
+  i64 iPrev;                      /* Previous rowid value written to page */
+  Fts5Buffer buf;                 /* Buffer containing page data */
+};
+struct Fts5SegWriter {
+  int iSegid;                     /* Segid to write to */
+  Fts5PageWriter writer;          /* PageWriter object */
+  i64 iPrevRowid;                 /* Previous rowid written to current leaf */
+  u8 bFirstRowidInDoclist;        /* True if next rowid is first in doclist */
+  u8 bFirstRowidInPage;           /* True if next rowid is first in page */
+  /* TODO1: Can use (writer.pgidx.n==0) instead of bFirstTermInPage */
+  u8 bFirstTermInPage;            /* True if next term will be first in leaf */
+  int nLeafWritten;               /* Number of leaf pages written */
+  int nEmpty;                     /* Number of contiguous term-less nodes */
+
+  int nDlidx;                     /* Allocated size of aDlidx[] array */
+  Fts5DlidxWriter *aDlidx;        /* Array of Fts5DlidxWriter objects */
+
+  /* Values to insert into the %_idx table */
+  Fts5Buffer btterm;              /* Next term to insert into %_idx table */
+  int iBtPage;                    /* Page number corresponding to btterm */
+};
+
+typedef struct Fts5CResult Fts5CResult;
+struct Fts5CResult {
+  u16 iFirst;                     /* aSeg[] index of firstest iterator */
+  u8 bTermEq;                     /* True if the terms are equal */
+};
+
+/*
+** Object for iterating through a single segment, visiting each term/rowid
+** pair in the segment.
+**
+** pSeg:
+**   The segment to iterate through.
+**
+** iLeafPgno:
+**   Current leaf page number within segment.
+**
+** iLeafOffset:
+**   Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the 
+**   position list data (one byte passed the position-list size field).
+**   rowid field of the current entry. Usually this is the size field of the
+**   position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry 
+**   is the last thing on the leaf page.
+**
+** pLeaf:
+**   Buffer containing current leaf page data. Set to NULL at EOF.
+**
+** iTermLeafPgno, iTermLeafOffset:
+**   Leaf page number containing the last term read from the segment. And
+**   the offset immediately following the term data.
+**
+** flags:
+**   Mask of FTS5_SEGITER_XXX values. Interpreted as follows:
+**
+**   FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM:
+**     If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist 
+**     has been exhausted. Do not proceed to the next term in the segment.
+**
+**   FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE:
+**     This flag is only ever set if FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM is also set. If
+**     it is set, iterate through rowid in descending order instead of the
+**     default ascending order.
+**
+** iRowidOffset/nRowidOffset/aRowidOffset:
+**     These are used if the FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE flag is set.
+**
+**     For each rowid on the page corresponding to the current term, the
+**     corresponding aRowidOffset[] entry is set to the byte offset of the
+**     start of the "position-list-size" field within the page.
+**
+** iTermIdx:
+**     Index of current term on iTermLeafPgno.
+*/
+struct Fts5SegIter {
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg;     /* Segment to iterate through */
+  int flags;                      /* Mask of configuration flags */
+  int iLeafPgno;                  /* Current leaf page number */
+  Fts5Data *pLeaf;                /* Current leaf data */
+  Fts5Data *pNextLeaf;            /* Leaf page (iLeafPgno+1) */
+  int iLeafOffset;                /* Byte offset within current leaf */
+
+  /* Next method */
+  void (*xNext)(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*);
+
+  /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset 
+  ** is the offset of the first rowid in the current doclist.  */
+  int iTermLeafPgno;
+  int iTermLeafOffset;
+
+  int iPgidxOff;                  /* Next offset in pgidx */
+  int iEndofDoclist;
+
+  /* The following are only used if the FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE flag is set. */
+  int iRowidOffset;               /* Current entry in aRowidOffset[] */
+  int nRowidOffset;               /* Allocated size of aRowidOffset[] array */
+  int *aRowidOffset;              /* Array of offset to rowid fields */
+
+  Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx;          /* If there is a doclist-index */
+
+  /* Variables populated based on current entry. */
+  Fts5Buffer term;                /* Current term */
+  i64 iRowid;                     /* Current rowid */
+  int nPos;                       /* Number of bytes in current position list */
+  u8 bDel;                        /* True if the delete flag is set */
+};
+
+/*
+** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a 
+** leaf page.
+*/
+#define ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(x) assert( \
+    (x)->szLeaf==(x)->nn || (x)->szLeaf==fts5GetU16(&(x)->p[2]) \
+)
+
+#define FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM 0x01
+#define FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE 0x02
+
+/* 
+** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a leaf
+** page. This macro evaluates to true if the leaf contains no terms, or
+** false if it contains at least one term.
+*/
+#define fts5LeafIsTermless(x) ((x)->szLeaf >= (x)->nn)
+
+#define fts5LeafTermOff(x, i) (fts5GetU16(&(x)->p[(x)->szLeaf + (i)*2]))
+
+#define fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(x) (fts5GetU16((x)->p))
+
+/*
+** Object for iterating through the merged results of one or more segments,
+** visiting each term/rowid pair in the merged data.
+**
+** nSeg is always a power of two greater than or equal to the number of
+** segments that this object is merging data from. Both the aSeg[] and
+** aFirst[] arrays are sized at nSeg entries. The aSeg[] array is padded
+** with zeroed objects - these are handled as if they were iterators opened
+** on empty segments.
+**
+** The results of comparing segments aSeg[N] and aSeg[N+1], where N is an
+** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the 
+** comparison in this context is the index of the iterator that currently
+** points to the smaller term/rowid combination. Iterators at EOF are
+** considered to be greater than all other iterators.
+**
+** aFirst[1] contains the index in aSeg[] of the iterator that points to
+** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused. 
+**
+** poslist:
+**   Used by sqlite3Fts5IterPoslist() when the poslist needs to be buffered.
+**   There is no way to tell if this is populated or not.
+*/
+struct Fts5Iter {
+  Fts5IndexIter base;             /* Base class containing output vars */
+
+  Fts5Index *pIndex;              /* Index that owns this iterator */
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;         /* Database structure for this iterator */
+  Fts5Buffer poslist;             /* Buffer containing current poslist */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset;            /* Restrict matches to these columns */
+
+  /* Invoked to set output variables. */
+  void (*xSetOutputs)(Fts5Iter*, Fts5SegIter*);
+
+  int nSeg;                       /* Size of aSeg[] array */
+  int bRev;                       /* True to iterate in reverse order */
+  u8 bSkipEmpty;                  /* True to skip deleted entries */
+
+  i64 iSwitchRowid;               /* Firstest rowid of other than aFirst[1] */
+  Fts5CResult *aFirst;            /* Current merge state (see above) */
+  Fts5SegIter aSeg[1];            /* Array of segment iterators */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following type is used to iterate through the contents
+** of a doclist-index record.
+**
+** pData:
+**   Record containing the doclist-index data.
+**
+** bEof:
+**   Set to true once iterator has reached EOF.
+**
+** iOff:
+**   Set to the current offset within record pData.
+*/
+struct Fts5DlidxLvl {
+  Fts5Data *pData;              /* Data for current page of this level */
+  int iOff;                     /* Current offset into pData */
+  int bEof;                     /* At EOF already */
+  int iFirstOff;                /* Used by reverse iterators */
+
+  /* Output variables */
+  int iLeafPgno;                /* Page number of current leaf page */
+  i64 iRowid;                   /* First rowid on leaf iLeafPgno */
+};
+struct Fts5DlidxIter {
+  int nLvl;
+  int iSegid;
+  Fts5DlidxLvl aLvl[1];
+};
+
+static void fts5PutU16(u8 *aOut, u16 iVal){
+  aOut[0] = (iVal>>8);
+  aOut[1] = (iVal&0xFF);
+}
+
+static u16 fts5GetU16(const u8 *aIn){
+  return ((u16)aIn[0] << 8) + aIn[1];
+} 
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a buffer at least nByte bytes in size.
+**
+** If an OOM error is encountered, return NULL and set the error code in
+** the Fts5Index handle passed as the first argument.
+*/
+static void *fts5IdxMalloc(Fts5Index *p, int nByte){
+  return sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&p->rc, nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the contents of the pLeft buffer with the pRight/nRight blob.
+**
+** Return -ve if pLeft is smaller than pRight, 0 if they are equal or
+** +ve if pRight is smaller than pLeft. In other words:
+**
+**     res = *pLeft - *pRight
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int fts5BufferCompareBlob(
+  Fts5Buffer *pLeft,              /* Left hand side of comparison */
+  const u8 *pRight, int nRight    /* Right hand side of comparison */
+){
+  int nCmp = MIN(pLeft->n, nRight);
+  int res = memcmp(pLeft->p, pRight, nCmp);
+  return (res==0 ? (pLeft->n - nRight) : res);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Compare the contents of the two buffers using memcmp(). If one buffer
+** is a prefix of the other, it is considered the lesser.
+**
+** Return -ve if pLeft is smaller than pRight, 0 if they are equal or
+** +ve if pRight is smaller than pLeft. In other words:
+**
+**     res = *pLeft - *pRight
+*/
+static int fts5BufferCompare(Fts5Buffer *pLeft, Fts5Buffer *pRight){
+  int nCmp = MIN(pLeft->n, pRight->n);
+  int res = memcmp(pLeft->p, pRight->p, nCmp);
+  return (res==0 ? (pLeft->n - pRight->n) : res);
+}
+
+static int fts5LeafFirstTermOff(Fts5Data *pLeaf){
+  int ret;
+  fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[pLeaf->szLeaf], ret);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the read-only blob handle, if it is open.
+*/
+static void fts5CloseReader(Fts5Index *p){
+  if( p->pReader ){
+    sqlite3_blob *pReader = p->pReader;
+    p->pReader = 0;
+    sqlite3_blob_close(pReader);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a record from the %_data table.
+**
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the 
+** Fts5Index object.
+*/
+static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){
+  Fts5Data *pRet = 0;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+    if( p->pReader ){
+      /* This call may return SQLITE_ABORT if there has been a savepoint
+      ** rollback since it was last used. In this case a new blob handle
+      ** is required.  */
+      sqlite3_blob *pBlob = p->pReader;
+      p->pReader = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iRowid);
+      assert( p->pReader==0 );
+      p->pReader = pBlob;
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        fts5CloseReader(p);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek 
+    ** to the requested entry.  */
+    if( p->pReader==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+      rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, 
+          pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", iRowid, 0, &p->pReader
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* If either of the sqlite3_blob_open() or sqlite3_blob_reopen() calls
+    ** above returned SQLITE_ERROR, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB instead.
+    ** All the reasons those functions might return SQLITE_ERROR - missing
+    ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate 
+    ** backing store corruption.  */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u8 *aOut = 0;               /* Read blob data into this buffer */
+      int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pReader);
+      int nAlloc = sizeof(Fts5Data) + nByte + FTS5_DATA_PADDING;
+      pRet = (Fts5Data*)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
+      if( pRet ){
+        pRet->nn = nByte;
+        aOut = pRet->p = (u8*)&pRet[1];
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pReader, aOut, nByte, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_free(pRet);
+        pRet = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* TODO1: Fix this */
+        pRet->szLeaf = fts5GetU16(&pRet->p[2]);
+      }
+    }
+    p->rc = rc;
+    p->nRead++;
+  }
+
+  assert( (pRet==0)==(p->rc!=SQLITE_OK) );
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to data record returned by an earlier call to
+** fts5DataRead().
+*/
+static void fts5DataRelease(Fts5Data *pData){
+  sqlite3_free(pData);
+}
+
+static Fts5Data *fts5LeafRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){
+  Fts5Data *pRet = fts5DataRead(p, iRowid);
+  if( pRet ){
+    if( pRet->szLeaf>pRet->nn ){
+      p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      fts5DataRelease(pRet);
+      pRet = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static int fts5IndexPrepareStmt(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  char *zSql
+){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zSql ){
+      p->rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->pConfig->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0);
+    }else{
+      p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** INSERT OR REPLACE a record into the %_data table.
+*/
+static void fts5DataWrite(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid, const u8 *pData, int nData){
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+
+  if( p->pWriter==0 ){
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+    fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pWriter, sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)", 
+          pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    ));
+    if( p->rc ) return;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pWriter, 1, iRowid);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pWriter, 2, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(p->pWriter);
+  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pWriter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute the following SQL:
+**
+**     DELETE FROM %_data WHERE id BETWEEN $iFirst AND $iLast
+*/
+static void fts5DataDelete(Fts5Index *p, i64 iFirst, i64 iLast){
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+
+  if( p->pDeleter==0 ){
+    int rc;
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?", 
+          pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    );
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &p->pDeleter, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->rc = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pDeleter, 1, iFirst);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pDeleter, 2, iLast);
+  sqlite3_step(p->pDeleter);
+  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pDeleter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove all records associated with segment iSegid.
+*/
+static void fts5DataRemoveSegment(Fts5Index *p, int iSegid){
+  i64 iFirst = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, 0);
+  i64 iLast = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid+1, 0)-1;
+  fts5DataDelete(p, iFirst, iLast);
+  if( p->pIdxDeleter==0 ){
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+    fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxDeleter, sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_idx' WHERE segid=?",
+          pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    ));
+  }
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxDeleter, 1, iSegid);
+    sqlite3_step(p->pIdxDeleter);
+    p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pIdxDeleter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier 
+** call to fts5StructureRead() or fts5StructureDecode().
+*/
+static void fts5StructureRelease(Fts5Structure *pStruct){
+  if( pStruct && 0>=(--pStruct->nRef) ){
+    int i;
+    assert( pStruct->nRef==0 );
+    for(i=0; i<pStruct->nLevel; i++){
+      sqlite3_free(pStruct->aLevel[i].aSeg);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pStruct);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5StructureRef(Fts5Structure *pStruct){
+  pStruct->nRef++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize and return the structure record currently stored in serialized
+** form within buffer pData/nData.
+**
+** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array
+** are over-allocated by one slot. This allows the structure contents
+** to be more easily edited.
+**
+** If an error occurs, *ppOut is set to NULL and an SQLite error code
+** returned. Otherwise, *ppOut is set to point to the new object and
+** SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int fts5StructureDecode(
+  const u8 *pData,                /* Buffer containing serialized structure */
+  int nData,                      /* Size of buffer pData in bytes */
+  int *piCookie,                  /* Configuration cookie value */
+  Fts5Structure **ppOut           /* OUT: Deserialized object */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i = 0;
+  int iLvl;
+  int nLevel = 0;
+  int nSegment = 0;
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate at pRet */
+  Fts5Structure *pRet = 0;        /* Structure object to return */
+
+  /* Grab the cookie value */
+  if( piCookie ) *piCookie = sqlite3Fts5Get32(pData);
+  i = 4;
+
+  /* Read the total number of levels and segments from the start of the
+  ** structure record.  */
+  i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nLevel);
+  i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nSegment);
+  nByte = (
+      sizeof(Fts5Structure) +                    /* Main structure */
+      sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel) * (nLevel-1)    /* aLevel[] array */
+  );
+  pRet = (Fts5Structure*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+
+  if( pRet ){
+    pRet->nRef = 1;
+    pRet->nLevel = nLevel;
+    pRet->nSegment = nSegment;
+    i += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pData[i], &pRet->nWriteCounter);
+
+    for(iLvl=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iLvl<nLevel; iLvl++){
+      Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pRet->aLevel[iLvl];
+      int nTotal = 0;
+      int iSeg;
+
+      if( i>=nData ){
+        rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }else{
+        i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->nMerge);
+        i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nTotal);
+        assert( nTotal>=pLvl->nMerge );
+        pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 
+            nTotal * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment)
+        );
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pLvl->nSeg = nTotal;
+        for(iSeg=0; iSeg<nTotal; iSeg++){
+          if( i>=nData ){
+            rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+            break;
+          }
+          i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].iSegid);
+          i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoFirst);
+          i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoLast);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      fts5StructureRelease(pRet);
+      pRet = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppOut = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static void fts5StructureAddLevel(int *pRc, Fts5Structure **ppStruct){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct;
+    int nLevel = pStruct->nLevel;
+    int nByte = (
+        sizeof(Fts5Structure) +                  /* Main structure */
+        sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel) * (nLevel+1)  /* aLevel[] array */
+    );
+
+    pStruct = sqlite3_realloc(pStruct, nByte);
+    if( pStruct ){
+      memset(&pStruct->aLevel[nLevel], 0, sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel));
+      pStruct->nLevel++;
+      *ppStruct = pStruct;
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Extend level iLvl so that there is room for at least nExtra more
+** segments.
+*/
+static void fts5StructureExtendLevel(
+  int *pRc, 
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct, 
+  int iLvl, 
+  int nExtra, 
+  int bInsert
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl];
+    Fts5StructureSegment *aNew;
+    int nByte;
+
+    nByte = (pLvl->nSeg + nExtra) * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment);
+    aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pLvl->aSeg, nByte);
+    if( aNew ){
+      if( bInsert==0 ){
+        memset(&aNew[pLvl->nSeg], 0, sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) * nExtra);
+      }else{
+        int nMove = pLvl->nSeg * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment);
+        memmove(&aNew[nExtra], aNew, nMove);
+        memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) * nExtra);
+      }
+      pLvl->aSeg = aNew;
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static Fts5Structure *fts5StructureReadUncached(Fts5Index *p){
+  Fts5Structure *pRet = 0;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  int iCookie;                    /* Configuration cookie */
+  Fts5Data *pData;
+
+  pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* TODO: Do we need this if the leaf-index is appended? Probably... */
+    memset(&pData->p[pData->nn], 0, FTS5_DATA_PADDING);
+    p->rc = fts5StructureDecode(pData->p, pData->nn, &iCookie, &pRet);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->iCookie!=iCookie ){
+      p->rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(pConfig, iCookie);
+    }
+    fts5DataRelease(pData);
+    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      fts5StructureRelease(pRet);
+      pRet = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static i64 fts5IndexDataVersion(Fts5Index *p){
+  i64 iVersion = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->pDataVersion==0 ){
+      p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion, 
+          sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.data_version", p->pConfig->zDb)
+          );
+      if( p->rc ) return 0;
+    }
+
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(p->pDataVersion) ){
+      iVersion = sqlite3_column_int64(p->pDataVersion, 0);
+    }
+    p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pDataVersion);
+  }
+
+  return iVersion;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read, deserialize and return the structure record.
+**
+** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array
+** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode() 
+** above.
+**
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code left in the
+** Fts5Index handle. If an error has already occurred when this function
+** is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static Fts5Structure *fts5StructureRead(Fts5Index *p){
+
+  if( p->pStruct==0 ){
+    p->iStructVersion = fts5IndexDataVersion(p);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->pStruct = fts5StructureReadUncached(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+#if 0
+  else{
+    Fts5Structure *pTest = fts5StructureReadUncached(p);
+    if( pTest ){
+      int i, j;
+      assert_nc( p->pStruct->nSegment==pTest->nSegment );
+      assert_nc( p->pStruct->nLevel==pTest->nLevel );
+      for(i=0; i<pTest->nLevel; i++){
+        assert_nc( p->pStruct->aLevel[i].nMerge==pTest->aLevel[i].nMerge );
+        assert_nc( p->pStruct->aLevel[i].nSeg==pTest->aLevel[i].nSeg );
+        for(j=0; j<pTest->aLevel[i].nSeg; j++){
+          Fts5StructureSegment *p1 = &pTest->aLevel[i].aSeg[j];
+          Fts5StructureSegment *p2 = &p->pStruct->aLevel[i].aSeg[j];
+          assert_nc( p1->iSegid==p2->iSegid );
+          assert_nc( p1->pgnoFirst==p2->pgnoFirst );
+          assert_nc( p1->pgnoLast==p2->pgnoLast );
+        }
+      }
+      fts5StructureRelease(pTest);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return 0;
+  assert( p->iStructVersion!=0 );
+  assert( p->pStruct!=0 );
+  fts5StructureRef(p->pStruct);
+  return p->pStruct;
+}
+
+static void fts5StructureInvalidate(Fts5Index *p){
+  if( p->pStruct ){
+    fts5StructureRelease(p->pStruct);
+    p->pStruct = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of segments in index structure pStruct. This
+** function is only ever used as part of assert() conditions.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int fts5StructureCountSegments(Fts5Structure *pStruct){
+  int nSegment = 0;               /* Total number of segments */
+  if( pStruct ){
+    int iLvl;                     /* Used to iterate through levels */
+    for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+      nSegment += pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return nSegment;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, pBlob, nBlob) {     \
+  assert( (pBuf)->nSpace>=((pBuf)->n+nBlob) );             \
+  memcpy(&(pBuf)->p[(pBuf)->n], pBlob, nBlob);             \
+  (pBuf)->n += nBlob;                                      \
+}
+
+#define fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, iVal) {                \
+  (pBuf)->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&(pBuf)->p[(pBuf)->n], (iVal));  \
+  assert( (pBuf)->nSpace>=(pBuf)->n );                          \
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Serialize and store the "structure" record.
+**
+** If an error occurs, leave an error code in the Fts5Index object. If an
+** error has already occurred, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5StructureWrite(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5Buffer buf;               /* Buffer to serialize record into */
+    int iLvl;                     /* Used to iterate through levels */
+    int iCookie;                  /* Cookie value to store */
+
+    assert( pStruct->nSegment==fts5StructureCountSegments(pStruct) );
+    memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+
+    /* Append the current configuration cookie */
+    iCookie = p->pConfig->iCookie;
+    if( iCookie<0 ) iCookie = 0;
+
+    if( 0==sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &buf, 4+9+9+9) ){
+      sqlite3Fts5Put32(buf.p, iCookie);
+      buf.n = 4;
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&buf, pStruct->nLevel);
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&buf, pStruct->nSegment);
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&buf, (i64)pStruct->nWriteCounter);
+    }
+
+    for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+      int iSeg;                     /* Used to iterate through segments */
+      Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl];
+      fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->nMerge);
+      fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->nSeg);
+      assert( pLvl->nMerge<=pLvl->nSeg );
+
+      for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){
+        fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].iSegid);
+        fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoFirst);
+        fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoLast);
+      }
+    }
+
+    fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, buf.p, buf.n);
+    fts5BufferFree(&buf);
+  }
+}
+
+#if 0
+static void fts5DebugStructure(int*,Fts5Buffer*,Fts5Structure*);
+static void fts5PrintStructure(const char *zCaption, Fts5Structure *pStruct){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Buffer buf;
+  memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+  fts5DebugStructure(&rc, &buf, pStruct);
+  fprintf(stdout, "%s: %s\n", zCaption, buf.p);
+  fflush(stdout);
+  fts5BufferFree(&buf);
+}
+#else
+# define fts5PrintStructure(x,y)
+#endif
+
+static int fts5SegmentSize(Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg){
+  return 1 + pSeg->pgnoLast - pSeg->pgnoFirst;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many 
+** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is 
+** returned.
+*/
+static void fts5StructurePromoteTo(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  int iPromote,
+  int szPromote,
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct
+){
+  int il, is;
+  Fts5StructureLevel *pOut = &pStruct->aLevel[iPromote];
+
+  if( pOut->nMerge==0 ){
+    for(il=iPromote+1; il<pStruct->nLevel; il++){
+      Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[il];
+      if( pLvl->nMerge ) return;
+      for(is=pLvl->nSeg-1; is>=0; is--){
+        int sz = fts5SegmentSize(&pLvl->aSeg[is]);
+        if( sz>szPromote ) return;
+        fts5StructureExtendLevel(&p->rc, pStruct, iPromote, 1, 1);
+        if( p->rc ) return;
+        memcpy(pOut->aSeg, &pLvl->aSeg[is], sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment));
+        pOut->nSeg++;
+        pLvl->nSeg--;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** A new segment has just been written to level iLvl of index structure
+** pStruct. This function determines if any segments should be promoted
+** as a result. Segments are promoted in two scenarios:
+**
+**   a) If the segment just written is smaller than one or more segments
+**      within the previous populated level, it is promoted to the previous
+**      populated level.
+**
+**   b) If the segment just written is larger than the newest segment on
+**      the next populated level, then that segment, and any other adjacent
+**      segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are 
+**      promoted. 
+**
+** If one or more segments are promoted, the structure object is updated
+** to reflect this.
+*/
+static void fts5StructurePromote(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  int iLvl,                       /* Index level just updated */
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct          /* Index structure */
+){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iTst;
+    int iPromote = -1;
+    int szPromote = 0;            /* Promote anything this size or smaller */
+    Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg;   /* Segment just written */
+    int szSeg;                    /* Size of segment just written */
+    int nSeg = pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg;
+
+    if( nSeg==0 ) return;
+    pSeg = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg-1];
+    szSeg = (1 + pSeg->pgnoLast - pSeg->pgnoFirst);
+
+    /* Check for condition (a) */
+    for(iTst=iLvl-1; iTst>=0 && pStruct->aLevel[iTst].nSeg==0; iTst--);
+    if( iTst>=0 ){
+      int i;
+      int szMax = 0;
+      Fts5StructureLevel *pTst = &pStruct->aLevel[iTst];
+      assert( pTst->nMerge==0 );
+      for(i=0; i<pTst->nSeg; i++){
+        int sz = pTst->aSeg[i].pgnoLast - pTst->aSeg[i].pgnoFirst + 1;
+        if( sz>szMax ) szMax = sz;
+      }
+      if( szMax>=szSeg ){
+        /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level 
+        ** iLvl to level iTst.  */
+        iPromote = iTst;
+        szPromote = szMax;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If condition (a) is not met, assume (b) is true. StructurePromoteTo()
+    ** is a no-op if it is not.  */
+    if( iPromote<0 ){
+      iPromote = iLvl;
+      szPromote = szSeg;
+    }
+    fts5StructurePromoteTo(p, iPromote, szPromote, pStruct);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the 
+** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero.
+*/
+static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){
+  Fts5Data *pData = pLvl->pData;
+
+  if( pLvl->iOff==0 ){
+    assert( pLvl->bEof==0 );
+    pLvl->iOff = 1;
+    pLvl->iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pData->p[1], pLvl->iLeafPgno);
+    pLvl->iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[pLvl->iOff], (u64*)&pLvl->iRowid);
+    pLvl->iFirstOff = pLvl->iOff;
+  }else{
+    int iOff;
+    for(iOff=pLvl->iOff; iOff<pData->nn; iOff++){
+      if( pData->p[iOff] ) break; 
+    }
+
+    if( iOff<pData->nn ){
+      i64 iVal;
+      pLvl->iLeafPgno += (iOff - pLvl->iOff) + 1;
+      iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[iOff], (u64*)&iVal);
+      pLvl->iRowid += iVal;
+      pLvl->iOff = iOff;
+    }else{
+      pLvl->bEof = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pLvl->bEof;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static int fts5DlidxIterNextR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){
+  Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pIter->aLvl[iLvl];
+
+  assert( iLvl<pIter->nLvl );
+  if( fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl) ){
+    if( (iLvl+1) < pIter->nLvl ){
+      fts5DlidxIterNextR(p, pIter, iLvl+1);
+      if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){
+        fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData);
+        memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
+        pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, 
+            FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno)
+        );
+        if( pLvl->pData ) fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pIter->aLvl[0].bEof;
+}
+static int fts5DlidxIterNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  return fts5DlidxIterNextR(p, pIter, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The iterator passed as the first argument has the following fields set
+** as follows. This function sets up the rest of the iterator so that it
+** points to the first rowid in the doclist-index.
+**
+**   pData:
+**     pointer to doclist-index record, 
+**
+** When this function is called pIter->iLeafPgno is the page number the
+** doclist is associated with (the one featuring the term).
+*/
+static int fts5DlidxIterFirst(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nLvl; i++){
+    fts5DlidxLvlNext(&pIter->aLvl[i]);
+  }
+  return pIter->aLvl[0].bEof;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5DlidxIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  return p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pIter->aLvl[0].bEof;
+}
+
+static void fts5DlidxIterLast(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Advance each level to the last entry on the last page */
+  for(i=pIter->nLvl-1; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i>=0; i--){
+    Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pIter->aLvl[i];
+    while( fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl)==0 );
+    pLvl->bEof = 0;
+
+    if( i>0 ){
+      Fts5DlidxLvl *pChild = &pLvl[-1];
+      fts5DataRelease(pChild->pData);
+      memset(pChild, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
+      pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p, 
+          FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, i-1, pLvl->iLeafPgno)
+      );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the iterator passed as the only argument to the previous entry.
+*/
+static int fts5DlidxLvlPrev(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){
+  int iOff = pLvl->iOff;
+
+  assert( pLvl->bEof==0 );
+  if( iOff<=pLvl->iFirstOff ){
+    pLvl->bEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    u8 *a = pLvl->pData->p;
+    i64 iVal;
+    int iLimit;
+    int ii;
+    int nZero = 0;
+
+    /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block 
+    ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous 
+    ** varint. Taking care not to read any memory locations that occur
+    ** before the buffer in memory.  */
+    iLimit = (iOff>9 ? iOff-9 : 0);
+    for(iOff--; iOff>iLimit; iOff--){
+      if( (a[iOff-1] & 0x80)==0 ) break;
+    }
+
+    fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iVal);
+    pLvl->iRowid -= iVal;
+    pLvl->iLeafPgno--;
+
+    /* Skip backwards past any 0x00 varints. */
+    for(ii=iOff-1; ii>=pLvl->iFirstOff && a[ii]==0x00; ii--){
+      nZero++;
+    }
+    if( ii>=pLvl->iFirstOff && (a[ii] & 0x80) ){
+      /* The byte immediately before the last 0x00 byte has the 0x80 bit
+      ** set. So the last 0x00 is only a varint 0 if there are 8 more 0x80
+      ** bytes before a[ii]. */
+      int bZero = 0;              /* True if last 0x00 counts */
+      if( (ii-8)>=pLvl->iFirstOff ){
+        int j;
+        for(j=1; j<=8 && (a[ii-j] & 0x80); j++);
+        bZero = (j>8);
+      }
+      if( bZero==0 ) nZero--;
+    }
+    pLvl->iLeafPgno -= nZero;
+    pLvl->iOff = iOff - nZero;
+  }
+
+  return pLvl->bEof;
+}
+
+static int fts5DlidxIterPrevR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){
+  Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pIter->aLvl[iLvl];
+
+  assert( iLvl<pIter->nLvl );
+  if( fts5DlidxLvlPrev(pLvl) ){
+    if( (iLvl+1) < pIter->nLvl ){
+      fts5DlidxIterPrevR(p, pIter, iLvl+1);
+      if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){
+        fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData);
+        memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
+        pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, 
+            FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno)
+        );
+        if( pLvl->pData ){
+          while( fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl)==0 );
+          pLvl->bEof = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pIter->aLvl[0].bEof;
+}
+static int fts5DlidxIterPrev(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  return fts5DlidxIterPrevR(p, pIter, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a doclist-index iterator object allocated by fts5DlidxIterInit().
+*/
+static void fts5DlidxIterFree(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  if( pIter ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nLvl; i++){
+      fts5DataRelease(pIter->aLvl[i].pData);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pIter);
+  }
+}
+
+static Fts5DlidxIter *fts5DlidxIterInit(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Fts5 Backend to iterate within */
+  int bRev,                       /* True for ORDER BY ASC */
+  int iSegid,                     /* Segment id */
+  int iLeafPg                     /* Leaf page number to load dlidx for */
+){
+  Fts5DlidxIter *pIter = 0;
+  int i;
+  int bDone = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bDone==0; i++){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts5DlidxIter) + i * sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl);
+    Fts5DlidxIter *pNew;
+
+    pNew = (Fts5DlidxIter*)sqlite3_realloc(pIter, nByte);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      i64 iRowid = FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(iSegid, i, iLeafPg);
+      Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pNew->aLvl[i];
+      pIter = pNew;
+      memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
+      pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, iRowid);
+      if( pLvl->pData && (pLvl->pData->p[0] & 0x0001)==0 ){
+        bDone = 1;
+      }
+      pIter->nLvl = i+1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pIter->iSegid = iSegid;
+    if( bRev==0 ){
+      fts5DlidxIterFirst(pIter);
+    }else{
+      fts5DlidxIterLast(p, pIter);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    fts5DlidxIterFree(pIter);
+    pIter = 0;
+  }
+
+  return pIter;
+}
+
+static i64 fts5DlidxIterRowid(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  return pIter->aLvl[0].iRowid;
+}
+static int fts5DlidxIterPgno(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){
+  return pIter->aLvl[0].iLeafPgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the next leaf page into the segment iterator.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterNextPage(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter              /* Iterator to advance to next page */
+){
+  Fts5Data *pLeaf;
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = pIter->pSeg;
+  fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+  pIter->iLeafPgno++;
+  if( pIter->pNextLeaf ){
+    pIter->pLeaf = pIter->pNextLeaf;
+    pIter->pNextLeaf = 0;
+  }else if( pIter->iLeafPgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast ){
+    pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p, 
+        FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno)
+    );
+  }else{
+    pIter->pLeaf = 0;
+  }
+  pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf;
+
+  if( pLeaf ){
+    pIter->iPgidxOff = pLeaf->szLeaf;
+    if( fts5LeafIsTermless(pLeaf) ){
+      pIter->iEndofDoclist = pLeaf->nn+1;
+    }else{
+      pIter->iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[pIter->iPgidxOff],
+          pIter->iEndofDoclist
+      );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing a varint to be interpreted as a
+** position list size field. Read the varint and return the number of bytes
+** read. Before returning, set *pnSz to the number of bytes in the position
+** list, and *pbDel to true if the delete flag is set, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts5GetPoslistSize(const u8 *p, int *pnSz, int *pbDel){
+  int nSz;
+  int n = 0;
+  fts5FastGetVarint32(p, n, nSz);
+  assert_nc( nSz>=0 );
+  *pnSz = nSz/2;
+  *pbDel = nSz & 0x0001;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of a
+** position-list size field. Read the value of the field and store it
+** in the following variables:
+**
+**   Fts5SegIter.nPos
+**   Fts5SegIter.bDel
+**
+** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the 
+** position list content (if any).
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterLoadNPos(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset;  /* Offset to read at */
+    ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf);
+    if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      int iEod = MIN(pIter->iEndofDoclist, pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf);
+      pIter->bDel = 0;
+      pIter->nPos = 1;
+      if( iOff<iEod && pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff]==0 ){
+        pIter->bDel = 1;
+        iOff++;
+        if( iOff<iEod && pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff]==0 ){
+          pIter->nPos = 1;
+          iOff++;
+        }else{
+          pIter->nPos = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      int nSz;
+      fts5FastGetVarint32(pIter->pLeaf->p, iOff, nSz);
+      pIter->bDel = (nSz & 0x0001);
+      pIter->nPos = nSz>>1;
+      assert_nc( pIter->nPos>=0 );
+    }
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5SegIterLoadRowid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p;        /* Buffer to read data from */
+  int iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset;
+
+  ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf);
+  if( iOff>=pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+    fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+    if( pIter->pLeaf==0 ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      return;
+    }
+    iOff = 4;
+    a = pIter->pLeaf->p;
+  }
+  iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+  pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the 
+** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value
+** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is
+** the first term in the segment).
+**
+** This function populates:
+**
+**   Fts5SegIter.term
+**   Fts5SegIter.rowid
+**
+** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of
+** the first position list. The position list belonging to document 
+** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid).
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterLoadTerm(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter, int nKeep){
+  u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p;        /* Buffer to read data from */
+  int iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset;  /* Offset to read at */
+  int nNew;                       /* Bytes of new data */
+
+  iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nNew);
+  if( iOff+nNew>pIter->pLeaf->nn ){
+    p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  pIter->term.n = nKeep;
+  fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pIter->term, nNew, &a[iOff]);
+  iOff += nNew;
+  pIter->iTermLeafOffset = iOff;
+  pIter->iTermLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno;
+  pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+
+  if( pIter->iPgidxOff>=pIter->pLeaf->nn ){
+    pIter->iEndofDoclist = pIter->pLeaf->nn+1;
+  }else{
+    int nExtra;
+    pIter->iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[pIter->iPgidxOff], nExtra);
+    pIter->iEndofDoclist += nExtra;
+  }
+
+  fts5SegIterLoadRowid(p, pIter);
+}
+
+static void fts5SegIterNext(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*);
+static void fts5SegIterNext_Reverse(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*);
+static void fts5SegIterNext_None(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*);
+
+static void fts5SegIterSetNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  if( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE ){
+    pIter->xNext = fts5SegIterNext_Reverse;
+  }else if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+    pIter->xNext = fts5SegIterNext_None;
+  }else{
+    pIter->xNext = fts5SegIterNext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the iterator object pIter to iterate through the entries in
+** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when 
+** this function returns.
+**
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If 
+** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterInit(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS index object */
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg,     /* Description of segment */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter              /* Object to populate */
+){
+  if( pSeg->pgnoFirst==0 ){
+    /* This happens if the segment is being used as an input to an incremental
+    ** merge and all data has already been "trimmed". See function
+    ** fts5TrimSegments() for details. In this case leave the iterator empty.
+    ** The caller will see the (pIter->pLeaf==0) and assume the iterator is
+    ** at EOF already. */
+    assert( pIter->pLeaf==0 );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter));
+    fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter);
+    pIter->pSeg = pSeg;
+    pIter->iLeafPgno = pSeg->pgnoFirst-1;
+    fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = 4;
+    assert_nc( pIter->pLeaf->nn>4 );
+    assert( fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pIter->pLeaf)==4 );
+    pIter->iPgidxOff = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf+1;
+    fts5SegIterLoadTerm(p, pIter, 0);
+    fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is only ever called on iterators created by calls to
+** Fts5IndexQuery() with the FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC flag set.
+**
+** The iterator is in an unusual state when this function is called: the
+** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset variable is set to the offset of the start of
+** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page.
+** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not.
+**
+** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last 
+** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the 
+** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator
+** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first
+** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail;
+  int n = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf;
+  int i = pIter->iLeafOffset;
+  u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p;
+  int iRowidOffset = 0;
+
+  if( n>pIter->iEndofDoclist ){
+    n = pIter->iEndofDoclist;
+  }
+
+  ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf);
+  while( 1 ){
+    i64 iDelta = 0;
+
+    if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      /* todo */
+      if( i<n && a[i]==0 ){
+        i++;
+        if( i<n && a[i]==0 ) i++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      int nPos;
+      int bDummy;
+      i += fts5GetPoslistSize(&a[i], &nPos, &bDummy);
+      i += nPos;
+    }
+    if( i>=n ) break;
+    i += fts5GetVarint(&a[i], (u64*)&iDelta);
+    pIter->iRowid += iDelta;
+
+    /* If necessary, grow the pIter->aRowidOffset[] array. */
+    if( iRowidOffset>=pIter->nRowidOffset ){
+      int nNew = pIter->nRowidOffset + 8;
+      int *aNew = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(pIter->aRowidOffset, nNew*sizeof(int));
+      if( aNew==0 ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        break;
+      }
+      pIter->aRowidOffset = aNew;
+      pIter->nRowidOffset = nNew;
+    }
+
+    pIter->aRowidOffset[iRowidOffset++] = pIter->iLeafOffset;
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = i;
+  }
+  pIter->iRowidOffset = iRowidOffset;
+  fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE );
+  assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM );
+
+  fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+  pIter->pLeaf = 0;
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->iLeafPgno>pIter->iTermLeafPgno ){
+    Fts5Data *pNew;
+    pIter->iLeafPgno--;
+    pNew = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(
+          pIter->pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno
+    ));
+    if( pNew ){
+      /* iTermLeafOffset may be equal to szLeaf if the term is the last
+      ** thing on the page - i.e. the first rowid is on the following page.
+      ** In this case leave pIter->pLeaf==0, this iterator is at EOF. */
+      if( pIter->iLeafPgno==pIter->iTermLeafPgno ){
+        assert( pIter->pLeaf==0 );
+        if( pIter->iTermLeafOffset<pNew->szLeaf ){
+          pIter->pLeaf = pNew;
+          pIter->iLeafOffset = pIter->iTermLeafOffset;
+        }
+      }else{
+        int iRowidOff;
+        iRowidOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pNew);
+        if( iRowidOff ){
+          pIter->pLeaf = pNew;
+          pIter->iLeafOffset = iRowidOff;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pIter->pLeaf ){
+        u8 *a = &pIter->pLeaf->p[pIter->iLeafOffset];
+        pIter->iLeafOffset += fts5GetVarint(a, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+        break;
+      }else{
+        fts5DataRelease(pNew);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pIter->pLeaf ){
+    pIter->iEndofDoclist = pIter->pLeaf->nn+1;
+    fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the iterator passed as the second argument currently
+** points to a delete marker. A delete marker is an entry with a 0 byte
+** position-list.
+*/
+static int fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst];
+  return (p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg->pLeaf && pSeg->nPos==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
+**
+** This version of fts5SegIterNext() is only used by reverse iterators.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterNext_Reverse(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter,             /* Iterator to advance */
+  int *pbUnused                   /* Unused */
+){
+  assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE );
+  assert( pIter->pNextLeaf==0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pbUnused);
+
+  if( pIter->iRowidOffset>0 ){
+    u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p;
+    int iOff;
+    i64 iDelta;
+
+    pIter->iRowidOffset--;
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = pIter->aRowidOffset[pIter->iRowidOffset];
+    fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+    iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset;
+    if( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      iOff += pIter->nPos;
+    }
+    fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta);
+    pIter->iRowid -= iDelta;
+  }else{
+    fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(p, pIter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
+**
+** This version of fts5SegIterNext() is only used if detail=none and the
+** iterator is not a reverse direction iterator.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterNext_None(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter,             /* Iterator to advance */
+  int *pbNewTerm                  /* OUT: Set for new term */
+){
+  int iOff;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE)==0 );
+  assert( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+
+  ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf);
+  iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset;
+
+  /* Next entry is on the next page */
+  if( pIter->pSeg && iOff>=pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+    fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+    if( p->rc || pIter->pLeaf==0 ) return;
+    pIter->iRowid = 0;
+    iOff = 4;
+  }
+
+  if( iOff<pIter->iEndofDoclist ){
+    /* Next entry is on the current page */
+    i64 iDelta;
+    iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta);
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+    pIter->iRowid += iDelta;
+  }else if( (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM)==0 ){
+    if( pIter->pSeg ){
+      int nKeep = 0;
+      if( iOff!=fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pIter->pLeaf) ){
+        iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff], nKeep);
+      }
+      pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+      fts5SegIterLoadTerm(p, pIter, nKeep);
+    }else{
+      const u8 *pList = 0;
+      const char *zTerm = 0;
+      int nList;
+      sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(p->pHash);
+      sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(p->pHash, &zTerm, &pList, &nList);
+      if( pList==0 ) goto next_none_eof;
+      pIter->pLeaf->p = (u8*)pList;
+      pIter->pLeaf->nn = nList;
+      pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf = nList;
+      pIter->iEndofDoclist = nList;
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&p->rc,&pIter->term, (int)strlen(zTerm), (u8*)zTerm);
+      pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pList, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+    }
+
+    if( pbNewTerm ) *pbNewTerm = 1;
+  }else{
+    goto next_none_eof;
+  }
+
+  fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+
+  return;
+ next_none_eof:
+  fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+  pIter->pLeaf = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. 
+**
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It 
+** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has 
+** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterNext(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter,             /* Iterator to advance */
+  int *pbNewTerm                  /* OUT: Set for new term */
+){
+  Fts5Data *pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf;
+  int iOff;
+  int bNewTerm = 0;
+  int nKeep = 0;
+  u8 *a;
+  int n;
+
+  assert( pbNewTerm==0 || *pbNewTerm==0 );
+  assert( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+
+  /* Search for the end of the position list within the current page. */
+  a = pLeaf->p;
+  n = pLeaf->szLeaf;
+
+  ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pLeaf);
+  iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset + pIter->nPos;
+
+  if( iOff<n ){
+    /* The next entry is on the current page. */
+    assert_nc( iOff<=pIter->iEndofDoclist );
+    if( iOff>=pIter->iEndofDoclist ){
+      bNewTerm = 1;
+      if( iOff!=fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pLeaf) ){
+        iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nKeep);
+      }
+    }else{
+      u64 iDelta;
+      iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], &iDelta);
+      pIter->iRowid += iDelta;
+      assert_nc( iDelta>0 );
+    }
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+
+  }else if( pIter->pSeg==0 ){
+    const u8 *pList = 0;
+    const char *zTerm = 0;
+    int nList = 0;
+    assert( (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) || pbNewTerm );
+    if( 0==(pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) ){
+      sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(p->pHash);
+      sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(p->pHash, &zTerm, &pList, &nList);
+    }
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+      pIter->pLeaf = 0;
+    }else{
+      pIter->pLeaf->p = (u8*)pList;
+      pIter->pLeaf->nn = nList;
+      pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf = nList;
+      pIter->iEndofDoclist = nList+1;
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pIter->term, (int)strlen(zTerm),
+          (u8*)zTerm);
+      pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pList, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+      *pbNewTerm = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    iOff = 0;
+    /* Next entry is not on the current page */
+    while( iOff==0 ){
+      fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+      pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf;
+      if( pLeaf==0 ) break;
+      ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pLeaf);
+      if( (iOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf)) && iOff<pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+        iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pLeaf->p[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+        pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+
+        if( pLeaf->nn>pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+          pIter->iPgidxOff = pLeaf->szLeaf + fts5GetVarint32(
+              &pLeaf->p[pLeaf->szLeaf], pIter->iEndofDoclist
+          );
+        }
+      }
+      else if( pLeaf->nn>pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+        pIter->iPgidxOff = pLeaf->szLeaf + fts5GetVarint32(
+            &pLeaf->p[pLeaf->szLeaf], iOff
+        );
+        pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+        pIter->iEndofDoclist = iOff;
+        bNewTerm = 1;
+      }
+      assert_nc( iOff<pLeaf->szLeaf );
+      if( iOff>pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+        p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the iterator is now at EOF. If so, return early. */
+  if( pIter->pLeaf ){
+    if( bNewTerm ){
+      if( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM ){
+        fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+        pIter->pLeaf = 0;
+      }else{
+        fts5SegIterLoadTerm(p, pIter, nKeep);
+        fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+        if( pbNewTerm ) *pbNewTerm = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The following could be done by calling fts5SegIterLoadNPos(). But
+      ** this block is particularly performance critical, so equivalent
+      ** code is inlined. 
+      **
+      ** Later: Switched back to fts5SegIterLoadNPos() because it supports
+      ** detail=none mode. Not ideal.
+      */
+      int nSz;
+      assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( pIter->iLeafOffset<=pIter->pLeaf->nn );
+      fts5FastGetVarint32(pIter->pLeaf->p, pIter->iLeafOffset, nSz);
+      pIter->bDel = (nSz & 0x0001);
+      pIter->nPos = nSz>>1;
+      assert_nc( pIter->nPos>=0 );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#define SWAPVAL(T, a, b) { T tmp; tmp=a; a=b; b=tmp; }
+
+#define fts5IndexSkipVarint(a, iOff) {            \
+  int iEnd = iOff+9;                              \
+  while( (a[iOff++] & 0x80) && iOff<iEnd );       \
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid in a doclist. This
+** function sets the iterator up so that iterates in reverse order through
+** the doclist.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterReverse(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = pIter->pDlidx;
+  Fts5Data *pLast = 0;
+  int pgnoLast = 0;
+
+  if( pDlidx ){
+    int iSegid = pIter->pSeg->iSegid;
+    pgnoLast = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx);
+    pLast = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, pgnoLast));
+  }else{
+    Fts5Data *pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf;         /* Current leaf data */
+
+    /* Currently, Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first byte of
+    ** position-list content for the current rowid. Back it up so that it
+    ** points to the start of the position-list size field. */
+    int iPoslist;
+    if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno ){
+      iPoslist = pIter->iTermLeafOffset;
+    }else{
+      iPoslist = 4;
+    }
+    fts5IndexSkipVarint(pLeaf->p, iPoslist);
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = iPoslist;
+
+    /* If this condition is true then the largest rowid for the current
+    ** term may not be stored on the current page. So search forward to
+    ** see where said rowid really is.  */
+    if( pIter->iEndofDoclist>=pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+      int pgno;
+      Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = pIter->pSeg;
+
+      /* The last rowid in the doclist may not be on the current page. Search
+      ** forward to find the page containing the last rowid.  */
+      for(pgno=pIter->iLeafPgno+1; !p->rc && pgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast; pgno++){
+        i64 iAbs = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pgno);
+        Fts5Data *pNew = fts5DataRead(p, iAbs);
+        if( pNew ){
+          int iRowid, bTermless;
+          iRowid = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pNew);
+          bTermless = fts5LeafIsTermless(pNew);
+          if( iRowid ){
+            SWAPVAL(Fts5Data*, pNew, pLast);
+            pgnoLast = pgno;
+          }
+          fts5DataRelease(pNew);
+          if( bTermless==0 ) break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist
+  ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case 
+  ** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size
+  ** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page.
+  **
+  ** Or, if pLast is non-NULL, then it is the page that contains the last
+  ** rowid. In this case configure the iterator so that it points to the
+  ** first rowid on this page.
+  */
+  if( pLast ){
+    int iOff;
+    fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+    pIter->pLeaf = pLast;
+    pIter->iLeafPgno = pgnoLast;
+    iOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLast);
+    iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pLast->p[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+
+    if( fts5LeafIsTermless(pLast) ){
+      pIter->iEndofDoclist = pLast->nn+1;
+    }else{
+      pIter->iEndofDoclist = fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pLast);
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid of a doclist.
+** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current 
+** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the 
+** doclist-index from disk and initialize an iterator at (pIter->pDlidx).
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  int iSeg = pIter->pSeg->iSegid;
+  int bRev = (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE);
+  Fts5Data *pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf; /* Current leaf data */
+
+  assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM );
+  assert( pIter->pDlidx==0 );
+
+  /* Check if the current doclist ends on this page. If it does, return
+  ** early without loading the doclist-index (as it belongs to a different
+  ** term. */
+  if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno 
+   && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf 
+  ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pIter->pDlidx = fts5DlidxIterInit(p, bRev, iSeg, pIter->iTermLeafPgno);
+}
+
+/*
+** The iterator object passed as the second argument currently contains
+** no valid values except for the Fts5SegIter.pLeaf member variable. This
+** function searches the leaf page for a term matching (pTerm/nTerm).
+**
+** If the specified term is found on the page, then the iterator is left
+** pointing to it. If argument bGe is zero and the term is not found,
+** the iterator is left pointing at EOF.
+**
+** If bGe is non-zero and the specified term is not found, then the
+** iterator is left pointing to the smallest term in the segment that
+** is larger than the specified term, even if this term is not on the
+** current page.
+*/
+static void fts5LeafSeek(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Leave any error code here */
+  int bGe,                        /* True for a >= search */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter,             /* Iterator to seek */
+  const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm      /* Term to search for */
+){
+  int iOff;
+  const u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p;
+  int szLeaf = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf;
+  int n = pIter->pLeaf->nn;
+
+  int nMatch = 0;
+  int nKeep = 0;
+  int nNew = 0;
+  int iTermOff;
+  int iPgidx;                     /* Current offset in pgidx */
+  int bEndOfPage = 0;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  iPgidx = szLeaf;
+  iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidx], iTermOff);
+  iOff = iTermOff;
+  if( iOff>n ){
+    p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+
+    /* Figure out how many new bytes are in this term */
+    fts5FastGetVarint32(a, iOff, nNew);
+    if( nKeep<nMatch ){
+      goto search_failed;
+    }
+
+    assert( nKeep>=nMatch );
+    if( nKeep==nMatch ){
+      int nCmp;
+      int i;
+      nCmp = MIN(nNew, nTerm-nMatch);
+      for(i=0; i<nCmp; i++){
+        if( a[iOff+i]!=pTerm[nMatch+i] ) break;
+      }
+      nMatch += i;
+
+      if( nTerm==nMatch ){
+        if( i==nNew ){
+          goto search_success;
+        }else{
+          goto search_failed;
+        }
+      }else if( i<nNew && a[iOff+i]>pTerm[nMatch] ){
+        goto search_failed;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( iPgidx>=n ){
+      bEndOfPage = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidx], nKeep);
+    iTermOff += nKeep;
+    iOff = iTermOff;
+
+    if( iOff>=n ){
+      p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the nKeep field of the next term. */
+    fts5FastGetVarint32(a, iOff, nKeep);
+  }
+
+ search_failed:
+  if( bGe==0 ){
+    fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+    pIter->pLeaf = 0;
+    return;
+  }else if( bEndOfPage ){
+    do {
+      fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+      if( pIter->pLeaf==0 ) return;
+      a = pIter->pLeaf->p;
+      if( fts5LeafIsTermless(pIter->pLeaf)==0 ){
+        iPgidx = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf;
+        iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->pLeaf->p[iPgidx], iOff);
+        if( iOff<4 || iOff>=pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+          p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+        }else{
+          nKeep = 0;
+          iTermOff = iOff;
+          n = pIter->pLeaf->nn;
+          iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nNew);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }while( 1 );
+  }
+
+ search_success:
+
+  pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff + nNew;
+  pIter->iTermLeafOffset = pIter->iLeafOffset;
+  pIter->iTermLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno;
+
+  fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pIter->term, nKeep, pTerm);
+  fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pIter->term, nNew, &a[iOff]);
+
+  if( iPgidx>=n ){
+    pIter->iEndofDoclist = pIter->pLeaf->nn+1;
+  }else{
+    int nExtra;
+    iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidx], nExtra);
+    pIter->iEndofDoclist = iTermOff + nExtra;
+  }
+  pIter->iPgidxOff = iPgidx;
+
+  fts5SegIterLoadRowid(p, pIter);
+  fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+}
+
+static sqlite3_stmt *fts5IdxSelectStmt(Fts5Index *p){
+  if( p->pIdxSelect==0 ){
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+    fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxSelect, sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "SELECT pgno FROM '%q'.'%q_idx' WHERE "
+          "segid=? AND term<=? ORDER BY term DESC LIMIT 1",
+          pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    ));
+  }
+  return p->pIdxSelect;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within segment
+** pSeg. If there is no such term in the index, the iterator is set to EOF.
+**
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If 
+** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterSeekInit(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend */
+  const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm,     /* Term to seek to */
+  int flags,                      /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_XXX flags */
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg,     /* Description of segment */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter              /* Object to populate */
+){
+  int iPg = 1;
+  int bGe = (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN);
+  int bDlidx = 0;                 /* True if there is a doclist-index */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect = 0;
+
+  assert( bGe==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC)==0 );
+  assert( pTerm && nTerm );
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter));
+  pIter->pSeg = pSeg;
+
+  /* This block sets stack variable iPg to the leaf page number that may
+  ** contain term (pTerm/nTerm), if it is present in the segment. */
+  pIdxSelect = fts5IdxSelectStmt(p);
+  if( p->rc ) return;
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pIdxSelect, 1, pSeg->iSegid);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, pTerm, nTerm, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect) ){
+    i64 val = sqlite3_column_int(pIdxSelect, 0);
+    iPg = (int)(val>>1);
+    bDlidx = (val & 0x0001);
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect);
+
+  if( iPg<pSeg->pgnoFirst ){
+    iPg = pSeg->pgnoFirst;
+    bDlidx = 0;
+  }
+
+  pIter->iLeafPgno = iPg - 1;
+  fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+
+  if( pIter->pLeaf ){
+    fts5LeafSeek(p, bGe, pIter, pTerm, nTerm);
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bGe==0 ){
+    pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM;
+    if( pIter->pLeaf ){
+      if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC ){
+        pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE;
+      }
+      if( bDlidx ){
+        fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(p, pIter);
+      }
+      if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC ){
+        fts5SegIterReverse(p, pIter);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter);
+
+  /* Either:
+  **
+  **   1) an error has occurred, or
+  **   2) the iterator points to EOF, or
+  **   3) the iterator points to an entry with term (pTerm/nTerm), or
+  **   4) the FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN flag was set and the iterator points
+  **      to an entry with a term greater than or equal to (pTerm/nTerm).
+  */
+  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK                                          /* 1 */
+   || pIter->pLeaf==0                                               /* 2 */
+   || fts5BufferCompareBlob(&pIter->term, pTerm, nTerm)==0          /* 3 */
+   || (bGe && fts5BufferCompareBlob(&pIter->term, pTerm, nTerm)>0)  /* 4 */
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the
+** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the 
+** iterator is set to EOF.
+**
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If 
+** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterHashInit(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend */
+  const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm,     /* Term to seek to */
+  int flags,                      /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_XXX flags */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter              /* Object to populate */
+){
+  const u8 *pList = 0;
+  int nList = 0;
+  const u8 *z = 0;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  assert( p->pHash );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pTerm==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN) ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(p->pHash, (const char*)pTerm, nTerm);
+    sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(p->pHash, (const char**)&z, &pList, &nList);
+    n = (z ? (int)strlen((const char*)z) : 0);
+  }else{
+    pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM;
+    sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, (const char*)pTerm, nTerm, &pList, &nList);
+    z = pTerm;
+    n = nTerm;
+  }
+
+  if( pList ){
+    Fts5Data *pLeaf;
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pIter->term, n, z);
+    pLeaf = fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Data));
+    if( pLeaf==0 ) return;
+    pLeaf->p = (u8*)pList;
+    pLeaf->nn = pLeaf->szLeaf = nList;
+    pIter->pLeaf = pLeaf;
+    pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pLeaf->p, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+    pIter->iEndofDoclist = pLeaf->nn;
+
+    if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC ){
+      pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE;
+      fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter);
+    }else{
+      fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Zero the iterator passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterClear(Fts5SegIter *pIter){
+  fts5BufferFree(&pIter->term);
+  fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf);
+  fts5DataRelease(pIter->pNextLeaf);
+  fts5DlidxIterFree(pIter->pDlidx);
+  sqlite3_free(pIter->aRowidOffset);
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(Fts5SegIter));
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+
+/*
+** This function is used as part of the big assert() procedure implemented by
+** fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(). It ensures that the result currently stored
+** in *pRes is the correct result of comparing the current positions of the
+** two iterators.
+*/
+static void fts5AssertComparisonResult(
+  Fts5Iter *pIter, 
+  Fts5SegIter *p1,
+  Fts5SegIter *p2,
+  Fts5CResult *pRes
+){
+  int i1 = p1 - pIter->aSeg;
+  int i2 = p2 - pIter->aSeg;
+
+  if( p1->pLeaf || p2->pLeaf ){
+    if( p1->pLeaf==0 ){
+      assert( pRes->iFirst==i2 );
+    }else if( p2->pLeaf==0 ){
+      assert( pRes->iFirst==i1 );
+    }else{
+      int nMin = MIN(p1->term.n, p2->term.n);
+      int res = memcmp(p1->term.p, p2->term.p, nMin);
+      if( res==0 ) res = p1->term.n - p2->term.n;
+
+      if( res==0 ){
+        assert( pRes->bTermEq==1 );
+        assert( p1->iRowid!=p2->iRowid );
+        res = ((p1->iRowid > p2->iRowid)==pIter->bRev) ? -1 : 1;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRes->bTermEq==0 );
+      }
+
+      if( res<0 ){
+        assert( pRes->iFirst==i1 );
+      }else{
+        assert( pRes->iFirst==i2 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined when this module
+** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert() 
+** statement used to verify that the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] array
+** are correct.
+*/
+static void fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5SegIter *pFirst = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ];
+    int i;
+
+    assert( (pFirst->pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof );
+
+    /* Check that pIter->iSwitchRowid is set correctly. */
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){
+      Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i];
+      assert( p1==pFirst 
+           || p1->pLeaf==0 
+           || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term) 
+           || p1->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid
+           || (p1->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev
+      );
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i+=2){
+      Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i];
+      Fts5SegIter *p2 = &pIter->aSeg[i+1];
+      Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[(pIter->nSeg + i) / 2];
+      fts5AssertComparisonResult(pIter, p1, p2, pRes);
+    }
+
+    for(i=1; i<(pIter->nSeg / 2); i+=2){
+      Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[i*2].iFirst ];
+      Fts5SegIter *p2 = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[i*2+1].iFirst ];
+      Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[i];
+      fts5AssertComparisonResult(pIter, p1, p2, pRes);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Do the comparison necessary to populate pIter->aFirst[iOut].
+**
+** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry
+** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing
+** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority, 
+** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array.
+*/
+static int fts5MultiIterDoCompare(Fts5Iter *pIter, int iOut){
+  int i1;                         /* Index of left-hand Fts5SegIter */
+  int i2;                         /* Index of right-hand Fts5SegIter */
+  int iRes;
+  Fts5SegIter *p1;                /* Left-hand Fts5SegIter */
+  Fts5SegIter *p2;                /* Right-hand Fts5SegIter */
+  Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[iOut];
+
+  assert( iOut<pIter->nSeg && iOut>0 );
+  assert( pIter->bRev==0 || pIter->bRev==1 );
+
+  if( iOut>=(pIter->nSeg/2) ){
+    i1 = (iOut - pIter->nSeg/2) * 2;
+    i2 = i1 + 1;
+  }else{
+    i1 = pIter->aFirst[iOut*2].iFirst;
+    i2 = pIter->aFirst[iOut*2+1].iFirst;
+  }
+  p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i1];
+  p2 = &pIter->aSeg[i2];
+
+  pRes->bTermEq = 0;
+  if( p1->pLeaf==0 ){           /* If p1 is at EOF */
+    iRes = i2;
+  }else if( p2->pLeaf==0 ){     /* If p2 is at EOF */
+    iRes = i1;
+  }else{
+    int res = fts5BufferCompare(&p1->term, &p2->term);
+    if( res==0 ){
+      assert( i2>i1 );
+      assert( i2!=0 );
+      pRes->bTermEq = 1;
+      if( p1->iRowid==p2->iRowid ){
+        p1->bDel = p2->bDel;
+        return i2;
+      }
+      res = ((p1->iRowid > p2->iRowid)==pIter->bRev) ? -1 : +1;
+    }
+    assert( res!=0 );
+    if( res<0 ){
+      iRes = i1;
+    }else{
+      iRes = i2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pRes->iFirst = (u16)iRes;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the seg-iter so that it points to the first rowid on page iLeafPgno.
+** It is an error if leaf iLeafPgno does not exist or contains no rowids.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterGotoPage(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter,             /* Iterator to advance */
+  int iLeafPgno
+){
+  assert( iLeafPgno>pIter->iLeafPgno );
+
+  if( iLeafPgno>pIter->pSeg->pgnoLast ){
+    p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+  }else{
+    fts5DataRelease(pIter->pNextLeaf);
+    pIter->pNextLeaf = 0;
+    pIter->iLeafPgno = iLeafPgno-1;
+    fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter);
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pIter->iLeafPgno==iLeafPgno );
+
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int iOff;
+      u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p;
+      int n = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf;
+
+      iOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pIter->pLeaf);
+      if( iOff<4 || iOff>=n ){
+        p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }else{
+        iOff += fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+        pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff;
+        fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or 
+** past rowid iFrom. Regardless of the value of iFrom, the iterator is
+** always advanced at least once.
+*/
+static void fts5SegIterNextFrom(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pIter,             /* Iterator to advance */
+  i64 iMatch                      /* Advance iterator at least this far */
+){
+  int bRev = (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE);
+  Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = pIter->pDlidx;
+  int iLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno;
+  int bMove = 1;
+
+  assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM );
+  assert( pIter->pDlidx );
+  assert( pIter->pLeaf );
+
+  if( bRev==0 ){
+    while( !fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx) && iMatch>fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx) ){
+      iLeafPgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx);
+      fts5DlidxIterNext(p, pDlidx);
+    }
+    assert_nc( iLeafPgno>=pIter->iLeafPgno || p->rc );
+    if( iLeafPgno>pIter->iLeafPgno ){
+      fts5SegIterGotoPage(p, pIter, iLeafPgno);
+      bMove = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( pIter->pNextLeaf==0 );
+    assert( iMatch<pIter->iRowid );
+    while( !fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx) && iMatch<fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx) ){
+      fts5DlidxIterPrev(p, pDlidx);
+    }
+    iLeafPgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx);
+
+    assert( fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx) || iLeafPgno<=pIter->iLeafPgno );
+
+    if( iLeafPgno<pIter->iLeafPgno ){
+      pIter->iLeafPgno = iLeafPgno+1;
+      fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(p, pIter);
+      bMove = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  do{
+    if( bMove && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pIter->xNext(p, pIter, 0);
+    if( pIter->pLeaf==0 ) break;
+    if( bRev==0 && pIter->iRowid>=iMatch ) break;
+    if( bRev!=0 && pIter->iRowid<=iMatch ) break;
+    bMove = 1;
+  }while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Free the iterator object passed as the second argument.
+*/
+static void fts5MultiIterFree(Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  if( pIter ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){
+      fts5SegIterClear(&pIter->aSeg[i]);
+    }
+    fts5StructureRelease(pIter->pStruct);
+    fts5BufferFree(&pIter->poslist);
+    sqlite3_free(pIter);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5MultiIterAdvanced(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */
+  Fts5Iter *pIter,                /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */
+  int iChanged,                   /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */
+  int iMinset                     /* Minimum entry in aFirst[] to set */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=(pIter->nSeg+iChanged)/2; i>=iMinset && p->rc==SQLITE_OK; i=i/2){
+    int iEq;
+    if( (iEq = fts5MultiIterDoCompare(pIter, i)) ){
+      Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[iEq];
+      assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      i = pIter->nSeg + iEq;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sub-iterator iChanged of iterator pIter has just been advanced. It still
+** points to the same term though - just a different rowid. This function
+** attempts to update the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] accordingly.
+** If it does so successfully, 0 is returned. Otherwise 1.
+**
+** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced()
+** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except
+** that it deals with more complicated cases as well.
+*/ 
+static int fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(
+  Fts5Iter *pIter,                /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */
+  int iChanged,                   /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */
+  Fts5SegIter **ppFirst
+){
+  Fts5SegIter *pNew = &pIter->aSeg[iChanged];
+
+  if( pNew->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid
+   || (pNew->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev
+  ){
+    int i;
+    Fts5SegIter *pOther = &pIter->aSeg[iChanged ^ 0x0001];
+    pIter->iSwitchRowid = pIter->bRev ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
+    for(i=(pIter->nSeg+iChanged)/2; 1; i=i/2){
+      Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[i];
+
+      assert( pNew->pLeaf );
+      assert( pRes->bTermEq==0 || pOther->pLeaf );
+
+      if( pRes->bTermEq ){
+        if( pNew->iRowid==pOther->iRowid ){
+          return 1;
+        }else if( (pOther->iRowid>pNew->iRowid)==pIter->bRev ){
+          pIter->iSwitchRowid = pOther->iRowid;
+          pNew = pOther;
+        }else if( (pOther->iRowid>pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev ){
+          pIter->iSwitchRowid = pOther->iRowid;
+        }
+      }
+      pRes->iFirst = (u16)(pNew - pIter->aSeg);
+      if( i==1 ) break;
+
+      pOther = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[i ^ 0x0001].iFirst ];
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppFirst = pNew;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the pIter->bEof variable based on the state of the sub-iterators.
+*/
+static void fts5MultiIterSetEof(Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ];
+  pIter->base.bEof = pSeg->pLeaf==0;
+  pIter->iSwitchRowid = pSeg->iRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the iterator to the next entry. 
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not 
+** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at 
+** EOF when this function is called.
+*/
+static void fts5MultiIterNext(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5Iter *pIter,
+  int bFrom,                      /* True if argument iFrom is valid */
+  i64 iFrom                       /* Advance at least as far as this */
+){
+  int bUseFrom = bFrom;
+  assert( pIter->base.bEof==0 );
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iFirst = pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst;
+    int bNewTerm = 0;
+    Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[iFirst];
+    assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( bUseFrom && pSeg->pDlidx ){
+      fts5SegIterNextFrom(p, pSeg, iFrom);
+    }else{
+      pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm);
+    }
+
+    if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm 
+     || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg)
+    ){
+      fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1);
+      fts5MultiIterSetEof(pIter);
+      pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst];
+      if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 ) return;
+    }
+
+    fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(p, pIter);
+    assert( pSeg==&pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst] && pSeg->pLeaf );
+    if( pIter->bSkipEmpty==0 || pSeg->nPos ){
+      pIter->xSetOutputs(pIter, pSeg);
+      return;
+    }
+    bUseFrom = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5MultiIterNext2(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5Iter *pIter,
+  int *pbNewTerm                  /* OUT: True if *might* be new term */
+){
+  assert( pIter->bSkipEmpty );
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    do {
+      int iFirst = pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst;
+      Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[iFirst];
+      int bNewTerm = 0;
+
+      assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm);
+      if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm 
+       || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg)
+      ){
+        fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1);
+        fts5MultiIterSetEof(pIter);
+        *pbNewTerm = 1;
+      }else{
+        *pbNewTerm = 0;
+      }
+      fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(p, pIter);
+
+    }while( fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(p, pIter) );
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Noop(Fts5Iter *pUnused1, Fts5SegIter *pUnused2){
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(pUnused1, pUnused2);
+}
+
+static Fts5Iter *fts5MultiIterAlloc(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */
+  int nSeg
+){
+  Fts5Iter *pNew;
+  int nSlot;                      /* Power of two >= nSeg */
+
+  for(nSlot=2; nSlot<nSeg; nSlot=nSlot*2);
+  pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p, 
+      sizeof(Fts5Iter) +                  /* pNew */
+      sizeof(Fts5SegIter) * (nSlot-1) +   /* pNew->aSeg[] */
+      sizeof(Fts5CResult) * nSlot         /* pNew->aFirst[] */
+  );
+  if( pNew ){
+    pNew->nSeg = nSlot;
+    pNew->aFirst = (Fts5CResult*)&pNew->aSeg[nSlot];
+    pNew->pIndex = p;
+    pNew->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Noop;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+static void fts5PoslistCallback(
+  Fts5Index *pUnused, 
+  void *pContext, 
+  const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+  assert_nc( nChunk>=0 );
+  if( nChunk>0 ){
+    fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob((Fts5Buffer*)pContext, pChunk, nChunk);
+  }
+}
+
+typedef struct PoslistCallbackCtx PoslistCallbackCtx;
+struct PoslistCallbackCtx {
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf;               /* Append to this buffer */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset;            /* Restrict matches to this column */
+  int eState;                     /* See above */
+};
+
+typedef struct PoslistOffsetsCtx PoslistOffsetsCtx;
+struct PoslistOffsetsCtx {
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf;               /* Append to this buffer */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset;            /* Restrict matches to this column */
+  int iRead;
+  int iWrite;
+};
+
+/*
+** TODO: Make this more efficient!
+*/
+static int fts5IndexColsetTest(Fts5Colset *pColset, int iCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pColset->nCol; i++){
+    if( pColset->aiCol[i]==iCol ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback(
+  Fts5Index *pUnused, 
+  void *pContext, 
+  const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
+){
+  PoslistOffsetsCtx *pCtx = (PoslistOffsetsCtx*)pContext;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+  assert_nc( nChunk>=0 );
+  if( nChunk>0 ){
+    int i = 0;
+    while( i<nChunk ){
+      int iVal;
+      i += fts5GetVarint32(&pChunk[i], iVal);
+      iVal += pCtx->iRead - 2;
+      pCtx->iRead = iVal;
+      if( fts5IndexColsetTest(pCtx->pColset, iVal) ){
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pCtx->pBuf, iVal + 2 - pCtx->iWrite);
+        pCtx->iWrite = iVal;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5PoslistFilterCallback(
+  Fts5Index *pUnused,
+  void *pContext, 
+  const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
+){
+  PoslistCallbackCtx *pCtx = (PoslistCallbackCtx*)pContext;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+  assert_nc( nChunk>=0 );
+  if( nChunk>0 ){
+    /* Search through to find the first varint with value 1. This is the
+    ** start of the next columns hits. */
+    int i = 0;
+    int iStart = 0;
+
+    if( pCtx->eState==2 ){
+      int iCol;
+      fts5FastGetVarint32(pChunk, i, iCol);
+      if( fts5IndexColsetTest(pCtx->pColset, iCol) ){
+        pCtx->eState = 1;
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pCtx->pBuf, 1);
+      }else{
+        pCtx->eState = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    do {
+      while( i<nChunk && pChunk[i]!=0x01 ){
+        while( pChunk[i] & 0x80 ) i++;
+        i++;
+      }
+      if( pCtx->eState ){
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pCtx->pBuf, &pChunk[iStart], i-iStart);
+      }
+      if( i<nChunk ){
+        int iCol;
+        iStart = i;
+        i++;
+        if( i>=nChunk ){
+          pCtx->eState = 2;
+        }else{
+          fts5FastGetVarint32(pChunk, i, iCol);
+          pCtx->eState = fts5IndexColsetTest(pCtx->pColset, iCol);
+          if( pCtx->eState ){
+            fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pCtx->pBuf, &pChunk[iStart], i-iStart);
+            iStart = i;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }while( i<nChunk );
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5ChunkIterate(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Index object */
+  Fts5SegIter *pSeg,              /* Poslist of this iterator */
+  void *pCtx,                     /* Context pointer for xChunk callback */
+  void (*xChunk)(Fts5Index*, void*, const u8*, int)
+){
+  int nRem = pSeg->nPos;          /* Number of bytes still to come */
+  Fts5Data *pData = 0;
+  u8 *pChunk = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
+  int nChunk = MIN(nRem, pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf - pSeg->iLeafOffset);
+  int pgno = pSeg->iLeafPgno;
+  int pgnoSave = 0;
+
+  /* This function does notmwork with detail=none databases. */
+  assert( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+
+  if( (pSeg->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE)==0 ){
+    pgnoSave = pgno+1;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    xChunk(p, pCtx, pChunk, nChunk);
+    nRem -= nChunk;
+    fts5DataRelease(pData);
+    if( nRem<=0 ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      pgno++;
+      pData = fts5LeafRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->pSeg->iSegid, pgno));
+      if( pData==0 ) break;
+      pChunk = &pData->p[4];
+      nChunk = MIN(nRem, pData->szLeaf - 4);
+      if( pgno==pgnoSave ){
+        assert( pSeg->pNextLeaf==0 );
+        pSeg->pNextLeaf = pData;
+        pData = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterator pIter currently points to a valid entry (not EOF). This
+** function appends the position list data for the current entry to
+** buffer pBuf. It does not make a copy of the position-list size
+** field.
+*/
+static void fts5SegiterPoslist(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  Fts5SegIter *pSeg,
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf
+){
+  if( 0==fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, pBuf, pSeg->nPos) ){
+    if( pColset==0 ){
+      fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSeg, (void*)pBuf, fts5PoslistCallback);
+    }else{
+      if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+        PoslistCallbackCtx sCtx;
+        sCtx.pBuf = pBuf;
+        sCtx.pColset = pColset;
+        sCtx.eState = fts5IndexColsetTest(pColset, 0);
+        assert( sCtx.eState==0 || sCtx.eState==1 );
+        fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSeg, (void*)&sCtx, fts5PoslistFilterCallback);
+      }else{
+        PoslistOffsetsCtx sCtx;
+        memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
+        sCtx.pBuf = pBuf;
+        sCtx.pColset = pColset;
+        fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSeg, (void*)&sCtx, fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** IN/OUT parameter (*pa) points to a position list n bytes in size. If
+** the position list contains entries for column iCol, then (*pa) is set
+** to point to the sub-position-list for that column and the number of
+** bytes in it returned. Or, if the argument position list does not
+** contain any entries for column iCol, return 0.
+*/
+static int fts5IndexExtractCol(
+  const u8 **pa,                  /* IN/OUT: Pointer to poslist */
+  int n,                          /* IN: Size of poslist in bytes */
+  int iCol                        /* Column to extract from poslist */
+){
+  int iCurrent = 0;               /* Anything before the first 0x01 is col 0 */
+  const u8 *p = *pa;
+  const u8 *pEnd = &p[n];         /* One byte past end of position list */
+
+  while( iCol>iCurrent ){
+    /* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is
+    ** not part of a varint. Note that it is not possible for a negative
+    ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position 
+    ** list. So the last byte of each varint may be assumed to have a clear
+    ** 0x80 bit.  */
+    while( *p!=0x01 ){
+      while( *p++ & 0x80 );
+      if( p>=pEnd ) return 0;
+    }
+    *pa = p++;
+    iCurrent = *p++;
+    if( iCurrent & 0x80 ){
+      p--;
+      p += fts5GetVarint32(p, iCurrent);
+    }
+  }
+  if( iCol!=iCurrent ) return 0;
+
+  /* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is
+  ** not part of a varint */
+  while( p<pEnd && *p!=0x01 ){
+    while( *p++ & 0x80 );
+  }
+
+  return p - (*pa);
+}
+
+static int fts5IndexExtractColset (
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,            /* Colset to filter on */
+  const u8 *pPos, int nPos,       /* Position list */
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf                /* Output buffer */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  fts5BufferZero(pBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<pColset->nCol; i++){
+    const u8 *pSub = pPos;
+    int nSub = fts5IndexExtractCol(&pSub, nPos, pColset->aiCol[i]);
+    if( nSub ){
+      fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, pBuf, nSub, pSub);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=none tables.
+*/
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_None(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
+  assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+  pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid;
+  pIter->base.nData = pSeg->nPos;
+}
+
+/*
+** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=full and detail=col tables when no
+** column filters are specified.
+*/
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
+  pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid;
+  pIter->base.nData = pSeg->nPos;
+
+  assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+  assert( pIter->pColset==0 );
+
+  if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+    /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output 
+    ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */
+    pIter->base.pData = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
+  }else{
+    /* The data is distributed over two or more pages. Copy it into the
+    ** Fts5Iter.poslist buffer and then set the output pointer to point
+    ** to this buffer.  */
+    fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist);
+    fts5SegiterPoslist(pIter->pIndex, pSeg, 0, &pIter->poslist);
+    pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** xSetOutputs callback used when the Fts5Colset object has nCol==0 (match
+** against no columns at all).
+*/
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_ZeroColset(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pSeg);
+  pIter->base.nData = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=col when there is a column filter
+** and there are 100 or more columns. Also called as a fallback from
+** fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100 if the column-list spans more than one page.
+*/
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
+  fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist);
+  fts5SegiterPoslist(pIter->pIndex, pSeg, pIter->pColset, &pIter->poslist);
+  pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid;
+  pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p;
+  pIter->base.nData = pIter->poslist.n;
+}
+
+/*
+** xSetOutputs callback used when: 
+**
+**   * detail=col,
+**   * there is a column filter, and
+**   * the table contains 100 or fewer columns. 
+**
+** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as 
+** single-byte varints.
+*/
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
+
+  assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS );
+  assert( pIter->pColset );
+
+  if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos>pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+    fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(pIter, pSeg);
+  }else{
+    u8 *a = (u8*)&pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
+    u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos]; 
+    int iPrev = 0;
+    int *aiCol = pIter->pColset->aiCol;
+    int *aiColEnd = &aiCol[pIter->pColset->nCol];
+
+    u8 *aOut = pIter->poslist.p;
+    int iPrevOut = 0;
+
+    pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid;
+
+    while( a<pEnd ){
+      iPrev += (int)a++[0] - 2;
+      while( *aiCol<iPrev ){
+        aiCol++;
+        if( aiCol==aiColEnd ) goto setoutputs_col_out;
+      }
+      if( *aiCol==iPrev ){
+        *aOut++ = (u8)((iPrev - iPrevOut) + 2);
+        iPrevOut = iPrev;
+      }
+    }
+
+setoutputs_col_out:
+    pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p;
+    pIter->base.nData = aOut - pIter->poslist.p;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=full when there is a column filter.
+*/
+static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Full(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
+  Fts5Colset *pColset = pIter->pColset;
+  pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid;
+
+  assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL );
+  assert( pColset );
+
+  if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+    /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output 
+    ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */
+    const u8 *a = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
+    if( pColset->nCol==1 ){
+      pIter->base.nData = fts5IndexExtractCol(&a, pSeg->nPos,pColset->aiCol[0]);
+      pIter->base.pData = a;
+    }else{
+      fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist);
+      fts5IndexExtractColset(pColset, a, pSeg->nPos, &pIter->poslist);
+      pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p;
+      pIter->base.nData = pIter->poslist.n;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The data is distributed over two or more pages. Copy it into the
+    ** Fts5Iter.poslist buffer and then set the output pointer to point
+    ** to this buffer.  */
+    fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist);
+    fts5SegiterPoslist(pIter->pIndex, pSeg, pColset, &pIter->poslist);
+    pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p;
+    pIter->base.nData = pIter->poslist.n;
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5IterSetOutputCb(int *pRc, Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = pIter->pIndex->pConfig;
+    if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_None;
+    }
+
+    else if( pIter->pColset==0 ){
+      pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset;
+    }
+
+    else if( pIter->pColset->nCol==0 ){
+      pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_ZeroColset;
+    }
+
+    else if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+      pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Full;
+    }
+
+    else{
+      assert( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS );
+      if( pConfig->nCol<=100 ){
+        pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100;
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(pRc, &pIter->poslist, pConfig->nCol);
+      }else{
+        pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Col;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Fts5Iter object.
+**
+** The new object will be used to iterate through data in structure pStruct.
+** If iLevel is -ve, then all data in all segments is merged. Or, if iLevel
+** is zero or greater, data from the first nSegment segments on level iLevel
+** is merged.
+**
+** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the 
+** iterated data.
+*/
+static void fts5MultiIterNew(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct,         /* Structure of specific index */
+  int flags,                      /* FTS5INDEX_QUERY_XXX flags */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,            /* Colset to filter on (or NULL) */
+  const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm,     /* Term to seek to (or NULL/0) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level to iterate (-1 for all) */
+  int nSegment,                   /* Number of segments to merge (iLevel>=0) */
+  Fts5Iter **ppOut                /* New object */
+){
+  int nSeg = 0;                   /* Number of segment-iters in use */
+  int iIter = 0;                  /* */
+  int iSeg;                       /* Used to iterate through segments */
+  Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl;
+  Fts5Iter *pNew;
+
+  assert( (pTerm==0 && nTerm==0) || iLevel<0 );
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new multi-seg-iterator. */
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( iLevel<0 ){
+      assert( pStruct->nSegment==fts5StructureCountSegments(pStruct) );
+      nSeg = pStruct->nSegment;
+      nSeg += (p->pHash ? 1 : 0);
+    }else{
+      nSeg = MIN(pStruct->aLevel[iLevel].nSeg, nSegment);
+    }
+  }
+  *ppOut = pNew = fts5MultiIterAlloc(p, nSeg);
+  if( pNew==0 ) return;
+  pNew->bRev = (0!=(flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC));
+  pNew->bSkipEmpty = (0!=(flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY));
+  pNew->pStruct = pStruct;
+  pNew->pColset = pColset;
+  fts5StructureRef(pStruct);
+  if( (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT)==0 ){
+    fts5IterSetOutputCb(&p->rc, pNew);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize each of the component segment iterators. */
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( iLevel<0 ){
+      Fts5StructureLevel *pEnd = &pStruct->aLevel[pStruct->nLevel];
+      if( p->pHash ){
+        /* Add a segment iterator for the current contents of the hash table. */
+        Fts5SegIter *pIter = &pNew->aSeg[iIter++];
+        fts5SegIterHashInit(p, pTerm, nTerm, flags, pIter);
+      }
+      for(pLvl=&pStruct->aLevel[0]; pLvl<pEnd; pLvl++){
+        for(iSeg=pLvl->nSeg-1; iSeg>=0; iSeg--){
+          Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg];
+          Fts5SegIter *pIter = &pNew->aSeg[iIter++];
+          if( pTerm==0 ){
+            fts5SegIterInit(p, pSeg, pIter);
+          }else{
+            fts5SegIterSeekInit(p, pTerm, nTerm, flags, pSeg, pIter);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLevel];
+      for(iSeg=nSeg-1; iSeg>=0; iSeg--){
+        fts5SegIterInit(p, &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg], &pNew->aSeg[iIter++]);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iIter==nSeg );
+  }
+
+  /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points 
+  ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the 
+  ** aFirst[] array. Or, if an error has occurred, free the iterator
+  ** object and set the output variable to NULL.  */
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    for(iIter=pNew->nSeg-1; iIter>0; iIter--){
+      int iEq;
+      if( (iEq = fts5MultiIterDoCompare(pNew, iIter)) ){
+        Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pNew->aSeg[iEq];
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+        fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pNew, iEq, iIter);
+      }
+    }
+    fts5MultiIterSetEof(pNew);
+    fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(p, pNew);
+
+    if( pNew->bSkipEmpty && fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(p, pNew) ){
+      fts5MultiIterNext(p, pNew, 0, 0);
+    }else if( pNew->base.bEof==0 ){
+      Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pNew->aSeg[pNew->aFirst[1].iFirst];
+      pNew->xSetOutputs(pNew, pSeg);
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    fts5MultiIterFree(pNew);
+    *ppOut = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an Fts5Iter that iterates through the doclist provided
+** as the second argument.
+*/
+static void fts5MultiIterNew2(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */
+  Fts5Data *pData,                /* Doclist to iterate through */
+  int bDesc,                      /* True for descending rowid order */
+  Fts5Iter **ppOut                /* New object */
+){
+  Fts5Iter *pNew;
+  pNew = fts5MultiIterAlloc(p, 2);
+  if( pNew ){
+    Fts5SegIter *pIter = &pNew->aSeg[1];
+
+    pIter->flags = FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM;
+    if( pData->szLeaf>0 ){
+      pIter->pLeaf = pData;
+      pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pData->p, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid);
+      pIter->iEndofDoclist = pData->nn;
+      pNew->aFirst[1].iFirst = 1;
+      if( bDesc ){
+        pNew->bRev = 1;
+        pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE;
+        fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter);
+      }else{
+        fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter);
+      }
+      pData = 0;
+    }else{
+      pNew->base.bEof = 1;
+    }
+    fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter);
+
+    *ppOut = pNew;
+  }
+
+  fts5DataRelease(pData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred. 
+** False otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts5MultiIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  assert( p->rc 
+      || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof 
+  );
+  return (p->rc || pIter->base.bEof);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the rowid of the entry that the iterator currently points
+** to. If the iterator points to EOF when this function is called the
+** results are undefined.
+*/
+static i64 fts5MultiIterRowid(Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  assert( pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf );
+  return pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].iRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the iterator to the next entry at or following iMatch.
+*/
+static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5Iter *pIter, 
+  i64 iMatch
+){
+  while( 1 ){
+    i64 iRowid;
+    fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 1, iMatch);
+    if( fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter) ) break;
+    iRowid = fts5MultiIterRowid(pIter);
+    if( pIter->bRev==0 && iRowid>=iMatch ) break;
+    if( pIter->bRev!=0 && iRowid<=iMatch ) break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the 
+** entry that the iterator currently points to.
+*/
+static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){
+  Fts5SegIter *p = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ];
+  *pn = p->term.n;
+  return p->term.p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new segment-id for the structure pStruct. The new segment
+** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by 
+** any currently existing segment. If a free segment id cannot be found,
+** SQLITE_FULL is returned.
+**
+** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is 
+** returned in this case.
+*/
+static int fts5AllocateSegid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){
+  int iSegid = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pStruct->nSegment>=FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }else{
+      /* FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT is currently defined as 2000. So the following
+      ** array is 63 elements, or 252 bytes, in size.  */
+      u32 aUsed[(FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT+31) / 32];
+      int iLvl, iSeg;
+      int i;
+      u32 mask;
+      memset(aUsed, 0, sizeof(aUsed));
+      for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+        for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){
+          int iId = pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg].iSegid;
+          if( iId<=FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT ){
+            aUsed[(iId-1) / 32] |= 1 << ((iId-1) % 32);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      for(i=0; aUsed[i]==0xFFFFFFFF; i++);
+      mask = aUsed[i];
+      for(iSegid=0; mask & (1 << iSegid); iSegid++);
+      iSegid += 1 + i*32;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+        for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){
+          assert( iSegid!=pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg].iSegid );
+        }
+      }
+      assert( iSegid>0 && iSegid<=FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT );
+
+      {
+        sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect = fts5IdxSelectStmt(p);
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          u8 aBlob[2] = {0xff, 0xff};
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pIdxSelect, 1, iSegid);
+          sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, aBlob, 2, SQLITE_STATIC);
+          assert( sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect)!=SQLITE_ROW );
+          p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+  return iSegid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard all data currently cached in the hash-tables.
+*/
+static void fts5IndexDiscardData(Fts5Index *p){
+  assert( p->pHash || p->nPendingData==0 );
+  if( p->pHash ){
+    sqlite3Fts5HashClear(p->pHash);
+    p->nPendingData = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer 
+** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld).
+**
+** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater 
+** than buffer (pOld/nOld).
+*/
+static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    if( pOld[i]!=pNew[i] ) break;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+static void fts5WriteDlidxClear(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+  int bFlush                      /* If true, write dlidx to disk */
+){
+  int i;
+  assert( bFlush==0 || (pWriter->nDlidx>0 && pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n>0) );
+  for(i=0; i<pWriter->nDlidx; i++){
+    Fts5DlidxWriter *pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[i];
+    if( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ) break;
+    if( bFlush ){
+      assert( pDlidx->pgno!=0 );
+      fts5DataWrite(p, 
+          FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno),
+          pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n
+      );
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(&pDlidx->buf);
+    pDlidx->bPrevValid = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Grow the pWriter->aDlidx[] array to at least nLvl elements in size.
+** Any new array elements are zeroed before returning.
+*/
+static int fts5WriteDlidxGrow(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+  int nLvl
+){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && nLvl>=pWriter->nDlidx ){
+    Fts5DlidxWriter *aDlidx = (Fts5DlidxWriter*)sqlite3_realloc(
+        pWriter->aDlidx, sizeof(Fts5DlidxWriter) * nLvl
+    );
+    if( aDlidx==0 ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      int nByte = sizeof(Fts5DlidxWriter) * (nLvl - pWriter->nDlidx);
+      memset(&aDlidx[pWriter->nDlidx], 0, nByte);
+      pWriter->aDlidx = aDlidx;
+      pWriter->nDlidx = nLvl;
+    }
+  }
+  return p->rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the current doclist-index accumulating in pWriter->aDlidx[] is large
+** enough, flush it to disk and return 1. Otherwise discard it and return
+** zero.
+*/
+static int fts5WriteFlushDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){
+  int bFlag = 0;
+
+  /* If there were FTS5_MIN_DLIDX_SIZE or more empty leaf pages written
+  ** to the database, also write the doclist-index to disk.  */
+  if( pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n>0 && pWriter->nEmpty>=FTS5_MIN_DLIDX_SIZE ){
+    bFlag = 1;
+  }
+  fts5WriteDlidxClear(p, pWriter, bFlag);
+  pWriter->nEmpty = 0;
+  return bFlag;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the 
+** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed. 
+**
+** The doclist-index for that term is currently stored in-memory within the
+** Fts5SegWriter.aDlidx[] array. If it is large enough, this function
+** writes it out to disk. Or, if it is too small to bother with, discards
+** it.
+**
+** Fts5SegWriter.btterm currently contains the first term on page iBtPage.
+*/
+static void fts5WriteFlushBtree(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){
+  int bFlag;
+
+  assert( pWriter->iBtPage || pWriter->nEmpty==0 );
+  if( pWriter->iBtPage==0 ) return;
+  bFlag = fts5WriteFlushDlidx(p, pWriter);
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *z = (pWriter->btterm.n>0?(const char*)pWriter->btterm.p:"");
+    /* The following was already done in fts5WriteInit(): */
+    /* sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxWriter, 1, pWriter->iSegid); */
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pIdxWriter, 2, z, pWriter->btterm.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pIdxWriter, 3, bFlag + ((i64)pWriter->iBtPage<<1));
+    sqlite3_step(p->pIdxWriter);
+    p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pIdxWriter);
+  }
+  pWriter->iBtPage = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called once for each leaf page except the first that contains
+** at least one term. Argument (nTerm/pTerm) is the split-key - a term that
+** is larger than all terms written to earlier leaves, and equal to or
+** smaller than the first term on the new leaf.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. If an error
+** has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5WriteBtreeTerm(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,         /* Writer object */
+  int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm      /* First term on new page */
+){
+  fts5WriteFlushBtree(p, pWriter);
+  fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pWriter->btterm, nTerm, pTerm);
+  pWriter->iBtPage = pWriter->writer.pgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when flushing a leaf page that contains no
+** terms at all to disk.
+*/
+static void fts5WriteBtreeNoTerm(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter          /* Writer object */
+){
+  /* If there were no rowids on the leaf page either and the doclist-index
+  ** has already been started, append an 0x00 byte to it.  */
+  if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage && pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n>0 ){
+    Fts5DlidxWriter *pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[0];
+    assert( pDlidx->bPrevValid );
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the "number of sequential leaves without a term" counter. */
+  pWriter->nEmpty++;
+}
+
+static i64 fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){
+  i64 iRowid;
+  int iOff;
+
+  iOff = 1 + fts5GetVarint(&pBuf->p[1], (u64*)&iRowid);
+  fts5GetVarint(&pBuf->p[iOff], (u64*)&iRowid);
+  return iRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rowid iRowid has just been appended to the current leaf page. It is the
+** first on the page. This function appends an appropriate entry to the current
+** doclist-index.
+*/
+static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, 
+  i64 iRowid
+){
+  int i;
+  int bDone = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bDone==0; i++){
+    i64 iVal;
+    Fts5DlidxWriter *pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[i];
+
+    if( pDlidx->buf.n>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){
+      /* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push
+      ** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next
+      ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree 
+      ** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node,
+      ** also push its first rowid upwards. */
+      pDlidx->buf.p[0] = 0x01;    /* Not the root node */
+      fts5DataWrite(p, 
+          FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno),
+          pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n
+      );
+      fts5WriteDlidxGrow(p, pWriter, i+2);
+      pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[i];
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pDlidx[1].buf.n==0 ){
+        i64 iFirst = fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(&pDlidx->buf);
+
+        /* This was the root node. Push its first rowid up to the new root. */
+        pDlidx[1].pgno = pDlidx->pgno;
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx[1].buf, 0);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx[1].buf, pDlidx->pgno);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx[1].buf, iFirst);
+        pDlidx[1].bPrevValid = 1;
+        pDlidx[1].iPrev = iFirst;
+      }
+
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(&pDlidx->buf);
+      pDlidx->bPrevValid = 0;
+      pDlidx->pgno++;
+    }else{
+      bDone = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( pDlidx->bPrevValid ){
+      iVal = iRowid - pDlidx->iPrev;
+    }else{
+      i64 iPgno = (i==0 ? pWriter->writer.pgno : pDlidx[-1].pgno);
+      assert( pDlidx->buf.n==0 );
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, !bDone);
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, iPgno);
+      iVal = iRowid;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, iVal);
+    pDlidx->bPrevValid = 1;
+    pDlidx->iPrev = iRowid;
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5WriteFlushLeaf(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){
+  static const u8 zero[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+  Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
+  i64 iRowid;
+
+static int nCall = 0;
+nCall++;
+
+  assert( (pPage->pgidx.n==0)==(pWriter->bFirstTermInPage) );
+
+  /* Set the szLeaf header field. */
+  assert( 0==fts5GetU16(&pPage->buf.p[2]) );
+  fts5PutU16(&pPage->buf.p[2], (u16)pPage->buf.n);
+
+  if( pWriter->bFirstTermInPage ){
+    /* No term was written to this page. */
+    assert( pPage->pgidx.n==0 );
+    fts5WriteBtreeNoTerm(p, pWriter);
+  }else{
+    /* Append the pgidx to the page buffer. Set the szLeaf header field. */
+    fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, pPage->pgidx.n, pPage->pgidx.p);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the page out to disk */
+  iRowid = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, pPage->pgno);
+  fts5DataWrite(p, iRowid, pPage->buf.p, pPage->buf.n);
+
+  /* Initialize the next page. */
+  fts5BufferZero(&pPage->buf);
+  fts5BufferZero(&pPage->pgidx);
+  fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, 4, zero);
+  pPage->iPrevPgidx = 0;
+  pPage->pgno++;
+
+  /* Increase the leaves written counter */
+  pWriter->nLeafWritten++;
+
+  /* The new leaf holds no terms or rowids */
+  pWriter->bFirstTermInPage = 1;
+  pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed
+** as the second argument.
+**
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has 
+** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5WriteAppendTerm(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+  int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm 
+){
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */
+  Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
+  Fts5Buffer *pPgidx = &pWriter->writer.pgidx;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( pPage->buf.n>=4 );
+  assert( pPage->buf.n>4 || pWriter->bFirstTermInPage );
+
+  /* If the current leaf page is full, flush it to disk. */
+  if( (pPage->buf.n + pPgidx->n + nTerm + 2)>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){
+    if( pPage->buf.n>4 ){
+      fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter);
+    }
+    fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm+FTS5_DATA_PADDING);
+  }
+  
+  /* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */
+  pPgidx->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(
+      &pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n - pPage->iPrevPgidx
+  );
+  pPage->iPrevPgidx = pPage->buf.n;
+#if 0
+  fts5PutU16(&pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n);
+  pPgidx->n += 2;
+#endif
+
+  if( pWriter->bFirstTermInPage ){
+    nPrefix = 0;
+    if( pPage->pgno!=1 ){
+      /* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in
+      ** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to
+      ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term 
+      ** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to
+      ** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one
+      ** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the
+      ** previous term. 
+      **
+      ** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception
+      ** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step.
+      ** In this case the previous term is not available, so just write a
+      ** copy of (pTerm/nTerm) into the parent node. This is slightly
+      ** inefficient, but still correct.  */
+      int n = nTerm;
+      if( pPage->term.n ){
+        n = 1 + fts5PrefixCompress(pPage->term.n, pPage->term.p, pTerm);
+      }
+      fts5WriteBtreeTerm(p, pWriter, n, pTerm);
+      pPage = &pWriter->writer;
+    }
+  }else{
+    nPrefix = fts5PrefixCompress(pPage->term.n, pPage->term.p, pTerm);
+    fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nPrefix);
+  }
+
+  /* Append the number of bytes of new data, then the term data itself
+  ** to the page. */
+  fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm - nPrefix);
+  fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm - nPrefix, &pTerm[nPrefix]);
+
+  /* Update the Fts5PageWriter.term field. */
+  fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pPage->term, nTerm, pTerm);
+  pWriter->bFirstTermInPage = 0;
+
+  pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage = 0;
+  pWriter->bFirstRowidInDoclist = 1;
+
+  assert( p->rc || (pWriter->nDlidx>0 && pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n==0) );
+  pWriter->aDlidx[0].pgno = pPage->pgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output. 
+*/
+static void fts5WriteAppendRowid(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+  i64 iRowid
+){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
+
+    if( (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){
+      fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter);
+    }
+
+    /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the 
+    ** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx
+    ** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required.  */
+    if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){
+      fts5PutU16(pPage->buf.p, (u16)pPage->buf.n);
+      fts5WriteDlidxAppend(p, pWriter, iRowid);
+    }
+
+    /* Write the rowid. */
+    if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInDoclist || pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){
+      fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, iRowid);
+    }else{
+      assert( p->rc || iRowid>pWriter->iPrevRowid );
+      fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, iRowid - pWriter->iPrevRowid);
+    }
+    pWriter->iPrevRowid = iRowid;
+    pWriter->bFirstRowidInDoclist = 0;
+    pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, 
+  const u8 *aData, 
+  int nData
+){
+  Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
+  const u8 *a = aData;
+  int n = nData;
+  
+  assert( p->pConfig->pgsz>0 );
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK 
+     && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz 
+  ){
+    int nReq = p->pConfig->pgsz - pPage->buf.n - pPage->pgidx.n;
+    int nCopy = 0;
+    while( nCopy<nReq ){
+      i64 dummy;
+      nCopy += fts5GetVarint(&a[nCopy], (u64*)&dummy);
+    }
+    fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nCopy, a);
+    a += nCopy;
+    n -= nCopy;
+    fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter);
+  }
+  if( n>0 ){
+    fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, n, a);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any data cached by the writer object to the database. Free any
+** allocations associated with the writer.
+*/
+static void fts5WriteFinish(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,         /* Writer object */
+  int *pnLeaf                     /* OUT: Number of leaf pages in b-tree */
+){
+  int i;
+  Fts5PageWriter *pLeaf = &pWriter->writer;
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pLeaf->pgno>=1 );
+    if( pLeaf->buf.n>4 ){
+      fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter);
+    }
+    *pnLeaf = pLeaf->pgno-1;
+    if( pLeaf->pgno>1 ){
+      fts5WriteFlushBtree(p, pWriter);
+    }
+  }
+  fts5BufferFree(&pLeaf->term);
+  fts5BufferFree(&pLeaf->buf);
+  fts5BufferFree(&pLeaf->pgidx);
+  fts5BufferFree(&pWriter->btterm);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pWriter->nDlidx; i++){
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&pWriter->aDlidx[i].buf);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pWriter->aDlidx);
+}
+
+static void fts5WriteInit(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, 
+  int iSegid
+){
+  const int nBuffer = p->pConfig->pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING;
+
+  memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(Fts5SegWriter));
+  pWriter->iSegid = iSegid;
+
+  fts5WriteDlidxGrow(p, pWriter, 1);
+  pWriter->writer.pgno = 1;
+  pWriter->bFirstTermInPage = 1;
+  pWriter->iBtPage = 1;
+
+  assert( pWriter->writer.buf.n==0 );
+  assert( pWriter->writer.pgidx.n==0 );
+
+  /* Grow the two buffers to pgsz + padding bytes in size. */
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &pWriter->writer.pgidx, nBuffer);
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &pWriter->writer.buf, nBuffer);
+
+  if( p->pIdxWriter==0 ){
+    Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+    fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxWriter, sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)", 
+          pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    ));
+  }
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Initialize the 4-byte leaf-page header to 0x00. */
+    memset(pWriter->writer.buf.p, 0, 4);
+    pWriter->writer.buf.n = 4;
+
+    /* Bind the current output segment id to the index-writer. This is an
+    ** optimization over binding the same value over and over as rows are
+    ** inserted into %_idx by the current writer.  */
+    sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxWriter, 1, pWriter->iSegid);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterator pIter was used to iterate through the input segments of on an
+** incremental merge operation. This function is called if the incremental
+** merge step has finished but the input has not been completely exhausted.
+*/
+static void fts5TrimSegments(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){
+  int i;
+  Fts5Buffer buf;
+  memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){
+    Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[i];
+    if( pSeg->pSeg==0 ){
+      /* no-op */
+    }else if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 ){
+      /* All keys from this input segment have been transfered to the output.
+      ** Set both the first and last page-numbers to 0 to indicate that the
+      ** segment is now empty. */
+      pSeg->pSeg->pgnoLast = 0;
+      pSeg->pSeg->pgnoFirst = 0;
+    }else{
+      int iOff = pSeg->iTermLeafOffset;     /* Offset on new first leaf page */
+      i64 iLeafRowid;
+      Fts5Data *pData;
+      int iId = pSeg->pSeg->iSegid;
+      u8 aHdr[4] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+      iLeafRowid = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iId, pSeg->iTermLeafPgno);
+      pData = fts5DataRead(p, iLeafRowid);
+      if( pData ){
+        fts5BufferZero(&buf);
+        fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &buf, pData->nn);
+        fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, sizeof(aHdr), aHdr);
+        fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pSeg->term.n);
+        fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, pSeg->term.n, pSeg->term.p);
+        fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, pData->szLeaf-iOff, &pData->p[iOff]);
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          /* Set the szLeaf field */
+          fts5PutU16(&buf.p[2], (u16)buf.n);
+        }
+
+        /* Set up the new page-index array */
+        fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, 4);
+        if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno 
+         && pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf 
+        ){
+          int nDiff = pData->szLeaf - pSeg->iEndofDoclist;
+          fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, buf.n - 1 - nDiff - 4);
+          fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, 
+              pData->nn - pSeg->iPgidxOff, &pData->p[pSeg->iPgidxOff]
+          );
+        }
+
+        fts5DataRelease(pData);
+        pSeg->pSeg->pgnoFirst = pSeg->iTermLeafPgno;
+        fts5DataDelete(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iId, 1), iLeafRowid);
+        fts5DataWrite(p, iLeafRowid, buf.p, buf.n);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  fts5BufferFree(&buf);
+}
+
+static void fts5MergeChunkCallback(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  void *pCtx, 
+  const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
+){
+  Fts5SegWriter *pWriter = (Fts5SegWriter*)pCtx;
+  fts5WriteAppendPoslistData(p, pWriter, pChunk, nChunk);
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static void fts5IndexMergeLevel(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5Structure **ppStruct,       /* IN/OUT: Stucture of index */
+  int iLvl,                       /* Level to read input from */
+  int *pnRem                      /* Write up to this many output leaves */
+){
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct;
+  Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl];
+  Fts5StructureLevel *pLvlOut;
+  Fts5Iter *pIter = 0;       /* Iterator to read input data */
+  int nRem = pnRem ? *pnRem : 0;  /* Output leaf pages left to write */
+  int nInput;                     /* Number of input segments */
+  Fts5SegWriter writer;           /* Writer object */
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg;     /* Output segment */
+  Fts5Buffer term;
+  int bOldest;                    /* True if the output segment is the oldest */
+  int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail;
+  const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
+
+  assert( iLvl<pStruct->nLevel );
+  assert( pLvl->nMerge<=pLvl->nSeg );
+
+  memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(Fts5SegWriter));
+  memset(&term, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+  if( pLvl->nMerge ){
+    pLvlOut = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl+1];
+    assert( pLvlOut->nSeg>0 );
+    nInput = pLvl->nMerge;
+    pSeg = &pLvlOut->aSeg[pLvlOut->nSeg-1];
+
+    fts5WriteInit(p, &writer, pSeg->iSegid);
+    writer.writer.pgno = pSeg->pgnoLast+1;
+    writer.iBtPage = 0;
+  }else{
+    int iSegid = fts5AllocateSegid(p, pStruct);
+
+    /* Extend the Fts5Structure object as required to ensure the output
+    ** segment exists. */
+    if( iLvl==pStruct->nLevel-1 ){
+      fts5StructureAddLevel(&p->rc, ppStruct);
+      pStruct = *ppStruct;
+    }
+    fts5StructureExtendLevel(&p->rc, pStruct, iLvl+1, 1, 0);
+    if( p->rc ) return;
+    pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl];
+    pLvlOut = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl+1];
+
+    fts5WriteInit(p, &writer, iSegid);
+
+    /* Add the new segment to the output level */
+    pSeg = &pLvlOut->aSeg[pLvlOut->nSeg];
+    pLvlOut->nSeg++;
+    pSeg->pgnoFirst = 1;
+    pSeg->iSegid = iSegid;
+    pStruct->nSegment++;
+
+    /* Read input from all segments in the input level */
+    nInput = pLvl->nSeg;
+  }
+  bOldest = (pLvlOut->nSeg==1 && pStruct->nLevel==iLvl+2);
+
+  assert( iLvl>=0 );
+  for(fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags, 0, 0, 0, iLvl, nInput, &pIter);
+      fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter)==0;
+      fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 0, 0)
+  ){
+    Fts5SegIter *pSegIter = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ];
+    int nPos;                     /* position-list size field value */
+    int nTerm;
+    const u8 *pTerm;
+
+    /* Check for key annihilation. */
+    if( pSegIter->nPos==0 && (bOldest || pSegIter->bDel==0) ) continue;
+
+    pTerm = fts5MultiIterTerm(pIter, &nTerm);
+    if( nTerm!=term.n || memcmp(pTerm, term.p, nTerm) ){
+      if( pnRem && writer.nLeafWritten>nRem ){
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* This is a new term. Append a term to the output segment. */
+      fts5WriteAppendTerm(p, &writer, nTerm, pTerm);
+      fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &term, nTerm, pTerm);
+    }
+
+    /* Append the rowid to the output */
+    /* WRITEPOSLISTSIZE */
+    fts5WriteAppendRowid(p, &writer, fts5MultiIterRowid(pIter));
+
+    if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      if( pSegIter->bDel ){
+        fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &writer.writer.buf, 0);
+        if( pSegIter->nPos>0 ){
+          fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &writer.writer.buf, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Append the position-list data to the output */
+      nPos = pSegIter->nPos*2 + pSegIter->bDel;
+      fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &writer.writer.buf, nPos);
+      fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSegIter, (void*)&writer, fts5MergeChunkCallback);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Flush the last leaf page to disk. Set the output segment b-tree height
+  ** and last leaf page number at the same time.  */
+  fts5WriteFinish(p, &writer, &pSeg->pgnoLast);
+
+  if( fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter) ){
+    int i;
+
+    /* Remove the redundant segments from the %_data table */
+    for(i=0; i<nInput; i++){
+      fts5DataRemoveSegment(p, pLvl->aSeg[i].iSegid);
+    }
+
+    /* Remove the redundant segments from the input level */
+    if( pLvl->nSeg!=nInput ){
+      int nMove = (pLvl->nSeg - nInput) * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment);
+      memmove(pLvl->aSeg, &pLvl->aSeg[nInput], nMove);
+    }
+    pStruct->nSegment -= nInput;
+    pLvl->nSeg -= nInput;
+    pLvl->nMerge = 0;
+    if( pSeg->pgnoLast==0 ){
+      pLvlOut->nSeg--;
+      pStruct->nSegment--;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( pSeg->pgnoLast>0 );
+    fts5TrimSegments(p, pIter);
+    pLvl->nMerge = nInput;
+  }
+
+  fts5MultiIterFree(pIter);
+  fts5BufferFree(&term);
+  if( pnRem ) *pnRem -= writer.nLeafWritten;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do up to nPg pages of automerge work on the index.
+**
+** Return true if any changes were actually made, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts5IndexMerge(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5Structure **ppStruct,       /* IN/OUT: Current structure of index */
+  int nPg,                        /* Pages of work to do */
+  int nMin                        /* Minimum number of segments to merge */
+){
+  int nRem = nPg;
+  int bRet = 0;
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct;
+  while( nRem>0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iLvl;                   /* To iterate through levels */
+    int iBestLvl = 0;           /* Level offering the most input segments */
+    int nBest = 0;              /* Number of input segments on best level */
+
+    /* Set iBestLvl to the level to read input segments from. */
+    assert( pStruct->nLevel>0 );
+    for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+      Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl];
+      if( pLvl->nMerge ){
+        if( pLvl->nMerge>nBest ){
+          iBestLvl = iLvl;
+          nBest = pLvl->nMerge;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      if( pLvl->nSeg>nBest ){
+        nBest = pLvl->nSeg;
+        iBestLvl = iLvl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If nBest is still 0, then the index must be empty. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    for(iLvl=0; nBest==0 && iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+      assert( pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg==0 );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if( nBest<nMin && pStruct->aLevel[iBestLvl].nMerge==0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    bRet = 1;
+    fts5IndexMergeLevel(p, &pStruct, iBestLvl, &nRem);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pStruct->aLevel[iBestLvl].nMerge==0 ){
+      fts5StructurePromote(p, iBestLvl+1, pStruct);
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStruct = pStruct;
+  return bRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** A total of nLeaf leaf pages of data has just been flushed to a level-0
+** segment. This function updates the write-counter accordingly and, if
+** necessary, performs incremental merge work.
+**
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has 
+** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5IndexAutomerge(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5Structure **ppStruct,       /* IN/OUT: Current structure of index */
+  int nLeaf                       /* Number of output leaves just written */
+){
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->pConfig->nAutomerge>0 ){
+    Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct;
+    u64 nWrite;                   /* Initial value of write-counter */
+    int nWork;                    /* Number of work-quanta to perform */
+    int nRem;                     /* Number of leaf pages left to write */
+
+    /* Update the write-counter. While doing so, set nWork. */
+    nWrite = pStruct->nWriteCounter;
+    nWork = (int)(((nWrite + nLeaf) / p->nWorkUnit) - (nWrite / p->nWorkUnit));
+    pStruct->nWriteCounter += nLeaf;
+    nRem = (int)(p->nWorkUnit * nWork * pStruct->nLevel);
+
+    fts5IndexMerge(p, ppStruct, nRem, p->pConfig->nAutomerge);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5IndexCrisismerge(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5Structure **ppStruct        /* IN/OUT: Current structure of index */
+){
+  const int nCrisis = p->pConfig->nCrisisMerge;
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct;
+  int iLvl = 0;
+
+  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pStruct->nLevel>0 );
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg>=nCrisis ){
+    fts5IndexMergeLevel(p, &pStruct, iLvl, 0);
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pStruct->nLevel>(iLvl+1) );
+    fts5StructurePromote(p, iLvl+1, pStruct);
+    iLvl++;
+  }
+  *ppStruct = pStruct;
+}
+
+static int fts5IndexReturn(Fts5Index *p){
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct Fts5FlushCtx Fts5FlushCtx;
+struct Fts5FlushCtx {
+  Fts5Index *pIdx;
+  Fts5SegWriter writer; 
+};
+
+/*
+** Buffer aBuf[] contains a list of varints, all small enough to fit
+** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this 
+** list nMax bytes or less in size.
+*/
+static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){
+  int ret;
+  u32 dummy;
+  ret = fts5GetVarint32(aBuf, dummy);
+  if( ret<nMax ){
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i = fts5GetVarint32(&aBuf[ret], dummy);
+      if( (ret + i) > nMax ) break;
+      ret += i;
+    }
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0 
+** segment on disk. Also update the corresponding structure record.
+**
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has 
+** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){
+  Fts5Hash *pHash = p->pHash;
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;
+  int iSegid;
+  int pgnoLast = 0;                 /* Last leaf page number in segment */
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the index structure and allocate a new segment-id
+  ** for the new level-0 segment.  */
+  pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+  iSegid = fts5AllocateSegid(p, pStruct);
+  fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+
+  if( iSegid ){
+    const int pgsz = p->pConfig->pgsz;
+    int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail;
+    Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg;   /* New segment within pStruct */
+    Fts5Buffer *pBuf;             /* Buffer in which to assemble leaf page */
+    Fts5Buffer *pPgidx;           /* Buffer in which to assemble pgidx */
+
+    Fts5SegWriter writer;
+    fts5WriteInit(p, &writer, iSegid);
+
+    pBuf = &writer.writer.buf;
+    pPgidx = &writer.writer.pgidx;
+
+    /* fts5WriteInit() should have initialized the buffers to (most likely)
+    ** the maximum space required. */
+    assert( p->rc || pBuf->nSpace>=(pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING) );
+    assert( p->rc || pPgidx->nSpace>=(pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING) );
+
+    /* Begin scanning through hash table entries. This loop runs once for each
+    ** term/doclist currently stored within the hash table. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(pHash, 0, 0);
+    }
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(pHash) ){
+      const char *zTerm;          /* Buffer containing term */
+      const u8 *pDoclist;         /* Pointer to doclist for this term */
+      int nDoclist;               /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+
+      /* Write the term for this entry to disk. */
+      sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(pHash, &zTerm, &pDoclist, &nDoclist);
+      fts5WriteAppendTerm(p, &writer, (int)strlen(zTerm), (const u8*)zTerm);
+
+      assert( writer.bFirstRowidInPage==0 );
+      if( pgsz>=(pBuf->n + pPgidx->n + nDoclist + 1) ){
+        /* The entire doclist will fit on the current leaf. */
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, pDoclist, nDoclist);
+      }else{
+        i64 iRowid = 0;
+        i64 iDelta = 0;
+        int iOff = 0;
+
+        /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following 
+        ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current 
+        ** doclist.  */
+        while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<nDoclist ){
+          iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pDoclist[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta);
+          iRowid += iDelta;
+          
+          if( writer.bFirstRowidInPage ){
+            fts5PutU16(&pBuf->p[0], (u16)pBuf->n);   /* first rowid on page */
+            pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iRowid);
+            writer.bFirstRowidInPage = 0;
+            fts5WriteDlidxAppend(p, &writer, iRowid);
+          }else{
+            pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iDelta);
+          }
+          assert( pBuf->n<=pBuf->nSpace );
+
+          if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+            if( iOff<nDoclist && pDoclist[iOff]==0 ){
+              pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = 0;
+              iOff++;
+              if( iOff<nDoclist && pDoclist[iOff]==0 ){
+                pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = 0;
+                iOff++;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (pBuf->n + pPgidx->n)>=pgsz ){
+              fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, &writer);
+            }
+          }else{
+            int bDummy;
+            int nPos;
+            int nCopy = fts5GetPoslistSize(&pDoclist[iOff], &nPos, &bDummy);
+            nCopy += nPos;
+            if( (pBuf->n + pPgidx->n + nCopy) <= pgsz ){
+              /* The entire poslist will fit on the current leaf. So copy
+              ** it in one go. */
+              fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, &pDoclist[iOff], nCopy);
+            }else{
+              /* The entire poslist will not fit on this leaf. So it needs
+              ** to be broken into sections. The only qualification being
+              ** that each varint must be stored contiguously.  */
+              const u8 *pPoslist = &pDoclist[iOff];
+              int iPos = 0;
+              while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+                int nSpace = pgsz - pBuf->n - pPgidx->n;
+                int n = 0;
+                if( (nCopy - iPos)<=nSpace ){
+                  n = nCopy - iPos;
+                }else{
+                  n = fts5PoslistPrefix(&pPoslist[iPos], nSpace);
+                }
+                assert( n>0 );
+                fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, &pPoslist[iPos], n);
+                iPos += n;
+                if( (pBuf->n + pPgidx->n)>=pgsz ){
+                  fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, &writer);
+                }
+                if( iPos>=nCopy ) break;
+              }
+            }
+            iOff += nCopy;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* TODO2: Doclist terminator written here. */
+      /* pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = '\0'; */
+      assert( pBuf->n<=pBuf->nSpace );
+      sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(pHash);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts5HashClear(pHash);
+    fts5WriteFinish(p, &writer, &pgnoLast);
+
+    /* Update the Fts5Structure. It is written back to the database by the
+    ** fts5StructureRelease() call below.  */
+    if( pStruct->nLevel==0 ){
+      fts5StructureAddLevel(&p->rc, &pStruct);
+    }
+    fts5StructureExtendLevel(&p->rc, pStruct, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pSeg = &pStruct->aLevel[0].aSeg[ pStruct->aLevel[0].nSeg++ ];
+      pSeg->iSegid = iSegid;
+      pSeg->pgnoFirst = 1;
+      pSeg->pgnoLast = pgnoLast;
+      pStruct->nSegment++;
+    }
+    fts5StructurePromote(p, 0, pStruct);
+  }
+
+  fts5IndexAutomerge(p, &pStruct, pgnoLast);
+  fts5IndexCrisismerge(p, &pStruct);
+  fts5StructureWrite(p, pStruct);
+  fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any data stored in the in-memory hash tables to the database.
+*/
+static void fts5IndexFlush(Fts5Index *p){
+  /* Unless it is empty, flush the hash table to disk */
+  if( p->nPendingData ){
+    assert( p->pHash );
+    p->nPendingData = 0;
+    fts5FlushOneHash(p);
+  }
+}
+
+static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct
+){
+  Fts5Structure *pNew = 0;
+  int nByte = sizeof(Fts5Structure);
+  int nSeg = pStruct->nSegment;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does
+  ** not require optimization if either:
+  **
+  **  + it consists of fewer than two segments, or 
+  **  + all segments are on the same level, or
+  **  + all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation.
+  **
+  ** In the first case, return NULL. In the second, increment the ref-count
+  ** on *pStruct and return a copy of the pointer to it.
+  */
+  if( nSeg<2 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pStruct->nLevel; i++){
+    int nThis = pStruct->aLevel[i].nSeg;
+    if( nThis==nSeg || (nThis==nSeg-1 && pStruct->aLevel[i].nMerge==nThis) ){
+      fts5StructureRef(pStruct);
+      return pStruct;
+    }
+    assert( pStruct->aLevel[i].nMerge<=nThis );
+  }
+
+  nByte += (pStruct->nLevel+1) * sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel);
+  pNew = (Fts5Structure*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&p->rc, nByte);
+
+  if( pNew ){
+    Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl;
+    nByte = nSeg * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment);
+    pNew->nLevel = pStruct->nLevel+1;
+    pNew->nRef = 1;
+    pNew->nWriteCounter = pStruct->nWriteCounter;
+    pLvl = &pNew->aLevel[pStruct->nLevel];
+    pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&p->rc, nByte);
+    if( pLvl->aSeg ){
+      int iLvl, iSeg;
+      int iSegOut = 0;
+      /* Iterate through all segments, from oldest to newest. Add them to
+      ** the new Fts5Level object so that pLvl->aSeg[0] is the oldest
+      ** segment in the data structure.  */
+      for(iLvl=pStruct->nLevel-1; iLvl>=0; iLvl--){
+        for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){
+          pLvl->aSeg[iSegOut] = pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg];
+          iSegOut++;
+        }
+      }
+      pNew->nSegment = pLvl->nSeg = nSeg;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(pNew);
+      pNew = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(Fts5Index *p){
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;
+  Fts5Structure *pNew = 0;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  fts5IndexFlush(p);
+  pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+  fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+
+  if( pStruct ){
+    pNew = fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(p, pStruct);
+  }
+  fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+
+  assert( pNew==0 || pNew->nSegment>0 );
+  if( pNew ){
+    int iLvl;
+    for(iLvl=0; pNew->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg==0; iLvl++){}
+    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg>0 ){
+      int nRem = FTS5_OPT_WORK_UNIT;
+      fts5IndexMergeLevel(p, &pNew, iLvl, &nRem);
+    }
+
+    fts5StructureWrite(p, pNew);
+    fts5StructureRelease(pNew);
+  }
+
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p); 
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to implement the special "VALUES('merge', $nMerge)"
+** INSERT command.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexMerge(Fts5Index *p, int nMerge){
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+  if( pStruct ){
+    int nMin = p->pConfig->nUsermerge;
+    fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+    if( nMerge<0 ){
+      Fts5Structure *pNew = fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(p, pStruct);
+      fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+      pStruct = pNew;
+      nMin = 2;
+      nMerge = nMerge*-1;
+    }
+    if( pStruct && pStruct->nLevel ){
+      if( fts5IndexMerge(p, &pStruct, nMerge, nMin) ){
+        fts5StructureWrite(p, pStruct);
+      }
+    }
+    fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+  }
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+static void fts5AppendRowid(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  i64 iDelta,
+  Fts5Iter *pUnused,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+  fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, pBuf, iDelta);
+}
+
+static void fts5AppendPoslist(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  i64 iDelta,
+  Fts5Iter *pMulti,
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf
+){
+  int nData = pMulti->base.nData;
+  assert( nData>0 );
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, pBuf, nData+9+9) ){
+    fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, iDelta);
+    fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, nData*2);
+    fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, pMulti->base.pData, nData);
+  }
+}
+
+
+static void fts5DoclistIterNext(Fts5DoclistIter *pIter){
+  u8 *p = pIter->aPoslist + pIter->nSize + pIter->nPoslist;
+
+  assert( pIter->aPoslist );
+  if( p>=pIter->aEof ){
+    pIter->aPoslist = 0;
+  }else{
+    i64 iDelta;
+
+    p += fts5GetVarint(p, (u64*)&iDelta);
+    pIter->iRowid += iDelta;
+
+    /* Read position list size */
+    if( p[0] & 0x80 ){
+      int nPos;
+      pIter->nSize = fts5GetVarint32(p, nPos);
+      pIter->nPoslist = (nPos>>1);
+    }else{
+      pIter->nPoslist = ((int)(p[0])) >> 1;
+      pIter->nSize = 1;
+    }
+
+    pIter->aPoslist = p;
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5DoclistIterInit(
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf, 
+  Fts5DoclistIter *pIter
+){
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter));
+  pIter->aPoslist = pBuf->p;
+  pIter->aEof = &pBuf->p[pBuf->n];
+  fts5DoclistIterNext(pIter);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** Append a doclist to buffer pBuf.
+**
+** This function assumes that space within the buffer has already been
+** allocated.
+*/
+static void fts5MergeAppendDocid(
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf,               /* Buffer to write to */
+  i64 *piLastRowid,               /* IN/OUT: Previous rowid written (if any) */
+  i64 iRowid                      /* Rowid to append */
+){
+  assert( pBuf->n!=0 || (*piLastRowid)==0 );
+  fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, iRowid - *piLastRowid);
+  *piLastRowid = iRowid;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define fts5MergeAppendDocid(pBuf, iLastRowid, iRowid) {       \
+  assert( (pBuf)->n!=0 || (iLastRowid)==0 );                   \
+  fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint((pBuf), (iRowid) - (iLastRowid)); \
+  (iLastRowid) = (iRowid);                                     \
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap the contents of buffer *p1 with that of *p2.
+*/
+static void fts5BufferSwap(Fts5Buffer *p1, Fts5Buffer *p2){
+  Fts5Buffer tmp = *p1;
+  *p1 = *p2;
+  *p2 = tmp;
+}
+
+static void fts5NextRowid(Fts5Buffer *pBuf, int *piOff, i64 *piRowid){
+  int i = *piOff;
+  if( i>=pBuf->n ){
+    *piOff = -1;
+  }else{
+    u64 iVal;
+    *piOff = i + sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pBuf->p[i], &iVal);
+    *piRowid += iVal;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the equivalent of fts5MergePrefixLists() for detail=none mode.
+** In this case the buffers consist of a delta-encoded list of rowids only.
+*/
+static void fts5MergeRowidLists(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5Buffer *p1,                 /* First list to merge */
+  Fts5Buffer *p2                  /* Second list to merge */
+){
+  int i1 = 0;
+  int i2 = 0;
+  i64 iRowid1 = 0;
+  i64 iRowid2 = 0;
+  i64 iOut = 0;
+
+  Fts5Buffer out;
+  memset(&out, 0, sizeof(out));
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n);
+  if( p->rc ) return;
+
+  fts5NextRowid(p1, &i1, &iRowid1);
+  fts5NextRowid(p2, &i2, &iRowid2);
+  while( i1>=0 || i2>=0 ){
+    if( i1>=0 && (i2<0 || iRowid1<iRowid2) ){
+      assert( iOut==0 || iRowid1>iOut );
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&out, iRowid1 - iOut);
+      iOut = iRowid1;
+      fts5NextRowid(p1, &i1, &iRowid1);
+    }else{
+      assert( iOut==0 || iRowid2>iOut );
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&out, iRowid2 - iOut);
+      iOut = iRowid2;
+      if( i1>=0 && iRowid1==iRowid2 ){
+        fts5NextRowid(p1, &i1, &iRowid1);
+      }
+      fts5NextRowid(p2, &i2, &iRowid2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts5BufferSwap(&out, p1);
+  fts5BufferFree(&out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Buffers p1 and p2 contain doclists. This function merges the content
+** of the two doclists together and sets buffer p1 to the result before
+** returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is left in p->rc. If an error has
+** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5MergePrefixLists(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5Buffer *p1,                 /* First list to merge */
+  Fts5Buffer *p2                  /* Second list to merge */
+){
+  if( p2->n ){
+    i64 iLastRowid = 0;
+    Fts5DoclistIter i1;
+    Fts5DoclistIter i2;
+    Fts5Buffer out = {0, 0, 0};
+    Fts5Buffer tmp = {0, 0, 0};
+
+    if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n) ) return;
+    fts5DoclistIterInit(p1, &i1);
+    fts5DoclistIterInit(p2, &i2);
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      if( i1.iRowid<i2.iRowid ){
+        /* Copy entry from i1 */
+        fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i1.iRowid);
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i1.aPoslist, i1.nPoslist+i1.nSize);
+        fts5DoclistIterNext(&i1);
+        if( i1.aPoslist==0 ) break;
+      }
+      else if( i2.iRowid!=i1.iRowid ){
+        /* Copy entry from i2 */
+        fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid);
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i2.aPoslist, i2.nPoslist+i2.nSize);
+        fts5DoclistIterNext(&i2);
+        if( i2.aPoslist==0 ) break;
+      }
+      else{
+        /* Merge the two position lists. */ 
+        i64 iPos1 = 0;
+        i64 iPos2 = 0;
+        int iOff1 = 0;
+        int iOff2 = 0;
+        u8 *a1 = &i1.aPoslist[i1.nSize];
+        u8 *a2 = &i2.aPoslist[i2.nSize];
+
+        i64 iPrev = 0;
+        Fts5PoslistWriter writer;
+        memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(writer));
+
+        fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid);
+        fts5BufferZero(&tmp);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &tmp, i1.nPoslist + i2.nPoslist);
+        if( p->rc ) break;
+
+        sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1);
+        sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a2, i2.nPoslist, &iOff2, &iPos2);
+        assert( iPos1>=0 && iPos2>=0 );
+
+        if( iPos1<iPos2 ){
+          sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos1);
+          sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos2);
+          sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a2, i2.nPoslist, &iOff2, &iPos2);
+        }
+
+        if( iPos1>=0 && iPos2>=0 ){
+          while( 1 ){
+            if( iPos1<iPos2 ){
+              if( iPos1!=iPrev ){
+                sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos1);
+              }
+              sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1);
+              if( iPos1<0 ) break;
+            }else{
+              assert( iPos2!=iPrev );
+              sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos2);
+              sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a2, i2.nPoslist, &iOff2, &iPos2);
+              if( iPos2<0 ) break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        if( iPos1>=0 ){
+          if( iPos1!=iPrev ){
+            sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos1);
+          }
+          fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&tmp, &a1[iOff1], i1.nPoslist-iOff1);
+        }else{
+          assert( iPos2>=0 && iPos2!=iPrev );
+          sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos2);
+          fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&tmp, &a2[iOff2], i2.nPoslist-iOff2);
+        }
+
+        /* WRITEPOSLISTSIZE */
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&out, tmp.n * 2);
+        fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, tmp.p, tmp.n);
+        fts5DoclistIterNext(&i1);
+        fts5DoclistIterNext(&i2);
+        if( i1.aPoslist==0 || i2.aPoslist==0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( i1.aPoslist ){
+      fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i1.iRowid);
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i1.aPoslist, i1.aEof - i1.aPoslist);
+    }
+    else if( i2.aPoslist ){
+      fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid);
+      fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i2.aPoslist, i2.aEof - i2.aPoslist);
+    }
+
+    fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, p1, out.n, out.p);
+    fts5BufferFree(&tmp);
+    fts5BufferFree(&out);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5SetupPrefixIter(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Index to read from */
+  int bDesc,                      /* True for "ORDER BY rowid DESC" */
+  const u8 *pToken,               /* Buffer containing prefix to match */
+  int nToken,                     /* Size of buffer pToken in bytes */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,            /* Restrict matches to these columns */
+  Fts5Iter **ppIter          /* OUT: New iterator */
+){
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;
+  Fts5Buffer *aBuf;
+  const int nBuf = 32;
+
+  void (*xMerge)(Fts5Index*, Fts5Buffer*, Fts5Buffer*);
+  void (*xAppend)(Fts5Index*, i64, Fts5Iter*, Fts5Buffer*);
+  if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+    xMerge = fts5MergeRowidLists;
+    xAppend = fts5AppendRowid;
+  }else{
+    xMerge = fts5MergePrefixLists;
+    xAppend = fts5AppendPoslist;
+  }
+
+  aBuf = (Fts5Buffer*)fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)*nBuf);
+  pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+
+  if( aBuf && pStruct ){
+    const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN 
+                    | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY 
+                    | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
+    int i;
+    i64 iLastRowid = 0;
+    Fts5Iter *p1 = 0;     /* Iterator used to gather data from index */
+    Fts5Data *pData;
+    Fts5Buffer doclist;
+    int bNewTerm = 1;
+
+    memset(&doclist, 0, sizeof(doclist));
+    fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags, pColset, pToken, nToken, -1, 0, &p1);
+    fts5IterSetOutputCb(&p->rc, p1);
+    for( /* no-op */ ;
+        fts5MultiIterEof(p, p1)==0;
+        fts5MultiIterNext2(p, p1, &bNewTerm)
+    ){
+      Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &p1->aSeg[ p1->aFirst[1].iFirst ];
+      int nTerm = pSeg->term.n;
+      const u8 *pTerm = pSeg->term.p;
+      p1->xSetOutputs(p1, pSeg);
+
+      assert_nc( memcmp(pToken, pTerm, MIN(nToken, nTerm))<=0 );
+      if( bNewTerm ){
+        if( nTerm<nToken || memcmp(pToken, pTerm, nToken) ) break;
+      }
+
+      if( p1->base.nData==0 ) continue;
+
+      if( p1->base.iRowid<=iLastRowid && doclist.n>0 ){
+        for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && doclist.n; i++){
+          assert( i<nBuf );
+          if( aBuf[i].n==0 ){
+            fts5BufferSwap(&doclist, &aBuf[i]);
+            fts5BufferZero(&doclist);
+          }else{
+            xMerge(p, &doclist, &aBuf[i]);
+            fts5BufferZero(&aBuf[i]);
+          }
+        }
+        iLastRowid = 0;
+      }
+
+      xAppend(p, p1->base.iRowid-iLastRowid, p1, &doclist);
+      iLastRowid = p1->base.iRowid;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<nBuf; i++){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        xMerge(p, &doclist, &aBuf[i]);
+      }
+      fts5BufferFree(&aBuf[i]);
+    }
+    fts5MultiIterFree(p1);
+
+    pData = fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Data) + doclist.n);
+    if( pData ){
+      pData->p = (u8*)&pData[1];
+      pData->nn = pData->szLeaf = doclist.n;
+      memcpy(pData->p, doclist.p, doclist.n);
+      fts5MultiIterNew2(p, pData, bDesc, ppIter);
+    }
+    fts5BufferFree(&doclist);
+  }
+
+  fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+  sqlite3_free(aBuf);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Indicate that all subsequent calls to sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite() pertain
+** to the document with rowid iRowid.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(Fts5Index *p, int bDelete, i64 iRowid){
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  /* Allocate the hash table if it has not already been allocated */
+  if( p->pHash==0 ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashNew(p->pConfig, &p->pHash, &p->nPendingData);
+  }
+
+  /* Flush the hash table to disk if required */
+  if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid 
+   || (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0)
+   || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) 
+  ){
+    fts5IndexFlush(p);
+  }
+
+  p->iWriteRowid = iRowid;
+  p->bDelete = bDelete;
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit data to disk.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p, int bCommit){
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  fts5IndexFlush(p);
+  if( bCommit ) fts5CloseReader(p);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it
+** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data
+** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data 
+** records must be invalidated.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p){
+  fts5CloseReader(p);
+  fts5IndexDiscardData(p);
+  fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+  /* assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); */
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The %_data table is completely empty when this function is called. This
+** function populates it with the initial structure objects for each index,
+** and the initial version of the "averages" record (a zero-byte blob).
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(Fts5Index *p){
+  Fts5Structure s;
+  fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+  memset(&s, 0, sizeof(Fts5Structure));
+  fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID, (const u8*)"", 0);
+  fts5StructureWrite(p, &s);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create
+** and initialize the underlying %_data table.
+**
+** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
+  int bCreate, 
+  Fts5Index **pp,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Index *p;                   /* New object */
+
+  *pp = p = (Fts5Index*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Index));
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->pConfig = pConfig;
+    p->nWorkUnit = FTS5_WORK_UNIT;
+    p->zDataTbl = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%s_data", pConfig->zName);
+    if( p->zDataTbl && bCreate ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(
+          pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", 
+            "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)", 
+            1, pzErr
+        );
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(p);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(p);
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a handle opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen().
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->pReader==0 );
+    fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pWriter);
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pDeleter);
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pIdxWriter);
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pIdxDeleter);
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pIdxSelect);
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pDataVersion);
+    sqlite3Fts5HashFree(p->pHash);
+    sqlite3_free(p->zDataTbl);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in 
+** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the
+** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(
+  const char *p, 
+  int nByte, 
+  int nChar
+){
+  int n = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+    if( n>=nByte ) return 0;      /* Input contains fewer than nChar chars */
+    if( (unsigned char)p[n++]>=0xc0 ){
+      while( (p[n] & 0xc0)==0x80 ) n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** pIn is a UTF-8 encoded string, nIn bytes in size. Return the number of
+** unicode characters in the string.
+*/
+static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){
+  int nChar = 0;            
+  int i = 0;
+  while( i<nIn ){
+    if( (unsigned char)pIn[i++]>=0xc0 ){
+      while( i<nIn && (pIn[i] & 0xc0)==0x80 ) i++;
+    }
+    nChar++;
+  }
+  return nChar;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is 
+** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more
+** times.
+**
+** For an insert, it must be called once for each token in the new document.
+** If the operation is a delete, it must be called (at least) once for each
+** unique token in the document with an iCol value less than zero. The iPos
+** argument is ignored for a delete.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Index to write to */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */
+  int iPos,                       /* Position of token within column */
+  const char *pToken, int nToken  /* Token to add or remove to or from index */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through indexes */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( (iCol<0)==p->bDelete );
+
+  /* Add the entry to the main terms index. */
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(
+      p->pHash, p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX, pToken, nToken
+  );
+
+  for(i=0; i<pConfig->nPrefix && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    const int nChar = pConfig->aPrefix[i];
+    int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar);
+    if( nByte ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash, 
+          p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, (char)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX+i+1), pToken,
+          nByte
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the 
+** specified token or token prefix.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS index to query */
+  const char *pToken, int nToken, /* Token (or prefix) to query for */
+  int flags,                      /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_QUERY_X flags */
+  Fts5Colset *pColset,            /* Match these columns only */
+  Fts5IndexIter **ppIter          /* OUT: New iterator object */
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  Fts5Iter *pRet = 0;
+  Fts5Buffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  /* If the QUERY_SCAN flag is set, all other flags must be clear. */
+  assert( (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN)==0 || flags==FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN );
+
+  if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &buf, nToken+1)==0 ){
+    int iIdx = 0;                 /* Index to search */
+    memcpy(&buf.p[1], pToken, nToken);
+
+    /* Figure out which index to search and set iIdx accordingly. If this
+    ** is a prefix query for which there is no prefix index, set iIdx to
+    ** greater than pConfig->nPrefix to indicate that the query will be
+    ** satisfied by scanning multiple terms in the main index.
+    **
+    ** If the QUERY_TEST_NOIDX flag was specified, then this must be a
+    ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists), 
+    ** evaluate the prefix query using the main FTS index. This is used
+    ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug 
+    ** mode only.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( pConfig->bPrefixIndex==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX) ){
+      assert( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX );
+      iIdx = 1+pConfig->nPrefix;
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX ){
+      int nChar = fts5IndexCharlen(pToken, nToken);
+      for(iIdx=1; iIdx<=pConfig->nPrefix; iIdx++){
+        if( pConfig->aPrefix[iIdx-1]==nChar ) break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( iIdx<=pConfig->nPrefix ){
+      /* Straight index lookup */
+      Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+      buf.p[0] = (u8)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx);
+      if( pStruct ){
+        fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY, 
+            pColset, buf.p, nToken+1, -1, 0, &pRet
+        );
+        fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Scan multiple terms in the main index */
+      int bDesc = (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC)!=0;
+      buf.p[0] = FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX;
+      fts5SetupPrefixIter(p, bDesc, buf.p, nToken+1, pColset, &pRet);
+      assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pRet->pColset==0 );
+      fts5IterSetOutputCb(&p->rc, pRet);
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pRet->aSeg[pRet->aFirst[1].iFirst];
+        if( pSeg->pLeaf ) pRet->xSetOutputs(pRet, pSeg);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( p->rc ){
+      sqlite3Fts5IterClose(&pRet->base);
+      pRet = 0;
+      fts5CloseReader(p);
+    }
+
+    *ppIter = &pRet->base;
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&buf);
+  }
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument is at EOF.
+*/
+/*
+** Move to the next matching rowid. 
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){
+  Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter;
+  assert( pIter->pIndex->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  fts5MultiIterNext(pIter->pIndex, pIter, 0, 0);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(pIter->pIndex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Move to the next matching term/rowid. Used by the fts5vocab module.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){
+  Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter;
+  Fts5Index *p = pIter->pIndex;
+
+  assert( pIter->pIndex->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 0, 0);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ];
+    if( pSeg->pLeaf && pSeg->term.p[0]!=FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX ){
+      fts5DataRelease(pSeg->pLeaf);
+      pSeg->pLeaf = 0;
+      pIter->base.bEof = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return fts5IndexReturn(pIter->pIndex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Move to the next matching rowid that occurs at or after iMatch. The
+** definition of "at or after" depends on whether this iterator iterates
+** in ascending or descending rowid order.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter, i64 iMatch){
+  Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter;
+  fts5MultiIterNextFrom(pIter->pIndex, pIter, iMatch);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(pIter->pIndex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current term.
+*/
+static const char *sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter, int *pn){
+  int n;
+  const char *z = (const char*)fts5MultiIterTerm((Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter, &n);
+  *pn = n-1;
+  return &z[1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an iterator opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery().
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5IterClose(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){
+  if( pIndexIter ){
+    Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter;
+    Fts5Index *pIndex = pIter->pIndex;
+    fts5MultiIterFree(pIter);
+    fts5CloseReader(pIndex);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database. 
+**
+** Parameter anSize must point to an array of size nCol, where nCol is
+** the number of user defined columns in the FTS table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(Fts5Index *p, i64 *pnRow, i64 *anSize){
+  int nCol = p->pConfig->nCol;
+  Fts5Data *pData;
+
+  *pnRow = 0;
+  memset(anSize, 0, sizeof(i64) * nCol);
+  pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pData->nn ){
+    int i = 0;
+    int iCol;
+    i += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[i], (u64*)pnRow);
+    for(iCol=0; i<pData->nn && iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+      i += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[i], (u64*)&anSize[iCol]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts5DataRelease(pData);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer 
+** supplied as the second argument.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8 *pData, int nData){
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID, pData, nData);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of blocks this module has read from the %_data
+** table since it was created.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p){
+  return p->nRead;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure 
+** records to the value passed as the second argument.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index *p, int iNew){
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;    /* Configuration object */
+  u8 aCookie[4];                       /* Binary representation of iNew */
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob = 0;
+
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  sqlite3Fts5Put32(aCookie, iNew);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, 
+      "block", FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, 1, &pBlob
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_blob_write(pBlob, aCookie, 4, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p){
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;
+  pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+  fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+**************************************************************************
+** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check 
+** functionality.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments.
+*/
+static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
+  i64 iRowid, 
+  int iCol, 
+  int iPos, 
+  int iIdx,
+  const char *pTerm,
+  int nTerm
+){
+  int i;
+  u64 ret = iRowid;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iCol;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iPos;
+  if( iIdx>=0 ) ret += (ret<<3) + (FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx);
+  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + pTerm[i];
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to 
+** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way.
+**
+** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are 
+** visited regardless of whether the doclist-index identified by parameters
+** iSegid/iLeaf is iterated in forwards or reverse order.
+*/
+static void fts5TestDlidxReverse(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  int iSegid,                     /* Segment id to load from */
+  int iLeaf                       /* Load doclist-index for this leaf */
+){
+  Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = 0;
+  u64 cksum1 = 13;
+  u64 cksum2 = 13;
+
+  for(pDlidx=fts5DlidxIterInit(p, 0, iSegid, iLeaf);
+      fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx)==0;
+      fts5DlidxIterNext(p, pDlidx)
+  ){
+    i64 iRowid = fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx);
+    int pgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx);
+    assert( pgno>iLeaf );
+    cksum1 += iRowid + ((i64)pgno<<32);
+  }
+  fts5DlidxIterFree(pDlidx);
+  pDlidx = 0;
+
+  for(pDlidx=fts5DlidxIterInit(p, 1, iSegid, iLeaf);
+      fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx)==0;
+      fts5DlidxIterPrev(p, pDlidx)
+  ){
+    i64 iRowid = fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx);
+    int pgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx);
+    assert( fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx)>iLeaf );
+    cksum2 += iRowid + ((i64)pgno<<32);
+  }
+  fts5DlidxIterFree(pDlidx);
+  pDlidx = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum1!=cksum2 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+}
+
+static int fts5QueryCksum(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* Fts5 index object */
+  int iIdx,
+  const char *z,                  /* Index key to query for */
+  int n,                          /* Size of index key in bytes */
+  int flags,                      /* Flags for Fts5IndexQuery */
+  u64 *pCksum                     /* IN/OUT: Checksum value */
+){
+  int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail;
+  u64 cksum = *pCksum;
+  Fts5IndexIter *pIter = 0;
+  int rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(p, z, n, flags, 0, &pIter);
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter) ){
+    i64 rowid = pIter->iRowid;
+
+    if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(rowid, 0, 0, iIdx, z, n);
+    }else{
+      Fts5PoslistReader sReader;
+      for(sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, &sReader);
+          sReader.bEof==0;
+          sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&sReader)
+      ){
+        int iCol = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(sReader.iPos);
+        int iOff = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(sReader.iPos);
+        cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(rowid, iCol, iOff, iIdx, z, n);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(pIter);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pIter);
+
+  *pCksum = cksum;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to 
+** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way.
+*/
+static void fts5TestTerm(
+  Fts5Index *p, 
+  Fts5Buffer *pPrev,              /* Previous term */
+  const char *z, int n,           /* Possibly new term to test */
+  u64 expected,
+  u64 *pCksum
+){
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  if( pPrev->n==0 ){
+    fts5BufferSet(&rc, pPrev, n, (const u8*)z);
+  }else
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPrev->n!=n || memcmp(pPrev->p, z, n)) ){
+    u64 cksum3 = *pCksum;
+    const char *zTerm = (const char*)&pPrev->p[1];  /* term sans prefix-byte */
+    int nTerm = pPrev->n-1;            /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+    int iIdx = (pPrev->p[0] - FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX);
+    int flags = (iIdx==0 ? 0 : FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX);
+    u64 ck1 = 0;
+    u64 ck2 = 0;
+
+    /* Check that the results returned for ASC and DESC queries are
+    ** the same. If not, call this corruption.  */
+    rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, flags, &ck1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int f = flags|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC;
+      rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, f, &ck2);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+
+    /* If this is a prefix query, check that the results returned if the
+    ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order. 
+    **
+    ** This check may only be performed if the hash table is empty. This
+    ** is because the hash table only supports a single scan query at
+    ** a time, and the multi-iter loop from which this function is called
+    ** is already performing such a scan. */
+    if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
+      if( iIdx>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int f = flags|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX;
+        ck2 = 0;
+        rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, f, &ck2);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }
+      if( iIdx>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int f = flags|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC;
+        ck2 = 0;
+        rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, f, &ck2);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    cksum3 ^= ck1;
+    fts5BufferSet(&rc, pPrev, n, (const u8*)z);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum3!=expected ){
+      rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    }
+    *pCksum = cksum3;
+  }
+  p->rc = rc;
+}
+ 
+#else
+# define fts5TestDlidxReverse(x,y,z)
+# define fts5TestTerm(u,v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check that:
+**
+**   1) All leaves of pSeg between iFirst and iLast (inclusive) exist and
+**      contain zero terms.
+**   2) All leaves of pSeg between iNoRowid and iLast (inclusive) exist and
+**      contain zero rowids.
+*/
+static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckEmpty(
+  Fts5Index *p,
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg,     /* Segment to check internal consistency */
+  int iFirst,
+  int iNoRowid,
+  int iLast
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Now check that the iter.nEmpty leaves following the current leaf
+  ** (a) exist and (b) contain no terms. */
+  for(i=iFirst; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=iLast; i++){
+    Fts5Data *pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, i));
+    if( pLeaf ){
+      if( !fts5LeafIsTermless(pLeaf) ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      if( i>=iNoRowid && 0!=fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf) ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    }
+    fts5DataRelease(pLeaf);
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5IntegrityCheckPgidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Data *pLeaf){
+  int iTermOff = 0;
+  int ii;
+
+  Fts5Buffer buf1 = {0,0,0};
+  Fts5Buffer buf2 = {0,0,0};
+
+  ii = pLeaf->szLeaf;
+  while( ii<pLeaf->nn && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int res;
+    int iOff;
+    int nIncr;
+
+    ii += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[ii], nIncr);
+    iTermOff += nIncr;
+    iOff = iTermOff;
+
+    if( iOff>=pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+      p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    }else if( iTermOff==nIncr ){
+      int nByte;
+      iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nByte);
+      if( (iOff+nByte)>pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+        p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }else{
+        fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &buf1, nByte, &pLeaf->p[iOff]);
+      }
+    }else{
+      int nKeep, nByte;
+      iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nKeep);
+      iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nByte);
+      if( nKeep>buf1.n || (iOff+nByte)>pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+        p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }else{
+        buf1.n = nKeep;
+        fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf1, nByte, &pLeaf->p[iOff]);
+      }
+
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        res = fts5BufferCompare(&buf1, &buf2);
+        if( res<=0 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }
+    }
+    fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &buf2, buf1.n, buf1.p);
+  }
+
+  fts5BufferFree(&buf1);
+  fts5BufferFree(&buf2);
+}
+
+static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment(
+  Fts5Index *p,                   /* FTS5 backend object */
+  Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg      /* Segment to check internal consistency */
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int rc2;
+  int iIdxPrevLeaf = pSeg->pgnoFirst-1;
+  int iDlidxPrevLeaf = pSeg->pgnoLast;
+
+  if( pSeg->pgnoFirst==0 ) return;
+
+  fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &pStmt, sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "SELECT segid, term, (pgno>>1), (pgno&1) FROM %Q.'%q_idx' WHERE segid=%d",
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, pSeg->iSegid
+  ));
+
+  /* Iterate through the b-tree hierarchy.  */
+  while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    i64 iRow;                     /* Rowid for this leaf */
+    Fts5Data *pLeaf;              /* Data for this leaf */
+
+    int nIdxTerm = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
+    const char *zIdxTerm = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
+    int iIdxLeaf = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 2);
+    int bIdxDlidx = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3);
+
+    /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment, 
+    ** ignore this b-tree entry. Otherwise, load it into memory. */
+    if( iIdxLeaf<pSeg->pgnoFirst ) continue;
+    iRow = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, iIdxLeaf);
+    pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p, iRow);
+    if( pLeaf==0 ) break;
+
+    /* Check that the leaf contains at least one term, and that it is equal
+    ** to or larger than the split-key in zIdxTerm.  Also check that if there
+    ** is also a rowid pointer within the leaf page header, it points to a
+    ** location before the term.  */
+    if( pLeaf->nn<=pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+      p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    }else{
+      int iOff;                   /* Offset of first term on leaf */
+      int iRowidOff;              /* Offset of first rowid on leaf */
+      int nTerm;                  /* Size of term on leaf in bytes */
+      int res;                    /* Comparison of term and split-key */
+
+      iOff = fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pLeaf);
+      iRowidOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf);
+      if( iRowidOff>=iOff ){
+        p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }else{
+        iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nTerm);
+        res = memcmp(&pLeaf->p[iOff], zIdxTerm, MIN(nTerm, nIdxTerm));
+        if( res==0 ) res = nTerm - nIdxTerm;
+        if( res<0 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }
+
+      fts5IntegrityCheckPgidx(p, pLeaf);
+    }
+    fts5DataRelease(pLeaf);
+    if( p->rc ) break;
+
+    /* Now check that the iter.nEmpty leaves following the current leaf
+    ** (a) exist and (b) contain no terms. */
+    fts5IndexIntegrityCheckEmpty(
+        p, pSeg, iIdxPrevLeaf+1, iDlidxPrevLeaf+1, iIdxLeaf-1
+    );
+    if( p->rc ) break;
+
+    /* If there is a doclist-index, check that it looks right. */
+    if( bIdxDlidx ){
+      Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = 0;  /* For iterating through doclist index */
+      int iPrevLeaf = iIdxLeaf;
+      int iSegid = pSeg->iSegid;
+      int iPg = 0;
+      i64 iKey;
+
+      for(pDlidx=fts5DlidxIterInit(p, 0, iSegid, iIdxLeaf);
+          fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx)==0;
+          fts5DlidxIterNext(p, pDlidx)
+      ){
+
+        /* Check any rowid-less pages that occur before the current leaf. */
+        for(iPg=iPrevLeaf+1; iPg<fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); iPg++){
+          iKey = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, iPg);
+          pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, iKey);
+          if( pLeaf ){
+            if( fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf)!=0 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+            fts5DataRelease(pLeaf);
+          }
+        }
+        iPrevLeaf = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx);
+
+        /* Check that the leaf page indicated by the iterator really does
+        ** contain the rowid suggested by the same. */
+        iKey = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, iPrevLeaf);
+        pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, iKey);
+        if( pLeaf ){
+          i64 iRowid;
+          int iRowidOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf);
+          ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pLeaf);
+          if( iRowidOff>=pLeaf->szLeaf ){
+            p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+          }else{
+            fts5GetVarint(&pLeaf->p[iRowidOff], (u64*)&iRowid);
+            if( iRowid!=fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx) ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+          }
+          fts5DataRelease(pLeaf);
+        }
+      }
+
+      iDlidxPrevLeaf = iPg;
+      fts5DlidxIterFree(pDlidx);
+      fts5TestDlidxReverse(p, iSegid, iIdxLeaf);
+    }else{
+      iDlidxPrevLeaf = pSeg->pgnoLast;
+      /* TODO: Check there is no doclist index */
+    }
+
+    iIdxPrevLeaf = iIdxLeaf;
+  }
+
+  rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2;
+
+  /* Page iter.iLeaf must now be the rightmost leaf-page in the segment */
+#if 0
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iter.iLeaf!=pSeg->pgnoLast ){
+    p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally 
+** consistent and (b) contains entries for which the XOR of the checksums
+** as calculated by sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum() is cksum.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any of the internal checks fail, or if the
+** checksum does not match. Return SQLITE_OK if all checks pass without
+** error, or some other SQLite error code if another error (e.g. OOM)
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){
+  int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail;
+  u64 cksum2 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on contents of indexes */
+  Fts5Buffer poslist = {0,0,0};   /* Buffer used to hold a poslist */
+  Fts5Iter *pIter;                /* Used to iterate through entire index */
+  Fts5Structure *pStruct;         /* Index structure */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Used by extra internal tests only run if NDEBUG is not defined */
+  u64 cksum3 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on contents of indexes */
+  Fts5Buffer term = {0,0,0};      /* Buffer used to hold most recent term */
+#endif
+  const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
+  
+  /* Load the FTS index structure */
+  pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
+
+  /* Check that the internal nodes of each segment match the leaves */
+  if( pStruct ){
+    int iLvl, iSeg;
+    for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){
+      for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){
+        Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg];
+        fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment(p, pSeg);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The cksum argument passed to this function is a checksum calculated
+  ** based on all expected entries in the FTS index (including prefix index
+  ** entries). This block checks that a checksum calculated based on the
+  ** actual contents of FTS index is identical.
+  **
+  ** Two versions of the same checksum are calculated. The first (stack
+  ** variable cksum2) based on entries extracted from the full-text index
+  ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn. 
+  **
+  ** As each term visited by the linear scans, a separate query for the
+  ** same term is performed. cksum3 is calculated based on the entries
+  ** extracted by these queries.
+  */
+  for(fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, &pIter);
+      fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter)==0;
+      fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 0, 0)
+  ){
+    int n;                      /* Size of term in bytes */
+    i64 iPos = 0;               /* Position read from poslist */
+    int iOff = 0;               /* Offset within poslist */
+    i64 iRowid = fts5MultiIterRowid(pIter);
+    char *z = (char*)fts5MultiIterTerm(pIter, &n);
+
+    /* If this is a new term, query for it. Update cksum3 with the results. */
+    fts5TestTerm(p, &term, z, n, cksum2, &cksum3);
+
+    if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+      if( 0==fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(p, pIter) ){
+        cksum2 ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(iRowid, 0, 0, -1, z, n);
+      }
+    }else{
+      poslist.n = 0;
+      fts5SegiterPoslist(p, &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst], 0, &poslist);
+      while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(poslist.p, poslist.n, &iOff, &iPos) ){
+        int iCol = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos);
+        int iTokOff = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(iPos);
+        cksum2 ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(iRowid, iCol, iTokOff, -1, z, n);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  fts5TestTerm(p, &term, 0, 0, cksum2, &cksum3);
+
+  fts5MultiIterFree(pIter);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum!=cksum2 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+
+  fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  fts5BufferFree(&term);
+#endif
+  fts5BufferFree(&poslist);
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*************************************************************************
+**************************************************************************
+** Below this point is the implementation of the fts5_decode() scalar
+** function only.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Decode a segment-data rowid from the %_data table. This function is
+** the opposite of macro FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID().
+*/
+static void fts5DecodeRowid(
+  i64 iRowid,                     /* Rowid from %_data table */
+  int *piSegid,                   /* OUT: Segment id */
+  int *pbDlidx,                   /* OUT: Dlidx flag */
+  int *piHeight,                  /* OUT: Height */
+  int *piPgno                     /* OUT: Page number */
+){
+  *piPgno = (int)(iRowid & (((i64)1 << FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B) - 1));
+  iRowid >>= FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B;
+
+  *piHeight = (int)(iRowid & (((i64)1 << FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B) - 1));
+  iRowid >>= FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B;
+
+  *pbDlidx = (int)(iRowid & 0x0001);
+  iRowid >>= FTS5_DATA_DLI_B;
+
+  *piSegid = (int)(iRowid & (((i64)1 << FTS5_DATA_ID_B) - 1));
+}
+
+static void fts5DebugRowid(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, i64 iKey){
+  int iSegid, iHeight, iPgno, bDlidx;       /* Rowid compenents */
+  fts5DecodeRowid(iKey, &iSegid, &bDlidx, &iHeight, &iPgno);
+
+  if( iSegid==0 ){
+    if( iKey==FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID ){
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "{averages} ");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "{structure}");
+    }
+  }
+  else{
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "{%ssegid=%d h=%d pgno=%d}",
+        bDlidx ? "dlidx " : "", iSegid, iHeight, iPgno
+    );
+  }
+}
+
+static void fts5DebugStructure(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: error code */
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+  Fts5Structure *p
+){
+  int iLvl, iSeg;                 /* Iterate through levels, segments */
+
+  for(iLvl=0; iLvl<p->nLevel; iLvl++){
+    Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &p->aLevel[iLvl];
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, 
+        " {lvl=%d nMerge=%d nSeg=%d", iLvl, pLvl->nMerge, pLvl->nSeg
+    );
+    for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){
+      Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg];
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}", 
+          pSeg->iSegid, pSeg->pgnoFirst, pSeg->pgnoLast
+      );
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "}");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid.
+**
+** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain a serialized Fts5Structure object. This
+** function appends a human-readable representation of the same object
+** to the buffer passed as the second argument. 
+*/
+static void fts5DecodeStructure(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: error code */
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+  const u8 *pBlob, int nBlob
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts5Structure *p = 0;           /* Decoded structure object */
+
+  rc = fts5StructureDecode(pBlob, nBlob, 0, &p);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRc = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  fts5DebugStructure(pRc, pBuf, p);
+  fts5StructureRelease(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid.
+**
+** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function 
+** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed 
+** as the second argument. 
+*/
+static void fts5DecodeAverages(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: error code */
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+  const u8 *pBlob, int nBlob
+){
+  int i = 0;
+  const char *zSpace = "";
+
+  while( i<nBlob ){
+    u64 iVal;
+    i += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pBlob[i], &iVal);
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "%s%d", zSpace, (int)iVal);
+    zSpace = " ";
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Buffer (a/n) is assumed to contain a list of serialized varints. Read
+** each varint and append its string representation to buffer pBuf. Return
+** after either the input buffer is exhausted or a 0 value is read.
+**
+** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer.
+*/
+static int fts5DecodePoslist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){
+  int iOff = 0;
+  while( iOff<n ){
+    int iVal;
+    iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], iVal);
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " %d", iVal);
+  }
+  return iOff;
+}
+
+/*
+** The start of buffer (a/n) contains the start of a doclist. The doclist
+** may or may not finish within the buffer. This function appends a text
+** representation of the part of the doclist that is present to buffer
+** pBuf. 
+**
+** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer.
+*/
+static int fts5DecodeDoclist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){
+  i64 iDocid = 0;
+  int iOff = 0;
+
+  if( n>0 ){
+    iOff = sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(a, (u64*)&iDocid);
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " id=%lld", iDocid);
+  }
+  while( iOff<n ){
+    int nPos;
+    int bDel;
+    iOff += fts5GetPoslistSize(&a[iOff], &nPos, &bDel);
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " nPos=%d%s", nPos, bDel?"*":"");
+    iOff += fts5DecodePoslist(pRc, pBuf, &a[iOff], MIN(n-iOff, nPos));
+    if( iOff<n ){
+      i64 iDelta;
+      iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta);
+      iDocid += iDelta;
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " id=%lld", iDocid);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return iOff;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is 
+** only ever used with detail=none tables.
+**
+** Buffer (pData/nData) contains a doclist in the format used by detail=none
+** tables. This function appends a human-readable version of that list to
+** buffer pBuf.
+**
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a
+** no-op. If an OOM or other error occurs within this function, *pRc is
+** set to an SQLite error code before returning. The final state of buffer
+** pBuf is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static void fts5DecodeRowidList(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf,               /* Buffer to append text to */
+  const u8 *pData, int nData      /* Data to decode list-of-rowids from */
+){
+  int i = 0;
+  i64 iRowid = 0;
+
+  while( i<nData ){
+    const char *zApp = "";
+    u64 iVal;
+    i += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pData[i], &iVal);
+    iRowid += iVal;
+
+    if( i<nData && pData[i]==0x00 ){
+      i++;
+      if( i<nData && pData[i]==0x00 ){
+        i++;
+        zApp = "+";
+      }else{
+        zApp = "*";
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " %lld%s", iRowid, zApp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The implementation of user-defined scalar function fts5_decode().
+*/
+static void fts5DecodeFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args (always 2) */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Function arguments */
+){
+  i64 iRowid;                     /* Rowid for record being decoded */
+  int iSegid,iHeight,iPgno,bDlidx;/* Rowid components */
+  const u8 *aBlob; int n;         /* Record to decode */
+  u8 *a = 0;
+  Fts5Buffer s;                   /* Build up text to return here */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int nSpace = 0;
+  int eDetailNone = (sqlite3_user_data(pCtx)!=0);
+
+  assert( nArg==2 );
+  UNUSED_PARAM(nArg);
+  memset(&s, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+  iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]);
+
+  /* Make a copy of the second argument (a blob) in aBlob[]. The aBlob[]
+  ** copy is followed by FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING 0x00 bytes, which prevents
+  ** buffer overreads even if the record is corrupt.  */
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[1]);
+  aBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(apVal[1]);
+  nSpace = n + FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING;
+  a = (u8*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nSpace);
+  if( a==0 ) goto decode_out;
+  memcpy(a, aBlob, n);
+
+
+  fts5DecodeRowid(iRowid, &iSegid, &bDlidx, &iHeight, &iPgno);
+
+  fts5DebugRowid(&rc, &s, iRowid);
+  if( bDlidx ){
+    Fts5Data dlidx;
+    Fts5DlidxLvl lvl;
+
+    dlidx.p = a;
+    dlidx.nn = n;
+
+    memset(&lvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
+    lvl.pData = &dlidx;
+    lvl.iLeafPgno = iPgno;
+
+    for(fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl); lvl.bEof==0; fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl)){
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s, 
+          " %d(%lld)", lvl.iLeafPgno, lvl.iRowid
+      );
+    }
+  }else if( iSegid==0 ){
+    if( iRowid==FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID ){
+      fts5DecodeAverages(&rc, &s, a, n);
+    }else{
+      fts5DecodeStructure(&rc, &s, a, n);
+    }
+  }else if( eDetailNone ){
+    Fts5Buffer term;              /* Current term read from page */
+    int szLeaf;
+    int iPgidxOff = szLeaf = fts5GetU16(&a[2]);
+    int iTermOff;
+    int nKeep = 0;
+    int iOff;
+
+    memset(&term, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+
+    /* Decode any entries that occur before the first term. */
+    if( szLeaf<n ){
+      iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], iTermOff);
+    }else{
+      iTermOff = szLeaf;
+    }
+    fts5DecodeRowidList(&rc, &s, &a[4], iTermOff-4);
+
+    iOff = iTermOff;
+    while( iOff<szLeaf ){
+      int nAppend;
+
+      /* Read the term data for the next term*/
+      iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nAppend);
+      term.n = nKeep;
+      fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &term, nAppend, &a[iOff]);
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(
+          &rc, &s, " term=%.*s", term.n, (const char*)term.p
+      );
+      iOff += nAppend;
+
+      /* Figure out where the doclist for this term ends */
+      if( iPgidxOff<n ){
+        int nIncr;
+        iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nIncr);
+        iTermOff += nIncr;
+      }else{
+        iTermOff = szLeaf;
+      }
+
+      fts5DecodeRowidList(&rc, &s, &a[iOff], iTermOff-iOff);
+      iOff = iTermOff;
+      if( iOff<szLeaf ){
+        iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nKeep);
+      }
+    }
+
+    fts5BufferFree(&term);
+  }else{
+    Fts5Buffer term;              /* Current term read from page */
+    int szLeaf;                   /* Offset of pgidx in a[] */
+    int iPgidxOff;
+    int iPgidxPrev = 0;           /* Previous value read from pgidx */
+    int iTermOff = 0;
+    int iRowidOff = 0;
+    int iOff;
+    int nDoclist;
+
+    memset(&term, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+
+    if( n<4 ){
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&rc, &s, 7, (const u8*)"corrupt");
+      goto decode_out;
+    }else{
+      iRowidOff = fts5GetU16(&a[0]);
+      iPgidxOff = szLeaf = fts5GetU16(&a[2]);
+      if( iPgidxOff<n ){
+        fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], iTermOff);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Decode the position list tail at the start of the page */
+    if( iRowidOff!=0 ){
+      iOff = iRowidOff;
+    }else if( iTermOff!=0 ){
+      iOff = iTermOff;
+    }else{
+      iOff = szLeaf;
+    }
+    fts5DecodePoslist(&rc, &s, &a[4], iOff-4);
+
+    /* Decode any more doclist data that appears on the page before the
+    ** first term. */
+    nDoclist = (iTermOff ? iTermOff : szLeaf) - iOff;
+    fts5DecodeDoclist(&rc, &s, &a[iOff], nDoclist);
+
+    while( iPgidxOff<n ){
+      int bFirst = (iPgidxOff==szLeaf);     /* True for first term on page */
+      int nByte;                            /* Bytes of data */
+      int iEnd;
+      
+      iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte);
+      iPgidxPrev += nByte;
+      iOff = iPgidxPrev;
+
+      if( iPgidxOff<n ){
+        fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte);
+        iEnd = iPgidxPrev + nByte;
+      }else{
+        iEnd = szLeaf;
+      }
+
+      if( bFirst==0 ){
+        iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nByte);
+        term.n = nByte;
+      }
+      iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nByte);
+      fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &term, nByte, &a[iOff]);
+      iOff += nByte;
+
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(
+          &rc, &s, " term=%.*s", term.n, (const char*)term.p
+      );
+      iOff += fts5DecodeDoclist(&rc, &s, &a[iOff], iEnd-iOff);
+    }
+
+    fts5BufferFree(&term);
+  }
+  
+ decode_out:
+  sqlite3_free(a);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, (const char*)s.p, s.n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+  }
+  fts5BufferFree(&s);
+}
+
+/*
+** The implementation of user-defined scalar function fts5_rowid().
+*/
+static void fts5RowidFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args (always 2) */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Function arguments */
+){
+  const char *zArg;
+  if( nArg==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "should be: fts5_rowid(subject, ....)", -1);
+  }else{
+    zArg = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "segment") ){
+      i64 iRowid;
+      int segid, pgno;
+      if( nArg!=3 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, 
+            "should be: fts5_rowid('segment', segid, pgno))", -1
+        );
+      }else{
+        segid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[1]);
+        pgno = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2]);
+        iRowid = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(segid, pgno);
+        sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iRowid);
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, 
+        "first arg to fts5_rowid() must be 'segment'" , -1
+      );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called as part of registering the FTS5 module with database
+** connection db. It registers several user-defined scalar functions useful
+** with FTS5.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, some other
+** SQLite error code is returned instead.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+      db, "fts5_decode", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0
+  );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, "fts5_decode_none", 2, 
+        SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, "fts5_rowid", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts5RowidFunction, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReset(Fts5Index *p){
+  assert( p->pStruct==0 || p->iStructVersion!=0 );
+  if( fts5IndexDataVersion(p)!=p->iStructVersion ){
+    fts5StructureInvalidate(p);
+  }
+  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** 2014 Jun 09
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+/*
+** This variable is set to false when running tests for which the on disk
+** structures should not be corrupt. Otherwise, true. If it is false, extra
+** assert() conditions in the fts5 code are activated - conditions that are
+** only true if it is guaranteed that the fts5 database is not corrupt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt = 1;
+
+
+typedef struct Fts5Auxdata Fts5Auxdata;
+typedef struct Fts5Auxiliary Fts5Auxiliary;
+typedef struct Fts5Cursor Fts5Cursor;
+typedef struct Fts5Sorter Fts5Sorter;
+typedef struct Fts5Table Fts5Table;
+typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule;
+
+/*
+** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS: 
+**
+** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are 
+** opened and closed by the user:
+**
+**     xBegin():    Start of a new transaction.
+**     xSync():     Initial part of two-phase commit.
+**     xCommit():   Final part of two-phase commit.
+**     xRollback(): Rollback the transaction.
+**
+** Anything that is required as part of a commit that may fail is performed
+** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors 
+** returned by xCommit().
+**
+** And as sub-transactions are opened/closed:
+**
+**     xSavepoint(int S):  Open savepoint S.
+**     xRelease(int S):    Commit and close savepoint S.
+**     xRollbackTo(int S): Rollback to start of savepoint S.
+**
+** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data 
+** in-memory. It is flushed to disk whenever xSync(), xRelease() or
+** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo() 
+** is called.
+**
+** Additionally, if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an instance of the following
+** structure is used to record the current transaction state. This information
+** is not required, but it is used in the assert() statements executed by
+** function fts5CheckTransactionState() (see below).
+*/
+struct Fts5TransactionState {
+  int eState;                     /* 0==closed, 1==open, 2==synced */
+  int iSavepoint;                 /* Number of open savepoints (0 -> none) */
+};
+
+/*
+** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is 
+** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to
+** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions.
+*/
+struct Fts5Global {
+  fts5_api api;                   /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Associated database connection */ 
+  i64 iNextId;                    /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;            /* First in list of all aux. functions */
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok;      /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pDfltTok;  /* Default tokenizer module */
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr;               /* First in list of all open cursors */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each auxiliary function registered with the FTS5 module is represented
+** by an object of the following type. All such objects are stored as part
+** of the Fts5Global.pAux list.
+*/
+struct Fts5Auxiliary {
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal;            /* Global context for this function */
+  char *zFunc;                    /* Function name (nul-terminated) */
+  void *pUserData;                /* User-data pointer */
+  fts5_extension_function xFunc;  /* Callback function */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void*);        /* Destructor function */
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pNext;           /* Next registered auxiliary function */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each tokenizer module registered with the FTS5 module is represented
+** by an object of the following type. All such objects are stored as part
+** of the Fts5Global.pTok list.
+*/
+struct Fts5TokenizerModule {
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of tokenizer */
+  void *pUserData;                /* User pointer passed to xCreate() */
+  fts5_tokenizer x;               /* Tokenizer functions */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void*);        /* Destructor function */
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pNext;     /* Next registered tokenizer module */
+};
+
+/*
+** Virtual-table object.
+*/
+struct Fts5Table {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;            /* Virtual table configuration */
+  Fts5Index *pIndex;              /* Full-text index */
+  Fts5Storage *pStorage;          /* Document store */
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal;            /* Global (connection wide) data */
+  Fts5Cursor *pSortCsr;           /* Sort data from this cursor */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  struct Fts5TransactionState ts;
+#endif
+};
+
+struct Fts5MatchPhrase {
+  Fts5Buffer *pPoslist;           /* Pointer to current poslist */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Size of phrase in terms */
+};
+
+/*
+** pStmt:
+**   SELECT rowid, <fts> FROM <fts> ORDER BY +rank;
+**
+** aIdx[]:
+**   There is one entry in the aIdx[] array for each phrase in the query,
+**   the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last 
+**   byte of the position list for the corresponding phrase.
+*/
+struct Fts5Sorter {
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  i64 iRowid;                     /* Current rowid */
+  const u8 *aPoslist;             /* Position lists for current row */
+  int nIdx;                       /* Number of entries in aIdx[] */
+  int aIdx[1];                    /* Offsets into aPoslist for current row */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Virtual-table cursor object.
+**
+** iSpecial:
+**   If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()), 
+**   then this variable contains the result of the query. 
+**
+** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid:
+**   These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the
+**   cursor iterates in ascending order of rowids, iFirstRowid is the lower
+**   limit of rowids to return, and iLastRowid the upper. In other words, the
+**   WHERE clause in the user's query might have been:
+**
+**       <tbl> MATCH <expr> AND rowid BETWEEN $iFirstRowid AND $iLastRowid
+**
+**   If the cursor iterates in descending order of rowid, iFirstRowid
+**   is the upper limit (i.e. the "first" rowid visited) and iLastRowid
+**   the lower.
+*/
+struct Fts5Cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts5Cursor *pNext;              /* Next cursor in Fts5Cursor.pCsr list */
+  int *aColumnSize;               /* Values for xColumnSize() */
+  i64 iCsrId;                     /* Cursor id */
+
+  /* Zero from this point onwards on cursor reset */
+  int ePlan;                      /* FTS5_PLAN_XXX value */
+  int bDesc;                      /* True for "ORDER BY rowid DESC" queries */
+  i64 iFirstRowid;                /* Return no rowids earlier than this */
+  i64 iLastRowid;                 /* Return no rowids later than this */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Statement used to read %_content */
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr;                /* Expression for MATCH queries */
+  Fts5Sorter *pSorter;            /* Sorter for "ORDER BY rank" queries */
+  int csrflags;                   /* Mask of cursor flags (see below) */
+  i64 iSpecial;                   /* Result of special query */
+
+  /* "rank" function. Populated on demand from vtab.xColumn(). */
+  char *zRank;                    /* Custom rank function */
+  char *zRankArgs;                /* Custom rank function args */
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pRank;           /* Rank callback (or NULL) */
+  int nRankArg;                   /* Number of trailing arguments for rank() */
+  sqlite3_value **apRankArg;      /* Array of trailing arguments */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pRankArgStmt;     /* Origin of objects in apRankArg[] */
+
+  /* Auxiliary data storage */
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;            /* Currently executing extension function */
+  Fts5Auxdata *pAuxdata;          /* First in linked list of saved aux-data */
+
+  /* Cache used by auxiliary functions xInst() and xInstCount() */
+  Fts5PoslistReader *aInstIter;   /* One for each phrase */
+  int nInstAlloc;                 /* Size of aInst[] array (entries / 3) */
+  int nInstCount;                 /* Number of phrase instances */
+  int *aInst;                     /* 3 integers per phrase instance */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by 
+** xBestIndex() to xFilter().
+*/
+#define FTS5_BI_MATCH        0x0001         /* <tbl> MATCH ? */
+#define FTS5_BI_RANK         0x0002         /* rank MATCH ? */
+#define FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ     0x0004         /* rowid == ? */
+#define FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE     0x0008         /* rowid <= ? */
+#define FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE     0x0010         /* rowid >= ? */
+
+#define FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK   0x0020
+#define FTS5_BI_ORDER_ROWID  0x0040
+#define FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC   0x0080
+
+/*
+** Values for Fts5Cursor.csrflags
+*/
+#define FTS5CSR_EOF               0x01
+#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT   0x02
+#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE   0x04
+#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST      0x08
+#define FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK        0x10
+#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK    0x20
+#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST   0x40
+
+#define BitFlagAllTest(x,y) (((x) & (y))==(y))
+#define BitFlagTest(x,y)    (((x) & (y))!=0)
+
+
+/*
+** Macros to Set(), Clear() and Test() cursor flags.
+*/
+#define CsrFlagSet(pCsr, flag)   ((pCsr)->csrflags |= (flag))
+#define CsrFlagClear(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags &= ~(flag))
+#define CsrFlagTest(pCsr, flag)  ((pCsr)->csrflags & (flag))
+
+struct Fts5Auxdata {
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;            /* Extension to which this belongs */
+  void *pPtr;                     /* Pointer value */
+  void(*xDelete)(void*);          /* Destructor */
+  Fts5Auxdata *pNext;             /* Next object in linked list */
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define FTS5_BEGIN      1
+#define FTS5_SYNC       2
+#define FTS5_COMMIT     3
+#define FTS5_ROLLBACK   4
+#define FTS5_SAVEPOINT  5
+#define FTS5_RELEASE    6
+#define FTS5_ROLLBACKTO 7
+static void fts5CheckTransactionState(Fts5Table *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  switch( op ){
+    case FTS5_BEGIN:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==0 );
+      p->ts.eState = 1;
+      p->ts.iSavepoint = -1;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_SYNC:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==1 );
+      p->ts.eState = 2;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_COMMIT:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==2 );
+      p->ts.eState = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_ROLLBACK:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==1 || p->ts.eState==2 || p->ts.eState==0 );
+      p->ts.eState = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_SAVEPOINT:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==1 );
+      assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+      assert( iSavepoint>p->ts.iSavepoint );
+      p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint;
+      break;
+      
+    case FTS5_RELEASE:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==1 );
+      assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+      assert( iSavepoint<=p->ts.iSavepoint );
+      p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint-1;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_ROLLBACKTO:
+      assert( p->ts.eState==1 );
+      assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+      assert( iSavepoint<=p->ts.iSavepoint );
+      p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint;
+      break;
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define fts5CheckTransactionState(x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true if pTab is a contentless table.
+*/
+static int fts5IsContentless(Fts5Table *pTab){
+  return pTab->pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab(). 
+*/
+static void fts5FreeVtab(Fts5Table *pTab){
+  if( pTab ){
+    sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(pTab->pIndex);
+    sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(pTab->pStorage);
+    sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(pTab->pConfig);
+    sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts5DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  fts5FreeVtab((Fts5Table*)pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts5DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  int rc = sqlite3Fts5DropAll(pTab->pConfig);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    fts5FreeVtab((Fts5Table*)pVtab);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fts5")
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
+*/
+static int fts5InitVtab(
+  int bCreate,                    /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The SQLite database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,          /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+  char **pzErr                    /* Write any error message here */
+){
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pAux;
+  const char **azConfig = (const char**)argv;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = 0;        /* Results of parsing argc/argv */
+  Fts5Table *pTab = 0;            /* New virtual table object */
+
+  /* Allocate the new vtab object and parse the configuration */
+  pTab = (Fts5Table*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Table));
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(pGlobal, db, argc, azConfig, &pConfig, pzErr);
+    assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK && *pzErr==0) || pConfig==0 );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTab->pConfig = pConfig;
+    pTab->pGlobal = pGlobal;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the index sub-system */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(pConfig, bCreate, &pTab->pIndex, pzErr);
+  }
+
+  /* Open the storage sub-system */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(
+        pConfig, pTab->pIndex, bCreate, &pTab->pStorage, pzErr
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Call sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(pConfig);
+  }
+
+  /* Load the initial configuration */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 );
+    pConfig->pzErrmsg = pzErr;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(pTab->pIndex);
+    sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(pTab->pIndex);
+    pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    fts5FreeVtab(pTab);
+    pTab = 0;
+  }else if( bCreate ){
+    fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0);
+  }
+  *ppVTab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts5InitVtab().
+*/
+static int fts5ConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts5InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts5CreateMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts5InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** The different query plans.
+*/
+#define FTS5_PLAN_MATCH          1       /* (<tbl> MATCH ?) */
+#define FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE         2       /* A source cursor for SORTED_MATCH */
+#define FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL        3       /* An internal query */
+#define FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH   4       /* (<tbl> MATCH ? ORDER BY rank) */
+#define FTS5_PLAN_SCAN           5       /* No usable constraint */
+#define FTS5_PLAN_ROWID          6       /* (rowid = ?) */
+
+/*
+** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008012
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008012 )
+#endif
+  {
+    pIdxInfo->idxFlags |= SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the 
+** WHERE constraint, it searches for the following:
+**
+**   1. A MATCH constraint against the special column.
+**   2. A MATCH constraint against the "rank" column.
+**   3. An == constraint against the rowid column.
+**   4. A < or <= constraint against the rowid column.
+**   5. A > or >= constraint against the rowid column.
+**
+** Within the ORDER BY, either:
+**
+**   5. ORDER BY rank [ASC|DESC]
+**   6. ORDER BY rowid [ASC|DESC]
+**
+** Costs are assigned as follows:
+**
+**  a) If an unusable MATCH operator is present in the WHERE clause, the
+**     cost is unconditionally set to 1e50 (a really big number).
+**
+**  a) If a MATCH operator is present, the cost depends on the other
+**     constraints also present. As follows:
+**
+**       * No other constraints:         cost=1000.0
+**       * One rowid range constraint:   cost=750.0
+**       * Both rowid range constraints: cost=500.0
+**       * An == rowid constraint:       cost=100.0
+**
+**  b) Otherwise, if there is no MATCH:
+**
+**       * No other constraints:         cost=1000000.0
+**       * One rowid range constraint:   cost=750000.0
+**       * Both rowid range constraints: cost=250000.0
+**       * An == rowid constraint:       cost=10.0
+**
+** Costs are not modified by the ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVTab;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  int idxFlags = 0;               /* Parameter passed through to xFilter() */
+  int bHasMatch;
+  int iNext;
+  int i;
+
+  struct Constraint {
+    int op;                       /* Mask against sqlite3_index_constraint.op */
+    int fts5op;                   /* FTS5 mask for idxFlags */
+    int iCol;                     /* 0==rowid, 1==tbl, 2==rank */
+    int omit;                     /* True to omit this if found */
+    int iConsIndex;               /* Index in pInfo->aConstraint[] */
+  } aConstraint[] = {
+    {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ, 
+                                    FTS5_BI_MATCH,    1, 1, -1},
+    {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ, 
+                                    FTS5_BI_RANK,     2, 1, -1},
+    {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ,    FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ, 0, 0, -1},
+    {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE, 
+                                    FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE, 0, 0, -1},
+    {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE, 
+                                    FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE, 0, 0, -1},
+  };
+
+  int aColMap[3];
+  aColMap[0] = -1;
+  aColMap[1] = pConfig->nCol;
+  aColMap[2] = pConfig->nCol+1;
+
+  /* Set idxFlags flags for all WHERE clause terms that will be used. */
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aConstraint); j++){
+      struct Constraint *pC = &aConstraint[j];
+      if( p->iColumn==aColMap[pC->iCol] && p->op & pC->op ){
+        if( p->usable ){
+          pC->iConsIndex = i;
+          idxFlags |= pC->fts5op;
+        }else if( j==0 ){
+          /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an 
+          ** unusable plan. Set a prohibitively high cost. */
+          pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set idxFlags flags for the ORDER BY clause */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
+    int iSort = pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn;
+    if( iSort==(pConfig->nCol+1) && BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_MATCH) ){
+      idxFlags |= FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK;
+    }else if( iSort==-1 ){
+      idxFlags |= FTS5_BI_ORDER_ROWID;
+    }
+    if( BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK|FTS5_BI_ORDER_ROWID) ){
+      pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+      if( pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc ){
+        idxFlags |= FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Calculate the estimated cost based on the flags set in idxFlags. */
+  bHasMatch = BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_MATCH);
+  if( BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ) ){
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 100.0 : 10.0;
+    if( bHasMatch==0 ) fts5SetUniqueFlag(pInfo);
+  }else if( BitFlagAllTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE|FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ){
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 500.0 : 250000.0;
+  }else if( BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE|FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ){
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 750.0 : 750000.0;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 1000.0 : 1000000.0;
+  }
+
+  /* Assign argvIndex values to each constraint in use. */
+  iNext = 1;
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aConstraint); i++){
+    struct Constraint *pC = &aConstraint[i];
+    if( pC->iConsIndex>=0 ){
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[pC->iConsIndex].argvIndex = iNext++;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[pC->iConsIndex].omit = (unsigned char)pC->omit;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pInfo->idxNum = idxFlags;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts5NewTransaction(Fts5Table *pTab){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
+  for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
+    if( pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(pTab->pStorage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
+*/
+static int fts5OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVTab;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = 0;           /* New cursor object */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts5NewTransaction(pTab);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    nByte = sizeof(Fts5Cursor) + pConfig->nCol * sizeof(int);
+    pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( pCsr ){
+      Fts5Global *pGlobal = pTab->pGlobal;
+      memset(pCsr, 0, nByte);
+      pCsr->aColumnSize = (int*)&pCsr[1];
+      pCsr->pNext = pGlobal->pCsr;
+      pGlobal->pCsr = pCsr;
+      pCsr->iCsrId = ++pGlobal->iNextId;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pCsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5StmtType(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SCAN ){
+    return (pCsr->bDesc) ? FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC : FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC;
+  }
+  return FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument
+** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data 
+** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object.
+*/
+static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  CsrFlagSet(pCsr, 
+      FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT 
+    | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE 
+    | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST 
+    | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST 
+  );
+}
+
+static void fts5FreeCursorComponents(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  Fts5Auxdata *pData;
+  Fts5Auxdata *pNext;
+
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aInstIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aInst);
+  if( pCsr->pStmt ){
+    int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr);
+    sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(pTab->pStorage, eStmt, pCsr->pStmt);
+  }
+  if( pCsr->pSorter ){
+    Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+    sqlite3_finalize(pSorter->pStmt);
+    sqlite3_free(pSorter);
+  }
+
+  if( pCsr->ePlan!=FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){
+    sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  }
+
+  for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pNext){
+    pNext = pData->pNext;
+    if( pData->xDelete ) pData->xDelete(pData->pPtr);
+    sqlite3_free(pData);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pRankArgStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->apRankArg);
+
+  if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->zRank);
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->zRankArgs);
+  }
+
+  memset(&pCsr->ePlan, 0, sizeof(Fts5Cursor) - ((u8*)&pCsr->ePlan - (u8*)pCsr));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts5CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  if( pCursor ){
+    Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab);
+    Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
+    Fts5Cursor **pp;
+
+    fts5FreeCursorComponents(pCsr);
+    /* Remove the cursor from the Fts5Global.pCsr list */
+    for(pp=&pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; (*pp)!=pCsr; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+    *pp = pCsr->pNext;
+
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts5SorterNext(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pSorter->pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF);
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const u8 *a;
+    const u8 *aBlob;
+    int nBlob;
+    int i;
+    int iOff = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+    pSorter->iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pSorter->pStmt, 0);
+    nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSorter->pStmt, 1);
+    aBlob = a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSorter->pStmt, 1);
+
+    /* nBlob==0 in detail=none mode. */
+    if( nBlob>0 ){
+      for(i=0; i<(pSorter->nIdx-1); i++){
+        int iVal;
+        a += fts5GetVarint32(a, iVal);
+        iOff += iVal;
+        pSorter->aIdx[i] = iOff;
+      }
+      pSorter->aIdx[i] = &aBlob[nBlob] - a;
+      pSorter->aPoslist = a;
+    }
+
+    fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors 
+** open on table pTab.
+*/
+static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5Table *pTab){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
+  for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
+    if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
+     && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab 
+    ){
+      CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first
+** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor 
+** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster
+** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid. 
+**
+** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip
+** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an 
+** error code if an error occurred.
+*/
+static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( *pbSkip==0 );
+  if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK) ){
+    Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+    int bDesc = pCsr->bDesc;
+    i64 iRowid = sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr);
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pCsr->pExpr, pTab->pIndex, iRowid, bDesc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK &&  iRowid!=sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr) ){
+      *pbSkip = 1;
+    }
+
+    CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK);
+    fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr);
+    if( sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pCsr->pExpr) ){
+      CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF);
+      *pbSkip = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the 
+** search criteria.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong.  SQLITE_OK is returned
+** even if we reach end-of-file.  The fts5EofMethod() will be called
+** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
+*/
+static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)==
+          (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE) 
+  );
+  assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) );
+
+  if( pCsr->ePlan<3 ){
+    int bSkip = 0;
+    if( (rc = fts5CursorReseek(pCsr, &bSkip)) || bSkip ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(pCsr->pExpr, pCsr->iLastRowid);
+    CsrFlagSet(pCsr, sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pCsr->pExpr));
+    fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr);
+  }else{
+    switch( pCsr->ePlan ){
+      case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL: {
+        CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF);
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        break;
+      }
+  
+      case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: {
+        rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr);
+        break;
+      }
+  
+      default:
+        rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+          CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF);
+          rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5PrepareStatement(
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
+  const char *zFmt,
+  ...
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pRet = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char *zSql;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  va_start(ap, zFmt);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pRet, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db));
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  va_end(ap);
+  *ppStmt = pRet;
+  return rc;
+} 
+
+static int fts5CursorFirstSorted(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  Fts5Sorter *pSorter;
+  int nPhrase;
+  int nByte;
+  int rc;
+  const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank;
+  const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs;
+  
+  nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1);
+  pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( pSorter==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pSorter, 0, nByte);
+  pSorter->nIdx = nPhrase;
+
+  /* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement
+  ** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that
+  ** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects.
+  ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual 
+  ** table, saving it creates a circular reference.
+  **
+  ** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */
+  rc = fts5PrepareStatement(&pSorter->pStmt, pConfig,
+      "SELECT rowid, rank FROM %Q.%Q ORDER BY %s(%s%s%s) %s",
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zRank, pConfig->zName,
+      (zRankArgs ? ", " : ""),
+      (zRankArgs ? zRankArgs : ""),
+      bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC"
+  );
+
+  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pTab->pSortCsr==0 );
+    pTab->pSortCsr = pCsr;
+    rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr);
+    pTab->pSortCsr = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pSorter->pStmt);
+    sqlite3_free(pSorter);
+    pCsr->pSorter = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5CursorFirst(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){
+  int rc;
+  Fts5Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pExpr, pTab->pIndex, pCsr->iFirstRowid, bDesc);
+  if( sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pExpr) ){
+    CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF);
+  }
+  fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a "special" query. A special query is identified as one with a
+** MATCH expression that begins with a '*' character. The remainder of
+** the text passed to the MATCH operator are used as  the special query
+** parameters.
+*/
+static int fts5SpecialMatch(
+  Fts5Table *pTab, 
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr, 
+  const char *zQuery
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  const char *z = zQuery;         /* Special query text */
+  int n;                          /* Number of bytes in text at z */
+
+  while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
+  for(n=0; z[n] && z[n]!=' '; n++);
+
+  assert( pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+  pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL;
+
+  if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("reads", z, n) ){
+    pCsr->iSpecial = sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(pTab->pIndex);
+  }
+  else if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("id", z, n) ){
+    pCsr->iSpecial = pCsr->iCsrId;
+  }
+  else{
+    /* An unrecognized directive. Return an error message. */
+    pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown special query: %.*s", n, z);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search for an auxiliary function named zName that can be used with table
+** pTab. If one is found, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Auxiliary
+** structure. Otherwise, if no such function exists, return NULL.
+*/
+static Fts5Auxiliary *fts5FindAuxiliary(Fts5Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;
+
+  for(pAux=pTab->pGlobal->pAux; pAux; pAux=pAux->pNext){
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, pAux->zFunc)==0 ) return pAux;
+  }
+
+  /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5FindRankFunction(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux = 0;
+  const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank;
+  const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs;
+
+  if( zRankArgs ){
+    char *zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "SELECT %s", zRankArgs);
+    if( zSql ){
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr->pRankArgStmt==0 );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+          int nByte;
+          pCsr->nRankArg = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+          nByte = sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*pCsr->nRankArg;
+          pCsr->apRankArg = (sqlite3_value**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int i;
+            for(i=0; i<pCsr->nRankArg; i++){
+              pCsr->apRankArg[i] = sqlite3_column_value(pStmt, i);
+            }
+          }
+          pCsr->pRankArgStmt = pStmt;
+        }else{
+          rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pAux = fts5FindAuxiliary(pTab, zRank);
+    if( pAux==0 ){
+      assert( pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+      pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such function: %s", zRank);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCsr->pRank = pAux;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5CursorParseRank(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr, 
+  sqlite3_value *pRank
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pRank ){
+    const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pRank);
+    char *zRank = 0;
+    char *zRankArgs = 0;
+
+    if( z==0 ){
+      if( sqlite3_value_type(pRank)==SQLITE_NULL ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(z, &zRank, &zRankArgs);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCsr->zRank = zRank;
+      pCsr->zRankArgs = zRankArgs;
+      CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK);
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+      pCsr->base.pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "parse error in rank function: %s", z
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( pConfig->zRank ){
+      pCsr->zRank = (char*)pConfig->zRank;
+      pCsr->zRankArgs = (char*)pConfig->zRankArgs;
+    }else{
+      pCsr->zRank = (char*)FTS5_DEFAULT_RANK;
+      pCsr->zRankArgs = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static i64 fts5GetRowidLimit(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){
+  if( pVal ){
+    int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal);
+    if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
+    }
+  }
+  return iDefault;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
+** 
+** There are three possible query strategies:
+**
+**   1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator.
+**   2. A by-rowid lookup.
+**   3. A full-table scan.
+*/
+static int fts5FilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *zUnused,            /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  int iVal = 0;                   /* Counter for apVal[] */
+  int bDesc;                      /* True if ORDER BY [rank|rowid] DESC */
+  int bOrderByRank;               /* True if ORDER BY rank */
+  sqlite3_value *pMatch = 0;      /* <tbl> MATCH ? expression (or NULL) */
+  sqlite3_value *pRank = 0;       /* rank MATCH ? expression (or NULL) */
+  sqlite3_value *pRowidEq = 0;    /* rowid = ? expression (or NULL) */
+  sqlite3_value *pRowidLe = 0;    /* rowid <= ? expression (or NULL) */
+  sqlite3_value *pRowidGe = 0;    /* rowid >= ? expression (or NULL) */
+  char **pzErrmsg = pConfig->pzErrmsg;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(zUnused);
+  UNUSED_PARAM(nVal);
+
+  if( pCsr->ePlan ){
+    fts5FreeCursorComponents(pCsr);
+    memset(&pCsr->ePlan, 0, sizeof(Fts5Cursor) - ((u8*)&pCsr->ePlan-(u8*)pCsr));
+  }
+
+  assert( pCsr->pStmt==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->pExpr==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->csrflags==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->pRank==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->zRank==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->zRankArgs==0 );
+
+  assert( pzErrmsg==0 || pzErrmsg==&pTab->base.zErrMsg );
+  pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg;
+
+  /* Decode the arguments passed through to this function.
+  **
+  ** Note: The following set of if(...) statements must be in the same
+  ** order as the corresponding entries in the struct at the top of
+  ** fts5BestIndexMethod().  */
+  if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_MATCH) ) pMatch = apVal[iVal++];
+  if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_RANK) ) pRank = apVal[iVal++];
+  if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ) ) pRowidEq = apVal[iVal++];
+  if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE) ) pRowidLe = apVal[iVal++];
+  if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ) pRowidGe = apVal[iVal++];
+  assert( iVal==nVal );
+  bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0);
+  pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0);
+
+  /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies 
+  ** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the
+  ** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints
+  ** on the rowid field.  */
+  if( pRowidEq ){
+    pRowidLe = pRowidGe = pRowidEq;
+  }
+  if( bDesc ){
+    pCsr->iFirstRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
+    pCsr->iLastRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
+  }else{
+    pCsr->iLastRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
+    pCsr->iFirstRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
+  }
+
+  if( pTab->pSortCsr ){
+    /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of 
+    ** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is
+    ** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will
+    ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor 
+    ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function 
+    ** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above.  */
+    assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 );
+    assert( nVal==0 && pMatch==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 );
+    assert( pCsr->iLastRowid==LARGEST_INT64 );
+    assert( pCsr->iFirstRowid==SMALLEST_INT64 );
+    pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE;
+    pCsr->pExpr = pTab->pSortCsr->pExpr;
+    rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pCsr, bDesc);
+  }else if( pMatch ){
+    const char *zExpr = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    if( zExpr==0 ) zExpr = "";
+
+    rc = fts5CursorParseRank(pConfig, pCsr, pRank);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( zExpr[0]=='*' ){
+        /* The user has issued a query of the form "MATCH '*...'". This
+        ** indicates that the MATCH expression is not a full text query,
+        ** but a request for an internal parameter.  */
+        rc = fts5SpecialMatch(pTab, pCsr, &zExpr[1]);
+      }else{
+        char **pzErr = &pTab->base.zErrMsg;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, zExpr, &pCsr->pExpr, pzErr);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( bOrderByRank ){
+            pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH;
+            rc = fts5CursorFirstSorted(pTab, pCsr, bDesc);
+          }else{
+            pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_MATCH;
+            rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pCsr, bDesc);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pConfig->zContent==0 ){
+    *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "%s: table does not support scanning", pConfig->zName
+    );
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    /* This is either a full-table scan (ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SCAN) or a lookup
+    ** by rowid (ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_ROWID).  */
+    pCsr->ePlan = (pRowidEq ? FTS5_PLAN_ROWID : FTS5_PLAN_SCAN);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(
+        pTab->pStorage, fts5StmtType(pCsr), &pCsr->pStmt, &pTab->base.zErrMsg
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_ROWID ){
+        sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iFirstRowid);
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 2, pCsr->iLastRowid);
+      }
+      rc = fts5NextMethod(pCursor);
+    }
+  }
+
+  pConfig->pzErrmsg = pzErrmsg;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this 
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
+*/
+static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
+  return (CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to.
+*/
+static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH 
+       || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH 
+       || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE 
+  );
+  if( pCsr->pSorter ){
+    return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5
+** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
+  int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan;
+  
+  assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
+  switch( ePlan ){
+    case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL:
+      *pRowid = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE:
+    case FTS5_PLAN_MATCH:
+    case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH:
+      *pRowid = fts5CursorRowid(pCsr);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the cursor requires seeking (bSeekRequired flag is set), seek it.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if no error occurs, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** If argument bErrormsg is true and an error occurs, an error message may
+** be left in sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg.
+*/
+static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */ 
+  if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
+    Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+    int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(
+        pTab->pStorage, eStmt, &pCsr->pStmt, (bErrormsg?&pTab->base.zErrMsg:0)
+    );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+    assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT) );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT) ){
+    assert( pCsr->pExpr );
+    sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, fts5CursorRowid(pCsr));
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5SetVtabError(Fts5Table *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;                     /* ... printf arguments */
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+  p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to handle an FTS INSERT command. In other words,
+** an INSERT statement of the form:
+**
+**     INSERT INTO fts(fts) VALUES($pCmd)
+**     INSERT INTO fts(fts, rank) VALUES($pCmd, $pVal)
+**
+** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT 
+** statement. This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite
+** error code if an error occurs.
+**
+** The commands implemented by this function are documented in the "Special
+** INSERT Directives" section of the documentation. It should be updated if
+** more commands are added to this function.
+*/
+static int fts5SpecialInsert(
+  Fts5Table *pTab,                /* Fts5 table object */
+  const char *zCmd,               /* Text inserted into table-name column */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal             /* Value inserted into rank column */
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bError = 0;
+
+  if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete-all", zCmd) ){
+    if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+      fts5SetVtabError(pTab, 
+          "'delete-all' may only be used with a "
+          "contentless or external content fts5 table"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(pTab->pStorage);
+    }
+  }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rebuild", zCmd) ){
+    if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){
+      fts5SetVtabError(pTab, 
+          "'rebuild' may not be used with a contentless fts5 table"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(pTab->pStorage);
+    }
+  }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("optimize", zCmd) ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageOptimize(pTab->pStorage);
+  }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("merge", zCmd) ){
+    int nMerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(pTab->pStorage, nMerge);
+  }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("integrity-check", zCmd) ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(pTab->pStorage);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("prefix-index", zCmd) ){
+    pConfig->bPrefixIndex = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
+#endif
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(pTab->pIndex);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(pTab->pConfig, zCmd, pVal, &bError);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( bError ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(pTab->pStorage, zCmd, pVal, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5SpecialDelete(
+  Fts5Table *pTab, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int eType1 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]);
+  if( eType1==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDel = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iDel, &apVal[2]);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5StorageInsert(
+  int *pRc, 
+  Fts5Table *pTab, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
+  i64 *piRowid
+){
+  int rc = *pRc;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, piRowid);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, *piRowid);
+  }
+  *pRc = rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by 
+** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
+** inserted, updated or deleted.
+**
+** A delete specifies a single argument - the rowid of the row to remove.
+** 
+** Update and insert operations pass:
+**
+**   1. The "old" rowid, or NULL.
+**   2. The "new" rowid.
+**   3. Values for each of the nCol matchable columns.
+**   4. Values for the two hidden columns (<tablename> and "rank").
+*/
+static int fts5UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  int eType0;                     /* value_type() of apVal[0] */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  /* A transaction must be open when this is called. */
+  assert( pTab->ts.eState==1 );
+
+  assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 );
+  assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) );
+  assert( nArg==1 
+      || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER 
+      || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_NULL 
+  );
+  assert( pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 );
+  pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg;
+
+  /* Put any active cursors into REQUIRE_SEEK state. */
+  fts5TripCursors(pTab);
+
+  eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]);
+  if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL 
+  ){
+    /* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */
+    const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]);
+    if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL 
+      && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z) 
+    ){
+      rc = fts5SpecialDelete(pTab, apVal);
+    }else{
+      rc = fts5SpecialInsert(pTab, z, apVal[2 + pConfig->nCol + 1]);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* A regular INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement. The trick here is that
+    ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any 
+    ** modifications are made to the database file. There are 4 cases:
+    **
+    **   1) DELETE
+    **   2) UPDATE (rowid not modified)
+    **   3) UPDATE (rowid modified)
+    **   4) INSERT
+    **
+    ** Cases 3 and 4 may violate the rowid constraint.
+    */
+    int eConflict = SQLITE_ABORT;
+    if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+      eConflict = sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pConfig->db);
+    }
+
+    assert( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType0==SQLITE_NULL );
+    assert( nArg!=1 || eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER );
+
+    /* Filter out attempts to run UPDATE or DELETE on contentless tables.
+    ** This is not suported.  */
+    if( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER && fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){
+      pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s", 
+          (nArg>1 ? "UPDATE" : "DELETE from"), pConfig->zName
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* DELETE */
+    else if( nArg==1 ){
+      i64 iDel = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]);  /* Rowid to delete */
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iDel, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* INSERT */
+    else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){     
+      /* If this is a REPLACE, first remove the current entry (if any) */
+      if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE 
+       && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER 
+      ){
+        i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]);  /* Rowid to delete */
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iNew, 0);
+      }
+      fts5StorageInsert(&rc, pTab, apVal, pRowid);
+    }
+
+    /* UPDATE */
+    else{
+      i64 iOld = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]);  /* Old rowid */
+      i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]);  /* New rowid */
+      if( iOld!=iNew ){
+        if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iOld, 0);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iNew, 0);
+          }
+          fts5StorageInsert(&rc, pTab, apVal, pRowid);
+        }else{
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, pRowid);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iOld, 0);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, *pRowid);
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iOld, 0);
+        fts5StorageInsert(&rc, pTab, apVal, pRowid);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xSync() method. 
+*/
+static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  int rc;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_SYNC, 0);
+  pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg;
+  fts5TripCursors(pTab);
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pTab->pStorage, 1);
+  pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xBegin() method. 
+*/
+static int fts5BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5Table*)pVtab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0);
+  fts5NewTransaction((Fts5Table*)pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
+** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
+** by fts5SyncMethod().
+*/
+static int fts5CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pVtab);  /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */
+  fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5Table*)pVtab, FTS5_COMMIT, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
+*/
+static int fts5RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  int rc;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_ROLLBACK, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(pTab->pStorage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5CsrPoslist(Fts5Cursor*, int, const u8**, int*);
+
+static void *fts5ApiUserData(Fts5Context *pCtx){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  return pCsr->pAux->pUserData;
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiColumnCount(Fts5Context *pCtx){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  return ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig->nCol;
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiColumnTotalSize(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  int iCol, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnToken
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(pTab->pStorage, iCol, pnToken);
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiRowCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, i64 *pnRow){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(pTab->pStorage, pnRow);
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiTokenize(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  const char *pText, int nText, 
+  void *pUserData,
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(
+      pTab->pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX, pText, nText, pUserData, xToken
+  );
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiPhraseCount(Fts5Context *pCtx){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  return sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiPhraseSize(Fts5Context *pCtx, int iPhrase){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  return sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseSize(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase);
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiColumnText(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  int iCol, 
+  const char **pz, 
+  int *pn
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab)) ){
+    *pz = 0;
+    *pn = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = fts5SeekCursor(pCsr, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pz = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+      *pn = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5CsrPoslist(
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr, 
+  int iPhrase, 
+  const u8 **pa,
+  int *pn
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bLive = (pCsr->pSorter==0);
+
+  if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST) ){
+
+    if( pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+      Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator;
+      int i;
+      aPopulator = sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(pCsr->pExpr, bLive);
+      if( aPopulator==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+        int n; const char *z;
+        rc = fts5ApiColumnText((Fts5Context*)pCsr, i, &z, &n);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists(
+              pConfig, pCsr->pExpr, aPopulator, i, z, n
+          );
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aPopulator);
+
+      if( pCsr->pSorter ){
+        sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pCsr->pExpr, pCsr->pSorter->iRowid);
+      }
+    }
+    CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST);
+  }
+
+  if( pCsr->pSorter && pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
+    Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+    int i1 = (iPhrase==0 ? 0 : pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase-1]);
+    *pn = pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase] - i1;
+    *pa = &pSorter->aPoslist[i1];
+  }else{
+    *pn = sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, pa);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that the Fts5Cursor.nInstCount and aInst[] variables are populated
+** correctly for the current view. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5PoslistReader *aIter;       /* One iterator for each phrase */
+  int nIter;                      /* Number of iterators/phrases */
+  
+  nIter = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+  if( pCsr->aInstIter==0 ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter;
+    pCsr->aInstIter = (Fts5PoslistReader*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+  }
+  aIter = pCsr->aInstIter;
+
+  if( aIter ){
+    int nInst = 0;                /* Number instances seen so far */
+    int i;
+
+    /* Initialize all iterators */
+    for(i=0; i<nIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+      const u8 *a;
+      int n; 
+      rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, i, &a, &n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      while( 1 ){
+        int *aInst;
+        int iBest = -1;
+        for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){
+          if( (aIter[i].bEof==0) 
+              && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos) 
+            ){
+            iBest = i;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iBest<0 ) break;
+
+        nInst++;
+        if( nInst>=pCsr->nInstAlloc ){
+          pCsr->nInstAlloc = pCsr->nInstAlloc ? pCsr->nInstAlloc*2 : 32;
+          aInst = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(
+              pCsr->aInst, pCsr->nInstAlloc*sizeof(int)*3
+              );
+          if( aInst ){
+            pCsr->aInst = aInst;
+          }else{
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+        aInst = &pCsr->aInst[3 * (nInst-1)];
+        aInst[0] = iBest;
+        aInst[1] = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(aIter[iBest].iPos);
+        aInst[2] = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(aIter[iBest].iPos);
+        sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[iBest]);
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->nInstCount = nInst;
+    CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 
+   || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){
+    *pnInst = pCsr->nInstCount;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiInst(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  int iIdx, 
+  int *piPhrase, 
+  int *piCol, 
+  int *piOff
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 
+   || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) 
+  ){
+    if( iIdx<0 || iIdx>=pCsr->nInstCount ){
+      rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
+#if 0
+    }else if( fts5IsOffsetless((Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab) ){
+      *piPhrase = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3];
+      *piCol = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3 + 2];
+      *piOff = -1;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      *piPhrase = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3];
+      *piCol = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3 + 1];
+      *piOff = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3 + 2];
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static sqlite3_int64 fts5ApiRowid(Fts5Context *pCtx){
+  return fts5CursorRowid((Fts5Cursor*)pCtx);
+}
+
+static int fts5ColumnSizeCb(
+  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to int */
+  int tflags,
+  const char *pUnused,            /* Buffer containing token */
+  int nUnused,                    /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iUnused1,                   /* Start offset of token */
+  int iUnused2                    /* End offset of token */
+){
+  int *pCnt = (int*)pContext;
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(pUnused, nUnused);
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2);
+  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ){
+    (*pCnt)++;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiColumnSize(Fts5Context *pCtx, int iCol, int *pnToken){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE) ){
+    if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+      i64 iRowid = fts5CursorRowid(pCsr);
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(pTab->pStorage, iRowid, pCsr->aColumnSize);
+    }else if( pConfig->zContent==0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+        if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i]==0 ){
+          pCsr->aColumnSize[i] = -1;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+        if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i]==0 ){
+          const char *z; int n;
+          void *p = (void*)(&pCsr->aColumnSize[i]);
+          pCsr->aColumnSize[i] = 0;
+          rc = fts5ApiColumnText(pCtx, i, &z, &n);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(
+                pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX, z, n, p, fts5ColumnSizeCb
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE);
+  }
+  if( iCol<0 ){
+    int i;
+    *pnToken = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+      *pnToken += pCsr->aColumnSize[i];
+    }
+  }else if( iCol<pConfig->nCol ){
+    *pnToken = pCsr->aColumnSize[iCol];
+  }else{
+    *pnToken = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the xSetAuxdata() method.
+*/
+static int fts5ApiSetAuxdata(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx,              /* Fts5 context */
+  void *pPtr,                     /* Pointer to save as auxdata */
+  void(*xDelete)(void*)           /* Destructor for pPtr (or NULL) */
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Auxdata *pData;
+
+  /* Search through the cursors list of Fts5Auxdata objects for one that
+  ** corresponds to the currently executing auxiliary function.  */
+  for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pData->pNext){
+    if( pData->pAux==pCsr->pAux ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( pData ){
+    if( pData->xDelete ){
+      pData->xDelete(pData->pPtr);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    pData = (Fts5Auxdata*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Auxdata));
+    if( pData==0 ){
+      if( xDelete ) xDelete(pPtr);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pData->pAux = pCsr->pAux;
+    pData->pNext = pCsr->pAuxdata;
+    pCsr->pAuxdata = pData;
+  }
+
+  pData->xDelete = xDelete;
+  pData->pPtr = pPtr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void *fts5ApiGetAuxdata(Fts5Context *pCtx, int bClear){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Auxdata *pData;
+  void *pRet = 0;
+
+  for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pData->pNext){
+    if( pData->pAux==pCsr->pAux ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( pData ){
+    pRet = pData->pPtr;
+    if( bClear ){
+      pData->pPtr = 0;
+      pData->xDelete = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+static void fts5ApiPhraseNext(
+  Fts5Context *pUnused, 
+  Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, 
+  int *piCol, int *piOff
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+  if( pIter->a>=pIter->b ){
+    *piCol = -1;
+    *piOff = -1;
+  }else{
+    int iVal;
+    pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, iVal);
+    if( iVal==1 ){
+      pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, iVal);
+      *piCol = iVal;
+      *piOff = 0;
+      pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, iVal);
+    }
+    *piOff += (iVal-2);
+  }
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  int iPhrase, 
+  Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, 
+  int *piCol, int *piOff
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  int n;
+  int rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, iPhrase, &pIter->a, &n);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pIter->b = &pIter->a[n];
+    *piCol = 0;
+    *piOff = 0;
+    fts5ApiPhraseNext(pCtx, pIter, piCol, piOff);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, 
+  int *piCol
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig;
+
+  if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){
+    if( pIter->a>=pIter->b ){
+      *piCol = -1;
+    }else{
+      int iIncr;
+      pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->a[0], iIncr);
+      *piCol += (iIncr-2);
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( 1 ){
+      int dummy;
+      if( pIter->a>=pIter->b ){
+        *piCol = -1;
+        return;
+      }
+      if( pIter->a[0]==0x01 ) break;
+      pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, dummy);
+    }
+    pIter->a += 1 + fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->a[1], *piCol);
+  }
+}
+
+static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  int iPhrase, 
+  Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, 
+  int *piCol
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig;
+
+  if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){
+    Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+    int n;
+    if( pSorter ){
+      int i1 = (iPhrase==0 ? 0 : pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase-1]);
+      n = pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase] - i1;
+      pIter->a = &pSorter->aPoslist[i1];
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, &pIter->a, &n);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pIter->b = &pIter->a[n];
+      *piCol = 0;
+      fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(pCtx, pIter, piCol);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int n;
+    rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, iPhrase, &pIter->a, &n);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pIter->b = &pIter->a[n];
+      if( n<=0 ){
+        *piCol = -1;
+      }else if( pIter->a[0]==0x01 ){
+        pIter->a += 1 + fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->a[1], *piCol);
+      }else{
+        *piCol = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*, 
+    int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
+);
+
+static const Fts5ExtensionApi sFts5Api = {
+  2,                            /* iVersion */
+  fts5ApiUserData,
+  fts5ApiColumnCount,
+  fts5ApiRowCount,
+  fts5ApiColumnTotalSize,
+  fts5ApiTokenize,
+  fts5ApiPhraseCount,
+  fts5ApiPhraseSize,
+  fts5ApiInstCount,
+  fts5ApiInst,
+  fts5ApiRowid,
+  fts5ApiColumnText,
+  fts5ApiColumnSize,
+  fts5ApiQueryPhrase,
+  fts5ApiSetAuxdata,
+  fts5ApiGetAuxdata,
+  fts5ApiPhraseFirst,
+  fts5ApiPhraseNext,
+  fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn,
+  fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn,
+};
+
+/*
+** Implementation of API function xQueryPhrase().
+*/
+static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(
+  Fts5Context *pCtx, 
+  int iPhrase, 
+  void *pUserData,
+  int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+  int rc;
+  Fts5Cursor *pNew = 0;
+
+  rc = fts5OpenMethod(pCsr->base.pVtab, (sqlite3_vtab_cursor**)&pNew);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pNew->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_MATCH;
+    pNew->iFirstRowid = SMALLEST_INT64;
+    pNew->iLastRowid = LARGEST_INT64;
+    pNew->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, &pNew->pExpr);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    for(rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pNew, 0);
+        rc==SQLITE_OK && CsrFlagTest(pNew, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0;
+        rc = fts5NextMethod((sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pNew)
+    ){
+      rc = xCallback(&sFts5Api, (Fts5Context*)pNew, pUserData);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts5CloseMethod((sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pNew);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5ApiInvoke(
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux,
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  assert( pCsr->pAux==0 );
+  pCsr->pAux = pAux;
+  pAux->xFunc(&sFts5Api, (Fts5Context*)pCsr, context, argc, argv);
+  pCsr->pAux = 0;
+}
+
+static Fts5Cursor *fts5CursorFromCsrid(Fts5Global *pGlobal, i64 iCsrId){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
+  for(pCsr=pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
+    if( pCsr->iCsrId==iCsrId ) break;
+  }
+  return pCsr;
+}
+
+static void fts5ApiCallback(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
+  i64 iCsrId;
+
+  assert( argc>=1 );
+  pAux = (Fts5Auxiliary*)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  iCsrId = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+
+  pCsr = fts5CursorFromCsrid(pAux->pGlobal, iCsrId);
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such cursor: %lld", iCsrId);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  }else{
+    fts5ApiInvoke(pAux, pCsr, context, argc-1, &argv[1]);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Index 
+** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist.
+**
+** If successful, set *ppConfig to point to the associated config object 
+** before returning.
+*/
+static Fts5Index *sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal,            /* FTS5 global context for db handle */
+  i64 iCsrId,                     /* Id of cursor to find */
+  Fts5Config **ppConfig           /* OUT: Configuration object */
+){
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
+  Fts5Table *pTab;
+
+  pCsr = fts5CursorFromCsrid(pGlobal, iCsrId);
+  pTab = (Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  *ppConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+
+  return pTab->pIndex;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a "position-list blob" corresponding to the current position of
+** cursor pCsr via sqlite3_result_blob(). A position-list blob contains
+** the current position-list for each phrase in the query associated with
+** cursor pCsr.
+**
+** A position-list blob begins with (nPhrase-1) varints, where nPhrase is
+** the number of phrases in the query. Following the varints are the
+** concatenated position lists for each phrase, in order.
+**
+** The first varint (if it exists) contains the size of the position list
+** for phrase 0. The second (same disclaimer) contains the size of position
+** list 1. And so on. There is no size field for the final position list,
+** as it can be derived from the total size of the blob.
+*/
+static int fts5PoslistBlob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+  Fts5Buffer val;
+
+  memset(&val, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+  switch( ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig->eDetail ){
+    case FTS5_DETAIL_FULL:
+
+      /* Append the varints */
+      for(i=0; i<(nPhrase-1); i++){
+        const u8 *dummy;
+        int nByte = sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &dummy);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &val, nByte);
+      }
+
+      /* Append the position lists */
+      for(i=0; i<nPhrase; i++){
+        const u8 *pPoslist;
+        int nPoslist;
+        nPoslist = sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &pPoslist);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &val, nPoslist, pPoslist);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS:
+
+      /* Append the varints */
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(nPhrase-1); i++){
+        const u8 *dummy;
+        int nByte;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &dummy, &nByte);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &val, nByte);
+      }
+
+      /* Append the position lists */
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nPhrase; i++){
+        const u8 *pPoslist;
+        int nPoslist;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &pPoslist, &nPoslist);
+        sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &val, nPoslist, pPoslist);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, val.p, val.n, sqlite3_free);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
+** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+*/
+static int fts5ColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
+  Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
+
+  if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){
+    if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){
+      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iSpecial);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){
+    /* User is requesting the value of the special column with the same name
+    ** as the table. Return the cursor integer id number. This value is only
+    ** useful in that it may be passed as the first argument to an FTS5
+    ** auxiliary function.  */
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iCsrId);
+  }else if( iCol==pConfig->nCol+1 ){
+
+    /* The value of the "rank" column. */
+    if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){
+      fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr);
+    }else if( 
+        pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
+     || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
+    ){
+      if( pCsr->pRank || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5FindRankFunction(pCsr)) ){
+        fts5ApiInvoke(pCsr->pRank, pCsr, pCtx, pCsr->nRankArg, pCsr->apRankArg);
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( !fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){
+    rc = fts5SeekCursor(pCsr, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static int fts5FindFunctionMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nUnused,                    /* Number of SQL function arguments */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of SQL function */
+  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
+  void **ppArg                    /* OUT: User data for *pxFunc */
+){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(nUnused);
+  pAux = fts5FindAuxiliary(pTab, zName);
+  if( pAux ){
+    *pxFunc = fts5ApiCallback;
+    *ppArg = (void*)pAux;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of FTS5 xRename method. Rename an fts5 table.
+*/
+static int fts5RenameMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zName               /* New name of table */
+){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageRename(pTab->pStorage, zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** The xSavepoint() method.
+**
+** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
+*/
+static int fts5SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(iSavepoint);  /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */
+  fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_SAVEPOINT, iSavepoint);
+  fts5TripCursors(pTab);
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pTab->pStorage, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRelease() method.
+**
+** This is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts5ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(iSavepoint);  /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */
+  fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+  fts5TripCursors(pTab);
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pTab->pStorage, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRollbackTo() method.
+**
+** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
+*/
+static int fts5RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(iSavepoint);  /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */
+  fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_ROLLBACKTO, iSavepoint);
+  fts5TripCursors(pTab);
+  return sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(pTab->pStorage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new auxiliary function with global context pGlobal.
+*/
+static int fts5CreateAux(
+  fts5_api *pApi,                 /* Global context (one per db handle) */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of new function */
+  void *pUserData,                /* User data for aux. function */
+  fts5_extension_function xFunc,  /* Aux. function implementation */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)          /* Destructor for pUserData */
+){
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pApi;
+  int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(pGlobal->db, zName, -1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;
+    int nName;                      /* Size of zName in bytes, including \0 */
+    int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+
+    nName = (int)strlen(zName) + 1;
+    nByte = sizeof(Fts5Auxiliary) + nName;
+    pAux = (Fts5Auxiliary*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( pAux ){
+      memset(pAux, 0, nByte);
+      pAux->zFunc = (char*)&pAux[1];
+      memcpy(pAux->zFunc, zName, nName);
+      pAux->pGlobal = pGlobal;
+      pAux->pUserData = pUserData;
+      pAux->xFunc = xFunc;
+      pAux->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+      pAux->pNext = pGlobal->pAux;
+      pGlobal->pAux = pAux;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the 
+** fts5_api.xCreateTokenizer() method.
+*/
+static int fts5CreateTokenizer(
+  fts5_api *pApi,                 /* Global context (one per db handle) */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of new function */
+  void *pUserData,                /* User data for aux. function */
+  fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer,     /* Tokenizer implementation */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)          /* Destructor for pUserData */
+){
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pApi;
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pNew;
+  int nName;                      /* Size of zName and its \0 terminator */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  nName = (int)strlen(zName) + 1;
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts5TokenizerModule) + nName;
+  pNew = (Fts5TokenizerModule*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( pNew ){
+    memset(pNew, 0, nByte);
+    pNew->zName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+    memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName);
+    pNew->pUserData = pUserData;
+    pNew->x = *pTokenizer;
+    pNew->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+    pNew->pNext = pGlobal->pTok;
+    pGlobal->pTok = pNew;
+    if( pNew->pNext==0 ){
+      pGlobal->pDfltTok = pNew;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer(
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal, 
+  const char *zName
+){
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod = 0;
+
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    pMod = pGlobal->pDfltTok;
+  }else{
+    for(pMod=pGlobal->pTok; pMod; pMod=pMod->pNext){
+      if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, pMod->zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pMod;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the 
+** fts5_api.xFindTokenizer() method.
+*/
+static int fts5FindTokenizer(
+  fts5_api *pApi,                 /* Global context (one per db handle) */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of new function */
+  void **ppUserData,
+  fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer      /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod;
+
+  pMod = fts5LocateTokenizer((Fts5Global*)pApi, zName);
+  if( pMod ){
+    *pTokenizer = pMod->x;
+    *ppUserData = pMod->pUserData;
+  }else{
+    memset(pTokenizer, 0, sizeof(fts5_tokenizer));
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal, 
+  const char **azArg,
+  int nArg,
+  Fts5Tokenizer **ppTok,
+  fts5_tokenizer **ppTokApi,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pMod = fts5LocateTokenizer(pGlobal, nArg==0 ? 0 : azArg[0]);
+  if( pMod==0 ){
+    assert( nArg>0 );
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such tokenizer: %s", azArg[0]);
+  }else{
+    rc = pMod->x.xCreate(pMod->pUserData, &azArg[1], (nArg?nArg-1:0), ppTok);
+    *ppTokApi = &pMod->x;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErr ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in tokenizer constructor");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppTokApi = 0;
+    *ppTok = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5ModuleDestroy(void *pCtx){
+  Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok, *pNextTok;
+  Fts5Auxiliary *pAux, *pNextAux;
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pCtx;
+
+  for(pAux=pGlobal->pAux; pAux; pAux=pNextAux){
+    pNextAux = pAux->pNext;
+    if( pAux->xDestroy ) pAux->xDestroy(pAux->pUserData);
+    sqlite3_free(pAux);
+  }
+
+  for(pTok=pGlobal->pTok; pTok; pTok=pNextTok){
+    pNextTok = pTok->pNext;
+    if( pTok->xDestroy ) pTok->xDestroy(pTok->pUserData);
+    sqlite3_free(pTok);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(pGlobal);
+}
+
+static void fts5Fts5Func(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
+){
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  char buf[8];
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
+  assert( nArg==0 );
+  assert( sizeof(buf)>=sizeof(pGlobal) );
+  memcpy(buf, (void*)&pGlobal, sizeof(pGlobal));
+  sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, buf, sizeof(pGlobal), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of fts5_source_id() function.
+*/
+static void fts5SourceIdFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
+  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
+){
+  assert( nArg==0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2017-06-17 09:59:36 036ebf729e4b21035d7f4f8e35a6f705e6bf99887889e2dc14ebf2242e7930dd", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = {
+    /* iVersion      */ 2,
+    /* xCreate       */ fts5CreateMethod,
+    /* xConnect      */ fts5ConnectMethod,
+    /* xBestIndex    */ fts5BestIndexMethod,
+    /* xDisconnect   */ fts5DisconnectMethod,
+    /* xDestroy      */ fts5DestroyMethod,
+    /* xOpen         */ fts5OpenMethod,
+    /* xClose        */ fts5CloseMethod,
+    /* xFilter       */ fts5FilterMethod,
+    /* xNext         */ fts5NextMethod,
+    /* xEof          */ fts5EofMethod,
+    /* xColumn       */ fts5ColumnMethod,
+    /* xRowid        */ fts5RowidMethod,
+    /* xUpdate       */ fts5UpdateMethod,
+    /* xBegin        */ fts5BeginMethod,
+    /* xSync         */ fts5SyncMethod,
+    /* xCommit       */ fts5CommitMethod,
+    /* xRollback     */ fts5RollbackMethod,
+    /* xFindFunction */ fts5FindFunctionMethod,
+    /* xRename       */ fts5RenameMethod,
+    /* xSavepoint    */ fts5SavepointMethod,
+    /* xRelease      */ fts5ReleaseMethod,
+    /* xRollbackTo   */ fts5RollbackToMethod,
+  };
+
+  int rc;
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal = 0;
+
+  pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Global));
+  if( pGlobal==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    void *p = (void*)pGlobal;
+    memset(pGlobal, 0, sizeof(Fts5Global));
+    pGlobal->db = db;
+    pGlobal->api.iVersion = 2;
+    pGlobal->api.xCreateFunction = fts5CreateAux;
+    pGlobal->api.xCreateTokenizer = fts5CreateTokenizer;
+    pGlobal->api.xFindTokenizer = fts5FindTokenizer;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "fts5", &fts5Mod, p, fts5ModuleDestroy);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprInit(pGlobal, db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(&pGlobal->api);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(&pGlobal->api);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(pGlobal, db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+          db, "fts5", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, p, fts5Fts5Func, 0, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+          db, "fts5_source_id", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, p, fts5SourceIdFunc, 0, 0
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If SQLITE_FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI is defined, assume that the file
+  ** fts5_test_mi.c is compiled and linked into the executable. And call
+  ** its entry point to enable the matchinfo() demo.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts5TestRegisterMatchinfo(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5TestRegisterMatchinfo(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions are used to register the module with SQLite. If
+** this module is being built as part of the SQLite core (SQLITE_CORE is
+** defined), then sqlite3_open() will call sqlite3Fts5Init() directly.
+**
+** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension, 
+** sqlite3Fts5Init() is omitted and the two standard entry points
+** sqlite3_fts_init() and sqlite3_fts5_init() defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts_init(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
+  return fts5Init(db);
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts5_init(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
+  return fts5Init(db);
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  return fts5Init(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+struct Fts5Storage {
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;
+  Fts5Index *pIndex;
+  int bTotalsValid;               /* True if nTotalRow/aTotalSize[] are valid */
+  i64 nTotalRow;                  /* Total number of rows in FTS table */
+  i64 *aTotalSize;                /* Total sizes of each column */ 
+  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[11];
+};
+
+
+#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0 
+# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch" 
+#endif
+#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1 
+# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch" 
+#endif
+#if FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP!=2
+# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch" 
+#endif
+
+#define FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT  3
+#define FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT 4
+#define FTS5_STMT_DELETE_CONTENT  5
+#define FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE  6
+#define FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE  7
+#define FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE  8
+#define FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONFIG 9
+#define FTS5_STMT_SCAN 10
+
+/*
+** Prepare the two insert statements - Fts5Storage.pInsertContent and
+** Fts5Storage.pInsertDocsize - if they have not already been prepared.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageGetStmt(
+  Fts5Storage *p,                 /* Storage handle */
+  int eStmt,                      /* FTS5_STMT_XXX constant */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,          /* OUT: Prepared statement handle */
+  char **pzErrMsg                 /* OUT: Error message (if any) */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for 
+  ** statements to operate on it.  */
+  assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize || (
+        eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 
+     && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE 
+     && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE 
+  ));
+
+  assert( eStmt>=0 && eStmt<ArraySize(p->aStmt) );
+  if( p->aStmt[eStmt]==0 ){
+    const char *azStmt[] = {
+      "SELECT %s FROM %s T WHERE T.%Q >= ? AND T.%Q <= ? ORDER BY T.%Q ASC",
+      "SELECT %s FROM %s T WHERE T.%Q <= ? AND T.%Q >= ? ORDER BY T.%Q DESC",
+      "SELECT %s FROM %s T WHERE T.%Q=?",               /* LOOKUP  */
+
+      "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",         /* INSERT_CONTENT  */
+      "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",        /* REPLACE_CONTENT */
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE id=?",         /* DELETE_CONTENT  */
+      "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",       /* REPLACE_DOCSIZE  */
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE id=?",         /* DELETE_DOCSIZE  */
+
+      "SELECT sz FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE id=?",      /* LOOKUP_DOCSIZE  */
+
+      "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_config' VALUES(?,?)",        /* REPLACE_CONFIG */
+      "SELECT %s FROM %s AS T",                         /* SCAN */
+    };
+    Fts5Config *pC = p->pConfig;
+    char *zSql = 0;
+
+    switch( eStmt ){
+      case FTS5_STMT_SCAN:
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], 
+            pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent
+        );
+        break;
+
+      case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC:
+      case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC:
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, 
+            pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid,
+            pC->zContentRowid
+        );
+        break;
+
+      case FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP:
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], 
+            pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid
+        );
+        break;
+
+      case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT: 
+      case FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT: {
+        int nCol = pC->nCol + 1;
+        char *zBind;
+        int i;
+
+        zBind = sqlite3_malloc(1 + nCol*2);
+        if( zBind ){
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            zBind[i*2] = '?';
+            zBind[i*2 + 1] = ',';
+          }
+          zBind[i*2-1] = '\0';
+          zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zDb, pC->zName, zBind);
+          sqlite3_free(zBind);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zDb, pC->zName);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pC->db, zSql, -1, &p->aStmt[eStmt], 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pC->db));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
+  sqlite3_reset(*ppStmt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts5ExecPrintf(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErr,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  int rc;
+  va_list ap;                     /* ... printf arguments */
+  char *zSql;
+
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, pzErr);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop all shadow tables. Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){
+  int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, 
+      "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_data';"
+      "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_idx';"
+      "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_config';",
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName,
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName,
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, 
+        "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';",
+        pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+    rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, 
+        "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';",
+        pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5StorageRenameOne(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,            /* Current FTS5 configuration */
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+  const char *zTail,              /* Tail of table name e.g. "data", "config" */
+  const char *zName               /* New name of FTS5 table */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, 
+        "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_%s' RENAME TO '%q_%s';",
+        pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zTail, zName, zTail
+    );
+  }
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRename(Fts5Storage *pStorage, const char *zName){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = pStorage->pConfig;
+  int rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pStorage, 1);
+
+  fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "data", zName);
+  fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "idx", zName);
+  fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "config", zName);
+  if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "docsize", zName);
+  }
+  if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+    fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "content", zName);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the shadow table named zPost, with definition zDefn. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig,            /* FTS5 configuration */
+  const char *zPost,              /* Shadow table to create (e.g. "content") */
+  const char *zDefn,              /* Columns etc. for shadow table */
+  int bWithout,                   /* True for without rowid */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+
+  rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, &zErr, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_%q'(%s)%s",
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn, 
+#ifndef SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID
+      bWithout?" WITHOUT ROWID":
+#endif
+      ""
+  );
+  if( zErr ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s", 
+        pConfig->zName, zPost, zErr
+    );
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create
+** and initialize the underlying tables 
+**
+** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(
+  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
+  Fts5Index *pIndex, 
+  int bCreate, 
+  Fts5Storage **pp,
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts5Storage *p;                 /* New object */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts5Storage)               /* Fts5Storage object */
+        + pConfig->nCol * sizeof(i64);      /* Fts5Storage.aTotalSize[] */
+  *pp = p = (Fts5Storage*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->aTotalSize = (i64*)&p[1];
+  p->pConfig = pConfig;
+  p->pIndex = pIndex;
+
+  if( bCreate ){
+    if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+      int nDefn = 32 + pConfig->nCol*10;
+      char *zDefn = sqlite3_malloc(32 + pConfig->nCol * 10);
+      if( zDefn==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        int iOff;
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nDefn, zDefn, "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+        iOff = (int)strlen(zDefn);
+        for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nDefn-iOff, &zDefn[iOff], ", c%d", i);
+          iOff += (int)strlen(&zDefn[iOff]);
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "content", zDefn, 0, pzErr);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zDefn);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(
+          pConfig, "docsize", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, sz BLOB", 0, pzErr
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(
+          pConfig, "config", "k PRIMARY KEY, v", 1, pzErr
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(p, "version", 0, FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(p);
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a handle opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen().
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(Fts5Storage *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+
+    /* Finalize all SQL statements */
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(p->aStmt); i++){
+      sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct Fts5InsertCtx Fts5InsertCtx;
+struct Fts5InsertCtx {
+  Fts5Storage *pStorage;
+  int iCol;
+  int szCol;                      /* Size of column value in tokens */
+};
+
+/*
+** Tokenization callback used when inserting tokens into the FTS index.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageInsertCallback(
+  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to Fts5InsertCtx object */
+  int tflags,
+  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
+  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iUnused1,                   /* Start offset of token */
+  int iUnused2                    /* End offset of token */
+){
+  Fts5InsertCtx *pCtx = (Fts5InsertCtx*)pContext;
+  Fts5Index *pIdx = pCtx->pStorage->pIndex;
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2);
+  if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE;
+  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 || pCtx->szCol==0 ){
+    pCtx->szCol++;
+  }
+  return sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite(pIdx, pCtx->iCol, pCtx->szCol-1, pToken, nToken);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a row with rowid iDel is present in the %_content table, add the
+** delete-markers to the FTS index necessary to delete it. Do not actually
+** remove the %_content row at this time though.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex(
+  Fts5Storage *p, 
+  i64 iDel, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSeek = 0;        /* SELECT to read row iDel from %_data */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int rc2;                        /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+  int iCol;
+  Fts5InsertCtx ctx;
+
+  if( apVal==0 ){
+    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP, &pSeek, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSeek, 1, iDel);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pSeek)!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+      return sqlite3_reset(pSeek);
+    }
+  }
+
+  ctx.pStorage = p;
+  ctx.iCol = -1;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(p->pIndex, 1, iDel);
+  for(iCol=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<=pConfig->nCol; iCol++){
+    if( pConfig->abUnindexed[iCol-1]==0 ){
+      const char *zText;
+      int nText;
+      if( pSeek ){
+        zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSeek, iCol);
+        nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSeek, iCol);
+      }else{
+        zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iCol-1]);
+        nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iCol-1]);
+      }
+      ctx.szCol = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, 
+          zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, fts5StorageInsertCallback
+      );
+      p->aTotalSize[iCol-1] -= (i64)ctx.szCol;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nTotalRow--;
+
+  rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSeek);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Insert a record into the %_docsize table. Specifically, do:
+**
+**   INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %_docsize(id, sz) VALUES(iRowid, pBuf);
+**
+** If there is no %_docsize table (as happens if the columnsize=0 option
+** is specified when the FTS5 table is created), this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageInsertDocsize(
+  Fts5Storage *p,                 /* Storage module to write to */
+  i64 iRowid,                     /* id value */
+  Fts5Buffer *pBuf                /* sz value */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pReplace, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pReplace, 1, iRowid);
+      sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pBuf->p, pBuf->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the 
+** p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] variables. If successful, and if
+** argument bCache is true, set the p->bTotalsValid flag to indicate
+** that the contents of aTotalSize[] and nTotalRow are valid until
+** further notice.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageLoadTotals(Fts5Storage *p, int bCache){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->bTotalsValid==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(p->pIndex, &p->nTotalRow, p->aTotalSize);
+    p->bTotalsValid = bCache;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] 
+** variables in the "averages" record on disk.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageSaveTotals(Fts5Storage *p){
+  int nCol = p->pConfig->nCol;
+  int i;
+  Fts5Buffer buf;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, p->nTotalRow);
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, p->aTotalSize[i]);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(p->pIndex, buf.p, buf.n);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.p);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a row from the FTS table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(Fts5Storage *p, i64 iDel, sqlite3_value **apVal){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0;
+
+  assert( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL || apVal==0 );
+  rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 1);
+
+  /* Delete the index records */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex(p, iDel, apVal);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the %_docsize record */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pDel, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iDel);
+      sqlite3_step(pDel);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the %_content record */
+  if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_DELETE_CONTENT, &pDel, 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iDel);
+      sqlite3_step(pDel);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all entries in the FTS5 index.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(Fts5Storage *p){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Delete the contents of the %_data and %_docsize tables. */
+  rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';" 
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_idx';",
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName,
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize';",
+        pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Reinitialize the %_data table. This call creates the initial structure
+  ** and averages records.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(p->pIndex);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(p, "version", 0, FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(Fts5Storage *p){
+  Fts5Buffer buf = {0,0,0};
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pScan = 0;
+  Fts5InsertCtx ctx;
+  int rc;
+
+  memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(Fts5InsertCtx));
+  ctx.pStorage = p;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 1);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_SCAN, &pScan, 0);
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pScan) ){
+    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pScan, 0);
+
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(&buf);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(p->pIndex, 0, iRowid);
+    for(ctx.iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ctx.iCol<pConfig->nCol; ctx.iCol++){
+      ctx.szCol = 0;
+      if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, 
+            FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
+            (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, ctx.iCol+1),
+            sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, ctx.iCol+1),
+            (void*)&ctx,
+            fts5StorageInsertCallback
+        );
+      }
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, ctx.szCol);
+      p->aTotalSize[ctx.iCol] += (i64)ctx.szCol;
+    }
+    p->nTotalRow++;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts5StorageInsertDocsize(p, iRowid, &buf);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.p);
+
+  /* Write the averages record */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5StorageSaveTotals(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOptimize(Fts5Storage *p){
+  return sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(p->pIndex);
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(Fts5Storage *p, int nMerge){
+  return sqlite3Fts5IndexMerge(p->pIndex, nMerge);
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(Fts5Storage *p){
+  return sqlite3Fts5IndexReset(p->pIndex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new rowid. This is used for "external content" tables when
+** a NULL value is inserted into the rowid column. The new rowid is allocated
+** by inserting a dummy row into the %_docsize table. The dummy will be
+** overwritten later.
+**
+** If the %_docsize table does not exist, SQLITE_MISMATCH is returned. In
+** this case the user is required to provide a rowid explicitly.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageNewRowid(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *piRowid){
+  int rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+  if( p->pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pReplace, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 1);
+      sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 2);
+      sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->pConfig->db);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new row into the FTS content table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(
+  Fts5Storage *p, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
+  i64 *piRowid
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Insert the new row into the %_content table. */
+  if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      *piRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]);
+    }else{
+      rc = fts5StorageNewRowid(p, piRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;    /* Statement to write %_content table */
+    int i;                        /* Counter variable */
+    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT, &pInsert, 0);
+    for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=pConfig->nCol+1; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pInsert, i, apVal[i]);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_step(pInsert);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pInsert);
+    }
+    *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pConfig->db);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert new entries into the FTS index and %_docsize table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(
+  Fts5Storage *p, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
+  i64 iRowid
+){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts5InsertCtx ctx;              /* Tokenization callback context object */
+  Fts5Buffer buf;                 /* Buffer used to build up %_docsize blob */
+
+  memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer));
+  ctx.pStorage = p;
+  rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 1);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(p->pIndex, 0, iRowid);
+  }
+  for(ctx.iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ctx.iCol<pConfig->nCol; ctx.iCol++){
+    ctx.szCol = 0;
+    if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, 
+          FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
+          (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]),
+          sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]),
+          (void*)&ctx,
+          fts5StorageInsertCallback
+      );
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, ctx.szCol);
+    p->aTotalSize[ctx.iCol] += (i64)ctx.szCol;
+  }
+  p->nTotalRow++;
+
+  /* Write the %_docsize record */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5StorageInsertDocsize(p, iRowid, &buf);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(buf.p);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts5StorageCount(Fts5Storage *p, const char *zSuffix, i64 *pnRow){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  char *zSql;
+  int rc;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'", 
+      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zSuffix
+  );
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pCnt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCnt) ){
+        *pnRow = sqlite3_column_int64(pCnt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCnt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Context object used by sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity().
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5IntegrityCtx Fts5IntegrityCtx;
+struct Fts5IntegrityCtx {
+  i64 iRowid;
+  int iCol;
+  int szCol;
+  u64 cksum;
+  Fts5Termset *pTermset;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Tokenization callback used by integrity check.
+*/
+static int fts5StorageIntegrityCallback(
+  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to Fts5IntegrityCtx object */
+  int tflags,
+  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
+  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
+  int iUnused1,                   /* Start offset of token */
+  int iUnused2                    /* End offset of token */
+){
+  Fts5IntegrityCtx *pCtx = (Fts5IntegrityCtx*)pContext;
+  Fts5Termset *pTermset = pCtx->pTermset;
+  int bPresent;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iPos;
+  int iCol;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2);
+  if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE;
+
+  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 || pCtx->szCol==0 ){
+    pCtx->szCol++;
+  }
+
+  switch( pCtx->pConfig->eDetail ){
+    case FTS5_DETAIL_FULL:
+      iPos = pCtx->szCol-1;
+      iCol = pCtx->iCol;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS:
+      iPos = pCtx->iCol;
+      iCol = 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert( pCtx->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+      iPos = 0;
+      iCol = 0;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(pTermset, 0, pToken, nToken, &bPresent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bPresent==0 ){
+    pCtx->cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
+        pCtx->iRowid, iCol, iPos, 0, pToken, nToken
+    );
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pCtx->pConfig->nPrefix; ii++){
+    const int nChar = pCtx->pConfig->aPrefix[ii];
+    int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar);
+    if( nByte ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(pTermset, ii+1, pToken, nByte, &bPresent);
+      if( bPresent==0 ){
+        pCtx->cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
+            pCtx->iRowid, iCol, iPos, ii+1, pToken, nByte
+        );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check that the contents of the FTS index match that of the %_content
+** table. Return SQLITE_OK if they do, or SQLITE_CORRUPT if not. Return
+** some other SQLite error code if an error occurs while attempting to
+** determine this.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int *aColSize;                  /* Array of size pConfig->nCol */
+  i64 *aTotalSize;                /* Array of size pConfig->nCol */
+  Fts5IntegrityCtx ctx;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pScan;
+
+  memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(Fts5IntegrityCtx));
+  ctx.pConfig = p->pConfig;
+  aTotalSize = (i64*)sqlite3_malloc(pConfig->nCol * (sizeof(int)+sizeof(i64)));
+  if( !aTotalSize ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  aColSize = (int*)&aTotalSize[pConfig->nCol];
+  memset(aTotalSize, 0, sizeof(i64) * pConfig->nCol);
+
+  /* Generate the expected index checksum based on the contents of the
+  ** %_content table. This block stores the checksum in ctx.cksum. */
+  rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_SCAN, &pScan, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pScan) ){
+      int i;
+      ctx.iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pScan, 0);
+      ctx.szCol = 0;
+      if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(p, ctx.iRowid, aColSize);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset);
+      }
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+        if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i] ) continue;
+        ctx.iCol = i;
+        ctx.szCol = 0;
+        if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, 
+              FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
+              (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1),
+              sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1),
+              (void*)&ctx,
+              fts5StorageIntegrityCallback
+          );
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize && ctx.szCol!=aColSize[i] ){
+          rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+        }
+        aTotalSize[i] += ctx.szCol;
+        if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){
+          sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset);
+          ctx.pTermset = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset);
+      ctx.pTermset = 0;
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pScan);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  /* Test that the "totals" (sometimes called "averages") record looks Ok */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0);
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){
+      if( p->aTotalSize[i]!=aTotalSize[i] ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the %_docsize and %_content tables contain the expected
+  ** number of rows.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
+    i64 nRow = 0;
+    rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "content", &nRow);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
+    i64 nRow = 0;
+    rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "docsize", &nRow);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Pass the expected checksum down to the FTS index module. It will
+  ** verify, amongst other things, that it matches the checksum generated by
+  ** inspecting the index itself.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(p->pIndex, ctx.cksum);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aTotalSize);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain an SQLite statement handle that may be used to read data from the
+** %_content table.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(
+  Fts5Storage *p, 
+  int eStmt, 
+  sqlite3_stmt **pp, 
+  char **pzErrMsg
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC 
+       || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC
+       || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP
+  );
+  rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, eStmt, pp, pzErrMsg);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( p->aStmt[eStmt]==*pp );
+    p->aStmt[eStmt] = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release an SQLite statement handle obtained via an earlier call to
+** sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(). The eStmt parameter passed to this function
+** must match that passed to the sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt() call.
+*/
+static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(
+  Fts5Storage *p, 
+  int eStmt, 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt
+){
+  assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
+       || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC
+       || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP
+  );
+  if( p->aStmt[eStmt]==0 ){
+    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }
+}
+
+static int fts5StorageDecodeSizeArray(
+  int *aCol, int nCol,            /* Array to populate */
+  const u8 *aBlob, int nBlob      /* Record to read varints from */
+){
+  int i;
+  int iOff = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( iOff>=nBlob ) return 1;
+    iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&aBlob[iOff], aCol[i]);
+  }
+  return (iOff!=nBlob);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument aCol points to an array of integers containing one entry for
+** each table column. This function reads the %_docsize record for the
+** specified rowid and populates aCol[] with the results.
+**
+** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(Fts5Storage *p, i64 iRowid, int *aCol){
+  int nCol = p->pConfig->nCol;    /* Number of user columns in table */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pLookup = 0;      /* Statement to query %_docsize */
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize );
+  rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE, &pLookup, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int bCorrupt = 1;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLookup, 1, iRowid);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLookup) ){
+      const u8 *aBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pLookup, 0);
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(pLookup, 0);
+      if( 0==fts5StorageDecodeSizeArray(aCol, nCol, aBlob, nBlob) ){
+        bCorrupt = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pLookup);
+    if( bCorrupt && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(Fts5Storage *p, int iCol, i64 *pnToken){
+  int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pnToken = 0;
+    if( iCol<0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->pConfig->nCol; i++){
+        *pnToken += p->aTotalSize[i];
+      }
+    }else if( iCol<p->pConfig->nCol ){
+      *pnToken = p->aTotalSize[iCol];
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow){
+  int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pnRow = p->nTotalRow;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any data currently held in-memory to disk.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(Fts5Storage *p, int bCommit){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->pConfig->db);
+  if( p->bTotalsValid ){
+    rc = fts5StorageSaveTotals(p);
+    if( bCommit ) p->bTotalsValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(p->pIndex, bCommit);
+  }
+  sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(p->pConfig->db, iLastRowid);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(Fts5Storage *p){
+  p->bTotalsValid = 0;
+  return sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(p->pIndex);
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(
+  Fts5Storage *p, 
+  const char *z,
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,
+  int iVal
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+  int rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONFIG, &pReplace, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_text(pReplace, 1, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( pVal ){
+      sqlite3_bind_value(pReplace, 2, pVal);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 2, iVal);
+    }
+    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVal ){
+    int iNew = p->pConfig->iCookie + 1;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(p->pIndex, iNew);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->pConfig->iCookie = iNew;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Start of ascii tokenizer implementation.
+*/
+
+/*
+** For tokenizers with no "unicode" modifier, the set of token characters
+** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters. 
+*/
+static unsigned char aAsciiTokenChar[128] = {
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x00..0x0F */
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x10..0x1F */
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x20..0x2F */
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x30..0x3F */
+  0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   /* 0x40..0x4F */
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x50..0x5F */
+  0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   /* 0x60..0x6F */
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,   1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0x70..0x7F */
+};
+
+typedef struct AsciiTokenizer AsciiTokenizer;
+struct AsciiTokenizer {
+  unsigned char aTokenChar[128];
+};
+
+static void fts5AsciiAddExceptions(
+  AsciiTokenizer *p, 
+  const char *zArg, 
+  int bTokenChars
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+    if( (zArg[i] & 0x80)==0 ){
+      p->aTokenChar[(int)zArg[i]] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a "ascii" tokenizer.
+*/
+static void fts5AsciiDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an "ascii" tokenizer.
+*/
+static int fts5AsciiCreate(
+  void *pUnused, 
+  const char **azArg, int nArg,
+  Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  AsciiTokenizer *p = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+  if( nArg%2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(AsciiTokenizer));
+    if( p==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(AsciiTokenizer));
+      memcpy(p->aTokenChar, aAsciiTokenChar, sizeof(aAsciiTokenChar));
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i+=2){
+        const char *zArg = azArg[i+1];
+        if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "tokenchars") ){
+          fts5AsciiAddExceptions(p, zArg, 1);
+        }else
+        if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "separators") ){
+          fts5AsciiAddExceptions(p, zArg, 0);
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        fts5AsciiDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)p);
+        p = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static void asciiFold(char *aOut, const char *aIn, int nByte){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
+    char c = aIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) c += 32;
+    aOut[i] = c;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize some text using the ascii tokenizer.
+*/
+static int fts5AsciiTokenize(
+  Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  void *pCtx,
+  int iUnused,
+  const char *pText, int nText,
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int nToken, int iStart, int iEnd)
+){
+  AsciiTokenizer *p = (AsciiTokenizer*)pTokenizer;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int ie;
+  int is = 0;
+
+  char aFold[64];
+  int nFold = sizeof(aFold);
+  char *pFold = aFold;
+  unsigned char *a = p->aTokenChar;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(iUnused);
+
+  while( is<nText && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte;
+
+    /* Skip any leading divider characters. */
+    while( is<nText && ((pText[is]&0x80)==0 && a[(int)pText[is]]==0) ){
+      is++;
+    }
+    if( is==nText ) break;
+
+    /* Count the token characters */
+    ie = is+1;
+    while( ie<nText && ((pText[ie]&0x80) || a[(int)pText[ie]] ) ){
+      ie++;
+    }
+
+    /* Fold to lower case */
+    nByte = ie-is;
+    if( nByte>nFold ){
+      if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold);
+      pFold = sqlite3_malloc(nByte*2);
+      if( pFold==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        break;
+      }
+      nFold = nByte*2;
+    }
+    asciiFold(pFold, &pText[is], nByte);
+
+    /* Invoke the token callback */
+    rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, pFold, nByte, is, ie);
+    is = ie+1;
+  }
+  
+  if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Start of unicode61 tokenizer implementation.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied
+** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation, they are not required.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0xFF);                 \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (unsigned char)((c>>6)&0x1F);     \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)(c & 0x3F);        \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (unsigned char)((c>>12)&0x0F);    \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)((c>>6) & 0x3F);   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)(c & 0x3F);        \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (unsigned char)((c>>18) & 0x07);  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)((c>>12) & 0x3F);  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)((c>>6) & 0x3F);   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)(c & 0x3F);        \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+typedef struct Unicode61Tokenizer Unicode61Tokenizer;
+struct Unicode61Tokenizer {
+  unsigned char aTokenChar[128];  /* ASCII range token characters */
+  char *aFold;                    /* Buffer to fold text into */
+  int nFold;                      /* Size of aFold[] in bytes */
+  int bRemoveDiacritic;           /* True if remove_diacritics=1 is set */
+  int nException;
+  int *aiException;
+};
+
+static int fts5UnicodeAddExceptions(
+  Unicode61Tokenizer *p,          /* Tokenizer object */
+  const char *z,                  /* Characters to treat as exceptions */
+  int bTokenChars                 /* 1 for 'tokenchars', 0 for 'separators' */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int n = (int)strlen(z);
+  int *aNew;
+
+  if( n>0 ){
+    aNew = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (n+p->nException)*sizeof(int));
+    if( aNew ){
+      int nNew = p->nException;
+      const unsigned char *zCsr = (const unsigned char*)z;
+      const unsigned char *zTerm = (const unsigned char*)&z[n];
+      while( zCsr<zTerm ){
+        int iCode;
+        int bToken;
+        READ_UTF8(zCsr, zTerm, iCode);
+        if( iCode<128 ){
+          p->aTokenChar[iCode] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars;
+        }else{
+          bToken = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode);
+          assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) ); 
+          assert( (bTokenChars==0 || bTokenChars==1) );
+          if( bToken!=bTokenChars && sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 ){
+            int i;
+            for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+              if( aNew[i]>iCode ) break;
+            }
+            memmove(&aNew[i+1], &aNew[i], (nNew-i)*sizeof(int));
+            aNew[i] = iCode;
+            nNew++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      p->aiException = aNew;
+      p->nException = nNew;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode.
+*/
+static int fts5UnicodeIsException(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  if( p->nException>0 ){
+    int *a = p->aiException;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iHi = p->nException-1;
+
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( iCode==a[iTest] ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a "unicode61" tokenizer.
+*/
+static void fts5UnicodeDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *pTok){
+  if( pTok ){
+    Unicode61Tokenizer *p = (Unicode61Tokenizer*)pTok;
+    sqlite3_free(p->aiException);
+    sqlite3_free(p->aFold);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a "unicode61" tokenizer.
+*/
+static int fts5UnicodeCreate(
+  void *pUnused, 
+  const char **azArg, int nArg,
+  Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0;      /* New tokenizer object */ 
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+
+  if( nArg%2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    p = (Unicode61Tokenizer*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Unicode61Tokenizer));
+    if( p ){
+      int i;
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(Unicode61Tokenizer));
+      memcpy(p->aTokenChar, aAsciiTokenChar, sizeof(aAsciiTokenChar));
+      p->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+      p->nFold = 64;
+      p->aFold = sqlite3_malloc(p->nFold * sizeof(char));
+      if( p->aFold==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i+=2){
+        const char *zArg = azArg[i+1];
+        if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "remove_diacritics") ){
+          if( (zArg[0]!='0' && zArg[0]!='1') || zArg[1] ){
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          }
+          p->bRemoveDiacritic = (zArg[0]=='1');
+        }else
+        if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "tokenchars") ){
+          rc = fts5UnicodeAddExceptions(p, zArg, 1);
+        }else
+        if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "separators") ){
+          rc = fts5UnicodeAddExceptions(p, zArg, 0);
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      fts5UnicodeDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)p);
+      p = 0;
+    }
+    *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)p;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer
+** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token 
+** character (not a separator).
+*/
+static int fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  assert( (sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+  return sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ fts5UnicodeIsException(p, iCode);
+}
+
+static int fts5UnicodeTokenize(
+  Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  void *pCtx,
+  int iUnused,
+  const char *pText, int nText,
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int nToken, int iStart, int iEnd)
+){
+  Unicode61Tokenizer *p = (Unicode61Tokenizer*)pTokenizer;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unsigned char *a = p->aTokenChar;
+
+  unsigned char *zTerm = (unsigned char*)&pText[nText];
+  unsigned char *zCsr = (unsigned char *)pText;
+
+  /* Output buffer */
+  char *aFold = p->aFold;
+  int nFold = p->nFold;
+  const char *pEnd = &aFold[nFold-6];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(iUnused);
+
+  /* Each iteration of this loop gobbles up a contiguous run of separators,
+  ** then the next token.  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iCode;                    /* non-ASCII codepoint read from input */
+    char *zOut = aFold;
+    int is;
+    int ie;
+
+    /* Skip any separator characters. */
+    while( 1 ){
+      if( zCsr>=zTerm ) goto tokenize_done;
+      if( *zCsr & 0x80 ) {
+        /* A character outside of the ascii range. Skip past it if it is
+        ** a separator character. Or break out of the loop if it is not. */
+        is = zCsr - (unsigned char*)pText;
+        READ_UTF8(zCsr, zTerm, iCode);
+        if( fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ){
+          goto non_ascii_tokenchar;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( a[*zCsr] ){
+          is = zCsr - (unsigned char*)pText;
+          goto ascii_tokenchar;
+        }
+        zCsr++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Run through the tokenchars. Fold them into the output buffer along
+    ** the way.  */
+    while( zCsr<zTerm ){
+
+      /* Grow the output buffer so that there is sufficient space to fit the
+      ** largest possible utf-8 character.  */
+      if( zOut>pEnd ){
+        aFold = sqlite3_malloc(nFold*2);
+        if( aFold==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          goto tokenize_done;
+        }
+        zOut = &aFold[zOut - p->aFold];
+        memcpy(aFold, p->aFold, nFold);
+        sqlite3_free(p->aFold);
+        p->aFold = aFold;
+        p->nFold = nFold = nFold*2;
+        pEnd = &aFold[nFold-6];
+      }
+
+      if( *zCsr & 0x80 ){
+        /* An non-ascii-range character. Fold it into the output buffer if
+        ** it is a token character, or break out of the loop if it is not. */
+        READ_UTF8(zCsr, zTerm, iCode);
+        if( fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(p,iCode)||sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode) ){
+ non_ascii_tokenchar:
+          iCode = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
+          if( iCode ) WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iCode);
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }else if( a[*zCsr]==0 ){
+        /* An ascii-range separator character. End of token. */
+        break; 
+      }else{
+ ascii_tokenchar:
+        if( *zCsr>='A' && *zCsr<='Z' ){
+          *zOut++ = *zCsr + 32;
+        }else{
+          *zOut++ = *zCsr;
+        }
+        zCsr++;
+      }
+      ie = zCsr - (unsigned char*)pText;
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke the token callback */
+    rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie); 
+  }
+  
+ tokenize_done:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** Start of porter stemmer implementation.
+*/
+
+/* Any tokens larger than this (in bytes) are passed through without
+** stemming. */
+#define FTS5_PORTER_MAX_TOKEN 64
+
+typedef struct PorterTokenizer PorterTokenizer;
+struct PorterTokenizer {
+  fts5_tokenizer tokenizer;       /* Parent tokenizer module */
+  Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer;      /* Parent tokenizer instance */
+  char aBuf[FTS5_PORTER_MAX_TOKEN + 64];
+};
+
+/*
+** Delete a "porter" tokenizer.
+*/
+static void fts5PorterDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *pTok){
+  if( pTok ){
+    PorterTokenizer *p = (PorterTokenizer*)pTok;
+    if( p->pTokenizer ){
+      p->tokenizer.xDelete(p->pTokenizer);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a "porter" tokenizer.
+*/
+static int fts5PorterCreate(
+  void *pCtx, 
+  const char **azArg, int nArg,
+  Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
+){
+  fts5_api *pApi = (fts5_api*)pCtx;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  PorterTokenizer *pRet;
+  void *pUserdata = 0;
+  const char *zBase = "unicode61";
+
+  if( nArg>0 ){
+    zBase = azArg[0];
+  }
+
+  pRet = (PorterTokenizer*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PorterTokenizer));
+  if( pRet ){
+    memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(PorterTokenizer));
+    rc = pApi->xFindTokenizer(pApi, zBase, &pUserdata, &pRet->tokenizer);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nArg2 = (nArg>0 ? nArg-1 : 0);
+    const char **azArg2 = (nArg2 ? &azArg[1] : 0);
+    rc = pRet->tokenizer.xCreate(pUserdata, azArg2, nArg2, &pRet->pTokenizer);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    fts5PorterDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)pRet);
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct PorterContext PorterContext;
+struct PorterContext {
+  void *pCtx;
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int);
+  char *aBuf;
+};
+
+typedef struct PorterRule PorterRule;
+struct PorterRule {
+  const char *zSuffix;
+  int nSuffix;
+  int (*xCond)(char *zStem, int nStem);
+  const char *zOutput;
+  int nOutput;
+};
+
+#if 0
+static int fts5PorterApply(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf, PorterRule *aRule){
+  int ret = -1;
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  PorterRule *p;
+
+  for(p=aRule; p->zSuffix; p++){
+    assert( strlen(p->zSuffix)==p->nSuffix );
+    assert( strlen(p->zOutput)==p->nOutput );
+    if( nBuf<p->nSuffix ) continue;
+    if( 0==memcmp(&aBuf[nBuf - p->nSuffix], p->zSuffix, p->nSuffix) ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( p->zSuffix ){
+    int nStem = nBuf - p->nSuffix;
+    if( p->xCond==0 || p->xCond(aBuf, nStem) ){
+      memcpy(&aBuf[nStem], p->zOutput, p->nOutput);
+      *pnBuf = nStem + p->nOutput;
+      ret = p - aRule;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int fts5PorterIsVowel(char c, int bYIsVowel){
+  return (
+      c=='a' || c=='e' || c=='i' || c=='o' || c=='u' || (bYIsVowel && c=='y')
+  );
+}
+
+static int fts5PorterGobbleVC(char *zStem, int nStem, int bPrevCons){
+  int i;
+  int bCons = bPrevCons;
+
+  /* Scan for a vowel */
+  for(i=0; i<nStem; i++){
+    if( 0==(bCons = !fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], bCons)) ) break;
+  }
+
+  /* Scan for a consonent */
+  for(i++; i<nStem; i++){
+    if( (bCons = !fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], bCons)) ) return i+1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* porter rule condition: (m > 0) */
+static int fts5Porter_MGt0(char *zStem, int nStem){
+  return !!fts5PorterGobbleVC(zStem, nStem, 0);
+}
+
+/* porter rule condition: (m > 1) */
+static int fts5Porter_MGt1(char *zStem, int nStem){
+  int n;
+  n = fts5PorterGobbleVC(zStem, nStem, 0);
+  if( n && fts5PorterGobbleVC(&zStem[n], nStem-n, 1) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* porter rule condition: (m = 1) */
+static int fts5Porter_MEq1(char *zStem, int nStem){
+  int n;
+  n = fts5PorterGobbleVC(zStem, nStem, 0);
+  if( n && 0==fts5PorterGobbleVC(&zStem[n], nStem-n, 1) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* porter rule condition: (*o) */
+static int fts5Porter_Ostar(char *zStem, int nStem){
+  if( zStem[nStem-1]=='w' || zStem[nStem-1]=='x' || zStem[nStem-1]=='y' ){
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    int mask = 0;
+    int bCons = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nStem; i++){
+      bCons = !fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], bCons);
+      assert( bCons==0 || bCons==1 );
+      mask = (mask << 1) + bCons;
+    }
+    return ((mask & 0x0007)==0x0005);
+  }
+}
+
+/* porter rule condition: (m > 1 and (*S or *T)) */
+static int fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(char *zStem, int nStem){
+  assert( nStem>0 );
+  return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t') 
+      && fts5Porter_MGt1(zStem, nStem);
+}
+
+/* porter rule condition: (*v*) */
+static int fts5Porter_Vowel(char *zStem, int nStem){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nStem; i++){
+    if( fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], i>0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************
+** GENERATED CODE STARTS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl)
+*/
+
+static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
+  int ret = 0;
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
+    
+    case 'a': 
+      if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("al", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'c': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ance", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ence", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'e': 
+      if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("er", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'i': 
+      if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ic", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'l': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("able", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ible", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'n': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ant", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ement", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ment", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ent", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'o': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ion", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ou", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 's': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ism", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 't': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ate", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("iti", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'u': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ous", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'v': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ive", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'z': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ize", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+  
+
+static int fts5PorterStep1B2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
+  int ret = 0;
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
+    
+    case 'a': 
+      if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("at", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ate", 3);
+        *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
+        ret = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'b': 
+      if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("bl", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ble", 3);
+        *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
+        ret = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'i': 
+      if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("iz", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ize", 3);
+        *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
+        ret = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+  
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+  
+
+static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
+  int ret = 0;
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
+    
+    case 'a': 
+      if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ational", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ate", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>6 && 0==memcmp("tional", &aBuf[nBuf-6], 6) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-6) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-6], "tion", 4);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 6 + 4;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'c': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("enci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ence", 4);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 4;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("anci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ance", 4);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 4;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'e': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("izer", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ize", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'g': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("logi", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "log", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'l': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("bli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ble", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("alli", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "al", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 2;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("entli", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ent", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "e", 1);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3 + 1;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ousli", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ous", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'o': 
+      if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ization", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ize", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ation", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ate", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ator", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ate", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 's': 
+      if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alism", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("iveness", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ive", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("fulness", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ful", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ousness", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ous", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 't': 
+      if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("aliti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("iviti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ive", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>6 && 0==memcmp("biliti", &aBuf[nBuf-6], 6) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-6) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-6], "ble", 3);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 6 + 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+  
+
+static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
+  int ret = 0;
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
+    
+    case 'a': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ical", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ic", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 's': 
+      if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ness", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 't': 
+      if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("icate", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("iciti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'u': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ful", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'v': 
+      if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ative", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'z': 
+      if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alize", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+  
+
+static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
+  int ret = 0;
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
+    
+    case 'e': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eed", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ee", 2);
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3 + 2;
+        }
+      }else if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ed", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
+          ret = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+    case 'n': 
+      if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ing", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
+        if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
+          *pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
+          ret = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+  
+/* 
+** GENERATED CODE ENDS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl)
+***************************************************************************
+**************************************************************************/
+
+static void fts5PorterStep1A(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
+  int nBuf = *pnBuf;
+  if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='s' ){
+    if( aBuf[nBuf-2]=='e' ){
+      if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s') 
+       || (nBuf>3 && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='i' )
+      ){
+        *pnBuf = nBuf-2;
+      }else{
+        *pnBuf = nBuf-1;
+      }
+    }
+    else if( aBuf[nBuf-2]!='s' ){
+      *pnBuf = nBuf-1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static int fts5PorterCb(
+  void *pCtx, 
+  int tflags,
+  const char *pToken, 
+  int nToken, 
+  int iStart, 
+  int iEnd
+){
+  PorterContext *p = (PorterContext*)pCtx;
+
+  char *aBuf;
+  int nBuf;
+
+  if( nToken>FTS5_PORTER_MAX_TOKEN || nToken<3 ) goto pass_through;
+  aBuf = p->aBuf;
+  nBuf = nToken;
+  memcpy(aBuf, pToken, nBuf);
+
+  /* Step 1. */
+  fts5PorterStep1A(aBuf, &nBuf);
+  if( fts5PorterStep1B(aBuf, &nBuf) ){
+    if( fts5PorterStep1B2(aBuf, &nBuf)==0 ){
+      char c = aBuf[nBuf-1];
+      if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0 
+       && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2] 
+      ){
+        nBuf--;
+      }else if( fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf) && fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf) ){
+        aBuf[nBuf++] = 'e';
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1C. */
+  if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='y' && fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-1) ){
+    aBuf[nBuf-1] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Steps 2 through 4. */
+  fts5PorterStep2(aBuf, &nBuf);
+  fts5PorterStep3(aBuf, &nBuf);
+  fts5PorterStep4(aBuf, &nBuf);
+
+  /* Step 5a. */
+  assert( nBuf>0 );
+  if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='e' ){
+    if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) 
+     || (fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf-1) && !fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf-1))
+    ){
+      nBuf--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b. */
+  if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l' 
+   && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) 
+  ){
+    nBuf--;
+  }
+
+  return p->xToken(p->pCtx, tflags, aBuf, nBuf, iStart, iEnd);
+
+ pass_through:
+  return p->xToken(p->pCtx, tflags, pToken, nToken, iStart, iEnd);
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize using the porter tokenizer.
+*/
+static int fts5PorterTokenize(
+  Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  void *pCtx,
+  int flags,
+  const char *pText, int nText,
+  int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int nToken, int iStart, int iEnd)
+){
+  PorterTokenizer *p = (PorterTokenizer*)pTokenizer;
+  PorterContext sCtx;
+  sCtx.xToken = xToken;
+  sCtx.pCtx = pCtx;
+  sCtx.aBuf = p->aBuf;
+  return p->tokenizer.xTokenize(
+      p->pTokenizer, (void*)&sCtx, flags, pText, nText, fts5PorterCb
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Register all built-in tokenizers with FTS5.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api *pApi){
+  struct BuiltinTokenizer {
+    const char *zName;
+    fts5_tokenizer x;
+  } aBuiltin[] = {
+    { "unicode61", {fts5UnicodeCreate, fts5UnicodeDelete, fts5UnicodeTokenize}},
+    { "ascii",     {fts5AsciiCreate, fts5AsciiDelete, fts5AsciiTokenize }},
+    { "porter",    {fts5PorterCreate, fts5PorterDelete, fts5PorterTokenize }},
+  };
+  
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* To iterate through builtin functions */
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(aBuiltin); i++){
+    rc = pApi->xCreateTokenizer(pApi,
+        aBuiltin[i].zName,
+        (void*)pApi,
+        &aBuiltin[i].x,
+        0
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** 2012 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/*
+** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
+*/
+
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
+** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(int c){
+  /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous
+  ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
+  ** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
+  **
+  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
+  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
+  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
+  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
+  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
+  ** using this format.
+  */
+  static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
+    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
+    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
+    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
+    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
+    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
+    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
+    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
+    0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401,
+    0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804,
+    0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403,
+    0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812,
+    0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001,
+    0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802,
+    0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805,
+    0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401,
+    0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03,
+    0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807,
+    0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001,
+    0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01,
+    0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804,
+    0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001,
+    0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802,
+    0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01,
+    0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06,
+    0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007,
+    0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006,
+    0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417,
+    0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14,
+    0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07,
+    0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01,
+    0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001,
+    0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802,
+    0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F,
+    0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002,
+    0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802,
+    0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006,
+    0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D,
+    0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802,
+    0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027,
+    0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403,
+    0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805,
+    0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04,
+    0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401,
+    0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005,
+    0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B,
+    0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A,
+    0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001,
+    0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59,
+    0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807,
+    0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01,
+    0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E,
+    0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100,
+    0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10,
+    0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402,
+    0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804,
+    0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012,
+    0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004,
+    0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002,
+    0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803,
+    0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07,
+    0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02,
+    0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802,
+    0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013,
+    0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06,
+    0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003,
+    0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01,
+    0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403,
+    0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009,
+    0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003,
+    0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003,
+    0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E,
+    0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046,
+    0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401,
+    0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401,
+    0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F,
+    0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C,
+    0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002,
+    0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025,
+    0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6,
+    0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46,
+    0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060,
+    0x380400F0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = {
+    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
+  };
+
+  if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){
+    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
+  }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){
+    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
+    int iRes = 0;
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( aEntry[0]<key );
+    assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] );
+    return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF)));
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
+** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
+** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
+** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
+** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
+** uppercase letter are undefined.
+*/
+static int fts5_remove_diacritic(int c){
+  unsigned short aDia[] = {
+        0,  1797,  1848,  1859,  1891,  1928,  1940,  1995, 
+     2024,  2040,  2060,  2110,  2168,  2206,  2264,  2286, 
+     2344,  2383,  2472,  2488,  2516,  2596,  2668,  2732, 
+     2782,  2842,  2894,  2954,  2984,  3000,  3028,  3336, 
+     3456,  3696,  3712,  3728,  3744,  3896,  3912,  3928, 
+     3968,  4008,  4040,  4106,  4138,  4170,  4202,  4234, 
+     4266,  4296,  4312,  4344,  4408,  4424,  4472,  4504, 
+     6148,  6198,  6264,  6280,  6360,  6429,  6505,  6529, 
+    61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, 
+    61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, 
+    62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, 
+    62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 
+    62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, 
+  };
+  char aChar[] = {
+    '\0', 'a',  'c',  'e',  'i',  'n',  'o',  'u',  'y',  'y',  'a',  'c',  
+    'd',  'e',  'e',  'g',  'h',  'i',  'j',  'k',  'l',  'n',  'o',  'r',  
+    's',  't',  'u',  'u',  'w',  'y',  'z',  'o',  'u',  'a',  'i',  'o',  
+    'u',  'g',  'k',  'o',  'j',  'g',  'n',  'a',  'e',  'i',  'o',  'r',  
+    'u',  's',  't',  'h',  'a',  'e',  'o',  'y',  '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 
+    '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a',  'b',  'd',  'd',  'e',  'f',  'g',  'h',  
+    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',  
+    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',  
+    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',  
+  };
+
+  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
+  int iRes = 0;
+  int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
+  int iLo = 0;
+  while( iHi>=iLo ){
+    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
+      iRes = iTest;
+      iLo = iTest+1;
+    }else{
+      iHi = iTest-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
+  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
+** is a diacritical modifier character.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
+  unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF;
+  unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8;
+  if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0;
+  return (c < 768+32) ?
+      (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) :
+      (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32)));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
+** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
+** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
+** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){
+  /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range
+  ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange
+  ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode.
+  **
+  ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies
+  ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and
+  ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to
+  ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C.
+  **
+  ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[]
+  ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower
+  ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF).
+  **
+  ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt
+  ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See
+  ** http://www.unicode.org for details.
+  */
+  static const struct TableEntry {
+    unsigned short iCode;
+    unsigned char flags;
+    unsigned char nRange;
+  } aEntry[] = {
+    {65, 14, 26},          {181, 64, 1},          {192, 14, 23},
+    {216, 14, 7},          {256, 1, 48},          {306, 1, 6},
+    {313, 1, 16},          {330, 1, 46},          {376, 116, 1},
+    {377, 1, 6},           {383, 104, 1},         {385, 50, 1},
+    {386, 1, 4},           {390, 44, 1},          {391, 0, 1},
+    {393, 42, 2},          {395, 0, 1},           {398, 32, 1},
+    {399, 38, 1},          {400, 40, 1},          {401, 0, 1},
+    {403, 42, 1},          {404, 46, 1},          {406, 52, 1},
+    {407, 48, 1},          {408, 0, 1},           {412, 52, 1},
+    {413, 54, 1},          {415, 56, 1},          {416, 1, 6},
+    {422, 60, 1},          {423, 0, 1},           {425, 60, 1},
+    {428, 0, 1},           {430, 60, 1},          {431, 0, 1},
+    {433, 58, 2},          {435, 1, 4},           {439, 62, 1},
+    {440, 0, 1},           {444, 0, 1},           {452, 2, 1},
+    {453, 0, 1},           {455, 2, 1},           {456, 0, 1},
+    {458, 2, 1},           {459, 1, 18},          {478, 1, 18},
+    {497, 2, 1},           {498, 1, 4},           {502, 122, 1},
+    {503, 134, 1},         {504, 1, 40},          {544, 110, 1},
+    {546, 1, 18},          {570, 70, 1},          {571, 0, 1},
+    {573, 108, 1},         {574, 68, 1},          {577, 0, 1},
+    {579, 106, 1},         {580, 28, 1},          {581, 30, 1},
+    {582, 1, 10},          {837, 36, 1},          {880, 1, 4},
+    {886, 0, 1},           {902, 18, 1},          {904, 16, 3},
+    {908, 26, 1},          {910, 24, 2},          {913, 14, 17},
+    {931, 14, 9},          {962, 0, 1},           {975, 4, 1},
+    {976, 140, 1},         {977, 142, 1},         {981, 146, 1},
+    {982, 144, 1},         {984, 1, 24},          {1008, 136, 1},
+    {1009, 138, 1},        {1012, 130, 1},        {1013, 128, 1},
+    {1015, 0, 1},          {1017, 152, 1},        {1018, 0, 1},
+    {1021, 110, 3},        {1024, 34, 16},        {1040, 14, 32},
+    {1120, 1, 34},         {1162, 1, 54},         {1216, 6, 1},
+    {1217, 1, 14},         {1232, 1, 88},         {1329, 22, 38},
+    {4256, 66, 38},        {4295, 66, 1},         {4301, 66, 1},
+    {7680, 1, 150},        {7835, 132, 1},        {7838, 96, 1},
+    {7840, 1, 96},         {7944, 150, 8},        {7960, 150, 6},
+    {7976, 150, 8},        {7992, 150, 8},        {8008, 150, 6},
+    {8025, 151, 8},        {8040, 150, 8},        {8072, 150, 8},
+    {8088, 150, 8},        {8104, 150, 8},        {8120, 150, 2},
+    {8122, 126, 2},        {8124, 148, 1},        {8126, 100, 1},
+    {8136, 124, 4},        {8140, 148, 1},        {8152, 150, 2},
+    {8154, 120, 2},        {8168, 150, 2},        {8170, 118, 2},
+    {8172, 152, 1},        {8184, 112, 2},        {8186, 114, 2},
+    {8188, 148, 1},        {8486, 98, 1},         {8490, 92, 1},
+    {8491, 94, 1},         {8498, 12, 1},         {8544, 8, 16},
+    {8579, 0, 1},          {9398, 10, 26},        {11264, 22, 47},
+    {11360, 0, 1},         {11362, 88, 1},        {11363, 102, 1},
+    {11364, 90, 1},        {11367, 1, 6},         {11373, 84, 1},
+    {11374, 86, 1},        {11375, 80, 1},        {11376, 82, 1},
+    {11378, 0, 1},         {11381, 0, 1},         {11390, 78, 2},
+    {11392, 1, 100},       {11499, 1, 4},         {11506, 0, 1},
+    {42560, 1, 46},        {42624, 1, 24},        {42786, 1, 14},
+    {42802, 1, 62},        {42873, 1, 4},         {42877, 76, 1},
+    {42878, 1, 10},        {42891, 0, 1},         {42893, 74, 1},
+    {42896, 1, 4},         {42912, 1, 10},        {42922, 72, 1},
+    {65313, 14, 26},       
+  };
+  static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
+   1,     2,     8,     15,    16,    26,    28,    32,    
+   37,    38,    40,    48,    63,    64,    69,    71,    
+   79,    80,    116,   202,   203,   205,   206,   207,   
+   209,   210,   211,   213,   214,   217,   218,   219,   
+   775,   7264,  10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, 
+   54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, 
+   57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, 
+   65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, 
+   65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, 
+   65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, 
+  };
+
+  int ret = c;
+
+  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );
+
+  if( c<128 ){
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
+  }else if( c<65536 ){
+    const struct TableEntry *p;
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iRes = -1;
+
+    assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode );
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);
+      if( cmp>=0 ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( iRes>=0 && c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode );
+    p = &aEntry[iRes];
+    if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){
+      ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF;
+      assert( ret>0 );
+    }
+
+    if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = fts5_remove_diacritic(ret);
+  }
+  
+  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
+    ret = c + 40;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** 2015 May 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Routines for varint serialization and deserialization.
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+/*
+** This is a copy of the sqlite3GetVarint32() routine from the SQLite core.
+** Except, this version does handle the single byte case that the core
+** version depends on being handled before its function is called.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 a,b;
+
+  /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. */
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* The 2-byte case */
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* The 3-byte case */
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
+  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
+  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
+  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
+  **
+  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
+  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
+  ** routine.
+  */
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+    p -= 2;
+    n = sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    *v = (u32)v64;
+    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
+    return n;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
+** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
+** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
+**
+** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
+**
+** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
+*/
+#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
+#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+static u8 sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 a,b,s;
+
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
+  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE1 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE1 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  /* moved CSE1 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  s = a;
+  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  s = s<<7;
+  s |= b;
+  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 6;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>11;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 7;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE2 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE2 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>4;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 8;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<15;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
+
+  /* moved CSE2 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  b = b<<8;
+  a |= b;
+
+  s = s<<4;
+  b = p[-4];
+  b &= 0x7f;
+  b = b>>3;
+  s |= b;
+
+  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+
+  return 9;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_NOINLINE
+# define FTS5_NOINLINE SQLITE_NOINLINE
+#else
+# define FTS5_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+static int FTS5_NOINLINE fts5PutVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
+    p[8] = (u8)v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  if( v<=0x7f ){
+    p[0] = v&0x7f;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( v<=0x3fff ){
+    p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80;
+    p[1] = v&0x7f;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  return fts5PutVarint64(p,v);
+}
+
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal){
+#if 0
+  if( iVal<(1 << 7 ) ) return 1;
+#endif
+  assert( iVal>=(1 << 7) );
+  if( iVal<(1 << 14) ) return 2;
+  if( iVal<(1 << 21) ) return 3;
+  if( iVal<(1 << 28) ) return 4;
+  return 5;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** 2015 May 08
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an
+** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of 
+** tables:
+**
+** col:
+**     CREATE TABLE vocab(term, col, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term, col));
+**
+**   One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to
+**   the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
+**   $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of 
+**   instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table). 
+**
+** row:
+**     CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term));
+**
+**   One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to
+**   the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
+**   $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term 
+**   $term in the database.
+*/
+
+
+/* #include "fts5Int.h" */
+
+
+typedef struct Fts5VocabTable Fts5VocabTable;
+typedef struct Fts5VocabCursor Fts5VocabCursor;
+
+struct Fts5VocabTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;
+  char *zFts5Tbl;                 /* Name of fts5 table */
+  char *zFts5Db;                  /* Db containing fts5 table */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database handle */
+  Fts5Global *pGlobal;            /* FTS5 global object for this database */
+  int eType;                      /* FTS5_VOCAB_COL or ROW */
+};
+
+struct Fts5VocabCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Statement holding lock on pIndex */
+  Fts5Index *pIndex;              /* Associated FTS5 index */
+
+  int bEof;                       /* True if this cursor is at EOF */
+  Fts5IndexIter *pIter;           /* Term/rowid iterator object */
+
+  int nLeTerm;                    /* Size of zLeTerm in bytes */
+  char *zLeTerm;                  /* (term <= $zLeTerm) paramater, or NULL */
+
+  /* These are used by 'col' tables only */
+  Fts5Config *pConfig;            /* Fts5 table configuration */
+  int iCol;
+  i64 *aCnt;
+  i64 *aDoc;
+
+  /* Output values used by 'row' and 'col' tables */
+  i64 rowid;                      /* This table's current rowid value */
+  Fts5Buffer term;                /* Current value of 'term' column */
+};
+
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_COL    0
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_ROW    1
+
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA  "term, col, doc, cnt"
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA  "term, doc, cnt"
+
+/*
+** Bits for the mask used as the idxNum value by xBestIndex/xFilter.
+*/
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ 0x01
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE 0x02
+#define FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE 0x04
+
+
+/*
+** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an 
+** FTS5_VOCAB_XXX constant. If successful, set *peType to the output
+** value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, set *pzErr to an error message
+** and return SQLITE_ERROR.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabTableType(const char *zType, char **pzErr, int *peType){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zCopy = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, zType, -1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts5Dequote(zCopy);
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(zCopy, "col")==0 ){
+      *peType = FTS5_VOCAB_COL;
+    }else
+
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(zCopy, "row")==0 ){
+      *peType = FTS5_VOCAB_ROW;
+    }else
+    {
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("fts5vocab: unknown table type: %Q", zCopy);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVtab;
+  sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabDestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVtab;
+  sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fts5vocab")
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**
+** then:
+**
+**   argv[3]   -> name of fts5 table
+**   argv[4]   -> type of fts5vocab table
+**
+** or, for tables in the TEMP schema only.
+**
+**   argv[3]   -> name of fts5 tables database
+**   argv[4]   -> name of fts5 table
+**   argv[5]   -> type of fts5vocab table
+*/
+static int fts5VocabInitVtab(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The SQLite database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to Fts5Global object */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,          /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+  char **pzErr                    /* Write any error message here */
+){
+  const char *azSchema[] = { 
+    "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA  ")", 
+    "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA  ")"
+  };
+
+  Fts5VocabTable *pRet = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bDb;
+
+  bDb = (argc==6 && strlen(argv[1])==4 && memcmp("temp", argv[1], 4)==0);
+
+  if( argc!=5 && bDb==0 ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("wrong number of vtable arguments");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+    const char *zDb = bDb ? argv[3] : argv[1];
+    const char *zTab = bDb ? argv[4] : argv[3];
+    const char *zType = bDb ? argv[5] : argv[4];
+    int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1; 
+    int nTab = (int)strlen(zTab)+1;
+    int eType = 0;
+    
+    rc = fts5VocabTableType(zType, pzErr, &eType);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( eType>=0 && eType<ArraySize(azSchema) );
+      rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, azSchema[eType]);
+    }
+
+    nByte = sizeof(Fts5VocabTable) + nDb + nTab;
+    pRet = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+    if( pRet ){
+      pRet->pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pAux;
+      pRet->eType = eType;
+      pRet->db = db;
+      pRet->zFts5Tbl = (char*)&pRet[1];
+      pRet->zFts5Db = &pRet->zFts5Tbl[nTab];
+      memcpy(pRet->zFts5Tbl, zTab, nTab);
+      memcpy(pRet->zFts5Db, zDb, nDb);
+      sqlite3Fts5Dequote(pRet->zFts5Tbl);
+      sqlite3Fts5Dequote(pRet->zFts5Db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppVTab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts5VocabInitVtab().
+*/
+static int fts5VocabConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts5VocabCreateMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pUnused,
+  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  int iTermEq = -1;
+  int iTermGe = -1;
+  int iTermLe = -1;
+  int idxNum = 0;
+  int nArg = 0;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+    if( p->usable==0 ) continue;
+    if( p->iColumn==0 ){          /* term column */
+      if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iTermEq = i;
+      if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iTermLe = i;
+      if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iTermLe = i;
+      if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iTermGe = i;
+      if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iTermGe = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iTermEq>=0 ){
+    idxNum |= FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iTermEq].argvIndex = ++nArg;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 100;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 1000000;
+    if( iTermGe>=0 ){
+      idxNum |= FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iTermGe].argvIndex = ++nArg;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = pInfo->estimatedCost / 2;
+    }
+    if( iTermLe>=0 ){
+      idxNum |= FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iTermLe].argvIndex = ++nArg;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = pInfo->estimatedCost / 2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* This virtual table always delivers results in ascending order of
+  ** the "term" column (column 0). So if the user has requested this
+  ** specifically - "ORDER BY term" or "ORDER BY term ASC" - set the
+  ** sqlite3_index_info.orderByConsumed flag to tell the core the results
+  ** are already in sorted order.  */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+  ){
+    pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+  }
+
+  pInfo->idxNum = idxNum;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabOpenMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr
+){
+  Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab;
+  Fts5Index *pIndex = 0;
+  Fts5Config *pConfig = 0;
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc,
+      "SELECT t.%Q FROM %Q.%Q AS t WHERE t.%Q MATCH '*id'",
+      pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Tbl
+  );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pStmt && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    i64 iId = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+    pIndex = sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(pTab->pGlobal, iId, &pConfig);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIndex==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    pStmt = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pVTab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "no such fts5 table: %s.%s", pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte = pConfig->nCol * sizeof(i64) * 2 + sizeof(Fts5VocabCursor);
+    pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
+  }
+
+  if( pCsr ){
+    pCsr->pIndex = pIndex;
+    pCsr->pStmt = pStmt;
+    pCsr->pConfig = pConfig;
+    pCsr->aCnt = (i64*)&pCsr[1];
+    pCsr->aDoc = &pCsr->aCnt[pConfig->nCol];
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }
+
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pCsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts5VocabResetCursor(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){
+  pCsr->rowid = 0;
+  sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pCsr->pIter);
+  pCsr->pIter = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zLeTerm);
+  pCsr->nLeTerm = -1;
+  pCsr->zLeTerm = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
+  fts5VocabResetCursor(pCsr);
+  sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&pCsr->term);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
+  Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pCursor->pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCol = pCsr->pConfig->nCol;
+
+  pCsr->rowid++;
+
+  if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL ){
+    for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<nCol; pCsr->iCol++){
+      if( pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol] ) break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW || pCsr->iCol>=nCol ){
+    if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ){
+      pCsr->bEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      const char *zTerm;
+      int nTerm;
+
+      zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm);
+      if( pCsr->nLeTerm>=0 ){
+        int nCmp = MIN(nTerm, pCsr->nLeTerm);
+        int bCmp = memcmp(pCsr->zLeTerm, zTerm, nCmp);
+        if( bCmp<0 || (bCmp==0 && pCsr->nLeTerm<nTerm) ){
+          pCsr->bEof = 1;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&rc, &pCsr->term, nTerm, (const u8*)zTerm);
+      memset(pCsr->aCnt, 0, nCol * sizeof(i64));
+      memset(pCsr->aDoc, 0, nCol * sizeof(i64));
+      pCsr->iCol = 0;
+
+      assert( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL || pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW );
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        const u8 *pPos; int nPos;   /* Position list */
+        i64 iPos = 0;               /* 64-bit position read from poslist */
+        int iOff = 0;               /* Current offset within position list */
+
+        pPos = pCsr->pIter->pData;
+        nPos = pCsr->pIter->nData;
+        switch( pCsr->pConfig->eDetail ){
+          case FTS5_DETAIL_FULL:
+            pPos = pCsr->pIter->pData;
+            nPos = pCsr->pIter->nData;
+            if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW ){
+              while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pPos, nPos, &iOff, &iPos) ){
+                pCsr->aCnt[0]++;
+              }
+              pCsr->aDoc[0]++;
+            }else{
+              int iCol = -1;
+              while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pPos, nPos, &iOff, &iPos) ){
+                int ii = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos);
+                pCsr->aCnt[ii]++;
+                if( iCol!=ii ){
+                  if( ii>=nCol ){
+                    rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                  pCsr->aDoc[ii]++;
+                  iCol = ii;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            break;
+
+          case FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS:
+            if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW ){
+              pCsr->aDoc[0]++;
+            }else{
+              while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pPos, nPos, &iOff,&iPos) ){
+                assert_nc( iPos>=0 && iPos<nCol );
+                if( iPos>=nCol ){
+                  rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
+                  break;
+                }
+                pCsr->aDoc[iPos]++;
+              }
+            }
+            break;
+
+          default: 
+            assert( pCsr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE );
+            pCsr->aDoc[0]++;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(pCsr->pIter);
+        }
+
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm);
+          if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n || memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm) ){
+            break;
+          }
+          if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ) break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->bEof==0 && pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL ){
+    while( pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol]==0 ) pCsr->iCol++;
+    assert( pCsr->iCol<pCsr->pConfig->nCol );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xFilter implementation for the virtual table.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabFilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *zUnused,            /* Unused */
+  int nUnused,                    /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  int iVal = 0;
+  int f = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN;
+  const char *zTerm = 0;
+  int nTerm = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_value *pEq = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pGe = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pLe = 0;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAM2(zUnused, nUnused);
+
+  fts5VocabResetCursor(pCsr);
+  if( idxNum & FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ ) pEq = apVal[iVal++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE ) pGe = apVal[iVal++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE ) pLe = apVal[iVal++];
+
+  if( pEq ){
+    zTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pEq);
+    nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(pEq);
+    f = 0;
+  }else{
+    if( pGe ){
+      zTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pGe);
+      nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(pGe);
+    }
+    if( pLe ){
+      const char *zCopy = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pLe);
+      pCsr->nLeTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(pLe);
+      pCsr->zLeTerm = sqlite3_malloc(pCsr->nLeTerm+1);
+      if( pCsr->zLeTerm==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memcpy(pCsr->zLeTerm, zCopy, pCsr->nLeTerm+1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(pCsr->pIndex, zTerm, nTerm, f, 0, &pCsr->pIter);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this 
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
+  return pCsr->bEof;
+}
+
+static int fts5VocabColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
+  int eDetail = pCsr->pConfig->eDetail;
+  int eType = ((Fts5VocabTable*)(pCursor->pVtab))->eType;
+  i64 iVal = 0;
+
+  if( iCol==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(
+        pCtx, (const char*)pCsr->term.p, pCsr->term.n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+    );
+  }else if( eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL ){
+    assert( iCol==1 || iCol==2 || iCol==3 );
+    if( iCol==1 ){
+      if( eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
+        const char *z = pCsr->pConfig->azCol[pCsr->iCol];
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+    }else if( iCol==2 ){
+      iVal = pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol];
+    }else{
+      iVal = pCsr->aCnt[pCsr->iCol];
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( iCol==1 || iCol==2 );
+    if( iCol==1 ){
+      iVal = pCsr->aDoc[0];
+    }else{
+      iVal = pCsr->aCnt[0];
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iVal>0 ) sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iVal);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fts5VocabRowidMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
+){
+  Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->rowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts5Vocab = {
+    /* iVersion      */ 2,
+    /* xCreate       */ fts5VocabCreateMethod,
+    /* xConnect      */ fts5VocabConnectMethod,
+    /* xBestIndex    */ fts5VocabBestIndexMethod,
+    /* xDisconnect   */ fts5VocabDisconnectMethod,
+    /* xDestroy      */ fts5VocabDestroyMethod,
+    /* xOpen         */ fts5VocabOpenMethod,
+    /* xClose        */ fts5VocabCloseMethod,
+    /* xFilter       */ fts5VocabFilterMethod,
+    /* xNext         */ fts5VocabNextMethod,
+    /* xEof          */ fts5VocabEofMethod,
+    /* xColumn       */ fts5VocabColumnMethod,
+    /* xRowid        */ fts5VocabRowidMethod,
+    /* xUpdate       */ 0,
+    /* xBegin        */ 0,
+    /* xSync         */ 0,
+    /* xCommit       */ 0,
+    /* xRollback     */ 0,
+    /* xFindFunction */ 0,
+    /* xRename       */ 0,
+    /* xSavepoint    */ 0,
+    /* xRelease      */ 0,
+    /* xRollbackTo   */ 0,
+  };
+  void *p = (void*)pGlobal;
+
+  return sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "fts5vocab", &fts5Vocab, p, 0);
+}
+
+
+
+
+    
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */
+
+/************** End of fts5.c ************************************************/
diff --git a/upstream/sqlite3.c.patch b/upstream/sqlite3.c.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3935365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.c.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+--- sqlite3.c.orig	2019-03-09 21:21:39.522049549 +0300
++++ sqlite3.c	2019-01-16 21:46:55.113927913 +0300
+@@ -27001,6 +27001,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQL
+     assert( rc!=WAIT_IO_COMPLETION );
+     bRc = CloseHandle((HANDLE)p->tid);
+     assert( bRc );
++    (void)bRc; /* Unused. */
+   }
+   if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult;
+   sqlite3_free(p);
+@@ -194485,7 +194486,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
+ 
+   if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &buf, nToken+1)==0 ){
+     int iIdx = 0;                 /* Index to search */
+-    memcpy(&buf.p[1], pToken, nToken);
++    if( nToken ) memcpy(&buf.p[1], pToken, nToken);
+ 
+     /* Figure out which index to search and set iIdx accordingly. If this
+     ** is a prefix query for which there is no prefix index, set iIdx to
diff --git a/libsqlite3/sqlite3.h b/upstream/sqlite3.h
index f7ce22a..f7ce22a 100644
--- a/libsqlite3/sqlite3.h
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.h
diff --git a/upstream/sqlite3.pc.in b/upstream/sqlite3.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3799671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Package Information for pkg-config
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: SQLite
+Description: SQL database engine
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite3
+Libs.private: @LIBS@
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
diff --git a/upstream/sqlite3.rc b/upstream/sqlite3.rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a85649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+** 2012 September 2
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code and resources that are specific to Windows.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+#include "winresrc.h"
+#else
+#include "windows.h"
+#endif /* !defined(_WIN32_WCE) */
+
+#if !defined(VS_FF_NONE)
+#  define VS_FF_NONE            0x00000000L
+#endif /* !defined(VS_FF_NONE) */
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "sqlite3rc.h"
+
+/*
+ * English (U.S.) resources
+ */
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US
+#pragma code_page(1252)
+#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */
+
+/*
+ * Icon
+ */
+
+#if !defined(RC_VERONLY)
+#define IDI_SQLITE 101
+
+IDI_SQLITE ICON "..\\art\\sqlite370.ico"
+#endif /* !defined(RC_VERONLY) */
+
+/*
+ * Version
+ */
+
+VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
+  FILEVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
+  PRODUCTVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
+  FILEFLAGSMASK VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK
+#if defined(_DEBUG)
+  FILEFLAGS VS_FF_DEBUG
+#else
+  FILEFLAGS VS_FF_NONE
+#endif /* defined(_DEBUG) */
+  FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32
+  FILETYPE VFT_DLL
+  FILESUBTYPE VFT2_UNKNOWN
+BEGIN
+  BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
+  BEGIN
+    BLOCK "040904b0"
+    BEGIN
+      VALUE "CompanyName", "SQLite Development Team"
+      VALUE "FileDescription", "SQLite is a software library that implements a self-contained, serverless, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database engine."
+      VALUE "FileVersion", SQLITE_VERSION
+      VALUE "InternalName", "sqlite3"
+      VALUE "LegalCopyright", "http://www.sqlite.org/copyright.html"
+      VALUE "ProductName", "SQLite"
+      VALUE "ProductVersion", SQLITE_VERSION
+      VALUE "SourceId", SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+    END
+  END
+  BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
+  BEGIN
+    VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 0x4b0
+  END
+END
diff --git a/libsqlite3/sqlite3ext.h b/upstream/sqlite3ext.h
index f25084a..f25084a 100644
--- a/libsqlite3/sqlite3ext.h
+++ b/upstream/sqlite3ext.h
diff --git a/upstream/tea/Makefile.in b/upstream/tea/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e481da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+# Makefile.in --
+#
+#	This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension.  If it has the name
+#	"Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the
+#	actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
+#	generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get
+#	replaced in the actual Makefile.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.59 2005/07/26 19:17:02 mdejong Exp $
+
+#========================================================================
+# Add additional lines to handle any additional AC_SUBST cases that
+# have been added in a customized configure script.
+#========================================================================
+
+#SAMPLE_NEW_VAR	= @SAMPLE_NEW_VAR@
+
+#========================================================================
+# Nothing of the variables below this line should need to be changed.
+# Please check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets
+# are correct.
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script.
+# The object files are used for linking into the final library.
+# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile.
+# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the
+# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_SOURCES	= @PKG_SOURCES@
+PKG_OBJECTS	= @PKG_OBJECTS@
+
+PKG_STUB_SOURCES = @PKG_STUB_SOURCES@
+PKG_STUB_OBJECTS = @PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with
+# this package that need to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_TCL_SOURCES = @PKG_TCL_SOURCES@
+
+#========================================================================
+# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_HEADERS	= @PKG_HEADERS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per
+# configuration options) composed of the named objects.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_LIB_FILE	= @PKG_LIB_FILE@
+PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+
+lib_BINARIES	= $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+BINARIES	= $(lib_BINARIES)
+
+SHELL		= @SHELL@
+
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir		= @bindir@
+libdir		= @libdir@
+datarootdir	= @datarootdir@
+datadir		= @datadir@
+mandir		= @mandir@
+includedir	= @includedir@
+
+DESTDIR		=
+
+PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+pkgdatadir	= $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkglibdir	= $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkgincludedir	= $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+top_builddir	= .
+
+INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT	= @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+
+PACKAGE_NAME	= @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION	= @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+CC		= @CC@
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+CFLAGS_WARNING	= @CFLAGS_WARNING@
+CLEANFILES	= @CLEANFILES@
+EXEEXT		= @EXEEXT@
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+MAKE_LIB	= @MAKE_LIB@
+MAKE_SHARED_LIB	= @MAKE_SHARED_LIB@
+MAKE_STATIC_LIB	= @MAKE_STATIC_LIB@
+MAKE_STUB_LIB	= @MAKE_STUB_LIB@
+OBJEXT		= @OBJEXT@
+RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
+RANLIB_STUB	= @RANLIB_STUB@
+SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
+SHLIB_LD	= @SHLIB_LD@
+SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
+STLIB_LD	= @STLIB_LD@
+#TCL_DEFS	= @TCL_DEFS@
+TCL_BIN_DIR	= @TCL_BIN_DIR@
+TCL_SRC_DIR	= @TCL_SRC_DIR@
+#TK_BIN_DIR	= @TK_BIN_DIR@
+#TK_SRC_DIR	= @TK_SRC_DIR@
+
+# This is no longer necessary even for packages that use private Tcl headers
+#TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE	= @TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE@
+# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
+#TCL_LIBS	= @TCL_LIBS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
+# package without installing.  The other environment variables allow us
+# to test against an uninstalled Tcl.  Add special env vars that you
+# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY).
+#========================================================================
+
+EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+#EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR)
+TCLLIBPATH	= $(top_builddir)
+TCLSH_ENV	= TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library` \
+		  @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \
+		  PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
+		  TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"
+#		  TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
+
+TCLSH_PROG	= @TCLSH_PROG@
+TCLSH	= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)
+
+#WISH_PROG	= @WISH_PROG@
+#WISH	= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)
+
+
+SHARED_BUILD	= @SHARED_BUILD@
+
+INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ -I$(srcdir)/..
+#INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@
+
+PKG_CFLAGS	= @PKG_CFLAGS@
+
+# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
+# must make sure that configure.in checks for the necessary components
+# that your library may use.  TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
+# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
+# compiled with.
+#DEFS		= $(TCL_DEFS) @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+DEFS		= @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl
+
+CPPFLAGS	= @CPPFLAGS@
+LIBS		= @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@
+AR		= @AR@
+CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@
+COMPILE		= $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+#========================================================================
+# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# TEA TARGETS.  Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
+# independent files, and the "binaries:" target inclues executable programs and
+# platform-dependent libraries.  Modify these targets so that they install
+# the various pieces of your package.  The make and install rules
+# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
+#========================================================================
+
+all: binaries libraries doc
+
+#========================================================================
+# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
+# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
+# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
+# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
+#========================================================================
+
+binaries: $(BINARIES)
+
+libraries:
+
+
+#========================================================================
+# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
+# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
+# end user machine when building from source.
+#========================================================================
+
+doc:
+	@echo "If you have documentation to create, place the commands to"
+	@echo "build the docs in the 'doc:' target.  For example:"
+	@echo "        xml2nroff sample.xml > sample.n"
+	@echo "        xml2html sample.xml > sample.html"
+
+install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc
+
+install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries
+
+#========================================================================
+# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files.
+# The list=...; for p in $$list handles the empty list case x-platform.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-libraries: libraries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
+	@echo "Installing header files in $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
+	@list='$(PKG_HEADERS)'; for i in $$list; do \
+	    echo "Installing $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ; \
+	done;
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install documentation.  Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir)
+# directory.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-doc: doc
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann
+	@echo "Installing documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)"
+	@list='$(srcdir)/doc/*.n'; for i in $$list; do \
+	    echo "Installing $$i"; \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann/`basename $$i`; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann ; \
+	done
+
+test: binaries libraries
+	@echo "SQLite TEA distribution does not include tests"
+
+shell: binaries libraries
+	@$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)
+
+gdb:
+	$(TCLSH_ENV) gdb $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
+
+depend:
+
+#========================================================================
+# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
+# mentioned above.  That will ensure that this target is built when you
+# run "make binaries".
+#
+# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final
+# library.  In most cases these object files will correspond to the
+# source files above.
+#========================================================================
+
+$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+
+$(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_STUB_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB_STUB) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+
+#========================================================================
+# We need to enumerate the list of .c to .o lines here.
+#
+# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory
+# containing your extension.  If your sources are in a subdirectory,
+# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this:
+#
+# sample.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c
+# 	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c` -o $@
+#
+# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the makefile
+# to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj dependencies.
+# As necessary, add $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/compat:....
+#========================================================================
+
+VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win
+
+.c.@OBJEXT@:
+	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@
+
+#========================================================================
+# Distribution creation
+# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
+#========================================================================
+
+#COMPRESS	= tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
+COMPRESS	= gtar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
+DIST_ROOT	= /tmp/dist
+DIST_DIR	= $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+dist-clean:
+	rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.*
+
+dist: dist-clean
+	mkdir -p $(DIST_DIR)
+	cp -p $(srcdir)/README* $(srcdir)/license* \
+		$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/*.in \
+		$(DIST_DIR)/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DIST_DIR)/aclocal.m4
+	chmod 775 $(DIST_DIR)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/configure.in
+
+	for i in $(srcdir)/*.[ch]; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ]; then \
+		cp -p $$i $(DIST_DIR)/ ; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;
+
+	mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig
+	cp $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 \
+		$(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/tcl.m4
+	chmod +x $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/install-sh
+
+	list='demos doc generic library mac tests unix win'; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \
+		mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
+		cp -p $(srcdir)/$$p/*.* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \
+	    fi; \
+	done
+
+	(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)
+
+#========================================================================
+# End of user-definable section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# Don't modify the file to clean here.  Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
+# variable in configure.in
+#========================================================================
+
+clean:  
+	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean: clean
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+	-rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.h config.cache config.log config.status
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary object libraries.  On Windows this includes both .dll and
+# .lib files.  Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere,
+# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name.
+# Library files go into the lib directory.
+# In addition, this will generate the pkgIndex.tcl
+# file in the install location (assuming it can find a usable tclsh shell)
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-lib-binaries: binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    stub=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\(stub\).*/\1/"`; \
+	    if test "x$$stub" = "xstub"; then \
+		echo " $(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+		$(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    else \
+		echo " $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+		$(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    fi; \
+	    ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
+	    if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
+		lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
+		if test -f $$lib; then \
+		    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
+	            $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
+		fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
+	    echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@if test "x$(SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
+	    echo " Install pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir); \
+	fi
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files and dependent .dll files)
+# This is for files that must go in the bin directory (located next to
+# wish and tclsh), like dependent .dll files on Windows.
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target, except to define bin_BINARIES
+# above if necessary.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-bin-binaries: binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	@list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+uninstall-binaries:
+	list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  p=`basename $$p`; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	done
+
+.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/upstream/tea/README b/upstream/tea/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99dc8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/README
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+This is the SQLite extension for Tcl using the Tcl Extension
+Architecture (TEA).  For additional information on SQLite see
+
+        http://www.sqlite.org/
+
+
+UNIX BUILD
+==========
+
+Building under most UNIX systems is easy, just run the configure script
+and then run make. For more information about the build process, see
+the tcl/unix/README file in the Tcl src dist. The following minimal
+example will install the extension in the /opt/tcl directory.
+
+	$ cd sqlite-*-tea
+	$ ./configure --prefix=/opt/tcl
+	$ make
+	$ make install
+
+WINDOWS BUILD
+=============
+
+The recommended method to build extensions under windows is to use the
+Msys + Mingw build process. This provides a Unix-style build while
+generating native Windows binaries. Using the Msys + Mingw build tools
+means that you can use the same configure script as per the Unix build
+to create a Makefile. See the tcl/win/README file for the URL of
+the Msys + Mingw download.
+
+If you have VC++ then you may wish to use the files in the win
+subdirectory and build the extension using just VC++. These files have
+been designed to be as generic as possible but will require some
+additional maintenance by the project developer to synchronise with
+the TEA configure.in and Makefile.in files. Instructions for using the
+VC++ makefile are written in the first part of the Makefile.vc
+file.
diff --git a/upstream/tea/aclocal.m4 b/upstream/tea/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b05739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#
+# Include the TEA standard macro set
+#
+
+builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4)
+
+#
+# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package
+#
diff --git a/upstream/tea/configure b/upstream/tea/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..75a3ccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,9989 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for sqlite 3.18.2.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
+  # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
+  if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+    _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
+    # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+as_fn_exit 255
+  fi
+  # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
+          { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
+
+else
+  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
+test -x / || exit 1"
+  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
+test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
+  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
+
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_found=false
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  as_found=:
+  case $as_dir in #(
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
+		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  break 2
+fi
+fi
+	   done;;
+       esac
+  as_found=false
+done
+$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
+	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
+fi; }
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+             # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+exit 255
+fi
+
+    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
+  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
+  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
+  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
+    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
+    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
+  else
+    $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system,
+$0: including any error possibly output before this
+$0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run
+$0: the script under such a shell if you do have one."
+  fi
+  exit 1
+fi
+fi
+fi
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+export SHELL
+# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
+CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
+unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
+  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
+  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+
+  # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
+  # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
+  # in an infinite loop.  This has already happened in practice.
+  _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='3.18.2'
+PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.18.2'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
+PACKAGE_URL=''
+
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+TCLSH_PROG
+VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
+VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL
+RANLIB_STUB
+MAKE_STUB_LIB
+MAKE_STATIC_LIB
+MAKE_SHARED_LIB
+MAKE_LIB
+TCL_DBGX
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT
+LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR
+SHLIB_CFLAGS
+SHLIB_LD_LIBS
+SHLIB_LD
+STLIB_LD
+CFLAGS_WARNING
+CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
+CFLAGS_DEBUG
+RC
+CELIB_DIR
+AR
+SHARED_BUILD
+TCL_THREADS
+TCL_INCLUDES
+PKG_OBJECTS
+PKG_SOURCES
+MATH_LIBS
+EGREP
+GREP
+RANLIB
+SET_MAKE
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL
+CPP
+TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS
+TCL_LD_FLAGS
+TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS
+TCL_DEFS
+TCL_LIBS
+CLEANFILES
+OBJEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC
+TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG
+TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE
+TCL_LIB_SPEC
+TCL_LIB_FLAG
+TCL_LIB_FILE
+TCL_SRC_DIR
+TCL_BIN_DIR
+TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
+TCL_VERSION
+PKG_CFLAGS
+PKG_LIBS
+PKG_INCLUDES
+PKG_HEADERS
+PKG_TCL_SOURCES
+PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
+PKG_STUB_SOURCES
+PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE
+PKG_LIB_FILE
+EXEEXT
+CYGPATH
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+runstatedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_URL
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+with_tcl
+with_system_sqlite
+with_tclinclude
+enable_threads
+enable_shared
+enable_64bit
+enable_64bit_vis
+enable_rpath
+enable_wince
+with_celib
+enable_symbols
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+CPP'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+runstatedir='${localstatedir}/run'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+  *=)   ac_optarg= ;;
+  *)    ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -runstatedir | --runstatedir | --runstatedi | --runstated \
+  | --runstate | --runstat | --runsta | --runst | --runs \
+  | --run | --ru | --r)
+    ac_prev=runstatedir ;;
+  -runstatedir=* | --runstatedir=* | --runstatedi=* | --runstated=* \
+  | --runstate=* | --runstat=* | --runsta=* | --runst=* | --runs=* \
+  | --run=* | --ru=* | --r=*)
+    runstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    case $ac_envvar in #(
+      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
+    esac
+    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir runstatedir
+do
+  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures sqlite 3.18.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking ...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --runstatedir=DIR       modifiable per-process data [LOCALSTATEDIR/run]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/sqlite]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.18.2:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-threads        build with threads
+  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
+  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (default: off)
+  --enable-64bit-vis      enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)
+  --disable-rpath         disable rpath support (default: on)
+  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
+  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
+                          (tclConfig.sh)
+  --with-system-sqlite    use a system-supplied libsqlite3 instead of the
+                          bundled one
+  --with-tclinclude       directory containing the public Tcl header files
+  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
+  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to the package provider.
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+sqlite configure 3.18.2
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Autoconf initialization. ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
+# --------------------------
+# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+    ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
+# that executables *can* be run.
+ac_fn_c_try_run ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+       ac_retval=$ac_status
+fi
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_run
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
+# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
+# -----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_link ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 test -x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
+  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
+  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
+  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_link
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR
+# ----------------------------------
+# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly
+ac_fn_c_check_func ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $2 innocuous_$2
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $2 (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $2
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $2 ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $2 ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_func
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
+# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ;;
+esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES
+# ---------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`
+  as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef $as_decl_name
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  (void) $as_decl_use;
+#else
+  (void) $as_decl_name;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_decl
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.18.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *\'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
+{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##"
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##"
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##"
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      $as_echo "## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##"
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
+  case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
+    -*)  ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    *)   ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+  esac
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
+  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
+  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+## -------------------- ##
+## Main body of script. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
+# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
+# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # TEA extensions pass this us the version of TEA they think they
+    # are compatible with.
+    TEA_VERSION="3.9"
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for correct TEA configuration" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for correct TEA configuration... " >&6; }
+    if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
+	as_fn_error $? "
+The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in" "$LINENO" 5
+    fi
+    if test x"3.9" = x ; then
+	as_fn_error $? "
+TEA version not specified." "$LINENO" 5
+    elif test "3.9" != "${TEA_VERSION}" ; then
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: warning: requested TEA version \"3.9\", have \"${TEA_VERSION}\"" >&5
+$as_echo "warning: requested TEA version \"3.9\", have \"${TEA_VERSION}\"" >&6; }
+    else
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&5
+$as_echo "ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&6; }
+    fi
+
+    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros
+    # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2".
+    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
+	CFLAGS=""
+    fi
+
+    case "`uname -s`" in
+	*win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*)
+	    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -w"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
+fi
+fi
+CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
+if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
+$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+	    ;;
+	*CYGWIN_*)
+	    CYGPATH=echo
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    # TEA_PLATFORM is determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    CYGPATH=echo
+	    # Maybe we are cross-compiling....
+	    case ${host_alias} in
+		*mingw32*)
+		EXEEXT=".exe"
+		TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		EXEEXT=""
+		TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix.
+    # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this.
+    # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates
+    # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!).
+    if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then
+	exec_prefix_default=yes
+	exec_prefix=$prefix
+    fi
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}" >&6;}
+
+
+
+
+    # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work
+
+    # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.
+
+
+    # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
+    # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in tclconfig "$srcdir"/tclconfig; do
+  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in tclconfig \"$srcdir\"/tclconfig" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
+	no_tcl=true
+
+# Check whether --with-tcl was given.
+if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_tcl; with_tclconfig="${withval}"
+fi
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl configuration... " >&6; }
+	if ${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
+		    */tclConfig.sh )
+			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
+			    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
+			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
+		else
+		    as_fn_error $? "${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+			    -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+			    -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+fi
+
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
+	    as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5
+	else
+	    no_tcl=
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+$as_echo "found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
+	fi
+    fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+ return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+struct stat;
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... " >&6; }
+
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5
+$as_echo "loading" >&6; }
+	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
+    else
+        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+$as_echo "could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
+	case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"  | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking platform" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking platform... " >&6; }
+    hold_cc=$CC; CC="$TCL_CC"
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	    #ifdef _WIN32
+		#error win32
+	    #endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
+else
+  TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    CC=$hold_cc
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TEA_PLATFORM" >&5
+$as_echo "$TEA_PLATFORM" >&6; }
+
+    # The BUILD_$pkg is to define the correct extern storage class
+    # handling when making this package
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME} /**/
+_ACEOF
+
+    # Do this here as we have fully defined TEA_PLATFORM now
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	EXEEXT=".exe"
+	CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.lib *.dll *.pdb *.exp"
+    fi
+
+    # TEA specific:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
+#TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
+# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+	prefix_default=yes
+	if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&6;}
+	    prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&6;}
+	    prefix=/usr/local
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \
+	-o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
+	if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&6;}
+	    exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&6;}
+	    exec_prefix=$prefix
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks.
+# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
+# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
+# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE)
+    # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead.
+
+    ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+struct stat;
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+    ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+    INSTALL="\$(SHELL) \$(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c"
+
+    INSTALL_DATA="\${INSTALL} -m 644"
+
+    INSTALL_PROGRAM="\${INSTALL}"
+
+    INSTALL_SCRIPT="\${INSTALL}"
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
+set x ${MAKE-make}
+ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+all:
+	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
+case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
+  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
+  *)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
+esac
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Find ranlib
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
+    RANLIB=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+  fi
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$GREP"; then
+  ac_path_GREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+   else
+     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in egrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do :
+  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
+"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+    # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here.
+
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
+    # It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if the compiler understands -pipe... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_cc_pipe+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+	    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&6; }
+	if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Common compiler flag setup
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+     { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_bigendian+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+    # See if we're dealing with a universal compiler.
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifndef __APPLE_CC__
+	       not a universal capable compiler
+	     #endif
+	     typedef int dummy;
+
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+	# Check for potential -arch flags.  It is not universal unless
+	# there are at least two -arch flags with different values.
+	ac_arch=
+	ac_prev=
+	for ac_word in $CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS; do
+	 if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+	   case $ac_word in
+	     i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64)
+	       if test -z "$ac_arch" || test "$ac_arch" = "$ac_word"; then
+		 ac_arch=$ac_word
+	       else
+		 ac_cv_c_bigendian=universal
+		 break
+	       fi
+	       ;;
+	   esac
+	   ac_prev=
+	 elif test "x$ac_word" = "x-arch"; then
+	   ac_prev=arch
+	 fi
+       done
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
+      # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+	     #include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if ! (defined BYTE_ORDER && defined BIG_ENDIAN \
+		     && defined LITTLE_ENDIAN && BYTE_ORDER && BIG_ENDIAN \
+		     && LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+	      bogus endian macros
+	     #endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+		#include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
+		 not big endian
+		#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    fi
+    if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
+      # See if <limits.h> defines _LITTLE_ENDIAN or _BIG_ENDIAN (e.g., Solaris).
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if ! (defined _LITTLE_ENDIAN || defined _BIG_ENDIAN)
+	      bogus endian macros
+	     #endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  # It does; now see whether it defined to _BIG_ENDIAN or not.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef _BIG_ENDIAN
+		 not big endian
+		#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    fi
+    if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
+      # Compile a test program.
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  # Try to guess by grepping values from an object file.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+short int ascii_mm[] =
+		  { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
+		short int ascii_ii[] =
+		  { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
+		int use_ascii (int i) {
+		  return ascii_mm[i] + ascii_ii[i];
+		}
+		short int ebcdic_ii[] =
+		  { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
+		short int ebcdic_mm[] =
+		  { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
+		int use_ebcdic (int i) {
+		  return ebcdic_mm[i] + ebcdic_ii[i];
+		}
+		extern int foo;
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return use_ascii (foo) == use_ebcdic (foo);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null; then
+	      ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+	    fi
+	    if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
+	      if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then
+		ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+	      else
+		# finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows?
+		ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+	      fi
+	    fi
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	     /* Are we little or big endian?  From Harbison&Steele.  */
+	     union
+	     {
+	       long int l;
+	       char c[sizeof (long int)];
+	     } u;
+	     u.l = 1;
+	     return u.c[sizeof (long int) - 1] == 1;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6; }
+ case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in #(
+   yes)
+     $as_echo "#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1" >>confdefs.h
+;; #(
+   no)
+      ;; #(
+   universal)
+
+$as_echo "#define AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+     ;; #(
+   *)
+     as_fn_error $? "unknown endianness
+ presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+ esac
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
+    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
+    # Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
+    # right (and it must appear before "-lm").
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "sin" "ac_cv_func_sin"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_sin" = xyes; then :
+  MATH_LIBS=""
+else
+  MATH_LIBS="-lm"
+fi
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -lieee" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for main in -lieee... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_ieee_main+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lieee  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return main ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" = xyes; then :
+  MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"
+fi
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
+    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -linet" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for main in -linet... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_inet_main+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-linet  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return main ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_inet_main=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_inet_main=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_inet_main" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_inet_main" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_inet_main" = xyes; then :
+  LIBS="$LIBS -linet"
+fi
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "net/errno.h" "ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" = xyes; then :
+
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries.
+    #	The order here is important, so that they end up in the right
+    #	order in the command line generated by make.  Here are some
+    #	special considerations:
+    #	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+    #	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+    #	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+    #	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+    #	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+    #	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+    #	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+    #	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+    #	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+    #	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+    #	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    tcl_checkBoth=0
+    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "connect" "ac_cv_func_connect"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_connect" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_checkSocket=0
+else
+  tcl_checkSocket=1
+fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
+	ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "setsockopt" "ac_cv_func_setsockopt"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_setsockopt" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for setsockopt in -lsocket" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for setsockopt in -lsocket... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char setsockopt ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return setsockopt ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" = xyes; then :
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket"
+else
+  tcl_checkBoth=1
+fi
+
+fi
+
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
+	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
+	ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "accept" "ac_cv_func_accept"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_accept" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_checkNsl=0
+else
+  LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+    fi
+    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "gethostbyname" "ac_cv_func_gethostbyname"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lnsl  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return gethostbyname ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" = xyes; then :
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+    # TEA specific: Don't perform the eval of the libraries here because
+    # DL_LIBS won't be set until we call TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+    TCL_LIBS='${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}'
+
+
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dirent.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dirent.h... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_dirent_h+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#   ifdef __Lynx__
+	/*
+	 * Generate compilation error to make the test fail:  Lynx headers
+	 * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
+	 */
+
+	missing_procedure();
+#   endif
+#endif
+DIR *d;
+struct dirent *entryPtr;
+char *p;
+d = opendir("foobar");
+entryPtr = readdir(d);
+p = entryPtr->d_name;
+closedir(d);
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_dirent_h=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_dirent_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_dirent_h" >&6; }
+
+    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_DIRENT_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+    fi
+
+    # TEA specific:
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "errno.h" "ac_cv_header_errno_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_errno_h" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_ERRNO_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "float.h" "ac_cv_header_float_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_float_h" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_FLOAT_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "values.h" "ac_cv_header_values_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_values_h" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_VALUES_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "limits.h" "ac_cv_header_limits_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_limits_h" = xyes; then :
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_LIMITS_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "stdlib.h" "ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=1
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+
+
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtol" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtoul" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtod" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_STDLIB_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+    fi
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "string.h" "ac_cv_header_string_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_string_h" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=1
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+
+
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strstr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strerror" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  tcl_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+
+    # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
+    # set and why.
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_STRING_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+    fi
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/wait.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_SYS_WAIT_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define NO_DLFCN_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+
+    # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
+    for ac_header in sys/param.h
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/param.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_param_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_param_h" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+	# Let the user call this, because if it triggers, they will
+	# need a compat/strtod.c that is correct.  Users can also
+	# use Tcl_GetDouble(FromObj) instead.
+	#TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
+    fi
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
+# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
+# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
+# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
+# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
+# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    vars="tclsqlite3.c"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    \$*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		# To add more dirs here (like 'src'), you have to update VPATH
+		# in Makefile.in as well
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    as_fn_error $? "could not find source file '$i'" "$LINENO" 5
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    as_fn_error $? "could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5
+	fi
+	PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+    vars="-I\"`\${CYGPATH} \${srcdir}/generic`\""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+    PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1"
+
+
+
+    PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1"
+
+
+
+    PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1"
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+	    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+	    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
+	    ; then
+	    as_fn_error $? "could not find stub source file '$i'" "$LINENO" 5
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i"
+	# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+	i=`basename $i`
+	# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+	if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+	else
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j"
+    done
+
+
+
+
+    vars=""
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    as_fn_error $? "could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5
+	fi
+	PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i"
+    done
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The --with-system-sqlite causes the TCL bindings to SQLite to use
+# the system shared library for SQLite rather than statically linking
+# against its own private copy.  This is dangerous and leads to
+# undersirable dependences and is not recommended.
+# Patchs from rmax.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Check whether --with-system-sqlite was given.
+if test "${with_system_sqlite+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_system_sqlite;
+else
+  with_system_sqlite=no
+fi
+
+if test x$with_system_sqlite != xno; then
+ ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sqlite3.h" "ac_cv_header_sqlite3_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sqlite3_h" = xyes; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sqlite3_initialize in -lsqlite3" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for sqlite3_initialize in -lsqlite3... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_initialize+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsqlite3  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char sqlite3_initialize ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return sqlite3_initialize ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_initialize=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_initialize=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_initialize" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_initialize" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_initialize" = xyes; then :
+  $as_echo "#define USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lsqlite3"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
+# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
+# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
+# notice.
+# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl public headers" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl public headers... " >&6; }
+
+
+# Check whether --with-tclinclude was given.
+if test "${with_tclinclude+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_tclinclude; with_tclinclude=${withval}
+fi
+
+
+    if ${ac_cv_c_tclh+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	# Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given
+
+	if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then
+	    if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then
+		ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude}
+	    else
+		as_fn_error $? "${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h" "$LINENO" 5
+	    fi
+	else
+	    list=""
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+		# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
+		# the framework's Headers directory
+		case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+		    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+			list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
+			;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed,
+	    # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
+	    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+		list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location,
+	    # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
+
+	    eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
+	    list="$list \
+		`ls -d ${temp_includedir}        2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include     2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
+		if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
+		    d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
+		    list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    for i in $list ; do
+		if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclh=$i
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+
+fi
+
+
+    # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
+
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then
+	as_fn_error $? "tcl.h not found.  Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude" "$LINENO" 5
+    else
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${ac_cv_c_tclh}" >&5
+$as_echo "${ac_cv_c_tclh}" >&6; }
+    fi
+
+    # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
+
+    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}`
+
+    TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+
+
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
+
+#TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PATH_X
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # Check whether --enable-threads was given.
+if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_threads; tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_threads"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	TCL_THREADS=1
+
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	    # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants:
+
+	    # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
+	    # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
+
+$as_echo "#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	    fi
+
+$as_echo "#define _THREAD_SAFE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+		# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
+		# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
+		# defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
+		# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
+		# exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char __pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return __pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		# The space is needed
+		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
+	    else
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthreads  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		    # The space is needed
+		    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
+		else
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+			{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc_r  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+			if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+			    # The space is needed
+			    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
+			else
+			    TCL_THREADS=0
+			    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&2;}
+			fi
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    else
+	TCL_THREADS=0
+    fi
+    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for building with threads" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for building with threads... " >&6; }
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+
+$as_echo "#define TCL_THREADS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (default)" >&5
+$as_echo "yes (default)" >&6; }
+    else
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    fi
+    # TCL_THREADS sanity checking.  See if our request for building with
+    # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built.  If not, warn the user.
+    case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	*THREADS=1*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING:
+    Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
+    that IS thread-enabled.  It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+    Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
+    that IS thread-enabled.  It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&2;}
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING:
+    --enable-threads requested, but building against a Tcl that is NOT
+    thread-enabled.  This is an OK configuration that will also run in
+    a thread-enabled core." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+    --enable-threads requested, but building against a Tcl that is NOT
+    thread-enabled.  This is an OK configuration that will also run in
+    a thread-enabled core." >&2;}
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+
+if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+    # Not automatically added by Tcl because its assumed Tcl links to them,
+    # but it may not if it isn't really a threaded build.
+
+    vars="$THREADS_LIBS"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 0" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
+# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; }
+    # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_shared; tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi
+
+
+    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_shared"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5
+$as_echo "shared" >&6; }
+	SHARED_BUILD=1
+    else
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5
+$as_echo "static" >&6; }
+	SHARED_BUILD=0
+
+$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+    fi
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
+# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
+# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
+    RANLIB=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+  fi
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+    # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit support is requested... " >&6; }
+    # Check whether --enable-64bit was given.
+if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_64bit; do64bit=$enableval
+else
+  do64bit=no
+fi
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bit" >&5
+$as_echo "$do64bit" >&6; }
+
+    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested... " >&6; }
+    # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis was given.
+if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_64bit_vis; do64bitVIS=$enableval
+else
+  do64bitVIS=no
+fi
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bitVIS" >&5
+$as_echo "$do64bitVIS" >&6; }
+    # Force 64bit on with VIS
+    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then :
+  do64bit=yes
+fi
+
+    # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
+    # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+	    extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
+	    void f(void) {}
+int
+main ()
+{
+f();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6; }
+    if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then :
+
+
+$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__(\"hidden\")))" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_HIDDEN 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+fi
+
+    # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if rpath support is requested... " >&6; }
+    # Check whether --enable-rpath was given.
+if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_rpath; doRpath=$enableval
+else
+  doRpath=yes
+fi
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $doRpath" >&5
+$as_echo "$doRpath" >&6; }
+
+    # TEA specific: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds?
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = windows; then :
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... " >&6; }
+	# Check whether --enable-wince was given.
+if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_wince; doWince=$enableval
+else
+  doWince=no
+fi
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $doWince" >&5
+$as_echo "$doWince" >&6; }
+
+fi
+
+    # Set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
+    # for the system.
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking system version" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking system version... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_sys_version+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	# TEA specific:
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
+	else
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
+	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;}
+		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
+	    else
+		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6; }
+    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
+
+
+    # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
+
+
+
+    # Set configuration options based on system name and version.
+    # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a
+    # "windows" case and removed some core-only vars.
+
+    do64bit_ok=no
+    # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
+    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+    # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
+    # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
+    # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
+    LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
+    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`'
+    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`'
+    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
+    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
+    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
+	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
+
+else
+
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
+	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
+
+fi
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5
+$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
+  ac_ct_AR=$AR
+  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
+if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
+    AR=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    AR=$ac_ct_AR
+  fi
+else
+  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
+fi
+
+    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+    if test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x; then :
+  SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"
+fi
+    case $system in
+	# TEA specific:
+	windows)
+	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
+	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
+	    # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
+	    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
+	    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
+	    MACHINE="X86"
+	    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
+		    MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
+		fi
+		MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e  's!\\\!/!g'`
+		PATH64=""
+		case "$do64bit" in
+		    amd64|x64|yes)
+			MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
+			;;
+		    ia64)
+			MACHINE="IA64"
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
+			;;
+		esac
+		if test "$GCC" != "yes" -a ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&2;}
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&2;}
+		    do64bit="no"
+		else
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
+$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
+		    do64bit_ok="yes"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    as_fn_error $? "Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible" "$LINENO" 5
+		fi
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    as_fn_error $? "Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible" "$LINENO" 5
+		fi
+
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib
+
+    if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_celib in case something fails here
+	no_celib=true
+
+# Check whether --with-celib was given.
+if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_celib; with_celibconfig=${withval}
+fi
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... " >&6; }
+	if ${ac_cv_c_celibconfig+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then
+		if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    as_fn_error $? "${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory" "$LINENO" 5
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a celib library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../celib \
+			../../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../../celib \
+			`ls -dr ../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			${srcdir}/../celib \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -d "$i/inc" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+fi
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+	    as_fn_error $? "Cannot find celib support library directory" "$LINENO" 5
+	else
+	    no_celib=
+	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
+	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found $CELIB_DIR" >&5
+$as_echo "found $CELIB_DIR" >&6; }
+	fi
+    fi
+
+		# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
+		# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
+		CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
+		TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
+		ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
+		PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
+		if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
+		    # If !yes then the user specified something
+		    # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
+		    ARCH=
+		    eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \
+	    if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
+	    if ($1 < 400)   { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
+	    if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
+	    if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
+	    if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
+		    }'`
+		    if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
+			ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
+		    fi
+		fi
+		OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
+	    	if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
+		    if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
+		    SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
+		    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
+			SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \
+		    -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
+		    as_fn_error $? "could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" "$LINENO" 5
+		    doWince="no"
+		else
+		    # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important,
+		    # as long as we quote them when used.
+		    CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
+		    if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
+			CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
+		    fi
+		    CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
+    		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+	        if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
+		    runtime=-MT
+	        else
+		    runtime=-MD
+	        fi
+
+                if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
+		    CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
+		    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    lflags="-nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
+		    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
+		    # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
+
+    vars="bufferoverflowU.lib"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+
+
+		elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
+		    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\""
+		    else
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\""
+		    fi
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
+		    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
+		    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS"
+		    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+			# Static CE builds require static celib as well
+		    	defs="${defs} _DLL"
+		    fi
+		    for i in $defs ; do
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define $i 1
+_ACEOF
+
+		    done
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
+_ACEOF
+
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
+		    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
+		    lflags="-MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
+		    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
+
+		else
+		    RC="rc"
+		    lflags="-nologo"
+		    LINKBIN="link"
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		# mingw gcc mode
+		if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_RC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
+if test -n "$RC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RC" >&5
+$as_echo "$RC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
+  ac_ct_RC=$RC
+  # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_RC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_RC" = x; then
+    RC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    RC=$ac_ct_RC
+  fi
+else
+  RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
+fi
+
+		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
+		LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
+
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+			    #ifdef _WIN32
+				#error cross-compiler
+			    #endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_cross=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_cross=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_cross" >&6; }
+		      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
+			case "$do64bit" in
+			    amd64|x64|yes)
+				CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
+				LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
+				AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
+				RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
+				RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
+			    ;;
+			    *)
+				CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
+				LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
+				AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
+				RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
+				RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
+			    ;;
+			esac
+		fi
+
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}"
+		# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
+		STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib'
+		PATHTYPE=-w
+		# For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
+		# http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
+		# and also
+		# http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y0zzbyt4%28VS.80%29.aspx
+		# This essentially turns it all on.
+		LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug -debugtype:cv"
+		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
+		if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
+		else
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll'
+
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+    	    ;;
+	AIX-*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then :
+
+		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
+		case "${CC}" in
+		    *_r|*_r\ *)
+			# ok ...
+			;;
+		    *)
+			# Make sure only first arg gets _r
+		    	CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([^ ]*\)/\1_r/'`
+			;;
+		esac
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&5
+$as_echo "Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&6; }
+
+fi
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = yes; then :
+
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+
+else
+
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
+		    RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
+		    AR="${AR} -X64"
+		    SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then :
+
+		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+else
+
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+fi
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+else
+
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall'
+
+else
+
+		    SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl"
+
+fi
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	BeOS*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
+	    # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
+	    # is always linked to, for compatibility.
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lbind  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char inet_ntoa ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return inet_ntoa ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" = xyes; then :
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-4.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	CYGWIN_*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    do64bit_ok=yes
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	Haiku*)
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lnetwork  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char inet_ntoa ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return inet_ntoa ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" = xyes; then :
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.11.*)
+	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
+
+$as_echo "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	    # TEA specific: Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions
+	    #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet"               # Use the XOPEN network library
+
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then :
+
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+		# Use newer C++ library for C++ extensions
+		#if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+		#   CPPFLAGS="-AA"
+		#fi
+
+else
+
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+
+fi
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then :
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then :
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+
+fi
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+else
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z"
+		# Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
+		#CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+
+fi
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes"; then :
+
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		    case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
+			hppa64*)
+			    # 64-bit gcc in use.  Fix flags for GNU ld.
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+			    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+				CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+			    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+			    ;;
+			*)
+			    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+			    ;;
+		    esac
+
+else
+
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
+
+fi
+
+fi ;;
+	IRIX-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+
+else
+
+		case $system in
+		    IRIX-6.3)
+			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
+			;;
+		esac
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	IRIX64-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+
+	    if test "$do64bit" = yes; then :
+
+	        if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+	            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&2;}
+
+else
+
+	            do64bit_ok=yes
+	            SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	            CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
+	            LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    # TEA specific:
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+
+	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then :
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+fi
+	    if test $do64bit = yes; then :
+
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_cc_m64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+		    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_cc_m64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&6; }
+		if test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes; then :
+
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
+	    # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
+	    # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
+	    # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
+	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
+
+	    if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x; then :
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"
+fi
+	    ;;
+	Lynx*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+	    ;;
+	OpenBSD-*)
+	    arch=`arch -s`
+	    case "$arch" in
+	    vax)
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+		LDFLAGS=""
+		;;
+	    *)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+		if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
+		LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    case "$arch" in
+	    vax)
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O1"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :
+
+		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
+		#		Don't link with -lpthread
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+
+fi
+	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	NetBSD-*)
+	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :
+
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	FreeBSD-*)
+	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$@"
+	    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname,\$@"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    LDFLAGS=""
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :
+
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
+fi
+	    case $system in
+	    FreeBSD-3.*)
+		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
+		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	Darwin-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
+	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
+	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
+	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
+	    CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if ($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"$i}'`"
+	    CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if (!($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"$i}'`"
+	    if test $do64bit = yes; then :
+
+		case `arch` in
+		    ppc)
+			{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&6; }
+			if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes; then :
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+
+fi;;
+		    i386)
+			{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&6; }
+			if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes; then :
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+
+fi;;
+		    *)
+			{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&2;};;
+		esac
+
+else
+
+		# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
+		if echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
+		    && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '; then :
+
+		    fat_32_64=yes
+fi
+
+fi
+	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -single_module flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -single_module flag... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_ld_single_module+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
+		cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&6; }
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then :
+
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
+
+fi
+	    # TEA specific: link shlib with current and compatibility version flags
+	    vers=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | sed -e 's/^\([0-9]\{1,5\}\)\(\(\.[0-9]\{1,3\}\)\{0,2\}\).*$/\1\2/p' -e d`
+	    SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -current_version ${vers:-0} -compatibility_version ${vers:-0}"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
+	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
+	    if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
+		"`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then :
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"
+fi
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+		cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&6; }
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then :
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+
+fi
+	    if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then :
+
+
+$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE __private_extern__" >>confdefs.h
+
+		tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
+
+fi
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+	    # TEA specific: for combined 32 & 64 bit fat builds of Tk
+	    # extensions, verify that 64-bit build is possible.
+	    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; then :
+
+		if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = x11; then :
+
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit X11" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit X11... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_lib_x11_64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+			done
+			CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
+			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
+			cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+XrmInitialize();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+			done
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&6; }
+
+fi
+		if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = aqua; then :
+
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit Tk" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit Tk... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_lib_tk_64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+			done
+			CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1 ${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDES}"
+			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+			cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <tk.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+Tk_InitStubs(NULL, "", 0);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+			done
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" >&6; }
+
+fi
+		# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. if configuration
+		# does not support 64-bit.
+		if test "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" = no -o "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then :
+
+		    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&6;}
+		    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
+		    done
+fi
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	OS/390-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
+
+$as_echo "#define _OE_SOCKETS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-V*)
+	    # Digital OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then :
+
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+
+else
+
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+
+fi
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+else
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"
+fi
+	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then :
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
+
+else
+
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	QNX-6*)
+	    # QNX RTP
+	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SCO_SV-3.2*)
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
+
+else
+
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
+
+fi
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5.[0-6])
+	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
+
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+else
+
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5*)
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = yes; then :
+
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then :
+
+		    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+			if test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 3; then :
+
+			    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&2;}
+
+else
+
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+
+fi
+
+else
+
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			if test "$do64bitVIS" = yes; then :
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
+
+else
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
+
+fi
+			# Solaris 64 uses this as well
+			#LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
+
+fi
+
+else
+  if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then :
+
+		    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*)
+				do64bit_ok=yes
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;};;
+			esac
+
+else
+
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";;
+			esac
+
+fi
+
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&2;}
+fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		if test "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then :
+
+		    if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then :
+
+			# We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
+			# add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
+			# JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
+			# not be necessary for extensions.
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
+			# for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
+			# path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
+			#v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
+			#CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
+
+else
+  if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then :
+
+			# JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
+			# not be necessary for extensions.
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc"
+
+fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+else
+
+		case $system in
+		    SunOS-5.[1-9][0-9]*)
+			# TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
+			SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G -z text ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}';;
+		    *)
+			SHLIB_LD='/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text';;
+		esac
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+fi
+	    ;;
+	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
+	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_ld_Bexport+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+		cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	        LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&6; }
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then :
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+
+fi
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no; then :
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&2;}
+
+fi
+
+
+
+    # Add in the arch flags late to ensure it wasn't removed.
+    # Not necessary in TEA, but this is aligned with core
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
+
+    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
+    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
+    # standard manufacturer compiler.
+
+    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
+
+	case $system in
+	    AIX-*) ;;
+	    BSD/OS*) ;;
+	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
+	    IRIX*) ;;
+	    NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
+	    Darwin-*) ;;
+	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
+	    windows) ;;
+	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
+	esac
+fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then :
+
+
+$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+fi
+
+    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :
+
+    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
+    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
+fi
+    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :
+
+    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'
+fi
+
+    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  tcl_cv_seh=no
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+
+	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
+		int a, b = 0;
+		__try {
+		    a = 666 / b;
+		}
+		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
+		    return 0;
+		}
+		return 1;
+	    }
+
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_seh=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_seh=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_seh" >&6; }
+	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	fi
+
+	#
+	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
+	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
+	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
+	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
+	#
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#	    include <windows.h>
+#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6; }
+	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int" >>confdefs.h
+
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
+	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
+	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#define VOID void
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+		CHAR c;
+		SHORT s;
+		LONG l;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; }
+	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	fi
+    fi
+
+	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
+	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
+	# warning when initializing a union member.
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+		  union foo { int i; double d; };
+		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; }
+	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and
+    # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for required early compiler flags" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for required early compiler flags... " >&6; }
+    tcl_flags=""
+
+    if ${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _ISOC99_SOURCE"
+    fi
+
+
+    if ${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE"
+    fi
+
+
+    if ${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)open64;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)open64;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64"
+    fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5
+$as_echo "none" >&6; }
+    else
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${tcl_flags}" >&5
+$as_echo "${tcl_flags}" >&6; }
+    fi
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit integer type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit integer type... " >&6; }
+    if ${tcl_cv_type_64bit+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
+	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
+	cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+__int64 value = (__int64) 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_type_64bit=__int64
+else
+  tcl_type_64bit="long long"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
+	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
+	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
+        cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+switch (0) {
+            case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ;
+        }
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit}
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using long" >&5
+$as_echo "using long" >&6; }
+    elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \
+		-a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	# TEA specific: We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in
+	# this case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER*
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using Tcl header defaults" >&5
+$as_echo "using Tcl header defaults" >&6; }
+    else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}
+_ACEOF
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&5
+$as_echo "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&6; }
+
+	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for struct dirent64" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for struct dirent64... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct dirent64 p;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6; }
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	fi
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for struct stat64" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for struct stat64... " >&6; }
+if ${tcl_cv_struct_stat64+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 p;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&5
+$as_echo "$tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&6; }
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	fi
+
+	for ac_func in open64 lseek64
+do :
+  as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for off64_t" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for off64_t... " >&6; }
+	if ${tcl_cv_type_off64_t+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+	    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+off64_t offset;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes
+else
+  tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+			if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+	else
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for build with symbols" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for build with symbols... " >&6; }
+    # Check whether --enable-symbols was given.
+if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_symbols; tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+    DBGX=""
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -DNDEBUG"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    else
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
+$as_echo "yes (standard debugging)" >&6; }
+	fi
+    fi
+    # TEA specific:
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled symbols mem debugging" >&5
+$as_echo "enabled symbols mem debugging" >&6; }
+	else
+	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
+$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; }
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
+# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
+# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
+# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+$as_echo "#define USE_TCL_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+for ac_func in fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r
+do :
+  as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "strerror_r" "ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+for ac_func in strerror_r
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "strerror_r" "ac_cv_func_strerror_r"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_strerror_r" = xyes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRERROR_R 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether strerror_r returns char *" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether strerror_r returns char *... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+    ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=no
+    if test $ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r = yes; then
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	  char buf[100];
+	  char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
+	  char *p = strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
+	  return !p || x;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    else
+      # strerror_r is not declared.  Choose between
+      # systems that have relatively inaccessible declarations for the
+      # function.  BeOS and DEC UNIX 4.0 fall in this category, but the
+      # former has a strerror_r that returns char*, while the latter
+      # has a strerror_r that returns `int'.
+      # This test should segfault on the DEC system.
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+	extern char *strerror_r ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+char buf[100];
+	  char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
+	  return ! isalpha (x);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STRERROR_R_CHAR_P 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
+# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
+# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
+print("manifest needed")
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
+	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
+	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} ; ${VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL}"
+
+    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.manifest"
+
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    else
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    fi
+
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
+    else
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
+    # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is
+    # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
+	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc"
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE}
+	    fi
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+	    PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+	fi
+	# These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
+	RANLIB=:
+	RANLIB_STUB=:
+    else
+	RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	    RANLIB=:
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+    fi
+
+    # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
+    # The other values will be substituted at make time.
+    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
+# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
+# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
+# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
+# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; }
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tclConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}${TCLSH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${TCLSH_PROG}" >&5
+$as_echo "${TCLSH_PROG}" >&6; }
+
+
+#TEA_PROG_WISH
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
+# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
+# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile pkgIndex.tcl"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+      if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
+	cat confcache >"$cache_file"
+      else
+        case $cache_file in #(
+        */* | ?:*)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
+	  mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
+        *)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+ac_script='
+:mline
+/\\$/{
+ N
+ s,\\\n,,
+ b mline
+}
+t clear
+:clear
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+b any
+:quote
+s/[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
+s/\[/\\&/g
+s/\]/\\&/g
+s/\$/$$/g
+H
+:any
+${
+	g
+	s/^\n//
+	s/\n/ /g
+	p
+}
+'
+DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+U=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+
+CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""
+
+: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+as_write_fail=0
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+_ASEOF
+test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.18.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
+from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
+and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+      --config     print configuration, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Report bugs to the package provider."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
+ac_cs_version="\\
+sqlite config.status 3.18.2
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
+  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=?*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  --*=)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
+    esac
+    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h |  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+    "pkgIndex.tcl") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pkgIndex.tcl" ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp= ac_tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
+  { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
+ac_tmp=$tmp
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
+# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
+# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
+# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
+if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
+  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
+fi
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
+/^[^""]/{
+  N
+  s/\n//
+}
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=[	 ]*/{
+h
+s///
+s/^/:/
+s/[	 ]*$/:/
+s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
+s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
+s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
+s/^:*//
+s/:*$//
+x
+s/\(=[	 ]*\).*/\1/
+G
+s/\n//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES      "
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
+      || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' \
+      "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+ ;;
+
+
+
+  esac
+
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+as_fn_exit 0
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
diff --git a/upstream/tea/configure.ac b/upstream/tea/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e54c3d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+#!/bin/bash -norc
+dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
+dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
+dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: configure.in,v 1.43 2005/07/26 19:17:05 mdejong Exp $
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Sample configure.in for Tcl Extensions.  The only places you should
+# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Set your package name and version numbers here.
+#
+# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
+# set as provided.  These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
+# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.18.2])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
+# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
+# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_INIT([3.9])
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG
+TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
+#TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
+# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PREFIX
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks.
+# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
+# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
+# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
+# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
+# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
+# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
+# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
+# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tclsqlite3.c])
+TEA_ADD_HEADERS([])
+TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"`\${CYGPATH} \${srcdir}/generic`\"])
+TEA_ADD_LIBS([])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1])
+TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([])
+TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The --with-system-sqlite causes the TCL bindings to SQLite to use
+# the system shared library for SQLite rather than statically linking
+# against its own private copy.  This is dangerous and leads to
+# undersirable dependences and is not recommended.
+# Patchs from rmax.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_ARG_WITH([system-sqlite],
+ [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-system-sqlite],
+   [use a system-supplied libsqlite3 instead of the bundled one])],
+ [], [with_system_sqlite=no])
+if test x$with_system_sqlite != xno; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([sqlite3.h],
+   [AC_CHECK_LIB([sqlite3],[sqlite3_initialize],
+     [AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE)
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lsqlite3"])])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
+# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
+# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
+# notice.
+# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
+
+#TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PATH_X
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_THREADS
+if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 1, [Trigger sqlite threadsafe build])
+    # Not automatically added by Tcl because its assumed Tcl links to them,
+    # but it may not if it isn't really a threaded build.
+    TEA_ADD_LIBS([$THREADS_LIBS])
+else
+    AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 0, [Trigger sqlite non-threadsafe build])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
+# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
+# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
+# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
+# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
+# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
+# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
+#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
+
+AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
+# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
+# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_MAKE_LIB
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
+# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
+# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
+# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
+# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PROG_TCLSH
+#TEA_PROG_WISH
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
+# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
+# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl])
diff --git a/upstream/tea/doc/sqlite3.n b/upstream/tea/doc/sqlite3.n
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13913e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/doc/sqlite3.n
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+.TH sqlite3 n 4.1 "Tcl-Extensions"
+.HS sqlite3 tcl
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+sqlite3 \- an interface to the SQLite3 database engine
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBsqlite3\fI command_name ?filename?\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+SQLite3 is a self-contains, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database
+engine.  This extension provides an easy to use interface for accessing
+SQLite database files from Tcl.
+.PP
+For full documentation see \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/\fR and
+in particular \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/tclsqlite.html\fR.
diff --git a/upstream/tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c b/upstream/tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ae1922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4276 @@
+#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE
+# include <sqlite3.h>
+#else
+#include "sqlite3.c"
+#endif
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** A TCL Interface to SQLite.  Append this file to sqlite3.c and
+** compile the whole thing to build a TCL-enabled version of SQLite.
+**
+** Compile-time options:
+**
+**  -DTCLSH=1             Add a "main()" routine that works as a tclsh.
+**
+**  -DSQLITE_TCLMD5       When used in conjuction with -DTCLSH=1, add
+**                        four new commands to the TCL interpreter for
+**                        generating MD5 checksums:  md5, md5file,
+**                        md5-10x8, and md5file-10x8.
+**
+**  -DSQLITE_TEST         When used in conjuction with -DTCLSH=1, add
+**                        hundreds of new commands used for testing
+**                        SQLite.  This option implies -DSQLITE_TCLMD5.
+*/
+
+/*
+** If requested, include the SQLite compiler options file for MSVC.
+*/
+#if defined(INCLUDE_MSVC_H)
+# include "msvc.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
+# include "sqlite_tcl.h"
+#else
+# include "tcl.h"
+# ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
+#  define SQLITE_TCLAPI
+# endif
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/*
+** Some additional include files are needed if this file is not
+** appended to the amalgamation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# include "sqlite3.h"
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <assert.h>
+  typedef unsigned char u8;
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Used to get the current process ID */
+#if !defined(_WIN32)
+# include <unistd.h>
+# define GETPID getpid
+#elif !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+# endif
+# define GETPID (int)GetCurrentProcessId
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Windows needs to know which symbols to export.  Unix does not.
+ * BUILD_sqlite should be undefined for Unix.
+ */
+#ifdef BUILD_sqlite
+#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
+#endif /* BUILD_sqlite */
+
+#define NUM_PREPARED_STMTS 10
+#define MAX_PREPARED_STMTS 100
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+typedef struct SqliteDb SqliteDb;
+
+/*
+** New SQL functions can be created as TCL scripts.  Each such function
+** is described by an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct SqlFunc SqlFunc;
+struct SqlFunc {
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The TCL interpret to execute the function */
+  Tcl_Obj *pScript;     /* The Tcl_Obj representation of the script */
+  SqliteDb *pDb;        /* Database connection that owns this function */
+  int useEvalObjv;      /* True if it is safe to use Tcl_EvalObjv */
+  char *zName;          /* Name of this function */
+  SqlFunc *pNext;       /* Next function on the list of them all */
+};
+
+/*
+** New collation sequences function can be created as TCL scripts.  Each such
+** function is described by an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct SqlCollate SqlCollate;
+struct SqlCollate {
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The TCL interpret to execute the function */
+  char *zScript;        /* The script to be run */
+  SqlCollate *pNext;    /* Next function on the list of them all */
+};
+
+/*
+** Prepared statements are cached for faster execution.  Each prepared
+** statement is described by an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct SqlPreparedStmt SqlPreparedStmt;
+struct SqlPreparedStmt {
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pNext;  /* Next in linked list */
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pPrev;  /* Previous on the list */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* The prepared statement */
+  int nSql;                /* chars in zSql[] */
+  const char *zSql;        /* Text of the SQL statement */
+  int nParm;               /* Size of apParm array */
+  Tcl_Obj **apParm;        /* Array of referenced object pointers */
+};
+
+typedef struct IncrblobChannel IncrblobChannel;
+
+/*
+** There is one instance of this structure for each SQLite database
+** that has been opened by the SQLite TCL interface.
+**
+** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined (to create the SQLite
+** testfixture executable), then it may be configured to use either
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() or sqlite3_prepare() to prepare SQL statements.
+** If SqliteDb.bLegacyPrepare is true, sqlite3_prepare() is used.
+*/
+struct SqliteDb {
+  sqlite3 *db;               /* The "real" database structure. MUST BE FIRST */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;        /* The interpreter used for this database */
+  char *zBusy;               /* The busy callback routine */
+  char *zCommit;             /* The commit hook callback routine */
+  char *zTrace;              /* The trace callback routine */
+  char *zTraceV2;            /* The trace_v2 callback routine */
+  char *zProfile;            /* The profile callback routine */
+  char *zProgress;           /* The progress callback routine */
+  char *zAuth;               /* The authorization callback routine */
+  int disableAuth;           /* Disable the authorizer if it exists */
+  char *zNull;               /* Text to substitute for an SQL NULL value */
+  SqlFunc *pFunc;            /* List of SQL functions */
+  Tcl_Obj *pUpdateHook;      /* Update hook script (if any) */
+  Tcl_Obj *pPreUpdateHook;   /* Pre-update hook script (if any) */
+  Tcl_Obj *pRollbackHook;    /* Rollback hook script (if any) */
+  Tcl_Obj *pWalHook;         /* WAL hook script (if any) */
+  Tcl_Obj *pUnlockNotify;    /* Unlock notify script (if any) */
+  SqlCollate *pCollate;      /* List of SQL collation functions */
+  int rc;                    /* Return code of most recent sqlite3_exec() */
+  Tcl_Obj *pCollateNeeded;   /* Collation needed script */
+  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtList; /* List of prepared statements*/
+  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtLast; /* Last statement in the list */
+  int maxStmt;               /* The next maximum number of stmtList */
+  int nStmt;                 /* Number of statements in stmtList */
+  IncrblobChannel *pIncrblob;/* Linked list of open incrblob channels */
+  int nStep, nSort, nIndex;  /* Statistics for most recent operation */
+  int nTransaction;          /* Number of nested [transaction] methods */
+  int openFlags;             /* Flags used to open.  (SQLITE_OPEN_URI) */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int bLegacyPrepare;        /* True to use sqlite3_prepare() */
+#endif
+};
+
+struct IncrblobChannel {
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;      /* sqlite3 blob handle */
+  SqliteDb *pDb;            /* Associated database connection */
+  int iSeek;                /* Current seek offset */
+  Tcl_Channel channel;      /* Channel identifier */
+  IncrblobChannel *pNext;   /* Linked list of all open incrblob channels */
+  IncrblobChannel *pPrev;   /* Linked list of all open incrblob channels */
+};
+
+/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+*/
+static int strlen30(const char *z){
+  const char *z2 = z;
+  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Close all incrblob channels opened using database connection pDb.
+** This is called when shutting down the database connection.
+*/
+static void closeIncrblobChannels(SqliteDb *pDb){
+  IncrblobChannel *p;
+  IncrblobChannel *pNext;
+
+  for(p=pDb->pIncrblob; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+
+    /* Note: Calling unregister here call Tcl_Close on the incrblob channel,
+    ** which deletes the IncrblobChannel structure at *p. So do not
+    ** call Tcl_Free() here.
+    */
+    Tcl_UnregisterChannel(pDb->interp, p->channel);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an incremental blob channel.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI incrblobClose(
+  ClientData instanceData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp
+){
+  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
+  int rc = sqlite3_blob_close(p->pBlob);
+  sqlite3 *db = p->pDb->db;
+
+  /* Remove the channel from the SqliteDb.pIncrblob list. */
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pDb->pIncrblob==p ){
+    p->pDb->pIncrblob = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* Free the IncrblobChannel structure */
+  Tcl_Free((char *)p);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(db), TCL_VOLATILE);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from an incremental blob channel.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI incrblobInput(
+  ClientData instanceData,
+  char *buf,
+  int bufSize,
+  int *errorCodePtr
+){
+  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
+  int nRead = bufSize;         /* Number of bytes to read */
+  int nBlob;                   /* Total size of the blob */
+  int rc;                      /* sqlite error code */
+
+  nBlob = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pBlob);
+  if( (p->iSeek+nRead)>nBlob ){
+    nRead = nBlob-p->iSeek;
+  }
+  if( nRead<=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pBlob, (void *)buf, nRead, p->iSeek);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *errorCodePtr = rc;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  p->iSeek += nRead;
+  return nRead;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to an incremental blob channel.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI incrblobOutput(
+  ClientData instanceData,
+  CONST char *buf,
+  int toWrite,
+  int *errorCodePtr
+){
+  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
+  int nWrite = toWrite;        /* Number of bytes to write */
+  int nBlob;                   /* Total size of the blob */
+  int rc;                      /* sqlite error code */
+
+  nBlob = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pBlob);
+  if( (p->iSeek+nWrite)>nBlob ){
+    *errorCodePtr = EINVAL;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if( nWrite<=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_write(p->pBlob, (void *)buf, nWrite, p->iSeek);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *errorCodePtr = EIO;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  p->iSeek += nWrite;
+  return nWrite;
+}
+
+/*
+** Seek an incremental blob channel.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI incrblobSeek(
+  ClientData instanceData,
+  long offset,
+  int seekMode,
+  int *errorCodePtr
+){
+  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
+
+  switch( seekMode ){
+    case SEEK_SET:
+      p->iSeek = offset;
+      break;
+    case SEEK_CUR:
+      p->iSeek += offset;
+      break;
+    case SEEK_END:
+      p->iSeek = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pBlob) + offset;
+      break;
+
+    default: assert(!"Bad seekMode");
+  }
+
+  return p->iSeek;
+}
+
+
+static void SQLITE_TCLAPI incrblobWatch(
+  ClientData instanceData,
+  int mode
+){
+  /* NO-OP */
+}
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI incrblobHandle(
+  ClientData instanceData,
+  int dir,
+  ClientData *hPtr
+){
+  return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static Tcl_ChannelType IncrblobChannelType = {
+  "incrblob",                        /* typeName                             */
+  TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2,             /* version                              */
+  incrblobClose,                     /* closeProc                            */
+  incrblobInput,                     /* inputProc                            */
+  incrblobOutput,                    /* outputProc                           */
+  incrblobSeek,                      /* seekProc                             */
+  0,                                 /* setOptionProc                        */
+  0,                                 /* getOptionProc                        */
+  incrblobWatch,                     /* watchProc (this is a no-op)          */
+  incrblobHandle,                    /* getHandleProc (always returns error) */
+  0,                                 /* close2Proc                           */
+  0,                                 /* blockModeProc                        */
+  0,                                 /* flushProc                            */
+  0,                                 /* handlerProc                          */
+  0,                                 /* wideSeekProc                         */
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new incrblob channel.
+*/
+static int createIncrblobChannel(
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  SqliteDb *pDb,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite_int64 iRow,
+  int isReadonly
+){
+  IncrblobChannel *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pDb->db;
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
+  int rc;
+  int flags = TCL_READABLE|(isReadonly ? 0 : TCL_WRITABLE);
+
+  /* This variable is used to name the channels: "incrblob_[incr count]" */
+  static int count = 0;
+  char zChannel[64];
+
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_open(db, zDb, zTable, zColumn, iRow, !isReadonly, &pBlob);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), TCL_VOLATILE);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  p = (IncrblobChannel *)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(IncrblobChannel));
+  p->iSeek = 0;
+  p->pBlob = pBlob;
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zChannel), zChannel, "incrblob_%d", ++count);
+  p->channel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&IncrblobChannelType, zChannel, p, flags);
+  Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, p->channel);
+
+  /* Link the new channel into the SqliteDb.pIncrblob list. */
+  p->pNext = pDb->pIncrblob;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  pDb->pIncrblob = p;
+  p->pDb = pDb;
+
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)Tcl_GetChannelName(p->channel), TCL_VOLATILE);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#else  /* else clause for "#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB" */
+  #define closeIncrblobChannels(pDb)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Look at the script prefix in pCmd.  We will be executing this script
+** after first appending one or more arguments.  This routine analyzes
+** the script to see if it is safe to use Tcl_EvalObjv() on the script
+** rather than the more general Tcl_EvalEx().  Tcl_EvalObjv() is much
+** faster.
+**
+** Scripts that are safe to use with Tcl_EvalObjv() consists of a
+** command name followed by zero or more arguments with no [...] or $
+** or {...} or ; to be seen anywhere.  Most callback scripts consist
+** of just a single procedure name and they meet this requirement.
+*/
+static int safeToUseEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pCmd){
+  /* We could try to do something with Tcl_Parse().  But we will instead
+  ** just do a search for forbidden characters.  If any of the forbidden
+  ** characters appear in pCmd, we will report the string as unsafe.
+  */
+  const char *z;
+  int n;
+  z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pCmd, &n);
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    int c = *(z++);
+    if( c=='$' || c=='[' || c==';' ) return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find an SqlFunc structure with the given name.  Or create a new
+** one if an existing one cannot be found.  Return a pointer to the
+** structure.
+*/
+static SqlFunc *findSqlFunc(SqliteDb *pDb, const char *zName){
+  SqlFunc *p, *pNew;
+  int nName = strlen30(zName);
+  pNew = (SqlFunc*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*pNew) + nName + 1 );
+  pNew->zName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
+  for(p=pDb->pFunc; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( sqlite3_stricmp(p->zName, pNew->zName)==0 ){
+      Tcl_Free((char*)pNew);
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  pNew->interp = pDb->interp;
+  pNew->pDb = pDb;
+  pNew->pScript = 0;
+  pNew->pNext = pDb->pFunc;
+  pDb->pFunc = pNew;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a single SqlPreparedStmt object.
+*/
+static void dbFreeStmt(SqlPreparedStmt *pStmt){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_sql(pStmt->pStmt)==0 ){
+    Tcl_Free((char *)pStmt->zSql);
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt->pStmt);
+  Tcl_Free((char *)pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Finalize and free a list of prepared statements
+*/
+static void flushStmtCache(SqliteDb *pDb){
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pNext;
+
+  for(pPreStmt = pDb->stmtList; pPreStmt; pPreStmt=pNext){
+    pNext = pPreStmt->pNext;
+    dbFreeStmt(pPreStmt);
+  }
+  pDb->nStmt = 0;
+  pDb->stmtLast = 0;
+  pDb->stmtList = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** TCL calls this procedure when an sqlite3 database command is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_TCLAPI DbDeleteCmd(void *db){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)db;
+  flushStmtCache(pDb);
+  closeIncrblobChannels(pDb);
+  sqlite3_close(pDb->db);
+  while( pDb->pFunc ){
+    SqlFunc *pFunc = pDb->pFunc;
+    pDb->pFunc = pFunc->pNext;
+    assert( pFunc->pDb==pDb );
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pFunc->pScript);
+    Tcl_Free((char*)pFunc);
+  }
+  while( pDb->pCollate ){
+    SqlCollate *pCollate = pDb->pCollate;
+    pDb->pCollate = pCollate->pNext;
+    Tcl_Free((char*)pCollate);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zBusy ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zBusy);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zTrace ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zTrace);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zTraceV2 ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zTraceV2);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zProfile ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zProfile);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zAuth ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zAuth);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zNull ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zNull);
+  }
+  if( pDb->pUpdateHook ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pUpdateHook);
+  }
+  if( pDb->pPreUpdateHook ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pPreUpdateHook);
+  }
+  if( pDb->pRollbackHook ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pRollbackHook);
+  }
+  if( pDb->pWalHook ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pWalHook);
+  }
+  if( pDb->pCollateNeeded ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+  }
+  Tcl_Free((char*)pDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a database file is locked while trying
+** to execute SQL.
+*/
+static int DbBusyHandler(void *cd, int nTries){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int rc;
+  char zVal[30];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zVal), zVal, "%d", nTries);
+  rc = Tcl_VarEval(pDb->interp, pDb->zBusy, " ", zVal, (char*)0);
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine is invoked as the 'progress callback' for the database.
+*/
+static int DbProgressHandler(void *cd){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pDb->zProgress );
+  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, pDb->zProgress);
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) && \
+    !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+/*
+** This routine is called by the SQLite trace handler whenever a new
+** block of SQL is executed.  The TCL script in pDb->zTrace is executed.
+*/
+static void DbTraceHandler(void *cd, const char *zSql){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zTrace, -1);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zSql);
+  Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
+  Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** This routine is called by the SQLite trace_v2 handler whenever a new
+** supported event is generated.  Unsupported event types are ignored.
+** The TCL script in pDb->zTraceV2 is executed, with the arguments for
+** the event appended to it (as list elements).
+*/
+static int DbTraceV2Handler(
+  unsigned type, /* One of the SQLITE_TRACE_* event types. */
+  void *cd,      /* The original context data pointer. */
+  void *pd,      /* Primary event data, depends on event type. */
+  void *xd       /* Extra event data, depends on event type. */
+){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
+
+  switch( type ){
+    case SQLITE_TRACE_STMT: {
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)pd;
+      char *zSql = (char *)xd;
+
+      pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(pDb->zTraceV2, -1);
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(pDb->interp, pCmd,
+                               Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)pStmt));
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(pDb->interp, pCmd,
+                               Tcl_NewStringObj(zSql, -1));
+      Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE: {
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)pd;
+      sqlite3_int64 ns = (sqlite3_int64)xd;
+
+      pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(pDb->zTraceV2, -1);
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(pDb->interp, pCmd,
+                               Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)pStmt));
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(pDb->interp, pCmd,
+                               Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)ns));
+      Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TRACE_ROW: {
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)pd;
+
+      pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(pDb->zTraceV2, -1);
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(pDb->interp, pCmd,
+                               Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)pStmt));
+      Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE: {
+      sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)pd;
+
+      pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(pDb->zTraceV2, -1);
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(pDb->interp, pCmd,
+                               Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)db));
+      Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+      Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) && \
+    !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+/*
+** This routine is called by the SQLite profile handler after a statement
+** SQL has executed.  The TCL script in pDb->zProfile is evaluated.
+*/
+static void DbProfileHandler(void *cd, const char *zSql, sqlite_uint64 tm){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+  char zTm[100];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTm)-1, zTm, "%lld", tm);
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zProfile, -1);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zSql);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zTm);
+  Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
+  Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a transaction is committed.  The
+** TCL script in pDb->zCommit is executed.  If it returns non-zero or
+** if it throws an exception, the transaction is rolled back instead
+** of being committed.
+*/
+static int DbCommitHandler(void *cd){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, pDb->zCommit);
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void DbRollbackHandler(void *clientData){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)clientData;
+  assert(pDb->pRollbackHook);
+  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pDb->pRollbackHook, 0) ){
+    Tcl_BackgroundError(pDb->interp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure handles wal_hook callbacks.
+*/
+static int DbWalHandler(
+  void *clientData,
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zDb,
+  int nEntry
+){
+  int ret = SQLITE_OK;
+  Tcl_Obj *p;
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)clientData;
+  Tcl_Interp *interp = pDb->interp;
+  assert(pDb->pWalHook);
+
+  assert( db==pDb->db );
+  p = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pWalHook);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, p, Tcl_NewStringObj(zDb, -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, p, Tcl_NewIntObj(nEntry));
+  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, p, 0)
+   || TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &ret)
+  ){
+    Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
+static void setTestUnlockNotifyVars(Tcl_Interp *interp, int iArg, int nArg){
+  char zBuf[64];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", iArg);
+  Tcl_SetVar(interp, "sqlite_unlock_notify_arg", zBuf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", nArg);
+  Tcl_SetVar(interp, "sqlite_unlock_notify_argcount", zBuf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+}
+#else
+# define setTestUnlockNotifyVars(x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+static void DbUnlockNotify(void **apArg, int nArg){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+    const int flags = (TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL|TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+    SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)apArg[i];
+    setTestUnlockNotifyVars(pDb->interp, i, nArg);
+    assert( pDb->pUnlockNotify);
+    Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pDb->pUnlockNotify, flags);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pUnlockNotify);
+    pDb->pUnlockNotify = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+/*
+** Pre-update hook callback.
+*/
+static void DbPreUpdateHandler(
+  void *p,
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int op,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTbl,
+  sqlite_int64 iKey1,
+  sqlite_int64 iKey2
+){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)p;
+  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
+  static const char *azStr[] = {"DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE"};
+
+  assert( (SQLITE_DELETE-1)/9 == 0 );
+  assert( (SQLITE_INSERT-1)/9 == 1 );
+  assert( (SQLITE_UPDATE-1)/9 == 2 );
+  assert( pDb->pPreUpdateHook );
+  assert( db==pDb->db );
+  assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT || op==SQLITE_UPDATE || op==SQLITE_DELETE );
+
+  pCmd = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pPreUpdateHook);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(azStr[(op-1)/9], -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zDb, -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTbl, -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iKey1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iKey2));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+
+static void DbUpdateHandler(
+  void *p,
+  int op,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTbl,
+  sqlite_int64 rowid
+){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)p;
+  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
+  static const char *azStr[] = {"DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE"};
+
+  assert( (SQLITE_DELETE-1)/9 == 0 );
+  assert( (SQLITE_INSERT-1)/9 == 1 );
+  assert( (SQLITE_UPDATE-1)/9 == 2 );
+
+  assert( pDb->pUpdateHook );
+  assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT || op==SQLITE_UPDATE || op==SQLITE_DELETE );
+
+  pCmd = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pUpdateHook);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(azStr[(op-1)/9], -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zDb, -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTbl, -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(rowid));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+}
+
+static void tclCollateNeeded(
+  void *pCtx,
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int enc,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)pCtx;
+  Tcl_Obj *pScript = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pScript, Tcl_NewStringObj(zName, -1));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pScript, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pScript);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to evaluate an SQL collation function implemented
+** using TCL script.
+*/
+static int tclSqlCollate(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nA,
+  const void *zA,
+  int nB,
+  const void *zB
+){
+  SqlCollate *p = (SqlCollate *)pCtx;
+  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
+
+  pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(p->zScript, -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zA, nA));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zB, nB));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+  return (atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp)));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to evaluate an SQL function implemented
+** using TCL script.
+*/
+static void tclSqlFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value**argv){
+  SqlFunc *p = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    /* If there are no arguments to the function, call Tcl_EvalObjEx on the
+    ** script object directly.  This allows the TCL compiler to generate
+    ** bytecode for the command on the first invocation and thus make
+    ** subsequent invocations much faster. */
+    pCmd = p->pScript;
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+    rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, 0);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+  }else{
+    /* If there are arguments to the function, make a shallow copy of the
+    ** script object, lappend the arguments, then evaluate the copy.
+    **
+    ** By "shallow" copy, we mean only the outer list Tcl_Obj is duplicated.
+    ** The new Tcl_Obj contains pointers to the original list elements.
+    ** That way, when Tcl_EvalObjv() is run and shimmers the first element
+    ** of the list to tclCmdNameType, that alternate representation will
+    ** be preserved and reused on the next invocation.
+    */
+    Tcl_Obj **aArg;
+    int nArg;
+    if( Tcl_ListObjGetElements(p->interp, p->pScript, &nArg, &aArg) ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    pCmd = Tcl_NewListObj(nArg, aArg);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+      sqlite3_value *pIn = argv[i];
+      Tcl_Obj *pVal;
+
+      /* Set pVal to contain the i'th column of this row. */
+      switch( sqlite3_value_type(pIn) ){
+        case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+          int bytes = sqlite3_value_bytes(pIn);
+          pVal = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(sqlite3_value_blob(pIn), bytes);
+          break;
+        }
+        case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+          sqlite_int64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(pIn);
+          if( v>=-2147483647 && v<=2147483647 ){
+            pVal = Tcl_NewIntObj((int)v);
+          }else{
+            pVal = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(v);
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+          double r = sqlite3_value_double(pIn);
+          pVal = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(r);
+          break;
+        }
+        case SQLITE_NULL: {
+          pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj(p->pDb->zNull, -1);
+          break;
+        }
+        default: {
+          int bytes = sqlite3_value_bytes(pIn);
+          pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj((char *)sqlite3_value_text(pIn), bytes);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      rc = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, pVal);
+      if( rc ){
+        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+        sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !p->useEvalObjv ){
+      /* Tcl_EvalObjEx() will automatically call Tcl_EvalObjv() if pCmd
+      ** is a list without a string representation.  To prevent this from
+      ** happening, make sure pCmd has a valid string representation */
+      Tcl_GetString(pCmd);
+    }
+    rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+  }
+
+  if( rc && rc!=TCL_RETURN ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1);
+  }else{
+    Tcl_Obj *pVar = Tcl_GetObjResult(p->interp);
+    int n;
+    u8 *data;
+    const char *zType = (pVar->typePtr ? pVar->typePtr->name : "");
+    char c = zType[0];
+    if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"bytearray")==0 && pVar->bytes==0 ){
+      /* Only return a BLOB type if the Tcl variable is a bytearray and
+      ** has no string representation. */
+      data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pVar, &n);
+      sqlite3_result_blob(context, data, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }else if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"boolean")==0 ){
+      Tcl_GetIntFromObj(0, pVar, &n);
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, n);
+    }else if( c=='d' && strcmp(zType,"double")==0 ){
+      double r;
+      Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(0, pVar, &r);
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+    }else if( (c=='w' && strcmp(zType,"wideInt")==0) ||
+          (c=='i' && strcmp(zType,"int")==0) ){
+      Tcl_WideInt v;
+      Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(0, pVar, &v);
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, v);
+    }else{
+      data = (unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pVar, &n);
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)data, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+/*
+** This is the authentication function.  It appends the authentication
+** type code and the two arguments to zCmd[] then invokes the result
+** on the interpreter.  The reply is examined to determine if the
+** authentication fails or succeeds.
+*/
+static int auth_callback(
+  void *pArg,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3,
+  const char *zArg4
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  ,const char *zArg5
+#endif
+){
+  const char *zCode;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+  int rc;
+  const char *zReply;
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)pArg;
+  if( pDb->disableAuth ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  switch( code ){
+    case SQLITE_COPY              : zCode="SQLITE_COPY"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX      : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE      : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER: zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW  : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER    : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW       : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DELETE            : zCode="SQLITE_DELETE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_INDEX        : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TABLE        : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX   : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE   : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW    : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER      : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_VIEW         : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_INSERT            : zCode="SQLITE_INSERT"; break;
+    case SQLITE_PRAGMA            : zCode="SQLITE_PRAGMA"; break;
+    case SQLITE_READ              : zCode="SQLITE_READ"; break;
+    case SQLITE_SELECT            : zCode="SQLITE_SELECT"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TRANSACTION       : zCode="SQLITE_TRANSACTION"; break;
+    case SQLITE_UPDATE            : zCode="SQLITE_UPDATE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_ATTACH            : zCode="SQLITE_ATTACH"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DETACH            : zCode="SQLITE_DETACH"; break;
+    case SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE       : zCode="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_REINDEX           : zCode="SQLITE_REINDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_ANALYZE           : zCode="SQLITE_ANALYZE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE     : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE       : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_FUNCTION          : zCode="SQLITE_FUNCTION"; break;
+    case SQLITE_SAVEPOINT         : zCode="SQLITE_SAVEPOINT"; break;
+    case SQLITE_RECURSIVE         : zCode="SQLITE_RECURSIVE"; break;
+    default                       : zCode="????"; break;
+  }
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zAuth, -1);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zCode);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg1 ? zArg1 : "");
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg2 ? zArg2 : "");
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg3 ? zArg3 : "");
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg4 ? zArg4 : "");
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg5 ? zArg5 : "");
+#endif
+  rc = Tcl_GlobalEval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
+  zReply = rc==TCL_OK ? Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp) : "SQLITE_DENY";
+  if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_OK")==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_DENY")==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_IGNORE")==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_IGNORE;
+  }else{
+    rc = 999;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+/*
+** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
+** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
+** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
+** fails.
+**
+** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing
+** is done.
+**
+** copied from shell.c from '.import' command
+*/
+static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  int nLine;
+  int n;
+
+  nLine = 100;
+  zLine = malloc( nLine );
+  if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+  n = 0;
+  while( 1 ){
+    if( n+100>nLine ){
+      nLine = nLine*2 + 100;
+      zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine);
+      if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+    if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){
+      if( n==0 ){
+        free(zLine);
+        return 0;
+      }
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    while( zLine[n] ){ n++; }
+    if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){
+      n--;
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 );
+  return zLine;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is part of the implementation of the command:
+**
+**   $db transaction [-deferred|-immediate|-exclusive] SCRIPT
+**
+** It is invoked after evaluating the script SCRIPT to commit or rollback
+** the transaction or savepoint opened by the [transaction] command.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI DbTransPostCmd(
+  ClientData data[],                   /* data[0] is the Sqlite3Db* for $db */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,                  /* Tcl interpreter */
+  int result                           /* Result of evaluating SCRIPT */
+){
+  static const char *const azEnd[] = {
+    "RELEASE _tcl_transaction",        /* rc==TCL_ERROR, nTransaction!=0 */
+    "COMMIT",                          /* rc!=TCL_ERROR, nTransaction==0 */
+    "ROLLBACK TO _tcl_transaction ; RELEASE _tcl_transaction",
+    "ROLLBACK"                         /* rc==TCL_ERROR, nTransaction==0 */
+  };
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)data[0];
+  int rc = result;
+  const char *zEnd;
+
+  pDb->nTransaction--;
+  zEnd = azEnd[(rc==TCL_ERROR)*2 + (pDb->nTransaction==0)];
+
+  pDb->disableAuth++;
+  if( sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, zEnd, 0, 0, 0) ){
+      /* This is a tricky scenario to handle. The most likely cause of an
+      ** error is that the exec() above was an attempt to commit the
+      ** top-level transaction that returned SQLITE_BUSY. Or, less likely,
+      ** that an IO-error has occurred. In either case, throw a Tcl exception
+      ** and try to rollback the transaction.
+      **
+      ** But it could also be that the user executed one or more BEGIN,
+      ** COMMIT, SAVEPOINT, RELEASE or ROLLBACK commands that are confusing
+      ** this method's logic. Not clear how this would be best handled.
+      */
+    if( rc!=TCL_ERROR ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  pDb->disableAuth--;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unless SQLITE_TEST is defined, this function is a simple wrapper around
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2(). If SQLITE_TEST is defined, then it uses either
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() or legacy interface sqlite3_prepare(), depending
+** on whether or not the [db_use_legacy_prepare] command has been used to
+** configure the connection.
+*/
+static int dbPrepare(
+  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database object */
+  const char *zSql,               /* SQL to compile */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,          /* OUT: Prepared statement */
+  const char **pzOut              /* OUT: Pointer to next SQL statement */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( pDb->bLegacyPrepare ){
+    return sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, pzOut);
+  }
+#endif
+  return sqlite3_prepare_v2(pDb->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, pzOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the cache for a prepared-statement object that implements the
+** first SQL statement in the buffer pointed to by parameter zIn. If
+** no such prepared-statement can be found, allocate and prepare a new
+** one. In either case, bind the current values of the relevant Tcl
+** variables to any $var, :var or @var variables in the statement. Before
+** returning, set *ppPreStmt to point to the prepared-statement object.
+**
+** Output parameter *pzOut is set to point to the next SQL statement in
+** buffer zIn, or to the '\0' byte at the end of zIn if there is no
+** next statement.
+**
+** If successful, TCL_OK is returned. Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned
+** and an error message loaded into interpreter pDb->interp.
+*/
+static int dbPrepareAndBind(
+  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database object */
+  char const *zIn,                /* SQL to compile */
+  char const **pzOut,             /* OUT: Pointer to next SQL statement */
+  SqlPreparedStmt **ppPreStmt     /* OUT: Object used to cache statement */
+){
+  const char *zSql = zIn;         /* Pointer to first SQL statement in zIn */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Prepared statement object */
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;      /* Pointer to cached statement */
+  int nSql;                       /* Length of zSql in bytes */
+  int nVar = 0;                   /* Number of variables in statement */
+  int iParm = 0;                  /* Next free entry in apParm */
+  char c;
+  int i;
+  Tcl_Interp *interp = pDb->interp;
+
+  *ppPreStmt = 0;
+
+  /* Trim spaces from the start of zSql and calculate the remaining length. */
+  while( (c = zSql[0])==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\r' || c=='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+  nSql = strlen30(zSql);
+
+  for(pPreStmt = pDb->stmtList; pPreStmt; pPreStmt=pPreStmt->pNext){
+    int n = pPreStmt->nSql;
+    if( nSql>=n
+        && memcmp(pPreStmt->zSql, zSql, n)==0
+        && (zSql[n]==0 || zSql[n-1]==';')
+    ){
+      pStmt = pPreStmt->pStmt;
+      *pzOut = &zSql[pPreStmt->nSql];
+
+      /* When a prepared statement is found, unlink it from the
+      ** cache list.  It will later be added back to the beginning
+      ** of the cache list in order to implement LRU replacement.
+      */
+      if( pPreStmt->pPrev ){
+        pPreStmt->pPrev->pNext = pPreStmt->pNext;
+      }else{
+        pDb->stmtList = pPreStmt->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pPreStmt->pNext ){
+        pPreStmt->pNext->pPrev = pPreStmt->pPrev;
+      }else{
+        pDb->stmtLast = pPreStmt->pPrev;
+      }
+      pDb->nStmt--;
+      nVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no prepared statement was found. Compile the SQL text. Also allocate
+  ** a new SqlPreparedStmt structure.  */
+  if( pPreStmt==0 ){
+    int nByte;
+
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=dbPrepare(pDb, zSql, &pStmt, pzOut) ){
+      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), -1));
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( pStmt==0 ){
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db) ){
+        /* A compile-time error in the statement. */
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), -1));
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        /* The statement was a no-op.  Continue to the next statement
+        ** in the SQL string.
+        */
+        return TCL_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( pPreStmt==0 );
+    nVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+    nByte = sizeof(SqlPreparedStmt) + nVar*sizeof(Tcl_Obj *);
+    pPreStmt = (SqlPreparedStmt*)Tcl_Alloc(nByte);
+    memset(pPreStmt, 0, nByte);
+
+    pPreStmt->pStmt = pStmt;
+    pPreStmt->nSql = (int)(*pzOut - zSql);
+    pPreStmt->zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
+    pPreStmt->apParm = (Tcl_Obj **)&pPreStmt[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( pPreStmt->zSql==0 ){
+      char *zCopy = Tcl_Alloc(pPreStmt->nSql + 1);
+      memcpy(zCopy, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql);
+      zCopy[pPreStmt->nSql] = '\0';
+      pPreStmt->zSql = zCopy;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  assert( pPreStmt );
+  assert( strlen30(pPreStmt->zSql)==pPreStmt->nSql );
+  assert( 0==memcmp(pPreStmt->zSql, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql) );
+
+  /* Bind values to parameters that begin with $ or : */
+  for(i=1; i<=nVar; i++){
+    const char *zVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(pStmt, i);
+    if( zVar!=0 && (zVar[0]=='$' || zVar[0]==':' || zVar[0]=='@') ){
+      Tcl_Obj *pVar = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, &zVar[1], 0, 0);
+      if( pVar ){
+        int n;
+        u8 *data;
+        const char *zType = (pVar->typePtr ? pVar->typePtr->name : "");
+        c = zType[0];
+        if( zVar[0]=='@' ||
+           (c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"bytearray")==0 && pVar->bytes==0) ){
+          /* Load a BLOB type if the Tcl variable is a bytearray and
+          ** it has no string representation or the host
+          ** parameter name begins with "@". */
+          data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pVar, &n);
+          sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, data, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+          Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVar);
+          pPreStmt->apParm[iParm++] = pVar;
+        }else if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"boolean")==0 ){
+          Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, pVar, &n);
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, i, n);
+        }else if( c=='d' && strcmp(zType,"double")==0 ){
+          double r;
+          Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, pVar, &r);
+          sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, r);
+        }else if( (c=='w' && strcmp(zType,"wideInt")==0) ||
+              (c=='i' && strcmp(zType,"int")==0) ){
+          Tcl_WideInt v;
+          Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, pVar, &v);
+          sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, v);
+        }else{
+          data = (unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pVar, &n);
+          sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i, (char *)data, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+          Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVar);
+          pPreStmt->apParm[iParm++] = pVar;
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pPreStmt->nParm = iParm;
+  *ppPreStmt = pPreStmt;
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a statement reference obtained by calling dbPrepareAndBind().
+** There should be exactly one call to this function for each call to
+** dbPrepareAndBind().
+**
+** If the discard parameter is non-zero, then the statement is deleted
+** immediately. Otherwise it is added to the LRU list and may be returned
+** by a subsequent call to dbPrepareAndBind().
+*/
+static void dbReleaseStmt(
+  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database handle */
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt,      /* Prepared statement handle to release */
+  int discard                     /* True to delete (not cache) the pPreStmt */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Free the bound string and blob parameters */
+  for(i=0; i<pPreStmt->nParm; i++){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pPreStmt->apParm[i]);
+  }
+  pPreStmt->nParm = 0;
+
+  if( pDb->maxStmt<=0 || discard ){
+    /* If the cache is turned off, deallocated the statement */
+    dbFreeStmt(pPreStmt);
+  }else{
+    /* Add the prepared statement to the beginning of the cache list. */
+    pPreStmt->pNext = pDb->stmtList;
+    pPreStmt->pPrev = 0;
+    if( pDb->stmtList ){
+     pDb->stmtList->pPrev = pPreStmt;
+    }
+    pDb->stmtList = pPreStmt;
+    if( pDb->stmtLast==0 ){
+      assert( pDb->nStmt==0 );
+      pDb->stmtLast = pPreStmt;
+    }else{
+      assert( pDb->nStmt>0 );
+    }
+    pDb->nStmt++;
+
+    /* If we have too many statement in cache, remove the surplus from
+    ** the end of the cache list.  */
+    while( pDb->nStmt>pDb->maxStmt ){
+      SqlPreparedStmt *pLast = pDb->stmtLast;
+      pDb->stmtLast = pLast->pPrev;
+      pDb->stmtLast->pNext = 0;
+      pDb->nStmt--;
+      dbFreeStmt(pLast);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Structure used with dbEvalXXX() functions:
+**
+**   dbEvalInit()
+**   dbEvalStep()
+**   dbEvalFinalize()
+**   dbEvalRowInfo()
+**   dbEvalColumnValue()
+*/
+typedef struct DbEvalContext DbEvalContext;
+struct DbEvalContext {
+  SqliteDb *pDb;                  /* Database handle */
+  Tcl_Obj *pSql;                  /* Object holding string zSql */
+  const char *zSql;               /* Remaining SQL to execute */
+  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;      /* Current statement */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns returned by pStmt */
+  Tcl_Obj *pArray;                /* Name of array variable */
+  Tcl_Obj **apColName;            /* Array of column names */
+};
+
+/*
+** Release any cache of column names currently held as part of
+** the DbEvalContext structure passed as the first argument.
+*/
+static void dbReleaseColumnNames(DbEvalContext *p){
+  if( p->apColName ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->apColName[i]);
+    }
+    Tcl_Free((char *)p->apColName);
+    p->apColName = 0;
+  }
+  p->nCol = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbEvalContext structure.
+**
+** If pArray is not NULL, then it contains the name of a Tcl array
+** variable. The "*" member of this array is set to a list containing
+** the names of the columns returned by the statement as part of each
+** call to dbEvalStep(), in order from left to right. e.g. if the names
+** of the returned columns are a, b and c, it does the equivalent of the
+** tcl command:
+**
+**     set ${pArray}(*) {a b c}
+*/
+static void dbEvalInit(
+  DbEvalContext *p,               /* Pointer to structure to initialize */
+  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database handle */
+  Tcl_Obj *pSql,                  /* Object containing SQL script */
+  Tcl_Obj *pArray                 /* Name of Tcl array to set (*) element of */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(DbEvalContext));
+  p->pDb = pDb;
+  p->zSql = Tcl_GetString(pSql);
+  p->pSql = pSql;
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pSql);
+  if( pArray ){
+    p->pArray = pArray;
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pArray);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain information about the row that the DbEvalContext passed as the
+** first argument currently points to.
+*/
+static void dbEvalRowInfo(
+  DbEvalContext *p,               /* Evaluation context */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of column names */
+  Tcl_Obj ***papColName           /* OUT: Array of column names */
+){
+  /* Compute column names */
+  if( 0==p->apColName ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = p->pPreStmt->pStmt;
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns returned by pStmt */
+    Tcl_Obj **apColName = 0;      /* Array of column names */
+
+    p->nCol = nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    if( nCol>0 && (papColName || p->pArray) ){
+      apColName = (Tcl_Obj**)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(Tcl_Obj*)*nCol );
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        apColName[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_column_name(pStmt,i), -1);
+        Tcl_IncrRefCount(apColName[i]);
+      }
+      p->apColName = apColName;
+    }
+
+    /* If results are being stored in an array variable, then create
+    ** the array(*) entry for that array
+    */
+    if( p->pArray ){
+      Tcl_Interp *interp = p->pDb->interp;
+      Tcl_Obj *pColList = Tcl_NewObj();
+      Tcl_Obj *pStar = Tcl_NewStringObj("*", -1);
+
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pColList, apColName[i]);
+      }
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pStar);
+      Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, p->pArray, pStar, pColList, 0);
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pStar);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( papColName ){
+    *papColName = p->apColName;
+  }
+  if( pnCol ){
+    *pnCol = p->nCol;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return one of TCL_OK, TCL_BREAK or TCL_ERROR. If TCL_ERROR is
+** returned, then an error message is stored in the interpreter before
+** returning.
+**
+** A return value of TCL_OK means there is a row of data available. The
+** data may be accessed using dbEvalRowInfo() and dbEvalColumnValue(). This
+** is analogous to a return of SQLITE_ROW from sqlite3_step(). If TCL_BREAK
+** is returned, then the SQL script has finished executing and there are
+** no further rows available. This is similar to SQLITE_DONE.
+*/
+static int dbEvalStep(DbEvalContext *p){
+  const char *zPrevSql = 0;       /* Previous value of p->zSql */
+
+  while( p->zSql[0] || p->pPreStmt ){
+    int rc;
+    if( p->pPreStmt==0 ){
+      zPrevSql = (p->zSql==zPrevSql ? 0 : p->zSql);
+      rc = dbPrepareAndBind(p->pDb, p->zSql, &p->zSql, &p->pPreStmt);
+      if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
+    }else{
+      int rcs;
+      SqliteDb *pDb = p->pDb;
+      SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt = p->pPreStmt;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = pPreStmt->pStmt;
+
+      rcs = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      if( rcs==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        return TCL_OK;
+      }
+      if( p->pArray ){
+        dbEvalRowInfo(p, 0, 0);
+      }
+      rcs = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+
+      pDb->nStep = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP,1);
+      pDb->nSort = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT,1);
+      pDb->nIndex = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,1);
+      dbReleaseColumnNames(p);
+      p->pPreStmt = 0;
+
+      if( rcs!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If a run-time error occurs, report the error and stop reading
+        ** the SQL.  */
+        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 1);
+#if SQLITE_TEST
+        if( p->pDb->bLegacyPrepare && rcs==SQLITE_SCHEMA && zPrevSql ){
+          /* If the runtime error was an SQLITE_SCHEMA, and the database
+          ** handle is configured to use the legacy sqlite3_prepare()
+          ** interface, retry prepare()/step() on the same SQL statement.
+          ** This only happens once. If there is a second SQLITE_SCHEMA
+          ** error, the error will be returned to the caller. */
+          p->zSql = zPrevSql;
+          continue;
+        }
+#endif
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(pDb->interp,
+                         Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), -1));
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Finished */
+  return TCL_BREAK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources currently held by the DbEvalContext structure passed
+** as the first argument. There should be exactly one call to this function
+** for each call to dbEvalInit().
+*/
+static void dbEvalFinalize(DbEvalContext *p){
+  if( p->pPreStmt ){
+    sqlite3_reset(p->pPreStmt->pStmt);
+    dbReleaseStmt(p->pDb, p->pPreStmt, 0);
+    p->pPreStmt = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->pArray ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pArray);
+    p->pArray = 0;
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pSql);
+  dbReleaseColumnNames(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a Tcl_Obj structure with ref-count 0 that contains
+** the value for the iCol'th column of the row currently pointed to by
+** the DbEvalContext structure passed as the first argument.
+*/
+static Tcl_Obj *dbEvalColumnValue(DbEvalContext *p, int iCol){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = p->pPreStmt->pStmt;
+  switch( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, iCol) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      int bytes = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol);
+      const char *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, iCol);
+      if( !zBlob ) bytes = 0;
+      return Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8*)zBlob, bytes);
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      sqlite_int64 v = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, iCol);
+      if( v>=-2147483647 && v<=2147483647 ){
+        return Tcl_NewIntObj((int)v);
+      }else{
+        return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(v);
+      }
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, iCol));
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      return Tcl_NewStringObj(p->pDb->zNull, -1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol), -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** If using Tcl version 8.6 or greater, use the NR functions to avoid
+** recursive evalution of scripts by the [db eval] and [db trans]
+** commands. Even if the headers used while compiling the extension
+** are 8.6 or newer, the code still tests the Tcl version at runtime.
+** This allows stubs-enabled builds to be used with older Tcl libraries.
+*/
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION>8 || (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION==8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION>=6)
+# define SQLITE_TCL_NRE 1
+static int DbUseNre(void){
+  int major, minor;
+  Tcl_GetVersion(&major, &minor, 0, 0);
+  return( (major==8 && minor>=6) || major>8 );
+}
+#else
+/*
+** Compiling using headers earlier than 8.6. In this case NR cannot be
+** used, so DbUseNre() to always return zero. Add #defines for the other
+** Tcl_NRxxx() functions to prevent them from causing compilation errors,
+** even though the only invocations of them are within conditional blocks
+** of the form:
+**
+**   if( DbUseNre() ) { ... }
+*/
+# define SQLITE_TCL_NRE 0
+# define DbUseNre() 0
+# define Tcl_NRAddCallback(a,b,c,d,e,f) (void)0
+# define Tcl_NREvalObj(a,b,c) 0
+# define Tcl_NRCreateCommand(a,b,c,d,e,f) (void)0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is part of the implementation of the command:
+**
+**   $db eval SQL ?ARRAYNAME? SCRIPT
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI DbEvalNextCmd(
+  ClientData data[],                   /* data[0] is the (DbEvalContext*) */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,                  /* Tcl interpreter */
+  int result                           /* Result so far */
+){
+  int rc = result;                     /* Return code */
+
+  /* The first element of the data[] array is a pointer to a DbEvalContext
+  ** structure allocated using Tcl_Alloc(). The second element of data[]
+  ** is a pointer to a Tcl_Obj containing the script to run for each row
+  ** returned by the queries encapsulated in data[0]. */
+  DbEvalContext *p = (DbEvalContext *)data[0];
+  Tcl_Obj *pScript = (Tcl_Obj *)data[1];
+  Tcl_Obj *pArray = p->pArray;
+
+  while( (rc==TCL_OK || rc==TCL_CONTINUE) && TCL_OK==(rc = dbEvalStep(p)) ){
+    int i;
+    int nCol;
+    Tcl_Obj **apColName;
+    dbEvalRowInfo(p, &nCol, &apColName);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      Tcl_Obj *pVal = dbEvalColumnValue(p, i);
+      if( pArray==0 ){
+        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, apColName[i], 0, pVal, 0);
+      }else{
+        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, pArray, apColName[i], pVal, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The required interpreter variables are now populated with the data
+    ** from the current row. If using NRE, schedule callbacks to evaluate
+    ** script pScript, then to invoke this function again to fetch the next
+    ** row (or clean up if there is no next row or the script throws an
+    ** exception). After scheduling the callbacks, return control to the
+    ** caller.
+    **
+    ** If not using NRE, evaluate pScript directly and continue with the
+    ** next iteration of this while(...) loop.  */
+    if( DbUseNre() ){
+      Tcl_NRAddCallback(interp, DbEvalNextCmd, (void*)p, (void*)pScript, 0, 0);
+      return Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, pScript, 0);
+    }else{
+      rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pScript, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pScript);
+  dbEvalFinalize(p);
+  Tcl_Free((char *)p);
+
+  if( rc==TCL_OK || rc==TCL_BREAK ){
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    rc = TCL_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the implementations of the following database
+** handle sub-commands:
+**
+**   $db update_hook ?SCRIPT?
+**   $db wal_hook ?SCRIPT?
+**   $db commit_hook ?SCRIPT?
+**   $db preupdate hook ?SCRIPT?
+*/
+static void DbHookCmd(
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,             /* Tcl interpreter */
+  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database handle */
+  Tcl_Obj *pArg,                  /* SCRIPT argument (or NULL) */
+  Tcl_Obj **ppHook                /* Pointer to member of SqliteDb */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pDb->db;
+
+  if( *ppHook ){
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, *ppHook);
+    if( pArg ){
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(*ppHook);
+      *ppHook = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pArg ){
+    assert( !(*ppHook) );
+    if( Tcl_GetCharLength(pArg)>0 ){
+      *ppHook = pArg;
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(*ppHook);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+  sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, (pDb->pPreUpdateHook?DbPreUpdateHandler:0), pDb);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_update_hook(db, (pDb->pUpdateHook?DbUpdateHandler:0), pDb);
+  sqlite3_rollback_hook(db, (pDb->pRollbackHook?DbRollbackHandler:0), pDb);
+  sqlite3_wal_hook(db, (pDb->pWalHook?DbWalHandler:0), pDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** The "sqlite" command below creates a new Tcl command for each
+** connection it opens to an SQLite database.  This routine is invoked
+** whenever one of those connection-specific commands is executed
+** in Tcl.  For example, if you run Tcl code like this:
+**
+**       sqlite3 db1  "my_database"
+**       db1 close
+**
+** The first command opens a connection to the "my_database" database
+** and calls that connection "db1".  The second command causes this
+** subroutine to be invoked.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI DbObjCmd(
+  void *cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *const*objv
+){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int choice;
+  int rc = TCL_OK;
+  static const char *DB_strs[] = {
+    "authorizer",         "backup",            "busy",
+    "cache",              "changes",           "close",
+    "collate",            "collation_needed",  "commit_hook",
+    "complete",           "copy",              "enable_load_extension",
+    "errorcode",          "eval",              "exists",
+    "function",           "incrblob",          "interrupt",
+    "last_insert_rowid",  "nullvalue",         "onecolumn",
+    "preupdate",          "profile",           "progress",
+    "rekey",              "restore",           "rollback_hook",
+    "status",             "timeout",           "total_changes",
+    "trace",              "trace_v2",          "transaction",
+    "unlock_notify",      "update_hook",       "version",
+    "wal_hook",
+    0
+  };
+  enum DB_enum {
+    DB_AUTHORIZER,        DB_BACKUP,           DB_BUSY,
+    DB_CACHE,             DB_CHANGES,          DB_CLOSE,
+    DB_COLLATE,           DB_COLLATION_NEEDED, DB_COMMIT_HOOK,
+    DB_COMPLETE,          DB_COPY,             DB_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION,
+    DB_ERRORCODE,         DB_EVAL,             DB_EXISTS,
+    DB_FUNCTION,          DB_INCRBLOB,         DB_INTERRUPT,
+    DB_LAST_INSERT_ROWID, DB_NULLVALUE,        DB_ONECOLUMN,
+    DB_PREUPDATE,         DB_PROFILE,          DB_PROGRESS,
+    DB_REKEY,             DB_RESTORE,          DB_ROLLBACK_HOOK,
+    DB_STATUS,            DB_TIMEOUT,          DB_TOTAL_CHANGES,
+    DB_TRACE,             DB_TRACE_V2,         DB_TRANSACTION,
+    DB_UNLOCK_NOTIFY,     DB_UPDATE_HOOK,      DB_VERSION,
+    DB_WAL_HOOK,
+  };
+  /* don't leave trailing commas on DB_enum, it confuses the AIX xlc compiler */
+
+  if( objc<2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUBCOMMAND ...");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], DB_strs, "option", 0, &choice) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch( (enum DB_enum)choice ){
+
+  /*    $db authorizer ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback to authorize each SQL operation as it is
+  ** compiled.  5 arguments are appended to the callback before it is
+  ** invoked:
+  **
+  **   (1) The authorization type (ex: SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE, SQLITE_INSERT, ...)
+  **   (2) First descriptive name (depends on authorization type)
+  **   (3) Second descriptive name
+  **   (4) Name of the database (ex: "main", "temp")
+  **   (5) Name of trigger that is doing the access
+  **
+  ** The callback should return on of the following strings: SQLITE_OK,
+  ** SQLITE_IGNORE, or SQLITE_DENY.  Any other return value is an error.
+  **
+  ** If this method is invoked with no arguments, the current authorization
+  ** callback string is returned.
+  */
+  case DB_AUTHORIZER: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "authorization not available in this build",
+                     (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+#else
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zAuth ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zAuth, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zAuth;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zAuth ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zAuth);
+      }
+      zAuth = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zAuth && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zAuth = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zAuth, zAuth, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zAuth = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zAuth ){
+        typedef int (*sqlite3_auth_cb)(
+           void*,int,const char*,const char*,
+           const char*,const char*);
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db,(sqlite3_auth_cb)auth_callback,pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db backup ?DATABASE? FILENAME
+  **
+  ** Open or create a database file named FILENAME.  Transfer the
+  ** content of local database DATABASE (default: "main") into the
+  ** FILENAME database.
+  */
+  case DB_BACKUP: {
+    const char *zDestFile;
+    const char *zSrcDb;
+    sqlite3 *pDest;
+    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
+
+    if( objc==3 ){
+      zSrcDb = "main";
+      zDestFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+    }else if( objc==4 ){
+      zSrcDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+      zDestFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+    }else{
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?DATABASE? FILENAME");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zDestFile, &pDest,
+               SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| pDb->openFlags, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open target database: ",
+           sqlite3_errmsg(pDest), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3_close(pDest);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDest, "main", pDb->db, zSrcDb);
+    if( pBackup==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "backup failed: ",
+           sqlite3_errmsg(pDest), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3_close(pDest);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    while(  (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK ){}
+    sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = TCL_OK;
+    }else{
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "backup failed: ",
+           sqlite3_errmsg(pDest), (char*)0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_close(pDest);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db busy ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback if an SQL statement attempts to open
+  ** a locked database file.
+  */
+  case DB_BUSY: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "CALLBACK");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zBusy ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zBusy, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zBusy;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zBusy ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zBusy);
+      }
+      zBusy = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zBusy && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zBusy = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zBusy, zBusy, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zBusy = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zBusy ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_busy_handler(pDb->db, DbBusyHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_busy_handler(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*     $db cache flush
+  **     $db cache size n
+  **
+  ** Flush the prepared statement cache, or set the maximum number of
+  ** cached statements.
+  */
+  case DB_CACHE: {
+    char *subCmd;
+    int n;
+
+    if( objc<=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cache option ?arg?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    subCmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj( objv[2], 0 );
+    if( *subCmd=='f' && strcmp(subCmd,"flush")==0 ){
+      if( objc!=3 ){
+        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "flush");
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        flushStmtCache( pDb );
+      }
+    }else if( *subCmd=='s' && strcmp(subCmd,"size")==0 ){
+      if( objc!=4 ){
+        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "size n");
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        if( TCL_ERROR==Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &n) ){
+          Tcl_AppendResult( interp, "cannot convert \"",
+               Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3],0), "\" to integer", (char*)0);
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }else{
+          if( n<0 ){
+            flushStmtCache( pDb );
+            n = 0;
+          }else if( n>MAX_PREPARED_STMTS ){
+            n = MAX_PREPARED_STMTS;
+          }
+          pDb->maxStmt = n;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      Tcl_AppendResult( interp, "bad option \"",
+          Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2],0), "\": must be flush or size",
+          (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*     $db changes
+  **
+  ** Return the number of rows that were modified, inserted, or deleted by
+  ** the most recent INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement, not including
+  ** any changes made by trigger programs.
+  */
+  case DB_CHANGES: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    if( objc!=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, sqlite3_changes(pDb->db));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db close
+  **
+  ** Shutdown the database
+  */
+  case DB_CLOSE: {
+    Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db collate NAME SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Create a new SQL collation function called NAME.  Whenever
+  ** that function is called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
+  */
+  case DB_COLLATE: {
+    SqlCollate *pCollate;
+    char *zName;
+    char *zScript;
+    int nScript;
+    if( objc!=4 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NAME SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+    zScript = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nScript);
+    pCollate = (SqlCollate*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*pCollate) + nScript + 1 );
+    if( pCollate==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    pCollate->interp = interp;
+    pCollate->pNext = pDb->pCollate;
+    pCollate->zScript = (char*)&pCollate[1];
+    pDb->pCollate = pCollate;
+    memcpy(pCollate->zScript, zScript, nScript+1);
+    if( sqlite3_create_collation(pDb->db, zName, SQLITE_UTF8,
+        pCollate, tclSqlCollate) ){
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), TCL_VOLATILE);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db collation_needed SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Create a new SQL collation function called NAME.  Whenever
+  ** that function is called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
+  */
+  case DB_COLLATION_NEEDED: {
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( pDb->pCollateNeeded ){
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+    }
+    pDb->pCollateNeeded = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[2]);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+    sqlite3_collation_needed(pDb->db, pDb, tclCollateNeeded);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db commit_hook ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback just before committing every SQL transaction.
+  ** If the callback throws an exception or returns non-zero, then the
+  ** transaction is aborted.  If CALLBACK is an empty string, the callback
+  ** is disabled.
+  */
+  case DB_COMMIT_HOOK: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zCommit ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zCommit, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      const char *zCommit;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zCommit ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zCommit);
+      }
+      zCommit = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zCommit && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zCommit = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zCommit, zCommit, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zCommit = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zCommit ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_commit_hook(pDb->db, DbCommitHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_commit_hook(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db complete SQL
+  **
+  ** Return TRUE if SQL is a complete SQL statement.  Return FALSE if
+  ** additional lines of input are needed.  This is similar to the
+  ** built-in "info complete" command of Tcl.
+  */
+  case DB_COMPLETE: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    int isComplete;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    isComplete = sqlite3_complete( Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0) );
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetBooleanObj(pResult, isComplete);
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db copy conflict-algorithm table filename ?SEPARATOR? ?NULLINDICATOR?
+  **
+  ** Copy data into table from filename, optionally using SEPARATOR
+  ** as column separators.  If a column contains a null string, or the
+  ** value of NULLINDICATOR, a NULL is inserted for the column.
+  ** conflict-algorithm is one of the sqlite conflict algorithms:
+  **    rollback, abort, fail, ignore, replace
+  ** On success, return the number of lines processed, not necessarily same
+  ** as 'db changes' due to conflict-algorithm selected.
+  **
+  ** This code is basically an implementation/enhancement of
+  ** the sqlite3 shell.c ".import" command.
+  **
+  ** This command usage is equivalent to the sqlite2.x COPY statement,
+  ** which imports file data into a table using the PostgreSQL COPY file format:
+  **   $db copy $conflit_algo $table_name $filename \t \\N
+  */
+  case DB_COPY: {
+    char *zTable;               /* Insert data into this table */
+    char *zFile;                /* The file from which to extract data */
+    char *zConflict;            /* The conflict algorithm to use */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;        /* A statement */
+    int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the table */
+    int nByte;                  /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */
+    int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+    int nSep;                   /* Number of bytes in zSep[] */
+    int nNull;                  /* Number of bytes in zNull[] */
+    char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
+    char *zLine;                /* A single line of input from the file */
+    char **azCol;               /* zLine[] broken up into columns */
+    const char *zCommit;        /* How to commit changes */
+    FILE *in;                   /* The input file */
+    int lineno = 0;             /* Line number of input file */
+    char zLineNum[80];          /* Line number print buffer */
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;           /* interp result */
+
+    const char *zSep;
+    const char *zNull;
+    if( objc<5 || objc>7 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
+         "CONFLICT-ALGORITHM TABLE FILENAME ?SEPARATOR? ?NULLINDICATOR?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( objc>=6 ){
+      zSep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[5], 0);
+    }else{
+      zSep = "\t";
+    }
+    if( objc>=7 ){
+      zNull = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[6], 0);
+    }else{
+      zNull = "";
+    }
+    zConflict = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+    zTable = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], 0);
+    zFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], 0);
+    nSep = strlen30(zSep);
+    nNull = strlen30(zNull);
+    if( nSep==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error: non-null separator required for copy",
+                       (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if(strcmp(zConflict, "rollback") != 0 &&
+       strcmp(zConflict, "abort"   ) != 0 &&
+       strcmp(zConflict, "fail"    ) != 0 &&
+       strcmp(zConflict, "ignore"  ) != 0 &&
+       strcmp(zConflict, "replace" ) != 0 ) {
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: \"", zConflict,
+            "\", conflict-algorithm must be one of: rollback, "
+            "abort, fail, ignore, or replace", (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable);
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: no such table: ", zTable, (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    nByte = strlen30(zSql);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+      nCol = 0;
+    }else{
+      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( nCol==0 ) {
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zSql = malloc( nByte + 50 + nCol*2 );
+    if( zSql==0 ) {
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: can't malloc()", (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+50, zSql, "INSERT OR %q INTO '%q' VALUES(?",
+         zConflict, zTable);
+    j = strlen30(zSql);
+    for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){
+      zSql[j++] = ',';
+      zSql[j++] = '?';
+    }
+    zSql[j++] = ')';
+    zSql[j] = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
+    if( in==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: cannot open file: ", zFile, (char*)0);
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) );
+    if( azCol==0 ) {
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: can't malloc()", (char*)0);
+      fclose(in);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    (void)sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+    zCommit = "COMMIT";
+    while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){
+      char *z;
+      lineno++;
+      azCol[0] = zLine;
+      for(i=0, z=zLine; *z; z++){
+        if( *z==zSep[0] && strncmp(z, zSep, nSep)==0 ){
+          *z = 0;
+          i++;
+          if( i<nCol ){
+            azCol[i] = &z[nSep];
+            z += nSep-1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( i+1!=nCol ){
+        char *zErr;
+        int nErr = strlen30(zFile) + 200;
+        zErr = malloc(nErr);
+        if( zErr ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nErr, zErr,
+             "Error: %s line %d: expected %d columns of data but found %d",
+             zFile, lineno, nCol, i+1);
+          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, (char*)0);
+          free(zErr);
+        }
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        /* check for null data, if so, bind as null */
+        if( (nNull>0 && strcmp(azCol[i], zNull)==0)
+          || strlen30(azCol[i])==0
+        ){
+          sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i+1);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, azCol[i], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    free(azCol);
+    fclose(in);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    (void)sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0);
+
+    if( zCommit[0] == 'C' ){
+      /* success, set result as number of lines processed */
+      pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+      Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, lineno);
+      rc = TCL_OK;
+    }else{
+      /* failure, append lineno where failed */
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLineNum), zLineNum,"%d",lineno);
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,", failed while processing line: ",zLineNum,
+                       (char*)0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db enable_load_extension BOOLEAN
+  **
+  ** Turn the extension loading feature on or off.  It if off by
+  ** default.
+  */
+  case DB_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    int onoff;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "BOOLEAN");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &onoff) ){
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_enable_load_extension(pDb->db, onoff);
+    break;
+#else
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "extension loading is turned off at compile-time",
+                     (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db errorcode
+  **
+  ** Return the numeric error code that was returned by the most recent
+  ** call to sqlite3_exec().
+  */
+  case DB_ERRORCODE: {
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db)));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db exists $sql
+  **    $db onecolumn $sql
+  **
+  ** The onecolumn method is the equivalent of:
+  **     lindex [$db eval $sql] 0
+  */
+  case DB_EXISTS:
+  case DB_ONECOLUMN: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult = 0;
+    DbEvalContext sEval;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    dbEvalInit(&sEval, pDb, objv[2], 0);
+    rc = dbEvalStep(&sEval);
+    if( choice==DB_ONECOLUMN ){
+      if( rc==TCL_OK ){
+        pResult = dbEvalColumnValue(&sEval, 0);
+      }else if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
+        Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+      }
+    }else if( rc==TCL_BREAK || rc==TCL_OK ){
+      pResult = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(rc==TCL_OK);
+    }
+    dbEvalFinalize(&sEval);
+    if( pResult ) Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
+
+    if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
+      rc = TCL_OK;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db eval $sql ?array? ?{  ...code... }?
+  **
+  ** The SQL statement in $sql is evaluated.  For each row, the values are
+  ** placed in elements of the array named "array" and ...code... is executed.
+  ** If "array" and "code" are omitted, then no callback is every invoked.
+  ** If "array" is an empty string, then the values are placed in variables
+  ** that have the same name as the fields extracted by the query.
+  */
+  case DB_EVAL: {
+    if( objc<3 || objc>5 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL ?ARRAY-NAME? ?SCRIPT?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if( objc==3 ){
+      DbEvalContext sEval;
+      Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+      dbEvalInit(&sEval, pDb, objv[2], 0);
+      while( TCL_OK==(rc = dbEvalStep(&sEval)) ){
+        int i;
+        int nCol;
+        dbEvalRowInfo(&sEval, &nCol, 0);
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, dbEvalColumnValue(&sEval, i));
+        }
+      }
+      dbEvalFinalize(&sEval);
+      if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
+        rc = TCL_OK;
+      }
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+    }else{
+      ClientData cd2[2];
+      DbEvalContext *p;
+      Tcl_Obj *pArray = 0;
+      Tcl_Obj *pScript;
+
+      if( objc==5 && *(char *)Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) ){
+        pArray = objv[3];
+      }
+      pScript = objv[objc-1];
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
+
+      p = (DbEvalContext *)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(DbEvalContext));
+      dbEvalInit(p, pDb, objv[2], pArray);
+
+      cd2[0] = (void *)p;
+      cd2[1] = (void *)pScript;
+      rc = DbEvalNextCmd(cd2, interp, TCL_OK);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db function NAME [-argcount N] [-deterministic] SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Create a new SQL function called NAME.  Whenever that function is
+  ** called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
+  */
+  case DB_FUNCTION: {
+    int flags = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    SqlFunc *pFunc;
+    Tcl_Obj *pScript;
+    char *zName;
+    int nArg = -1;
+    int i;
+    if( objc<4 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NAME ?SWITCHES? SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    for(i=3; i<(objc-1); i++){
+      const char *z = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+      int n = strlen30(z);
+      if( n>2 && strncmp(z, "-argcount",n)==0 ){
+        if( i==(objc-2) ){
+          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "option requires an argument: ", z,(char*)0);
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &nArg) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+        if( nArg<0 ){
+          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "number of arguments must be non-negative",
+                           (char*)0);
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        i++;
+      }else
+      if( n>2 && strncmp(z, "-deterministic",n)==0 ){
+        flags |= SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
+      }else{
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", z,
+            "\": must be -argcount or -deterministic", (char*)0
+        );
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pScript = objv[objc-1];
+    zName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+    pFunc = findSqlFunc(pDb, zName);
+    if( pFunc==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    if( pFunc->pScript ){
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pFunc->pScript);
+    }
+    pFunc->pScript = pScript;
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
+    pFunc->useEvalObjv = safeToUseEvalObjv(interp, pScript);
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(pDb->db, zName, nArg, flags,
+        pFunc, tclSqlFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), TCL_VOLATILE);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db incrblob ?-readonly? ?DB? TABLE COLUMN ROWID
+  */
+  case DB_INCRBLOB: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "incrblob not available in this build", (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+#else
+    int isReadonly = 0;
+    const char *zDb = "main";
+    const char *zTable;
+    const char *zColumn;
+    Tcl_WideInt iRow;
+
+    /* Check for the -readonly option */
+    if( objc>3 && strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "-readonly")==0 ){
+      isReadonly = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( objc!=(5+isReadonly) && objc!=(6+isReadonly) ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-readonly? ?DB? TABLE COLUMN ROWID");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if( objc==(6+isReadonly) ){
+      zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+    }
+    zTable = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-3]);
+    zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-2]);
+    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &iRow);
+
+    if( rc==TCL_OK ){
+      rc = createIncrblobChannel(
+          interp, pDb, zDb, zTable, zColumn, (sqlite3_int64)iRow, isReadonly
+      );
+    }
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db interrupt
+  **
+  ** Interrupt the execution of the inner-most SQL interpreter.  This
+  ** causes the SQL statement to return an error of SQLITE_INTERRUPT.
+  */
+  case DB_INTERRUPT: {
+    sqlite3_interrupt(pDb->db);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db nullvalue ?STRING?
+  **
+  ** Change text used when a NULL comes back from the database. If ?STRING?
+  ** is not present, then the current string used for NULL is returned.
+  ** If STRING is present, then STRING is returned.
+  **
+  */
+  case DB_NULLVALUE: {
+    if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NULLVALUE");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( objc==3 ){
+      int len;
+      char *zNull = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( pDb->zNull ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zNull);
+      }
+      if( zNull && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zNull = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zNull, zNull, len);
+        pDb->zNull[len] = '\0';
+      }else{
+        pDb->zNull = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pDb->zNull, -1));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db last_insert_rowid
+  **
+  ** Return an integer which is the ROWID for the most recent insert.
+  */
+  case DB_LAST_INSERT_ROWID: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    Tcl_WideInt rowid;
+    if( objc!=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    rowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pDb->db);
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetWideIntObj(pResult, rowid);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** The DB_ONECOLUMN method is implemented together with DB_EXISTS.
+  */
+
+  /*    $db progress ?N CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback every N virtual machine opcodes while executing
+  ** queries.
+  */
+  case DB_PROGRESS: {
+    if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zProgress ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zProgress, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else if( objc==4 ){
+      char *zProgress;
+      int len;
+      int N;
+      if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &N) ){
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      };
+      if( pDb->zProgress ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zProgress);
+      }
+      zProgress = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &len);
+      if( zProgress && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zProgress = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zProgress, zProgress, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zProgress = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+      if( pDb->zProgress ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_progress_handler(pDb->db, N, DbProgressHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_progress_handler(pDb->db, 0, 0, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+    }else{
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "N CALLBACK");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db profile ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Make arrangements to invoke the CALLBACK routine after each SQL statement
+  ** that has run.  The text of the SQL and the amount of elapse time are
+  ** appended to CALLBACK before the script is run.
+  */
+  case DB_PROFILE: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zProfile ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zProfile, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zProfile;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zProfile ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zProfile);
+      }
+      zProfile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zProfile && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zProfile = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zProfile, zProfile, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zProfile = 0;
+      }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) && \
+    !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+      if( pDb->zProfile ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_profile(pDb->db, DbProfileHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_profile(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db rekey KEY
+  **
+  ** Change the encryption key on the currently open database.
+  */
+  case DB_REKEY: {
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+    int nKey;
+    void *pKey;
+#endif
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "KEY");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+    pKey = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &nKey);
+    rc = sqlite3_rekey(pDb->db, pKey, nKey);
+    if( rc ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errstr(rc), (char*)0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db restore ?DATABASE? FILENAME
+  **
+  ** Open a database file named FILENAME.  Transfer the content
+  ** of FILENAME into the local database DATABASE (default: "main").
+  */
+  case DB_RESTORE: {
+    const char *zSrcFile;
+    const char *zDestDb;
+    sqlite3 *pSrc;
+    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
+    int nTimeout = 0;
+
+    if( objc==3 ){
+      zDestDb = "main";
+      zSrcFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+    }else if( objc==4 ){
+      zDestDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+      zSrcFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+    }else{
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?DATABASE? FILENAME");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zSrcFile, &pSrc,
+                         SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | pDb->openFlags, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open source database: ",
+           sqlite3_errmsg(pSrc), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3_close(pSrc);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDb->db, zDestDb, pSrc, "main");
+    if( pBackup==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore failed: ",
+           sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3_close(pSrc);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK
+              || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        if( nTimeout++ >= 3 ) break;
+        sqlite3_sleep(100);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = TCL_OK;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore failed: source database busy",
+                       (char*)0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore failed: ",
+           sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db status (step|sort|autoindex)
+  **
+  ** Display SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP or
+  ** SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT for the most recent eval.
+  */
+  case DB_STATUS: {
+    int v;
+    const char *zOp;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "(step|sort|autoindex)");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zOp = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+    if( strcmp(zOp, "step")==0 ){
+      v = pDb->nStep;
+    }else if( strcmp(zOp, "sort")==0 ){
+      v = pDb->nSort;
+    }else if( strcmp(zOp, "autoindex")==0 ){
+      v = pDb->nIndex;
+    }else{
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
+            "bad argument: should be autoindex, step, or sort",
+            (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(v));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db timeout MILLESECONDS
+  **
+  ** Delay for the number of milliseconds specified when a file is locked.
+  */
+  case DB_TIMEOUT: {
+    int ms;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "MILLISECONDS");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &ms) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    sqlite3_busy_timeout(pDb->db, ms);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db total_changes
+  **
+  ** Return the number of rows that were modified, inserted, or deleted
+  ** since the database handle was created.
+  */
+  case DB_TOTAL_CHANGES: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    if( objc!=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, sqlite3_total_changes(pDb->db));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db trace ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Make arrangements to invoke the CALLBACK routine for each SQL statement
+  ** that is executed.  The text of the SQL is appended to CALLBACK before
+  ** it is executed.
+  */
+  case DB_TRACE: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zTrace ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zTrace, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zTrace;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zTrace ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zTrace);
+      }
+      zTrace = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zTrace && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zTrace = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zTrace, zTrace, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zTrace = 0;
+      }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) && \
+    !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+      if( pDb->zTrace ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_trace(pDb->db, DbTraceHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_trace(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db trace_v2 ?CALLBACK? ?MASK?
+  **
+  ** Make arrangements to invoke the CALLBACK routine for each trace event
+  ** matching the mask that is generated.  The parameters are appended to
+  ** CALLBACK before it is executed.
+  */
+  case DB_TRACE_V2: {
+    if( objc>4 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK? ?MASK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zTraceV2 ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zTraceV2, (char*)0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zTraceV2;
+      int len;
+      Tcl_WideInt wMask = 0;
+      if( objc==4 ){
+        static const char *TTYPE_strs[] = {
+          "statement", "profile", "row", "close", 0
+        };
+        enum TTYPE_enum {
+          TTYPE_STMT, TTYPE_PROFILE, TTYPE_ROW, TTYPE_CLOSE
+        };
+        int i;
+        if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[3], &len) ){
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+          Tcl_Obj *pObj;
+          int ttype;
+          if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, objv[3], i, &pObj) ){
+            return TCL_ERROR;
+          }
+          if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, pObj, TTYPE_strs, "trace type",
+                                  0, &ttype)!=TCL_OK ){
+            Tcl_WideInt wType;
+            Tcl_Obj *pError = Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
+            Tcl_IncrRefCount(pError);
+            if( TCL_OK==Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, pObj, &wType) ){
+              Tcl_DecrRefCount(pError);
+              wMask |= wType;
+            }else{
+              Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pError);
+              Tcl_DecrRefCount(pError);
+              return TCL_ERROR;
+            }
+          }else{
+            switch( (enum TTYPE_enum)ttype ){
+              case TTYPE_STMT:    wMask |= SQLITE_TRACE_STMT;    break;
+              case TTYPE_PROFILE: wMask |= SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE; break;
+              case TTYPE_ROW:     wMask |= SQLITE_TRACE_ROW;     break;
+              case TTYPE_CLOSE:   wMask |= SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE;   break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        wMask = SQLITE_TRACE_STMT; /* use the "legacy" default */
+      }
+      if( pDb->zTraceV2 ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zTraceV2);
+      }
+      zTraceV2 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zTraceV2 && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zTraceV2 = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        memcpy(pDb->zTraceV2, zTraceV2, len+1);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zTraceV2 = 0;
+      }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+      if( pDb->zTraceV2 ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_trace_v2(pDb->db, (unsigned)wMask, DbTraceV2Handler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_trace_v2(pDb->db, 0, 0, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db transaction [-deferred|-immediate|-exclusive] SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Start a new transaction (if we are not already in the midst of a
+  ** transaction) and execute the TCL script SCRIPT.  After SCRIPT
+  ** completes, either commit the transaction or roll it back if SCRIPT
+  ** throws an exception.  Or if no new transation was started, do nothing.
+  ** pass the exception on up the stack.
+  **
+  ** This command was inspired by Dave Thomas's talk on Ruby at the
+  ** 2005 O'Reilly Open Source Convention (OSCON).
+  */
+  case DB_TRANSACTION: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pScript;
+    const char *zBegin = "SAVEPOINT _tcl_transaction";
+    if( objc!=3 && objc!=4 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "[TYPE] SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if( pDb->nTransaction==0 && objc==4 ){
+      static const char *TTYPE_strs[] = {
+        "deferred",   "exclusive",  "immediate", 0
+      };
+      enum TTYPE_enum {
+        TTYPE_DEFERRED, TTYPE_EXCLUSIVE, TTYPE_IMMEDIATE
+      };
+      int ttype;
+      if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], TTYPE_strs, "transaction type",
+                              0, &ttype) ){
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+      switch( (enum TTYPE_enum)ttype ){
+        case TTYPE_DEFERRED:    /* no-op */;                 break;
+        case TTYPE_EXCLUSIVE:   zBegin = "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE";  break;
+        case TTYPE_IMMEDIATE:   zBegin = "BEGIN IMMEDIATE";  break;
+      }
+    }
+    pScript = objv[objc-1];
+
+    /* Run the SQLite BEGIN command to open a transaction or savepoint. */
+    pDb->disableAuth++;
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, zBegin, 0, 0, 0);
+    pDb->disableAuth--;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pDb->nTransaction++;
+
+    /* If using NRE, schedule a callback to invoke the script pScript, then
+    ** a second callback to commit (or rollback) the transaction or savepoint
+    ** opened above. If not using NRE, evaluate the script directly, then
+    ** call function DbTransPostCmd() to commit (or rollback) the transaction
+    ** or savepoint.  */
+    if( DbUseNre() ){
+      Tcl_NRAddCallback(interp, DbTransPostCmd, cd, 0, 0, 0);
+      (void)Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, pScript, 0);
+    }else{
+      rc = DbTransPostCmd(&cd, interp, Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pScript, 0));
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db unlock_notify ?script?
+  */
+  case DB_UNLOCK_NOTIFY: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unlock_notify not available in this build",
+                     (char*)0);
+    rc = TCL_ERROR;
+#else
+    if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?SCRIPT?");
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      void (*xNotify)(void **, int) = 0;
+      void *pNotifyArg = 0;
+
+      if( pDb->pUnlockNotify ){
+        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pUnlockNotify);
+        pDb->pUnlockNotify = 0;
+      }
+
+      if( objc==3 ){
+        xNotify = DbUnlockNotify;
+        pNotifyArg = (void *)pDb;
+        pDb->pUnlockNotify = objv[2];
+        Tcl_IncrRefCount(pDb->pUnlockNotify);
+      }
+
+      if( sqlite3_unlock_notify(pDb->db, xNotify, pNotifyArg) ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+        rc = TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db preupdate_hook count
+  **    $db preupdate_hook hook ?SCRIPT?
+  **    $db preupdate_hook new INDEX
+  **    $db preupdate_hook old INDEX
+  */
+  case DB_PREUPDATE: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "preupdate_hook was omitted at compile-time", 
+                     (char*)0);
+    rc = TCL_ERROR;
+#else
+    static const char *azSub[] = {"count", "depth", "hook", "new", "old", 0};
+    enum DbPreupdateSubCmd {
+      PRE_COUNT, PRE_DEPTH, PRE_HOOK, PRE_NEW, PRE_OLD
+    };
+    int iSub;
+
+    if( objc<3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SUB-COMMAND ?ARGS?");
+    }
+    if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], azSub, "sub-command", 0, &iSub) ){
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    switch( (enum DbPreupdateSubCmd)iSub ){
+      case PRE_COUNT: {
+        int nCol = sqlite3_preupdate_count(pDb->db);
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nCol));
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case PRE_HOOK: {
+        if( objc>4 ){
+          Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "hook ?SCRIPT?");
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        DbHookCmd(interp, pDb, (objc==4 ? objv[3] : 0), &pDb->pPreUpdateHook);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case PRE_DEPTH: {
+        Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+        if( objc!=3 ){
+          Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "");
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        pRet = Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_preupdate_depth(pDb->db));
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case PRE_NEW:
+      case PRE_OLD: {
+        int iIdx;
+        sqlite3_value *pValue;
+        if( objc!=4 ){
+          Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "INDEX");
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &iIdx) ){
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if( iSub==PRE_OLD ){
+          rc = sqlite3_preupdate_old(pDb->db, iIdx, &pValue);
+        }else{
+          assert( iSub==PRE_NEW );
+          rc = sqlite3_preupdate_new(pDb->db, iIdx, &pValue);
+        }
+
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          Tcl_Obj *pObj;
+          pObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue), -1);
+          Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pObj);
+        }else{
+          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
+          return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db wal_hook ?script?
+  **    $db update_hook ?script?
+  **    $db rollback_hook ?script?
+  */
+  case DB_WAL_HOOK:
+  case DB_UPDATE_HOOK:
+  case DB_ROLLBACK_HOOK: {
+    /* set ppHook to point at pUpdateHook or pRollbackHook, depending on
+    ** whether [$db update_hook] or [$db rollback_hook] was invoked.
+    */
+    Tcl_Obj **ppHook = 0;
+    if( choice==DB_WAL_HOOK ) ppHook = &pDb->pWalHook;
+    if( choice==DB_UPDATE_HOOK ) ppHook = &pDb->pUpdateHook;
+    if( choice==DB_ROLLBACK_HOOK ) ppHook = &pDb->pRollbackHook;
+    if( objc>3 ){
+       Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?SCRIPT?");
+       return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    DbHookCmd(interp, pDb, (objc==3 ? objv[2] : 0), ppHook);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db version
+  **
+  ** Return the version string for this database.
+  */
+  case DB_VERSION: {
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_libversion(), TCL_STATIC);
+    break;
+  }
+
+
+  } /* End of the SWITCH statement */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_TCL_NRE
+/*
+** Adaptor that provides an objCmd interface to the NRE-enabled
+** interface implementation.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI DbObjCmdAdaptor(
+  void *cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *const*objv
+){
+  return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, DbObjCmd, cd, objc, objv);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TCL_NRE */
+
+/*
+**   sqlite3 DBNAME FILENAME ?-vfs VFSNAME? ?-key KEY? ?-readonly BOOLEAN?
+**                           ?-create BOOLEAN? ?-nomutex BOOLEAN?
+**
+** This is the main Tcl command.  When the "sqlite" Tcl command is
+** invoked, this routine runs to process that command.
+**
+** The first argument, DBNAME, is an arbitrary name for a new
+** database connection.  This command creates a new command named
+** DBNAME that is used to control that connection.  The database
+** connection is deleted when the DBNAME command is deleted.
+**
+** The second argument is the name of the database file.
+**
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI DbMain(
+  void *cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *const*objv
+){
+  SqliteDb *p;
+  const char *zArg;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int i;
+  const char *zFile;
+  const char *zVfs = 0;
+  int flags;
+  Tcl_DString translatedFilename;
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+  void *pKey = 0;
+  int nKey = 0;
+#endif
+  int rc;
+
+  /* In normal use, each TCL interpreter runs in a single thread.  So
+  ** by default, we can turn of mutexing on SQLite database connections.
+  ** However, for testing purposes it is useful to have mutexes turned
+  ** on.  So, by default, mutexes default off.  But if compiled with
+  ** SQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX then mutexes default on.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX
+  flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
+#else
+  flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
+#endif
+
+  if( objc==2 ){
+    zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], 0);
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-version")==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,sqlite3_libversion(), (char*)0);
+      return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-sourceid")==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,sqlite3_sourceid(), (char*)0);
+      return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-has-codec")==0 ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"1",(char*)0);
+#else
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"0",(char*)0);
+#endif
+      return TCL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=3; i+1<objc; i+=2){
+    zArg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-key")==0 ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+      pKey = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[i+1], &nKey);
+#endif
+    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-vfs")==0 ){
+      zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
+    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-readonly")==0 ){
+      int b;
+      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+      if( b ){
+        flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+      }else{
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-create")==0 ){
+      int b;
+      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+      if( b && (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)==0 ){
+        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
+      }else{
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-nomutex")==0 ){
+      int b;
+      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+      if( b ){
+        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
+      }else{
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-fullmutex")==0 ){
+      int b;
+      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+      if( b ){
+        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
+      }else{
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
+      }
+    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-uri")==0 ){
+      int b;
+      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+      if( b ){
+        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+      }else{
+        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+      }
+    }else{
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option: ", zArg, (char*)0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  if( objc<3 || (objc&1)!=1 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+      "HANDLE FILENAME ?-vfs VFSNAME? ?-readonly BOOLEAN? ?-create BOOLEAN?"
+      " ?-nomutex BOOLEAN? ?-fullmutex BOOLEAN? ?-uri BOOLEAN?"
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+      " ?-key CODECKEY?"
+#endif
+    );
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  zErrMsg = 0;
+  p = (SqliteDb*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  zFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+  zFile = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, zFile, &translatedFilename);
+  rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zFile, &p->db, flags, zVfs);
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&translatedFilename);
+  if( p->db ){
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
+      zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+      sqlite3_close(p->db);
+      p->db = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errstr(rc));
+  }
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CODEC_FROM_TCL)
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_key(p->db, pKey, nKey);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, zErrMsg, TCL_VOLATILE);
+    Tcl_Free((char*)p);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  p->maxStmt = NUM_PREPARED_STMTS;
+  p->openFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+  p->interp = interp;
+  zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], 0);
+  if( DbUseNre() ){
+    Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, zArg, DbObjCmdAdaptor, DbObjCmd,
+                        (char*)p, DbDeleteCmd);
+  }else{
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zArg, DbObjCmd, (char*)p, DbDeleteCmd);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Provide a dummy Tcl_InitStubs if we are using this as a static
+** library.
+*/
+#ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS
+# undef  Tcl_InitStubs
+# define Tcl_InitStubs(a,b,c) TCL_VERSION
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure we have a PACKAGE_VERSION macro defined.  This will be
+** defined automatically by the TEA makefile.  But other makefiles
+** do not define it.
+*/
+#ifndef PACKAGE_VERSION
+# define PACKAGE_VERSION SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+**
+** This Tcl module contains only a single new Tcl command named "sqlite".
+** (Hence there is no namespace.  There is no point in using a namespace
+** if the extension only supplies one new name!)  The "sqlite" command is
+** used to open a new SQLite database.  See the DbMain() routine above
+** for additional information.
+**
+** The EXTERN macros are required by TCL in order to work on windows.
+*/
+EXTERN int Sqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  int rc = Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.4", 0) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc==TCL_OK ){
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)DbMain, 0, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY
+    /* The "sqlite" alias is undocumented.  It is here only to support
+    ** legacy scripts.  All new scripts should use only the "sqlite3"
+    ** command. */
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)DbMain, 0, 0);
+#endif
+    rc = Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "sqlite3", PACKAGE_VERSION);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+EXTERN int Tclsqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return Sqlite3_Init(interp); }
+EXTERN int Sqlite3_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
+EXTERN int Tclsqlite3_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
+
+/* Because it accesses the file-system and uses persistent state, SQLite
+** is not considered appropriate for safe interpreters.  Hence, we cause
+** the _SafeInit() interfaces return TCL_ERROR.
+*/
+EXTERN int Sqlite3_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_ERROR; }
+EXTERN int Sqlite3_SafeUnload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){return TCL_ERROR;}
+
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY
+int Sqlite_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return Sqlite3_Init(interp); }
+int Tclsqlite_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return Sqlite3_Init(interp); }
+int Sqlite_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
+int Tclsqlite_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TCLSH
+/*****************************************************************************
+** All of the code that follows is used to build standalone TCL interpreters
+** that are statically linked with SQLite.  Enable these by compiling
+** with -DTCLSH=n where n can be 1 or 2.  An n of 1 generates a standard
+** tclsh but with SQLite built in.  An n of 2 generates the SQLite space
+** analysis program.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_TCLMD5)
+/*
+ * This code implements the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
+ * The algorithm is due to Ron Rivest.  This code was
+ * written by Colin Plumb in 1993, no copyright is claimed.
+ * This code is in the public domain; do with it what you wish.
+ *
+ * Equivalent code is available from RSA Data Security, Inc.
+ * This code has been tested against that, and is equivalent,
+ * except that you don't need to include two pages of legalese
+ * with every copy.
+ *
+ * To compute the message digest of a chunk of bytes, declare an
+ * MD5Context structure, pass it to MD5Init, call MD5Update as
+ * needed on buffers full of bytes, and then call MD5Final, which
+ * will fill a supplied 16-byte array with the digest.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * If compiled on a machine that doesn't have a 32-bit integer,
+ * you just set "uint32" to the appropriate datatype for an
+ * unsigned 32-bit integer.  For example:
+ *
+ *       cc -Duint32='unsigned long' md5.c
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef uint32
+#  define uint32 unsigned int
+#endif
+
+struct MD5Context {
+  int isInit;
+  uint32 buf[4];
+  uint32 bits[2];
+  unsigned char in[64];
+};
+typedef struct MD5Context MD5Context;
+
+/*
+ * Note: this code is harmless on little-endian machines.
+ */
+static void byteReverse (unsigned char *buf, unsigned longs){
+        uint32 t;
+        do {
+                t = (uint32)((unsigned)buf[3]<<8 | buf[2]) << 16 |
+                            ((unsigned)buf[1]<<8 | buf[0]);
+                *(uint32 *)buf = t;
+                buf += 4;
+        } while (--longs);
+}
+/* The four core functions - F1 is optimized somewhat */
+
+/* #define F1(x, y, z) (x & y | ~x & z) */
+#define F1(x, y, z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
+#define F2(x, y, z) F1(z, x, y)
+#define F3(x, y, z) (x ^ y ^ z)
+#define F4(x, y, z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
+
+/* This is the central step in the MD5 algorithm. */
+#define MD5STEP(f, w, x, y, z, data, s) \
+        ( w += f(x, y, z) + data,  w = w<<s | w>>(32-s),  w += x )
+
+/*
+ * The core of the MD5 algorithm, this alters an existing MD5 hash to
+ * reflect the addition of 16 longwords of new data.  MD5Update blocks
+ * the data and converts bytes into longwords for this routine.
+ */
+static void MD5Transform(uint32 buf[4], const uint32 in[16]){
+        register uint32 a, b, c, d;
+
+        a = buf[0];
+        b = buf[1];
+        c = buf[2];
+        d = buf[3];
+
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xd76aa478,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 1]+0xe8c7b756, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x242070db, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 3]+0xc1bdceee, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf57c0faf,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 5]+0x4787c62a, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa8304613, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 7]+0xfd469501, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x698098d8,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 9]+0x8b44f7af, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffff5bb1, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[11]+0x895cd7be, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x6b901122,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[13]+0xfd987193, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xa679438e, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[15]+0x49b40821, 22);
+
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xf61e2562,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 6]+0xc040b340,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x265e5a51, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 0]+0xe9b6c7aa, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xd62f105d,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[10]+0x02441453,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0xd8a1e681, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 4]+0xe7d3fbc8, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0x21e1cde6,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[14]+0xc33707d6,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xf4d50d87, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 8]+0x455a14ed, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0xa9e3e905,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 2]+0xfcefa3f8,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0x676f02d9, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[12]+0x8d2a4c8a, 20);
+
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xfffa3942,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 8]+0x8771f681, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x6d9d6122, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[14]+0xfde5380c, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xa4beea44,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 4]+0x4bdecfa9, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0xf6bb4b60, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[10]+0xbebfbc70, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0x289b7ec6,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 0]+0xeaa127fa, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xd4ef3085, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 6]+0x04881d05, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0xd9d4d039,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[12]+0xe6db99e5, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0x1fa27cf8, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 2]+0xc4ac5665, 23);
+
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xf4292244,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 7]+0x432aff97, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xab9423a7, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 5]+0xfc93a039, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x655b59c3,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 3]+0x8f0ccc92, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffeff47d, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 1]+0x85845dd1, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x6fa87e4f,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[15]+0xfe2ce6e0, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa3014314, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[13]+0x4e0811a1, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf7537e82,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[11]+0xbd3af235, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x2ad7d2bb, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 9]+0xeb86d391, 21);
+
+        buf[0] += a;
+        buf[1] += b;
+        buf[2] += c;
+        buf[3] += d;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start MD5 accumulation.  Set bit count to 0 and buffer to mysterious
+ * initialization constants.
+ */
+static void MD5Init(MD5Context *ctx){
+        ctx->isInit = 1;
+        ctx->buf[0] = 0x67452301;
+        ctx->buf[1] = 0xefcdab89;
+        ctx->buf[2] = 0x98badcfe;
+        ctx->buf[3] = 0x10325476;
+        ctx->bits[0] = 0;
+        ctx->bits[1] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Update context to reflect the concatenation of another buffer full
+ * of bytes.
+ */
+static
+void MD5Update(MD5Context *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len){
+        uint32 t;
+
+        /* Update bitcount */
+
+        t = ctx->bits[0];
+        if ((ctx->bits[0] = t + ((uint32)len << 3)) < t)
+                ctx->bits[1]++; /* Carry from low to high */
+        ctx->bits[1] += len >> 29;
+
+        t = (t >> 3) & 0x3f;    /* Bytes already in shsInfo->data */
+
+        /* Handle any leading odd-sized chunks */
+
+        if ( t ) {
+                unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)ctx->in + t;
+
+                t = 64-t;
+                if (len < t) {
+                        memcpy(p, buf, len);
+                        return;
+                }
+                memcpy(p, buf, t);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+                buf += t;
+                len -= t;
+        }
+
+        /* Process data in 64-byte chunks */
+
+        while (len >= 64) {
+                memcpy(ctx->in, buf, 64);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+                buf += 64;
+                len -= 64;
+        }
+
+        /* Handle any remaining bytes of data. */
+
+        memcpy(ctx->in, buf, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Final wrapup - pad to 64-byte boundary with the bit pattern
+ * 1 0* (64-bit count of bits processed, MSB-first)
+ */
+static void MD5Final(unsigned char digest[16], MD5Context *ctx){
+        unsigned count;
+        unsigned char *p;
+
+        /* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */
+        count = (ctx->bits[0] >> 3) & 0x3F;
+
+        /* Set the first char of padding to 0x80.  This is safe since there is
+           always at least one byte free */
+        p = ctx->in + count;
+        *p++ = 0x80;
+
+        /* Bytes of padding needed to make 64 bytes */
+        count = 64 - 1 - count;
+
+        /* Pad out to 56 mod 64 */
+        if (count < 8) {
+                /* Two lots of padding:  Pad the first block to 64 bytes */
+                memset(p, 0, count);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+
+                /* Now fill the next block with 56 bytes */
+                memset(ctx->in, 0, 56);
+        } else {
+                /* Pad block to 56 bytes */
+                memset(p, 0, count-8);
+        }
+        byteReverse(ctx->in, 14);
+
+        /* Append length in bits and transform */
+        memcpy(ctx->in + 14*4, ctx->bits, 8);
+
+        MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+        byteReverse((unsigned char *)ctx->buf, 4);
+        memcpy(digest, ctx->buf, 16);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a 128-bit MD5 digest into a 32-digit base-16 number.
+*/
+static void MD5DigestToBase16(unsigned char *digest, char *zBuf){
+  static char const zEncode[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+  int i, j;
+
+  for(j=i=0; i<16; i++){
+    int a = digest[i];
+    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[(a>>4)&0xf];
+    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[a & 0xf];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a 128-bit MD5 digest into sequency of eight 5-digit integers
+** each representing 16 bits of the digest and separated from each
+** other by a "-" character.
+*/
+static void MD5DigestToBase10x8(unsigned char digest[16], char zDigest[50]){
+  int i, j;
+  unsigned int x;
+  for(i=j=0; i<16; i+=2){
+    x = digest[i]*256 + digest[i+1];
+    if( i>0 ) zDigest[j++] = '-';
+    sqlite3_snprintf(50-j, &zDigest[j], "%05u", x);
+    j += 5;
+  }
+  zDigest[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** A TCL command for md5.  The argument is the text to be hashed.  The
+** Result is the hash in base64.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI md5_cmd(
+  void*cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int argc,
+  const char **argv
+){
+  MD5Context ctx;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[50];
+  void (*converter)(unsigned char*, char*);
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+        " TEXT\"", (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  MD5Init(&ctx);
+  MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)argv[1], (unsigned)strlen(argv[1]));
+  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
+  converter = (void(*)(unsigned char*,char*))cd;
+  converter(digest, zBuf);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A TCL command to take the md5 hash of a file.  The argument is the
+** name of the file.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI md5file_cmd(
+  void*cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int argc,
+  const char **argv
+){
+  FILE *in;
+  MD5Context ctx;
+  void (*converter)(unsigned char*, char*);
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[10240];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+        " FILENAME\"", (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  in = fopen(argv[1],"rb");
+  if( in==0 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"unable to open file \"", argv[1],
+         "\" for reading", (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  MD5Init(&ctx);
+  for(;;){
+    int n;
+    n = (int)fread(zBuf, 1, sizeof(zBuf), in);
+    if( n<=0 ) break;
+    MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)zBuf, (unsigned)n);
+  }
+  fclose(in);
+  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
+  converter = (void(*)(unsigned char*,char*))cd;
+  converter(digest, zBuf);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the four new TCL commands for generating MD5 checksums
+** with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Md5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5_cmd,
+                    MD5DigestToBase16, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5-10x8", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5_cmd,
+                    MD5DigestToBase10x8, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5file", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5file_cmd,
+                    MD5DigestToBase16, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5file-10x8", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5file_cmd,
+                    MD5DigestToBase10x8, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_TCLMD5) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** During testing, the special md5sum() aggregate function is available.
+** inside SQLite.  The following routines implement that function.
+*/
+static void md5step(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  MD5Context *p;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( !p->isInit ){
+    MD5Init(p);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    const char *zData = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( zData ){
+      MD5Update(p, (unsigned char*)zData, (int)strlen(zData));
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void md5finalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  MD5Context *p;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[33];
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  MD5Final(digest,p);
+  MD5DigestToBase16(digest, zBuf);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+int Md5_Register(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+){
+  int rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "md5sum", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0,
+                                 md5step, md5finalize);
+  sqlite3_overload_function(db, "md5sum", -1);  /* To exercise this API */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
+
+
+/*
+** If the macro TCLSH is one, then put in code this for the
+** "main" routine that will initialize Tcl and take input from
+** standard input, or if a file is named on the command line
+** the TCL interpreter reads and evaluates that file.
+*/
+#if TCLSH==1
+static const char *tclsh_main_loop(void){
+  static const char zMainloop[] =
+    "set line {}\n"
+    "while {![eof stdin]} {\n"
+      "if {$line!=\"\"} {\n"
+        "puts -nonewline \"> \"\n"
+      "} else {\n"
+        "puts -nonewline \"% \"\n"
+      "}\n"
+      "flush stdout\n"
+      "append line [gets stdin]\n"
+      "if {[info complete $line]} {\n"
+        "if {[catch {uplevel #0 $line} result]} {\n"
+          "puts stderr \"Error: $result\"\n"
+        "} elseif {$result!=\"\"} {\n"
+          "puts $result\n"
+        "}\n"
+        "set line {}\n"
+      "} else {\n"
+        "append line \\n\n"
+      "}\n"
+    "}\n"
+  ;
+  return zMainloop;
+}
+#endif
+#if TCLSH==2
+static const char *tclsh_main_loop(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+static void init_all(Tcl_Interp *);
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI init_all_cmd(
+  ClientData cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+
+  Tcl_Interp *slave;
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SLAVE");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  slave = Tcl_GetSlave(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
+  if( !slave ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  init_all(slave);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tclcmd: db_use_legacy_prepare DB BOOLEAN
+**
+**   The first argument to this command must be a database command created by
+**   [sqlite3]. If the second argument is true, then the handle is configured
+**   to use the sqlite3_prepare_v2() function to prepare statements. If it
+**   is false, sqlite3_prepare().
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI db_use_legacy_prepare_cmd(
+  ClientData cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
+  SqliteDb *pDb;
+  int bPrepare;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB BOOLEAN");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such db: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pDb = (SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
+  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &bPrepare) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pDb->bLegacyPrepare = bPrepare;
+
+  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tclcmd: db_last_stmt_ptr DB
+**
+**   If the statement cache associated with database DB is not empty,
+**   return the text representation of the most recently used statement
+**   handle.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI db_last_stmt_ptr(
+  ClientData cd,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
+  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
+  SqliteDb *pDb;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such db: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pDb = (SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
+
+  if( pDb->stmtList ) pStmt = pDb->stmtList->pStmt;
+  if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, zBuf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+/*
+** Configure the interpreter passed as the first argument to have access
+** to the commands and linked variables that make up:
+**
+**   * the [sqlite3] extension itself,
+**
+**   * If SQLITE_TCLMD5 or SQLITE_TEST is defined, the Md5 commands, and
+**
+**   * If SQLITE_TEST is set, the various test interfaces used by the Tcl
+**     test suite.
+*/
+static void init_all(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  Sqlite3_Init(interp);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_TCLMD5)
+  Md5_Init(interp);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  {
+    extern int Sqliteconfig_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest2_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest3_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest5_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest6_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest7_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest8_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest9_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestasync_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_autoext_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_blob_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_func_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_hexio_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_init_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_malloc_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestschema_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestsse_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetesttclvar_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestfs_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int SqlitetestThread_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int SqlitetestOnefile_Init();
+    extern int SqlitetestOsinst_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestbackup_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestintarray_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetestvfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
+    extern int Sqlitetestrtree_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitequota_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitemultiplex_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int SqliteSuperlock_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int SqlitetestSyscall_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK)
+    extern int TestSession_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+#endif
+    extern int Fts5tcl_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
+    extern int SqliteRbu_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetesttcl_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
+    extern int Sqlitetestfts3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+    extern int Zipvfs_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    Zipvfs_Init(interp);
+#endif
+
+    Sqliteconfig_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest1_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest2_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest3_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest4_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest5_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest6_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest7_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest8_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest9_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestasync_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_autoext_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_blob_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_func_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_hexio_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_init_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_malloc_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestschema_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetesttclvar_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestfs_Init(interp);
+    SqlitetestThread_Init(interp);
+    SqlitetestOnefile_Init();
+    SqlitetestOsinst_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestbackup_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestintarray_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestvfs_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetestrtree_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitequota_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitemultiplex_Init(interp);
+    SqliteSuperlock_Init(interp);
+    SqlitetestSyscall_Init(interp);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK)
+    TestSession_Init(interp);
+#endif
+    Fts5tcl_Init(interp);
+    SqliteRbu_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetesttcl_Init(interp);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
+    Sqlitetestfts3_Init(interp);
+#endif
+
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
+        interp, "load_testfixture_extensions", init_all_cmd, 0, 0
+    );
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
+        interp, "db_use_legacy_prepare", db_use_legacy_prepare_cmd, 0, 0
+    );
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
+        interp, "db_last_stmt_ptr", db_last_stmt_ptr, 0, 0
+    );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
+    Sqlitetestsse_Init(interp);
+#endif
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Needed for the setrlimit() system call on unix */
+#if defined(unix)
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#define TCLSH_MAIN main   /* Needed to fake out mktclapp */
+int SQLITE_CDECL TCLSH_MAIN(int argc, char **argv){
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+  if( getenv("BREAK") ){
+    fprintf(stderr,
+        "attach debugger to process %d and press any key to continue.\n",
+        GETPID());
+    fgetc(stdin);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Since the primary use case for this binary is testing of SQLite,
+  ** be sure to generate core files if we crash */
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(unix)
+  { struct rlimit x;
+    getrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &x);
+    x.rlim_cur = x.rlim_max;
+    setrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &x);
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST && unix */
+
+
+  /* Call sqlite3_shutdown() once before doing anything else. This is to
+  ** test that sqlite3_shutdown() can be safely called by a process before
+  ** sqlite3_initialize() is. */
+  sqlite3_shutdown();
+
+  Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]);
+  Tcl_SetSystemEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
+  interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
+
+#if TCLSH==2
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
+#endif
+
+  init_all(interp);
+  if( argc>=2 ){
+    int i;
+    char zArgc[32];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zArgc), zArgc, "%d", argc-(3-TCLSH));
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argc", zArgc, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argv0",argv[1],TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argv", "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    for(i=3-TCLSH; i<argc; i++){
+      Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv", argv[i],
+          TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LIST_ELEMENT | TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
+    }
+    if( TCLSH==1 && Tcl_EvalFile(interp, argv[1])!=TCL_OK ){
+      const char *zInfo = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+      if( zInfo==0 ) zInfo = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: %s\n", *argv, zInfo);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( TCLSH==2 || argc<=1 ){
+    Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, tclsh_main_loop());
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* TCLSH */
diff --git a/upstream/tea/license.terms b/upstream/tea/license.terms
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..723c4cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/license.terms
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+
+    May you do good and not evil.
+    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
diff --git a/upstream/tea/pkgIndex.tcl.in b/upstream/tea/pkgIndex.tcl.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc585f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/pkgIndex.tcl.in
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#
+# Tcl package index file
+#
+# Note sqlite*3* init specifically
+#
+package ifneeded sqlite3 @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \
+    [list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE@] Sqlite3]
diff --git a/upstream/tea/tclconfig/install-sh b/upstream/tea/tclconfig/install-sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c34c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/tclconfig/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -S            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	shift;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dst_arg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	-*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/tea/tclconfig/tcl.m4 b/upstream/tea/tclconfig/tcl.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b4bd1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/tclconfig/tcl.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,4168 @@
+# tcl.m4 --
+#
+#	This file provides a set of autoconf macros to help TEA-enable
+#	a Tcl extension.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
+# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.57)
+
+dnl TEA extensions pass us the version of TEA they think they
+dnl are compatible with (must be set in TEA_INIT below)
+dnl TEA_VERSION="3.9"
+
+# Possible values for key variables defined:
+#
+# TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM - win32 aqua x11 (mirrors 'tk windowingsystem')
+# TEA_PLATFORM        - windows unix
+#
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on
+#	the Tcl compile flags
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-tcl=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the tclConfig.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [
+    dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT])
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
+	no_tcl=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
+		[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
+	    with_tclconfig="${withval}")
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
+		    */tclConfig.sh )
+			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself])
+			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+			    -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+			    -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh])
+	else
+	    no_tcl=
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the tkConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-tk=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the tkConfig.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG], [
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
+	no_tk=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
+		[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
+	    with_tkconfig="${withval}")
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
+		case "${with_tkconfig}" in
+		    */tkConfig.sh )
+			if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself])
+			    with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`"
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`"
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tk library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+			    -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+		-a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tk \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
+			    -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh])
+	else
+	    no_tk=
+	    TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}"
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR
+#		TCL_SRC_DIR
+#		TCL_LIB_FILE
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
+	case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"  | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([platform])
+    hold_cc=$CC; CC="$TCL_CC"
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[
+	    #ifdef _WIN32
+		#error win32
+	    #endif
+    ], TEA_PLATFORM="unix",
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+    )
+    CC=$hold_cc
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($TEA_PLATFORM)
+
+    # The BUILD_$pkg is to define the correct extern storage class
+    # handling when making this package
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME}, [],
+	    [Building extension source?])
+    # Do this here as we have fully defined TEA_PLATFORM now
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	EXEEXT=".exe"
+	CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.lib *.dll *.pdb *.exp"
+    fi
+
+    # TEA specific:
+    AC_SUBST(CLEANFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_DEFS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LD_FLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the tkConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}"  | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    # TEA specific: Ensure windowingsystem is defined
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *MAC_OSX_TK*)
+		AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building against Mac OS X TkAqua?])
+		TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11"
+		;;
+	esac
+    elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32"
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    # TEA specific:
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PROG_TCLSH
+#	Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable
+#	in the Tcl build directory or the tclsh installed in a bin
+#	directory. This macro will correctly determine the name
+#	of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet been
+#	built in the build directory. The tclsh found is always
+#	associated with a tclConfig.sh file. This tclsh should be used
+#	only for running extension test cases. It should never be
+#	or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCLSH_PROG
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_TCLSH], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh])
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tclConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}${TCLSH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([${TCLSH_PROG}])
+    AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PROG_WISH
+#	Determine the fully qualified path name of the wish executable
+#	in the Tk build directory or the wish installed in a bin
+#	directory. This macro will correctly determine the name
+#	of the wish executable even if wish has not yet been
+#	built in the build directory. The wish found is always
+#	associated with a tkConfig.sh file. This wish should be used
+#	only for running extension test cases. It should never be
+#	or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		WISH_PROG
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_WISH], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for wish])
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish"
+        fi
+    else
+        # tkConfig.sh is in install location
+        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+            WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
+        else
+            WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}"
+        fi
+        list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/..     2>/dev/null` \
+              `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin     2>/dev/null`"
+        for i in $list ; do
+            if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then
+                REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
+                break
+            fi
+        done
+        WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}${WISH_PROG}"
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([${WISH_PROG}])
+    AC_SUBST(WISH_PROG)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_SHARED --
+#
+#	Allows the building of shared libraries
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-shared=yes|no
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		STATIC_BUILD	Used for building import/export libraries
+#				on Windows.
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		SHARED_BUILD	Value of 1 or 0
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SHARED], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared],
+	    [build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+
+    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_shared"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
+	SHARED_BUILD=1
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
+	SHARED_BUILD=0
+	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_THREADS --
+#
+#	Specify if thread support should be enabled.  If "yes" is specified
+#	as an arg (optional), threads are enabled by default, "no" means
+#	threads are disabled.  "yes" is the default.
+#
+#	TCL_THREADS is checked so that if you are compiling an extension
+#	against a threaded core, your extension must be compiled threaded
+#	as well.
+#
+#	Note that it is legal to have a thread enabled extension run in a
+#	threaded or non-threaded Tcl core, but a non-threaded extension may
+#	only run in a non-threaded Tcl core.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-threads
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TCL_THREADS
+#		_REENTRANT
+#		_THREAD_SAFE
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_THREADS], [
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
+	    [build with threads]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+
+    if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_threads"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	TCL_THREADS=1
+
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	    # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants:
+
+	    # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
+	    # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
+		[Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
+		AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+			[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+	    fi
+	    AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+		# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
+		# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
+		# defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
+		# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
+		# exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
+		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		# The space is needed
+		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
+	    else
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
+		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		    # The space is needed
+		    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
+		else
+		    AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
+			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+			AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
+			    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+			if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+			    # The space is needed
+			    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
+			else
+			    TCL_THREADS=0
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled])
+			fi
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    else
+	TCL_THREADS=0
+    fi
+    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    fi
+    # TCL_THREADS sanity checking.  See if our request for building with
+    # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built.  If not, warn the user.
+    case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	*THREADS=1*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([
+    Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
+    that IS thread-enabled.  It is recommended to use --enable-threads.])
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([
+    --enable-threads requested, but building against a Tcl that is NOT
+    thread-enabled.  This is an OK configuration that will also run in
+    a thread-enabled core.])
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+    esac
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
+#
+#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
+#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) debugging can also be enabled.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+#	TEA varies from core Tcl in that C|LDFLAGS_DEFAULT receives
+#	the value of C|LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE|DEBUG already substituted.
+#	Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
+#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT
+#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-symbols
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
+#				Sets to "$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) -DNDEBUG" if false
+#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
+#				Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
+#		DBGX		Formerly used as debug library extension;
+#				always blank now.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
+    dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
+	    [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
+    DBGX=""
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -DNDEBUG"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    else
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}"
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
+	fi
+    fi
+    # TEA specific:
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}"
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?])
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem debugging])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO --
+#
+#	Allows use of modern nl_langinfo check for better l10n.
+#	This is only relevant for Unix.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-langinfo=yes|no (default is yes)
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		HAVE_LANGINFO	Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo],
+	    [use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]),
+	[langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes])
+
+    HAVE_LANGINFO=0
+    if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no])
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo])
+    if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <langinfo.h>], [nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
+		    [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h])
+	if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?])
+	fi
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+#
+#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
+#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
+#	"uname" command.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Defines the following var:
+#
+#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
+	# TEA specific:
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
+	else
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
+	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
+		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
+	    else
+		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    ])
+    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+#
+#	Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler
+#	for building shared libraries and other such nonsense.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substitutes the following vars:
+#
+#	DL_OBJS, DL_LIBS - removed for TEA, only needed by core.
+#       LDFLAGS -      Flags to pass to the compiler when linking object
+#                       files into an executable application binary such
+#                       as tclsh.
+#       LD_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ld, such as "-R /usr/local/tcl/lib",
+#                       that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
+#                       for shared libraries such as libtcl.so.  Depends on
+#                       the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. Could
+#                       be the same as CC_SEARCH_FLAGS if ${CC} is used to link.
+#       CC_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ${CC}, such as "-Wl,-rpath,/usr/local/tcl/lib",
+#                       that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
+#                       for shared libraries such as libtcl.so.  Depends on
+#                       the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile.
+#       SHLIB_CFLAGS -  Flags to pass to cc when compiling the components
+#                       of a shared library (may request position-independent
+#                       code, among other things).
+#       SHLIB_LD -      Base command to use for combining object files
+#                       into a shared library.
+#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
+#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
+#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
+#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
+#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
+#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
+#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
+#                       SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
+#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
+#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
+#                       as its value.
+#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
+#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
+#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
+#       LIB_SUFFIX -    Specifies everything that comes after the "libfoo"
+#                       in a static or shared library name, using the $PACKAGE_VERSION variable
+#                       to put the version in the right place.  This is used
+#                       by platforms that need non-standard library names.
+#                       Examples:  ${PACKAGE_VERSION}.so.1.1 on NetBSD, since it needs
+#                       to have a version after the .so, and ${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a
+#                       on AIX, since a shared library needs to have
+#                       a .a extension whereas shared objects for loadable
+#                       extensions have a .so extension.  Defaults to
+#                       ${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}.
+#	CFLAGS_DEBUG -
+#			Flags used when running the compiler in debug mode
+#	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE -
+#			Flags used when running the compiler in optimize mode
+#	CFLAGS -	Additional CFLAGS added as necessary (usually 64-bit)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
+    dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT])
+
+    # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit],
+	    [enable 64bit support (default: off)]),
+	[do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit])
+
+    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis],
+	    [enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]),
+	[do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS])
+    # Force 64bit on with VIS
+    AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes])
+
+    # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
+    # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"],
+	tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [
+	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	AC_TRY_LINK([
+	    extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
+	    void f(void) {}], [f();], tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes,
+	    tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no)
+	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [
+	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE,
+	    [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))],
+	    [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HIDDEN, [1], [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+    ])
+
+    # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath],
+	    [disable rpath support (default: on)]),
+	[doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath])
+
+    # TEA specific: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds?
+
+    AS_IF([test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = windows], [
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
+	AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-wince],
+		[enable Win/CE support (where applicable)]),
+	    [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$doWince])
+    ])
+
+    # Set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
+    # for the system.
+
+    TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+
+    # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
+
+    AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
+
+    # Set configuration options based on system name and version.
+    # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a
+    # "windows" case and removed some core-only vars.
+
+    do64bit_ok=no
+    # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
+    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+    # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
+    # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
+    # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
+    LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
+    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`'
+    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`'
+    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
+    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
+    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
+	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
+    ], [
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
+	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
+    ])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
+    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+    AS_IF([test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"])
+    case $system in
+	# TEA specific:
+	windows)
+	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
+	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
+	    # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
+	    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
+	    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
+	    MACHINE="X86"
+	    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
+		    MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
+		fi
+		MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e  's!\\\!/!g'`
+		PATH64=""
+		case "$do64bit" in
+		    amd64|x64|yes)
+			MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
+			;;
+		    ia64)
+			MACHINE="IA64"
+			PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
+			;;
+		esac
+		if test "$GCC" != "yes" -a ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode])
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed])
+		    do64bit="no"
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_RESULT([   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
+		    do64bit_ok="yes"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible])
+		fi
+		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible])
+		fi
+		TEA_PATH_CELIB
+		# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
+		# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
+		CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
+		TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
+		ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
+		PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
+		if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
+		    # If !yes then the user specified something
+		    # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
+		    ARCH=
+		    eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \
+	    if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
+	    if ([$]1 < 400)   { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
+	    if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
+	    if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
+	    if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
+		    }'`
+		    if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
+			ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
+		    fi
+		fi
+		OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
+	    	if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
+		    if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
+			WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
+		    SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
+		    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
+			SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
+		    fi
+		fi
+		WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \
+		    -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
+		    doWince="no"
+		else
+		    # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important,
+		    # as long as we quote them when used.
+		    CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
+		    if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
+			CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
+		    fi
+		    CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
+    		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+	        if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
+		    runtime=-MT
+	        else
+		    runtime=-MD
+	        fi
+
+                if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
+		    # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
+		    CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
+		    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    lflags="-nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
+		    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
+		    # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
+		    TEA_ADD_LIBS([bufferoverflowU.lib])
+		elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
+		    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\""
+		    else
+			CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\""
+		    fi
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
+		    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
+		    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
+		    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS"
+		    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+			# Static CE builds require static celib as well
+		    	defs="${defs} _DLL"
+		    fi
+		    for i in $defs ; do
+			AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i, 1, [WinCE def ]$i)
+		    done
+		    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION, [_WIN32_WCE version])
+		    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION, [UNDER_CE version])
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
+		    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
+		    lflags="-MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
+		    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
+		    AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
+		else
+		    RC="rc"
+		    lflags="-nologo"
+		    LINKBIN="link"
+		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
+		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		# mingw gcc mode
+		AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)
+		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
+		LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
+
+		AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cross-compile version of gcc,
+			ac_cv_cross,
+			AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+			    #ifdef _WIN32
+				#error cross-compiler
+			    #endif
+			], [],
+			ac_cv_cross=yes,
+			ac_cv_cross=no)
+		      )
+		      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
+			case "$do64bit" in
+			    amd64|x64|yes)
+				CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
+				LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
+				AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
+				RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
+				RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
+			    ;;
+			    *)
+				CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
+				LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
+				AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
+				RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
+				RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
+			    ;;
+			esac
+		fi
+
+	    else
+		SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}"
+		# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
+		STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib'
+		PATHTYPE=-w
+		# For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
+		# http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
+		# and also
+		# http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y0zzbyt4%28VS.80%29.aspx
+		# This essentially turns it all on.
+		LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug -debugtype:cv"
+		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
+		if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
+		else
+		    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
+		    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll'
+
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+    	    ;;
+	AIX-*)
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
+		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
+		case "${CC}" in
+		    *_r|*_r\ *)
+			# ok ...
+			;;
+		    *)
+			# Make sure only first arg gets _r
+		    	CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([[^ ]]*\)/\1_r/'`
+			;;
+		esac
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads])
+	    ])
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+		], [
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
+		    RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
+		    AR="${AR} -X64"
+		    SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
+		])
+	    ])
+
+	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [
+		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		], [
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		])
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ], [
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall'
+		], [
+		    SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl"
+		])
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	BeOS*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
+	    # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
+	    # is always linked to, for compatibility.
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(bind, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"])
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-4.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	CYGWIN_*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    do64bit_ok=yes
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	Haiku*)
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"])
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.11.*)
+	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
+	    AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    # TEA specific: Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions
+	    #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet"               # Use the XOPEN network library
+
+	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+		# Use newer C++ library for C++ extensions
+		#if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+		#   CPPFLAGS="-AA"
+		#fi
+	    ], [
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    ])
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    ])
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z"
+		# Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
+		#CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+	    ])
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = "yes"], [
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
+			hppa64*)
+			    # 64-bit gcc in use.  Fix flags for GNU ld.
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+			    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+				CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+			    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+			    ;;
+			*)
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+			    ;;
+		    esac
+		], [
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
+		])
+	    ]) ;;
+	IRIX-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+	    ], [
+		case $system in
+		    IRIX-6.3)
+			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
+			;;
+		esac
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	IRIX64-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
+	        AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+	            AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc])
+	        ], [
+	            do64bit_ok=yes
+	            SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	            CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
+	            LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
+	        ])
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    # TEA specific:
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
+
+	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])
+	    AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
+		AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [
+		    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes, tcl_cv_cc_m64=no)
+		    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+		AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		])
+	   ])
+
+	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
+	    # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
+	    # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
+	    # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
+	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
+
+	    AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
+	    ;;
+	Lynx*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    ;;
+	OpenBSD-*)
+	    arch=`arch -s`
+	    case "$arch" in
+	    vax)
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+		LDFLAGS=""
+		;;
+	    *)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+		AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
+		LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    case "$arch" in
+	    vax)
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O1"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
+		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
+		#		Don't link with -lpthread
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    ])
+	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	NetBSD-*)
+	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	FreeBSD-*)
+	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"
+	    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    LDFLAGS=""
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
+	    case $system in
+	    FreeBSD-3.*)
+		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
+		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	Darwin-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
+	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
+	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
+	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
+	    CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if ([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"[$]i}'`"
+	    CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if (!([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"[$]i}'`"
+	    AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
+		case `arch` in
+		    ppc)
+			AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag],
+				tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes,
+				    tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no)
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+			AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			]);;
+		    i386)
+			AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag],
+				tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes,
+				    tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no)
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+			AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			]);;
+		    *)
+			AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);;
+		esac
+	    ], [
+		# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
+		AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
+		    && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [
+		    fat_32_64=yes])
+	    ])
+	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes, tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no)
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
+	    ])
+	    # TEA specific: link shlib with current and compatibility version flags
+	    vers=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | sed -e 's/^\([[0-9]]\{1,5\}\)\(\(\.[[0-9]]\{1,3\}\)\{0,2\}\).*$/\1\2/p' -e d`
+	    SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -current_version ${vers:-0} -compatibility_version ${vers:-0}"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
+	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
+	    AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
+		"`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"])
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
+		    tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes,
+			tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no)
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+	    ])
+	    AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
+		AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__],
+		    [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+		tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
+	    ])
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+	    # TEA specific: for combined 32 & 64 bit fat builds of Tk
+	    # extensions, verify that 64-bit build is possible.
+	    AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}"], [
+		AS_IF([test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = x11], [
+		    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+			done
+			CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
+			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
+			AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
+			    tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+			done])
+		])
+		AS_IF([test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = aqua], [
+		    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit Tk], tcl_cv_lib_tk_64, [
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+			done
+			CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1 ${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDES}"
+			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+			AC_TRY_LINK([#include <tk.h>], [Tk_InitStubs(NULL, "", 0);],
+			    tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=no)
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+			done])
+		])
+		# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. if configuration
+		# does not support 64-bit.
+		AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" = no -o "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no], [
+		    AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
+		    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
+		    done])
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	OS/390-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
+	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
+		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-V*)
+	    # Digital OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    ], [
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
+	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
+		], [
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+		])
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	QNX-6*)
+	    # QNX RTP
+	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SCO_SV-3.2*)
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    ], [
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
+	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
+
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ], [
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5*)
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [
+		    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+			AS_IF([test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 3], [
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system])
+			], [
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+			])
+		    ], [
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = yes], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
+			], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
+			])
+			# Solaris 64 uses this as well
+			#LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
+		    ])
+		], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [
+		    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*)
+				do64bit_ok=yes
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]);;
+			esac
+		    ], [
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";;
+			esac
+		    ])
+		], [AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported for $arch])])])
+	    ])
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		AS_IF([test "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [
+		    AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [
+			# We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
+			# add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
+			# JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
+			# not be necessary for extensions.
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
+			# for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
+			# path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
+			#v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
+			#CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
+		    ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [
+			# JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
+			# not be necessary for extensions.
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc"
+		    ])])
+		])
+	    ], [
+		case $system in
+		    SunOS-5.[[1-9]][[0-9]]*)
+			# TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
+			SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G -z text ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}';;
+		    *)
+			SHLIB_LD='/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text';;
+		esac
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
+	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes, tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no)
+	        LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    ])
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no], [
+	AC_MSG_WARN([64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform])
+    ])
+
+dnl # Add any CPPFLAGS set in the environment to our CFLAGS, but delay doing so
+dnl # until the end of configure, as configure's compile and link tests use
+dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
+dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
+    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
+
+    # Add in the arch flags late to ensure it wasn't removed.
+    # Not necessary in TEA, but this is aligned with core
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
+
+    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
+    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
+    # standard manufacturer compiler.
+
+    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+	case $system in
+	    AIX-*) ;;
+	    BSD/OS*) ;;
+	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
+	    IRIX*) ;;
+	    NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
+	    Darwin-*) ;;
+	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
+	    windows) ;;
+	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
+	esac])
+
+    AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
+	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern],
+	    [No Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+    ])
+
+    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
+    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
+    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'])
+    AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
+    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'])
+
+    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler,
+	    tcl_cv_seh,
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+
+	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
+		int a, b = 0;
+		__try {
+		    a = 666 / b;
+		}
+		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
+		    return 0;
+		}
+		return 1;
+	    }
+	],
+	    tcl_cv_seh=yes,
+	    tcl_cv_seh=no,
+	    tcl_cv_seh=no)
+	)
+	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NO_SEH, 1,
+		    [Defined when mingw does not support SEH])
+	fi
+
+	#
+	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
+	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
+	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
+	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
+	#
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files,
+	    tcl_cv_eh_disposition,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#	    include <windows.h>
+#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+	    ],[
+		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
+	    ],
+		tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes,
+		tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no)
+	)
+	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION, int,
+		[Defined when cygwin/mingw does not support EXCEPTION DISPOSITION])
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
+	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
+	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for winnt.h that ignores VOID define,
+	    tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#define VOID void
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+	    ], [
+		CHAR c;
+		SHORT s;
+		LONG l;
+	    ],
+        tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes,
+        tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no)
+	)
+	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID, 1,
+		    [Defined when cygwin/mingw ignores VOID define in winnt.h])
+	fi
+    fi
+
+	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
+	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
+	# warning when initializing a union member.
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
+	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
+	    [
+		  union foo { int i; double d; };
+		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
+	    ],
+	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes,
+	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no)
+	)
+	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
+		    [Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
+	fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
+
+    AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
+
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
+
+    AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)
+
+    # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and
+    # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
+    TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_SERIAL_PORT
+#
+#	Determine which interface to use to talk to the serial port.
+#	Note that #include lines must begin in leftmost column for
+#	some compilers to recognize them as preprocessor directives,
+#	and some build environments have stdin not pointing at a
+#	pseudo-terminal (usually /dev/null instead.)
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines only one of the following vars:
+#		HAVE_SYS_MODEM_H
+#		USE_TERMIOS
+#		USE_TERMIO
+#		USE_SGTTY
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_SERIAL_PORT], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/modem.h)
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([termios vs. termio vs. sgtty], tcl_cv_api_serial, [
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termios.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termios t;
+    if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0) {
+	cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
+	t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termio.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termio t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0) {
+	t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sgtty.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct sgttyb t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0) {
+	t.sg_ospeed = 0;
+	t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termios t;
+    if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0
+	|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
+	cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
+	t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <termio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct termio t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0
+	|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
+	t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
+    fi
+    if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sgtty.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main() {
+    struct sgttyb t;
+    if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0
+	|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
+	t.sg_ospeed = 0;
+	t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=none, tcl_cv_api_serial=none)
+    fi])
+    case $tcl_cv_api_serial in
+	termios) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIOS, 1, [Use the termios API for serial lines]);;
+	termio)  AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIO, 1, [Use the termio API for serial lines]);;
+	sgtty)   AC_DEFINE(USE_SGTTY, 1, [Use the sgtty API for serial lines]);;
+    esac
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
+#
+#	Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files.  Special
+#	notes:
+#	    - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or
+#	      strtod in some versions of SunOS
+#	    - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
+#	      as strstr
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		NO_DIRENT_H
+#		NO_ERRNO_H
+#		NO_VALUES_H
+#		HAVE_LIMITS_H or NO_LIMITS_H
+#		NO_STDLIB_H
+#		NO_STRING_H
+#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
+#		NO_DLFCN_H
+#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#
+#		HAVE_STRING_H ?
+#
+# tkUnixPort.h checks for HAVE_LIMITS_H, so do both HAVE and
+# CHECK on limits.h
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([dirent.h], tcl_cv_dirent_h, [
+    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>], [
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#   ifdef __Lynx__
+	/*
+	 * Generate compilation error to make the test fail:  Lynx headers
+	 * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
+	 */
+
+	missing_procedure();
+#   endif
+#endif
+DIR *d;
+struct dirent *entryPtr;
+char *p;
+d = opendir("foobar");
+entryPtr = readdir(d);
+p = entryPtr->d_name;
+closedir(d);
+], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])
+
+    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
+    fi
+
+    # TEA specific:
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_ERRNO_H, 1, [Do we have <errno.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(limits.h,
+	[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])],
+	[AC_DEFINE(NO_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+
+    # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
+    # set and why.
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_STRING_H, 1, [Do we have <string.h>?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/wait.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_SYS_WAIT_H, 1, [Do we have <sys/wait.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(dlfcn.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_DLFCN_H, 1, [Do we have <dlfcn.h>?])])
+
+    # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
+    AC_HAVE_HEADERS(sys/param.h)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_X
+#
+#	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
+#	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
+#	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
+#	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
+#	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
+#	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
+#
+#	This should be called after TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS as setting the
+#	LIBS line can confuse some configure macro magic.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		XINCLUDES
+#		XLIBSW
+#		PKG_LIBS (appends to)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_X], [
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then
+	TEA_PATH_UNIX_X
+    fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_UNIX_X], [
+    AC_PATH_X
+    not_really_there=""
+    if test "$no_x" = ""; then
+	if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
+	    AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], , not_really_there="yes")
+	else
+	    if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
+		not_really_there="yes"
+	    fi
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
+	found_xincludes="no"
+	AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], found_xincludes="yes", found_xincludes="no")
+	if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	    dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
+	    for i in $dirs ; do
+		if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
+		    AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
+		    XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
+		    found_xincludes="yes"
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    else
+	if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
+	    XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
+	    found_xincludes="yes"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't find any!])
+    fi
+
+    if test "$no_x" = yes; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 libraries])
+	XLIBSW=nope
+	dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
+	for i in $dirs ; do
+	    if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
+		XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
+		x_libraries="$i"
+		break
+	    fi
+	done
+    else
+	if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
+	    XLIBSW=-lX11
+	else
+	    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(Xwindow, XCreateWindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow)
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find any!  Using -lX11.])
+	XLIBSW=-lX11
+    fi
+    # TEA specific:
+    if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then
+	PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}"
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE
+#
+#	The statements below check for systems where POSIX-style
+#	non-blocking I/O (O_NONBLOCK) doesn't work or is unimplemented.
+#	On these systems (mostly older ones), use the old BSD-style
+#	FIONBIO approach instead.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+#		HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H
+#		USE_FIONBIO
+#		O_NONBLOCK
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h)
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h)
+    TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
+    case $system in
+	OSF*)
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
+	    ;;
+    esac
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TIME_HANDLER
+#
+#	Checks how the system deals with time.h, what time structures
+#	are used on the system, and what fields the structures have.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ
+#		HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+#		HAVE_TM_TZADJ
+#		HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TIME_HANDLER], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
+    AC_HEADER_TIME
+    AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
+
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r)
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;],
+	    tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;],
+	    tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?])
+    fi
+
+    #
+    # Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems
+    # (like convex) have timezone functions, etc.
+    #
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+	    [extern long timezone;
+	    timezone += 1;
+	    exit (0);],
+	    tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_long=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
+    else
+	#
+	# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
+	#
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+		[extern time_t timezone;
+		timezone += 1;
+		exit (0);],
+		tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_time=no)])
+	if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
+#
+#	Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
+#	terminating character under some conditions.  Check for this
+#	and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
+#	"fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
+#	Also, on Compaq's Tru64 Unix 5.0,
+#	strtod(" ") returns 0.0 instead of a failure to convert.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might defines some of the following vars:
+#		strtod (=fixstrtod)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD], [
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(strtod, tcl_strtod=1, tcl_strtod=0)
+    if test "$tcl_strtod" = 1; then
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Solaris2.4/Tru64 strtod bugs], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy,[
+	    AC_TRY_RUN([
+		extern double strtod();
+		int main() {
+		    char *infString="Inf", *nanString="NaN", *spaceString=" ";
+		    char *term;
+		    double value;
+		    value = strtod(infString, &term);
+		    if ((term != infString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
+			exit(1);
+		    }
+		    value = strtod(nanString, &term);
+		    if ((term != nanString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
+			exit(1);
+		    }
+		    value = strtod(spaceString, &term);
+		    if (term == (spaceString+1)) {
+			exit(1);
+		    }
+		    exit(0);
+		}], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=ok, tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy,
+		    tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy)])
+	if test "$tcl_cv_strtod_buggy" = buggy; then
+	    AC_LIBOBJ([fixstrtod])
+	    USE_COMPAT=1
+	    AC_DEFINE(strtod, fixstrtod, [Do we want to use the strtod() in compat?])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TCL_LINK_LIBS
+#
+#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
+#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
+#	-lnsl) are dealt with here.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
+#		DL_LIBS (not in TEA, only needed in core)
+#		LIBS
+#		MATH_LIBS
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCL_LIBS
+#		MATH_LIBS
+#
+#	Might append to the following vars:
+#		LIBS
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
+    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
+    # Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
+    # right (and it must appear before "-lm").
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm")
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(ieee, main, [MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"])
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
+    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(net/errno.h, [
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H, 1, [Do we have <net/errno.h>?])])
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries.
+    #	The order here is important, so that they end up in the right
+    #	order in the command line generated by make.  Here are some
+    #	special considerations:
+    #	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+    #	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+    #	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+    #	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+    #	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+    #	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+    #	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+    #	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+    #	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+    #	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+    #	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    tcl_checkBoth=0
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect, tcl_checkSocket=0, tcl_checkSocket=1)
+    if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(setsockopt, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, setsockopt,
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket", tcl_checkBoth=1)])
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
+	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
+	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
+
+    # TEA specific: Don't perform the eval of the libraries here because
+    # DL_LIBS won't be set until we call TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+    TCL_LIBS='${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}'
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(MATH_LIBS)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
+#
+#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
+#	features are available.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		_ISOC99_SOURCE
+#		_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+#		_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
+    AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], $3, [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([[#define ]$1[ 1
+]$2], $3,
+		[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes,
+		[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no)))
+    if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then
+	AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building])
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1"
+    fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags])
+    tcl_flags=""
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>],
+	[char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;])
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
+	[struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);])
+    TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
+	[char *p = (char *)open64;])
+    if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([none])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
+#
+#	Check for what is defined in the way of 64-bit features.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+#		TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
+#		HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64
+#		HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
+#		HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
+	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
+	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
+	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
+	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
+	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
+	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
+            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
+        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
+    elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \
+		-a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	# TEA specific: We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in
+	# this case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER*
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([using Tcl header defaults])
+    else
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
+	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])
+
+	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;],
+		tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p;
+],
+		tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64)
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[off64_t offset;
+],
+		tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes,tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no)])
+	dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the
+	dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined.
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+##
+## Here ends the standard Tcl configuration bits and starts the
+## TEA specific functions
+##
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_INIT --
+#
+#	Init various Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA) variables.
+#	This should be the first called TEA_* macro.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		CYGPATH
+#		EXEEXT
+#	Defines only:
+#		TEA_VERSION
+#		TEA_INITED
+#		TEA_PLATFORM (windows or unix)
+#
+# "cygpath" is used on windows to generate native path names for include
+# files. These variables should only be used with the compiler and linker
+# since they generate native path names.
+#
+# EXEEXT
+#	Select the executable extension based on the host type.  This
+#	is a lightweight replacement for AC_EXEEXT that doesn't require
+#	a compiler.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_INIT], [
+    # TEA extensions pass this us the version of TEA they think they
+    # are compatible with.
+    TEA_VERSION="3.9"
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for correct TEA configuration])
+    if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([
+The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in])
+    fi
+    if test x"$1" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([
+TEA version not specified.])
+    elif test "$1" != "${TEA_VERSION}" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([warning: requested TEA version "$1", have "${TEA_VERSION}"])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})])
+    fi
+
+    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros
+    # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2".
+    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
+	CFLAGS=""
+    fi
+
+    case "`uname -s`" in
+	*win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*)
+	    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -w, echo)
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+	    ;;
+	*CYGWIN_*)
+	    CYGPATH=echo
+	    EXEEXT=".exe"
+	    # TEA_PLATFORM is determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    CYGPATH=echo
+	    # Maybe we are cross-compiling....
+	    case ${host_alias} in
+		*mingw32*)
+		EXEEXT=".exe"
+		TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		EXEEXT=""
+		TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix.
+    # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this.
+    # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates
+    # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!).
+    if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then
+	exec_prefix_default=yes
+	exec_prefix=$prefix
+    fi
+
+    AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}])
+
+    AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
+
+    # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+    # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+
+    # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
+    # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_SOURCES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more source files.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#	It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is
+#	in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir).
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_SOURCES
+#		PKG_OBJECTS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_SOURCES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	case $i in
+	    [\$]*)
+		# allow $-var names
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+		# To add more dirs here (like 'src'), you have to update VPATH
+		# in Makefile.in as well
+		if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+		    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
+		    ; then
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find source file '$i'])
+		fi
+		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
+		# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+		i=`basename $i`
+		# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+		if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+		else
+		    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+		fi
+		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
+		;;
+	esac
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_OBJECTS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more source files.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#	It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is
+#	in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir).
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_STUB_SOURCES
+#		PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
+	    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
+	    -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
+	    ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find stub source file '$i'])
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i"
+	# this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
+	i=`basename $i`
+	# handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+	if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
+	else
+	    j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
+	fi
+	PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES)
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more Tcl source files.  These should be platform
+#	independent runtime files.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_TCL_SOURCES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'])
+	fi
+	PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Specify one or more source headers.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_HEADERS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_HEADERS], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	# check for existence, be strict because it is installed
+	if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'])
+	fi
+	PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_INCLUDES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more include dirs.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_INCLUDES], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_LIBS --
+#
+#	Specify one or more libraries.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.  For Windows,
+#	libraries provided in "foo.lib" format will be converted to
+#	"-lfoo" when using GCC (mingw).
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_LIBS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_LIBS], [
+    vars="$@"
+    for i in $vars; do
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
+	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
+	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([[^-]].*\)\.lib[$]/-l\1/i'`
+	fi
+	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
+    done
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_CFLAGS --
+#
+#	Specify one or more CFLAGS.  Users should check for
+#	the right platform before adding to their list.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substs the following vars:
+#		PKG_CFLAGS
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CFLAGS], [
+    PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS $@"
+    AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES --
+#
+#	Specify one or more CLEANFILES.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	one or more file names to clean target
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Appends to CLEANFILES, already defined for subst in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES], [
+    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES $@"
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PREFIX --
+#
+#	Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	If --prefix or --exec-prefix was not specified, $prefix and
+#	$exec_prefix will be set to the values given to Tcl when it was
+#	configured.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PREFIX], [
+    if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+	prefix_default=yes
+	if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}])
+	    prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to /usr/local])
+	    prefix=/usr/local
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \
+	-o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
+	if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}])
+	    exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}])
+	    exec_prefix=$prefix
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC --
+#
+#	Do compiler checks the way we want.  This is just a replacement
+#	for AC_PROG_CC in TEA configure.in files to make them cleaner.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC], [
+    # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE)
+    # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead.
+
+    AC_PROG_CC
+    AC_PROG_CPP
+
+    INSTALL="\$(SHELL) \$(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c"
+    AC_SUBST(INSTALL)
+    INSTALL_DATA="\${INSTALL} -m 644"
+    AC_SUBST(INSTALL_DATA)
+    INSTALL_PROGRAM="\${INSTALL}"
+    AC_SUBST(INSTALL_PROGRAM)
+    INSTALL_SCRIPT="\${INSTALL}"
+    AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Find ranlib
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_OBJEXT
+    AC_EXEEXT
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER --
+#
+#	Do compiler checks that use the compiler.  This must go after
+#	TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC, which does the actual compiler check.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER], [
+    # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here.
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC])
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
+    # It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
+	    tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
+	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
+	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+	if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Common compiler flag setup
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
+	TEA_TCL_LINK_LIBS
+	TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
+	# Let the user call this, because if it triggers, they will
+	# need a compat/strtod.c that is correct.  Users can also
+	# use Tcl_GetDouble(FromObj) instead.
+	#TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_MAKE_LIB --
+#
+#	Generate a line that can be used to build a shared/unshared library
+#	in a platform independent manner.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+#	Requires:
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#	CFLAGS -	Done late here to note disturb other AC macros
+#       MAKE_LIB -      Command to execute to build the Tcl library;
+#                       differs depending on whether or not Tcl is being
+#                       compiled as a shared library.
+#	MAKE_SHARED_LIB	Makefile rule for building a shared library
+#	MAKE_STATIC_LIB	Makefile rule for building a static library
+#	MAKE_STUB_LIB	Makefile rule for building a stub library
+#	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL Makefile rule for embedded VC manifest in DLL
+#	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE Makefile rule for embedded VC manifest in EXE
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_MAKE_LIB], [
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	AC_EGREP_CPP([manifest needed], [
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
+print("manifest needed")
+#endif
+	], [
+	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
+	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest -outputresource:\[$]@\;2 ; fi"
+	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest -outputresource:\[$]@\;1 ; fi"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} ; ${VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL}"
+	TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES([*.manifest])
+	])
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    else
+	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
+	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
+	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
+    fi
+
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
+    else
+	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
+    fi
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
+    # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is
+    # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
+	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    fi
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc"
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE}
+	    fi
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+	    PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+	fi
+	# These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
+	RANLIB=:
+	RANLIB_STUB=:
+    else
+	RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
+	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+	    fi
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	    RANLIB=:
+	else
+	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	fi
+	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
+	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+    fi
+
+    # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
+    # The other values will be substituted at make time.
+    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
+	CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_SHARED_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_STATIC_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(RANLIB_STUB)
+    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
+    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LIB_SPEC --
+#
+#	Compute the name of an existing object library located in libdir
+#	from the given base name and produce the appropriate linker flags.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	basename	The base name of the library without version
+#			numbers, extensions, or "lib" prefixes.
+#	extra_dir	Extra directory in which to search for the
+#			library.  This location is used first, then
+#			$prefix/$exec-prefix, then some defaults.
+#
+# Requires:
+#	TEA_INIT and TEA_PREFIX must be called first.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		${basename}_LIB_NAME	The computed library name.
+#		${basename}_LIB_SPEC	The computed linker flags.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LIB_SPEC], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 library])
+
+    # Look in exec-prefix for the library (defined by TEA_PREFIX).
+
+    tea_lib_name_dir="${exec_prefix}/lib"
+
+    # Or in a user-specified location.
+
+    if test x"$2" != x ; then
+	tea_extra_lib_dir=$2
+    else
+	tea_extra_lib_dir=NONE
+    fi
+
+    for i in \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/lib64/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/lib64/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
+	    `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` ; do
+	if test -f "$i" ; then
+	    tea_lib_name_dir=`dirname $i`
+	    $1_LIB_NAME=`basename $i`
+	    $1_LIB_PATH_NAME=$i
+	    break
+	fi
+    done
+
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	$1_LIB_SPEC=\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH_NAME} 2>/dev/null`\"
+    else
+	# Strip off the leading "lib" and trailing ".a" or ".so"
+
+	tea_lib_name_lib=`echo ${$1_LIB_NAME}|sed -e 's/^lib//' -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//' -e 's/\.so.*//'`
+	$1_LIB_SPEC="-L${tea_lib_name_dir} -l${tea_lib_name_lib}"
+    fi
+
+    if test "x${$1_LIB_NAME}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([not found])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the private Tcl include files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires:
+#		TCL_SRC_DIR	Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG has
+#				already been called.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
+#		TCL_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS], [
+    # Allow for --with-tclinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tclh}
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl private include files])
+
+    TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}`
+    TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+    # Check to see if tcl<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers
+    # Don't look for tclInt.h because that resides with tcl.h in the core
+    # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \
+	-f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclWinPort.h"; then
+	result="private headers found with public headers"
+    elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \
+	-f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclUnixPort.h"; then
+	result="private headers found with public headers"
+    else
+	TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	    TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
+	else
+	    TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
+	fi
+	# Overwrite the previous TCL_INCLUDES as this should capture both
+	# public and private headers in the same set.
+	# We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
+	# any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
+	TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
+	if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+            # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
+            # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
+            case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    	*TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		    if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \
+			    -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
+			TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}"
+		    else
+			TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"
+		    fi
+	            ;;
+	    esac
+	    result="Using ${TCL_INCLUDES}"
+	else
+	    if test ! -f "${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic/tclInt.h" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find private header tclInt.h in ${TCL_SRC_DIR}])
+	    fi
+	    result="Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}"
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([${result}])
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the installed public Tcl header files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None.
+#
+# Requires:
+#	CYGPATH must be set
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds a --with-tclinclude switch to configure.
+#	Result is cached.
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCL_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl public headers])
+
+    AC_ARG_WITH(tclinclude, [  --with-tclinclude       directory containing the public Tcl header files], with_tclinclude=${withval})
+
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclh, [
+	# Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given
+
+	if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then
+	    if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then
+		ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude}
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h])
+	    fi
+	else
+	    list=""
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+		# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
+		# the framework's Headers directory
+		case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+		    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+			list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
+			;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed,
+	    # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
+	    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+		list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location,
+	    # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
+
+	    eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
+	    list="$list \
+		`ls -d ${temp_includedir}        2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include     2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
+		if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
+		    d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
+		    list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    for i in $list ; do
+		if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclh=$i
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    ])
+
+    # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
+
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([tcl.h not found.  Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tclh}])
+    fi
+
+    # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
+
+    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}`
+
+    TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the private Tk include files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires:
+#		TK_SRC_DIR	Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG has
+#				 already been called.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TK_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS], [
+    # Allow for --with-tkinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tkh}
+    AC_REQUIRE([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk private include files])
+
+    TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}`
+    TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+    # Check to see if tk<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers
+    # Don't look for tkInt.h because that resides with tk.h in the core
+    # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory
+    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \
+	-f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkWinPort.h"; then
+	result="private headers found with public headers"
+    elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \
+	-f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkUnixPort.h"; then
+	result="private headers found with public headers"
+    else
+	TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
+	TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\"
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
+	    TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
+	else
+	    TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
+	fi
+	# Overwrite the previous TK_INCLUDES as this should capture both
+	# public and private headers in the same set.
+	# We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
+	# any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
+	TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
+	# Detect and add ttk subdir
+	if test -d "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/ttk"; then
+	   TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic/ttk\""
+	fi
+	if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then
+	   TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}\""
+	fi
+	if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
+	   TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx\""
+	fi
+	if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	    # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
+	    # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
+	    case ${TK_DEFS} in
+		*TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+			if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \
+				-d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
+			    TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}"
+			else
+			    TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"
+			fi
+			;;
+	    esac
+	    result="Using ${TK_INCLUDES}"
+	else
+	    if test ! -f "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/tkInt.h" ; then
+	       AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find private header tkInt.h in ${TK_SRC_DIR}])
+	    fi
+	    result="Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}"
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([${result}])
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS --
+#
+#	Locate the installed public Tk header files
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None.
+#
+# Requires:
+#	CYGPATH must be set
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds a --with-tkinclude switch to configure.
+#	Result is cached.
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TK_INCLUDES
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk public headers])
+
+    AC_ARG_WITH(tkinclude, [  --with-tkinclude        directory containing the public Tk header files], with_tkinclude=${withval})
+
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkh, [
+	# Use the value from --with-tkinclude, if it was given
+
+	if test x"${with_tkinclude}" != x ; then
+	    if test -f "${with_tkinclude}/tk.h" ; then
+		ac_cv_c_tkh=${with_tkinclude}
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkinclude} directory does not contain tk.h])
+	    fi
+	else
+	    list=""
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+		# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
+		# the framework's Headers directory.
+		case ${TK_DEFS} in
+		    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+			list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
+			;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Look in the source dir only if Tk is not installed,
+	    # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
+	    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+		list="$list `ls -d ${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tk's --prefix location,
+	    # relative to directory of tkConfig.sh, Tcl's --prefix location,
+	    # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
+
+	    eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
+	    list="$list \
+		`ls -d ${temp_includedir}        2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/include      2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../include  2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include     2>/dev/null` \
+		`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
+	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
+		list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
+		if test x"${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
+		    d=`echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
+		    list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    for i in $list ; do
+		if test -f "$i/tk.h" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tkh=$i
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    ])
+
+    # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
+
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkh}" = x ; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([tk.h not found.  Please specify its location with --with-tkinclude])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tkh}])
+    fi
+
+    # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
+
+    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tkh}`
+
+    TK_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES)
+
+    if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then
+	# On Windows and Aqua, we need the X compat headers
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
+	if test ! -r "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}/X11/Xlib.h"; then
+	    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE="`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}/xlib`"
+	    TK_XINCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
+	    AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
+	fi
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_CONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the ${1}Config.sh file and perform a sanity check on
+#	the ${1} compile flags.  These are used by packages like
+#	[incr Tk] that load *Config.sh files from more than Tcl and Tk.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-$1=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		$1_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the $1Config.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CONFIG], [
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the $1 configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-$1
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_$1}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_$1 in case something fails here
+	no_$1=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH($1, [  --with-$1              directory containing $1 configuration ($1Config.sh)], with_$1config=${withval})
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_$1config,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-$1 was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_$1config}" != x ; then
+		case ${with_$1config} in
+		    */$1Config.sh )
+			if test -f ${with_$1config}; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-$1 argument should refer to directory containing $1Config.sh, not to $1Config.sh itself])
+			    with_$1config=`echo ${with_$1config} | sed 's!/$1Config\.sh$!!'`
+			fi;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_$1config}/$1Config.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd ${with_$1config}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_$1config} directory doesn't contain $1Config.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private $1 installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			${srcdir}/../$1 \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/$1Config.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
+	    $1_BIN_DIR="# no $1 configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Cannot find $1 configuration definitions])
+	    exit 0
+	else
+	    no_$1=
+	    $1_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_$1config}
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $$1_BIN_DIR/$1Config.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the $1Config.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		$1_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		$1_SRC_DIR
+#		$1_LIB_FILE
+#		$1_LIB_SPEC
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh"
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
+    fi
+
+    #
+    # If the $1_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable $1_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of $1_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    #
+
+    if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+	AC_MSG_WARN([Found Makefile - using build library specs for $1])
+        $1_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+        $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+        $1_STUB_LIB_PATH=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+        $1_INCLUDE_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_INCLUDE_SPEC}
+        $1_LIBRARY_PATH=${$1_LIBRARY_PATH}
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST($1_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST($1_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH)
+
+    # Allow the caller to prevent this auto-check by specifying any 2nd arg
+    AS_IF([test "x$2" = x], [
+	# Check both upper and lower-case variants
+	# If a dev wanted non-stubs libs, this function could take an option
+	# to not use _STUB in the paths below
+	AS_IF([test "x${$1_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" = x],
+	    [TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB(translit($1,[a-z],[A-Z])_STUB)],
+	    [TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB($1_STUB)])
+    ])
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB --
+#
+#	Helper function to load correct library from another extension's
+#	${PACKAGE}Config.sh.
+#
+# Results:
+#	Adds to LIBS the appropriate extension library
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([For $1 library for LIBS])
+    # This simplifies the use of stub libraries by automatically adding
+    # the stub lib to your path.  Normally this would add to SHLIB_LD_LIBS,
+    # but this is called before CONFIG_CFLAGS.  More importantly, this adds
+    # to PKG_LIBS, which becomes LIBS, and that is only used by SHLIB_LD.
+    if test "x${$1_LIB_SPEC}" != "x" ; then
+	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
+	    TEA_ADD_LIBS([\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH}`\"])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([using $1_LIB_PATH ${$1_LIB_PATH}])
+	else
+	    TEA_ADD_LIBS([${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([using $1_LIB_SPEC ${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
+	fi
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG --
+#
+#	Define the data to insert into the ${PACKAGE}Config.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		$1
+#
+# Results:
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG], [
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # These are for $1Config.sh
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    # pkglibdir must be a fully qualified path and (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
+    eval pkglibdir="[$]{libdir}/$1${PACKAGE_VERSION}"
+    if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
+	eval $1_LIB_FLAG="-l$1${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}"
+	eval $1_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-l$1stub${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}"
+    else
+	eval $1_LIB_FLAG="-l$1`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}"
+	eval $1_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-l$1stub`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}"
+    fi
+    $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${$1_LIB_FLAG}"
+    $1_LIB_SPEC="-L${pkglibdir} ${$1_LIB_FLAG}"
+    $1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` [$]{$1_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+    $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${pkglibdir} [$]{$1_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+    $1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/[$]{PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+    $1_STUB_LIB_PATH="${pkglibdir}/[$]{PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+
+    AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
+    AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH)
+
+    AC_SUBST(MAJOR_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(MINOR_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(PATCHLEVEL)
+])
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TEA_PATH_CELIB --
+#
+#	Locate Keuchel's celib emulation layer for targeting Win/CE
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-celib=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		CELIB_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the include and platform lib files
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CELIB], [
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib
+
+    if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_celib in case something fails here
+	no_celib=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR], with_celibconfig=${withval})
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_celibconfig,[
+	    # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then
+		if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)`
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a celib library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../celib \
+			../../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			../../celib \
+			`ls -dr ../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \
+			${srcdir}/../celib \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -d "$i/inc" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find celib support library directory])
+	else
+	    no_celib=
+	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
+	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: autoconf
+# End:
diff --git a/upstream/tea/win/makefile.vc b/upstream/tea/win/makefile.vc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5e4627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/win/makefile.vc
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+# makefile.vc --                                               -*- Makefile -*-
+#
+# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
+#
+# This makefile is based upon the Tcl 8.4 Makefile.vc and modified to 
+# make it suitable as a general package makefile. Look for the word EDIT
+# which marks sections that may need modification. As a minumum you will
+# need to change the PROJECT, DOTVERSION and DLLOBJS variables to values
+# relevant to your package.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+# 
+# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
+# Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2002 David Gravereaux.
+# Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# RCS: @(#)$Id: makefile.vc,v 1.4 2004/07/26 08:22:05 patthoyts Exp $
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
+MSG = ^
+You will need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio, first, to setup^
+the environment.  Jump to this line to read the new instructions.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# HOW TO USE this makefile:
+#
+# 1)  It is now necessary to have %MSVCDir% set in the environment.  This is
+#     used  as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been run prior to running
+#     nmake or during the installation of Microsoft Visual C++, MSVCDir had
+#     been set globally and the PATH adjusted.  Either way is valid.
+#
+#     You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
+#     directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your current
+#     setup.  This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the swapping of
+#     different environments to be easier.
+#
+# 2)  To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
+#     vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it.  This can also turn on
+#     the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
+#
+# 3)  Targets are:
+#	all       -- Builds everything.
+#       <project> -- Builds the project (eg: nmake sample)
+#	test      -- Builds and runs the test suite.
+#	install   -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
+#		     in an appropriate subdirectory.
+#	clean/realclean/distclean -- varying levels of cleaning.
+#
+# 4)  Macros usable on the commandline:
+#	INSTALLDIR=<path>
+#		Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
+#		C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
+#
+#	OPTS=static,msvcrt,staticpkg,threads,symbols,profile,loimpact,none
+#		Sets special options for the core.  The default is for none.
+#		Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).
+#		'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.
+#
+#		static  =  Builds a static library of the core instead of a
+#			   dll.  The shell will be static (and large), as well.
+#		msvcrt  =  Effects the static option only to switch it from
+#			   using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
+#			   msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
+#			   support.
+#		staticpkg = Effects the static option only to switch
+#			   tclshXX.exe to have the dde and reg extension linked
+#			   inside it.
+#		threads =  Turns on full multithreading support.
+#		thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool).
+#		symbols =  Adds symbols for step debugging.
+#		profile =  Adds profiling hooks.  Map file is assumed.
+#		loimpact =  Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
+#			   in use, low.  This is said to impact alloc performance.
+#
+#	STATS=memdbg,compdbg,none
+#		Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
+#		to the core.  The default is for none.  Any combination of the
+#		above may be used (comma separated).  'none' will over-ride
+#		everything to nothing.
+#
+#		memdbg   = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
+#		compdbg  = Enables byte compilation logging.
+#
+#	MACHINE=(IX86|IA64|ALPHA)
+#		Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
+#		resource compiler.  This hook is needed to tell the tools
+#		when alternate platforms are requested.  IX86 is the default
+#		when not specified.
+#
+#	TMP_DIR=<path>
+#	OUT_DIR=<path>
+#		Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be
+#		changed.  $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be 
+#		$(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
+#		$(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.
+#
+#	TESTPAT=<file>
+#		Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
+#
+#	CFG_ENCODING=encoding
+#		name of encoding for configuration information. Defaults
+#		to cp1252
+#
+# 5)  Examples:
+#
+#	Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
+#	nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
+#
+#                        Standard (no frills)
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
+#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc all
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
+#
+#                         Building for Win64
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
+#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
+#       Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#==============================================================================
+###############################################################################
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !exist("makefile.vc")
+MSG = ^
+You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
+Please `cd` to its location first.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project specific information (EDIT)
+#
+# You should edit this with the name and version of your project. This
+# information is used to generate the name of the package library and
+# it's install location.
+#
+# For example, the sample extension is  going to build sample04.dll and
+# would install it into $(INSTALLDIR)\lib\sample04
+#
+# You need to specify the object files that need to be linked into your
+# binary here.
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PROJECT = sqlite3
+!include "rules.vc"
+
+# nmakehelp -V <file> <tag> will search the file for tag, skips until a
+#	number and returns all character until a character not in [0-9.ab]
+#	is read.
+
+!if [echo REM = This file is generated from Makefile.vc > versions.vc]
+!endif
+# get project version from row "AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.7.14])"
+!if [echo DOTVERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\configure.in AC_INIT >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!include "versions.vc"
+
+VERSION         = $(DOTVERSION:.=)
+STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub
+
+DLLOBJS = \
+	$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Target names and paths ( shouldn't need changing )
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+BINROOT		= .
+ROOT            = ..
+
+PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
+PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
+PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)
+
+PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
+PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)
+
+### Make sure we use backslash only.
+PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
+LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\include
+
+### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them.
+GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
+WINDIR		= $(ROOT)\win
+LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\library
+DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
+TOOLSDIR	= $(ROOT)\tools
+COMPATDIR	= $(ROOT)\compat
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Compile flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !$(DEBUG)
+!if $(OPTIMIZING)
+### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
+cdebug	= -O2 -Op -Gs
+!else
+cdebug	=
+!endif
+!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
+### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
+cdebug	= -Z7 -Od -GZ
+!else
+cdebug	= -Z7 -WX -Od -GZ
+!endif
+
+### Declarations common to all compiler options
+cflags = -nologo -c -W3 -YX -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\
+
+!if $(MSVCRT)
+!if $(DEBUG)
+crt = -MDd
+!else
+crt = -MD
+!endif
+!else
+!if $(DEBUG)
+crt = -MTd
+!else
+crt = -MT
+!endif
+!endif
+
+INCLUDES	= $(TCL_INCLUDES) -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" \
+                  -I"$(ROOT)\.."
+BASE_CLFAGS	= $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) \
+                  -DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
+                  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED=1
+CON_CFLAGS	= $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) -DCONSOLE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
+TCL_CFLAGS	= -DBUILD_sqlite -DUSE_TCL_STUBS \
+                  -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" $(BASE_CLFAGS) \
+                  $(OPTDEFINES)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Link flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if $(DEBUG)
+ldebug	= -debug:full -debugtype:cv
+!else
+ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
+!endif
+
+### Declarations common to all linker options
+lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(ldebug)
+
+!if $(PROFILE)
+lflags	= $(lflags) -profile
+!endif
+
+!if $(ALIGN98_HACK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+### Align sections for PE size savings.
+lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
+!else if !$(ALIGN98_HACK) && $(STATIC_BUILD)
+### Align sections for speed in loading by choosing the virtual page size.
+lflags	= $(lflags) -align:4096
+!endif
+
+!if $(LOIMPACT)
+lflags	= $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
+!endif
+
+dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
+conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
+guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows
+baselibs   = $(TCLSTUBLIB)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TclTest flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!IF "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
+TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
+!ENDIF
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project specific targets (EDIT)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+all:	    setup $(PROJECT)
+$(PROJECT): setup $(PRJLIB)
+install:    install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
+
+# Tests need to ensure we load the right dll file we
+# have to handle the output differently on Win9x.
+#
+!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"  || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE"
+test: setup $(PROJECT)
+        set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
+        $(TCLSH) <<
+load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
+cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
+set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
+source all.tcl
+<<
+!else
+test: setup $(PROJECT)
+        echo Please wait while the test results are collected
+        set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
+        $(TCLSH) << >tests.log
+load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
+cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
+set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
+source all.tcl
+<<
+        type tests.log | more
+!endif
+
+setup:
+	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
+	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)
+
+$(PRJLIB): $(DLLOBJS)
+	$(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) @<<
+$**
+<<
+	-@del $*.exp
+
+$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
+	$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implicit rules
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
+    $(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
+$<
+<<
+
+{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
+    $(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
+$<
+<<
+
+{$(COMPATDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
+    $(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
+$<
+<<
+
+{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
+	$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -D__WIN32__ \
+!if $(DEBUG)
+	-d DEBUG \
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_THREADS)
+	-d TCL_THREADS \
+!endif
+!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
+	-d STATIC_BUILD \
+!endif
+	$<
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Installation. (EDIT)
+#
+# You may need to modify this section to reflect the final distribution
+# of your files and possibly to generate documentation.
+#
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+install-binaries:
+	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL
+
+install-libraries:
+        @echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+        @if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
+        @echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+        @type << >"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl"
+package ifneeded $(PROJECT) $(DOTVERSION) \
+    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)] sqlite3]
+<<
+
+install-docs:
+	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
+	@if exist $(DOCDIR) $(CPY) $(DOCDIR)\*.n "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Clean up
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+clean:
+	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc
+
+realclean: clean
+	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)
+
+distclean: realclean
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj
diff --git a/upstream/tea/win/nmakehlp.c b/upstream/tea/win/nmakehlp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e00f1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/win/nmakehlp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * nmakehlp.c --
+ *
+ *	This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 by David Gravereaux.
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 by Pat Thoyts
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#include <windows.h>
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_GDI
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_STREAM
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_REG
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+#pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib")
+#pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib")
+#pragma comment (lib, "shlwapi.lib")
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+/*
+ * This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC
+ */
+#if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64)
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && _MSC_VER < 1500
+#pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU")
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define   snprintf	_snprintf
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* protos */
+
+static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
+static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char *option);
+static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
+static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
+static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
+static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match);
+static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
+
+/* globals */
+
+#define CHUNK	25
+#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000
+typedef struct {
+    HANDLE pipe;
+    char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
+} pipeinfo;
+
+pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
+pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
+
+/*
+ * exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
+ */
+
+int
+main(
+    int argc,
+    char *argv[])
+{
+    char msg[300];
+    DWORD dwWritten;
+    int chars;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
+     */
+
+    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure the compiler and linker aren't effected by the outside world.
+     */
+
+    SetEnvironmentVariable("CL", "");
+    SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", "");
+
+    if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') {
+	switch (*(argv[1]+1)) {
+	case 'c':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		        "usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n"
+			"Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
+	case 'l':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option>\n"
+			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(argv[2]);
+	case 'f':
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
+			"Find a substring within another\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    } else if (argc == 3) {
+		/*
+		 * If the string is blank, there is no match.
+		 */
+
+		return 0;
+	    } else {
+		return IsIn(argv[2], argv[3]);
+	    }
+	case 's':
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+			"usage: %s -s <substitutions file> <file>\n"
+			"Perform a set of string map type substutitions on a file\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0\n",
+			argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return SubstituteFile(argv[2], argv[3]);
+	case 'V':
+	    if (argc != 4) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		    "usage: %s -V filename matchstring\n"
+		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
+		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
+		    argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+		    &dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    printf("%s\n", GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3]));
+	    return 0;
+	case 'Q':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
+		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
+		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+		    &dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);
+	}
+    }
+    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
+	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
+	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
+	    argv[0]);
+    WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, &dwWritten, NULL);
+    return 2;
+}
+
+static int
+CheckForCompilerFeature(
+    const char *option)
+{
+    STARTUPINFO si;
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
+    DWORD threadID;
+    char msg[300];
+    BOOL ok;
+    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
+    char cmdline[100];
+
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+
+    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
+    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
+    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
+    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
+    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
+    sa.bInheritHandle = FALSE;
+
+    /*
+     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
+     */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Same as above, but for the error side.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Base command line.
+     */
+
+    lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X -Fp.\\_junk.pch ");
+
+    /*
+     * Append our option for testing
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
+
+    /*
+     * Filename to compile, which exists, but is nothing and empty.
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, " .\\nul");
+
+    ok = CreateProcess(
+	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
+	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
+	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
+	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
+	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
+	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
+
+    if (!ok) {
+	DWORD err = GetLastError();
+	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
+
+	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
+		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
+		(300-chars), 0);
+	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
+     */
+
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
+
+    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+    /*
+     * Start the pipe reader threads.
+     */
+
+    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
+    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
+
+    /*
+     * Block waiting for the process to end.
+     */
+
+    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
+     */
+
+    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
+     *  - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
+     */
+
+    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+CheckForLinkerFeature(
+    const char *option)
+{
+    STARTUPINFO si;
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
+    DWORD threadID;
+    char msg[300];
+    BOOL ok;
+    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
+    char cmdline[100];
+
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+
+    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
+    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
+    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
+    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
+    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
+    sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
+
+    /*
+     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
+     */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Same as above, but for the error side.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Base command line.
+     */
+
+    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");
+
+    /*
+     * Append our option for testing.
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
+
+    ok = CreateProcess(
+	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
+	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
+	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
+	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
+	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
+	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
+
+    if (!ok) {
+	DWORD err = GetLastError();
+	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
+
+	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
+		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
+		(300-chars), 0);
+	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
+     */
+
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
+
+    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+    /*
+     * Start the pipe reader threads.
+     */
+
+    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
+    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
+
+    /*
+     * Block waiting for the process to end.
+     */
+
+    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
+     */
+
+    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
+     */
+
+    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL);
+}
+
+static DWORD WINAPI
+ReadFromPipe(
+    LPVOID args)
+{
+    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
+    char *lastBuf = pi->buffer;
+    DWORD dwRead;
+    BOOL ok;
+
+  again:
+    if (lastBuf - pi->buffer + CHUNK > STATICBUFFERSIZE) {
+	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
+	return (DWORD)-1;
+    }
+    ok = ReadFile(pi->pipe, lastBuf, CHUNK, &dwRead, 0L);
+    if (!ok || dwRead == 0) {
+	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
+	return 0;
+    }
+    lastBuf += dwRead;
+    goto again;
+
+    return 0;  /* makes the compiler happy */
+}
+
+static int
+IsIn(
+    const char *string,
+    const char *substring)
+{
+    return (strstr(string, substring) != NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * GetVersionFromFile --
+ * 	Looks for a match string in a file and then returns the version
+ * 	following the match where a version is anything acceptable to
+ * 	package provide or package ifneeded.
+ */
+
+static const char *
+GetVersionFromFile(
+    const char *filename,
+    const char *match)
+{
+    size_t cbBuffer = 100;
+    static char szBuffer[100];
+    char *szResult = NULL;
+    FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
+
+    if (fp != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Read data until we see our match string.
+	 */
+
+	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
+	    LPSTR p, q;
+
+	    p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
+	    if (p != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Skip to first digit.
+		 */
+
+		while (*p && !isdigit(*p)) {
+		    ++p;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Find ending whitespace.
+		 */
+
+		q = p;
+		while (*q && (isalnum(*q) || *q == '.')) {
+		    ++q;
+		}
+
+		memcpy(szBuffer, p, q - p);
+		szBuffer[q-p] = 0;
+		szResult = szBuffer;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	fclose(fp);
+    }
+    return szResult;
+}
+
+/*
+ * List helpers for the SubstituteFile function
+ */
+
+typedef struct list_item_t {
+    struct list_item_t *nextPtr;
+    char * key;
+    char * value;
+} list_item_t;
+
+/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
+static list_item_t *
+list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
+{
+    list_item_t *itemPtr = malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
+    if (itemPtr) {
+	itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
+	itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
+	itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+
+	while(*listPtrPtr) {
+	    listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
+	}
+	*listPtrPtr = itemPtr;
+    }
+    return itemPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+list_free(list_item_t **listPtrPtr)
+{
+    list_item_t *tmpPtr, *listPtr = *listPtrPtr;
+    while (listPtr) {
+	tmpPtr = listPtr;
+	listPtr = listPtr->nextPtr;
+	free(tmpPtr->key);
+	free(tmpPtr->value);
+	free(tmpPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * SubstituteFile --
+ *	As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
+ *	to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
+ *	eg compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution
+ *	option here to handle autoconf style substitutions.
+ *	The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should
+ *	consist of lines matching the regular expression:
+ *	  \s*\S+\s+\S*$
+ *
+ *	Usage is something like:
+ *	  nmakehlp -S << $** > $@
+ *        @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME)
+ *        @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+ *        <<
+ */
+
+static int
+SubstituteFile(
+    const char *substitutions,
+    const char *filename)
+{
+    size_t cbBuffer = 1024;
+    static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
+    char *szResult = NULL;
+    list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
+    FILE *fp, *sp;
+
+    fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
+    if (fp != NULL) {
+
+	/*
+	 * Build a list of substutitions from the first filename
+	 */
+
+	sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
+	if (sp != NULL) {
+	    while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, sp) != NULL) {
+		unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
+		ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
+		while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
+		ke = ks;
+		while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
+		vs = ke;
+		while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
+		ve = vs;
+		while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
+		*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
+		list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
+	    }
+	    fclose(sp);
+	}
+
+	/* debug: dump the list */
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+	{
+	    int n = 0;
+	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
+	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	
+	/*
+	 * Run the substitutions over each line of the input
+	 */
+	
+	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
+	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
+	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
+		char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
+		if (m) {
+		    char *cp, *op, *sp;
+		    cp = szCopy;
+		    op = szBuffer;
+		    while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
+		    sp = p->value;
+		    while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
+		    op += strlen(p->key);
+		    while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
+		    *cp = 0;
+		    memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
+		}
+	    }
+	    printf(szBuffer);
+	}
+	
+	list_free(&substPtr);
+    }
+    fclose(fp);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * QualifyPath --
+ *
+ *	This composes the current working directory with a provided path
+ *	and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
+ *	Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
+ */
+
+static int
+QualifyPath(
+    const char *szPath)
+{
+    char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    char szTmp[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    char *p;
+    GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, szCwd);
+    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
+	*p = '\\';
+    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
+    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
+    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ *   mode: c
+ *   c-basic-offset: 4
+ *   fill-column: 78
+ *   indent-tabs-mode: t
+ *   tab-width: 8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/upstream/tea/win/rules.vc b/upstream/tea/win/rules.vc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9947105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upstream/tea/win/rules.vc
@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# rules.vc --
+#
+#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
+#	macros.  This file does not need editing to build Tcl.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
+# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!ifndef _RULES_VC
+_RULES_VC = 1
+
+cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.
+link32		= link
+lib32		= lib
+rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.
+
+!ifndef INSTALLDIR
+### Assume the normal default.
+_INSTALLDIR	= C:\Program Files\Tcl
+!else
+### Fix the path separators.
+_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
+# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
+# "delete all" method.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
+RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
+ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
+!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
+CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
+COPY	= copy >NUL
+!else
+CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
+COPY	= copy /y >NUL
+!endif
+!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
+CPY	= xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
+COPY	= copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
+RMDIR	= deltree /Y
+NULL    = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
+ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
+!endif
+MKDIR   = mkdir
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+_HASH=^#
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
+VCVER=0
+!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
+!include vercl.i
+!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
+    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
+!include vercl.vc
+!endif
+!endif
+!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
+!endif
+
+!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
+NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
+!else
+NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
+!endif
+
+# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
+!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;2
+!endif
+
+!ifndef MACHINE
+MACHINE=$(ARCH)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
+CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
+!endif
+
+!message ===============================================================================
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
+# environment.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
+!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Test for compiler features
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+### test for optimizations
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
+!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
+OPTIMIZING	= 1
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
+OPTIMIZING	= 0
+!endif
+
+OPTIMIZATIONS   =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
+!endif
+
+DEBUGFLAGS     =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
+DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
+!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
+DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
+!endif
+
+COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE
+
+# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
+!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
+!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+### test for pentium errata
+!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
+!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
+COMPILERFLAGS  = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
+### test for Itanium errata
+!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
+!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
+COMPILERFLAGS   = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+### test for -align:4096, when align:512 will do.
+!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98]
+!message *** Linker has 'Win98 alignment problem'
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 1
+!else
+!message *** Linker does not have 'Win98 alignment problem'
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 0
+!endif
+!else
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 0
+!endif
+
+LINKERFLAGS     =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg]
+LINKERFLAGS     =-ltcg
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the options requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
+STATIC_BUILD	= 0
+TCL_THREADS	= 1
+DEBUG		= 0
+SYMBOLS		= 0
+PROFILE		= 0
+PGO		= 0
+MSVCRT		= 0
+LOIMPACT	= 0
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
+UNCHECKED	= 0
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
+!message *** Doing static
+STATIC_BUILD	= 1
+!else
+STATIC_BUILD	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
+!message *** Doing msvcrt
+MSVCRT		= 1
+!else
+MSVCRT		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"]
+!message *** Doing staticpkg
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
+!else
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
+!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
+TCL_THREADS	= 0
+!else
+TCL_THREADS	= 1
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
+!message *** Doing symbols
+DEBUG		= 1
+!else
+DEBUG		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
+!message *** Doing pdbs
+SYMBOLS		= 1
+!else
+SYMBOLS		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
+!message *** Doing profile
+PROFILE		= 1
+!else
+PROFILE		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
+!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
+PGO		= 1
+!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
+!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
+PGO		= 2
+!else
+PGO		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
+!message *** Doing loimpact
+LOIMPACT	= 1
+!else
+LOIMPACT	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
+!message *** Doing thrdalloc
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
+!message *** Doing tclalloc
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
+!message *** Doing unchecked
+UNCHECKED = 1
+!else
+UNCHECKED = 0
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+# Make sure we don't build overly fat DLLs.
+MSVCRT		= 1
+# We shouldn't statically put the extensions inside the shell when dynamic.
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
+# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
+# by accident.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------
+# Naming convention:
+#   t = full thread support.
+#   s = static library (as opposed to an
+#	import library)
+#   g = linked to the debug enabled C
+#	run-time.
+#   x = special static build when it
+#	links to the dynamic C run-time.
+#----------------------------------------
+SUFX	    = tsgx
+
+!if $(DEBUG)
+BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
+!else
+BUILDDIRTOP = Release
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86"
+BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE)
+!endif
+!if $(VCVER) > 6
+BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER)
+!endif
+
+!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:g=)
+!endif
+
+TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX
+
+!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Static=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:s=)
+EXT	    = dll
+!if $(MSVCRT)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
+!endif
+!else
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Dynamic=)
+EXT	    = lib
+!if !$(MSVCRT)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef TMP_DIR
+TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
+!ifndef OUT_DIR
+OUT_DIR	    = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
+!endif
+!else
+!ifndef OUT_DIR
+OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the statistics requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
+!message *** Doing memdbg
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1
+!else
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
+!message *** Doing compdbg
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1
+!else
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the checks requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
+WARNINGS		    = -W3
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
+!message *** Doing nodep check
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
+!else
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
+!message *** Doing full warnings check
+WARNINGS		    = -W4
+!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
+LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
+!endif
+!else
+WARNINGS		    = -W3
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
+!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
+WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if $(PGO) > 1
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize]
+LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
+!else
+MSG=^
+This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!elseif $(PGO) > 0
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument]
+LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
+!else
+MSG=^
+This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Set our defines now armed with our options.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS
+
+!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_THREADS)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
+!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
+!endif
+!endif
+!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+!endif
+
+!if !$(DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
+!if $(OPTIMIZING)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
+!endif
+!endif
+!if $(PROFILE)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
+!endif
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
+!endif
+!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
+
+_TCL_H          = ..\generic\tcl.h
+
+!else
+
+# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
+_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
+!endif
+
+!if !defined(TCLDIR)
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 1
+_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+_TCL_H          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
+TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+!else
+MSG=^
+Failed to find tcl.h.  Set the TCLDIR macro.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!else
+_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
+!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 1
+_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
+!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 0
+_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
+!else
+MSG =^
+Failed to find tcl.h.  The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
+# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+
+# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
+!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!include versions.vc
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"
+
+TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+!if $(TCL_VERSION) < 81
+TCL_DOES_STUBS	= 0
+!else
+TCL_DOES_STUBS	= 1
+!endif
+
+!if $(TCLINSTALL)
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
+TCLSH           = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
+!endif
+TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
+TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+COFFBASE	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
+TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
+TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
+!else
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
+!endif
+TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
+TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+COFFBASE	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"
+TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
+TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
+!endif
+
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Locate the Tk headers to build against
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
+_TK_H          = ..\generic\tk.h
+_INSTALLDIR    = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+!endif
+
+!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
+!if !defined(TKDIR)
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
+!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TKDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
+!endif
+!else
+_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
+!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 0
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
+!else
+MSG =^
+Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Extract Tk version numbers
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
+
+!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+
+!include versions.vc
+
+TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
+!if $(TKINSTALL)
+WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"
+TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
+!else
+WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Display stats being used.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
+!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
+!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
+!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
+!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
+!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
+!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
+!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'
+
+!endif
+